path: root/nl_NL.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/nl_NL.po

# $FreeBSD$
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: The FreeBSD Dutch Documentation Project\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-07 13:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-21 12:59+0100\n"
"Language: nl_NL\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Last-Translator: Remko Lodder <remko@FreeBSD.org>\n"
"Language-Team: The FreeBSD Dutch Documentation Project\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 2.0beta4\n"

#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:613
msgid "FreeBSD Handbook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/author
#: book.translate.xml:615
msgid "<orgname>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</orgname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/pubdate
#. (itstool) path: info/releaseinfo
#: book.translate.xml:619 book.translate.xml:621
msgid "$FreeBSD$"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/copyright
#: book.translate.xml:623
msgid "<year>1995</year> <year>1996</year> <year>1997</year> <year>1998</year> <year>1999</year> <year>2000</year> <year>2001</year> <year>2002</year> <year>2003</year> <year>2004</year> <year>2005</year> <year>2006</year> <year>2007</year> <year>2008</year> <year>2009</year> <year>2010</year> <year>2011</year> <year>2012</year> <year>2013</year> <year>2014</year> <year>2015</year> <year>2016</year> <holder>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</holder>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/title
#: book.translate.xml:651
msgid "Copyright"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:653
msgid "Redistribution and use in source (XML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms (XML, HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:660
msgid "Redistributions of source code (XML DocBook) must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as the first lines of this file unmodified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:666
msgid "Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs, converted to PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:675
msgid "THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT \"AS IS\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:692
msgid "FreeBSD is a registered trademark of the FreeBSD Foundation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:694
msgid "3Com and HomeConnect are registered trademarks of 3Com Corporation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:696
msgid "3ware is a registered trademark of 3ware Inc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:698
msgid "ARM is a registered trademark of ARM Limited."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:700
msgid "Adaptec is a registered trademark of Adaptec, Inc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:702
msgid "Adobe, Acrobat, Acrobat Reader, Flash and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:706
msgid "Apple, AirPort, FireWire, iMac, iPhone, iPad, Mac, Macintosh, Mac OS, Quicktime, and TrueType are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:711
msgid "Android is a trademark of Google Inc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:713
msgid "Heidelberg, Helvetica, Palatino, and Times Roman are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG in the U.S. and other countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:717
msgid "IBM, AIX, OS/2, PowerPC, PS/2, S/390, and ThinkPad are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:721
msgid "IEEE, POSIX, and 802 are registered trademarks of Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. in the United States."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:724
msgid "Intel, Celeron, Centrino, Core, EtherExpress, i386, i486, Itanium, Pentium, and Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:728
msgid "Intuit and Quicken are registered trademarks and/or registered service marks of Intuit Inc., or one of its subsidiaries, in the United States and other countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:731
msgid "Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:733
msgid "LSI Logic, AcceleRAID, eXtremeRAID, MegaRAID and Mylex are trademarks or registered trademarks of LSI Logic Corp."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:736
msgid "Microsoft, IntelliMouse, MS-DOS, Outlook, Windows, Windows Media and Windows NT are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:740
msgid "Motif, OSF/1, and UNIX are registered trademarks and IT DialTone and The Open Group are trademarks of The Open Group in the United States and other countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:744
msgid "Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:746
msgid "RealNetworks, RealPlayer, and RealAudio are the registered trademarks of RealNetworks, Inc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:749
msgid "Red Hat, RPM, are trademarks or registered trademarks of Red Hat, Inc. in the United States and other countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:752
msgid "Sun, Sun Microsystems, Java, Java Virtual Machine, JDK, JRE, JSP, JVM, Netra, OpenJDK, Solaris, StarOffice, SunOS and VirtualBox are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and other countries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:757
msgid "MATLAB is a registered trademark of The MathWorks, Inc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:759
msgid "SpeedTouch is a trademark of Thomson."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:761
msgid "VMware is a trademark of VMware, Inc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:763
msgid "Mathematica is a registered trademark of Wolfram Research, Inc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:765
msgid "XFree86 is a trademark of The XFree86 Project, Inc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:767
msgid "Ogg Vorbis and Xiph.Org are trademarks of Xiph.Org."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:769
msgid "Many of the designations used by manufacturers and sellers to distinguish their products are claimed as trademarks. Where those designations appear in this document, and the FreeBSD Project was aware of the trademark claim, the designations have been followed by the <quote>™</quote> or the <quote>®</quote> symbol."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: book.translate.xml:778
msgid "Welcome to FreeBSD! This handbook covers the installation and day to day use of <emphasis>FreeBSD 11.0-RELEASE</emphasis>, <emphasis>FreeBSD 10.3-RELEASE</emphasis>, and <emphasis>FreeBSD 9.3-RELEASE</emphasis>. This book is the result of ongoing work by many individuals. Some sections might be outdated. Those interested in helping to update and expand this document should send email to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: book.translate.xml:787
msgid "The latest version of this book is available from the <link xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/\">FreeBSD web site</link>. Previous versions can be obtained from <uri xlink:href=\"https://docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/\">https://docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/</uri>. The book can be downloaded in a variety of formats and compression options from the <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/doc/\">FreeBSD FTP server</link> or one of the numerous <link linkend=\"mirrors-ftp\">mirror sites</link>. Printed copies can be purchased at the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com/\">FreeBSD Mall</link>. Searches can be performed on the handbook and other documents on the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/search/index.html\">search page</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/title
#: book.translate.xml:808
msgid "Preface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-audience
#: book.translate.xml:810
msgid "Intended Audience"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:813
msgid "The FreeBSD newcomer will find that the first section of this book guides the user through the FreeBSD installation process and gently introduces the concepts and conventions that underpin <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>. Working through this section requires little more than the desire to explore, and the ability to take on board new concepts as they are introduced."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:820
msgid "Once you have traveled this far, the second, far larger, section of the Handbook is a comprehensive reference to all manner of topics of interest to FreeBSD system administrators. Some of these chapters may recommend that you do some prior reading, and this is noted in the synopsis at the beginning of each chapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:827
msgid "For a list of additional sources of information, please see <xref linkend=\"bibliography\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes-from3
#: book.translate.xml:830
msgid "Changes from the Third Edition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:833
msgid "The current online version of the Handbook represents the cumulative effort of many hundreds of contributors over the past 10 years. The following are some of the significant changes since the two volume third edition was published in 2004:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:840
msgid "<xref linkend=\"dtrace\"/> has been added with information about the powerful DTrace performance analysis tool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:845
msgid "<xref linkend=\"filesystems\"/> has been added with information about non-native file systems in FreeBSD, such as ZFS from <trademark>Sun</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:851
msgid "<xref linkend=\"audit\"/> has been added to cover the new auditing capabilities in FreeBSD and explain its use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:856
msgid "<xref linkend=\"virtualization\"/> has been added with information about installing FreeBSD on virtualization software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:862
msgid "<xref linkend=\"bsdinstall\"/> has been added to cover installation of FreeBSD using the new installation utility, <application>bsdinstall</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes-from2
#: book.translate.xml:868
msgid "Changes from the Second Edition (2004)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:871
msgid "The third edition was the culmination of over two years of work by the dedicated members of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. The printed edition grew to such a size that it was necessary to publish as two separate volumes. The following are the major changes in this new edition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:879
msgid "<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/> has been expanded with new information about the ACPI power and resource management, the <command>cron</command> system utility, and more kernel tuning options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:886
msgid "<xref linkend=\"security\"/> has been expanded with new information about virtual private networks (VPNs), file system access control lists (ACLs), and security advisories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:892
msgid "<xref linkend=\"mac\"/> is a new chapter with this edition. It explains what MAC is and how this mechanism can be used to secure a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:898
msgid "<xref linkend=\"disks\"/> has been expanded with new information about USB storage devices, file system snapshots, file system quotas, file and network backed filesystems, and encrypted disk partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:905
msgid "A troubleshooting section has been added to <xref linkend=\"ppp-and-slip\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:909
msgid "<xref linkend=\"mail\"/> has been expanded with new information about using alternative transport agents, SMTP authentication, UUCP, <application>fetchmail</application>, <application>procmail</application>, and other advanced topics."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:917
msgid "<xref linkend=\"network-servers\"/> is all new with this edition. This chapter includes information about setting up the <application>Apache HTTP Server</application>, <application>ftpd</application>, and setting up a server for <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> clients with <application>Samba</application>. Some sections from <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> were moved here to improve the presentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:927
msgid "<xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> has been expanded with new information about using <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> devices with FreeBSD, setting up wireless networks, and Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) networking."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:934
msgid "A glossary has been added to provide a central location for the definitions of technical terms used throughout the book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:940
msgid "A number of aesthetic improvements have been made to the tables and figures throughout the book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes
#: book.translate.xml:945
msgid "Changes from the First Edition (2001)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:948
msgid "The second edition was the culmination of over two years of work by the dedicated members of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. The following were the major changes in this edition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:956
msgid "A complete Index has been added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:960
msgid "All ASCII figures have been replaced by graphical diagrams."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:965
msgid "A standard synopsis has been added to each chapter to give a quick summary of what information the chapter contains, and what the reader is expected to know."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:971
msgid "The content has been logically reorganized into three parts: <quote>Getting Started</quote>, <quote>System Administration</quote>, and <quote>Appendices</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:978
msgid "<xref linkend=\"basics\"/> has been expanded to contain additional information about processes, daemons, and signals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:984
msgid "<xref linkend=\"ports\"/> has been expanded to contain additional information about binary package management."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:990
msgid "<xref linkend=\"x11\"/> has been completely rewritten with an emphasis on using modern desktop technologies such as <application>KDE</application> and <application>GNOME</application> on <trademark>XFree86</trademark> 4.X."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:997
msgid "<xref linkend=\"boot\"/> has been expanded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1001
msgid "<xref linkend=\"disks\"/> has been written from what used to be two separate chapters on <quote>Disks</quote> and <quote>Backups</quote>. We feel that the topics are easier to comprehend when presented as a single chapter. A section on RAID (both hardware and software) has also been added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1010
msgid "<xref linkend=\"serialcomms\"/> has been completely reorganized and updated for FreeBSD 4.X/5.X."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1015
msgid "<xref linkend=\"ppp-and-slip\"/> has been substantially updated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1020
msgid "Many new sections have been added to <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1024
msgid "<xref linkend=\"mail\"/> has been expanded to include more information about configuring <application>sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1030
msgid "<xref linkend=\"linuxemu\"/> has been expanded to include information about installing <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Oracle</trademark></application> and <application><trademark class=\"registered\">SAP</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">R/3</trademark></application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1037
msgid "The following new topics are covered in this second edition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1042
msgid "<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1046
msgid "<xref linkend=\"multimedia\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-overview
#: book.translate.xml:1052
msgid "Organization of This Book"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1054
msgid "This book is split into five logically distinct sections. The first section, <emphasis>Getting Started</emphasis>, covers the installation and basic usage of FreeBSD. It is expected that the reader will follow these chapters in sequence, possibly skipping chapters covering familiar topics. The second section, <emphasis>Common Tasks</emphasis>, covers some frequently used features of FreeBSD. This section, and all subsequent sections, can be read out of order. Each chapter begins with a succinct synopsis that describes what the chapter covers and what the reader is expected to already know. This is meant to allow the casual reader to skip around to find chapters of interest. The third section, <emphasis>System Administration</emphasis>, covers administration topics. The fourth section, <emphasis>Network Communication</emphasis>, covers networking and server topics. The fifth section contains appendices of reference information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1079
msgid "Introduces FreeBSD to a new user. It describes the history of the FreeBSD Project, its goals and development model."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1089
msgid "Walks a user through the entire installation process of FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>x</replaceable> and later using <application>bsdinstall</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1099
msgid "Covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD operating system. If you are familiar with <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> or another flavor of <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> then you can probably skip this chapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1110
msgid "Covers the installation of third-party software with both FreeBSD's innovative <quote>Ports Collection</quote> and standard binary packages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1120
msgid "Describes the X Window System in general and using X11 on FreeBSD in particular. Also describes common desktop environments such as <application>KDE</application> and <application>GNOME</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1133
msgid "Lists some common desktop applications, such as web browsers and productivity suites, and describes how to install them on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1142
msgid "Shows how to set up sound and video playback support for your system. Also describes some sample audio and video applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1152
msgid "Explains why you might need to configure a new kernel and provides detailed instructions for configuring, building, and installing a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1162
msgid "Describes managing printers on FreeBSD, including information about banner pages, printer accounting, and initial setup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1172
msgid "Describes the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> compatibility features of FreeBSD. Also provides detailed installation instructions for many popular <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> applications such as <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Oracle</trademark></application> and <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Mathematica</trademark></application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1186
msgid "Describes the parameters available for system administrators to tune a FreeBSD system for optimum performance. Also describes the various configuration files used in FreeBSD and where to find them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1197
msgid "Describes the FreeBSD boot process and explains how to control this process with configuration options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1206
msgid "Describes many different tools available to help keep your FreeBSD system secure, including Kerberos, IPsec and OpenSSH."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1216
msgid "Describes the jails framework, and the improvements of jails over the traditional chroot support of FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1225
msgid "Explains what Mandatory Access Control (MAC) is and how this mechanism can be used to secure a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1235
msgid "Describes what FreeBSD Event Auditing is, how it can be installed, configured, and how audit trails can be inspected or monitored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1245
msgid "Describes how to manage storage media and filesystems with FreeBSD. This includes physical disks, RAID arrays, optical and tape media, memory-backed disks, and network filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1256
msgid "Describes what the GEOM framework in FreeBSD is and how to configure various supported RAID levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1265
msgid "Examines support of non-native file systems in FreeBSD, like the Z File System from <trademark>Sun</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1274
msgid "Describes what virtualization systems offer, and how they can be used with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1283
msgid "Describes how to use FreeBSD in languages other than English. Covers both system and application level localization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1293
msgid "Explains the differences between FreeBSD-STABLE, FreeBSD-CURRENT, and FreeBSD releases. Describes which users would benefit from tracking a development system and outlines that process. Covers the methods users may take to update their system to the latest security release."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1306
msgid "Describes how to configure and use the DTrace tool from <trademark>Sun</trademark> in FreeBSD. Dynamic tracing can help locate performance issues, by performing real time system analysis."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1319
msgid "Explains how to connect terminals and modems to your FreeBSD system for both dial in and dial out connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1329
msgid "Describes how to use PPP to connect to remote systems with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1338
msgid "Explains the different components of an email server and dives into simple configuration topics for the most popular mail server software: <application>sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1349
msgid "Provides detailed instructions and example configuration files to set up your FreeBSD machine as a network filesystem server, domain name server, network information system server, or time synchronization server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1360
msgid "Explains the philosophy behind software-based firewalls and provides detailed information about the configuration of the different firewalls available for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1370
msgid "Describes many networking topics, including sharing an Internet connection with other computers on your LAN, advanced routing topics, wireless networking, <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark>, ATM, IPv6, and much more."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1383
msgid "Lists different sources for obtaining FreeBSD media on CDROM or DVD as well as different sites on the Internet that allow you to download and install FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1393
msgid "This book touches on many different subjects that may leave you hungry for a more detailed explanation. The bibliography lists many excellent books that are referenced in the text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1404
msgid "Describes the many forums available for FreeBSD users to post questions and engage in technical conversations about FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1414
msgid "Lists the PGP fingerprints of several FreeBSD Developers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv
#: book.translate.xml:1420
msgid "Conventions used in this book"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1423
msgid "To provide a consistent and easy to read text, several conventions are followed throughout the book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-typographic
#: book.translate.xml:1426
msgid "Typographic Conventions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1430
msgid "<emphasis>Italic</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1433
msgid "An <emphasis>italic</emphasis> font is used for filenames, URLs, emphasized text, and the first usage of technical terms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1440
msgid "<literal>Monospace</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1443
msgid "A <literal>monospaced</literal> font is used for error messages, commands, environment variables, names of ports, hostnames, user names, group names, device names, variables, and code fragments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1451
msgid "<application>Bold</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1454
msgid "A <keycap>bold</keycap> font is used for applications, commands, and keys."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-commands
#: book.translate.xml:1461
msgid "User Input"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1464
msgid "Keys are shown in <keycap>bold</keycap> to stand out from other text. Key combinations that are meant to be typed simultaneously are shown with `<literal>+</literal>' between the keys, such as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1469
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Del</keycap></keycombo>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1475
msgid "Meaning the user should type the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, <keycap>Alt</keycap>, and <keycap>Del</keycap> keys at the same time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1479
msgid "Keys that are meant to be typed in sequence will be separated with commas, for example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1482
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>X</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1491
msgid "Would mean that the user is expected to type the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and <keycap>X</keycap> keys simultaneously and then to type the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and <keycap>S</keycap> keys simultaneously."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-examples
#: book.translate.xml:1497
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1499
msgid "Examples starting with <filename>C:\\&gt;</filename> indicate a <trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> command. Unless otherwise noted, these commands may be executed from a <quote>Command Prompt</quote> window in a modern <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1505
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>E:\\&gt;</prompt> <userinput>tools\\fdimage floppies\\kern.flp A:</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1507
msgid "Examples starting with <prompt>#</prompt> indicate a command that must be invoked as the superuser in FreeBSD. You can login as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to type the command, or login as your normal account and use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to gain superuser privileges."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1513
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=kern.flp of=/dev/fd0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1515
msgid "Examples starting with <prompt>%</prompt> indicate a command that should be invoked from a normal user account. Unless otherwise noted, C-shell syntax is used for setting environment variables and other shell commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1520
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>top</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-acknowledgements
#: book.translate.xml:1522
msgid "Acknowledgments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1524
msgid "The book you are holding represents the efforts of many hundreds of people around the world. Whether they sent in fixes for typos, or submitted complete chapters, all the contributions have been useful."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1529
msgid "Several companies have supported the development of this document by paying authors to work on it full-time, paying for publication, etc. In particular, BSDi (subsequently acquired by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.windriver.com\">Wind River Systems</link>) paid members of the FreeBSD Documentation Project to work on improving this book full time leading up to the publication of the first printed edition in March 2000 (ISBN 1-57176-241-8). Wind River Systems then paid several additional authors to make a number of improvements to the print-output infrastructure and to add additional chapters to the text. This work culminated in the publication of the second printed edition in November 2001 (ISBN 1-57176-303-1). In 2003-2004, <link xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com\">FreeBSD Mall, Inc</link>, paid several contributors to improve the Handbook in preparation for the third printed edition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:1548
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:1551
msgid "This part of the handbook is for users and administrators who are new to FreeBSD. These chapters:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1556
msgid "Introduce FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1560
msgid "Guide readers through the installation process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1564
msgid "Teach <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> basics and fundamentals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1568
msgid "Show how to install the wealth of third party applications available for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1573
msgid "Introduce X, the <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> windowing system, and detail how to configure a desktop environment that makes users more productive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:1579
msgid "The number of forward references in the text have been kept to a minimum so that this section can be read from front to back with minimal page flipping."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1593 book.translate.xml:23827 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:1596 book.translate.xml:2861
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Jim</firstname> <surname>Mock</surname> </personname> <contrib>Restructured, reorganized, and parts rewritten by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1608 book.translate.xml:2916 book.translate.xml:5528
#: book.translate.xml:8917 book.translate.xml:10650 book.translate.xml:12840
#: book.translate.xml:13969 book.translate.xml:15590 book.translate.xml:18073
#: book.translate.xml:19341 book.translate.xml:22826 book.translate.xml:23739
#: book.translate.xml:27838 book.translate.xml:29448 book.translate.xml:31216
#: book.translate.xml:31950 book.translate.xml:35730 book.translate.xml:41662
#: book.translate.xml:41869 book.translate.xml:43150 book.translate.xml:44190
#: book.translate.xml:46339 book.translate.xml:46724 book.translate.xml:48927
#: book.translate.xml:50595 book.translate.xml:52508 book.translate.xml:58238
#: book.translate.xml:61925
msgid "Synopsis"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1610
msgid "Thank you for your interest in FreeBSD! The following chapter covers various aspects of the FreeBSD Project, such as its history, goals, development model, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1614 book.translate.xml:2943 book.translate.xml:5535
#: book.translate.xml:8929 book.translate.xml:10671 book.translate.xml:15603
#: book.translate.xml:18099 book.translate.xml:19355 book.translate.xml:23752
#: book.translate.xml:27910 book.translate.xml:29475 book.translate.xml:31240
#: book.translate.xml:31958 book.translate.xml:35756 book.translate.xml:41694
#: book.translate.xml:41877 book.translate.xml:44202 book.translate.xml:46377
#: book.translate.xml:46735 book.translate.xml:48938 book.translate.xml:50606
#: book.translate.xml:58293 book.translate.xml:61930
msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1618
msgid "How FreeBSD relates to other computer operating systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1623
msgid "The history of the FreeBSD Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1627
msgid "The goals of the FreeBSD Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1631
msgid "The basics of the FreeBSD open-source development model."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1636
msgid "And of course: where the name <quote>FreeBSD</quote> comes from."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1643
msgid "Welcome to FreeBSD!"
msgstr "Welkom bij FreeBSD!"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1645 book.translate.xml:1814
msgid "<primary>4.4BSD-Lite</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>4.4BSD-Lite</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1647
msgid "FreeBSD is a 4.4BSD-Lite based operating system for Intel (x86 and <trademark class=\"registered\">Itanium</trademark>), AMD64, Sun <trademark class=\"registered\">UltraSPARC</trademark> computers. Ports to other architectures are also under way. You can also read about <link linkend=\"history\">the history of FreeBSD</link>, or the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases\">current release</link>. If you are interested in contributing something to the Project (code, hardware, funding), see the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/contributing/index.html\">Contributing to FreeBSD</link> article."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1657
#, fuzzy
msgid "What Can FreeBSD Do?"
msgstr "Wat kan FreeBSD?"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1659
msgid "FreeBSD has many noteworthy features. Some of these are:"
msgstr "FreeBSD heeft veel benoemenswaardige opties.  Enkele van deze zijn:"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1665
msgid "<primary>preemptive multitasking</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>preemptive multitasking</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1664
msgid "<emphasis>Preemptive multitasking</emphasis> <_:indexterm-1/> with dynamic priority adjustment to ensure smooth and fair sharing of the computer between applications and users, even under the heaviest of loads."
msgstr "<emphasis>Preemptive multitasking</emphasis> <_:indexterm-1/> met dynamische prioriteit aanpassingen om te zorgen voor een geleidelijke en eerlijke verdeling van de computer tussen applicaties en gebruikers, zelfs onder de zwaarste belasting."

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1674
msgid "<primary>multi-user facilities</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>multi-user facilities</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1674
msgid "<emphasis>Multi-user facilities</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> which allow many people to use a FreeBSD system simultaneously for a variety of things. This means, for example, that system peripherals such as printers and tape drives are properly shared between all users on the system or the network and that individual resource limits can be placed on users or groups of users, protecting critical system resources from over-use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1687
msgid "<primary>TCP/IP networking</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>TCP/IP networking</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1686
msgid "Strong <emphasis>TCP/IP networking</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> with support for industry standards such as SCTP, DHCP, NFS, NIS, PPP, SLIP, IPsec, and IPv6. This means that your FreeBSD machine can interoperate easily with other systems as well as act as an enterprise server, providing vital functions such as NFS (remote file access) and email services or putting your organization on the Internet with WWW, FTP, routing and firewall (security) services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1700
msgid "<primary>memory protection</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1700
msgid "<emphasis>Memory protection</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> ensures that applications (or users) cannot interfere with each other. One application crashing will not affect others in any way."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1709 book.translate.xml:1952
msgid "<primary>X Window System</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1708
msgid "The industry standard <emphasis>X Window System</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> (X11R7) can provide a graphical user interface (GUI) on any machine and comes with full sources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1718 book.translate.xml:18078
msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>Linux</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1722
msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>SCO</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1726
msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>SVR4</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1730
msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>BSD/OS</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1734
msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>NetBSD</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1717
msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:indexterm-5/> <emphasis>Binary compatibility</emphasis> with many programs built for Linux, SCO, SVR4, BSDI and NetBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1744
msgid "Thousands of <emphasis>ready-to-run</emphasis> applications are available from the FreeBSD <emphasis>ports</emphasis> and <emphasis>packages</emphasis> collection. Why search the net when you can find it all right here?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1752
msgid "Thousands of additional and <emphasis>easy-to-port</emphasis> applications are available on the Internet. FreeBSD is source code compatible with most popular commercial <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> systems and thus most applications require few, if any, changes to compile."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1761
msgid "<primary>virtual memory</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1760
msgid "Demand paged <emphasis>virtual memory</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> and <quote>merged VM/buffer cache</quote> design efficiently satisfies applications with large appetites for memory while still maintaining interactive response to other users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1770
msgid "<primary>Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1770
msgid "<emphasis>SMP</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> support for machines with multiple CPUs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1779
msgid "<primary>compilers</primary> <secondary>C</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1783
msgid "<primary>compilers</primary> <secondary>C++</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1778
msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> A full complement of <emphasis>C</emphasis> and <emphasis>C++</emphasis> development tools. Many additional languages for advanced research and development are also available in the ports and packages collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1796
msgid "<primary>source code</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1796
msgid "<emphasis>Source code</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> for the entire system means you have the greatest degree of control over your environment. Why be locked into a proprietary solution at the mercy of your vendor when you can have a truly open system?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1805
msgid "Extensive <emphasis>online documentation</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1810
msgid "<emphasis>And many more!</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1817
msgid "<primary>Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1814
msgid "FreeBSD is based on the 4.4BSD-Lite<_:indexterm-1/> release from Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG)<_:indexterm-2/> at the University of California at Berkeley, and carries on the distinguished tradition of BSD systems development. In addition to the fine work provided by CSRG, the FreeBSD Project has put in many thousands of hours in fine tuning the system for maximum performance and reliability in real-life load situations. FreeBSD offers performance and reliability on par with commercial offerings, combined with many cutting-edge features not available anywhere else."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1828
msgid "The applications to which FreeBSD can be put are truly limited only by your own imagination. From software development to factory automation, inventory control to azimuth correction of remote satellite antennae; if it can be done with a commercial <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> product then it is more than likely that you can do it with FreeBSD too! FreeBSD also benefits significantly from literally thousands of high quality applications developed by research centers and universities around the world, often available at little to no cost. Commercial applications are also available and appearing in greater numbers every day."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1840
msgid "Because the source code for FreeBSD itself is generally available, the system can also be customized to an almost unheard of degree for special applications or projects, and in ways not generally possible with operating systems from most major commercial vendors. Here is just a sampling of some of the applications in which people are currently using FreeBSD:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1850
msgid "<emphasis>Internet Services:</emphasis> The robust TCP/IP networking built into FreeBSD makes it an ideal platform for a variety of Internet services such as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1857
msgid "<primary>web servers</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1857
msgid "World Wide Web servers<_:indexterm-1/> (standard or secure [SSL])"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1864
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 routing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1868 book.translate.xml:58229
msgid "<primary>firewall</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1871 book.translate.xml:61395
msgid "<primary>NAT</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1868
msgid "Firewalls<_:indexterm-1/> and NAT<_:indexterm-2/> (<quote>IP masquerading</quote>) gateways"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1878
msgid "<primary>FTP servers</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1878
msgid "FTP servers<_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1885
msgid "<primary>electronic mail</primary> <see>email</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1889 book.translate.xml:50597
msgid "<primary>email</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1884
msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> Electronic Mail servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1896
msgid "And more..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1902
msgid "<emphasis>Education:</emphasis> Are you a student of computer science or a related engineering field? There is no better way of learning about operating systems, computer architecture and networking than the hands on, under the hood experience that FreeBSD can provide. A number of freely available CAD, mathematical and graphic design packages also make it highly useful to those whose primary interest in a computer is to get <emphasis>other</emphasis> work done!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1914
msgid "<emphasis>Research:</emphasis> With source code for the entire system available, FreeBSD is an excellent platform for research in operating systems as well as other branches of computer science. FreeBSD's freely available nature also makes it possible for remote groups to collaborate on ideas or shared development without having to worry about special licensing agreements or limitations on what may be discussed in open forums."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1926 book.translate.xml:62278
msgid "<primary>router</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1928
msgid "<primary>DNS Server</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1925
msgid "<emphasis>Networking:</emphasis> Need a new router?<_:indexterm-1/> A name server (DNS)?<_:indexterm-2/> A firewall to keep people out of your internal network? FreeBSD can easily turn that unused PC sitting in the corner into an advanced router with sophisticated packet-filtering capabilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1939
msgid "<primary>embedded</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1937
msgid "<emphasis>Embedded:</emphasis> FreeBSD makes an excellent platform to build embedded systems upon. <_:indexterm-1/> With support for the <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">MIPS</trademark> and <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark> platforms, coupled with a robust network stack, cutting edge features and the permissive <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/introduction.html#bsd-license-restrictions\">BSD license</link> FreeBSD makes an excellent foundation for building embedded routers, firewalls, and other devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1955 book.translate.xml:12040
msgid "<primary>GNOME</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1958 book.translate.xml:12127
msgid "<primary>KDE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1951
msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <emphasis>Desktop:</emphasis> FreeBSD makes a fine choice for an inexpensive desktop solution using the freely available X11 server. FreeBSD offers a choice from many open-source desktop environments, including the standard <application>GNOME</application> and <application>KDE</application> graphical user interfaces. FreeBSD can even boot <quote>diskless</quote> from a central server, making individual workstations even cheaper and easier to administer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1977
msgid "<primary>Compiler</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1974
msgid "<emphasis>Software Development:</emphasis> The basic FreeBSD system comes with a full complement of development tools including a full C/C++<_:indexterm-1/> compiler and debugger suite. Support for many other languages are also available through the ports and packages collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1986
msgid "FreeBSD is available to download free of charge, or can be obtained on either CD-ROM or DVD. Please see <xref linkend=\"mirrors\"/> for more information about obtaining FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1993
msgid "Who Uses FreeBSD?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1995
msgid "<primary>users</primary> <secondary>large sites running FreeBSD</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2000
msgid "FreeBSD's advanced features, proven security, predictable release cycle, and permissive license have led to its use as a platform for building many commercial and open source appliances, devices, and products. Many of the world's largest IT companies use FreeBSD:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2010 book.translate.xml:56898
msgid "<primary>Apache</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2009
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.apache.org/\">Apache</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The Apache Software Foundation runs most of its public facing infrastructure, including possibly one of the largest SVN repositories in the world with over 1.4 million commits, on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2020
msgid "<primary>Apple</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2019
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.apple.com/\">Apple</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - OS X borrows heavily from FreeBSD for the network stack, virtual file system, and many userland components. Apple iOS also contains elements borrowed from FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2030
msgid "<primary>Cisco</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2029
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.cisco.com/\">Cisco</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - IronPort network security and anti-spam appliances run a modified FreeBSD kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2038
msgid "<primary>Citrix</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2037
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.citrix.com/\">Citrix</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The NetScaler line of security appliances provide layer 4-7 load balancing, content caching, application firewall, secure VPN, and mobile cloud network access, along with the power of a FreeBSD shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2049
msgid "<primary>Dell KACE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2047
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.dell.com/KACE\">Dell KACE</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The KACE system management appliances run FreeBSD because of its reliability, scalability, and the community that supports its continued development."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2059
msgid "<primary>Experts Exchange</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2057
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.experts-exchange.com/\">Experts Exchange</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - All public facing web servers are powered by FreeBSD and they make extensive use of jails to isolate development and testing environments without the overhead of virtualization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2069
msgid "<primary>Isilon</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2068
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.isilon.com/\">Isilon</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - Isilon's enterprise storage appliances are based on FreeBSD. The extremely liberal FreeBSD license allowed Isilon to integrate their intellectual property throughout the kernel and focus on building their product instead of an operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2081
msgid "<primary>iXsystems</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2080
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ixsystems.com/\">iXsystems</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The TrueNAS line of unified storage appliances is based on FreeBSD. In addition to their commercial products, iXsystems also manages development of the open source projects PC-BSD and FreeNAS."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2091
msgid "<primary>Juniper</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2090
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.juniper.net/\">Juniper</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The JunOS operating system that powers all Juniper networking gear (including routers, switches, security, and networking appliances) is based on FreeBSD. Juniper is one of many vendors that showcases the symbiotic relationship between the project and vendors of commercial products. Improvements generated at Juniper are upstreamed into FreeBSD to reduce the complexity of integrating new features from FreeBSD back into JunOS in the future."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2106
msgid "<primary>McAfee</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2105
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.mcafee.com/\">McAfee</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - SecurOS, the basis of McAfee enterprise firewall products including Sidewinder is based on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2115
msgid "<primary>NetApp</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2114
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.netapp.com/\">NetApp</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The Data ONTAP GX line of storage appliances are based on FreeBSD. In addition, NetApp has contributed back many features, including the new BSD licensed hypervisor, bhyve."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2125 book.translate.xml:2399
msgid "<primary>Netflix</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2124
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.netflix.com/\">Netflix</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The OpenConnect appliance that Netflix uses to stream movies to its customers is based on FreeBSD. Netflix has made extensive contributions to the codebase and works to maintain a zero delta from mainline FreeBSD. Netflix OpenConnect appliances are responsible for delivering more than 32% of all Internet traffic in North America."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2138
msgid "<primary>Sandvine</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2137
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sandvine.com/\">Sandvine</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - Sandvine uses FreeBSD as the basis of their high performance realtime network processing platforms that make up their intelligent network policy control products."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2148
msgid "<primary>Sony</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2147
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sony.com/\">Sony</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The PlayStation 4 gaming console runs a modified version of FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2156
msgid "<primary>Sophos</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2155
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sophos.com/\">Sophos</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The Sophos Email Appliance product is based on a hardened FreeBSD and scans inbound mail for spam and viruses, while also monitoring outbound mail for malware as well as the accidental loss of sensitive information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2168
msgid "<primary>Spectra Logic</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2166
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.spectralogic.com/\">Spectra Logic</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The nTier line of archive grade storage appliances run FreeBSD and OpenZFS."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2176
msgid "<primary>Stormshield</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2175
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"https://www.stormshield.eu\">Stormshield</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - Stormshield Network Security appliances are based on a hardened version of FreeBSD. The BSD license allows us to integrate our own intellectual property with the system while returning a great deal of interesting development to the community."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2189
msgid "<primary>The Weather Channel</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2187
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.weather.com/\">The Weather Channel</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The IntelliStar appliance that is installed at each local cable providers headend and is responsible for injecting local weather forecasts into the cable TV network's programming runs FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2200
msgid "<primary>Verisign</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2199
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.verisign.com/\">Verisign</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - Verisign is responsible for operating the .com and .net root domain registries as well as the accompanying DNS infrastructure. They rely on a number of different network operating systems including FreeBSD to ensure there is no common point of failure in their infrastructure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2213
msgid "<primary>Voxer</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2212
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.voxer.com/\">Voxer</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - Voxer powers their mobile voice messaging platform with ZFS on FreeBSD. Voxer switched from a Solaris derivative to FreeBSD because of its superior documentation, larger and more active community, and more developer friendly environment. In addition to critical features like <acronym>ZFS</acronym> and DTrace, FreeBSD also offers TRIM support for <acronym>ZFS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2227
msgid "<primary>WhatsApp</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2226
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.whatsapp.com/\">WhatsApp</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - When WhatsApp needed a platform that would be able to handle more than 1 million concurrent TCP connections per server, they chose FreeBSD. They then proceeded to scale past 2.5 million connections per server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2239
msgid "<primary>Wheel Systems</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2237
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://wheelsystems.com/\">Wheel Systems</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The FUDO security appliance allows enterprises to monitor, control, record, and audit contractors and administrators who work on their systems. Based on all of the best security features of FreeBSD including ZFS, GELI, Capsicum, HAST, and auditdistd."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2251
msgid "FreeBSD has also spawned a number of related open source projects:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2258
msgid "<primary>BSD Router</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2256
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://bsdrp.net/\">BSD Router</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A FreeBSD based replacement for large enterprise routers designed to run on standard PC hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2267
msgid "<primary>FreeNAS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2266
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.freenas.org/\">FreeNAS</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A customized FreeBSD designed to be used as a network file server appliance. Provides a python based web interface to simplify the management of both the UFS and ZFS file systems. Includes support for NFS, SMB/CIFS, AFP, FTP, and iSCSI. Includes an extensible plugin system based on FreeBSD jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2279
msgid "<primary>GhostBSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2278
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ghostbsd.org/\">GhostBSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A desktop oriented distribution of FreeBSD bundled with the Gnome desktop environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2287
msgid "<primary>mfsBSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2286
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://mfsbsd.vx.sk/\">mfsBSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A toolkit for building a FreeBSD system image that runs entirely from memory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2295
msgid "<primary>NAS4Free</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2294
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.nas4free.org/\">NAS4Free</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A file server distribution based on FreeBSD with a PHP powered web interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2303
msgid "<primary>OPNsense</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2302
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.opnsense.org/\">OPNSense</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - OPNsense is an open source, easy-to-use and easy-to-build FreeBSD based firewall and routing platform. OPNsense includes most of the features available in expensive commercial firewalls, and more in many cases. It brings the rich feature set of commercial offerings with the benefits of open and verifiable sources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2315
msgid "<primary>PC-BSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2314
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pcbsd.org/\">PC-BSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A customized version of FreeBSD geared towards desktop users with graphical utilities to exposing the power of FreeBSD to all users. Designed to ease the transition of Windows and OS X users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2325
msgid "<primary>pfSense</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2324
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pfsense.org/\">pfSense</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A firewall distribution based on FreeBSD with a huge array of features and extensive IPv6 support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2334
msgid "<primary>ZRouter</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2333
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://zrouter.org/\">ZRouter</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - An open source alternative firmware for embedded devices based on FreeBSD. Designed to replace the proprietary firmware on off-the-shelf routers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2342
msgid "FreeBSD is also used to power some of the biggest sites on the Internet, including:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2348
msgid "<primary>Yahoo!</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2347
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.yahoo.com/\">Yahoo!</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2355
msgid "<primary>Yandex</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2354
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.yandex.ru/\">Yandex</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2362
msgid "<primary>Rambler</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2361
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.rambler.ru/\">Rambler</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2369
msgid "<primary>Sina</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2368
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sina.com/\">Sina</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2377
msgid "<primary>Pair Networks</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2375
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pair.com/\">Pair Networks</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2385
msgid "<primary>Sony Japan</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2383
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sony.co.jp/\">Sony Japan</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2392
msgid "<primary>Netcraft</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2391
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.netcraft.com/\">Netcraft</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2398
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"https://signup.netflix.com/openconnect\">Netflix</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2406
msgid "<primary>NetEase</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2405
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.163.com/\">NetEase</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2413
msgid "<primary>Weathernews</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2412
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.weathernews.com/\">Weathernews</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2421
msgid "<primary>TELEHOUSE America</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2419
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.telehouse.com/\">TELEHOUSE America</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2428
msgid "and many more. Wikipedia also maintains a <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_products_based_on_FreeBSD\">list of products based on FreeBSD</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2434
msgid "About the FreeBSD Project"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2436
msgid "The following section provides some background information on the project, including a brief history, project goals, and the development model of the project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2441
msgid "A Brief History of FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2443
msgid "<primary>386BSD Patchkit</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2444
msgid "<primary>Hubbard, Jordan</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2445
msgid "<primary>Williams, Nate</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2446
msgid "<primary>Grimes, Rod</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2447
msgid "<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>history</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2452
msgid "The FreeBSD Project had its genesis in the early part of 1993, partially as an outgrowth of the Unofficial 386BSDPatchkit by the patchkit's last 3 coordinators: Nate Williams, Rod Grimes and Jordan Hubbard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2457 book.translate.xml:2497
msgid "<primary>386BSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2458
msgid "The original goal was to produce an intermediate snapshot of 386BSD in order to fix a number of problems with it that the patchkit mechanism just was not capable of solving. The early working title for the project was 386BSD 0.5 or 386BSD Interim in reference of that fact."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2464
msgid "<primary>Jolitz, Bill</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2465
msgid "386BSD was Bill Jolitz's operating system, which had been up to that point suffering rather severely from almost a year's worth of neglect. As the patchkit swelled ever more uncomfortably with each passing day, they decided to assist Bill by providing this interim <quote>cleanup</quote> snapshot. Those plans came to a rude halt when Bill Jolitz suddenly decided to withdraw his sanction from the project without any clear indication of what would be done instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2475
msgid "<primary>Greenman, David</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2476
msgid "<primary>Walnut Creek CDROM</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2478
msgid "The trio thought that the goal remained worthwhile, even without Bill's support, and so they adopted the name \"FreeBSD\" coined by David Greenman. The initial objectives were set after consulting with the system's current users and, once it became clear that the project was on the road to perhaps even becoming a reality, Jordan contacted Walnut Creek CDROM with an eye toward improving FreeBSD's distribution channels for those many unfortunates without easy access to the Internet. Walnut Creek CDROM not only supported the idea of distributing FreeBSD on CD but also went so far as to provide the project with a machine to work on and a fast Internet connection. Without Walnut Creek CDROM's almost unprecedented degree of faith in what was, at the time, a completely unknown project, it is quite unlikely that FreeBSD would have gotten as far, as fast, as it has today."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2494
msgid "<primary>4.3BSD-Lite</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2495 book.translate.xml:2510
msgid "<primary>Net/2</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2496 book.translate.xml:2509
msgid "<primary>U.C. Berkeley</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2498 book.translate.xml:8884
msgid "<primary>Free Software Foundation</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2500
msgid "The first CD-ROM (and general net-wide) distribution was FreeBSD 1.0, released in December of 1993. This was based on the 4.3BSD-Lite (<quote>Net/2</quote>) tape from U.C. Berkeley, with many components also provided by 386BSD and the Free Software Foundation. It was a fairly reasonable success for a first offering, and they followed it with the highly successful FreeBSD 1.1 release in May of 1994."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2508
msgid "<primary>Novell</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2511
msgid "<primary>AT&amp;T</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2512
msgid "Around this time, some rather unexpected storm clouds formed on the horizon as Novell and U.C. Berkeley settled their long-running lawsuit over the legal status of the Berkeley Net/2 tape. A condition of that settlement was U.C. Berkeley's concession that large parts of Net/2 were <quote>encumbered</quote> code and the property of Novell, who had in turn acquired it from AT&amp;T some time previously. What Berkeley got in return was Novell's <quote>blessing</quote> that the 4.4BSD-Lite release, when it was finally released, would be declared unencumbered and all existing Net/2 users would be strongly encouraged to switch. This included FreeBSD, and the project was given until the end of July 1994 to stop shipping its own Net/2 based product. Under the terms of that agreement, the project was allowed one last release before the deadline, that release being FreeBSD 1.1.5.1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2529
msgid "FreeBSD then set about the arduous task of literally re-inventing itself from a completely new and rather incomplete set of 4.4BSD-Lite bits. The <quote>Lite</quote> releases were light in part because Berkeley's CSRG had removed large chunks of code required for actually constructing a bootable running system (due to various legal requirements) and the fact that the Intel port of 4.4 was highly incomplete. It took the project until November of 1994 to make this transition, and in December it released FreeBSD 2.0 to the world. Despite being still more than a little rough around the edges, the release was a significant success and was followed by the more robust and easier to install FreeBSD 2.0.5 release in June of 1995."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2543
msgid "Since that time, FreeBSD has made a series of releases each time improving the stability, speed, and feature set of the previous version."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2547
msgid "For now, long-term development projects continue to take place in the 10.X-CURRENT (trunk) branch, and snapshot releases of 10.X are continually made available from <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/snapshots/\">the snapshot server</link> as work progresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:2555
msgid "FreeBSD Project Goals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2558
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Jordan</firstname> <surname>Hubbard</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2568
msgid "<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>goals</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2572
msgid "The goals of the FreeBSD Project are to provide software that may be used for any purpose and without strings attached. Many of us have a significant investment in the code (and project) and would certainly not mind a little financial compensation now and then, but we are definitely not prepared to insist on it. We believe that our first and foremost <quote>mission</quote> is to provide code to any and all comers, and for whatever purpose, so that the code gets the widest possible use and provides the widest possible benefit. This is, I believe, one of the most fundamental goals of Free Software and one that we enthusiastically support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2584
msgid "<primary>GNU General Public License (GPL)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2587
msgid "<primary>GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2590
msgid "<primary>BSD Copyright</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2591
msgid "That code in our source tree which falls under the GNU General Public License (GPL) or Library General Public License (LGPL) comes with slightly more strings attached, though at least on the side of enforced access rather than the usual opposite. Due to the additional complexities that can evolve in the commercial use of GPL software we do, however, prefer software submitted under the more relaxed BSD copyright when it is a reasonable option to do so."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:2603
msgid "The FreeBSD Development Model"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2606
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Satoshi</firstname> <surname>Asami</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2616
msgid "<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>development model</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2621
msgid "The development of FreeBSD is a very open and flexible process, being literally built from the contributions of thousands of people around the world, as can be seen from our <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/contributors/article.html\">list of contributors</link>. FreeBSD's development infrastructure allow these thousands of contributors to collaborate over the Internet. We are constantly on the lookout for new developers and ideas, and those interested in becoming more closely involved with the project need simply contact us at the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers\">FreeBSD technical discussions mailing list</link>. The <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-announce\">FreeBSD announcements mailing list</link> is also available to those wishing to make other FreeBSD users aware of major areas of work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2634
msgid "Useful things to know about the FreeBSD Project and its development process, whether working independently or in close cooperation:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2640
msgid "The SVN repositories<anchor xml:id=\"development-cvs-repository\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2644
msgid "<primary>CVS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2648
msgid "<primary>CVS Repository</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2652
msgid "<primary>Concurrent Versions System</primary> <see>CVS</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2657 book.translate.xml:45258 book.translate.xml:45298
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>Subversion</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2661
msgid "<primary>Subversion Repository</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2665
msgid "<primary>SVN</primary> <see>Subversion</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2643
msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:indexterm-5/> <_:indexterm-6/> For several years, the central source tree for FreeBSD was maintained by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.nongnu.org/cvs/\">CVS</link> (Concurrent Versions System), a freely available source code control tool. In June 2008, the Project switched to using <link xlink:href=\"http://subversion.tigris.org\">SVN</link> (Subversion). The switch was deemed necessary, as the technical limitations imposed by <application>CVS</application> were becoming obvious due to the rapid expansion of the source tree and the amount of history already stored. The Documentation Project and Ports Collection repositories also moved from <application>CVS</application> to <application>SVN</application> in May 2012 and July 2012, respectively. Please refer to the <link linkend=\"synching\">Synchronizing your source tree</link> section for more information on obtaining the FreeBSD <literal>src/</literal> repository and <link linkend=\"ports-using\">Using the Ports Collection</link> for details on obtaining the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2692
msgid "The committers list<anchor xml:id=\"development-committers\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2696
msgid "<primary>committers</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2695
msgid "The <firstterm>committers</firstterm> <_:indexterm-1/> are the people who have <emphasis>write</emphasis> access to the Subversion tree, and are authorized to make modifications to the FreeBSD source (the term <quote>committer</quote> comes from <command>commit</command>, the source control command which is used to bring new changes into the repository). Anyone can submit a bug to the <link xlink:href=\"https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/submit/\">Bug Database</link>. Before submitting a bug report, the FreeBSD mailing lists, IRC channels, or forums can be used to help verify that an issue is actually a bug."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2712
msgid "The FreeBSD core team<anchor xml:id=\"development-core\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2716
msgid "<primary>core team</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2715
msgid "The <firstterm>FreeBSD core team</firstterm> <_:indexterm-1/> would be equivalent to the board of directors if the FreeBSD Project were a company. The primary task of the core team is to make sure the project, as a whole, is in good shape and is heading in the right directions. Inviting dedicated and responsible developers to join our group of committers is one of the functions of the core team, as is the recruitment of new core team members as others move on. The current core team was elected from a pool of committer candidates in July 2014. Elections are held every 2 years."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:2731
msgid "Like most developers, most members of the core team are also volunteers when it comes to FreeBSD development and do not benefit from the project financially, so <quote>commitment</quote> should also not be misconstrued as meaning <quote>guaranteed support.</quote> The <quote>board of directors</quote> analogy above is not very accurate, and it may be more suitable to say that these are the people who gave up their lives in favor of FreeBSD against their better judgement!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2746
msgid "Outside contributors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2749
msgid "Last, but definitely not least, the largest group of developers are the users themselves who provide feedback and bug fixes to us on an almost constant basis. The primary way of keeping in touch with FreeBSD's more non-centralized development is to subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers\">FreeBSD technical discussions mailing list</link> where such things are discussed. See <xref linkend=\"eresources\"/> for more information about the various FreeBSD mailing lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2760
msgid "<primary>contributors</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2758
msgid "<citetitle><link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/contributors/article.html\">The FreeBSD Contributors List</link></citetitle> <_:indexterm-1/> is a long and growing one, so why not join it by contributing something back to FreeBSD today?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2765
msgid "Providing code is not the only way of contributing to the project; for a more complete list of things that need doing, please refer to the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/index.html\">FreeBSD Project web site</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2773
msgid "In summary, our development model is organized as a loose set of concentric circles. The centralized model is designed for the convenience of the <emphasis>users</emphasis> of FreeBSD, who are provided with an easy way of tracking one central code base, not to keep potential contributors out! Our desire is to present a stable operating system with a large set of coherent <link linkend=\"ports\">application programs</link> that the users can easily install and use — this model works very well in accomplishing that."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2783
msgid "All we ask of those who would join us as FreeBSD developers is some of the same dedication its current people have to its continued success!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2789
msgid "Third Party Programs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2791
msgid "In addition to the base distributions, FreeBSD offers a ported software collection with thousands of commonly sought-after programs. At the time of this writing, there were over 24,000 ports! The list of ports ranges from http servers, to games, languages, editors, and almost everything in between. The entire Ports Collection requires approximately 500 MB. To compile a port, you simply change to the directory of the program you wish to install, type <command>make install</command>, and let the system do the rest. The full original distribution for each port you build is retrieved dynamically so you need only enough disk space to build the ports you want. Almost every port is also provided as a pre-compiled <quote>package</quote>, which can be installed with a simple command (<command>pkg install</command>) by those who do not wish to compile their own ports from source. More information on packages and ports can be found in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2812
msgid "Additional Documentation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2814
msgid "All recent FreeBSD versions provide an option in the installer (either <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysinstall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdinstall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>) to install additional documentation under <filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd</filename> during the initial system setup. Documentation may also be installed at any later time using packages as described in <xref linkend=\"doc-ports-install-package\"/>. You may view the locally installed manuals with any HTML capable browser using the following URLs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2826
msgid "The FreeBSD Handbook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2829
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"file://localhost/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/handbook/index.html\"><filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/handbook/index.html</filename></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2834
msgid "The FreeBSD FAQ"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2837
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"file://localhost/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/faq/index.html\"><filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/faq/index.html</filename></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2842
msgid "You can also view the master (and most frequently updated) copies at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:2858
msgid "Installing FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2886
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Gavin</firstname> <surname>Atkinson</surname> </personname> <contrib>Updated for bsdinstall by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2895
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2904
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </personname> <contrib>Updated for root-on-ZFS by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2918
msgid "<primary>installation</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2920
msgid "Beginning with FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE, FreeBSD provides an easy to use, text-based installation program named <application>bsdinstall</application>. This chapter describes how to install FreeBSD using <application>bsdinstall</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2926
msgid "In general, the installation instructions in this chapter are written for the <trademark>i386</trademark> and <acronym>AMD64</acronym> architectures. Where applicable, instructions specific to other platforms will be listed. There may be minor differences between the installer and what is shown here, so use this chapter as a general guide rather than as a set of literal instructions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:2935
msgid "Users who prefer to install FreeBSD using a graphical installer may be interested in <application>pc-sysinstall</application>, the installer used by the PC-BSD Project. It can be used to install either a graphical desktop (PC-BSD) or a command line version of FreeBSD. Refer to the PC-BSD Users Handbook for details (<link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.pcbsd.org/index.php/Colophon\">http://wiki.pcbsd.org/index.php/Colophon</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2947
msgid "The minimum hardware requirements and FreeBSD supported architectures."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2952
msgid "How to create the FreeBSD installation media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2956
msgid "How to start <application>bsdinstall</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2961
msgid "The questions <application>bsdinstall</application> will ask, what they mean, and how to answer them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2966
msgid "How to troubleshoot a failed installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2970
msgid "How to access a live version of FreeBSD before committing to an installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2975 book.translate.xml:10700 book.translate.xml:14032
#: book.translate.xml:18123 book.translate.xml:19388 book.translate.xml:23812
#: book.translate.xml:29511 book.translate.xml:31258 book.translate.xml:32010
#: book.translate.xml:35781 book.translate.xml:41712 book.translate.xml:41907
#: book.translate.xml:43210 book.translate.xml:44233 book.translate.xml:46394
#: book.translate.xml:46753 book.translate.xml:48964 book.translate.xml:50670
#: book.translate.xml:58321 book.translate.xml:61972
msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2979
msgid "Read the supported hardware list that shipped with the version of FreeBSD to be installed and verify that the system's hardware is supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2987
msgid "Minimum Hardware Requirements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2989
msgid "The hardware requirements to install FreeBSD vary by architecture. Hardware architectures and devices supported by a FreeBSD release are listed on the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/index.html\">FreeBSD Release Information</link> page. The <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/where.html\">FreeBSD download page</link> also has recommendations for choosing the correct image for different architectures."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2996
msgid "A FreeBSD installation requires a minimum of 96 MB of <acronym>RAM</acronym> and 1.5 GB of free hard drive space. However, such small amounts of memory and disk space are really only suitable for custom applications like embedded appliances. General-purpose desktop systems need more resources. 2-4 GB RAM and at least 8 GB hard drive space is a good starting point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3004
msgid "These are the processor requirements for each architecture:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3009
msgid "amd64"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3011
msgid "This is the most common desktop and laptop processor type, used in most modern systems. <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> calls it <acronym>Intel64</acronym>. Other manufacturers sometimes call it <acronym>x86-64</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3016
msgid "Examples of amd64 compatible processsors include: <trademark>AMD Athlon</trademark>64, <trademark>AMD Opteron</trademark>, multi-core <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Xeon</trademark>, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Core</trademark> 2 and later processors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3024
msgid "i386"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3026
msgid "Older desktops and laptops often use this 32-bit, x86 architecture."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3029
msgid "Almost all i386-compatible processors with a floating point unit are supported. All <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> processors 486 or higher are supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3033
msgid "FreeBSD will take advantage of Physical Address Extensions (<acronym>PAE</acronym>) support on <acronym>CPU</acronym>s with this feature. A kernel with the <acronym>PAE</acronym> feature enabled will detect memory above 4 GB and allow it to be used by the system. However, using <acronym>PAE</acronym> places constraints on device drivers and other features of FreeBSD. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pae</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3045
msgid "ia64"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3047
msgid "Currently supported processors are the <trademark class=\"registered\">Itanium</trademark> and the <trademark class=\"registered\">Itanium</trademark> 2. Supported chipsets include the HP zx1, <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> 460GX, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> E8870. Both Uniprocessor (<acronym>UP</acronym>) and Symmetric Multi-processor (<acronym>SMP</acronym>) configurations are supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3057
msgid "pc98"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3059
msgid "NEC PC-9801/9821 series with almost all i386-compatible processors, including 80486, <trademark class=\"registered\">Pentium</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Pentium</trademark> Pro, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Pentium</trademark> II, are all supported. All i386-compatible processors by AMD, Cyrix, IBM, and IDT are also supported. EPSON PC-386/486/586 series, which are compatible with NEC PC-9801 series, are supported. The NEC FC-9801/9821 and NEC SV-98 series should be supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3068
msgid "High-resolution mode is not supported. NEC PC-98XA/XL/RL/XL^2, and NEC PC-H98 series are supported in normal (PC-9801 compatible) mode only. The <acronym>SMP</acronym>-related features of FreeBSD are not supported. The New Extend Standard Architecture (<acronym>NESA</acronym>) bus used in the PC-H98, SV-H98, and FC-H98 series, is not supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3079
msgid "powerpc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3081
msgid "All New World <acronym>ROM</acronym> <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> systems with built-in <acronym>USB</acronym> are supported. <acronym>SMP</acronym> is supported on machines with multiple <acronym>CPU</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3086
msgid "A 32-bit kernel can only use the first 2 GB of <acronym>RAM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3092
msgid "sparc64"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3094
msgid "Systems supported by FreeBSD/sparc64 are listed at the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/platforms/sparc.html\">FreeBSD/sparc64 Project</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3098
msgid "<acronym>SMP</acronym> is supported on all systems with more than 1 processor. A dedicated disk is required as it is not possible to share a disk with another operating system at this time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3108
msgid "Pre-Installation Tasks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3110
msgid "Once it has been determined that the system meets the minimum hardware requirements for installing FreeBSD, the installation file should be downloaded and the installation media prepared. Before doing this, check that the system is ready for an installation by verifying the items in this checklist:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3119
msgid "Back Up Important Data"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3121
msgid "Before installing any operating system, <emphasis>always</emphasis> backup all important data first. Do not store the backup on the system being installed. Instead, save the data to a removable disk such as a <acronym>USB</acronym> drive, another system on the network, or an online backup service. Test the backup before starting the installation to make sure it contains all of the needed files. Once the installer formats the system's disk, all data stored on that disk will be lost."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3133
msgid "Decide Where to Install FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3135
msgid "If FreeBSD will be the only operating system installed, this step can be skipped. But if FreeBSD will share the disk with another operating system, decide which disk or partition will be used for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3140
msgid "In the i386 and amd64 architectures, disks can be divided into multiple partitions using one of two partitioning schemes. A traditional <firstterm>Master Boot Record</firstterm> (<acronym>MBR</acronym>) holds a partition table defining up to four <firstterm>primary partitions</firstterm>. For historical reasons, FreeBSD calls these primary partition <firstterm>slices</firstterm>. One of these primary partitions can be made into an <firstterm>extended partition</firstterm> containing multiple <firstterm>logical partitions</firstterm>. The <firstterm>GUID Partition Table</firstterm> (<acronym>GPT</acronym>) is a newer and simpler method of partitioning a disk. Common <acronym>GPT</acronym> implementations allow up to 128 partitions per disk, eliminating the need for logical partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3158
msgid "Some older operating systems, like <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP, are not compatible with the <acronym>GPT</acronym> partition scheme. If FreeBSD will be sharing a disk with such an operating system, <acronym>MBR</acronym> partitioning is required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3165
msgid "The FreeBSD boot loader requires either a primary or <acronym>GPT</acronym> partition. If all of the primary or <acronym>GPT</acronym> partitions are already in use, one must be freed for FreeBSD. To create a partition without deleting existing data, use a partition resizing tool to shrink an existing partition and create a new partition using the freed space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3173
msgid "A variety of free and commercial partition resizing tools are listed at <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_disk_partitioning_software\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_disk_partitioning_software</link>. <application>GParted Live</application> (<link xlink:href=\"http://gparted.sourceforge.net/livecd.php\">http://gparted.sourceforge.net/livecd.php</link>) is a free live <acronym>CD</acronym> which includes the <application>GParted</application> partition editor. <application>GParted</application> is also included with many other Linux live <acronym>CD</acronym> distributions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3183
msgid "When used properly, disk shrinking utilities can safely create space for creating a new partition. Since the possibility of selecting the wrong partition exists, always backup any important data and verify the integrity of the backup before modifying disk partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3190
msgid "Disk partitions containing different operating systems make it possible to install multiple operating systems on one computer. An alternative is to use virtualization (<xref linkend=\"virtualization\"/>) which allows multiple operating systems to run at the same time without modifying any disk partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3199
msgid "Collect Network Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3201
msgid "Some FreeBSD installation methods require a network connection in order to download the installation files. After any installation, the installer will offer to setup the system's network interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3206
msgid "If the network has a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server, it can be used to provide automatic network configuration. If <acronym>DHCP</acronym> is not available, the following network information for the system must be obtained from the local network administrator or Internet service provider:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: orderedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:3214
msgid "Required Network Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:3217 book.translate.xml:53724
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3221
msgid "Subnet mask"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3225
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> address of default gateway"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3230
msgid "Domain name of the network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3234
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> addresses of the network's <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3241
msgid "Check for FreeBSD Errata"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3243
msgid "Although the FreeBSD Project strives to ensure that each release of FreeBSD is as stable as possible, bugs occasionally creep into the process. On very rare occasions those bugs affect the installation process. As these problems are discovered and fixed, they are noted in the FreeBSD Errata (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/11.0R/errata.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/releases/11.0R/errata.html</link>) on the FreeBSD web site. Check the errata before installing to make sure that there are no problems that might affect the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3253
msgid "Information and errata for all the releases can be found on the release information section of the FreeBSD web site (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/index.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/releases/index.html</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3260
msgid "Prepare the Installation Media"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3262
msgid "The FreeBSD installer is not an application that can be run from within another operating system. Instead, download a FreeBSD installation file, burn it to the media associated with its file type and size (<acronym>CD</acronym>, <acronym>DVD</acronym>, or <acronym>USB</acronym>), and boot the system to install from the inserted media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3269
msgid "FreeBSD installation files are available at <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/where.html#download\">www.freebsd.org/where.html#download</link>. Each installation file's name includes the release version of FreeBSD, the architecture, and the type of file. For example, to install FreeBSD 10.2 on an amd64 system from a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, download <filename>FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-dvd1.iso</filename>, burn this file to a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, and boot the system with the <acronym>DVD</acronym> inserted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3278
msgid "Installation files are available in several formats. The formats vary depending on computer architecture and media type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#bsdinstall-installation-media-uefi
#: book.translate.xml:3282
msgid "Additional installation files are included for computers that boot with <acronym>UEFI</acronym> (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface). The names of these files include the string <filename>uefi</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3288
msgid "File types:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3292
msgid "<literal>-bootonly.iso</literal>: This is the smallest installation file as it only contains the installer. A working Internet connection is required during installation as the installer will download the files it needs to complete the FreeBSD installation. This file should be burned to a <acronym>CD</acronym> using a <acronym>CD</acronym> burning application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3302
msgid "<literal>-disc1.iso</literal>: This file contains all of the files needed to install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It should be burned to a <acronym>CD</acronym> using a <acronym>CD</acronym> burning application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3310
msgid "<literal>-dvd1.iso</literal>: This file contains all of the files needed to install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It also contains a set of popular binary packages for installing a window manager and some applications so that a complete system can be installed from media without requiring a connection to the Internet. This file should be burned to a <acronym>DVD</acronym> using a <acronym>DVD</acronym> burning application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3321
msgid "<literal>-memstick.img</literal>: This file contains all of the files needed to install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It should be burned to a <acronym>USB</acronym> stick using the instructions below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3329
msgid "<literal>-mini-memstick.img</literal>: Like <literal>-bootonly.iso</literal>, does not include installation files, but downloads them as needed. A working internet connection is required during installation. Write this file to a <acronym>USB</acronym> stick as shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-usb\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3338
msgid "After downloading the image file, download <filename>CHECKSUM.SHA256</filename> from the same directory. Calculate a <firstterm>checksum</firstterm> for the image file. FreeBSD provides <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sha256</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for this, used as <command>sha256 <replaceable>imagefilename</replaceable></command>. Other operating systems have similar programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3346
msgid "Compare the calculated checksum with the one shown in <filename>CHECKSUM.SHA256</filename>. The checksums must match exactly. If the checksums do not match, the image file is corrupt and must be downloaded again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:3352
msgid "Writing an Image File to <acronym>USB</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3354
msgid "The <filename>*.img</filename> file is an <emphasis>image</emphasis> of the complete contents of a memory stick. It <emphasis>cannot</emphasis> be copied to the target device as a file. Several applications are available for writing the <filename>*.img</filename> to a <acronym>USB</acronym> stick. This section describes two of these utilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:3363
msgid "Before proceeding, back up any important data on the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick. This procedure will erase the existing data on the stick."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3369
msgid "Using <command>dd</command> to Write the Image"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3373
msgid "This example uses <filename>/dev/da0</filename> as the target device where the image will be written. Be <emphasis>very careful</emphasis> that the correct device is used as this command will destroy the existing data on the specified target device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3381
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> command-line utility is available on BSD, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> systems. To burn the image using <command>dd</command>, insert the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick and determine its device name. Then, specify the name of the downloaded installation file and the device name for the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick. This example burns the amd64 installation image to the first <acronym>USB</acronym> device on an existing FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:3392
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=<replaceable>FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-memstick.img</replaceable> of=/dev/<replaceable>da0</replaceable> bs=1M conv=sync</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3394
msgid "If this command fails, verify that the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick is not mounted and that the device name is for the disk, not a partition. Some operating systems might require this command to be run with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sudo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Systems like <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> might buffer writes. To force all writes to complete, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3405
msgid "Using <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> to Write the Image"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3408
msgid "Be sure to give the correct drive letter as the existing data on the specified drive will be overwritten and destroyed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3414
msgid "Obtaining <application>Image Writer for <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark></application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3417
msgid "<application>Image Writer for <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark></application> is a free application that can correctly write an image file to a memory stick. Download it from <uri xlink:href=\"https://launchpad.net/win32-image-writer/\">https://launchpad.net/win32-image-writer/</uri> and extract it into a folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3425
msgid "Writing the Image with Image Writer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3427
msgid "Double-click the <application>Win32DiskImager</application> icon to start the program. Verify that the drive letter shown under <computeroutput>Device</computeroutput> is the drive with the memory stick. Click the folder icon and select the image to be written to the memory stick. Click <guibutton>[ Save ]</guibutton> to accept the image file name. Verify that everything is correct, and that no folders on the memory stick are open in other windows. When everything is ready, click <guibutton>[ Write ]</guibutton> to write the image file to the memory stick."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3442
msgid "You are now ready to start installing FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3448
msgid "Starting the Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:3451
msgid "By default, the installation will not make any changes to the disk(s) before the following message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3454
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Your changes will now be written to disk.  If you\n"
"have chosen to overwrite existing data, it will\n"
"be PERMANENTLY ERASED. Are you sure you want to\n"
"commit your changes?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:3459
msgid "The install can be exited at any time prior to this warning. If there is a concern that something is incorrectly configured, just turn the computer off before this point and no changes will be made to the system's disks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3466
msgid "This section describes how to boot the system from the installation media which was prepared using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-installation-media\"/>. When using a bootable USB stick, plug in the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick before turning on the computer. When booting from <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>DVD</acronym>, turn on the computer and insert the media at the first opportunity. How to configure the system to boot from the inserted media depends upon the architecture."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3477
msgid "Booting on <trademark>i386</trademark> and amd64"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3479
msgid "These architectures provide a <acronym>BIOS</acronym> menu for selecting the boot device. Depending upon the installation media being used, select the <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> or <acronym>USB</acronym> device as the first boot device. Most systems also provide a key for selecting the boot device during startup without having to enter the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>. Typically, the key is either <keycap>F10</keycap>, <keycap>F11</keycap>, <keycap>F12</keycap>, or <keycap>Escape</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3490
msgid "If the computer loads the existing operating system instead of the FreeBSD installer, then either:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3495
msgid "The installation media was not inserted early enough in the boot process. Leave the media inserted and try restarting the computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3501
msgid "The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> changes were incorrect or not saved. Double-check that the right boot device is selected as the first boot device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3507
msgid "This system is too old to support booting from the chosen media. In this case, the <application>Plop Boot Manager</application> (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.plop.at/en/bootmanagers.html\"/>) can be used to boot the system from the selected media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3517
msgid "Booting on <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3519
msgid "On most machines, holding <keycap>C</keycap> on the keyboard during boot will boot from the <acronym>CD</acronym>. Otherwise, hold <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, or <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Windows</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo> on non-<trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> keyboards. At the <prompt>0 &gt;</prompt> prompt, enter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:3535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>boot cd:,\\ppc\\loader cd:0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3539
msgid "Booting on <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC64</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3541
msgid "Most <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC64</trademark> systems are set up to boot automatically from disk. To install FreeBSD from a <acronym>CD</acronym> requires a break into the <acronym>PROM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3545
msgid "To do this, reboot the system and wait until the boot message appears. The message depends on the model, but should look something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:3549
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Sun Blade 100 (UltraSPARC-IIe), Keyboard Present\n"
"Copyright 1998-2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.\n"
"OpenBoot 4.2, 128 MB memory installed, Serial #51090132.\n"
"Ethernet address 0:3:ba:b:92:d4, Host ID: 830b92d4."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3554
msgid "If the system proceeds to boot from disk at this point, press <keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>L1</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> or <keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Stop</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> on the keyboard, or send a <command>BREAK</command> over the serial console. When using <application>tip</application> or <application>cu</application>, <command>~#</command> will issue a BREAK. The <acronym>PROM</acronym> prompt will be <prompt>ok</prompt> on systems with one <acronym>CPU</acronym> and <prompt>ok {0} </prompt> on <acronym>SMP</acronym> systems, where the digit indicates the number of the active <acronym>CPU</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3566
msgid "At this point, place the <acronym>CD</acronym> into the drive and type <command>boot cdrom</command> from the <acronym>PROM</acronym> prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3572
msgid "FreeBSD Boot Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3574
msgid "Once the system boots from the installation media, a menu similar to the following will be displayed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3578
msgid "FreeBSD Boot Loader Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3582
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-newboot-loader-menu' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3587
msgid "By default, the menu will wait ten seconds for user input before booting into the FreeBSD installer or, if FreeBSD is already installed, before booting into FreeBSD. To pause the boot timer in order to review the selections, press <keycap>Space</keycap>. To select an option, press its highlighted number, character, or key. The following options are available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3597
msgid "<literal>Boot Multi User</literal>: This will continue the FreeBSD boot process. If the boot timer has been paused, press <keycap>1</keycap>, upper- or lower-case <keycap>B</keycap>, or <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3605
msgid "<literal>Boot Single User</literal>: This mode can be used to fix an existing FreeBSD installation as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-singleuser\"/>. Press <keycap>2</keycap> or the upper- or lower-case <keycap>S</keycap> to enter this mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3613
msgid "<literal>Escape to loader prompt</literal>: This will boot the system into a repair prompt that contains a limited number of low-level commands. This prompt is described in <xref linkend=\"boot-loader\"/>. Press <keycap>3</keycap> or <keycap>Esc</keycap> to boot into this prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3622
msgid "<literal>Reboot</literal>: Reboots the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3626
msgid "<literal>Configure Boot Options</literal>: Opens the menu shown in, and described under, <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-boot-options-menu\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3632
msgid "FreeBSD Boot Options Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3636
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-boot-options-menu' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3641
msgid "The boot options menu is divided into two sections. The first section can be used to either return to the main boot menu or to reset any toggled options back to their defaults."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3646
msgid "The next section is used to toggle the available options to <literal>On</literal> or <literal>Off</literal> by pressing the option's highlighted number or character. The system will always boot using the settings for these options until they are modified. Several options can be toggled using this menu:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3655
msgid "<literal>ACPI Support</literal>: If the system hangs during boot, try toggling this option to <literal>Off</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3661
msgid "<literal>Safe Mode</literal>: If the system still hangs during boot even with <literal>ACPI Support</literal> set to <literal>Off</literal>, try setting this option to <literal>On</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3668
msgid "<literal>Single User</literal>: Toggle this option to <literal>On</literal> to fix an existing FreeBSD installation as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-singleuser\"/>. Once the problem is fixed, set it back to <literal>Off</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3676
msgid "<literal>Verbose</literal>: Toggle this option to <literal>On</literal> to see more detailed messages during the boot process. This can be useful when troubleshooting a piece of hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3683
msgid "After making the needed selections, press <keycap>1</keycap> or <keycap>Backspace</keycap> to return to the main boot menu, then press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue booting into FreeBSD. A series of boot messages will appear as FreeBSD carries out its hardware device probes and loads the installation program. Once the boot is complete, the welcome menu shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-choose-mode\"/> will be displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3692
msgid "Welcome Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3696
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-choose-mode' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3701
msgid "Press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to select the default of <guibutton>[ Install ]</guibutton> to enter the installer. The rest of this chapter describes how to use this installer. Otherwise, use the right or left arrows or the colorized letter to select the desired menu item. The <guibutton>[ Shell ]</guibutton> can be used to access a FreeBSD shell in order to use command line utilities to prepare the disks before installation. The <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton> option can be used to try out FreeBSD before installing it. The live version is described in <xref linkend=\"using-live-cd\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:3714
msgid "To review the boot messages, including the hardware device probe, press the upper- or lower-case <keycap>S</keycap> and then <keycap>Enter</keycap> to access a shell. At the shell prompt, type <command>more /var/run/dmesg.boot</command> and use the space bar to scroll through the messages. When finished, type <command>exit</command> to return to the welcome menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3727
msgid "Using <application>bsdinstall</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3729
msgid "This section shows the order of the <application>bsdinstall</application> menus and the type of information that will be asked before the system is installed. Use the arrow keys to highlight a menu option, then <keycap>Space</keycap> to select or deselect that menu item. When finished, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to save the selection and move onto the next screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3738
msgid "Selecting the Keymap Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3740
msgid "Depending on the system console being used, <application>bsdinstall</application> may initially display the menu shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-keymap-select-default\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3745
msgid "Keymap Selection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3749
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-keymap-select-default' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3754
msgid "To configure the keyboard layout, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> with <guibutton>[ YES ]</guibutton> selected, which will display the menu shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-keymap\"/>. To instead use the default layout, use the arrow key to select <guibutton>[ NO ]</guibutton> and press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to skip this menu screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3763
msgid "Selecting Keyboard Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3767
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-keymap' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3772
msgid "When configuring the keyboard layout, use the up and down arrows to select the keymap that most closely represents the mapping of the keyboard attached to the system. Press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to save the selection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:3778
msgid "Pressing <keycap>Esc</keycap> will exit this menu and use the default keymap. If the choice of keymap is not clear, <guimenuitem>United States of America ISO-8859-1</guimenuitem> is also a safe option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3784
msgid "In FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE and later, this menu has been enhanced. The full selection of keymaps is shown, with the default preselected. In addition, when selecting a different keymap, a dialog is displayed that allows the user to try the keymap and ensure it is correct before proceeding."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3791
msgid "Enhanced Keymap Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3795
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-keymap-10' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3803 book.translate.xml:3810
msgid "Setting the Hostname"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3805
msgid "The next <application>bsdinstall</application> menu is used to set the hostname for the newly installed system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3814
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-hostname' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3819
msgid "Type in a hostname that is unique for the network. It should be a fully-qualified hostname, such as <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">machine3.example.com</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3824 book.translate.xml:3830
msgid "Selecting Components to Install"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3826
msgid "Next, <application>bsdinstall</application> will prompt to select optional components to install."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3834
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-components' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3839
msgid "Deciding which components to install will depend largely on the intended use of the system and the amount of disk space available. The FreeBSD kernel and userland, collectively known as the <firstterm>base system</firstterm>, are always installed. Depending on the architecture, some of these components may not appear:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3848
msgid "<literal>doc</literal> - Additional documentation, mostly of historical interest, to install into <filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>. The documentation provided by the FreeBSD Documentation Project may be installed later using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"updating-upgrading-documentation\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3856
msgid "<literal>games</literal> - Several traditional <acronym>BSD</acronym> games, including <application>fortune</application>, <application>rot13</application>, and others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3863
msgid "<literal>lib32</literal> - Compatibility libraries for running 32-bit applications on a 64-bit version of FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3869
msgid "<literal>ports</literal> - The FreeBSD Ports Collection is a collection of files which automates the downloading, compiling and installation of third-party software packages. <xref linkend=\"ports\"/> discusses how to use the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3876
msgid "The installation program does not check for adequate disk space. Select this option only if sufficient hard disk space is available. The FreeBSD Ports Collection takes up about 500 MB of disk space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3885
msgid "<literal>src</literal> - The complete FreeBSD source code for both the kernel and the userland. Although not required for the majority of applications, it may be required to build device drivers, kernel modules, or some applications from the Ports Collection. It is also used for developing FreeBSD itself. The full source tree requires 1 GB of disk space and recompiling the entire FreeBSD system requires an additional 5 GB of space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3898 book.translate.xml:3909
msgid "Installing from the Network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3900
msgid "The menu shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-netinstall-notify\"/> only appears when installing from a <filename>-bootonly.iso</filename> <acronym>CD</acronym> as this installation media does not hold copies of the installation files. Since the installation files must be retrieved over a network connection, this menu indicates that the network interface must be first configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3913
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-netinstall-files' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3918
msgid "To configure the network connection, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> and follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-network-dev\"/>. Once the interface is configured, select a mirror site that is located in the same region of the world as the computer on which FreeBSD is being installed. Files can be retrieved more quickly when the mirror is close to the target computer, reducing installation time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3927
msgid "Choosing a Mirror"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3931
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-netinstall-mirrorselect' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3936
msgid "Installation will then continue as if the installation files were located on the local installation media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3942
msgid "Allocating Disk Space"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3944
msgid "The next menu is used to determine the method for allocating disk space. The options available in the menu depend upon the version of FreeBSD being installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3949
msgid "Partitioning Choices on FreeBSD 9.x"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3953
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-guided-manual' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3959
msgid "Partitioning Choices on FreeBSD 10.x and Higher"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3963
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-partmenu' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3968
msgid "<literal>Guided</literal> partitioning automatically sets up the disk partitions, <literal>Manual</literal> partitioning allows advanced users to create customized partitions from menu options, and <literal>Shell</literal> opens a shell prompt where advanced users can create customized partitions using command-line utilities like <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fdisk</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdlabel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. <literal>ZFS</literal> partitioning, only available in FreeBSD 10 and later, creates an optionally encrypted root-on-ZFS system with support for <firstterm>boot environments</firstterm>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3979
msgid "This section describes what to consider when laying out the disk partitions. It then demonstrates how to use the different partitioning methods."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3984
msgid "Designing the Partition Layout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3986
msgid "<primary>partition layout</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3987
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3990
msgid "<primary><filename>/var</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3993
msgid "<primary><filename>/usr</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3997
msgid "When laying out file systems, remember that hard drives transfer data faster from the outer tracks to the inner. Thus, smaller and heavier-accessed file systems should be closer to the outside of the drive, while larger partitions like <filename>/usr</filename> should be placed toward the inner parts of the disk. It is a good idea to create partitions in an order similar to: <filename>/</filename>, swap, <filename>/var</filename>, and <filename>/usr</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4007
msgid "The size of the <filename>/var</filename> partition reflects the intended machine's usage. This partition is used to hold mailboxes, log files, and printer spools. Mailboxes and log files can grow to unexpected sizes depending on the number of users and how long log files are kept. On average, most users rarely need more than about a gigabyte of free disk space in <filename>/var</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:4017
msgid "Sometimes, a lot of disk space is required in <filename>/var/tmp</filename>. When new software is installed, the packaging tools extract a temporary copy of the packages under <filename>/var/tmp</filename>. Large software packages, like <application>Firefox</application>, <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> or <application>LibreOffice</application> may be tricky to install if there is not enough disk space under <filename>/var/tmp</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4028
msgid "The <filename>/usr</filename> partition holds many of the files which support the system, including the FreeBSD Ports Collection and system source code. At least 2 gigabytes is recommended for this partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4033
msgid "When selecting partition sizes, keep the space requirements in mind. Running out of space in one partition while barely using another can be a hassle."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:4037
msgid "<primary>swap sizing</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:4040
msgid "<primary>swap partition</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4044
msgid "As a rule of thumb, the swap partition should be about double the size of physical memory (<acronym>RAM</acronym>). Systems with minimal <acronym>RAM</acronym> may perform better with more swap. Configuring too little swap can lead to inefficiencies in the <acronym>VM</acronym> page scanning code and might create issues later if more memory is added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4052
msgid "On larger systems with multiple <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disks or multiple <acronym>IDE</acronym> disks operating on different controllers, it is recommended that swap be configured on each drive, up to four drives. The swap partitions should be approximately the same size. The kernel can handle arbitrary sizes but internal data structures scale to 4 times the largest swap partition. Keeping the swap partitions near the same size will allow the kernel to optimally stripe swap space across disks. Large swap sizes are fine, even if swap is not used much. It might be easier to recover from a runaway program before being forced to reboot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4065
msgid "By properly partitioning a system, fragmentation introduced in the smaller write heavy partitions will not bleed over into the mostly read partitions. Keeping the write loaded partitions closer to the disk's edge will increase <acronym>I/O</acronym> performance in the partitions where it occurs the most. While <acronym>I/O</acronym> performance in the larger partitions may be needed, shifting them more toward the edge of the disk will not lead to a significant performance improvement over moving <filename>/var</filename> to the edge."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4078
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4080
msgid "When this method is selected, a menu will display the available disk(s). If multiple disks are connected, choose the one where FreeBSD is to be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4085
msgid "Selecting from Multiple Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4089
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-guided-disk' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4094
msgid "Once the disk is selected, the next menu prompts to install to either the entire disk or to create a partition using free space. If <guibutton>[ Entire Disk ]</guibutton> is chosen, a general partition layout filling the whole disk is automatically created. Selecting <guibutton>[ Partition ]</guibutton> creates a partition layout from the unused space on the disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4104
msgid "Selecting Entire Disk or Partition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4108
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-entire-part' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4113
msgid "After the partition layout has been created, review it to ensure it meets the needs of the installation. Selecting <guibutton>[ Revert ]</guibutton> will reset the partitions to their original values and pressing <guibutton>[ Auto ]</guibutton> will recreate the automatic FreeBSD partitions. Partitions can also be manually created, modified, or deleted. When the partitioning is correct, select <guibutton>[ Finish ]</guibutton> to continue with the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4124
msgid "Review Created Partitions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4128
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-review' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4135
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4137
msgid "Selecting this method opens the partition editor:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4140 book.translate.xml:4155 book.translate.xml:4226
msgid "Manually Create Partitions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4144
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-create' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4149
msgid "Highlight the installation drive (<filename>ada0</filename> in this example) and select <guibutton>[ Create ]</guibutton> to display a menu of available partition schemes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4159
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-partscheme' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4164
msgid "<acronym>GPT</acronym> is usually the most appropriate choice for amd64 computers. Older computers that are not compatible with <acronym>GPT</acronym> should use <acronym>MBR</acronym>. The other partition schemes are generally used for uncommon or older computers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:4171
msgid "Partitioning Schemes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4176
msgid "Abbreviation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4177 book.translate.xml:7135 book.translate.xml:8478
#: book.translate.xml:11906 book.translate.xml:23135 book.translate.xml:23314
#: book.translate.xml:27424 book.translate.xml:31412 book.translate.xml:43245
#: book.translate.xml:53066 book.translate.xml:53573 book.translate.xml:54332
#: book.translate.xml:54373 book.translate.xml:55699 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:4183 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "APM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4184
msgid "Apple Partition Map, used by <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:4188 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "BSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4189
msgid "<acronym>BSD</acronym> label without an <acronym>MBR</acronym>, sometimes called <firstterm>dangerously dedicated mode</firstterm> as non-<acronym>BSD</acronym> disk utilities may not recognize it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4197
msgid "GPT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4198
msgid "GUID Partition Table (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4202
msgid "MBR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4203
msgid "Master Boot Record (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4207
msgid "PC98"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4208
msgid "<acronym>MBR</acronym> variant used by NEC PC-98 computers (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pc9801\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pc9801</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4213
msgid "VTOC8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4214
msgid "Volume Table Of Contents used by Sun SPARC64 and UltraSPARC computers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4221
msgid "After the partitioning scheme has been selected and created, select <guibutton>[ Create ]</guibutton> again to create the partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4230
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-addpart' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4235
msgid "A standard FreeBSD <acronym>GPT</acronym> installation uses at least three partitions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4240
msgid "<literal>freebsd-boot</literal> - Holds the FreeBSD boot code."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4245
msgid "<literal>freebsd-ufs</literal> - A FreeBSD <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4250
msgid "<literal>freebsd-swap</literal> - FreeBSD swap space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4255
msgid "Another partition type worth noting is <literal>freebsd-zfs</literal>, used for partitions that will contain a FreeBSD <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system (<xref linkend=\"zfs\"/>). Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for descriptions of the available <acronym>GPT</acronym> partition types."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4261
msgid "Multiple file system partitions can be created and some people prefer a traditional layout with separate partitions for <filename>/</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/usr</filename>. See <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-part-manual-splitfs\"/> for an example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4268
msgid "The <literal>Size</literal> may be entered with common abbreviations: <emphasis>K</emphasis> for kilobytes, <emphasis>M</emphasis> for megabytes, or <emphasis>G</emphasis> for gigabytes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:4274
msgid "Proper sector alignment provides the best performance, and making partition sizes even multiples of 4K bytes helps to ensure alignment on drives with either 512-byte or 4K-byte sectors. Generally, using partition sizes that are even multiples of 1M or 1G is the easiest way to make sure every partition starts at an even multiple of 4K. There is one exception: the <emphasis>freebsd-boot</emphasis> partition should be no larger than 512K due to current boot code limitations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4285
msgid "A <literal>Mountpoint</literal> is needed if the partition will contain a file system. If only a single <acronym>UFS</acronym> partition will be created, the mountpoint should be <filename>/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4290
msgid "The <literal>Label</literal> is a name by which the partition will be known. Drive names or numbers can change if the drive is connected to a different controller or port, but the partition label does not change. Referring to labels instead of drive names and partition numbers in files like <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> makes the system more tolerant to hardware changes. <acronym>GPT</acronym> labels appear in <filename>/dev/gpt/</filename> when a disk is attached. Other partitioning schemes have different label capabilities and their labels appear in different directories in <filename>/dev/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:4303
msgid "Use a unique label on every partition to avoid conflicts from identical labels. A few letters from the computer's name, use, or location can be added to the label. For instance, use <literal>labroot</literal> or <literal>rootfslab</literal> for the <acronym>UFS</acronym> root partition on the computer named <literal>lab</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4313
msgid "Creating Traditional Split File System Partitions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4316
msgid "For a traditional partition layout where the <filename>/</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/usr</filename> directories are separate file systems on their own partitions, create a <acronym>GPT</acronym> partitioning scheme, then create the partitions as shown. Partition sizes shown are typical for a 20G target disk. If more space is available on the target disk, larger swap or <filename>/var</filename> partitions may be useful. Labels shown here are prefixed with <literal>ex</literal> for <quote>example</quote>, but readers should use other unique label values as described above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4329
msgid "By default, FreeBSD's <filename>gptboot</filename> expects the first <acronym>UFS</acronym> partition to be the <filename>/</filename> partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4337
msgid "Partition Type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4338
msgid "Size"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4339
msgid "Mountpoint"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4340
msgid "Label"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4346
msgid "<literal>freebsd-boot</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4347
msgid "<literal>512K</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4351 book.translate.xml:4365 book.translate.xml:4372
#: book.translate.xml:4379
msgid "<literal>freebsd-ufs</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4352 book.translate.xml:4366
msgid "<literal>2G</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4353 book.translate.xml:7140
msgid "<filename>/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4354
msgid "<literal>exrootfs</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4358
msgid "<literal>freebsd-swap</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4359
msgid "<literal>4G</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4361
msgid "<literal>exswap</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4367
msgid "<filename>/var</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4368
msgid "<literal>exvarfs</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4373
msgid "<literal>1G</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4374
msgid "<filename>/tmp</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4375
msgid "<literal>extmpfs</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4380
msgid "accept the default (remainder of the disk)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4382
msgid "<filename>/usr</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4383
msgid "<literal>exusrfs</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4390
msgid "After the custom partitions have been created, select <guibutton>[ Finish ]</guibutton> to continue with the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4396
msgid "Root-on-ZFS Automatic Partitioning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4398
msgid "Support for automatic creation of root-on-ZFS installations was added in FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. This partitioning mode only works with whole disks and will erase the contents of the entire disk. The installer will automatically create partitions aligned to 4k boundaries and force <acronym>ZFS</acronym> to use 4k sectors. This is safe even with 512 byte sector disks, and has the added benefit of ensuring that pools created on 512 byte disks will be able to have 4k sector disks added in the future, either as additional storage space or as replacements for failed disks. The installer can also optionally employ <acronym>GELI</acronym> disk encryption as described in <xref linkend=\"disks-encrypting-geli\"/>. If encryption is enabled, a 2 GB unencrypted boot pool containing the <filename>/boot</filename> directory is created. It holds the kernel and other files necessary to boot the system. A swap partition of a user selectable size is also created, and all remaining space is used for the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4417
msgid "The main <acronym>ZFS</acronym> configuration menu offers a number of options to control the creation of the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4422
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Partitioning Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4426
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-menu' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4431
msgid "Select <keycap>T</keycap> to configure the <literal>Pool Type</literal> and the disk(s) that will constitute the pool. The automatic <acronym>ZFS</acronym> installer currently only supports the creation of a single top level vdev, except in stripe mode. To create more complex pools, use the instructions in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-part-shell\"/> to create the pool. The installer supports the creation of various pool types, including stripe (not recommended, no redundancy), mirror (best performance, least usable space), and RAID-Z 1, 2, and 3 (with the capability to withstand the concurrent failure of 1, 2, and 3 disks, respectively). while selecting the pool type, a tooltip is displayed across the bottom of the screen with advice about the number of required disks, and in the case of RAID-Z, the optimal number of disks for each configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4448
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Pool Type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4452
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_type' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4457
msgid "Once a <literal>Pool Type</literal> has been selected, a list of available disks is displayed, and the user is prompted to select one or more disks to make up the pool. The configuration is then validated, to ensure enough disks are selected. If not, select <guibutton>&lt;Change Selection&gt;</guibutton> to return to the list of disks, or <guibutton>&lt;Cancel&gt;</guibutton> to change the pool type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4467
msgid "Disk Selection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4471
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-disk_select' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4477
msgid "Invalid Selection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4481
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_invalid' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4486
msgid "If one or more disks are missing from the list, or if disks were attached after the installer was started, select <guibutton>- Rescan Devices</guibutton> to repopulate the list of available disks. To avoid accidentally erasing the wrong disk, the <guibutton>- Disk Info</guibutton> menu can be used to inspect each disk, including its partition table and various other information such as the device model number and serial number, if available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4497
msgid "Analyzing a Disk"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4501
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-disk_info' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4506
msgid "The main <acronym>ZFS</acronym> configuration menu also allows the user to enter a pool name, disable forcing 4k sectors, enable or disable encryption, switch between <acronym>GPT</acronym> (recommended) and <acronym>MBR</acronym> partition table types, and select the amount of swap space. Once all options have been set to the desired values, select the <guibutton>&gt;&gt;&gt; Install</guibutton> option at the top of the menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4516
msgid "If <acronym>GELI</acronym> disk encryption was enabled, the installer will prompt twice for the passphrase to be used to encrypt the disks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4521
msgid "Disk Encryption Password"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4525
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-geli_password' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4530
msgid "The installer then offers a last chance to cancel before the contents of the selected drives are destroyed to create the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4535
msgid "Last Chance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4539
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-warning' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4544
msgid "The installation then proceeds normally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4549
msgid "Shell Mode Partitioning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4551
msgid "When creating advanced installations, the <application>bsdinstall</application> partitioning menus may not provide the level of flexibility required. Advanced users can select the <guibutton>Shell</guibutton> option from the partitioning menu in order to manually partition the drives, create the file system(s), populate <filename>/tmp/bsdinstall_etc/fstab</filename>, and mount the file systems under <filename>/mnt</filename>. Once this is done, type <command>exit</command> to return to <application>bsdinstall</application> and continue the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:4566
msgid "Committing to the Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4568
msgid "Once the disks are configured, the next menu provides the last chance to make changes before the selected hard drive(s) are formatted. If changes need to be made, select <guibutton>[ Back ]</guibutton> to return to the main partitioning menu. <guibutton>[ Revert &amp; Exit ]</guibutton> will exit the installer without making any changes to the hard drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4578
msgid "Final Confirmation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4582
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-final-confirmation' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4587
msgid "To instead start the actual installation, select <guibutton>[ Commit ]</guibutton> and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4591
msgid "Installation time will vary depending on the distributions chosen, installation media, and speed of the computer. A series of messages will indicate the progress."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4595
msgid "First, the installer formats the selected disk(s) and initializes the partitions. Next, in the case of a bootonly media, it downloads the selected components:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4600
msgid "Fetching Distribution Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4604
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-fetching' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4609
msgid "Next, the integrity of the distribution files is verified to ensure they have not been corrupted during download or misread from the installation media:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4614
msgid "Verifying Distribution Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4618
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-verifying' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4623
msgid "Finally, the verified distribution files are extracted to the disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4627
msgid "Extracting Distribution Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4631
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-extracting' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4636
msgid "Once all requested distribution files have been extracted, <application>bsdinstall</application> displays the first post-installation configuration screen. The available post-configuration options are described in the next section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:4644
msgid "Post-Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4646
msgid "Once FreeBSD is installed, <application>bsdinstall</application> will prompt to configure several options before booting into the newly installed system. This section describes these configuration options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:4652
msgid "Once the system has booted, <command>bsdconfig</command> provides a menu-driven method for configuring the system using these and additional options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4659 book.translate.xml:4670
msgid "Setting the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> Password"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4663
msgid "First, the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password must be set. While entering the password, the characters being typed are not displayed on the screen. After the password has been entered, it must be entered again. This helps prevent typing errors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4674
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-post-root-passwd' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4681
msgid "Configuring Network Interfaces"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4683
msgid "Next, a list of the network interfaces found on the computer is shown. Select the interface to configure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:4687
msgid "The network configuration menus will be skipped if the network was previously configured as part of a <emphasis>bootonly</emphasis> installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4693
msgid "Choose a Network Interface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4697
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4702
msgid "If an Ethernet interface is selected, the installer will skip ahead to the menu shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-configure-net-ipv4\"/>. If a wireless network interface is chosen, the system will instead scan for wireless access points:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4708
msgid "Scanning for Wireless Access Points"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4712
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-scan' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4717
msgid "Wireless networks are identified by a Service Set Identifier (<acronym>SSID</acronym>), a short, unique name given to each network. <acronym>SSIDs</acronym> found during the scan are listed, followed by a description of the encryption types available for that network. If the desired <acronym>SSID</acronym> does not appear in the list, select <guibutton>[ Rescan ]</guibutton> to scan again. If the desired network still does not appear, check for problems with antenna connections or try moving the computer closer to the access point. Rescan after each change is made."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4729
msgid "Choosing a Wireless Network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4733
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-accesspoints' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4738
msgid "Next, enter the encryption information for connecting to the selected wireless network. <acronym>WPA2</acronym> encryption is strongly recommended as older encryption types, like <acronym>WEP</acronym>, offer little security. If the network uses <acronym>WPA2</acronym>, input the password, also known as the Pre-Shared Key (<acronym>PSK</acronym>). For security reasons, the characters typed into the input box are displayed as asterisks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4748
msgid "WPA2 Setup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4752
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-wpa2setup' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4757
msgid "Next, choose whether or not an <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address should be configured on the Ethernet or wireless interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4762
msgid "Choose <acronym>IPv4</acronym> Networking"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4766
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4771
msgid "There are two methods of <acronym>IPv4</acronym> configuration. <acronym>DHCP</acronym> will automatically configure the network interface correctly and should be used if the network provides a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. Otherwise, the addressing information needs to be input manually as a static configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:4779
msgid "Do not enter random network information as it will not work. If a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is not available, obtain the information listed in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-collect-network-information\"/> from the network administrator or Internet service provider."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4786
msgid "If a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is available, select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> in the next menu to automatically configure the network interface. The installer will appear to pause for a minute or so as it finds the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server and obtains the addressing information for the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4794
msgid "Choose <acronym>IPv4</acronym> <acronym>DHCP</acronym> Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4799
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-dhcp' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4804
msgid "If a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is not available, select <guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> and input the following addressing information in this menu:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4809
msgid "<acronym>IPv4</acronym> Static Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4813
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-static' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4820
msgid "<literal>IP Address</literal> - The <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address assigned to this computer. The address must be unique and not already in use by another piece of equipment on the local network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4827
msgid "<literal>Subnet Mask</literal> - The subnet mask for the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4832
msgid "<literal>Default Router</literal> - The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the network's default gateway."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4838
msgid "The next screen will ask if the interface should be configured for <acronym>IPv6</acronym>. If <acronym>IPv6</acronym> is available and desired, choose <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> to select it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4844
msgid "Choose IPv6 Networking"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4848
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4853
msgid "<acronym>IPv6</acronym> also has two methods of configuration. StateLess Address AutoConfiguration (<acronym>SLAAC</acronym>) will automatically request the correct configuration information from a local router. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4862\">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4862</link> for more information. Static configuration requires manual entry of network information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4861
msgid "If an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> router is available, select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> in the next menu to automatically configure the network interface. The installer will appear to pause for a minute or so as it finds the router and obtains the addressing information for the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4868
msgid "Choose IPv6 SLAAC Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4872
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-slaac' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4877
msgid "If an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> router is not available, select <guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> and input the following addressing information in this menu:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4882
msgid "IPv6 Static Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4886
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6-static' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4893
msgid "<literal>IPv6 Address</literal> - The <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address assigned to this computer. The address must be unique and not already in use by another piece of equipment on the local network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4900
msgid "<literal>Default Router</literal> - The <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address of the network's default gateway."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4906
msgid "The last network configuration menu is used to configure the Domain Name System (<acronym>DNS</acronym>) resolver, which converts hostnames to and from network addresses. If <acronym>DHCP</acronym> or <acronym>SLAAC</acronym> was used to autoconfigure the network interface, the <literal>Resolver Configuration</literal> values may already be filled in. Otherwise, enter the local network's domain name in the <literal>Search</literal> field. <literal>DNS #1</literal> and <literal>DNS #2</literal> are the <acronym>IPv4</acronym> and/or <acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses of the <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers. At least one <acronym>DNS</acronym> server is required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4920
msgid "DNS Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4924
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-ipv4-dns' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4931
msgid "Setting the Time Zone"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4933
msgid "The next menu asks if the system clock uses <acronym>UTC</acronym> or local time. When in doubt, select <guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> to choose the more commonly-used local time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4939
msgid "Select Local or UTC Clock"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4943
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-set-clock-local-utc' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4948
msgid "The next series of menus are used to determine the correct local time by selecting the geographic region, country, and time zone. Setting the time zone allows the system to automatically correct for regional time changes, such as daylight savings time, and perform other time zone related functions properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4955
msgid "The example shown here is for a machine located in the Eastern time zone of the United States. The selections will vary according to the geographical location."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4960
msgid "Select a Region"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4964
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-region' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4969
msgid "The appropriate region is selected using the arrow keys and then pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4973
msgid "Select a Country"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4977
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-country' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4982
msgid "Select the appropriate country using the arrow keys and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4986
msgid "Select a Time Zone"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4990
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-zone' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4995
msgid "The appropriate time zone is selected using the arrow keys and pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4999
msgid "Confirm Time Zone"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5003
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-confirm' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5008
msgid "Confirm the abbreviation for the time zone is correct. If it is, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue with the post-installation configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5014
msgid "Enabling Services"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5016
msgid "The next menu is used to configure which system services will be started whenever the system boots. All of these services are optional. Only start the services that are needed for the system to function."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5022
msgid "Selecting Additional Services to Enable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5026
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-services' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5031
msgid "Here is a summary of the services which can be enabled in this menu:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5036
msgid "<literal>sshd</literal> - The Secure Shell (<acronym>SSH</acronym>) daemon is used to remotely access a system over an encrypted connection. Only enable this service if the system should be available for remote logins."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5044
msgid "<literal>moused</literal> - Enable this service if the mouse will be used from the command-line system console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5050
msgid "<literal>ntpd</literal> - The Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>) daemon for automatic clock synchronization. Enable this service if there is a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, Kerberos, or <acronym>LDAP</acronym> server on the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5058
msgid "<literal>powerd</literal> - System power control utility for power control and energy saving."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5065 book.translate.xml:5073
msgid "Enabling Crash Dumps"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5067
msgid "The next menu is used to configure whether or not crash dumps should be enabled. Enabling crash dumps can be useful in debugging issues with the system, so users are encouraged to enable crash dumps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5077
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-crashdump' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5084
msgid "Add Users"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5086
msgid "The next menu prompts to create at least one user account. It is recommended to login to the system using a user account rather than as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. When logged in as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, there are essentially no limits or protection on what can be done. Logging in as a normal user is safer and more secure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5093
msgid "Select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> to add new users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5097
msgid "Add User Accounts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5101
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5106
msgid "Follow the prompts and input the requested information for the user account. The example shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-add-user2\"/> creates the <systemitem class=\"username\">asample</systemitem> user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5110
msgid "Enter User Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5114
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5119
msgid "Here is a summary of the information to input:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5123
msgid "<literal>Username</literal> - The name the user will enter to log in. A common convention is to use the first letter of the first name combined with the last name, as long as each username is unique for the system. The username is case sensitive and should not contain any spaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5132
msgid "<literal>Full name</literal> - The user's full name. This can contain spaces and is used as a description for the user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5138
msgid "<literal>Uid</literal> - User <acronym>ID</acronym>. Typically, this is left blank so the system will assign a value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5144
msgid "<literal>Login group</literal> - The user's group. Typically this is left blank to accept the default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5149
msgid "<literal>Invite <replaceable>user</replaceable> into other groups?</literal> - Additional groups to which the user will be added as a member. If the user needs administrative access, type <literal>wheel</literal> here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5157
msgid "<literal>Login class</literal> - Typically left blank for the default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5162
msgid "<literal>Shell</literal> - Type in one of the listed values to set the interactive shell for the user. Refer to <xref linkend=\"shells\"/> for more information about shells."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5169
msgid "<literal>Home directory</literal> - The user's home directory. The default is usually correct."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5174
msgid "<literal>Home directory permissions</literal> - Permissions on the user's home directory. The default is usually correct."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5180
msgid "<literal>Use password-based authentication?</literal> - Typically <literal>yes</literal> so that the user is prompted to input their password at login."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5186
msgid "<literal>Use an empty password?</literal> - Typically <literal>no</literal> as it is insecure to have a blank password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5192
msgid "<literal>Use a random password?</literal> - Typically <literal>no</literal> so that the user can set their own password in the next prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5198
msgid "<literal>Enter password</literal> - The password for this user. Characters typed will not show on the screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5204
msgid "<literal>Enter password again</literal> - The password must be typed again for verification."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5209
msgid "<literal>Lock out the account after creation?</literal> - Typically <literal>no</literal> so that the user can login."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5215
msgid "After entering everything, a summary is shown for review. If a mistake was made, enter <literal>no</literal> and try again. If everything is correct, enter <literal>yes</literal> to create the new user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5221
msgid "Exit User and Group Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5225
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5230
msgid "If there are more users to add, answer the <literal>Add another user?</literal> question with <literal>yes</literal>. Enter <literal>no</literal> to finish adding users and continue the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5235
msgid "For more information on adding users and user management, see <xref linkend=\"users-synopsis\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5240 book.translate.xml:5246
msgid "Final Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5242
msgid "After everything has been installed and configured, a final chance is provided to modify settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5250
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-finalconfiguration' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5255
msgid "Use this menu to make any changes or do any additional configuration before completing the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5260
msgid "<literal>Add User</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-addusers\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5264
msgid "<literal>Root Password</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-post-root\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5268
msgid "<literal>Hostname</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-hostname\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5272
msgid "<literal>Network</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-network-dev\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5276
msgid "<literal>Services</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-sysconf\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5280
msgid "<literal>Time Zone</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-timezone\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5284
msgid "<literal>Handbook</literal> - Download and install the FreeBSD Handbook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5289
msgid "After any final configuration is complete, select <guibutton>Exit</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5293 book.translate.xml:11492
msgid "Manual Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5297
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-final-modification-shell' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5302
msgid "<application>bsdinstall</application> will prompt if there are any additional configuration that needs to be done before rebooting into the new system. Select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> to exit to a shell within the new system or <guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> to proceed to the last step of the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5311
msgid "Complete the Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5315
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-mainexit' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5320
msgid "If further configuration or special setup is needed, select <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton> to boot the install media into Live <acronym>CD</acronym> mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5325
msgid "If the installation is complete, select <guibutton>[ Reboot ]</guibutton> to reboot the computer and start the new FreeBSD system. Do not forget to remove the FreeBSD install media or the computer may boot from it again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5331
msgid "As FreeBSD boots, informational messages are displayed. After the system finishes booting, a login prompt is displayed. At the <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt, enter the username added during the installation. Avoid logging in as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. Refer to <xref linkend=\"users-superuser\"/> for instructions on how to become the superuser when administrative access is needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5340
msgid "The messages that appeared during boot can be reviewed by pressing <keycap>Scroll-Lock</keycap> to turn on the scroll-back buffer. The <keycap>PgUp</keycap>, <keycap>PgDn</keycap>, and arrow keys can be used to scroll back through the messages. When finished, press <keycap>Scroll-Lock</keycap> again to unlock the display and return to the console. To review these messages once the system has been up for some time, type <command>less /var/run/dmesg.boot</command> from a command prompt. Press <keycap>q</keycap> to return to the command line after viewing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5352
msgid "If <application>sshd</application> was enabled in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-serv\"/>, the first boot may be a bit slower as the system will generate the <acronym>RSA</acronym> and <acronym>DSA</acronym> keys. Subsequent boots will be faster. The fingerprints of the keys will be displayed, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5358
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Generating public/private rsa1 key pair.\n"
"Your identification has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key.\n"
"Your public key has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key.pub.\n"
"The key fingerprint is:\n"
"10:a0:f5:af:93:ae:a3:1a:b2:bb:3c:35:d9:5a:b3:f3 root@machine3.example.com\n"
"The key's randomart image is:\n"
"+--[RSA1 1024]----+\n"
"|    o..          |\n"
"|   o . .         |\n"
"|  .   o          |\n"
"|       o         |\n"
"|    o   S        |\n"
"|   + + o         |\n"
"|o . + *          |\n"
"|o+ ..+ .         |\n"
"|==o..o+E         |\n"
"+-----------------+\n"
"Generating public/private dsa key pair.\n"
"Your identification has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key.\n"
"Your public key has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key.pub.\n"
"The key fingerprint is:\n"
"7e:1c:ce:dc:8a:3a:18:13:5b:34:b5:cf:d9:d1:47:b2 root@machine3.example.com\n"
"The key's randomart image is:\n"
"+--[ DSA 1024]----+\n"
"|       ..     . .|\n"
"|      o  .   . + |\n"
"|     . ..   . E .|\n"
"|    . .  o o . . |\n"
"|     +  S = .    |\n"
"|    +  . = o     |\n"
"|     +  . * .    |\n"
"|    . .  o .     |\n"
"|      .o. .      |\n"
"+-----------------+\n"
"Starting sshd."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5394
msgid "Refer to <xref linkend=\"openssh\"/> for more information about fingerprints and <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5397
msgid "FreeBSD does not install a graphical environment by default. Refer to <xref linkend=\"x11\"/> for more information about installing and configuring a graphical window manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5401
msgid "Proper shutdown of a FreeBSD computer helps protect data and hardware from damage. <emphasis>Do not turn off the power before the system has been properly shut down!</emphasis> If the user is a member of the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> group, become the superuser by typing <command>su</command> at the command line and entering the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password. Then, type <command>shutdown -p now</command> and the system will shut down cleanly, and if the hardware supports it, turn itself off."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:5414 book.translate.xml:12444 book.translate.xml:15207
#: book.translate.xml:20382 book.translate.xml:35665 book.translate.xml:36435
#: book.translate.xml:48075 book.translate.xml:51321 book.translate.xml:62418
#: book.translate.xml:64073 book.translate.xml:64796
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5416
msgid "<primary>installation</primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5420
msgid "This section covers basic installation troubleshooting, such as common problems people have reported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5424
msgid "Check the Hardware Notes (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/index.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/releases/index.html</link>) document for the version of FreeBSD to make sure the hardware is supported. If the hardware is supported and lock-ups or other problems occur, build a custom kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/> to add support for devices which are not present in the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel. The default kernel assumes that most hardware devices are in their factory default configuration in terms of <acronym>IRQ</acronym>s, <acronym>I/O</acronym> addresses, and <acronym>DMA</acronym> channels. If the hardware has been reconfigured, a custom kernel configuration file can tell FreeBSD where to find things."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5438
msgid "Some installation problems can be avoided or alleviated by updating the firmware on various hardware components, most notably the motherboard. Motherboard firmware is usually referred to as the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>. Most motherboard and computer manufacturers have a website for upgrades and upgrade information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5445
msgid "Manufacturers generally advise against upgrading the motherboard <acronym>BIOS</acronym> unless there is a good reason for doing so, like a critical update. The upgrade process <emphasis>can</emphasis> go wrong, leaving the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> incomplete and the computer inoperative."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5453
msgid "If the system hangs while probing hardware during boot, or it behaves strangely during install, <acronym>ACPI</acronym> may be the culprit. FreeBSD makes extensive use of the system <acronym>ACPI</acronym> service on the i386, amd64, and ia64 platforms to aid in system configuration if it is detected during boot. Unfortunately, some bugs still exist in both the <acronym>ACPI</acronym> driver and within system motherboards and <acronym>BIOS</acronym> firmware. <acronym>ACPI</acronym> can be disabled by setting the <literal>hint.acpi.0.disabled</literal> hint in the third stage boot loader:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5465
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>set hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5467
msgid "This is reset each time the system is booted, so it is necessary to add <literal>hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"</literal> to the file <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. More information about the boot loader can be found in <xref linkend=\"boot-synopsis\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:5474
msgid "Using the Live <acronym>CD</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5476
msgid "The welcome menu of <application>bsdinstall</application>, shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-choose-mode\"/>, provides a <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton> option. This is useful for those who are still wondering whether FreeBSD is the right operating system for them and want to test some of the features before installing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5483
msgid "The following points should be noted before using the <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5488
msgid "To gain access to the system, authentication is required. The username is <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> and the password is blank."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5494
msgid "As the system runs directly from the installation media, performance will be significantly slower than that of a system installed on a hard disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5500
msgid "This option only provides a command prompt and not a graphical interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:5525
msgid "FreeBSD Basics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5530
msgid "This chapter covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD operating system. Much of this material is relevant for any <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating system. New FreeBSD users are encouraged to read through this chapter carefully."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5539
msgid "How to use and configure virtual consoles."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5543
msgid "How to create and manage users and groups on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5548
msgid "How <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> file permissions and FreeBSD file flags work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5553
msgid "The default FreeBSD file system layout."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5557
msgid "The FreeBSD disk organization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5561
msgid "How to mount and unmount file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5565
msgid "What processes, daemons, and signals are."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5569
msgid "What a shell is, and how to change the default login environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5574
msgid "How to use basic text editors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5578
msgid "What devices and device nodes are."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5582
msgid "How to read manual pages for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:5588
msgid "Virtual Consoles and Terminals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5590
msgid "<primary>virtual consoles</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5593 book.translate.xml:47357
msgid "<primary>terminals</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5596 book.translate.xml:23364
msgid "<primary>console</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5600
msgid "Unless FreeBSD has been configured to automatically start a graphical environment during startup, the system will boot into a command line login prompt, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5605
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"FreeBSD/amd64 (pc3.example.org) (ttyv0)\n"
"\n"
"login:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5609
msgid "The first line contains some information about the system. The <literal>amd64</literal> indicates that the system in this example is running a 64-bit version of FreeBSD. The hostname is <systemitem>pc3.example.org</systemitem>, and <filename>ttyv0</filename> indicates that this is the <quote>system console</quote>. The second line is the login prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5617
msgid "Since FreeBSD is a multiuser system, it needs some way to distinguish between different users. This is accomplished by requiring every user to log into the system before gaining access to the programs on the system. Every user has a unique name <quote>username</quote> and a personal <quote>password</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5624
msgid "To log into the system console, type the username that was configured during system installation, as described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-addusers\"/>, and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. Then enter the password associated with the username and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. The password is <emphasis>not echoed</emphasis> for security reasons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5632
msgid "Once the correct password is input, the message of the day (<acronym>MOTD</acronym>) will be displayed followed by a command prompt. Depending upon the shell that was selected when the user was created, this prompt will be a <literal>#</literal>, <literal>$</literal>, or <literal>%</literal> character. The prompt indicates that the user is now logged into the FreeBSD system console and ready to try the available commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5642
msgid "Virtual Consoles"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5644
msgid "While the system console can be used to interact with the system, a user working from the command line at the keyboard of a FreeBSD system will typically instead log into a virtual console. This is because system messages are configured by default to display on the system console. These messages will appear over the command or file that the user is working on, making it difficult to concentrate on the work at hand."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5653
msgid "By default, FreeBSD is configured to provide several virtual consoles for inputting commands. Each virtual console has its own login prompt and shell and it is easy to switch between virtual consoles. This essentially provides the command line equivalent of having several windows open at the same time in a graphical environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5660
msgid "The key combinations <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> through <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F8</keycap></keycombo> have been reserved by FreeBSD for switching between virtual consoles. Use <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to switch to the system console (<filename>ttyv0</filename>), <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> to access the first virtual console (<filename>ttyv1</filename>), <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> to access the second virtual console (<filename>ttyv2</filename>), and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5676
msgid "When switching from one console to the next, FreeBSD manages the screen output. The result is an illusion of having multiple virtual screens and keyboards that can be used to type commands for FreeBSD to run. The programs that are launched in one virtual console do not stop running when the user switches to a different virtual console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5683
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kbdcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>atkbd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syscons</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a more technical description of the FreeBSD console and its keyboard drivers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5688
msgid "In FreeBSD, the number of available virtual consoles is configured in this section of <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5692
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# name    getty                         type  status comments\n"
"#\n"
"ttyv0   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"# Virtual terminals\n"
"ttyv1   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv2   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv3   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv4   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv5   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv6   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv7   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv8   \"/usr/X11R6/bin/xdm -nodaemon\"  xterm   off secure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5706
msgid "To disable a virtual console, put a comment symbol (<literal>#</literal>) at the beginning of the line representing that virtual console. For example, to reduce the number of available virtual consoles from eight to four, put a <literal>#</literal> in front of the last four lines representing virtual consoles <filename>ttyv5</filename> through <filename>ttyv8</filename>. <emphasis>Do not</emphasis> comment out the line for the system console <filename>ttyv0</filename>. Note that the last virtual console (<filename>ttyv8</filename>) is used to access the graphical environment if <application>Xorg</application> has been installed and configured as described in <xref linkend=\"x11\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5720
msgid "For a detailed description of every column in this file and the available options for the virtual consoles, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ttys</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5726
msgid "Single User Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5728
msgid "The FreeBSD boot menu provides an option labelled as <quote>Boot Single User</quote>. If this option is selected, the system will boot into a special mode known as <quote>single user mode</quote>. This mode is typically used to repair a system that will not boot or to reset the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password when it is not known. While in single user mode, networking and other virtual consoles are not available. However, full <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> access to the system is available, and by default, the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password is not needed. For these reasons, physical access to the keyboard is needed to boot into this mode and determining who has physical access to the keyboard is something to consider when securing a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5744
msgid "The settings which control single user mode are found in this section of <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5747
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# name  getty                           type  status  comments\n"
"#\n"
"# If console is marked \"insecure\", then init will ask for the root password\n"
"# when going to single-user mode.\n"
"console none                            unknown  off  secure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5753
msgid "By default, the status is set to <literal>secure</literal>. This assumes that who has physical access to the keyboard is either not important or it is controlled by a physical security policy. If this setting is changed to <literal>insecure</literal>, the assumption is that the environment itself is insecure because anyone can access the keyboard. When this line is changed to <literal>insecure</literal>, FreeBSD will prompt for the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password when a user selects to boot into single user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5765
msgid "<emphasis>Be careful when changing this setting to <literal>insecure</literal></emphasis>! If the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password is forgotten, booting into single user mode is still possible, but may be difficult for someone who is not familiar with the FreeBSD booting process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5775
msgid "Changing Console Video Modes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5777
msgid "The FreeBSD console default video mode may be adjusted to 1024x768, 1280x1024, or any other size supported by the graphics chip and monitor. To use a different video mode load the <literal>VESA</literal> module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5782
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload vesa</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5784
msgid "To determine which video modes are supported by the hardware, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To get a list of supported video modes issue the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5788
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>vidcontrol -i mode</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5790
msgid "The output of this command lists the video modes that are supported by the hardware. To select a new video mode, specify the mode using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> as the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5795
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>vidcontrol MODE_279</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5797
msgid "If the new video mode is acceptable, it can be permanently set on boot by adding it to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5801
#, no-wrap
msgid "allscreens_flags=\"MODE_279\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:5818
msgid "Users and Basic Account Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5820
msgid "FreeBSD allows multiple users to use the computer at the same time. While only one user can sit in front of the screen and use the keyboard at any one time, any number of users can log in to the system through the network. To use the system, each user should have their own user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5826
msgid "This chapter describes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5830
msgid "The different types of user accounts on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5835
msgid "How to add, remove, and modify user accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5839
msgid "How to set limits to control the resources that users and groups are allowed to access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5845
msgid "How to create groups and add users as members of a group."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5851
msgid "Account Types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5853
msgid "Since all access to the FreeBSD system is achieved using accounts and all processes are run by users, user and account management is important."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5857
msgid "There are three main types of accounts: system accounts, user accounts, and the superuser account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:5861
msgid "System Accounts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5863
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>system</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5868
msgid "System accounts are used to run services such as DNS, mail, and web servers. The reason for this is security; if all services ran as the superuser, they could act without restriction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5873
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class=\"username\">daemon</systemitem></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5877
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class=\"username\">operator</systemitem></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5882
msgid "Examples of system accounts are <systemitem class=\"username\">daemon</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">operator</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">bind</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">news</systemitem>, and <systemitem class=\"username\">www</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5889
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5894
msgid "<systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem> is the generic unprivileged system account. However, the more services that use <systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem>, the more files and processes that user will become associated with, and hence the more privileged that user becomes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:5903
msgid "User Accounts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5905
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>user</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5910
msgid "User accounts are assigned to real people and are used to log in and use the system. Every person accessing the system should have a unique user account. This allows the administrator to find out who is doing what and prevents users from clobbering the settings of other users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5916
msgid "Each user can set up their own environment to accommodate their use of the system, by configuring their default shell, editor, key bindings, and language settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5921
msgid "Every user account on a FreeBSD system has certain information associated with it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5926
msgid "User name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5929
msgid "The user name is typed at the <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt. Each user must have a unique user name. There are a number of rules for creating valid user names which are documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. It is recommended to use user names that consist of eight or fewer, all lower case characters in order to maintain backwards compatibility with applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5941
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5944
msgid "Each account has an associated password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5949
msgid "User ID (<acronym>UID</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5952
msgid "The User ID (<acronym>UID</acronym>) is a number used to uniquely identify the user to the FreeBSD system. Commands that allow a user name to be specified will first convert it to the <acronym>UID</acronym>. It is recommended to use a UID less than 65535, since higher values may cause compatibility issues with some software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5963
msgid "Group ID (<acronym>GID</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5966
msgid "The Group ID (<acronym>GID</acronym>) is a number used to uniquely identify the primary group that the user belongs to. Groups are a mechanism for controlling access to resources based on a user's <acronym>GID</acronym> rather than their <acronym>UID</acronym>. This can significantly reduce the size of some configuration files and allows users to be members of more than one group. It is recommended to use a GID of 65535 or lower as higher GIDs may break some software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5980
msgid "Login class"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5983
msgid "Login classes are an extension to the group mechanism that provide additional flexibility when tailoring the system to different users. Login classes are discussed further in <xref linkend=\"users-limiting\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5992
msgid "Password change time"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5995
msgid "By default, passwords do not expire. However, password expiration can be enabled on a per-user basis, forcing some or all users to change their passwords after a certain amount of time has elapsed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6004
msgid "Account expiration time"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6007
msgid "By default, FreeBSD does not expire accounts. When creating accounts that need a limited lifespan, such as student accounts in a school, specify the account expiry date using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. After the expiry time has elapsed, the account cannot be used to log in to the system, although the account's directories and files will remain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6018
msgid "User's full name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6021
msgid "The user name uniquely identifies the account to FreeBSD, but does not necessarily reflect the user's real name. Similar to a comment, this information can contain spaces, uppercase characters, and be more than 8 characters long."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6030
msgid "Home directory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6033
msgid "The home directory is the full path to a directory on the system. This is the user's starting directory when the user logs in. A common convention is to put all user home directories under <filename><replaceable>/home/username</replaceable></filename> or <filename><replaceable>/usr/home/username</replaceable></filename>. Each user stores their personal files and subdirectories in their own home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6044
msgid "User shell"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6047
msgid "The shell provides the user's default environment for interacting with the system. There are many different kinds of shells and experienced users will have their own preferences, which can be reflected in their account settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6058
msgid "The Superuser Account"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6060
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>superuser (root)</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6065
msgid "The superuser account, usually called <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, is used to manage the system with no limitations on privileges. For this reason, it should not be used for day-to-day tasks like sending and receiving mail, general exploration of the system, or programming."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6072
msgid "The superuser, unlike other user accounts, can operate without limits, and misuse of the superuser account may result in spectacular disasters. User accounts are unable to destroy the operating system by mistake, so it is recommended to login as a user account and to only become the superuser when a command requires extra privilege."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6080
msgid "Always double and triple-check any commands issued as the superuser, since an extra space or missing character can mean irreparable data loss."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6084
msgid "There are several ways to gain superuser privilege. While one can log in as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, this is highly discouraged."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6089
msgid "Instead, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to become the superuser. If <literal>-</literal> is specified when running this command, the user will also inherit the root user's environment. The user running this command must be in the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> group or else the command will fail. The user must also know the password for the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6099
msgid "In this example, the user only becomes superuser in order to run <command>make install</command> as this step requires superuser privilege. Once the command completes, the user types <command>exit</command> to leave the superuser account and return to the privilege of their user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6107
msgid "Install a Program As the Superuser"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6109
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>configure</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su -</userinput>\n"
"Password:\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>exit</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6118
msgid "The built-in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> framework works well for single systems or small networks with just one system administrator. An alternative is to install the <package>security/sudo</package> package or port. This software provides activity logging and allows the administrator to configure which users can run which commands as the superuser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6129
msgid "Managing Accounts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6131
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>modifying</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6136
msgid "FreeBSD provides a variety of different commands to manage user accounts. The most common commands are summarized in <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-utilities\"/>, followed by some examples of their usage. See the manual page for each utility for more details and usage examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:6143
msgid "Utilities for Managing User Accounts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6151 book.translate.xml:58652 book.translate.xml:62184
msgid "Command"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6152 book.translate.xml:17124 book.translate.xml:17278
msgid "Summary"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6157
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6158
msgid "The recommended command-line application for adding new users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6163
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6164
msgid "The recommended command-line application for removing users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6169
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6170
msgid "A flexible tool for changing user database information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6175
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6176
msgid "The command-line tool to change user passwords."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6181
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6182
msgid "A powerful and flexible tool for modifying all aspects of user accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6190
msgid "<command>adduser</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6192
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>adding</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6196 book.translate.xml:43430
msgid "<primary><command>adduser</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6199
msgid "<primary><filename>/usr/share/skel</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6202
msgid "<primary>skeleton directory</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6206
msgid "The recommended program for adding new users is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. When a new user is added, this program automatically updates <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/group</filename>. It also creates a home directory for the new user, copies in the default configuration files from <filename>/usr/share/skel</filename>, and can optionally mail the new user a welcome message. This utility must be run as the superuser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6216
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility is interactive and walks through the steps for creating a new user account. As seen in <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-adduser\"/>, either input the required information or press <keycap>Return</keycap> to accept the default value shown in square brackets. In this example, the user has been invited into the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> group, allowing them to become the superuser with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. When finished, the utility will prompt to either create another user or to exit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6228
msgid "Adding a User on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6230
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>adduser</userinput>\n"
"Username: <userinput>jru</userinput>\n"
"Full name: <userinput>J. Random User</userinput>\n"
"Uid (Leave empty for default):\n"
"Login group [jru]:\n"
"Login group is jru. Invite jru into other groups? []: <userinput>wheel</userinput>\n"
"Login class [default]:\n"
"Shell (sh csh tcsh zsh nologin) [sh]: <userinput>zsh</userinput>\n"
"Home directory [/home/jru]:\n"
"Home directory permissions (Leave empty for default):\n"
"Use password-based authentication? [yes]:\n"
"Use an empty password? (yes/no) [no]:\n"
"Use a random password? (yes/no) [no]:\n"
"Enter password:\n"
"Enter password again:\n"
"Lock out the account after creation? [no]:\n"
"Username   : jru\n"
"Password   : ****\n"
"Full Name  : J. Random User\n"
"Uid        : 1001\n"
"Class      :\n"
"Groups     : jru wheel\n"
"Home       : /home/jru\n"
"Shell      : /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Locked     : no\n"
"OK? (yes/no): <userinput>yes</userinput>\n"
"adduser: INFO: Successfully added (jru) to the user database.\n"
"Add another user? (yes/no): <userinput>no</userinput>\n"
"Goodbye!\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6263
msgid "Since the password is not echoed when typed, be careful to not mistype the password when creating the user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6270
msgid "<command>rmuser</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6272
msgid "<primary><command>rmuser</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6275
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>removing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6280
msgid "To completely remove a user from the system, run <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> as the superuser. This command performs the following steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6286
msgid "Removes the user's <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> entry, if one exists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6291
msgid "Removes any <citerefentry><refentrytitle>at</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> jobs belonging to the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6296
msgid "Kills all processes owned by the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6300
msgid "Removes the user from the system's local password file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6305
msgid "Optionally removes the user's home directory, if it is owned by the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6310
msgid "Removes the incoming mail files belonging to the user from <filename>/var/mail</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6315
msgid "Removes all files owned by the user from temporary file storage areas such as <filename>/tmp</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6321
msgid "Finally, removes the username from all groups to which it belongs in <filename>/etc/group</filename>. If a group becomes empty and the group name is the same as the username, the group is removed. This complements the per-user unique groups created by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6330
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> cannot be used to remove superuser accounts since that is almost always an indication of massive destruction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6334
msgid "By default, an interactive mode is used, as shown in the following example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6338
msgid "<command>rmuser</command> Interactive Account Removal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rmuser jru</userinput>\n"
"Matching password entry:\n"
"jru:*:1001:1001::0:0:J. Random User:/home/jru:/usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Is this the entry you wish to remove? <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Remove user's home directory (/home/jru)? <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Removing user (jru): mailspool home passwd.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6352
msgid "<command>chpass</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6354
msgid "<primary><command>chpass</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6358
msgid "Any user can use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to change their default shell and personal information associated with their user account. The superuser can use this utility to change additional account information for any user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6363
msgid "When passed no options, aside from an optional username, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> displays an editor containing user information. When the user exits from the editor, the user database is updated with the new information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6369
msgid "This utility will prompt for the user's password when exiting the editor, unless the utility is run as the superuser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6374
msgid "In <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-chpass-su\"/>, the superuser has typed <command>chpass jru</command> and is now viewing the fields that can be changed for this user. If <systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> runs this command instead, only the last six fields will be displayed and available for editing. This is shown in <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-chpass-ru\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6383
msgid "Using <command>chpass</command> as Superuser"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6386
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#Changing user database information for jru.\n"
"Login: jru\n"
"Password: *\n"
"Uid [#]: 1001\n"
"Gid [# or name]: 1001\n"
"Change [month day year]:\n"
"Expire [month day year]:\n"
"Class:\n"
"Home directory: /home/jru\n"
"Shell: /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Full Name: J. Random User\n"
"Office Location:\n"
"Office Phone:\n"
"Home Phone:\n"
"Other information:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6404
msgid "Using <command>chpass</command> as Regular User"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6407
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#Changing user database information for jru.\n"
"Shell: /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Full Name: J. Random User\n"
"Office Location:\n"
"Office Phone:\n"
"Home Phone:\n"
"Other information:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6417
msgid "The commands <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> are links to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, as are <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Since <acronym>NIS</acronym> support is automatic, specifying the <literal>yp</literal> before the command is not necessary. How to configure NIS is covered in <xref linkend=\"network-servers\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6427
msgid "<command>passwd</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6429
msgid "<primary><command>passwd</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6432
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>changing password</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6437
msgid "Any user can easily change their password using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To prevent accidental or unauthorized changes, this command will prompt for the user's original password before a new password can be set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6443
msgid "Changing Your Password"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6445
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for jru.\n"
"Old password:\n"
"New password:\n"
"Retype new password:\n"
"passwd: updating the database...\n"
"passwd: done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6454
msgid "The superuser can change any user's password by specifying the username when running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. When this utility is run as the superuser, it will not prompt for the user's current password. This allows the password to be changed when a user cannot remember the original password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6462
msgid "Changing Another User's Password as the Superuser"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6465
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>passwd jru</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for jru.\n"
"New password:\n"
"Retype new password:\n"
"passwd: updating the database...\n"
"passwd: done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6474
msgid "As with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>yppasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is a link to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, so <acronym>NIS</acronym> works with either command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6481
msgid "<command>pw</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6483 book.translate.xml:43453
msgid "<primary><command>pw</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6487
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility can create, remove, modify, and display users and groups. It functions as a front end to the system user and group files. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> has a very powerful set of command line options that make it suitable for use in shell scripts, but new users may find it more complicated than the other commands presented in this section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6498
msgid "Managing Groups"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6500
msgid "<primary>groups</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6503
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/groups</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6506
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>groups</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6511
msgid "A group is a list of users. A group is identified by its group name and <acronym>GID</acronym>. In FreeBSD, the kernel uses the <acronym>UID</acronym> of a process, and the list of groups it belongs to, to determine what the process is allowed to do. Most of the time, the <acronym>GID</acronym> of a user or process usually means the first group in the list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6518
msgid "The group name to <acronym>GID</acronym> mapping is listed in <filename>/etc/group</filename>. This is a plain text file with four colon-delimited fields. The first field is the group name, the second is the encrypted password, the third the <acronym>GID</acronym>, and the fourth the comma-delimited list of members. For a more complete description of the syntax, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6526
msgid "The superuser can modify <filename>/etc/group</filename> using a text editor. Alternatively, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used to add and edit groups. For example, to add a group called <systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem> and then confirm that it exists:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6533
msgid "Adding a Group Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"teamtwo:*:1100:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6540
msgid "In this example, <literal>1100</literal> is the <acronym>GID</acronym> of <systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem>. Right now, <systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem> has no members. This command will add <systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> as a member of <systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6549
msgid "Adding User Accounts to a New Group Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6552
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod teamtwo -M jru</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"teamtwo:*:1100:jru"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6557
msgid "The argument to <option>-M</option> is a comma-delimited list of users to be added to a new (empty) group or to replace the members of an existing group. To the user, this group membership is different from (and in addition to) the user's primary group listed in the password file. This means that the user will not show up as a member when using <option>groupshow</option> with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, but will show up when the information is queried via <citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or a similar tool. When <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to add a user to a group, it only manipulates <filename>/etc/group</filename> and does not attempt to read additional data from <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6571
msgid "Adding a New Member to a Group Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6573
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod teamtwo -m db</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"teamtwo:*:1100:jru,db"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6578
msgid "In this example, the argument to <option>-m</option> is a comma-delimited list of users who are to be added to the group. Unlike the previous example, these users are appended to the group and do not replace existing users in the group."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6585
msgid "Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to Determine Group Membership"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6587
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>id jru</userinput>\n"
"uid=1001(jru) gid=1001(jru) groups=1001(jru), 1100(teamtwo)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6591
msgid "In this example, <systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> is a member of the groups <systemitem class=\"groupname\">jru</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6596
msgid "For more information about this command and the format of <filename>/etc/group</filename>, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:6603
msgid "Permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6605
msgid "<primary>UNIX</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6609
msgid "In FreeBSD, every file and directory has an associated set of permissions and several utilities are available for viewing and modifying these permissions. Understanding how permissions work is necessary to make sure that users are able to access the files that they need and are unable to improperly access the files used by the operating system or owned by other users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6617
msgid "This section discusses the traditional <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> permissions used in FreeBSD. For finer grained file system access control, refer to <xref linkend=\"fs-acl\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6621
msgid "In <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>, basic permissions are assigned using three types of access: read, write, and execute. These access types are used to determine file access to the file's owner, group, and others (everyone else). The read, write, and execute permissions can be represented as the letters <literal>r</literal>, <literal>w</literal>, and <literal>x</literal>. They can also be represented as binary numbers as each permission is either on or off (<literal>0</literal>). When represented as a number, the order is always read as <literal>rwx</literal>, where <literal>r</literal> has an on value of <literal>4</literal>, <literal>w</literal> has an on value of <literal>2</literal> and <literal>x</literal> has an on value of <literal>1</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6636
msgid "Table 4.1 summarizes the possible numeric and alphabetic possibilities. When reading the <quote>Directory Listing</quote> column, a <literal>-</literal> is used to represent a permission that is set to off."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6641
msgid "<primary>permissions</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6644
msgid "<primary>file permissions</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:6649
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> Permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6654
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6655
msgid "Permission"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6656
msgid "Directory Listing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6662
msgid "0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6663
msgid "No read, no write, no execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6664
msgid "<literal>---</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6668 book.translate.xml:47055 book.translate.xml:47077
#: book.translate.xml:47167
msgid "1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6669
msgid "No read, no write, execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6670
msgid "<literal>--x</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6674 book.translate.xml:46947 book.translate.xml:46957
#: book.translate.xml:47029 book.translate.xml:47039 book.translate.xml:47119
#: book.translate.xml:47121
msgid "2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6675
msgid "No read, write, no execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6676
msgid "<literal>-w-</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6680 book.translate.xml:46949 book.translate.xml:46955
#: book.translate.xml:47031 book.translate.xml:47037 book.translate.xml:47127
#: book.translate.xml:47129
msgid "3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6681
msgid "No read, write, execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6682
msgid "<literal>-wx</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6686 book.translate.xml:46963 book.translate.xml:46973
#: book.translate.xml:47045 book.translate.xml:47053 book.translate.xml:47071
#: book.translate.xml:47079 book.translate.xml:47135 book.translate.xml:47143
#: book.translate.xml:47185
msgid "4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6687
msgid "Read, no write, no execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6688
msgid "<literal>r--</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6692 book.translate.xml:46965 book.translate.xml:46971
#: book.translate.xml:47061 book.translate.xml:47063 book.translate.xml:47151
#: book.translate.xml:47177
msgid "5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6693
msgid "Read, no write, execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6694
msgid "<literal>r-x</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6698 book.translate.xml:46981 book.translate.xml:46995
#: book.translate.xml:47047 book.translate.xml:47069 book.translate.xml:47137
#: book.translate.xml:47159
msgid "6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6699
msgid "Read, write, no execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6700
msgid "<literal>rw-</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6704 book.translate.xml:46939 book.translate.xml:46941
#: book.translate.xml:47085 book.translate.xml:47095 book.translate.xml:47153
#: book.translate.xml:47175
msgid "7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6705
msgid "Read, write, execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6706
msgid "<literal>rwx</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6712
msgid "<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6715
msgid "<primary>directories</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6719
msgid "Use the <option>-l</option> argument to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to view a long directory listing that includes a column of information about a file's permissions for the owner, group, and everyone else. For example, a <command>ls -l</command> in an arbitrary directory may show:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6725
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -l</userinput>\n"
"total 530\n"
"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel     512 Sep  5 12:31 myfile\n"
"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel     512 Sep  5 12:31 otherfile\n"
"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel    7680 Sep  5 12:31 email.txt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6731
msgid "The first (leftmost) character in the first column indicates whether this file is a regular file, a directory, a special character device, a socket, or any other special pseudo-file device. In this example, the <literal>-</literal> indicates a regular file. The next three characters, <literal>rw-</literal> in this example, give the permissions for the owner of the file. The next three characters, <literal>r--</literal>, give the permissions for the group that the file belongs to. The final three characters, <literal>r--</literal>, give the permissions for the rest of the world. A dash means that the permission is turned off. In this example, the permissions are set so the owner can read and write to the file, the group can read the file, and the rest of the world can only read the file. According to the table above, the permissions for this file would be <literal>644</literal>, where each digit represents the three parts of the file's permission."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6748
msgid "How does the system control permissions on devices? FreeBSD treats most hardware devices as a file that programs can open, read, and write data to. These special device files are stored in <filename>/dev/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6753
msgid "Directories are also treated as files. They have read, write, and execute permissions. The executable bit for a directory has a slightly different meaning than that of files. When a directory is marked executable, it means it is possible to change into that directory using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This also means that it is possible to access the files within that directory, subject to the permissions on the files themselves."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6762
msgid "In order to perform a directory listing, the read permission must be set on the directory. In order to delete a file that one knows the name of, it is necessary to have write <emphasis>and</emphasis> execute permissions to the directory containing the file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6768
msgid "There are more permission bits, but they are primarily used in special circumstances such as setuid binaries and sticky directories. For more information on file permissions and how to set them, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:6775
msgid "Symbolic Permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:6778 book.translate.xml:6913 book.translate.xml:6964
#: book.translate.xml:19408 book.translate.xml:19515 book.translate.xml:19693
#: book.translate.xml:20812 book.translate.xml:21338 book.translate.xml:23587
#: book.translate.xml:34149 book.translate.xml:45756 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6788
msgid "<primary>permissions</primary> <secondary>symbolic</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6793
msgid "Symbolic permissions use characters instead of octal values to assign permissions to files or directories. Symbolic permissions use the syntax of (who) (action) (permissions), where the following values are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6803 book.translate.xml:23313
msgid "Option"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6804
msgid "Letter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6805
msgid "Represents"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6811 book.translate.xml:6817 book.translate.xml:6823
#: book.translate.xml:6829
msgid "(who)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6812
msgid "u"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6813
msgid "User"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6818
msgid "g"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6819
msgid "Group owner"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6824
msgid "o"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6825
msgid "Other"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6830
msgid "a"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6831
msgid "All (<quote>world</quote>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6835 book.translate.xml:6841 book.translate.xml:6847
msgid "(action)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6836 book.translate.xml:31583 book.translate.xml:39442
msgid "+"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6837
msgid "Adding permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6842 book.translate.xml:31588 book.translate.xml:39447
msgid "-"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6843
msgid "Removing permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6848
msgid "="
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6849
msgid "Explicitly set permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6853 book.translate.xml:6859 book.translate.xml:6865
#: book.translate.xml:6871 book.translate.xml:6877
msgid "(permissions)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6854
msgid "r"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6855
msgid "Read"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6860
msgid "w"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6861
msgid "Write"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6866
msgid "x"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6867
msgid "Execute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6872
msgid "t"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6873
msgid "Sticky bit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6878
msgid "s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6879
msgid "Set UID or GID"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6885
msgid "These values are used with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, but with letters instead of numbers. For example, the following command would block other users from accessing <replaceable>FILE</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6890
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod go= FILE</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6892
msgid "A comma separated list can be provided when more than one set of changes to a file must be made. For example, the following command removes the group and <quote>world</quote> write permission on <replaceable>FILE</replaceable>, and adds the execute permissions for everyone:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6899
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod go-w,a+x <replaceable>FILE</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:6910
msgid "FreeBSD File Flags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6923
msgid "In addition to file permissions, FreeBSD supports the use of <quote>file flags</quote>. These flags add an additional level of security and control over files, but not directories. With file flags, even <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> can be prevented from removing or altering files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6930
msgid "File flags are modified using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For example, to enable the system undeletable flag on the file <filename>file1</filename>, issue the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6935
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags sunlink file1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6937
msgid "To disable the system undeletable flag, put a <quote>no</quote> in front of the <option>sunlink</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6941
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags nosunlink file1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6943
msgid "To view the flags of a file, use <option>-lo</option> with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6946
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -lo file1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6948
#, no-wrap
msgid "-rw-r--r--  1 trhodes  trhodes  sunlnk 0 Mar  1 05:54 file1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6950
msgid "Several file flags may only be added or removed by the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user. In other cases, the file owner may set its file flags. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:6959
msgid "The <literal>setuid</literal>, <literal>setgid</literal>, and <literal>sticky</literal> Permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6974
msgid "Other than the permissions already discussed, there are three other specific settings that all administrators should know about. They are the <literal>setuid</literal>, <literal>setgid</literal>, and <literal>sticky</literal> permissions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6980
msgid "These settings are important for some <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> operations as they provide functionality not normally granted to normal users. To understand them, the difference between the real user ID and effective user ID must be noted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6985
msgid "The real user ID is the <acronym>UID</acronym> who owns or starts the process. The effective <acronym>UID</acronym> is the user ID the process runs as. As an example, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> runs with the real user ID when a user changes their password. However, in order to update the password database, the command runs as the effective ID of the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user. This allows users to change their passwords without seeing a <errorname>Permission Denied</errorname> error."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6995
msgid "The setuid permission may be set by prefixing a permission set with the number four (4) as shown in the following example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6999
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 4755 suidexample.sh</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7001
msgid "The permissions on <filename><replaceable>suidexample.sh</replaceable></filename> now look like the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7005
#, no-wrap
msgid "-rwsr-xr-x   1 trhodes  trhodes    63 Aug 29 06:36 suidexample.sh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7007
msgid "Note that a <literal>s</literal> is now part of the permission set designated for the file owner, replacing the executable bit. This allows utilities which need elevated permissions, such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:7013
msgid "The <literal>nosuid</literal> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> option will cause such binaries to silently fail without alerting the user. That option is not completely reliable as a <literal>nosuid</literal> wrapper may be able to circumvent it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7020
msgid "To view this in real time, open two terminals. On one, type <command>passwd</command> as a normal user. While it waits for a new password, check the process table and look at the user information for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7026
msgid "In terminal A:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7028
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Changing local password for trhodes\n"
"Old Password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7031
msgid "In terminal B:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7033
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ps aux | grep passwd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7035
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"trhodes  5232  0.0  0.2  3420  1608   0  R+    2:10AM   0:00.00 grep passwd\n"
"root     5211  0.0  0.2  3620  1724   2  I+    2:09AM   0:00.01 passwd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7038
msgid "Although <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is run as a normal user, it is using the effective <acronym>UID</acronym> of <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7042
msgid "The <literal>setgid</literal> permission performs the same function as the <literal>setuid</literal> permission; except that it alters the group settings. When an application or utility executes with this setting, it will be granted the permissions based on the group that owns the file, not the user who started the process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7049
msgid "To set the <literal>setgid</literal> permission on a file, provide <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> with a leading two (2):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7052
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 2755 sgidexample.sh</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7054
msgid "In the following listing, notice that the <literal>s</literal> is now in the field designated for the group permission settings:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7058
#, no-wrap
msgid "-rwxr-sr-x   1 trhodes  trhodes    44 Aug 31 01:49 sgidexample.sh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:7061
msgid "In these examples, even though the shell script in question is an executable file, it will not run with a different <acronym>EUID</acronym> or effective user ID. This is because shell scripts may not access the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setuid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system calls."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7068
msgid "The <literal>setuid</literal> and <literal>setgid</literal> permission bits may lower system security, by allowing for elevated permissions. The third special permission, the <literal>sticky bit</literal>, can strengthen the security of a system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7074
msgid "When the <literal>sticky bit</literal> is set on a directory, it allows file deletion only by the file owner. This is useful to prevent file deletion in public directories, such as <filename>/tmp</filename>, by users who do not own the file. To utilize this permission, prefix the permission set with a one (1):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7081
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 1777 /tmp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7083
msgid "The <literal>sticky bit</literal> permission will display as a <literal>t</literal> at the very end of the permission set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7087
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -al / | grep tmp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7089
#, no-wrap
msgid "drwxrwxrwt  10 root  wheel         512 Aug 31 01:49 tmp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7095
msgid "Directory Structure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7097
msgid "<primary>directory hierarchy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7101
msgid "The FreeBSD directory hierarchy is fundamental to obtaining an overall understanding of the system. The most important directory is root or, <quote>/</quote>. This directory is the first one mounted at boot time and it contains the base system necessary to prepare the operating system for multi-user operation. The root directory also contains mount points for other file systems that are mounted during the transition to multi-user operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7110
msgid "A mount point is a directory where additional file systems can be grafted onto a parent file system (usually the root file system). This is further described in <xref linkend=\"disk-organization\"/>. Standard mount points include <filename>/usr/</filename>, <filename>/var/</filename>, <filename>/tmp/</filename>, <filename>/mnt/</filename>, and <filename>/cdrom/</filename>. These directories are usually referenced to entries in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. This file is a table of various file systems and mount points and is read by the system. Most of the file systems in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> are mounted automatically at boot time from the script <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> unless their entry includes <option>noauto</option>. Details can be found in <xref linkend=\"disks-fstab\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7125
msgid "A complete description of the file system hierarchy is available in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hier</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The following table provides a brief overview of the most common directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:7134 book.translate.xml:10996
msgid "Directory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7141
msgid "Root directory of the file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7145
msgid "<filename>/bin/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7146
msgid "User utilities fundamental to both single-user and multi-user environments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7151
msgid "<filename>/boot/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7152
msgid "Programs and configuration files used during operating system bootstrap."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7157
msgid "<filename>/boot/defaults/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7158
msgid "Default boot configuration files. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7163
msgid "<filename>/dev/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7164
msgid "Device nodes. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>intro</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7169
msgid "<filename>/etc/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7170
msgid "System configuration files and scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7174
msgid "<filename>/etc/defaults/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7175
msgid "Default system configuration files. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7180
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7181
msgid "Configuration files for mail transport agents such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7186
msgid "<filename>/etc/namedb/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7187
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7191
msgid "<filename>/etc/periodic/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7192
msgid "Scripts that run daily, weekly, and monthly, via <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7198
msgid "<filename>/etc/ppp/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7199
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7203
msgid "<filename>/mnt/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7204
msgid "Empty directory commonly used by system administrators as a temporary mount point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7209
msgid "<filename>/proc/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7210
msgid "Process file system. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>procfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_procfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7215
msgid "<filename>/rescue/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7216
msgid "Statically linked programs for emergency recovery as described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rescue</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7221
msgid "<filename>/root/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7222
msgid "Home directory for the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7228
msgid "<filename>/sbin/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7229
msgid "System programs and administration utilities fundamental to both single-user and multi-user environments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7235
msgid "<filename>/tmp/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7236
msgid "Temporary files which are usually <emphasis>not</emphasis> preserved across a system reboot. A memory-based file system is often mounted at <filename>/tmp</filename>. This can be automated using the tmpmfs-related variables of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> or with an entry in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>; refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7246
msgid "<filename>/usr/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7247
msgid "The majority of user utilities and applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7252
msgid "<filename>/usr/bin/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7253
msgid "Common utilities, programming tools, and applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7258
msgid "<filename>/usr/include/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7259
msgid "Standard C include files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7263
msgid "<filename>/usr/lib/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7264
msgid "Archive libraries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7269
msgid "<filename>/usr/libdata/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7270
msgid "Miscellaneous utility data files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7274
msgid "<filename>/usr/libexec/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7275
msgid "System daemons and system utilities executed by other programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7280
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7281
msgid "Local executables and libraries. Also used as the default destination for the FreeBSD ports framework. Within <filename>/usr/local</filename>, the general layout sketched out by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hier</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for <filename>/usr</filename> should be used. Exceptions are the man directory, which is directly under <filename>/usr/local</filename> rather than under <filename>/usr/local/share</filename>, and the ports documentation is in <filename>share/doc/<replaceable>port</replaceable></filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7294
msgid "<filename>/usr/obj/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7295
msgid "Architecture-specific target tree produced by building the <filename>/usr/src</filename> tree."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7301
msgid "<filename>/usr/ports/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7302
msgid "The FreeBSD Ports Collection (optional)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7306
msgid "<filename>/usr/sbin/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7307
msgid "System daemons and system utilities executed by users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7312
msgid "<filename>/usr/share/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7313
msgid "Architecture-independent files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7317
msgid "<filename>/usr/src/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7318
msgid "BSD and/or local source files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7322
msgid "<filename>/var/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7323
msgid "Multi-purpose log, temporary, transient, and spool files. A memory-based file system is sometimes mounted at <filename>/var</filename>. This can be automated using the varmfs-related variables in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> or with an entry in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>; refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7334
msgid "<filename>/var/log/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7335
msgid "Miscellaneous system log files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7339
msgid "<filename>/var/mail/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7340
msgid "User mailbox files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7344
msgid "<filename>/var/spool/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7345
msgid "Miscellaneous printer and mail system spooling directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7350
msgid "<filename>/var/tmp/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7351
msgid "Temporary files which are usually preserved across a system reboot, unless <filename>/var</filename> is a memory-based file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7358
msgid "<filename>/var/yp/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7359
msgid "NIS maps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7367
msgid "Disk Organization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7369
msgid "The smallest unit of organization that FreeBSD uses to find files is the filename. Filenames are case-sensitive, which means that <filename>readme.txt</filename> and <filename>README.TXT</filename> are two separate files. FreeBSD does not use the extension of a file to determine whether the file is a program, document, or some other form of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7376
msgid "Files are stored in directories. A directory may contain no files, or it may contain many hundreds of files. A directory can also contain other directories, allowing a hierarchy of directories within one another in order to organize data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7382
msgid "Files and directories are referenced by giving the file or directory name, followed by a forward slash, <literal>/</literal>, followed by any other directory names that are necessary. For example, if the directory <filename>foo</filename> contains a directory <filename>bar</filename> which contains the file <filename>readme.txt</filename>, the full name, or <firstterm>path</firstterm>, to the file is <filename>foo/bar/readme.txt</filename>. Note that this is different from <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> which uses <literal>\\</literal> to separate file and directory names. FreeBSD does not use drive letters, or other drive names in the path. For example, one would not type <filename>c:\\foo\\bar\\readme.txt</filename> on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7397
msgid "Directories and files are stored in a file system. Each file system contains exactly one directory at the very top level, called the <firstterm>root directory</firstterm> for that file system. This root directory can contain other directories. One file system is designated the <firstterm>root file system</firstterm> or <literal>/</literal>. Every other file system is <firstterm>mounted</firstterm> under the root file system. No matter how many disks are on the FreeBSD system, every directory appears to be part of the same disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7408
msgid "Consider three file systems, called <literal>A</literal>, <literal>B</literal>, and <literal>C</literal>. Each file system has one root directory, which contains two other directories, called <literal>A1</literal>, <literal>A2</literal> (and likewise <literal>B1</literal>, <literal>B2</literal> and <literal>C1</literal>, <literal>C2</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7415
msgid "Call <literal>A</literal> the root file system. If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to view the contents of this directory, it will show two subdirectories, <literal>A1</literal> and <literal>A2</literal>. The directory tree looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7423
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7427
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7435
msgid "A file system must be mounted on to a directory in another file system. When mounting file system <literal>B</literal> on to the directory <literal>A1</literal>, the root directory of <literal>B</literal> replaces <literal>A1</literal>, and the directories in <literal>B</literal> appear accordingly:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7444
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7448
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     +--- B1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     `--- B2\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7460
msgid "Any files that are in the <literal>B1</literal> or <literal>B2</literal> directories can be reached with the path <filename>/A1/B1</filename> or <filename>/A1/B2</filename> as necessary. Any files that were in <filename>/A1</filename> have been temporarily hidden. They will reappear if <literal>B</literal> is <firstterm>unmounted</firstterm> from <literal>A</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7469
msgid "If <literal>B</literal> had been mounted on <literal>A2</literal> then the diagram would look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7475
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7479
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2\n"
"       |\n"
"       +--- B1\n"
"       |\n"
"       `--- B2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7491
msgid "and the paths would be <filename>/A2/B1</filename> and <filename>/A2/B2</filename> respectively."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7496
msgid "File systems can be mounted on top of one another. Continuing the last example, the <literal>C</literal> file system could be mounted on top of the <literal>B1</literal> directory in the <literal>B</literal> file system, leading to this arrangement:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7504
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir4' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7508
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2\n"
"       |\n"
"       +--- B1\n"
"       |     |\n"
"       |     +--- C1\n"
"       |     |\n"
"       |     `--- C2\n"
"       |\n"
"       `--- B2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7524
msgid "Or <literal>C</literal> could be mounted directly on to the <literal>A</literal> file system, under the <literal>A1</literal> directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7530
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir5' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7534
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     +--- C1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     `--- C2\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2\n"
"       |\n"
"       +--- B1\n"
"       |\n"
"       `--- B2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7550
msgid "It is entirely possible to have one large root file system, and not need to create any others. There are some drawbacks to this approach, and one advantage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:7555
msgid "Benefits of Multiple File Systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7558
msgid "Different file systems can have different <firstterm>mount options</firstterm>. For example, the root file system can be mounted read-only, making it impossible for users to inadvertently delete or edit a critical file. Separating user-writable file systems, such as <filename>/home</filename>, from other file systems allows them to be mounted <firstterm>nosuid</firstterm>. This option prevents the <firstterm>suid</firstterm>/<firstterm>guid</firstterm> bits on executables stored on the file system from taking effect, possibly improving security."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7572
msgid "FreeBSD automatically optimizes the layout of files on a file system, depending on how the file system is being used. So a file system that contains many small files that are written frequently will have a different optimization to one that contains fewer, larger files. By having one big file system this optimization breaks down."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7581
msgid "FreeBSD's file systems are robust if power is lost. However, a power loss at a critical point could still damage the structure of the file system. By splitting data over multiple file systems it is more likely that the system will still come up, making it easier to restore from backup as necessary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:7591
msgid "Benefit of a Single File System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7594
msgid "File systems are a fixed size. If you create a file system when you install FreeBSD and give it a specific size, you may later discover that you need to make the partition bigger. This is not easily accomplished without backing up, recreating the file system with the new size, and then restoring the backed up data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:7602
msgid "FreeBSD features the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>growfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> command, which makes it possible to increase the size of file system on the fly, removing this limitation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7609
msgid "File systems are contained in partitions. This does not have the same meaning as the common usage of the term partition (for example, <trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> partition), because of FreeBSD's <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> heritage. Each partition is identified by a letter from <literal>a</literal> through to <literal>h</literal>. Each partition can contain only one file system, which means that file systems are often described by either their typical mount point in the file system hierarchy, or the letter of the partition they are contained in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7619
msgid "FreeBSD also uses disk space for <firstterm>swap space</firstterm> to provide <firstterm>virtual memory</firstterm>. This allows your computer to behave as though it has much more memory than it actually does. When FreeBSD runs out of memory, it moves some of the data that is not currently being used to the swap space, and moves it back in (moving something else out) when it needs it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7628
msgid "Some partitions have certain conventions associated with them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7638
msgid "Partition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7639
msgid "Convention"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7645
msgid "<literal>a</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7646
msgid "Normally contains the root file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7650
msgid "<literal>b</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7651
msgid "Normally contains swap space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7655
msgid "<literal>c</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7656
msgid "Normally the same size as the enclosing slice. This allows utilities that need to work on the entire slice, such as a bad block scanner, to work on the <literal>c</literal> partition. A file system would not normally be created on this partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7664
msgid "<literal>d</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7665
msgid "Partition <literal>d</literal> used to have a special meaning associated with it, although that is now gone and <literal>d</literal> may work as any normal partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7674
msgid "Disks in FreeBSD are divided into slices, referred to in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> as partitions, which are numbered from 1 to 4. These are then divided into partitions, which contain file systems, and are labeled using letters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7679
msgid "<primary>slices</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7682 book.translate.xml:32053 book.translate.xml:32149
msgid "<primary>partitions</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7685
msgid "<primary>dangerously dedicated</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7689
msgid "Slice numbers follow the device name, prefixed with an <literal>s</literal>, starting at 1. So <quote>da0<emphasis>s1</emphasis></quote> is the first slice on the first SCSI drive. There can only be four physical slices on a disk, but there can be logical slices inside physical slices of the appropriate type. These extended slices are numbered starting at 5, so <quote>ada0<emphasis>s5</emphasis></quote> is the first extended slice on the first SATA disk. These devices are used by file systems that expect to occupy a slice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7699
msgid "Slices, <quote>dangerously dedicated</quote> physical drives, and other drives contain <firstterm>partitions</firstterm>, which are represented as letters from <literal>a</literal> to <literal>h</literal>. This letter is appended to the device name, so <quote>da0<emphasis>a</emphasis></quote> is the <literal>a</literal> partition on the first <literal>da</literal> drive, which is <quote>dangerously dedicated</quote>. <quote>ada1s3<emphasis>e</emphasis></quote> is the fifth partition in the third slice of the second SATA disk drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7712
msgid "Finally, each disk on the system is identified. A disk name starts with a code that indicates the type of disk, and then a number, indicating which disk it is. Unlike slices, disk numbering starts at 0. Common codes are listed in <xref linkend=\"disks-naming\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7718
msgid "When referring to a partition, include the disk name, <literal>s</literal>, the slice number, and then the partition letter. Examples are shown in <xref linkend=\"basics-disk-slice-part\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7723
msgid "<xref linkend=\"basics-concept-disk-model\"/> shows a conceptual model of a disk layout."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7726
msgid "When installing FreeBSD, configure the disk slices, create partitions within the slice to be used for FreeBSD, create a file system or swap space in each partition, and decide where each file system will be mounted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:7732
msgid "Disk Device Names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7740
msgid "Drive Type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7741
msgid "Drive Device Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7747
msgid "<acronym>SATA</acronym> and <acronym>IDE</acronym> hard drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7749
msgid "<literal>ada</literal> or <literal>ad</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7754
msgid "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> hard drives and <acronym>USB</acronym> storage devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7756
msgid "<literal>da</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7760
msgid "<acronym>SATA</acronym> and <acronym>IDE</acronym> <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7762
msgid "<literal>cd</literal> or <literal>acd</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7767
msgid "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7769
msgid "<literal>cd</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7773
msgid "Floppy drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7774
msgid "<literal>fd</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7778
msgid "Assorted non-standard <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7780
msgid "<literal>mcd</literal> for Mitsumi <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> and <literal>scd</literal> for Sony <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7786
msgid "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> tape drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7787
msgid "<literal>sa</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7791
msgid "<acronym>IDE</acronym> tape drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7792
msgid "<literal>ast</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7796
msgid "RAID drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7797
msgid "Examples include <literal>aacd</literal> for <trademark class=\"registered\">Adaptec</trademark> AdvancedRAID, <literal>mlxd</literal> and <literal>mlyd</literal> for <trademark class=\"registered\">Mylex</trademark>, <literal>amrd</literal> for AMI <trademark class=\"registered\">MegaRAID</trademark>, <literal>idad</literal> for Compaq Smart RAID, <literal>twed</literal> for <trademark class=\"registered\">3ware</trademark> RAID."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:7809
msgid "Sample Disk, Slice, and Partition Names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7818
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7819 book.translate.xml:62841
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7825
msgid "<literal>ada0s1a</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7826
msgid "The first partition (<literal>a</literal>) on the first slice (<literal>s1</literal>) on the first <acronym>SATA</acronym> disk (<literal>ada0</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7833
msgid "<literal>da1s2e</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7834
msgid "The fifth partition (<literal>e</literal>) on the second slice (<literal>s2</literal>) on the second SCSI disk (<literal>da1</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:7844
msgid "Conceptual Model of a Disk"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7846
msgid "This diagram shows FreeBSD's view of the first <acronym>SATA</acronym> disk attached to the system. Assume that the disk is 250 GB in size, and contains an 80 GB slice and a 170 GB slice (<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> partitions). The first slice contains a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <acronym>NTFS</acronym> file system, <filename>C:</filename>, and the second slice contains a FreeBSD installation. This example FreeBSD installation has four data partitions and a swap partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7856
msgid "The four partitions each hold a file system. Partition <literal>a</literal> is used for the root file system, <literal>d</literal> for <filename>/var/</filename>, <literal>e</literal> for <filename>/tmp/</filename>, and <literal>f</literal> for <filename>/usr/</filename>. Partition letter <literal>c</literal> refers to the entire slice, and so is not used for ordinary partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7866
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/disk-layout' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7873
msgid "Mounting and Unmounting File Systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7875
msgid "The file system is best visualized as a tree, rooted, as it were, at <filename>/</filename>. <filename>/dev</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, and the other directories in the root directory are branches, which may have their own branches, such as <filename>/usr/local</filename>, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7884
msgid "<primary>root file system</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7888
msgid "There are various reasons to house some of these directories on separate file systems. <filename>/var</filename> contains the directories <filename>log/</filename>, <filename>spool/</filename>, and various types of temporary files, and as such, may get filled up. Filling up the root file system is not a good idea, so splitting <filename>/var</filename> from <filename>/</filename> is often favorable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7899
msgid "Another common reason to contain certain directory trees on other file systems is if they are to be housed on separate physical disks, or are separate virtual disks, such as Network File System mounts, described in <xref linkend=\"network-nfs\"/>, or CDROM drives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:7906
msgid "The <filename>fstab</filename> File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7908
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>mounted with fstab</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7913
msgid "During the boot process (<xref linkend=\"boot\"/>), file systems listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> are automatically mounted except for the entries containing <option>noauto</option>. This file contains entries in the following format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7919
#, no-wrap
msgid "<replaceable>device</replaceable>       <replaceable>/mount-point</replaceable> <replaceable>fstype</replaceable>     <replaceable>options</replaceable>      <replaceable>dumpfreq</replaceable>     <replaceable>passno</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7923
msgid "<literal>device</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7925
msgid "An existing device name as explained in <xref linkend=\"disks-naming\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7931
msgid "<literal>mount-point</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7934
msgid "An existing directory on which to mount the file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7940
msgid "<literal>fstype</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7943
msgid "The file system type to pass to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The default FreeBSD file system is <literal>ufs</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7950
msgid "<literal>options</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7953
msgid "Either <option>rw</option> for read-write file systems, or <option>ro</option> for read-only file systems, followed by any other options that may be needed. A common option is <option>noauto</option> for file systems not normally mounted during the boot sequence. Other options are listed in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7964
msgid "<literal>dumpfreq</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7967
msgid "Used by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to determine which file systems require dumping. If the field is missing, a value of zero is assumed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7974
msgid "<literal>passno</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7977
msgid "Determines the order in which file systems should be checked. File systems that should be skipped should have their <literal>passno</literal> set to zero. The root file system needs to be checked before everything else and should have its <literal>passno</literal> set to one. The other file systems should be set to values greater than one. If more than one file system has the same <literal>passno</literal>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will attempt to check file systems in parallel if possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7991
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on the format of <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and its options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:7996
msgid "Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7998
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>mounting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8003
msgid "File systems are mounted using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The most basic syntax is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8007
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>device</replaceable> <replaceable>mountpoint</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8010
msgid "This command provides many options which are described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, The most commonly used options include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
#: book.translate.xml:8014
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8017 book.translate.xml:23320
msgid "<option>-a</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8020
msgid "Mount all the file systems listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, except those marked as <quote>noauto</quote>, excluded by the <option>-t</option> flag, or those that are already mounted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8029
msgid "<option>-d</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8033
msgid "Do everything except for the actual mount system call. This option is useful in conjunction with the <option>-v</option> flag to determine what <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is actually trying to do."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8041 book.translate.xml:26441
msgid "<option>-f</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8044
msgid "Force the mount of an unclean file system (dangerous), or the revocation of write access when downgrading a file system's mount status from read-write to read-only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8052
msgid "<option>-r</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8055
msgid "Mount the file system read-only. This is identical to using <option>-o ro</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8061
msgid "<option>-t</option> <replaceable>fstype</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8065
msgid "Mount the specified file system type or mount only file systems of the given type, if <option>-a</option> is included. <quote>ufs</quote> is the default file system type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8073
msgid "<option>-u</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8076
msgid "Update mount options on the file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8081 book.translate.xml:23337
msgid "<option>-v</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8084
msgid "Be verbose."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8089
msgid "<option>-w</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8092
msgid "Mount the file system read-write."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8097
msgid "The following options can be passed to <option>-o</option> as a comma-separated list:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8102
msgid "nosuid"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8105
msgid "Do not interpret setuid or setgid flags on the file system. This is also a useful security option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8114
msgid "Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8116
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>unmounting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8121
msgid "To unmount a file system use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This command takes one parameter which can be a mountpoint, device name, <option>-a</option> or <option>-A</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8125
msgid "All forms take <option>-f</option> to force unmounting, and <option>-v</option> for verbosity. Be warned that <option>-f</option> is not generally a good idea as it might crash the computer or damage data on the file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8130
msgid "To unmount all mounted file systems, or just the file system types listed after <option>-t</option>, use <option>-a</option> or <option>-A</option>. Note that <option>-A</option> does not attempt to unmount the root file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8139
msgid "Processes and Daemons"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8141
msgid "FreeBSD is a multi-tasking operating system. Each program running at any one time is called a <firstterm>process</firstterm>. Every running command starts at least one new process and there are a number of system processes that are run by FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8147
msgid "Each process is uniquely identified by a number called a <firstterm>process ID</firstterm> (<acronym>PID</acronym>). Similar to files, each process has one owner and group, and the owner and group permissions are used to determine which files and devices the process can open. Most processes also have a parent process that started them. For example, the shell is a process, and any command started in the shell is a process which has the shell as its parent process. The exception is a special process called <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> which is always the first process to start at boot time and which always has a <acronym>PID</acronym> of <literal>1</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8159
msgid "Some programs are not designed to be run with continuous user input and disconnect from the terminal at the first opportunity. For example, a web server responds to web requests, rather than user input. Mail servers are another example of this type of application. These types of programs are known as <firstterm>daemons</firstterm>. The term daemon comes from Greek mythology and represents an entity that is neither good nor evil, and which invisibly performs useful tasks. This is why the BSD mascot is the cheerful-looking daemon with sneakers and a pitchfork."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8170
msgid "There is a convention to name programs that normally run as daemons with a trailing <quote>d</quote>. For example, <application>BIND</application> is the Berkeley Internet Name Domain, but the actual program that executes is <command>named</command>. The <application>Apache</application> web server program is <command>httpd</command> and the line printer spooling daemon is <command>lpd</command>. This is only a naming convention. For example, the main mail daemon for the <application>Sendmail</application> application is <command>sendmail</command>, and not <literal>maild</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8184
msgid "Viewing Processes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8186
msgid "To see the processes running on the system, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To display a static list of the currently running processes, their <acronym>PID</acronym>s, how much memory they are using, and the command they were started with, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To display all the running processes and update the display every few seconds in order to interactively see what the computer is doing, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8194
msgid "By default, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> only shows the commands that are running and owned by the user. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8197
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ps</userinput>\n"
" PID TT  STAT    TIME COMMAND\n"
"8203  0  Ss   0:00.59 /bin/csh\n"
"8895  0  R+   0:00.00 ps"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8202
msgid "The output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is organized into a number of columns. The <literal>PID</literal> column displays the process ID. <acronym>PID</acronym>s are assigned starting at 1, go up to 99999, then wrap around back to the beginning. However, a <acronym>PID</acronym> is not reassigned if it is already in use. The <literal>TT</literal> column shows the tty the program is running on and <literal>STAT</literal> shows the program's state. <literal>TIME</literal> is the amount of time the program has been running on the CPU. This is usually not the elapsed time since the program was started, as most programs spend a lot of time waiting for things to happen before they need to spend time on the CPU. Finally, <literal>COMMAND</literal> is the command that was used to start the program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8217
msgid "A number of different options are available to change the information that is displayed. One of the most useful sets is <literal>auxww</literal>, where <option>a</option> displays information about all the running processes of all users, <option>u</option> displays the username and memory usage of the process' owner, <option>x</option> displays information about daemon processes, and <option>ww</option> causes <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to display the full command line for each process, rather than truncating it once it gets too long to fit on the screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8228
msgid "The output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is similar:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8230
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>top</userinput>\n"
"last pid:  9609;  load averages:  0.56,  0.45,  0.36              up 0+00:20:03  10:21:46\n"
"107 processes: 2 running, 104 sleeping, 1 zombie\n"
"CPU:  6.2% user,  0.1% nice,  8.2% system,  0.4% interrupt, 85.1% idle\n"
"Mem: 541M Active, 450M Inact, 1333M Wired, 4064K Cache, 1498M Free\n"
"ARC: 992M Total, 377M MFU, 589M MRU, 250K Anon, 5280K Header, 21M Other\n"
"Swap: 2048M Total, 2048M Free\n"
"\n"
"  PID USERNAME    THR PRI NICE   SIZE    RES STATE   C   TIME   WCPU COMMAND\n"
"  557 root          1 -21  r31   136M 42296K select  0   2:20  9.96% Xorg\n"
" 8198 dru           2  52    0   449M 82736K select  3   0:08  5.96% kdeinit4\n"
" 8311 dru          27  30    0  1150M   187M uwait   1   1:37  0.98% firefox\n"
"  431 root          1  20    0 14268K  1728K select  0   0:06  0.98% moused\n"
" 9551 dru           1  21    0 16600K  2660K CPU3    3   0:01  0.98% top\n"
" 2357 dru           4  37    0   718M   141M select  0   0:21  0.00% kdeinit4\n"
" 8705 dru           4  35    0   480M    98M select  2   0:20  0.00% kdeinit4\n"
" 8076 dru           6  20    0   552M   113M uwait   0   0:12  0.00% soffice.bin\n"
" 2623 root          1  30   10 12088K  1636K select  3   0:09  0.00% powerd\n"
" 2338 dru           1  20    0   440M 84532K select  1   0:06  0.00% kwin\n"
" 1427 dru           5  22    0   605M 86412K select  1   0:05  0.00% kdeinit4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8251
msgid "The output is split into two sections. The header (the first five or six lines) shows the <acronym>PID</acronym> of the last process to run, the system load averages (which are a measure of how busy the system is), the system uptime (time since the last reboot) and the current time. The other figures in the header relate to how many processes are running, how much memory and swap space has been used, and how much time the system is spending in different CPU states. If the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system module has been loaded, an <literal>ARC</literal> line indicates how much data was read from the memory cache instead of from disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8263
msgid "Below the header is a series of columns containing similar information to the output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, such as the <acronym>PID</acronym>, username, amount of CPU time, and the command that started the process. By default, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> also displays the amount of memory space taken by the process. This is split into two columns: one for total size and one for resident size. Total size is how much memory the application has needed and the resident size is how much it is actually using now."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8273
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> automatically updates the display every two seconds. A different interval can be specified with <option>-s</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8279
msgid "Killing Processes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8281
msgid "One way to communicate with any running process or daemon is to send a <firstterm>signal</firstterm> using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. There are a number of different signals; some have a specific meaning while others are described in the application's documentation. A user can only send a signal to a process they own and sending a signal to someone else's process will result in a permission denied error. The exception is the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user, who can send signals to anyone's processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8291
msgid "The operating system can also send a signal to a process. If an application is badly written and tries to access memory that it is not supposed to, FreeBSD will send the process the <quote>Segmentation Violation</quote> signal (<literal>SIGSEGV</literal>). If an application has been written to use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>alarm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> system call to be alerted after a period of time has elapsed, it will be sent the <quote>Alarm</quote> signal (<literal>SIGALRM</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8301
msgid "Two signals can be used to stop a process: <literal>SIGTERM</literal> and <literal>SIGKILL</literal>. <literal>SIGTERM</literal> is the polite way to kill a process as the process can read the signal, close any log files it may have open, and attempt to finish what it is doing before shutting down. In some cases, a process may ignore <literal>SIGTERM</literal> if it is in the middle of some task that cannot be interrupted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: footnote/para
#: book.translate.xml:8313
msgid "There are a few tasks that cannot be interrupted. For example, if the process is trying to read from a file that is on another computer on the network, and the other computer is unavailable, the process is said to be <quote>uninterruptible</quote>. Eventually the process will time out, typically after two minutes. As soon as this time out occurs the process will be killed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8310
msgid "<literal>SIGKILL</literal> cannot be ignored by a process. Sending a <literal>SIGKILL</literal> to a process will usually stop that process there and then. <_:footnote-1/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8322
msgid "Other commonly used signals are <literal>SIGHUP</literal>, <literal>SIGUSR1</literal>, and <literal>SIGUSR2</literal>. Since these are general purpose signals, different applications will respond differently."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8327
msgid "For example, after changing a web server's configuration file, the web server needs to be told to re-read its configuration. Restarting <command>httpd</command> would result in a brief outage period on the web server. Instead, send the daemon the <literal>SIGHUP</literal> signal. Be aware that different daemons will have different behavior, so refer to the documentation for the daemon to determine if <literal>SIGHUP</literal> will achieve the desired results."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:8338
msgid "Sending a Signal to a Process"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:8340
msgid "This example shows how to send a signal to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration file is <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will re-read this configuration file when it is sent a <literal>SIGHUP</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8347
msgid "Find the <acronym>PID</acronym> of the process to send the signal to using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pgrep</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. In this example, the <acronym>PID</acronym> for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is 198:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8351
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>pgrep -l inetd</userinput>\n"
"198  inetd -wW"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8357
msgid "Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to send the signal. Because <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is owned by <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to become <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8364
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>Password:</prompt>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/bin/kill -s HUP 198</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8368
msgid "Like most <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> commands, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> will not print any output if it is successful. If a signal is sent to a process not owned by that user, the message <errorname>kill: <replaceable>PID</replaceable>: Operation not permitted</errorname> will be displayed. Mistyping the <acronym>PID</acronym> will either send the signal to the wrong process, which could have negative results, or will send the signal to a <acronym>PID</acronym> that is not currently in use, resulting in the error <errorname>kill: <replaceable>PID</replaceable>: No such process</errorname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/title
#: book.translate.xml:8381
msgid "Why Use <command>/bin/kill</command>?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:8383
msgid "Many shells provide <command>kill</command> as a built in command, meaning that the shell will send the signal directly, rather than running <filename>/bin/kill</filename>. Be aware that different shells have a different syntax for specifying the name of the signal to send. Rather than try to learn all of them, it can be simpler to specify <command>/bin/kill</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8395
msgid "When sending other signals, substitute <literal>TERM</literal> or <literal>KILL</literal> with the name of the signal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:8400
msgid "Killing a random process on the system is a bad idea. In particular, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <acronym>PID</acronym> 1, is special. Running <command>/bin/kill -s KILL 1</command> is a quick, and unrecommended, way to shutdown the system. <emphasis>Always</emphasis> double check the arguments to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> <emphasis>before</emphasis> pressing <keycap>Return</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8412
msgid "Shells"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8414
msgid "<primary>shells</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8417
msgid "<primary>command line</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8421
msgid "A <firstterm>shell</firstterm> provides a command line interface for interacting with the operating system. A shell receives commands from the input channel and executes them. Many shells provide built in functions to help with everyday tasks such as file management, file globbing, command line editing, command macros, and environment variables. FreeBSD comes with several shells, including the Bourne shell (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>) and the extended C shell (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>). Other shells are available from the FreeBSD Ports Collection, such as <command>zsh</command> and <command>bash</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8432
msgid "The shell that is used is really a matter of taste. A C programmer might feel more comfortable with a C-like shell such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. A <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> user might prefer <command>bash</command>. Each shell has unique properties that may or may not work with a user's preferred working environment, which is why there is a choice of which shell to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8439
msgid "One common shell feature is filename completion. After a user types the first few letters of a command or filename and presses <keycap>Tab</keycap>, the shell completes the rest of the command or filename. Consider two files called <filename>foobar</filename> and <filename>football</filename>. To delete <filename>foobar</filename>, the user might type <command>rm foo</command> and press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to complete the filename."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8448
msgid "But the shell only shows <command>rm foo</command>. It was unable to complete the filename because both <filename>foobar</filename> and <filename>football</filename> start with <literal>foo</literal>. Some shells sound a beep or show all the choices if more than one name matches. The user must then type more characters to identify the desired filename. Typing a <literal>t</literal> and pressing <keycap>Tab</keycap> again is enough to let the shell determine which filename is desired and fill in the rest."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8458
msgid "<primary>environment variables</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8462
msgid "Another feature of the shell is the use of environment variables. Environment variables are a variable/key pair stored in the shell's environment. This environment can be read by any program invoked by the shell, and thus contains a lot of program configuration. <xref linkend=\"shell-env-vars\"/> provides a list of common environment variables and their meanings. Note that the names of environment variables are always in uppercase."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:8472
msgid "Common Environment Variables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8477 book.translate.xml:23134
msgid "Variable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8484
msgid "<envar>USER</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8485
msgid "Current logged in user's name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8489
msgid "<envar>PATH</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8490
msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for binaries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8495
msgid "<envar>DISPLAY</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8496
msgid "Network name of the <application>Xorg</application> display to connect to, if available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8502
msgid "<envar>SHELL</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8503
msgid "The current shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8507
msgid "<envar>TERM</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8509
msgid "The name of the user's type of terminal. Used to determine the capabilities of the terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8514
msgid "<envar>TERMCAP</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8516
msgid "Database entry of the terminal escape codes to perform various terminal functions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8521
msgid "<envar>OSTYPE</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8522
msgid "Type of operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8526
msgid "<envar>MACHTYPE</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8527
msgid "The system's CPU architecture."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8531
msgid "<envar>EDITOR</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8532
msgid "The user's preferred text editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8536
msgid "<envar>PAGER</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8537
msgid "The user's preferred utility for viewing text one page at a time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8542
msgid "<envar>MANPATH</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8543
msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for manual pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8550
msgid "<primary>Bourne shells</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8554
msgid "How to set an environment variable differs between shells. In <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, use <command>setenv</command> to set environment variables. In <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <command>bash</command>, use <command>export</command> to set the current environment variables. This example sets the default <envar>EDITOR</envar> to <filename>/usr/local/bin/emacs</filename> for the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> shell:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8563
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setenv EDITOR /usr/local/bin/emacs</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8565
msgid "The equivalent command for <command>bash</command> would be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8568
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>export EDITOR=\"/usr/local/bin/emacs\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8570
msgid "To expand an environment variable in order to see its current setting, type a <literal>$</literal> character in front of its name on the command line. For example, <command>echo $TERM</command> displays the current <envar>$TERM</envar> setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8576
msgid "Shells treat special characters, known as meta-characters, as special representations of data. The most common meta-character is <literal>*</literal>, which represents any number of characters in a filename. Meta-characters can be used to perform filename globbing. For example, <command>echo *</command> is equivalent to <command>ls</command> because the shell takes all the files that match <literal>*</literal> and <command>echo</command> lists them on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8586
msgid "To prevent the shell from interpreting a special character, escape it from the shell by starting it with a backslash (<literal>\\</literal>). For example, <command>echo $TERM</command> prints the terminal setting whereas <command>echo \\$TERM</command> literally prints the string <literal>$TERM</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8594
msgid "Changing the Shell"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8596
msgid "The easiest way to permanently change the default shell is to use <command>chsh</command>. Running this command will open the editor that is configured in the <envar>EDITOR</envar> environment variable, which by default is set to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Change the <literal>Shell:</literal> line to the full path of the new shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8603
msgid "Alternately, use <command>chsh -s</command> which will set the specified shell without opening an editor. For example, to change the shell to <command>bash</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8607
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chsh -s /usr/local/bin/bash</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:8610
msgid "The new shell <emphasis>must</emphasis> be present in <filename>/etc/shells</filename>. If the shell was installed from the FreeBSD Ports Collection as described in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>, it should be automatically added to this file. If it is missing, add it using this command, replacing the path with the path of the shell:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8617
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo <replaceable>/usr/local/bin/bash</replaceable> &gt;&gt; /etc/shells</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:8619
msgid "Then, rerun <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:8625
msgid "Advanced Shell Techniques"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:8628 book.translate.xml:31198 book.translate.xml:35719
#: book.translate.xml:35799 book.translate.xml:37408 book.translate.xml:44260
#: book.translate.xml:54712 book.translate.xml:57147
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8638
msgid "The <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> shell is not just a command interpreter, it acts as a powerful tool which allows users to execute commands, redirect their output, redirect their input and chain commands together to improve the final command output. When this functionality is mixed with built in commands, the user is provided with an environment that can maximize efficiency."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8646
msgid "Shell redirection is the action of sending the output or the input of a command into another command or into a file. To capture the output of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> command, for example, into a file, redirect the output:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8651
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls &gt; directory_listing.txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8653
msgid "The directory contents will now be listed in <filename>directory_listing.txt</filename>. Some commands can be used to read input, such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sort</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To sort this listing, redirect the input:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8658
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sort &lt; directory_listing.txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8660
msgid "The input will be sorted and placed on the screen. To redirect that input into another file, one could redirect the output of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sort</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> by mixing the direction:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8664
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sort &lt; directory_listing.txt &gt; sorted.txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8666
msgid "In all of the previous examples, the commands are performing redirection using file descriptors. Every <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> system has file descriptors, which include standard input (stdin), standard output (stdout), and standard error (stderr). Each one has a purpose, where input could be a keyboard or a mouse, something that provides input. Output could be a screen or paper in a printer. And error would be anything that is used for diagnostic or error messages. All three are considered <acronym>I/O</acronym> based file descriptors and sometimes considered streams."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8677
msgid "Through the use of these descriptors, the shell allows output and input to be passed around through various commands and redirected to or from a file. Another method of redirection is the pipe operator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8682
msgid "The <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> pipe operator, <quote>|</quote> allows the output of one command to be directly passed or directed to another program. Basically, a pipe allows the standard output of a command to be passed as standard input to another command, for example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8688
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cat directory_listing.txt | sort | less</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8690
msgid "In that example, the contents of <filename>directory_listing.txt</filename> will be sorted and the output passed to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>less</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This allows the user to scroll through the output at their own pace and prevent it from scrolling off the screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8699
msgid "Text Editors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8701
msgid "<primary>text editors</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8704 book.translate.xml:8740
msgid "<primary>editors</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8708
msgid "Most FreeBSD configuration is done by editing text files. Because of this, it is a good idea to become familiar with a text editor. FreeBSD comes with a few as part of the base system, and many more are available in the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8713
msgid "<primary><command>ee</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8716
msgid "<primary>editors</primary> <secondary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8721
msgid "A simple editor to learn is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which stands for easy editor. To start this editor, type <command>ee <replaceable>filename</replaceable></command> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is the name of the file to be edited. Once inside the editor, all of the commands for manipulating the editor's functions are listed at the top of the display. The caret (<literal>^</literal>) represents <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, so <literal>^e</literal> expands to <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>e</keycap> </keycombo>. To leave <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, press <keycap>Esc</keycap>, then choose the <quote>leave editor</quote> option from the main menu. The editor will prompt to save any changes if the file has been modified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8737
msgid "<primary><command>vi</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8743
msgid "<primary><command>emacs</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8747
msgid "FreeBSD also comes with more powerful text editors, such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, as part of the base system. Other editors, like <package>editors/emacs</package> and <package>editors/vim</package>, are part of the FreeBSD Ports Collection. These editors offer more functionality at the expense of being more complicated to learn. Learning a more powerful editor such as <application>vim</application> or <application>Emacs</application> can save more time in the long run."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8757
msgid "Many applications which modify files or require typed input will automatically open a text editor. To change the default editor, set the <envar>EDITOR</envar> environment variable as described in <xref linkend=\"shells\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8764
msgid "Devices and Device Nodes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8766
msgid "A device is a term used mostly for hardware-related activities in a system, including disks, printers, graphics cards, and keyboards. When FreeBSD boots, the majority of the boot messages refer to devices being detected. A copy of the boot messages are saved to <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8773
msgid "Each device has a device name and number. For example, <filename>ada0</filename> is the first SATA hard drive, while <filename>kbd0</filename> represents the keyboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8778
msgid "Most devices in a FreeBSD must be accessed through special files called device nodes, which are located in <filename>/dev</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8784
msgid "Manual Pages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8786
msgid "<primary>manual pages</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8790
msgid "The most comprehensive documentation on FreeBSD is in the form of manual pages. Nearly every program on the system comes with a short reference manual explaining the basic operation and available arguments. These manuals can be viewed using <command>man</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8796
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8798
msgid "where <replaceable>command</replaceable> is the name of the command to learn about. For example, to learn more about <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8802
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man ls</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8804
msgid "Manual pages are divided into sections which represent the type of topic. In FreeBSD, the following sections are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8810
msgid "User commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8814
msgid "System calls and error numbers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8818
msgid "Functions in the C libraries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8822
msgid "Device drivers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8826
msgid "File formats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8830
msgid "Games and other diversions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8834
msgid "Miscellaneous information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8838
msgid "System maintenance and operation commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8842
msgid "System kernel interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8846
msgid "In some cases, the same topic may appear in more than one section of the online manual. For example, there is a <command>chmod</command> user command and a <function>chmod()</function> system call. To tell <citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> which section to display, specify the section number:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8852
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man 1 chmod</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8854
msgid "This will display the manual page for the user command <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. References to a particular section of the online manual are traditionally placed in parenthesis in written documentation, so <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> refers to the user command and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> refers to the system call."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8860
msgid "If the name of the manual page is unknown, use <command>man -k</command> to search for keywords in the manual page descriptions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8864
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man -k <replaceable>mail</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8866
msgid "This command displays a list of commands that have the keyword <quote>mail</quote> in their descriptions. This is equivalent to using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>apropos</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8870
msgid "To read the descriptions for all of the commands in <filename>/usr/bin</filename>, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8873
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/bin</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man -f * | more</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8876 book.translate.xml:49681
msgid "or"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8878
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/bin</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>whatis * |more</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8882
msgid "GNU Info Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8888
msgid "FreeBSD includes several applications and utilities produced by the Free Software Foundation (FSF). In addition to manual pages, these programs may include hypertext documents called <literal>info</literal> files. These can be viewed using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>info</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or, if <package>editors/emacs</package> is installed, the info mode of <application>emacs</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8896
msgid "To use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>info</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8898
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>info</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8900
msgid "For a brief introduction, type <literal>h</literal>. For a quick command reference, type <literal>?</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:8914
msgid "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8919
msgid "<primary>ports</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8920
msgid "<primary>packages</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8921
msgid "FreeBSD is bundled with a rich collection of system tools as part of the base system. In addition, FreeBSD provides two complementary technologies for installing third-party software: the FreeBSD Ports Collection, for installing from source, and packages, for installing from pre-built binaries. Either method may be used to install software from local media or from the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8933
msgid "The difference between binary packages and ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8937
msgid "How to find third-party software that has been ported to FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8942
msgid "How to manage binary packages using <application>pkg</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8947
msgid "How to build third-party software from source using the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8952
msgid "How to find the files installed with the application for post-installation configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8957
msgid "What to do if a software installation fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8963
msgid "Overview of Software Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8965
msgid "The typical steps for installing third-party software on a <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> system include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8970
msgid "Find and download the software, which might be distributed in source code format or as a binary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8975
msgid "Unpack the software from its distribution format. This is typically a tarball compressed with a program such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>compress</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bzip2</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>xz</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8981
msgid "Locate the documentation in <filename>INSTALL</filename>, <filename>README</filename> or some file in a <filename>doc/</filename> subdirectory and read up on how to install the software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8988
msgid "If the software was distributed in source format, compile it. This may involve editing a <filename>Makefile</filename> or running a <command>configure</command> script."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8995
msgid "Test and install the software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8999
msgid "A FreeBSD <emphasis>port</emphasis> is a collection of files designed to automate the process of compiling an application from source code. The files that comprise a port contain all the necessary information to automatically download, extract, patch, compile, and install the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9006
msgid "If the software has not already been adapted and tested on FreeBSD, the source code might need editing in order for it to install and run properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9010
msgid "However, over <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index.html\">24,000</link> third-party applications have already been ported to FreeBSD. When feasible, these applications are made available for download as pre-compiled <emphasis>packages</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9016
msgid "Packages can be manipulated with the FreeBSD package management commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9020
msgid "Both packages and ports understand dependencies. If a package or port is used to install an application and a dependent library is not already installed, the library will automatically be installed first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9025
msgid "A FreeBSD package contains pre-compiled copies of all the commands for an application, as well as any configuration files and documentation. A package can be manipulated with the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> commands, such as <command>pkg install</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9031
msgid "While the two technologies are similar, packages and ports each have their own strengths. Select the technology that meets your requirements for installing a particular application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:9037
msgid "Package Benefits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9040
msgid "A compressed package tarball is typically smaller than the compressed tarball containing the source code for the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9046
msgid "Packages do not require compilation time. For large applications, such as <application>Mozilla</application>, <application>KDE</application>, or <application>GNOME</application>, this can be important on a slow system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9054
msgid "Packages do not require any understanding of the process involved in compiling software on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:9060
msgid "Port Benefits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9063
msgid "Packages are normally compiled with conservative options because they have to run on the maximum number of systems. By compiling from the port, one can change the compilation options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9070
msgid "Some applications have compile-time options relating to which features are installed. For example, <application>Apache</application> can be configured with a wide variety of different built-in options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9075
msgid "In some cases, multiple packages will exist for the same application to specify certain settings. For example, <application>Ghostscript</application> is available as a <filename>ghostscript</filename> package and a <filename>ghostscript-nox11</filename> package, depending on whether or not <application>Xorg</application> is installed. Creating multiple packages rapidly becomes impossible if an application has more than one or two different compile-time options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9087
msgid "The licensing conditions of some software forbid binary distribution. Such software must be distributed as source code which must be compiled by the end-user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9093
msgid "Some people do not trust binary distributions or prefer to read through source code in order to look for potential problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9099
msgid "Source code is needed in order to apply custom patches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9104
msgid "To keep track of updated ports, subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports\">FreeBSD ports mailing list</link> and the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports-bugs\">FreeBSD ports bugs mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:9108
msgid "Before installing any application, check <link xlink:href=\"http://vuxml.freebsd.org/\"/> for security issues related to the application or type <command>pkg audit -F</command> to check all installed applications for known vulnerabilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9114
msgid "The remainder of this chapter explains how to use packages and ports to install and manage third-party software on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9120
msgid "Finding Software"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9122
msgid "FreeBSD's list of available applications is growing all the time. There are a number of ways to find software to install:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9128
msgid "The FreeBSD web site maintains an up-to-date searchable list of all the available applications, at <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index.html\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/</link>. The ports can be searched by application name or by software category."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9135
msgid "<primary>FreshPorts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9137
msgid "Dan Langille maintains <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreshPorts.org/\">FreshPorts.org</link> which provides a comprehensive search utility and also tracks changes to the applications in the Ports Collection. Registered users can create a customized watch list in order to receive an automated email when their watched ports are updated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9146
msgid "<primary>SourceForge</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9148
msgid "If finding a particular application becomes challenging, try searching a site like <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sourceforge.net/\">SourceForge.net</link> or <link xlink:href=\"http://www.github.com/\">GitHub.com</link> then check back at the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index.html\">FreeBSD site</link> to see if the application has been ported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9156
msgid "<primary>pkg</primary> <secondary>search</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#pkg-search
#: book.translate.xml:9161
msgid "To search the binary package repository for an application:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9164
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg search <replaceable>subversion</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"git-subversion-<replaceable>1.9.2</replaceable>\n"
"java-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"p5-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"py27-hgsubversion-<replaceable>1.6</replaceable>\n"
"py27-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"ruby-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"subversion-book-<replaceable>4515</replaceable>\n"
"subversion-static-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"subversion16-<replaceable>1.6.23_4</replaceable>\n"
"subversion17-<replaceable>1.7.16_2</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9177
msgid "Package names include the version number and in case of ports based on python, the version number of the version of python the package was built with. Some ports also have multiple versions available. In case of <application>subversion</application> there are different versions available, as well as different compile options. In this case, the statically linked version of <application>subversion</application>. When indicating which package to install, it is best to specify the application by the port origin, which is the path in the ports tree. Repeat the <command>pkg search</command> with <option>-o</option> to list the origin of each package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9191
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg search -o <replaceable>subversion</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"devel/git-subversion\n"
"java/java-subversion\n"
"devel/p5-subversion\n"
"devel/py-hgsubversion\n"
"devel/py-subversion\n"
"devel/ruby-subversion\n"
"devel/subversion16\n"
"devel/subversion17\n"
"devel/subversion\n"
"devel/subversion-book\n"
"devel/subversion-static"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9204
msgid "Searching by shell globs, regular expressions, exact match, by description, or any other field in the repository database is also supported by <command>pkg search</command>. After installing <package>ports-mgmt/pkg</package> or <package>ports-mgmt/pkg-devel</package>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-search</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9213
msgid "If the Ports Collection is already installed, there are several methods to query the local version of the ports tree. To find out which category a port is in, type <command>whereis <replaceable>file</replaceable></command>, where <replaceable>file</replaceable> is the program to be installed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9220
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>whereis lsof</userinput>\n"
"lsof: /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9223
msgid "Alternately, an <citerefentry><refentrytitle>echo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> statement can be used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo /usr/ports/*/*lsof*</userinput>\n"
"/usr/ports/sysutils/lsof"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9229
msgid "Note that this will also return any matched files downloaded into the <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9235
msgid "Another way to find software is by using the Ports Collection's built-in search mechanism. To use the search feature, <application>cd</application> to <filename>/usr/ports</filename> then run <command>make search name=program-name</command> where <replaceable>program-name</replaceable> is the name of the software. For example, to search for <command>lsof</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9244
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make search name=lsof</userinput>\n"
"Port:   lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"Path:   /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n"
"Info:   Lists information about open files (similar to fstat(1))\n"
"Maint:  ler@lerctr.org\n"
"Index:  sysutils\n"
"B-deps:\n"
"R-deps: "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:9255
msgid "The built-in search mechanism uses a file of index information. If a message indicates that the <filename>INDEX</filename> is required, run <command>make fetchindex</command> to download the current index file. With the <filename>INDEX</filename> present, <command>make search</command> will be able to perform the requested search."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9264
msgid "The <quote>Path:</quote> line indicates where to find the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9267
msgid "To receive less information, use the <command>quicksearch</command> feature:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9270
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make quicksearch name=lsof</userinput>\n"
"Port:   lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"Path:   /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n"
"Info:   Lists information about open files (similar to fstat(1))"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9276
msgid "For more in-depth searching, use <command>make search key=<replaceable>string</replaceable></command> or <command>make quicksearch key=<replaceable>string</replaceable></command>, where <replaceable>string</replaceable> is some text to search for. The text can be in comments, descriptions, or dependencies in order to find ports which relate to a particular subject when the name of the program is unknown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:9287
msgid "search"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:9288
msgid "quicksearch"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9287
msgid "When using <_:buildtarget-1/> or <_:buildtarget-2/>, the search string is case-insensitive. Searching for <quote>LSOF</quote> will yield the same results as searching for <quote>lsof</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9297
msgid "Using <application>pkg</application> for Binary Package Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9300
msgid "<application>pkg</application> is the next generation replacement for the traditional FreeBSD package management tools, offering many features that make dealing with binary packages faster and easier."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9305
msgid "For sites wishing to only use prebuilt binary packages from the FreeBSD mirrors, managing packages with <application>pkg</application> can be sufficient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9309
msgid "However, for those sites building from source or using their own repositories, a separate <link linkend=\"ports-upgrading-tools\">port management tool</link> will be needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9314
msgid "Since <application>pkg</application> only works with binary packages, it is not a replacement for such tools. Those tools can be used to install software from both binary packages and the Ports Collection, while <application>pkg</application> installs only binary packages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9323
msgid "Getting Started with <application>pkg</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9326
msgid "FreeBSD includes a bootstrap utility which can be used to download and install <application>pkg</application> and its manual pages. This utility is designed to work with versions of FreeBSD starting with 10.<replaceable>X</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9333
msgid "Not all FreeBSD versions and architectures support this bootstrap process. The current list is at <link xlink:href=\"http://pkg.freebsd.org/\"/>. For other cases, <application>pkg</application> must instead be installed from the Ports Collection or as a binary package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9342
msgid "To bootstrap the system, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9344
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/sbin/pkg</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9346
msgid "You must have a working Internet connection for the bootstrap process to suceed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9349
msgid "Otherwise, to install the port, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9351
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/pkg</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9355
msgid "When upgrading an existing system that originally used the older pkg_* tools, the database must be converted to the new format, so that the new tools are aware of the already installed packages. Once <application>pkg</application> has been installed, the package database must be converted from the traditional format to the new format by running this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9363
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg2ng</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9365
msgid "This step is not required for new installations that do not yet have any third-party software installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:9370
msgid "This step is not reversible. Once the package database has been converted to the <application>pkg</application> format, the traditional <literal>pkg_*</literal> tools should no longer be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9377
msgid "The package database conversion may emit errors as the contents are converted to the new version. Generally, these errors can be safely ignored. However, a list of software that was not successfully converted is shown after <command>pkg2ng</command> finishes. These applications must be manually reinstalled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9385
msgid "To ensure that the Ports Collection registers new software with <application>pkg</application> instead of the traditional packages database, FreeBSD versions earlier than 10.<replaceable>X</replaceable> require this line in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9391
#, no-wrap
msgid "WITH_PKGNG=\tyes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9393
msgid "By default, <application>pkg</application> uses the binary packages from the FreeBSD package mirrors (the <emphasis>repository</emphasis>). For information about building a custom package repository, see <xref linkend=\"ports-poudriere\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9400
msgid "Additional <application>pkg</application> configuration options are described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9403
msgid "Usage information for <application>pkg</application> is available in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page or by running <command>pkg</command> without additional arguments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9407
msgid "Each <application>pkg</application> command argument is documented in a command-specific manual page. To read the manual page for <command>pkg install</command>, for example, run either of these commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9412
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg help install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9414
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>man pkg-install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9416
msgid "The rest of this section demonstrates common binary package management tasks which can be performed using <application>pkg</application>. Each demonstrated command provides many switches to customize its use. Refer to a command's help or man page for details and more examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9425
msgid "Obtaining Information About Installed Packages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9427
msgid "Information about the packages installed on a system can be viewed by running <command>pkg info</command> which, when run without any switches, will list the package version for either all installed packages or the specified package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9433
msgid "For example, to see which version of <application>pkg</application> is installed, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9436
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg info pkg</userinput>\n"
"pkg-1.1.4_1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9441
msgid "Installing and Removing Packages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9443
msgid "To install a binary package use the following command, where <replaceable>packagename</replaceable> is the name of the package to install:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9447
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install <replaceable>packagename</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9449
msgid "This command uses repository data to determine which version of the software to install and if it has any uninstalled dependencies. For example, to install <application>curl</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9454
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install curl</userinput>\n"
"Updating repository catalogue\n"
"/usr/local/tmp/All/curl-7.31.0_1.txz          100% of 1181 kB 1380 kBps 00m01s\n"
"\n"
"/usr/local/tmp/All/ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1.txz   100% of  288 kB 1700 kBps 00m00s\n"
"\n"
"Updating repository catalogue\n"
"The following 2 packages will be installed:\n"
"\n"
"        Installing ca_root_nss: 3.15.1_1\n"
"        Installing curl: 7.31.0_1\n"
"\n"
"The installation will require 3 MB more space\n"
"\n"
"0 B to be downloaded\n"
"\n"
"Proceed with installing packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Checking integrity... done\n"
"[1/2] Installing ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1... done\n"
"[2/2] Installing curl-7.31.0_1... done\n"
"Cleaning up cache files...Done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9476
msgid "The new package and any additional packages that were installed as dependencies can be seen in the installed packages list:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9480
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg info</userinput>\n"
"ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1\tThe root certificate bundle from the Mozilla Project\n"
"curl-7.31.0_1\tNon-interactive tool to get files from FTP, GOPHER, HTTP(S) servers\n"
"pkg-1.1.4_6\tNew generation package manager"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9485
msgid "Packages that are no longer needed can be removed with <command>pkg delete</command>. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9488
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg delete curl</userinput>\n"
"The following packages will be deleted:\n"
"\n"
"\tcurl-7.31.0_1\n"
"\n"
"The deletion will free 3 MB\n"
"\n"
"Proceed with deleting packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"[1/1] Deleting curl-7.31.0_1... done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9500
msgid "Upgrading Installed Packages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9502
msgid "Installed packages can be upgraded to their latest versions by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9505
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg upgrade</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9507
msgid "This command will compare the installed versions with those available in the repository catalogue and upgrade them from the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9513
msgid "Auditing Installed Packages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9515
msgid "Software vulnerabilities are regularly discovered in third-party applications. To address this, <application>pkg</application> includes a built-in auditing mechanism. To determine if there are any known vulnerabilities for the software installed on the system, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9522 book.translate.xml:26871
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg audit -F</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9526
msgid "Automatically Removing Leaf Dependencies"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9528
msgid "Removing a package may leave behind dependencies which are no longer required. Unneeded packages that were installed as dependencies can be automatically detected and removed using:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9533
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg autoremove</userinput>\n"
"Packages to be autoremoved:\n"
"\tca_root_nss-3.15.1_1\n"
"\n"
"The autoremoval will free 723 kB\n"
"\n"
"Proceed with autoremoval of packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Deinstalling ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1... done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9544
msgid "Restoring the Package Database"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9546
msgid "Unlike the traditional package management system, <application>pkg</application> includes its own package database backup mechanism. This functionality is enabled by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:9552
msgid "To disable the periodic script from backing up the package database, set <literal>daily_backup_pkgdb_enable=\"NO\"</literal> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9558
msgid "To restore the contents of a previous package database backup, run the following command replacing <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable> with the location of the backup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9563
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg backup -r <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9566
msgid "If restoring a backup taken by the periodic script, it must be decompressed prior to being restored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9570
msgid "To run a manual backup of the <application>pkg</application> database, run the following command, replacing <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable> with a suitable file name and location:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9575
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg backup -d <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9579
msgid "Removing Stale Packages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9581
msgid "By default, <application>pkg</application> stores binary packages in a cache directory defined by <envar>PKG_CACHEDIR</envar> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Only copies of the latest installed packages are kept. Older versions of <application>pkg</application> kept all previous packages. To remove these outdated binary packages, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9588
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9590
msgid "The entire cache may be cleared by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9592
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg clean -a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9596
msgid "Modifying Package Metadata"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9598
msgid "Software within the FreeBSD Ports Collection can undergo major version number changes. To address this, <application>pkg</application> has a built-in command to update package origins. This can be useful, for example, if <package>lang/php5</package> is renamed to <package>lang/php53</package> so that <package>lang/php5</package> can now represent version <literal>5.4</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9607
msgid "To change the package origin for the above example, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9610
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o lang/php5:lang/php53</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9612
msgid "As another example, to update <package>lang/ruby18</package> to <package>lang/ruby19</package>, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9616
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o lang/ruby18:lang/ruby19</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9618
msgid "As a final example, to change the origin of the <filename>libglut</filename> shared libraries from <package>graphics/libglut</package> to <package>graphics/freeglut</package>, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9623
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o graphics/libglut:graphics/freeglut</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9626
msgid "When changing package origins, it is important to reinstall packages that are dependent on the package with the modified origin. To force a reinstallation of dependent packages, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9631
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install -Rf <replaceable>graphics/freeglut</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9637
msgid "Using the Ports Collection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9639
msgid "The Ports Collection is a set of <filename>Makefiles</filename>, patches, and description files. Each set of these files is used to compile and install an individual application on FreeBSD, and is called a <emphasis>port</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9644
msgid "By default, the Ports Collection itself is stored as a subdirectory of <filename>/usr/ports</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9647
msgid "Before an application can be compiled using a port, the Ports Collection must first be installed. If it was not installed during the installation of FreeBSD, use one of the following methods to install it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:9654
msgid "Portsnap Method"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:9656
msgid "The base system of FreeBSD includes <application>Portsnap</application>. This is a fast and user-friendly tool for retrieving the Ports Collection and is the recommended choice for most users. This utility connects to a FreeBSD site, verifies the secure key, and downloads a new copy of the Ports Collection. The key is used to verify the integrity of all downloaded files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9665
msgid "To download a compressed snapshot of the Ports Collection into <filename>/var/db/portsnap</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9669
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9673
msgid "When running <application>Portsnap</application> for the first time, extract the snapshot into <filename>/usr/ports</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9677
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap extract</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9681
msgid "After the first use of <application>Portsnap</application> has been completed as shown above, <filename>/usr/ports</filename> can be updated as needed by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9686
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap update</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9689
msgid "When using <literal>fetch</literal>, the <literal>extract</literal> or the <literal>update</literal> operation may be run consecutively, like so:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9693
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch update</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:9698
msgid "Subversion Method"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:9700
msgid "If more control over the ports tree is needed or if local changes need to be maintained, <application>Subversion</application> can be used to obtain the Ports Collection. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/committers-guide/subversion-primer.html\">the Subversion Primer</link> for a detailed description of <application>Subversion</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9708
msgid "<application>Subversion</application> must be installed before it can be used to check out the ports tree. If a copy of the ports tree is already present, install <application>Subversion</application> like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9713 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/devel/subversion</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9716
msgid "If the ports tree is not available, or <application>pkg</application> is being used to manage packages, <application>Subversion</application> can be installed as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9721 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install subversion</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9726
msgid "Check out a copy of the ports tree:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9728 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/ports/head /usr/ports</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9732
msgid "As needed, update <filename>/usr/ports</filename> after the initial <application>Subversion</application> checkout:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9736 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn update /usr/ports</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9740
msgid "The Ports Collection contains directories for software categories. Inside each category are subdirectories for individual applications. Each application subdirectory contains a set of files that tells FreeBSD how to compile and install that program, called a <emphasis>ports skeleton</emphasis>. Each port skeleton includes these files and directories:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9750
msgid "<filename>Makefile</filename>: contains statements that specify how the application should be compiled and where its components should be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9756
msgid "<filename>distinfo</filename>: contains the names and checksums of the files that must be downloaded to build the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9762
msgid "<filename>files/</filename>: this directory contains any patches needed for the program to compile and install on FreeBSD. This directory may also contain other files used to build the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9769
msgid "<filename>pkg-descr</filename>: provides a more detailed description of the program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9774
msgid "<filename>pkg-plist</filename>: a list of all the files that will be installed by the port. It also tells the ports system which files to remove upon deinstallation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9781
msgid "Some ports include <filename>pkg-message</filename> or other files to handle special situations. For more details on these files, and on ports in general, refer to the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/index.html\">FreeBSD Porter's Handbook</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9786
msgid "The port does not include the actual source code, also known as a <filename>distfile</filename>. The extract portion of building a port will automatically save the downloaded source to <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9792
msgid "Installing Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9794
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>installing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9799
msgid "This section provides basic instructions on using the Ports Collection to install or remove software. The detailed description of available <command>make</command> targets and environment variables is available in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:9805
msgid "Before compiling any port, be sure to update the Ports Collection as described in the previous section. Since the installation of any third-party software can introduce security vulnerabilities, it is recommended to first check <link xlink:href=\"http://vuxml.freebsd.org/\"/> for known security issues related to the port. Alternately, run <command>pkg audit -F</command> before installing a new port. This command can be configured to automatically perform a security audit and an update of the vulnerability database during the daily security system check. For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-audit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9819
msgid "Using the Ports Collection assumes a working Internet connection. It also requires superuser privilege."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9822
msgid "To compile and install the port, change to the directory of the port to be installed, then type <command>make install</command> at the prompt. Messages will indicate the progress:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9827
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>\n"
"&gt;&gt; lsof_4.88D.freebsd.tar.gz doesn't seem to exist in /usr/ports/distfiles/.\n"
"&gt;&gt; Attempting to fetch from ftp://lsof.itap.purdue.edu/pub/tools/unix/lsof/.\n"
"===&gt;  Extracting for lsof-4.88\n"
"...\n"
"[extraction output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"&gt;&gt; Checksum OK for lsof_4.88D.freebsd.tar.gz.\n"
"===&gt;  Patching for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;  Applying FreeBSD patches for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;  Configuring for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"...\n"
"[configure output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;  Building for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"...\n"
"[compilation output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"===&gt;  Installing for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"...\n"
"[installation output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;   Generating temporary packing list\n"
"===&gt;   Compressing manual pages for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;   Registering installation for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;  SECURITY NOTE:\n"
"      This port has installed the following binaries which execute with\n"
"      increased privileges.\n"
"/usr/local/sbin/lsof\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9860
msgid "Since <command>lsof</command> is a program that runs with increased privileges, a security warning is displayed as it is installed. Once the installation is complete, the prompt will be returned."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9865
msgid "Some shells keep a cache of the commands that are available in the directories listed in the <envar>PATH</envar> environment variable, to speed up lookup operations for the executable file of these commands. Users of the <command>tcsh</command> shell should type <command>rehash</command> so that a newly installed command can be used without specifying its full path. Use <command>hash -r</command> instead for the <command>sh</command> shell. Refer to the documentation for the shell for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9876
msgid "During installation, a working subdirectory is created which contains all the temporary files used during compilation. Removing this directory saves disk space and minimizes the chance of problems later when upgrading to the newer version of the port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9882
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make clean</userinput>\n"
"===&gt;  Cleaning for lsof-88.d,8\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9887
msgid "To save this extra step, instead use <command>make install clean</command> when compiling the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:9892
msgid "Customizing Ports Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9894
msgid "Some ports provide build options which can be used to enable or disable application components, provide security options, or allow for other customizations. Examples include <package>www/firefox</package>, <package>security/gpgme</package>, and <package>mail/sylpheed-claws</package>. If the port depends upon other ports which have configurable options, it may pause several times for user interaction as the default behavior is to prompt the user to select options from a menu. To avoid this, run <command>make config-recursive</command> within the port skeleton to do this configuration in one batch. Then, run <command>make install [clean]</command> to compile and install the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:9911
msgid "config-recursive"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:9913
msgid "all-depends-list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:9910
msgid "When using <_:buildtarget-1/>, the list of ports to configure are gathered by the <_:buildtarget-2/> target. It is recommended to run <command>make config-recursive</command> until all dependent ports options have been defined, and ports options screens no longer appear, to be certain that all dependency options have been configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9921
msgid "There are several ways to revisit a port's build options menu in order to add, remove, or change these options after a port has been built. One method is to <command>cd</command> into the directory containing the port and type <command>make config</command>. Another option is to use <command>make showconfig</command>. Another option is to execute <command>make rmconfig</command> which will remove all selected options and allow you to start over. All of these options, and others, are explained in great detail in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9933
msgid "The ports system uses <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fetch</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to download the source files, which supports various environment variables. The <envar>FTP_PASSIVE_MODE</envar>, <envar>FTP_PROXY</envar>, and <envar>FTP_PASSWORD</envar> variables may need to be set if the FreeBSD system is behind a firewall or FTP/HTTP proxy. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fetch</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the complete list of supported variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9941
msgid "For users who cannot be connected to the Internet all the time, <command>make fetch</command> can be run within <filename>/usr/ports</filename>, to fetch all distfiles, or within a category, such as <filename>/usr/ports/net</filename>, or within the specific port skeleton. Note that if a port has any dependencies, running this command in a category or ports skeleton will <emphasis>not</emphasis> fetch the distfiles of ports from another category. Instead, use <command>make fetch-recursive</command> to also fetch the distfiles for all the dependencies of a port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9953
msgid "In rare cases, such as when an organization has a local distfiles repository, the <varname>MASTER_SITES</varname> variable can be used to override the download locations specified in the <filename>Makefile</filename>. When using, specify the alternate location:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9959
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/<replaceable>directory</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE= \\\n"
"<replaceable>ftp://ftp.organization.org/pub/FreeBSD/ports/distfiles/</replaceable> fetch</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9963
msgid "The <varname>WRKDIRPREFIX</varname> and <varname>PREFIX</varname> variables can override the default working and target directories. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9967
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make WRKDIRPREFIX=/usr/home/example/ports install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9969
msgid "will compile the port in <filename>/usr/home/example/ports</filename> and install everything under <filename>/usr/local</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9973
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make PREFIX=/usr/home/example/local install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9975
msgid "will compile the port in <filename>/usr/ports</filename> and install it in <filename>/usr/home/example/local</filename>. And:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9979
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make WRKDIRPREFIX=../ports PREFIX=../local install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9981
msgid "will combine the two."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9983
msgid "These can also be set as environmental variables. Refer to the manual page for your shell for instructions on how to set an environmental variable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9990
msgid "Removing Installed Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9992
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>removing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9997
msgid "Installed ports can be uninstalled using <command>pkg delete</command>. Examples for using this command can be found in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-delete</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10001
msgid "Alternately, <command>make deinstall</command> can be run in the port's directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10004
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>make deinstall</userinput>\n"
"===&gt;  Deinstalling for sysutils/lsof\n"
"===&gt;   Deinstalling\n"
"Deinstallation has been requested for the following 1 packages:\n"
"\n"
"\tlsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"\n"
"The deinstallation will free 229 kB\n"
"[1/1] Deleting lsof-4.88.d,8... done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10015
msgid "It is recommended to read the messages as the port is uninstalled. If the port has any applications that depend upon it, this information will be displayed but the uninstallation will proceed. In such cases, it may be better to reinstall the application in order to prevent broken dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10024
msgid "Upgrading Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10026
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>upgrading</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10031
msgid "Over time, newer versions of software become available in the Ports Collection. This section describes how to determine which software can be upgraded and how to perform the upgrade."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10036
msgid "To determine if newer versions of installed ports are available, ensure that the latest version of the ports tree is installed, using the updating command described in either <xref linkend=\"ports-using-portsnap-method\"/> or <xref linkend=\"ports-using-subversion-method\"/>. On FreeBSD 10 and later, or if the system has been converted to <application>pkg</application>, the following command will list the installed ports which are out of date:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10045
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg version -l \"&lt;\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10047
msgid "For FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>X</replaceable> and lower, the following command will list the installed ports that are out of date:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10051
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg_version -l \"&lt;\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:10054
msgid "Before attempting an upgrade, read <filename>/usr/ports/UPDATING</filename> from the top of the file to the date closest to the last time ports were upgraded or the system was installed. This file describes various issues and additional steps users may encounter and need to perform when updating a port, including such things as file format changes, changes in locations of configuration files, or any incompatibilities with previous versions. Make note of any instructions which match any of the ports that need upgrading and follow these instructions when performing the upgrade."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:10069
msgid "Tools To Upgrade And Manage Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10071
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>upgrading-tools</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10076
msgid "The Ports Collection contains several utilities to perform the actual upgrade. Each has its strengths and weaknesses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10079
msgid "Historically, most installations used either <application>Portmaster</application> or <application>Portupgrade</application>. <application>Synth</application> is a newer alternative."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10086
msgid "The choice of which tool is best for a particular system is up to the system administrator. It is recommended practice to back up your data before using any of these tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:10094
msgid "Upgrading Ports Using <application>Portmaster</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10097
msgid "<primary>portmaster</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10101
msgid "<package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package> is a very small utility for upgrading installed ports. It is designed to use the tools installed with the FreeBSD base system without depending on other ports or databases. To install this utility as a port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10109
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portmaster</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10112
msgid "<application>Portmaster</application> defines four categories of ports:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10117
msgid "Root port: has no dependencies and is not a dependency of any other ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10122
msgid "Trunk port: has no dependencies, but other ports depend upon it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10127
msgid "Branch port: has dependencies and other ports depend upon it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10132
msgid "Leaf port: has dependencies but no other ports depend upon it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10137
msgid "To list these categories and search for updates:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10139
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -L</userinput>\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Root ports (No dependencies, not depended on)\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; ispell-3.2.06_18\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; screen-4.0.3\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: screen-4.0.3_1\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; tcpflow-0.21_1\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 7 root ports\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Branch ports (Have dependencies, are depended on)\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; apache22-2.2.3\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: apache22-2.2.8\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Leaf ports (Have dependencies, not depended on)\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; automake-1.9.6_2\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; bash-3.1.17\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: bash-3.2.33\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 32 leaf ports\n"
"\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 137 total installed ports\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; 83 have new versions available"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10161
msgid "This command is used to upgrade all outdated ports:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10164
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10167
msgid "By default, <application>Portmaster</application> makes a backup package before deleting the existing port. If the installation of the new version is successful, <application>Portmaster</application> deletes the backup. Using <option>-b</option> instructs <application>Portmaster</application> not to automatically delete the backup. Adding <option>-i</option> starts <application>Portmaster</application> in interactive mode, prompting for confirmation before upgrading each port. Many other options are available. Read through the manual page for <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>portmaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details regarding their usage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10181
msgid "If errors are encountered during the upgrade process, add <option>-f</option> to upgrade and rebuild all ports:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10185 book.translate.xml:44701
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -af</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10187
msgid "<application>Portmaster</application> can also be used to install new ports on the system, upgrading all dependencies before building and installing the new port. To use this function, specify the location of the port in the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10193
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster <replaceable>shells/bash</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10195
msgid "More information about <package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package> may be found in its <filename>pkg-descr</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:10200
msgid "Upgrading Ports Using Portupgrade"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10202
msgid "<primary>portupgrade</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10206
msgid "<package>ports-mgmt/portupgrade</package> is another utility that can be used to upgrade ports. It installs a suite of applications which can be used to manage ports. However, it is dependent upon Ruby. To install the port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10212
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portupgrade</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10215
msgid "Before performing an upgrade using this utility, it is recommended to scan the list of installed ports using <command>pkgdb -F</command> and to fix all the inconsistencies it reports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10220
msgid "To upgrade all the outdated ports installed on the system, use <command>portupgrade -a</command>. Alternately, include <option>-i</option> to be asked for confirmation of every individual upgrade:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10225
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -ai</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10227
msgid "To upgrade only a specified application instead of all available ports, use <command>portupgrade <replaceable>pkgname</replaceable></command>. It is very important to include <option>-R</option> to first upgrade all the ports required by the given application:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10233
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -R firefox</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10235
msgid "If <option>-P</option> is included, <application>Portupgrade</application> searches for available packages in the local directories listed in <envar>PKG_PATH</envar>. If none are available locally, it then fetches packages from a remote site. If packages can not be found locally or fetched remotely, <application>Portupgrade</application> will use ports. To avoid using ports entirely, specify <option>-PP</option>. This last set of options tells <application>Portupgrade</application> to abort if no packages are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10248
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -PP gnome3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10250
msgid "To just fetch the port distfiles, or packages, if <option>-P</option> is specified, without building or installing anything, use <option>-F</option>. For further information on all of the available switches, refer to the manual page for <command>portupgrade</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10256
msgid "More information about <package>ports-mgmt/portupgrade</package> may be found in its <filename>pkg-descr</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10263
msgid "Ports and Disk Space"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10265
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>disk-space</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10270
msgid "Using the Ports Collection will use up disk space over time. After building and installing a port, running <command>make clean</command> within the ports skeleton will clean up the temporary <filename>work</filename> directory. If <application>Portmaster</application> is used to install a port, it will automatically remove this directory unless <option>-K</option> is specified. If <application>Portupgrade</application> is installed, this command will remove all <filename>work</filename> directories found within the local copy of the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10281
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -C</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10283
msgid "In addition, outdated source distribution files accumulate in <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</filename> over time. To use <application>Portupgrade</application> to delete all the distfiles that are no longer referenced by any ports:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10289
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -D</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10291
msgid "<application>Portupgrade</application> can remove all distfiles not referenced by any port currently installed on the system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10295
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -DD</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10297
msgid "If <application>Portmaster</application> is installed, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10300
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster --clean-distfiles</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10302
msgid "By default, this command is interactive and prompts the user to confirm if a distfile should be deleted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10305
msgid "In addition to these commands, <package>ports-mgmt/pkg_cutleaves</package> automates the task of removing installed ports that are no longer needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10313
msgid "Building Packages with <application>Poudriere</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10316
msgid "<application>Poudriere</application> is a <acronym>BSD</acronym>-licensed utility for creating and testing FreeBSD packages. It uses FreeBSD jails to set up isolated compilation environments. These jails can be used to build packages for versions of FreeBSD that are different from the system on which it is installed, and also to build packages for i386 if the host is an amd64 system. Once the packages are built, they are in a layout identical to the official mirrors. These packages are usable by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and other package management tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10327
msgid "<application>Poudriere</application> is installed using the <package role=\"port\">ports-mgmt/poudriere</package> package or port. The installation includes a sample configuration file <filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf.sample</filename>. Copy this file to <filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf</filename>. Edit the copied file to suit the local configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10335
msgid "While <acronym>ZFS</acronym> is not required on the system running <application>poudriere</application>, it is beneficial. When <acronym>ZFS</acronym> is used, <varname>ZPOOL</varname> must be specified in <filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf</filename> and <varname>FREEBSD_HOST</varname> should be set to a nearby mirror. Defining <varname>CCACHE_DIR</varname> enables the use of <package role=\"port\">devel/ccache</package> to cache compilation and reduce build times for frequently-compiled code. It may be convenient to put <application>poudriere</application> datasets in an isolated tree mounted at <filename>/poudriere</filename>. Defaults for the other configuration values are adequate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10349
msgid "The number of processor cores detected is used to define how many builds will run in parallel. Supply enough virtual memory, either with <acronym>RAM</acronym> or swap space. If virtual memory runs out, the compilation jails will stop and be torn down, resulting in weird error messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10356
msgid "Initialize Jails and Port Trees"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10358
msgid "After configuration, initialize <application>poudriere</application> so that it installs a jail with the required FreeBSD tree and a ports tree. Specify a name for the jail using <option>-j</option> and the FreeBSD version with <option>-v</option>. On systems running FreeBSD/amd64, the architecture can be set with <option>-a</option> to either <literal>i386</literal> or <literal>amd64</literal>. The default is the architecture shown by <command>uname</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10368
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere jail -c -j <replaceable>10amd64</replaceable> -v <replaceable>10.0-RELEASE</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Creating 10amd64 fs... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching base.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/base.txz      100% of   59 MB 1470 kBps 00m42s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting base.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching src.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/src.txz       100% of  107 MB 1476 kBps 01m14s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting src.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching games.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/games.txz     100% of  865 kB  734 kBps 00m01s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting games.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching lib32.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/lib32.txz     100% of   14 MB 1316 kBps 00m12s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting lib32.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Cleaning up... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Jail 10amd64 10.0-RELEASE amd64 is ready to be used"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10385
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere ports -c -p <replaceable>local</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Creating local fs... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting portstree \"local\"...\n"
"Looking up portsnap.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 7 mirrors found.\n"
"Fetching public key from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot tag from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot metadata... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot generated at Tue Feb 11 01:07:15 CET 2014:\n"
"94a3431f0ce567f6452ffde4fd3d7d3c6e1da143efec76100% of   69 MB 1246 kBps 00m57s\n"
"Extracting snapshot... done.\n"
"Verifying snapshot integrity... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot tag from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot metadata... done.\n"
"Updating from Tue Feb 11 01:07:15 CET 2014 to Tue Feb 11 16:05:20 CET 2014.\n"
"Fetching 4 metadata patches... done.\n"
"Applying metadata patches... done.\n"
"Fetching 0 metadata files... done.\n"
"Fetching 48 patches.\n"
"(48/48) 100.00%  done.\n"
"done.\n"
"Applying patches...\n"
"done.\n"
"Fetching 1 new ports or files... done.\n"
"/poudriere/ports/tester/CHANGES\n"
"/poudriere/ports/tester/COPYRIGHT\n"
"\n"
"[...]\n"
"\n"
"Building new INDEX files... done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10415
msgid "On a single computer, <application>poudriere</application> can build ports with multiple configurations, in multiple jails, and from different port trees. Custom configurations for these combinations are called <emphasis>sets</emphasis>. See the CUSTOMIZATION section of <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>poudriere</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details after <package>ports-mgmt/poudriere</package> or <package>ports-mgmt/poudriere-devel</package> is installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10424
msgid "The basic configuration shown here puts a single jail-, port-, and set-specific <filename>make.conf</filename> in <filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.d</filename>. The filename in this example is created by combining the jail name, port name, and set name: <filename><replaceable>10amd64-local-workstation</replaceable>-make.conf</filename>. The system <filename>make.conf</filename> and this new file are combined at build time to create the <filename>make.conf</filename> used by the build jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10434
msgid "Packages to be built are entered in <filename><replaceable>10amd64-local-workstation</replaceable>-pkglist</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:10437
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"editors/emacs\n"
"devel/git\n"
"ports-mgmt/pkg\n"
"..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10442
msgid "Options and dependencies for the specified ports are configured:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10445
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere options -j <replaceable>10amd64</replaceable> -p <replaceable>local</replaceable> -z <replaceable>workstation</replaceable> -f <replaceable>10amd64-local-workstation-pkglist</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10447
msgid "Finally, packages are built and a package repository is created:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10450
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere bulk -j <replaceable>10amd64</replaceable> -p <replaceable>local</replaceable> -z <replaceable>workstation</replaceable> -f <replaceable>10amd64-local-workstation-pkglist</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10452
msgid "While running, pressing <keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>t</keycap></keycombo> displays the current state of the build. <application>Poudriere</application> also builds files in <filename>/poudriere/logs/bulk/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable></filename> that can be used with a web server to display build information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10459
msgid "After completion, the new packages are now available for installation from the <application>poudriere</application> repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10463
msgid "For more information on using <application>poudriere</application>, see <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>poudriere</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and the main web site, <link xlink:href=\"https://github.com/freebsd/poudriere/wiki\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10468
msgid "Configuring pkg Clients to Use a Poudriere Repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10471
msgid "While it is possible to use both a custom repository along side of the official repository, sometimes it is useful to disable the official repository. This is done by creating a configuration file that overrides and disables the official configuration file. Create <filename>/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf</filename> that contains the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10479
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"FreeBSD: {\n"
"\tenabled: no\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10483
msgid "Usually it is easiest to serve a poudriere repository to the client machines via HTTP. Set up a webserver to serve up the package directory, for instance: <filename>/usr/local/poudriere/data/packages/<replaceable>10amd64</replaceable></filename>, where <filename><replaceable>10amd64</replaceable></filename> is the name of the build."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10490
msgid "If the URL to the package repository is: <literal>http://pkg.example.com/10amd64</literal>, then the repository configuration file in <filename>/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/custom.conf</filename> would look like:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10496
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"custom: {\n"
"\turl: \"<replaceable>http://pkg.example.com/10amd64</replaceable>\",\n"
"\tenabled: yes,\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10504
msgid "Post-Installation Considerations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10506
msgid "Regardless of whether the software was installed from a binary package or port, most third-party applications require some level of configuration after installation. The following commands and locations can be used to help determine what was installed with the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10514
msgid "Most applications install at least one default configuration file in <filename>/usr/local/etc</filename>. In cases where an application has a large number of configuration files, a subdirectory will be created to hold them. Often, sample configuration files are installed which end with a suffix such as <filename>.sample</filename>. The configuration files should be reviewed and possibly edited to meet the system's needs. To edit a sample file, first copy it without the <filename>.sample</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10527
msgid "Applications which provide documentation will install it into <filename>/usr/local/share/doc</filename> and many applications also install manual pages. This documentation should be consulted before continuing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10534
msgid "Some applications run services which must be added to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> before starting the application. These applications usually install a startup script in <filename>/usr/local/etc/rc.d</filename>. See <link linkend=\"configtuning-starting-services\">Starting Services</link> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10542
msgid "By design, applications do not run their startup script upon installation, nor do they run their stop script upon deinstallation or upgrade. This decision is left to the individual system administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10551
msgid "Users of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> should run <command>rehash</command> to rebuild the known binary list in the shells <envar>PATH</envar>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10557
msgid "Use <command>pkg info</command> to determine which files, man pages, and binaries were installed with the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10565
msgid "Dealing with Broken Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10567
msgid "When a port does not build or install, try the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10572
msgid "Search to see if there is a fix pending for the port in the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/support.html\">Problem Report database</link>. If so, implementing the proposed fix may fix the issue."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10579
msgid "Ask the maintainer of the port for help. Type <command>make maintainer</command> in the ports skeleton or read the port's <filename>Makefile</filename> to find the maintainer's email address. Remember to include the <literal>$FreeBSD:</literal> line from the port's <filename>Makefile</filename> and the output leading up to the error in the email to the maintainer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10589
msgid "Some ports are not maintained by an individual but instead by a group maintainer represented by a <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/mailing-list-faq/article.html\">mailing list</link>. Many, but not all, of these addresses look like <email role=\"nolink\">freebsd-<replaceable>listname</replaceable>@FreeBSD.org</email>. Please take this into account when sending an email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10595
msgid "In particular, ports maintained by <email role=\"nolink\">ports@FreeBSD.org</email> are not maintained by a specific individual. Instead, any fixes and support come from the general community who subscribe to that mailing list. More volunteers are always needed!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10603
msgid "If there is no response to the email, use Bugzilla to submit a bug report using the instructions in <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/problem-reports/article.html\">Writing FreeBSD Problem Reports</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10610
msgid "Fix it! The <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/index.html\">Porter's Handbook</link> includes detailed information on the ports infrastructure so that you can fix the occasional broken port or even submit your own!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10617
msgid "Install the package instead of the port using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"pkgng-intro\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:10647
msgid "The X Window System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10652
msgid "An installation of FreeBSD using <application>bsdinstall</application> does not automatically install a graphical user interface. This chapter describes how to install and configure <application>Xorg</application>, which provides the open source X Window System used to provide a graphical environment. It then describes how to find and install a desktop environment or window manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10661
msgid "Users who prefer an installation method that automatically configures the <application>Xorg</application> and offers a choice of window managers during installation should refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.trueos.org/\"/> website."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10668
msgid "For more information on the video hardware that <application>Xorg</application> supports, refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.x.org/\">x.org</link> website."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10675
msgid "The various components of the X Window System, and how they interoperate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10680
msgid "How to install and configure <application>Xorg</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10685
msgid "How to install and configure several window managers and desktop environments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10690
msgid "How to use <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts in <application>Xorg</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10695
msgid "How to set up your system for graphical logins (<application>XDM</application>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10704
msgid "Know how to install additional third-party software as described in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10711
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10713
msgid "While it is not necessary to understand all of the details of the various components in the X Window System and how they interact, some basic knowledge of these components can be useful."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10720
msgid "X server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10723
msgid "X was designed from the beginning to be network-centric, and adopts a <quote>client-server</quote> model. In this model, the <quote>X server</quote> runs on the computer that has the keyboard, monitor, and mouse attached. The server's responsibility includes tasks such as managing the display, handling input from the keyboard and mouse, and handling input or output from other devices such as a tablet or a video projector. This confuses some people, because the X terminology is exactly backward to what they expect. They expect the <quote>X server</quote> to be the big powerful machine down the hall, and the <quote>X client</quote> to be the machine on their desk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10740
msgid "X client"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10743
msgid "Each X application, such as <application>XTerm</application> or <application>Firefox</application>, is a <quote>client</quote>. A client sends messages to the server such as <quote>Please draw a window at these coordinates</quote>, and the server sends back messages such as <quote>The user just clicked on the OK button</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10752
msgid "In a home or small office environment, the X server and the X clients commonly run on the same computer. It is also possible to run the X server on a less powerful computer and to run the X applications on a more powerful system. In this scenario, the communication between the X client and server takes place over the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10762
msgid "window manager"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10765
msgid "X does not dictate what windows should look like on-screen, how to move them around with the mouse, which keystrokes should be used to move between windows, what the title bars on each window should look like, whether or not they have close buttons on them, and so on. Instead, X delegates this responsibility to a separate window manager application. There are <link xlink:href=\"http://xwinman.org/\">dozens of window managers</link> available. Each window manager provides a different look and feel: some support virtual desktops, some allow customized keystrokes to manage the desktop, some have a <quote>Start</quote> button, and some are themeable, allowing a complete change of the desktop's look-and-feel. Window managers are available in the <filename>x11-wm</filename> category of the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10781
msgid "Each window manager uses a different configuration mechanism. Some expect configuration file written by hand while others provide graphical tools for most configuration tasks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10789
msgid "desktop environment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10792
msgid "<application>KDE</application> and <application>GNOME</application> are considered to be desktop environments as they include an entire suite of applications for performing common desktop tasks. These may include office suites, web browsers, and games."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10801
msgid "focus policy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10804
msgid "The window manager is responsible for the mouse focus policy. This policy provides some means for choosing which window is actively receiving keystrokes and it should also visibly indicate which window is currently active."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10810
msgid "One focus policy is called <quote>click-to-focus</quote>. In this model, a window becomes active upon receiving a mouse click. In the <quote>focus-follows-mouse</quote> policy, the window that is under the mouse pointer has focus and the focus is changed by pointing at another window. If the mouse is over the root window, then this window is focused. In the <quote>sloppy-focus</quote> model, if the mouse is moved over the root window, the most recently used window still has the focus. With sloppy-focus, focus is only changed when the cursor enters a new window, and not when exiting the current window. In the <quote>click-to-focus</quote> policy, the active window is selected by mouse click. The window may then be raised and appear in front of all other windows. All keystrokes will now be directed to this window, even if the cursor is moved to another window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10828
msgid "Different window managers support different focus models. All of them support click-to-focus, and the majority of them also support other policies. Consult the documentation for the window manager to determine which focus models are available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10837
msgid "widgets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10840
msgid "Widget is a term for all of the items in the user interface that can be clicked or manipulated in some way. This includes buttons, check boxes, radio buttons, icons, and lists. A widget toolkit is a set of widgets used to create graphical applications. There are several popular widget toolkits, including Qt, used by <application>KDE</application>, and GTK+, used by <application>GNOME</application>. As a result, applications will have a different look and feel, depending upon which widget toolkit was used to create the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10857
msgid "Installing <application>Xorg</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10859
msgid "On FreeBSD, <application>Xorg</application> can be installed as a package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10862
msgid "The binary package can be installed quickly but with fewer options for customization:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10865
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xorg</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10867
msgid "To build and install from the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10869
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11/xorg</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10872
msgid "Either of these installations results in the complete <application>Xorg</application> system being installed. Binary packages are the best option for most users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10876
msgid "A smaller version of the X system suitable for experienced users is available in <package>x11/xorg-minimal</package>. Most of the documents, libraries, and applications will not be installed. Some applications require these additional components to function."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10884
msgid "<application>Xorg</application> Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/author
#: book.translate.xml:10887
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by</contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10896
msgid "<primary>Xorg</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10897
msgid "<primary><application>Xorg</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10900 book.translate.xml:16927 book.translate.xml:62626
msgid "Quick Start"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10902
msgid "<application>Xorg</application> supports most common video cards, keyboards, and pointing devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:10906
msgid "Video cards, monitors, and input devices are automatically detected and do not require any manual configuration. Do not create <filename>xorg.conf</filename> or run a <option>-configure</option> step unless automatic configuration fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:10915
msgid "If <application>Xorg</application> has been used on this computer before, move or remove any existing configuration files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10919
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf.etc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf.localetc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:10924
msgid "Add the user who will run <application>Xorg</application> to the <literal>video</literal> or <literal>wheel</literal> group to enable 3D acceleration when available. To add user <replaceable>jru</replaceable> to whichever group is available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10932
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod video -m <replaceable>jru</replaceable> || pw groupmod wheel -m <replaceable>jru</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:10936
msgid "The <acronym>TWM</acronym> window manager is included by default. It is started when <application>Xorg</application> starts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10940
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>startx</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:10944
msgid "On some older versions of FreeBSD, the system console must be set to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> before switching back to the text console will work properly. See <xref linkend=\"x-config-kms\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10953
msgid "User Group for Accelerated Video"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10955
msgid "Access to <filename>/dev/dri</filename> is needed to allow 3D acceleration on video cards. It is usually simplest to add the user who will be running X to either the <literal>video</literal> or <literal>wheel</literal> group. Here, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to add user <replaceable>slurms</replaceable> to the <literal>video</literal> group, or to the <literal>wheel</literal> group if there is no <literal>video</literal> group:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10965
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod video -m <replaceable>slurms</replaceable> || pw groupmod wheel -m <replaceable>slurms</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10969
msgid "Kernel Mode Setting (<acronym>KMS</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10971
msgid "When the computer switches from displaying the console to a higher screen resolution for X, it must set the video output <emphasis>mode</emphasis>. Recent versions of <acronym>Xorg</acronym> use a system inside the kernel to do these mode changes more efficiently. Older versions of FreeBSD use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which is not aware of the <acronym>KMS</acronym> system. The end result is that after closing X, the system console is blank, even though it is still working. The newer <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> console avoids this problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10982
msgid "Add this line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> to enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:10985
#, no-wrap
msgid "kern.vty=vt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:10989 book.translate.xml:21062 book.translate.xml:31623
#: book.translate.xml:45614 book.translate.xml:55775
msgid "Configuration Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10991
msgid "Manual configuration is usually not necessary. Please do not manually create configuration files unless autoconfiguration does not work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10998
msgid "<application>Xorg</application> looks in several directories for configuration files. <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/</filename> is the recommended directory for these files on FreeBSD. Using this directory helps keep application files separate from operating system files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:11005
msgid "Storing configuration files in the legacy <filename>/etc/X11/</filename> still works. However, this mixes application files with the base FreeBSD files and is not recommended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:11012
msgid "Single or Multiple Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:11014
msgid "It is easier to use multiple files that each configure a specific setting than the traditional single <filename>xorg.conf</filename>. These files are stored in the <filename>xorg.conf.d/</filename> subdirectory of the main configuration file directory. The full path is typically <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:11022
msgid "Examples of these files are shown later in this section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:11025
msgid "The traditional single <filename>xorg.conf</filename> still works, but is neither as clear nor as flexible as multiple files in the <filename>xorg.conf.d/</filename> subdirectory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11033
msgid "Video Cards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11037
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11040
msgid "3D acceleration is supported on most <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> graphics up to Ivy Bridge (HD Graphics 2500, 4000, and P4000), including Iron Lake (HD Graphics) and Sandy Bridge (HD Graphics 2000)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11045
msgid "Driver name: <literal>intel</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11047
msgid "For reference, see <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Intel_graphics_processing_units\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11052
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> Radeon"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11055
msgid "2D and 3D acceleration is supported on Radeon cards up to and including the HD6000 series."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11058
msgid "Driver name: <literal>radeon</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11060
msgid "For reference, see <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_AMD_graphics_processing_units\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11065
msgid "NVIDIA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11068
msgid "Several NVIDIA drivers are available in the <filename>x11</filename> category of the Ports Collection. Install the driver that matches the video card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11073
msgid "For reference, see <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Nvidia_graphics_processing_units\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11078
msgid "Hybrid Combination Graphics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11081
msgid "Some notebook computers add additional graphics processing units to those built into the chipset or processor. <emphasis>Optimus</emphasis> combines <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> and NVIDIA hardware. <emphasis>Switchable Graphics</emphasis> or <emphasis>Hybrid Graphics</emphasis> are a combination of an <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> or <trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> processor and an <trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> Radeon <acronym>GPU</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11090
msgid "Implementations of these hybrid graphics systems vary, and <application>Xorg</application> on FreeBSD is not able to drive all versions of them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11094
msgid "Some computers provide a <acronym>BIOS</acronym> option to disable one of the graphics adapters or select a <emphasis>discrete</emphasis> mode which can be used with one of the standard video card drivers. For example, it is sometimes possible to disable the NVIDIA <acronym>GPU</acronym> in an Optimus system. The <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> video can then be used with an <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11103
msgid "<acronym>BIOS</acronym> settings depend on the model of computer. In some situations, both <acronym>GPU</acronym>s can be left enabled, but creating a configuration file that only uses the main <acronym>GPU</acronym> in the <literal>Device</literal> section is enough to make such a system functional."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11114
msgid "Other Video Cards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11117
msgid "Drivers for some less-common video cards can be found in the <filename>x11-drivers</filename> directory of the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11121
msgid "Cards that are not supported by a specific driver might still be usable with the <package>x11-drivers/xf86-video-vesa</package> driver. This driver is installed by <package>x11/xorg</package>. It can also be installed manually as <package>x11-drivers/xf86-video-vesa</package>. <application>Xorg</application> attempts to use this driver when a specific driver is not found for the video card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11131
msgid "<package>x11-drivers/xf86-video-scfb</package> is a similar nonspecialized video driver that works on many <acronym>UEFI</acronym> and <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark> computers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11138
msgid "Setting the Video Driver in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11141
msgid "To set the <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> driver in a configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11145
msgid "Select <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> Video Driver in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11147
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-intel.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11149
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Device\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n"
"\tDriver     \"intel\"\n"
"\t# BusID    \"PCI:1:0:0\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11155
msgid "If more than one video card is present, the <literal>BusID</literal> identifier can be uncommented and set to select the desired card. A list of video card bus <acronym>ID</acronym>s can be displayed with <command>pciconf -lv | grep -B3 display</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11163
msgid "To set the Radeon driver in a configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11167
msgid "Select Radeon Video Driver in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11169
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-radeon.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11171
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Device\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n"
"\tDriver     \"radeon\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11177
msgid "To set the <acronym>VESA</acronym> driver in a configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11181
msgid "Select <acronym>VESA</acronym> Video Driver in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11184
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-vesa.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11186
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Device\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n"
"\tDriver     \"vesa\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11192
msgid "To set the <literal>scfb</literal> driver for use with a <acronym>UEFI</acronym> or <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark> computer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11196
msgid "Select <literal>scfb</literal> Video Driver in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11199
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-scfb.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11201
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Device\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n"
"\tDriver     \"scfb\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11212
msgid "Monitors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11214
msgid "Almost all monitors support the Extended Display Identification Data standard (<acronym>EDID</acronym>). <application>Xorg</application> uses <acronym>EDID</acronym> to communicate with the monitor and detect the supported resolutions and refresh rates. Then it selects the most appropriate combination of settings to use with that monitor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11222
msgid "Other resolutions supported by the monitor can be chosen by setting the desired resolution in configuration files, or after the X server has been started with <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11229
msgid "Using <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11232
msgid "Run <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> without any parameters to see a list of video outputs and detected monitor modes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11235
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr</userinput>\n"
"Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 3000 x 1920, maximum 8192 x 8192\n"
"DVI-0 connected primary 1920x1200+1080+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 495mm x 310mm\n"
"   1920x1200     59.95*+\n"
"   1600x1200     60.00\n"
"   1280x1024     85.02    75.02    60.02\n"
"   1280x960      60.00\n"
"   1152x864      75.00\n"
"   1024x768      85.00    75.08    70.07    60.00\n"
"   832x624       74.55\n"
"   800x600       75.00    60.32\n"
"   640x480       75.00    60.00\n"
"   720x400       70.08\n"
"DisplayPort-0 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n"
"HDMI-0 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11251
msgid "This shows that the <literal>DVI-0</literal> output is being used to display a screen resolution of 1920x1200 pixels at a refresh rate of about 60 Hz. Monitors are not attached to the <literal>DisplayPort-0</literal> and <literal>HDMI-0</literal> connectors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11258
msgid "Any of the other display modes can be selected with <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For example, to switch to 1280x1024 at 60 Hz:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11262
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr --mode 1280x1024 --rate 60</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11264
msgid "A common task is using the external video output on a notebook computer for a video projector."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11267
msgid "The type and quantity of output connectors varies between devices, and the name given to each output varies from driver to driver. What one driver calls <literal>HDMI-1</literal>, another might call <literal>HDMI1</literal>. So the first step is to run <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to list all the available outputs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11275
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr</userinput>\n"
"Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 1366 x 768, maximum 8192 x 8192\n"
"LVDS1 connected 1366x768+0+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 344mm x 193mm\n"
"   1366x768      60.04*+\n"
"   1024x768      60.00\n"
"   800x600       60.32    56.25\n"
"   640x480       59.94\n"
"VGA1 connected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n"
"   1280x1024     60.02 +  75.02\n"
"   1280x960      60.00\n"
"   1152x864      75.00\n"
"   1024x768      75.08    70.07    60.00\n"
"   832x624       74.55\n"
"   800x600       72.19    75.00    60.32    56.25\n"
"   640x480       75.00    72.81    66.67    60.00\n"
"   720x400       70.08\n"
"HDMI1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n"
"DP1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11294
msgid "Four outputs were found: the built-in panel <literal>LVDS1</literal>, and external <literal>VGA1</literal>, <literal>HDMI1</literal>, and <literal>DP1</literal> connectors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11299
msgid "The projector has been connected to the <literal>VGA1</literal> output. <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is now used to set that output to the native resolution of the projector and add the additional space to the right side of the desktop:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11305
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr --output VGA1 --auto --right-of LVDS1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11307
msgid "<literal>--auto</literal> chooses the resolution and refresh rate detected by <acronym>EDID</acronym>. If the resolution is not correctly detected, a fixed value can be given with <literal>--mode</literal> instead of the <literal>--auto</literal> statement. For example, most projectors can be used with a 1024x768 resolution, which is set with <literal>--mode 1024x768</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11316
msgid "<citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is often run from <filename>.xinitrc</filename> to set the appropriate mode when X starts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11323
msgid "Setting Monitor Resolution in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11326
msgid "To set a screen resolution of 1024x768 in a configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11330
msgid "Set Screen Resolution in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11332
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/screen-resolution.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11334
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Screen0\"\n"
"\tDevice     \"Card0\"\n"
"\tSubSection \"Display\"\n"
"\tModes      \"1024x768\"\n"
"\tEndSubSection\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11343
msgid "The few monitors that do not have <acronym>EDID</acronym> can be configured by setting <literal>HorizSync</literal> and <literal>VertRefresh</literal> to the range of frequencies supported by the monitor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11350
msgid "Manually Setting Monitor Frequencies"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11352
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/monitor0-freq.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11354
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Monitor\"\n"
"\tIdentifier   \"Monitor0\"\n"
"\tHorizSync    30-83   # kHz\n"
"\tVertRefresh  50-76   # Hz\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11366
msgid "Input Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:11369
msgid "Keyboards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11373
msgid "Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11376
msgid "The standardized location of keys on a keyboard is called a <emphasis>layout</emphasis>. Layouts and other adjustable parameters are listed in <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xkeyboard-config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11381
msgid "A United States layout is the default. To select an alternate layout, set the <literal>XkbLayout</literal> and <literal>XkbVariant</literal> options in an <literal>InputClass</literal>. This will be applied to all input devices that match the class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11388
msgid "This example selects a French keyboard layout with the <literal>oss</literal> variant."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11392
msgid "Setting a Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11394
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-fr-oss.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11396
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section\t\"InputClass\"\n"
"\tIdentifier\t\"KeyboardDefaults\"\n"
"\tDriver\t\t\"keyboard\"\n"
"\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"on\"\n"
"\tOption\t\t\"XkbLayout\" \"fr\"\n"
"\tOption\t\t\"XkbVariant\" \"oss\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11406
msgid "Setting Multiple Keyboard Layouts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11408
msgid "Set United States, Spanish, and Ukrainian keyboard layouts. Cycle through these layouts by pressing <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Shift</keycap> </keycombo>. <package>x11/xxkb</package> or <package>x11/sbxkb</package> can be used for improved layout switching control and current layout indicators."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11419
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/kbd-layout-multi.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11421
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section\t\"InputClass\"\n"
"\tIdentifier\t\"All Keyboards\"\n"
"\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"yes\"\n"
"\tOption\t\t\"XkbLayout\" \"us, es, ua\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11431
msgid "Closing <application>Xorg</application> From the Keyboard"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11435
msgid "X can be closed with a combination of keys. By default, that key combination is not set because it conflicts with keyboard commands for some applications. Enabling this option requires changes to the keyboard <literal>InputDevice</literal> section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11443
msgid "Enabling Keyboard Exit from X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11445
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-zap.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11447
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section\t\"InputClass\"\n"
"\tIdentifier\t\"KeyboardDefaults\"\n"
"\tDriver\t\t\"keyboard\"\n"
"\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"on\"\n"
"\tOption\t\t\"XkbOptions\" \"terminate:ctrl_alt_bksp\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:11460
msgid "Mice and Pointing Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:11462
msgid "Many mouse parameters can be adjusted with configuration options. See <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>mousedrv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a full list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11467
msgid "Mouse Buttons"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11470
msgid "The number of buttons on a mouse can be set in the mouse <literal>InputDevice</literal> section of <filename>xorg.conf</filename>. To set the number of buttons to 7:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11476
msgid "Setting the Number of Mouse Buttons"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11478
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/mouse0-buttons.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11480
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"InputDevice\"\n"
"\tIdentifier  \"Mouse0\"\n"
"\tOption      \"Buttons\" \"7\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11494
msgid "In some cases, <application>Xorg</application> autoconfiguration does not work with particular hardware, or a different configuration is desired. For these cases, a custom configuration file can be created."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:11500
msgid "Do not create manual configuration files unless required. Unnecessary manual configuration can prevent proper operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11505
msgid "A configuration file can be generated by <application>Xorg</application> based on the detected hardware. This file is often a useful starting point for custom configurations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11510
msgid "Generating an <filename>xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11512
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>Xorg -configure</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11514
msgid "The configuration file is saved to <filename>/root/xorg.conf.new</filename>. Make any changes desired, then test that file with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11518
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>Xorg -config /root/xorg.conf.new</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11520
msgid "After the new configuration has been adjusted and tested, it can be split into smaller files in the normal location, <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:11538
msgid "Using Fonts in <application>Xorg</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11541
msgid "Type1 Fonts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11543
msgid "The default fonts that ship with <application>Xorg</application> are less than ideal for typical desktop publishing applications. Large presentation fonts show up jagged and unprofessional looking, and small fonts are almost completely unintelligible. However, there are several free, high quality Type1 (<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>) fonts available which can be readily used with <application>Xorg</application>. For instance, the URW font collection (<package>x11-fonts/urwfonts</package>) includes high quality versions of standard type1 fonts (<trademark class=\"registered\">Times Roman</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Helvetica</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Palatino</trademark> and others). The Freefonts collection (<package>x11-fonts/freefonts</package>) includes many more fonts, but most of them are intended for use in graphics software such as the <application>Gimp</application>, and are not complete enough to serve as screen fonts. In addition, <application>Xorg</application> can be configured to use <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts with a minimum of effort. For more details on this, see the <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>X</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page or <xref linkend=\"truetype\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11562
msgid "To install the above Type1 font collections from binary packages, run the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11565
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install urwfonts</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11567
msgid "Alternatively, to build from the Ports Collection, run the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11570
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11-fonts/urwfonts</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11573
msgid "And likewise with the freefont or other collections. To have the X server detect these fonts, add an appropriate line to the X server configuration file (<filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>), which reads:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11578
#, no-wrap
msgid "FontPath \"/usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts/\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11580
msgid "Alternatively, at the command line in the X session run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp rehash</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11586
msgid "This will work but will be lost when the X session is closed, unless it is added to the startup file (<filename>~/.xinitrc</filename> for a normal <command>startx</command> session, or <filename>~/.xsession</filename> when logging in through a graphical login manager like <application>XDM</application>). A third way is to use the new <filename>/usr/local/etc/fonts/local.conf</filename> as demonstrated in <xref linkend=\"antialias\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11598
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> Fonts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11600
msgid "<primary>TrueType Fonts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11603
msgid "<primary>fonts</primary> <secondary>TrueType</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11608
msgid "<application>Xorg</application> has built in support for rendering <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts. There are two different modules that can enable this functionality. The freetype module is used in this example because it is more consistent with the other font rendering back-ends. To enable the freetype module just add the following line to the <literal>\"Module\"</literal> section of <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11616
#, no-wrap
msgid "Load  \"freetype\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11618
msgid "Now make a directory for the <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts (for example, <filename>/usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType</filename>) and copy all of the <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts into this directory. Keep in mind that <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts cannot be directly taken from an <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark>; they must be in <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> format for use by <application>Xorg</application>. Once the files have been copied into this directory, use <application>mkfontdir</application> to create a <filename>fonts.dir</filename>, so that the X font renderer knows that these new files have been installed. <command>mkfontdir</command> can be installed as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11632
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install mkfontdir</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11634
msgid "Then create an index of X font files in a directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11637
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkfontdir</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11640
msgid "Now add the <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> directory to the font path. This is just the same as described in <xref linkend=\"type1\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11643
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp rehash</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11646
msgid "or add a <literal>FontPath</literal> line to <filename>xorg.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11649
msgid "Now <application>Gimp</application>, <application>Apache OpenOffice</application>, and all of the other X applications should now recognize the installed <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts. Extremely small fonts (as with text in a high resolution display on a web page) and extremely large fonts (within <application><trademark>StarOffice</trademark></application>) will look much better now."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11670
msgid "Anti-Aliased Fonts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11672
msgid "<primary>anti-aliased fonts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11675
msgid "<primary>fonts</primary> <secondary>anti-aliased</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11680
msgid "All fonts in <application>Xorg</application> that are found in <filename>/usr/local/share/fonts/</filename> and <filename>~/.fonts/</filename> are automatically made available for anti-aliasing to Xft-aware applications. Most recent applications are Xft-aware, including <application>KDE</application>, <application>GNOME</application>, and <application>Firefox</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11689
msgid "To control which fonts are anti-aliased, or to configure anti-aliasing properties, create (or edit, if it already exists) the file <filename>/usr/local/etc/fonts/local.conf</filename>. Several advanced features of the Xft font system can be tuned using this file; this section describes only some simple possibilities. For more details, please see <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>fonts-conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11698
msgid "<primary>XML</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11700
msgid "This file must be in XML format. Pay careful attention to case, and make sure all tags are properly closed. The file begins with the usual XML header followed by a DOCTYPE definition, and then the <literal>&lt;fontconfig&gt;</literal> tag:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11706
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;?xml version=\"1.0\"?&gt;\n"
"      &lt;!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM \"fonts.dtd\"&gt;\n"
"      &lt;fontconfig&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11710
msgid "As previously stated, all fonts in <filename>/usr/local/share/fonts/</filename> as well as <filename>~/.fonts/</filename> are already made available to Xft-aware applications. To add another directory outside of these two directory trees, add a line like this to <filename>/usr/local/etc/fonts/local.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11718
#, no-wrap
msgid "&lt;dir&gt;/path/to/my/fonts&lt;/dir&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11720
msgid "After adding new fonts, and especially new font directories, rebuild the font caches:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11724
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>fc-cache -f</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11726
msgid "Anti-aliasing makes borders slightly fuzzy, which makes very small text more readable and removes <quote>staircases</quote> from large text, but can cause eyestrain if applied to normal text. To exclude font sizes smaller than 14 point from anti-aliasing, include these lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11733
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"        &lt;match target=\"font\"&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;test name=\"size\" compare=\"less\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;double&gt;14&lt;/double&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;edit name=\"antialias\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;bool&gt;false&lt;/bool&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;/match&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;match target=\"font\"&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;test name=\"pixelsize\" compare=\"less\" qual=\"any\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;double&gt;14&lt;/double&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;edit mode=\"assign\" name=\"antialias\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;bool&gt;false&lt;/bool&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;/match&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11750
msgid "<primary>fonts</primary> <secondary>spacing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11755
msgid "Spacing for some monospaced fonts might also be inappropriate with anti-aliasing. This seems to be an issue with <application>KDE</application>, in particular. One possible fix is to force the spacing for such fonts to be 100. Add these lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11761
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\t&lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t   &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t       &lt;string&gt;fixed&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t   &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t   &lt;edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t       &lt;string&gt;mono&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t   &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;/match&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;string&gt;console&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;string&gt;mono&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;/match&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11778
msgid "(this aliases the other common names for fixed fonts as <literal>\"mono\"</literal>), and then add:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11781
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"         &lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;string&gt;mono&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;edit name=\"spacing\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;int&gt;100&lt;/int&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t &lt;/match&gt;      "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11790
msgid "Certain fonts, such as Helvetica, may have a problem when anti-aliased. Usually this manifests itself as a font that seems cut in half vertically. At worst, it may cause applications to crash. To avoid this, consider adding the following to <filename>local.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11796
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"         &lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;string&gt;Helvetica&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;string&gt;sans-serif&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t &lt;/match&gt;        "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11805
msgid "After editing <filename>local.conf</filename>, make certain to end the file with the <literal>&lt;/fontconfig&gt;</literal> tag. Not doing this will cause changes to be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11810
msgid "Users can add personalized settings by creating their own <filename>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</filename>. This file uses the same <acronym>XML</acronym> format described above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11815
msgid "<primary>LCD screen</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11816
msgid "<primary>Fonts</primary> <secondary>LCD screen</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11819
msgid "One last point: with an LCD screen, sub-pixel sampling may be desired. This basically treats the (horizontally separated) red, green and blue components separately to improve the horizontal resolution; the results can be dramatic. To enable this, add the line somewhere in <filename>local.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11826
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\t &lt;match target=\"font\"&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;test qual=\"all\" name=\"rgba\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;const&gt;unknown&lt;/const&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;edit name=\"rgba\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;const&gt;rgb&lt;/const&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t &lt;/match&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:11836
msgid "Depending on the sort of display, <literal>rgb</literal> may need to be changed to <literal>bgr</literal>, <literal>vrgb</literal> or <literal>vbgr</literal>: experiment and see which works best."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:11847
msgid "The X Display Manager"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:11850
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Seth</firstname> <surname>Kingsley</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11860
msgid "<primary>X Display Manager</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:11861
msgid "<application>Xorg</application> provides an X Display Manager, <application>XDM</application>, which can be used for login session management. <application>XDM</application> provides a graphical interface for choosing which display server to connect to and for entering authorization information such as a login and password combination."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:11868
msgid "This section demonstrates how to configure the X Display Manager on FreeBSD. Some desktop environments provide their own graphical login manager. Refer to <xref linkend=\"x11-wm-gnome\"/> for instructions on how to configure the GNOME Display Manager and <xref linkend=\"x11-wm-kde\"/> for instructions on how to configure the KDE Display Manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11875
msgid "Configuring <application>XDM</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11877
msgid "To install <application>XDM</application>, use the <package>x11/xdm</package> package or port. Once installed, <application>XDM</application> can be configured to run when the machine boots up by editing this entry in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11883
#, no-wrap
msgid "ttyv8   \"/usr/local/bin/xdm -nodaemon\"  xterm   off secure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11885
msgid "Change the <literal>off</literal> to <literal>on</literal> and save the edit. The <literal>ttyv8</literal> in this entry indicates that <application>XDM</application> will run on the ninth virtual terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11890
msgid "The <application>XDM</application> configuration directory is located in <filename>/usr/local/lib/X11/xdm</filename>. This directory contains several files used to change the behavior and appearance of <application>XDM</application>, as well as a few scripts and programs used to set up the desktop when <application>XDM</application> is running. <xref linkend=\"xdm-config-files\"/> summarizes the function of each of these files. The exact syntax and usage of these files is described in <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xdm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:11900
msgid "XDM Configuration Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11905 book.translate.xml:55698
msgid "File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11912
msgid "<filename>Xaccess</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11913
msgid "The protocol for connecting to <application>XDM</application> is called the X Display Manager Connection Protocol (<acronym>XDMCP</acronym>) This file is a client authorization ruleset for controlling <acronym>XDMCP</acronym> connections from remote machines. By default, this file does not allow any remote clients to connect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11923
msgid "<filename>Xresources</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11924
msgid "This file controls the look and feel of the <application>XDM</application> display chooser and login screens. The default configuration is a simple rectangular login window with the hostname of the machine displayed at the top in a large font and <quote>Login:</quote> and <quote>Password:</quote> prompts below. The format of this file is identical to the app-defaults file described in the <application>Xorg</application> documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11937
msgid "<filename>Xservers</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11938
msgid "The list of local and remote displays the chooser should provide as login choices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11943
msgid "<filename>Xsession</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11944
msgid "Default session script for logins which is run by <application>XDM</application> after a user has logged in. Normally each user will have a customized session script in <filename>~/.xsession</filename> that overrides this script"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11952
msgid "<filename>Xsetup_</filename>*"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11953
msgid "Script to automatically launch applications before displaying the chooser or login interfaces. There is a script for each display being used, named <filename>Xsetup_*</filename>, where <literal>*</literal> is the local display number. Typically these scripts run one or two programs in the background such as <command>xconsole</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11964
msgid "<filename>xdm-config</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11965
msgid "Global configuration for all displays running on this machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11970
msgid "<filename>xdm-errors</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11971
msgid "Contains errors generated by the server program. If a display that <application>XDM</application> is trying to start hangs, look at this file for error messages. These messages are also written to the user's <filename>~/.xsession-errors</filename> on a per-session basis."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11980
msgid "<filename>xdm-pid</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11981
msgid "The running process <acronym>ID</acronym> of <application>XDM</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11990
msgid "Configuring Remote Access"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11992
msgid "By default, only users on the same system can login using <application>XDM</application>. To enable users on other systems to connect to the display server, edit the access control rules and enable the connection listener."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11997
msgid "To configure <application>XDM</application> to listen for any remote connection, comment out the <literal>DisplayManager.requestPort</literal> line in <filename>/usr/local/lib/X11/xdm/xdm-config</filename> by putting a <literal>!</literal> in front of it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12003
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"! SECURITY: do not listen for XDMCP or Chooser requests\n"
"! Comment out this line if you want to manage X terminals with xdm\n"
"DisplayManager.requestPort:     0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12007
msgid "Save the edits and restart <application>XDM</application>. To restrict remote access, look at the example entries in <filename>/usr/local/lib/X11/xdm/Xaccess</filename> and refer to <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xdm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for further information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:12016
msgid "Desktop Environments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:12019
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Valentino</firstname> <surname>Vaschetto</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12030
msgid "This section describes how to install three popular desktop environments on a FreeBSD system. A desktop environment can range from a simple window manager to a complete suite of desktop applications. Over a hundred desktop environments are available in the <filename>x11-wm</filename> category of the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12038
msgid "GNOME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12041
msgid "<application>GNOME</application> is a user-friendly desktop environment. It includes a panel for starting applications and displaying status, a desktop, a set of tools and applications, and a set of conventions that make it easy for applications to cooperate and be consistent with each other. More information regarding <application>GNOME</application> on FreeBSD can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/gnome\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/gnome</link>. That web site contains additional documentation about installing, configuring, and managing <application>GNOME</application> on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12052
msgid "This desktop environment can be installed from a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12055
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gnome3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12057
msgid "To instead build <application>GNOME</application> from ports, use the following command. <application>GNOME</application> is a large application and will take some time to compile, even on a fast computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12063
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11/gnome3</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12066
msgid "<application>GNOME</application> requires <filename>/proc</filename> to be mounted. Add this line to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to mount this file system automatically during system startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12071 book.translate.xml:12162
#, no-wrap
msgid "proc           /proc       procfs  rw  0   0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12073
msgid "<application>GNOME</application> uses <application>D-Bus</application> and <application>HAL</application> for a message bus and hardware abstraction. These applications are automatically installed as dependencies of <application>GNOME</application>. Enable them in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> so they will be started when the system boots:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12081 book.translate.xml:12172
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dbus_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"hald_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12084
msgid "After installation, configure <application>Xorg</application> to start <application>GNOME</application>. The easiest way to do this is to enable the GNOME Display Manager, <application>GDM</application>, which is installed as part of the <application>GNOME</application> package or port. It can be enabled by adding this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12093
#, no-wrap
msgid "gdm_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12095
msgid "It is often desirable to also start all <application>GNOME</application> services. To achieve this, add a second line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12099
#, no-wrap
msgid "gnome_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12101
msgid "<application>GDM</application> will start automatically when the system boots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12104
msgid "A second method for starting <application>GNOME</application> is to type <command>startx</command> from the command-line after configuring <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename>. If this file already exists, replace the line that starts the current window manager with one that starts <filename>/usr/local/bin/gnome-session</filename>. If this file does not exist, create it with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12113
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" &gt; ~/.xinitrc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12115
msgid "A third method is to use <application>XDM</application> as the display manager. In this case, create an executable <filename>~/.xsession</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12119
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"#!/bin/sh\" &gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" &gt;&gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/.xsession</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12125
msgid "KDE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12129
msgid "<application>KDE</application> is another easy-to-use desktop environment. This desktop provides a suite of applications with a consistent look and feel, a standardized menu and toolbars, keybindings, color-schemes, internationalization, and a centralized, dialog-driven desktop configuration. More information on <application>KDE</application> can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.kde.org/\">http://www.kde.org/</link>. For FreeBSD-specific information, consult <link xlink:href=\"http://freebsd.kde.org/\">http://freebsd.kde.org</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12138
msgid "To install the <application>KDE</application> package, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12141
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install x11/kde4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12143
msgid "To instead build the <application>KDE</application> port, use the following command. Installing the port will provide a menu for selecting which components to install. <application>KDE</application> is a large application and will take some time to compile, even on a fast computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12149
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11/kde4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12152
msgid "<primary>KDE</primary> <secondary>display manager</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12157
msgid "<application>KDE</application> requires <filename>/proc</filename> to be mounted. Add this line to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to mount this file system automatically during system startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12164
msgid "<application>KDE</application> uses <application>D-Bus</application> and <application>HAL</application> for a message bus and hardware abstraction. These applications are automatically installed as dependencies of <application>KDE</application>. Enable them in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> so they will be started when the system boots:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12175
msgid "The installation of <application>KDE</application> includes the KDE Display Manager, <application>KDM</application>. To enable this display manager, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12181
#, no-wrap
msgid "kdm4_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12183
msgid "A second method for launching <application>KDE</application> is to type <command>startx</command> from the command line. For this to work, the following line is needed in <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12189
#, no-wrap
msgid "exec /usr/local/bin/startkde"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12191
msgid "A third method for starting <application>KDE</application> is through <application>XDM</application>. To do so, create an executable <filename>~/.xsession</filename> as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12196
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"#!/bin/sh\" &gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startkde\" &gt;&gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/.xsession</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12200
msgid "Once <application>KDE</application> is started, refer to its built-in help system for more information on how to use its various menus and applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12206
msgid "Xfce"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12208
msgid "<application>Xfce</application> is a desktop environment based on the GTK+ toolkit used by <application>GNOME</application>. However, it is more lightweight and provides a simple, efficient, easy-to-use desktop. It is fully configurable, has a main panel with menus, applets, and application launchers, provides a file manager and sound manager, and is themeable. Since it is fast, light, and efficient, it is ideal for older or slower machines with memory limitations. More information on <application>Xfce</application> can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.xfce.org/\">http://www.xfce.org</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12219
msgid "To install the <application>Xfce</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12222
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xfce</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12224
msgid "Alternatively, to build the port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11-wm/xfce4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12229
msgid "Unlike <application>GNOME</application> or <application>KDE</application>, <application>Xfce</application> does not provide its own login manager. In order to start <application>Xfce</application> from the command line by typing <command>startx</command>, first add its entry to <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12236
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startxfce4 --with-ck-launch\" &gt; ~/.xinitrc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12238
msgid "An alternate method is to use <application>XDM</application>. To configure this method, create an executable <filename>~/.xsession</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12242
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"#!/bin/sh\" &gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startxfce4 --with-ck-launch\" &gt;&gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/.xsession</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:12249
msgid "Installing Compiz Fusion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12251
msgid "One way to make using a desktop computer more pleasant is with nice 3D effects."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12254
msgid "Installing the <application>Compiz Fusion</application> package is easy, but configuring it requires a few steps that are not described in the port's documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12259
msgid "Setting up the FreeBSD nVidia Driver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12261
msgid "Desktop effects can cause quite a load on the graphics card. For an nVidia-based graphics card, the proprietary driver is required for good performance. Users of other graphics cards can skip this section and continue with the <filename>xorg.conf</filename> configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12267
msgid "To determine which nVidia driver is needed see the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/x.html#idp59950544\">FAQ question on the subject</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12270
msgid "Having determined the correct driver to use for your card, installation is as simple as installing any other package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12274
msgid "For example, to install the latest driver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12276
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install x11/nvidia-driver</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12278
msgid "The driver will create a kernel module, which needs to be loaded at system startup. Add the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12282
#, no-wrap
msgid "nvidia_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12285
msgid "To immediately load the kernel module into the running kernel by issuing a command like <command>kldload nvidia</command>, however it has been noted that the some versions of <application>Xorg</application> will not function properly if the driver is not loaded at boot time. After editing <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>, a reboot is recommended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12294
msgid "With the kernel module loaded, you normally only need to change a single line in <filename>xorg.conf</filename> to enable the proprietary driver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12298
msgid "Find the following line in <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12301
#, no-wrap
msgid "Driver      \"nv\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12303
msgid "and change it to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12305
#, no-wrap
msgid "Driver      \"nvidia\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12307
msgid "Start the GUI as usual, and you should be greeted by the nVidia splash. Everything should work as usual."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12312
msgid "Configuring xorg.conf for Desktop Effects"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12314
msgid "To enable <application>Compiz Fusion</application>, <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename> needs to be modified:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12318
msgid "Add the following section to enable composite effects:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12321
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Extensions\"\n"
"    Option         \"Composite\" \"Enable\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12325
msgid "Locate the <quote>Screen</quote> section which should look similar to the one below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12328
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"    Identifier     \"Screen0\"\n"
"    Device         \"Card0\"\n"
"    Monitor        \"Monitor0\"\n"
"    ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12334
msgid "and add the following two lines (after <quote>Monitor</quote> will do):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12337
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"DefaultDepth    24\n"
"Option         \"AddARGBGLXVisuals\" \"True\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12340
msgid "Locate the <quote>Subsection</quote> that refers to the screen resolution that you wish to use. For example, if you wish to use 1280x1024, locate the section that follows. If the desired resolution does not appear in any subsection, you may add the relevant entry by hand:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12346
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SubSection     \"Display\"\n"
"    Viewport    0 0\n"
"    Modes      \"1280x1024\"\n"
"EndSubSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12351
msgid "A color depth of 24 bits is needed for desktop composition, change the above subsection to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12354
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SubSection     \"Display\"\n"
"    Viewport    0 0\n"
"    Depth       24\n"
"    Modes      \"1280x1024\"\n"
"EndSubSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12360
msgid "Finally, confirm that the <quote>glx</quote> and <quote>extmod</quote> modules are loaded in the <quote>Module</quote> section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12364
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Module\"\n"
"    Load           \"extmod\"\n"
"    Load           \"glx\"\n"
"    ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12369
msgid "The preceding can be done automatically with <package>x11/nvidia-xconfig</package> by running (as root):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12373
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nvidia-xconfig --add-argb-glx-visuals</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nvidia-xconfig --composite</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nvidia-xconfig --depth=24</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12379
msgid "Installing and Configuring Compiz Fusion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12381
msgid "Installing <application>Compiz Fusion</application> is as simple as any other package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12384
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install x11-wm/compiz-fusion</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12386
msgid "When the installation is finished, start your graphic desktop and at a terminal, enter the following commands (as a normal user):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12390
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-hints ccp &amp;</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>emerald --replace &amp;</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12393
msgid "Your screen will flicker for a few seconds, as your window manager (e.g. <application>Metacity</application> if you are using <application>GNOME</application>) is replaced by <application>Compiz Fusion</application>. <application>Emerald</application> takes care of the window decorations (i.e. close, minimize, maximize buttons, title bars and so on)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12401
msgid "You may convert this to a trivial script and have it run at startup automatically (e.g. by adding to <quote>Sessions</quote> in a <application>GNOME</application> desktop):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12406
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#! /bin/sh\n"
"compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-hints ccp &amp;\n"
"emerald --replace &amp;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12410
msgid "Save this in your home directory as, for example, <filename>start-compiz</filename> and make it executable:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12414
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/start-compiz</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12416
msgid "Then use the GUI to add it to <guimenuitem>Startup Programs</guimenuitem> (located in <guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Sessions</guimenuitem> on a <application>GNOME</application> desktop)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12423
msgid "To actually select all the desired effects and their settings, execute (again as a normal user) the <application>Compiz Config Settings Manager</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12427
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ccsm</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12430
msgid "In <application>GNOME</application>, this can also be found in the <guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12435
msgid "If you have selected <quote>gconf support</quote> during the build, you will also be able to view these settings using <command>gconf-editor</command> under <literal>apps/compiz</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12446
msgid "If the mouse does not work, you will need to first configure it before proceeding. In recent <application>Xorg</application> versions, the <literal>InputDevice</literal> sections in <filename>xorg.conf</filename> are ignored in favor of the autodetected devices. To restore the old behavior, add the following line to the <literal>ServerLayout</literal> or <literal>ServerFlags</literal> section of this file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12455
#, no-wrap
msgid "Option \"AutoAddDevices\" \"false\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12457
msgid "Input devices may then be configured as in previous versions, along with any other options needed (e.g., keyboard layout switching)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12462
msgid "As previously explained the <application>hald</application> daemon will, by default, automatically detect your keyboard. There are chances that your keyboard layout or model will not be correct, desktop environments like <application>GNOME</application>, <application>KDE</application> or <application>Xfce</application> provide tools to configure the keyboard. However, it is possible to set the keyboard properties directly either with the help of the <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>setxkbmap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility or with a <application>hald</application>'s configuration rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12474
msgid "For example if, one wants to use a PC 102 keys keyboard coming with a french layout, we have to create a keyboard configuration file for <application>hald</application> called <filename>x11-input.fdi</filename> and saved in the <filename>/usr/local/etc/hal/fdi/policy</filename> directory. This file should contain the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12482
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"iso-8859-1\"?&gt;\n"
"&lt;deviceinfo version=\"0.2\"&gt;\n"
"  &lt;device&gt;\n"
"    &lt;match key=\"info.capabilities\" contains=\"input.keyboard\"&gt;\n"
"\t  &lt;merge key=\"input.x11_options.XkbModel\" type=\"string\"&gt;pc102&lt;/merge&gt;\n"
"\t  &lt;merge key=\"input.x11_options.XkbLayout\" type=\"string\"&gt;fr&lt;/merge&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/match&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/device&gt;\n"
"&lt;/deviceinfo&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12492
msgid "If this file already exists, just copy and add to your file the lines regarding the keyboard configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12495
msgid "You will have to reboot your machine to force <application>hald</application> to read this file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12498
msgid "It is possible to do the same configuration from an X terminal or a script with this command line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12501
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setxkbmap -model pc102 -layout fr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12503
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/share/X11/xkb/rules/base.lst</filename> lists the various keyboard, layouts and options available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12508
msgid "<primary><application>Xorg</application> tuning</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12511
msgid "The <filename>xorg.conf.new</filename> configuration file may now be tuned to taste. Open the file in a text editor such as <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>emacs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. If the monitor is an older or unusual model that does not support autodetection of sync frequencies, those settings can be added to <filename>xorg.conf.new</filename> under the <literal>\"Monitor\"</literal> section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12519
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Monitor\"\n"
"\tIdentifier   \"Monitor0\"\n"
"\tVendorName   \"Monitor Vendor\"\n"
"\tModelName    \"Monitor Model\"\n"
"\tHorizSync    30-107\n"
"\tVertRefresh  48-120\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12527
msgid "Most monitors support sync frequency autodetection, making manual entry of these values unnecessary. For the few monitors that do not support autodetection, avoid potential damage by only entering values provided by the manufacturer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12533
msgid "X allows DPMS (Energy Star) features to be used with capable monitors. The <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xset</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> program controls the time-outs and can force standby, suspend, or off modes. If you wish to enable DPMS features for your monitor, you must add the following line to the monitor section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12539
#, no-wrap
msgid "Option       \"DPMS\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12541
msgid "<primary><filename>xorg.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12545
msgid "While the <filename>xorg.conf.new</filename> configuration file is still open in an editor, select the default resolution and color depth desired. This is defined in the <literal>\"Screen\"</literal> section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12550
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Screen0\"\n"
"\tDevice     \"Card0\"\n"
"\tMonitor    \"Monitor0\"\n"
"\tDefaultDepth 24\n"
"\tSubSection \"Display\"\n"
"\t\tViewport  0 0\n"
"\t\tDepth     24\n"
"\t\tModes     \"1024x768\"\n"
"\tEndSubSection\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12562
msgid "The <literal>DefaultDepth</literal> keyword describes the color depth to run at by default. This can be overridden with the <option>-depth</option> command line switch to <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>Xorg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <literal>Modes</literal> keyword describes the resolution to run at for the given color depth. Note that only VESA standard modes are supported as defined by the target system's graphics hardware. In the example above, the default color depth is twenty-four bits per pixel. At this color depth, the accepted resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12573
msgid "Finally, write the configuration file and test it using the test mode given above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12577
msgid "One of the tools available to assist you during troubleshooting process are the <application>Xorg</application> log files, which contain information on each device that the <application>Xorg</application> server attaches to. <application>Xorg</application> log file names are in the format of <filename>/var/log/Xorg.0.log</filename>. The exact name of the log can vary from <filename>Xorg.0.log</filename> to <filename>Xorg.8.log</filename> and so forth."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12589
msgid "If all is well, the configuration file needs to be installed in a common location where <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>Xorg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> can find it. This is typically <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename> or <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12594
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp xorg.conf.new /etc/X11/xorg.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12596
msgid "The <application>Xorg</application> configuration process is now complete. <application>Xorg</application> may be now started with the <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>startx</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility. The <application>Xorg</application> server may also be started with the use of <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xdm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12603
msgid "Configuration with <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <literal>i810</literal> Graphics Chipsets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12606
msgid "<primary>Intel i810 graphic chipset</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12610
msgid "Configuration with <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> i810 integrated chipsets requires the <filename>agpgart</filename> AGP programming interface for <application>Xorg</application> to drive the card. See the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>agp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver manual page for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12616
msgid "This will allow configuration of the hardware as any other graphics board. Note on systems without the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>agp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver compiled in the kernel, trying to load the module with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will not work. This driver has to be in the kernel at boot time through being compiled in or using <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12625
msgid "Adding a Widescreen Flatpanel to the Mix"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12627
msgid "<primary>widescreen flatpanel configuration</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12631
msgid "This section assumes a bit of advanced configuration knowledge. If attempts to use the standard configuration tools above have not resulted in a working configuration, there is information enough in the log files to be of use in getting the setup working. Use of a text editor will be necessary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12638
msgid "Current widescreen (WSXGA, WSXGA+, WUXGA, WXGA, WXGA+, et.al.) formats support 16:10 and 10:9 formats or aspect ratios that can be problematic. Examples of some common screen resolutions for 16:10 aspect ratios are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12645
msgid "2560x1600"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12649
msgid "1920x1200"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12653
msgid "1680x1050"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12657
msgid "1440x900"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12661
msgid "1280x800"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12665
msgid "At some point, it will be as easy as adding one of these resolutions as a possible <literal>Mode</literal> in the <literal>Section \"Screen\"</literal> as such:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"Identifier \"Screen0\"\n"
"Device     \"Card0\"\n"
"Monitor    \"Monitor0\"\n"
"DefaultDepth 24\n"
"SubSection \"Display\"\n"
"\tViewport  0 0\n"
"\tDepth     24\n"
"\tModes     \"1680x1050\"\n"
"EndSubSection\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12681
msgid "<application>Xorg</application> is smart enough to pull the resolution information from the widescreen via I2C/DDC information so it knows what the monitor can handle as far as frequencies and resolutions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12686
msgid "If those <literal>ModeLines</literal> do not exist in the drivers, one might need to give <application>Xorg</application> a little hint. Using <filename>/var/log/Xorg.0.log</filename> one can extract enough information to manually create a <literal>ModeLine</literal> that will work. Simply look for information resembling this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12694
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"(II) MGA(0): Supported additional Video Mode:\n"
"(II) MGA(0): clock: 146.2 MHz   Image Size:  433 x 271 mm\n"
"(II) MGA(0): h_active: 1680  h_sync: 1784  h_sync_end 1960 h_blank_end 2240 h_border: 0\n"
"(II) MGA(0): v_active: 1050  v_sync: 1053  v_sync_end 1059 v_blanking: 1089 v_border: 0\n"
"(II) MGA(0): Ranges: V min: 48  V max: 85 Hz, H min: 30  H max: 94 kHz, PixClock max 170 MHz"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12700
msgid "This information is called EDID information. Creating a <literal>ModeLine</literal> from this is just a matter of putting the numbers in the correct order:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12704
#, no-wrap
msgid "ModeLine &lt;name&gt; &lt;clock&gt; &lt;4 horiz. timings&gt; &lt;4 vert. timings&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12706
msgid "So that the <literal>ModeLine</literal> in <literal>Section \"Monitor\"</literal> for this example would look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12710
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Monitor\"\n"
"Identifier      \"Monitor1\"\n"
"VendorName      \"Bigname\"\n"
"ModelName       \"BestModel\"\n"
"ModeLine        \"1680x1050\" 146.2 1680 1784 1960 2240 1050 1053 1059 1089\n"
"Option          \"DPMS\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12718
msgid "Now having completed these simple editing steps, X should start on your new widescreen monitor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12723
msgid "Troubleshooting Compiz Fusion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:12728
msgid "I have installed <application>Compiz Fusion</application>, and after running the commands you mention, my windows are left without title bars and buttons. What is wrong?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:12736
msgid "You are probably missing a setting in <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>. Review this file carefully and check especially the <literal>DefaultDepth</literal> and <literal>AddARGBGLXVisuals</literal> directives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:12747
msgid "When I run the command to start <application>Compiz Fusion</application>, the X server crashes and I am back at the console. What is wrong?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:12754
msgid "If you check <filename>/var/log/Xorg.0.log</filename>, you will probably find error messages during the X startup. The most common would be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12759
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     Failed to initialize the GLX module; please check in your X\n"
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     log file that the GLX module has been loaded in your X\n"
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     server, and that the module is the NVIDIA GLX module.  If\n"
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     you continue to encounter problems, Please try\n"
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     reinstalling the NVIDIA driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:12765
msgid "This is usually the case when you upgrade <application>Xorg</application>. You will need to reinstall the <package>x11/nvidia-driver</package> package so glx is built again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:12779
msgid "Common Tasks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:12782
msgid "Now that the basics have been covered, this part of the book discusses some frequently used features of FreeBSD. These chapters:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12788
msgid "Introduce popular and useful desktop applications: browsers, productivity tools, document viewers, and more."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12794
msgid "Introduce a number of multimedia tools available for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12799
msgid "Explain the process of building a customized FreeBSD kernel to enable extra functionality."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12804
msgid "Describe the print system in detail, both for desktop and network-connected printer setups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12809
msgid "Show how to run Linux applications on the FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:12814
msgid "Some of these chapters recommend prior reading, and this is noted in the synopsis at the beginning of each chapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:12837
msgid "Desktop Applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12842
msgid "While FreeBSD is popular as a server for its performance and stability, it is also suited for day-to-day use as a desktop. With over 24,000 applications available as FreeBSD packages or ports, it is easy to build a customized desktop that runs a wide variety of desktop applications. This chapter demonstrates how to install numerous desktop applications, including web browsers, productivity software, document viewers, and financial software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12852
msgid "Users who prefer to install a pre-built desktop version of FreeBSD rather than configuring one from scratch should refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.trueos.org/\">trueos.org website.</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12859
msgid "Readers of this chapter should know how to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12863
msgid "Install additional software using packages or ports as described in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12868
msgid "Install X and a window manager as described in <xref linkend=\"x11\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12873
msgid "For information on how to configure a multimedia environment, refer to <xref linkend=\"multimedia\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:12878
msgid "Browsers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12880
msgid "<primary>browsers</primary> <secondary>web</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12885
msgid "FreeBSD does not come with a pre-installed web browser. Instead, the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/www.html\">www</link> category of the Ports Collection contains many browsers which can be installed as a package or compiled from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12891
msgid "The <application>KDE</application> and <application>GNOME</application> desktop environments include their own HTML browser. Refer to <xref linkend=\"x11-wm\"/> for more information on how to set up these complete desktops."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12897
msgid "Some lightweight browsers include <package>www/dillo2</package>, <package>www/links</package>, and <package>www/w3m</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12901
msgid "This section demonstrates how to install the following popular web browsers and indicates if the application is resource-heavy, takes time to compile from ports, or has any major dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12910 book.translate.xml:13276 book.translate.xml:13586
#: book.translate.xml:13810
msgid "Application Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12911 book.translate.xml:13277 book.translate.xml:13587
#: book.translate.xml:13811
msgid "Resources Needed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12912 book.translate.xml:13278 book.translate.xml:13588
#: book.translate.xml:13812
msgid "Installation from Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12913 book.translate.xml:17239 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Notes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12919
msgid "<application>Firefox</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12920 book.translate.xml:12935 book.translate.xml:12943
msgid "medium"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12921 book.translate.xml:12936 book.translate.xml:12944
#: book.translate.xml:13287 book.translate.xml:13302 book.translate.xml:13309
#: book.translate.xml:13626 book.translate.xml:13821 book.translate.xml:13828
#: book.translate.xml:13835
msgid "heavy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12922
msgid "FreeBSD, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, and localized versions are available"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12927
msgid "<application>Opera</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12928 book.translate.xml:12929 book.translate.xml:13286
#: book.translate.xml:13293 book.translate.xml:13294 book.translate.xml:13301
#: book.translate.xml:13596 book.translate.xml:13597 book.translate.xml:13603
#: book.translate.xml:13604 book.translate.xml:13610 book.translate.xml:13611
#: book.translate.xml:13618 book.translate.xml:13619 book.translate.xml:13625
#: book.translate.xml:13820 book.translate.xml:13827 book.translate.xml:13834
msgid "light"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12930
msgid "FreeBSD and <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> versions are available"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12934
msgid "<application>Konqueror</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12937
msgid "Requires <application>KDE</application> libraries"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12942
msgid "<application>Chromium</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12945
msgid "Requires <application>Gtk+</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12952
msgid "Firefox"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12954
msgid "<primary><application>Firefox</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12958
msgid "<application>Firefox</application> is an open source browser that is fully ported to FreeBSD. It features a standards-compliant HTML display engine, tabbed browsing, popup blocking, extensions, improved security, and more. <application>Firefox</application> is based on the <application>Mozilla</application> codebase."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12965
msgid "To install the package of the latest release version of <application>Firefox</application>, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12968
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install firefox</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12970
msgid "To instead install <application>Firefox</application> Extended Support Release (ESR) version, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12973
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install firefox-esr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12975
msgid "Localized versions are available in <package>www/firefox-i18n</package> and <package>www/firefox-esr-i18n</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12979
msgid "The Ports Collection can instead be used to compile the desired version of <application>Firefox</application> from source code. This example builds <package>www/firefox</package>, where <literal>firefox</literal> can be replaced with the ESR or localized version to install."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12986
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/firefox</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:12990
msgid "Firefox and <trademark>Java</trademark> Plugin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:12992
msgid "The installation of <application>Firefox</application> does not include <trademark>Java</trademark> support. However, <package>java/icedtea-web</package> provides a free software web browser plugin for running Java applets. It can be installed as a package by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12998
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install icedtea-web</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13000
msgid "Alternatively, to compile from the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13002
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/java/icedtea-web</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13005
msgid "Keep the default configuration options when compiling the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13008
msgid "Once installed, start <application>firefox</application>, enter <literal>about:plugins</literal> in the location bar and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. A page listing the installed plugins will be displayed. The <application><trademark>Java</trademark></application> plugin should be listed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13015
msgid "If the browser is unable to find the plugin, each user will have to run the following command and relaunch the browser:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13019
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ln -s /usr/local/lib/IcedTeaPlugin.so \\\n"
"  $HOME/.mozilla/plugins/</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:13025
msgid "Firefox and <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> Plugin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13027
msgid "<primary>Flash</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13031
msgid "A native <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> plugin is not available for FreeBSD. However, a software wrapper for running the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> version of the plugin is available. This wrapper also provides support for other browser plugins such as <trademark class=\"registered\">RealPlayer</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13036
msgid "To install and enable this plugin, perform these steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:13041
msgid "Install <package role=\"port\">www/nspluginwrapper</package> from the port. Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not available. This port requires <package>emulators/linux_base-c6</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:13048
msgid "Install <package role=\"port\">www/linux-c6-flashplugin11</package> from the port. Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:13054
msgid "Before the plugin is first used, each user must run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13057
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nspluginwrapper -v -a -i</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:13059
msgid "When the plugin port has been updated and reinstalled, each user must run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13062
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nspluginwrapper -v -a -u</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:13064
msgid "Start the browser, enter <literal>about:plugins</literal> in the location bar and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. A list of all the currently available plugins will be shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:13074
msgid "Firefox and Swfdec <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> Plugin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13076
msgid "<application>Swfdec</application> is a decoder and renderer for <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> animations. <application>Swfdec-Mozilla</application> is a plugin for <application>Firefox</application> browsers that uses the Swfdec library for playing SWF files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13082 book.translate.xml:13407
msgid "To install the package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13084
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install swfdec-plugin</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13086
msgid "If the package is not available, compile and install it from the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13089
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/swfdec-plugin</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13092
msgid "Restart the browser to activate this plugin."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13097
msgid "Opera"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13099
msgid "<primary><application>Opera</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13103
msgid "<application>Opera</application> is a full-featured and standards-compliant browser which is still lightweight and fast. It comes with a built-in mail and news reader, an IRC client, an RSS/Atom feeds reader, and more. It is available as a native FreeBSD version and as a version that runs under <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> emulation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13110
msgid "This command installs the package of the FreeBSD version of <application>Opera</application>. Replace <literal>opera</literal> with <literal>linux-opera</literal> to instead install the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> version."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13115
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install opera</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13117
msgid "Alternately, install either version through the Ports Collection. This example compiles the native version:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13120
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/opera</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13123
msgid "To install the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> version, substitute <literal>linux-opera</literal> in place of <literal>opera</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13127
msgid "To install <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> plugin support, first compile the <package role=\"port\">www/linux-c6-flashplugin11</package> port. Licensing restrictions prevent making a package available. Then install <package role=\"port\">www/opera-linuxplugins</package>. This example compiles both applications from ports:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13133
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/linux-c6-flashplugin11</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/opera-linuxplugins</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13138
msgid "Once installed, check the presence of the plugin by starting the browser, entering <literal>opera:plugins</literal> in the location bar and pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap>. A list should appear with all the currently available plugins."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13144
msgid "To add the <application><trademark>Java</trademark></application> plugin, follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"moz-java-plugin\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13149
msgid "Konqueror"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13151
msgid "<primary><application>Konqueror</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13155
msgid "<application>Konqueror</application> is more than a web browser as it is also a file manager and a multimedia viewer. It is included in the <package>x11/kde4-baseapps</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13160
msgid "<application>Konqueror</application> supports WebKit as well as its own KHTML. WebKit is a rendering engine used by many modern browsers including Chromium. To use WebKit with <application>Konqueror</application> on FreeBSD, install the <package>www/kwebkitpart</package> package or port. This example installs the package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13167
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install kwebkitpart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13169
msgid "To install from the Ports Colloction:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13171
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/kwebkitpart</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13174
msgid "To enable WebKit within <application>Konqueror</application>, click <quote>Settings</quote>, <quote>Configure Konqueror</quote>. In the <quote>General</quote> settings page, click the drop-down menu next to <quote>Default web browser engine</quote> and change <quote>KHTML</quote> to <quote>WebKit</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13182
msgid "<application>Konqueror</application> also supports <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark></application>. A <quote>How To</quote> guide for getting <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark></application> support on <application>Konqueror</application> is available at <uri xlink:href=\"http://freebsd.kde.org/howtos/konqueror-flash.php\">http://freebsd.kde.org/howtos/konqueror-flash.php</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13189
msgid "Chromium"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13191
msgid "<primary><application>Chromium</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13195
msgid "<application>Chromium</application> is an open source browser project that aims to build a safer, faster, and more stable web browsing experience. <application>Chromium</application> features tabbed browsing, popup blocking, extensions, and much more. <application>Chromium</application> is the open source project upon which the Google Chrome web browser is based."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13203
msgid "<application>Chromium</application> can be installed as a package by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13206
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install chromium</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13208
msgid "Alternatively, <application>Chromium</application> can be compiled from source using the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13211
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/chromium</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:13215
msgid "The executable for <application>Chromium</application> is <filename>/usr/local/bin/chrome</filename>, not <filename>/usr/local/bin/chromium</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:13221
msgid "Chromium and <trademark>Java</trademark> Plugin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13223
msgid "The installation of <application>Chromium</application> does not include <trademark>Java</trademark> support. To install <trademark>Java</trademark> plugin support, follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"moz-java-plugin\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13228
msgid "Once <trademark>Java</trademark> support is installed, start <application>Chromium</application> and enter <literal>about:plugins</literal> in the address bar. IcedTea-Web should be listed as one of the installed plugins."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13234
msgid "If <application>Chromium</application> does not display the IcedTea-Web plugin, run the following commands and restart the web browser:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13238
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p /usr/local/share/chromium/plugins\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> ln -s /usr/local/lib/IcedTeaPlugin.so \\\n"
"  /usr/local/share/chromium/plugins/</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:13244
msgid "Chromium and <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> Plugin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13246
msgid "Configuring <application>Chromium</application> and <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> is similar to the instructions in <xref linkend=\"moz-flash-plugin\"/>. No additional configuration should be necessary, since <application>Chromium</application> is able to use some plugins from other browsers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:13257
msgid "Productivity"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13259
msgid "When it comes to productivity, new users often look for an office suite or an easy-to-use word processor. While some <link linkend=\"x11-wm\">desktop environments</link> like <application>KDE</application> provide an office suite, there is no default productivity package. Several office suites and graphical word processors are available for FreeBSD, regardless of the installed window manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13267
msgid "This section demonstrates how to install the following popular productivity software and indicates if the application is resource-heavy, takes time to compile from ports, or has any major dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13279 book.translate.xml:13589 book.translate.xml:13813
msgid "Major Dependencies"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13285
msgid "<application>Calligra</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13288 book.translate.xml:13627 book.translate.xml:13836
msgid "<application>KDE</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13292
msgid "<application>AbiWord</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13295 book.translate.xml:13612
msgid "<application>Gtk+</application> or <application>GNOME</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13300
msgid "<application>The Gimp</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13303 book.translate.xml:13620
msgid "<application>Gtk+</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13307
msgid "<application>Apache OpenOffice</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13310 book.translate.xml:13318
msgid "huge"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13311
msgid "<application><trademark>JDK</trademark></application> and <application>Mozilla</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13316
msgid "<application>LibreOffice</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13317
msgid "somewhat heavy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13319
msgid "<application>Gtk+</application>, or <application>KDE</application>/ <application>GNOME</application>, or <application><trademark>JDK</trademark></application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13329
msgid "Calligra"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13331
msgid "<primary><application>Calligra</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13334
msgid "<primary>office suite</primary> <secondary><application>Calligra</application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13339
msgid "The KDE desktop environment includes an office suite which can be installed separately from <application>KDE</application>. <application>Calligra</application> includes standard components that can be found in other office suites. <application>Words</application> is the word processor, <application>Sheets</application> is the spreadsheet program, <application>Stage</application> manages slide presentations, and <application>Karbon</application> is used to draw graphical documents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13350
msgid "In FreeBSD, <package>editors/calligra</package> can be installed as a package or a port. To install the package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13354
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install calligra</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13356
msgid "If the package is not available, use the Ports Collection instead:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13359
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/calligra</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13364
msgid "AbiWord"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13366
msgid "<primary><application>AbiWord</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13370
msgid "<application>AbiWord</application> is a free word processing program similar in look and feel to <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> Word</application>. It is fast, contains many features, and is user-friendly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13375
msgid "<application>AbiWord</application> can import or export many file formats, including some proprietary ones like <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <filename>.rtf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13379
msgid "To install the <application>AbiWord</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13382
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install abiword</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13384
msgid "If the package is not available, it can be compiled from the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13387
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/abiword</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13392
msgid "The GIMP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13394
msgid "<primary><application>The GIMP</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13398
msgid "For image authoring or picture retouching, <application>The GIMP</application> provides a sophisticated image manipulation program. It can be used as a simple paint program or as a quality photo retouching suite. It supports a large number of plugins and features a scripting interface. <application>The GIMP</application> can read and write a wide range of file formats and supports interfaces with scanners and tablets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13409
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gimp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13411
msgid "Alternately, use the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13413
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/gimp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13416
msgid "The graphics category (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/graphics.html\">freebsd.org/ports/graphics.html</link>) of the Ports Collection contains several <application>GIMP</application>-related plugins, help files, and user manuals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13424
msgid "Apache OpenOffice"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13426
msgid "<primary> <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> </primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13431
msgid "<primary>office suite</primary> <secondary> <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> </secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13438
msgid "<application>Apache OpenOffice</application> is an open source office suite which is developed under the wing of the Apache Software Foundation's Incubator. It includes all of the applications found in a complete office productivity suite: a word processor, spreadsheet, presentation manager, and drawing program. Its user interface is similar to other office suites, and it can import and export in various popular file formats. It is available in a number of different languages and internationalization has been extended to interfaces, spell checkers, and dictionaries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13449
msgid "The word processor of <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> uses a native XML file format for increased portability and flexibility. The spreadsheet program features a macro language which can be interfaced with external databases. <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> is stable and runs natively on <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, <trademark>Solaris</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, FreeBSD, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X. More information about <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://openoffice.org/\">openoffice.org</link>. For FreeBSD specific information refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://porting.openoffice.org/freebsd/\">porting.openoffice.org/freebsd/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13460
msgid "To install the <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13463
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install apache-openoffice</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13465
msgid "Once the package is installed, type the following command to launch <application>Apache OpenOffice</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13468
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>openoffice-<replaceable>X.Y.Z</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13470
msgid "where <replaceable>X.Y.Z</replaceable> is the version number of the installed version of <application>Apache OpenOffice</application>. The first time <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> launches, some questions will be asked and a <filename>.openoffice.org</filename> folder will be created in the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13478
msgid "If the desired <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> package is not available, compiling the port is still an option. However, this requires a lot of disk space and a fairly long time to compile:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13483
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/openoffice-4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:13487
msgid "To build a localized version, replace the previous command with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13490
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make LOCALIZED_LANG=<replaceable>your_language</replaceable> install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:13492
msgid "Replace <replaceable>your_language</replaceable> with the correct language ISO-code. A list of supported language codes is available in <filename>files/Makefile.localized</filename>, located in the port's directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13502
msgid "LibreOffice"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13504
msgid "<primary><application>LibreOffice</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13507
msgid "<primary>office suite</primary> <secondary><application>LibreOffice</application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13512
msgid "<application>LibreOffice</application> is a free software office suite developed by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.documentfoundation.org/\">documentfoundation.org</link>. It is compatible with other major office suites and available on a variety of platforms. It is a rebranded fork of <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> and includes applications found in a complete office productivity suite: a word processor, spreadsheet, presentation manager, drawing program, database management program, and a tool for creating and editing mathematical formulæ. It is available in a number of different languages and internationalization has been extended to interfaces, spell checkers, and dictionaries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13525
msgid "The word processor of <application>LibreOffice</application> uses a native XML file format for increased portability and flexibility. The spreadsheet program features a macro language which can be interfaced with external databases. <application>LibreOffice</application> is stable and runs natively on <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, FreeBSD, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X. More information about <application>LibreOffice</application> can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.libreoffice.org/\">libreoffice.org</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13535
msgid "To install the English version of the <application>LibreOffice</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13538
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install libreoffice</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13540
msgid "The editors category (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/editors.html\">freebsd.org/ports/editors.html</link>) of the Ports Collection contains several localizations for <application>LibreOffice</application>. When installing a localized package, replace <literal>libreoffice</literal> with the name of the localized package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13546
msgid "Once the package is installed, type the following command to run <application>LibreOffice</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13549
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>libreoffice</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13551
msgid "During the first launch, some questions will be asked and a <filename>.libreoffice</filename> folder will be created in the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13555
msgid "If the desired <application>LibreOffice</application> package is not available, compiling the port is still an option. However, this requires a lot of disk space and a fairly long time to compile. This example compiles the English version:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13561
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/libreoffice</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:13565
msgid "To build a localized version, <command>cd</command> into the port directory of the desired language. Supported languages can be found in the editors category (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/editors.html\">freebsd.org/ports/editors.html</link>) of the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:13575
msgid "Document Viewers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13577
msgid "Some new document formats have gained popularity since the advent of <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and the viewers they require may not be available in the base system. This section demonstrates how to install the following document viewers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13595
msgid "<application>Xpdf</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13598
msgid "<application>FreeType</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13602 book.translate.xml:13667
msgid "<application>gv</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13605
msgid "<application>Xaw3d</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13609
msgid "<application>Geeqie</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13617
msgid "<application>ePDFView</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13624
msgid "<application>Okular</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13634
msgid "Xpdf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13636
msgid "<primary><application>Xpdf</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13639 book.translate.xml:13672 book.translate.xml:13738
msgid "<primary>PDF</primary> <secondary>viewing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13644
msgid "For users that prefer a small FreeBSD PDF viewer, <application>Xpdf</application> provides a light-weight and efficient viewer which requires few resources. It uses the standard X fonts and does not require any additional toolkits."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13650
msgid "To install the <application>Xpdf</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13653
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xpdf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13655 book.translate.xml:13725 book.translate.xml:13870
#: book.translate.xml:13904 book.translate.xml:13937
msgid "If the package is not available, use the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13658
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/xpdf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13661
msgid "Once the installation is complete, launch <command>xpdf</command> and use the right mouse button to activate the menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13669
msgid "<primary><application>gv</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13676
msgid "<primary>PostScript</primary> <secondary>viewing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13681
msgid "<application>gv</application> is a <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> and PDF viewer. It is based on <application>ghostview</application>, but has a nicer look as it is based on the <application>Xaw3d</application> widget toolkit. <application>gv</application> has many configurable features, such as orientation, paper size, scale, and anti-aliasing. Almost any operation can be performed with either the keyboard or the mouse."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13690
msgid "To install <application>gv</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13693
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gv</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13695 book.translate.xml:13757 book.translate.xml:13787
msgid "If a package is unavailable, use the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13698
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/print/gv</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13703
msgid "Geeqie"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13705
msgid "<primary><application>Geeqie</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13709
msgid "<application>Geeqie</application> is a fork from the unmaintained <application>GQView</application> project, in an effort to move development forward and integrate the existing patches. <application>Geeqie</application> is an image manager which supports viewing a file with a single click, launching an external editor, and thumbnail previews. It also features a slideshow mode and some basic file operations, making it easy to manage image collections and to find duplicate files. <application>Geeqie</application> supports full screen viewing and internationalization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13720
msgid "To install the <application>Geeqie</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13723
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install geeqie</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13728
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/geeqie</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13733
msgid "ePDFView"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13735
msgid "<primary><application>ePDFView</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13743
msgid "<application>ePDFView</application> is a lightweight <acronym>PDF</acronym> document viewer that only uses the <application>Gtk+</application> and <application>Poppler</application> libraries. It is currently under development, but already opens most <acronym>PDF</acronym> files (even encrypted), save copies of documents, and has support for printing using <application>CUPS</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13752
msgid "To install <application>ePDFView</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13755
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install epdfview</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13760
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/epdfview</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13765
msgid "Okular"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13767
msgid "<primary><application>Okular</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13770
msgid "<primary><acronym>PDF</acronym></primary> <secondary>viewing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13775
msgid "<application>Okular</application> is a universal document viewer based on <application>KPDF</application> for <application>KDE</application>. It can open many document formats, including <acronym>PDF</acronym>, <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>, DjVu, <acronym>CHM</acronym>, <acronym>XPS</acronym>, and ePub."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13782
msgid "To install <application>Okular</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13785
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install okular</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13790
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/okular</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:13796
msgid "Finance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13798
msgid "For managing personal finances on a FreeBSD desktop, some powerful and easy-to-use applications can be installed. Some are compatible with widespread file formats, such as the formats used by <application>Quicken</application> and <application>Excel</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13804
msgid "This section covers these programs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13819
msgid "<application>GnuCash</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13822 book.translate.xml:13829
msgid "<application>GNOME</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13826
msgid "<application>Gnumeric</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13833
msgid "<application>KMyMoney</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13843
msgid "GnuCash"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13845
msgid "<primary><application>GnuCash</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13849
msgid "<application>GnuCash</application> is part of the <application>GNOME</application> effort to provide user-friendly, yet powerful, applications to end-users. <application>GnuCash</application> can be used to keep track of income and expenses, bank accounts, and stocks. It features an intuitive interface while remaining professional."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13857
msgid "<application>GnuCash</application> provides a smart register, a hierarchical system of accounts, and many keyboard accelerators and auto-completion methods. It can split a single transaction into several more detailed pieces. <application>GnuCash</application> can import and merge <application>Quicken</application> QIF files. It also handles most international date and currency formats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13865
msgid "To install the <application>GnuCash</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13868
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gnucash</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13873
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/finance/gnucash</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13878
msgid "Gnumeric"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13880
msgid "<primary><application>Gnumeric</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13883
msgid "<primary>spreadsheet</primary> <secondary><application>Gnumeric</application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13888
msgid "<application>Gnumeric</application> is a spreadsheet program developed by the <application>GNOME</application> community. It features convenient automatic guessing of user input according to the cell format with an autofill system for many sequences. It can import files in a number of popular formats, including <application>Excel</application>, <application>Lotus 1-2-3</application>, and <application>Quattro Pro</application>. It has a large number of built-in functions and allows all of the usual cell formats such as number, currency, date, time, and much more."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13899
msgid "To install <application>Gnumeric</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13902
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gnumeric</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13907
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/math/gnumeric</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13912
msgid "KMyMoney"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13914
msgid "<primary><application>KMyMoney</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13916
msgid "<primary>spreadsheet</primary> <secondary><application>KMyMoney</application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13921
msgid "<application>KMyMoney</application> is a personal finance application created by the <application>KDE</application> community. <application>KMyMoney</application> aims to provide the important features found in commercial personal finance manager applications. It also highlights ease-of-use and proper double-entry accounting among its features. <application>KMyMoney</application> imports from standard <application>Quicken</application> QIF files, tracks investments, handles multiple currencies, and provides a wealth of reports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13932
msgid "To install <application>KMyMoney</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13935
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install kmymoney-kde4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13940
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/finance/kmymoney-kde4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:13955
msgid "Multimedia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:13958
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Ross</firstname> <surname>Lippert</surname> </personname> <contrib>Edited by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13971
msgid "FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards, allowing users to enjoy high fidelity output from a FreeBSD system. This includes the ability to record and playback audio in the MPEG Audio Layer 3 (<acronym>MP3</acronym>), Waveform Audio File (<acronym>WAV</acronym>), Ogg Vorbis, and other formats. The FreeBSD Ports Collection contains many applications for editing recorded audio, adding sound effects, and controlling attached MIDI devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13980
msgid "FreeBSD also supports the playback of video files and <acronym>DVD</acronym>s. The FreeBSD Ports Collection contains applications to encode, convert, and playback various video media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13985
msgid "This chapter describes how to configure sound cards, video playback, TV tuner cards, and scanners on FreeBSD. It also describes some of the applications which are available for using these devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13990
msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know how to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13994
msgid "Configure a sound card on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13998
msgid "Troubleshoot the sound setup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14002
msgid "Playback and encode MP3s and other audio."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14006
msgid "Prepare a FreeBSD system for video playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14010
msgid "Play <acronym>DVD</acronym>s, <filename>.mpg</filename>, and <filename>.avi</filename> files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14015
msgid "Rip <acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> content into files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14020
msgid "Configure a TV card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14024
msgid "Install and setup MythTV on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14028
msgid "Configure an image scanner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14035
msgid "Know how to install applications as described in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14042
msgid "Setting Up the Sound Card"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14045
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Moses</firstname> <surname>Moore</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14055
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </personname> <contrib>Enhanced by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14065
msgid "<primary>PCI</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14066
msgid "<primary>sound cards</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14067
msgid "Before beginning the configuration, determine the model of the sound card and the chip it uses. FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards. Check the supported audio devices list of the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/11.0R/hardware.html\">Hardware Notes</link> to see if the card is supported and which FreeBSD driver it uses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14074
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14079
msgid "In order to use the sound device, its device driver must be loaded. The easiest way is to load a kernel module for the sound card with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This example loads the driver for a built-in audio chipset based on the Intel specification:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14085
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload snd_hda</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14087
msgid "To automate the loading of this driver at boot time, add the driver to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. The line for this driver is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14091
#, no-wrap
msgid "snd_hda_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14093
msgid "Other available sound modules are listed in <filename>/boot/defaults/loader.conf</filename>. When unsure which driver to use, load the <filename>snd_driver</filename> module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14098
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload snd_driver</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14100
msgid "This is a metadriver which loads all of the most common sound drivers and can be used to speed up the search for the correct driver. It is also possible to load all sound drivers by adding the metadriver to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14106
msgid "To determine which driver was selected for the sound card after loading the <filename>snd_driver</filename> metadriver, type <command>cat /dev/sndstat</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14111
msgid "Configuring a Custom Kernel with Sound Support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14113
msgid "This section is for users who prefer to statically compile in support for the sound card in a custom kernel. For more information about recompiling a kernel, refer to <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14117
msgid "When using a custom kernel to provide sound support, make sure that the audio framework driver exists in the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14121
#, no-wrap
msgid "device sound"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14123
msgid "Next, add support for the sound card. To continue the example of the built-in audio chipset based on the Intel specification from the previous section, use the following line in the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14128
#, no-wrap
msgid "device snd_hda"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14130
msgid "Be sure to read the manual page of the driver for the device name to use for the driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14133
msgid "Non-PnP ISA sound cards may require the IRQ and I/O port settings of the card to be added to <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename>. During the boot process, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> reads this file and passes the settings to the kernel. For example, an old Creative <trademark class=\"registered\">SoundBlaster</trademark> 16 ISA non-PnP card will use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>snd_sbc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver in conjunction with <literal>snd_sb16</literal>. For this card, the following lines must be added to the kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14143
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device snd_sbc\n"
"device snd_sb16"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14146
msgid "If the card uses the <literal>0x220</literal> I/O port and IRQ <literal>5</literal>, these lines must also be added to <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14150
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hint.sbc.0.at=\"isa\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.port=\"0x220\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.irq=\"5\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.drq=\"1\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.flags=\"0x15\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14156
msgid "The syntax used in <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename> is described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sound</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and the manual page for the driver of the sound card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14160
msgid "The settings shown above are the defaults. In some cases, the IRQ or other settings may need to be changed to match the card. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>snd_sbc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about this card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14167
msgid "Testing Sound"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14169
msgid "After loading the required module or rebooting into the custom kernel, the sound card should be detected. To confirm, run <command>dmesg | grep pcm</command>. This example is from a system with a built-in Conexant CX20590 chipset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14174
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pcm0: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; at nid 5 on hdaa0\n"
"pcm1: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; at nid 6 on hdaa0\n"
"pcm2: &lt;Conexant CX20590 (Analog 2.0+HP/2.0)&gt; at nid 31,25 and 35,27 on hdaa1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14178
msgid "The status of the sound card may also be checked using this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14181
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat /dev/sndstat</userinput>\n"
"FreeBSD Audio Driver (newpcm: 64bit 2009061500/amd64)\n"
"Installed devices:\n"
"pcm0: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; (play)\n"
"pcm1: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; (play)\n"
"pcm2: &lt;Conexant CX20590 (Analog 2.0+HP/2.0)&gt; (play/rec) default"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14188
msgid "The output will vary depending upon the sound card. If no <filename>pcm</filename> devices are listed, double-check that the correct device driver was loaded or compiled into the kernel. The next section lists some common problems and their solutions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14194
msgid "If all goes well, the sound card should now work in FreeBSD. If the <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>DVD</acronym> drive is properly connected to the sound card, one can insert an audio <acronym>CD</acronym> in the drive and play it with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cdcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14200
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cdcontrol -f /dev/acd0 play 1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:14203
msgid "Audio <acronym>CD</acronym>s have specialized encodings which means that they should not be mounted using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14208
msgid "Various applications, such as <package>audio/workman</package>, provide a friendlier interface. The <package>audio/mpg123</package> port can be installed to listen to MP3 audio files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14213
msgid "Another quick way to test the card is to send data to <filename>/dev/dsp</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14216
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cat <replaceable>filename</replaceable> &gt; /dev/dsp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14218
msgid "where <filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable></filename> can be any type of file. This command should produce some noise, confirming that the sound card is working."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:14224
msgid "The <filename>/dev/dsp*</filename> device nodes will be created automatically as needed. When not in use, they do not exist and will not appear in the output of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14232
msgid "Troubleshooting Sound"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14234
msgid "<primary>device nodes</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14235
msgid "<primary>I/O port</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14236
msgid "<primary>IRQ</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14237
msgid "<primary>DSP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14239
msgid "<xref linkend=\"multimedia-sound-common-error-messages\"/> lists some common error messages and their solutions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:14243
msgid "Common Error Messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14248
msgid "Error"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14249
msgid "Solution"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14255
msgid "<errorname>sb_dspwr(XX) timed out</errorname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:14257
msgid "The I/O port is not set correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14262
msgid "<errorname>bad irq XX</errorname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:14263
msgid "The IRQ is set incorrectly. Make sure that the set IRQ and the sound IRQ are the same."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14269
msgid "<errorname>xxx: gus pcm not attached, out of memory</errorname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:14271
msgid "There is not enough available memory to use the device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14276
msgid "<errorname>xxx: can't open /dev/dsp!</errorname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:14278
msgid "Type <command>fstat | grep dsp</command> to check if another application is holding the device open. Noteworthy troublemakers are <application>esound</application> and <application>KDE</application>'s sound support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14289
msgid "Modern graphics cards often come with their own sound driver for use with <acronym>HDMI</acronym>. This sound device is sometimes enumerated before the sound card meaning that the sound card will not be used as the default playback device. To check if this is the case, run <application>dmesg</application> and look for <literal>pcm</literal>. The output looks something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14298
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"...\n"
"hdac0: HDA Driver Revision: 20100226_0142\n"
"hdac1: HDA Driver Revision: 20100226_0142\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #0: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #1: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #2: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #3: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"pcm0: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 0 nid 1 on hdac0\n"
"pcm1: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 1 nid 1 on hdac0\n"
"pcm2: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac0\n"
"pcm3: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 3 nid 1 on hdac0\n"
"hdac1: HDA Codec #2: Realtek ALC889\n"
"pcm4: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #0 Analog&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"pcm5: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #1 Analog&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"pcm6: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #2 Digital&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"pcm7: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #3 Digital&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14316
msgid "In this example, the graphics card (<literal>NVidia</literal>) has been enumerated before the sound card (<literal>Realtek ALC889</literal>). To use the sound card as the default playback device, change <varname>hw.snd.default_unit</varname> to the unit that should be used for playback:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14323
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.snd.default_unit=<replaceable>n</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14325
msgid "where <literal>n</literal> is the number of the sound device to use. In this example, it should be <literal>4</literal>. Make this change permanent by adding the following line to <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14331
#, no-wrap
msgid "hw.snd.default_unit=<replaceable>4</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14336
msgid "Utilizing Multiple Sound Sources"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14339
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Munish</firstname> <surname>Chopra</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14349
msgid "It is often desirable to have multiple sources of sound that are able to play simultaneously. FreeBSD uses <quote>Virtual Sound Channels</quote> to multiplex the sound card's playback by mixing sound in the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14354
msgid "Three <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> knobs are available for configuring virtual channels:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14357
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl dev.pcm.0.play.vchans=4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl dev.pcm.0.rec.vchans=4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.snd.maxautovchans=4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14361
msgid "This example allocates four virtual channels, which is a practical number for everyday use. Both <varname>dev.pcm.0.play.vchans=4</varname> and <varname>dev.pcm.0.rec.vchans=4</varname> are configurable after a device has been attached and represent the number of virtual channels <filename>pcm0</filename> has for playback and recording. Since the <filename>pcm</filename> module can be loaded independently of the hardware drivers, <varname>hw.snd.maxautovchans</varname> indicates how many virtual channels will be given to an audio device when it is attached. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pcm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:14374
msgid "The number of virtual channels for a device cannot be changed while it is in use. First, close any programs using the device, such as music players or sound daemons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14379
msgid "The correct <filename>pcm</filename> device will automatically be allocated transparently to a program that requests <filename>/dev/dsp0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14386
msgid "Setting Default Values for Mixer Channels"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14389
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Josef</firstname> <surname>El-Rayes</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14399
msgid "The default values for the different mixer channels are hardcoded in the source code of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pcm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver. While sound card mixer levels can be changed using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mixer</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> or third-party applications and daemons, this is not a permanent solution. To instead set default mixer values at the driver level, define the appropriate values in <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename>, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14408
#, no-wrap
msgid "hint.pcm.0.vol=\"50\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14410
msgid "This will set the volume channel to a default value of <literal>50</literal> when the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pcm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module is loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14418
msgid "MP3 Audio"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14421 book.translate.xml:60315
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Chern</firstname> <surname>Lee</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14431
msgid "This section describes some <acronym>MP3</acronym> players available for FreeBSD, how to rip audio <acronym>CD</acronym> tracks, and how to encode and decode <acronym>MP3</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14437
msgid "MP3 Players"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14439
msgid "A popular graphical <acronym>MP3</acronym> player is <application>XMMS</application>. It supports <application>Winamp</application> skins and additional plugins. The interface is intuitive, with a playlist, graphic equalizer, and more. Those familiar with <application>Winamp</application> will find <application>XMMS</application> simple to use. On FreeBSD, <application>XMMS</application> can be installed from the <package>multimedia/xmms</package> port or package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14449
msgid "The <package>audio/mpg123</package> package or port provides an alternative, command-line <acronym>MP3</acronym> player. Once installed, specify the <acronym>MP3</acronym> file to play on the command line. If the system has multiple audio devices, the sound device can also be specifed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14455
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mpg123 <replaceable>-a /dev/dsp1.0 Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"High Performance MPEG 1.0/2.0/2.5 Audio Player for Layers 1, 2 and 3\n"
"        version 1.18.1; written and copyright by Michael Hipp and others\n"
"        free software (LGPL) without any warranty but with best wishes\n"
"\n"
"Playing MPEG stream from Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3 ...\n"
"MPEG 1.0 layer III, 128 kbit/s, 44100 Hz joint-stereo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14463
msgid "Additional <acronym>MP3</acronym> players are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14468
msgid "Ripping <acronym>CD</acronym> Audio Tracks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14470
msgid "Before encoding a <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>CD</acronym> track to <acronym>MP3</acronym>, the audio data on the <acronym>CD</acronym> must be ripped to the hard drive. This is done by copying the raw <acronym>CD</acronym> Digital Audio (<acronym>CDDA</acronym>) data to <acronym>WAV</acronym> files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14477
msgid "The <command>cdda2wav</command> tool, which is installed with the <package>sysutils/cdrtools</package> suite, can be used to rip audio information from <acronym>CD</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14482
msgid "With the audio <acronym>CD</acronym> in the drive, the following command can be issued as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to rip an entire <acronym>CD</acronym> into individual, per track, <acronym>WAV</acronym> files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14488
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable> -B</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14490
msgid "In this example, the <option>-D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable></option> indicates the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> device <filename>0,1,0</filename> containing the <acronym>CD</acronym> to rip. Use <command>cdrecord -scanbus</command> to determine the correct device parameters for the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14497
msgid "To rip individual tracks, use <option>-t</option> to specify the track:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14500
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable> -t 7</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14502
msgid "To rip a range of tracks, such as track one to seven, specify a range:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14505
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable> -t 1+7</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14507
msgid "To rip from an <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> (<acronym>IDE</acronym>) <acronym>CDROM</acronym> drive, specify the device name in place of the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> unit numbers. For example, to rip track 7 from an IDE drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14513
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>/dev/acd0 -t 7</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14515
msgid "Alternately, <command>dd</command> can be used to extract audio tracks on <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> drives, as described in <xref linkend=\"duplicating-audiocds\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14521
msgid "Encoding and Decoding MP3s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14523
msgid "<application>Lame</application> is a popular <acronym>MP3</acronym> encoder which can be installed from the <package>audio/lame</package> port. Due to patent issues, a package is not available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14528
msgid "The following command will convert the ripped <acronym>WAV</acronym> file <filename><replaceable>audio01.wav</replaceable></filename> to <filename><replaceable>audio01.mp3</replaceable></filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14533
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lame -h -b <replaceable>128</replaceable> --tt \"<replaceable>Foo Song Title</replaceable>\" --ta \"<replaceable>FooBar Artist</replaceable>\" --tl \"<replaceable>FooBar Album</replaceable>\" \\\n"
"--ty \"<replaceable>2014</replaceable>\" --tc \"<replaceable>Ripped and encoded by Foo</replaceable>\" --tg \"<replaceable>Genre</replaceable>\" <replaceable>audio01.wav audio01.mp3</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14536
msgid "The specified 128 kbits is a standard <acronym>MP3</acronym> bitrate while the 160 and 192 bitrates provide higher quality. The higher the bitrate, the larger the size of the resulting <acronym>MP3</acronym>. The <option>-h</option> turns on the <quote>higher quality but a little slower</quote> mode. The options beginning with <option>--t</option> indicate <acronym>ID3</acronym> tags, which usually contain song information, to be embedded within the <acronym>MP3</acronym> file. Additional encoding options can be found in the <application>lame</application> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14549
msgid "In order to burn an audio <acronym>CD</acronym> from <acronym>MP3</acronym>s, they must first be converted to a non-compressed file format. <application>XMMS</application> can be used to convert to the <acronym>WAV</acronym> format, while <application>mpg123</application> can be used to convert to the raw Pulse-Code Modulation (<acronym>PCM</acronym>) audio data format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14557
msgid "To convert <filename>audio01.mp3</filename> using <application>mpg123</application>, specify the name of the <acronym>PCM</acronym> file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14561
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mpg123 -s <replaceable>audio01.mp3</replaceable> &gt; <replaceable>audio01.pcm</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14563
msgid "To use <application>XMMS</application> to convert a <acronym>MP3</acronym> to <acronym>WAV</acronym> format, use these steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:14568
msgid "Converting to <acronym>WAV</acronym> Format in <application>XMMS</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14572
msgid "Launch <application>XMMS</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14576
msgid "Right-click the window to bring up the <application>XMMS</application> menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14581
msgid "Select <literal>Preferences</literal> under <literal>Options</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14586
msgid "Change the Output Plugin to <quote>Disk Writer Plugin</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14591
msgid "Press <literal>Configure</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14595
msgid "Enter or browse to a directory to write the uncompressed files to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14600
msgid "Load the <acronym>MP3</acronym> file into <application>XMMS</application> as usual, with volume at 100% and EQ settings turned off."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14606
msgid "Press <literal>Play</literal>. The <application>XMMS</application> will appear as if it is playing the <acronym>MP3</acronym>, but no music will be heard. It is actually playing the <acronym>MP3</acronym> to a file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14614
msgid "When finished, be sure to set the default Output Plugin back to what it was before in order to listen to <acronym>MP3</acronym>s again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14620
msgid "Both the <acronym>WAV</acronym> and <acronym>PCM</acronym> formats can be used with <application>cdrecord</application>. When using <acronym>WAV</acronym> files, there will be a small tick sound at the beginning of each track. This sound is the header of the <acronym>WAV</acronym> file. The <package>audio/sox</package> port or package can be used to remove the header:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14628
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sox -t wav -r 44100 -s -w -c 2 <replaceable>track.wav track.raw</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14630
msgid "Refer to <xref linkend=\"creating-cds\"/> for more information on using a <acronym>CD</acronym> burner in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14638
msgid "Video Playback"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14641
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Ross</firstname> <surname>Lippert</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14651
msgid "Before configuring video playback, determine the model and chipset of the video card. While <application>Xorg</application> supports a wide variety of video cards, not all provide good playback performance. To obtain a list of extensions supported by the <application>Xorg</application> server using the card, run <command>xdpyinfo</command> while <application>Xorg</application> is running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14660
msgid "It is a good idea to have a short MPEG test file for evaluating various players and options. Since some <acronym>DVD</acronym> applications look for <acronym>DVD</acronym> media in <filename>/dev/dvd</filename> by default, or have this device name hardcoded in them, it might be useful to make a symbolic link to the proper device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14667
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -sf /dev/cd0 /dev/dvd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14669
msgid "Due to the nature of <citerefentry vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>devfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, manually created links will not persist after a system reboot. In order to recreate the symbolic link automatically when the system boots, add the following line to <filename>/etc/devfs.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14674
#, no-wrap
msgid "link cd0 dvd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14676
msgid "<acronym>DVD</acronym> decryption invokes certain functions that require write permission to the <acronym>DVD</acronym> device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14680
msgid "To enhance the shared memory <application>Xorg</application> interface, it is recommended to increase the values of these <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14685
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"kern.ipc.shmmax=67108864\n"
"kern.ipc.shmall=32768"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14689
msgid "Determining Video Capabilities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14691
msgid "<primary>XVideo</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14692
msgid "<primary>SDL</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14693
msgid "<primary>DGA</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14695
msgid "There are several possible ways to display video under <application>Xorg</application> and what works is largely hardware dependent. Each method described below will have varying quality across different hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14700
msgid "Common video interfaces include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14704
msgid "<application>Xorg</application>: normal output using shared memory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14709
msgid "XVideo: an extension to the <application>Xorg</application> interface which allows video to be directly displayed in drawable objects through a special acceleration. This extension provides good quality playback even on low-end machines. The next section describes how to determine if this extension is running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14719
msgid "<acronym>SDL</acronym>: the Simple Directmedia Layer is a porting layer for many operating systems, allowing cross-platform applications to be developed which make efficient use of sound and graphics. <acronym>SDL</acronym> provides a low-level abstraction to the hardware which can sometimes be more efficient than the <application>Xorg</application> interface. On FreeBSD, <acronym>SDL</acronym> can be installed using the <package>devel/sdl20</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14731
msgid "<acronym>DGA</acronym>: the Direct Graphics Access is an <application>Xorg</application> extension which allows a program to bypass the <application>Xorg</application> server and directly alter the framebuffer. Because it relies on a low level memory mapping, programs using it must be run as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. The <acronym>DGA</acronym> extension can be tested and benchmarked using <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>dga</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. When <command>dga</command> is running, it changes the colors of the display whenever a key is pressed. To quit, press <keycap>q</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14746
msgid "SVGAlib: a low level console graphics layer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:14751
msgid "XVideo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14753
msgid "To check whether this extension is running, use <command>xvinfo</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14756
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xvinfo</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14758
msgid "XVideo is supported for the card if the result is similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14761
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X-Video Extension version 2.2\n"
"  screen #0\n"
"  Adaptor #0: \"Savage Streams Engine\"\n"
"    number of ports: 1\n"
"    port base: 43\n"
"    operations supported: PutImage\n"
"    supported visuals:\n"
"      depth 16, visualID 0x22\n"
"      depth 16, visualID 0x23\n"
"    number of attributes: 5\n"
"      \"XV_COLORKEY\" (range 0 to 16777215)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 2110)\n"
"      \"XV_BRIGHTNESS\" (range -128 to 127)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 0)\n"
"      \"XV_CONTRAST\" (range 0 to 255)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 128)\n"
"      \"XV_SATURATION\" (range 0 to 255)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 128)\n"
"      \"XV_HUE\" (range -180 to 180)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 0)\n"
"    maximum XvImage size: 1024 x 1024\n"
"    Number of image formats: 7\n"
"      id: 0x32595559 (YUY2)\n"
"        guid: 59555932-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 16\n"
"        number of planes: 1\n"
"        type: YUV (packed)\n"
"      id: 0x32315659 (YV12)\n"
"        guid: 59563132-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 12\n"
"        number of planes: 3\n"
"        type: YUV (planar)\n"
"      id: 0x30323449 (I420)\n"
"        guid: 49343230-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 12\n"
"        number of planes: 3\n"
"        type: YUV (planar)\n"
"      id: 0x36315652 (RV16)\n"
"        guid: 52563135-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n"
"        bits per pixel: 16\n"
"        number of planes: 1\n"
"        type: RGB (packed)\n"
"        depth: 0\n"
"        red, green, blue masks: 0x1f, 0x3e0, 0x7c00\n"
"      id: 0x35315652 (RV15)\n"
"        guid: 52563136-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n"
"        bits per pixel: 16\n"
"        number of planes: 1\n"
"        type: RGB (packed)\n"
"        depth: 0\n"
"        red, green, blue masks: 0x1f, 0x7e0, 0xf800\n"
"      id: 0x31313259 (Y211)\n"
"        guid: 59323131-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 6\n"
"        number of planes: 3\n"
"        type: YUV (packed)\n"
"      id: 0x0\n"
"        guid: 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n"
"        bits per pixel: 0\n"
"        number of planes: 0\n"
"        type: RGB (packed)\n"
"        depth: 1\n"
"        red, green, blue masks: 0x0, 0x0, 0x0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14830
msgid "The formats listed, such as YUV2 and YUV12, are not present with every implementation of XVideo and their absence may hinder some players."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14834
msgid "If the result instead looks like:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14836
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X-Video Extension version 2.2\n"
"screen #0\n"
"no adaptors present"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14840
msgid "XVideo is probably not supported for the card. This means that it will be more difficult for the display to meet the computational demands of rendering video, depending on the video card and processor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14848
msgid "Ports and Packages Dealing with Video"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14850
msgid "<primary>video ports</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14851
msgid "<primary>video packages</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14853
msgid "This section introduces some of the software available from the FreeBSD Ports Collection which can be used for video playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:14858
msgid "<application>MPlayer</application> and <application>MEncoder</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14861
msgid "<application>MPlayer</application> is a command-line video player with an optional graphical interface which aims to provide speed and flexibility. Other graphical front-ends to <application>MPlayer</application> are available from the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14867
msgid "<primary>MPlayer</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14869
msgid "<application>MPlayer</application> can be installed using the <package>multimedia/mplayer</package> package or port. Several compile options are available and a variety of hardware checks occur during the build process. For these reasons, some users prefer to build the port rather than install the package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14876
msgid "When compiling the port, the menu options should be reviewed to determine the type of support to compile into the port. If an option is not selected, <application>MPlayer</application> will not be able to display that type of video format. Use the arrow keys and spacebar to select the required formats. When finished, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue the port compile and installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14885
msgid "By default, the package or port will build the <command>mplayer</command> command line utility and the <command>gmplayer</command> graphical utility. To encode videos, compile the <package>multimedia/mencoder</package> port. Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not available for <application>MEncoder</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14892
msgid "The first time <application>MPlayer</application> is run, it will create <filename>~/.mplayer</filename> in the user's home directory. This subdirectory contains default versions of the user-specific configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14897
msgid "This section describes only a few common uses. Refer to mplayer(1) for a complete description of its numerous options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14901
msgid "To play the file <filename><replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></filename>, specify the video interfaces with <option>-vo</option>, as seen in the following examples:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14906
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo xv <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14908
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo sdl <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14910
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo x11 <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14912
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo dga <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14914
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo 'sdl:dga' <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14916
msgid "It is worth trying all of these options, as their relative performance depends on many factors and will vary significantly with hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14920
msgid "To play a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, replace <filename><replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></filename> with <option>dvd://<replaceable>N</replaceable> -dvd-device <replaceable>DEVICE</replaceable></option>, where <replaceable>N</replaceable> is the title number to play and <replaceable>DEVICE</replaceable> is the device node for the <acronym>DVD</acronym>. For example, to play title 3 from <filename>/dev/dvd</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14929
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo xv dvd://3 -dvd-device /dev/dvd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:14932
msgid "The default <acronym>DVD</acronym> device can be defined during the build of the <application>MPlayer</application> port by including the <varname>WITH_DVD_DEVICE=/path/to/desired/device</varname> option. By default, the device is <filename>/dev/cd0</filename>. More details can be found in the port's <filename>Makefile.options</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14942
msgid "To stop, pause, advance, and so on, use a keybinding. To see the list of keybindings, run <command>mplayer -h</command> or read mplayer(1)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14946
msgid "Additional playback options include <option>-fs -zoom</option>, which engages fullscreen mode, and <option>-framedrop</option>, which helps performance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14950
msgid "Each user can add commonly used options to their <filename>~/.mplayer/config</filename> like so:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14953
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"vo=xv\n"
"fs=yes\n"
"zoom=yes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14957
msgid "<command>mplayer</command> can be used to rip a <acronym>DVD</acronym> title to a <filename>.vob</filename>. To dump the second title from a <acronym>DVD</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14962
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -dumpstream -dumpfile out.vob dvd://2 -dvd-device /dev/dvd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14964
msgid "The output file, <filename>out.vob</filename>, will be in <acronym>MPEG</acronym> format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14967
msgid "Anyone wishing to obtain a high level of expertise with <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> video should consult <link xlink:href=\"http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/\">mplayerhq.hu/DOCS</link> as it is technically informative. This documentation should be considered as required reading before submitting any bug reports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14973
msgid "<primary>mencoder</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14977
msgid "Before using <command>mencoder</command>, it is a good idea to become familiar with the options described at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/mencoder.html\">mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/mencoder.html</link>. There are innumerable ways to improve quality, lower bitrate, and change formats, and some of these options may make the difference between good or bad performance. Improper combinations of command line options can yield output files that are unplayable even by <command>mplayer</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14986
msgid "Here is an example of a simple copy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14988
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mencoder <replaceable>input.avi</replaceable> -oac copy -ovc copy -o <replaceable>output.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14990
msgid "To rip to a file, use <option>-dumpfile</option> with <command>mplayer</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14993
msgid "To convert <filename><replaceable>input.avi</replaceable></filename> to the MPEG4 codec with MPEG3 audio encoding, first install the <package>audio/lame</package> port. Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not available. Once installed, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15000
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mencoder <replaceable>input.avi</replaceable> -oac mp3lame -lameopts br=192 \\\n"
"\t -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vhq -o <replaceable>output.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15003
msgid "This will produce output playable by applications such as <command>mplayer</command> and <command>xine</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15007
msgid "<filename><replaceable>input.avi</replaceable></filename> can be replaced with <option>dvd://1 -dvd-device /dev/dvd</option> and run as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to re-encode a <acronym>DVD</acronym> title directly. Since it may take a few tries to get the desired result, it is recommended to instead dump the title to a file and to work on the file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:15017
msgid "The <application>xine</application> Video Player"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15020
msgid "<application>xine</application> is a video player with a reusable base library and a modular executable which can be extended with plugins. It can be installed using the <package>multimedia/xine</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15025
msgid "In practice, <application>xine</application> requires either a fast CPU with a fast video card, or support for the XVideo extension. The <application>xine</application> video player performs best on XVideo interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15030
msgid "By default, the <application>xine</application> player starts a graphical user interface. The menus can then be used to open a specific file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15034
msgid "Alternatively, <application>xine</application> may be invoked from the command line by specifying the name of the file to play:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15038
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xine -g -p <replaceable>mymovie.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15040
msgid "Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.xine-project.org/faq\"> xine-project.org/faq</link> for more information and troubleshooting tips."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:15046
msgid "The <application>Transcode</application> Utilities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15049
msgid "<application>Transcode</application> provides a suite of tools for re-encoding video and audio files. <application>Transcode</application> can be used to merge video files or repair broken files using command line tools with stdin/stdout stream interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15055
msgid "In FreeBSD, <application>Transcode</application> can be installed using the <package>multimedia/transcode</package> package or port. Many users prefer to compile the port as it provides a menu of compile options for specifying the support and codecs to compile in. If an option is not selected, <application>Transcode</application> will not be able to encode that format. Use the arrow keys and spacebar to select the required formats. When finished, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue the port compile and installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15066
msgid "This example demonstrates how to convert a DivX file into a PAL MPEG-1 file (PAL VCD):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15069
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>transcode -i <replaceable>input.avi</replaceable> -V --export_prof vcd-pal -o output_vcd</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplex -f 1 -o <replaceable>output_vcd.mpg output_vcd.m1v output_vcd.mpa</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15072
msgid "The resulting <acronym>MPEG</acronym> file, <filename><replaceable>output_vcd.mpg</replaceable></filename>, is ready to be played with <application>MPlayer</application>. The file can be burned on a <acronym>CD</acronym> media to create a video <acronym>CD</acronym> using a utility such as <package>multimedia/vcdimager</package> or <package>sysutils/cdrdao</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15081
msgid "In addition to the manual page for <command>transcode</command>, refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.transcoding.org/cgi-bin/transcode\">transcoding.org/cgi-bin/transcode</link> for further information and examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:15090
msgid "TV Cards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:15093
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Josef</firstname> <surname>El-Rayes</surname> </personname> <contrib>Original contribution by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:15103
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </personname> <contrib>Enhanced and adapted by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15113
msgid "<primary>TV cards</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15117
msgid "TV cards can be used to watch broadcast or cable TV on a computer. Most cards accept composite video via an <acronym>RCA</acronym> or S-video input and some cards include a <acronym>FM</acronym> radio tuner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15122
msgid "FreeBSD provides support for PCI-based TV cards using a Brooktree Bt848/849/878/879 video capture chip with the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver. This driver supports most Pinnacle PCTV video cards. Before purchasing a TV card, consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a list of supported tuners."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15129
msgid "Loading the Driver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15131
msgid "In order to use the card, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver must be loaded. To automate this at boot time, add the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15135
#, no-wrap
msgid "bktr_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15137
msgid "Alternatively, one can statically compile support for the TV card into a custom kernel. In that case, add the following lines to the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15142
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device\t bktr\n"
"device\tiicbus\n"
"device\tiicbb\n"
"device\tsmbus"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15147
msgid "These additional devices are necessary as the card components are interconnected via an I2C bus. Then, build and install a new kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15151
msgid "To test that the tuner is correctly detected, reboot the system. The TV card should appear in the boot messages, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15155
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"bktr0: &lt;BrookTree 848A&gt; mem 0xd7000000-0xd7000fff irq 10 at device 10.0 on pci0\n"
"iicbb0: &lt;I2C bit-banging driver&gt; on bti2c0\n"
"iicbus0: &lt;Philips I2C bus&gt; on iicbb0 master-only\n"
"iicbus1: &lt;Philips I2C bus&gt; on iicbb0 master-only\n"
"smbus0: &lt;System Management Bus&gt; on bti2c0\n"
"bktr0: Pinnacle/Miro TV, Philips SECAM tuner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15162
msgid "The messages will differ according to the hardware. If necessary, it is possible to override some of the detected parameters using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> or custom kernel configuration options. For example, to force the tuner to a Philips SECAM tuner, add the following line to a custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15169
#, no-wrap
msgid "options OVERRIDE_TUNER=6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15171
msgid "or, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15173
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.bt848.tuner=6</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15175
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a description of the available <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> parameters and kernel options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15180
msgid "Useful Applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15182
msgid "To use the TV card, install one of the following applications:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15187
msgid "<package>multimedia/fxtv</package> provides TV-in-a-window and image/audio/video capture capabilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15192
msgid "<package>multimedia/xawtv</package> is another TV application with similar features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15196
msgid "<package>audio/xmradio</package> provides an application for using the FM radio tuner of a TV card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15202
msgid "More applications are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15209
msgid "If any problems are encountered with the TV card, check that the video capture chip and the tuner are supported by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and that the right configuration options were used. For more support or to ask questions about supported TV cards, refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-multimedia\">freebsd-multimedia</link> mailing list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:15218
msgid "MythTV"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15220
msgid "MythTV is a popular, open source Personal Video Recorder (<acronym>PVR</acronym>) application. This section demonstrates how to install and setup MythTV on FreeBSD. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.mythtv.org/wiki/\">mythtv.org/wiki</link> for more information on how to use MythTV."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15225
msgid "MythTV requires a frontend and a backend. These components can either be installed on the same system or on different machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15229
msgid "The frontend can be installed on FreeBSD using the <package>multimedia/mythtv-frontend</package> package or port. <application>Xorg</application> must also be installed and configured as described in <xref linkend=\"x11\"/>. Ideally, this system has a video card that supports X-Video Motion Compensation (<acronym>XvMC</acronym>) and, optionally, a Linux Infrared Remote Control (<acronym>LIRC</acronym>)-compatible remote."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15238
msgid "To install both the backend and the frontend on FreeBSD, use the <package>multimedia/mythtv</package> package or port. A <trademark>MySQL</trademark> database server is also required and should automatically be installed as a dependency. Optionally, this system should have a tuner card and sufficient storage to hold recorded data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15246
msgid "Hardware"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15248
msgid "MythTV uses Video for Linux (<acronym>V4L</acronym>) to access video input devices such as encoders and tuners. In FreeBSD, MythTV works best with <acronym>USB</acronym> DVB-S/C/T cards as they are well supported by the <package>multimedia/webcamd</package> package or port which provides a <acronym>V4L</acronym> userland application. Any Digital Video Broadcasting (<acronym>DVB</acronym>) card supported by <application>webcamd</application> should work with MythTV. A list of known working cards can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.freebsd.org/WebcamCompat\">wiki.freebsd.org/WebcamCompat</link>. Drivers are also available for Hauppauge cards in the <package>multimedia/pvr250</package> and <package>multimedia/pvrxxx</package> ports, but they provide a non-standard driver interface that does not work with versions of MythTV greater than 0.23. Due to licensing restrictions, no packages are available and these two ports must be compiled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15266
msgid "The <link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.freebsd.org/HTPC\">wiki.freebsd.org/HTPC</link> page contains a list of all available <acronym>DVB</acronym> drivers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15272
msgid "Setting up the MythTV Backend"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15274
msgid "To install MythTV using binary packages:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15276
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install mythtv</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15278
msgid "Alternatively, to install from the Ports Collecton:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15280
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/multimedia/mythtv</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15283
msgid "Once installed, set up the MythTV database:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15285
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mysql -uroot -p &lt; /usr/local/share/mythtv/database/mc.sql</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15287
msgid "Then, configure the backend:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15289
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mythtv-setup</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15291
msgid "Finally, start the backend:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15293
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'mythbackend_enable=\"YES\"' &gt;&gt; /etc/rc.conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service mythbackend start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:15300
msgid "Image Scanners"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:15303
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15313
msgid "<primary>image scanners</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15317
msgid "In FreeBSD, access to image scanners is provided by <application>SANE</application> (Scanner Access Now Easy), which is available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection. <application>SANE</application> will also use some FreeBSD device drivers to provide access to the scanner hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15323
msgid "FreeBSD supports both <acronym>SCSI</acronym> and <acronym>USB</acronym> scanners. Depending upon the scanner interface, different device drivers are required. Be sure the scanner is supported by <application>SANE</application> prior to performing any configuration. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html\"> http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html</link> for more information about supported scanners."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15331
msgid "This chapter describes how to determine if the scanner has been detected by FreeBSD. It then provides an overview of how to configure and use <application>SANE</application> on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15337
msgid "Checking the Scanner"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15339
msgid "The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel includes the device drivers needed to support <acronym>USB</acronym> scanners. Users with a custom kernel should ensure that the following lines are present in the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15345
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device usb\n"
"device uhci\n"
"device ohci\n"
"device ehci"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15350
msgid "To determine if the <acronym>USB</acronym> scanner is detected, plug it in and use <command>dmesg</command> to determine whether the scanner appears in the system message buffer. If it does, it should display a message similar to this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15356
#, no-wrap
msgid "ugen0.2: &lt;EPSON&gt; at usbus0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15358
msgid "In this example, an <trademark class=\"registered\">EPSON Perfection</trademark> 1650 <acronym>USB</acronym> scanner was detected on <filename>/dev/ugen0.2</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15363
msgid "If the scanner uses a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> interface, it is important to know which <acronym>SCSI</acronym> controller board it will use. Depending upon the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> chipset, a custom kernel configuration file may be needed. The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel supports the most common <acronym>SCSI</acronym> controllers. Refer to <filename>/usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES</filename> to determine the correct line to add to a custom kernel configuration file. In addition to the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> adapter driver, the following lines are needed in a custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15375
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device scbus\n"
"device pass"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15378
msgid "Verify that the device is displayed in the system message buffer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15381
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass2 at aic0 bus 0 target 2 lun 0\n"
"pass2: &lt;AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10&gt; Fixed Scanner SCSI-2 device\n"
"pass2: 3.300MB/s transfers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15385
msgid "If the scanner was not powered-on at system boot, it is still possible to manually force detection by performing a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> bus scan with <command>camcontrol</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15390
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>camcontrol rescan all</userinput>\n"
"Re-scan of bus 0 was successful\n"
"Re-scan of bus 1 was successful\n"
"Re-scan of bus 2 was successful\n"
"Re-scan of bus 3 was successful"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15396
msgid "The scanner should now appear in the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> devices list:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15399
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>camcontrol devlist</userinput>\n"
"&lt;IBM DDRS-34560 S97B&gt;              at scbus0 target 5 lun 0 (pass0,da0)\n"
"&lt;IBM DDRS-34560 S97B&gt;              at scbus0 target 6 lun 0 (pass1,da1)\n"
"&lt;AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10&gt;           at scbus1 target 2 lun 0 (pass3)\n"
"&lt;PHILIPS CDD3610 CD-R/RW 1.00&gt;     at scbus2 target 0 lun 0 (pass2,cd0)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15405
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>scsi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>camcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details about <acronym>SCSI</acronym> devices on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15410
msgid "<application>SANE</application> Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15412
msgid "The <application>SANE</application> system is split in two parts: the backends (<package>graphics/sane-backends</package>) and the frontends (<package>graphics/sane-frontends</package> or <package>graphics/xsane</package>). The backends provide access to the scanner. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html\">http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html</link> to determine which backend supports the scanner. The frontends provide the graphical scanning interface. <package>graphics/sane-frontends</package> installs <application>xscanimage</application> while <package>graphics/xsane</package> installs <application>xsane</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15425
msgid "To install the two parts from binary packages:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15427
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xsane sane-frontends</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15429
msgid "Alternatively, to install from the Ports Collection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15431
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/sane-frontends</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/xsane</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15436
msgid "After installing the <package>graphics/sane-backends</package> port or package, use <command>sane-find-scanner</command> to check the scanner detection by the <application>SANE</application> system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15442
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sane-find-scanner -q</userinput>\n"
"found SCSI scanner \"AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10\" at /dev/pass3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15445
msgid "The output should show the interface type of the scanner and the device node used to attach the scanner to the system. The vendor and the product model may or may not appear."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:15450
msgid "Some <acronym>USB</acronym> scanners require firmware to be loaded. Refer to sane-find-scanner(1) and sane(7) for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15455
msgid "Next, check if the scanner will be identified by a scanning frontend. The <application>SANE</application> backends include <command>scanimage</command> which can be used to list the devices and perform an image acquisition. Use <option>-L</option> to list the scanner devices. The first example is for a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> scanner and the second is for a <acronym>USB</acronym> scanner:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15463
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"device `snapscan:/dev/pass3' is a AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 flatbed scanner\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"device 'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2' is a Epson GT-8200 flatbed scanner"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15468
msgid "In this second example, <literal>'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2'</literal> is the backend name (<literal>epson2</literal>) and <literal>/dev/ugen0.2</literal> is the device node used by the scanner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15474
msgid "If <command>scanimage</command> is unable to identify the scanner, this message will appear:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15477
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"No scanners were identified. If you were expecting something different,\n"
"check that the scanner is plugged in, turned on and detected by the\n"
"sane-find-scanner tool (if appropriate). Please read the documentation\n"
"which came with this software (README, FAQ, manpages)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15484
msgid "If this happens, edit the backend configuration file in <filename>/usr/local/etc/sane.d/</filename> and define the scanner device used. For example, if the undetected scanner model is an <trademark class=\"registered\">EPSON Perfection</trademark> 1650 and it uses the <literal>epson2</literal> backend, edit <filename>/usr/local/etc/sane.d/epson2.conf</filename>. When editing, add a line specifying the interface and the device node used. In this case, add the following line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15494
#, no-wrap
msgid "usb /dev/ugen0.2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15496
msgid "Save the edits and verify that the scanner is identified with the right backend name and the device node:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15499
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"device 'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2' is a Epson GT-8200 flatbed scanner"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15502
msgid "Once <command>scanimage -L</command> sees the scanner, the configuration is complete and the scanner is now ready to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15506
msgid "While <command>scanimage</command> can be used to perform an image acquisition from the command line, it is often preferable to use a graphical interface to perform image scanning. The <package>graphics/sane-frontends</package> package or port installs a simple but efficient graphical interface, <application>xscanimage</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15513
msgid "Alternately, <application>xsane</application>, which is installed with the <package>graphics/xsane</package> package or port, is another popular graphical scanning frontend. It offers advanced features such as various scanning modes, color correction, and batch scans. Both of these applications are usable as a <application>GIMP</application> plugin."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15522
msgid "Scanner Permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15524
msgid "In order to have access to the scanner, a user needs read and write permissions to the device node used by the scanner. In the previous example, the <acronym>USB</acronym> scanner uses the device node <filename>/dev/ugen0.2</filename> which is really a symlink to the real device node <filename>/dev/usb/0.2.0</filename>. The symlink and the device node are owned, respectively, by the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem> groups. While adding the user to these groups will allow access to the scanner, it is considered insecure to add a user to <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem>. A better solution is to create a group and make the scanner device accessible to members of this group."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15537
msgid "This example creates a group called <systemitem class=\"groupname\"><replaceable>usb</replaceable></systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15539
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd usb</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15541
msgid "Then, make the <filename>/dev/ugen0.2</filename> symlink and the <filename>/dev/usb/0.2.0</filename> device node accessible to the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">usb</systemitem> group with write permissions of <literal>0660</literal> or <literal>0664</literal> by adding the following lines to <filename>/etc/devfs.rules</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15548
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[system=5]\n"
"add path ugen0.2 mode 0660 group usb\n"
"add path usb/0.2.0 mode 0666 group usb"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15552
msgid "Finally, add the users to <systemitem class=\"groupname\"><replaceable>usb</replaceable></systemitem> in order to allow access to the scanner:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15555
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod usb -m <replaceable>joe</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15557
msgid "For more details refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:15587
msgid "Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15592
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>building a custom kernel</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15597
msgid "The kernel is the core of the FreeBSD operating system. It is responsible for managing memory, enforcing security controls, networking, disk access, and much more. While much of FreeBSD is dynamically configurable, it is still occasionally necessary to configure and compile a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15607
msgid "When to build a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15611
msgid "How to take a hardware inventory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15615
msgid "How to customize a kernel configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15619
msgid "How to use the kernel configuration file to create and build a new kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15624
msgid "How to install the new kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15628
msgid "How to troubleshoot if things go wrong."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15632
msgid "All of the commands listed in the examples in this chapter should be executed as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:15637
msgid "Why Build a Custom Kernel?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15639
msgid "Traditionally, FreeBSD used a monolithic kernel. The kernel was one large program, supported a fixed list of devices, and in order to change the kernel's behavior, one had to compile and then reboot into a new kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15644
msgid "Today, most of the functionality in the FreeBSD kernel is contained in modules which can be dynamically loaded and unloaded from the kernel as necessary. This allows the running kernel to adapt immediately to new hardware and for new functionality to be brought into the kernel. This is known as a modular kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15651
msgid "Occasionally, it is still necessary to perform static kernel configuration. Sometimes the needed functionality is so tied to the kernel that it can not be made dynamically loadable. Some security environments prevent the loading and unloading of kernel modules and require that only needed functionality is statically compiled into the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15658
msgid "Building a custom kernel is often a rite of passage for advanced BSD users. This process, while time consuming, can provide benefits to the FreeBSD system. Unlike the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel, which must support a wide range of hardware, a custom kernel can be stripped down to only provide support for that computer's hardware. This has a number of benefits, such as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15668
msgid "Faster boot time. Since the kernel will only probe the hardware on the system, the time it takes the system to boot can decrease."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15674
msgid "Lower memory usage. A custom kernel often uses less memory than the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel by omitting unused features and device drivers. This is important because the kernel code remains resident in physical memory at all times, preventing that memory from being used by applications. For this reason, a custom kernel is useful on a system with a small amount of RAM."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15685
msgid "Additional hardware support. A custom kernel can add support for devices which are not present in the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15691
msgid "Before building a custom kernel, consider the reason for doing so. If there is a need for specific hardware support, it may already exist as a module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15695
msgid "Kernel modules exist in <filename>/boot/kernel</filename> and may be dynamically loaded into the running kernel using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Most kernel drivers have a loadable module and manual page. For example, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ath</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> wireless Ethernet driver has the following information in its manual page:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15701
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Alternatively, to load the driver as a module at boot time, place the\n"
"following line in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>:\n"
"\n"
"    if_ath_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15706
msgid "Adding <literal>if_ath_load=\"YES\"</literal> to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> will load this module dynamically at boot time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15710
msgid "In some cases, there is no associated module in <filename>/boot/kernel</filename>. This is mostly true for certain subsystems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:15727
msgid "Finding the System Hardware"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15729
msgid "Before editing the kernel configuration file, it is recommended to perform an inventory of the machine's hardware. On a dual-boot system, the inventory can be created from the other operating system. For example, <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark>'s <application>Device Manager</application> contains information about installed devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:15737
msgid "Some versions of <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> have a <application>System</application> icon which can be used to access <application>Device Manager</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15742
msgid "If FreeBSD is the only installed operating system, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to determine the hardware that was found and listed during the boot probe. Most device drivers on FreeBSD have a manual page which lists the hardware supported by that driver. For example, the following lines indicate that the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>psm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver found a mouse:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15749
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"psm0: &lt;PS/2 Mouse&gt; irq 12 on atkbdc0\n"
"psm0: [GIANT-LOCKED]\n"
"psm0: [ITHREAD]\n"
"psm0: model Generic PS/2 mouse, device ID 0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15754
msgid "Since this hardware exists, this driver should not be removed from a custom kernel configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15757
msgid "If the output of <command>dmesg</command> does not display the results of the boot probe output, instead read the contents of <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15761
msgid "Another tool for finding hardware is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pciconf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which provides more verbose output. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15764
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>pciconf -lv</userinput>\n"
"ath0@pci0:3:0:0:        class=0x020000 card=0x058a1014 chip=0x1014168c rev=0x01 hdr=0x00\n"
"    vendor     = 'Atheros Communications Inc.'\n"
"    device     = 'AR5212 Atheros AR5212 802.11abg wireless'\n"
"    class      = network\n"
"    subclass   = ethernet"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15771
msgid "This output shows that the <filename>ath</filename> driver located a wireless Ethernet device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15774
msgid "The <option>-k</option> flag of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used to provide useful information. For example, it can be used to display a list of manual pages which contain a particular device brand or name:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15779
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>man -k <replaceable>Atheros</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15781
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ath(4)                   - Atheros IEEE 802.11 wireless network driver\n"
"ath_hal(4)               - Atheros Hardware Access Layer (HAL)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15784
msgid "Once the hardware inventory list is created, refer to it to ensure that drivers for installed hardware are not removed as the custom kernel configuration is edited."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15801 book.translate.xml:44320
msgid "The Configuration File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15803
msgid "In order to create a custom kernel configuration file and build a custom kernel, the full FreeBSD source tree must first be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15807
msgid "If <filename>/usr/src/</filename> does not exist or it is empty, source has not been installed. Source can be installed using <application>Subversion</application> and the instructions in <xref linkend=\"svn\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15812
msgid "Once source is installed, review the contents of <filename>/usr/src/sys</filename>. This directory contains a number of subdirectories, including those which represent the following supported architectures: <filename>amd64</filename>, <filename>i386</filename>, <filename>ia64</filename>, <filename>pc98</filename>, <filename>powerpc</filename>, and <filename>sparc64</filename>. Everything inside a particular architecture's directory deals with that architecture only and the rest of the code is machine independent code common to all platforms. Each supported architecture has a <filename>conf</filename> subdirectory which contains the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel configuration file for that architecture."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15826
msgid "Do not make edits to <filename>GENERIC</filename>. Instead, copy the file to a different name and make edits to the copy. The convention is to use a name with all capital letters. When maintaining multiple FreeBSD machines with different hardware, it is a good idea to name it after the machine's hostname. This example creates a copy, named <filename>MYKERNEL</filename>, of the <filename>GENERIC</filename> configuration file for the <literal>amd64</literal> architecture:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15835
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/sys/<replaceable>amd64</replaceable>/conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp GENERIC <replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15838
msgid "<filename><replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></filename> can now be customized with any <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text editor. The default editor is <application>vi</application>, though an easier editor for beginners, called <application>ee</application>, is also installed with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15845
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>NOTES</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15849
msgid "<primary>NOTES</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15850
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>configuration file</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15855
msgid "The format of the kernel configuration file is simple. Each line contains a keyword that represents a device or subsystem, an argument, and a brief description. Any text after a <literal>#</literal> is considered a comment and ignored. To remove kernel support for a device or subsystem, put a <literal>#</literal> at the beginning of the line representing that device or subsystem. Do not add or remove a <literal>#</literal> for any line that you do not understand."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:15866
msgid "It is easy to remove support for a device or option and end up with a broken kernel. For example, if the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ata</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver is removed from the kernel configuration file, a system using <acronym>ATA</acronym> disk drivers may not boot. When in doubt, just leave support in the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15873
msgid "In addition to the brief descriptions provided in this file, additional descriptions are contained in <filename>NOTES</filename>, which can be found in the same directory as <filename>GENERIC</filename> for that architecture. For architecture independent options, refer to <filename>/usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:15881
msgid "When finished customizing the kernel configuration file, save a backup copy to a location outside of <filename>/usr/src</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:15885
msgid "Alternately, keep the kernel configuration file elsewhere and create a symbolic link to the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15888
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /root/kernels</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp GENERIC /root/kernels/MYKERNEL</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s /root/kernels/MYKERNEL</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15894
msgid "An <literal>include</literal> directive is available for use in configuration files. This allows another configuration file to be included in the current one, making it easy to maintain small changes relative to an existing file. If only a small number of additional options or drivers are required, this allows a delta to be maintained with respect to <filename>GENERIC</filename>, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15902
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"include GENERIC\n"
"ident MYKERNEL\n"
"\n"
"options         IPFIREWALL\n"
"options         DUMMYNET\n"
"options         IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT\n"
"options         IPDIVERT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15910
msgid "Using this method, the local configuration file expresses local differences from a <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel. As upgrades are performed, new features added to <filename>GENERIC</filename> will also be added to the local kernel unless they are specifically prevented using <literal>nooptions</literal> or <literal>nodevice</literal>. A comprehensive list of configuration directives and their descriptions may be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:15920
msgid "To build a file which contains all available options, run the following command as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15923
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</replaceable>/conf &amp;&amp; make LINT</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:16739
msgid "Building and Installing a Custom Kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16741
msgid "Once the edits to the custom configuration file have been saved, the source code for the kernel can be compiled using the following steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:16746
msgid "Building a Kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:16748
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>building / installing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16754
msgid "Change to this directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16756
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16760
msgid "Compile the new kernel by specifying the name of the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16763
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildkernel KERNCONF=<replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16767
msgid "Install the new kernel associated with the specified kernel configuration file. This command will copy the new kernel to <filename>/boot/kernel/kernel</filename> and save the old kernel to <filename>/boot/kernel.old/kernel</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16773
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installkernel KERNCONF=<replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16777
msgid "Shutdown the system and reboot into the new kernel. If something goes wrong, refer to <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig-noboot\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16782
msgid "By default, when a custom kernel is compiled, all kernel modules are rebuilt. To update a kernel faster or to build only custom modules, edit <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> before starting to build the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16787
msgid "For example, this variable specifies the list of modules to build instead of using the default of building all modules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16791
#, no-wrap
msgid "MODULES_OVERRIDE = linux acpi"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16793
msgid "Alternately, this variable lists which modules to exclude from the build process:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16796
#, no-wrap
msgid "WITHOUT_MODULES = linux acpi sound"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16798
msgid "Additional variables are available. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:16801
msgid "<primary><filename>/boot/kernel.old</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:16807
msgid "If Something Goes Wrong"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16809
msgid "There are four categories of trouble that can occur when building a custom kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16814
msgid "<command>config</command> fails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16817
msgid "If <command>config</command> fails, it will print the line number that is incorrect. As an example, for the following message, make sure that line 17 is typed correctly by comparing it to <filename>GENERIC</filename> or <filename>NOTES</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16823
#, no-wrap
msgid "config: line 17: syntax error"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16828
msgid "<command>make</command> fails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16831
msgid "If <command>make</command> fails, it is usually due to an error in the kernel configuration file which is not severe enough for <command>config</command> to catch. Review the configuration, and if the problem is not apparent, send an email to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD general questions mailing list</link> which contains the kernel configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16841
msgid "The kernel does not boot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16844
msgid "If the new kernel does not boot or fails to recognize devices, do not panic! Fortunately, FreeBSD has an excellent mechanism for recovering from incompatible kernels. Simply choose the kernel to boot from at the FreeBSD boot loader. This can be accessed when the system boot menu appears by selecting the <quote>Escape to a loader prompt</quote> option. At the prompt, type <command>boot <replaceable>kernel.old</replaceable></command>, or the name of any other kernel that is known to boot properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16856
msgid "After booting with a good kernel, check over the configuration file and try to build it again. One helpful resource is <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> which records the kernel messages from every successful boot. Also, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will print the kernel messages from the current boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:16864
msgid "When troubleshooting a kernel, make sure to keep a copy of <filename>GENERIC</filename>, or some other kernel that is known to work, as a different name that will not get erased on the next build. This is important because every time a new kernel is installed, <filename>kernel.old</filename> is overwritten with the last installed kernel, which may or may not be bootable. As soon as possible, move the working kernel by renaming the directory containing the good kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16874
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /boot/kernel <replaceable>/boot/kernel.bad</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /boot/<replaceable>kernel.good</replaceable> /boot/kernel</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16881
msgid "The kernel works, but <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> does not"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16884
msgid "If the kernel version differs from the one that the system utilities have been built with, for example, a kernel built from -CURRENT sources is installed on a -RELEASE system, many system status commands like <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vmstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will not work. To fix this, <link linkend=\"makeworld\">recompile and install a world</link> built with the same version of the source tree as the kernel. It is never a good idea to use a different version of the kernel than the rest of the operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:16909
msgid "Printing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:16912 book.translate.xml:28771
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </personname><contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:16921
msgid "Putting information on paper is a vital function, despite many attempts to eliminate it. Printing has two basic components. The data must be delivered to the printer, and must be in a form that the printer can understand."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16929
msgid "Basic printing can be set up quickly. The printer must be capable of printing plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text. For printing to other types of files, see <xref linkend=\"printing-lpd-filters\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16936
msgid "Create a directory to store files while they are being printed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16939 book.translate.xml:17348
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p /var/spool/lpd/lp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chown daemon:daemon /var/spool/lpd/lp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 770 /var/spool/lpd/lp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16945
msgid "As <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, create <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16949
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp:\\\n"
"\t<replaceable>:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\</replaceable>  <co xml:id=\"printing-qs-co-printcap\"/>\n"
"\t:sh:\\\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:16958
msgid "This line is for a printer connected to a <acronym>USB</acronym> port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:16961
msgid "For a printer connected to a parallel or <quote>printer</quote> port, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16964 book.translate.xml:17405
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=/dev/lpt0:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:16966
msgid "For a printer connected directly to a network, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16969 book.translate.xml:17414
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=:rm=<replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable>:rp=raw:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:16971
msgid "Replace <replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable> with the <acronym>DNS</acronym> host name of the network printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16980
msgid "Enable <command>lpd</command> by editing <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, adding this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16983 book.translate.xml:17471
#, no-wrap
msgid "lpd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:16985 book.translate.xml:17473
msgid "Start the service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16987
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service lpd start</userinput>\n"
"Starting lpd."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16992
msgid "Print a test:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16994
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>printf \"1. This printer can print.\\n2. This is the second line.\\n\" | lpr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:16997
msgid "If both lines do not start at the left border, but <quote>stairstep</quote> instead, see <xref linkend=\"printing-lpd-filters-stairstep\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:17002
msgid "Text files can now be printed with <command>lpr</command>. Give the filename on the command line, or pipe output directly into <command>lpr</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17007
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr textfile.txt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -lh | lpr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17014
msgid "Printer Connections"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17016
msgid "Printers are connected to computer systems in a variety of ways. Small desktop printers are usually connected directly to a computer's <acronym>USB</acronym> port. Older printers are connected to a parallel or <quote>printer</quote> port. Some printers are directly connected to a network, making it easy for multiple computers to share them. A few printers use a rare serial port connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17024
msgid "FreeBSD can communicate with all of these types of printers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17029 book.translate.xml:17391
msgid "<acronym>USB</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17032
msgid "<acronym>USB</acronym> printers can be connected to any available <acronym>USB</acronym> port on the computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17036
msgid "When FreeBSD detects a <acronym>USB</acronym> printer, two device entries are created: <filename>/dev/ulpt0</filename> and <filename>/dev/unlpt0</filename>. Data sent to either device will be relayed to the printer. After each print job, <filename>ulpt0</filename> resets the <acronym>USB</acronym> port. Resetting the port can cause problems with some printers, so the <filename>unlpt0</filename> device is usually used instead. <filename>unlpt0</filename> does not reset the USB port at all."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:17051
msgid "Parallel (<acronym>IEEE</acronym>-1284)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17054
msgid "The parallel port device is <filename>/dev/lpt0</filename>. This device appears whether a printer is attached or not, it is not autodetected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17059
msgid "Vendors have largely moved away from these <quote>legacy</quote> ports, and many computers no longer have them. Adapters can be used to connect a parallel printer to a <acronym>USB</acronym> port. With such an adapter, the printer can be treated as if it were actually a <acronym>USB</acronym> printer. Devices called <emphasis>print servers</emphasis> can also be used to connect parallel printers directly to a network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:17071
msgid "Serial (RS-232)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17074
msgid "Serial ports are another legacy port, rarely used for printers except in certain niche applications. Cables, connectors, and required wiring vary widely."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17078
msgid "For serial ports built into a motherboard, the serial device name is <filename>/dev/cuau0</filename> or <filename>/dev/cuau1</filename>. Serial <acronym>USB</acronym> adapters can also be used, and these will appear as <filename>/dev/cuaU<replaceable>0</replaceable></filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17085
msgid "Several communication parameters must be known to communicate with a serial printer. The most important are <emphasis>baud rate</emphasis> or <acronym>BPS</acronym> (Bits Per Second) and <emphasis>parity</emphasis>. Values vary, but typical serial printers use a baud rate of 9600 and no parity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17095 book.translate.xml:17409
msgid "Network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17098
msgid "Network printers are connected directly to the local computer network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17101
msgid "The <acronym>DNS</acronym> hostname of the printer must be known. If the printer is assigned a dynamic address by <acronym>DHCP</acronym>, <acronym>DNS</acronym> should be dynamically updated so that the host name always has the correct <acronym>IP</acronym> address. Network printers are often given static <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses to avoid this problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17109
msgid "Most network printers understand print jobs sent with the <acronym>LPD</acronym> protocol. A print queue name can also be specified. Some printers process data differently depending on which queue is used. For example, a <literal>raw</literal> queue prints the data unchanged, while the <literal>text</literal> queue adds carriage returns to plain text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17117
msgid "Many network printers can also print data sent directly to port 9100."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17126
msgid "Wired network connections are usually the easiest to set up and give the fastest printing. For direct connection to the computer, <acronym>USB</acronym> is preferred for speed and simplicity. Parallel connections work but have limitations on cable length and speed. Serial connections are more difficult to configure. Cable wiring differs between models, and communication parameters like baud rate and parity bits must add to the complexity. Fortunately, serial printers are rare."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17139
msgid "Common Page Description Languages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17141
msgid "Data sent to a printer must be in a language that the printer can understand. These languages are called Page Description Languages, or <acronym>PDL</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:17147
msgid "<acronym>ASCII</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17150
msgid "Plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text is the simplest way to send data to a printer. Characters correspond one to one with what will be printed: an <literal>A</literal> in the data prints an <literal>A</literal> on the page. Very little formatting is available. There is no way to select a font or proportional spacing. The forced simplicity of plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> means that text can be printed straight from the computer with little or no encoding or translation. The printed output corresponds directly with what was sent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17161
msgid "Some inexpensive printers cannot print plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text. This makes them more difficult to set up, but it is usually still possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:17169
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17172
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> is almost the opposite of <acronym>ASCII</acronym>. Rather than simple text, a <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> program is a set of instructions that draw the final document. Different fonts and graphics can be used. However, this power comes at a price. The program that draws the page must be written. Usually this program is generated by application software, so the process is invisible to the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17181
msgid "Inexpensive printers sometimes leave out <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> compatibility as a cost-saving measure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:17187
msgid "<acronym>PCL</acronym> (Printer Command Language)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17190
msgid "<acronym>PCL</acronym> is an extension of <acronym>ASCII</acronym>, adding escape sequences for formatting, font selection, and printing graphics. Many printers provide <acronym>PCL5</acronym> support. Some support the newer <acronym>PCL6</acronym> or <acronym>PCLXL</acronym>. These later versions are supersets of <acronym>PCL5</acronym> and can provide faster printing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:17202
msgid "Host-Based"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17205
msgid "Manufacturers can reduce the cost of a printer by giving it a simple processor and very little memory. These printers are not capable of printing plain text. Instead, bitmaps of text and graphics are drawn by a driver on the host computer and then sent to the printer. These are called <emphasis>host-based</emphasis> printers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17213
msgid "Communication between the driver and a host-based printer is often through proprietary or undocumented protocols, making them functional only on the most common operating systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17222
msgid "Converting <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> to Other <acronym>PDL</acronym>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17225
msgid "Many applications from the Ports Collection and FreeBSD utilities produce <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> output. This table shows the utilities available to convert that into other common <acronym>PDL</acronym>s:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:17231
msgid "Output <acronym>PDL</acronym>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17236
msgid "Output <acronym>PDL</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17238
msgid "Generated By"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17245
msgid "<acronym>PCL</acronym> or <acronym>PCL5</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17247 book.translate.xml:17255 book.translate.xml:17263
msgid "<package role=\"port\">print/ghostscript9</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17248
msgid "<literal>-sDEVICE=ljet4</literal> for monochrome, <literal>-sDEVICE=cljet5</literal> for color"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17253
msgid "<acronym>PCLXL</acronym> or <acronym>PCL6</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17256
msgid "<literal>-sDEVICE=pxlmono</literal> for monochrome, <literal>-sDEVICE=pxlcolor</literal> for color"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17262
msgid "<acronym>ESC/P2</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17264
msgid "<literal>-sDEVICE=uniprint</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17268
msgid "<acronym>XQX</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17269
msgid "<package role=\"port\">print/foo2zjs</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17280
msgid "For the easiest printing, choose a printer that supports <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>. Printers that support <acronym>PCL</acronym> are the next preferred. With <package role=\"port\">print/ghostscript</package>, these printers can be used as if they understood <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> natively. Printers that support <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> or <acronym>PCL</acronym> directly almost always support direct printing of plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text files also."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17290
msgid "Line-based printers like typical inkjets usually do not support <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> or <acronym>PCL</acronym>. They often can print plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text files. <package role=\"port\">print/ghostscript</package> supports the <acronym>PDL</acronym>s used by some of these printers. However, printing an entire graphic-based page on these printers is often very slow due to the large amount of data to be transferred and printed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17299
msgid "Host-based printers are often more difficult to set up. Some cannot be used at all because of proprietary <acronym>PDL</acronym>s. Avoid these printers when possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17304
msgid "Descriptions of many <acronym>PDL</acronym>s can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.undocprint.org/formats/page_description_languages\"/>. The particular <acronym>PDL</acronym> used by various models of printers can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openprinting.org/printers\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17312
msgid "Direct Printing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17314
msgid "For occasional printing, files can be sent directly to a printer device without any setup. For example, a file called <filename>sample.txt</filename> can be sent to a <acronym>USB</acronym> printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17319
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp sample.txt /dev/unlpt0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17321
msgid "Direct printing to network printers depends on the abilities of the printer, but most accept print jobs on port 9100, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used with them. To print the same file to a printer with the <acronym>DNS</acronym> hostname of <replaceable>netlaser</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17327
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nc <replaceable>netlaser</replaceable> 9100 &lt; sample.txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17331
msgid "<acronym>LPD</acronym> (Line Printer Daemon)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17333
msgid "Printing a file in the background is called <emphasis>spooling</emphasis>. A spooler allows the user to continue with other programs on the computer without waiting for the printer to slowly complete the print job."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17338
msgid "FreeBSD includes a spooler called <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Print jobs are submitted with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17342 book.translate.xml:28860
msgid "Initial Setup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17344
msgid "A directory for storing print jobs is created, ownership is set, and the permissions are set to prevent other users from viewing the contents of those files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17352
msgid "Printers are defined in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>. An entry for each printer includes details like a name, the port where it is attached, and various other settings. Create <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17358
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp:\\\t\t\t\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-name\"/>\n"
"\t:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-device\"/>\n"
"\t:sh:\\\t\t\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-header\"/>\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\t\t\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-mx\"/>\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-sd\"/>\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-lf\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17367
msgid "The name of this printer. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> sends print jobs to the <literal>lp</literal> printer unless another printer is specified with <option>-P</option>, so the default printer should be named <literal>lp</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17375
msgid "The device where the printer is connected. Replace this line with the appropriate one for the connection type shown here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17383
msgid "Connection Type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17384
msgid "Device Entry in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17392
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17394
msgid "This is the <emphasis>non-resetting</emphasis> <acronym>USB</acronym> printer device. If problems are experienced, use <filename>ulpt0</filename> instead, which resets the <acronym>USB</acronym> port on each use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17404
msgid "Parallel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17411
msgid "For a printer supporting the <acronym>LPD</acronym> protocol:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17416
msgid "For printers supporting port 9100 printing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17419
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=9100@<replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable>:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17421
msgid "For both types, replace <replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable> with the <acronym>DNS</acronym> host name of the network printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17428
msgid "Serial"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17429
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=/dev/cuau0:br=9600:pa=none:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17431
msgid "These values are for a typical serial printer connected to a motherboard serial port. The baud rate is 9600, and no parity is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17442
msgid "Suppress the printing of a header page at the start of a print job."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17447
msgid "Do not limit the maximum size of a print job."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17451
msgid "The path to the spooling directory for this printer. Each printer uses its own spooling directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17456
msgid "The log file where errors on this printer will be reported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17461
msgid "After creating <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chkprintcap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to test it for errors:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17464
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chkprintcap</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17466
msgid "Fix any reported problems before continuing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17468
msgid "Enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17475
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service lpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17479
msgid "Printing with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17481
msgid "Documents are sent to the printer with <command>lpr</command>. A file to be printed can be named on the command line or piped into <command>lpr</command>. These two commands are equivalent, sending the contents of <filename>doc.txt</filename> to the default printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17487
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr doc.txt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cat doc.txt | lpr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17490
msgid "Printers can be selected with <option>-P</option>. To print to a printer called <replaceable>laser</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17494
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr -Plaser doc.txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17498
msgid "Filters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17500
msgid "The examples shown so far have sent the contents of a text file directly to the printer. As long as the printer understands the content of those files, output will be printed correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17505
msgid "Some printers are not capable of printing plain text, and the input file might not even be plain text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17508
msgid "<emphasis>Filters</emphasis> allow files to be translated or processed. The typical use is to translate one type of input, like plain text, into a form that the printer can understand, like <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> or <acronym>PCL</acronym>. Filters can also be used to provide additional features, like adding page numbers or highlighting source code to make it easier to read."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17516
msgid "The filters discussed here are <emphasis>input filters</emphasis> or <emphasis>text filters</emphasis>. These filters convert the incoming file into different forms. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to become <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> before creating the files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17523
msgid "Filters are specified in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> with the <literal>if=</literal> identifier. To use <filename>/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf</filename> as a filter, modify <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17529
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp:\\\n"
"\t:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\\n"
"\t:sh:\\\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\n"
"\t:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\   <co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-filters-co-if\"/>\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17539
msgid "<literal>if=</literal> identifies the <emphasis>input filter</emphasis> that will be used on incoming text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:17546
msgid "The backslash <emphasis>line continuation</emphasis> characters at the end of the lines in <filename>printcap</filename> entries reveal that an entry for a printer is really just one long line with entries delimited by colon characters. An earlier example can be rewritten as a single less-readable line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17553
#, no-wrap
msgid "lp:lp=/dev/unlpt0:sh:mx#0:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17557
msgid "Preventing Stairstepping on Plain Text Printers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17559
msgid "Typical FreeBSD text files contain only a single line feed character at the end of each line. These lines will <quote>stairstep</quote> on a standard printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17563
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"A printed file looks\n"
"                    like the steps of a staircase\n"
"                                                 scattered by the wind"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17567
msgid "A filter can convert the newline characters into carriage returns and newlines. The carriage returns make the printer return to the left after each line. Create <filename>/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17573
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"CR=$'\\r'\n"
"/usr/bin/sed -e \"s/$/${CR}/g\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17577 book.translate.xml:17612 book.translate.xml:17644
#: book.translate.xml:17698
msgid "Set the permissions and make it executable:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17579
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17581 book.translate.xml:17616
msgid "Modify <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> to use the new filter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17584
#, no-wrap
msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17586
msgid "Test the filter by printing the same plain text file. The carriage returns will cause each line to start at the left side of the page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17592
msgid "Fancy Plain Text on <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> Printers with <package>print/enscript</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17595
msgid "<acronym>GNU</acronym> <application>Enscript</application> converts plain text files into nicely-formatted <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> for printing on <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> printers. It adds page numbers, wraps long lines, and provides numerous other features to make printed text files easier to read. Depending on the local paper size, install either <package role=\"port\">print/enscript-letter</package> or <package role=\"port\">print/enscript-a4</package> from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17606
msgid "Create <filename>/usr/local/libexec/enscript</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17609
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"/usr/local/bin/enscript -o -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17614
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/enscript</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17619
#, no-wrap
msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17621
msgid "Test the filter by printing a plain text file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17625
msgid "Printing <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> to <acronym>PCL</acronym> Printers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17628
msgid "Many programs produce <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> documents. However, inexpensive printers often only understand plain text or <acronym>PCL</acronym>. This filter converts <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> files to <acronym>PCL</acronym> before sending them to the printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17634
msgid "Install the Ghostscript <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> interpreter, <package role=\"port\">print/ghostscript9</package>, from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17638
msgid "Create <filename>/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17641
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"/usr/local/bin/gs -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE -dBATCH -q -sDEVICE=ljet4 -sOutputFile=- -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17646
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17648
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> input sent to this script will be rendered and converted to <acronym>PCL</acronym> before being sent on to the printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17652 book.translate.xml:17702
msgid "Modify <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> to use this new input filter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17655
#, no-wrap
msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17657
msgid "Test the filter by sending a small <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> program to it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17660
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>printf \"%%\\!PS \\n /Helvetica findfont 18 scalefont setfont \\\n"
"72 432 moveto (PostScript printing successful.) show showpage \\004\" | lpr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17665
msgid "Smart Filters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17667
msgid "A filter that detects the type of input and automatically converts it to the correct format for the printer can be very convenient. The first two characters of a <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> file are usually <literal>%!</literal>. A filter can detect those two characters. <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> files can be sent on to a <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> printer unchanged. Text files can be converted to <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> with <application>Enscript</application> as shown earlier. Create <filename>/usr/local/libexec/psif</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17678
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"#\n"
"#  psif - Print PostScript or plain text on a PostScript printer\n"
"#\n"
"IFS=\"\" read -r first_line\n"
"first_two_chars=`expr \"$first_line\" : '\\(..\\)'`\n"
"\n"
"case \"$first_two_chars\" in\n"
"%!)\n"
"    # %! : PostScript job, print it.\n"
"    echo \"$first_line\" &amp;&amp; cat &amp;&amp; exit 0\n"
"    exit 2\n"
"    ;;\n"
"*)\n"
"    # otherwise, format with enscript\n"
"    ( echo \"$first_line\"; cat ) | /usr/local/bin/enscript -o - &amp;&amp; exit 0\n"
"    exit 2\n"
"    ;;\n"
"esac"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17700
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/psif</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17705
#, no-wrap
msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/psif:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17707
msgid "Test the filter by printing <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> and plain text files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17712
msgid "Other Smart Filters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17714
msgid "Writing a filter that detects many different types of input and formats them correctly is challenging. <package role=\"port\">print/apsfilter</package> from the Ports Collection is a smart <quote>magic</quote> filter that detects dozens of file types and automatically converts them to the <acronym>PDL</acronym> understood by the printer. See <link xlink:href=\"http://www.apsfilter.org\"/> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17726
msgid "Multiple Queues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17728
msgid "The entries in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> are really definitions of <emphasis>queues</emphasis>. There can be more than one queue for a single printer. When combined with filters, multiple queues provide users more control over how their jobs are printed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17734
msgid "As an example, consider a networked <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> laser printer in an office. Most users want to print plain text, but a few advanced users want to be able to print <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> files directly. Two entries can be created for the same printer in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17740
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"textprinter:\\\n"
"\t:lp=9100@officelaser:\\\n"
"\t:sh:\\\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/textprinter:\\\n"
"\t:if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n"
"\n"
"psprinter:\\\n"
"\t:lp=9100@officelaser:\\\n"
"\t:sh:\\\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/psprinter:\\\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17755
msgid "Documents sent to <literal>textprinter</literal> will be formatted by the <filename>/usr/local/libexec/enscript</filename> filter shown in an earlier example. Advanced users can print <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> files on <literal>psprinter</literal>, where no filtering is done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17762
msgid "This multiple queue technique can be used to provide direct access to all kinds of printer features. A printer with a duplexer could use two queues, one for ordinary single-sided printing, and one with a filter that sends the command sequence to enable double-sided printing and then sends the incoming file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17771
msgid "Monitoring and Controlling Printing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17773
msgid "Several utilities are available to monitor print jobs and check and control printer operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17777
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17779
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> shows the status of a user's print jobs. Print jobs from other users are not shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17782
msgid "Show the current user's pending jobs on a single printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17785
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpq -P<replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     0    (standard input)                      12792 bytes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17789
msgid "Show the current user's pending jobs on all printers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17792
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpq -a</userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     1    (standard input)                      27320 bytes\n"
"\n"
"laser:\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     287  (standard input)                      22443 bytes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17803
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lprm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17805
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lprm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to remove print jobs. Normal users are only allowed to remove their own jobs. <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> can remove any or all jobs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17810
msgid "Remove all pending jobs from a printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17812
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lprm -P<replaceable>lp</replaceable> -</userinput>\n"
"dfA002smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA002smithy dequeued\n"
"dfA003smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA003smithy dequeued\n"
"dfA004smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA004smithy dequeued"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17820
msgid "Remove a single job from a printer. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to find the job number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17823
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpq</userinput>\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     5    (standard input)                      12188 bytes\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lprm -P<replaceable>lp</replaceable> <replaceable>5</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"dfA005smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA005smithy dequeued"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17832
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17834
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to check and modify printer status. <literal>lpc</literal> is followed by a command and an optional printer name. <literal>all</literal> can be used instead of a specific printer name, and the command will be applied to all printers. Normal users can view status with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Only <systemitem> class=\"username\"&gt;root</systemitem> can use commands which modify printer status."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17843
msgid "Show the status of all printers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17845
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpc status all</userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tqueuing is enabled\n"
"\tprinting is enabled\n"
"\t1 entry in spool area\n"
"\tprinter idle\n"
"laser:\n"
"\tqueuing is enabled\n"
"\tprinting is enabled\n"
"\t1 entry in spool area\n"
"\twaiting for laser to come up"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17857
msgid "Prevent a printer from accepting new jobs, then begin accepting new jobs again:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17860
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc disable <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tqueuing disabled\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc enable <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tqueuing enabled"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17867
msgid "Stop printing, but continue to accept new jobs. Then begin printing again:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17870
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc stop <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tprinting disabled\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc start <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tprinting enabled\n"
"\tdaemon started"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17878
msgid "Restart a printer after some error condition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17880
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc restart <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tno daemon to abort\n"
"\tprinting enabled\n"
"\tdaemon restarted"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17886
msgid "Turn the print queue off and disable printing, with a message to explain the problem to users:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17889
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc down <replaceable>lp</replaceable> Repair parts will arrive on Monday</userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tprinter and queuing disabled\n"
"\tstatus message is now: Repair parts will arrive on Monday"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17894
msgid "Re-enable a printer that is down:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17896
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc up <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tprinting enabled\n"
"\tdaemon started"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17901
msgid "See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more commands and options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17906
msgid "Shared Printers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17908
msgid "Printers are often shared by multiple users in businesses and schools. Additional features are provided to make sharing printers more convenient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17913
msgid "Aliases"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17915
msgid "The printer name is set in the first line of the entry in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>. Additional names, or <emphasis>aliases</emphasis>, can be added after that name. Aliases are separated from the name and each other by vertical bars:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17921
#, no-wrap
msgid "lp|<replaceable>repairsprinter</replaceable>|<replaceable>salesprinter</replaceable>:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17923
msgid "Aliases can be used in place of the printer name. For example, users in the Sales department print to their printer with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17927
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr -P<replaceable>salesprinter</replaceable> <replaceable>sales-report.txt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17929
msgid "Users in the Repairs department print to <emphasis>their</emphasis> printer with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17932
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr -P<replaceable>repairsprinter</replaceable> <replaceable>repairs-report.txt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17934
msgid "All of the documents print on that single printer. When the Sales department grows enough to need their own printer, the alias can be removed from the shared printer entry and used as the name of a new printer. Users in both departments continue to use the same commands, but the Sales documents are sent to the new printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17943
msgid "Header Pages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17945
msgid "It can be difficult for users to locate their documents in the stack of pages produced by a busy shared printer. <emphasis>Header pages</emphasis> were created to solve this problem. A header page with the user name and document name is printed before each print job. These pages are also sometimes called <emphasis>banner</emphasis> or <emphasis>separator</emphasis> pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17953
msgid "Enabling header pages differs depending on whether the printer is connected directly to the computer with a <acronym>USB</acronym>, parallel, or serial cable, or is connected remotely over a network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17958
msgid "Header pages on directly-connected printers are enabled by removing the <literal>:sh:\\</literal> (Suppress Header) line from the entry in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>. These header pages only use line feed characters for new lines. Some printers will need the <filename>/usr/share/examples/printing/hpif</filename> filter to prevent stairstepped text. The filter configures <acronym>PCL</acronym> printers to print both carriage returns and line feeds when a line feed is received."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17968
msgid "Header pages for network printers must be configured on the printer itself. Header page entries in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> are ignored. Settings are usually available from the printer front panel or a configuration web page accessible with a web browser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17979 book.translate.xml:22790
msgid "References"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17981
msgid "Example files: <filename role=\"directory\">/usr/share/examples/printing/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17983
msgid "The <emphasis>4.3BSD Line Printer Spooler Manual</emphasis>, <filename>/usr/share/doc/smm/07.lpd/paper.ascii.gz</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17987
msgid "Manual pages: <citerefentry><refentrytitle>printcap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lprm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17993
msgid "Other Printing Systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17995
msgid "Several other printing systems are available in addition to the built-in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. These systems offer support for other protocols or additional features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18000
msgid "<acronym>CUPS</acronym> (Common <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> Printing System)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18003
msgid "<acronym>CUPS</acronym> is a popular printing system available on many operating systems. Using <acronym>CUPS</acronym> on FreeBSD is documented in a separate article:<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/cups\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18010
msgid "HPLIP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18012
msgid "Hewlett Packard provides a printing system that supports many of their inkjet and laser printers. The port is <package role=\"port\">print/hplip</package>. The main web page is at <link xlink:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\"/>. The port handles all the installation details on FreeBSD. Configuration information is shown at <link xlink:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18021
msgid "LPRng"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18023
msgid "<application>LPRng</application> was developed as an enhanced alternative to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The port is <package role=\"port\">sysutils/LPRng</package>. For details and documentation, see <link xlink:href=\"http://www.lprng.com/\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:18041
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary Compatibility"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:18044
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Jim</firstname> <surname>Mock</surname> </personname> <contrib>Restructured and parts updated by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:18055
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Brian N.</firstname> <surname>Handy</surname> </personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:18063
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Rich</firstname> <surname>Murphey</surname> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18075
msgid "<primary>Linux binary compatibility</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18083
msgid "FreeBSD provides binary compatibility with <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, allowing users to install and run most <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries on a FreeBSD system without having to first modify the binary. It has even been reported that, in some situations, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries perform better on FreeBSD than they do on <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18089
msgid "However, some <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>-specific operating system features are not supported under FreeBSD. For example, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries will not work on FreeBSD if they overly use <trademark>i386</trademark> specific calls, such as enabling virtual 8086 mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:18095
msgid "Support for 64-bit binary compatibility with <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> was added in FreeBSD 10.3."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:18103
msgid "How to enable <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary compatibility on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:18108
msgid "How to install additional <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> shared libraries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:18113
msgid "How to install <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> applications on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:18118
msgid "The implementation details of <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> compatibility in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:18127
msgid "Know how to install <link linkend=\"ports\">additional third-party software</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:18135
msgid "Configuring <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary Compatibility"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18137
msgid "<primary>Ports Collection</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18139
msgid "By default, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> libraries are not installed and <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary compatibility is not enabled. <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> libraries can either be installed manually or from the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18144
msgid "Before attempting to build the port, load the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel module, otherwise the build will fail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18147
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload linux</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18149
msgid "For 64-bit compatibility:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18151
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload linux64</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18153
msgid "To verify that the module is loaded:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18155
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>kldstat</userinput>\n"
"      Id Refs Address    Size     Name\n"
"      1    2 0xc0100000 16bdb8   kernel\n"
"      7    1 0xc24db000 d000     linux.ko"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18160
msgid "The <package>emulators/linux_base-c6</package> package or port is the easiest way to install a base set of <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> libraries and binaries on a FreeBSD system. To install the port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18165
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>printf \"compat.linux.osrelease=2.6.18\\n\" &gt;&gt; /etc/sysctl.conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl compat.linux.osrelease=2.6.18</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install emulators/linux_base-c6</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18169
msgid "For <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> compatibility to be enabled at boot time, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:18172
#, no-wrap
msgid "linux_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18174
msgid "On 64-bit machines, <filename>/etc/rc.d/abi</filename> will automatically load the module for 64-bit emulation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18177
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>COMPAT_LINUX</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18182
msgid "Users who prefer to statically link <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary compatibility into a custom kernel should add <literal>options COMPAT_LINUX</literal> to their custom kernel configuration file. Compile and install the new kernel as described in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18189
msgid "Installing Additional Libraries Manually"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18191
msgid "<primary>shared libraries</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18195
msgid "If a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> application complains about missing shared libraries after configuring <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary compatibility, determine which shared libraries the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary needs and install them manually."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18200
msgid "From a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system, <command>ldd</command> can be used to determine which shared libraries the application needs. For example, to check which shared libraries <command>linuxdoom</command> needs, run this command from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system that has <application>Doom</application> installed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18207
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ldd linuxdoom</userinput>\n"
"libXt.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) =&gt; /usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n"
"libX11.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) =&gt; /usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3.1.0\n"
"libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) =&gt; /lib/libc.so.4.6.29"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18212
msgid "<primary>symbolic links</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18216
msgid "Then, copy all the files in the last column of the output from the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system into <filename>/compat/linux</filename> on the FreeBSD system. Once copied, create symbolic links to the names in the first column. This example will result in the following files on the FreeBSD system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18223
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3 -&gt; libXt.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3 -&gt; libX11.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -&gt; libc.so.4.6.29"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18230
msgid "If a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> shared library already exists with a matching major revision number to the first column of the <command>ldd</command> output, it does not need to be copied to the file named in the last column, as the existing library should work. It is advisable to copy the shared library if it is a newer version, though. The old one can be removed, as long as the symbolic link points to the new one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18238
msgid "For example, these libraries already exist on the FreeBSD system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18241
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.27\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -&gt; libc.so.4.6.27"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18244
msgid "and <command>ldd</command> indicates that a binary requires a later version:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18247
#, no-wrap
msgid "libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) -&gt; libc.so.4.6.29"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18249
msgid "Since the existing library is only one or two versions out of date in the last digit, the program should still work with the slightly older version. However, it is safe to replace the existing <filename>libc.so</filename> with the newer version:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18255
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -&gt; libc.so.4.6.29"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18258
msgid "Generally, one will need to look for the shared libraries that <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries depend on only the first few times that a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> program is installed on FreeBSD. After a while, there will be a sufficient set of <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> shared libraries on the system to be able to run newly installed <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries without any extra work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18267
msgid "Installing <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>ELF</acronym> Binaries"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18270
msgid "<primary>Linux</primary> <secondary>ELF binaries</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18275
msgid "<acronym>ELF</acronym> binaries sometimes require an extra step. When an unbranded <acronym>ELF</acronym> binary is executed, it will generate an error message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18279
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>./my-linux-elf-binary</userinput>\n"
"ELF binary type not known\n"
"Abort"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18283
msgid "To help the FreeBSD kernel distinguish between a FreeBSD <acronym>ELF</acronym> binary and a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>brandelf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18287
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>brandelf -t Linux my-linux-elf-binary</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18289
msgid "<primary>GNU toolchain</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18293
msgid "Since the GNU toolchain places the appropriate branding information into <acronym>ELF</acronym> binaries automatically, this step is usually not necessary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18299
msgid "Installing a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>RPM</acronym> Based Application"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18302
msgid "To install a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>RPM</acronym>-based application, first install the <package>archivers/rpm4</package> package or port. Once installed, <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> can use this command to install a <filename>.rpm</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18309
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /compat/linux</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rpm2cpio &lt; /path/to/linux.archive.rpm | cpio -id</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18312
msgid "If necessary, <command>brandelf</command> the installed <acronym>ELF</acronym> binaries. Note that this will prevent a clean uninstall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18318
msgid "Configuring the Hostname Resolver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18320
msgid "If <acronym>DNS</acronym> does not work or this error appears:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18323
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"resolv+: \"bind\" is an invalid keyword resolv+:\n"
"\"hosts\" is an invalid keyword"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18326
msgid "configure <filename>/compat/linux/etc/host.conf</filename> as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:18329
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"order hosts, bind\n"
"multi on"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18332
msgid "This specifies that <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> is searched first and <acronym>DNS</acronym> is searched second. When <filename>/compat/linux/etc/host.conf</filename> does not exist, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> applications use <filename>/etc/host.conf</filename> and complain about the incompatible FreeBSD syntax. Remove <literal>bind</literal> if a name server is not configured using <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:19167 book.translate.xml:40426 book.translate.xml:51465
msgid "Advanced Topics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19169
msgid "This section describes how <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary compatibility works and is based on an email written to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-chat\">FreeBSD chat mailing list</link> by Terry Lambert <email>tlambert@primenet.com</email> (Message ID: <literal>&lt;199906020108.SAA07001@usr09.primenet.com&gt;</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19174
msgid "<primary>execution class loader</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19176
msgid "FreeBSD has an abstraction called an <quote>execution class loader</quote>. This is a wedge into the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>execve</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system call."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19180
msgid "Historically, the <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> loader examined the magic number (generally the first 4 or 8 bytes of the file) to see if it was a binary known to the system, and if so, invoked the binary loader."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19185
msgid "If it was not the binary type for the system, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>execve</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> call returned a failure, and the shell attempted to start executing it as shell commands. The assumption was a default of <quote>whatever the current shell is</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19191
msgid "Later, a hack was made for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to examine the first two characters, and if they were <literal>:\\n</literal>, it invoked the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> shell instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19195
msgid "FreeBSD has a list of loaders, instead of a single loader, with a fallback to the <literal>#!</literal> loader for running shell interpreters or shell scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19199
msgid "<primary>ELF</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19203 book.translate.xml:53515
msgid "<primary>Solaris</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19207
msgid "For the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>ABI</acronym> support, FreeBSD sees the magic number as an ELF binary. The ELF loader looks for a specialized <emphasis>brand</emphasis>, which is a comment section in the ELF image, and which is not present on SVR4/<trademark>Solaris</trademark> ELF binaries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19213
msgid "For <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries to function, they must be <emphasis>branded</emphasis> as type <literal>Linux</literal> using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>brandelf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19217
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>brandelf -t Linux file</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19219
msgid "<primary>ELF</primary> <secondary>branding</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19224
msgid "When the ELF loader sees the <literal>Linux</literal> brand, the loader replaces a pointer in the <literal>proc</literal> structure. All system calls are indexed through this pointer. In addition, the process is flagged for special handling of the trap vector for the signal trampoline code, and several other (minor) fix-ups that are handled by the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19232
msgid "The <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system call vector contains, among other things, a list of <literal>sysent[]</literal> entries whose addresses reside in the kernel module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19236
msgid "When a system call is called by the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary, the trap code dereferences the system call function pointer off the <literal>proc</literal> structure, and gets the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, not the FreeBSD, system call entry points."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19241
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> mode dynamically <emphasis>reroots</emphasis> lookups. This is, in effect, equivalent to the <option>union</option> option to file system mounts. First, an attempt is made to lookup the file in <filename>/compat/linux/<replaceable>original-path</replaceable></filename>. If that fails, the lookup is done in <filename>/<replaceable>original-path</replaceable></filename>. This makes sure that binaries that require other binaries can run. For example, the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> toolchain can all run under <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>ABI</acronym> support. It also means that the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries can load and execute FreeBSD binaries, if there are no corresponding <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries present, and that a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>uname</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> command can be placed in the <filename>/compat/linux</filename> directory tree to ensure that the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries cannot tell they are not running on <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19258
msgid "In effect, there is a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel in the FreeBSD kernel. The various underlying functions that implement all of the services provided by the kernel are identical to both the FreeBSD system call table entries, and the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system call table entries: file system operations, virtual memory operations, signal delivery, and System V IPC. The only difference is that FreeBSD binaries get the FreeBSD <emphasis>glue</emphasis> functions, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries get the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <emphasis>glue</emphasis> functions. The FreeBSD <emphasis>glue</emphasis> functions are statically linked into the kernel, and the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <emphasis>glue</emphasis> functions can be statically linked, or they can be accessed via a kernel module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19271
msgid "Technically, this is not really emulation, it is an <acronym>ABI</acronym> implementation. It is sometimes called <quote><trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> emulation</quote> because the implementation was done at a time when there was no other word to describe what was going on. Saying that FreeBSD ran <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries was not true, since the code was not compiled in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:19283
msgid "System Administration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:19286
msgid "The remaining chapters cover all aspects of FreeBSD system administration. Each chapter starts by describing what will be learned as a result of reading the chapter, and also details what the reader is expected to know before tackling the material."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:19292
msgid "These chapters are designed to be read as the information is needed. They do not need to be read in any particular order, nor must all of them be read before beginning to use FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19307
msgid "Configuration and Tuning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:19310
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Chern</firstname> <surname>Lee</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:19320
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Mike</firstname> <surname>Smith</surname> </personname> <contrib>Based on a tutorial written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:19330
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Matt</firstname> <surname>Dillon</surname> </personname> <contrib>Also based on tuning(7) written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19343
msgid "<primary>system configuration</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19346
msgid "<primary>system optimization</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19350
msgid "One of the important aspects of FreeBSD is proper system configuration. This chapter explains much of the FreeBSD configuration process, including some of the parameters which can be set to tune a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19359
msgid "The basics of <filename>rc.conf</filename> configuration and <filename>/usr/local/etc/rc.d</filename> startup scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19365
msgid "How to configure and test a network card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19369
msgid "How to configure virtual hosts on network devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19374
msgid "How to use the various configuration files in <filename>/etc</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19379
msgid "How to tune FreeBSD using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19383
msgid "How to tune disk performance and modify kernel limitations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19392 book.translate.xml:29515 book.translate.xml:31262
#: book.translate.xml:35210 book.translate.xml:46398
msgid "Understand <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and FreeBSD basics (<xref linkend=\"basics\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19397
msgid "Be familiar with the basics of kernel configuration and compilation (<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19405
msgid "Starting Services"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19418
msgid "<primary>services</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19422
msgid "Many users install third party software on FreeBSD from the Ports Collection and require the installed services to be started upon system initialization. Services, such as <package>mail/postfix</package> or <package>www/apache22</package> are just two of the many software packages which may be started during system initialization. This section explains the procedures available for starting third party software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19431
msgid "In FreeBSD, most included services, such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, are started through the system startup scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19435
msgid "Extended Application Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19437
msgid "Now that FreeBSD includes <filename>rc.d</filename>, configuration of application startup is easier and provides more features. Using the key words discussed in <xref linkend=\"configtuning-rcd\"/>, applications can be set to start after certain other services and extra flags can be passed through <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> in place of hard coded flags in the startup script. A basic script may look similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19446
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"#\n"
"# PROVIDE: utility\n"
"# REQUIRE: DAEMON\n"
"# KEYWORD: shutdown\n"
"\n"
". /etc/rc.subr\n"
"\n"
"name=utility\n"
"rcvar=utility_enable\n"
"\n"
"command=\"/usr/local/sbin/utility\"\n"
"\n"
"load_rc_config $name\n"
"\n"
"#\n"
"# DO NOT CHANGE THESE DEFAULT VALUES HERE\n"
"# SET THEM IN THE /etc/rc.conf FILE\n"
"#\n"
"utility_enable=${utility_enable-\"NO\"}\n"
"pidfile=${utility_pidfile-\"/var/run/utility.pid\"}\n"
"\n"
"run_rc_command \"$1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19470
msgid "This script will ensure that the provided <literal>utility</literal> will be started after the <literal>DAEMON</literal> pseudo-service. It also provides a method for setting and tracking the process ID (<acronym>PID</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19476
msgid "This application could then have the following line placed in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19479
#, no-wrap
msgid "utility_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19481
msgid "This method allows for easier manipulation of command line arguments, inclusion of the default functions provided in <filename>/etc/rc.subr</filename>, compatibility with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rcorder</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and provides for easier configuration via <filename>rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19489
msgid "Using Services to Start Services"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19491
msgid "Other services can be started using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Working with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and its configuration is described in depth in <xref linkend=\"network-inetd\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19496
msgid "In some cases, it may make more sense to use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to start system services. This approach has a number of advantages as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> runs these processes as the owner of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This allows regular users to start and maintain their own applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19503
msgid "The <literal>@reboot</literal> feature of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, may be used in place of the time specification. This causes the job to run when <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is started, normally during system initialization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19512
msgid "Configuring <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19525
msgid "<primary>cron</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19530
msgid "One of the most useful utilities in FreeBSD is <application>cron</application>. This utility runs in the background and regularly checks <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> for tasks to execute and searches <filename>/var/cron/tabs</filename> for custom crontab files. These files are used to schedule tasks which <application>cron</application> runs at the specified times. Each entry in a crontab defines a task to run and is known as a <firstterm>cron job</firstterm>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19540
msgid "Two different types of configuration files are used: the system crontab, which should not be modified, and user crontabs, which can be created and edited as needed. The format used by these files is documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The format of the system crontab, <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> includes a <literal>who</literal> column which does not exist in user crontabs. In the system crontab, <application>cron</application> runs the command as the user specified in this column. In a user crontab, all commands run as the user who created the crontab."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19551
msgid "User crontabs allow individual users to schedule their own tasks. The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user can also have a user <filename>crontab</filename> which can be used to schedule tasks that do not exist in the system <filename>crontab</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19557
msgid "Here is a sample entry from the system crontab, <filename>/etc/crontab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19560
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# /etc/crontab - root's crontab for FreeBSD\n"
"#\n"
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"# <co xml:id=\"co-comments\"/>\n"
"SHELL=/bin/sh\n"
"PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin <co xml:id=\"co-env\"/>\n"
"#\n"
"#minute\thour\tmday\tmonth\twday\twho\tcommand <co xml:id=\"co-field-descr\"/>\n"
"#\n"
"*/5\t*\t*\t*\t*\troot\t/usr/libexec/atrun <co xml:id=\"co-main\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19573
msgid "Lines that begin with the <literal>#</literal> character are comments. A comment can be placed in the file as a reminder of what and why a desired action is performed. Comments cannot be on the same line as a command or else they will be interpreted as part of the command; they must be on a new line. Blank lines are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19582
msgid "The equals (<literal>=</literal>) character is used to define any environment settings. In this example, it is used to define the <envar>SHELL</envar> and <envar>PATH</envar>. If the <envar>SHELL</envar> is omitted, <application>cron</application> will use the default Bourne shell. If the <envar>PATH</envar> is omitted, the full path must be given to the command or script to run."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19593
msgid "This line defines the seven fields used in a system crontab: <literal>minute</literal>, <literal>hour</literal>, <literal>mday</literal>, <literal>month</literal>, <literal>wday</literal>, <literal>who</literal>, and <literal>command</literal>. The <literal>minute</literal> field is the time in minutes when the specified command will be run, the <literal>hour</literal> is the hour when the specified command will be run, the <literal>mday</literal> is the day of the month, <literal>month</literal> is the month, and <literal>wday</literal> is the day of the week. These fields must be numeric values, representing the twenty-four hour clock, or a <literal>*</literal>, representing all values for that field. The <literal>who</literal> field only exists in the system crontab and specifies which user the command should be run as. The last field is the command to be executed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19612
msgid "This entry defines the values for this cron job. The <literal>*/5</literal>, followed by several more <literal>*</literal> characters, specifies that <command>/usr/libexec/atrun</command> is invoked by <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> every five minutes of every hour, of every day and day of the week, of every month."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19620
msgid "Commands can include any number of switches. However, commands which extend to multiple lines need to be broken with the backslash <quote>\\</quote> continuation character."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19628
msgid "Creating a User Crontab"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19630
msgid "To create a user crontab, invoke <command>crontab</command> in editor mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19633
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>crontab -e</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19635
msgid "This will open the user's crontab using the default text editor. The first time a user runs this command, it will open an empty file. Once a user creates a crontab, this command will open that file for editing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19640
msgid "It is useful to add these lines to the top of the crontab file in order to set the environment variables and to remember the meanings of the fields in the crontab:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19644
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SHELL=/bin/sh\n"
"PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin\n"
"# Order of crontab fields\n"
"# minute\thour\tmday\tmonth\twday\tcommand"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19649
msgid "Then add a line for each command or script to run, specifying the time to run the command. This example runs the specified custom Bourne shell script every day at two in the afternoon. Since the path to the script is not specified in <literal>PATH</literal>, the full path to the script is given:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19656
#, no-wrap
msgid "0\t14\t*\t*\t*\t/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:19659
msgid "Before using a custom script, make sure it is executable and test it with the limited set of environment variables set by cron. To replicate the environment that would be used to run the above cron entry, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19664
#, no-wrap
msgid "env -i SHELL=/bin/sh PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin HOME=/home/<replaceable>dru</replaceable> LOGNAME=<replaceable>dru</replaceable> <replaceable>/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:19666
msgid "The environment set by cron is discussed in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Checking that scripts operate correctly in a cron environment is especially important if they include any commands that delete files using wildcards."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19672
msgid "When finished editing the crontab, save the file. It will automatically be installed and <application>cron</application> will read the crontab and run its cron jobs at their specified times. To list the cron jobs in a crontab, use this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19678
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>crontab -l</userinput>\n"
"0\t14\t*\t*\t*\t/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19681
msgid "To remove all of the cron jobs in a user crontab:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19683
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>crontab -r</userinput>\n"
"remove crontab for dru? <userinput>y</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19690
msgid "Managing Services in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19703
msgid "FreeBSD uses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> system of startup scripts during system initialization and for managing services. The scripts listed in <filename>/etc/rc.d</filename> provide basic services which can be controlled with the <option>start</option>, <option>stop</option>, and <option>restart</option> options to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For instance, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be restarted with the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19711
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19713
msgid "This procedure can be used to start services on a running system. Services will be started automatically at boot time as specified in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For example, to enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> at system startup, add the following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19719
#, no-wrap
msgid "natd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19721
msgid "If a <option>natd_enable=\"NO\"</option> line is already present, change the <literal>NO</literal> to <literal>YES</literal>. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> scripts will automatically load any dependent services during the next boot, as described below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19727
msgid "Since the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> system is primarily intended to start and stop services at system startup and shutdown time, the <option>start</option>, <option>stop</option> and <option>restart</option> options will only perform their action if the appropriate <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> variable is set. For instance, <command>sshd restart</command> will only work if <varname>sshd_enable</varname> is set to <option>YES</option> in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. To <option>start</option>, <option>stop</option> or <option>restart</option> a service regardless of the settings in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, these commands should be prefixed with <quote>one</quote>. For instance, to restart <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> regardless of the current <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> setting, execute the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19743
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd onerestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19745
msgid "To check if a service is enabled in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, run the appropriate <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> script with <option>rcvar</option>. This example checks to see if <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is enabled in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19751
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd rcvar</userinput>\n"
"# sshd\n"
"#\n"
"sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"#   (default: \"\")"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:19758
msgid "The <literal># sshd</literal> line is output from the above command, not a <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19763
msgid "To determine whether or not a service is running, use <option>status</option>. For instance, to verify that <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19767
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd status</userinput>\n"
"sshd is running as pid 433."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19770
msgid "In some cases, it is also possible to <option>reload</option> a service. This attempts to send a signal to an individual service, forcing the service to reload its configuration files. In most cases, this means sending the service a <literal>SIGHUP</literal> signal. Support for this feature is not included for every service."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19777
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> system is used for network services and it also contributes to most of the system initialization. For instance, when the <filename>/etc/rc.d/bgfsck</filename> script is executed, it prints out the following message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19783
#, no-wrap
msgid "Starting background file system checks in 60 seconds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19785
msgid "This script is used for background file system checks, which occur only during system initialization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19788
msgid "Many system services depend on other services to function properly. For example, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>yp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and other <acronym>RPC</acronym>-based services may fail to start until after the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpcbind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> service has started. To resolve this issue, information about dependencies and other meta-data is included in the comments at the top of each startup script. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rcorder</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> program is used to parse these comments during system initialization to determine the order in which system services should be invoked to satisfy the dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19799
msgid "The following key word must be included in all startup scripts as it is required by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.subr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to <quote>enable</quote> the startup script:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19805
msgid "<literal>PROVIDE</literal>: Specifies the services this file provides."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19810
msgid "The following key words may be included at the top of each startup script. They are not strictly necessary, but are useful as hints to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rcorder</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19816
msgid "<literal>REQUIRE</literal>: Lists services which are required for this service. The script containing this key word will run <emphasis>after</emphasis> the specified services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19823
msgid "<literal>BEFORE</literal>: Lists services which depend on this service. The script containing this key word will run <emphasis>before</emphasis> the specified services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19830
msgid "By carefully setting these keywords for each startup script, an administrator has a fine-grained level of control of the startup order of the scripts, without the need for <quote>runlevels</quote> used by some <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> operating systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19836
msgid "Additional information can be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.subr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/rc-scripting\">this article</link> for instructions on how to create custom <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19842
msgid "Managing System-Specific Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19844
msgid "<primary>rc files</primary> <secondary><filename>rc.conf</filename></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19849
msgid "The principal location for system configuration information is <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. This file contains a wide range of configuration information and it is read at system startup to configure the system. It provides the configuration information for the <filename>rc*</filename> files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19856
msgid "The entries in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> override the default settings in <filename>/etc/defaults/rc.conf</filename>. The file containing the default settings should not be edited. Instead, all system-specific changes should be made to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19863
msgid "A number of strategies may be applied in clustered applications to separate site-wide configuration from system-specific configuration in order to reduce administration overhead. The recommended approach is to place system-specific configuration into <filename>/etc/rc.conf.local</filename>. For example, these entries in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> apply to all systems:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19872
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"keyrate=\"fast\"\n"
"defaultrouter=\"10.1.1.254\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19876
msgid "Whereas these entries in <filename>/etc/rc.conf.local</filename> apply to this system only:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19880
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"node1.example.org\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1/8\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19883
msgid "Distribute <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> to every system using an application such as <application>rsync</application> or <application>puppet</application>, while <filename>/etc/rc.conf.local</filename> remains unique."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19890
msgid "Upgrading the system will not overwrite <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, so system configuration information will not be lost."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:19895
msgid "Both <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and <filename>/etc/rc.conf.local</filename> are parsed by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This allows system operators to create complex configuration scenarios. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for further information on this topic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19907
msgid "Setting Up Network Interface Cards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:19910 book.translate.xml:32266 book.translate.xml:32695
#: book.translate.xml:33078
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19920 book.translate.xml:20133
msgid "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19925
msgid "Adding and configuring a network interface card (<acronym>NIC</acronym>) is a common task for any FreeBSD administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19930
msgid "Locating the Correct Driver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19932
msgid "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>driver</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19937
msgid "First, determine the model of the <acronym>NIC</acronym> and the chip it uses. FreeBSD supports a wide variety of <acronym>NIC</acronym>s. Check the Hardware Compatibility List for the FreeBSD release to see if the <acronym>NIC</acronym> is supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19943
msgid "If the <acronym>NIC</acronym> is supported, determine the name of the FreeBSD driver for the <acronym>NIC</acronym>. Refer to <filename>/usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES</filename> and <filename>/usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</replaceable>/conf/NOTES</filename> for the list of <acronym>NIC</acronym> drivers with some information about the supported chipsets. When in doubt, read the manual page of the driver as it will provide more information about the supported hardware and any known limitations of the driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19953
msgid "The drivers for common <acronym>NIC</acronym>s are already present in the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel, meaning the <acronym>NIC</acronym> should be probed during boot. The system's boot messages can be viewed by typing <command>more /var/run/dmesg.boot</command> and using the spacebar to scroll through the text. In this example, two Ethernet <acronym>NIC</acronym>s using the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver are present on the system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19962
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dc0: &lt;82c169 PNIC 10/100BaseTX&gt; port 0xa000-0xa0ff mem 0xd3800000-0xd38\n"
"000ff irq 15 at device 11.0 on pci0\n"
"miibus0: &lt;MII bus&gt; on dc0\n"
"bmtphy0: &lt;BCM5201 10/100baseTX PHY&gt; PHY 1 on miibus0\n"
"bmtphy0:  10baseT, 10baseT-FDX, 100baseTX, 100baseTX-FDX, auto\n"
"dc0: Ethernet address: 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n"
"dc0: [ITHREAD]\n"
"dc1: &lt;82c169 PNIC 10/100BaseTX&gt; port 0x9800-0x98ff mem 0xd3000000-0xd30\n"
"000ff irq 11 at device 12.0 on pci0\n"
"miibus1: &lt;MII bus&gt; on dc1\n"
"bmtphy1: &lt;BCM5201 10/100baseTX PHY&gt; PHY 1 on miibus1\n"
"bmtphy1:  10baseT, 10baseT-FDX, 100baseTX, 100baseTX-FDX, auto\n"
"dc1: Ethernet address: 00:a0:cc:da:da:db\n"
"dc1: [ITHREAD]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19977
msgid "If the driver for the <acronym>NIC</acronym> is not present in <filename>GENERIC</filename>, but a driver is available, the driver will need to be loaded before the <acronym>NIC</acronym> can be configured and used. This may be accomplished in one of two ways:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19985
msgid "The easiest way is to load a kernel module for the <acronym>NIC</acronym> using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To also automatically load the driver at boot time, add the appropriate line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. Not all <acronym>NIC</acronym> drivers are available as modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19995
msgid "Alternatively, statically compile support for the <acronym>NIC</acronym> into a custom kernel. Refer to <filename>/usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES</filename>, <filename>/usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</replaceable>/conf/NOTES</filename> and the manual page of the driver to determine which line to add to the custom kernel configuration file. For more information about recompiling the kernel, refer to <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>. If the <acronym>NIC</acronym> was detected at boot, the kernel does not need to be recompiled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20008
msgid "Using <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <acronym>NDIS</acronym> Drivers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20010
msgid "<primary><acronym>NDIS</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20013
msgid "<primary>NDISulator</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20016
msgid "<primary><trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> drivers</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20019
msgid "<primary><trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark></primary> <secondary>device drivers</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20023
msgid "<primary><acronym>KLD</acronym> (kernel loadable object)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20031
msgid "Unfortunately, there are still many vendors that do not provide schematics for their drivers to the open source community because they regard such information as trade secrets. Consequently, the developers of FreeBSD and other operating systems are left with two choices: develop the drivers by a long and pain-staking process of reverse engineering or using the existing driver binaries available for <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> platforms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20040
msgid "FreeBSD provides <quote>native</quote> support for the Network Driver Interface Specification (<acronym>NDIS</acronym>). It includes <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndisgen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> which can be used to convert a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP driver into a format that can be used on FreeBSD. Because the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver uses a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP binary, it only runs on <trademark>i386</trademark> and amd64 systems. <acronym>PCI</acronym>, CardBus, <acronym>PCMCIA</acronym>, and <acronym>USB</acronym> devices are supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20050
msgid "To use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndisgen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, three things are needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20054
msgid "FreeBSD kernel sources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20058
msgid "A <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP driver binary with a <filename>.SYS</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20063
msgid "A <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP driver configuration file with a <filename>.INF</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20068
msgid "Download the <filename>.SYS</filename> and <filename>.INF</filename> files for the specific <acronym>NIC</acronym>. Generally, these can be found on the driver CD or at the vendor's website. The following examples use <filename>W32DRIVER.SYS</filename> and <filename>W32DRIVER.INF</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20075
msgid "The driver bit width must match the version of FreeBSD. For FreeBSD/i386, use a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 32-bit driver. For FreeBSD/amd64, a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 64-bit driver is needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20079
msgid "The next step is to compile the driver binary into a loadable kernel module. As <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndisgen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20084
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ndisgen <replaceable>/path/to/W32DRIVER.INF</replaceable> <replaceable>/path/to/W32DRIVER.SYS</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20086
msgid "This command is interactive and prompts for any extra information it requires. A new kernel module will be generated in the current directory. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to load the new module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20091
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload <replaceable>./W32DRIVER_SYS.ko</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20093
msgid "In addition to the generated kernel module, the <filename>ndis.ko</filename> and <filename>if_ndis.ko</filename> modules must be loaded. This should happen automatically when any module that depends on <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> is loaded. If not, load them manually, using the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20100
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload ndis</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload if_ndis</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20103
msgid "The first command loads the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> miniport driver wrapper and the second loads the generated <acronym>NIC</acronym> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20107
msgid "Check <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to see if there were any load errors. If all went well, the output should be similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20111
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ndis0: &lt;Wireless-G PCI Adapter&gt; mem 0xf4100000-0xf4101fff irq 3 at device 8.0 on pci1\n"
"ndis0: NDIS API version: 5.0\n"
"ndis0: Ethernet address: 0a:b1:2c:d3:4e:f5\n"
"ndis0: 11b rates: 1Mbps 2Mbps 5.5Mbps 11Mbps\n"
"ndis0: 11g rates: 6Mbps 9Mbps 12Mbps 18Mbps 36Mbps 48Mbps 54Mbps"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20117
msgid "From here, <filename>ndis0</filename> can be configured like any other <acronym>NIC</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20120
msgid "To configure the system to load the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> modules at boot time, copy the generated module, <filename>W32DRIVER_SYS.ko</filename>, to <filename>/boot/modules</filename>. Then, add the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20126
#, no-wrap
msgid "W32DRIVER_SYS_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20131
msgid "Configuring the Network Card"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20138
msgid "Once the right driver is loaded for the <acronym>NIC</acronym>, the card needs to be configured. It may have been configured at installation time by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdinstall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20143
msgid "To display the <acronym>NIC</acronym> configuration, enter the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20146
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig</userinput>\n"
"dc0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=80008&lt;VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n"
"        inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.1.255\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX &lt;full-duplex&gt;)\n"
"        status: active\n"
"dc1: flags=8802&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=80008&lt;VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:a0:cc:da:da:db\n"
"        inet 10.0.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n"
"        media: Ethernet 10baseT/UTP\n"
"        status: no carrier\n"
"lo0: flags=8049&lt;UP,LOOPBACK,RUNNING,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 16384\n"
"        options=3&lt;RXCSUM,TXCSUM&gt;\n"
"        inet6 fe80::1%lo0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x4\n"
"        inet6 ::1 prefixlen 128\n"
"        inet 127.0.0.1 netmask 0xff000000\n"
"        nd6 options=3&lt;PERFORMNUD,ACCEPT_RTADV&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20166
msgid "In this example, the following devices were displayed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20171
msgid "<filename>dc0</filename>: The first Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20176
msgid "<filename>dc1</filename>: The second Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20181
msgid "<filename>lo0</filename>: The loopback device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20186
msgid "FreeBSD uses the driver name followed by the order in which the card is detected at boot to name the <acronym>NIC</acronym>. For example, <filename>sis2</filename> is the third <acronym>NIC</acronym> on the system using the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20193
msgid "In this example, <filename>dc0</filename> is up and running. The key indicators are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20198
msgid "<literal>UP</literal> means that the card is configured and ready."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20203
msgid "The card has an Internet (<literal>inet</literal>) address, <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.3</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20208
msgid "It has a valid subnet mask (<literal>netmask</literal>), where <systemitem class=\"netmask\">0xffffff00</systemitem> is the same as <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.0</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20215
msgid "It has a valid broadcast address, <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.255</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20219
msgid "The <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the card (<literal>ether</literal>) is <systemitem class=\"etheraddress\">00:a0:cc:da:da:da</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20224
msgid "The physical media selection is on autoselection mode (<literal>media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX &lt;full-duplex&gt;)</literal>). In this example, <filename>dc1</filename> is configured to run with <literal>10baseT/UTP</literal> media. For more information on available media types for a driver, refer to its manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20234
msgid "The status of the link (<literal>status</literal>) is <literal>active</literal>, indicating that the carrier signal is detected. For <filename>dc1</filename>, the <literal>status: no carrier</literal> status is normal when an Ethernet cable is not plugged into the card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20243
msgid "If the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> output had shown something similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20246
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dc0: flags=8843&lt;BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\toptions=80008&lt;VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE&gt;\n"
"\tether 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n"
"\tmedia: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX &lt;full-duplex&gt;)\n"
"\tstatus: active"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20252
msgid "it would indicate the card has not been configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20254
msgid "The card must be configured as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. The <acronym>NIC</acronym> configuration can be performed from the command line with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> but will not persist after a reboot unless the configuration is also added to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. If a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is present on the LAN, just add this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20263
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_dc0=\"DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20265
msgid "Replace <replaceable>dc0</replaceable> with the correct value for the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20268
msgid "The line added, then, follow the instructions given in <xref linkend=\"config-network-testing\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:20272
msgid "If the network was configured during installation, some entries for the <acronym>NIC</acronym>(s) may be already present. Double check <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> before adding any lines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20278
msgid "In the case, there is no <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server, the <acronym>NIC</acronym>(s) have to be configured manually. Add a line for each <acronym>NIC</acronym> present on the system, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20283
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_dc0=\"inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n"
"ifconfig_dc1=\"inet 10.0.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 media 10baseT/UTP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20286
msgid "Replace <filename>dc0</filename> and <filename>dc1</filename> and the <acronym>IP</acronym> address information with the correct values for the system. Refer to the man page for the driver, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details about the allowed options and the syntax of <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20293
msgid "If the network is not using <acronym>DNS</acronym>, edit <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> to add the names and <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses of the hosts on the <acronym>LAN</acronym>, if they are not already there. For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and to <filename>/usr/share/examples/etc/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:20301
msgid "If there is no <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server and access to the Internet is needed, manually configure the default gateway and the nameserver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20305
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'defaultrouter=\"<replaceable>your_default_router</replaceable>\"' &gt;&gt; /etc/rc.conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'nameserver <replaceable>your_DNS_server</replaceable>' &gt;&gt; /etc/resolv.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20311
msgid "Testing and Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20313
msgid "Once the necessary changes to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> are saved, a reboot can be used to test the network configuration and to verify that the system restarts without any configuration errors. Alternatively, apply the settings to the networking system with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20320 book.translate.xml:62686
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:20323
msgid "If a default gateway has been set in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, also issue this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20327
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service routing restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20330
msgid "Once the networking system has been relaunched, test the <acronym>NIC</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20334
msgid "Testing the Ethernet Card"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20336
msgid "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>testing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20341
msgid "To verify that an Ethernet card is configured correctly, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> the interface itself, and then <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> another machine on the <acronym>LAN</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20345
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ping -c5 192.168.1.3</userinput>\n"
"PING 192.168.1.3 (192.168.1.3): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.082 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.074 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.076 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.108 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.076 ms\n"
"\n"
"--- 192.168.1.3 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.074/0.083/0.108/0.013 ms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20357
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ping -c5 192.168.1.2</userinput>\n"
"PING 192.168.1.2 (192.168.1.2): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.726 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.766 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.700 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.747 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.704 ms\n"
"\n"
"--- 192.168.1.2 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.700/0.729/0.766/0.025 ms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20369
msgid "To test network resolution, use the host name instead of the <acronym>IP</acronym> address. If there is no <acronym>DNS</acronym> server on the network, <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> must first be configured. To this purpose, edit <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> to add the names and <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses of the hosts on the <acronym>LAN</acronym>, if they are not already there. For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and to <filename>/usr/share/examples/etc/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20384
msgid "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20389
msgid "When troubleshooting hardware and software configurations, check the simple things first. Is the network cable plugged in? Are the network services properly configured? Is the firewall configured correctly? Is the <acronym>NIC</acronym> supported by FreeBSD? Before sending a bug report, always check the Hardware Notes, update the version of FreeBSD to the latest STABLE version, check the mailing list archives, and search the Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20398
msgid "If the card works, yet performance is poor, read through <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tuning</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Also, check the network configuration as incorrect network settings can cause slow connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20403
msgid "Some users experience one or two <errorname>device timeout</errorname> messages, which is normal for some cards. If they continue, or are bothersome, determine if the device is conflicting with another device. Double check the cable connections. Consider trying another card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20410
msgid "To resolve <errorname>watchdog timeout</errorname> errors, first check the network cable. Many cards require a <acronym>PCI</acronym> slot which supports bus mastering. On some old motherboards, only one <acronym>PCI</acronym> slot allows it, usually slot 0. Check the <acronym>NIC</acronym> and the motherboard documentation to determine if that may be the problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20419
msgid "<errorname>No route to host</errorname> messages occur if the system is unable to route a packet to the destination host. This can happen if no default route is specified or if a cable is unplugged. Check the output of <command>netstat -rn</command> and make sure there is a valid route to the host. If there is not, read <xref linkend=\"network-routing\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20427
msgid "<errorname>ping: sendto: Permission denied</errorname> error messages are often caused by a misconfigured firewall. If a firewall is enabled on FreeBSD but no rules have been defined, the default policy is to deny all traffic, even <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Refer to <xref linkend=\"firewalls\"/> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20434
msgid "Sometimes performance of the card is poor or below average. In these cases, try setting the media selection mode from <literal>autoselect</literal> to the correct media selection. While this works for most hardware, it may or may not resolve the issue. Again, check all the network settings, and refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tuning</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:20446
msgid "Virtual Hosts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20448
msgid "<primary>virtual hosts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20449
msgid "<primary><acronym>IP</acronym> aliases</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20452
msgid "A common use of FreeBSD is virtual site hosting, where one server appears to the network as many servers. This is achieved by assigning multiple network addresses to a single interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20457
msgid "A given network interface has one <quote>real</quote> address, and may have any number of <quote>alias</quote> addresses. These aliases are normally added by placing alias entries in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20463
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20465
msgid "Alias entries must start with <literal>alias<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> using a sequential number such as <literal>alias0</literal>, <literal>alias1</literal>, and so on. The configuration process will stop at the first missing number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20472
msgid "The calculation of alias netmasks is important. For a given interface, there must be one address which correctly represents the network's netmask. Any other addresses which fall within this network must have a netmask of all <literal>1</literal>s, expressed as either <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.255</systemitem> or <systemitem class=\"netmask\">0xffffffff</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20480
msgid "For example, consider the case where the <filename>fxp0</filename> interface is connected to two networks: <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.0</systemitem> with a netmask of <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.0</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.16</systemitem> with a netmask of <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.240</systemitem>. The system is to be configured to appear in the ranges <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.1</systemitem> through <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.5</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.17</systemitem> through <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.20</systemitem>. Only the first address in a given network range should have a real netmask. All the rest (<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.2</systemitem> through <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.5</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.18</systemitem> through <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.20</systemitem>) must be configured with a netmask of <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.255</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20502
msgid "The following <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> entries configure the adapter correctly for this scenario:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20505
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet 10.1.1.2 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias1=\"inet 10.1.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias2=\"inet 10.1.1.4 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias3=\"inet 10.1.1.5 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias4=\"inet 202.0.75.17 netmask 255.255.255.240\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias5=\"inet 202.0.75.18 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias6=\"inet 202.0.75.19 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias7=\"inet 202.0.75.20 netmask 255.255.255.255\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20515
msgid "A simpler way to express this is with a space-separated list of <acronym>IP</acronym> address ranges. The first address will be given the indicated subnet mask and the additional addresses will have a subnet mask of <literal>255.255.255.255</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20521
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_fxp0_aliases=\"inet 10.1.1.1-5/24 inet 202.0.75.17-20/28\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:20526
msgid "Configuring System Logging"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:20529
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Niclas</firstname> <surname>Zeising</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20539
msgid "<primary>system logging</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20542 book.translate.xml:57402
msgid "<primary>syslog</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20545
msgid "<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20549
msgid "Generating and reading system logs is an important aspect of system administration. The information in system logs can be used to detect hardware and software issues as well as application and system configuration errors. This information also plays an important role in security auditing and incident response. Most system daemons and applications will generate log entries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20557
msgid "FreeBSD provides a system logger, <application>syslogd</application>, to manage logging. By default, <application>syslogd</application> is started when the system boots. This is controlled by the variable <literal>syslogd_enable</literal> in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. There are numerous application arguments that can be set using <literal>syslogd_flags</literal> in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on the available arguments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20568
msgid "This section describes how to configure the FreeBSD system logger for both local and remote logging and how to perform log rotation and log management."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20573
msgid "Configuring Local Logging"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20575
msgid "<primary>syslog.conf</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20577
msgid "The configuration file, <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>, controls what <application>syslogd</application> does with log entries as they are received. There are several parameters to control the handling of incoming events. The <firstterm>facility</firstterm> describes which subsystem generated the message, such as the kernel or a daemon, and the <firstterm>level</firstterm> describes the severity of the event that occurred. This makes it possible to configure if and where a log message is logged, depending on the facility and level. It is also possible to take action depending on the application that sent the message, and in the case of remote logging, the hostname of the machine generating the logging event."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20592
msgid "This configuration file contains one line per action, where the syntax for each line is a selector field followed by an action field. The syntax of the selector field is <replaceable>facility.level</replaceable> which will match log messages from <replaceable>facility</replaceable> at level <replaceable>level</replaceable> or higher. It is also possible to add an optional comparison flag before the level to specify more precisely what is logged. Multiple selector fields can be used for the same action, and are separated with a semicolon (<literal>;</literal>). Using <literal>*</literal> will match everything. The action field denotes where to send the log message, such as to a file or remote log host. As an example, here is the default <filename>syslog.conf</filename> from FreeBSD:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20607
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"#       Spaces ARE valid field separators in this file. However,\n"
"#       other *nix-like systems still insist on using tabs as field\n"
"#       separators. If you are sharing this file between systems, you\n"
"#       may want to use only tabs as field separators here.\n"
"#       Consult the syslog.conf(5) manpage.\n"
"*.err;kern.warning;auth.notice;mail.crit                /dev/console\n"
"*.notice;authpriv.none;kern.debug;lpr.info;mail.crit;news.err   /var/log/messages\n"
"security.*                                      /var/log/security\n"
"auth.info;authpriv.info                         /var/log/auth.log\n"
"mail.info                                       /var/log/maillog\n"
"lpr.info                                        /var/log/lpd-errs\n"
"ftp.info                                        /var/log/xferlog\n"
"cron.*                                          /var/log/cron\n"
"!-devd\n"
"*.=debug                                        /var/log/debug.log\n"
"*.emerg                                         *\n"
"# uncomment this to log all writes to /dev/console to /var/log/console.log\n"
"#console.info                                   /var/log/console.log\n"
"# uncomment this to enable logging of all log messages to /var/log/all.log\n"
"# touch /var/log/all.log and chmod it to mode 600 before it will work\n"
"#*.*                                            /var/log/all.log\n"
"# uncomment this to enable logging to a remote loghost named loghost\n"
"#*.*                                            @loghost\n"
"# uncomment these if you're running inn\n"
"# news.crit                                     /var/log/news/news.crit\n"
"# news.err                                      /var/log/news/news.err\n"
"# news.notice                                   /var/log/news/news.notice\n"
"# Uncomment this if you wish to see messages produced by devd\n"
"# !devd\n"
"# *.&gt;=info\n"
"!ppp\n"
"*.*                                             /var/log/ppp.log\n"
"!*"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20643
msgid "In this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20647
msgid "Line 8 matches all messages with a level of <literal>err</literal> or higher, as well as <literal>kern.warning</literal>, <literal>auth.notice</literal> and <literal>mail.crit</literal>, and sends these log messages to the console (<filename>/dev/console</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20657
msgid "Line 12 matches all messages from the <literal>mail</literal> facility at level <literal>info</literal> or above and logs the messages to <filename>/var/log/maillog</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20664
msgid "Line 17 uses a comparison flag (<literal>=</literal>) to only match messages at level <literal>debug</literal> and logs them to <filename>/var/log/debug.log</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20671
msgid "Line 33 is an example usage of a program specification. This makes the rules following it only valid for the specified program. In this case, only the messages generated by <application>ppp</application> are logged to <filename>/var/log/ppp.log</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20679
msgid "The available levels, in order from most to least critical are <literal>emerg</literal>, <literal>alert</literal>, <literal>crit</literal>, <literal>err</literal>, <literal>warning</literal>, <literal>notice</literal>, <literal>info</literal>, and <literal>debug</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20686
msgid "The facilities, in no particular order, are <literal>auth</literal>, <literal>authpriv</literal>, <literal>console</literal>, <literal>cron</literal>, <literal>daemon</literal>, <literal>ftp</literal>, <literal>kern</literal>, <literal>lpr</literal>, <literal>mail</literal>, <literal>mark</literal>, <literal>news</literal>, <literal>security</literal>, <literal>syslog</literal>, <literal>user</literal>, <literal>uucp</literal>, and <literal>local0</literal> through <literal>local7</literal>. Be aware that other operating systems might have different facilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20698
msgid "To log everything of level <literal>notice</literal> and higher to <filename>/var/log/daemon.log</filename>, add the following entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20702
#, no-wrap
msgid "daemon.notice                                        /var/log/daemon.log"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20704
msgid "For more information about the different levels and facilities, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For more information about <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>, its syntax, and more advanced usage examples, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20712
msgid "Log Management and Rotation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20714
msgid "<primary>newsyslog</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20715
msgid "<primary>newsyslog.conf</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20716
msgid "<primary>log rotation</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20717
msgid "<primary>log management</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20719
msgid "Log files can grow quickly, taking up disk space and making it more difficult to locate useful information. Log management attempts to mitigate this. In FreeBSD, <application>newsyslog</application> is used to manage log files. This built-in program periodically rotates and compresses log files, and optionally creates missing log files and signals programs when log files are moved. The log files may be generated by <application>syslogd</application> or by any other program which generates log files. While <application>newsyslog</application> is normally run from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, it is not a system daemon. In the default configuration, it runs every hour."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20732
msgid "To know which actions to take, <application>newsyslog</application> reads its configuration file, <filename>/etc/newsyslog.conf</filename>. This file contains one line for each log file that <application>newsyslog</application> manages. Each line states the file owner, permissions, when to rotate that file, optional flags that affect log rotation, such as compression, and programs to signal when the log is rotated. Here is the default configuration in FreeBSD:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20742
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# configuration file for newsyslog\n"
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"# Entries which do not specify the '/pid_file' field will cause the\n"
"# syslogd process to be signalled when that log file is rotated.  This\n"
"# action is only appropriate for log files which are written to by the\n"
"# syslogd process (ie, files listed in /etc/syslog.conf).  If there\n"
"# is no process which needs to be signalled when a given log file is\n"
"# rotated, then the entry for that file should include the 'N' flag.\n"
"#\n"
"# The 'flags' field is one or more of the letters: BCDGJNUXZ or a '-'.\n"
"#\n"
"# Note: some sites will want to select more restrictive protections than the\n"
"# defaults.  In particular, it may be desirable to switch many of the 644\n"
"# entries to 640 or 600.  For example, some sites will consider the\n"
"# contents of maillog, messages, and lpd-errs to be confidential.  In the\n"
"# future, these defaults may change to more conservative ones.\n"
"#\n"
"# logfilename          [owner:group]    mode count size when  flags [/pid_file] [sig_num]\n"
"/var/log/all.log                        600  7     *    @T00  J\n"
"/var/log/amd.log                        644  7     100  *     J\n"
"/var/log/auth.log                       600  7     100  @0101T JC\n"
"/var/log/console.log                    600  5     100  *     J\n"
"/var/log/cron                           600  3     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/daily.log                      640  7     *    @T00  JN\n"
"/var/log/debug.log                      600  7     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/kerberos.log                   600  7     100  *     J\n"
"/var/log/lpd-errs                       644  7     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/maillog                        640  7     *    @T00  JC\n"
"/var/log/messages                       644  5     100  @0101T JC\n"
"/var/log/monthly.log                    640  12    *    $M1D0 JN\n"
"/var/log/pflog                          600  3     100  *     JB    /var/run/pflogd.pid\n"
"/var/log/ppp.log        root:network    640  3     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/devd.log                       644  3     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/security                       600  10    100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/sendmail.st                    640  10    *    168   B\n"
"/var/log/utx.log                        644  3     *    @01T05 B\n"
"/var/log/weekly.log                     640  5     1    $W6D0 JN\n"
"/var/log/xferlog                        600  7     100  *     JC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20782
msgid "Each line starts with the name of the log to be rotated, optionally followed by an owner and group for both rotated and newly created files. The <literal>mode</literal> field sets the permissions on the log file and <literal>count</literal> denotes how many rotated log files should be kept. The <literal>size</literal> and <literal>when</literal> fields tell <application>newsyslog</application> when to rotate the file. A log file is rotated when either its size is larger than the <literal>size</literal> field or when the time in the <literal>when</literal> field has passed. An asterisk (<literal>*</literal>) means that this field is ignored. The <replaceable>flags</replaceable> field gives further instructions, such as how to compress the rotated file or to create the log file if it is missing. The last two fields are optional and specify the name of the Process ID (<acronym>PID</acronym>) file of a process and a signal number to send to that process when the file is rotated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20800
msgid "For more information on all fields, valid flags, and how to specify the rotation time, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>newsyslog.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Since <application>newsyslog</application> is run from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, it cannot rotate files more often than it is scheduled to run from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:20809
msgid "Configuring Remote Logging"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20822
msgid "Monitoring the log files of multiple hosts can become unwieldy as the number of systems increases. Configuring centralized logging can reduce some of the administrative burden of log file administration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20827
msgid "In FreeBSD, centralized log file aggregation, merging, and rotation can be configured using <application>syslogd</application> and <application>newsyslog</application>. This section demonstrates an example configuration, where host <systemitem>A</systemitem>, named <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">logserv.example.com</systemitem>, will collect logging information for the local network. Host <systemitem>B</systemitem>, named <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">logclient.example.com</systemitem>, will be configured to pass logging information to the logging server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20839
msgid "Log Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20841
msgid "A log server is a system that has been configured to accept logging information from other hosts. Before configuring a log server, check the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20847
msgid "If there is a firewall between the logging server and any logging clients, ensure that the firewall ruleset allows <acronym>UDP</acronym> port 514 for both the clients and the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20854
msgid "The logging server and all client machines must have forward and reverse entries in the local <acronym>DNS</acronym>. If the network does not have a <acronym>DNS</acronym> server, create entries in each system's <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Proper name resolution is required so that log entries are not rejected by the logging server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20864
msgid "On the log server, edit <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename> to specify the name of the client to receive log entries from, the logging facility to be used, and the name of the log to store the host's log entries. This example adds the hostname of <systemitem>B</systemitem>, logs all facilities, and stores the log entries in <filename>/var/log/logclient.log</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:20874
msgid "Sample Log Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20876
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"+logclient.example.com\n"
"*.*     /var/log/logclient.log"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20880
msgid "When adding multiple log clients, add a similar two-line entry for each client. More information about the available facilities may be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20884
msgid "Next, configure <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"syslogd_flags=\"-a logclient.example.com -v -v\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20890
msgid "The first entry starts <application>syslogd</application> at system boot. The second entry allows log entries from the specified client. The <option>-v -v</option> increases the verbosity of logged messages. This is useful for tweaking facilities as administrators are able to see what type of messages are being logged under each facility."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20898
msgid "Multiple <option>-a</option> options may be specified to allow logging from multiple clients. <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses and whole netblocks may also be specified. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a full list of possible options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20904
msgid "Finally, create the log file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20906
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>touch /var/log/logclient.log</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20908
msgid "At this point, <application>syslogd</application> should be restarted and verified:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20911
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service syslogd restart</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pgrep syslog</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20914
msgid "If a <acronym>PID</acronym> is returned, the server restarted successfully, and client configuration can begin. If the server did not restart, consult <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> for the error."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20921
msgid "Log Client Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20923
msgid "A logging client sends log entries to a logging server on the network. The client also keeps a local copy of its own logs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20927
msgid "Once a logging server has been configured, edit <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> on the logging client:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20931
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"syslogd_flags=\"-s -v -v\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20934
msgid "The first entry enables <application>syslogd</application> on boot up. The second entry prevents logs from being accepted by this client from other hosts (<option>-s</option>) and increases the verbosity of logged messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20940
msgid "Next, define the logging server in the client's <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>. In this example, all logged facilities are sent to a remote system, denoted by the <literal>@</literal> symbol, with the specified hostname:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20946
#, no-wrap
msgid "*.*\t\t@logserv.example.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20948
msgid "After saving the edit, restart <application>syslogd</application> for the changes to take effect:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20952 book.translate.xml:20996
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service syslogd restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20954
msgid "To test that log messages are being sent across the network, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>logger</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> on the client to send a message to <application>syslogd</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20958
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>logger \"<replaceable>Test message from logclient</replaceable>\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20960
msgid "This message should now exist both in <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> on the client and <filename>/var/log/logclient.log</filename> on the log server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20967
msgid "Debugging Log Servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20969
msgid "If no messages are being received on the log server, the cause is most likely a network connectivity issue, a hostname resolution issue, or a typo in a configuration file. To isolate the cause, ensure that both the logging server and the logging client are able to <command>ping</command> each other using the hostname specified in their <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. If this fails, check the network cabling, the firewall ruleset, and the hostname entries in the <acronym>DNS</acronym> server or <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> on both the logging server and clients. Repeat until the <command>ping</command> is successful from both hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20983
msgid "If the <command>ping</command> succeeds on both hosts but log messages are still not being received, temporarily increase logging verbosity to narrow down the configuration issue. In the following example, <filename>/var/log/logclient.log</filename> on the logging server is empty and <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> on the logging client does not indicate a reason for the failure. To increase debugging output, edit the <literal>syslogd_flags</literal> entry on the logging server and issue a restart:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20994
#, no-wrap
msgid "syslogd_flags=\"-d -a logclient.example.com -v -v\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20998
msgid "Debugging data similar to the following will flash on the console immediately after the restart:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21001
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logmsg: pri 56, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: restart\n"
"syslogd: restarted\n"
"logmsg: pri 6, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n"
"Logging to FILE /var/log/messages\n"
"syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n"
"cvthname(192.168.1.10)\n"
"validate: dgram from IP 192.168.1.10, port 514, name logclient.example.com;\n"
"rejected in rule 0 due to name mismatch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21010
msgid "In this example, the log messages are being rejected due to a typo which results in a hostname mismatch. The client's hostname should be <literal>logclient</literal>, not <literal>logclien</literal>. Fix the typo, issue a restart, and verify the results:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21016
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service syslogd restart</userinput>\n"
"logmsg: pri 56, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: restart\n"
"syslogd: restarted\n"
"logmsg: pri 6, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n"
"syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n"
"logmsg: pri 166, flags 17, from logserv.example.com,\n"
"msg Dec 10 20:55:02 &lt;syslog.err&gt; logserv.example.com syslogd: exiting on signal 2\n"
"cvthname(192.168.1.10)\n"
"validate: dgram from IP 192.168.1.10, port 514, name logclient.example.com;\n"
"accepted in rule 0.\n"
"logmsg: pri 15, flags 0, from logclient.example.com, msg Dec 11 02:01:28 trhodes: Test message 2\n"
"Logging to FILE /var/log/logclient.log\n"
"Logging to FILE /var/log/messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21030
msgid "At this point, the messages are being properly received and placed in the correct file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21035 book.translate.xml:52939
msgid "Security Considerations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21037
msgid "As with any network service, security requirements should be considered before implementing a logging server. Log files may contain sensitive data about services enabled on the local host, user accounts, and configuration data. Network data sent from the client to the server will not be encrypted or password protected. If a need for encryption exists, consider using <package>security/stunnel</package>, which will transmit the logging data over an encrypted tunnel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21047
msgid "Local security is also an issue. Log files are not encrypted during use or after log rotation. Local users may access log files to gain additional insight into system configuration. Setting proper permissions on log files is critical. The built-in log rotator, <application>newsyslog</application>, supports setting permissions on newly created and rotated log files. Setting log files to mode <literal>600</literal> should prevent unwanted access by local users. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>newsyslog.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for additional information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21065
msgid "<filename>/etc</filename> Layout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21068
msgid "There are a number of directories in which configuration information is kept. These include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21078
msgid "<filename>/etc</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21079
msgid "Generic system-specific configuration information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21084
msgid "<filename>/etc/defaults</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21085
msgid "Default versions of system configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21090
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21091
msgid "Extra <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration and other <acronym>MTA</acronym> configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21096
msgid "<filename>/etc/ppp</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21097
msgid "Configuration for both user- and kernel-ppp programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21102 book.translate.xml:55715
msgid "<filename>/etc/namedb</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21103
msgid "Default location for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> data. Normally <filename>named.conf</filename> and zone files are stored here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21109
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21110
msgid "Configuration files for installed applications. May contain per-application subdirectories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21115
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/rc.d</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21116
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> scripts for installed applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21121
msgid "<filename>/var/db</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21122
msgid "Automatically generated system-specific database files, such as the package database and the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>locate</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> database."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21132
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21134
msgid "<primary>hostname</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21135 book.translate.xml:49592 book.translate.xml:50694
#: book.translate.xml:51580 book.translate.xml:55425
msgid "<primary>DNS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21138
msgid "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21140
msgid "<primary><filename>resolv.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21144
msgid "How a FreeBSD system accesses the Internet Domain Name System (<acronym>DNS</acronym>) is controlled by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21148
msgid "The most common entries to <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21158
msgid "<literal>nameserver</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21159
msgid "The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of a name server the resolver should query. The servers are queried in the order listed with a maximum of three."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21166
msgid "<literal>search</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21167
msgid "Search list for hostname lookup. This is normally determined by the domain of the local hostname."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21173
msgid "<literal>domain</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21174
msgid "The local domain name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21180
msgid "A typical <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21183
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"search example.com\n"
"nameserver 147.11.1.11\n"
"nameserver 147.11.100.30"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:21188
msgid "Only one of the <literal>search</literal> and <literal>domain</literal> options should be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21192
msgid "When using <acronym>DHCP</acronym>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> usually rewrites <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> with information received from the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21199
msgid "<filename>/etc/hosts</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21201
msgid "<primary>hosts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21203
msgid "<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> is a simple text database which works in conjunction with <acronym>DNS</acronym> and <acronym>NIS</acronym> to provide host name to <acronym>IP</acronym> address mappings. Entries for local computers connected via a <acronym>LAN</acronym> can be added to this file for simplistic naming purposes instead of setting up a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> server. Additionally, <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> can be used to provide a local record of Internet names, reducing the need to query external <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers for commonly accessed names."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21216
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"#\n"
"# Host Database\n"
"#\n"
"# This file should contain the addresses and aliases for local hosts that\n"
"# share this file.  Replace 'my.domain' below with the domainname of your\n"
"# machine.\n"
"#\n"
"# In the presence of the domain name service or NIS, this file may\n"
"# not be consulted at all; see /etc/nsswitch.conf for the resolution order.\n"
"#\n"
"#\n"
"::1\t\t\tlocalhost localhost.my.domain\n"
"127.0.0.1\t\tlocalhost localhost.my.domain\n"
"#\n"
"# Imaginary network.\n"
"#10.0.0.2\t\tmyname.my.domain myname\n"
"#10.0.0.3\t\tmyfriend.my.domain myfriend\n"
"#\n"
"# According to RFC 1918, you can use the following IP networks for\n"
"# private nets which will never be connected to the Internet:\n"
"#\n"
"#\t10.0.0.0\t-   10.255.255.255\n"
"#\t172.16.0.0\t-   172.31.255.255\n"
"#\t192.168.0.0\t-   192.168.255.255\n"
"#\n"
"# In case you want to be able to connect to the Internet, you need\n"
"# real official assigned numbers.  Do not try to invent your own network\n"
"# numbers but instead get one from your network provider (if any) or\n"
"# from your regional registry (ARIN, APNIC, LACNIC, RIPE NCC, or AfriNIC.)\n"
"#"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21249
msgid "The format of <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21252
#, no-wrap
msgid "[Internet address] [official hostname] [alias1] [alias2] ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21254
msgid "For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21256
#, no-wrap
msgid "10.0.0.1 myRealHostname.example.com myRealHostname foobar1 foobar2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21258
msgid "Consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:21264
msgid "Tuning with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21266 book.translate.xml:21311
msgid "<primary>sysctl</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21267
msgid "<primary>tuning</primary> <secondary>with sysctl</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21272
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to make changes to a running FreeBSD system. This includes many advanced options of the <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> stack and virtual memory system that can dramatically improve performance for an experienced system administrator. Over five hundred system variables can be read and set using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21279
msgid "At its core, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> serves two functions: to read and to modify system settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21282
msgid "To view all readable variables:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21284
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sysctl -a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21286
msgid "To read a particular variable, specify its name:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21288
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.maxproc</userinput>\n"
"kern.maxproc: 1044"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21291
msgid "To set a particular variable, use the <replaceable>variable</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable> syntax:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21295
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.maxfiles=5000</userinput>\n"
"kern.maxfiles: 2088 -&gt; 5000"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21298
msgid "Settings of sysctl variables are usually either strings, numbers, or booleans, where a boolean is <literal>1</literal> for yes or <literal>0</literal> for no."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21302
msgid "To automatically set some variables each time the machine boots, add them to <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>. For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <xref linkend=\"configtuning-sysctlconf\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21308
msgid "<filename>sysctl.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21310
msgid "<primary>sysctl.conf</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21313
msgid "The configuration file for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>, looks much like <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Values are set in a <literal>variable=value</literal> form. The specified values are set after the system goes into multi-user mode. Not all variables are settable in this mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21320
msgid "For example, to turn off logging of fatal signal exits and prevent users from seeing processes started by other users, the following tunables can be set in <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21325
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Do not log fatal signal exits (e.g., sig 11)\n"
"kern.logsigexit=0\n"
"\n"
"# Prevent users from seeing information about processes that\n"
"# are being run under another UID.\n"
"security.bsd.see_other_uids=0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:21335
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> Read-only"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21348
msgid "In some cases it may be desirable to modify read-only <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> values, which will require a reboot of the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21352
msgid "For instance, on some laptop models the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cardbus</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> device will not probe memory ranges and will fail with errors similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21356
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"cbb0: Could not map register memory\n"
"device_probe_and_attach: cbb0 attach returned 12"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21359
msgid "The fix requires the modification of a read-only <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> setting. Add <option>hw.pci.allow_unsupported_io_range=1</option> to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> and reboot. Now <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cardbus</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> should work properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:21368
msgid "Tuning Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21370
msgid "The following section will discuss various tuning mechanisms and options which may be applied to disk devices. In many cases, disks with mechanical parts, such as <acronym>SCSI</acronym> drives, will be the bottleneck driving down the overall system performance. While a solution is to install a drive without mechanical parts, such as a solid state drive, mechanical drives are not going away anytime in the near future. When tuning disks, it is advisable to utilize the features of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>iostat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> command to test various changes to the system. This command will allow the user to obtain valuable information on system <acronym>IO</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21384
msgid "Sysctl Variables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21387
msgid "<varname>vfs.vmiodirenable</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21389
msgid "<primary><varname>vfs.vmiodirenable</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21393
msgid "The <varname>vfs.vmiodirenable</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable may be set to either <literal>0</literal> (off) or <literal>1</literal> (on). It is set to <literal>1</literal> by default. This variable controls how directories are cached by the system. Most directories are small, using just a single fragment (typically 1 K) in the file system and typically 512 bytes in the buffer cache. With this variable turned off, the buffer cache will only cache a fixed number of directories, even if the system has a huge amount of memory. When turned on, this <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> allows the buffer cache to use the <acronym>VM</acronym> page cache to cache the directories, making all the memory available for caching directories. However, the minimum in-core memory used to cache a directory is the physical page size (typically 4 K) rather than 512  bytes. Keeping this option enabled is recommended if the system is running any services which manipulate large numbers of files. Such services can include web caches, large mail systems, and news systems. Keeping this option on will generally not reduce performance, even with the wasted memory, but one should experiment to find out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21419
msgid "<varname>vfs.write_behind</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21421
msgid "<primary><varname>vfs.write_behind</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21425
msgid "The <varname>vfs.write_behind</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable defaults to <literal>1</literal> (on). This tells the file system to issue media writes as full clusters are collected, which typically occurs when writing large sequential files. This avoids saturating the buffer cache with dirty buffers when it would not benefit I/O performance. However, this may stall processes and under certain circumstances should be turned off."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21437
msgid "<varname>vfs.hirunningspace</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21439
msgid "<primary><varname>vfs.hirunningspace</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21443
msgid "The <varname>vfs.hirunningspace</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable determines how much outstanding write I/O may be queued to disk controllers system-wide at any given instance. The default is usually sufficient, but on machines with many disks, try bumping it up to four or five <emphasis>megabytes</emphasis>. Setting too high a value which exceeds the buffer cache's write threshold can lead to bad clustering performance. Do not set this value arbitrarily high as higher write values may add latency to reads occurring at the same time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21454
msgid "There are various other buffer cache and <acronym>VM</acronym> page cache related <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> values. Modifying these values is not recommended as the <acronym>VM</acronym> system does a good job of automatically tuning itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21462
msgid "<varname>vm.swap_idle_enabled</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21464
msgid "<primary><varname>vm.swap_idle_enabled</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21468
msgid "The <varname>vm.swap_idle_enabled</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable is useful in large multi-user systems with many active login users and lots of idle processes. Such systems tend to generate continuous pressure on free memory reserves. Turning this feature on and tweaking the swapout hysteresis (in idle seconds) via <varname>vm.swap_idle_threshold1</varname> and <varname>vm.swap_idle_threshold2</varname> depresses the priority of memory pages associated with idle processes more quickly then the normal pageout algorithm. This gives a helping hand to the pageout daemon. Only turn this option on if needed, because the tradeoff is essentially pre-page memory sooner rather than later which eats more swap and disk bandwidth. In a small system this option will have a determinable effect, but in a large system that is already doing moderate paging, this option allows the <acronym>VM</acronym> system to stage whole processes into and out of memory easily."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21489
msgid "<varname>hw.ata.wc</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21491
msgid "<primary><varname>hw.ata.wc</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21495
msgid "Turning off <acronym>IDE</acronym> write caching reduces write bandwidth to <acronym>IDE</acronym> disks, but may sometimes be necessary due to data consistency issues introduced by hard drive vendors. The problem is that some <acronym>IDE</acronym> drives lie about when a write completes. With <acronym>IDE</acronym> write caching turned on, <acronym>IDE</acronym> hard drives write data to disk out of order and will sometimes delay writing some blocks indefinitely when under heavy disk load. A crash or power failure may cause serious file system corruption. Check the default on the system by observing the <varname>hw.ata.wc</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable. If <acronym>IDE</acronym> write caching is turned off, one can set this read-only variable to <literal>1</literal> in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> in order to enable it at boot time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21513
msgid "For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ata</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21517
msgid "<literal>SCSI_DELAY</literal> (<varname>kern.cam.scsi_delay</varname>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21520
msgid "<primary><varname>kern.cam.scsi_delay</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21524
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary><literal>SCSI DELAY</literal></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21529
msgid "The <literal>SCSI_DELAY</literal> kernel configuration option may be used to reduce system boot times. The defaults are fairly high and can be responsible for <literal>15</literal> seconds of delay in the boot process. Reducing it to <literal>5</literal> seconds usually works with modern drives. The <varname>kern.cam.scsi_delay</varname> boot time tunable should be used. The tunable and kernel configuration option accept values in terms of <emphasis>milliseconds</emphasis> and <emphasis>not</emphasis> <emphasis>seconds</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21545
msgid "Soft Updates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21547
msgid "<primary>Soft Updates</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21548
msgid "<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21550
msgid "To fine-tune a file system, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This program has many different options. To toggle Soft Updates on and off, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21554
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tunefs -n enable /filesystem</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tunefs -n disable /filesystem</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21557
msgid "A file system cannot be modified with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> while it is mounted. A good time to enable Soft Updates is before any partitions have been mounted, in single-user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21561
msgid "Soft Updates is recommended for <acronym>UFS</acronym> file systems as it drastically improves meta-data performance, mainly file creation and deletion, through the use of a memory cache. There are two downsides to Soft Updates to be aware of. First, Soft Updates guarantee file system consistency in the case of a crash, but could easily be several seconds or even a minute behind updating the physical disk. If the system crashes, unwritten data may be lost. Secondly, Soft Updates delay the freeing of file system blocks. If the root file system is almost full, performing a major update, such as <command>make installworld</command>, can cause the file system to run out of space and the update to fail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21575
msgid "More Details About Soft Updates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21577
msgid "<primary>Soft Updates</primary> <secondary>details</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21582
msgid "Meta-data updates are updates to non-content data like inodes or directories. There are two traditional approaches to writing a file system's meta-data back to disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21586
msgid "Historically, the default behavior was to write out meta-data updates synchronously. If a directory changed, the system waited until the change was actually written to disk. The file data buffers (file contents) were passed through the buffer cache and backed up to disk later on asynchronously. The advantage of this implementation is that it operates safely. If there is a failure during an update, meta-data is always in a consistent state. A file is either created completely or not at all. If the data blocks of a file did not find their way out of the buffer cache onto the disk by the time of the crash, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> recognizes this and repairs the file system by setting the file length to <literal>0</literal>. Additionally, the implementation is clear and simple. The disadvantage is that meta-data changes are slow. For example, <command>rm -r</command> touches all the files in a directory sequentially, but each directory change will be written synchronously to the disk. This includes updates to the directory itself, to the inode table, and possibly to indirect blocks allocated by the file. Similar considerations apply for unrolling large hierarchies using <command>tar -x</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21609
msgid "The second approach is to use asynchronous meta-data updates. This is the default for a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system mounted with <command>mount -o async</command>. Since all meta-data updates are also passed through the buffer cache, they will be intermixed with the updates of the file content data. The advantage of this implementation is there is no need to wait until each meta-data update has been written to disk, so all operations which cause huge amounts of meta-data updates work much faster than in the synchronous case. This implementation is still clear and simple, so there is a low risk for bugs creeping into the code. The disadvantage is that there is no guarantee for a consistent state of the file system. If there is a failure during an operation that updated large amounts of meta-data, like a power failure or someone pressing the reset button, the file system will be left in an unpredictable state. There is no opportunity to examine the state of the file system when the system comes up again as the data blocks of a file could already have been written to the disk while the updates of the inode table or the associated directory were not. It is impossible to implement a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> which is able to clean up the resulting chaos because the necessary information is not available on the disk. If the file system has been damaged beyond repair, the only choice is to reformat it and restore from backup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21636
msgid "The usual solution for this problem is to implement <emphasis>dirty region logging</emphasis>, which is also referred to as <emphasis>journaling</emphasis>. Meta-data updates are still written synchronously, but only into a small region of the disk. Later on, they are moved to their proper location. Because the logging area is a small, contiguous region on the disk, there are no long distances for the disk heads to move, even during heavy operations, so these operations are quicker than synchronous updates. Additionally, the complexity of the implementation is limited, so the risk of bugs being present is low. A disadvantage is that all meta-data is written twice, once into the logging region and once to the proper location, so performance <quote>pessimization</quote> might result. On the other hand, in case of a crash, all pending meta-data operations can be either quickly rolled back or completed from the logging area after the system comes up again, resulting in a fast file system startup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21655
msgid "Kirk McKusick, the developer of Berkeley <acronym>FFS</acronym>, solved this problem with Soft Updates. All pending meta-data updates are kept in memory and written out to disk in a sorted sequence (<quote>ordered meta-data updates</quote>). This has the effect that, in case of heavy meta-data operations, later updates to an item <quote>catch</quote> the earlier ones which are still in memory and have not already been written to disk. All operations are generally performed in memory before the update is written to disk and the data blocks are sorted according to their position so that they will not be on the disk ahead of their meta-data. If the system crashes, an implicit <quote>log rewind</quote> causes all operations which were not written to the disk appear as if they never happened. A consistent file system state is maintained that appears to be the one of 30 to 60 seconds earlier. The algorithm used guarantees that all resources in use are marked as such in their blocks and inodes. After a crash, the only resource allocation error that occurs is that resources are marked as <quote>used</quote> which are actually <quote>free</quote>. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> recognizes this situation, and frees the resources that are no longer used. It is safe to ignore the dirty state of the file system after a crash by forcibly mounting it with <command>mount -f</command>. In order to free resources that may be unused, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> needs to be run at a later time. This is the idea behind the <emphasis>background <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></emphasis>: at system startup time, only a <emphasis>snapshot</emphasis> of the file system is recorded and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is run afterwards. All file systems can then be mounted <quote>dirty</quote>, so the system startup proceeds in multi-user mode. Then, background <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is scheduled for all file systems where this is required, to free resources that may be unused. File systems that do not use Soft Updates still need the usual foreground <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21693
msgid "The advantage is that meta-data operations are nearly as fast as asynchronous updates and are faster than <emphasis>logging</emphasis>, which has to write the meta-data twice. The disadvantages are the complexity of the code, a higher memory consumption, and some idiosyncrasies. After a crash, the state of the file system appears to be somewhat <quote>older</quote>. In situations where the standard synchronous approach would have caused some zero-length files to remain after the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, these files do not exist at all with Soft Updates because neither the meta-data nor the file contents have been written to disk. Disk space is not released until the updates have been written to disk, which may take place some time after running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This may cause problems when installing large amounts of data on a file system that does not have enough free space to hold all the files twice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:21715
msgid "Tuning Kernel Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21717
msgid "<primary>tuning</primary> <secondary>kernel limits</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21723
msgid "File/Process Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21726
msgid "<varname>kern.maxfiles</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21728
msgid "<primary><varname>kern.maxfiles</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21732
msgid "The <varname>kern.maxfiles</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable can be raised or lowered based upon system requirements. This variable indicates the maximum number of file descriptors on the system. When the file descriptor table is full, <errorname>file: table is full</errorname> will show up repeatedly in the system message buffer, which can be viewed using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21740
msgid "Each open file, socket, or fifo uses one file descriptor. A large-scale production server may easily require many thousands of file descriptors, depending on the kind and number of services running concurrently."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21745
msgid "In older FreeBSD releases, the default value of <varname>kern.maxfiles</varname> is derived from <option>maxusers</option> in the kernel configuration file. <varname>kern.maxfiles</varname> grows proportionally to the value of <option>maxusers</option>. When compiling a custom kernel, consider setting this kernel configuration option according to the use of the system. From this number, the kernel is given most of its pre-defined limits. Even though a production machine may not have 256 concurrent users, the resources needed may be similar to a high-scale web server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21757
msgid "The read-only <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable <varname>kern.maxusers</varname> is automatically sized at boot based on the amount of memory available in the system, and may be determined at run-time by inspecting the value of <varname>kern.maxusers</varname>. Some systems require larger or smaller values of <varname>kern.maxusers</varname> and values of <literal>64</literal>, <literal>128</literal>, and <literal>256</literal> are not uncommon. Going above <literal>256</literal> is not recommended unless a huge number of file descriptors is needed. Many of the tunable values set to their defaults by <varname>kern.maxusers</varname> may be individually overridden at boot-time or run-time in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <filename>/boot/defaults/loader.conf</filename> for more details and some hints."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: footnote/para
#: book.translate.xml:21779
msgid "The auto-tuning algorithm sets <literal>maxusers</literal> equal to the amount of memory in the system, with a minimum of <literal>32</literal>, and a maximum of <literal>384</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21776
msgid "In older releases, the system will auto-tune <literal>maxusers</literal> if it is set to <literal>0</literal>. <_:footnote-1/>. When setting this option, set <literal>maxusers</literal> to at least <literal>4</literal>, especially if the system runs <application>Xorg</application> or is used to compile software. The most important table set by <literal>maxusers</literal> is the maximum number of processes, which is set to <literal>20 + 16 * maxusers</literal>. If <literal>maxusers</literal> is set to <literal>1</literal>, there can only be <literal>36</literal> simultaneous processes, including the <literal>18</literal> or so that the system starts up at boot time and the <literal>15</literal> or so used by <application>Xorg</application>. Even a simple task like reading a manual page will start up nine processes to filter, decompress, and view it. Setting <literal>maxusers</literal> to <literal>64</literal> allows up to <literal>1044</literal> simultaneous processes, which should be enough for nearly all uses. If, however, the <errortype>proc table full</errortype> error is displayed when trying to start another program, or a server is running with a large number of simultaneous users, increase the number and rebuild."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:21808
msgid "<literal>maxusers</literal> does <emphasis>not</emphasis> limit the number of users which can log into the machine. It instead sets various table sizes to reasonable values considering the maximum number of users on the system and how many processes each user will be running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21818
msgid "<varname>kern.ipc.soacceptqueue</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21820
msgid "<primary><varname>kern.ipc.soacceptqueue</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21824
msgid "The <varname>kern.ipc.soacceptqueue</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable limits the size of the listen queue for accepting new <literal>TCP</literal> connections. The default value of <literal>128</literal> is typically too low for robust handling of new connections on a heavily loaded web server. For such environments, it is recommended to increase this value to <literal>1024</literal> or higher. A service such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or <application>Apache</application> may itself limit the listen queue size, but will often have a directive in its configuration file to adjust the queue size. Large listen queues do a better job of avoiding Denial of Service (<acronym>DoS</acronym>) attacks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21841
msgid "Network Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21843
msgid "The <literal>NMBCLUSTERS</literal> kernel configuration option dictates the amount of network Mbufs available to the system. A heavily-trafficked server with a low number of Mbufs will hinder performance. Each cluster represents approximately 2 K of memory, so a value of <literal>1024</literal> represents <literal>2</literal> megabytes of kernel memory reserved for network buffers. A simple calculation can be done to figure out how many are needed. A web server which maxes out at <literal>1000</literal> simultaneous connections where each connection uses a 6 K receive and 16 K send buffer, requires approximately 32 MB worth of network buffers to cover the web server. A good rule of thumb is to multiply by <literal>2</literal>, so 2x32 MB / 2 KB = 64 MB / 2 kB = <literal>32768</literal>. Values between <literal>4096</literal> and <literal>32768</literal> are recommended for machines with greater amounts of memory. Never specify an arbitrarily high value for this parameter as it could lead to a boot time crash. To observe network cluster usage, use <option>-m</option> with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>netstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21867
msgid "The <varname>kern.ipc.nmbclusters</varname> loader tunable should be used to tune this at boot time. Only older versions of FreeBSD will require the use of the <literal>NMBCLUSTERS</literal> kernel <citerefentry><refentrytitle>config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21873
msgid "For busy servers that make extensive use of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendfile</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system call, it may be necessary to increase the number of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendfile</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> buffers via the <literal>NSFBUFS</literal> kernel configuration option or by setting its value in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details). A common indicator that this parameter needs to be adjusted is when processes are seen in the <literal>sfbufa</literal> state. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable <varname>kern.ipc.nsfbufs</varname> is read-only. This parameter nominally scales with <varname>kern.maxusers</varname>, however it may be necessary to tune accordingly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:21887
msgid "Even though a socket has been marked as non-blocking, calling <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendfile</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> on the non-blocking socket may result in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendfile</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> call blocking until enough <literal>struct sf_buf</literal>'s are made available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21895
msgid "<varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.*</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21897
msgid "<primary>net.inet.ip.portrange.*</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21901
msgid "The <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.*</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables control the port number ranges automatically bound to <literal>TCP</literal> and <literal>UDP</literal> sockets. There are three ranges: a low range, a default range, and a high range. Most network programs use the default range which is controlled by <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.first</varname> and <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.last</varname>, which default to <literal>1024</literal> and <literal>5000</literal>, respectively. Bound port ranges are used for outgoing connections and it is possible to run the system out of ports under certain circumstances. This most commonly occurs when running a heavily loaded web proxy. The port range is not an issue when running a server which handles mainly incoming connections, such as a web server, or has a limited number of outgoing connections, such as a mail relay. For situations where there is a shortage of ports, it is recommended to increase <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.last</varname> modestly. A value of <literal>10000</literal>, <literal>20000</literal> or <literal>30000</literal> may be reasonable. Consider firewall effects when changing the port range. Some firewalls may block large ranges of ports, usually low-numbered ports, and expect systems to use higher ranges of ports for outgoing connections. For this reason, it is not recommended that the value of <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.first</varname> be lowered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21932
msgid "<literal>TCP</literal> Bandwidth Delay Product"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21934
msgid "<primary><literal>TCP</literal> Bandwidth Delay Product Limiting</primary> <secondary><varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.enable</varname></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21940
msgid "<literal>TCP</literal> bandwidth delay product limiting can be enabled by setting the <varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.enable</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable to <literal>1</literal>. This instructs the system to attempt to calculate the bandwidth delay product for each connection and limit the amount of data queued to the network to just the amount required to maintain optimum throughput."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21949
msgid "This feature is useful when serving data over modems, Gigabit Ethernet, high speed <literal>WAN</literal> links, or any other link with a high bandwidth delay product, especially when also using window scaling or when a large send window has been configured. When enabling this option, also set <varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.debug</varname> to <literal>0</literal> to disable debugging. For production use, setting <varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.min</varname> to at least <literal>6144</literal> may be beneficial. Setting high minimums may effectively disable bandwidth limiting, depending on the link. The limiting feature reduces the amount of data built up in intermediate route and switch packet queues and reduces the amount of data built up in the local host's interface queue. With fewer queued packets, interactive connections, especially over slow modems, will operate with lower <emphasis>Round Trip Times</emphasis>. This feature only effects server side data transmission such as uploading. It has no effect on data reception or downloading."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21969
msgid "Adjusting <varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.stab</varname> is <emphasis>not</emphasis> recommended. This parameter defaults to <literal>20</literal>, representing 2 maximal packets added to the bandwidth delay product window calculation. The additional window is required to stabilize the algorithm and improve responsiveness to changing conditions, but it can also result in higher <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> times over slow links, though still much lower than without the inflight algorithm. In such cases, try reducing this parameter to <literal>15</literal>, <literal>10</literal>, or <literal>5</literal> and reducing <varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.min</varname> to a value such as <literal>3500</literal> to get the desired effect. Reducing these parameters should be done as a last resort only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21988
msgid "Virtual Memory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21991
msgid "<varname>kern.maxvnodes</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21993
msgid "A vnode is the internal representation of a file or directory. Increasing the number of vnodes available to the operating system reduces disk I/O. Normally, this is handled by the operating system and does not need to be changed. In some cases where disk I/O is a bottleneck and the system is running out of vnodes, this setting needs to be increased. The amount of inactive and free <acronym>RAM</acronym> will need to be taken into account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22003
msgid "To see the current number of vnodes in use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22005
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl vfs.numvnodes</userinput>\n"
"vfs.numvnodes: 91349"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22008
msgid "To see the maximum vnodes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22010
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.maxvnodes</userinput>\n"
"kern.maxvnodes: 100000"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22013
msgid "If the current vnode usage is near the maximum, try increasing <varname>kern.maxvnodes</varname> by a value of <literal>1000</literal>. Keep an eye on the number of <varname>vfs.numvnodes</varname>. If it climbs up to the maximum again, <varname>kern.maxvnodes</varname> will need to be increased further. Otherwise, a shift in memory usage as reported by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> should be visible and more memory should be active."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:22026
msgid "Adding Swap Space"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22028
msgid "Sometimes a system requires more swap space. This section describes two methods to increase swap space: adding swap to an existing partition or new hard drive, and creating a swap file on an existing partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22033
msgid "For information on how to encrypt swap space, which options exist, and why it should be done, refer to <xref linkend=\"swap-encrypting\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22037
msgid "Swap on a New Hard Drive or Existing Partition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22039
msgid "Adding a new hard drive for swap gives better performance than using a partition on an existing drive. Setting up partitions and hard drives is explained in <xref linkend=\"disks-adding\"/> while <xref linkend=\"configtuning-initial\"/> discusses partition layouts and swap partition size considerations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22044
msgid "Use <command>swapon</command> to add a swap partition to the system. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22047
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>swapon <replaceable>/dev/ada1s1b</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:22050
msgid "It is possible to use any partition not currently mounted, even if it already contains data. Using <command>swapon</command> on a partition that contains data will overwrite and destroy that data. Make sure that the partition to be added as swap is really the intended partition before running <command>swapon</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22058
msgid "To automatically add this swap partition on boot, add an entry to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:22061
#, no-wrap
msgid "<replaceable>/dev/ada1s1b</replaceable>\tnone\tswap\tsw\t0\t0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22063
msgid "See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for an explanation of the entries in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. More information about <command>swapon</command> can be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>swapon</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22070
msgid "Creating a Swap File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22072
msgid "These examples create a 64M swap file called <filename>/usr/swap0</filename> instead of using a partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22076
msgid "Using swap files requires that the module needed by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>md</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> has either been built into the kernel or has been loaded before swap is enabled. See <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/> for information about building a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:22083
msgid "Creating a Swap File on FreeBSD 10.<replaceable>X</replaceable> and Later"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22088
msgid "Create the swap file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22090 book.translate.xml:22128
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/zero of=<replaceable>/usr/swap0</replaceable> bs=1m count=<replaceable>64</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22094
msgid "Set the proper permissions on the new file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22096 book.translate.xml:22135
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 0600 <replaceable>/usr/swap0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22100
msgid "Inform the system about the swap file by adding a line to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:22103
#, no-wrap
msgid "md99\tnone\tswap\tsw,file=/usr/swap0,late\t0\t0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22105
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>md</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> device <filename>md99</filename> is used, leaving lower device numbers available for interactive use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22111
msgid "Swap space will be added on system startup. To add swap space immediately, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>swapon</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22114
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>swapon -aL</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:22120
msgid "Creating a Swap File on FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>X</replaceable> and Earlier"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22125
msgid "Create the swap file, <filename>/usr/swap0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22132
msgid "Set the proper permissions on <filename>/usr/swap0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22139
msgid "Enable the swap file in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:22142
#, no-wrap
msgid "swapfile=\"<replaceable>/usr/swap0</replaceable>\"   # Set to name of swap file"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22146
msgid "Swap space will be added on system startup. To enable the swap file immediately, specify a free memory device. Refer to <xref linkend=\"disks-virtual\"/> for more information about memory devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22151
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -a -t vnode -f <replaceable>/usr/swap0</replaceable> -u <replaceable>0</replaceable> &amp;&amp; swapon /dev/md<replaceable>0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:22160
msgid "Power and Resource Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:22163
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Hiten</firstname> <surname>Pandya</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:22171 book.translate.xml:22651
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22180
msgid "It is important to utilize hardware resources in an efficient manner. Power and resource management allows the operating system to monitor system limits and to possibly provide an alert if the system temperature increases unexpectedly. An early specification for providing power management was the Advanced Power Management (<acronym>APM</acronym>) facility. <acronym>APM</acronym> controls the power usage of a system based on its activity. However, it was difficult and inflexible for operating systems to manage the power usage and thermal properties of a system. The hardware was managed by the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> and the user had limited configurability and visibility into the power management settings. The <acronym>APM</acronym> <acronym>BIOS</acronym> is supplied by the vendor and is specific to the hardware platform. An <acronym>APM</acronym> driver in the operating system mediates access to the <acronym>APM</acronym> Software Interface, which allows management of power levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22199
msgid "There are four major problems in <acronym>APM</acronym>. First, power management is done by the vendor-specific <acronym>BIOS</acronym>, separate from the operating system. For example, the user can set idle-time values for a hard drive in the <acronym>APM</acronym> <acronym>BIOS</acronym> so that, when exceeded, the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> spins down the hard drive without the consent of the operating system. Second, the <acronym>APM</acronym> logic is embedded in the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>, and it operates outside the scope of the operating system. This means that users can only fix problems in the <acronym>APM</acronym> <acronym>BIOS</acronym> by flashing a new one into the <acronym>ROM</acronym>, which is a dangerous procedure with the potential to leave the system in an unrecoverable state if it fails. Third, <acronym>APM</acronym> is a vendor-specific technology, meaning that there is a lot of duplication of efforts and bugs found in one vendor's <acronym>BIOS</acronym> may not be solved in others. Lastly, the <acronym>APM</acronym> <acronym>BIOS</acronym> did not have enough room to implement a sophisticated power policy or one that can adapt well to the purpose of the machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22221
msgid "The Plug and Play <acronym>BIOS</acronym> (<acronym>PNPBIOS</acronym>) was unreliable in many situations. <acronym>PNPBIOS</acronym> is 16-bit technology, so the operating system has to use 16-bit emulation in order to interface with <acronym>PNPBIOS</acronym> methods. FreeBSD provides an <acronym>APM</acronym> driver as <acronym>APM</acronym> should still be used for systems manufactured at or before the year 2000. The driver is documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>apm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22231
msgid "<primary>ACPI</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22235
msgid "<primary>APM</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22239
msgid "The successor to <acronym>APM</acronym> is the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (<acronym>ACPI</acronym>). <acronym>ACPI</acronym> is a standard written by an alliance of vendors to provide an interface for hardware resources and power management. It is a key element in <emphasis>Operating System-directed configuration and Power Management</emphasis> as it provides more control and flexibility to the operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22248
msgid "This chapter demonstrates how to configure <acronym>ACPI</acronym> on FreeBSD. It then offers some tips on how to debug <acronym>ACPI</acronym> and how to submit a problem report containing debugging information so that developers can diagnosis and fix <acronym>ACPI</acronym> issues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22255
msgid "Configuring <acronym>ACPI</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22257
msgid "In FreeBSD the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver is loaded by default at system boot and should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be compiled into the kernel. This driver cannot be unloaded after boot because the system bus uses it for various hardware interactions. However, if the system is experiencing problems, <acronym>ACPI</acronym> can be disabled altogether by rebooting after setting <literal>hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"</literal> in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> or by setting this variable at the loader prompt, as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-loader\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:22269
msgid "<acronym>ACPI</acronym> and <acronym>APM</acronym> cannot coexist and should be used separately. The last one to load will terminate if the driver notices the other is running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22275
msgid "<acronym>ACPI</acronym> can be used to put the system into a sleep mode with <command>acpiconf</command>, the <option>-s</option> flag, and a number from <literal>1</literal> to <literal>5</literal>. Most users only need <literal>1</literal> (quick suspend to <acronym>RAM</acronym>) or <literal>3</literal> (suspend to <acronym>RAM</acronym>). Option <literal>5</literal> performs a soft-off which is the same as running <command>halt -p</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22285
msgid "Other options are available using <command>sysctl</command>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>acpiconf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22291
msgid "Common Problems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22293
msgid "<primary><acronym>ACPI</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22297
msgid "<acronym>ACPI</acronym> is present in all modern computers that conform to the ia32 (x86), ia64 (Itanium), and amd64 (<acronym>AMD</acronym>) architectures. The full standard has many features including <acronym>CPU</acronym> performance management, power planes control, thermal zones, various battery systems, embedded controllers, and bus enumeration. Most systems implement less than the full standard. For instance, a desktop system usually only implements bus enumeration while a laptop might have cooling and battery management support as well. Laptops also have suspend and resume, with their own associated complexity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22309
msgid "An <acronym>ACPI</acronym>-compliant system has various components. The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> and chipset vendors provide various fixed tables, such as <acronym>FADT</acronym>, in memory that specify things like the <acronym>APIC</acronym> map (used for <acronym>SMP</acronym>), config registers, and simple configuration values. Additionally, a bytecode table, the Differentiated System Description Table <acronym>DSDT</acronym>, specifies a tree-like name space of devices and methods."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22319
msgid "The <acronym>ACPI</acronym> driver must parse the fixed tables, implement an interpreter for the bytecode, and modify device drivers and the kernel to accept information from the <acronym>ACPI</acronym> subsystem. For FreeBSD, <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> has provided an interpreter (<acronym>ACPI-CA</acronym>) that is shared with <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> and NetBSD. The path to the <acronym>ACPI-CA</acronym> source code is <filename>src/sys/contrib/dev/acpica</filename>. The glue code that allows <acronym>ACPI-CA</acronym> to work on FreeBSD is in <filename>src/sys/dev/acpica/Osd</filename>. Finally, drivers that implement various <acronym>ACPI</acronym> devices are found in <filename>src/sys/dev/acpica</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22332 book.translate.xml:22660 book.translate.xml:22715
msgid "<primary>ACPI</primary> <secondary>problems</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22337
msgid "For <acronym>ACPI</acronym> to work correctly, all the parts have to work correctly. Here are some common problems, in order of frequency of appearance, and some possible workarounds or fixes. If a fix does not resolve the issue, refer to <xref linkend=\"ACPI-submitdebug\"/> for instructions on how to submit a bug report."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22345
msgid "Mouse Issues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22347
msgid "In some cases, resuming from a suspend operation will cause the mouse to fail. A known work around is to add <literal>hint.psm.0.flags=\"0x3000\"</literal> to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22354
msgid "Suspend/Resume"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22356
msgid "<acronym>ACPI</acronym> has three suspend to <acronym>RAM</acronym> (<acronym>STR</acronym>) states, <literal>S1</literal>-<literal>S3</literal>, and one suspend to disk state (<acronym>STD</acronym>), called <literal>S4</literal>. <acronym>STD</acronym> can be implemented in two separate ways. The <literal>S4</literal><acronym>BIOS</acronym> is a <acronym>BIOS</acronym>-assisted suspend to disk and <literal>S4</literal><acronym>OS</acronym> is implemented entirely by the operating system. The normal state the system is in when plugged in but not powered up is <quote>soft off</quote> (<literal>S5</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22369
msgid "Use <command>sysctl hw.acpi</command> to check for the suspend-related items. These example results are from a Thinkpad:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22373
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hw.acpi.supported_sleep_state: S3 S4 S5\n"
"hw.acpi.s4bios: 0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22376
msgid "Use <command>acpiconf -s</command> to test <literal>S3</literal>, <literal>S4</literal>, and <literal>S5</literal>. An <option>s4bios</option> of one (<literal>1</literal>) indicates <literal>S4</literal><acronym>BIOS</acronym> support instead of <literal>S4</literal> operating system support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22383
msgid "When testing suspend/resume, start with <literal>S1</literal>, if supported. This state is most likely to work since it does not require much driver support. No one has implemented <literal>S2</literal>, which is similar to <literal>S1</literal>. Next, try <literal>S3</literal>. This is the deepest <acronym>STR</acronym> state and requires a lot of driver support to properly reinitialize the hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22392
msgid "A common problem with suspend/resume is that many device drivers do not save, restore, or reinitialize their firmware, registers, or device memory properly. As a first attempt at debugging the problem, try:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22397
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl debug.bootverbose=1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl debug.acpi.suspend_bounce=1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>acpiconf -s 3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22401
msgid "This test emulates the suspend/resume cycle of all device drivers without actually going into <literal>S3</literal> state. In some cases, problems such as losing firmware state, device watchdog time out, and retrying forever, can be captured with this method. Note that the system will not really enter <literal>S3</literal> state, which means devices may not lose power, and many will work fine even if suspend/resume methods are totally missing, unlike real <literal>S3</literal> state."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22411
msgid "Harder cases require additional hardware, such as a serial port and cable for debugging through a serial console, a Firewire port and cable for using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dcons</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and kernel debugging skills."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22416
msgid "To help isolate the problem, unload as many drivers as possible. If it works, narrow down which driver is the problem by loading drivers until it fails again. Typically, binary drivers like <filename>nvidia.ko</filename>, display drivers, and <acronym>USB</acronym> will have the most problems while Ethernet interfaces usually work fine. If drivers can be properly loaded and unloaded, automate this by putting the appropriate commands in <filename>/etc/rc.suspend</filename> and <filename>/etc/rc.resume</filename>. Try setting <option>hw.acpi.reset_video</option> to <literal>1</literal> if the display is messed up after resume. Try setting longer or shorter values for <option>hw.acpi.sleep_delay</option> to see if that helps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22432
msgid "Try loading a recent <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> distribution to see if suspend/resume works on the same hardware. If it works on <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, it is likely a FreeBSD driver problem. Narrowing down which driver causes the problem will assist developers in fixing the problem. Since the <acronym>ACPI</acronym> maintainers rarely maintain other drivers, such as sound or <acronym>ATA</acronym>, any driver problems should also be posted to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current\">freebsd-current</link> list and mailed to the driver maintainer. Advanced users can include debugging <citerefentry><refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>s in a problematic driver to track down where in its resume function it hangs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22444
msgid "Finally, try disabling <acronym>ACPI</acronym> and enabling <acronym>APM</acronym> instead. If suspend/resume works with <acronym>APM</acronym>, stick with <acronym>APM</acronym>, especially on older hardware (pre-2000). It took vendors a while to get <acronym>ACPI</acronym> support correct and older hardware is more likely to have <acronym>BIOS</acronym> problems with <acronym>ACPI</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22455
msgid "System Hangs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22457
msgid "Most system hangs are a result of lost interrupts or an interrupt storm. Chipsets may have problems based on boot, how the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> configures interrupts before correctness of the <acronym>APIC</acronym> (<acronym>MADT</acronym>) table, and routing of the System Control Interrupt (<acronym>SCI</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22464
msgid "<primary>interrupt storms</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22468
msgid "Interrupt storms can be distinguished from lost interrupts by checking the output of <command>vmstat -i</command> and looking at the line that has <literal>acpi0</literal>. If the counter is increasing at more than a couple per second, there is an interrupt storm. If the system appears hung, try breaking to <acronym>DDB</acronym> (<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>CTRL</keycap> <keycap>ALT</keycap> <keycap>ESC</keycap> </keycombo> on console) and type <literal>show interrupts</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22481
msgid "<primary>APIC</primary> <secondary>disabling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22486
msgid "When dealing with interrupt problems, try disabling <acronym>APIC</acronym> support with <literal>hint.apic.0.disabled=\"1\"</literal> in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22493
msgid "Panics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22495
msgid "Panics are relatively rare for <acronym>ACPI</acronym> and are the top priority to be fixed. The first step is to isolate the steps to reproduce the panic, if possible, and get a backtrace. Follow the advice for enabling <literal>options DDB</literal> and setting up a serial console in <xref linkend=\"serialconsole-ddb\"/> or setting up a dump partition. To get a backtrace in <acronym>DDB</acronym>, use <literal>tr</literal>. When handwriting the backtrace, get at least the last five and the top five lines in the trace."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22506
msgid "Then, try to isolate the problem by booting with <acronym>ACPI</acronym> disabled. If that works, isolate the <acronym>ACPI</acronym> subsystem by using various values of <option>debug.acpi.disable</option>. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for some examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22514
msgid "System Powers Up After Suspend or Shutdown"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22516
msgid "First, try setting <literal>hw.acpi.disable_on_poweroff=\"0\"</literal> in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. This keeps <acronym>ACPI</acronym> from disabling various events during the shutdown process. Some systems need this value set to <literal>1</literal> (the default) for the same reason. This usually fixes the problem of a system powering up spontaneously after a suspend or poweroff."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22527
msgid "BIOS Contains Buggy Bytecode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22529 book.translate.xml:22560
msgid "<primary><acronym>ACPI</acronym></primary> <secondary><acronym>ASL</acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22534
msgid "Some <acronym>BIOS</acronym> vendors provide incorrect or buggy bytecode. This is usually manifested by kernel console messages like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22538
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ACPI-1287: *** Error: Method execution failed [\\\\_SB_.PCI0.LPC0.FIGD._STA] \\\\\n"
"(Node 0xc3f6d160), AE_NOT_FOUND"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22541
msgid "Often, these problems may be resolved by updating the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> to the latest revision. Most console messages are harmless, but if there are other problems, like the battery status is not working, these messages are a good place to start looking for problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22551
msgid "Overriding the Default <acronym>AML</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22553
msgid "The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> bytecode, known as <acronym>ACPI</acronym> Machine Language (<acronym>AML</acronym>), is compiled from a source language called <acronym>ACPI</acronym> Source Language (<acronym>ASL</acronym>). The <acronym>AML</acronym> is found in the table known as the Differentiated System Description Table (<acronym>DSDT</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22565
msgid "The goal of FreeBSD is for everyone to have working <acronym>ACPI</acronym> without any user intervention. Workarounds are still being developed for common mistakes made by <acronym>BIOS</acronym> vendors. The <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> interpreter (<filename>acpi.sys</filename> and <filename>acpiec.sys</filename>) does not strictly check for adherence to the standard, and thus many <acronym>BIOS</acronym> vendors who only test <acronym>ACPI</acronym> under <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> never fix their <acronym>ASL</acronym>. FreeBSD developers continue to identify and document which non-standard behavior is allowed by <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark>'s interpreter and replicate it so that FreeBSD can work without forcing users to fix the <acronym>ASL</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22580
msgid "To help identify buggy behavior and possibly fix it manually, a copy can be made of the system's <acronym>ASL</acronym>. To copy the system's <acronym>ASL</acronym> to a specified file name, use <command>acpidump</command> with <option>-t</option>, to show the contents of the fixed tables, and <option>-d</option>, to disassemble the <acronym>AML</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22588
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>acpidump -td &gt; <replaceable>my.asl</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22590
msgid "Some <acronym>AML</acronym> versions assume the user is running <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>. To override this, set <literal>hw.acpi.osname=<replaceable>\"Windows 2009\"</replaceable></literal> in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>, using the most recent <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> version listed in the <acronym>ASL</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22597
msgid "Other workarounds may require <filename>my.asl</filename> to be customized. If this file is edited, compile the new <acronym>ASL</acronym> using the following command. Warnings can usually be ignored, but errors are bugs that will usually prevent <acronym>ACPI</acronym> from working correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22603
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>iasl -f <replaceable>my.asl</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22605
msgid "Including <option>-f</option> forces creation of the <acronym>AML</acronym>, even if there are errors during compilation. Some errors, such as missing return statements, are automatically worked around by the FreeBSD interpreter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22611
msgid "The default output filename for <command>iasl</command> is <filename>DSDT.aml</filename>. Load this file instead of the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>'s buggy copy, which is still present in flash memory, by editing <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:22617
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"acpi_dsdt_load=\"YES\"\n"
"acpi_dsdt_name=\"/boot/DSDT.aml\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22620
msgid "Be sure to copy <filename>DSDT.aml</filename> to <filename>/boot</filename>, then reboot the system. If this fixes the problem, send a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>diff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> of the old and new <acronym>ASL</acronym> to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-acpi\">freebsd-acpi</link> so that developers can work around the buggy behavior in <filename>acpica</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:22630
msgid "Getting and Submitting Debugging Info"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:22633
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Nate</firstname> <surname>Lawson</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:22643
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Peter</firstname> <surname>Schultz</surname> </personname> <contrib>With contributions from </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22665
msgid "<primary>ACPI</primary> <secondary>debugging</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22670
msgid "The <acronym>ACPI</acronym> driver has a flexible debugging facility. A set of subsystems and the level of verbosity can be specified. The subsystems to debug are specified as layers and are broken down into components (<literal>ACPI_ALL_COMPONENTS</literal>) and <acronym>ACPI</acronym> hardware support (<literal>ACPI_ALL_DRIVERS</literal>). The verbosity of debugging output is specified as the level and ranges from just report errors (<literal>ACPI_LV_ERROR</literal>) to everything (<literal>ACPI_LV_VERBOSE</literal>). The level is a bitmask so multiple options can be set at once, separated by spaces. In practice, a serial console should be used to log the output so it is not lost as the console message buffer flushes. A full list of the individual layers and levels is found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22686
msgid "Debugging output is not enabled by default. To enable it, add <literal>options ACPI_DEBUG</literal> to the custom kernel configuration file if <acronym>ACPI</acronym> is compiled into the kernel. Add <literal>ACPI_DEBUG=1</literal> to <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> to enable it globally. If a module is used instead of a custom kernel, recompile just the <filename>acpi.ko</filename> module as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22694
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /sys/modules/acpi/acpi &amp;&amp; make clean &amp;&amp; make ACPI_DEBUG=1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22696
msgid "Copy the compiled <filename>acpi.ko</filename> to <filename>/boot/kernel</filename> and add the desired level and layer to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. The entries in this example enable debug messages for all <acronym>ACPI</acronym> components and hardware drivers and output error messages at the least verbose level:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:22703
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debug.acpi.layer=\"ACPI_ALL_COMPONENTS ACPI_ALL_DRIVERS\"\n"
"debug.acpi.level=\"ACPI_LV_ERROR\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22706
msgid "If the required information is triggered by a specific event, such as a suspend and then resume, do not modify <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. Instead, use <command>sysctl</command> to specify the layer and level after booting and preparing the system for the specific event. The variables which can be set using <command>sysctl</command> are named the same as the tunables in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22720
msgid "Once the debugging information is gathered, it can be sent to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-acpi\">freebsd-acpi</link> so that it can be used by the FreeBSD <acronym>ACPI</acronym> maintainers to identify the root cause of the problem and to develop a solution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:22726
msgid "Before submitting debugging information to this mailing list, ensure the latest <acronym>BIOS</acronym> version is installed and, if available, the embedded controller firmware version."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22732
msgid "When submitting a problem report, include the following information:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22737
msgid "Description of the buggy behavior, including system type, model, and anything that causes the bug to appear. Note as accurately as possible when the bug began occurring if it is new."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22744
msgid "The output of <command>dmesg</command> after running <command>boot -v</command>, including any error messages generated by the bug."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22750
msgid "The <command>dmesg</command> output from <command>boot -v</command> with <acronym>ACPI</acronym> disabled, if disabling <acronym>ACPI</acronym> helps to fix the problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22757
msgid "Output from <command>sysctl hw.acpi</command>. This lists which features the system offers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22762
msgid "The <acronym>URL</acronym> to a pasted version of the system's <acronym>ASL</acronym>. Do <emphasis>not</emphasis> send the <acronym>ASL</acronym> directly to the list as it can be very large. Generate a copy of the <acronym>ASL</acronym> by running this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22769
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>acpidump -dt &gt; <replaceable>name</replaceable>-<replaceable>system</replaceable>.asl</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22771
msgid "Substitute the login name for <replaceable>name</replaceable> and manufacturer/model for <replaceable>system</replaceable>. For example, use <filename>njl-FooCo6000.asl</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22778
msgid "Most FreeBSD developers watch the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current\">FreeBSD-CURRENT mailing list</link>, but one should submit problems to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-acpi\">freebsd-acpi</link> to be sure it is seen. Be patient when waiting for a response. If the bug is not immediately apparent, submit a <acronym>PR</acronym> using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>send-pr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. When entering a <acronym>PR</acronym>, include the same information as requested above. This helps developers to track the problem and resolve it. Do not send a <acronym>PR</acronym> without emailing <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-acpi\">freebsd-acpi</link> first as it is likely that the problem has been reported before."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22792
msgid "More information about <acronym>ACPI</acronym> may be found in the following locations:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22797
msgid "The FreeBSD <acronym>ACPI</acronym> Mailing List Archives (<uri xlink:href=\"http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-acpi/\">http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-acpi/</uri>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22802
msgid "The <acronym>ACPI</acronym> 2.0 Specification (<uri xlink:href=\"http://acpi.info/spec.htm\">http://acpi.info/spec.htm</uri>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22806
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi_thermal</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpidump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>iasl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpidb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:22823
msgid "The FreeBSD Booting Process"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22828
msgid "<primary>booting</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22829
msgid "<primary>bootstrap</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22831
msgid "The process of starting a computer and loading the operating system is referred to as <quote>the bootstrap process</quote>, or <quote>booting</quote>. FreeBSD's boot process provides a great deal of flexibility in customizing what happens when the system starts, including the ability to select from different operating systems installed on the same computer, different versions of the same operating system, or a different installed kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22840
msgid "This chapter details the configuration options that can be set. It demonstrates how to customize the FreeBSD boot process, including everything that happens until the FreeBSD kernel has started, probed for devices, and started <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This occurs when the text color of the boot messages changes from bright white to grey."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22847
msgid "After reading this chapter, you will recognize:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22851
msgid "The components of the FreeBSD bootstrap system and how they interact."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22856
msgid "The options that can be passed to the components in the FreeBSD bootstrap in order to control the boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22861
msgid "How to configure a customized boot splash screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22865
msgid "The basics of setting device hints."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22869
msgid "How to boot into single- and multi-user mode and how to properly shut down a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:22875
msgid "This chapter only describes the boot process for FreeBSD running on x86 and amd64 systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:22881
msgid "FreeBSD Boot Process"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22883
msgid "Turning on a computer and starting the operating system poses an interesting dilemma. By definition, the computer does not know how to do anything until the operating system is started. This includes running programs from the disk. If the computer can not run a program from the disk without the operating system, and the operating system programs are on the disk, how is the operating system started?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22891
msgid "This problem parallels one in the book <citetitle>The Adventures of Baron Munchausen</citetitle>. A character had fallen part way down a manhole, and pulled himself out by grabbing his bootstraps and lifting. In the early days of computing, the term <firstterm>bootstrap</firstterm> was applied to the mechanism used to load the operating system. It has since become shortened to <quote>booting</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22899
msgid "<primary><acronym>BIOS</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22901
msgid "<primary>Basic Input/Output System</primary><see><acronym>BIOS</acronym></see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22904
msgid "On x86 hardware, the Basic Input/Output System (<acronym>BIOS</acronym>) is responsible for loading the operating system. The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> looks on the hard disk for the Master Boot Record (<acronym>MBR</acronym>), which must be located in a specific place on the disk. The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> has enough knowledge to load and run the <acronym>MBR</acronym>, and assumes that the <acronym>MBR</acronym> can then carry out the rest of the tasks involved in loading the operating system, possibly with the help of the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:22916
msgid "FreeBSD provides for booting from both the older <acronym>MBR</acronym> standard, and the newer GUID Partition Table (<acronym>GPT</acronym>). <acronym>GPT</acronym> partitioning is often found on computers with the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (<acronym>UEFI</acronym>). However, FreeBSD can boot from <acronym>GPT</acronym> partitions even on machines with only a legacy <acronym>BIOS</acronym> with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gptboot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Work is under way to provide direct <acronym>UEFI</acronym> booting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22927 book.translate.xml:22983
msgid "<primary>Master Boot Record (<acronym>MBR</acronym>)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22930 book.translate.xml:22981
msgid "<primary>Boot Manager</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22932
msgid "<primary>Boot Loader</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22934
msgid "The code within the <acronym>MBR</acronym> is typically referred to as a <emphasis>boot manager</emphasis>, especially when it interacts with the user. The boot manager usually has more code in the first track of the disk or within the file system. Examples of boot managers include the standard FreeBSD boot manager <application>boot0</application>, also called <application>Boot Easy</application>, and <application>Grub</application>, which is used by many <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> distributions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22944
msgid "If only one operating system is installed, the <acronym>MBR</acronym> searches for the first bootable (active) slice on the disk, and then runs the code on that slice to load the remainder of the operating system. When multiple operating systems are present, a different boot manager can be installed to display a list of operating systems so the user can select one to boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22952
msgid "The remainder of the FreeBSD bootstrap system is divided into three stages. The first stage knows just enough to get the computer into a specific state and run the second stage. The second stage can do a little bit more, before running the third stage. The third stage finishes the task of loading the operating system. The work is split into three stages because the <acronym>MBR</acronym> puts limits on the size of the programs that can be run at stages one and two. Chaining the tasks together allows FreeBSD to provide a more flexible loader."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22963
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22964 book.translate.xml:23290
msgid "<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22966
msgid "The kernel is then started and begins to probe for devices and initialize them for use. Once the kernel boot process is finished, the kernel passes control to the user process <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which makes sure the disks are in a usable state, starts the user-level resource configuration which mounts file systems, sets up network cards to communicate on the network, and starts the processes which have been configured to run at startup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22975
msgid "This section describes these stages in more detail and demonstrates how to interact with the FreeBSD boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22979
msgid "The Boot Manager"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22986
msgid "The boot manager code in the <acronym>MBR</acronym> is sometimes referred to as <emphasis>stage zero</emphasis> of the boot process. By default, FreeBSD uses the <application>boot0</application> boot manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22991
msgid "The <acronym>MBR</acronym> installed by the FreeBSD installer is based on <filename>/boot/boot0</filename>. The size and capability of <application>boot0</application> is restricted to 446 bytes due to the slice table and <literal>0x55AA</literal> identifier at the end of the <acronym>MBR</acronym>. If <application>boot0</application> and multiple operating systems are installed, a message similar to this example will be displayed at boot time:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:23001
msgid "<filename>boot0</filename> Screenshot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23003
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"F1 Win\n"
"F2 FreeBSD\n"
"\n"
"Default: F2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23009
msgid "Other operating systems will overwrite an existing <acronym>MBR</acronym> if they are installed after FreeBSD. If this happens, or to replace the existing <acronym>MBR</acronym> with the FreeBSD <acronym>MBR</acronym>, use the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23015
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>fdisk -B -b /boot/boot0 <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23017
msgid "where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is the boot disk, such as <filename>ad0</filename> for the first <acronym>IDE</acronym> disk, <filename>ad2</filename> for the first <acronym>IDE</acronym> disk on a second <acronym>IDE</acronym> controller, or <filename>da0</filename> for the first <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disk. To create a custom configuration of the <acronym>MBR</acronym>, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>boot0cfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23028
msgid "Stage One and Stage Two"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23030
msgid "Conceptually, the first and second stages are part of the same program on the same area of the disk. Because of space constraints, they have been split into two, but are always installed together. They are copied from the combined <filename>/boot/boot</filename> by the FreeBSD installer or <command>bsdlabel</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23037
msgid "These two stages are located outside file systems, in the first track of the boot slice, starting with the first sector. This is where <application>boot0</application>, or any other boot manager, expects to find a program to run which will continue the boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23043
msgid "The first stage, <filename>boot1</filename>, is very simple, since it can only be 512 bytes in size. It knows just enough about the FreeBSD <firstterm>bsdlabel</firstterm>, which stores information about the slice, to find and execute <filename>boot2</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23049
msgid "Stage two, <filename>boot2</filename>, is slightly more sophisticated, and understands the FreeBSD file system enough to find files. It can provide a simple interface to choose the kernel or loader to run. It runs <application>loader</application>, which is much more sophisticated and provides a boot configuration file. If the boot process is interrupted at stage two, the following interactive screen is displayed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:23059
msgid "<filename>boot2</filename> Screenshot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23061 book.translate.xml:48771
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&gt;&gt; FreeBSD/i386 BOOT\n"
"Default: 0:ad(0,a)/boot/loader\n"
"boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23066
msgid "To replace the installed <filename>boot1</filename> and <filename>boot2</filename>, use <command>bsdlabel</command>, where <replaceable>diskslice</replaceable> is the disk and slice to boot from, such as <filename>ad0s1</filename> for the first slice on the first <acronym>IDE</acronym> disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23072
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bsdlabel -B <replaceable>diskslice</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:23075
msgid "If just the disk name is used, such as <filename>ad0</filename>, <command>bsdlabel</command> will create the disk in <quote>dangerously dedicated mode</quote>, without slices. This is probably not the desired action, so double check the <replaceable>diskslice</replaceable> before pressing <keycap>Return</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23086
msgid "Stage Three"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23088
msgid "<primary>boot-loader</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23090
msgid "The <application>loader</application> is the final stage of the three-stage bootstrap process. It is located on the file system, usually as <filename>/boot/loader</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23095
msgid "The <application>loader</application> is intended as an interactive method for configuration, using a built-in command set, backed up by a more powerful interpreter which has a more complex command set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23100
msgid "During initialization, <application>loader</application> will probe for a console and for disks, and figure out which disk it is booting from. It will set variables accordingly, and an interpreter is started where user commands can be passed from a script or interactively."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23106
msgid "<primary>loader</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23107
msgid "<primary>loader configuration</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23109
msgid "The <application>loader</application> will then read <filename>/boot/loader.rc</filename>, which by default reads in <filename>/boot/defaults/loader.conf</filename> which sets reasonable defaults for variables and reads <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> for local changes to those variables. <filename>loader.rc</filename> then acts on these variables, loading whichever modules and kernel are selected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23118
msgid "Finally, by default, <application>loader</application> issues a 10 second wait for key presses, and boots the kernel if it is not interrupted. If interrupted, the user is presented with a prompt which understands the command set, where the user may adjust variables, unload all modules, load modules, and then finally boot or reboot. <xref linkend=\"boot-loader-commands\"/> lists the most commonly used <application>loader</application> commands. For a complete discussion of all available commands, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:23129
msgid "Loader Built-In Commands"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23141
msgid "autoboot <replaceable>seconds</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23143
msgid "Proceeds to boot the kernel if not interrupted within the time span given, in seconds. It displays a countdown, and the default time span is 10 seconds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23150
msgid "boot <optional><replaceable>-options</replaceable></optional> <optional><replaceable>kernelname</replaceable></optional>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23153
msgid "Immediately proceeds to boot the kernel, with any specified options or kernel name. Providing a kernel name on the command-line is only applicable after an <command>unload</command> has been issued. Otherwise, the previously-loaded kernel will be used. If <emphasis>kernelname</emphasis> is not qualified it will be searched under <emphasis>/boot/kernel</emphasis> and <emphasis>/boot/modules</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23165
msgid "boot-conf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23166
msgid "Goes through the same automatic configuration of modules based on specified variables, most commonly <envar>kernel</envar>. This only makes sense if <command>unload</command> is used first, before changing some variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23174
msgid "help <optional><replaceable>topic</replaceable></optional>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23176
msgid "Shows help messages read from <filename>/boot/loader.help</filename>. If the topic given is <literal>index</literal>, the list of available topics is displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23183
msgid "include <replaceable>filename</replaceable> …"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23185
msgid "Reads the specified file and interprets it line by line. An error immediately stops the <command>include</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23191
msgid "load <optional>-t <replaceable>type</replaceable></optional> <replaceable>filename</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23194
msgid "Loads the kernel, kernel module, or file of the type given, with the specified filename. Any arguments after <replaceable>filename</replaceable> are passed to the file. If <emphasis>filename</emphasis> is not qualified it will be searched under <emphasis>/boot/kernel</emphasis> and <emphasis>/boot/modules</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23205
msgid "ls <optional>-l</optional> <optional><replaceable>path</replaceable></optional>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23207
msgid "Displays a listing of files in the given path, or the root directory, if the path is not specified. If <option>-l</option> is specified, file sizes will also be shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23214
msgid "lsdev <optional>-v</optional>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23215
msgid "Lists all of the devices from which it may be possible to load modules. If <option>-v</option> is specified, more details are printed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23221
msgid "lsmod <optional>-v</optional>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23222
msgid "Displays loaded modules. If <option>-v</option> is specified, more details are shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23227
msgid "more <replaceable>filename</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23228
msgid "Displays the files specified, with a pause at each <varname>LINES</varname> displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23233
msgid "reboot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23234
msgid "Immediately reboots the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23238
msgid "set <replaceable>variable</replaceable>, set <replaceable>variable</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23240
msgid "Sets the specified environment variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23244
msgid "unload"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23245
msgid "Removes all loaded modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23253 book.translate.xml:23363 book.translate.xml:45601
msgid "<primary>single-user mode</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23251
msgid "Here are some practical examples of loader usage. To boot the usual kernel in single-user mode <_:indexterm-1/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23256
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>boot -s</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23258
msgid "To unload the usual kernel and modules and then load the previous or another, specified kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23261
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<userinput>unload</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>load <replaceable>kernel.old</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23264
msgid "Use <filename>kernel.GENERIC</filename> to refer to the default kernel that comes with an installation, or <filename>kernel.old</filename>, to refer to the previously installed kernel before a system upgrade or before configuring a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23270
msgid "Use the following to load the usual modules with another kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23273
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<userinput>unload</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>set kernel=\"<replaceable>kernel.old</replaceable>\"</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>boot-conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23277
msgid "To load an automated kernel configuration script:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23279
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>load -t userconfig_script <replaceable>/boot/kernel.conf</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23281
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>boot interaction</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23288
msgid "Last Stage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23294
msgid "Once the kernel is loaded by either <application>loader</application> or by <application>boot2</application>, which bypasses <application>loader</application>, it examines any boot flags and adjusts its behavior as necessary. <xref linkend=\"boot-kernel\"/> lists the commonly used boot flags. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>boot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on the other boot flags."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23302
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>bootflags</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:23308
msgid "Kernel Interaction During Boot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23321
msgid "During kernel initialization, ask for the device to mount as the root file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23326
msgid "<option>-C</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23327
msgid "Boot the root file system from a <acronym>CDROM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23332
msgid "<option>-s</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23333
msgid "Boot into single-user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23338
msgid "Be more verbose during kernel startup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23344
msgid "Once the kernel has finished booting, it passes control to the user process <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which is located at <filename>/sbin/init</filename>, or the program path specified in the <envar>init_path</envar> variable in <command>loader</command>. This is the last stage of the boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23351
msgid "The boot sequence makes sure that the file systems available on the system are consistent. If a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system is not, and <command>fsck</command> cannot fix the inconsistencies, <application>init</application> drops the system into single-user mode so that the system administrator can resolve the problem directly. Otherwise, the system boots into multi-user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:23361
msgid "Single-User Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23366
msgid "A user can specify this mode by booting with <option>-s</option> or by setting the <envar>boot_single</envar> variable in <application>loader</application>. It can also be reached by running <command>shutdown now</command> from multi-user mode. Single-user mode begins with this message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23373
#, no-wrap
msgid "Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23375
msgid "If the user presses <keycap>Enter</keycap>, the system will enter the default Bourne shell. To specify a different shell, input the full path to the shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23379
msgid "Single-user mode is usually used to repair a system that will not boot due to an inconsistent file system or an error in a boot configuration file. It can also be used to reset the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password when it is unknown. These actions are possible as the single-user mode prompt gives full, local access to the system and its configuration files. There is no networking in this mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23388
msgid "While single-user mode is useful for repairing a system, it poses a security risk unless the system is in a physically secure location. By default, any user who can gain physical access to a system will have full control of that system after booting into single-user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23394
msgid "If the system <literal>console</literal> is changed to <literal>insecure</literal> in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>, the system will first prompt for the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password before initiating single-user mode. This adds a measure of security while removing the ability to reset the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password when it is unknown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:23404
msgid "Configuring an Insecure Console in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23407
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# name  getty                           type    status          comments\n"
"#\n"
"# If console is marked \"insecure\", then init will ask for the root password\n"
"# when going to single-user mode.\n"
"console none                            unknown off <replaceable>insecure</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23414
msgid "An <literal>insecure</literal> console means that physical security to the console is considered to be insecure, so only someone who knows the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password may use single-user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:23421
msgid "Multi-User Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23423
msgid "<primary>multi-user mode</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23425
msgid "If <application>init</application> finds the file systems to be in order, or once the user has finished their commands in single-user mode and has typed <command>exit</command> to leave single-user mode, the system enters multi-user mode, in which it starts the resource configuration of the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23432
msgid "<primary>rc files</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23434
msgid "The resource configuration system reads in configuration defaults from <filename>/etc/defaults/rc.conf</filename> and system-specific details from <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. It then proceeds to mount the system file systems listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. It starts up networking services, miscellaneous system daemons, then the startup scripts of locally installed packages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23443
msgid "To learn more about the resource configuration system, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and examine the scripts located in <filename>/etc/rc.d</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:23458
msgid "Configuring Boot Time Splash Screens"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:23461 book.translate.xml:58209
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Joseph J.</firstname> <surname>Barbish</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23471
msgid "Typically when a FreeBSD system boots, it displays its progress as a series of messages at the console. A boot splash screen creates an alternate boot screen that hides all of the boot probe and service startup messages. A few boot loader messages, including the boot options menu and a timed wait countdown prompt, are displayed at boot time, even when the splash screen is enabled. The display of the splash screen can be turned off by hitting any key on the keyboard during the boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23481
msgid "There are two basic environments available in FreeBSD. The first is the default legacy virtual console command line environment. After the system finishes booting, a console login prompt is presented. The second environment is a configured graphical environment. Refer to <xref linkend=\"x11\"/> for more information on how to install and configure a graphical display manager and a graphical login manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23489
msgid "Once the system has booted, the splash screen defaults to being a screen saver. After a time period of non-use, the splash screen will display and will cycle through steps of changing intensity of the image, from bright to very dark and over again. The configuration of the splash screen saver can be overridden by adding a <literal>saver=</literal> line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Several built-in screen savers are available and described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>splash</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <literal>saver=</literal> option only applies to virtual consoles and has no effect on graphical display managers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23500
msgid "Sample splash screen files can be downloaded from the gallery at <link xlink:href=\"http://artwork.freebsdgr.org/node/3/\">http://artwork.freebsdgr.org</link>. By installing the <package>sysutils/bsd-splash-changer</package> package or port, a random splash image from a collection will display at boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23506
msgid "The splash screen function supports 256-colors in the bitmap (<filename>.bmp</filename>), ZSoft <acronym>PCX</acronym> (<filename>.pcx</filename>), or TheDraw (<filename>.bin</filename>) formats. The <filename>.bmp</filename>, <filename>.pcx</filename>, or <filename>.bin</filename> image has to be placed on the root partition, for example in <filename>/boot</filename>. The splash image files must have a resolution of 320 by 200 pixels or less in order to work on standard <acronym>VGA</acronym> adapters. For the default boot display resolution of 256-colors and 320 by 200 pixels or less, add the following lines to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. Replace <replaceable>splash.bmp</replaceable> with the name of the bitmap file to use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23521
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"splash_bmp_load=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_load=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_name=\"/boot/<replaceable>splash.bmp</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23525
msgid "To use a <acronym>PCX</acronym> file instead of a bitmap file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23528
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"splash_pcx_load=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_load=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_name=\"/boot/<replaceable>splash.pcx</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23532
msgid "To instead use ASCII art in the <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TheDraw\">https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TheDraw</link> format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"splash_txt=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_load=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_name=\"/boot/<replaceable>splash.bin</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23539
msgid "To use larger images that fill the whole display screen, up to the maximum resolution of 1024 by 768 pixels, the <acronym>VESA</acronym> module must also be loaded during system boot. If using a custom kernel, ensure that the custom kernel configuration file includes the <literal>VESA</literal> kernel configuration option. To load the <acronym>VESA</acronym> module for the splash screen, add this line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> before the three lines mentioned in the above examples:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23549
#, no-wrap
msgid "vesa_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23551
msgid "Other interesting <filename>loader.conf</filename> options include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:23555
msgid "<literal>beastie_disable=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23558
msgid "This will stop the boot options menu from being displayed, but the timed wait count down prompt will still be present. Even with the display of the boot options menu disabled, entering an option selection at the timed wait count down prompt will enact the corresponding boot option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:23567
msgid "<literal>loader_logo=\"beastie\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23570
msgid "This will replace the default words <quote>FreeBSD</quote>, which are displayed to the right of the boot options menu, with the colored beastie logo."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23578
msgid "For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>splash</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vga</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:23584
msgid "Device Hints"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23597
msgid "<primary>device.hints</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23601
msgid "During initial system startup, the boot <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> reads <citerefentry vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>device.hints</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This file stores kernel boot information known as variables, sometimes referred to as <quote>device hints</quote>. These <quote>device hints</quote> are used by device drivers for device configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23607
msgid "Device hints may also be specified at the Stage 3 boot loader prompt, as demonstrated in <xref linkend=\"boot-loader\"/>. Variables can be added using <command>set</command>, removed with <command>unset</command>, and viewed <command>show</command>. Variables set in <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename> can also be overridden. Device hints entered at the boot loader are not permanent and will not be applied on the next reboot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23616
msgid "Once the system is booted, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kenv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used to dump all of the variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23619
msgid "The syntax for <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename> is one variable per line, using the hash <quote>#</quote> as comment markers. Lines are constructed as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23624
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>hint.driver.unit.keyword=\"<replaceable>value</replaceable>\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23626
msgid "The syntax for the Stage 3 boot loader is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23628
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>set hint.driver.unit.keyword=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23630
msgid "where <literal>driver</literal> is the device driver name, <literal>unit</literal> is the device driver unit number, and <literal>keyword</literal> is the hint keyword. The keyword may consist of the following options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23637
msgid "<literal>at</literal>: specifies the bus which the device is attached to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23642
msgid "<literal>port</literal>: specifies the start address of the <acronym>I/O</acronym> to be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23647
msgid "<literal>irq</literal>: specifies the interrupt request number to be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23652
msgid "<literal>drq</literal>: specifies the DMA channel number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23657
msgid "<literal>maddr</literal>: specifies the physical memory address occupied by the device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23662
msgid "<literal>flags</literal>: sets various flag bits for the device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23667
msgid "<literal>disabled</literal>: if set to <literal>1</literal> the device is disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23672
msgid "Since device drivers may accept or require more hints not listed here, viewing a driver's manual page is recommended. For more information, refer to <citerefentry vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>device.hints</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kenv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:23679
msgid "Shutdown Sequence"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23681
msgid "<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>shutdown</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23685
msgid "Upon controlled shutdown using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shutdown</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will attempt to run the script <filename>/etc/rc.shutdown</filename>, and then proceed to send all processes the <literal>TERM</literal> signal, and subsequently the <literal>KILL</literal> signal to any that do not terminate in a timely manner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23692
msgid "To power down a FreeBSD machine on architectures and systems that support power management, use <command>shutdown -p now</command> to turn the power off immediately. To reboot a FreeBSD system, use <command>shutdown -r now</command>. One must be <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> or a member of <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem> in order to run <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shutdown</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. One can also use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>halt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>reboot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Refer to their manual pages and to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shutdown</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23704
msgid "Modify group membership by referring to <xref linkend=\"users-synopsis\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:23708
msgid "Power management requires <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> to be loaded as a module or statically compiled into a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:23723 book.translate.xml:56773
msgid "Security"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:23726
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </personname> <contrib>Rewritten by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23736
msgid "<primary>security</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23741
msgid "Security, whether physical or virtual, is a topic so broad that an entire industry has evolved around it. Hundreds of standard practices have been authored about how to secure systems and networks, and as a user of FreeBSD, understanding how to protect against attacks and intruders is a must."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23747
msgid "In this chapter, several fundamentals and techniques will be discussed. The FreeBSD system comes with multiple layers of security, and many more third party utilities may be added to enhance security."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23756
msgid "Basic FreeBSD system security concepts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23760
msgid "The various crypt mechanisms available in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23764
msgid "How to set up one-time password authentication."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23768
msgid "How to configure <application>TCP Wrapper</application> for use with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23773
msgid "How to set up <application>Kerberos</application> on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23778
msgid "How to configure <acronym>IPsec</acronym> and create a <acronym>VPN</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23783
msgid "How to configure and use <application>OpenSSH</application> on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23788
msgid "How to use file system <acronym>ACL</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23792
msgid "How to use <application>pkg</application> to audit third party software packages installed from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23798
msgid "How to utilize FreeBSD security advisories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23802
msgid "What Process Accounting is and how to enable it on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23807
msgid "How to control user resources using login classes or the resource limits database."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23816 book.translate.xml:58325
msgid "Understand basic FreeBSD and Internet concepts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23820
msgid "Additional security topics are covered elsewhere in this Handbook. For example, Mandatory Access Control is discussed in <xref linkend=\"mac\"/> and Internet firewalls are discussed in <xref linkend=\"firewalls\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23829
msgid "Security is everyone's responsibility. A weak entry point in any system could allow intruders to gain access to critical information and cause havoc on an entire network. One of the core principles of information security is the <acronym>CIA</acronym> triad, which stands for the Confidentiality, Integrity, and Availability of information systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23837
msgid "The <acronym>CIA</acronym> triad is a bedrock concept of computer security as customers and users expect their data to be protected. For example, a customer expects that their credit card information is securely stored (confidentiality), that their orders are not changed behind the scenes (integrity), and that they have access to their order information at all times (availablility)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23845
msgid "To provide <acronym>CIA</acronym>, security professionals apply a defense in depth strategy. The idea of defense in depth is to add several layers of security to prevent one single layer failing and the entire security system collapsing. For example, a system administrator cannot simply turn on a firewall and consider the network or system secure. One must also audit accounts, check the integrity of binaries, and ensure malicious tools are not installed. To implement an effective security strategy, one must understand threats and how to defend against them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23856
msgid "What is a threat as it pertains to computer security? Threats are not limited to remote attackers who attempt to access a system without permission from a remote location. Threats also include employees, malicious software, unauthorized network devices, natural disasters, security vulnerabilities, and even competing corporations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23863
msgid "Systems and networks can be accessed without permission, sometimes by accident, or by remote attackers, and in some cases, via corporate espionage or former employees. As a user, it is important to prepare for and admit when a mistake has led to a security breach and report possible issues to the security team. As an administrator, it is important to know of the threats and be prepared to mitigate them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23871
msgid "When applying security to systems, it is recommended to start by securing the basic accounts and system configuration, and then to secure the network layer so that it adheres to the system policy and the organization's security procedures. Many organizations already have a security policy that covers the configuration of technology devices. The policy should include the security configuration of workstations, desktops, mobile devices, phones, production servers, and development servers. In many cases, standard operating procedures (<acronym>SOP</acronym>s) already exist. When in doubt, ask the security team."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23883
msgid "The rest of this introduction describes how some of these basic security configurations are performed on a FreeBSD system. The rest of this chapter describes some specific tools which can be used when implementing a security policy on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23890
msgid "Preventing Logins"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23892
msgid "In securing a system, a good starting point is an audit of accounts. Ensure that <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> has a strong password and that this password is not shared. Disable any accounts that do not need login access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23897
msgid "To deny login access to accounts, two methods exist. The first is to lock the account. This example locks the <systemitem class=\"username\">toor</systemitem> account:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23901
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw lock <replaceable>toor</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23903
msgid "The second method is to prevent login access by changing the shell to <filename>/sbin/nologin</filename>. Only the superuser can change the shell for other users:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23907
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chsh -s /usr/sbin/nologin <replaceable>toor</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23909
msgid "The <filename>/usr/sbin/nologin</filename> shell prevents the system from assigning a shell to the user when they attempt to login."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23915
msgid "Permitted Account Escalation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23917
msgid "In some cases, system administration needs to be shared with other users. FreeBSD has two methods to handle this. The first one, which is not recommended, is a shared root password used by members of the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> group. With this method, a user types <command>su</command> and enters the password for <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> whenever superuser access is needed. The user should then type <command>exit</command> to leave privileged access after finishing the commands that required administrative access. To add a user to this group, edit <filename>/etc/group</filename> and add the user to the end of the <literal>wheel</literal> entry. The user must be separated by a comma character with no space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23931
msgid "The second, and recommended, method to permit privilege escalation is to install the <package>security/sudo</package> package or port. This software provides additional auditing, more fine-grained user control, and can be configured to lock users into running only the specified privileged commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23938
msgid "After installation, use <command>visudo</command> to edit <filename>/usr/local/etc/sudoers</filename>. This example creates a new <systemitem class=\"groupname\">webadmin</systemitem> group, adds the <systemitem class=\"username\">trhodes</systemitem> account to that group, and configures that group access to restart <package>apache24</package>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23945
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd webadmin -M trhodes -g 6000</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>visudo</userinput>\n"
"%webadmin ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service apache24 *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23951
msgid "Password Hashes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23953
msgid "Passwords are a necessary evil of technology. When they must be used, they should be complex and a powerful hash mechanism should be used to encrypt the version that is stored in the password database. FreeBSD supports the <acronym>DES</acronym>, <acronym>MD5</acronym>, <acronym>SHA256</acronym>, <acronym>SHA512</acronym>, and Blowfish hash algorithms in its <function>crypt()</function> library. The default of <acronym>SHA512</acronym> should not be changed to a less secure hashing algorithm, but can be changed to the more secure Blowfish algorithm."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:23965
msgid "Blowfish is not part of <acronym>AES</acronym> and is not considered compliant with any Federal Information Processing Standards (<acronym>FIPS</acronym>). Its use may not be permitted in some environments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23971
msgid "To determine which hash algorithm is used to encrypt a user's password, the superuser can view the hash for the user in the FreeBSD password database. Each hash starts with a symbol which indicates the type of hash mechanism used to encrypt the password. If <acronym>DES</acronym> is used, there is no beginning symbol. For <acronym>MD5</acronym>, the symbol is <literal>$</literal>. For <acronym>SHA256</acronym> and <acronym>SHA512</acronym>, the symbol is <literal>$6$</literal>. For Blowfish, the symbol is <literal>$2a$</literal>. In this example, the password for <systemitem class=\"username\">dru</systemitem> is hashed using the default <acronym>SHA512</acronym> algorithm as the hash starts with <literal>$6$</literal>. Note that the encrypted hash, not the password itself, is stored in the password database:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23987
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>grep dru /etc/master.passwd</userinput>\n"
"dru:$6$pzIjSvCAn.PBYQBA$PXpSeWPx3g5kscj3IMiM7tUEUSPmGexxta.8Lt9TGSi2lNQqYGKszsBPuGME0:1001:1001::0:0:dru:/usr/home/dru:/bin/csh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23990
msgid "The hash mechanism is set in the user's login class. For this example, the user is in the <literal>default</literal> login class and the hash algorithm is set with this line in <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23995
#, no-wrap
msgid "        :passwd_format=sha512:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23997
msgid "To change the algorithm to Blowfish, modify that line to look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24000
#, no-wrap
msgid "        :passwd_format=blf:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24002
msgid "Then run <command>cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf</command> as described in <xref linkend=\"users-limiting\"/>. Note that this change will not affect any existing password hashes. This means that all passwords should be re-hashed by asking users to run <command>passwd</command> in order to change their password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24009
msgid "For remote logins, two-factor authentication should be used. An example of two-factor authentication is <quote>something you have</quote>, such as a key, and <quote>something you know</quote>, such as the passphrase for that key. Since <application>OpenSSH</application> is part of the FreeBSD base system, all network logins should be over an encrypted connection and use key-based authentication instead of passwords. For more information, refer to <xref linkend=\"openssh\"/>. Kerberos users may need to make additional changes to implement <application>OpenSSH</application> in their network. These changes are described in <xref linkend=\"kerberos5\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24023
msgid "Password Policy Enforcement"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24025
msgid "Enforcing a strong password policy for local accounts is a fundamental aspect of system security. In FreeBSD, password length, password strength, and password complexity can be implemented using built-in Pluggable Authentication Modules (<acronym>PAM</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24031
msgid "This section demonstrates how to configure the minimum and maximum password length and the enforcement of mixed characters using the <filename>pam_passwdqc.so</filename> module. This module is enforced when a user changes their password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24037
msgid "To configure this module, become the superuser and uncomment the line containing <literal>pam_passwdqc.so</literal> in <filename>/etc/pam.d/passwd</filename>. Then, edit that line to match the password policy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24043
#, no-wrap
msgid "password        requisite       pam_passwdqc.so         <replaceable>min=disabled,disabled,disabled,12,10 similar=deny retry=3</replaceable> enforce=users"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24045
msgid "This example sets several requirements for new passwords. The <literal>min</literal> setting controls the minimum password length. It has five values because this module defines five different types of passwords based on their complexity. Complexity is defined by the type of characters that must exist in a password, such as letters, numbers, symbols, and case. The types of passwords are described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pam_passwdqc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. In this example, the first three types of passwords are disabled, meaning that passwords that meet those complexity requirements will not be accepted, regardless of their length. The <literal>12</literal> sets a minimum password policy of at least twelve characters, if the password also contains characters with three types of complexity. The <literal>10</literal> sets the password policy to also allow passwords of at least ten characters, if the password contains characters with four types of complexity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24062
msgid "The <literal>similar</literal> setting denies passwords that are similar to the user's previous password. The <literal>retry</literal> setting provides a user with three opportunities to enter a new password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24067
msgid "Once this file is saved, a user changing their password will see a message similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24070
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for trhodes\n"
"Old Password:\n"
"\n"
"You can now choose the new password.\n"
"A valid password should be a mix of upper and lower case letters,\n"
"digits and other characters.  You can use a 12 character long\n"
"password with characters from at least 3 of these 4 classes, or\n"
"a 10 character long password containing characters from all the\n"
"classes.  Characters that form a common pattern are discarded by\n"
"the check.\n"
"Alternatively, if noone else can see your terminal now, you can\n"
"pick this as your password: \"trait-useful&amp;knob\".\n"
"Enter new password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24085
msgid "If a password that does not match the policy is entered, it will be rejected with a warning and the user will have an opportunity to try again, up to the configured number of retries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24090
msgid "Most password policies require passwords to expire after so many days. To set a password age time in FreeBSD, set <option>passwordtime</option> for the user's login class in <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>. The <literal>default</literal> login class contains an example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24097
#, no-wrap
msgid "#       :passwordtime=90d:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24099
msgid "So, to set an expiry of 90 days for this login class, remove the comment symbol (<literal>#</literal>), save the edit, and run <command>cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24104
msgid "To set the expiration on individual users, pass an expiration date or the number of days to expiry and a username to <command>pw</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24108
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw usermod -p <replaceable>30-apr-2015</replaceable> -n <replaceable>trhodes</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24110
msgid "As seen here, an expiration date is set in the form of day, month, and year. For more information, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24116
msgid "Detecting Rootkits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24118
msgid "A <firstterm>rootkit</firstterm> is any unauthorized software that attempts to gain <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> access to a system. Once installed, this malicious software will normally open up another avenue of entry for an attacker. Realistically, once a system has been compromised by a rootkit and an investigation has been performed, the system should be reinstalled from scratch. There is tremendous risk that even the most prudent security or systems engineer will miss something an attacker left behind."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24128
msgid "A rootkit does do one thing usefulfor administrators: once detected, it is a sign that a compromise happened at some point. But, these types of applications tend to be very well hidden. This section demonstrates a tool that can be used to detect rootkits, <package>security/rkhunter</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24134
msgid "After installation of this package or port, the system may be checked using the following command. It will produce a lot of information and will require some manual pressing of <keycap>ENTER</keycap>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24139
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rkhunter -c</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24141
msgid "After the process completes, a status message will be printed to the screen. This message will include the amount of files checked, suspect files, possible rootkits, and more. During the check, some generic security warnings may be produced about hidden files, the <application>OpenSSH</application> protocol selection, and known vulnerable versions of installed software. These can be handled now or after a more detailed analysis has been performed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24151
msgid "Every administrator should know what is running on the systems they are responsible for. Third-party tools like <application>rkhunter</application> and <package>sysutils/lsof</package>, and native commands such as <command>netstat</command> and <command>ps</command>, can show a great deal of information on the system. Take notes on what is normal, ask questions when something seems out of place, and be paranoid. While preventing a compromise is ideal, detecting a compromise is a must."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24163
msgid "Binary Verification"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24165
msgid "Verification of system files and binaries is important because it provides the system administration and security teams information about system changes. A software application that monitors the system for changes is called an Intrusion Detection System (<acronym>IDS</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24171
msgid "FreeBSD provides native support for a basic <acronym>IDS</acronym> system. While the nightly security emails will notify an administrator of changes, the information is stored locally and there is a chance that a malicious user could modify this information in order to hide their changes to the system. As such, it is recommended to create a separate set of binary signatures and store them on a read-only, root-owned directory or, preferably, on a removable <acronym>USB</acronym> disk or remote <application>rsync</application> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24182
msgid "The built-in <command>mtree</command> utility can be used to generate a specification of the contents of a directory. A seed, or a numeric constant, is used to generate the specification and is required to check that the specification has not changed. This makes it possible to determine if a file or binary has been modified. Since the seed value is unknown by an attacker, faking or checking the checksum values of files will be difficult to impossible. The following example generates a set of <acronym>SHA256</acronym> hashes, one for each system binary in <filename>/bin</filename>, and saves those values to a hidden file in <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>'s home directory, <filename>/root/.bin_chksum_mtree</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24195
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mtree -s <replaceable>3483151339707503</replaceable> -c -K cksum,sha256digest -p <replaceable>/bin</replaceable> &gt; <replaceable>/root/.bin_chksum_mtree</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> mtree: /bin checksum: 3427012225"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24198
msgid "The <replaceable>3483151339707503</replaceable> represents the seed. This value should be remembered, but not shared."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24202
msgid "Viewing <filename>/root/.bin_cksum_mtree</filename> should yield output similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24205
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#          user: root\n"
"#       machine: dreadnaught\n"
"#          tree: /bin\n"
"#          date: Mon Feb  3 10:19:53 2014\n"
"\n"
"# .\n"
"/set type=file uid=0 gid=0 mode=0555 nlink=1 flags=none\n"
".               type=dir mode=0755 nlink=2 size=1024 \\\n"
"                time=1380277977.000000000\n"
"    \\133        nlink=2 size=11704 time=1380277977.000000000 \\\n"
"                cksum=484492447 \\\n"
"                sha256digest=6207490fbdb5ed1904441fbfa941279055c3e24d3a4049aeb45094596400662a\n"
"    cat         size=12096 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=3909216944 \\\n"
"                sha256digest=65ea347b9418760b247ab10244f47a7ca2a569c9836d77f074e7a306900c1e69\n"
"    chflags     size=8168 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=3949425175 \\\n"
"                sha256digest=c99eb6fc1c92cac335c08be004a0a5b4c24a0c0ef3712017b12c89a978b2dac3\n"
"    chio        size=18520 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=2208263309 \\\n"
"                sha256digest=ddf7c8cb92a58750a675328345560d8cc7fe14fb3ccd3690c34954cbe69fc964\n"
"    chmod       size=8640 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=2214429708 \\\n"
"                sha256digest=a435972263bf814ad8df082c0752aa2a7bdd8b74ff01431ccbd52ed1e490bbe7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24226
msgid "The machine's hostname, the date and time the specification was created, and the name of the user who created the specification are included in this report. There is a checksum, size, time, and <acronym>SHA</acronym>256 digest for each binary in the directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24232
msgid "To verify that the binary signatures have not changed, compare the current contents of the directory to the previously generated specification, and save the results to a file. This command requires the seed that was used to generate the original specification:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24238
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mtree -s <replaceable>3483151339707503</replaceable> -p <replaceable>/bin</replaceable> &lt; <replaceable>/root/.bin_chksum_mtree</replaceable> &gt;&gt; <replaceable>/root/.bin_chksum_output</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> mtree: /bin checksum: 3427012225"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24241
msgid "This should produce the same checksum for <filename>/bin</filename> that was produced when the specification was created. If no changes have occurred to the binaries in this directory, the <filename>/root/.bin_chksum_output</filename> output file will be empty. To simulate a change, change the date on <filename>/bin/cat</filename> using <command>touch</command> and run the verification command again:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24250
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>touch /bin/cat</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mtree -s <replaceable>3483151339707503</replaceable> -p <replaceable>/bin</replaceable> &lt; <replaceable>/root/.bin_chksum_mtree</replaceable> &gt;&gt; <replaceable>/root/.bin_chksum_output</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>more /root/.bin_chksum_output</userinput>\n"
"cat changed\n"
"\tmodification time expected Fri Sep 27 06:32:55 2013 found Mon Feb  3 10:28:43 2014"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24256
msgid "It is recommended to create specifications for the directories which contain binaries and configuration files, as well as any directories containing sensitive data. Typically, specifications are created for <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</filename>, <filename>/usr/bin</filename>, <filename>/usr/sbin</filename>, <filename>/usr/local/bin</filename>, <filename>/etc</filename>, and <filename>/usr/local/etc</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24266
msgid "More advanced <acronym>IDS</acronym> systems exist, such as <package>security/aide</package>. In most cases, <command>mtree</command> provides the functionality administrators need. It is important to keep the seed value and the checksum output hidden from malicious users. More information about <command>mtree</command> can be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mtree</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24276
msgid "System Tuning for Security"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24278
msgid "In FreeBSD, many system features can be tuned using <command>sysctl</command>. A few of the security features which can be tuned to prevent Denial of Service (<acronym>DoS</acronym>) attacks will be covered in this section. More information about using <command>sysctl</command>, including how to temporarily change values and how to make the changes permanent after testing, can be found in <xref linkend=\"configtuning-sysctl\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:24288
msgid "Any time a setting is changed with <command>sysctl</command>, the chance to cause undesired harm is increased, affecting the availability of the system. All changes should be monitored and, if possible, tried on a testing system before being used on a production system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24296
msgid "By default, the FreeBSD kernel boots with a security level of <literal>-1</literal>. This is called <quote>insecure mode</quote> because immutable file flags may be turned off and all devices may be read from or written to. The security level will remain at <literal>-1</literal> unless it is altered through <command>sysctl</command> or by a setting in the startup scripts. The security level may be increased during system startup by setting <varname>kern_securelevel_enable</varname> to <literal>YES</literal> in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, and the value of <varname>kern_securelevel</varname> to the desired security level. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>security</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on these settings and the available security levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:24312
msgid "Increasing the <varname>securelevel</varname> can break <application>Xorg</application> and cause other issues. Be prepared to do some debugging."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24317
msgid "The <varname>net.inet.tcp.blackhole</varname> and <varname>net.inet.udp.blackhole</varname> settings can be used to drop incoming <acronym>SYN</acronym> packets on closed ports without sending a return <acronym>RST</acronym> response. The default behavior is to return an <acronym>RST</acronym> to show a port is closed. Changing the default provides some level of protection against ports scans, which are used to determine which applications are running on a system. Set <varname>net.inet.tcp.blackhole</varname> to <literal>2</literal> and <varname>net.inet.udp.blackhole</varname> to <literal>1</literal>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>blackhole</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about these settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24331
msgid "The <varname>net.inet.icmp.drop_redirect</varname> and <varname>net.inet.ip.redirect</varname> settings help prevent against <firstterm>redirect attacks</firstterm>. A redirect attack is a type of <acronym>DoS</acronym> which sends mass numbers of <acronym>ICMP</acronym> type 5 packets. Since these packets are not required, set <varname>net.inet.icmp.drop_redirect</varname> to <literal>1</literal> and set <varname>net.inet.ip.redirect</varname> to <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24342
msgid "Source routing is a method for detecting and accessing non-routable addresses on the internal network. This should be disabled as non-routable addresses are normally not routable on purpose. To disable this feature, set <varname>net.inet.ip.sourceroute</varname> and <varname>net.inet.ip.accept_sourceroute</varname> to <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24350
msgid "When a machine on the network needs to send messages to all hosts on a subnet, an <acronym>ICMP</acronym> echo request message is sent to the broadcast address. However, there is no reason for an external host to perform such an action. To reject all external broadcast requests, set <varname>net.inet.icmp.bmcastecho</varname> to <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24358
msgid "Some additional settings are documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>security</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:24364
msgid "One-time Passwords"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24366
msgid "<primary>one-time passwords</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24367
msgid "<primary>security</primary> <secondary>one-time passwords</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24372
msgid "By default, FreeBSD includes support for One-time Passwords In Everything (<acronym>OPIE</acronym>). <acronym>OPIE</acronym> is designed to prevent replay attacks, in which an attacker discovers a user's password and uses it to access a system. Since a password is only used once in <acronym>OPIE</acronym>, a discovered password is of little use to an attacker. <acronym>OPIE</acronym> uses a secure hash and a challenge/response system to manage passwords. The FreeBSD implementation uses the <acronym>MD5</acronym> hash by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24383
msgid "<acronym>OPIE</acronym> uses three different types of passwords. The first is the usual <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> or Kerberos password. The second is the one-time password which is generated by <command>opiekey</command>. The third type of password is the <quote>secret password</quote> which is used to generate one-time passwords. The secret password has nothing to do with, and should be different from, the <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24391
msgid "There are two other pieces of data that are important to <acronym>OPIE</acronym>. One is the <quote>seed</quote> or <quote>key</quote>, consisting of two letters and five digits. The other is the <quote>iteration count</quote>, a number between 1 and 100. <acronym>OPIE</acronym> creates the one-time password by concatenating the seed and the secret password, applying the <acronym>MD5</acronym> hash as many times as specified by the iteration count, and turning the result into six short English words which represent the one-time password. The authentication system keeps track of the last one-time password used, and the user is authenticated if the hash of the user-provided password is equal to the previous password. Because a one-way hash is used, it is impossible to generate future one-time passwords if a successfully used password is captured. The iteration count is decremented after each successful login to keep the user and the login program in sync. When the iteration count gets down to <literal>1</literal>, <acronym>OPIE</acronym> must be reinitialized."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24410
msgid "There are a few programs involved in this process. A one-time password, or a consecutive list of one-time passwords, is generated by passing an iteration count, a seed, and a secret password to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>opiekey</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. In addition to initializing <acronym>OPIE</acronym>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>opiepasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to change passwords, iteration counts, or seeds. The relevant credential files in <filename>/etc/opiekeys</filename> are examined by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>opieinfo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> which prints out the invoking user's current iteration count and seed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24420
msgid "This section describes four different sorts of operations. The first is how to set up one-time-passwords for the first time over a secure connection. The second is how to use <command>opiepasswd</command> over an insecure connection. The third is how to log in over an insecure connection. The fourth is how to generate a number of keys which can be written down or printed out to use at insecure locations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24429
msgid "Initializing <acronym>OPIE</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24431
msgid "To initialize <acronym>OPIE</acronym> for the first time, run this command from a secure location:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24434
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>opiepasswd -c</userinput>\n"
"Adding unfurl:\n"
"Only use this method from the console; NEVER from remote. If you are using\n"
"telnet, xterm, or a dial-in, type ^C now or exit with no password.\n"
"Then run opiepasswd without the -c parameter.\n"
"Using MD5 to compute responses.\n"
"Enter new secret pass phrase:\n"
"Again new secret pass phrase:\n"
"\n"
"ID unfurl OTP key is 499 to4268\n"
"MOS MALL GOAT ARM AVID COED"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24446
msgid "The <option>-c</option> sets console mode which assumes that the command is being run from a secure location, such as a computer under the user's control or a <acronym>SSH</acronym> session to a computer under the user's control."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24452
msgid "When prompted, enter the secret password which will be used to generate the one-time login keys. This password should be difficult to guess and should be different than the password which is associated with the user's login account. It must be between 10 and 127 characters long. Remember this password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24459
msgid "The <literal>ID</literal> line lists the login name (<literal>unfurl</literal>), default iteration count (<literal>499</literal>), and default seed (<literal>to4268</literal>). When logging in, the system will remember these parameters and display them, meaning that they do not have to be memorized. The last line lists the generated one-time password which corresponds to those parameters and the secret password. At the next login, use this one-time password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24471
msgid "Insecure Connection Initialization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24473
msgid "To initialize or change the secret password on an insecure system, a secure connection is needed to some place where <command>opiekey</command> can be run. This might be a shell prompt on a trusted machine. An iteration count is needed, where 100 is probably a good value, and the seed can either be specified or the randomly-generated one used. On the insecure connection, the machine being initialized, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>opiepasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24482
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>opiepasswd</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"Updating unfurl:\n"
"You need the response from an OTP generator.\n"
"Old secret pass phrase:\n"
"\totp-md5 498 to4268 ext\n"
"\tResponse: GAME GAG WELT OUT DOWN CHAT\n"
"New secret pass phrase:\n"
"\totp-md5 499 to4269\n"
"\tResponse: LINE PAP MILK NELL BUOY TROY\n"
"\n"
"ID mark OTP key is 499 gr4269\n"
"LINE PAP MILK NELL BUOY TROY"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24496
msgid "To accept the default seed, press <keycap>Return</keycap>. Before entering an access password, move over to the secure connection and give it the same parameters:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24500 book.translate.xml:24548
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>opiekey 498 to4268</userinput>\n"
"Using the MD5 algorithm to compute response.\n"
"Reminder: Do not use opiekey from telnet or dial-in sessions.\n"
"Enter secret pass phrase:\n"
"GAME GAG WELT OUT DOWN CHAT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24506
msgid "Switch back over to the insecure connection, and copy the generated one-time password over to the relevant program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24512
msgid "Generating a Single One-time Password"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24514
msgid "After initializing <acronym>OPIE</acronym> and logging in, a prompt like this will be displayed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24517
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>telnet example.com</userinput>\n"
"Trying 10.0.0.1...\n"
"Connected to example.com\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"\n"
"FreeBSD/i386 (example.com) (ttypa)\n"
"\n"
"login: <userinput>&lt;username&gt;</userinput>\n"
"otp-md5 498 gr4269 ext\n"
"Password: "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24528
msgid "The <acronym>OPIE</acronym> prompts provides a useful feature. If <keycap>Return</keycap> is pressed at the password prompt, the prompt will turn echo on and display what is typed. This can be useful when attempting to type in a password by hand from a printout."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24534
msgid "<primary>MS-DOS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24535
msgid "<primary>Windows</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24536
msgid "<primary>MacOS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24538
msgid "At this point, generate the one-time password to answer this login prompt. This must be done on a trusted system where it is safe to run <citerefentry><refentrytitle>opiekey</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. There are versions of this command for <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> and FreeBSD. This command needs the iteration count and the seed as command line options. Use cut-and-paste from the login prompt on the machine being logged in to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24546
msgid "On the trusted system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24554
msgid "Once the one-time password is generated, continue to log in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24559
msgid "Generating Multiple One-time Passwords"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24561
msgid "Sometimes there is no access to a trusted machine or secure connection. In this case, it is possible to use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>opiekey</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to generate a number of one-time passwords beforehand. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24566
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>opiekey -n 5 30 zz99999</userinput>\n"
"Using the MD5 algorithm to compute response.\n"
"Reminder: Do not use opiekey from telnet or dial-in sessions.\n"
"Enter secret pass phrase: <userinput>&lt;secret password&gt;</userinput>\n"
"26: JOAN BORE FOSS DES NAY QUIT\n"
"27: LATE BIAS SLAY FOLK MUCH TRIG\n"
"28: SALT TIN ANTI LOON NEAL USE\n"
"29: RIO ODIN GO BYE FURY TIC\n"
"30: GREW JIVE SAN GIRD BOIL PHI"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24576
msgid "The <option>-n 5</option> requests five keys in sequence, and <option>30</option> specifies what the last iteration number should be. Note that these are printed out in <emphasis>reverse</emphasis> order of use. The really paranoid might want to write the results down by hand; otherwise, print the list. Each line shows both the iteration count and the one-time password. Scratch off the passwords as they are used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24587
msgid "Restricting Use of <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> Passwords"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24589
msgid "<acronym>OPIE</acronym> can restrict the use of <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> passwords based on the IP address of a login session. The relevant file is <filename>/etc/opieaccess</filename>, which is present by default. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>opieaccess</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on this file and which security considerations to be aware of when using it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24596
msgid "Here is a sample <filename>opieaccess</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24598
#, no-wrap
msgid "permit 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24600
msgid "This line allows users whose IP source address (which is vulnerable to spoofing) matches the specified value and mask, to use <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> passwords at any time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24604
msgid "If no rules in <filename>opieaccess</filename> are matched, the default is to deny non-<acronym>OPIE</acronym> logins."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:24612
msgid "TCP Wrapper"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:24615 book.translate.xml:25460 book.translate.xml:29442
#: book.translate.xml:41656 book.translate.xml:46333
msgid "<personname><firstname>Tom</firstname><surname>Rhodes</surname></personname><contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24620 book.translate.xml:54235
msgid "<primary>TCP Wrapper</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24622
msgid "<application>TCP Wrapper</application> is a host-based access control system which extends the abilities of <xref linkend=\"network-inetd\"/>. It can be configured to provide logging support, return messages, and connection restrictions for the server daemons under the control of <application>inetd</application>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about <application>TCP Wrapper</application> and its features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24630
msgid "<application>TCP Wrapper</application> should not be considered a replacement for a properly configured firewall. Instead, <application>TCP Wrapper</application> should be used in conjunction with a firewall and other security enhancements in order to provide another layer of protection in the implementation of a security policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24638
msgid "Initial Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24640
msgid "To enable <application>TCP Wrapper</application> in FreeBSD, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24644
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"inetd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"inetd_flags=\"-Ww\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24647
msgid "Then, properly configure <filename>/etc/hosts.allow</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:24651
msgid "Unlike other implementations of <application>TCP Wrapper</application>, the use of <filename>hosts.deny</filename> is deprecated in FreeBSD. All configuration options should be placed in <filename>/etc/hosts.allow</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24658
msgid "In the simplest configuration, daemon connection policies are set to either permit or block, depending on the options in <filename>/etc/hosts.allow</filename>. The default configuration in FreeBSD is to allow all connections to the daemons started with <application>inetd</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24664
msgid "Basic configuration usually takes the form of <literal>daemon : address : action</literal>, where <literal>daemon</literal> is the daemon which <application>inetd</application> started, <literal>address</literal> is a valid hostname, <acronym>IP</acronym> address, or an IPv6 address enclosed in brackets ([ ]), and <literal>action</literal> is either <literal>allow</literal> or <literal>deny</literal>. <application>TCP Wrapper</application> uses a first rule match semantic, meaning that the configuration file is scanned from the beginning for a matching rule. When a match is found, the rule is applied and the search process stops."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24677
msgid "For example, to allow <acronym>POP</acronym>3 connections via the <package>mail/qpopper</package> daemon, the following lines should be appended to <filename>hosts.allow</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24682
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This line is required for POP3 connections:\n"
"qpopper : ALL : allow"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24685
msgid "Whenever this file is edited, restart <application>inetd</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24688 book.translate.xml:34479
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service inetd restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24692 book.translate.xml:49590
msgid "Advanced Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24694
msgid "<application>TCP Wrapper</application> provides advanced options to allow more control over the way connections are handled. In some cases, it may be appropriate to return a comment to certain hosts or daemon connections. In other cases, a log entry should be recorded or an email sent to the administrator. Other situations may require the use of a service for local connections only. This is all possible through the use of configuration options known as wildcards, expansion characters, and external command execution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24704
msgid "Suppose that a situation occurs where a connection should be denied yet a reason should be sent to the host who attempted to establish that connection. That action is possible with <option>twist</option>. When a connection attempt is made, <option>twist</option> executes a shell command or script. An example exists in <filename>hosts.allow</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24712
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# The rest of the daemons are protected.\n"
"ALL : ALL \\\n"
"\t: severity auth.info \\\n"
"\t: twist /bin/echo \"You are not welcome to use %d from %h.\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24717
msgid "In this example, the message <quote>You are not allowed to use <replaceable>daemon name</replaceable> from <replaceable>hostname</replaceable>.</quote> will be returned for any daemon not configured in <filename>hosts.allow</filename>. This is useful for sending a reply back to the connection initiator right after the established connection is dropped. Any message returned <emphasis>must</emphasis> be wrapped in quote (<literal>\"</literal>) characters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:24728
msgid "It may be possible to launch a denial of service attack on the server if an attacker floods these daemons with connection requests."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24733
msgid "Another possibility is to use <option>spawn</option>. Like <option>twist</option>, <option>spawn</option> implicitly denies the connection and may be used to run external shell commands or scripts. Unlike <option>twist</option>, <option>spawn</option> will not send a reply back to the host who established the connection. For example, consider the following configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24741
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# We do not allow connections from example.com:\n"
"ALL : .example.com \\\n"
"\t: spawn (/bin/echo %a from %h attempted to access %d &gt;&gt; \\\n"
"\t  /var/log/connections.log) \\\n"
"\t: deny"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24747
msgid "This will deny all connection attempts from <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">*.example.com</systemitem> and log the hostname, <acronym>IP</acronym> address, and the daemon to which access was attempted to <filename>/var/log/connections.log</filename>. This example uses the substitution characters <literal>%a</literal> and <literal>%h</literal>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts_access</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the complete list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24755
msgid "To match every instance of a daemon, domain, or <acronym>IP</acronym> address, use <literal>ALL</literal>. Another wildcard is <literal>PARANOID</literal> which may be used to match any host which provides an <acronym>IP</acronym> address that may be forged because the <acronym>IP</acronym> address differs from its resolved hostname. In this example, all connection requests to <application>Sendmail</application> which have an <acronym>IP</acronym> address that varies from its hostname will be denied:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24765
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Block possibly spoofed requests to sendmail:\n"
"sendmail : PARANOID : deny"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:24769
msgid "Using the <literal>PARANOID</literal> wildcard will result in denied connections if the client or server has a broken <acronym>DNS</acronym> setup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24774
msgid "To learn more about wildcards and their associated functionality, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts_access</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:24778
msgid "When adding new configuration lines, make sure that any unneeded entries for that daemon are commented out in <filename>hosts.allow</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:24787
msgid "<application>Kerberos</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:24790
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Tillman</firstname> <surname>Hodgson</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:24800
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Mark</firstname> <surname>Murray</surname> </personname> <contrib>Based on a contribution by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24810
msgid "<application>Kerberos</application> is a network authentication protocol which was originally created by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (<acronym>MIT</acronym>) as a way to securely provide authentication across a potentially hostile network. The <application>Kerberos</application> protocol uses strong cryptography so that both a client and server can prove their identity without sending any unencrypted secrets over the network. <application>Kerberos</application> can be described as an identity-verifying proxy system and as a trusted third-party authentication system. After a user authenticates with <application>Kerberos</application>, their communications can be encrypted to assure privacy and data integrity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24824
msgid "The only function of <application>Kerberos</application> is to provide the secure authentication of users and servers on the network. It does not provide authorization or auditing functions. It is recommended that <application>Kerberos</application> be used with other security methods which provide authorization and audit services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24831
msgid "The current version of the protocol is version 5, described in <acronym>RFC</acronym> 4120. Several free implementations of this protocol are available, covering a wide range of operating systems. <acronym>MIT</acronym> continues to develop their <application>Kerberos</application> package. It is commonly used in the <acronym>US</acronym> as a cryptography product, and has historically been subject to <acronym>US</acronym> export regulations. In FreeBSD, <acronym>MIT</acronym> <application>Kerberos</application> is available as the <package>security/krb5</package> package or port. The Heimdal <application>Kerberos</application> implementation was explicitly developed outside of the <acronym>US</acronym> to avoid export regulations. The Heimdal <application>Kerberos</application> distribution is included in the base FreeBSD installation, and another distribution with more configurable options is available as <package>security/heimdal</package> in the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24850
msgid "In <application>Kerberos</application> users and services are identified as <quote>principals</quote> which are contained within an administrative grouping, called a <quote>realm</quote>. A typical user principal would be of the form <literal><replaceable>user</replaceable>@<replaceable>REALM</replaceable></literal> (realms are traditionally uppercase)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24858
msgid "This section provides a guide on how to set up <application>Kerberos</application> using the Heimdal distribution included in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24862
msgid "For purposes of demonstrating a <application>Kerberos</application> installation, the name spaces will be as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:24868
msgid "The <acronym>DNS</acronym> domain (zone) will be <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:24873
msgid "The <application>Kerberos</application> realm will be <literal>EXAMPLE.ORG</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:24879
msgid "Use real domain names when setting up <application>Kerberos</application>, even if it will run internally. This avoids <acronym>DNS</acronym> problems and assures inter-operation with other <application>Kerberos</application> realms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24887
msgid "Setting up a Heimdal <acronym>KDC</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24889
msgid "<primary>Kerberos5</primary> <secondary>Key Distribution Center</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24894
msgid "The Key Distribution Center (<acronym>KDC</acronym>) is the centralized authentication service that <application>Kerberos</application> provides, the <quote>trusted third party</quote> of the system. It is the computer that issues <application>Kerberos</application> tickets, which are used for clients to authenticate to servers. Because the <acronym>KDC</acronym> is considered trusted by all other computers in the <application>Kerberos</application> realm, it has heightened security concerns. Direct access to the KDC should be limited."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24906
msgid "While running a <acronym>KDC</acronym> requires few computing resources, a dedicated machine acting only as a <acronym>KDC</acronym> is recommended for security reasons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24911
msgid "To begin setting up a <acronym>KDC</acronym>, add these lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24914
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"kdc_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"kadmind_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24917
msgid "Next, edit <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24920
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[libdefaults]\n"
"    default_realm = <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable>\n"
"[realms]\n"
"    <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable> = {\n"
"\tkdc = <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</replaceable>\n"
"\tadmin_server = <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</replaceable>\n"
"    }\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"    <replaceable>.example.org</replaceable> = <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24930
msgid "In this example, the <acronym>KDC</acronym> will use the fully-qualified hostname <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">kerberos.example.org</systemitem>. The hostname of the KDC must be resolvable in the <acronym>DNS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24935
msgid "<application>Kerberos</application> can also use the <acronym>DNS</acronym> to locate KDCs, instead of a <literal>[realms]</literal> section in <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>. For large organizations that have their own <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers, the above example could be trimmed to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24942
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[libdefaults]\n"
"      default_realm = <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable>\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"    <replaceable>.example.org</replaceable> = <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24947
msgid "With the following lines being included in the <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org</systemitem> zone file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24951
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"_kerberos._udp      IN  SRV     01 00 88 <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</replaceable>.\n"
"_kerberos._tcp      IN  SRV     01 00 88 <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</replaceable>.\n"
"_kpasswd._udp       IN  SRV     01 00 464 <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</replaceable>.\n"
"_kerberos-adm._tcp  IN  SRV     01 00 749 <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</replaceable>.\n"
"_kerberos           IN  TXT     <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:24958
msgid "In order for clients to be able to find the <application>Kerberos</application> services, they <emphasis>must</emphasis> have either a fully configured <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> or a minimally configured <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> <emphasis>and</emphasis> a properly configured <acronym>DNS</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24967
msgid "Next, create the <application>Kerberos</application> database which contains the keys of all principals (users and hosts) encrypted with a master password. It is not required to remember this password as it will be stored in <filename>/var/heimdal/m-key</filename>; it would be reasonable to use a 45-character random password for this purpose. To create the master key, run <command>kstash</command> and enter a password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24976
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kstash</userinput>\n"
"Master key: <userinput><replaceable>xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Verifying password - Master key: <userinput><replaceable>xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24980
msgid "Once the master key has been created, the database should be initialized. The <application>Kerberos</application> administrative tool <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kadmin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used on the KDC in a mode that operates directly on the database, without using the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kadmind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> network service, as <command>kadmin -l</command>. This resolves the chicken-and-egg problem of trying to connect to the database before it is created. At the <command>kadmin</command> prompt, use <command>init</command> to create the realm's initial database:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24991
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kadmin -l</userinput>\n"
"kadmin&gt; <userinput>init <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Realm max ticket life [unlimited]:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24995
msgid "Lastly, while still in <command>kadmin</command>, create the first principal using <command>add</command>. Stick to the default options for the principal for now, as these can be changed later with <command>modify</command>. Type <literal>?</literal> at the prompt to see the available options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25002
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"kadmin&gt; <userinput>add <replaceable>tillman</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Max ticket life [unlimited]:\n"
"Max renewable life [unlimited]:\n"
"Attributes []:\n"
"Password: <userinput><replaceable>xxxxxxxx</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Verifying password - Password: <userinput><replaceable>xxxxxxxx</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25009
msgid "Next, start the <acronym>KDC</acronym> services by running <command>service kdc start</command> and <command>service kadmind start</command>. While there will not be any kerberized daemons running at this point, it is possible to confirm that the <acronym>KDC</acronym> is functioning by obtaining a ticket for the principal that was just created:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25017
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>kinit <replaceable>tillman</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG's Password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25020
msgid "Confirm that a ticket was successfully obtained using <command>klist</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25023
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>klist</userinput>\n"
"Credentials cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1001\n"
"\tPrincipal: tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG\n"
"\n"
"  Issued                Expires               Principal\n"
"Aug 27 15:37:58 2013  Aug 28 01:37:58 2013  krbtgt/EXAMPLE.ORG@EXAMPLE.ORG"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25030
msgid "The temporary ticket can be destroyed when the test is finished:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25033
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>kdestroy</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25037
msgid "Configuring a Server to Use <application>Kerberos</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25040
msgid "<primary>Kerberos5</primary> <secondary>enabling services</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25045
msgid "The first step in configuring a server to use <application>Kerberos</application> authentication is to ensure that it has the correct configuration in <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>. The version from the <acronym>KDC</acronym> can be used as-is, or it can be regenerated on the new system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25052
msgid "Next, create <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename> on the server. This is the main part of <quote>Kerberizing</quote> a service — it corresponds to generating a secret shared between the service and the <acronym>KDC</acronym>. The secret is a cryptographic key, stored in a <quote>keytab</quote>. The keytab contains the server's host key, which allows it and the <acronym>KDC</acronym> to verify each others' identity. It must be transmitted to the server in a secure fashion, as the security of the server can be broken if the key is made public. Typically, the <filename>keytab</filename> is generated on an administrator's trusted machine using <command>kadmin</command>, then securely transferred to the server, e.g., with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>scp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>; it can also be created directly on the server if that is consistent with the desired security policy. It is very important that the keytab is transmitted to the server in a secure fashion: if the key is known by some other party, that party can impersonate any user to the server! Using <command>kadmin</command> on the server directly is convenient, because the entry for the host principal in the <acronym>KDC</acronym> database is also created using <command>kadmin</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25075
msgid "Of course, <command>kadmin</command> is a kerberized service; a <application>Kerberos</application> ticket is needed to authenticate to the network service, but to ensure that the user running <command>kadmin</command> is actually present (and their session has not been hijacked), <command>kadmin</command> will prompt for the password to get a fresh ticket. The principal authenticating to the kadmin service must be permitted to use the <command>kadmin</command> interface, as specified in <filename>kadmind.acl</filename>. See the section titled <quote>Remote administration</quote> in <command>info heimdal</command> for details on designing access control lists. Instead of enabling remote <command>kadmin</command> access, the administrator could securely connect to the <acronym>KDC</acronym> via the local console or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and perform administration locally using <command>kadmin -l</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25092
msgid "After installing <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>, use <command>add --random-key</command> in <command>kadmin</command>. This adds the server's host principal to the database, but does not extract a copy of the host principal key to a keytab. To generate the keytab, use <command>ext</command> to extract the server's host principal key to its own keytab:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25100
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kadmin</userinput>\n"
"kadmin&gt;<userinput> add --random-key host/myserver.example.org</userinput>\n"
"Max ticket life [unlimited]:\n"
"Max renewable life [unlimited]:\n"
"Principal expiration time [never]:\n"
"Password expiration time [never]:\n"
"Attributes []:\n"
"kadmin&gt;<userinput> ext_keytab <replaceable>host/myserver.example.org</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"kadmin&gt;<userinput> exit</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25110
msgid "Note that <command>ext_keytab</command> stores the extracted key in <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename> by default. This is good when being run on the server being kerberized, but the <command>--keytab <replaceable>path/to/file</replaceable></command> argument should be used when the keytab is being extracted elsewhere:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25118
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kadmin</userinput>\n"
"kadmin&gt;<userinput> ext_keytab --keytab=/tmp/example.keytab <replaceable>host/myserver.example.org</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"kadmin&gt;<userinput> exit</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25122
msgid "The keytab can then be securely copied to the server using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>scp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or a removable media. Be sure to specify a non-default keytab name to avoid inserting unneeded keys into the system's keytab."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25127
msgid "At this point, the server can read encrypted messages from the <acronym>KDC</acronym> using its shared key, stored in <filename>krb5.keytab</filename>. It is now ready for the <application>Kerberos</application>-using services to be enabled. One of the most common such services is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which supports <application>Kerberos</application> via the <acronym>GSS-API</acronym>. In <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>, add the line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25138
#, no-wrap
msgid "GSSAPIAuthentication yes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25140
msgid "After making this change, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> must be restared for the new configuration to take effect: <command>service sshd restart</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25146
msgid "Configuring a Client to Use <application>Kerberos</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25149
msgid "<primary>Kerberos5</primary> <secondary>configure clients</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25154
msgid "As it was for the server, the client requires configuration in <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>. Copy the file in place (securely) or re-enter it as needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25158
msgid "Test the client by using <command>kinit</command>, <command>klist</command>, and <command>kdestroy</command> from the client to obtain, show, and then delete a ticket for an existing principal. <application>Kerberos</application> applications should also be able to connect to <application>Kerberos</application> enabled servers. If that does not work but obtaining a ticket does, the problem is likely with the server and not with the client or the <acronym>KDC</acronym>. In the case of kerberized <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <acronym>GSS-API</acronym> is disabled by default, so test using <command>ssh -o GSSAPIAuthentication=yes <replaceable>hostname</replaceable></command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25172
msgid "When testing a Kerberized application, try using a packet sniffer such as <command>tcpdump</command> to confirm that no sensitive information is sent in the clear."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25176
msgid "Various <application>Kerberos</application> client applications are available. With the advent of a bridge so that applications using <acronym>SASL</acronym> for authentication can use <acronym>GSS-API</acronym> mechanisms as well, large classes of client applications can use <application>Kerberos</application> for authentication, from Jabber clients to <acronym>IMAP</acronym> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25184
msgid "<primary><filename>.k5login</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25188
msgid "<primary><filename>.k5users</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25192
msgid "Users within a realm typically have their <application>Kerberos</application> principal mapped to a local user account. Occasionally, one needs to grant access to a local user account to someone who does not have a matching <application>Kerberos</application> principal. For example, <systemitem class=\"username\">tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG</systemitem> may need access to the local user account <systemitem class=\"username\">webdevelopers</systemitem>. Other principals may also need access to that local account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25201
msgid "The <filename>.k5login</filename> and <filename>.k5users</filename> files, placed in a user's home directory, can be used to solve this problem. For example, if the following <filename>.k5login</filename> is placed in the home directory of <systemitem class=\"username\">webdevelopers</systemitem>, both principals listed will have access to that account without requiring a shared password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25209
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"tillman@example.org\n"
"jdoe@example.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25212
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ksu</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about <filename>.k5users</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25217
msgid "<acronym>MIT</acronym> Differences"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25219
msgid "The major difference between the <acronym>MIT</acronym> and Heimdal implementations is that <command>kadmin</command> has a different, but equivalent, set of commands and uses a different protocol. If the <acronym>KDC</acronym> is <acronym>MIT</acronym>, the Heimdal version of <command>kadmin</command> cannot be used to administer the <acronym>KDC</acronym> remotely, and vice versa."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25227
msgid "Client applications may also use slightly different command line options to accomplish the same tasks. Following the instructions at <link xlink:href=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/\">http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/</link> is recommended. Be careful of path issues: the <acronym>MIT</acronym> port installs into <filename>/usr/local/</filename> by default, and the FreeBSD system applications run instead of the <acronym>MIT</acronym> versions if <envar>PATH</envar> lists the system directories first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25237
msgid "When using MIT Kerberos as a <acronym>KDC</acronym> on FreeBSD, the following edits should also be made to <filename>rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25241
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"kerberos5_server=\"/usr/local/sbin/krb5kdc\"\n"
"kadmind5_server=\"/usr/local/sbin/kadmind\"\n"
"kerberos5_server_flags=\"\"\n"
"kerberos5_server_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"kadmind5_server_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25249
msgid "<application>Kerberos</application> Tips, Tricks, and Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25252
msgid "When configuring and troubleshooting <application>Kerberos</application>, keep the following points in mind:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25258
msgid "When using either Heimdal or <acronym>MIT</acronym> <application>Kerberos</application> from ports, ensure that the <envar>PATH</envar> lists the port's versions of the client applications before the system versions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25265
msgid "If all the computers in the realm do not have synchronized time settings, authentication may fail. <xref linkend=\"network-ntp\"/> describes how to synchronize clocks using <acronym>NTP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25272
msgid "If the hostname is changed, the <systemitem class=\"username\">host/</systemitem> principal must be changed and the keytab updated. This also applies to special keytab entries like the <systemitem class=\"username\">HTTP/</systemitem> principal used for Apache's <package>www/mod_auth_kerb</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25279
msgid "All hosts in the realm must be both forward and reverse resolvable in <acronym>DNS</acronym> or, at a minimum, exist in <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. CNAMEs will work, but the A and PTR records must be correct and in place. The error message for unresolvable hosts is not intuitive: <errorname>Kerberos5 refuses authentication because Read req failed: Key table entry not found</errorname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25290
msgid "Some operating systems that act as clients to the <acronym>KDC</acronym> do not set the permissions for <command>ksu</command> to be setuid <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. This means that <command>ksu</command> does not work. This is a permissions problem, not a <acronym>KDC</acronym> error."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25299
msgid "With <acronym>MIT</acronym> <application>Kerberos</application>, to allow a principal to have a ticket life longer than the default lifetime of ten hours, use <command>modify_principal</command> at the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kadmin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> prompt to change the <literal>maxlife</literal> of both the principal in question and the <systemitem class=\"username\">krbtgt</systemitem> principal. The principal can then use <command>kinit -l</command> to request a ticket with a longer lifetime."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25313
msgid "When running a packet sniffer on the <acronym>KDC</acronym> to aid in troubleshooting while running <command>kinit</command> from a workstation, the Ticket Granting Ticket (<acronym>TGT</acronym>) is sent immediately, even before the password is typed. This is because the <application>Kerberos</application> server freely transmits a <acronym>TGT</acronym> to any unauthorized request. However, every <acronym>TGT</acronym> is encrypted in a key derived from the user's password. When a user types their password, it is not sent to the <acronym>KDC</acronym>, it is instead used to decrypt the <acronym>TGT</acronym> that <command>kinit</command> already obtained. If the decryption process results in a valid ticket with a valid time stamp, the user has valid <application>Kerberos</application> credentials. These credentials include a session key for establishing secure communications with the <application>Kerberos</application> server in the future, as well as the actual <acronym>TGT</acronym>, which is encrypted with the <application>Kerberos</application> server's own key. This second layer of encryption allows the <application>Kerberos</application> server to verify the authenticity of each <acronym>TGT</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25340
msgid "Host principals can have a longer ticket lifetime. If the user principal has a lifetime of a week but the host being connected to has a lifetime of nine hours, the user cache will have an expired host principal and the ticket cache will not work as expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25348
msgid "When setting up <filename>krb5.dict</filename> to prevent specific bad passwords from being used as described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kadmind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, remember that it only applies to principals that have a password policy assigned to them. The format used in <filename>krb5.dict</filename> is one string per line. Creating a symbolic link to <filename>/usr/share/dict/words</filename> might be useful."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25362
msgid "Mitigating <application>Kerberos</application> Limitations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25365
msgid "<primary>Kerberos5</primary> <secondary>limitations and shortcomings</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25370
msgid "Since <application>Kerberos</application> is an all or nothing approach, every service enabled on the network must either be modified to work with <application>Kerberos</application> or be otherwise secured against network attacks. This is to prevent user credentials from being stolen and re-used. An example is when <application>Kerberos</application> is enabled on all remote shells but the non-Kerberized <acronym>POP3</acronym> mail server sends passwords in plain text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25380
msgid "The <acronym>KDC</acronym> is a single point of failure. By design, the <acronym>KDC</acronym> must be as secure as its master password database. The <acronym>KDC</acronym> should have absolutely no other services running on it and should be physically secure. The danger is high because <application>Kerberos</application> stores all passwords encrypted with the same master key which is stored as a file on the <acronym>KDC</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25389
msgid "A compromised master key is not quite as bad as one might fear. The master key is only used to encrypt the <application>Kerberos</application> database and as a seed for the random number generator. As long as access to the <acronym>KDC</acronym> is secure, an attacker cannot do much with the master key."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25396
msgid "If the <acronym>KDC</acronym> is unavailable, network services are unusable as authentication cannot be performed. This can be alleviated with a single master <acronym>KDC</acronym> and one or more slaves, and with careful implementation of secondary or fall-back authentication using <acronym>PAM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25403
msgid "<application>Kerberos</application> allows users, hosts and services to authenticate between themselves. It does not have a mechanism to authenticate the <acronym>KDC</acronym> to the users, hosts, or services. This means that a trojanned <command>kinit</command> could record all user names and passwords. File system integrity checking tools like <package>security/tripwire</package> can alleviate this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25414
msgid "Resources and Further Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25416
msgid "<primary>Kerberos5</primary> <secondary>external resources</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25423
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.faqs.org/faqs/Kerberos-faq/general/preamble.html\"> The <application>Kerberos</application> FAQ</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25429
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/dialogue.html\">Designing an Authentication System: a Dialog in Four Scenes</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25435
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4120.txt?number=4120\">RFC 4120, The <application>Kerberos</application> Network Authentication Service (V5)</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25441
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/\"><acronym>MIT</acronym> <application>Kerberos</application> home page</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25447
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pdc.kth.se/heimdal/\">Heimdal <application>Kerberos</application> home page</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:25457
msgid "OpenSSL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25465
msgid "<primary>security</primary> <secondary>OpenSSL</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25470
msgid "<application>OpenSSL</application> is an open source implementation of the <acronym>SSL</acronym> and <acronym>TLS</acronym> protocols. It provides an encryption transport layer on top of the normal communications layer, allowing it to be intertwined with many network applications and services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25477
msgid "The version of <application>OpenSSL</application> included in FreeBSD supports the Secure Sockets Layer v2/v3 (SSLv2/SSLv3) and Transport Layer Security v1 (TLSv1) network security protocols and can be used as a general cryptographic library."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25483
msgid "<application>OpenSSL</application> is often used to encrypt authentication of mail clients and to secure web based transactions such as credit card payments. Some ports, such as <package>www/apache24</package> and <package>databases/postgresql91-server</package>, include a compile option for building with <application>OpenSSL</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25491
msgid "FreeBSD provides two versions of <application>OpenSSL</application>: one in the base system and one in the Ports Collection. Users can choose which version to use by default for other ports using the following knobs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25498
msgid "WITH_OPENSSL_PORT: when set, the port will use <application>OpenSSL</application> from the <package>security/openssl</package> port, even if the version in the base system is up to date or newer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25505
msgid "WITH_OPENSSL_BASE: when set, the port will compile against <application>OpenSSL</application> provided by the base system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25511
msgid "Another common use of <application>OpenSSL</application> is to provide certificates for use with software applications. Certificates can be used to verify the credentials of a company or individual. If a certificate has not been signed by an external <firstterm>Certificate Authority</firstterm> (<acronym>CA</acronym>), such as <link xlink:href=\"http://www.verisign.com\">http://www.verisign.com</link>, the application that uses the certificate will produce a warning. There is a cost associated with obtaining a signed certificate and using a signed certificate is not mandatory as certificates can be self-signed. However, using an external authority will prevent warnings and can put users at ease."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25524
msgid "This section demonstrates how to create and use certificates on a FreeBSD system. Refer to <xref linkend=\"ldap-config\"/> for an example of how to create a <acronym>CA</acronym> for signing one's own certificates."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25529
msgid "For more information about <acronym>SSL</acronym>, read the free <link xlink:href=\"https://www.feistyduck.com/books/openssl-cookbook/\">OpenSSL Cookbook</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25534
msgid "Generating Certificates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25536
msgid "<primary>OpenSSL</primary> <secondary>certificate generation</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25541
msgid "To generate a certificate that will be signed by an external <acronym>CA</acronym>, issue the following command and input the information requested at the prompts. This input information will be written to the certificate. At the <literal>Common Name</literal> prompt, input the fully qualified name for the system that will use the certificate. If this name does not match the server, the application verifying the certificate will issue a warning to the user, rendering the verification provided by the certificate as useless."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25551
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl req -new -nodes -out req.pem -keyout cert.key -sha256 -newkey rsa:2048</userinput>\n"
"Generating a 2048 bit RSA private key\n"
"..................+++\n"
".............................................................+++\n"
"writing new private key to 'cert.key'\n"
"-----\n"
"You are about to be asked to enter information that will be incorporated\n"
"into your certificate request.\n"
"What you are about to enter is what is called a Distinguished Name or a DN.\n"
"There are quite a few fields but you can leave some blank\n"
"For some fields there will be a default value,\n"
"If you enter '.', the field will be left blank.\n"
"-----\n"
"Country Name (2 letter code) [AU]:<userinput><replaceable>US</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"State or Province Name (full name) [Some-State]:<userinput><replaceable>PA</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Locality Name (eg, city) []:<userinput><replaceable>Pittsburgh</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Organization Name (eg, company) [Internet Widgits Pty Ltd]:<userinput><replaceable>My Company</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Organizational Unit Name (eg, section) []:<userinput><replaceable>Systems Administrator</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Common Name (eg, YOUR name) []:<userinput><replaceable>localhost.example.org</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Email Address []:<userinput><replaceable>trhodes@FreeBSD.org</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"\n"
"Please enter the following 'extra' attributes\n"
"to be sent with your certificate request\n"
"A challenge password []:\n"
"An optional company name []:<userinput><replaceable>Another Name</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25577
msgid "Other options, such as the expire time and alternate encryption algorithms, are available when creating a certificate. A complete list of options is described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>openssl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25582
msgid "This command will create two files in the current directory. The certificate request, <filename>req.pem</filename>, can be sent to a <acronym>CA</acronym> who will validate the entered credentials, sign the request, and return the signed certificate. The second file, <filename>cert.key</filename>, is the private key for the certificate and should be stored in a secure location. If this falls in the hands of others, it can be used to impersonate the user or the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25593
msgid "Alternately, if a signature from a <acronym>CA</acronym> is not required, a self-signed certificate can be created. First, generate the <acronym>RSA</acronym> key:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25597
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl genrsa -rand -genkey -out cert.key 2048</userinput>\n"
"0 semi-random bytes loaded\n"
"Generating RSA private key, 2048 bit long modulus\n"
".............................................+++\n"
".................................................................................................................+++\n"
"e is 65537 (0x10001)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25604
msgid "Use this key to create a self-signed certificate. Follow the usual prompts for creating a certificate:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25607
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl req -new -x509 -days 365 -key cert.key -out cert.crt -sha256</userinput>\n"
"You are about to be asked to enter information that will be incorporated\n"
"into your certificate request.\n"
"What you are about to enter is what is called a Distinguished Name or a DN.\n"
"There are quite a few fields but you can leave some blank\n"
"For some fields there will be a default value,\n"
"If you enter '.', the field will be left blank.\n"
"-----\n"
"Country Name (2 letter code) [AU]:<userinput><replaceable>US</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"State or Province Name (full name) [Some-State]:<userinput><replaceable>PA</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Locality Name (eg, city) []:<userinput><replaceable>Pittsburgh</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Organization Name (eg, company) [Internet Widgits Pty Ltd]:<userinput><replaceable>My Company</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Organizational Unit Name (eg, section) []:<userinput><replaceable>Systems Administrator</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Common Name (e.g. server FQDN or YOUR name) []:<userinput><replaceable>localhost.example.org</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Email Address []:<userinput><replaceable>trhodes@FreeBSD.org</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25623
msgid "This will create two new files in the current directory: a private key file <filename>cert.key</filename>, and the certificate itself, <filename>cert.crt</filename>. These should be placed in a directory, preferably under <filename>/etc/ssl/</filename>, which is readable only by <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. Permissions of <literal>0700</literal> are appropriate for these files and can be set using <command>chmod</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25634
msgid "Using Certificates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25636
msgid "One use for a certificate is to encrypt connections to the <application>Sendmail</application> mail server in order to prevent the use of clear text authentication."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:25641
msgid "Some mail clients will display an error if the user has not installed a local copy of the certificate. Refer to the documentation included with the software for more information on certificate installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25647
msgid "In FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE and above, it is possible to create a self-signed certificate for <application>Sendmail</application> automatically. To enable this, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25653
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sendmail_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"sendmail_cert_create=\"YES\"\n"
"sendmail_cert_cn=\"<replaceable>localhost.example.org</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25657
msgid "This will automatically create a self-signed certificate, <filename>/etc/mail/certs/host.cert</filename>, a signing key, <filename>/etc/mail/certs/host.key</filename>, and a <acronym>CA</acronym> certificate, <filename>/etc/mail/certs/cacert.pem</filename>. The certificate will use the <literal>Common Name</literal> specified in <option>sendmail_cert_cn</option>. After saving the edits, restart <application>Sendmail</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25666
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sendmail restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25668
msgid "If all went well, there will be no error messages in <filename>/var/log/maillog</filename>. For a simple test, connect to the mail server's listening port using <command>telnet</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25673
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>telnet <replaceable>example.com</replaceable> 25</userinput>\n"
"Trying 192.0.34.166...\n"
"Connected to example.com.\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"220 example.com ESMTP Sendmail 8.14.7/8.14.7; Fri, 18 Apr 2014 11:50:32 -0400 (EDT)\n"
"<userinput>ehlo <replaceable>example.com</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"250-example.com Hello example.com [192.0.34.166], pleased to meet you\n"
"250-ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES\n"
"250-PIPELINING\n"
"250-8BITMIME\n"
"250-SIZE\n"
"250-DSN\n"
"250-ETRN\n"
"250-AUTH LOGIN PLAIN\n"
"250-STARTTLS\n"
"250-DELIVERBY\n"
"250 HELP\n"
"<userinput>quit</userinput>\n"
"221 2.0.0 example.com closing connection\n"
"Connection closed by foreign host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25694
msgid "If the <literal>STARTTLS</literal> line appears in the output, everything is working correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:25701
msgid "<acronym>VPN</acronym> over <acronym>IPsec</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: affiliation/address
#: book.translate.xml:25711
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t      <email>nik@FreeBSD.org</email>\n"
"\t    "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:25705
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Nik</firstname> <surname>Clayton</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> </affiliation> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: affiliation/address
#: book.translate.xml:25726
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t      <email>hmp@FreeBSD.org</email>\n"
"\t    "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:25720
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Hiten M.</firstname> <surname>Pandya</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> </affiliation> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25735
msgid "<primary><acronym>IPsec</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25739
msgid "Internet Protocol Security (<acronym>IPsec</acronym>) is a set of protocols which sit on top of the Internet Protocol (<acronym>IP</acronym>) layer. It allows two or more hosts to communicate in a secure manner by authenticating and encrypting each <acronym>IP</acronym> packet of a communication session. The FreeBSD <acronym>IPsec</acronym> network stack is based on the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.kame.net/\">http://www.kame.net/</link> implementation and supports both <acronym>IPv4</acronym> and <acronym>IPv6</acronym> sessions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25749
msgid "<primary><acronym>IPsec</acronym></primary> <secondary>ESP</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25754
msgid "<primary><acronym>IPsec</acronym></primary> <secondary>AH</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25759
msgid "<acronym>IPsec</acronym> is comprised of the following sub-protocols:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25764
msgid "<emphasis>Encapsulated Security Payload (<acronym>ESP</acronym>)</emphasis>: this protocol protects the <acronym>IP</acronym> packet data from third party interference by encrypting the contents using symmetric cryptography algorithms such as Blowfish and <acronym>3DES</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25773
msgid "<emphasis>Authentication Header (<acronym>AH</acronym>)</emphasis>: this protocol protects the <acronym>IP</acronym> packet header from third party interference and spoofing by computing a cryptographic checksum and hashing the <acronym>IP </acronym> packet header fields with a secure hashing function. This is then followed by an additional header that contains the hash, to allow the information in the packet to be authenticated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25785
msgid "<emphasis>IP Payload Compression Protocol (<acronym>IPComp</acronym></emphasis>): this protocol tries to increase communication performance by compressing the <acronym>IP </acronym> payload in order to reduce the amount of data sent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25793
msgid "These protocols can either be used together or separately, depending on the environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25796
msgid "<primary><acronym>VPN</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25800
msgid "<primary>virtual private network</primary> <see>VPN</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25805
msgid "<acronym>IPsec</acronym> supports two modes of operation. The first mode, <firstterm>Transport Mode</firstterm>, protects communications between two hosts. The second mode, <firstterm>Tunnel Mode</firstterm>, is used to build virtual tunnels, commonly known as Virtual Private Networks (<acronym>VPN</acronym>s). Consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipsec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for detailed information on the <acronym>IPsec</acronym> subsystem in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25814
msgid "To add <acronym>IPsec</acronym> support to the kernel, add the following options to the custom kernel configuration file and rebuild the kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25818
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPSEC</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25823
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options   IPSEC        #IP security\n"
"device    crypto"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25826
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPSEC_DEBUG</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25831
msgid "If <acronym>IPsec</acronym> debugging support is desired, the following kernel option should also be added:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25834
#, no-wrap
msgid "options   IPSEC_DEBUG  #debug for IP security"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25836
msgid "This rest of this chapter demonstrates the process of setting up an <acronym>IPsec</acronym> <acronym>VPN</acronym> between a home network and a corporate network. In the example scenario:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25843
msgid "Both sites are connected to the Internet through a gateway that is running FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25848
msgid "The gateway on each network has at least one external <acronym>IP</acronym> address. In this example, the corporate <acronym>LAN</acronym>'s external <acronym>IP</acronym> address is <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">172.16.5.4</systemitem> and the home <acronym>LAN</acronym>'s external <acronym>IP</acronym> address is <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.12</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25857
msgid "The internal addresses of the two networks can be either public or private <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses. However, the address space must not collide. For example, both networks cannot use <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.x</systemitem>. In this example, the corporate <acronym>LAN</acronym>'s internal <acronym>IP</acronym> address is <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.246.38.1</systemitem> and the home <acronym>LAN</acronym>'s internal <acronym>IP</acronym> address is <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.5</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:25870
msgid "Configuring a <acronym>VPN</acronym> on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: affiliation/address
#: book.translate.xml:25879
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<email>trhodes@FreeBSD.org</email>\n"
"\t      "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:25873
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> </affiliation> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25888
msgid "To begin, <package>security/ipsec-tools</package> must be installed from the Ports Collection. This software provides a number of applications which support the configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25892
msgid "The next requirement is to create two <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gif</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> pseudo-devices which will be used to tunnel packets and allow both networks to communicate properly. As <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, run the following commands, replacing <replaceable>internal</replaceable> and <replaceable>external</replaceable> with the real IP addresses of the internal and external interfaces of the two gateways:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25900
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig gif0 create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig gif0 <replaceable>internal1 internal2</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig gif0 tunnel <replaceable>external1 external2</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25904
msgid "Verify the setup on each gateway, using <command>ifconfig</command>. Here is the output from Gateway 1:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25908
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gif0: flags=8051 mtu 1280\n"
"tunnel inet 172.16.5.4 --&gt; 192.168.1.12\n"
"inet6 fe80::2e0:81ff:fe02:5881%gif0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x6\n"
"inet 10.246.38.1 --&gt; 10.0.0.5 netmask 0xffffff00"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25913
msgid "Here is the output from Gateway 2:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25915
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gif0: flags=8051 mtu 1280\n"
"tunnel inet 192.168.1.12 --&gt; 172.16.5.4\n"
"inet 10.0.0.5 --&gt; 10.246.38.1 netmask 0xffffff00\n"
"inet6 fe80::250:bfff:fe3a:c1f%gif0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25920
msgid "Once complete, both internal <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses should be reachable using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25923
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"priv-net# ping 10.0.0.5\n"
"PING 10.0.0.5 (10.0.0.5): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=42.786 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=19.255 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=20.440 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=21.036 ms\n"
"--- 10.0.0.5 ping statistics ---\n"
"4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 19.255/25.879/42.786/9.782 ms\n"
"\n"
"corp-net# ping 10.246.38.1\n"
"PING 10.246.38.1 (10.246.38.1): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=28.106 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=42.917 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=127.525 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=119.896 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=154.524 ms\n"
"--- 10.246.38.1 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 28.106/94.594/154.524/49.814 ms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25944
msgid "As expected, both sides have the ability to send and receive <acronym>ICMP</acronym> packets from the privately configured addresses. Next, both gateways must be told how to route packets in order to correctly send traffic from either network. The following commands will achieve this goal:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25951
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>corp-net# route add <replaceable>10.0.0.0 10.0.0.5 255.255.255.0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>corp-net# route add net <replaceable>10.0.0.0: gateway 10.0.0.5</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>priv-net# route add <replaceable>10.246.38.0 10.246.38.1 255.255.255.0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>priv-net# route add host <replaceable>10.246.38.0: gateway 10.246.38.1</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25956
msgid "At this point, internal machines should be reachable from each gateway as well as from machines behind the gateways. Again, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to confirm:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25960
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"corp-net# ping 10.0.0.8\n"
"PING 10.0.0.8 (10.0.0.8): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=0 ttl=63 time=92.391 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=1 ttl=63 time=21.870 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=2 ttl=63 time=198.022 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=3 ttl=63 time=22.241 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=4 ttl=63 time=174.705 ms\n"
"--- 10.0.0.8 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 21.870/101.846/198.022/74.001 ms\n"
"\n"
"priv-net# ping 10.246.38.107\n"
"PING 10.246.38.1 (10.246.38.107): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=53.491 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=23.395 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=23.865 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=21.145 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=36.708 ms\n"
"--- 10.246.38.107 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 21.145/31.721/53.491/12.179 ms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25982
msgid "Setting up the tunnels is the easy part. Configuring a secure link is a more in depth process. The following configuration uses pre-shared (<acronym>PSK</acronym>) <acronym>RSA</acronym> keys. Other than the <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses, the <filename>/usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf</filename> on both gateways will be identical and look similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25990
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"path    pre_shared_key  \"/usr/local/etc/racoon/psk.txt\"; #location of pre-shared key file\n"
"log     debug;\t#log verbosity setting: set to 'notify' when testing and debugging is complete\n"
"\n"
"padding\t# options are not to be changed\n"
"{\n"
"        maximum_length  20;\n"
"        randomize       off;\n"
"        strict_check    off;\n"
"        exclusive_tail  off;\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"timer\t# timing options. change as needed\n"
"{\n"
"        counter         5;\n"
"        interval        20 sec;\n"
"        persend         1;\n"
"#       natt_keepalive  15 sec;\n"
"        phase1          30 sec;\n"
"        phase2          15 sec;\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"listen\t# address [port] that racoon will listen on\n"
"{\n"
"        isakmp          172.16.5.4 [500];\n"
"        isakmp_natt     172.16.5.4 [4500];\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"remote  192.168.1.12 [500]\n"
"{\n"
"        exchange_mode   main,aggressive;\n"
"        doi             ipsec_doi;\n"
"        situation       identity_only;\n"
"        my_identifier   address 172.16.5.4;\n"
"        peers_identifier        address 192.168.1.12;\n"
"        lifetime        time 8 hour;\n"
"        passive         off;\n"
"        proposal_check  obey;\n"
"#       nat_traversal   off;\n"
"        generate_policy off;\n"
"\n"
"                        proposal {\n"
"                                encryption_algorithm    blowfish;\n"
"                                hash_algorithm          md5;\n"
"                                authentication_method   pre_shared_key;\n"
"                                lifetime time           30 sec;\n"
"                                dh_group                1;\n"
"                        }\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"sainfo  (address 10.246.38.0/24 any address 10.0.0.0/24 any)\t# address $network/$netmask $type address $network/$netmask $type ( $type being any or esp)\n"
"{\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t# $network must be the two internal networks you are joining.\n"
"        pfs_group       1;\n"
"        lifetime        time    36000 sec;\n"
"        encryption_algorithm    blowfish,3des;\n"
"        authentication_algorithm        hmac_md5,hmac_sha1;\n"
"        compression_algorithm   deflate;\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26048
msgid "For descriptions of each available option, refer to the manual page for <filename>racoon.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26051
msgid "The Security Policy Database (<acronym>SPD</acronym>) needs to be configured so that FreeBSD and <application>racoon</application> are able to encrypt and decrypt network traffic between the hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26056
msgid "This can be achieved with a shell script, similar to the following, on the corporate gateway. This file will be used during system initialization and should be saved as <filename>/usr/local/etc/racoon/setkey.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26061
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"flush;\n"
"spdflush;\n"
"# To the home network\n"
"spdadd 10.246.38.0/24 10.0.0.0/24 any -P out ipsec esp/tunnel/172.16.5.4-192.168.1.12/use;\n"
"spdadd 10.0.0.0/24 10.246.38.0/24 any -P in ipsec esp/tunnel/192.168.1.12-172.16.5.4/use;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26067
msgid "Once in place, <application>racoon</application> may be started on both gateways using the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26070
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/local/sbin/racoon -F -f /usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf -l /var/log/racoon.log</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26072
msgid "The output should be similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26074
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"corp-net# /usr/local/sbin/racoon -F -f /usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf\n"
"Foreground mode.\n"
"2006-01-30 01:35:47: INFO: begin Identity Protection mode.\n"
"2006-01-30 01:35:48: INFO: received Vendor ID: KAME/racoon\n"
"2006-01-30 01:35:55: INFO: received Vendor ID: KAME/racoon\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:04: INFO: ISAKMP-SA established 172.16.5.4[500]-192.168.1.12[500] spi:623b9b3bd2492452:7deab82d54ff704a\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:05: INFO: initiate new phase 2 negotiation: 172.16.5.4[0]192.168.1.12[0]\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:09: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 192.168.1.12[0]-&gt;172.16.5.4[0] spi=28496098(0x1b2d0e2)\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:09: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 172.16.5.4[0]-&gt;192.168.1.12[0] spi=47784998(0x2d92426)\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:13: INFO: respond new phase 2 negotiation: 172.16.5.4[0]192.168.1.12[0]\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:18: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 192.168.1.12[0]-&gt;172.16.5.4[0] spi=124397467(0x76a279b)\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:18: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 172.16.5.4[0]-&gt;192.168.1.12[0] spi=175852902(0xa7b4d66)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26087
msgid "To ensure the tunnel is working properly, switch to another console and use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcpdump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to view network traffic using the following command. Replace <literal>em0</literal> with the network interface card as required:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26093
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tcpdump -i em0 host <replaceable>172.16.5.4 and dst 192.168.1.12</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26095
msgid "Data similar to the following should appear on the console. If not, there is an issue and debugging the returned data will be required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"01:47:32.021683 IP corporatenetwork.com &gt; 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com: ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xa)\n"
"01:47:33.022442 IP corporatenetwork.com &gt; 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com: ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xb)\n"
"01:47:34.024218 IP corporatenetwork.com &gt; 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com: ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xc)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26103
msgid "At this point, both networks should be available and seem to be part of the same network. Most likely both networks are protected by a firewall. To allow traffic to flow between them, rules need to be added to pass packets. For the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> firewall, add the following lines to the firewall configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26110
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ipfw add 00201 allow log esp from any to any\n"
"ipfw add 00202 allow log ah from any to any\n"
"ipfw add 00203 allow log ipencap from any to any\n"
"ipfw add 00204 allow log udp from any 500 to any"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:26116
msgid "The rule numbers may need to be altered depending on the current host configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26120
msgid "For users of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, the following rules should do the trick:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26123
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass in quick proto esp from any to any\n"
"pass in quick proto ah from any to any\n"
"pass in quick proto ipencap from any to any\n"
"pass in quick proto udp from any port = 500 to any port = 500\n"
"pass in quick on gif0 from any to any\n"
"pass out quick proto esp from any to any\n"
"pass out quick proto ah from any to any\n"
"pass out quick proto ipencap from any to any\n"
"pass out quick proto udp from any port = 500 to any port = 500\n"
"pass out quick on gif0 from any to any"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26134
msgid "Finally, to allow the machine to start support for the <acronym>VPN</acronym> during system initialization, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26138
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ipsec_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"ipsec_program=\"/usr/local/sbin/setkey\"\n"
"ipsec_file=\"/usr/local/etc/racoon/setkey.conf\" # allows setting up spd policies on boot\n"
"racoon_enable=\"yes\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:26147
msgid "OpenSSH"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:26150
msgid "<personname><firstname>Chern</firstname><surname>Lee</surname></personname><contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26156
msgid "<primary>OpenSSH</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26157
msgid "<primary>security</primary> <secondary>OpenSSH</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26162
msgid "<application>OpenSSH</application> is a set of network connectivity tools used to provide secure access to remote machines. Additionally, <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> connections can be tunneled or forwarded securely through <acronym>SSH</acronym> connections. <application>OpenSSH</application> encrypts all traffic to effectively eliminate eavesdropping, connection hijacking, and other network-level attacks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26171
msgid "<application>OpenSSH</application> is maintained by the OpenBSD project and is installed by default in FreeBSD. It is compatible with both <acronym>SSH</acronym> version 1 and 2 protocols."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26176
msgid "When data is sent over the network in an unencrypted form, network sniffers anywhere in between the client and server can steal user/password information or data transferred during the session. <application>OpenSSH</application> offers a variety of authentication and encryption methods to prevent this from happening. More information about <application>OpenSSH</application> is available from <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openssh.com/\">http://www.openssh.com/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26184
msgid "This section provides an overview of the built-in client utilities to securely access other systems and securely transfer files from a FreeBSD system. It then describes how to configure a <acronym>SSH</acronym> server on a FreeBSD system. More information is available in the man pages mentioned in this chapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26192
msgid "Using the SSH Client Utilities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26194
msgid "<primary>OpenSSH</primary> <secondary>client</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26199
msgid "To log into a <acronym>SSH</acronym> server, use <command>ssh</command> and specify a username that exists on that server and the <acronym>IP</acronym> address or hostname of the server. If this is the first time a connection has been made to the specified server, the user will be prompted to first verify the server's fingerprint:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26206
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ssh <replaceable>user@example.com</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"The authenticity of host 'example.com (10.0.0.1)' can't be established.\n"
"ECDSA key fingerprint is 25:cc:73:b5:b3:96:75:3d:56:19:49:d2:5c:1f:91:3b.\n"
"Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? <userinput>yes</userinput>\n"
"Permanently added 'example.com' (ECDSA) to the list of known hosts.\n"
"Password for user@example.com: <userinput><replaceable>user_password</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26213
msgid "<acronym>SSH</acronym> utilizes a key fingerprint system to verify the authenticity of the server when the client connects. When the user accepts the key's fingerprint by typing <literal>yes</literal> when connecting for the first time, a copy of the key is saved to <filename>.ssh/known_hosts</filename> in the user's home directory. Future attempts to login are verified against the saved key and <command>ssh</command> will display an alert if the server's key does not match the saved key. If this occurs, the user should first verify why the key has changed before continuing with the connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26225
msgid "By default, recent versions of <application>OpenSSH</application> only accept <acronym>SSH</acronym>v2 connections. By default, the client will use version 2 if possible and will fall back to version 1 if the server does not support version 2. To force <command>ssh</command> to only use the specified protocol, include <option>-1</option> or <option>-2</option>. Additional options are described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26234
msgid "<primary>OpenSSH</primary> <secondary>secure copy</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26238
msgid "<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>scp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26242
msgid "Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>scp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to securely copy a file to or from a remote machine. This example copies <filename>COPYRIGHT</filename> on the remote system to a file of the same name in the current directory of the local system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26248
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scp <replaceable>user@example.com:/COPYRIGHT COPYRIGHT</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Password for user@example.com: <userinput><replaceable>*******</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"COPYRIGHT            100% |*****************************|  4735\n"
"00:00\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26254
msgid "Since the fingerprint was already verified for this host, the server's key is automatically checked before prompting for the user's password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26258
msgid "The arguments passed to <command>scp</command> are similar to <command>cp</command>. The file or files to copy is the first argument and the destination to copy to is the second. Since the file is fetched over the network, one or more of the file arguments takes the form <option>user@host:&lt;path_to_remote_file&gt;</option>. Be aware when copying directories recursively that <command>scp</command> uses <option>-r</option>, whereas <command>cp</command> uses <option>-R</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26268
msgid "To open an interactive session for copying files, use <command>sftp</command>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sftp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a list of available commands while in an <command>sftp</command> session."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:26274
msgid "Key-based Authentication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26276
msgid "Instead of using passwords, a client can be configured to connect to the remote machine using keys. To generate <acronym>RSA</acronym> authentication keys, use <command>ssh-keygen</command>. To generate a public and private key pair, specify the type of key and follow the prompts. It is recommended to protect the keys with a memorable, but hard to guess passphrase."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26285
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh-keygen -t rsa</userinput>\n"
"Generating public/private rsa key pair.\n"
"Enter file in which to save the key (/home/user/.ssh/id_rsa):\n"
"Enter passphrase (empty for no passphrase):  <co xml:id=\"co-ssh-keygen-passphrase1\"/>\n"
"Enter same passphrase again:                 <co xml:id=\"co-ssh-keygen-passphrase2\"/>\n"
"Your identification has been saved in /home/user/.ssh/id_rsa.\n"
"Your public key has been saved in /home/user/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.\n"
"The key fingerprint is:\n"
"SHA256:54Xm9Uvtv6H4NOo6yjP/YCfODryvUU7yWHzMqeXwhq8 user@host.example.com\n"
"The key's randomart image is:\n"
"+---[RSA 2048]----+\n"
"|                 |\n"
"|                 |\n"
"|                 |\n"
"|        . o..    |\n"
"|       .S*+*o    |\n"
"|      . O=Oo . . |\n"
"|       = Oo= oo..|\n"
"|      .oB.* +.oo.|\n"
"|       =OE**.o..=|\n"
"+----[SHA256]-----+"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:26309
msgid "Type a passphrase here. It can contain spaces and symbols."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:26314
msgid "Retype the passphrase to verify it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26319
msgid "The private key is stored in <filename>~/.ssh/id_rsa</filename> and the public key is stored in <filename>~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub</filename>. The <emphasis>public</emphasis> key must be copied to <filename>~/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename> on the remote machine for key-based authentication to work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:26330
msgid "Many users believe that keys are secure by design and will use a key without a passphrase. This is <emphasis>dangerous</emphasis> behavior. An administrator can verify that a key pair is protected by a passphrase by viewing the private key manually. If the private key file contains the word <literal>ENCRYPTED</literal>, the key owner is using a passphrase. In addition, to better secure end users, <literal>from</literal> may be placed in the public key file. For example, adding <literal>from=\"192.168.10.5\"</literal> in front of the <literal>ssh-rsa</literal> prefix will only allow that specific user to log in from that <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26346
msgid "The options and files vary with different versions of <application>OpenSSH</application>. To avoid problems, consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh-keygen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26350
msgid "If a passphrase is used, the user is prompted for the passphrase each time a connection is made to the server. To load <acronym>SSH</acronym> keys into memory and remove the need to type the passphrase each time, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh-agent</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh-add</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26356
msgid "Authentication is handled by <command>ssh-agent</command>, using the private keys that are loaded into it. <command>ssh-agent</command> can be used to launch another application like a shell or a window manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26362
msgid "To use <command>ssh-agent</command> in a shell, start it with a shell as an argument. Add the identity by running <command>ssh-add</command> and entering the passphrase for the private key. The user will then be able to <command>ssh</command> to any host that has the corresponding public key installed. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26370
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> ssh-agent <replaceable>csh</replaceable>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> ssh-add\n"
"Enter passphrase for key '/usr/home/user/.ssh/id_rsa':  <co xml:id=\"co-ssh-agent-passphrase\"/>\n"
"Identity added: /usr/home/user/.ssh/id_rsa (/usr/home/user/.ssh/id_rsa)\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:26378
msgid "Enter the passphrase for the key."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26382
msgid "To use <command>ssh-agent</command> in <application>Xorg</application>, add an entry for it in <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename>. This provides the <command>ssh-agent</command> services to all programs launched in <application>Xorg</application>. An example <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename> might look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26389
#, no-wrap
msgid "exec ssh-agent <replaceable>startxfce4</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26391
msgid "This launches <command>ssh-agent</command>, which in turn launches <application>XFCE</application>, every time <application>Xorg</application> starts. Once <application>Xorg</application> has been restarted so that the changes can take effect, run <command>ssh-add</command> to load all of the <acronym>SSH</acronym> keys."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:26400
msgid "<acronym>SSH</acronym> Tunneling"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26402
msgid "<primary>OpenSSH</primary> <secondary>tunneling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26407
msgid "<application>OpenSSH</application> has the ability to create a tunnel to encapsulate another protocol in an encrypted session."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26411
msgid "The following command tells <command>ssh</command> to create a tunnel for <application>telnet</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26415
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh -2 -N -f -L <replaceable>5023:localhost:23 user@foo.example.com</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26418
msgid "This example uses the following options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:26422
msgid "<option>-2</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26425
msgid "Forces <command>ssh</command> to use version 2 to connect to the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:26431
msgid "<option>-N</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26434
msgid "Indicates no command, or tunnel only. If omitted, <command>ssh</command> initiates a normal session."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26444
msgid "Forces <command>ssh</command> to run in the background."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:26450
msgid "<option>-L</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26453
msgid "Indicates a local tunnel in <replaceable>localport:remotehost:remoteport</replaceable> format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:26460
msgid "<option>user@foo.example.com</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26463
msgid "The login name to use on the specified remote <acronym>SSH</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26469
msgid "An <acronym>SSH</acronym> tunnel works by creating a listen socket on <systemitem>localhost</systemitem> on the specified <literal>localport</literal>. It then forwards any connections received on <literal>localport</literal> via the <acronym>SSH</acronym> connection to the specified <literal>remotehost:remoteport</literal>. In the example, port <literal>5023</literal> on the client is forwarded to port <literal>23</literal> on the remote machine. Since port 23 is used by <application>telnet</application>, this creates an encrypted <application>telnet</application> session through an <acronym>SSH</acronym> tunnel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26481
msgid "This method can be used to wrap any number of insecure <acronym>TCP</acronym> protocols such as <acronym>SMTP</acronym>, <acronym>POP3</acronym>, and <acronym>FTP</acronym>, as seen in the following examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:26488
msgid "Create a Secure Tunnel for <acronym>SMTP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26491
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh -2 -N -f -L <replaceable>5025:localhost:25 user@mailserver.example.com</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"user@mailserver.example.com's password: <userinput>*****</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>telnet localhost 5025</userinput>\n"
"Trying 127.0.0.1...\n"
"Connected to localhost.\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"220 mailserver.example.com ESMTP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26499
msgid "This can be used in conjunction with <command>ssh-keygen</command> and additional user accounts to create a more seamless <acronym>SSH</acronym> tunneling environment. Keys can be used in place of typing a password, and the tunnels can be run as a separate user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:26508
msgid "Secure Access of a <acronym>POP3</acronym> Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26511
msgid "In this example, there is an <acronym>SSH</acronym> server that accepts connections from the outside. On the same network resides a mail server running a <acronym>POP3</acronym> server. To check email in a secure manner, create an <acronym>SSH</acronym> connection to the <acronym>SSH</acronym> server and tunnel through to the mail server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26519
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh -2 -N -f -L <replaceable>2110:mail.example.com:110 user@ssh-server.example.com</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"user@ssh-server.example.com's password: <userinput>******</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26522
msgid "Once the tunnel is up and running, point the email client to send <acronym>POP3</acronym> requests to <systemitem>localhost</systemitem> on port 2110. This connection will be forwarded securely across the tunnel to <systemitem>mail.example.com</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:26530
msgid "Bypassing a Firewall"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26532
msgid "Some firewalls filter both incoming and outgoing connections. For example, a firewall might limit access from remote machines to ports 22 and 80 to only allow <acronym>SSH</acronym> and web surfing. This prevents access to any other service which uses a port other than 22 or 80."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26540
msgid "The solution is to create an <acronym>SSH</acronym> connection to a machine outside of the network's firewall and use it to tunnel to the desired service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26544
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh -2 -N -f -L <replaceable>8888:music.example.com:8000 user@unfirewalled-system.example.org</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"user@unfirewalled-system.example.org's password: <userinput>*******</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26547
msgid "In this example, a streaming Ogg Vorbis client can now be pointed to <systemitem>localhost</systemitem> port 8888, which will be forwarded over to <systemitem>music.example.com</systemitem> on port 8000, successfully bypassing the firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26557
msgid "Enabling the SSH Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26559
msgid "<primary>OpenSSH</primary> <secondary>enabling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26564
msgid "In addition to providing built-in <acronym>SSH</acronym> client utilities, a FreeBSD system can be configured as an <acronym>SSH</acronym> server, accepting connections from other <acronym>SSH</acronym> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26569
msgid "To see if <application>sshd</application> is operating, use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26572
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd status</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26574
msgid "If the service is not running, add the following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26577
#, no-wrap
msgid "sshd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26579
msgid "This will start <application>sshd</application>, the daemon program for <application>OpenSSH</application>, the next time the system boots. To start it now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26583
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26585
msgid "The first time <application>sshd</application> starts on a FreeBSD system, the system's host keys will be automatically created and the fingerprint will be displayed on the console. Provide users with the fingerprint so that they can verify it the first time they connect to the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26591
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the list of available options when starting <application>sshd</application> and a more complete discussion about authentication, the login process, and the various configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26596
msgid "At this point, the <application>sshd</application> should be available to all users with a username and password on the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26602
msgid "SSH Server Security"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26604
msgid "While <application>sshd</application> is the most widely used remote administration facility for FreeBSD, brute force and drive by attacks are common to any system exposed to public networks. Several additional parameters are available to prevent the success of these attacks and will be described in this section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26611
msgid "It is a good idea to limit which users can log into the <acronym>SSH</acronym> server and from where using the <literal>AllowUsers</literal> keyword in the <application>OpenSSH</application> server configuration file. For example, to only allow <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to log in from <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.32</systemitem>, add this line to <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26619
#, no-wrap
msgid "AllowUsers root@192.168.1.32"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26621
msgid "To allow <systemitem class=\"username\">admin</systemitem> to log in from anywhere, list that user without specifying an <acronym>IP</acronym> address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26625
#, no-wrap
msgid "AllowUsers admin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26627
msgid "Multiple users should be listed on the same line, like so:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26630
#, no-wrap
msgid "AllowUsers root@192.168.1.32 admin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26632
msgid "After making changes to <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>, tell <application>sshd</application> to reload its configuration file by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26637
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd reload</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:26640
msgid "When this keyword is used, it is important to list each user that needs to log into this machine. Any user that is not specified in that line will be locked out. Also, the keywords used in the <application>OpenSSH</application> server configuration file are case-sensitive. If the keyword is not spelled correctly, including its case, it will be ignored. Always test changes to this file to make sure that the edits are working as expected. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd_config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> to verify the spelling and use of the available keywords."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26652
msgid "In addition, users may be forced to use two factor authentication via the use of a public and private key. When required, the user may generate a key pair through the use of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh-keygen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and send the administrator the public key. This key file will be placed in the <filename>authorized_keys</filename> as described above in the client section. To force the users to use keys only, the following option may be configured:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26661
#, no-wrap
msgid "AuthenticationMethods publickey"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:26664
msgid "Do not confuse <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> with <filename>/etc/ssh/ssh_config</filename> (note the extra <literal>d</literal> in the first filename). The first file configures the server and the second file configures the client. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh_config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a listing of the available client settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:26676
msgid "Access Control Lists"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:26679 book.translate.xml:26824 book.translate.xml:26900
#: book.translate.xml:27220 book.translate.xml:27285 book.translate.xml:27642
msgid "<personname><firstname>Tom</firstname><surname>Rhodes</surname></personname><contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26684
msgid "<primary>ACL</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26688
msgid "Access Control Lists (<acronym>ACL</acronym>s) extend the standard <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> permission model in a <trademark class=\"registered\">POSIX</trademark>.1e compatible way. This permits an administrator to take advantage of a more fine-grained permissions model."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26693
msgid "The FreeBSD <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel provides <acronym>ACL</acronym> support for <acronym>UFS</acronym> file systems. Users who prefer to compile a custom kernel must include the following option in their custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26699
#, no-wrap
msgid "options UFS_ACL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26701
msgid "If this option is not compiled in, a warning message will be displayed when attempting to mount a file system with <acronym>ACL</acronym> support. <acronym>ACL</acronym>s rely on extended attributes which are natively supported in <acronym>UFS2</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26707
msgid "This chapter describes how to enable <acronym>ACL</acronym> support and provides some usage examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26712
msgid "Enabling <acronym>ACL</acronym> Support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26714
msgid "<acronym>ACL</acronym>s are enabled by the mount-time administrative flag, <option>acls</option>, which may be added to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. The mount-time flag can also be automatically set in a persistent manner using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to modify a superblock <acronym>ACL</acronym>s flag in the file system header. In general, it is preferred to use the superblock flag for several reasons:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26724
msgid "The superblock flag cannot be changed by a remount using <option>mount -u</option> as it requires a complete <command>umount</command> and fresh <command>mount</command>. This means that <acronym>ACL</acronym>s cannot be enabled on the root file system after boot. It also means that <acronym>ACL</acronym> support on a file system cannot be changed while the system is in use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26735
msgid "Setting the superblock flag causes the file system to always be mounted with <acronym>ACL</acronym>s enabled, even if there is not an <filename>fstab</filename> entry or if the devices re-order. This prevents accidental mounting of the file system without <acronym>ACL</acronym> support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:26745
msgid "It is desirable to discourage accidental mounting without <acronym>ACL</acronym>s enabled because nasty things can happen if <acronym>ACL</acronym>s are enabled, then disabled, then re-enabled without flushing the extended attributes. In general, once <acronym>ACL</acronym>s are enabled on a file system, they should not be disabled, as the resulting file protections may not be compatible with those intended by the users of the system, and re-enabling <acronym>ACL</acronym>s may re-attach the previous <acronym>ACL</acronym>s to files that have since had their permissions changed, resulting in unpredictable behavior."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26759
msgid "File systems with <acronym>ACL</acronym>s enabled will show a plus (<literal>+</literal>) sign in their permission settings:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26763
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"drwx------  2 robert  robert  512 Dec 27 11:54 private\n"
"drwxrwx---+ 2 robert  robert  512 Dec 23 10:57 directory1\n"
"drwxrwx---+ 2 robert  robert  512 Dec 22 10:20 directory2\n"
"drwxrwx---+ 2 robert  robert  512 Dec 27 11:57 directory3\n"
"drwxr-xr-x  2 robert  robert  512 Nov 10 11:54 public_html"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26769
msgid "In this example, <filename>directory1</filename>, <filename>directory2</filename>, and <filename>directory3</filename> are all taking advantage of <acronym>ACL</acronym>s, whereas <filename>public_html</filename> is not."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26777
msgid "Using <acronym>ACL</acronym>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26779
msgid "File system <acronym>ACL</acronym>s can be viewed using <command>getfacl</command>. For instance, to view the <acronym>ACL</acronym> settings on <filename>test</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26784
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>getfacl test</userinput>\n"
"\t#file:test\n"
"\t#owner:1001\n"
"\t#group:1001\n"
"\tuser::rw-\n"
"\tgroup::r--\n"
"\tother::r--"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26792
msgid "To change the <acronym>ACL</acronym> settings on this file, use <command>setfacl</command>. To remove all of the currently defined <acronym>ACL</acronym>s from a file or file system, include <option>-k</option>. However, the preferred method is to use <option>-b</option> as it leaves the basic fields required for <acronym>ACL</acronym>s to work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26799
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setfacl -k test</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26801
msgid "To modify the default <acronym>ACL</acronym> entries, use <option>-m</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26804
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setfacl -m u:trhodes:rwx,group:web:r--,o::--- test</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26806
msgid "In this example, there were no pre-defined entries, as they were removed by the previous command. This command restores the default options and assigns the options listed. If a user or group is added which does not exist on the system, an <errorname>Invalid argument</errorname> error will be displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26813
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>getfacl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setfacl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about the options available for these commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:26821
msgid "Monitoring Third Party Security Issues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26829
msgid "<primary>pkg</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26833
msgid "In recent years, the security world has made many improvements to how vulnerability assessment is handled. The threat of system intrusion increases as third party utilities are installed and configured for virtually any operating system available today."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26839
msgid "Vulnerability assessment is a key factor in security. While FreeBSD releases advisories for the base system, doing so for every third party utility is beyond the FreeBSD Project's capability. There is a way to mitigate third party vulnerabilities and warn administrators of known security issues. A FreeBSD add on utility known as <application>pkg</application> includes options explicitly for this purpose."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26848
msgid "<application>pkg</application> polls a database for security issues. The database is updated and maintained by the FreeBSD Security Team and ports developers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26852
msgid "Please refer to <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/pkgng-intro.html\">instructions</link> for installing <application>pkg</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26856
msgid "Installation provides <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration files for maintaining the <application>pkg</application> audit database, and provides a programmatic method of keeping it updated. This functionality is enabled if <literal>daily_status_security_pkgaudit_enable</literal> is set to <literal>YES</literal> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Ensure that daily security run emails, which are sent to <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>'s email account, are being read."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26866
msgid "After installation, and to audit third party utilities as part of the Ports Collection at any time, an administrator may choose to update the database and view known vulnerabilities of installed packages by invoking:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26873
msgid "<application>pkg</application> displays messages any published vulnerabilities in installed packages:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26876
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Affected package: cups-base-1.1.22.0_1\n"
"Type of problem: cups-base -- HPGL buffer overflow vulnerability.\n"
"Reference: &lt;http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/portaudit/40a3bca2-6809-11d9-a9e7-0001020eed82.html&gt;\n"
"\n"
"1 problem(s) in your installed packages found.\n"
"\n"
"You are advised to update or deinstall the affected package(s) immediately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26884
msgid "By pointing a web browser to the displayed <acronym>URL</acronym>, an administrator may obtain more information about the vulnerability. This will include the versions affected, by FreeBSD port version, along with other web sites which may contain security advisories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26890
msgid "<application>pkg</application> is a powerful utility and is extremely useful when coupled with <package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:26897
msgid "FreeBSD Security Advisories"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26905
msgid "<primary>FreeBSD Security Advisories</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26909
msgid "Like many producers of quality operating systems, the FreeBSD Project has a security team which is responsible for determining the End-of-Life (<acronym>EoL</acronym>) date for each FreeBSD release and to provide security updates for supported releases which have not yet reached their <acronym>EoL</acronym>. More information about the FreeBSD security team and the supported releases is available on the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/security\">FreeBSD security page</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26919
msgid "One task of the security team is to respond to reported security vulnerabilities in the FreeBSD operating system. Once a vulnerability is confirmed, the security team verifies the steps necessary to fix the vulnerability and updates the source code with the fix. It then publishes the details as a <quote>Security Advisory</quote>. Security advisories are published on the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/security/advisories.html\">FreeBSD website</link> and mailed to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-security-notifications\">freebsd-security-notifications</link>, <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-security\">freebsd-security</link>, and <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-announce\">freebsd-announce</link> mailing lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26930
msgid "This section describes the format of a FreeBSD security advisory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26934
msgid "Format of a Security Advisory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26936
msgid "Here is an example of a FreeBSD security advisory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26938
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"=============================================================================\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-----\n"
"Hash: SHA512\n"
"\n"
"=============================================================================\n"
"FreeBSD-SA-14:04.bind                                       Security Advisory\n"
"                                                          The FreeBSD Project\n"
"\n"
"Topic:          BIND remote denial of service vulnerability\n"
"\n"
"Category:       contrib\n"
"Module:         bind\n"
"Announced:      2014-01-14\n"
"Credits:        ISC\n"
"Affects:        FreeBSD 8.x and FreeBSD 9.x\n"
"Corrected:      2014-01-14 19:38:37 UTC (stable/9, 9.2-STABLE)\n"
"                2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/9.2, 9.2-RELEASE-p3)\n"
"                2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/9.1, 9.1-RELEASE-p10)\n"
"                2014-01-14 19:38:37 UTC (stable/8, 8.4-STABLE)\n"
"                2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/8.4, 8.4-RELEASE-p7)\n"
"                2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/8.3, 8.3-RELEASE-p14)\n"
"CVE Name:       CVE-2014-0591\n"
"\n"
"For general information regarding FreeBSD Security Advisories,\n"
"including descriptions of the fields above, security branches, and the\n"
"following sections, please visit &lt;URL:http://security.FreeBSD.org/&gt;.\n"
"\n"
"I.   Background\n"
"\n"
"BIND 9 is an implementation of the Domain Name System (DNS) protocols.\n"
"The named(8) daemon is an Internet Domain Name Server.\n"
"\n"
"II.  Problem Description\n"
"\n"
"Because of a defect in handling queries for NSEC3-signed zones, BIND can\n"
"crash with an \"INSIST\" failure in name.c when processing queries possessing\n"
"certain properties.  This issue only affects authoritative nameservers with\n"
"at least one NSEC3-signed zone.  Recursive-only servers are not at risk.\n"
"\n"
"III. Impact\n"
"\n"
"An attacker who can send a specially crafted query could cause named(8)\n"
"to crash, resulting in a denial of service.\n"
"\n"
"IV.  Workaround\n"
"\n"
"No workaround is available, but systems not running authoritative DNS service\n"
"with at least one NSEC3-signed zone using named(8) are not vulnerable.\n"
"\n"
"V.   Solution\n"
"\n"
"Perform one of the following:\n"
"\n"
"1) Upgrade your vulnerable system to a supported FreeBSD stable or\n"
"release / security branch (releng) dated after the correction date.\n"
"\n"
"2) To update your vulnerable system via a source code patch:\n"
"\n"
"The following patches have been verified to apply to the applicable\n"
"FreeBSD release branches.\n"
"\n"
"a) Download the relevant patch from the location below, and verify the\n"
"detached PGP signature using your PGP utility.\n"
"\n"
"[FreeBSD 8.3, 8.4, 9.1, 9.2-RELEASE and 8.4-STABLE]\n"
"# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-release.patch\n"
"# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-release.patch.asc\n"
"# gpg --verify bind-release.patch.asc\n"
"\n"
"[FreeBSD 9.2-STABLE]\n"
"# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-stable-9.patch\n"
"# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-stable-9.patch.asc\n"
"# gpg --verify bind-stable-9.patch.asc\n"
"\n"
"b) Execute the following commands as root:\n"
"\n"
"# cd /usr/src\n"
"# patch &lt; /path/to/patch\n"
"\n"
"Recompile the operating system using buildworld and installworld as\n"
"described in &lt;URL:http://www.FreeBSD.org/handbook/makeworld.html&gt;.\n"
"\n"
"Restart the applicable daemons, or reboot the system.\n"
"\n"
"3) To update your vulnerable system via a binary patch:\n"
"\n"
"Systems running a RELEASE version of FreeBSD on the i386 or amd64\n"
"platforms can be updated via the freebsd-update(8) utility:\n"
"\n"
"# freebsd-update fetch\n"
"# freebsd-update install\n"
"\n"
"VI.  Correction details\n"
"\n"
"The following list contains the correction revision numbers for each\n"
"affected branch.\n"
"\n"
"Branch/path                                                      Revision\n"
"- -------------------------------------------------------------------------\n"
"stable/8/                                                         r260646\n"
"releng/8.3/                                                       r260647\n"
"releng/8.4/                                                       r260647\n"
"stable/9/                                                         r260646\n"
"releng/9.1/                                                       r260647\n"
"releng/9.2/                                                       r260647\n"
"- -------------------------------------------------------------------------\n"
"\n"
"To see which files were modified by a particular revision, run the\n"
"following command, replacing NNNNNN with the revision number, on a\n"
"machine with Subversion installed:\n"
"\n"
"# svn diff -cNNNNNN --summarize svn://svn.freebsd.org/base\n"
"\n"
"Or visit the following URL, replacing NNNNNN with the revision number:\n"
"\n"
"&lt;URL:http://svnweb.freebsd.org/base?view=revision&amp;revision=NNNNNN&gt;\n"
"\n"
"VII. References\n"
"\n"
"&lt;URL:https://kb.isc.org/article/AA-01078&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;URL:http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2014-0591&gt;\n"
"\n"
"The latest revision of this advisory is available at\n"
"&lt;URL:http://security.FreeBSD.org/advisories/FreeBSD-SA-14:04.bind.asc&gt;\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----\n"
"\n"
"iQIcBAEBCgAGBQJS1ZTYAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnOvQP/2/68/s9Cu35PmqNtSZVVxVG\n"
"ZSQP5EGWx/lramNf9566iKxOrLRMq/h3XWcC4goVd+gZFrvITJSVOWSa7ntDQ7TO\n"
"XcinfRZ/iyiJbs/Rg2wLHc/t5oVSyeouyccqODYFbOwOlk35JjOTMUG1YcX+Zasg\n"
"ax8RV+7Zt1QSBkMlOz/myBLXUjlTZ3Xg2FXVsfFQW5/g2CjuHpRSFx1bVNX6ysoG\n"
"9DT58EQcYxIS8WfkHRbbXKh9I1nSfZ7/Hky/kTafRdRMrjAgbqFgHkYTYsBZeav5\n"
"fYWKGQRJulYfeZQ90yMTvlpF42DjCC3uJYamJnwDIu8OhS1WRBI8fQfr9DRzmRua\n"
"OK3BK9hUiScDZOJB6OqeVzUTfe7MAA4/UwrDtTYQ+PqAenv1PK8DZqwXyxA9ThHb\n"
"zKO3OwuKOVHJnKvpOcr+eNwo7jbnHlis0oBksj/mrq2P9m2ueF9gzCiq5Ri5Syag\n"
"Wssb1HUoMGwqU0roS8+pRpNC8YgsWpsttvUWSZ8u6Vj/FLeHpiV3mYXPVMaKRhVm\n"
"067BA2uj4Th1JKtGleox+Em0R7OFbCc/9aWC67wiqI6KRyit9pYiF3npph+7D5Eq\n"
"7zPsUdDd+qc+UTiLp3liCRp5w6484wWdhZO6wRtmUgxGjNkxFoNnX8CitzF8AaqO\n"
"UWWemqWuz3lAZuORQ9KX\n"
"=OQzQ\n"
"-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27080
msgid "Every security advisory uses the following format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27084
msgid "Each security advisory is signed by the <acronym>PGP</acronym> key of the Security Officer. The public key for the Security Officer can be verified at <xref linkend=\"pgpkeys\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27091
msgid "The name of the security advisory always begins with <literal>FreeBSD-SA-</literal> (for FreeBSD Security Advisory), followed by the year in two digit format (<literal>14:</literal>), followed by the advisory number for that year (<literal>04.</literal>), followed by the name of the affected application or subsystem (<literal>bind</literal>). The advisory shown here is the fourth advisory for 2014 and it affects <application>BIND</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27103
msgid "The <literal>Topic</literal> field summarizes the vulnerability."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27108
msgid "The <literal>Category</literal> refers to the affected part of the system which may be one of <literal>core</literal>, <literal>contrib</literal>, or <literal>ports</literal>. The <literal>core</literal> category means that the vulnerability affects a core component of the FreeBSD operating system. The <literal>contrib</literal> category means that the vulnerability affects software included with FreeBSD, such as <application>BIND</application>. The <literal>ports</literal> category indicates that the vulnerability affects software available through the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27123
msgid "The <literal>Module</literal> field refers to the component location. In this example, the <literal>bind</literal> module is affected; therefore, this vulnerability affects an application installed with the operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27131
msgid "The <literal>Announced</literal> field reflects the date the security advisory was published. This means that the security team has verified that the problem exists and that a patch has been committed to the FreeBSD source code repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27139
msgid "The <literal>Credits</literal> field gives credit to the individual or organization who noticed the vulnerability and reported it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27145
msgid "The <literal>Affects</literal> field explains which releases of FreeBSD are affected by this vulnerability."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27151
msgid "The <literal>Corrected</literal> field indicates the date, time, time offset, and releases that were corrected. The section in parentheses shows each branch for which the fix has been merged, and the version number of the corresponding release from that branch. The release identifier itself includes the version number and, if appropriate, the patch level. The patch level is the letter <literal>p</literal> followed by a number, indicating the sequence number of the patch, allowing users to track which patches have already been applied to the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27165
msgid "The <literal>CVE Name</literal> field lists the advisory number, if one exists, in the public <link xlink:href=\"http://cve.mitre.org\">cve.mitre.org</link> security vulnerabilities database."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27171
msgid "The <literal>Background</literal> field provides a description of the affected module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27176
msgid "The <literal>Problem Description</literal> field explains the vulnerability. This can include information about the flawed code and how the utility could be maliciously used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27183
msgid "The <literal>Impact</literal> field describes what type of impact the problem could have on a system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27188
msgid "The <literal>Workaround</literal> field indicates if a workaround is available to system administrators who cannot immediately patch the system ."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27194
msgid "The <literal>Solution</literal> field provides the instructions for patching the affected system. This is a step by step tested and verified method for getting a system patched and working securely."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27201
msgid "The <literal>Correction Details</literal> field displays each affected Subversion branch with the revision number that contains the corrected code."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27207
msgid "The <literal>References</literal> field offers sources of additional information regarding the vulnerability."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:27217
msgid "Process Accounting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27225
msgid "<primary>Process Accounting</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27229
msgid "Process accounting is a security method in which an administrator may keep track of system resources used and their allocation among users, provide for system monitoring, and minimally track a user's commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27234
msgid "Process accounting has both positive and negative points. One of the positives is that an intrusion may be narrowed down to the point of entry. A negative is the amount of logs generated by process accounting, and the disk space they may require. This section walks an administrator through the basics of process accounting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:27242
msgid "If more fine-grained accounting is needed, refer to <xref linkend=\"audit\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:27247
msgid "Enabling and Utilizing Process Accounting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27249
msgid "Before using process accounting, it must be enabled using the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27252
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>touch /var/account/acct</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 600 /var/account/acct</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>accton /var/account/acct</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'accounting_enable=\"YES\"' &gt;&gt; /etc/rc.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27257
msgid "Once enabled, accounting will begin to track information such as <acronym>CPU</acronym> statistics and executed commands. All accounting logs are in a non-human readable format which can be viewed using <command>sa</command>. If issued without any options, <command>sa</command> prints information relating to the number of per-user calls, the total elapsed time in minutes, total <acronym>CPU</acronym> and user time in minutes, and the average number of <acronym>I/O</acronym> operations. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sa</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the list of available options which control the output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27268
msgid "To display the commands issued by users, use <command>lastcomm</command>. For example, this command prints out all usage of <command>ls</command> by <systemitem class=\"username\">trhodes</systemitem> on the <literal>ttyp1</literal> terminal:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27273
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lastcomm ls trhodes ttyp1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27275
msgid "Many other useful options exist and are explained in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lastcomm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acct</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sa</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:27282
msgid "Resource Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27290
msgid "<primary>Resource limits</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27294
msgid "FreeBSD provides several methods for an administrator to limit the amount of system resources an individual may use. Disk quotas limit the amount of disk space available to users. Quotas are discussed in <xref linkend=\"quotas\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27299
msgid "<primary>quotas</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27302
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>quotas</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27306 book.translate.xml:34259
msgid "<primary>disk quotas</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27310
msgid "Limits to other resources, such as <acronym>CPU</acronym> and memory, can be set using either a flat file or a command to configure a resource limits database. The traditional method defines login classes by editing <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>. While this method is still supported, any changes require a multi-step process of editing this file, rebuilding the resource database, making necessary changes to <filename>/etc/master.passwd</filename>, and rebuilding the password database. This can become time consuming, depending upon the number of users to configure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27322
msgid "Beginning with FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE, <command>rctl</command> can be used to provide a more fine-grained method for controlling resource limits. This command supports more than user limits as it can also be used to set resource constraints on processes and jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27328
msgid "This section demonstrates both methods for controlling resources, beginning with the traditional method."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:27332
msgid "Configuring Login Classes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27334
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27337
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>limiting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27341
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/login.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27345
msgid "In the traditional method, login classes and the resource limits to apply to a login class are defined in <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>. Each user account can be assigned to a login class, where <literal>default</literal> is the default login class. Each login class has a set of login capabilities associated with it. A login capability is a <literal><replaceable>name</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal> pair, where <replaceable>name</replaceable> is a well-known identifier and <replaceable>value</replaceable> is an arbitrary string which is processed accordingly depending on the <replaceable>name</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:27359
msgid "Whenever <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> is edited, the <filename>/etc/login.conf.db</filename> must be updated by executing the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27363 book.translate.xml:30884 book.translate.xml:43410
#: book.translate.xml:54695
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27366
msgid "Resource limits differ from the default login capabilities in two ways. First, for every limit, there is a <firstterm>soft</firstterm> and <firstterm>hard</firstterm> limit. A soft limit may be adjusted by the user or application, but may not be set higher than the hard limit. The hard limit may be lowered by the user, but can only be raised by the superuser. Second, most resource limits apply per process to a specific user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27375
msgid "<xref linkend=\"resource-limits\"/> lists the most commonly used resource limits. All of the available resource limits and capabilities are described in detail in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27380
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>coredumpsize</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27384
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>cputime</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27388
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>filesize</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27392
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>maxproc</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27396
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>memorylocked</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27400
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>memoryuse</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27404
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>openfiles</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27408
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>sbsize</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27412
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>stacksize</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:27418
msgid "Login Class Resource Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27423
msgid "Resource Limit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27430
msgid "coredumpsize"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27431
msgid "The limit on the size of a core file generated by a program is subordinate to other limits on disk usage, such as <literal>filesize</literal> or disk quotas. This limit is often used as a less severe method of controlling disk space consumption. Since users do not generate core files and often do not delete them, this setting may save them from running out of disk space should a large program crash."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27443
msgid "cputime"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27444
msgid "The maximum amount of <acronym>CPU</acronym> time a user's process may consume. Offending processes will be killed by the kernel. This is a limit on <acronym>CPU</acronym> <emphasis>time</emphasis> consumed, not the percentage of the <acronym>CPU</acronym> as displayed in some of the fields generated by <command>top</command> and <command>ps</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27455
msgid "filesize"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27456
msgid "The maximum size of a file the user may own. Unlike disk quotas (<xref linkend=\"quotas\"/>), this limit is enforced on individual files, not the set of all files a user owns."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27463
msgid "maxproc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27464
msgid "The maximum number of foreground and background processes a user can run. This limit may not be larger than the system limit specified by <varname>kern.maxproc</varname>. Setting this limit too small may hinder a user's productivity as some tasks, such as compiling a large program, start lots of processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27474
msgid "memorylocked"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27475
msgid "The maximum amount of memory a process may request to be locked into main memory using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mlock</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Some system-critical programs, such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, lock into main memory so that if the system begins to swap, they do not contribute to disk thrashing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27484
msgid "memoryuse"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27485
msgid "The maximum amount of memory a process may consume at any given time. It includes both core memory and swap usage. This is not a catch-all limit for restricting memory consumption, but is a good start."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27493
msgid "openfiles"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27494
msgid "The maximum number of files a process may have open. In FreeBSD, files are used to represent sockets and <acronym>IPC</acronym> channels, so be careful not to set this too low. The system-wide limit for this is defined by <varname>kern.maxfiles</varname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27503
msgid "sbsize"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27504
msgid "The limit on the amount of network memory a user may consume. This can be generally used to limit network communications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27510
msgid "stacksize"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27511
msgid "The maximum size of a process stack. This alone is not sufficient to limit the amount of memory a program may use, so it should be used in conjunction with other limits."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27520
msgid "There are a few other things to remember when setting resource limits:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27525
msgid "Processes started at system startup by <filename>/etc/rc</filename> are assigned to the <literal>daemon</literal> login class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27531
msgid "Although the default <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> is a good source of reasonable values for most limits, they may not be appropriate for every system. Setting a limit too high may open the system up to abuse, while setting it too low may put a strain on productivity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27540
msgid "<application>Xorg</application> takes a lot of resources and encourages users to run more programs simultaneously."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27546
msgid "Many limits apply to individual processes, not the user as a whole. For example, setting <varname>openfiles</varname> to <literal>50</literal> means that each process the user runs may open up to <literal>50</literal> files. The total amount of files a user may open is the value of <literal>openfiles</literal> multiplied by the value of <literal>maxproc</literal>. This also applies to memory consumption."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27557
msgid "For further information on resource limits and login classes and capabilities in general, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cap_mkdb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>getrlimit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:27564
msgid "Enabling and Configuring Resource Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27566
msgid "As of FreeBSD 10.2, <command>rctl</command> support is built into the kernel. Previous supported releases will need to be recompiled using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>. Add these lines to either <filename>GENERIC</filename> or a custom kernel configuration file, then rebuild the kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27572
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options         RACCT\n"
"options         RCTL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27575
msgid "Once the system has rebooted into the new kernel, <command>rctl</command> may be used to set rules for the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27579
msgid "Rule syntax is controlled through the use of a subject, subject-id, resource, and action, as seen in this example rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27583
#, no-wrap
msgid "user:trhodes:maxproc:deny=10/user"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27585
msgid "In this rule, the subject is <literal>user</literal>, the subject-id is <literal>trhodes</literal>, the resource, <literal>maxproc</literal>, is the maximum number of processes, and the action is <literal>deny</literal>, which blocks any new processes from being created. This means that the user, <literal>trhodes</literal>, will be constrained to no greater than <literal>10</literal> processes. Other possible actions include logging to the console, passing a notification to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or sending a sigterm to the process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27596
msgid "Some care must be taken when adding rules. Since this user is constrained to <literal>10</literal> processes, this example will prevent the user from performing other tasks after logging in and executing a <command>screen</command> session. Once a resource limit has been hit, an error will be printed, as in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27603
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man test</userinput>\n"
"    /usr/bin/man: Cannot fork: Resource temporarily unavailable\n"
"eval: Cannot fork: Resource temporarily unavailable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27607
msgid "As another example, a jail can be prevented from exceeding a memory limit. This rule could be written as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27610
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rctl -a jail:httpd:memoryuse:deny=2G/jail</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27612
msgid "Rules will persist across reboots if they have been added to <filename>/etc/rctl.conf</filename>. The format is a rule, without the preceding command. For example, the previous rule could be added as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27617
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Block jail from using more than 2G memory:\n"
"jail:httpd:memoryuse:deny=2G/jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27620
msgid "To remove a rule, use <command>rctl</command> to remove it from the list:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27623
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rctl -r user:trhodes:maxproc:deny=10/user</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27625
msgid "A method for removing all rules is documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. However, if removing all rules for a single user is required, this command may be issued:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27629
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rctl -r user:trhodes</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27631
msgid "Many other resources exist which can be used to exert additional control over various <literal>subjects</literal>. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to learn about them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:27639
msgid "Shared Administration with Sudo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27647
msgid "<primary>Security</primary> <secondary>Sudo</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27652
msgid "System administrators often need the ability to grant enhanced permissions to users so they may perform privileged tasks. The idea that team members are provided access to a FreeBSD system to perform their specific tasks opens up unique challenges to every administrator. These team members only need a subset of access beyond normal end user levels; however, they almost always tell management they are unable to perform their tasks without superuser access. Thankfully, there is no reason to provide such access to end users because tools exist to manage this exact requirement."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27663
msgid "Up to this point, the security chapter has covered permitting access to authorized users and attempting to prevent unauthorized access. Another problem arises once authorized users have access to the system resources. In many cases, some users may need access to application startup scripts, or a team of administrators need to maintain the system. Traditionally, the standard users and groups, file permissions, and even the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> command would manage this access. And as applications required more access, as more users needed to use system resources, a better solution was required. The most used application is currently <application>Sudo</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27675
msgid "<application>Sudo</application> allows administrators to configure more rigid access to system commands and provide for some advanced logging features. As a tool, it is available from the Ports Collection as <package role=\"port\">security/sudo</package> or by use of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility. To use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> tool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27682
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install sudo</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27684
msgid "After the installation is complete, the installed <command>visudo</command> will open the configuration file with a text editor. Using <command>visudo</command> is highly recommended as it comes with a built in syntax checker to verify there are no errors before the file is saved."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27690
msgid "The configuration file is made up of several small sections which allow for extensive configuration. In the following example, web application maintainer, user1, needs to start, stop, and restart the web application known as <replaceable>webservice</replaceable>. To grant this user permission to perform these tasks, add this line to the end of <filename>/usr/local/etc/sudoers</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27699
#, no-wrap
msgid "user1   ALL=(ALL)       /usr/sbin/service webservice *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27701
msgid "The user may now start <replaceable>webservice</replaceable> using this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27704
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sudo /usr/sbin/service <replaceable>webservice</replaceable> start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27706
msgid "While this configuration allows a single user access to the <application>webservice</application> service; however, in most organizations, there is an entire web team in charge of managing the service. A single line can also give access to an entire group. These steps will create a web group, add a user to this group, and allow all members of the group to manage the service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27714
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd -g 6001 -n webteam</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27716
msgid "Using the same <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> command, the user is added to the webteam group:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27719
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod -m user1 -n webteam</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27721
msgid "Finally, this line in <filename>/usr/local/etc/sudoers</filename> allows any member of the webteam group to manage <replaceable>webservice</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27726
#, no-wrap
msgid "%webteam   ALL=(ALL)       /usr/sbin/service webservice *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27728
msgid "Unlike <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <application>Sudo</application> only requires the end user password. This adds an advantage where users will not need shared passwords, a finding in most security audits and just bad all the way around."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27733
msgid "Users permitted to run applications with <application>Sudo</application> only enter their own passwords. This is more secure and gives better control than <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, where the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password is entered and the user acquires all <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> permissions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:27742
msgid "Most organizations are moving or have moved toward a two factor authentication model. In these cases, the user may not have a password to enter. <application>Sudo</application> provides for these cases with the <literal>NOPASSWD</literal> variable. Adding it to the configuration above will allow all members of the <replaceable>webteam</replaceable> group to manage the service without the password requirement:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27751
#, no-wrap
msgid "%webteam   ALL=(ALL)       NOPASSWD: /usr/sbin/service webservice *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:27755
msgid "Logging Output"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27757
msgid "An advantage to implementing <application>Sudo</application> is the ability to enable session logging. Using the built in log mechanisms and the included <application>sudoreplay</application> command, all commands initiated through <application>Sudo</application> are logged for later verification. To enable this feature, add a default log directory entry, this example uses a user variable. Several other log filename conventions exist, consult the manual page for <application>sudoreplay</application> for additional information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27769
#, no-wrap
msgid "Defaults iolog_dir=/var/log/sudo-io/%{user}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:27772
msgid "This directory will be created automatically after the logging is configured. It is best to let the system create directory with default permissions just to be safe. In addition, this entry will also log administrators who use the <application>sudoreplay</application> command. To change this behavior, read and uncomment the logging options inside <filename>sudoers</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27781
msgid "Once this directive has been added to the <filename>sudoers</filename> file, any user configuration can be updated with the request to log access. In the example shown, the updated <replaceable>webteam</replaceable> entry would have the following additional changes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27787
#, no-wrap
msgid "%webteam ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: LOG_INPUT: LOG_OUTPUT: /usr/sbin/service webservice *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27789
msgid "From this point on, all <replaceable>webteam</replaceable> members altering the status of the <replaceable>webservice</replaceable> application will be logged. The list of previous and current sessions can be displayed with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27795
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sudoreplay -l</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27797
msgid "In the output, to replay a specific session, search for the <literal>TSID=</literal> entry, and pass that to <application>sudoreplay</application> with no other options to replay the session at normal speed. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27802
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sudoreplay user1/00/00/02</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:27805
msgid "While sessions are logged, any administrator is able to remove sessions and leave only a question of why they had done so. It is worthwhile to add a daily check through an intrusion detection system (<acronym>IDS</acronym>) or similar software so that other administrators are alerted to manual alterations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27813
msgid "The <command>sudoreplay</command> is extremely extendable. Consult the documentation for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:27827
msgid "Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:27830
msgid "<personname><firstname>Matteo</firstname><surname>Riondato</surname></personname><contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27835
msgid "<primary>jails</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27840
msgid "Since system administration is a difficult task, many tools have been developed to make life easier for the administrator. These tools often enhance the way systems are installed, configured, and maintained. One of the tools which can be used to enhance the security of a FreeBSD system is <firstterm>jails</firstterm>. Jails have been available since FreeBSD 4.X and continue to be enhanced in their usefulness, performance, reliability, and security."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27849
msgid "Jails build upon the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> concept, which is used to change the root directory of a set of processes. This creates a safe environment, separate from the rest of the system. Processes created in the chrooted environment can not access files or resources outside of it. For that reason, compromising a service running in a chrooted environment should not allow the attacker to compromise the entire system. However, a chroot has several limitations. It is suited to easy tasks which do not require much flexibility or complex, advanced features. Over time, many ways have been found to escape from a chrooted environment, making it a less than ideal solution for securing services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27862
msgid "Jails improve on the concept of the traditional chroot environment in several ways. In a traditional chroot environment, processes are only limited in the part of the file system they can access. The rest of the system resources, system users, running processes, and the networking subsystem are shared by the chrooted processes and the processes of the host system. Jails expand this model by virtualizing access to the file system, the set of users, and the networking subsystem. More fine-grained controls are available for tuning the access of a jailed environment. Jails can be considered as a type of operating system-level virtualization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27874
msgid "A jail is characterized by four elements:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27878
msgid "A directory subtree: the starting point from which a jail is entered. Once inside the jail, a process is not permitted to escape outside of this subtree."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27884
msgid "A hostname: which will be used by the jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27888
msgid "An <acronym>IP</acronym> address: which is assigned to the jail. The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of a jail is often an alias address for an existing network interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27895
msgid "A command: the path name of an executable to run inside the jail. The path is relative to the root directory of the jail environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27901
msgid "Jails have their own set of users and their own <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> account which are limited to the jail environment. The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> account of a jail is not allowed to perform operations to the system outside of the associated jail environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27906
msgid "This chapter provides an overview of the terminology and commands for managing FreeBSD jails. Jails are a powerful tool for both system administrators, and advanced users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27914
msgid "What a jail is and what purpose it may serve in FreeBSD installations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27919
msgid "How to build, start, and stop a jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27923
msgid "The basics of jail administration, both from inside and outside the jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:27929
msgid "Jails are a powerful tool, but they are not a security panacea. While it is not possible for a jailed process to break out on its own, there are several ways in which an unprivileged user outside the jail can cooperate with a privileged user inside the jail to obtain elevated privileges in the host environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:27936
msgid "Most of these attacks can be mitigated by ensuring that the jail root is not accessible to unprivileged users in the host environment. As a general rule, untrusted users with privileged access to a jail should not be given access to the host environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:27945
msgid "Terms Related to Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27947
msgid "To facilitate better understanding of parts of the FreeBSD system related to jails, their internals and the way they interact with the rest of FreeBSD, the following terms are used further in this chapter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:27954
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> (command)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27956
msgid "Utility, which uses <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> FreeBSD system call to change the root directory of a process and all its descendants."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:27963
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> (environment)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27965
msgid "The environment of processes running in a <quote>chroot</quote>. This includes resources such as the part of the file system which is visible, user and group IDs which are available, network interfaces and other IPC mechanisms, etc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:27974
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> (command)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27976
msgid "The system administration utility which allows launching of processes within a jail environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:27982
msgid "host (system, process, user, etc.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27984
msgid "The controlling system of a jail environment. The host system has access to all the hardware resources available, and can control processes both outside of and inside a jail environment. One of the important differences of the host system from a jail is that the limitations which apply to superuser processes inside a jail are not enforced for processes of the host system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:27996
msgid "hosted (system, process, user, etc.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27998
msgid "A process, user or other entity, whose access to resources is restricted by a FreeBSD jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:28006
msgid "Creating and Controlling Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28008
msgid "Some administrators divide jails into the following two types: <quote>complete</quote> jails, which resemble a real FreeBSD system, and <quote>service</quote> jails, dedicated to one application or service, possibly running with privileges. This is only a conceptual division and the process of building a jail is not affected by it. When creating a <quote>complete</quote> jail there are two options for the source of the userland: use prebuilt binaries (such as those supplied on an install media) or build from source."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28018
msgid "To install the userland from installation media, first create the root directory for the jail. This can be done by setting the <varname>DESTDIR</varname> variable to the proper location."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28023
msgid "Start a shell and define <varname>DESTDIR</varname>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28025
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sh</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>export DESTDIR=<replaceable>/here/is/the/jail</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28028
msgid "Mount the install media as covered in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> when using the install ISO:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28031
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t cd9660 /dev/`mdconfig -f cdimage.iso` /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28033
msgid "Extract the binaries from the tarballs on the install media into the declared destination. Minimally, only the base set needs to be extracted, but a complete install can be performed when preferred."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28038
msgid "To install just the base system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28040
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar -xf /mnt/usr/freebsd-dist/base.txz -C $DESTDIR</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28042
msgid "To install everything except the kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28044
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>for <replaceable>sets</replaceable> in BASE PORTS; do tar -xf /mnt/FREEBSD_INSTALL/USR/FREEBSD_DIST/$<replaceable>sets</replaceable>.TXZ -C $DESTDIR ; done</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28046
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page explains the procedure for building a jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28049
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setenv D <replaceable>/here/is/the/jail</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p $D</userinput>      <co xml:id=\"jailpath\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildworld</userinput>  <co xml:id=\"jailbuildworld\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld DESTDIR=$D</userinput>  <co xml:id=\"jailinstallworld\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make distribution DESTDIR=$D</userinput>  <co xml:id=\"jaildistrib\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t devfs devfs $D/dev</userinput>   <co xml:id=\"jaildevfs\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:28059
msgid "Selecting a location for a jail is the best starting point. This is where the jail will physically reside within the file system of the jail's host. A good choice can be <filename>/usr/jail/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable></filename>, where <replaceable>jailname</replaceable> is the hostname identifying the jail. Usually, <filename>/usr/</filename> has enough space for the jail file system, which for <quote>complete</quote> jails is, essentially, a replication of every file present in a default installation of the FreeBSD base system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:28072
msgid "If you have already rebuilt your userland using <command>make world</command> or <command>make buildworld</command>, you can skip this step and install your existing userland into the new jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:28079
msgid "This command will populate the directory subtree chosen as jail's physical location on the file system with the necessary binaries, libraries, manual pages and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:28086
msgid "distribution"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:28086
msgid "The <_:buildtarget-1/> target for <application>make</application> installs every needed configuration file. In simple words, it installs every installable file of <filename>/usr/src/etc/</filename> to the <filename>/etc</filename> directory of the jail environment: <filename>$D/etc/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:28097
msgid "Mounting the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> file system inside a jail is not required. On the other hand, any, or almost any application requires access to at least one device, depending on the purpose of the given application. It is very important to control access to devices from inside a jail, as improper settings could permit an attacker to do nasty things in the jail. Control over <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is managed through rulesets which are described in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28109
msgid "Once a jail is installed, it can be started by using the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility takes four mandatory arguments which are described in the <xref linkend=\"jails-synopsis\"/>. Other arguments may be specified too, e.g., to run the jailed process with the credentials of a specific user. The <option><replaceable>command</replaceable></option> argument depends on the type of the jail; for a <emphasis>virtual system</emphasis>, <filename>/etc/rc</filename> is a good choice, since it will replicate the startup sequence of a real FreeBSD system. For a <emphasis>service</emphasis> jail, it depends on the service or application that will run within the jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28122
msgid "Jails are often started at boot time and the FreeBSD <filename>rc</filename> mechanism provides an easy way to do this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28128
msgid "A list of the jails which are enabled to start at boot time should be added to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28131
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"jail_enable=\"YES\"   # Set to NO to disable starting of any jails\n"
"jail_list=\"<replaceable>www</replaceable>\"     # Space separated list of names of jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:28135
msgid "Jail names in <varname>jail_list</varname> should contain alphanumeric characters only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28141
msgid "For each jail listed in <varname>jail_list</varname>, a group of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> settings, which describe the particular jail, should be added:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28145
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"jail_<replaceable>www</replaceable>_rootdir=\"/usr/jail/www\"     # jail's root directory\n"
"jail_<replaceable>www</replaceable>_hostname=\"<replaceable>www</replaceable>.example.org\"  # jail's hostname\n"
"jail_<replaceable>www</replaceable>_ip=\"192.168.0.10\"           # jail's IP address\n"
"jail_<replaceable>www</replaceable>_devfs_enable=\"YES\"          # mount devfs in the jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28150
msgid "The default startup of jails configured in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, will run the <filename>/etc/rc</filename> script of the jail, which assumes the jail is a complete virtual system. For service jails, the default startup command of the jail should be changed, by setting the <varname>jail_<replaceable>jailname</replaceable>_exec_start</varname> option appropriately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:28159
msgid "For a full list of available options, please see the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28165
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used to start or stop a jail by hand, if an entry for it exists in <filename>rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28169
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service jail start <replaceable>www</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service jail stop <replaceable>www</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28172
msgid "Jails can be shut down with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jexec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to identify the jail's <varname>JID</varname>, then use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jexec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to run the shutdown script in that jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28176
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>jls</userinput>\n"
"   JID  IP Address      Hostname                      Path\n"
"     3  192.168.0.10    www                           /usr/jail/www\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>jexec <replaceable>3</replaceable> /etc/rc.shutdown</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28181
msgid "More information about this can be found in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:28186
msgid "Fine Tuning and Administration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28188
msgid "There are several options which can be set for any jail, and various ways of combining a host FreeBSD system with jails, to produce higher level applications. This section presents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28195
msgid "Some of the options available for tuning the behavior and security restrictions implemented by a jail installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28201
msgid "Some of the high-level applications for jail management, which are available through the FreeBSD Ports Collection, and can be used to implement overall jail-based solutions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28209
msgid "System Tools for Jail Tuning in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28211
msgid "Fine tuning of a jail's configuration is mostly done by setting <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables. A special subtree of sysctl exists as a basis for organizing all the relevant options: the <varname>security.jail.*</varname> hierarchy of FreeBSD kernel options. Here is a list of the main jail-related sysctls, complete with their default value. Names should be self-explanatory, but for more information about them, please refer to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28223
msgid "<varname>security.jail.set_hostname_allowed: 1</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28228
msgid "<varname>security.jail.socket_unixiproute_only: 1</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28233
msgid "<varname>security.jail.sysvipc_allowed: 0</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28238
msgid "<varname>security.jail.enforce_statfs: 2</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28243
msgid "<varname>security.jail.allow_raw_sockets: 0</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28248
msgid "<varname>security.jail.chflags_allowed: 0</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28253
msgid "<varname>security.jail.jailed: 0</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28257
msgid "These variables can be used by the system administrator of the <emphasis>host system</emphasis> to add or remove some of the limitations imposed by default on the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user. Note that there are some limitations which cannot be removed. The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user is not allowed to mount or unmount file systems from within a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> inside a jail may not load or unload <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> rulesets, set firewall rules, or do many other administrative tasks which require modifications of in-kernel data, such as setting the <varname>securelevel</varname> of the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28269
msgid "The base system of FreeBSD contains a basic set of tools for viewing information about the active jails, and attaching to a jail to run administrative commands. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jexec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> commands are part of the base FreeBSD system, and can be used to perform the following simple tasks:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28277
msgid "Print a list of active jails and their corresponding jail identifier (<acronym>JID</acronym>), <acronym>IP</acronym> address, hostname and path."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28283
msgid "Attach to a running jail, from its host system, and run a command inside the jail or perform administrative tasks inside the jail itself. This is especially useful when the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user wants to cleanly shut down a jail. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jexec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility can also be used to start a shell in a jail to do administration in it; for example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28291
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>jexec <replaceable>1</replaceable> tcsh</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28297
msgid "High-Level Administrative Tools in the FreeBSD Ports Collection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28300
msgid "Among the many third-party utilities for jail administration, one of the most complete and useful is <package>sysutils/ezjail</package>. It is a set of scripts that contribute to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> management. Please refer to <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/jails-ezjail.html\">the handbook section on <application>ezjail</application></link> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28310
msgid "Keeping Jails Patched and up to Date"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28312
msgid "Jails should be kept up to date from the host operating system as attempting to patch userland from within the jail may likely fail as the default behavior in FreeBSD is to disallow the use of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> in a jail which prevents the replacement of some files. It is possible to change this behavior but it is recommended to use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>freebsd-update</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to maintain jails instead. Use <option>-b</option> to specify the path of the jail to be updated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28321
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update -b <replaceable>/here/is/the/jail</replaceable> fetch</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update -b <replaceable>/here/is/the/jail</replaceable> install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:28328
msgid "Updating Multiple Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:28331 book.translate.xml:34753 book.translate.xml:35088
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Daniel</firstname> <surname>Gerzo</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:28340
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Simon</firstname> <surname>L. B. Nielsen</surname> </personname> <contrib>Based upon an idea presented by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:28349
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Ken</firstname> <surname>Tom</surname> </personname> <contrib>And an article written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28359
msgid "The management of multiple jails can become problematic because every jail has to be rebuilt from scratch whenever it is upgraded. This can be time consuming and tedious if a lot of jails are created and manually updated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28364
msgid "This section demonstrates one method to resolve this issue by safely sharing as much as is possible between jails using read-only <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_nullfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> mounts, so that updating is simpler. This makes it more attractive to put single services, such as <acronym>HTTP</acronym>, <acronym>DNS</acronym>, and <acronym>SMTP</acronym>, into individual jails. Additionally, it provides a simple way to add, remove, and upgrade jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:28374
msgid "Simpler solutions exist, such as <application>ezjail</application>, which provides an easier method of administering FreeBSD jails but is less versatile than this setup. <application>ezjail</application> is covered in more detail in <xref linkend=\"jails-ezjail\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28381
msgid "The goals of the setup described in this section are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28385
msgid "Create a simple and easy to understand jail structure that does not require running a full installworld on each and every jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28391
msgid "Make it easy to add new jails or remove existing ones."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28396
msgid "Make it easy to update or upgrade existing jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28400
msgid "Make it possible to run a customized FreeBSD branch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28404
msgid "Be paranoid about security, reducing as much as possible the possibility of compromise."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28409
msgid "Save space and inodes, as much as possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28413
msgid "This design relies on a single, read-only master template which is mounted into each jail and one read-write device per jail. A device can be a separate physical disc, a partition, or a vnode backed memory device. This example uses read-write <application>nullfs</application> mounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28419
msgid "The file system layout is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28423
msgid "The jails are based under the <filename>/home</filename> partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28428
msgid "Each jail will be mounted under the <filename>/home/j</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28433
msgid "The template for each jail and the read-only partition for all of the jails is <filename>/home/j/mroot</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28439
msgid "A blank directory will be created for each jail under the <filename>/home/j</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28444
msgid "Each jail will have a <filename>/s</filename> directory that will be linked to the read-write portion of the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28450
msgid "Each jail will have its own read-write system that is based upon <filename>/home/j/skel</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28455
msgid "The read-write portion of each jail will be created in <filename>/home/js</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28463
msgid "Creating the Template"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28465
msgid "This section describes the steps needed to create the master template."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28468
msgid "It is recommended to first update the host FreeBSD system to the latest -RELEASE branch using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"makeworld\"/>. Additionally, this template uses the <package>sysutils/cpdup</package> package or port and <application>portsnap</application> will be used to download the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28476
msgid "First, create a directory structure for the read-only file system which will contain the FreeBSD binaries for the jails. Then, change directory to the FreeBSD source tree and install the read-only file system to the jail template:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28482
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /home/j /home/j/mroot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld DESTDIR=/home/j/mroot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28488
msgid "Next, prepare a FreeBSD Ports Collection for the jails as well as a FreeBSD source tree, which is required for <application>mergemaster</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28492
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /home/j/mroot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir usr/ports</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap -p /home/j/mroot/usr/ports fetch extract</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cpdup /usr/src /home/j/mroot/usr/src</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28499
msgid "Create a skeleton for the read-write portion of the system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28502
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /home/j/skel /home/j/skel/home /home/j/skel/usr-X11R6 /home/j/skel/distfiles</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv etc /home/j/skel</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv usr/local /home/j/skel/usr-local</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv tmp /home/j/skel</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv var /home/j/skel</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv root /home/j/skel</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28511
msgid "Use <application>mergemaster</application> to install missing configuration files. Then, remove the extra directories that <application>mergemaster</application> creates:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28516
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mergemaster -t /home/j/skel/var/tmp/temproot -D /home/j/skel -i</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /home/j/skel</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm -R bin boot lib libexec mnt proc rescue sbin sys usr dev</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28522
msgid "Now, symlink the read-write file system to the read-only file system. Ensure that the symlinks are created in the correct <filename>s/</filename> locations as the creation of directories in the wrong locations will cause the installation to fail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28528
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /home/j/mroot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir s</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/etc etc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/home home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/root root</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s ../s/usr-local usr/local</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s ../s/usr-X11R6 usr/X11R6</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s ../../s/distfiles usr/ports/distfiles</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/tmp tmp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/var var</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28541
msgid "As a last step, create a generic <filename>/home/j/skel/etc/make.conf</filename> containing this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28545
#, no-wrap
msgid "WRKDIRPREFIX?=  /s/portbuild"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28547
msgid "This makes it possible to compile FreeBSD ports inside each jail. Remember that the ports directory is part of the read-only system. The custom path for <literal>WRKDIRPREFIX</literal> allows builds to be done in the read-write portion of every jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28557
msgid "Creating Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28559
msgid "The jail template can now be used to setup and configure the jails in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. This example demonstrates the creation of 3 jails: <literal>NS</literal>, <literal>MAIL</literal> and <literal>WWW</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28566
msgid "Add the following lines to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, so that the read-only template for the jails and the read-write space will be available in the respective jails:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28571
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/home/j/mroot   /home/j/ns     nullfs  ro  0   0\n"
"/home/j/mroot   /home/j/mail   nullfs  ro  0   0\n"
"/home/j/mroot   /home/j/www    nullfs  ro  0   0\n"
"/home/js/ns     /home/j/ns/s   nullfs  rw  0   0\n"
"/home/js/mail   /home/j/mail/s nullfs  rw  0   0\n"
"/home/js/www    /home/j/www/s  nullfs  rw  0   0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28578
msgid "To prevent <application>fsck</application> from checking <application>nullfs</application> mounts during boot and <application>dump</application> from backing up the read-only nullfs mounts of the jails, the last two columns are both set to <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28587
msgid "Configure the jails in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28590
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"jail_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"jail_set_hostname_allow=\"NO\"\n"
"jail_list=\"ns mail www\"\n"
"jail_ns_hostname=\"ns.example.org\"\n"
"jail_ns_ip=\"192.168.3.17\"\n"
"jail_ns_rootdir=\"/usr/home/j/ns\"\n"
"jail_ns_devfs_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"jail_mail_hostname=\"mail.example.org\"\n"
"jail_mail_ip=\"192.168.3.18\"\n"
"jail_mail_rootdir=\"/usr/home/j/mail\"\n"
"jail_mail_devfs_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"jail_www_hostname=\"www.example.org\"\n"
"jail_www_ip=\"62.123.43.14\"\n"
"jail_www_rootdir=\"/usr/home/j/www\"\n"
"jail_www_devfs_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28606
msgid "The <varname>jail_<replaceable>name</replaceable>_rootdir</varname> variable is set to <filename>/usr/home</filename> instead of <filename>/home</filename> because the physical path of <filename>/home</filename> on a default FreeBSD installation is <filename>/usr/home</filename>. The <varname>jail_<replaceable>name</replaceable>_rootdir</varname> variable must <emphasis>not</emphasis> be set to a path which includes a symbolic link, otherwise the jails will refuse to start."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28620
msgid "Create the required mount points for the read-only file system of each jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28623
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /home/j/ns /home/j/mail /home/j/www</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28627
msgid "Install the read-write template into each jail using <package>sysutils/cpdup</package>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28634
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /home/js</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cpdup /home/j/skel /home/js/ns</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cpdup /home/j/skel /home/js/mail</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cpdup /home/j/skel /home/js/www</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28641
msgid "In this phase, the jails are built and prepared to run. First, mount the required file systems for each jail, and then start them:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28645 book.translate.xml:28754
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -a</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service jail start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28650
msgid "The jails should be running now. To check if they have started correctly, use <command>jls</command>. Its output should be similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28654
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>jls</userinput>\n"
"   JID  IP Address      Hostname                      Path\n"
"     3  192.168.3.17    ns.example.org                /home/j/ns\n"
"     2  192.168.3.18    mail.example.org              /home/j/mail\n"
"     1  62.123.43.14    www.example.org               /home/j/www"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28660
msgid "At this point, it should be possible to log onto each jail, add new users, or configure daemons. The <literal>JID</literal> column indicates the jail identification number of each running jail. Use the following command to perform administrative tasks in the jail whose <acronym>JID</acronym> is <literal>3</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28667
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>jexec 3 tcsh</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28671
msgid "Upgrading"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28673
msgid "The design of this setup provides an easy way to upgrade existing jails while minimizing their downtime. Also, it provides a way to roll back to the older version should a problem occur."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28680
msgid "The first step is to upgrade the host system. Then, create a new temporary read-only template in <filename>/home/j/mroot2</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28684
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /home/j/mroot2</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld DESTDIR=/home/j/mroot2</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /home/j/mroot2</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cpdup /usr/src usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir s</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:28691 book.translate.xml:28902 book.translate.xml:45549
#: book.translate.xml:45553 book.translate.xml:45699 book.translate.xml:45735
msgid "installworld"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28691
msgid "The <_:buildtarget-1/> creates a few unnecessary directories, which should be removed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28695
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags -R 0 var</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm -R etc var root usr/local tmp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28700
msgid "Recreate the read-write symlinks for the master file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28703
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/etc etc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/root root</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/home home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s ../s/usr-local usr/local</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s ../s/usr-X11R6 usr/X11R6</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/tmp tmp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/var var</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28713
msgid "Next, stop the jails:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28715
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service jail stop</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28719
msgid "Unmount the original file systems as the read-write systems are attached to the read-only system (<filename>/s</filename>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28726
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/ns/s</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/ns</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/mail/s</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/mail</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/www/s</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/www</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28735
msgid "Move the old read-only file system and replace it with the new one. This will serve as a backup and archive of the old read-only file system should something go wrong. The naming convention used here corresponds to when a new read-only file system has been created. Move the original FreeBSD Ports Collection over to the new file system to save some space and inodes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28743
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /home/j</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv mroot mroot.20060601</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv mroot2 mroot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv mroot.20060601/usr/ports mroot/usr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28750
msgid "At this point the new read-only template is ready, so the only remaining task is to remount the file systems and start the jails:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28759
msgid "Use <command>jls</command> to check if the jails started correctly. Run <command>mergemaster</command> in each jail to update the configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:28767
msgid "Managing Jails with <application>ezjail</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28780
msgid "Creating and managing multiple jails can quickly become tedious and error-prone. Dirk Engling's <application>ezjail</application> automates and greatly simplifies many jail tasks. A <emphasis>basejail</emphasis> is created as a template. Additional jails use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_nullfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to share many of the basejail directories without using additional disk space. Each additional jail takes only a few megabytes of disk space before applications are installed. Upgrading the copy of the userland in the basejail automatically upgrades all of the other jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28791
msgid "Additional benefits and features are described in detail on the <application>ezjail</application> web site, <link xlink:href=\"https://erdgeist.org/arts/software/ezjail/\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28795
msgid "Installing <application>ezjail</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28797
msgid "Installing <application>ezjail</application> consists of adding a loopback interface for use in jails, installing the port or package, and enabling the service."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28803
msgid "To keep jail loopback traffic off the host's loopback network interface <literal>lo0</literal>, a second loopback interface is created by adding an entry to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28808 book.translate.xml:29297
#, no-wrap
msgid "cloned_interfaces=\"lo1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28810
msgid "The second loopback interface <literal>lo1</literal> will be created when the system starts. It can also be created manually without a restart:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28814 book.translate.xml:29301
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif cloneup</userinput>\n"
"Created clone interfaces: lo1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28817
msgid "Jails can be allowed to use aliases of this secondary loopback interface without interfering with the host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28821
msgid "Inside a jail, access to the loopback address <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">127.0.0.1</systemitem> is redirected to the first <acronym>IP</acronym> address assigned to the jail. To make the jail loopback correspond with the new <literal>lo1</literal> interface, that interface must be specified first in the list of interfaces and <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses given when creating a new jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28830
msgid "Give each jail a unique loopback address in the <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">127.0.0.0</systemitem><systemitem class=\"netmask\">/8</systemitem> netblock."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28835
msgid "Install <package role=\"port\">sysutils/ezjail</package>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28838
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/sysutils/ezjail</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28843
msgid "Enable <application>ezjail</application> by adding this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28846
#, no-wrap
msgid "ezjail_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28850
msgid "The service will automatically start on system boot. It can be started immediately for the current session:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28854
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ezjail start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28862
msgid "With <application>ezjail</application> installed, the basejail directory structure can be created and populated. This step is only needed once on the jail host computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28867
msgid "In both of these examples, <option>-p</option> causes the ports tree to be retrieved with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>portsnap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> into the basejail. That single copy of the ports directory will be shared by all the jails. Using a separate copy of the ports directory for jails isolates them from the host. The <application>ezjail</application> <acronym>FAQ</acronym> explains in more detail: <link xlink:href=\"http://erdgeist.org/arts/software/ezjail/#FAQ\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:28879
msgid "To Populate the Jail with FreeBSD-RELEASE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28881
msgid "For a basejail based on the FreeBSD RELEASE matching that of the host computer, use <command>install</command>. For example, on a host computer running FreeBSD 10-STABLE, the latest RELEASE version of FreeBSD -10 will be installed in the jail):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28888
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin install -p</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:28892
msgid "To Populate the Jail with <command>installworld</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:28896 book.translate.xml:45697
msgid "buildworld"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28895
msgid "The basejail can be installed from binaries created by <_:buildtarget-1/> on the host with <command>ezjail-admin update</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28900
msgid "In this example, FreeBSD 10-STABLE has been built from source. The jail directories are created. Then <_:buildtarget-1/> is executed, installing the host's <filename>/usr/obj</filename> into the basejail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28907
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -i -p</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28909
msgid "The host's <filename>/usr/src</filename> is used by default. A different source directory on the host can be specified with <option>-s</option> and a path, or set with <varname>ezjail_sourcetree</varname> in <filename>/usr/local/etc/ezjail.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28920
msgid "The basejail's ports tree is shared by other jails. However, downloaded distfiles are stored in the jail that downloaded them. By default, these files are stored in <filename>/var/ports/distfiles</filename> within each jail. <filename>/var/ports</filename> inside each jail is also used as a work directory when building ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28929
msgid "The <acronym>FTP</acronym> protocol is used by default to download packages for the installation of the basejail. Firewall or proxy configurations can prevent or interfere with <acronym>FTP</acronym> transfers. The <acronym>HTTP</acronym> protocol works differently and avoids these problems. It can be chosen by specifying a full <acronym>URL</acronym> for a particular download mirror in <filename>/usr/local/etc/ezjail.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28938
#, no-wrap
msgid "ezjail_ftphost=http://<replaceable>ftp.FreeBSD.org</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28940
msgid "See <xref linkend=\"mirrors-ftp\"/> for a list of sites."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28946
msgid "Creating and Starting a New Jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28948
msgid "New jails are created with <command>ezjail-admin create</command>. In these examples, the <literal>lo1</literal> loopback interface is used as described above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:28954
msgid "Create and Start a New Jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28957
msgid "Create the jail, specifying a name and the loopback and network interfaces to use, along with their <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses. In this example, the jail is named <literal>dnsjail</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28962
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin create <replaceable>dnsjail</replaceable> '<replaceable>lo1|127.0.1.1</replaceable>,<replaceable>em0</replaceable>|<replaceable>192.168.1.50</replaceable>'</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28965
msgid "Most network services run in jails without problems. A few network services, most notably <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, use <emphasis>raw network sockets</emphasis>. In jails, raw network sockets are disabled by default for security. Services that require them will not work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28972
msgid "Occasionally, a jail genuinely needs raw sockets. For example, network monitoring applications often use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to check the availability of other computers. When raw network sockets are actually needed in a jail, they can be enabled by editing the <application>ezjail</application> configuration file for the individual jail, <filename>/usr/local/etc/ezjail/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable></filename>. Modify the <literal>parameters</literal> entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28983
#, no-wrap
msgid "export jail_<replaceable>jailname</replaceable>_parameters=\"allow.raw_sockets=1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28985
msgid "Do not enable raw network sockets unless services in the jail actually require them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28991
msgid "Start the jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28993
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin start <replaceable>dnsjail</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28997
msgid "Use a console on the jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28999
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin console <replaceable>dnsjail</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29003
msgid "The jail is operating and additional configuration can be completed. Typical settings added at this point include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:29009
msgid "Set the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> Password"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:29013
msgid "Connect to the jail and set the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user's password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29017
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin console <replaceable>dnsjail</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for root\n"
"New Password:\n"
"Retype New Password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:29025
msgid "Time Zone Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:29027
msgid "The jail's time zone can be set with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tzsetup</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To avoid spurious error messages, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adjkerntz</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> entry in <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> can be commented or removed. This job attempts to update the computer's hardware clock with time zone changes, but jails are not allowed to access that hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:29036
msgid "<acronym>DNS</acronym> Servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:29038
msgid "Enter domain name server lines in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> so <acronym>DNS</acronym> works in the jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:29044
msgid "Edit <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:29046
msgid "Change the address and add the jail name to the <literal>localhost</literal> entries in <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:29052
msgid "Configure <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:29054
msgid "Enter configuration settings in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. This is much like configuring a full computer. The host name and <acronym>IP</acronym> address are not set here. Those values are already provided by the jail configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29063
msgid "With the jail configured, the applications for which the jail was created can be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:29067
msgid "Some ports must be built with special options to be used in a jail. For example, both of the network monitoring plugin packages <package role=\"port\">net-mgmt/nagios-plugins</package> and <package role=\"port\">net-mgmt/monitoring-plugins</package> have a <literal>JAIL</literal> option which must be enabled for them to work correctly inside a jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29078
msgid "Updating Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:29081
msgid "Updating the Operating System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29083
msgid "Because the basejail's copy of the userland is shared by the other jails, updating the basejail automatically updates all of the other jails. Either source or binary updates can be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29088
msgid "To build the world from source on the host, then install it in the basejail, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29091
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -b</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29093
msgid "If the world has already been compiled on the host, install it in the basejail with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29096
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -i</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29098
msgid "Binary updates use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>freebsd-update</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. These updates have the same limitations as if <citerefentry><refentrytitle>freebsd-update</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> were being run directly. The most important one is that only -RELEASE versions of FreeBSD are available with this method."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29104
msgid "Update the basejail to the latest patched release of the version of FreeBSD on the host. For example, updating from RELEASE-p1 to RELEASE-p2."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29108
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -u</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29110
msgid "To upgrade the basejail to a new version, first upgrade the host system as described in <xref linkend=\"freebsdupdate-upgrade\"/>. Once the host has been upgraded and rebooted, the basejail can then be upgraded. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>freebsd-update</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> has no way of determining which version is currently installed in the basejail, so the original version must be specified. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>file</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to determine the original version in the basejail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29118
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>file /usr/jails/basejail/bin/sh</userinput>\n"
"/usr/jails/basejail/bin/sh: ELF 64-bit LSB executable, x86-64, version 1 (FreeBSD), dynamically linked (uses shared libs), for FreeBSD 9.3, stripped"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29121
msgid "Now use this information to perform the upgrade from <literal>9.3-RELEASE</literal> to the current version of the host system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29125
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -U -s <replaceable>9.3-RELEASE</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29127
msgid "After updating the basejail, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> must be run to update each jail's configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29130
msgid "How to use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> depends on the purpose and trustworthiness of a jail. If a jail's services or users are not trusted, then <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> should only be run from within that jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:29136
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> on Untrusted Jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29138
msgid "Delete the link from the jail's <filename>/usr/src</filename> into the basejail and create a new <filename>/usr/src</filename> in the jail as a mountpoint. Mount the host computer's <filename>/usr/src</filename> read-only on the jail's new <filename>/usr/src</filename> mountpoint:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29145
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm /usr/jails/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable>/usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /usr/jails/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable>/usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t nullfs -o ro /usr/src /usr/jails/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable>/usr/src</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29149
msgid "Get a console in the jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29151
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin console <replaceable>jailname</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29153
msgid "Inside the jail, run <command>mergemaster</command>. Then exit the jail console:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29156
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mergemaster -U</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>exit</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29160
msgid "Finally, unmount the jail's <filename>/usr/src</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29163
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /usr/jails/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable>/usr/src</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:29168
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> on Trusted Jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29170
msgid "If the users and services in a jail are trusted, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be run from the host:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29173
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mergemaster -U -D /usr/jails/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:29178
msgid "Updating Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29180
msgid "The ports tree in the basejail is shared by the other jails. Updating that copy of the ports tree gives the other jails the updated version also."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29184
msgid "The basejail ports tree is updated with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>portsnap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29187
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -P</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29192
msgid "Controlling Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:29195
msgid "Stopping and Starting Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29197
msgid "<application>ezjail</application> automatically starts jails when the computer is started. Jails can be manually stopped and restarted with <command>stop</command> and <command>start</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29202
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin stop <replaceable>sambajail</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Stopping jails: sambajail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29205
msgid "By default, jails are started automatically when the host computer starts. Autostarting can be disabled with <command>config</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29209
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin config -r norun <replaceable>seldomjail</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29211
msgid "This takes effect the next time the host computer is started. A jail that is already running will not be stopped."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29215
msgid "Enabling autostart is very similar:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29217
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin config -r run <replaceable>oftenjail</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:29221
msgid "Archiving and Restoring Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29223
msgid "Use <command>archive</command> to create a <filename>.tar.gz</filename> archive of a jail. The file name is composed from the name of the jail and the current date. Archive files are written to the archive directory, <filename>/usr/jails/ezjail_archives</filename>. A different archive directory can be chosen by setting <varname>ezjail_archivedir</varname> in the configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29232
msgid "The archive file can be copied elsewhere as a backup, or an existing jail can be restored from it with <command>restore</command>. A new jail can be created from the archive, providing a convenient way to clone existing jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29238
msgid "Stop and archive a jail named <literal>wwwserver</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29241
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin stop <replaceable>wwwserver</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Stopping jails: wwwserver.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin archive <replaceable>wwwserver</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /usr/jails/ezjail-archives/</userinput>\n"
"wwwserver-201407271153.13.tar.gz"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29247
msgid "Create a new jail named <literal>wwwserver-clone</literal> from the archive created in the previous step. Use the <filename>em1</filename> interface and assign a new <acronym>IP</acronym> address to avoid conflict with the original:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29253
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin create -a /usr/jails/ezjail_archives/wwwserver-201407271153.13.tar.gz <replaceable>wwwserver-clone</replaceable> 'lo1|127.0.3.1,em1|192.168.1.51'</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29258
msgid "Full Example: <application>BIND</application> in a Jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29261
msgid "Putting the <application>BIND</application> <acronym>DNS</acronym> server in a jail improves security by isolating it. This example creates a simple caching-only name server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29268
msgid "The jail will be called <literal>dns1</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29273
msgid "The jail will use <acronym>IP</acronym> address <literal>192.168.1.240</literal> on the host's <literal>re0</literal> interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29279
msgid "The upstream <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s DNS servers are at <literal>10.0.0.62</literal> and <literal>10.0.0.61</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29285
msgid "The basejail has already been created and a ports tree installed as shown in <xref linkend=\"jails-ezjail-initialsetup\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:29292
msgid "Running BIND in a Jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29294
msgid "Create a cloned loopback interface by adding a line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29299
msgid "Immediately create the new loopback interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29304
msgid "Create the jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29306
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin create dns1 'lo1|127.0.2.1,re0|192.168.1.240'</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29308
msgid "Start the jail, connect to a console running on it, and perform some basic configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29311
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin start dns1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin console dns1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for root\n"
"New Password:\n"
"Retype New Password:\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tzsetup</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sed -i .bak -e '/adjkerntz/ s/^/#/' /etc/crontab</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sed -i .bak -e 's/127.0.0.1/127.0.2.1/g; s/localhost.my.domain/dns1.my.domain dns1/' /etc/hosts</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29321
msgid "Temporarily set the upstream <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> so ports can be downloaded:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29325
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"nameserver 10.0.0.62\n"
"nameserver 10.0.0.61"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29328
msgid "Still using the jail console, install <package role=\"port\">dns/bind99</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29331
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -C /usr/ports/dns/bind99 install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29333
msgid "Configure the name server by editing <filename>/usr/local/etc/namedb/named.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29336
msgid "Create an Access Control List (<acronym>ACL</acronym>) of addresses and networks that are permitted to send <acronym>DNS</acronym> queries to this name server. This section is added just before the <literal>options</literal> section already in the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29342
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"...\n"
"// or cause huge amounts of useless Internet traffic.\n"
"\n"
"acl \"trusted\" {\n"
"\t192.168.1.0/24;\n"
"\tlocalhost;\n"
"\tlocalnets;\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"options {\n"
"..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29354
msgid "Use the jail <acronym>IP</acronym> address in the <literal>listen-on</literal> setting to accept <acronym>DNS</acronym> queries from other computers on the network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29359
#, no-wrap
msgid "\tlisten-on\t{ 192.168.1.240; };"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29361
msgid "A simple caching-only <acronym>DNS</acronym> name server is created by changing the <literal>forwarders</literal> section. The original file contains:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29365
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/*\n"
"\tforwarders {\n"
"\t\t127.0.0.1;\n"
"\t};\n"
"*/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29371
msgid "Uncomment the section by removing the <literal>/*</literal> and <literal>*/</literal> lines. Enter the <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses of the upstream <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers. Immediately after the <literal>forwarders</literal> section, add references to the <literal>trusted</literal> <acronym>ACL</acronym> defined earlier:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29379
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tforwarders {\n"
"\t\t10.0.0.62;\n"
"\t\t10.0.0.61;\n"
"\t};\n"
"\n"
"\tallow-query       { any; };\n"
"\tallow-recursion   { trusted; };\n"
"\tallow-query-cache { trusted; };"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29388
msgid "Enable the service in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29391 book.translate.xml:55762
#, no-wrap
msgid "named_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29393
msgid "Start and test the name server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29395
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service named start</userinput>\n"
"wrote key file \"/usr/local/etc/namedb/rndc.key\"\n"
"Starting named.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/local/bin/dig @192.168.1.240 freebsd.org</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29400
msgid "A response that includes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29402
#, no-wrap
msgid ";; Got answer;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29404
msgid "shows that the new <acronym>DNS</acronym> server is working. A long delay followed by a response including"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29408
#, no-wrap
msgid ";; connection timed out; no servers could be reached"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29410
msgid "shows a problem. Check the configuration settings and make sure any local firewalls allow the new <acronym>DNS</acronym> access to the upstream <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29415
msgid "The new <acronym>DNS</acronym> server can use itself for local name resolution, just like other local computers. Set the address of the <acronym>DNS</acronym> server in the client computer's <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29421
#, no-wrap
msgid "nameserver 192.168.1.240"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29423
msgid "A local <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server can be configured to provide this address for a local <acronym>DNS</acronym> server, providing automatic configuration on <acronym>DHCP</acronym> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:29439 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mandatory Access Control"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:29450
msgid "<primary>MAC</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:29451
msgid "<primary>Mandatory Access Control</primary> <see>MAC</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29456
msgid "FreeBSD supports security extensions based on the <trademark class=\"registered\">POSIX</trademark>.1e draft. These security mechanisms include file system Access Control Lists (<xref linkend=\"fs-acl\"/>) and Mandatory Access Control (<acronym>MAC</acronym>). <acronym>MAC</acronym> allows access control modules to be loaded in order to implement security policies. Some modules provide protections for a narrow subset of the system, hardening a particular service. Others provide comprehensive labeled security across all subjects and objects. The mandatory part of the definition indicates that enforcement of controls is performed by administrators and the operating system. This is in contrast to the default security mechanism of Discretionary Access Control (<acronym>DAC</acronym>) where enforcement is left to the discretion of users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29471
msgid "This chapter focuses on the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework and the set of pluggable security policy modules FreeBSD provides for enabling various security mechanisms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29479
msgid "The terminology associated with the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29484
msgid "The capabilities of <acronym>MAC</acronym> security policy modules as well as the difference between a labeled and non-labeled policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29490
msgid "The considerations to take into account before configuring a system to use the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29495
msgid "Which <acronym>MAC</acronym> security policy modules are included in FreeBSD and how to configure them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29500
msgid "How to implement a more secure environment using the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29505
msgid "How to test the <acronym>MAC</acronym> configuration to ensure the framework has been properly implemented."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29519 book.translate.xml:31272 book.translate.xml:46403
msgid "Have some familiarity with security and how it pertains to FreeBSD (<xref linkend=\"security\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:29525
msgid "Improper <acronym>MAC</acronym> configuration may cause loss of system access, aggravation of users, or inability to access the features provided by <application>Xorg</application>. More importantly, <acronym>MAC</acronym> should not be relied upon to completely secure a system. The <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework only augments an existing security policy. Without sound security practices and regular security checks, the system will never be completely secure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:29535
msgid "The examples contained within this chapter are for demonstration purposes and the example settings should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be implemented on a production system. Implementing any security policy takes a good deal of understanding, proper design, and thorough testing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29542
msgid "While this chapter covers a broad range of security issues relating to the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework, the development of new <acronym>MAC</acronym> security policy modules will not be covered. A number of security policy modules included with the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework have specific characteristics which are provided for both testing and new module development. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_test</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_stub</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_none</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on these security policy modules and the various mechanisms they provide."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:29555 book.translate.xml:31297
msgid "Key Terms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29557
msgid "The following key terms are used when referring to the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29562
msgid "<emphasis>compartment</emphasis>: a set of programs and data to be partitioned or separated, where users are given explicit access to specific component of a system. A compartment represents a grouping, such as a work group, department, project, or topic. Compartments make it possible to implement a need-to-know-basis security policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29572
msgid "<emphasis>integrity</emphasis>: the level of trust which can be placed on data. As the integrity of the data is elevated, so does the ability to trust that data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29578
msgid "<emphasis>level</emphasis>: the increased or decreased setting of a security attribute. As the level increases, its security is considered to elevate as well."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29584
msgid "<emphasis>label</emphasis>: a security attribute which can be applied to files, directories, or other items in the system. It could be considered a confidentiality stamp. When a label is placed on a file, it describes the security properties of that file and will only permit access by files, users, and resources with a similar security setting. The meaning and interpretation of label values depends on the policy configuration. Some policies treat a label as representing the integrity or secrecy of an object while other policies might use labels to hold rules for access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29598
msgid "<emphasis>multilabel</emphasis>: this property is a file system option which can be set in single-user mode using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, during boot using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or during the creation of a new file system. This option permits an administrator to apply different <acronym>MAC</acronym> labels on different objects. This option only applies to security policy modules which support labeling."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29608
msgid "<emphasis>single label</emphasis>: a policy where the entire file system uses one label to enforce access control over the flow of data. Whenever <option>multilabel</option> is not set, all files will conform to the same label setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29616
msgid "<emphasis>object</emphasis>: an entity through which information flows under the direction of a <emphasis>subject</emphasis>. This includes directories, files, fields, screens, keyboards, memory, magnetic storage, printers or any other data storage or moving device. An object is a data container or a system resource. Access to an object effectively means access to its data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29626
msgid "<emphasis>subject</emphasis>: any active entity that causes information to flow between <emphasis>objects</emphasis> such as a user, user process, or system process. On FreeBSD, this is almost always a thread acting in a process on behalf of a user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29634
msgid "<emphasis>policy</emphasis>: a collection of rules which defines how objectives are to be achieved. A policy usually documents how certain items are to be handled. This chapter considers a policy to be a collection of rules which controls the flow of data and information and defines who has access to that data and information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29643
msgid "<emphasis>high-watermark</emphasis>: this type of policy permits the raising of security levels for the purpose of accessing higher level information. In most cases, the original level is restored after the process is complete. Currently, the FreeBSD <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework does not include this type of policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29652
msgid "<emphasis>low-watermark</emphasis>: this type of policy permits lowering security levels for the purpose of accessing information which is less secure. In most cases, the original security level of the user is restored after the process is complete. The only security policy module in FreeBSD to use this is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_lomac</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29661
msgid "<emphasis>sensitivity</emphasis>: usually used when discussing Multilevel Security (<acronym>MLS</acronym>). A sensitivity level describes how important or secret the data should be. As the sensitivity level increases, so does the importance of the secrecy, or confidentiality, of the data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:29672
msgid "Understanding MAC Labels"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29674
msgid "A <acronym>MAC</acronym> label is a security attribute which may be applied to subjects and objects throughout the system. When setting a label, the administrator must understand its implications in order to prevent unexpected or undesired behavior of the system. The attributes available on an object depend on the loaded policy module, as policy modules interpret their attributes in different ways."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29682
msgid "The security label on an object is used as a part of a security access control decision by a policy. With some policies, the label contains all of the information necessary to make a decision. In other policies, the labels may be processed as part of a larger rule set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29688
msgid "There are two types of label policies: single label and multi label. By default, the system will use single label. The administrator should be aware of the pros and cons of each in order to implement policies which meet the requirements of the system's security model."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29694
msgid "A single label security policy only permits one label to be used for every subject or object. Since a single label policy enforces one set of access permissions across the entire system, it provides lower administration overhead, but decreases the flexibility of policies which support labeling. However, in many environments, a single label policy may be all that is required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29702
msgid "A single label policy is somewhat similar to <acronym>DAC</acronym> as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> configures the policies so that users are placed in the appropriate categories and access levels. A notable difference is that many policy modules can also restrict <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. Basic control over objects will then be released to the group, but <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> may revoke or modify the settings at any time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29711
msgid "When appropriate, a multi label policy can be set on a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system by passing <option>multilabel</option> to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. A multi label policy permits each subject or object to have its own independent <acronym>MAC</acronym> label. The decision to use a multi label or single label policy is only required for policies which implement the labeling feature, such as <literal>biba</literal>, <literal>lomac</literal>, and <literal>mls</literal>. Some policies, such as <literal>seeotheruids</literal>, <literal>portacl</literal> and <literal>partition</literal>, do not use labels at all."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29723
msgid "Using a multi label policy on a partition and establishing a multi label security model can increase administrative overhead as everything in that file system has a label. This includes directories, files, and even device nodes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29728
msgid "The following command will set <option>multilabel</option> on the specified <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system. This may only be done in single-user mode and is not a requirement for the swap file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29733
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tunefs -l enable /</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:29736
msgid "Some users have experienced problems with setting the <option>multilabel</option> flag on the root partition. If this is the case, please review <xref linkend=\"mac-troubleshoot\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29741
msgid "Since the multi label policy is set on a per-file system basis, a multi label policy may not be needed if the file system layout is well designed. Consider an example security <acronym>MAC</acronym> model for a FreeBSD web server. This machine uses the single label, <literal>biba/high</literal>, for everything in the default file systems. If the web server needs to run at <literal>biba/low</literal> to prevent write up capabilities, it could be installed to a separate <acronym>UFS</acronym> <filename>/usr/local</filename> file system set at <literal>biba/low</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29753
msgid "Label Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29755
msgid "Virtually all aspects of label policy module configuration will be performed using the base system utilities. These commands provide a simple interface for object or subject configuration or the manipulation and verification of the configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29761
msgid "All configuration may be done using <command>setfmac</command>, which is used to set <acronym>MAC</acronym> labels on system objects, and <command>setpmac</command>, which is used to set the labels on system subjects. For example, to set the <literal>biba</literal> <acronym>MAC</acronym> label to <literal>high</literal> on <filename>test</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29769
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfmac biba/high test</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29771
msgid "If the configuration is successful, the prompt will be returned without error. A common error is <errorname>Permission denied</errorname> which usually occurs when the label is being set or modified on a restricted object. Other conditions may produce different failures. For instance, the file may not be owned by the user attempting to relabel the object, the object may not exist, or the object may be read-only. A mandatory policy will not allow the process to relabel the file, maybe because of a property of the file, a property of the process, or a property of the proposed new label value. For example, if a user running at low integrity tries to change the label of a high integrity file, or a user running at low integrity tries to change the label of a low integrity file to a high integrity label, these operations will fail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29787
msgid "The system administrator may use <command>setpmac</command> to override the policy module's settings by assigning a different label to the invoked process:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29792
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfmac biba/high test</userinput>\n"
"<errorname>Permission denied</errorname>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setpmac biba/low setfmac biba/high test</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>getfmac test</userinput>\n"
"test: biba/high"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29798
msgid "For currently running processes, such as <application>sendmail</application>, <command>getpmac</command> is usually used instead. This command takes a process ID (<acronym>PID</acronym>) in place of a command name. If users attempt to manipulate a file not in their access, subject to the rules of the loaded policy modules, the <errorname>Operation not permitted</errorname> error will be displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29809
msgid "Predefined Labels"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29811
msgid "A few FreeBSD policy modules which support the labeling feature offer three predefined labels: <literal>low</literal>, <literal>equal</literal>, and <literal>high</literal>, where:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29818
msgid "<literal>low</literal> is considered the lowest label setting an object or subject may have. Setting this on objects or subjects blocks their access to objects or subjects marked high."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29825
msgid "<literal>equal</literal> sets the subject or object to be disabled or unaffected and should only be placed on objects considered to be exempt from the policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29831
msgid "<literal>high</literal> grants an object or subject the highest setting available in the Biba and <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29837
msgid "Such policy modules include <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_biba</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_mls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_lomac</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Each of the predefined labels establishes a different information flow directive. Refer to the manual page of the module to determine the traits of the generic label configurations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29845
msgid "Numeric Labels"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29847
msgid "The Biba and <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy modules support a numeric label which may be set to indicate the precise level of hierarchical control. This numeric level is used to partition or sort information into different groups of classification, only permitting access to that group or a higher group level. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29854
#, no-wrap
msgid "biba/10:2+3+6(5:2+3-20:2+3+4+5+6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29856
msgid "may be interpreted as <quote>Biba Policy Label/Grade 10:Compartments 2, 3 and 6: (grade 5 ...</quote>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29859
msgid "In this example, the first grade would be considered the effective grade with effective compartments, the second grade is the low grade, and the last one is the high grade. In most configurations, such fine-grained settings are not needed as they are considered to be advanced configurations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29865
msgid "System objects only have a current grade and compartment. System subjects reflect the range of available rights in the system, and network interfaces, where they are used for access control."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29870
msgid "The grade and compartments in a subject and object pair are used to construct a relationship known as <firstterm>dominance</firstterm>, in which a subject dominates an object, the object dominates the subject, neither dominates the other, or both dominate each other. The <quote>both dominate</quote> case occurs when the two labels are equal. Due to the information flow nature of Biba, a user has rights to a set of compartments that might correspond to projects, but objects also have a set of compartments. Users may have to subset their rights using <command>su</command> or <command>setpmac</command> in order to access objects in a compartment from which they are not restricted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29885
msgid "User Labels"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29887
msgid "Users are required to have labels so that their files and processes properly interact with the security policy defined on the system. This is configured in <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> using login classes. Every policy module that uses labels will implement the user class setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29894
msgid "To set the user class default label which will be enforced by <acronym>MAC</acronym>, add a <option>label</option> entry. An example <option>label</option> entry containing every policy module is displayed below. Note that in a real configuration, the administrator would never enable every policy module. It is recommended that the rest of this chapter be reviewed before any configuration is implemented."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29903
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"default:\\\n"
"\t:copyright=/etc/COPYRIGHT:\\\n"
"\t:welcome=/etc/motd:\\\n"
"\t:setenv=MAIL=/var/mail/$,BLOCKSIZE=K:\\\n"
"\t:path=~/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:\\\n"
"\t:manpath=/usr/share/man /usr/local/man:\\\n"
"\t:nologin=/usr/sbin/nologin:\\\n"
"\t:cputime=1h30m:\\\n"
"\t:datasize=8M:\\\n"
"\t:vmemoryuse=100M:\\\n"
"\t:stacksize=2M:\\\n"
"\t:memorylocked=4M:\\\n"
"\t:memoryuse=8M:\\\n"
"\t:filesize=8M:\\\n"
"\t:coredumpsize=8M:\\\n"
"\t:openfiles=24:\\\n"
"\t:maxproc=32:\\\n"
"\t:priority=0:\\\n"
"\t:requirehome:\\\n"
"\t:passwordtime=91d:\\\n"
"\t:umask=022:\\\n"
"\t:ignoretime@:\\\n"
"\t:label=partition/13,mls/5,biba/10(5-15),lomac/10[2]:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29927
msgid "While users can not modify the default value, they may change their label after they login, subject to the constraints of the policy. The example above tells the Biba policy that a process's minimum integrity is <literal>5</literal>, its maximum is <literal>15</literal>, and the default effective label is <literal>10</literal>. The process will run at <literal>10</literal> until it chooses to change label, perhaps due to the user using <command>setpmac</command>, which will be constrained by Biba to the configured range."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29938
msgid "After any change to <filename>login.conf</filename>, the login class capability database must be rebuilt using <command>cap_mkdb</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29942
msgid "Many sites have a large number of users requiring several different user classes. In depth planning is required as this can become difficult to manage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29948
msgid "Network Interface Labels"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29950
msgid "Labels may be set on network interfaces to help control the flow of data across the network. Policies using network interface labels function in the same way that policies function with respect to objects. Users at high settings in Biba, for example, will not be permitted to access network interfaces with a label of <literal>low</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29957
msgid "When setting the <acronym>MAC</acronym> label on network interfaces, <option>maclabel</option> may be passed to <command>ifconfig</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29961
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bge0 maclabel biba/equal</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29963
msgid "This example will set the <acronym>MAC</acronym> label of <literal>biba/equal</literal> on the <literal>bge0</literal> interface. When using a setting similar to <literal>biba/high(low-high)</literal>, the entire label should be quoted to prevent an error from being returned."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29970
msgid "Each policy module which supports labeling has a tunable which may be used to disable the <acronym>MAC</acronym> label on network interfaces. Setting the label to <option>equal</option> will have a similar effect. Review the output of <command>sysctl</command>, the policy manual pages, and the information in the rest of this chapter for more information on those tunables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:29981
msgid "Planning the Security Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29983
msgid "Before implementing any <acronym>MAC</acronym> policies, a planning phase is recommended. During the planning stages, an administrator should consider the implementation requirements and goals, such as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29990
msgid "How to classify information and resources available on the target systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29995
msgid "Which information or resources to restrict access to along with the type of restrictions that should be applied."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30001
msgid "Which <acronym>MAC</acronym> modules will be required to achieve this goal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30006
msgid "A trial run of the trusted system and its configuration should occur <emphasis>before</emphasis> a <acronym>MAC</acronym> implementation is used on production systems. Since different environments have different needs and requirements, establishing a complete security profile will decrease the need of changes once the system goes live."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30013
msgid "Consider how the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework augments the security of the system as a whole. The various security policy modules provided by the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework could be used to protect the network and file systems or to block users from accessing certain ports and sockets. Perhaps the best use of the policy modules is to load several security policy modules at a time in order to provide a <acronym>MLS</acronym> environment. This approach differs from a hardening policy, which typically hardens elements of a system which are used only for specific purposes. The downside to <acronym>MLS</acronym> is increased administrative overhead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30026
msgid "The overhead is minimal when compared to the lasting effect of a framework which provides the ability to pick and choose which policies are required for a specific configuration and which keeps performance overhead down. The reduction of support for unneeded policies can increase the overall performance of the system as well as offer flexibility of choice. A good implementation would consider the overall security requirements and effectively implement the various security policy modules offered by the framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30036
msgid "A system utilizing <acronym>MAC</acronym> guarantees that a user will not be permitted to change security attributes at will. All user utilities, programs, and scripts must work within the constraints of the access rules provided by the selected security policy modules and control of the <acronym>MAC</acronym> access rules is in the hands of the system administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30044
msgid "It is the duty of the system administrator to carefully select the correct security policy modules. For an environment that needs to limit access control over the network, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_portacl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_ifoff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_biba</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> policy modules make good starting points. For an environment where strict confidentiality of file system objects is required, consider the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_mls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> policy modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30053
msgid "Policy decisions could be made based on network configuration. If only certain users should be permitted access to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_portacl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> policy module is a good choice. In the case of file systems, access to objects might be considered confidential to some users, but not to others. As an example, a large development team might be broken off into smaller projects where developers in project A might not be permitted to access objects written by developers in project B. Yet both projects might need to access objects created by developers in project C. Using the different security policy modules provided by the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework, users could be divided into these groups and then given access to the appropriate objects."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30067
msgid "Each security policy module has a unique way of dealing with the overall security of a system. Module selection should be based on a well thought out security policy which may require revision and reimplementation. Understanding the different security policy modules offered by the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework will help administrators choose the best policies for their situations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30075
msgid "The rest of this chapter covers the available modules, describes their use and configuration, and in some cases, provides insight on applicable situations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:30080
msgid "Implementing <acronym>MAC</acronym> is much like implementing a firewall since care must be taken to prevent being completely locked out of the system. The ability to revert back to a previous configuration should be considered and the implementation of <acronym>MAC</acronym> over a remote connection should be done with extreme caution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:30090
msgid "Available MAC Policies"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30092
msgid "The default FreeBSD kernel includes <literal>options MAC</literal>. This means that every module included with the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework can be loaded with <command>kldload</command> as a run-time kernel module. After testing the module, add the module name to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> so that it will load during boot. Each module also provides a kernel option for those administrators who choose to compile their own custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30102
msgid "FreeBSD includes a group of policies that will cover most security requirements. Each policy is summarized below. The last three policies support integer settings in place of the three default labels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30108
msgid "The MAC See Other UIDs Policy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30110
msgid "<primary>MAC See Other UIDs Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30113
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_seeotheruids.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30116
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_SEEOTHERUIDS</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30119
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30122
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_seeotheruids</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module extends the <varname>security.bsd.see_other_uids</varname> and <varname>security.bsd.see_other_gids</varname> <command>sysctl</command> tunables. This option does not require any labels to be set before configuration and can operate transparently with other modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30129
msgid "After loading the module, the following <command>sysctl</command> tunables may be used to control its features:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30135
msgid "<varname>security.mac.seeotheruids.enabled</varname> enables the module and implements the default settings which deny users the ability to view processes and sockets owned by other users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30142
msgid "<varname>security.mac.seeotheruids.specificgid_enabled</varname> allows specified groups to be exempt from this policy. To exempt specific groups, use the <varname>security.mac.seeotheruids.specificgid=<replaceable>XXX</replaceable></varname> <command>sysctl</command> tunable, replacing <replaceable>XXX</replaceable> with the numeric group ID to be exempted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30153
msgid "<varname>security.mac.seeotheruids.primarygroup_enabled</varname> is used to exempt specific primary groups from this policy. When using this tunable, <varname>security.mac.seeotheruids.specificgid_enabled</varname> may not be set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30164
msgid "The MAC BSD Extended Policy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30166
msgid "<primary>MAC</primary> <secondary>File System Firewall Policy</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30170
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_bsdextended.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30173
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_BSDEXTENDED</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30176
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_bsdextended_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30179
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module enforces a file system firewall. It provides an extension to the standard file system permissions model, permitting an administrator to create a firewall-like ruleset to protect files, utilities, and directories in the file system hierarchy. When access to a file system object is attempted, the list of rules is iterated until either a matching rule is located or the end is reached. This behavior may be changed using <varname>security.mac.bsdextended.firstmatch_enabled</varname>. Similar to other firewall modules in FreeBSD, a file containing the access control rules can be created and read by the system at boot time using an <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30192
msgid "The rule list may be entered using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ugidfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> which has a syntax similar to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. More tools can be written by using the functions in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>libugidfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> library."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30197
msgid "After the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module has been loaded, the following command may be used to list the current rule configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30201
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ugidfw list</userinput>\n"
"0 slots, 0 rules"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30204
msgid "By default, no rules are defined and everything is completely accessible. To create a rule which blocks all access by users but leaves <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> unaffected:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30208
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ugidfw add subject not uid root new object not uid root mode n</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30210
msgid "While this rule is simple to implement, it is a very bad idea as it blocks all users from issuing any commands. A more realistic example blocks <systemitem class=\"username\">user1</systemitem> all access, including directory listings, to <systemitem class=\"username\"><replaceable>user2</replaceable></systemitem>'s home directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30216
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ugidfw set 2 subject uid <replaceable>user1</replaceable> object uid <replaceable>user2</replaceable> mode n</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ugidfw set 3 subject uid <replaceable>user1</replaceable> object gid <replaceable>user2</replaceable> mode n</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30219
msgid "Instead of <systemitem class=\"username\">user1</systemitem>, <option>not uid <replaceable>user2</replaceable></option> could be used in order to enforce the same access restrictions for all users. However, the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user is unaffected by these rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:30226
msgid "Extreme caution should be taken when working with this module as incorrect use could block access to certain parts of the file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30233
msgid "The MAC Interface Silencing Policy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30235
msgid "<primary>MAC Interface Silencing Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30238
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_ifoff.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30240
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_IFOFF</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30243
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_ifoff_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30246
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_ifoff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module is used to disable network interfaces on the fly and to keep network interfaces from being brought up during system boot. It does not use labels and does not depend on any other <acronym>MAC</acronym> modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30252
msgid "Most of this module's control is performed through these <command>sysctl</command> tunables:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30257
msgid "<varname>security.mac.ifoff.lo_enabled</varname> enables or disables all traffic on the loopback, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30263
msgid "<varname>security.mac.ifoff.bpfrecv_enabled</varname> enables or disables all traffic on the Berkeley Packet Filter interface, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bpf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30269
msgid "<varname>security.mac.ifoff.other_enabled</varname> enables or disables traffic on all other interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30275
msgid "One of the most common uses of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_ifoff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> is network monitoring in an environment where network traffic should not be permitted during the boot sequence. Another use would be to write a script which uses an application such as <package>security/aide</package> to automatically block network traffic if it finds new or altered files in protected directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30285
msgid "The MAC Port Access Control List Policy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30287
msgid "<primary>MAC Port Access Control List Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30290
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_portacl.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30292
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>MAC_PORTACL</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30295
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_portacl_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30298
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_portacl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module is used to limit binding to local <acronym>TCP</acronym> and <acronym>UDP</acronym> ports, making it possible to allow non-<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> users to bind to specified privileged ports below 1024."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30303
msgid "Once loaded, this module enables the <acronym>MAC</acronym> policy on all sockets. The following tunables are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30309
msgid "<varname>security.mac.portacl.enabled</varname> enables or disables the policy completely."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30314
msgid "<varname>security.mac.portacl.port_high</varname> sets the highest port number that <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_portacl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> protects."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30320
msgid "<varname>security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt</varname>, when set to a non-zero value, exempts the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user from this policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30326
msgid "<varname>security.mac.portacl.rules</varname> specifies the policy as a text string of the form <literal>rule[,rule,...]</literal>, with as many rules as needed, and where each rule is of the form <literal>idtype:id:protocol:port</literal>. The <parameter>idtype</parameter> is either <literal>uid</literal> or <literal>gid</literal>. The <parameter>protocol</parameter> parameter can be <literal>tcp</literal> or <literal>udp</literal>. The <parameter>port</parameter> parameter is the port number to allow the specified user or group to bind to. Only numeric values can be used for the user ID, group ID, and port parameters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30342
msgid "By default, ports below 1024 can only be used by privileged processes which run as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. For <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_portacl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> to allow non-privileged processes to bind to ports below 1024, set the following tunables as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30348
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl security.mac.portacl.port_high=1023</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.inet.ip.portrange.reservedlow=0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.inet.ip.portrange.reservedhigh=0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30352
msgid "To prevent the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user from being affected by this policy, set <varname>security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt</varname> to a non-zero value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30357
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt=1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30359
msgid "To allow the <systemitem class=\"username\">www</systemitem> user with <acronym>UID</acronym> 80 to bind to port 80 without ever needing <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> privilege:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30363
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:80:tcp:80</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30365
msgid "This next example permits the user with the <acronym>UID</acronym> of 1001 to bind to <acronym>TCP</acronym> ports 110 (POP3) and 995 (POP3s):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30370
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:1001:tcp:110,uid:1001:tcp:995</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30374
msgid "The MAC Partition Policy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30376
msgid "<primary>MAC Process Partition Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30379
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_partition.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30381
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_PARTITION</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30384
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_partition_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30387
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_partition</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> policy drops processes into specific <quote>partitions</quote> based on their <acronym>MAC</acronym> label. Most configuration for this policy is done using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setpmac</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. One <command>sysctl</command> tunable is available for this policy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30396
msgid "<varname>security.mac.partition.enabled</varname> enables the enforcement of <acronym>MAC</acronym> process partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30402
msgid "When this policy is enabled, users will only be permitted to see their processes, and any others within their partition, but will not be permitted to work with utilities outside the scope of this partition. For instance, a user in the <literal>insecure</literal> class will not be permitted to access <command>top</command> as well as many other commands that must spawn a process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30410
msgid "This example adds <command>top</command> to the label set on users in the <literal>insecure</literal> class. All processes spawned by users in the <literal>insecure</literal> class will stay in the <literal>partition/13</literal> label."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30416
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setpmac partition/13 top</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30418
msgid "This command displays the partition label and the process list:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30421
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ps Zax</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30423
msgid "This command displays another user's process partition label and that user's currently running processes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30426
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ps -ZU trhodes</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:30429
msgid "Users can see processes in <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>'s label unless the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_seeotheruids</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> policy is loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30435
msgid "The MAC Multi-Level Security Module"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30437
msgid "<primary>MAC Multi-Level Security Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30440
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_mls.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30442
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_MLS</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30445
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_mls_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30447
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_mls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> policy controls access between subjects and objects in the system by enforcing a strict information flow policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30451
msgid "In <acronym>MLS</acronym> environments, a <quote>clearance</quote> level is set in the label of each subject or object, along with compartments. Since these clearance levels can reach numbers greater than several thousand, it would be a daunting task to thoroughly configure every subject or object. To ease this administrative overhead, three labels are included in this policy: <literal>mls/low</literal>, <literal>mls/equal</literal>, and <literal>mls/high</literal>, where:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30463
msgid "Anything labeled with <literal>mls/low</literal> will have a low clearance level and not be permitted to access information of a higher level. This label also prevents objects of a higher clearance level from writing or passing information to a lower level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30471
msgid "<literal>mls/equal</literal> should be placed on objects which should be exempt from the policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30476
msgid "<literal>mls/high</literal> is the highest level of clearance possible. Objects assigned this label will hold dominance over all other objects in the system; however, they will not permit the leaking of information to objects of a lower class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30484
msgid "<acronym>MLS</acronym> provides:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30488
msgid "A hierarchical security level with a set of non-hierarchical categories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30493
msgid "Fixed rules of <literal>no read up, no write down</literal>. This means that a subject can have read access to objects on its own level or below, but not above. Similarly, a subject can have write access to objects on its own level or above, but not beneath."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30501
msgid "Secrecy, or the prevention of inappropriate disclosure of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30506
msgid "A basis for the design of systems that concurrently handle data at multiple sensitivity levels without leaking information between secret and confidential."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30512
msgid "The following <command>sysctl</command> tunables are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30517
msgid "<varname>security.mac.mls.enabled</varname> is used to enable or disable the <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30523
msgid "<varname>security.mac.mls.ptys_equal</varname> labels all <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> devices as <literal>mls/equal</literal> during creation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30529
msgid "<varname>security.mac.mls.revocation_enabled</varname> revokes access to objects after their label changes to a label of a lower grade."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30535
msgid "<varname>security.mac.mls.max_compartments</varname> sets the maximum number of compartment levels allowed on a system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30541
msgid "To manipulate <acronym>MLS</acronym> labels, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setfmac</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To assign a label to an object:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30544
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfmac mls/5 test</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30546
msgid "To get the <acronym>MLS</acronym> label for the file <filename>test</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30549
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>getfmac test</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30551
msgid "Another approach is to create a master policy file in <filename>/etc/</filename> which specifies the <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy information and to feed that file to <command>setfmac</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30556
msgid "When using the <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy module, an administrator plans to control the flow of sensitive information. The default <literal>block read up block write down</literal> sets everything to a low state. Everything is accessible and an administrator slowly augments the confidentiality of the information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30563
msgid "Beyond the three basic label options, an administrator may group users and groups as required to block the information flow between them. It might be easier to look at the information in clearance levels using descriptive words, such as classifications of <literal>Confidential</literal>, <literal>Secret</literal>, and <literal>Top Secret</literal>. Some administrators instead create different groups based on project levels. Regardless of the classification method, a well thought out plan must exist before implementing a restrictive policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30574
msgid "Some example situations for the <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy module include an e-commerce web server, a file server holding critical company information, and financial institution environments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30581
msgid "The MAC Biba Module"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30583
msgid "<primary>MAC Biba Integrity Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30586
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_biba.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30588
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_BIBA</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30591
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_biba_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30593
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_biba</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module loads the <acronym>MAC</acronym> Biba policy. This policy is similar to the <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy with the exception that the rules for information flow are slightly reversed. This is to prevent the downward flow of sensitive information whereas the <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy prevents the upward flow of sensitive information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30601
msgid "In Biba environments, an <quote>integrity</quote> label is set on each subject or object. These labels are made up of hierarchical grades and non-hierarchical components. As a grade ascends, so does its integrity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30606
msgid "Supported labels are <literal>biba/low</literal>, <literal>biba/equal</literal>, and <literal>biba/high</literal>, where:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30612
msgid "<literal>biba/low</literal> is considered the lowest integrity an object or subject may have. Setting this on objects or subjects blocks their write access to objects or subjects marked as <literal>biba/high</literal>, but will not prevent read access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30620
msgid "<literal>biba/equal</literal> should only be placed on objects considered to be exempt from the policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30625
msgid "<literal>biba/high</literal> permits writing to objects set at a lower label, but does not permit reading that object. It is recommended that this label be placed on objects that affect the integrity of the entire system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30633
msgid "Biba provides:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30637
msgid "Hierarchical integrity levels with a set of non-hierarchical integrity categories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30642
msgid "Fixed rules are <literal>no write up, no read down</literal>, the opposite of <acronym>MLS</acronym>. A subject can have write access to objects on its own level or below, but not above. Similarly, a subject can have read access to objects on its own level or above, but not below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30651
msgid "Integrity by preventing inappropriate modification of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30656
msgid "Integrity levels instead of <acronym>MLS</acronym> sensitivity levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30661
msgid "The following tunables can be used to manipulate the Biba policy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30666
msgid "<varname>security.mac.biba.enabled</varname> is used to enable or disable enforcement of the Biba policy on the target machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30672
msgid "<varname>security.mac.biba.ptys_equal</varname> is used to disable the Biba policy on <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30678
msgid "<varname>security.mac.biba.revocation_enabled</varname> forces the revocation of access to objects if the label is changed to dominate the subject."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30684
msgid "To access the Biba policy setting on system objects, use <command>setfmac</command> and <command>getfmac</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30688
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfmac biba/low test</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>getfmac test</userinput>\n"
"test: biba/low"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30692
msgid "Integrity, which is different from sensitivity, is used to guarantee that information is not manipulated by untrusted parties. This includes information passed between subjects and objects. It ensures that users will only be able to modify or access information they have been given explicit access to. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_biba</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> security policy module permits an administrator to configure which files and programs a user may see and invoke while assuring that the programs and files are trusted by the system for that user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30702
msgid "During the initial planning phase, an administrator must be prepared to partition users into grades, levels, and areas. The system will default to a high label once this policy module is enabled, and it is up to the administrator to configure the different grades and levels for users. Instead of using clearance levels, a good planning method could include topics. For instance, only allow developers modification access to the source code repository, source code compiler, and other development utilities. Other users would be grouped into other categories such as testers, designers, or end users and would only be permitted read access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30715
msgid "A lower integrity subject is unable to write to a higher integrity subject and a higher integrity subject cannot list or read a lower integrity object. Setting a label at the lowest possible grade could make it inaccessible to subjects. Some prospective environments for this security policy module would include a constrained web server, a development and test machine, and a source code repository. A less useful implementation would be a personal workstation, a machine used as a router, or a network firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30727
msgid "The MAC Low-watermark Module"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30729
msgid "<primary>MAC LOMAC</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30732
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_lomac.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30734
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_LOMAC</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30737
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_lomac_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30740
msgid "Unlike the <acronym>MAC</acronym> Biba policy, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_lomac</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> policy permits access to lower integrity objects only after decreasing the integrity level to not disrupt any integrity rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30745
msgid "The Low-watermark integrity policy works almost identically to Biba, with the exception of using floating labels to support subject demotion via an auxiliary grade compartment. This secondary compartment takes the form <literal>[auxgrade]</literal>. When assigning a policy with an auxiliary grade, use the syntax <literal>lomac/10[2]</literal>, where <literal>2</literal> is the auxiliary grade."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30754
msgid "This policy relies on the ubiquitous labeling of all system objects with integrity labels, permitting subjects to read from low integrity objects and then downgrading the label on the subject to prevent future writes to high integrity objects using <literal>[auxgrade]</literal>. The policy may provide greater compatibility and require less initial configuration than Biba."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30762
msgid "Like the Biba and <acronym>MLS</acronym> policies, <command>setfmac</command> and <command>setpmac</command> are used to place labels on system objects:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30766
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfmac /usr/home/trhodes lomac/high[low]</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>getfmac /usr/home/trhodes lomac/high[low]</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30769
msgid "The auxiliary grade <literal>low</literal> is a feature provided only by the <acronym>MAC</acronym> <acronym>LOMAC</acronym> policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:30776
msgid "User Lock Down"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30778
msgid "This example considers a relatively small storage system with fewer than fifty users. Users will have login capabilities and are permitted to store data and access resources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30783
msgid "For this scenario, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_seeotheruids</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> policy modules could co-exist and block access to system objects while hiding user processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30787
msgid "Begin by adding the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30790
#, no-wrap
msgid "mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30792
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> security policy module may be activated by adding this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30796
#, no-wrap
msgid "ugidfw_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30798
msgid "Default rules stored in <filename>/etc/rc.bsdextended</filename> will be loaded at system initialization. However, the default entries may need modification. Since this machine is expected only to service users, everything may be left commented out except the last two lines in order to force the loading of user owned system objects by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30806
msgid "Add the required users to this machine and reboot. For testing purposes, try logging in as a different user across two consoles. Run <command>ps aux</command> to see if processes of other users are visible. Verify that running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> on another user's home directory fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30812
msgid "Do not try to test with the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user unless the specific <command>sysctl</command>s have been modified to block super user access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:30817
msgid "When a new user is added, their <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> rule will not be in the ruleset list. To update the ruleset quickly, unload the security policy module and reload it again using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldunload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:30825
msgid "Nagios in a MAC Jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30827
msgid "<primary>Nagios in a MAC Jail</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30831
msgid "This section demonstrates the steps that are needed to implement the <application>Nagios</application> network monitoring system in a <acronym>MAC</acronym> environment. This is meant as an example which still requires the administrator to test that the implemented policy meets the security requirements of the network before using in a production environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30838
msgid "This example requires <option>multilabel</option> to be set on each file system. It also assumes that <package>net-mgmt/nagios-plugins</package>, <package>net-mgmt/nagios</package>, and <package>www/apache22</package> are all installed, configured, and working correctly before attempting the integration into the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30847
msgid "Create an Insecure User Class"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30849
msgid "Begin the procedure by adding the following user class to <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30852
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"insecure:\\\n"
":copyright=/etc/COPYRIGHT:\\\n"
":welcome=/etc/motd:\\\n"
":setenv=MAIL=/var/mail/$,BLOCKSIZE=K:\\\n"
":path=~/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin\n"
":manpath=/usr/share/man /usr/local/man:\\\n"
":nologin=/usr/sbin/nologin:\\\n"
":cputime=1h30m:\\\n"
":datasize=8M:\\\n"
":vmemoryuse=100M:\\\n"
":stacksize=2M:\\\n"
":memorylocked=4M:\\\n"
":memoryuse=8M:\\\n"
":filesize=8M:\\\n"
":coredumpsize=8M:\\\n"
":openfiles=24:\\\n"
":maxproc=32:\\\n"
":priority=0:\\\n"
":requirehome:\\\n"
":passwordtime=91d:\\\n"
":umask=022:\\\n"
":ignoretime@:\\\n"
":label=biba/10(10-10):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30876
msgid "Then, add the following line to the default user class section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30879
#, no-wrap
msgid ":label=biba/high:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30881
msgid "Save the edits and issue the following command to rebuild the database:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30888
msgid "Configure Users"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30890
msgid "Set the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user to the default class using:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30893
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw usermod root -L default</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30895
msgid "All user accounts that are not <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> will now require a login class. The login class is required, otherwise users will be refused access to common commands. The following <command>sh</command> script should do the trick:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30900
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>for x in `awk -F: '($3 &gt;= 1001) &amp;&amp; ($3 != 65534) { print $1 }' \\</userinput>\n"
"\t<userinput>/etc/passwd`; do pw usermod $x -L default; done;</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30903
msgid "Next, drop the <systemitem class=\"username\">nagios</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"username\">www</systemitem> accounts into the insecure class:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30906
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw usermod nagios -L insecure</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw usermod www -L insecure</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30911
msgid "Create the Contexts File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30913
msgid "A contexts file should now be created as <filename>/etc/policy.contexts</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30916
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This is the default BIBA policy for this system.\n"
"\n"
"# System:\n"
"/var/run(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"\n"
"/dev/(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"\n"
"/var\t\t\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"/var/spool(/.*)?\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"\n"
"/var/log(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"\n"
"/tmp(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"/var/tmp(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"\n"
"/var/spool/mqueue\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"/var/spool/clientmqueue\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"\n"
"# For Nagios:\n"
"/usr/local/etc/nagios(/.*)?\tbiba/10\n"
"\n"
"/var/spool/nagios(/.*)?\t\tbiba/10\n"
"\n"
"# For apache\n"
"/usr/local/etc/apache(/.*)?\tbiba/10"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30942
msgid "This policy enforces security by setting restrictions on the flow of information. In this specific configuration, users, including <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, should never be allowed to access <application>Nagios</application>. Configuration files and processes that are a part of <application>Nagios</application> will be completely self contained or jailed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30950
msgid "This file will be read after running <command>setfsmac</command> on every file system. This example sets the policy on the root file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30954
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfsmac -ef /etc/policy.contexts /</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30956
msgid "Next, add these edits to the main section of <filename>/etc/mac.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30959
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"default_labels file ?biba\n"
"default_labels ifnet ?biba\n"
"default_labels process ?biba\n"
"default_labels socket ?biba"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30966
msgid "Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30968
msgid "To finish the configuration, add the following lines to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30971
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mac_biba_load=\"YES\"\n"
"mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"\n"
"security.mac.biba.trust_all_interfaces=1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30975
msgid "And the following line to the network card configuration stored in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. If the primary network configuration is done via <acronym>DHCP</acronym>, this may need to be configured manually after every system boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30981
#, no-wrap
msgid "maclabel biba/equal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30985
msgid "Testing the Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30987
msgid "<primary>MAC Configuration Testing</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30991
msgid "First, ensure that the web server and <application>Nagios</application> will not be started on system initialization and reboot. Ensure that <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> cannot access any of the files in the <application>Nagios</application> configuration directory. If <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> can list the contents of <filename>/var/spool/nagios</filename>, something is wrong. Instead, a <quote>permission denied</quote> error should be returned."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31001
msgid "If all seems well, <application>Nagios</application>, <application>Apache</application>, and <application>Sendmail</application> can now be started:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31005
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /etc/mail &amp;&amp; make stop &amp;&amp; \\\n"
"setpmac biba/equal make start &amp;&amp; setpmac biba/10\\(10-10\\) apachectl start &amp;&amp; \\\n"
"setpmac biba/10\\(10-10\\) /usr/local/etc/rc.d/nagios.sh forcestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31009
msgid "Double check to ensure that everything is working properly. If not, check the log files for error messages. If needed, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to disable the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_biba</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> security policy module and try starting everything again as usual."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:31016
msgid "The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user can still change the security enforcement and edit its configuration files. The following command will permit the degradation of the security policy to a lower grade for a newly spawned shell:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31022
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setpmac biba/10 csh</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:31024
msgid "To block this from happening, force the user into a range using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setpmac</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> attempts to run a command outside of the compartment's range, an error will be returned and the command will not be executed. In this case, set root to <literal>biba/high(high-high)</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:31035
msgid "Troubleshooting the MAC Framework"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:31037
msgid "<primary>MAC Troubleshooting</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31041
msgid "This section discusses common configuration errors and how to resolve them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:31046
msgid "The <option>multilabel</option> flag does not stay enabled on the root (<filename>/</filename>) partition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31051
msgid "The following steps may resolve this transient error:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:31056
msgid "Edit <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and set the root partition to <option>ro</option> for read-only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:31062
msgid "Reboot into single user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:31066
msgid "Run <command>tunefs</command> <option>-l enable</option> on <filename>/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:31071
msgid "Reboot the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:31075
msgid "Run <command>mount</command> <option>-urw</option> <filename>/</filename> and change the <option>ro</option> back to <option>rw</option> in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and reboot the system again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:31083
msgid "Double-check the output from <command>mount</command> to ensure that <option>multilabel</option> has been properly set on the root file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:31093
msgid "After establishing a secure environment with <acronym>MAC</acronym>, <application>Xorg</application> no longer starts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31097
msgid "This could be caused by the <acronym>MAC</acronym> <literal>partition</literal> policy or by a mislabeling in one of the <acronym>MAC</acronym> labeling policies. To debug, try the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:31104
msgid "Check the error message. If the user is in the <literal>insecure</literal> class, the <literal>partition</literal> policy may be the culprit. Try setting the user's class back to the <literal>default</literal> class and rebuild the database with <command>cap_mkdb</command>. If this does not alleviate the problem, go to step two."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:31114
msgid "Double-check that the label policies are set correctly for the user, <application>Xorg</application>, and the <filename>/dev</filename> entries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:31121
msgid "If neither of these resolve the problem, send the error message and a description of the environment to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD general questions mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:31130
msgid "The <errorname>_secure_path: unable to stat .login_conf</errorname> error appears:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31133
msgid "This error can appear when a user attempts to switch from the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user to another user in the system. This message usually occurs when the user has a higher label setting than that of the user they are attempting to become. For instance, if <systemitem class=\"username\">joe</systemitem> has a default label of <option>biba/low</option> and <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> has a label of <option>biba/high</option>, <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> cannot view <systemitem class=\"username\">joe</systemitem>'s home directory. This will happen whether or not <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> has used <command>su</command> to become <systemitem class=\"username\">joe</systemitem> as the Biba integrity model will not permit <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to view objects set at a lower integrity level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:31150
msgid "The system no longer recognizes <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31152
msgid "When this occurs, <command>whoami</command> returns <literal>0</literal> and <command>su</command> returns <errorname>who are you?</errorname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31156
msgid "This can happen if a labeling policy has been disabled by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> or the policy module was unloaded. If the policy is disabled, the login capabilities database needs to be reconfigured. Double check <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> to ensure that all <option>label</option> options have been removed and rebuild the database with <command>cap_mkdb</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31165
msgid "This may also happen if a policy restricts access to <filename>master.passwd</filename>. This is usually caused by an administrator altering the file under a label which conflicts with the general policy being used by the system. In these cases, the user information would be read by the system and access would be blocked as the file has inherited the new label. Disable the policy using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and everything should return to normal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:31195
msgid "Security Event Auditing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:31206
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Robert</firstname> <surname>Watson</surname> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:31218
msgid "<primary>AUDIT</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:31219
msgid "<primary>Security Event Auditing</primary> <see>MAC</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31224
msgid "The FreeBSD operating system includes support for security event auditing. Event auditing supports reliable, fine-grained, and configurable logging of a variety of security-relevant system events, including logins, configuration changes, and file and network access. These log records can be invaluable for live system monitoring, intrusion detection, and postmortem analysis. FreeBSD implements <trademark>Sun</trademark>'s published Basic Security Module (<acronym>BSM</acronym>) Application Programming Interface (<acronym>API</acronym>) and file format, and is interoperable with the <trademark>Solaris</trademark> and <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X audit implementations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31236
msgid "This chapter focuses on the installation and configuration of event auditing. It explains audit policies and provides an example audit configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31244
msgid "What event auditing is and how it works."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31248
msgid "How to configure event auditing on FreeBSD for users and processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31253
msgid "How to review the audit trail using the audit reduction and review tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31267
msgid "Be familiar with the basics of kernel configuration/compilation (<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:31278
msgid "The audit facility has some known limitations. Not all security-relevant system events are auditable and some login mechanisms, such as <application>Xorg</application>-based display managers and third-party daemons, do not properly configure auditing for user login sessions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:31284
msgid "The security event auditing facility is able to generate very detailed logs of system activity. On a busy system, trail file data can be very large when configured for high detail, exceeding gigabytes a week in some configurations. Administrators should take into account the disk space requirements associated with high volume audit configurations. For example, it may be desirable to dedicate a file system to <filename>/var/audit</filename> so that other file systems are not affected if the audit file system becomes full."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31299
msgid "The following terms are related to security event auditing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31304
msgid "<emphasis>event</emphasis>: an auditable event is any event that can be logged using the audit subsystem. Examples of security-relevant events include the creation of a file, the building of a network connection, or a user logging in. Events are either <quote>attributable</quote>, meaning that they can be traced to an authenticated user, or <quote>non-attributable</quote>. Examples of non-attributable events are any events that occur before authentication in the login process, such as bad password attempts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31317
msgid "<emphasis>class</emphasis>: a named set of related events which are used in selection expressions. Commonly used classes of events include <quote>file creation</quote> (fc), <quote>exec</quote> (ex), and <quote>login_logout</quote> (lo)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31325
msgid "<emphasis>record</emphasis>: an audit log entry describing a security event. Records contain a record event type, information on the subject (user) performing the action, date and time information, information on any objects or arguments, and a success or failure condition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31334
msgid "<emphasis>trail</emphasis>: a log file consisting of a series of audit records describing security events. Trails are in roughly chronological order with respect to the time events completed. Only authorized processes are allowed to commit records to the audit trail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31342
msgid "<emphasis>selection expression</emphasis>: a string containing a list of prefixes and audit event class names used to match events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31348
msgid "<emphasis>preselection</emphasis>: the process by which the system identifies which events are of interest to the administrator. The preselection configuration uses a series of selection expressions to identify which classes of events to audit for which users, as well as global settings that apply to both authenticated and unauthenticated processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31358
msgid "<emphasis>reduction</emphasis>: the process by which records from existing audit trails are selected for preservation, printing, or analysis. Likewise, the process by which undesired audit records are removed from the audit trail. Using reduction, administrators can implement policies for the preservation of audit data. For example, detailed audit trails might be kept for one month, but after that, trails might be reduced in order to preserve only login information for archival purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:31372
msgid "Audit Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31374
msgid "User space support for event auditing is installed as part of the base FreeBSD operating system. Kernel support is available in the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel by default, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>auditd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be enabled by adding the following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31381
#, no-wrap
msgid "auditd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31383
msgid "Then, start the audit daemon:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31385
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service auditd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31387
msgid "Users who prefer to compile a custom kernel must include the following line in their custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31390
#, no-wrap
msgid "options\tAUDIT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:31393
msgid "Event Selection Expressions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31395
msgid "Selection expressions are used in a number of places in the audit configuration to determine which events should be audited. Expressions contain a list of event classes to match. Selection expressions are evaluated from left to right, and two expressions are combined by appending one onto the other."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31402
msgid "<xref linkend=\"event-selection\"/> summarizes the default audit event classes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:31406
msgid "Default Audit Event Classes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31411
msgid "Class Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31413 book.translate.xml:31577
msgid "Action"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31419 book.translate.xml:31420
msgid "all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31421
msgid "Match all event classes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31425
msgid "aa"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31426
msgid "authentication and authorization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31431
msgid "ad"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31432
msgid "administrative"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31433
msgid "Administrative actions performed on the system as a whole."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31438
msgid "ap"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31439
msgid "application"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31440
msgid "Application defined action."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31444
msgid "cl"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31445
msgid "file close"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31446
msgid "Audit calls to the <function>close</function> system call."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31451
msgid "ex"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31452
msgid "exec"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31453
msgid "Audit program execution. Auditing of command line arguments and environmental variables is controlled via <citerefentry><refentrytitle>audit_control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> using the <literal>argv</literal> and <literal>envv</literal> parameters to the <literal>policy</literal> setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31462
msgid "fa"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31463
msgid "file attribute access"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31464
msgid "Audit the access of object attributes such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>stat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pathconf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31469
msgid "fc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31470
msgid "file create"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31471
msgid "Audit events where a file is created as a result."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31476
msgid "fd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31477
msgid "file delete"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31478
msgid "Audit events where file deletion occurs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31482
msgid "fm"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31483
msgid "file attribute modify"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31484
msgid "Audit events where file attribute modification occurs, such as by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chown</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>flock</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31490
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31491
msgid "file read"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31492
msgid "Audit events in which data is read or files are opened for reading."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31497
msgid "fw"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31498
msgid "file write"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31499
msgid "Audit events in which data is written or files are written or modified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31504
msgid "io"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31505
msgid "ioctl"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31506
msgid "Audit use of the <function>ioctl</function> system call."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31511
msgid "ip"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31512
msgid "ipc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31513
msgid "Audit various forms of Inter-Process Communication, including POSIX pipes and System V <acronym>IPC</acronym> operations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31519
msgid "lo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31520
msgid "login_logout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31521
msgid "Audit <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>logout</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31526
msgid "na"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31527
msgid "non attributable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31528
msgid "Audit non-attributable events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31532
msgid "no"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31533
msgid "invalid class"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31534
msgid "Match no audit events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31538
msgid "nt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31539
msgid "network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31540
msgid "Audit events related to network actions such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>accept</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31545
msgid "ot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31546
msgid "other"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31547
msgid "Audit miscellaneous events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31551
msgid "pc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31552
msgid "process"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31553
msgid "Audit process operations such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>exit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31560
msgid "These audit event classes may be customized by modifying the <filename>audit_class</filename> and <filename>audit_event</filename> configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31564
msgid "Each audit event class may be combined with a prefix indicating whether successful/failed operations are matched, and whether the entry is adding or removing matching for the class and type. <xref linkend=\"event-prefixes\"/> summarizes the available prefixes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:31571
msgid "Prefixes for Audit Event Classes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31576
msgid "Prefix"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31584
msgid "Audit successful events in this class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31589
msgid "Audit failed events in this class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31593
msgid "^"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31594
msgid "Audit neither successful nor failed events in this class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31599
msgid "^+"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31600
msgid "Do not audit successful events in this class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31605
msgid "^-"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31606
msgid "Do not audit failed events in this class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31612
msgid "If no prefix is present, both successful and failed instances of the event will be audited."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31615
msgid "The following example selection string selects both successful and failed login/logout events, but only successful execution events:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31619
#, no-wrap
msgid "lo,+ex"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31625
msgid "The following configuration files for security event auditing are found in <filename>/etc/security</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31631
msgid "<filename>audit_class</filename>: contains the definitions of the audit classes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31636
msgid "<filename>audit_control</filename>: controls aspects of the audit subsystem, such as default audit classes, minimum disk space to leave on the audit log volume, and maximum audit trail size."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31643
msgid "<filename>audit_event</filename>: textual names and descriptions of system audit events and a list of which classes each event is in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31649
msgid "<filename>audit_user</filename>: user-specific audit requirements to be combined with the global defaults at login."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31655
msgid "<filename>audit_warn</filename>: a customizable shell script used by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>auditd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to generate warning messages in exceptional situations, such as when space for audit records is running low or when the audit trail file has been rotated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:31664
msgid "Audit configuration files should be edited and maintained carefully, as errors in configuration may result in improper logging of events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31669
msgid "In most cases, administrators will only need to modify <filename>audit_control</filename> and <filename>audit_user</filename>. The first file controls system-wide audit properties and policies and the second file may be used to fine-tune auditing by user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:31676
msgid "The <filename>audit_control</filename> File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31678
msgid "A number of defaults for the audit subsystem are specified in <filename>audit_control</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31681
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dir:/var/audit\n"
"dist:off\n"
"flags:lo,aa\n"
"minfree:5\n"
"naflags:lo,aa\n"
"policy:cnt,argv\n"
"filesz:2M\n"
"expire-after:10M"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31690
msgid "The <option>dir</option> entry is used to set one or more directories where audit logs will be stored. If more than one directory entry appears, they will be used in order as they fill. It is common to configure audit so that audit logs are stored on a dedicated file system, in order to prevent interference between the audit subsystem and other subsystems if the file system fills."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31698
msgid "If the <option>dist</option> field is set to <literal>on</literal> or <literal>yes</literal>, hard links will be created to all trail files in <filename>/var/audit/dist</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31703
msgid "The <option>flags</option> field sets the system-wide default preselection mask for attributable events. In the example above, successful and failed login/logout events as well as authentication and authorization are audited for all users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31709
msgid "The <option>minfree</option> entry defines the minimum percentage of free space for the file system where the audit trail is stored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31713
msgid "The <option>naflags</option> entry specifies audit classes to be audited for non-attributed events, such as the login/logout process and authentication and authorization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31718
msgid "The <option>policy</option> entry specifies a comma-separated list of policy flags controlling various aspects of audit behavior. The <literal>cnt</literal> indicates that the system should continue running despite an auditing failure (this flag is highly recommended). The other flag, <literal>argv</literal>, causes command line arguments to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>execve</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system call to be audited as part of command execution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31727
msgid "The <option>filesz</option> entry specifies the maximum size for an audit trail before automatically terminating and rotating the trail file. A value of <literal>0</literal> disables automatic log rotation. If the requested file size is below the minimum of 512k, it will be ignored and a log message will be generated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31734
msgid "The <option>expire-after</option> field specifies when audit log files will expire and be removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:31739
msgid "The <filename>audit_user</filename> File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31741
msgid "The administrator can specify further audit requirements for specific users in <filename>audit_user</filename>. Each line configures auditing for a user via two fields: the <literal>alwaysaudit</literal> field specifies a set of events that should always be audited for the user, and the <literal>neveraudit</literal> field specifies a set of events that should never be audited for the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31749
msgid "The following example entries audit login/logout events and successful command execution for <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> and file creation and successful command execution for <systemitem class=\"username\">www</systemitem>. If used with the default <filename>audit_control</filename>, the <literal>lo</literal> entry for <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> is redundant, and login/logout events will also be audited for <systemitem class=\"username\">www</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31756
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"root:lo,+ex:no\n"
"www:fc,+ex:no"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:31763
msgid "Working with Audit Trails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31765
msgid "Since audit trails are stored in the <acronym>BSM</acronym> binary format, several built-in tools are available to modify or convert these trails to text. To convert trail files to a simple text format, use <command>praudit</command>. To reduce the audit trail file for analysis, archiving, or printing purposes, use <command>auditreduce</command>. This utility supports a variety of selection parameters, including event type, event class, user, date or time of the event, and the file path or object acted on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31775
msgid "For example, to dump the entire contents of a specified audit log in plain text:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31778
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>praudit /var/audit/<replaceable>AUDITFILE</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31780
msgid "Where <replaceable>AUDITFILE</replaceable> is the audit log to dump."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31783
msgid "Audit trails consist of a series of audit records made up of tokens, which <command>praudit</command> prints sequentially, one per line. Each token is of a specific type, such as <literal>header</literal> (an audit record header) or <literal>path</literal> (a file path from a name lookup). The following is an example of an <literal>execve</literal> event:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31791
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"header,133,10,execve(2),0,Mon Sep 25 15:58:03 2006, + 384 msec\n"
"exec arg,finger,doug\n"
"path,/usr/bin/finger\n"
"attribute,555,root,wheel,90,24918,104944\n"
"subject,robert,root,wheel,root,wheel,38439,38032,42086,128.232.9.100\n"
"return,success,0\n"
"trailer,133"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31799
msgid "This audit represents a successful <literal>execve</literal> call, in which the command <literal>finger doug</literal> has been run. The <literal>exec arg</literal> token contains the processed command line presented by the shell to the kernel. The <literal>path</literal> token holds the path to the executable as looked up by the kernel. The <literal>attribute</literal> token describes the binary and includes the file mode. The <literal>subject</literal> token stores the audit user ID, effective user ID and group ID, real user ID and group ID, process ID, session ID, port ID, and login address. Notice that the audit user ID and real user ID differ as the user <systemitem class=\"username\">robert</systemitem> switched to the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> account before running this command, but it is audited using the original authenticated user. The <literal>return</literal> token indicates the successful execution and the <literal>trailer</literal> concludes the record."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31818
msgid "<acronym>XML</acronym> output format is also supported and can be selected by including <option>-x</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31821
msgid "Since audit logs may be very large, a subset of records can be selected using <command>auditreduce</command>. This example selects all audit records produced for the user <systemitem class=\"username\">trhodes</systemitem> stored in <filename>AUDITFILE</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31827
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>auditreduce -u <replaceable>trhodes</replaceable> /var/audit/<replaceable>AUDITFILE</replaceable> | praudit</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31829
msgid "Members of the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">audit</systemitem> group have permission to read audit trails in <filename>/var/audit</filename>. By default, this group is empty, so only the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user can read audit trails. Users may be added to the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">audit</systemitem> group in order to delegate audit review rights. As the ability to track audit log contents provides significant insight into the behavior of users and processes, it is recommended that the delegation of audit review rights be performed with caution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:31839
msgid "Live Monitoring Using Audit Pipes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31841
msgid "Audit pipes are cloning pseudo-devices which allow applications to tap the live audit record stream. This is primarily of interest to authors of intrusion detection and system monitoring applications. However, the audit pipe device is a convenient way for the administrator to allow live monitoring without running into problems with audit trail file ownership or log rotation interrupting the event stream. To track the live audit event stream:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31850
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>praudit /dev/auditpipe</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31852
msgid "By default, audit pipe device nodes are accessible only to the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user. To make them accessible to the members of the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">audit</systemitem> group, add a <literal>devfs</literal> rule to <filename>/etc/devfs.rules</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31858
#, no-wrap
msgid "add path 'auditpipe*' mode 0440 group audit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31860
msgid "See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs.rules</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the devfs file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:31864
msgid "It is easy to produce audit event feedback cycles, in which the viewing of each audit event results in the generation of more audit events. For example, if all network <acronym>I/O</acronym> is audited, and <command>praudit</command> is run from an <acronym>SSH</acronym> session, a continuous stream of audit events will be generated at a high rate, as each event being printed will generate another event. For this reason, it is advisable to run <command>praudit</command> on an audit pipe device from sessions without fine-grained <acronym>I/O</acronym> auditing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:31879
msgid "Rotating and Compressing Audit Trail Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31881
msgid "Audit trails are written to by the kernel and managed by the audit daemon, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>auditd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Administrators should not attempt to use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>newsyslog.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> or other tools to directly rotate audit logs. Instead, <command>audit</command> should be used to shut down auditing, reconfigure the audit system, and perform log rotation. The following command causes the audit daemon to create a new audit log and signal the kernel to switch to using the new log. The old log will be terminated and renamed, at which point it may then be manipulated by the administrator:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31893
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>audit -n</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31895
msgid "If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>auditd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is not currently running, this command will fail and an error message will be produced."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31898
msgid "Adding the following line to <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> will schedule this rotation every twelve hours:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31902
#, no-wrap
msgid "0     */12       *       *       *       root    /usr/sbin/audit -n"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31904
msgid "The change will take effect once <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> is saved."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31907
msgid "Automatic rotation of the audit trail file based on file size is possible using <option>filesz</option> in <filename>audit_control</filename> as described in <xref linkend=\"audit-auditcontrol\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31911
msgid "As audit trail files can become very large, it is often desirable to compress or otherwise archive trails once they have been closed by the audit daemon. The <filename>audit_warn</filename> script can be used to perform customized operations for a variety of audit-related events, including the clean termination of audit trails when they are rotated. For example, the following may be added to <filename>/etc/security/audit_warn</filename> to compress audit trails on close:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31921
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#\n"
"# Compress audit trail files on close.\n"
"#\n"
"if [ \"$1\" = closefile ]; then\n"
"        gzip -9 $2\n"
"fi"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31928
msgid "Other archiving activities might include copying trail files to a centralized server, deleting old trail files, or reducing the audit trail to remove unneeded records. This script will be run only when audit trail files are cleanly terminated, so will not be run on trails left unterminated following an improper shutdown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:31947
msgid "Storage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31952
msgid "This chapter covers the use of disks and storage media in FreeBSD. This includes <acronym>SCSI</acronym> and <acronym>IDE</acronym> disks, <acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> media, memory-backed disks, and <acronym>USB</acronym> storage devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31962
msgid "How to add additional hard disks to a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31967
msgid "How to grow the size of a disk's partition on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31972
msgid "How to configure FreeBSD to use <acronym>USB</acronym> storage devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31977
msgid "How to use <acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> media on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31982
msgid "How to use the backup programs available under FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31987
msgid "How to set up memory disks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31991
msgid "What file system snapshots are and how to use them efficiently."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31996
msgid "How to use quotas to limit disk space usage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:32000
msgid "How to encrypt disks and swap to secure them against attackers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:32005
msgid "How to configure a highly available storage network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:32014
msgid "Know how to <link linkend=\"kernelconfig\">configure and install a new FreeBSD kernel</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:32022
msgid "Adding Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:32025
msgid "<personname> <firstname>David</firstname> <surname>O'Brien</surname> </personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32035
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>adding</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32040
msgid "This section describes how to add a new <acronym>SATA</acronym> disk to a machine that currently only has a single drive. First, turn off the computer and install the drive in the computer following the instructions of the computer, controller, and drive manufacturers. Reboot the system and become <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32048
msgid "Inspect <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</filename> to ensure the new disk was found. In this example, the newly added <acronym>SATA</acronym> drive will appear as <filename>ada1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32054 book.translate.xml:32150
msgid "<primary><command>gpart</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32058
msgid "For this example, a single large partition will be created on the new disk. The <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"> <acronym>GPT</acronym></link> partitioning scheme will be used in preference to the older and less versatile <acronym>MBR</acronym> scheme."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32065
msgid "If the disk to be added is not blank, old partition information can be removed with <command>gpart delete</command>. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32071
msgid "The partition scheme is created, and then a single partition is added. To improve performance on newer disks with larger hardware block sizes, the partition is aligned to one megabyte boundaries:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32076
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart create -s GPT ada1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs -a 1M ada1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32079
msgid "Depending on use, several smaller partitions may be desired. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for options to create partitions smaller than a whole disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32083
msgid "The disk partition information can be viewed with <command>gpart show</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32086
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>gpart show ada1</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;        34  1465146988  ada1  GPT  (699G)\n"
"          34        2014        - free -  (1.0M)\n"
"        2048  1465143296     1  freebsd-ufs  (699G)\n"
"  1465145344        1678        - free -  (839K)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32092
msgid "A file system is created in the new partition on the new disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32094
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/ada1p1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32096
msgid "An empty directory is created as a <emphasis>mountpoint</emphasis>, a location for mounting the new disk in the original disk's file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32100
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /newdisk</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32102
msgid "Finally, an entry is added to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> so the new disk will be mounted automatically at startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32106
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/ada1p1\t/newdisk\tufs\trw\t2\t2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32108
msgid "The new disk can be mounted manually, without restarting the system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32111
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /newdisk</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:32116
msgid "Resizing and Growing Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:32119
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32129
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>resizing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32134
msgid "A disk's capacity can increase without any changes to the data already present. This happens commonly with virtual machines, when the virtual disk turns out to be too small and is enlarged. Sometimes a disk image is written to a <acronym>USB</acronym> memory stick, but does not use the full capacity. Here we describe how to resize or <emphasis>grow</emphasis> disk contents to take advantage of increased capacity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32143
msgid "Determine the device name of the disk to be resized by inspecting <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</filename>. In this example, there is only one <acronym>SATA</acronym> disk in the system, so the drive will appear as <filename>ada0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32154
msgid "List the partitions on the disk to see the current configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32157
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"=&gt;      34  83886013  ada0  GPT  (48G) [CORRUPT]\n"
"        34       128     1  freebsd-boot  (64k)\n"
"       162  79691648     2  freebsd-ufs  (38G)\n"
"  79691810   4194236     3  freebsd-swap  (2G)\n"
"  83886046         1        - free -  (512B)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32165
msgid "If the disk was formatted with the <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"> <acronym>GPT</acronym></link> partitioning scheme, it may show as <quote>corrupted</quote> because the <acronym>GPT</acronym> backup partition table is no longer at the end of the drive. Fix the backup partition table with <command>gpart</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32173
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart recover <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"ada0 recovered"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32177
msgid "Now the additional space on the disk is available for use by a new partition, or an existing partition can be expanded:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32181
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"=&gt;       34  102399933  ada0  GPT  (48G)\n"
"         34        128     1  freebsd-boot  (64k)\n"
"        162   79691648     2  freebsd-ufs  (38G)\n"
"   79691810    4194236     3  freebsd-swap  (2G)\n"
"   83886046   18513921        - free -  (8.8G)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32188
msgid "Partitions can only be resized into contiguous free space. Here, the last partition on the disk is the swap partition, but the second partition is the one that needs to be resized. Swap partitions only contain temporary data, so it can safely be unmounted, deleted, and then recreated after resizing other partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32195
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>swapoff <replaceable>/dev/ada0p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart delete -i <replaceable>3</replaceable> <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"ada0p3 deleted\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"=&gt;       34  102399933  ada0  GPT  (48G)\n"
"         34        128     1  freebsd-boot  (64k)\n"
"        162   79691648     2  freebsd-ufs  (38G)\n"
"   79691810   22708157        - free -  (10G)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:32205
msgid "There is risk of data loss when modifying the partition table of a mounted file system. It is best to perform the following steps on an unmounted file system while running from a live <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> or <acronym>USB</acronym> device. However, if absolutely necessary, a mounted file system can be resized after disabling GEOM safety features:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32213
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.geom.debugflags=16</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32216
msgid "Resize the partition, leaving room to recreate a swap partition of the desired size. This only modifies the size of the partition. The file system in the partition will be expanded in a separate step."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32221
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart resize -i <replaceable>2</replaceable> -a 4k -s <replaceable>47G</replaceable> <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"ada0p2 resized\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"=&gt;       34  102399933  ada0  GPT  (48G)\n"
"         34        128     1  freebsd-boot  (64k)\n"
"        162   98566144     2  freebsd-ufs  (47G)\n"
"   98566306    3833661        - free -  (1.8G)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32229
msgid "Recreate the swap partition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32231
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-swap -a 4k <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"ada0p3 added\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"=&gt;       34  102399933  ada0  GPT  (48G)\n"
"         34        128     1  freebsd-boot  (64k)\n"
"        162   98566144     2  freebsd-ufs  (47G)\n"
"   98566306    3833661     3  freebsd-swap  (1.8G)\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>swapon <replaceable>/dev/ada0p3</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32240
msgid "Grow the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system to use the new capacity of the resized partition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32244
msgid "Growing a live <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system is only possible in FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE and later. For earlier versions, the file system must not be mounted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32249
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growfs <replaceable>/dev/ada0p2</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Device is mounted read-write; resizing will result in temporary write suspension for /.\n"
"It's strongly recommended to make a backup before growing the file system.\n"
"OK to grow file system on /dev/ada0p2, mounted on /, from 38GB to 47GB? [Yes/No] <userinput>Yes</userinput>\n"
"super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:\n"
" 80781312, 82063552, 83345792, 84628032, 85910272, 87192512, 88474752,\n"
" 89756992, 91039232, 92321472, 93603712, 94885952, 96168192, 97450432"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32257
msgid "Both the partition and the file system on it have now been resized to use the newly-available disk space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:32263
msgid "<acronym>USB</acronym> Storage Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32276
msgid "<primary>USB</primary> <secondary>disks</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32281
msgid "Many external storage solutions, such as hard drives, <acronym>USB</acronym> thumbdrives, and <acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> burners, use the Universal Serial Bus (<acronym>USB</acronym>). FreeBSD provides support for <acronym>USB</acronym> 1.x, 2.0, and 3.0 devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32288
msgid "<acronym>USB</acronym> 3.0 support is not compatible with some hardware, including Haswell (Lynx point) chipsets. If FreeBSD boots with a <errorname>failed with error 19</errorname> message, disable xHCI/USB3 in the system <acronym>BIOS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32295
msgid "Support for <acronym>USB</acronym> storage devices is built into the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel. For a custom kernel, be sure that the following lines are present in the kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32300
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n"
"device da\t# Direct Access (disks)\n"
"device pass\t# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n"
"device uhci\t# provides USB 1.x support\n"
"device ohci\t# provides USB 1.x support\n"
"device ehci\t# provides USB 2.0 support\n"
"device xhci\t# provides USB 3.0 support\n"
"device usb\t# USB Bus (required)\n"
"device umass\t# Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da\n"
"device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32311
msgid "FreeBSD uses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver which uses the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> subsystem to access <acronym>USB</acronym> storage devices. Since any <acronym>USB</acronym> device will be seen as a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> device by the system, if the <acronym>USB</acronym> device is a <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>DVD</acronym> burner, do <emphasis>not</emphasis> include <option>device atapicam</option> in a custom kernel configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32321
msgid "The rest of this section demonstrates how to verify that a <acronym>USB</acronym> storage device is recognized by FreeBSD and how to configure the device so that it can be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32326
msgid "Device Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32328
msgid "To test the <acronym>USB</acronym> configuration, plug in the <acronym>USB</acronym> device. Use <command>dmesg</command> to confirm that the drive appears in the system message buffer. It should look something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32334
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"umass0: &lt;STECH Simple Drive, class 0/0, rev 2.00/1.04, addr 3&gt; on usbus0\n"
"umass0:  SCSI over Bulk-Only; quirks = 0x0100\n"
"umass0:4:0:-1: Attached to scbus4\n"
"da0 at umass-sim0 bus 0 scbus4 target 0 lun 0\n"
"da0: &lt;STECH Simple Drive 1.04&gt; Fixed Direct Access SCSI-4 device\n"
"da0: Serial Number WD-WXE508CAN263\n"
"da0: 40.000MB/s transfers\n"
"da0: 152627MB (312581808 512 byte sectors: 255H 63S/T 19457C)\n"
"da0: quirks=0x2&lt;NO_6_BYTE&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32344
msgid "The brand, device node (<filename>da0</filename>), speed, and size will differ according to the device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32347
msgid "Since the <acronym>USB</acronym> device is seen as a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> one, <command>camcontrol</command> can be used to list the <acronym>USB</acronym> storage devices attached to the system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32352
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>camcontrol devlist</userinput>\n"
"&lt;STECH Simple Drive 1.04&gt;          at scbus4 target 0 lun 0 (pass3,da0)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32355
msgid "Alternately, <command>usbconfig</command> can be used to list the device. Refer to <citerefentry vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>usbconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about this command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32359
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>usbconfig</userinput>\n"
"ugen0.3: &lt;Simple Drive STECH&gt; at usbus0, cfg=0 md=HOST spd=HIGH (480Mbps) pwr=ON (2mA)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32362
msgid "If the device has not been formatted, refer to <xref linkend=\"disks-adding\"/> for instructions on how to format and create partitions on the <acronym>USB</acronym> drive. If the drive comes with a file system, it can be mounted by <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"mount-unmount\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:32369
msgid "Allowing untrusted users to mount arbitrary media, by enabling <varname>vfs.usermount</varname> as described below, should not be considered safe from a security point of view. Most file systems were not built to safeguard against malicious devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32376
msgid "To make the device mountable as a normal user, one solution is to make all users of the device a member of the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem> group using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Next, ensure that <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem> is able to read and write the device by adding these lines to <filename>/etc/devfs.rules</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32383
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[localrules=5]\n"
"add path 'da*' mode 0660 group operator"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32387
msgid "If internal <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disks are also installed in the system, change the second line as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32391
#, no-wrap
msgid "add path 'da[<replaceable>3</replaceable>-9]*' mode 0660 group operator"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32393
msgid "This will exclude the first three <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disks (<filename>da0</filename> to <filename>da2</filename>)from belonging to the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem> group. Replace <replaceable>3</replaceable> with the number of internal <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disks. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs.rules</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about this file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32401
msgid "Next, enable the ruleset in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32404
#, no-wrap
msgid "devfs_system_ruleset=\"localrules\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32406
msgid "Then, instruct the system to allow regular users to mount file systems by adding the following line to <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32410
#, no-wrap
msgid "vfs.usermount=1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32412
msgid "Since this only takes effect after the next reboot, use <command>sysctl</command> to set this variable now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32415
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl vfs.usermount=1</userinput>\n"
"vfs.usermount: 0 -&gt; 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32418
msgid "The final step is to create a directory where the file system is to be mounted. This directory needs to be owned by the user that is to mount the file system. One way to do that is for <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to create a subdirectory owned by that user as <filename>/mnt/<replaceable>username</replaceable></filename>. In the following example, replace <replaceable>username</replaceable> with the login name of the user and <replaceable>usergroup</replaceable> with the user's primary group:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32428
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /mnt/<replaceable>username</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chown <replaceable>username</replaceable>:<replaceable>usergroup</replaceable> /mnt/<replaceable>username</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32431
msgid "Suppose a <acronym>USB</acronym> thumbdrive is plugged in, and a device <filename>/dev/da0s1</filename> appears. If the device is formatted with a <acronym>FAT</acronym> file system, the user can mount it using:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32436
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mount -t msdosfs -o -m=644,-M=755 /dev/da0s1 /mnt/<replaceable>username</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32438
msgid "Before the device can be unplugged, it <emphasis>must</emphasis> be unmounted first:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32441
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>umount /mnt/<replaceable>username</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32443
msgid "After device removal, the system message buffer will show messages similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32446
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"umass0: at uhub3, port 2, addr 3 (disconnected)\n"
"da0 at umass-sim0 bus 0 scbus4 target 0 lun 0\n"
"da0: &lt;STECH Simple Drive 1.04&gt; s/n WD-WXE508CAN263          detached\n"
"(da0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Periph destroyed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32453
msgid "Automounting Removable Media"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32456
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> supports automatic mounting of removable media starting with FreeBSD 10.2-RELEASE."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32460
msgid "<acronym>USB</acronym> devices can be automatically mounted by uncommenting this line in <filename>/etc/auto_master</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32464
#, no-wrap
msgid "/media\t\t-media\t\t-nosuid"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32466
msgid "Then add these lines to <filename>/etc/devd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32469
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"notify 100 {\n"
"\tmatch \"system\" \"GEOM\";\n"
"\tmatch \"subsystem\" \"DEV\";\n"
"\taction \"/usr/sbin/automount -c\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32475
msgid "Reload the configuration if <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> are already running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32478
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service automount reload</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service devd restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32481
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be set to start at boot by adding this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32484 book.translate.xml:53469
#, no-wrap
msgid "autofs_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32486
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> requires <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to be enabled, as it is by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32489
msgid "Start the services immediately with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32491
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service automount start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service automountd start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service autounmountd start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service devd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32496
msgid "Each file system that can be automatically mounted appears as a directory in <filename>/media/</filename>. The directory is named after the file system label. If the label is missing, the directory is named after the device node."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32501
msgid "The file system is transparently mounted on the first access, and unmounted after a period of inactivity. Automounted drives can also be unmounted manually:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32505
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>automount -fu</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32507
msgid "This mechanism is typically used for memory cards and <acronym>USB</acronym> memory sticks. It can be used with any block device, including optical drives or <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> <acronym>LUN</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32514
msgid "<acronym>USB</acronym> Mass Storage Target"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32517
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cfumass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver is a <acronym>USB</acronym> device mode driver first available in FreeBSD 12.0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32521
msgid "When running on <acronym>USB</acronym> <acronym>OTG</acronym>-compliant hardware like that built into many embedded boards, the FreeBSD <acronym>USB</acronym> stack can run in <emphasis>device mode</emphasis>. Device mode makes it possible for the computer to present itself as different kinds of <acronym>USB</acronym> device classes, including serial ports, network adapters, and mass storage. A <acronym>USB</acronym> host like a laptop or desktop computer is able to access them just like physical <acronym>USB</acronym> devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32532
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>usb_template</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> kernel module allows the <acronym>USB</acronym> stack to switch between host-side and device-side automatically, depending on what is connected to the <acronym>USB</acronym> port. Connecting a <acronym>USB</acronym> device like a memory stick to the <acronym>USB</acronym> <acronym>OTG</acronym> port causes FreeBSD to switch to host mode. Connecting a <acronym>USB</acronym> host like a computer causes FreeBSD to switch to device mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32542
msgid "What FreeBSD presents to the <acronym>USB</acronym> host depends on the <varname>hw.usb.template</varname> sysctl. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>usb_template</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the list of available values. Note that for the host to notice the configuration change, it must be either physically disconnected and reconnected, or forced to rescan the <acronym>USB</acronym> bus in a system-specific way. When FreeBSD is running on the host, <citerefentry vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>usbconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> <command>reset</command> can be used. This also must be done after loading <filename>usb_template.ko</filename> if the <acronym>USB</acronym> host was already connected to the <acronym>USB</acronym> <acronym>OTG</acronym> socket."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32554
msgid "The <varname>hw.usb.template</varname> sysctl is set to 0 by default, making FreeBSD work as a <acronym>USB</acronym> Mass Storage target. Both <citerefentry><refentrytitle>usb_template</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cfumass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> kernel modules must be loaded. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cfumass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> interfaces to the CTL subsystem, the same one that is used for <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> or Fibre Channel targets. On the host side, <acronym>USB</acronym> Mass Storage initiators can only access a single <acronym>LUN</acronym>, <acronym>LUN</acronym> 0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32565
msgid "<acronym>USB</acronym> Mass Storage does not require the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon to be running, although it can be used if desired. This is different from <acronym>iSCSI</acronym>. Thus, there are two ways to configure the target: <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctladm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Both require the <filename>cfumass.ko</filename> kernel module to be loaded. The module can be loaded manually:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32573
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload cfumass</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32575
msgid "If <filename>cfumass.ko</filename> has not been built into the kernel, <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> can be set to load the module at boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32579
#, no-wrap
msgid "cfumass_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32581
msgid "A <acronym>LUN</acronym> can be created without the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32584
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ctladm create -b block -o file=/data/target0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32586
msgid "This presents the contents of the image file <filename>/data/target0</filename> as a <acronym>LUN</acronym> to the <acronym>USB</acronym> host. The file must exist before executing the command. To configure the <acronym>LUN</acronym> at system startup, add the command to <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32593
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> can also be used to manage <acronym>LUN</acronym>s. Create <filename>/etc/ctl.conf</filename>, add a line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> to make sure <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is automatically started at boot, and then start the daemon."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32600
msgid "This is an example of a simple <filename>/etc/ctl.conf</filename> configuration file. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctl.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a more complete description of the options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32605
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"target naa.50015178f369f092 {\n"
"\tlun 0 {\n"
"\t\tpath /data/target0\n"
"\t\tsize 4G\n"
"\t}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32612
msgid "The example creates a single target with a single <acronym>LUN</acronym>. The <literal>naa.50015178f369f092</literal> is a device identifier composed of 32 random hexadecimal digits. The <literal>path</literal> line defines the full path to a file or zvol backing the <acronym>LUN</acronym>. That file must exist before starting <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The second line is optional and specifies the size of the <acronym>LUN</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32622
msgid "To make sure the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is started at boot, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32626 book.translate.xml:57995
#, no-wrap
msgid "ctld_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32628 book.translate.xml:57997
msgid "To start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> now, run this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32630 book.translate.xml:57999
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ctld start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32632
msgid "As the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is started, it reads <filename>/etc/ctl.conf</filename>. If this file is edited after the daemon starts, reload the changes so they take effect immediately:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32637 book.translate.xml:58006
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ctld reload</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:32643
msgid "Creating and Using <acronym>CD</acronym> Media"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:32646 book.translate.xml:46224
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Mike</firstname> <surname>Meyer</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32656
msgid "<primary><acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>s</primary> <secondary>creating</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32661
msgid "Compact Disc (<acronym>CD</acronym>) media provide a number of features that differentiate them from conventional disks. They are designed so that they can be read continuously without delays to move the head between tracks. While <acronym>CD</acronym> media do have tracks, these refer to a section of data to be read continuously, and not a physical property of the disk. The <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 file system was designed to deal with these differences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32670
msgid "<primary><acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32672 book.translate.xml:32862
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>ISO 9660</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32677
msgid "<primary><acronym>CD</acronym> burner</primary> <secondary><acronym>ATAPI</acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32682
msgid "The FreeBSD Ports Collection provides several utilities for burning and duplicating audio and data <acronym>CD</acronym>s. This chapter demonstrates the use of several command line utilities. For <acronym>CD</acronym> burning software with a graphical utility, consider installing the <package>sysutils/xcdroast</package> or <package>sysutils/k3b</package> packages or ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:32692
msgid "Supported Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32705
msgid "<primary><acronym>CD</acronym> burner</primary> <secondary>ATAPI/CAM driver</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32710
msgid "The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel provides support for <acronym>SCSI</acronym>, <acronym>USB</acronym>, and <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> <acronym>CD</acronym> readers and burners. If a custom kernel is used, the options that need to be present in the kernel configuration file vary by the type of device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32717
msgid "For a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> burner, make sure these options are present:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32720
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n"
"device da\t# Direct Access (disks)\n"
"device pass\t# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n"
"device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32725
msgid "For a <acronym>USB</acronym> burner, make sure these options are present:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32728
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n"
"device da\t# Direct Access (disks)\n"
"device pass\t# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n"
"device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners\n"
"device uhci\t# provides USB 1.x support\n"
"device ohci\t# provides USB 1.x support\n"
"device ehci\t# provides USB 2.0 support\n"
"device xhci\t# provides USB 3.0 support\n"
"device usb\t# USB Bus (required)\n"
"device umass\t# Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32739
msgid "For an <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> burner, make sure these options are present:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32742
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device ata\t# Legacy ATA/SATA controllers\n"
"device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n"
"device pass\t# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n"
"device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32748
msgid "On FreeBSD versions prior to 10.x, this line is also needed in the kernel configuration file if the burner is an <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32752
#, no-wrap
msgid "device atapicam"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32754
msgid "Alternately, this driver can be loaded at boot time by adding the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32758
#, no-wrap
msgid "atapicam_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32760
msgid "This will require a reboot of the system as this driver can only be loaded at boot time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32764
msgid "To verify that FreeBSD recognizes the device, run <command>dmesg</command> and look for an entry for the device. On systems prior to 10.x, the device name in the first line of the output will be <filename>acd0</filename> instead of <filename>cd0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32770
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>dmesg | grep cd</userinput>\n"
"cd0 at ahcich1 bus 0 scbus1 target 0 lun 0\n"
"cd0: &lt;HL-DT-ST DVDRAM GU70N LT20&gt; Removable CD-ROM SCSI-0 device\n"
"cd0: Serial Number M3OD3S34152\n"
"cd0: 150.000MB/s transfers (SATA 1.x, UDMA6, ATAPI 12bytes, PIO 8192bytes)\n"
"cd0: Attempt to query device size failed: NOT READY, Medium not present - tray closed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32779
msgid "Burning a <acronym>CD</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32781
msgid "In FreeBSD, <command>cdrecord</command> can be used to burn <acronym>CD</acronym>s. This command is installed with the <package>sysutils/cdrtools</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32785
msgid "While <command>cdrecord</command> has many options, basic usage is simple. Specify the name of the <acronym>ISO</acronym> file to burn and, if the system has multiple burner devices, specify the name of the device to use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32791
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdrecord <replaceable>dev=device</replaceable> <replaceable>imagefile.iso</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32793
msgid "To determine the device name of the burner, use <option>-scanbus</option> which might produce results like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32797
msgid "<primary><acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>s</primary> <secondary>burning</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32801
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdrecord -scanbus</userinput>\n"
"ProDVD-ProBD-Clone 3.00 (amd64-unknown-freebsd10.0) Copyright (C) 1995-2010 Jörg Schilling\n"
"Using libscg version 'schily-0.9'\n"
"scsibus0:\n"
"        0,0,0     0) 'SEAGATE ' 'ST39236LW       ' '0004' Disk\n"
"        0,1,0     1) 'SEAGATE ' 'ST39173W        ' '5958' Disk\n"
"        0,2,0     2) *\n"
"        0,3,0     3) 'iomega  ' 'jaz 1GB         ' 'J.86' Removable Disk\n"
"        0,4,0     4) 'NEC     ' 'CD-ROM DRIVE:466' '1.26' Removable CD-ROM\n"
"        0,5,0     5) *\n"
"        0,6,0     6) *\n"
"        0,7,0     7) *\n"
"scsibus1:\n"
"        1,0,0   100) *\n"
"        1,1,0   101) *\n"
"        1,2,0   102) *\n"
"        1,3,0   103) *\n"
"        1,4,0   104) *\n"
"        1,5,0   105) 'YAMAHA  ' 'CRW4260         ' '1.0q' Removable CD-ROM\n"
"        1,6,0   106) 'ARTEC   ' 'AM12S           ' '1.06' Scanner\n"
"        1,7,0   107) *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32823
msgid "Locate the entry for the <acronym>CD</acronym> burner and use the three numbers separated by commas as the value for <option>dev</option>. In this case, the Yamaha burner device is <literal>1,5,0</literal>, so the appropriate input to specify that device is <option>dev=1,5,0</option>. Refer to the manual page for <command>cdrecord</command> for other ways to specify this value and for information on writing audio tracks and controlling the write speed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32832
msgid "Alternately, run the following command to get the device address of the burner:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32835
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>camcontrol devlist</userinput>\n"
"&lt;MATSHITA CDRW/DVD UJDA740 1.00&gt;   at scbus1 target 0 lun 0 (cd0,pass0)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32838
msgid "Use the numeric values for <literal>scbus</literal>, <literal>target</literal>, and <literal>lun</literal>. For this example, <literal>1,0,0</literal> is the device name to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32845
msgid "Writing Data to an <acronym>ISO</acronym> File System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32848
msgid "In order to produce a data <acronym>CD</acronym>, the data files that are going to make up the tracks on the <acronym>CD</acronym> must be prepared before they can be burned to the <acronym>CD</acronym>. In FreeBSD, <package>sysutils/cdrtools</package> installs <command>mkisofs</command>, which can be used to produce an <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 file system that is an image of a directory tree within a <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> file system. The simplest usage is to specify the name of the <acronym>ISO</acronym> file to create and the path to the files to place into the <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32860
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkisofs -o <replaceable>imagefile.iso</replaceable> <replaceable>/path/to/tree</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32867
msgid "This command maps the file names in the specified path to names that fit the limitations of the standard <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 file system, and will exclude files that do not meet the standard for <acronym>ISO</acronym> file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32873
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>Joliet</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32878
msgid "A number of options are available to overcome the restrictions imposed by the standard. In particular, <option>-R</option> enables the Rock Ridge extensions common to <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> systems and <option>-J</option> enables Joliet extensions used by <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32884
msgid "For <acronym>CD</acronym>s that are going to be used only on FreeBSD systems, <option>-U</option> can be used to disable all filename restrictions. When used with <option>-R</option>, it produces a file system image that is identical to the specified FreeBSD tree, even if it violates the <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 standard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32891
msgid "<primary><acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>s</primary> <secondary>creating bootable</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32896
msgid "The last option of general use is <option>-b</option>. This is used to specify the location of a boot image for use in producing an <quote>El Torito</quote> bootable <acronym>CD</acronym>. This option takes an argument which is the path to a boot image from the top of the tree being written to the <acronym>CD</acronym>. By default, <command>mkisofs</command> creates an <acronym>ISO</acronym> image in <quote>floppy disk emulation</quote> mode, and thus expects the boot image to be exactly 1200, 1440 or 2880 KB in size. Some boot loaders, like the one used by the FreeBSD distribution media, do not use emulation mode. In this case, <option>-no-emul-boot</option> should be used. So, if <filename>/tmp/myboot</filename> holds a bootable FreeBSD system with the boot image in <filename>/tmp/myboot/boot/cdboot</filename>, this command would produce <filename>/tmp/bootable.iso</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32914
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkisofs -R -no-emul-boot -b boot/cdboot -o /tmp/bootable.iso /tmp/myboot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32916
msgid "The resulting <acronym>ISO</acronym> image can be mounted as a memory disk with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32919
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -a -t vnode -f /tmp/bootable.iso -u 0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t cd9660 /dev/md0 /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32922
msgid "One can then verify that <filename>/mnt</filename> and <filename>/tmp/myboot</filename> are identical."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32925
msgid "There are many other options available for <command>mkisofs</command> to fine-tune its behavior. Refer to <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32930
msgid "It is possible to copy a data <acronym>CD</acronym> to an image file that is functionally equivalent to the image file created with <command>mkisofs</command>. To do so, use <filename>dd</filename> with the device name as the input file and the name of the <acronym>ISO</acronym> to create as the output file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32937
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/<replaceable>cd0</replaceable> of=<replaceable>file.iso</replaceable> bs=2048</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32939
msgid "The resulting image file can be burned to <acronym>CD</acronym> as described in <xref linkend=\"cdrecord\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32945
msgid "Using Data <acronym>CD</acronym>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32947
msgid "Once an <acronym>ISO</acronym> has been burned to a <acronym>CD</acronym>, it can be mounted by specifying the file system type, the name of the device containing the <acronym>CD</acronym>, and an existing mount point:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32952
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t cd9660 <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32954
msgid "Since <command>mount</command> assumes that a file system is of type <literal>ufs</literal>, a <errorname>Incorrect super block</errorname> error will occur if <literal>-t cd9660</literal> is not included when mounting a data <acronym>CD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32960
msgid "While any data <acronym>CD</acronym> can be mounted this way, disks with certain <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 extensions might behave oddly. For example, Joliet disks store all filenames in two-byte Unicode characters. If some non-English characters show up as question marks, specify the local charset with <option>-C</option>. For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_cd9660</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32969
msgid "In order to do this character conversion with the help of <option>-C</option>, the kernel requires the <filename>cd9660_iconv.ko</filename> module to be loaded. This can be done either by adding this line to <filename>loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32975
#, no-wrap
msgid "cd9660_iconv_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32977
msgid "and then rebooting the machine, or by directly loading the module with <command>kldload</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32981
msgid "Occasionally, <errorname>Device not configured</errorname> will be displayed when trying to mount a data <acronym>CD</acronym>. This usually means that the <acronym>CD</acronym> drive has not detected a disk in the tray, or that the drive is not visible on the bus. It can take a couple of seconds for a <acronym>CD</acronym> drive to detect media, so be patient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32990
msgid "Sometimes, a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> <acronym>CD</acronym> drive may be missed because it did not have enough time to answer the bus reset. To resolve this, a custom kernel can be created which increases the default <acronym>SCSI</acronym> delay. Add the following option to the custom kernel configuration file and rebuild the kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig-building\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32998
#, no-wrap
msgid "options SCSI_DELAY=15000"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33000
msgid "This tells the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> bus to pause 15 seconds during boot, to give the <acronym>CD</acronym> drive every possible chance to answer the bus reset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33005
msgid "It is possible to burn a file directly to <acronym>CD</acronym>, without creating an <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 file system. This is known as burning a raw data <acronym>CD</acronym> and some people do this for backup purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33011
msgid "This type of disk can not be mounted as a normal data <acronym>CD</acronym>. In order to retrieve the data burned to such a <acronym>CD</acronym>, the data must be read from the raw device node. For example, this command will extract a compressed tar file located on the second <acronym>CD</acronym> device into the current working directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33019
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar xzvf /dev/<replaceable>cd1</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33021
msgid "In order to mount a data <acronym>CD</acronym>, the data must be written using <command>mkisofs</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33028
msgid "Duplicating Audio <acronym>CD</acronym>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33030
msgid "To duplicate an audio <acronym>CD</acronym>, extract the audio data from the <acronym>CD</acronym> to a series of files, then write these files to a blank <acronym>CD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33035
msgid "<xref linkend=\"using-cdrecord\"/> describes how to duplicate and burn an audio <acronym>CD</acronym>. If the FreeBSD version is less than 10.0 and the device is <acronym>ATAPI</acronym>, the <option>atapicam</option> module must be first loaded using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"atapicam\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:33042
msgid "Duplicating an Audio <acronym>CD</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33045
msgid "The <package>sysutils/cdrtools</package> package or port installs <command>cdda2wav</command>. This command can be used to extract all of the audio tracks, with each track written to a separate <acronym>WAV</acronym> file in the current working directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33051
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -vall -B -Owav</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33053
msgid "A device name does not need to be specified if there is only one <acronym>CD</acronym> device on the system. Refer to the <command>cdda2wav</command> manual page for instructions on how to specify a device and to learn more about the other options available for this command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33061
msgid "Use <command>cdrecord</command> to write the <filename>.wav</filename> files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33064
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cdrecord -v dev=<replaceable>2,0</replaceable> -dao -useinfo  *.wav</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33066
msgid "Make sure that <replaceable>2,0</replaceable> is set appropriately, as described in <xref linkend=\"cdrecord\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:33075
msgid "Creating and Using <acronym>DVD</acronym> Media"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:33087
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Andy</firstname> <surname>Polyakov</surname> </personname> <contrib>With inputs from </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33097
msgid "<primary><acronym>DVD</acronym></primary> <secondary>burning</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33102
msgid "Compared to the <acronym>CD</acronym>, the <acronym>DVD</acronym> is the next generation of optical media storage technology. The <acronym>DVD</acronym> can hold more data than any <acronym>CD</acronym> and is the standard for video publishing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33108
msgid "Five physical recordable formats can be defined for a recordable <acronym>DVD</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33113
msgid "DVD-R: This was the first <acronym>DVD</acronym> recordable format available. The DVD-R standard is defined by the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.dvdforum.com/forum.shtml\"><acronym>DVD</acronym> Forum</link>. This format is write once."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33120
msgid "<acronym>DVD-RW</acronym>: This is the rewritable version of the DVD-R standard. A <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> can be rewritten about 1000 times."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33127
msgid "<acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym>: This is a rewritable format which can be seen as a removable hard drive. However, this media is not compatible with most <acronym>DVD-ROM</acronym> drives and DVD-Video players as only a few <acronym>DVD</acronym> writers support the <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> format. Refer to <xref linkend=\"creating-dvd-ram\"/> for more information on <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33137
msgid "<acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>: This is a rewritable format defined by the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.dvdrw.com/\"><acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> Alliance</link>. A <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> can be rewritten about 1000 times."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33144
msgid "DVD+R: This format is the write once variation of the <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33149
msgid "A single layer recordable <acronym>DVD</acronym> can hold up to 4,700,000,000 bytes which is actually 4.38 GB or 4485 MB as 1 kilobyte is 1024 bytes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33154
msgid "A distinction must be made between the physical media and the application. For example, a DVD-Video is a specific file layout that can be written on any recordable <acronym>DVD</acronym> physical media such as DVD-R, DVD+R, or <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym>. Before choosing the type of media, ensure that both the burner and the DVD-Video player are compatible with the media under consideration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33164 book.translate.xml:57340
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33166
msgid "To perform <acronym>DVD</acronym> recording, use <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This command is part of the <package>sysutils/dvd+rw-tools</package> utilities which support all <acronym>DVD</acronym> media types."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33171
msgid "These tools use the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> subsystem to access the devices, therefore <link linkend=\"atapicam\">ATAPI/CAM support</link> must be loaded or statically compiled into the kernel. This support is not needed if the burner uses the <acronym>USB</acronym> interface. Refer to <xref linkend=\"usb-disks\"/> for more details on <acronym>USB</acronym> device configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33178
msgid "DMA access must also be enabled for <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> devices, by adding the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:33182 book.translate.xml:33494
#, no-wrap
msgid "hw.ata.atapi_dma=\"1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33184
msgid "Before attempting to use <application>dvd+rw-tools</application>, consult the <link xlink:href=\"http://fy.chalmers.se/~appro/linux/DVD+RW/hcn.html\">Hardware Compatibility Notes</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33189
msgid "For a graphical user interface, consider using <package>sysutils/k3b</package> which provides a user friendly interface to <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and many other burning tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33197
msgid "Burning Data <acronym>DVD</acronym>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33199
msgid "Since <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is a front-end to <link linkend=\"mkisofs\">mkisofs</link>, it will invoke <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to create the file system layout and perform the write on the <acronym>DVD</acronym>. This means that an image of the data does not need to be created before the burning process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33205
msgid "To burn to a DVD+R or a DVD-R the data in <filename>/path/to/data</filename>, use the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33209
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -dvd-compat -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable> -J -R <replaceable>/path/to/data</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33211
msgid "In this example, <option>-J -R</option> is passed to <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to create an ISO 9660 file system with Joliet and Rock Ridge extensions. Refer to <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33216
msgid "For the initial session recording, <option>-Z</option> is used for both single and multiple sessions. Replace <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable>, with the name of the <acronym>DVD</acronym> device. Using <option>-dvd-compat</option> indicates that the disk will be closed and that the recording will be unappendable. This should also provide better media compatibility with <acronym>DVD-ROM</acronym> drives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33225
msgid "To burn a pre-mastered image, such as <replaceable>imagefile.iso</replaceable>, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33228
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -dvd-compat -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable>=<replaceable>imagefile.iso</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33230
msgid "The write speed should be detected and automatically set according to the media and the drive being used. To force the write speed, use <option>-speed=</option>. Refer to <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for example usage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33236
msgid "In order to support working files larger than 4.38GB, an UDF/ISO-9660 hybrid file system must be created by passing <option>-udf -iso-level 3</option> to <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and all related programs, such as <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This is required only when creating an ISO image file or when writing files directly to a disk. Since a disk created this way must be mounted as an UDF file system with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_udf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, it will be usable only on an UDF aware operating system. Otherwise it will look as if it contains corrupted files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33247
msgid "To create this type of ISO file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33249
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mkisofs -R -J -udf -iso-level 3 -o <replaceable>imagefile.iso</replaceable> <replaceable>/path/to/data</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33251
msgid "To burn files directly to a disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33253
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -dvd-compat -udf -iso-level 3 -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable> -J -R <replaceable>/path/to/data</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33255
msgid "When an ISO image already contains large files, no additional options are required for <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to burn that image on a disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33259
msgid "Be sure to use an up-to-date version of <package>sysutils/cdrtools</package>, which contains <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, as an older version may not contain large files support. If the latest version does not work, install <package>sysutils/cdrtools-devel</package> and read its <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33269
msgid "Burning a <acronym>DVD</acronym>-Video"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33271
msgid "<primary><acronym>DVD</acronym></primary> <secondary>DVD-Video</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33276
msgid "A DVD-Video is a specific file layout based on the ISO 9660 and micro-UDF (M-UDF) specifications. Since DVD-Video presents a specific data structure hierarchy, a particular program such as <package>multimedia/dvdauthor</package> is needed to author the <acronym>DVD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33282
msgid "If an image of the DVD-Video file system already exists, it can be burned in the same way as any other image. If <command>dvdauthor</command> was used to make the <acronym>DVD</acronym> and the result is in <filename>/path/to/video</filename>, the following command should be used to burn the DVD-Video:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33289
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable> -dvd-video <replaceable>/path/to/video</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33291
msgid "<option>-dvd-video</option> is passed to <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to instruct it to create a DVD-Video file system layout. This option implies the <option>-dvd-compat</option> <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33298
msgid "Using a <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33300
msgid "<primary><acronym>DVD</acronym></primary> <secondary><acronym>DVD+RW</acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33305
msgid "Unlike CD-RW, a virgin <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> needs to be formatted before first use. It is <emphasis>recommended</emphasis> to let <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> take care of this automatically whenever appropriate. However, it is possible to use <command>dvd+rw-format</command> to format the <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33312 book.translate.xml:33418
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dvd+rw-format <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33314
msgid "Only perform this operation once and keep in mind that only virgin <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> medias need to be formatted. Once formatted, the <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> can be burned as usual."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33319
msgid "To burn a totally new file system and not just append some data onto a <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>, the media does not need to be blanked first. Instead, write over the previous recording like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33324
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable> -J -R <replaceable>/path/to/newdata</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33326
msgid "The <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> format supports appending data to a previous recording. This operation consists of merging a new session to the existing one as it is not considered to be multi-session writing. <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> will <emphasis>grow</emphasis> the ISO 9660 file system present on the media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33333
msgid "For example, to append data to a <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>, use the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33336 book.translate.xml:33440
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -M <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable> -J -R <replaceable>/path/to/nextdata</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33338
msgid "The same <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> options used to burn the initial session should be used during next writes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33342
msgid "Use <option>-dvd-compat</option> for better media compatibility with <acronym>DVD-ROM</acronym> drives. When using <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>, this option will not prevent the addition of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33348
msgid "To blank the media, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33350
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable>=<replaceable>/dev/zero</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33354
msgid "Using a <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33356
msgid "<primary><acronym>DVD</acronym></primary> <secondary><acronym>DVD-RW</acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33361
msgid "A <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> accepts two disc formats: incremental sequential and restricted overwrite. By default, <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> discs are in sequential format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33366
msgid "A virgin <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> can be directly written without being formatted. However, a non-virgin <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in sequential format needs to be blanked before writing a new initial session."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33371
msgid "To blank a <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in sequential mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33374 book.translate.xml:33422
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dvd+rw-format -blank=full <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33377
msgid "A full blanking using <option>-blank=full</option> will take about one hour on a 1x media. A fast blanking can be performed using <option>-blank</option>, if the <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> will be recorded in Disk-At-Once (DAO) mode. To burn the <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in DAO mode, use the command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33384
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -use-the-force-luke=dao -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable>=<replaceable>imagefile.iso</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33386
msgid "Since <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> automatically attempts to detect fast blanked media and engage DAO write, <option>-use-the-force-luke=dao</option> should not be required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33391
msgid "One should instead use restricted overwrite mode with any <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> as this format is more flexible than the default of incremental sequential."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33396
msgid "To write data on a sequential <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym>, use the same instructions as for the other <acronym>DVD</acronym> formats:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33400
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable> -J -R <replaceable>/path/to/data</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33402
msgid "To append some data to a previous recording, use <option>-M</option> with <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. However, if data is appended on a <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in incremental sequential mode, a new session will be created on the disc and the result will be a multi-session disc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33408
msgid "A <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in restricted overwrite format does not need to be blanked before a new initial session. Instead, overwrite the disc with <option>-Z</option>. It is also possible to grow an existing ISO 9660 file system written on the disc with <option>-M</option>. The result will be a one-session <acronym>DVD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33415
msgid "To put a <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in restricted overwrite format, the following command must be used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33420
msgid "To change back to sequential format, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33426
msgid "Multi-Session"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33428
msgid "Few <acronym>DVD-ROM</acronym> drives support multi-session DVDs and most of the time only read the first session. DVD+R, DVD-R and <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in sequential format can accept multiple sessions. The notion of multiple sessions does not exist for the <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> and the <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> restricted overwrite formats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33436
msgid "Using the following command after an initial non-closed session on a DVD+R, DVD-R, or <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in sequential format, will add a new session to the disc:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33442
msgid "Using this command with a <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> or a <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in restricted overwrite mode will append data while merging the new session to the existing one. The result will be a single-session disc. Use this method to add data after an initial write on these types of media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33450
msgid "Since some space on the media is used between each session to mark the end and start of sessions, one should add sessions with a large amount of data to optimize media space. The number of sessions is limited to 154 for a DVD+R, about 2000 for a DVD-R, and 127 for a DVD+R Double Layer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33460 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "For More Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33462
msgid "To obtain more information about a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, use <command>dvd+rw-mediainfo <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable></command> while the disc in the specified drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33467
msgid "More information about <application>dvd+rw-tools</application> can be found in <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, on the <link xlink:href=\"http://fy.chalmers.se/~appro/linux/DVD+RW/\">dvd+rw-tools web site</link>, and in the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.debian.org/cdwrite/\">cdwrite mailing list</link> archives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33474
msgid "When creating a problem report related to the use of <application>dvd+rw-tools</application>, always include the output of <command>dvd+rw-mediainfo</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33481
msgid "Using a <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33483
msgid "<primary><acronym>DVD</acronym></primary> <secondary><acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33488
msgid "<acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> writers can use either a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> or <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> interface. For <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> devices, DMA access has to be enabled by adding the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33496
msgid "A <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> can be seen as a removable hard drive. Like any other hard drive, the <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> must be formatted before it can be used. In this example, the whole disk space will be formatted with a standard UFS2 file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33502
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/zero of=<replaceable>/dev/acd0</replaceable> bs=2k count=1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bsdlabel -Bw <replaceable>acd0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs <replaceable>/dev/acd0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33506
msgid "The <acronym>DVD</acronym> device, <filename>acd0</filename>, must be changed according to the configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33510
msgid "Once the <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> has been formatted, it can be mounted as a normal hard drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33513
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/dev/acd0</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33515
msgid "Once mounted, the <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> will be both readable and writeable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:33521
msgid "Creating and Using Floppy Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33545
msgid "This section explains how to format a 3.5 inch floppy disk in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:33549
msgid "Steps to Format a Floppy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:33551
msgid "A floppy disk needs to be low-level formatted before it can be used. This is usually done by the vendor, but formatting is a good way to check media integrity. To low-level format the floppy disk on FreeBSD, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fdformat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. When using this utility, make note of any error messages, as these can help determine if the disk is good or bad."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33560
msgid "To format the floppy, insert a new 3.5 inch floppy disk into the first floppy drive and issue:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33563
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/sbin/fdformat -f 1440 /dev/fd0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33567
msgid "After low-level formatting the disk, create a disk label as it is needed by the system to determine the size of the disk and its geometry. The supported geometry values are listed in <filename>/etc/disktab</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33572
msgid "To write the disk label, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdlabel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33574
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/sbin/bsdlabel -B -w /dev/fd0 fd1440</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33578
msgid "The floppy is now ready to be high-level formatted with a file system. The floppy's file system can be either UFS or FAT, where FAT is generally a better choice for floppies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33583
msgid "To format the floppy with FAT, issue:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33585
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/sbin/newfs_msdos /dev/fd0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33589
msgid "The disk is now ready for use. To use the floppy, mount it with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_msdosfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. One can also install and use <package>emulators/mtools</package> from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:33596
msgid "Backup Basics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33610
msgid "Implementing a backup plan is essential in order to have the ability to recover from disk failure, accidental file deletion, random file corruption, or complete machine destruction, including destruction of on-site backups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33615
msgid "The backup type and schedule will vary, depending upon the importance of the data, the granularity needed for file restores, and the amount of acceptable downtime. Some possible backup techniques include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33622
msgid "Archives of the whole system, backed up onto permanent, off-site media. This provides protection against all of the problems listed above, but is slow and inconvenient to restore from, especially for non-privileged users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33629
msgid "File system snapshots, which are useful for restoring deleted files or previous versions of files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33634
msgid "Copies of whole file systems or disks which are synchronized with another system on the network using a scheduled <package>net/rsync</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33640
msgid "Hardware or software <acronym>RAID</acronym>, which minimizes or avoids downtime when a disk fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33645
msgid "Typically, a mix of backup techniques is used. For example, one could create a schedule to automate a weekly, full system backup that is stored off-site and to supplement this backup with hourly ZFS snapshots. In addition, one could make a manual backup of individual directories or files before making file edits or deletions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33652
msgid "This section describes some of the utilities which can be used to create and manage backups on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33656
msgid "File System Backups"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33658
msgid "<primary>backup software</primary> <secondary>dump / restore</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33662
msgid "<primary><command>dump</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33665
msgid "<primary><command>restore</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33669
msgid "The traditional <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> programs for backing up a file system are <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which creates the backup, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>restore</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which restores the backup. These utilities work at the disk block level, below the abstractions of the files, links, and directories that are created by file systems. Unlike other backup software, <command>dump</command> backs up an entire file system and is unable to backup only part of a file system or a directory tree that spans multiple file systems. Instead of writing files and directories, <command>dump</command> writes the raw data blocks that comprise files and directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33682
msgid "If <command>dump</command> is used on the root directory, it will not back up <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename> or many other directories since these are typically mount points for other file systems or symbolic links into those file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33689
msgid "When used to restore data, <command>restore</command> stores temporary files in <filename>/tmp/</filename> by default. When using a recovery disk with a small <filename>/tmp</filename>, set <envar>TMPDIR</envar> to a directory with more free space in order for the restore to succeed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33696
msgid "When using <command>dump</command>, be aware that some quirks remain from its early days in Version 6 of AT&amp;T <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>,circa 1975. The default parameters assume a backup to a 9-track tape, rather than to another type of media or to the high-density tapes available today. These defaults must be overridden on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33703
msgid "<primary><filename>.rhosts</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33706
msgid "It is possible to backup a file system across the network to a another system or to a tape drive attached to another computer. While the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rdump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rrestore</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> utilities can be used for this purpose, they are not considered to be secure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33712
msgid "Instead, one can use <command>dump</command> and <command>restore</command> in a more secure fashion over an <acronym>SSH</acronym> connection. This example creates a full, compressed backup of <filename>/usr</filename> and sends the backup file to the specified host over a <acronym>SSH</acronym> connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33720
msgid "Using <command>dump</command> over <application>ssh</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33723
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/sbin/dump -0uan -f - /usr | gzip -2 | ssh -c blowfish \\\n"
"          targetuser@targetmachine.example.com dd of=/mybigfiles/dump-usr-l0.gz</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33727
msgid "This example sets <envar>RSH</envar> in order to write the backup to a tape drive on a remote system over a <acronym>SSH</acronym> connection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33732
msgid "Using <command>dump</command> over <application>ssh</application> with <envar>RSH</envar> Set"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33736
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>env RSH=/usr/bin/ssh /sbin/dump -0uan -f targetuser@targetmachine.example.com:/dev/sa0 /usr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33741
msgid "Directory Backups"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33743
msgid "<primary>backup software</primary> <secondary><command>tar</command></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33748
msgid "Several built-in utilities are available for backing up and restoring specified files and directories as needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33752
msgid "A good choice for making a backup of all of the files in a directory is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This utility dates back to Version 6 of AT&amp;T <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and by default assumes a recursive backup to a local tape device. Switches can be used to instead specify the name of a backup file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33758
msgid "<primary><command>tar</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33760
msgid "This example creates a compressed backup of the current directory and saves it to <filename>/tmp/mybackup.tgz</filename>. When creating a backup file, make sure that the backup is not saved to the same directory that is being backed up."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33767
msgid "Backing Up the Current Directory with <command>tar</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33770
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar czvf <replaceable>/tmp/mybackup.tgz</replaceable> . </userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33773
msgid "To restore the entire backup, <command>cd</command> into the directory to restore into and specify the name of the backup. Note that this will overwrite any newer versions of files in the restore directory. When in doubt, restore to a temporary directory or specify the name of the file within the backup to restore."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33781
msgid "Restoring Up the Current Directory with <command>tar</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33784
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar xzvf <replaceable>/tmp/mybackup.tgz</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33787
msgid "There are dozens of available switches which are described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This utility also supports the use of exclude patterns to specify which files should not be included when backing up the specified directory or restoring files from a backup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33793
msgid "<primary>backup software</primary> <secondary><command>cpio</command></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33798
msgid "To create a backup using a specified list of files and directories, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cpio</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is a good choice. Unlike <command>tar</command>, <command>cpio</command> does not know how to walk the directory tree and it must be provided the list of files to backup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33804
msgid "For example, a list of files can be created using <command>ls</command> or <command>find</command>. This example creates a recursive listing of the current directory which is then piped to <command>cpio</command> in order to create an output backup file named <filename>/tmp/mybackup.cpio</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33812
msgid "Using <command>ls</command> and <command>cpio</command> to Make a Recursive Backup of the Current Directory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33815
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -R | cpio -ovF <replaceable>/tmp/mybackup.cpio</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33818
msgid "<primary>backup software</primary> <secondary><command>pax</command></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33822
msgid "<primary><command>pax</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33823 book.translate.xml:43321
msgid "<primary>POSIX</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33824
msgid "<primary>IEEE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33826
msgid "A backup utility which tries to bridge the features provided by <command>tar</command> and <command>cpio</command> is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pax</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Over the years, the various versions of <command>tar</command> and <command>cpio</command> became slightly incompatible. <trademark class=\"registered\">POSIX</trademark> created <command>pax</command> which attempts to read and write many of the various <command>cpio</command> and <command>tar</command> formats, plus new formats of its own."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33835
msgid "The <command>pax</command> equivalent to the previous examples would be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33839
msgid "Backing Up the Current Directory with <command>pax</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33842
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pax -wf <replaceable>/tmp/mybackup.pax</replaceable> .</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33847
msgid "Using Data Tapes for Backups"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33849
msgid "<primary>tape media</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33851
msgid "While tape technology has continued to evolve, modern backup systems tend to combine off-site backups with local removable media. FreeBSD supports any tape drive that uses <acronym>SCSI</acronym>, such as <acronym>LTO</acronym> or <acronym>DAT</acronym>. There is limited support for <acronym>SATA</acronym> and <acronym>USB</acronym> tape drives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33859
msgid "For <acronym>SCSI</acronym> tape devices, FreeBSD uses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sa</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver and the <filename>/dev/sa0</filename>, <filename>/dev/nsa0</filename>, and <filename>/dev/esa0</filename> devices. The physical device name is <filename>/dev/sa0</filename>. When <filename>/dev/nsa0</filename> is used, the backup application will not rewind the tape after writing a file, which allows writing more than one file to a tape. Using <filename>/dev/esa0</filename> ejects the tape after the device is closed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33870
msgid "In FreeBSD, <command>mt</command> is used to control operations of the tape drive, such as seeking through files on a tape or writing tape control marks to the tape. For example, the first three files on a tape can be preserved by skipping past them before writing a new file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33876
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mt -f /dev/nsa0 fsf 3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33878
msgid "This utility supports many operations. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33881
msgid "To write a single file to tape using <command>tar</command>, specify the name of the tape device and the file to backup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33885
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar cvf /dev/sa0 <replaceable>file</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33887
msgid "To recover files from a <command>tar</command> archive on tape into the current directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33890
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar xvf /dev/sa0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33892
msgid "To backup a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system, use <command>dump</command>. This examples backs up <filename>/usr</filename> without rewinding the tape when finished:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33897
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -0aL -b64 -f /dev/nsa0 /usr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33899
msgid "To interactively restore files from a <command>dump</command> file on tape into the current directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33903
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>restore -i -f /dev/nsa0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33907
msgid "Third-Party Backup Utilities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33909
msgid "<primary>backup software</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33913
msgid "The FreeBSD Ports Collection provides many third-party utilities which can be used to schedule the creation of backups, simplify tape backup, and make backups easier and more convenient. Many of these applications are client/server based and can be used to automate the backups of a single system or all of the computers in a network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33920
msgid "Popular utilities include <application>Amanda</application>, <application>Bacula</application>, <application>rsync</application>, and <application>duplicity</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33928
msgid "Emergency Recovery"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33930
msgid "In addition to regular backups, it is recommended to perform the following steps as part of an emergency preparedness plan."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33934
msgid "<primary><command>bsdlabel</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33937
msgid "Create a print copy of the output of the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33942
msgid "<command>gpart show</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33946
msgid "<command>more /etc/fstab</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33950
msgid "<command>dmesg</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33954
msgid "<primary>livefs <acronym>CD</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33957
msgid "Store this printout and a copy of the installation media in a secure location. Should an emergency restore be needed, boot into the installation media and select <literal>Live CD</literal> to access a rescue shell. This rescue mode can be used to view the current state of the system, and if needed, to reformat disks and restore data from backups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33966
msgid "The installation media for FreeBSD/i386 10.3-RELEASE does not include a rescue shell. For this version, instead download and burn a Livefs <acronym>CD</acronym> image from <uri xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/releases/i386/ISO-IMAGES/10.3/FreeBSD-10.3-RELEASE-i386-livefs.iso\">ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/releases/i386/ISO-IMAGES/10.3/FreeBSD-10.3-RELEASE-i386-livefs.iso</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33973
msgid "Next, test the rescue shell and the backups. Make notes of the procedure. Store these notes with the media, the printouts, and the backups. These notes may prevent the inadvertent destruction of the backups while under the stress of performing an emergency recovery."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33979
msgid "For an added measure of security, store the latest backup at a remote location which is physically separated from the computers and disk drives by a significant distance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:33987
msgid "Memory Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:33990
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </personname> <contrib>Reorganized and enhanced by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34000
msgid "In addition to physical disks, FreeBSD also supports the creation and use of memory disks. One possible use for a memory disk is to access the contents of an <acronym>ISO</acronym> file system without the overhead of first burning it to a <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>DVD</acronym>, then mounting the <acronym>CD/DVD</acronym> media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34007
msgid "In FreeBSD, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>md</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver is used to provide support for memory disks. The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel includes this driver. When using a custom kernel configuration file, ensure it includes this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34012
#, no-wrap
msgid "device md"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34015
msgid "Attaching and Detaching Existing Images"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34017
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>memory</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34022
msgid "To mount an existing file system image, use <command>mdconfig</command> to specify the name of the <acronym>ISO</acronym> file and a free unit number. Then, refer to that unit number to mount it on an existing mount point. Once mounted, the files in the <acronym>ISO</acronym> will appear in the mount point. This example attaches <replaceable>diskimage.iso</replaceable> to the memory device <filename>/dev/md0</filename> then mounts that memory device on <filename>/mnt</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34032
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -f <replaceable>diskimage.iso</replaceable> -u <replaceable>0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/md<replaceable>0</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34035
msgid "If a unit number is not specified with <option>-u</option>, <command>mdconfig</command> will automatically allocate an unused memory device and output the name of the allocated unit, such as <filename>md4</filename>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details about this command and its options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34042
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>detaching a memory disk</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34047
msgid "When a memory disk is no longer in use, its resources should be released back to the system. First, unmount the file system, then use <command>mdconfig</command> to detach the disk from the system and release its resources. To continue this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34053
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -d -u <replaceable>0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34056
msgid "To determine if any memory disks are still attached to the system, type <command>mdconfig -l</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34061
msgid "Creating a File- or Memory-Backed Memory Disk"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34063
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>memory file system</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34067
msgid "FreeBSD also supports memory disks where the storage to use is allocated from either a hard disk or an area of memory. The first method is commonly referred to as a file-backed file system and the second method as a memory-backed file system. Both types can be created using <command>mdconfig</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34074
msgid "To create a new memory-backed file system, specify a type of <literal>swap</literal> and the size of the memory disk to create. Then, format the memory disk with a file system and mount as usual. This example creates a 5M memory disk on unit <literal>1</literal>. That memory disk is then formatted with the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system before it is mounted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34082
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -a -t swap -s <replaceable>5</replaceable>m -u <replaceable>1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U md<replaceable>1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"/dev/md1: 5.0MB (10240 sectors) block size 16384, fragment size 2048\n"
"        using 4 cylinder groups of 1.27MB, 81 blks, 192 inodes.\n"
"        with soft updates\n"
"super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:\n"
" 160, 2752, 5344, 7936\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/md<replaceable>1</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/md1        4718    4  4338     0%    /mnt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34094
msgid "To create a new file-backed memory disk, first allocate an area of disk to use. This example creates an empty 5K file named <filename>newimage</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34098
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/zero of=<replaceable>newimage</replaceable> bs=1k count=<replaceable>5</replaceable>k</userinput>\n"
"5120+0 records in\n"
"5120+0 records out"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34102
msgid "Next, attach that file to a memory disk, label the memory disk and format it with the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system, mount the memory disk, and verify the size of the file-backed disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34107
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -f <replaceable>newimage</replaceable> -u <replaceable>0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bsdlabel -w md<replaceable>0</replaceable> auto</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs md<replaceable>0</replaceable>a</userinput>\n"
"/dev/md0a: 5.0MB (10224 sectors) block size 16384, fragment size 2048\n"
"        using 4 cylinder groups of 1.25MB, 80 blks, 192 inodes.\n"
"super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:\n"
" 160, 2720, 5280, 7840\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/md<replaceable>0</replaceable>a <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/md0a       4710    4  4330     0%    /mnt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34119
msgid "It takes several commands to create a file- or memory-backed file system using <command>mdconfig</command>. FreeBSD also comes with <command>mdmfs</command> which automatically configures a memory disk, formats it with the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system, and mounts it. For example, after creating <replaceable>newimage</replaceable> with <command>dd</command>, this one command is equivalent to running the <command>bsdlabel</command>, <command>newfs</command>, and <command>mount</command> commands shown above:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34130
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdmfs -F <replaceable>newimage</replaceable> -s <replaceable>5</replaceable>m md<replaceable>0</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34132
msgid "To instead create a new memory-based memory disk with <command>mdmfs</command>, use this one command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34135
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdmfs -s <replaceable>5</replaceable>m md<replaceable>1</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34137
msgid "If the unit number is not specified, <command>mdmfs</command> will automatically select an unused memory device. For more details about <command>mdmfs</command>, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:34146
msgid "File System Snapshots"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34159
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>snapshots</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34164
msgid "FreeBSD offers a feature in conjunction with <link linkend=\"soft-updates\">Soft Updates</link>: file system snapshots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34168
msgid "UFS snapshots allow a user to create images of specified file systems, and treat them as a file. Snapshot files must be created in the file system that the action is performed on, and a user may create no more than 20 snapshots per file system. Active snapshots are recorded in the superblock so they are persistent across unmount and remount operations along with system reboots. When a snapshot is no longer required, it can be removed using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. While snapshots may be removed in any order, all the used space may not be acquired because another snapshot will possibly claim some of the released blocks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34180
msgid "The un-alterable <option>snapshot</option> file flag is set by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mksnap_ffs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> after initial creation of a snapshot file. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>unlink</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> makes an exception for snapshot files since it allows them to be removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34185
msgid "Snapshots are created using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To place a snapshot of <filename>/var</filename> in the file <filename>/var/snapshot/snap</filename>, use the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34190
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -u -o snapshot /var/snapshot/snap /var</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34192
msgid "Alternatively, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mksnap_ffs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to create the snapshot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34195
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mksnap_ffs /var /var/snapshot/snap</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34197
msgid "One can find snapshot files on a file system, such as <filename>/var</filename>, using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>find</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34201
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>find /var -flags snapshot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34203
msgid "Once a snapshot has been created, it has several uses:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34208
msgid "Some administrators will use a snapshot file for backup purposes, because the snapshot can be transferred to <acronym>CD</acronym>s or tape."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34214
msgid "The file system integrity checker, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, may be run on the snapshot. Assuming that the file system was clean when it was mounted, this should always provide a clean and unchanging result."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34221
msgid "Running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> on the snapshot will produce a dump file that is consistent with the file system and the timestamp of the snapshot. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> can also take a snapshot, create a dump image, and then remove the snapshot in one command by using <option>-L</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34229
msgid "The snapshot can be mounted as a frozen image of the file system. To <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> the snapshot <filename>/var/snapshot/snap</filename> run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -a -t vnode -o readonly -f /var/snapshot/snap -u 4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -r /dev/md4 /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34238
msgid "The frozen <filename>/var</filename> is now available through <filename>/mnt</filename>. Everything will initially be in the same state it was during the snapshot creation time. The only exception is that any earlier snapshots will appear as zero length files. To unmount the snapshot, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34244
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -d -u 4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34247
msgid "For more information about <option>softupdates</option> and file system snapshots, including technical papers, visit Marshall Kirk McKusick's website at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.mckusick.com/\">http://www.mckusick.com/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:34253
msgid "Disk Quotas"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34255
msgid "<primary>accounting</primary> <secondary>disk space</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34261
msgid "Disk quotas can be used to limit the amount of disk space or the number of files a user or members of a group may allocate on a per-file system basis. This prevents one user or group of users from consuming all of the available disk space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34266
msgid "This section describes how to configure disk quotas for the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system. To configure quotas on the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system, refer to <xref linkend=\"zfs-zfs-quota\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34271
msgid "Enabling Disk Quotas"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34273
msgid "To determine if the FreeBSD kernel provides support for disk quotas:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34276
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.features.ufs_quota</userinput>\n"
"kern.features.ufs_quota: 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34279
msgid "In this example, the <literal>1</literal> indicates quota support. If the value is instead <literal>0</literal>, add the following line to a custom kernel configuration file and rebuild the kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34284
#, no-wrap
msgid "options QUOTA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34286
msgid "Next, enable disk quotas in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34289
#, no-wrap
msgid "quota_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34291 book.translate.xml:34425
msgid "<primary>disk quotas</primary> <secondary>checking</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34295
msgid "Normally on bootup, the quota integrity of each file system is checked by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>quotacheck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This program insures that the data in the quota database properly reflects the data on the file system. This is a time consuming process that will significantly affect the time the system takes to boot. To skip this step, add this variable to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34303
#, no-wrap
msgid "check_quotas=\"NO\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34305
msgid "Finally, edit <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to enable disk quotas on a per-file system basis. To enable per-user quotas on a file system, add <option>userquota</option> to the options field in the <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> entry for the file system to enable quotas on. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34311
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/da1s2g   /home    ufs rw,userquota 1 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34313
msgid "To enable group quotas, use <option>groupquota</option> instead. To enable both user and group quotas, separate the options with a comma:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34317
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/da1s2g    /home    ufs rw,userquota,groupquota 1 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34319
msgid "By default, quota files are stored in the root directory of the file system as <filename>quota.user</filename> and <filename>quota.group</filename>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information. Specifying an alternate location for the quota files is not recommended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34325
msgid "Once the configuration is complete, reboot the system and <filename>/etc/rc</filename> will automatically run the appropriate commands to create the initial quota files for all of the quotas enabled in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34331
msgid "In the normal course of operations, there should be no need to manually run <citerefentry><refentrytitle>quotacheck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>quotaon</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>quotaoff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. However, one should read these manual pages to be familiar with their operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34338
msgid "Setting Quota Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34340
msgid "<primary>disk quotas</primary> <secondary>limits</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34345
msgid "To verify that quotas are enabled, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34348
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>quota -v</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34350
msgid "There should be a one line summary of disk usage and current quota limits for each file system that quotas are enabled on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34354
msgid "The system is now ready to be assigned quota limits with <command>edquota</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34357
msgid "Several options are available to enforce limits on the amount of disk space a user or group may allocate, and how many files they may create. Allocations can be limited based on disk space (block quotas), number of files (inode quotas), or a combination of both. Each limit is further broken down into two categories: hard and soft limits."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34364
msgid "<primary>hard limit</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34365
msgid "A hard limit may not be exceeded. Once a user reaches a hard limit, no further allocations can be made on that file system by that user. For example, if the user has a hard limit of 500 kbytes on a file system and is currently using 490 kbytes, the user can only allocate an additional 10 kbytes. Attempting to allocate an additional 11 kbytes will fail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34373
msgid "<primary>soft limit</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34374
msgid "Soft limits can be exceeded for a limited amount of time, known as the grace period, which is one week by default. If a user stays over their limit longer than the grace period, the soft limit turns into a hard limit and no further allocations are allowed. When the user drops back below the soft limit, the grace period is reset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34381
msgid "In the following example, the quota for the <systemitem class=\"username\">test</systemitem> account is being edited. When <command>edquota</command> is invoked, the editor specified by <envar>EDITOR</envar> is opened in order to edit the quota limits. The default editor is set to <application>vi</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34387
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>edquota -u test</userinput>\n"
"Quotas for user test:\n"
"/usr: kbytes in use: 65, limits (soft = 50, hard = 75)\n"
"        inodes in use: 7, limits (soft = 50, hard = 60)\n"
"/usr/var: kbytes in use: 0, limits (soft = 50, hard = 75)\n"
"        inodes in use: 0, limits (soft = 50, hard = 60)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34394
msgid "There are normally two lines for each file system that has quotas enabled. One line represents the block limits and the other represents the inode limits. Change the value to modify the quota limit. For example, to raise the block limit on <filename>/usr</filename> to a soft limit of <literal>500</literal> and a hard limit of <literal>600</literal>, change the values in that line as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34403
#, no-wrap
msgid "/usr: kbytes in use: 65, limits (soft = 500, hard = 600)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34405
msgid "The new quota limits take affect upon exiting the editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34408
msgid "Sometimes it is desirable to set quota limits on a range of users. This can be done by first assigning the desired quota limit to a user. Then, use <option>-p</option> to duplicate that quota to a specified range of user IDs (<acronym>UID</acronym>s). The following command will duplicate those quota limits for <acronym>UID</acronym>s <literal>10,000</literal> through <literal>19,999</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34417
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>edquota -p test 10000-19999</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34419
msgid "For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>edquota</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34423
msgid "Checking Quota Limits and Disk Usage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34430
msgid "To check individual user or group quotas and disk usage, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>quota</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. A user may only examine their own quota and the quota of a group they are a member of. Only the superuser may view all user and group quotas. To get a summary of all quotas and disk usage for file systems with quotas enabled, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>repquota</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34437
msgid "Normally, file systems that the user is not using any disk space on will not show in the output of <command>quota</command>, even if the user has a quota limit assigned for that file system. Use <option>-v</option> to display those file systems. The following is sample output from <command>quota -v</command> for a user that has quota limits on two file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34445
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Disk quotas for user test (uid 1002):\n"
"     Filesystem  usage    quota   limit   grace   files   quota   limit   grace\n"
"           /usr      65*     50      75   5days       7      50      60\n"
"       /usr/var       0      50      75               0      50      60"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34450
msgid "<primary>grace period</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34452
msgid "In this example, the user is currently 15 kbytes over the soft limit of 50 kbytes on <filename>/usr</filename> and has 5 days of grace period left. The asterisk <literal>*</literal> indicates that the user is currently over the quota limit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34460
msgid "Quotas over NFS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34462 book.translate.xml:52984
msgid "<primary>NFS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34464
msgid "Quotas are enforced by the quota subsystem on the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpc.rquotad</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon makes quota information available to <command>quota</command> on <acronym>NFS</acronym> clients, allowing users on those machines to see their quota statistics."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34470
msgid "On the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server, enable <command>rpc.rquotad</command> by removing the <literal>#</literal> from this line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34475
#, no-wrap
msgid "rquotad/1      dgram rpc/udp wait root /usr/libexec/rpc.rquotad rpc.rquotad"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34477
msgid "Then, restart <command>inetd</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:34485
msgid "Encrypting Disk Partitions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: affiliation/address
#: book.translate.xml:34495
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t      <email>shamrock@cypherpunks.to</email>\n"
"\t    "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:34488
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Lucky</firstname> <surname>Green</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> </affiliation>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34503
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>encrypting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34508
msgid "FreeBSD offers excellent online protections against unauthorized data access. File permissions and <link linkend=\"mac\">Mandatory Access Control</link> (MAC) help prevent unauthorized users from accessing data while the operating system is active and the computer is powered up. However, the permissions enforced by the operating system are irrelevant if an attacker has physical access to a computer and can move the computer's hard drive to another system to copy and analyze the data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34517
msgid "Regardless of how an attacker may have come into possession of a hard drive or powered-down computer, the <acronym>GEOM</acronym>-based cryptographic subsystems built into FreeBSD are able to protect the data on the computer's file systems against even highly-motivated attackers with significant resources. Unlike encryption methods that encrypt individual files, the built-in <command>gbde</command> and <command>geli</command> utilities can be used to transparently encrypt entire file systems. No cleartext ever touches the hard drive's platter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34528
msgid "This chapter demonstrates how to create an encrypted file system on FreeBSD. It first demonstrates the process using <command>gbde</command> and then demonstrates the same example using <command>geli</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34534
msgid "Disk Encryption with <application>gbde</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34537
msgid "The objective of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gbde</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> facility is to provide a formidable challenge for an attacker to gain access to the contents of a <emphasis>cold</emphasis> storage device. However, if the computer is compromised while up and running and the storage device is actively attached, or the attacker has access to a valid passphrase, it offers no protection to the contents of the storage device. Thus, it is important to provide physical security while the system is running and to protect the passphrase used by the encryption mechanism."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34548
msgid "This facility provides several barriers to protect the data stored in each disk sector. It encrypts the contents of a disk sector using 128-bit <acronym>AES</acronym> in <acronym>CBC</acronym> mode. Each sector on the disk is encrypted with a different <acronym>AES</acronym> key. For more information on the cryptographic design, including how the sector keys are derived from the user-supplied passphrase, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gbde</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34557
msgid "FreeBSD provides a kernel module for <application>gbde</application> which can be loaded with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34561
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload geom_bde</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34563
msgid "If using a custom kernel configuration file, ensure it contains this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34566
msgid "<literal>options GEOM_BDE</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34568
msgid "The following example demonstrates adding a new hard drive to a system that will hold a single encrypted partition that will be mounted as <filename>/private</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:34573
msgid "Encrypting a Partition with <application>gbde</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34577
msgid "Add the New Hard Drive"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34579
msgid "Install the new drive to the system as explained in <xref linkend=\"disks-adding\"/>. For the purposes of this example, a new hard drive partition has been added as <filename>/dev/ad4s1c</filename> and <filename>/dev/ad0s1<replaceable>*</replaceable></filename> represents the existing standard FreeBSD partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34586
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /dev/ad*</userinput>\n"
"/dev/ad0        /dev/ad0s1b     /dev/ad0s1e     /dev/ad4s1\n"
"/dev/ad0s1      /dev/ad0s1c     /dev/ad0s1f     /dev/ad4s1c\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a     /dev/ad0s1d     /dev/ad4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34593
msgid "Create a Directory to Hold <command>gbde</command> Lock Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34596
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /etc/gbde</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34598
msgid "The <application>gbde</application> lock file contains information that <application>gbde</application> requires to access encrypted partitions. Without access to the lock file, <application>gbde</application> will not be able to decrypt the data contained in the encrypted partition without significant manual intervention which is not supported by the software. Each encrypted partition uses a separate lock file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34609
msgid "Initialize the <command>gbde</command> Partition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34612
msgid "A <application>gbde</application> partition must be initialized before it can be used. This initialization needs to be performed only once. This command will open the default editor, in order to set various configuration options in a template. For use with the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system, set the sector_size to 2048:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34620
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gbde init /dev/ad4s1c -i -L /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock</userinput># $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"# Sector size is the smallest unit of data which can be read or written.\n"
"# Making it too small decreases performance and decreases available space.\n"
"# Making it too large may prevent filesystems from working.  512 is the\n"
"# minimum and always safe.  For UFS, use the fragment size\n"
"#\n"
"sector_size\t=\t2048\n"
"[...]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34630
msgid "Once the edit is saved, the user will be asked twice to type the passphrase used to secure the data. The passphrase must be the same both times. The ability of <application>gbde</application> to protect data depends entirely on the quality of the passphrase. For tips on how to select a secure passphrase that is easy to remember, see <link xlink:href=\"http://world.std.com/~reinhold/diceware.html\">http://world.std.com/~reinhold/diceware.htm</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34638
msgid "This initialization creates a lock file for the <application>gbde</application> partition. In this example, it is stored as <filename>/etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock</filename>. Lock files must end in <quote>.lock</quote> in order to be correctly detected by the <filename>/etc/rc.d/gbde</filename> start up script."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:34647
msgid "Lock files <emphasis>must</emphasis> be backed up together with the contents of any encrypted partitions. Without the lock file, the legitimate owner will be unable to access the data on the encrypted partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34656
msgid "Attach the Encrypted Partition to the Kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34659
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gbde attach /dev/ad4s1c -l /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34661
msgid "This command will prompt to input the passphrase that was selected during the initialization of the encrypted partition. The new encrypted device will appear in <filename>/dev</filename> as <filename>/dev/device_name.bde</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34667
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /dev/ad*</userinput>\n"
"/dev/ad0        /dev/ad0s1b     /dev/ad0s1e     /dev/ad4s1\n"
"/dev/ad0s1      /dev/ad0s1c     /dev/ad0s1f     /dev/ad4s1c\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a     /dev/ad0s1d     /dev/ad4        /dev/ad4s1c.bde"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34674
msgid "Create a File System on the Encrypted Device"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34677
msgid "Once the encrypted device has been attached to the kernel, a file system can be created on the device. This example creates a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system with soft updates enabled. Be sure to specify the partition which has a <filename><replaceable>*</replaceable>.bde</filename> extension:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34685
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/ad4s1c.bde</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34689
msgid "Mount the Encrypted Partition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34691
msgid "Create a mount point and mount the encrypted file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34694
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /private</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/ad4s1c.bde /private</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34699
msgid "Verify That the Encrypted File System is Available"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34702
msgid "The encrypted file system should now be visible and available for use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34705
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>df -H</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem        Size   Used  Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a      1037M    72M   883M     8%    /\n"
"/devfs            1.0K   1.0K     0B   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1f       8.1G    55K   7.5G     0%    /home\n"
"/dev/ad0s1e      1037M   1.1M   953M     0%    /tmp\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d       6.1G   1.9G   3.7G    35%    /usr\n"
"/dev/ad4s1c.bde   150G   4.1K   138G     0%    /private"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34716
msgid "After each boot, any encrypted file systems must be manually re-attached to the kernel, checked for errors, and mounted, before the file systems can be used. To configure these steps, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34722
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gbde_autoattach_all=\"YES\"\n"
"gbde_devices=\"<replaceable>ad4s1c</replaceable>\"\n"
"gbde_lockdir=\"/etc/gbde\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34726
msgid "This requires that the passphrase be entered at the console at boot time. After typing the correct passphrase, the encrypted partition will be mounted automatically. Additional <application>gbde</application> boot options are available and listed in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:34736
msgid "<application>sysinstall</application> is incompatible with <application>gbde</application>-encrypted devices. All <filename>*.bde</filename> devices must be detached from the kernel before starting <application>sysinstall</application> or it will crash during its initial probing for devices. To detach the encrypted device used in the example, use the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34744
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gbde detach /dev/<replaceable>ad4s1c</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:34750
msgid "Disk Encryption with <command>geli</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34763
msgid "An alternative cryptographic <acronym>GEOM</acronym> class is available using <command>geli</command>. This control utility adds some features and uses a different scheme for doing cryptographic work. It provides the following features:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34771
msgid "Utilizes the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypto</refentrytitle><manvolnum>9</manvolnum></citerefentry> framework and automatically uses cryptographic hardware when it is available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34777
msgid "Supports multiple cryptographic algorithms such as <acronym>AES</acronym>, Blowfish, and <acronym>3DES</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34783
msgid "Allows the root partition to be encrypted. The passphrase used to access the encrypted root partition will be requested during system boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34789
msgid "Allows the use of two independent keys."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34793
msgid "It is fast as it performs simple sector-to-sector encryption."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34798
msgid "Allows backup and restore of master keys. If a user destroys their keys, it is still possible to get access to the data by restoring keys from the backup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34804
msgid "Allows a disk to attach with a random, one-time key which is useful for swap partitions and temporary file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34810
msgid "More features and usage examples can be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34813
msgid "The following example describes how to generate a key file which will be used as part of the master key for the encrypted provider mounted under <filename>/private</filename>. The key file will provide some random data used to encrypt the master key. The master key will also be protected by a passphrase. The provider's sector size will be 4kB. The example describes how to attach to the <command>geli</command> provider, create a file system on it, mount it, work with it, and finally, how to detach it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:34824
msgid "Encrypting a Partition with <command>geli</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34828
msgid "Load <command>geli</command> Support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34830
msgid "Support for <command>geli</command> is available as a loadable kernel module. To configure the system to automatically load the module at boot time, add the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34836
#, no-wrap
msgid "geom_eli_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34838
msgid "To load the kernel module now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34840
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload geom_eli</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34842
msgid "For a custom kernel, ensure the kernel configuration file contains these lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34845
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options GEOM_ELI\n"
"device crypto"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34850
msgid "Generate the Master Key"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34852
msgid "The following commands generate a master key (<filename>/root/da2.key</filename>) that is protected with a passphrase. The data source for the key file is <filename>/dev/random</filename> and the sector size of the provider (<filename>/dev/da2.eli</filename>) is 4kB as a bigger sector size provides better performance:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34859
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/random of=/root/da2.key bs=64 count=1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>geli init -s 4096 -K /root/da2.key /dev/da2</userinput>\n"
"Enter new passphrase:\n"
"Reenter new passphrase:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34864
msgid "It is not mandatory to use both a passphrase and a key file as either method of securing the master key can be used in isolation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34868
msgid "If the key file is given as <quote>-</quote>, standard input will be used. For example, this command generates three key files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34872
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat keyfile1 keyfile2 keyfile3 | geli init -K - /dev/da2</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34876
msgid "Attach the Provider with the Generated Key"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34878
msgid "To attach the provider, specify the key file, the name of the disk, and the passphrase:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34881
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>geli attach -k /root/da2.key /dev/da2</userinput>\n"
"Enter passphrase:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34884
msgid "This creates a new device with an <filename>.eli</filename> extension:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /dev/da2*</userinput>\n"
"/dev/da2  /dev/da2.eli"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34892
msgid "Create the New File System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34894
msgid "Next, format the device with the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system and mount it on an existing mount point:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/da2.eli bs=1m</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs /dev/da2.eli</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/da2.eli <replaceable>/private</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34902
msgid "The encrypted file system should now be available for use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34905
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df -H</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem     Size   Used  Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a    248M    89M   139M    38%    /\n"
"/devfs         1.0K   1.0K     0B   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1f    7.7G   2.3G   4.9G    32%    /usr\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d    989M   1.5M   909M     0%    /tmp\n"
"/dev/ad0s1e    3.9G   1.3G   2.3G    35%    /var\n"
"/dev/da2.eli   150G   4.1K   138G     0%    /private"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34916
msgid "Once the work on the encrypted partition is done, and the <filename>/private</filename> partition is no longer needed, it is prudent to put the device into cold storage by unmounting and detaching the <command>geli</command> encrypted partition from the kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34922
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /private</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>geli detach da2.eli</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34925
msgid "A <filename>rc.d</filename> script is provided to simplify the mounting of <command>geli</command>-encrypted devices at boot time. For this example, add these lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34930
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"geli_devices=\"<replaceable>da2</replaceable>\"\n"
"geli_da2_flags=\"-k /root/<replaceable>da2.key</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34933
msgid "This configures <filename>/dev/da2</filename> as a <command>geli</command> provider with a master key of <filename>/root/da2.key</filename>. The system will automatically detach the provider from the kernel before the system shuts down. During the startup process, the script will prompt for the passphrase before attaching the provider. Other kernel messages might be shown before and after the password prompt. If the boot process seems to stall, look carefully for the password prompt among the other messages. Once the correct passphrase is entered, the provider is attached. The file system is then mounted, typically by an entry in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. Refer to <xref linkend=\"mount-unmount\"/> for instructions on how to configure a file system to mount at boot time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:34951
msgid "Encrypting Swap"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:34954
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Christian</firstname> <surname>Brueffer</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34964
msgid "<primary>swap</primary> <secondary>encrypting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34969
msgid "Like the encryption of disk partitions, encryption of swap space is used to protect sensitive information. Consider an application that deals with passwords. As long as these passwords stay in physical memory, they are not written to disk and will be cleared after a reboot. However, if FreeBSD starts swapping out memory pages to free space, the passwords may be written to the disk unencrypted. Encrypting swap space can be a solution for this scenario."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34978
msgid "This section demonstrates how to configure an encrypted swap partition using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gbde</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> encryption. It assumes that <filename>/dev/ada0s1b</filename> is the swap partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34984
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Swap"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34986
msgid "Swap partitions are not encrypted by default and should be cleared of any sensitive data before continuing. To overwrite the current swap partition with random garbage, execute the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34991
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/<replaceable>ada0s1b</replaceable> bs=1m</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34993
msgid "To encrypt the swap partition using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gbde</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, add the <literal>.bde</literal> suffix to the swap line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34997
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\tDump\tPass#\n"
"/dev/ada0s1b.bde\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t\t0\t0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35000
msgid "To instead encrypt the swap partition using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, use the <literal>.eli</literal> suffix:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35004
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\tDump\tPass#\n"
"/dev/ada0s1b.eli\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t\t0\t0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35007
msgid "By default, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> uses the <acronym>AES</acronym> algorithm with a key length of 128 bits. Normally the default settings will suffice. If desired, these defaults can be altered in the options field in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. The possible flags are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:35016
msgid "aalgo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35018
msgid "Data integrity verification algorithm used to ensure that the encrypted data has not been tampered with. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a list of supported algorithms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:35025
msgid "ealgo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35027
msgid "Encryption algorithm used to protect the data. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a list of supported algorithms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:35033
msgid "keylen"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35035
msgid "The length of the key used for the encryption algorithm. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the key lengths that are supported by each encryption algorithm."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:35042
msgid "sectorsize"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35044
msgid "The size of the blocks data is broken into before it is encrypted. Larger sector sizes increase performance at the cost of higher storage overhead. The recommended size is 4096 bytes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35052
msgid "This example configures an encryped swap partition using the Blowfish algorithm with a key length of 128 bits and a sectorsize of 4 kilobytes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35056
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\t\t\tDump\tPass#\n"
"/dev/ada0s1b.eli\tnone\t\tswap\tsw,ealgo=blowfish,keylen=128,sectorsize=4096\t0\t0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:35062
msgid "Encrypted Swap Verification"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35064
msgid "Once the system has rebooted, proper operation of the encrypted swap can be verified using <command>swapinfo</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35068
msgid "If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gbde</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is being used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35070
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>swapinfo</userinput>\n"
"Device          1K-blocks     Used    Avail Capacity\n"
"/dev/ada0s1b.bde   542720        0   542720     0%"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35074
msgid "If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is being used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35076
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>swapinfo</userinput>\n"
"Device          1K-blocks     Used    Avail Capacity\n"
"/dev/ada0s1b.eli   542720        0   542720     0%"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:35084
msgid "Highly Available Storage (<acronym>HAST</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:35098
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Freddie</firstname> <surname>Cash</surname> </personname> <contrib>With inputs from </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:35106
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Pawel Jakub</firstname> <surname>Dawidek</surname> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:35113
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Michael W.</firstname> <surname>Lucas</surname> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:35120
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Viktor</firstname> <surname>Petersson</surname> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:35129
msgid "<primary>HAST</primary> <secondary>high availability</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35134
msgid "High availability is one of the main requirements in serious business applications and highly-available storage is a key component in such environments. In FreeBSD, the Highly Available STorage (<acronym>HAST</acronym>) framework allows transparent storage of the same data across several physically separated machines connected by a <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> network. <acronym>HAST</acronym> can be understood as a network-based RAID1 (mirror), and is similar to the DRBD® storage system used in the GNU/<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> platform. In combination with other high-availability features of FreeBSD like <acronym>CARP</acronym>, <acronym>HAST</acronym> makes it possible to build a highly-available storage cluster that is resistant to hardware failures."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35148
msgid "The following are the main features of <acronym>HAST</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35153
msgid "Can be used to mask <acronym>I/O</acronym> errors on local hard drives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35158
msgid "File system agnostic as it works with any file system supported by FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35163
msgid "Efficient and quick resynchronization as only the blocks that were modified during the downtime of a node are synchronized."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35176
msgid "Can be used in an already deployed environment to add additional redundancy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35181
msgid "Together with <acronym>CARP</acronym>, <application>Heartbeat</application>, or other tools, it can be used to build a robust and durable storage system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35187
msgid "After reading this section, you will know:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35191
msgid "What <acronym>HAST</acronym> is, how it works, and which features it provides."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35196
msgid "How to set up and use <acronym>HAST</acronym> on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35201
msgid "How to integrate <acronym>CARP</acronym> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to build a robust storage system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35206
msgid "Before reading this section, you should:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35214
msgid "Know how to configure network interfaces and other core FreeBSD subsystems (<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35219
msgid "Have a good understanding of FreeBSD networking (<xref linkend=\"network-communication\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35224
msgid "The <acronym>HAST</acronym> project was sponsored by The FreeBSD Foundation with support from <link xlink:href=\"http://www.omc.net/\">http://www.omc.net/</link> and <link xlink:href=\"http://www.transip.nl/\">http://www.transip.nl/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:35229
msgid "HAST Operation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35231
msgid "<acronym>HAST</acronym> provides synchronous block-level replication between two physical machines: the <emphasis>primary</emphasis>, also known as the <emphasis>master</emphasis> node, and the <emphasis>secondary</emphasis>, or <emphasis>slave</emphasis> node. These two machines together are referred to as a cluster."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35239
msgid "Since <acronym>HAST</acronym> works in a primary-secondary configuration, it allows only one of the cluster nodes to be active at any given time. The primary node, also called <emphasis>active</emphasis>, is the one which will handle all the <acronym>I/O</acronym> requests to <acronym>HAST</acronym>-managed devices. The secondary node is automatically synchronized from the primary node."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35247
msgid "The physical components of the <acronym>HAST</acronym> system are the local disk on primary node, and the disk on the remote, secondary node."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35251
msgid "<acronym>HAST</acronym> operates synchronously on a block level, making it transparent to file systems and applications. <acronym>HAST</acronym> provides regular GEOM providers in <filename>/dev/hast/</filename> for use by other tools or applications. There is no difference between using <acronym>HAST</acronym>-provided devices and raw disks or partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35259
msgid "Each write, delete, or flush operation is sent to both the local disk and to the remote disk over <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym>. Each read operation is served from the local disk, unless the local disk is not up-to-date or an <acronym>I/O</acronym> error occurs. In such cases, the read operation is sent to the secondary node."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35266
msgid "<acronym>HAST</acronym> tries to provide fast failure recovery. For this reason, it is important to reduce synchronization time after a node's outage. To provide fast synchronization, <acronym>HAST</acronym> manages an on-disk bitmap of dirty extents and only synchronizes those during a regular synchronization, with an exception of the initial sync."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35274
msgid "There are many ways to handle synchronization. <acronym>HAST</acronym> implements several replication modes to handle different synchronization methods:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35280
msgid "<emphasis>memsync</emphasis>: This mode reports a write operation as completed when the local write operation is finished and when the remote node acknowledges data arrival, but before actually storing the data. The data on the remote node will be stored directly after sending the acknowledgement. This mode is intended to reduce latency, but still provides good reliability. This mode is the default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35291
msgid "<emphasis>fullsync</emphasis>: This mode reports a write operation as completed when both the local write and the remote write complete. This is the safest and the slowest replication mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35298
msgid "<emphasis>async</emphasis>: This mode reports a write operation as completed when the local write completes. This is the fastest and the most dangerous replication mode. It should only be used when replicating to a distant node where latency is too high for other modes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:35309
msgid "HAST Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35311
msgid "The <acronym>HAST</acronym> framework consists of several components:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35316
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hastd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon which provides data synchronization. When this daemon is started, it will automatically load <varname>geom_gate.ko</varname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35322
msgid "The userland management utility, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hastctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35327
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hast.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration file. This file must exist before starting <application>hastd</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35333
msgid "Users who prefer to statically build <literal>GEOM_GATE</literal> support into the kernel should add this line to the custom kernel configuration file, then rebuild the kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35338
#, no-wrap
msgid "options\tGEOM_GATE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35340
msgid "The following example describes how to configure two nodes in master-slave/primary-secondary operation using <acronym>HAST</acronym> to replicate the data between the two. The nodes will be called <literal>hasta</literal>, with an <acronym>IP</acronym> address of <literal>172.16.0.1</literal>, and <literal>hastb</literal>, with an <acronym>IP</acronym> address of <literal>172.16.0.2</literal>. Both nodes will have a dedicated hard drive <filename>/dev/ad6</filename> of the same size for <acronym>HAST</acronym> operation. The <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool, sometimes referred to as a resource or the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> provider in <filename>/dev/hast/</filename>, will be called <literal>test</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35354
msgid "Configuration of <acronym>HAST</acronym> is done using <filename>/etc/hast.conf</filename>. This file should be identical on both nodes. The simplest configuration is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35359
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"resource <replaceable>test</replaceable> {\n"
"\ton <replaceable>hasta</replaceable> {\n"
"\t\tlocal <replaceable>/dev/ad6</replaceable>\n"
"\t\tremote <replaceable>172.16.0.2</replaceable>\n"
"\t}\n"
"\ton <replaceable>hastb</replaceable> {\n"
"\t\tlocal <replaceable>/dev/ad6</replaceable>\n"
"\t\tremote <replaceable>172.16.0.1</replaceable>\n"
"\t}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35370
msgid "For more advanced configuration, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hast.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:35374
msgid "It is also possible to use host names in the <literal>remote</literal> statements if the hosts are resolvable and defined either in <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> or in the local <acronym>DNS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35381
msgid "Once the configuration exists on both nodes, the <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool can be created. Run these commands on both nodes to place the initial metadata onto the local disk and to start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hastd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35386
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl create <replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service hastd onestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:35390
msgid "It is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to use <acronym>GEOM</acronym> providers with an existing file system or to convert an existing storage to a <acronym>HAST</acronym>-managed pool. This procedure needs to store some metadata on the provider and there will not be enough required space available on an existing provider."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35399
msgid "A HAST node's <literal>primary</literal> or <literal>secondary</literal> role is selected by an administrator, or software like <application>Heartbeat</application>, using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hastctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. On the primary node, <literal>hasta</literal>, issue this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35406
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl role primary <replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35408
msgid "Run this command on the secondary node, <literal>hastb</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35411
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl role secondary <replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35413
msgid "Verify the result by running <command>hastctl</command> on each node:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35416
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl status <replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35418
msgid "Check the <literal>status</literal> line in the output. If it says <literal>degraded</literal>, something is wrong with the configuration file. It should say <literal>complete</literal> on each node, meaning that the synchronization between the nodes has started. The synchronization completes when <command>hastctl status</command> reports 0 bytes of <literal>dirty</literal> extents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35427
msgid "The next step is to create a file system on the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> provider and mount it. This must be done on the <literal>primary</literal> node. Creating the file system can take a few minutes, depending on the size of the hard drive. This example creates a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system on <filename>/dev/hast/test</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35434
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/hast/<replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /hast/<replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/hast/<replaceable>test</replaceable> <replaceable>/hast/test</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35438
msgid "Once the <acronym>HAST</acronym> framework is configured properly, the final step is to make sure that <acronym>HAST</acronym> is started automatically during system boot. Add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35444
#, no-wrap
msgid "hastd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:35447
msgid "Failover Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35449
msgid "The goal of this example is to build a robust storage system which is resistant to the failure of any given node. If the primary node fails, the secondary node is there to take over seamlessly, check and mount the file system, and continue to work without missing a single bit of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35456
msgid "To accomplish this task, the Common Address Redundancy Protocol (<acronym>CARP</acronym>) is used to provide for automatic failover at the <acronym>IP</acronym> layer. <acronym>CARP</acronym> allows multiple hosts on the same network segment to share an <acronym>IP</acronym> address. Set up <acronym>CARP</acronym> on both nodes of the cluster according to the documentation available in <xref linkend=\"carp\"/>. In this example, each node will have its own management <acronym>IP</acronym> address and a shared <acronym>IP</acronym> address of <replaceable>172.16.0.254</replaceable>. The primary <acronym>HAST</acronym> node of the cluster must be the master <acronym>CARP</acronym> node."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35469
msgid "The <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool created in the previous section is now ready to be exported to the other hosts on the network. This can be accomplished by exporting it through <acronym>NFS</acronym> or <application>Samba</application>, using the shared <acronym>IP</acronym> address <replaceable>172.16.0.254</replaceable>. The only problem which remains unresolved is an automatic failover should the primary node fail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35479
msgid "In the event of <acronym>CARP</acronym> interfaces going up or down, the FreeBSD operating system generates a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> event, making it possible to watch for state changes on the <acronym>CARP</acronym> interfaces. A state change on the <acronym>CARP</acronym> interface is an indication that one of the nodes failed or came back online. These state change events make it possible to run a script which will automatically handle the HAST failover."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35488
msgid "To catch state changes on the <acronym>CARP</acronym> interfaces, add this configuration to <filename>/etc/devd.conf</filename> on each node:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35492
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"notify 30 {\n"
"\tmatch \"system\" \"IFNET\";\n"
"\tmatch \"subsystem\" \"carp0\";\n"
"\tmatch \"type\" \"LINK_UP\";\n"
"\taction \"/usr/local/sbin/carp-hast-switch master\";\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"notify 30 {\n"
"\tmatch \"system\" \"IFNET\";\n"
"\tmatch \"subsystem\" \"carp0\";\n"
"\tmatch \"type\" \"LINK_DOWN\";\n"
"\taction \"/usr/local/sbin/carp-hast-switch slave\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:35507
msgid "If the systems are running FreeBSD 10 or higher, replace <filename>carp0</filename> with the name of the <acronym>CARP</acronym>-configured interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35512
msgid "Restart <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> on both nodes to put the new configuration into effect:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35515
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service devd restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35517
msgid "When the specified interface state changes by going up or down , the system generates a notification, allowing the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> subsystem to run the specified automatic failover script, <filename>/usr/local/sbin/carp-hast-switch</filename>. For further clarification about this configuration, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35525
msgid "Here is an example of an automated failover script:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35528
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"\n"
"# Original script by Freddie Cash &lt;fjwcash@gmail.com&gt;\n"
"# Modified by Michael W. Lucas &lt;mwlucas@BlackHelicopters.org&gt;\n"
"# and Viktor Petersson &lt;vpetersson@wireload.net&gt;\n"
"\n"
"# The names of the HAST resources, as listed in /etc/hast.conf\n"
"resources=\"<replaceable>test</replaceable>\"\n"
"\n"
"# delay in mounting HAST resource after becoming master\n"
"# make your best guess\n"
"delay=3\n"
"\n"
"# logging\n"
"log=\"local0.debug\"\n"
"name=\"carp-hast\"\n"
"\n"
"# end of user configurable stuff\n"
"\n"
"case \"$1\" in\n"
"\tmaster)\n"
"\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Switching to primary provider for ${resources}.\"\n"
"\t\tsleep ${delay}\n"
"\n"
"\t\t# Wait for any \"hastd secondary\" processes to stop\n"
"\t\tfor disk in ${resources}; do\n"
"\t\t\twhile $( pgrep -lf \"hastd: ${disk} \\(secondary\\)\" &gt; /dev/null 2&gt;&amp;1 ); do\n"
"\t\t\t\tsleep 1\n"
"\t\t\tdone\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t# Switch role for each disk\n"
"\t\t\thastctl role primary ${disk}\n"
"\t\t\tif [ $? -ne 0 ]; then\n"
"\t\t\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Unable to change role to primary for resource ${disk}.\"\n"
"\t\t\t\texit 1\n"
"\t\t\tfi\n"
"\t\tdone\n"
"\n"
"\t\t# Wait for the /dev/hast/* devices to appear\n"
"\t\tfor disk in ${resources}; do\n"
"\t\t\tfor I in $( jot 60 ); do\n"
"\t\t\t\t[ -c \"/dev/hast/${disk}\" ] &amp;&amp; break\n"
"\t\t\t\tsleep 0.5\n"
"\t\t\tdone\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\tif [ ! -c \"/dev/hast/${disk}\" ]; then\n"
"\t\t\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"GEOM provider /dev/hast/${disk} did not appear.\"\n"
"\t\t\t\texit 1\n"
"\t\t\tfi\n"
"\t\tdone\n"
"\n"
"\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Role for HAST resources ${resources} switched to primary.\"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Mounting disks.\"\n"
"\t\tfor disk in ${resources}; do\n"
"\t\t\tmkdir -p /hast/${disk}\n"
"\t\t\tfsck -p -y -t ufs /dev/hast/${disk}\n"
"\t\t\tmount /dev/hast/${disk} /hast/${disk}\n"
"\t\tdone\n"
"\n"
"\t;;\n"
"\n"
"\tslave)\n"
"\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Switching to secondary provider for ${resources}.\"\n"
"\n"
"\t\t# Switch roles for the HAST resources\n"
"\t\tfor disk in ${resources}; do\n"
"\t\t\tif ! mount | grep -q \"^/dev/hast/${disk} on \"\n"
"\t\t\tthen\n"
"\t\t\telse\n"
"\t\t\t\tumount -f /hast/${disk}\n"
"\t\t\tfi\n"
"\t\t\tsleep $delay\n"
"\t\t\thastctl role secondary ${disk} 2&gt;&amp;1\n"
"\t\t\tif [ $? -ne 0 ]; then\n"
"\t\t\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Unable to switch role to secondary for resource ${disk}.\"\n"
"\t\t\t\texit 1\n"
"\t\t\tfi\n"
"\t\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Role switched to secondary for resource ${disk}.\"\n"
"\t\tdone\n"
"\t;;\n"
"esac"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35612
msgid "In a nutshell, the script takes these actions when a node becomes master:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35617
msgid "Promotes the <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool to primary on the other node."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35622
msgid "Checks the file system under the <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35627
msgid "Mounts the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35631
msgid "When a node becomes secondary:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35635
msgid "Unmounts the <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35639
msgid "Degrades the <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool to secondary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:35645
msgid "This is just an example script which serves as a proof of concept. It does not handle all the possible scenarios and can be extended or altered in any way, for example, to start or stop required services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:35652
msgid "For this example, a standard <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system was used. To reduce the time needed for recovery, a journal-enabled <acronym>UFS</acronym> or <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system can be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35659
msgid "More detailed information with additional examples can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST\">http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35667
msgid "<acronym>HAST</acronym> should generally work without issues. However, as with any other software product, there may be times when it does not work as supposed. The sources of the problems may be different, but the rule of thumb is to ensure that the time is synchronized between the nodes of the cluster."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35674
msgid "When troubleshooting <acronym>HAST</acronym>, the debugging level of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hastd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> should be increased by starting <command>hastd</command> with <literal>-d</literal>. This argument may be specified multiple times to further increase the debugging level. Consider also using <literal>-F</literal>, which starts <command>hastd</command> in the foreground."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:35683
msgid "Recovering from the Split-brain Condition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35685
msgid "<firstterm>Split-brain</firstterm> occurs when the nodes of the cluster are unable to communicate with each other, and both are configured as primary. This is a dangerous condition because it allows both nodes to make incompatible changes to the data. This problem must be corrected manually by the system administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35692
msgid "The administrator must either decide which node has more important changes, or perform the merge manually. Then, let <acronym>HAST</acronym> perform full synchronization of the node which has the broken data. To do this, issue these commands on the node which needs to be resynchronized:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35699
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl role init <replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl create <replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl role secondary <replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:35716
msgid "GEOM: Modular Disk Transformation Framework"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:35732 book.translate.xml:35816 book.translate.xml:35957
#: book.translate.xml:36590 book.translate.xml:36738 book.translate.xml:37103
#: book.translate.xml:37307
msgid "<primary><acronym>GEOM</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:35735
msgid "<primary><acronym>GEOM</acronym> Disk Framework</primary> <see><acronym>GEOM</acronym></see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35740
msgid "In FreeBSD, the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> framework permits access and control to classes, such as Master Boot Records and <acronym>BSD</acronym> labels, through the use of providers, or the disk devices in <filename>/dev</filename>. By supporting various software <acronym>RAID</acronym> configurations, <acronym>GEOM</acronym> transparently provides access to the operating system and operating system utilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35748
msgid "This chapter covers the use of disks under the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> framework in FreeBSD. This includes the major <acronym>RAID</acronym> control utilities which use the framework for configuration. This chapter is not a definitive guide to <acronym>RAID</acronym> configurations and only <acronym>GEOM</acronym>-supported <acronym>RAID</acronym> classifications are discussed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35760
msgid "What type of <acronym>RAID</acronym> support is available through <acronym>GEOM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35765
msgid "How to use the base utilities to configure, maintain, and manipulate the various <acronym>RAID</acronym> levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35771
msgid "How to mirror, stripe, encrypt, and remotely connect disk devices through <acronym>GEOM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35776
msgid "How to troubleshoot disks attached to the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35785
msgid "Understand how FreeBSD treats disk devices (<xref linkend=\"disks\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35789
msgid "Know how to configure and install a new kernel (<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:35796
msgid "RAID0 - Striping"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:35807 book.translate.xml:36581 book.translate.xml:62514
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Murray</firstname> <surname>Stokely</surname> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:35819
msgid "<primary>Striping</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35823
msgid "Striping combines several disk drives into a single volume. Striping can be performed through the use of hardware <acronym>RAID</acronym> controllers. The <acronym>GEOM</acronym> disk subsystem provides software support for disk striping, also known as <acronym>RAID0</acronym>, without the need for a <acronym>RAID</acronym> disk controller."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35831
msgid "In <acronym>RAID0</acronym>, data is split into blocks that are written across all the drives in the array. As seen in the following illustration, instead of having to wait on the system to write 256k to one disk, <acronym>RAID0</acronym> can simultaneously write 64k to each of the four disks in the array, offering superior <acronym>I/O</acronym> performance. This performance can be enhanced further by using multiple disk controllers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:35842
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='geom/striping' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/mediaobject
#: book.translate.xml:35840
msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"geom/striping\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>Disk Striping Illustration</phrase> </textobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35850
msgid "Each disk in a <acronym>RAID0</acronym> stripe must be of the same size, since <acronym>I/O</acronym> requests are interleaved to read or write to multiple disks in parallel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:35856
msgid "<acronym>RAID0</acronym> does <emphasis>not</emphasis> provide any redundancy. This means that if one disk in the array fails, all of the data on the disks is lost. If the data is important, implement a backup strategy that regularly saves backups to a remote system or device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35863
msgid "The process for creating a software, <acronym>GEOM</acronym>-based <acronym>RAID0</acronym> on a FreeBSD system using commodity disks is as follows. Once the stripe is created, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gstripe</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on how to control an existing stripe."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:35870
msgid "Creating a Stripe of Unformatted <acronym>ATA</acronym> Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35874
msgid "Load the <filename>geom_stripe.ko</filename> module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35877
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload geom_stripe</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35881
msgid "Ensure that a suitable mount point exists. If this volume will become a root partition, then temporarily use another mount point such as <filename>/mnt</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35888
msgid "Determine the device names for the disks which will be striped, and create the new stripe device. For example, to stripe two unused and unpartitioned <acronym>ATA</acronym> disks with device names of <filename>/dev/ad2</filename> and <filename>/dev/ad3</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35895
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gstripe label -v st0 /dev/ad2 /dev/ad3</userinput>\n"
"Metadata value stored on /dev/ad2.\n"
"Metadata value stored on /dev/ad3.\n"
"Done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35902
msgid "Write a standard label, also known as a partition table, on the new volume and install the default bootstrap code:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35906
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bsdlabel -wB /dev/stripe/st0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35910
msgid "This process should create two other devices in <filename>/dev/stripe</filename> in addition to <filename>st0</filename>. Those include <filename>st0a</filename> and <filename>st0c</filename>. At this point, a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system can be created on <filename>st0a</filename> using <command>newfs</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35918
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/stripe/st0a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35920
msgid "Many numbers will glide across the screen, and after a few seconds, the process will be complete. The volume has been created and is ready to be mounted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35926
msgid "To manually mount the created disk stripe:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35928
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/stripe/st0a /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35932
msgid "To mount this striped file system automatically during the boot process, place the volume information in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. In this example, a permanent mount point, named <filename>stripe</filename>, is created:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35938
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /stripe</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo \"/dev/stripe/st0a /stripe ufs rw 2 2\" \\</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>&gt;&gt; /etc/fstab</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35944
msgid "The <filename>geom_stripe.ko</filename> module must also be automatically loaded during system initialization, by adding a line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35949
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'geom_stripe_load=\"YES\"' &gt;&gt; /boot/loader.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:35955
msgid "RAID1 - Mirroring"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:35960
msgid "<primary>Disk Mirroring</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:35963
msgid "<primary>RAID1</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35967
msgid "<acronym>RAID1</acronym>, or <emphasis>mirroring</emphasis>, is the technique of writing the same data to more than one disk drive. Mirrors are usually used to guard against data loss due to drive failure. Each drive in a mirror contains an identical copy of the data. When an individual drive fails, the mirror continues to work, providing data from the drives that are still functioning. The computer keeps running, and the administrator has time to replace the failed drive without user interruption."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35977
msgid "Two common situations are illustrated in these examples. The first creates a mirror out of two new drives and uses it as a replacement for an existing single drive. The second example creates a mirror on a single new drive, copies the old drive's data to it, then inserts the old drive into the mirror. While this procedure is slightly more complicated, it only requires one new drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35985
msgid "Traditionally, the two drives in a mirror are identical in model and capacity, but <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gmirror</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> does not require that. Mirrors created with dissimilar drives will have a capacity equal to that of the smallest drive in the mirror. Extra space on larger drives will be unused. Drives inserted into the mirror later must have at least as much capacity as the smallest drive already in the mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:35994
msgid "The mirroring procedures shown here are non-destructive, but as with any major disk operation, make a full backup first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:36000
msgid "While <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used in these procedures to copy file systems, it does not work on file systems with soft updates journaling. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for information on detecting and disabling soft updates journaling."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36007
msgid "Metadata Issues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36009
msgid "Many disk systems store metadata at the end of each disk. Old metadata should be erased before reusing the disk for a mirror. Most problems are caused by two particular types of leftover metadata: <acronym>GPT</acronym> partition tables and old metadata from a previous mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36015
msgid "<acronym>GPT</acronym> metadata can be erased with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This example erases both primary and backup <acronym>GPT</acronym> partition tables from disk <filename>ada8</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36020
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart destroy -F ada8</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36022
msgid "A disk can be removed from an active mirror and the metadata erased in one step using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gmirror</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Here, the example disk <filename>ada8</filename> is removed from the active mirror <filename>gm4</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36027
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror remove gm4 ada8</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36029
msgid "If the mirror is not running, but old mirror metadata is still on the disk, use <command>gmirror clear</command> to remove it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36033
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror clear ada8</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36035
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gmirror</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> stores one block of metadata at the end of the disk. Because <acronym>GPT</acronym> partition schemes also store metadata at the end of the disk, mirroring entire <acronym>GPT</acronym> disks with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gmirror</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is not recommended. <acronym>MBR</acronym> partitioning is used here because it only stores a partition table at the start of the disk and does not conflict with the mirror metadata."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36045
msgid "Creating a Mirror with Two New Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36047
msgid "In this example, FreeBSD has already been installed on a single disk, <filename>ada0</filename>. Two new disks, <filename>ada1</filename> and <filename>ada2</filename>, have been connected to the system. A new mirror will be created on these two disks and used to replace the old single disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36054
msgid "The <filename>geom_mirror.ko</filename> kernel module must either be built into the kernel or loaded at boot- or run-time. Manually load the kernel module now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36058 book.translate.xml:36185
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror load</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36060
msgid "Create the mirror with the two new drives:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36062
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror label -v gm0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36064
msgid "<filename>gm0</filename> is a user-chosen device name assigned to the new mirror. After the mirror has been started, this device name appears in <filename>/dev/mirror/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36069
msgid "<acronym>MBR</acronym> and <application>bsdlabel</application> partition tables can now be created on the mirror with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This example uses a traditional file system layout, with partitions for <filename>/</filename>, swap, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/usr</filename>. A single <filename>/</filename> and a swap partition will also work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36078
msgid "Partitions on the mirror do not have to be the same size as those on the existing disk, but they must be large enough to hold all the data already present on <filename>ada0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36083
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart create -s MBR mirror/gm0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd -a 4k mirror/gm0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show mirror/gm0</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;       63  156301423  mirror/gm0  MBR  (74G)\n"
"         63         63                    - free -  (31k)\n"
"        126  156301299                 1  freebsd  (74G)\n"
"  156301425         61                    - free -  (30k)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36091
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart create -s BSD mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs  -a 4k -s 2g mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-swap -a 4k -s 4g mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs  -a 4k -s 2g mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs  -a 4k -s 1g mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs  -a 4k       mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;        0  156301299  mirror/gm0s1  BSD  (74G)\n"
"          0          2                      - free -  (1.0k)\n"
"          2    4194304                   1  freebsd-ufs  (2.0G)\n"
"    4194306    8388608                   2  freebsd-swap  (4.0G)\n"
"   12582914    4194304                   4  freebsd-ufs  (2.0G)\n"
"   16777218    2097152                   5  freebsd-ufs  (1.0G)\n"
"   18874370  137426928                   6  freebsd-ufs  (65G)\n"
"  156301298          1                      - free -  (512B)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36107 book.translate.xml:36329
msgid "Make the mirror bootable by installing bootcode in the <acronym>MBR</acronym> and bsdlabel and setting the active slice:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36111 book.translate.xml:36333
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/mbr mirror/gm0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart set -a active -i 1 mirror/gm0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/boot mirror/gm0s1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36115
msgid "Format the file systems on the new mirror, enabling soft-updates."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36118
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1d</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1e</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1f</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36123
msgid "File systems from the original <filename>ada0</filename> disk can now be copied onto the mirror with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>restore</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36127
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - / | (cd /mnt &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1d /mnt/var</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1e /mnt/tmp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1f /mnt/usr</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /var | (cd /mnt/var &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /tmp | (cd /mnt/tmp &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /usr | (cd /mnt/usr &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36136
msgid "Edit <filename>/mnt/etc/fstab</filename> to point to the new mirror file systems:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36139
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\tDump\tPass#\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1a\t/\t\tufs\trw\t1\t1\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1b\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t0\t0\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1d\t/var\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1e\t/tmp\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1f\t/usr\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36146
msgid "If the <filename>geom_mirror.ko</filename> kernel module has not been built into the kernel, <filename>/mnt/boot/loader.conf</filename> is edited to load the module at boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36151 book.translate.xml:36360 book.translate.xml:36480
#, no-wrap
msgid "geom_mirror_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36153
msgid "Reboot the system to test the new mirror and verify that all data has been copied. The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> will see the mirror as two individual drives rather than a mirror. Because the drives are identical, it does not matter which is selected to boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36159
msgid "See <xref linkend=\"gmirror-troubleshooting\"/> if there are problems booting. Powering down and disconnecting the original <filename>ada0</filename> disk will allow it to be kept as an offline backup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36164
msgid "In use, the mirror will behave just like the original single drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36169
msgid "Creating a Mirror with an Existing Drive"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36171
msgid "In this example, FreeBSD has already been installed on a single disk, <filename>ada0</filename>. A new disk, <filename>ada1</filename>, has been connected to the system. A one-disk mirror will be created on the new disk, the existing system copied onto it, and then the old disk will be inserted into the mirror. This slightly complex procedure is required because <command>gmirror</command> needs to put a 512-byte block of metadata at the end of each disk, and the existing <filename>ada0</filename> has usually had all of its space already allocated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36182
msgid "Load the <filename>geom_mirror.ko</filename> kernel module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36187
msgid "Check the media size of the original disk with <command>diskinfo</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36190
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>diskinfo -v ada0 | head -n3</userinput>\n"
"/dev/ada0\n"
"\t512             # sectorsize\n"
"\t1000204821504   # mediasize in bytes (931G)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36195
msgid "Create a mirror on the new disk. To make certain that the mirror capacity is not any larger than the original <filename>ada0</filename> drive, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gnop</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to create a fake drive of the exact same size. This drive does not store any data, but is used only to limit the size of the mirror. When <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gmirror</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> creates the mirror, it will restrict the capacity to the size of <filename>gzero.nop</filename>, even if the new <filename>ada1</filename> drive has more space. Note that the <replaceable>1000204821504</replaceable> in the second line is equal to <filename>ada0</filename>'s media size as shown by <command>diskinfo</command> above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36208
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>geom zero load</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gnop create -s 1000204821504 gzero</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror label -v gm0 gzero.nop ada1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror forget gm0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36213
msgid "Since <filename>gzero.nop</filename> does not store any data, the mirror does not see it as connected. The mirror is told to <quote>forget</quote> unconnected components, removing references to <filename>gzero.nop</filename>. The result is a mirror device containing only a single disk, <filename>ada1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36220
msgid "After creating <filename>gm0</filename>, view the partition table on <filename>ada0</filename>. This output is from a 1 TB drive. If there is some unallocated space at the end of the drive, the contents may be copied directly from <filename>ada0</filename> to the new mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36226
msgid "However, if the output shows that all of the space on the disk is allocated, as in the following listing, there is no space available for the 512-byte mirror metadata at the end of the disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36231
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show ada0</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;        63  1953525105        ada0  MBR  (931G)\n"
"          63  1953525105           1  freebsd  [active]  (931G)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36235
msgid "In this case, the partition table must be edited to reduce the capacity by one sector on <filename>mirror/gm0</filename>. The procedure will be explained later."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36239
msgid "In either case, partition tables on the primary disk should be first copied using <command>gpart backup</command> and <command>gpart restore</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36243
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart backup ada0 &gt; table.ada0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart backup ada0s1 &gt; table.ada0s1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36246
msgid "These commands create two files, <filename>table.ada0</filename> and <filename>table.ada0s1</filename>. This example is from a 1 TB drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36251
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat table.ada0</userinput>\n"
"MBR 4\n"
"1 freebsd         63 1953525105   [active]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36255
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat table.ada0s1</userinput>\n"
"BSD 8\n"
"1  freebsd-ufs          0    4194304\n"
"2 freebsd-swap    4194304   33554432\n"
"4  freebsd-ufs   37748736   50331648\n"
"5  freebsd-ufs   88080384   41943040\n"
"6  freebsd-ufs  130023424  838860800\n"
"7  freebsd-ufs  968884224  984640881"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36264
msgid "If no free space is shown at the end of the disk, the size of both the slice and the last partition must be reduced by one sector. Edit the two files, reducing the size of both the slice and last partition by one. These are the last numbers in each listing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36270
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat table.ada0</userinput>\n"
"MBR 4\n"
"1 freebsd         63 <emphasis>1953525104</emphasis>   [active]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36274
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat table.ada0s1</userinput>\n"
"BSD 8\n"
"1  freebsd-ufs          0    4194304\n"
"2 freebsd-swap    4194304   33554432\n"
"4  freebsd-ufs   37748736   50331648\n"
"5  freebsd-ufs   88080384   41943040\n"
"6  freebsd-ufs  130023424  838860800\n"
"7  freebsd-ufs  968884224  <emphasis>984640880</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36283
msgid "If at least one sector was unallocated at the end of the disk, these two files can be used without modification."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36286
msgid "Now restore the partition table into <filename>mirror/gm0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36289
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart restore mirror/gm0 &lt; table.ada0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart restore mirror/gm0s1 &lt; table.ada0s1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36292
msgid "Check the partition table with <command>gpart show</command>. This example has <filename>gm0s1a</filename> for <filename>/</filename>, <filename>gm0s1d</filename> for <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>gm0s1e</filename> for <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>gm0s1f</filename> for <filename>/data1</filename>, and <filename>gm0s1g</filename> for <filename>/data2</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36301
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show mirror/gm0</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;        63  1953525104  mirror/gm0  MBR  (931G)\n"
"          63  1953525042           1  freebsd  [active]  (931G)\n"
"  1953525105          62              - free -  (31k)\n"
"\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;         0  1953525042  mirror/gm0s1  BSD  (931G)\n"
"           0     2097152             1  freebsd-ufs  (1.0G)\n"
"     2097152    16777216             2  freebsd-swap  (8.0G)\n"
"    18874368    41943040             4  freebsd-ufs  (20G)\n"
"    60817408    20971520             5  freebsd-ufs  (10G)\n"
"    81788928   629145600             6  freebsd-ufs  (300G)\n"
"   710934528  1242590514             7  freebsd-ufs  (592G)\n"
"  1953525042          63                - free -  (31k)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36316
msgid "Both the slice and the last partition must have at least one free block at the end of the disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36319
msgid "Create file systems on these new partitions. The number of partitions will vary to match the original disk, <filename>ada0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36323
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1d</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1e</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1f</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1g</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36337
msgid "Adjust <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to use the new partitions on the mirror. Back up this file first by copying it to <filename>/etc/fstab.orig</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36341
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /etc/fstab /etc/fstab.orig</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36343
msgid "Edit <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, replacing <filename>/dev/ada0</filename> with <filename>mirror/gm0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36347
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\tDump\tPass#\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1a\t/\t\tufs\trw\t1\t1\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1b\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t0\t0\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1d\t/var\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1e\t/usr\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1f\t/data1\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1g\t/data2\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36355
msgid "If the <filename>geom_mirror.ko</filename> kernel module has not been built into the kernel, edit <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> to load it at boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36362
msgid "File systems from the original disk can now be copied onto the mirror with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>restore</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Each file system dumped with <command>dump -L</command> will create a snapshot first, which can take some time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36367
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /    | (cd /mnt &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1d /mnt/var</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1e /mnt/usr</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1f /mnt/data1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1g /mnt/data2</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /usr | (cd /mnt/usr &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /var | (cd /mnt/var &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /data1 | (cd /mnt/data1 &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /data2 | (cd /mnt/data2 &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36378
msgid "Restart the system, booting from <filename>ada1</filename>. If everything is working, the system will boot from <filename>mirror/gm0</filename>, which now contains the same data as <filename>ada0</filename> had previously. See <xref linkend=\"gmirror-troubleshooting\"/> if there are problems booting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36385
msgid "At this point, the mirror still consists of only the single <filename>ada1</filename> disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36388
msgid "After booting from <filename>mirror/gm0</filename> successfully, the final step is inserting <filename>ada0</filename> into the mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:36393
msgid "When <filename>ada0</filename> is inserted into the mirror, its former contents will be overwritten by data from the mirror. Make certain that <filename>mirror/gm0</filename> has the same contents as <filename>ada0</filename> before adding <filename>ada0</filename> to the mirror. If the contents previously copied by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>restore</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> are not identical to what was on <filename>ada0</filename>, revert <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to mount the file systems on <filename>ada0</filename>, reboot, and start the whole procedure again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36406
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror insert gm0 ada0</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_MIRROR: Device gm0: rebuilding provider ada0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36409
msgid "Synchronization between the two disks will start immediately. Use <command>gmirror status</command> to view the progress."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36413
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror status</userinput>\n"
"      Name    Status  Components\n"
"mirror/gm0  DEGRADED  ada1 (ACTIVE)\n"
"                      ada0 (SYNCHRONIZING, 64%)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36418
msgid "After a while, synchronization will finish."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36420
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"GEOM_MIRROR: Device gm0: rebuilding provider ada0 finished.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror status</userinput>\n"
"      Name    Status  Components\n"
"mirror/gm0  COMPLETE  ada1 (ACTIVE)\n"
"                      ada0 (ACTIVE)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36426
msgid "<filename>mirror/gm0</filename> now consists of the two disks <filename>ada0</filename> and <filename>ada1</filename>, and the contents are automatically synchronized with each other. In use, <filename>mirror/gm0</filename> will behave just like the original single drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36437
msgid "If the system no longer boots, <acronym>BIOS</acronym> settings may have to be changed to boot from one of the new mirrored drives. Either mirror drive can be used for booting, as they contain identical data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36442
msgid "If the boot stops with this message, something is wrong with the mirror device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36445
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Mounting from ufs:/dev/mirror/gm0s1a failed with error 19.\n"
"\n"
"Loader variables:\n"
"  vfs.root.mountfrom=ufs:/dev/mirror/gm0s1a\n"
"  vfs.root.mountfrom.options=rw\n"
"\n"
"Manual root filesystem specification:\n"
"  &lt;fstype&gt;:&lt;device&gt; [options]\n"
"      Mount &lt;device&gt; using filesystem &lt;fstype&gt;\n"
"      and with the specified (optional) option list.\n"
"\n"
"    eg. ufs:/dev/da0s1a\n"
"        zfs:tank\n"
"        cd9660:/dev/acd0 ro\n"
"          (which is equivalent to: mount -t cd9660 -o ro /dev/acd0 /)\n"
"\n"
"  ?               List valid disk boot devices\n"
"  .               Yield 1 second (for background tasks)\n"
"  &lt;empty line&gt;    Abort manual input\n"
"\n"
"mountroot&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36467
msgid "Forgetting to load the <filename>geom_mirror.ko</filename> module in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> can cause this problem. To fix it, boot from a FreeBSD installation media and choose <literal>Shell</literal> at the first prompt. Then load the mirror module and mount the mirror device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36474
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror load</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36477
msgid "Edit <filename>/mnt/boot/loader.conf</filename>, adding a line to load the mirror module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36482
msgid "Save the file and reboot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36484
msgid "Other problems that cause <errorname>error 19</errorname> require more effort to fix. Although the system should boot from <filename>ada0</filename>, another prompt to select a shell will appear if <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> is incorrect. Enter <literal>ufs:/dev/ada0s1a</literal> at the boot loader prompt and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. Undo the edits in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> then mount the file systems from the original disk (<filename>ada0</filename>) instead of the mirror. Reboot the system and try the procedure again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36495
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh:\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /etc/fstab.orig /etc/fstab</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>reboot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36501
msgid "Recovering from Disk Failure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36503
msgid "The benefit of disk mirroring is that an individual disk can fail without causing the mirror to lose any data. In the above example, if <filename>ada0</filename> fails, the mirror will continue to work, providing data from the remaining working drive, <filename>ada1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36509
msgid "To replace the failed drive, shut down the system and physically replace the failed drive with a new drive of equal or greater capacity. Manufacturers use somewhat arbitrary values when rating drives in gigabytes, and the only way to really be sure is to compare the total count of sectors shown by <command>diskinfo -v</command>. A drive with larger capacity than the mirror will work, although the extra space on the new drive will not be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36518
msgid "After the computer is powered back up, the mirror will be running in a <quote>degraded</quote> mode with only one drive. The mirror is told to forget drives that are not currently connected:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36523
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror forget gm0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36525
msgid "Any old metadata should be cleared from the replacement disk using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"geom-mirror-metadata\"/>. Then the replacement disk, <filename>ada4</filename> for this example, is inserted into the mirror:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36531
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror insert gm0 /dev/ada4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36533
msgid "Resynchronization begins when the new drive is inserted into the mirror. This process of copying mirror data to a new drive can take a while. Performance of the mirror will be greatly reduced during the copy, so inserting new drives is best done when there is low demand on the computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36539
msgid "Progress can be monitored with <command>gmirror status</command>, which shows drives that are being synchronized and the percentage of completion. During resynchronization, the status will be <computeroutput>DEGRADED</computeroutput>, changing to <computeroutput>COMPLETE</computeroutput> when the process is finished."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:36552
msgid "<acronym>RAID</acronym>3 - Byte-level Striping with Dedicated Parity"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:36556
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Mark</firstname> <surname>Gladman</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:36564
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Daniel</firstname> <surname>Gerzo</surname> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:36573
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </personname> <contrib>Based on documentation by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:36593
msgid "<primary>RAID3</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36597
msgid "<acronym>RAID</acronym>3 is a method used to combine several disk drives into a single volume with a dedicated parity disk. In a <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 system, data is split up into a number of bytes that are written across all the drives in the array except for one disk which acts as a dedicated parity disk. This means that disk reads from a <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 implementation access all disks in the array. Performance can be enhanced by using multiple disk controllers. The <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 array provides a fault tolerance of 1 drive, while providing a capacity of 1 - 1/n times the total capacity of all drives in the array, where n is the number of hard drives in the array. Such a configuration is mostly suitable for storing data of larger sizes such as multimedia files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36612
msgid "At least 3 physical hard drives are required to build a <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 array. Each disk must be of the same size, since <acronym>I/O</acronym> requests are interleaved to read or write to multiple disks in parallel. Also, due to the nature of <acronym>RAID</acronym>3, the number of drives must be equal to 3, 5, 9, 17, and so on, or 2^n + 1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36619
msgid "This section demonstrates how to create a software <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:36623
msgid "While it is theoretically possible to boot from a <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 array on FreeBSD, that configuration is uncommon and is not advised."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36629
msgid "Creating a Dedicated <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 Array"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36632
msgid "In FreeBSD, support for <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 is implemented by the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> <acronym>GEOM</acronym> class. Creating a dedicated <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 array on FreeBSD requires the following steps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36639
msgid "First, load the <filename>geom_raid3.ko</filename> kernel module by issuing one of the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36643
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid3 load</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36645
msgid "or:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36647
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload geom_raid3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36651
msgid "Ensure that a suitable mount point exists. This command creates a new directory to use as the mount point:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36655
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir <replaceable>/multimedia</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36659
msgid "Determine the device names for the disks which will be added to the array, and create the new <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 device. The final device listed will act as the dedicated parity disk. This example uses three unpartitioned <acronym>ATA</acronym> drives: <filename><replaceable>ada1</replaceable></filename> and <filename><replaceable>ada2</replaceable></filename> for data, and <filename><replaceable>ada3</replaceable></filename> for parity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36670
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid3 label -v gr0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2 /dev/ada3</userinput>\n"
"Metadata value stored on /dev/ada1.\n"
"Metadata value stored on /dev/ada2.\n"
"Metadata value stored on /dev/ada3.\n"
"Done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36678
msgid "Partition the newly created <filename>gr0</filename> device and put a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system on it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36682
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart create -s GPT /dev/raid3/gr0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs /dev/raid3/gr0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -j /dev/raid3/gr0p1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36686
msgid "Many numbers will glide across the screen, and after a bit of time, the process will be complete. The volume has been created and is ready to be mounted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36690
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/raid3/gr0p1 /multimedia/</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36692
msgid "The <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 array is now ready to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36697
msgid "Additional configuration is needed to retain this setup across system reboots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36702
msgid "The <filename>geom_raid3.ko</filename> module must be loaded before the array can be mounted. To automatically load the kernel module during system initialization, add the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36708
#, no-wrap
msgid "geom_raid3_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36712
msgid "The following volume information must be added to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> in order to automatically mount the array's file system during the system boot process:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36717
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/raid3/gr0p1\t/multimedia\tufs\trw\t2\t2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:36725
msgid "Software <acronym>RAID</acronym> Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:36728
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:36741
msgid "<primary>Software RAID Devices</primary> <secondary>Hardware-assisted RAID</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36746
msgid "Some motherboards and expansion cards add some simple hardware, usually just a <acronym>ROM</acronym>, that allows the computer to boot from a <acronym>RAID</acronym> array. After booting, access to the <acronym>RAID</acronym> array is handled by software running on the computer's main processor. This <quote>hardware-assisted software <acronym>RAID</acronym></quote> gives <acronym>RAID</acronym> arrays that are not dependent on any particular operating system, and which are functional even before an operating system is loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36757
msgid "Several levels of <acronym>RAID</acronym> are supported, depending on the hardware in use. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a complete list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36761
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> requires the <filename>geom_raid.ko</filename> kernel module, which is included in the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel starting with FreeBSD 9.1. If needed, it can be loaded manually with <command>graid load</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36768
msgid "Creating an Array"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36770
msgid "Software <acronym>RAID</acronym> devices often have a menu that can be entered by pressing special keys when the computer is booting. The menu can be used to create and delete <acronym>RAID</acronym> arrays. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> can also create arrays directly from the command line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36776
msgid "<command>graid label</command> is used to create a new array. The motherboard used for this example has an Intel software <acronym>RAID</acronym> chipset, so the Intel metadata format is specified. The new array is given a label of <filename>gm0</filename>, it is a mirror (<acronym>RAID1</acronym>), and uses drives <filename>ada0</filename> and <filename>ada1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:36786
msgid "Some space on the drives will be overwritten when they are made into a new array. Back up existing data first!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36791
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 ada1</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Array Intel-a29ea104 created.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada0 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:0-ada0 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada1 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Array started.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Volume gm0 state changed from STARTING to OPTIMAL.\n"
"Intel-a29ea104 created\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Provider raid/r0 for volume gm0 created."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36802
msgid "A status check shows the new mirror is ready for use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36805 book.translate.xml:37011
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid status</userinput>\n"
"   Name   Status  Components\n"
"raid/r0  OPTIMAL  ada0 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))\n"
"                  ada1 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36810
msgid "The array device appears in <filename>/dev/raid/</filename>. The first array is called <filename>r0</filename>. Additional arrays, if present, will be <filename>r1</filename>, <filename>r2</filename>, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36816
msgid "The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> menu on some of these devices can create arrays with special characters in their names. To avoid problems with those special characters, arrays are given simple numbered names like <filename>r0</filename>. To show the actual labels, like <filename>gm0</filename> in the example above, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36823
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.geom.raid.name_format=1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36827
msgid "Multiple Volumes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36829
msgid "Some software <acronym>RAID</acronym> devices support more than one <emphasis>volume</emphasis> on an array. Volumes work like partitions, allowing space on the physical drives to be split and used in different ways. For example, Intel software <acronym>RAID</acronym> devices support two volumes. This example creates a 40 G mirror for safely storing the operating system, followed by a 20 G <acronym>RAID0</acronym> (stripe) volume for fast temporary storage:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36839
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid label -S 40G Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 ada1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid add -S 20G gm0 RAID0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36842
msgid "Volumes appear as additional <filename>r<replaceable>X</replaceable></filename> entries in <filename>/dev/raid/</filename>. An array with two volumes will show <filename>r0</filename> and <filename>r1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36848
msgid "See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the number of volumes supported by different software <acronym>RAID</acronym> devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36853
msgid "Converting a Single Drive to a Mirror"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36855
msgid "Under certain specific conditions, it is possible to convert an existing single drive to a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> array without reformatting. To avoid data loss during the conversion, the existing drive must meet these minimum requirements:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:36863
msgid "The drive must be partitioned with the <acronym>MBR</acronym> partitioning scheme. <acronym>GPT</acronym> or other partitioning schemes with metadata at the end of the drive will be overwritten and corrupted by the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> metadata."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:36871
msgid "There must be enough unpartitioned and unused space at the end of the drive to hold the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> metadata. This metadata varies in size, but the largest occupies 64 M, so at least that much free space is recommended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36879
msgid "If the drive meets these requirements, start by making a full backup. Then create a single-drive mirror with that drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36883
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 NONE</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36885
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> metadata was written to the end of the drive in the unused space. A second drive can now be inserted into the mirror:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36889
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid insert raid/r0 ada1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36891
msgid "Data from the original drive will immediately begin to be copied to the second drive. The mirror will operate in degraded status until the copy is complete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36897
msgid "Inserting New Drives into the Array"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36899
msgid "Drives can be inserted into an array as replacements for drives that have failed or are missing. If there are no failed or missing drives, the new drive becomes a spare. For example, inserting a new drive into a working two-drive mirror results in a two-drive mirror with one spare drive, not a three-drive mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36906
msgid "In the example mirror array, data immediately begins to be copied to the newly-inserted drive. Any existing information on the new drive will be overwritten."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36910
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid insert raid/r0 ada1</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada1 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 state changed from NONE to NEW.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 state changed from NEW to REBUILD.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 rebuild start at 0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36918
msgid "Removing Drives from the Array"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36920
msgid "Individual drives can be permanently removed from a from an array and their metadata erased:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36923
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid remove raid/r0 ada1</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada1 state changed from ACTIVE to OFFLINE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-[unknown] state changed from ACTIVE to NONE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Volume gm0 state changed from OPTIMAL to DEGRADED."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36930
msgid "Stopping the Array"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36932
msgid "An array can be stopped without removing metadata from the drives. The array will be restarted when the system is booted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36936
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid stop raid/r0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36940
msgid "Checking Array Status"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36942
msgid "Array status can be checked at any time. After a drive was added to the mirror in the example above, data is being copied from the original drive to the new drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36946
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid status</userinput>\n"
"   Name    Status  Components\n"
"raid/r0  DEGRADED  ada0 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))\n"
"                   ada1 (ACTIVE (REBUILD 28%))"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36951
msgid "Some types of arrays, like <literal>RAID0</literal> or <literal>CONCAT</literal>, may not be shown in the status report if disks have failed. To see these partially-failed arrays, add <option>-ga</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36956
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid status -ga</userinput>\n"
"          Name  Status  Components\n"
"Intel-e2d07d9a  BROKEN  ada6 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36962
msgid "Deleting Arrays"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36964
msgid "Arrays are destroyed by deleting all of the volumes from them. When the last volume present is deleted, the array is stopped and metadata is removed from the drives:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36968 book.translate.xml:37018
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid delete raid/r0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36972
msgid "Deleting Unexpected Arrays"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36974
msgid "Drives may unexpectedly contain <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> metadata, either from previous use or manufacturer testing. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will detect these drives and create an array, interfering with access to the individual drive. To remove the unwanted metadata:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36982
msgid "Boot the system. At the boot menu, select <literal>2</literal> for the loader prompt. Enter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36985
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"OK <userinput>set kern.geom.raid.enable=0</userinput>\n"
"OK <userinput>boot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36988
msgid "The system will boot with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36993
msgid "Back up all data on the affected drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36997
msgid "As a workaround, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> array detection can be disabled by adding"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37000
#, no-wrap
msgid "kern.geom.raid.enable=0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:37002
msgid "to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:37004
msgid "To permanently remove the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> metadata from the affected drive, boot a FreeBSD installation <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> or memory stick, and select <literal>Shell</literal>. Use <command>status</command> to find the name of the array, typically <literal>raid/r0</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:37016
msgid "Delete the volume by name:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:37020
msgid "If there is more than one volume shown, repeat the process for each volume. After the last array has been deleted, the volume will be destroyed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:37024
msgid "Reboot and verify data, restoring from backup if necessary. After the metadata has been removed, the <literal>kern.geom.raid.enable=0</literal> entry in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> can also be removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:37035
msgid "<acronym>GEOM</acronym> Gate Network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37037
msgid "<acronym>GEOM</acronym> provides a simple mechanism for providing remote access to devices such as disks, <acronym>CD</acronym>s, and file systems through the use of the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> Gate network daemon, <application>ggated</application>. The system with the device runs the server daemon which handles requests made by clients using <application>ggatec</application>. The devices should not contain any sensitive data as the connection between the client and the server is not encrypted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37047
msgid "Similar to <acronym>NFS</acronym>, which is discussed in <xref linkend=\"network-nfs\"/>, <application>ggated</application> is configured using an exports file. This file specifies which systems are permitted to access the exported resources and what level of access they are offered. For example, to give the client <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.5</systemitem> read and write access to the fourth slice on the first <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disk, create <filename>/etc/gg.exports</filename> with this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37057
#, no-wrap
msgid "192.168.1.5 RW /dev/da0s4d"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37059
msgid "Before exporting the device, ensure it is not currently mounted. Then, start <application>ggated</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37062
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ggated</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37064
msgid "Several options are available for specifying an alternate listening port or changing the default location of the exports file. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ggated</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37068
msgid "To access the exported device on the client machine, first use <command>ggatec</command> to specify the <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the server and the device name of the exported device. If successful, this command will display a <literal>ggate</literal> device name to mount. Mount that specified device name on a free mount point. This example connects to the <filename>/dev/da0s4d</filename> partition on <literal>192.168.1.1</literal>, then mounts <filename>/dev/ggate0</filename> on <filename>/mnt</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37079
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ggatec create -o rw 192.168.1.1 /dev/da0s4d</userinput>\n"
"ggate0\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/ggate0 /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37083
msgid "The device on the server may now be accessed through <filename>/mnt</filename> on the client. For more details about <command>ggatec</command> and a few usage examples, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ggatec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:37089
msgid "The mount will fail if the device is currently mounted on either the server or any other client on the network. If simultaneous access is needed to network resources, use <acronym>NFS</acronym> instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37095
msgid "When the device is no longer needed, unmount it with <command>umount</command> so that the resource is available to other clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:37101
msgid "Labeling Disk Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:37106
msgid "<primary>Disk Labels</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37110
msgid "During system initialization, the FreeBSD kernel creates device nodes as devices are found. This method of probing for devices raises some issues. For instance, what if a new disk device is added via <acronym>USB</acronym>? It is likely that a flash device may be handed the device name of <filename>da0</filename> and the original <filename>da0</filename> shifted to <filename>da1</filename>. This will cause issues mounting file systems if they are listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> which may also prevent the system from booting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37122
msgid "One solution is to chain <acronym>SCSI</acronym> devices in order so a new device added to the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> card will be issued unused device numbers. But what about <acronym>USB</acronym> devices which may replace the primary <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disk? This happens because <acronym>USB</acronym> devices are usually probed before the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> card. One solution is to only insert these devices after the system has been booted. Another method is to use only a single <acronym>ATA</acronym> drive and never list the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> devices in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37134
msgid "A better solution is to use <command>glabel</command> to label the disk devices and use the labels in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. Because <command>glabel</command> stores the label in the last sector of a given provider, the label will remain persistent across reboots. By using this label as a device, the file system may always be mounted regardless of what device node it is accessed through."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:37144
msgid "<command>glabel</command> can create both transient and permanent labels. Only permanent labels are consistent across reboots. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>glabel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on the differences between labels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37151
msgid "Label Types and Examples"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37153
msgid "Permanent labels can be a generic or a file system label. Permanent file system labels can be created with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>newfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. These types of labels are created in a sub-directory of <filename>/dev</filename>, and will be named according to the file system type. For example, <acronym>UFS</acronym>2 file system labels will be created in <filename>/dev/ufs</filename>. Generic permanent labels can be created with <command>glabel label</command>. These are not file system specific and will be created in <filename>/dev/label</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37164
msgid "Temporary labels are destroyed at the next reboot. These labels are created in <filename>/dev/label</filename> and are suited to experimentation. A temporary label can be created using <command>glabel create</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37172
msgid "To create a permanent label for a <acronym>UFS</acronym>2 file system without destroying any data, issue the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37176
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tunefs -L <replaceable>home</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/da3</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37178
msgid "A label should now exist in <filename>/dev/ufs</filename> which may be added to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37181
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/ufs/home\t\t/home            ufs     rw              2      2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:37184
msgid "The file system must not be mounted while attempting to run <command>tunefs</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37188
msgid "Now the file system may be mounted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37190
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /home</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37192
msgid "From this point on, so long as the <filename>geom_label.ko</filename> kernel module is loaded at boot with <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> or the <literal>GEOM_LABEL</literal> kernel option is present, the device node may change without any ill effect on the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37199
msgid "File systems may also be created with a default label by using the <option>-L</option> flag with <command>newfs</command>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>newfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37204
msgid "The following command can be used to destroy the label:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37207
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel destroy home</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37209
msgid "The following example shows how to label the partitions of a boot disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:37213
msgid "Labeling Partitions on the Boot Disk"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:37215
msgid "By permanently labeling the partitions on the boot disk, the system should be able to continue to boot normally, even if the disk is moved to another controller or transferred to a different system. For this example, it is assumed that a single <acronym>ATA</acronym> disk is used, which is currently recognized by the system as <filename>ad0</filename>. It is also assumed that the standard FreeBSD partition scheme is used, with <filename>/</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename> and <filename>/tmp</filename>, as well as a swap partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:37229
msgid "Reboot the system, and at the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> prompt, press <keycap>4</keycap> to boot into single user mode. Then enter the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel label rootfs /dev/ad0s1a</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1a is label/rootfs\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel label var /dev/ad0s1d</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1d is label/var\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel label usr /dev/ad0s1f</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1f is label/usr\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel label tmp /dev/ad0s1e</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1e is label/tmp\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel label swap /dev/ad0s1b</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1b is label/swap\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>exit</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:37245
msgid "The system will continue with multi-user boot. After the boot completes, edit <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and replace the conventional device names, with their respective labels. The final <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> will look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37251
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device                Mountpoint      FStype  Options         Dump    Pass#\n"
"/dev/label/swap         none            swap    sw              0       0\n"
"/dev/label/rootfs       /               ufs     rw              1       1\n"
"/dev/label/tmp          /tmp            ufs     rw              2       2\n"
"/dev/label/usr          /usr            ufs     rw              2       2\n"
"/dev/label/var          /var            ufs     rw              2       2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:37258
msgid "The system can now be rebooted. If everything went well, it will come up normally and <command>mount</command> will show:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37262
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount</userinput>\n"
"/dev/label/rootfs on / (ufs, local)\n"
"devfs on /dev (devfs, local)\n"
"/dev/label/tmp on /tmp (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n"
"/dev/label/usr on /usr (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n"
"/dev/label/var on /var (ufs, local, soft-updates)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37270
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>glabel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> class supports a label type for <acronym>UFS</acronym> file systems, based on the unique file system id, <literal>ufsid</literal>. These labels may be found in <filename>/dev/ufsid</filename> and are created automatically during system startup. It is possible to use <literal>ufsid</literal> labels to mount partitions using <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. Use <command>glabel status</command> to receive a list of file systems and their corresponding <literal>ufsid</literal> labels:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37281
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>glabel status</userinput>\n"
"                  Name  Status  Components\n"
"ufsid/486b6fc38d330916     N/A  ad4s1d\n"
"ufsid/486b6fc16926168e     N/A  ad4s1f"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37286
msgid "In the above example, <filename>ad4s1d</filename> represents <filename>/var</filename>, while <filename>ad4s1f</filename> represents <filename>/usr</filename>. Using the <literal>ufsid</literal> values shown, these partitions may now be mounted with the following entries in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37294
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/dev/ufsid/486b6fc38d330916        /var        ufs        rw        2      2\n"
"/dev/ufsid/486b6fc16926168e        /usr        ufs        rw        2      2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37297
msgid "Any partitions with <literal>ufsid</literal> labels can be mounted in this way, eliminating the need to manually create permanent labels, while still enjoying the benefits of device name independent mounting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:37305
msgid "UFS Journaling Through <acronym>GEOM</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:37310
msgid "<primary>Journaling</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37314
msgid "Support for journals on <acronym>UFS</acronym> file systems is available on FreeBSD. The implementation is provided through the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> subsystem and is configured using <command>gjournal</command>. Unlike other file system journaling implementations, the <command>gjournal</command> method is block based and not implemented as part of the file system. It is a <acronym>GEOM</acronym> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37323
msgid "Journaling stores a log of file system transactions, such as changes that make up a complete disk write operation, before meta-data and file writes are committed to the disk. This transaction log can later be replayed to redo file system transactions, preventing file system inconsistencies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37329
msgid "This method provides another mechanism to protect against data loss and inconsistencies of the file system. Unlike Soft Updates, which tracks and enforces meta-data updates, and snapshots, which create an image of the file system, a log is stored in disk space specifically for this task. For better performance, the journal may be stored on another disk. In this configuration, the journal provider or storage device should be listed after the device to enable journaling on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37338
msgid "The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel provides support for <command>gjournal</command>. To automatically load the <filename>geom_journal.ko</filename> kernel module at boot time, add the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37344
#, no-wrap
msgid "geom_journal_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37346
msgid "If a custom kernel is used, ensure the following line is in the kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37349
#, no-wrap
msgid "options\tGEOM_JOURNAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37351
msgid "Once the module is loaded, a journal can be created on a new file system using the following steps. In this example, <filename>da4</filename> is a new <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37356
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gjournal load</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gjournal label /dev/<replaceable>da4</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37359
msgid "This will load the module and create a <filename>/dev/da4.journal</filename> device node on <filename>/dev/da4</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37363
msgid "A <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system may now be created on the journaled device, then mounted on an existing mount point:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37367
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -O 2 -J /dev/<replaceable>da4</replaceable>.journal</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>da4</replaceable>.journal <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:37371
msgid "In the case of several slices, a journal will be created for each individual slice. For instance, if <filename>ad4s1</filename> and <filename>ad4s2</filename> are both slices, then <command>gjournal</command> will create <filename>ad4s1.journal</filename> and <filename>ad4s2.journal</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37379
msgid "Journaling may also be enabled on current file systems by using <command>tunefs</command>. However, <emphasis>always</emphasis> make a backup before attempting to alter an existing file system. In most cases, <command>gjournal</command> will fail if it is unable to create the journal, but this does not protect against data loss incurred as a result of misusing <command>tunefs</command>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gjournal</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about these commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37389
msgid "It is possible to journal the boot disk of a FreeBSD system. Refer to the article <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/gjournal-desktop\">Implementing UFS Journaling on a Desktop PC</link> for detailed instructions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:37405
msgid "The Z File System (<acronym>ZFS</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:37415
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:37422
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Benedict</firstname> <surname>Reuschling</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:37429
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:37439
msgid "The <emphasis>Z File System</emphasis>, or <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, is an advanced file system designed to overcome many of the major problems found in previous designs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:37444
msgid "Originally developed at <trademark>Sun</trademark>, ongoing open source <acronym>ZFS</acronym> development has moved to the <link xlink:href=\"http://open-zfs.org\">OpenZFS Project</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:37447
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> has three major design goals:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:37451
msgid "Data integrity: All data includes a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-checksum\">checksum</link> of the data. When data is written, the checksum is calculated and written along with it. When that data is later read back, the checksum is calculated again. If the checksums do not match, a data error has been detected. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> will attempt to automatically correct errors when data redundancy is available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:37462
msgid "Pooled storage: physical storage devices are added to a pool, and storage space is allocated from that shared pool. Space is available to all file systems, and can be increased by adding new storage devices to the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:37469
msgid "Performance: multiple caching mechanisms provide increased performance. <link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\">ARC</link> is an advanced memory-based read cache. A second level of disk-based read cache can be added with <link linkend=\"zfs-term-l2arc\">L2ARC</link>, and disk-based synchronous write cache is available with <link linkend=\"zfs-term-zil\">ZIL</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:37479
msgid "A complete list of features and terminology is shown in <xref linkend=\"zfs-term\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:37483
msgid "What Makes <acronym>ZFS</acronym> Different"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37485
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> is significantly different from any previous file system because it is more than just a file system. Combining the traditionally separate roles of volume manager and file system provides <acronym>ZFS</acronym> with unique advantages. The file system is now aware of the underlying structure of the disks. Traditional file systems could only be created on a single disk at a time. If there were two disks then two separate file systems would have to be created. In a traditional hardware <acronym>RAID</acronym> configuration, this problem was avoided by presenting the operating system with a single logical disk made up of the space provided by a number of physical disks, on top of which the operating system placed a file system. Even in the case of software <acronym>RAID</acronym> solutions like those provided by <acronym>GEOM</acronym>, the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system living on top of the <acronym>RAID</acronym> transform believed that it was dealing with a single device. <acronym>ZFS</acronym>'s combination of the volume manager and the file system solves this and allows the creation of many file systems all sharing a pool of available storage. One of the biggest advantages to <acronym>ZFS</acronym>'s awareness of the physical layout of the disks is that existing file systems can be grown automatically when additional disks are added to the pool. This new space is then made available to all of the file systems. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> also has a number of different properties that can be applied to each file system, giving many advantages to creating a number of different file systems and datasets rather than a single monolithic file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:37516
msgid "Quick Start Guide"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37518
msgid "There is a startup mechanism that allows FreeBSD to mount <acronym>ZFS</acronym> pools during system initialization. To enable it, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37523
#, no-wrap
msgid "zfs_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37525
msgid "Then start the service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37527
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service zfs start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37529
msgid "The examples in this section assume three <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disks with the device names <filename><replaceable>da0</replaceable></filename>, <filename><replaceable>da1</replaceable></filename>, and <filename><replaceable>da2</replaceable></filename>. Users of <acronym>SATA</acronym> hardware should instead use <filename><replaceable>ada</replaceable></filename> device names."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37539
msgid "Single Disk Pool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37541
msgid "To create a simple, non-redundant pool using a single disk device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37544
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create <replaceable>example</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/da0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37546
msgid "To view the new pool, review the output of <command>df</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37549
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem  1K-blocks    Used    Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a   2026030  235230  1628718    13%    /\n"
"devfs               1       1        0   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d  54098308 1032846 48737598     2%    /usr\n"
"example      17547136       0 17547136     0%    /example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37556
msgid "This output shows that the <literal>example</literal> pool has been created and mounted. It is now accessible as a file system. Files can be created on it and users can browse it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37561
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /example</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>touch testfile</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -al</userinput>\n"
"total 4\n"
"drwxr-xr-x   2 root  wheel    3 Aug 29 23:15 .\n"
"drwxr-xr-x  21 root  wheel  512 Aug 29 23:12 ..\n"
"-rw-r--r--   1 root  wheel    0 Aug 29 23:15 testfile"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37570
msgid "However, this pool is not taking advantage of any <acronym>ZFS</acronym> features. To create a dataset on this pool with compression enabled:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37574
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create example/compressed</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set compression=gzip example/compressed</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37577
msgid "The <literal>example/compressed</literal> dataset is now a <acronym>ZFS</acronym> compressed file system. Try copying some large files to <filename>/example/compressed</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37582
msgid "Compression can be disabled with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37584
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set compression=off example/compressed</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37586
msgid "To unmount a file system, use <command>zfs umount</command> and then verify with <command>df</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37590
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs umount example/compressed</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem  1K-blocks    Used    Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a   2026030  235232  1628716    13%    /\n"
"devfs               1       1        0   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d  54098308 1032864 48737580     2%    /usr\n"
"example      17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37598
msgid "To re-mount the file system to make it accessible again, use <command>zfs mount</command> and verify with <command>df</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37602
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs mount example/compressed</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem         1K-blocks    Used    Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a          2026030  235234  1628714    13%    /\n"
"devfs                      1       1        0   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d         54098308 1032864 48737580     2%    /usr\n"
"example             17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example\n"
"example/compressed  17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example/compressed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37611
msgid "The pool and file system may also be observed by viewing the output from <command>mount</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37614
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount</userinput>\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a on / (ufs, local)\n"
"devfs on /dev (devfs, local)\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d on /usr (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n"
"example on /example (zfs, local)\n"
"example/compressed on /example/compressed (zfs, local)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37621
msgid "After creation, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> datasets can be used like any file systems. However, many other features are available which can be set on a per-dataset basis. In the example below, a new file system called <literal>data</literal> is created. Important files will be stored here, so it is configured to keep two copies of each data block:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37629
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create example/data</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set copies=2 example/data</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37632
msgid "It is now possible to see the data and space utilization by issuing <command>df</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37635
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem         1K-blocks    Used    Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a          2026030  235234  1628714    13%    /\n"
"devfs                      1       1        0   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d         54098308 1032864 48737580     2%    /usr\n"
"example             17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example\n"
"example/compressed  17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example/compressed\n"
"example/data        17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example/data"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37644
msgid "Notice that each file system on the pool has the same amount of available space. This is the reason for using <command>df</command> in these examples, to show that the file systems use only the amount of space they need and all draw from the same pool. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> eliminates concepts such as volumes and partitions, and allows multiple file systems to occupy the same pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37652
msgid "To destroy the file systems and then destroy the pool as it is no longer needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37655
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs destroy example/compressed</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs destroy example/data</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool destroy example</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37661
msgid "RAID-Z"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37663
msgid "Disks fail. One method of avoiding data loss from disk failure is to implement <acronym>RAID</acronym>. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> supports this feature in its pool design. <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> pools require three or more disks but provide more usable space than mirrored pools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37670
msgid "This example creates a <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> pool, specifying the disks to add to the pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37673
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create storage raidz da0 da1 da2</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:37676
msgid "<trademark>Sun</trademark> recommends that the number of devices used in a <acronym>RAID</acronym>-Z configuration be between three and nine. For environments requiring a single pool consisting of 10 disks or more, consider breaking it up into smaller <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> groups. If only two disks are available and redundancy is a requirement, consider using a <acronym>ZFS</acronym> mirror. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37686
msgid "The previous example created the <literal>storage</literal> zpool. This example makes a new file system called <literal>home</literal> in that pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37691
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create storage/home</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37693
msgid "Compression and keeping extra copies of directories and files can be enabled:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37696
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set copies=2 storage/home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set compression=gzip storage/home</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37699
msgid "To make this the new home directory for users, copy the user data to this directory and create the appropriate symbolic links:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37703
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp -rp /home/* /storage/home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm -rf /home /usr/home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s /storage/home /home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s /storage/home /usr/home</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37708
msgid "Users data is now stored on the freshly-created <filename>/storage/home</filename>. Test by adding a new user and logging in as that user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37712
msgid "Try creating a file system snapshot which can be rolled back later:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37715
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot storage/home@08-30-08</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37717
msgid "Snapshots can only be made of a full file system, not a single directory or file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37720
msgid "The <literal>@</literal> character is a delimiter between the file system name or the volume name. If an important directory has been accidentally deleted, the file system can be backed up, then rolled back to an earlier snapshot when the directory still existed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37726
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rollback storage/home@08-30-08</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37728
msgid "To list all available snapshots, run <command>ls</command> in the file system's <filename>.zfs/snapshot</filename> directory. For example, to see the previously taken snapshot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37733
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /storage/home/.zfs/snapshot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37735
msgid "It is possible to write a script to perform regular snapshots on user data. However, over time, snapshots can consume a great deal of disk space. The previous snapshot can be removed using the command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37740
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs destroy storage/home@08-30-08</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37742
msgid "After testing, <filename>/storage/home</filename> can be made the real <filename>/home</filename> using this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37746
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set mountpoint=/home storage/home</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37748
msgid "Run <command>df</command> and <command>mount</command> to confirm that the system now treats the file system as the real <filename>/home</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37752
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount</userinput>\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a on / (ufs, local)\n"
"devfs on /dev (devfs, local)\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d on /usr (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n"
"storage on /storage (zfs, local)\n"
"storage/home on /home (zfs, local)\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem   1K-blocks    Used    Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a    2026030  235240  1628708    13%    /\n"
"devfs                1       1        0   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d   54098308 1032826 48737618     2%    /usr\n"
"storage       26320512       0 26320512     0%    /storage\n"
"storage/home  26320512       0 26320512     0%    /home"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37766
msgid "This completes the <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> configuration. Daily status updates about the file systems created can be generated as part of the nightly <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> runs. Add this line to <filename>/etc/periodic.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37772
#, no-wrap
msgid "daily_status_zfs_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37776
msgid "Recovering <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37778
msgid "Every software <acronym>RAID</acronym> has a method of monitoring its <literal>state</literal>. The status of <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> devices may be viewed with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37783
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status -x</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37785
msgid "If all pools are <link linkend=\"zfs-term-online\">Online</link> and everything is normal, the message shows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37789
#, no-wrap
msgid "all pools are healthy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37791
msgid "If there is an issue, perhaps a disk is in the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-offline\">Offline</link> state, the pool state will look similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37795
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  pool: storage\n"
" state: DEGRADED\n"
"status: One or more devices has been taken offline by the administrator.\n"
"\tSufficient replicas exist for the pool to continue functioning in a\n"
"\tdegraded state.\n"
"action: Online the device using 'zpool online' or replace the device with\n"
"\t'zpool replace'.\n"
" scrub: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"\tNAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"\tstorage     DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"\t  raidz1    DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"\t    da0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    da1     OFFLINE      0     0     0\n"
"\t    da2     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37814
msgid "This indicates that the device was previously taken offline by the administrator with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37817
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool offline storage da1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37819
msgid "Now the system can be powered down to replace <filename>da1</filename>. When the system is back online, the failed disk can replaced in the pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37823
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool replace storage da1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37825
msgid "From here, the status may be checked again, this time without <option>-x</option> so that all pools are shown:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37829
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status storage</userinput>\n"
" pool: storage\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
" scrub: resilver completed with 0 errors on Sat Aug 30 19:44:11 2008\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"\tNAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"\tstorage     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t  raidz1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    da0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    da1     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    da2     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37844
msgid "In this example, everything is normal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37848
msgid "Data Verification"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37850
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> uses checksums to verify the integrity of stored data. These are enabled automatically upon creation of file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:37855
msgid "Checksums can be disabled, but it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> recommended! Checksums take very little storage space and provide data integrity. Many <acronym>ZFS</acronym> features will not work properly with checksums disabled. There is no noticeable performance gain from disabling these checksums."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37863
msgid "Checksum verification is known as <emphasis>scrubbing</emphasis>. Verify the data integrity of the <literal>storage</literal> pool with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37867
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool scrub storage</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37869
msgid "The duration of a scrub depends on the amount of data stored. Larger amounts of data will take proportionally longer to verify. Scrubs are very <acronym>I/O</acronym> intensive, and only one scrub is allowed to run at a time. After the scrub completes, the status can be viewed with <command>status</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37876
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status storage</userinput>\n"
" pool: storage\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
" scrub: scrub completed with 0 errors on Sat Jan 26 19:57:37 2013\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"\tNAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"\tstorage     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t  raidz1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    da0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    da1     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    da2     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37891
msgid "The completion date of the last scrub operation is displayed to help track when another scrub is required. Routine scrubs help protect data from silent corruption and ensure the integrity of the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37896
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>zfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for other <acronym>ZFS</acronym> options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:37902
msgid "<command>zpool</command> Administration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37904
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> administration is divided between two main utilities. The <command>zpool</command> utility controls the operation of the pool and deals with adding, removing, replacing, and managing disks. The <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs\"><command>zfs</command></link> utility deals with creating, destroying, and managing datasets, both <link linkend=\"zfs-term-filesystem\">file systems</link> and <link linkend=\"zfs-term-volume\">volumes</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37914
msgid "Creating and Destroying Storage Pools"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37916
msgid "Creating a <acronym>ZFS</acronym> storage pool (<emphasis>zpool</emphasis>) involves making a number of decisions that are relatively permanent because the structure of the pool cannot be changed after the pool has been created. The most important decision is what types of vdevs into which to group the physical disks. See the list of <link linkend=\"zfs-term-vdev\">vdev types</link> for details about the possible options. After the pool has been created, most vdev types do not allow additional disks to be added to the vdev. The exceptions are mirrors, which allow additional disks to be added to the vdev, and stripes, which can be upgraded to mirrors by attaching an additional disk to the vdev. Although additional vdevs can be added to expand a pool, the layout of the pool cannot be changed after pool creation. Instead, the data must be backed up and the pool destroyed and recreated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37933
msgid "Create a simple mirror pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37935
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> mirror <replaceable>/dev/ada1</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada2</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37950
msgid "Multiple vdevs can be created at once. Specify multiple groups of disks separated by the vdev type keyword, <literal>mirror</literal> in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37954
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> mirror <replaceable>/dev/ada1</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada2</replaceable> mirror <replaceable>/dev/ada3</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada4</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-1  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada3    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada4    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37971
msgid "Pools can also be constructed using partitions rather than whole disks. Putting <acronym>ZFS</acronym> in a separate partition allows the same disk to have other partitions for other purposes. In particular, partitions with bootcode and file systems needed for booting can be added. This allows booting from disks that are also members of a pool. There is no performance penalty on FreeBSD when using a partition rather than a whole disk. Using partitions also allows the administrator to <emphasis>under-provision</emphasis> the disks, using less than the full capacity. If a future replacement disk of the same nominal size as the original actually has a slightly smaller capacity, the smaller partition will still fit, and the replacement disk can still be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37986
msgid "Create a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-vdev-raidz\">RAID-Z2</link> pool using partitions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37990
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> raidz2 <replaceable>/dev/ada0p3</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada1p3</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada2p3</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada3p3</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada4p3</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada5p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          raidz2-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada3p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada4p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada5p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38009
msgid "A pool that is no longer needed can be destroyed so that the disks can be reused. Destroying a pool involves first unmounting all of the datasets in that pool. If the datasets are in use, the unmount operation will fail and the pool will not be destroyed. The destruction of the pool can be forced with <option>-f</option>, but this can cause undefined behavior in applications which had open files on those datasets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38020
msgid "Adding and Removing Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38022
msgid "There are two cases for adding disks to a zpool: attaching a disk to an existing vdev with <command>zpool attach</command>, or adding vdevs to the pool with <command>zpool add</command>. Only some <link linkend=\"zfs-term-vdev\">vdev types</link> allow disks to be added to the vdev after creation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38029
msgid "A pool created with a single disk lacks redundancy. Corruption can be detected but not repaired, because there is no other copy of the data. The <link linkend=\"zfs-term-copies\">copies</link> property may be able to recover from a small failure such as a bad sector, but does not provide the same level of protection as mirroring or <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym>. Starting with a pool consisting of a single disk vdev, <command>zpool attach</command> can be used to add an additional disk to the vdev, creating a mirror. <command>zpool attach</command> can also be used to add additional disks to a mirror group, increasing redundancy and read performance. If the disks being used for the pool are partitioned, replicate the layout of the first disk on to the second, <command>gpart backup</command> and <command>gpart restore</command> can be used to make this process easier."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38047
msgid "Upgrade the single disk (stripe) vdev <replaceable>ada0p3</replaceable> to a mirror by attaching <replaceable>ada1p3</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38051
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          ada0p3    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool attach <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> <replaceable>ada0p3</replaceable> <replaceable>ada1p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Make sure to wait until resilver is done before rebooting.\n"
"\n"
"If you boot from pool 'mypool', you may need to update\n"
"boot code on newly attached disk 'ada1p3'.\n"
"\n"
"Assuming you use GPT partitioning and 'da0' is your new boot disk\n"
"you may use the following command:\n"
"\n"
"        gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 da0\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 <replaceable>ada1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"bootcode written to ada1\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: One or more devices is currently being resilvered.  The pool will\n"
"        continue to function, possibly in a degraded state.\n"
"action: Wait for the resilver to complete.\n"
"  scan: resilver in progress since Fri May 30 08:19:19 2014\n"
"        527M scanned out of 781M at 47.9M/s, 0h0m to go\n"
"        527M resilvered, 67.53% done\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0  (resilvering)\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:15:58 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38106
msgid "When adding disks to the existing vdev is not an option, as for <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym>, an alternative method is to add another vdev to the pool. Additional vdevs provide higher performance, distributing writes across the vdevs. Each vdev is responsible for providing its own redundancy. It is possible, but discouraged, to mix vdev types, like <literal>mirror</literal> and <literal>RAID-Z</literal>. Adding a non-redundant vdev to a pool containing mirror or <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> vdevs risks the data on the entire pool. Writes are distributed, so the failure of the non-redundant disk will result in the loss of a fraction of every block that has been written to the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38119
msgid "Data is striped across each of the vdevs. For example, with two mirror vdevs, this is effectively a <acronym>RAID</acronym> 10 that stripes writes across two sets of mirrors. Space is allocated so that each vdev reaches 100% full at the same time. There is a performance penalty if the vdevs have different amounts of free space, as a disproportionate amount of the data is written to the less full vdev."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38128
msgid "When attaching additional devices to a boot pool, remember to update the bootcode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38131
msgid "Attach a second mirror group (<filename>ada2p3</filename> and <filename>ada3p3</filename>) to the existing mirror:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38135
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:19:35 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool add <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> mirror <replaceable>ada2p3</replaceable> <replaceable>ada3p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 <replaceable>ada2</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"bootcode written to ada2\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 <replaceable>ada3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"bootcode written to ada3\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 0 in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:29:51 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-1  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada3p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38170
msgid "Currently, vdevs cannot be removed from a pool, and disks can only be removed from a mirror if there is enough remaining redundancy. If only one disk in a mirror group remains, it ceases to be a mirror and reverts to being a stripe, risking the entire pool if that remaining disk fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38176
msgid "Remove a disk from a three-way mirror group:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38178
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 0 in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:29:51 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool detach <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> <replaceable>ada2p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 0 in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:29:51 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38209
msgid "Checking the Status of a Pool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38211
msgid "Pool status is important. If a drive goes offline or a read, write, or checksum error is detected, the corresponding error count increases. The <command>status</command> output shows the configuration and status of each device in the pool and the status of the entire pool. Actions that need to be taken and details about the last <link linkend=\"zfs-zpool-scrub\"><command>scrub</command></link> are also shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38219
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 0 in 2h25m with 0 errors on Sat Sep 14 04:25:50 2013\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          raidz2-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada3p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada4p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada5p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38239
msgid "Clearing Errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38241
msgid "When an error is detected, the read, write, or checksum counts are incremented. The error message can be cleared and the counts reset with <command>zpool clear <replaceable>mypool</replaceable></command>. Clearing the error state can be important for automated scripts that alert the administrator when the pool encounters an error. Further errors may not be reported if the old errors are not cleared."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38252
msgid "Replacing a Functioning Device"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38254
msgid "There are a number of situations where it may be desirable to replace one disk with a different disk. When replacing a working disk, the process keeps the old disk online during the replacement. The pool never enters a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-degraded\">degraded</link> state, reducing the risk of data loss. <command>zpool replace</command> copies all of the data from the old disk to the new one. After the operation completes, the old disk is disconnected from the vdev. If the new disk is larger than the old disk, it may be possible to grow the zpool, using the new space. See <link linkend=\"zfs-zpool-online\">Growing a Pool</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38266
msgid "Replace a functioning device in the pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38268
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool replace <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> <replaceable>ada1p3</replaceable> <replaceable>ada2p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Make sure to wait until resilver is done before rebooting.\n"
"\n"
"If you boot from pool 'zroot', you may need to update\n"
"boot code on newly attached disk 'ada2p3'.\n"
"\n"
"Assuming you use GPT partitioning and 'da0' is your new boot disk\n"
"you may use the following command:\n"
"\n"
"        gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 da0\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 <replaceable>ada2</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: One or more devices is currently being resilvered.  The pool will\n"
"        continue to function, possibly in a degraded state.\n"
"action: Wait for the resilver to complete.\n"
"  scan: resilver in progress since Mon Jun  2 14:21:35 2014\n"
"        604M scanned out of 781M at 46.5M/s, 0h0m to go\n"
"        604M resilvered, 77.39% done\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME             STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool           ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0       ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3       ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            replacing-1  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"              ada1p3     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"              ada2p3     ONLINE       0     0     0  (resilvering)\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Mon Jun  2 14:21:52 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38328
msgid "Dealing with Failed Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38330
msgid "When a disk in a pool fails, the vdev to which the disk belongs enters the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-degraded\">degraded</link> state. All of the data is still available, but performance may be reduced because missing data must be calculated from the available redundancy. To restore the vdev to a fully functional state, the failed physical device must be replaced. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> is then instructed to begin the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-resilver\">resilver</link> operation. Data that was on the failed device is recalculated from available redundancy and written to the replacement device. After completion, the vdev returns to <link linkend=\"zfs-term-online\">online</link> status."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38344
msgid "If the vdev does not have any redundancy, or if multiple devices have failed and there is not enough redundancy to compensate, the pool enters the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-faulted\">faulted</link> state. If a sufficient number of devices cannot be reconnected to the pool, the pool becomes inoperative and data must be restored from backups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38352
msgid "When replacing a failed disk, the name of the failed disk is replaced with the <acronym>GUID</acronym> of the device. A new device name parameter for <command>zpool replace</command> is not required if the replacement device has the same device name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38358
msgid "Replace a failed disk using <command>zpool replace</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38361
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: DEGRADED\n"
"status: One or more devices could not be opened.  Sufficient replicas exist for\n"
"        the pool to continue functioning in a degraded state.\n"
"action: Attach the missing device and online it using 'zpool online'.\n"
"   see: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-2Q\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME                    STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool                  DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0              DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3              ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            316502962686821739  UNAVAIL      0     0     0  was /dev/ada1p3\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool replace <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> <replaceable>316502962686821739</replaceable> <replaceable>ada2p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: DEGRADED\n"
"status: One or more devices is currently being resilvered.  The pool will\n"
"        continue to function, possibly in a degraded state.\n"
"action: Wait for the resilver to complete.\n"
"  scan: resilver in progress since Mon Jun  2 14:52:21 2014\n"
"        641M scanned out of 781M at 49.3M/s, 0h0m to go\n"
"        640M resilvered, 82.04% done\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME                        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool                      DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0                  DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3                  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            replacing-1             UNAVAIL      0     0     0\n"
"              15732067398082357289  UNAVAIL      0     0     0  was /dev/ada1p3/old\n"
"              ada2p3                ONLINE       0     0     0  (resilvering)\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Mon Jun  2 14:52:38 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38415
msgid "Scrubbing a Pool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38417
msgid "It is recommended that pools be <link linkend=\"zfs-term-scrub\">scrubbed</link> regularly, ideally at least once every month. The <command>scrub</command> operation is very disk-intensive and will reduce performance while running. Avoid high-demand periods when scheduling <command>scrub</command> or use <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-scrub_delay\"><varname>vfs.zfs.scrub_delay</varname></link> to adjust the relative priority of the <command>scrub</command> to prevent it interfering with other workloads."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38427
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool scrub <replaceable>mypool</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub in progress since Wed Feb 19 20:52:54 2014\n"
"        116G scanned out of 8.60T at 649M/s, 3h48m to go\n"
"        0 repaired, 1.32% done\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          raidz2-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada3p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada4p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada5p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38448
msgid "In the event that a scrub operation needs to be cancelled, issue <command>zpool scrub -s <replaceable>mypool</replaceable></command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38454
msgid "Self-Healing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38456
msgid "The checksums stored with data blocks enable the file system to <emphasis>self-heal</emphasis>. This feature will automatically repair data whose checksum does not match the one recorded on another device that is part of the storage pool. For example, a mirror with two disks where one drive is starting to malfunction and cannot properly store the data any more. This is even worse when the data has not been accessed for a long time, as with long term archive storage. Traditional file systems need to run algorithms that check and repair the data like <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. These commands take time, and in severe cases, an administrator has to manually decide which repair operation must be performed. When <acronym>ZFS</acronym> detects a data block with a checksum that does not match, it tries to read the data from the mirror disk. If that disk can provide the correct data, it will not only give that data to the application requesting it, but also correct the wrong data on the disk that had the bad checksum. This happens without any interaction from a system administrator during normal pool operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38476
msgid "The next example demonstrates this self-healing behavior. A mirrored pool of disks <filename>/dev/ada0</filename> and <filename>/dev/ada1</filename> is created."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38480
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create <replaceable>healer</replaceable> mirror <replaceable>/dev/ada0</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status <replaceable>healer</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  pool: healer\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"    NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"    healer      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"      mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada1     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME     SIZE  ALLOC   FREE    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  ALTROOT\n"
"healer   960M  92.5K   960M     0%  1.00x  ONLINE  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38498
msgid "Some important data that to be protected from data errors using the self-healing feature is copied to the pool. A checksum of the pool is created for later comparison."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38502
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /some/important/data /healer</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME     SIZE  ALLOC   FREE    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  ALTROOT\n"
"healer   960M  67.7M   892M     7%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sha1 /healer &gt; checksum.txt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat checksum.txt</userinput>\n"
"SHA1 (/healer) = 2753eff56d77d9a536ece6694bf0a82740344d1f"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38510
msgid "Data corruption is simulated by writing random data to the beginning of one of the disks in the mirror. To prevent <acronym>ZFS</acronym> from healing the data as soon as it is detected, the pool is exported before the corruption and imported again afterwards."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:38517
msgid "This is a dangerous operation that can destroy vital data. It is shown here for demonstrational purposes only and should not be attempted during normal operation of a storage pool. Nor should this intentional corruption example be run on any disk with a different file system on it. Do not use any other disk device names other than the ones that are part of the pool. Make certain that proper backups of the pool are created before running the command!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38528
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool export <replaceable>healer</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/ada1 bs=1m count=200</userinput>\n"
"200+0 records in\n"
"200+0 records out\n"
"209715200 bytes transferred in 62.992162 secs (3329227 bytes/sec)\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool import healer</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38535
msgid "The pool status shows that one device has experienced an error. Note that applications reading data from the pool did not receive any incorrect data. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> provided data from the <filename>ada0</filename> device with the correct checksums. The device with the wrong checksum can be found easily as the <literal>CKSUM</literal> column contains a nonzero value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38543
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status <replaceable>healer</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"    pool: healer\n"
"   state: ONLINE\n"
"  status: One or more devices has experienced an unrecoverable error.  An\n"
"          attempt was made to correct the error.  Applications are unaffected.\n"
"  action: Determine if the device needs to be replaced, and clear the errors\n"
"          using 'zpool clear' or replace the device with 'zpool replace'.\n"
"     see: http://www.sun.com/msg/ZFS-8000-9P\n"
"    scan: none requested\n"
"  config:\n"
"\n"
"      NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"      healer      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"        mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"         ada0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"         ada1     ONLINE       0     0     1\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38562
msgid "The error was detected and handled by using the redundancy present in the unaffected <filename>ada0</filename> mirror disk. A checksum comparison with the original one will reveal whether the pool is consistent again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38567
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sha1 /healer &gt;&gt; checksum.txt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat checksum.txt</userinput>\n"
"SHA1 (/healer) = 2753eff56d77d9a536ece6694bf0a82740344d1f\n"
"SHA1 (/healer) = 2753eff56d77d9a536ece6694bf0a82740344d1f"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38572
msgid "The two checksums that were generated before and after the intentional tampering with the pool data still match. This shows how <acronym>ZFS</acronym> is capable of detecting and correcting any errors automatically when the checksums differ. Note that this is only possible when there is enough redundancy present in the pool. A pool consisting of a single device has no self-healing capabilities. That is also the reason why checksums are so important in <acronym>ZFS</acronym> and should not be disabled for any reason. No <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> or similar file system consistency check program is required to detect and correct this and the pool was still available during the time there was a problem. A scrub operation is now required to overwrite the corrupted data on <filename>ada1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38587
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool scrub <replaceable>healer</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status <replaceable>healer</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  pool: healer\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: One or more devices has experienced an unrecoverable error.  An\n"
"            attempt was made to correct the error.  Applications are unaffected.\n"
"action: Determine if the device needs to be replaced, and clear the errors\n"
"            using 'zpool clear' or replace the device with 'zpool replace'.\n"
"   see: http://www.sun.com/msg/ZFS-8000-9P\n"
"  scan: scrub in progress since Mon Dec 10 12:23:30 2012\n"
"        10.4M scanned out of 67.0M at 267K/s, 0h3m to go\n"
"        9.63M repaired, 15.56% done\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"    NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"    healer      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"      mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada1     ONLINE       0     0   627  (repairing)\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38609
msgid "The scrub operation reads data from <filename>ada0</filename> and rewrites any data with an incorrect checksum on <filename>ada1</filename>. This is indicated by the <literal>(repairing)</literal> output from <command>zpool status</command>. After the operation is complete, the pool status changes to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38616
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status <replaceable>healer</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  pool: healer\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: One or more devices has experienced an unrecoverable error.  An\n"
"        attempt was made to correct the error.  Applications are unaffected.\n"
"action: Determine if the device needs to be replaced, and clear the errors\n"
"             using 'zpool clear' or replace the device with 'zpool replace'.\n"
"   see: http://www.sun.com/msg/ZFS-8000-9P\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 66.5M in 0h2m with 0 errors on Mon Dec 10 12:26:25 2012\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"    NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"    healer      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"      mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada1     ONLINE       0     0 2.72K\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38635
msgid "After the scrub operation completes and all the data has been synchronized from <filename>ada0</filename> to <filename>ada1</filename>, the error messages can be <link linkend=\"zfs-zpool-clear\">cleared</link> from the pool status by running <command>zpool clear</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38641
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool clear <replaceable>healer</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status <replaceable>healer</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  pool: healer\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 66.5M in 0h2m with 0 errors on Mon Dec 10 12:26:25 2012\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"    NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"    healer      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"      mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada1     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38656
msgid "The pool is now back to a fully working state and all the errors have been cleared."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38661
msgid "Growing a Pool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38663
msgid "The usable size of a redundant pool is limited by the capacity of the smallest device in each vdev. The smallest device can be replaced with a larger device. After completing a <link linkend=\"zfs-zpool-replace\">replace</link> or <link linkend=\"zfs-term-resilver\">resilver</link> operation, the pool can grow to use the capacity of the new device. For example, consider a mirror of a 1 TB drive and a 2 TB drive. The usable space is 1 TB. When the 1 TB drive is replaced with another 2 TB drive, the resilvering process copies the existing data onto the new drive. Because both of the devices now have 2 TB capacity, the mirror's available space can be grown to 2 TB."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38677
msgid "Expansion is triggered by using <command>zpool online -e</command> on each device. After expansion of all devices, the additional space becomes available to the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38684
msgid "Importing and Exporting Pools"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38686
msgid "Pools are <emphasis>exported</emphasis> before moving them to another system. All datasets are unmounted, and each device is marked as exported but still locked so it cannot be used by other disk subsystems. This allows pools to be <emphasis>imported</emphasis> on other machines, other operating systems that support <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, and even different hardware architectures (with some caveats, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>). When a dataset has open files, <command> zpool export -f</command> can be used to force the export of a pool. Use this with caution. The datasets are forcibly unmounted, potentially resulting in unexpected behavior by the applications which had open files on those datasets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38700
msgid "Export a pool that is not in use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38702
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool export mypool</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38704
msgid "Importing a pool automatically mounts the datasets. This may not be the desired behavior, and can be prevented with <command>zpool import -N</command>. <command>zpool import -o</command> sets temporary properties for this import only. <command>zpool import altroot=</command> allows importing a pool with a base mount point instead of the root of the file system. If the pool was last used on a different system and was not properly exported, an import might have to be forced with <command>zpool import -f</command>. <command>zpool import -a</command> imports all pools that do not appear to be in use by another system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38717
msgid "List all available pools for import:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38719
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool import</userinput>\n"
"   pool: mypool\n"
"     id: 9930174748043525076\n"
"  state: ONLINE\n"
" action: The pool can be imported using its name or numeric identifier.\n"
" config:\n"
"\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE\n"
"          ada2p3    ONLINE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38729
msgid "Import the pool with an alternative root directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38731
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool import -o altroot=<replaceable>/mnt</replaceable> <replaceable>mypool</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"zfs list\n"
"NAME                 USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool               110K  47.0G    31K  /mnt/mypool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38739
msgid "Upgrading a Storage Pool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38741
msgid "After upgrading FreeBSD, or if a pool has been imported from a system using an older version of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, the pool can be manually upgraded to the latest version of <acronym>ZFS</acronym> to support newer features. Consider whether the pool may ever need to be imported on an older system before upgrading. Upgrading is a one-way process. Older pools can be upgraded, but pools with newer features cannot be downgraded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38750
msgid "Upgrade a v28 pool to support <literal>Feature Flags</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38753
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: The pool is formatted using a legacy on-disk format.  The pool can\n"
"        still be used, but some features are unavailable.\n"
"action: Upgrade the pool using 'zpool upgrade'.  Once this is done, the\n"
"        pool will no longer be accessible on software that does not support feat\n"
"        flags.\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    ada0    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    ada1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool upgrade</userinput>\n"
"This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n"
"\n"
"The following pools are formatted with legacy version numbers and can\n"
"be upgraded to use feature flags.  After being upgraded, these pools\n"
"will no longer be accessible by software that does not support feature\n"
"flags.\n"
"\n"
"VER  POOL\n"
"---  ------------\n"
"28   mypool\n"
"\n"
"Use 'zpool upgrade -v' for a list of available legacy versions.\n"
"Every feature flags pool has all supported features enabled.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool upgrade mypool</userinput>\n"
"This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n"
"\n"
"Successfully upgraded 'mypool' from version 28 to feature flags.\n"
"Enabled the following features on 'mypool':\n"
"  async_destroy\n"
"  empty_bpobj\n"
"  lz4_compress\n"
"  multi_vdev_crash_dump"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38795
msgid "The newer features of <acronym>ZFS</acronym> will not be available until <command>zpool upgrade</command> has completed. <command>zpool upgrade -v</command> can be used to see what new features will be provided by upgrading, as well as which features are already supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38801
msgid "Upgrade a pool to support additional feature flags:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38803
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: Some supported features are not enabled on the pool. The pool can\n"
"        still be used, but some features are unavailable.\n"
"action: Enable all features using 'zpool upgrade'. Once this is done,\n"
"        the pool may no longer be accessible by software that does not support\n"
"        the features. See zpool-features(7) for details.\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    ada0    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    ada1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool upgrade</userinput>\n"
"This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n"
"\n"
"All pools are formatted using feature flags.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"Some supported features are not enabled on the following pools. Once a\n"
"feature is enabled the pool may become incompatible with software\n"
"that does not support the feature. See zpool-features(7) for details.\n"
"\n"
"POOL  FEATURE\n"
"---------------\n"
"zstore\n"
"      multi_vdev_crash_dump\n"
"      spacemap_histogram\n"
"      enabled_txg\n"
"      hole_birth\n"
"      extensible_dataset\n"
"      bookmarks\n"
"      filesystem_limits\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool upgrade mypool</userinput>\n"
"This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n"
"\n"
"Enabled the following features on 'mypool':\n"
"  spacemap_histogram\n"
"  enabled_txg\n"
"  hole_birth\n"
"  extensible_dataset\n"
"  bookmarks\n"
"  filesystem_limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:38853
msgid "The boot code on systems that boot from a pool must be updated to support the new pool version. Use <command>gpart bootcode</command> on the partition that contains the boot code. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38862
msgid "Displaying Recorded Pool History"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38864
msgid "Commands that modify the pool are recorded. Recorded actions include the creation of datasets, changing properties, or replacement of a disk. This history is useful for reviewing how a pool was created and which user performed a specific action and when. History is not kept in a log file, but is part of the pool itself. The command to review this history is aptly named <command>zpool history</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38873
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool history</userinput>\n"
"History for 'tank':\n"
"2013-02-26.23:02:35 zpool create tank mirror /dev/ada0 /dev/ada1\n"
"2013-02-27.18:50:58 zfs set atime=off tank\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:09 zfs set checksum=fletcher4 tank\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:18 zfs create tank/backup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38880
msgid "The output shows <command>zpool</command> and <command>zfs</command> commands that were executed on the pool along with a timestamp. Only commands that alter the pool in some way are recorded. Commands like <command>zfs list</command> are not included. When no pool name is specified, the history of all pools is displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38888
msgid "<command>zpool history</command> can show even more information when the options <option>-i</option> or <option>-l</option> are provided. <option>-i</option> displays user-initiated events as well as internally logged <acronym>ZFS</acronym> events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38894
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool history -i</userinput>\n"
"History for 'tank':\n"
"2013-02-26.23:02:35 [internal pool create txg:5] pool spa 28; zfs spa 28; zpl 5;uts  9.1-RELEASE 901000 amd64\n"
"2013-02-27.18:50:53 [internal property set txg:50] atime=0 dataset = 21\n"
"2013-02-27.18:50:58 zfs set atime=off tank\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:04 [internal property set txg:53] checksum=7 dataset = 21\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:09 zfs set checksum=fletcher4 tank\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:13 [internal create txg:55] dataset = 39\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:18 zfs create tank/backup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38904
msgid "More details can be shown by adding <option>-l</option>. History records are shown in a long format, including information like the name of the user who issued the command and the hostname on which the change was made."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38909
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool history -l</userinput>\n"
"History for 'tank':\n"
"2013-02-26.23:02:35 zpool create tank mirror /dev/ada0 /dev/ada1 [user 0 (root) on :global]\n"
"2013-02-27.18:50:58 zfs set atime=off tank [user 0 (root) on myzfsbox:global]\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:09 zfs set checksum=fletcher4 tank [user 0 (root) on myzfsbox:global]\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:18 zfs create tank/backup [user 0 (root) on myzfsbox:global]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38916
msgid "The output shows that the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user created the mirrored pool with disks <filename>/dev/ada0</filename> and <filename>/dev/ada1</filename>. The hostname <systemitem class=\"systemname\">myzfsbox</systemitem> is also shown in the commands after the pool's creation. The hostname display becomes important when the pool is exported from one system and imported on another. The commands that are issued on the other system can clearly be distinguished by the hostname that is recorded for each command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38928
msgid "Both options to <command>zpool history</command> can be combined to give the most detailed information possible for any given pool. Pool history provides valuable information when tracking down the actions that were performed or when more detailed output is needed for debugging."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38936
msgid "Performance Monitoring"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38938
msgid "A built-in monitoring system can display pool <acronym>I/O</acronym> statistics in real time. It shows the amount of free and used space on the pool, how many read and write operations are being performed per second, and how much <acronym>I/O</acronym> bandwidth is currently being utilized. By default, all pools in the system are monitored and displayed. A pool name can be provided to limit monitoring to just that pool. A basic example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool iostat</userinput>\n"
"               capacity     operations    bandwidth\n"
"pool        alloc   free   read  write   read  write\n"
"----------  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----\n"
"data         288G  1.53T      2     11  11.3K  57.1K"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38953
msgid "To continuously monitor <acronym>I/O</acronym> activity, a number can be specified as the last parameter, indicating a interval in seconds to wait between updates. The next statistic line is printed after each interval. Press <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>C</keycap> </keycombo> to stop this continuous monitoring. Alternatively, give a second number on the command line after the interval to specify the total number of statistics to display."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38965
msgid "Even more detailed <acronym>I/O</acronym> statistics can be displayed with <option>-v</option>. Each device in the pool is shown with a statistics line. This is useful in seeing how many read and write operations are being performed on each device, and can help determine if any individual device is slowing down the pool. This example shows a mirrored pool with two devices:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38973
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool iostat -v </userinput>\n"
"                            capacity     operations    bandwidth\n"
"pool                     alloc   free   read  write   read  write\n"
"-----------------------  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----\n"
"data                      288G  1.53T      2     12  9.23K  61.5K\n"
"  mirror                  288G  1.53T      2     12  9.23K  61.5K\n"
"    ada1                     -      -      0      4  5.61K  61.7K\n"
"    ada2                     -      -      1      4  5.04K  61.7K\n"
"-----------------------  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38985
msgid "Splitting a Storage Pool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38987
msgid "A pool consisting of one or more mirror vdevs can be split into two pools. Unless otherwise specified, the last member of each mirror is detached and used to create a new pool containing the same data. The operation should first be attempted with <option>-n</option>. The details of the proposed operation are displayed without it actually being performed. This helps confirm that the operation will do what the user intends."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:38999
msgid "<command>zfs</command> Administration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:39001
msgid "The <command>zfs</command> utility is responsible for creating, destroying, and managing all <acronym>ZFS</acronym> datasets that exist within a pool. The pool is managed using <link linkend=\"zfs-zpool\"><command>zpool</command></link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:39007
msgid "Creating and Destroying Datasets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39009
msgid "Unlike traditional disks and volume managers, space in <acronym>ZFS</acronym> is <emphasis>not</emphasis> preallocated. With traditional file systems, after all of the space is partitioned and assigned, there is no way to add an additional file system without adding a new disk. With <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, new file systems can be created at any time. Each <link linkend=\"zfs-term-dataset\"><emphasis>dataset</emphasis></link> has properties including features like compression, deduplication, caching, and quotas, as well as other useful properties like readonly, case sensitivity, network file sharing, and a mount point. Datasets can be nested inside each other, and child datasets will inherit properties from their parents. Each dataset can be administered, <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-allow\">delegated</link>, <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-send\">replicated</link>, <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-snapshot\">snapshotted</link>, <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-jail\">jailed</link>, and destroyed as a unit. There are many advantages to creating a separate dataset for each different type or set of files. The only drawbacks to having an extremely large number of datasets is that some commands like <command>zfs list</command> will be slower, and the mounting of hundreds or even thousands of datasets can slow the FreeBSD boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39033
msgid "Create a new dataset and enable <link linkend=\"zfs-term-compression-lz4\">LZ4 compression</link> on it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39036
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                  USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                781M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT           777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default   777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp            176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr            616K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home       184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/ports      144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src        144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var           1.20M  93.2G   608K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash      148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log        178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail       144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/tmp        152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create -o compress=lz4 <replaceable>mypool/usr/mydataset</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                 781M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT            777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default    777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp             176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr             704K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home        184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/mydataset  87.5K  93.2G  87.5K  /usr/mydataset\n"
"mypool/usr/ports       144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src         144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var            1.20M  93.2G   610K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash       148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log         178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail        144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/tmp         152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39069
msgid "Destroying a dataset is much quicker than deleting all of the files that reside on the dataset, as it does not involve scanning all of the files and updating all of the corresponding metadata."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39074
msgid "Destroy the previously-created dataset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39076
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                 880M  93.1G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT            777M  93.1G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default    777M  93.1G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp             176K  93.1G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr             101M  93.1G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home        184K  93.1G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/mydataset   100M  93.1G   100M  /usr/mydataset\n"
"mypool/usr/ports       144K  93.1G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src         144K  93.1G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var            1.20M  93.1G   610K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash       148K  93.1G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log         178K  93.1G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail        144K  93.1G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/tmp         152K  93.1G   152K  /var/tmp\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs destroy <replaceable>mypool/usr/mydataset</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                  USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                781M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT           777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default   777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp            176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr            616K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home       184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/ports      144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src        144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var           1.21M  93.2G   612K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash      148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log        178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail       144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/tmp        152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39109
msgid "In modern versions of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, <command>zfs destroy</command> is asynchronous, and the free space might take several minutes to appear in the pool. Use <command>zpool get freeing <replaceable>poolname</replaceable></command> to see the <literal>freeing</literal> property, indicating how many datasets are having their blocks freed in the background. If there are child datasets, like <link linkend=\"zfs-term-snapshot\">snapshots</link> or other datasets, then the parent cannot be destroyed. To destroy a dataset and all of its children, use <option>-r</option> to recursively destroy the dataset and all of its children. Use <option>-n</option> <option>-v</option> to list datasets and snapshots that would be destroyed by this operation, but do not actually destroy anything. Space that would be reclaimed by destruction of snapshots is also shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:39128
msgid "Creating and Destroying Volumes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39130
msgid "A volume is a special type of dataset. Rather than being mounted as a file system, it is exposed as a block device under <filename>/dev/zvol/<replaceable>poolname</replaceable>/<replaceable>dataset</replaceable></filename>. This allows the volume to be used for other file systems, to back the disks of a virtual machine, or to be exported using protocols like <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> or <acronym>HAST</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39139
msgid "A volume can be formatted with any file system, or used without a file system to store raw data. To the user, a volume appears to be a regular disk. Putting ordinary file systems on these <emphasis>zvols</emphasis> provides features that ordinary disks or file systems do not normally have. For example, using the compression property on a 250 MB volume allows creation of a compressed <acronym>FAT</acronym> file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39148
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create -V 250m -o compression=on tank/fat32</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list tank</userinput>\n"
"NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n"
"tank 258M  670M   31K /tank\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs_msdos -F32 /dev/zvol/tank/fat32</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t msdosfs /dev/zvol/tank/fat32 /mnt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df -h /mnt | grep fat32</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem           Size Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n"
"/dev/zvol/tank/fat32 249M  24k  249M     0%   /mnt\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount | grep fat32</userinput>\n"
"/dev/zvol/tank/fat32 on /mnt (msdosfs, local)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39160
msgid "Destroying a volume is much the same as destroying a regular file system dataset. The operation is nearly instantaneous, but it may take several minutes for the free space to be reclaimed in the background."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:39167
msgid "Renaming a Dataset"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39169
msgid "The name of a dataset can be changed with <command>zfs rename</command>. The parent of a dataset can also be changed with this command. Renaming a dataset to be under a different parent dataset will change the value of those properties that are inherited from the parent dataset. When a dataset is renamed, it is unmounted and then remounted in the new location (which is inherited from the new parent dataset). This behavior can be prevented with <option>-u</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39179
msgid "Rename a dataset and move it to be under a different parent dataset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39182
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                 780M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT            777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default    777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp             176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr             704K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home        184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/mydataset  87.5K  93.2G  87.5K  /usr/mydataset\n"
"mypool/usr/ports       144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src         144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var            1.21M  93.2G   614K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash       148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log         178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail        144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/tmp         152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rename <replaceable>mypool/usr/mydataset</replaceable> <replaceable>mypool/var/newname</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                  USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                780M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT           777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default   777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp            176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr            616K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home       184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/ports      144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src        144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var           1.29M  93.2G   614K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash      148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log        178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail       144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/newname   87.5K  93.2G  87.5K  /var/newname\n"
"mypool/var/tmp        152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39216
msgid "Snapshots can also be renamed like this. Due to the nature of snapshots, they cannot be renamed into a different parent dataset. To rename a recursive snapshot, specify <option>-r</option>, and all snapshots with the same name in child datasets with also be renamed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39222
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                                USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/newname@first_snapshot      0      -  87.5K  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rename <replaceable>mypool/var/newname@first_snapshot</replaceable> <replaceable>new_snapshot_name</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/newname@new_snapshot_name      0      -  87.5K  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:39232
msgid "Setting Dataset Properties"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39234
msgid "Each <acronym>ZFS</acronym> dataset has a number of properties that control its behavior. Most properties are automatically inherited from the parent dataset, but can be overridden locally. Set a property on a dataset with <command>zfs set <replaceable>property</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable> <replaceable>dataset</replaceable></command>. Most properties have a limited set of valid values, <command>zfs get</command> will display each possible property and valid values. Most properties can be reverted to their inherited values using <command>zfs inherit</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39246
msgid "User-defined properties can also be set. They become part of the dataset configuration and can be used to provide additional information about the dataset or its contents. To distinguish these custom properties from the ones supplied as part of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, a colon (<literal>:</literal>) is used to create a custom namespace for the property."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39253
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set <replaceable>custom</replaceable>:<replaceable>costcenter</replaceable>=<replaceable>1234</replaceable> <replaceable>tank</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get <replaceable>custom</replaceable>:<replaceable>costcenter</replaceable> <replaceable>tank</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME PROPERTY           VALUE SOURCE\n"
"tank custom:costcenter  1234  local"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39258
msgid "To remove a custom property, use <command>zfs inherit</command> with <option>-r</option>. If the custom property is not defined in any of the parent datasets, it will be removed completely (although the changes are still recorded in the pool's history)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39264
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs inherit -r <replaceable>custom</replaceable>:<replaceable>costcenter</replaceable> <replaceable>tank</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get <replaceable>custom</replaceable>:<replaceable>costcenter</replaceable> <replaceable>tank</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME    PROPERTY           VALUE              SOURCE\n"
"tank    custom:costcenter  -                  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get all <replaceable>tank</replaceable> | grep <replaceable>custom</replaceable>:<replaceable>costcenter</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:39273
msgid "Managing Snapshots"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39275
msgid "<link linkend=\"zfs-term-snapshot\">Snapshots</link> are one of the most powerful features of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>. A snapshot provides a read-only, point-in-time copy of the dataset. With Copy-On-Write (<acronym>COW</acronym>), snapshots can be created quickly by preserving the older version of the data on disk. If no snapshots exist, space is reclaimed for future use when data is rewritten or deleted. Snapshots preserve disk space by recording only the differences between the current dataset and a previous version. Snapshots are allowed only on whole datasets, not on individual files or directories. When a snapshot is created from a dataset, everything contained in it is duplicated. This includes the file system properties, files, directories, permissions, and so on. Snapshots use no additional space when they are first created, only consuming space as the blocks they reference are changed. Recursive snapshots taken with <option>-r</option> create a snapshot with the same name on the dataset and all of its children, providing a consistent moment-in-time snapshot of all of the file systems. This can be important when an application has files on multiple datasets that are related or dependent upon each other. Without snapshots, a backup would have copies of the files from different points in time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39299
msgid "Snapshots in <acronym>ZFS</acronym> provide a variety of features that even other file systems with snapshot functionality lack. A typical example of snapshot use is to have a quick way of backing up the current state of the file system when a risky action like a software installation or a system upgrade is performed. If the action fails, the snapshot can be rolled back and the system has the same state as when the snapshot was created. If the upgrade was successful, the snapshot can be deleted to free up space. Without snapshots, a failed upgrade often requires a restore from backup, which is tedious, time consuming, and may require downtime during which the system cannot be used. Snapshots can be rolled back quickly, even while the system is running in normal operation, with little or no downtime. The time savings are enormous with multi-terabyte storage systems and the time required to copy the data from backup. Snapshots are not a replacement for a complete backup of a pool, but can be used as a quick and easy way to store a copy of the dataset at a specific point in time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39320
msgid "Creating Snapshots"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39322
msgid "Snapshots are created with <command>zfs snapshot <replaceable>dataset</replaceable>@<replaceable>snapshotname</replaceable></command>. Adding <option>-r</option> creates a snapshot recursively, with the same name on all child datasets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39327
msgid "Create a recursive snapshot of the entire pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39329
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t all</userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                                 780M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT                            777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default                    777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp                             176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr                             616K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home                        184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/ports                       144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src                         144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var                            1.29M  93.2G   616K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash                       148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log                         178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail                        144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/newname                    87.5K  93.2G  87.5K  /var/newname\n"
"mypool/var/newname@new_snapshot_name      0      -  87.5K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp                         152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot -r <replaceable>mypool@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                                        USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool@my_recursive_snapshot                   0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/ROOT@my_recursive_snapshot              0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default@my_recursive_snapshot      0      -   777M  -\n"
"mypool/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot               0      -   176K  -\n"
"mypool/usr@my_recursive_snapshot               0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/usr/home@my_recursive_snapshot          0      -   184K  -\n"
"mypool/usr/ports@my_recursive_snapshot         0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/usr/src@my_recursive_snapshot           0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/var@my_recursive_snapshot               0      -   616K  -\n"
"mypool/var/crash@my_recursive_snapshot         0      -   148K  -\n"
"mypool/var/log@my_recursive_snapshot           0      -   178K  -\n"
"mypool/var/mail@my_recursive_snapshot          0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/var/newname@new_snapshot_name           0      -  87.5K  -\n"
"mypool/var/newname@my_recursive_snapshot       0      -  87.5K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot           0      -   152K  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39365
msgid "Snapshots are not shown by a normal <command>zfs list</command> operation. To list snapshots, <option>-t snapshot</option> is appended to <command>zfs list</command>. <option>-t all</option> displays both file systems and snapshots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39371
msgid "Snapshots are not mounted directly, so path is shown in the <literal>MOUNTPOINT</literal> column. There is no mention of available disk space in the <literal>AVAIL</literal> column, as snapshots cannot be written to after they are created. Compare the snapshot to the original dataset from which it was created:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39378
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt all <replaceable>mypool/usr/home</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                                    USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/usr/home                         184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/home@my_recursive_snapshot      0      -   184K  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39383
msgid "Displaying both the dataset and the snapshot together reveals how snapshots work in <link linkend=\"zfs-term-cow\">COW</link> fashion. They save only the changes (<emphasis>delta</emphasis>) that were made and not the complete file system contents all over again. This means that snapshots take little space when few changes are made. Space usage can be made even more apparent by copying a file to the dataset, then making a second snapshot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39393
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp <replaceable>/etc/passwd</replaceable> <replaceable>/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</replaceable>@<replaceable>after_cp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt all <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/tmp                         206K  93.2G   118K  /var/tmp\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot    88K      -   152K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@after_cp                   0      -   118K  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39401
msgid "The second snapshot contains only the changes to the dataset after the copy operation. This yields enormous space savings. Notice that the size of the snapshot <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable> also changed in the <literal>USED</literal> column to indicate the changes between itself and the snapshot taken afterwards."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39411
msgid "Comparing Snapshots"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39413
msgid "ZFS provides a built-in command to compare the differences in content between two snapshots. This is helpful when many snapshots were taken over time and the user wants to see how the file system has changed over time. For example, <command>zfs diff</command> lets a user find the latest snapshot that still contains a file that was accidentally deleted. Doing this for the two snapshots that were created in the previous section yields this output:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39423
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt all <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/tmp                         206K  93.2G   118K  /var/tmp\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot    88K      -   152K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@after_cp                   0      -   118K  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs diff <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"M       /var/tmp/\n"
"+       /var/tmp/passwd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39432
msgid "The command lists the changes between the specified snapshot (in this case <literal><replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable></literal>) and the live file system. The first column shows the type of change:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:39443
msgid "The path or file was added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:39448
msgid "The path or file was deleted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:39452 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "M"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:39453
msgid "The path or file was modified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:39457 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "R"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:39458
msgid "The path or file was renamed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39464
msgid "Comparing the output with the table, it becomes clear that <filename><replaceable>passwd</replaceable></filename> was added after the snapshot <literal><replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable></literal> was created. This also resulted in a modification to the parent directory mounted at <literal><replaceable>/var/tmp</replaceable></literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39472
msgid "Comparing two snapshots is helpful when using the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> replication feature to transfer a dataset to a different host for backup purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39476
msgid "Compare two snapshots by providing the full dataset name and snapshot name of both datasets:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39479
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /var/tmp/passwd /var/tmp/passwd.copy</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs diff <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable> <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"M       /var/tmp/\n"
"+       /var/tmp/passwd\n"
"+       /var/tmp/passwd.copy\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs diff <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable> <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@after_cp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"M       /var/tmp/\n"
"+       /var/tmp/passwd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39489
msgid "A backup administrator can compare two snapshots received from the sending host and determine the actual changes in the dataset. See the <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-send\">Replication</link> section for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39497
msgid "Snapshot Rollback"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39499
msgid "When at least one snapshot is available, it can be rolled back to at any time. Most of the time this is the case when the current state of the dataset is no longer required and an older version is preferred. Scenarios such as local development tests have gone wrong, botched system updates hampering the system's overall functionality, or the requirement to restore accidentally deleted files or directories are all too common occurrences. Luckily, rolling back a snapshot is just as easy as typing <command>zfs rollback <replaceable>snapshotname</replaceable></command>. Depending on how many changes are involved, the operation will finish in a certain amount of time. During that time, the dataset always remains in a consistent state, much like a database that conforms to ACID principles is performing a rollback. This is happening while the dataset is live and accessible without requiring a downtime. Once the snapshot has been rolled back, the dataset has the same state as it had when the snapshot was originally taken. All other data in that dataset that was not part of the snapshot is discarded. Taking a snapshot of the current state of the dataset before rolling back to a previous one is a good idea when some data is required later. This way, the user can roll back and forth between snapshots without losing data that is still valuable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39525
msgid "In the first example, a snapshot is rolled back because of a careless <command>rm</command> operation that removes too much data than was intended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39529
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt all <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/tmp                         262K  93.2G   120K  /var/tmp\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot    88K      -   152K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@after_cp               53.5K      -   118K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot              0      -   120K  -\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
"passwd          passwd.copy\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>rm /var/tmp/passwd*</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
"vi.recover\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39542
msgid "At this point, the user realized that too many files were deleted and wants them back. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> provides an easy way to get them back using rollbacks, but only when snapshots of important data are performed on a regular basis. To get the files back and start over from the last snapshot, issue the command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39549
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rollback <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
"passwd          passwd.copy     vi.recover"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39553
msgid "The rollback operation restored the dataset to the state of the last snapshot. It is also possible to roll back to a snapshot that was taken much earlier and has other snapshots that were created after it. When trying to do this, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> will issue this warning:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39559
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt snapshot <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"AME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot    88K      -   152K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@after_cp               53.5K      -   118K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot              0      -   120K  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rollback <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"cannot rollback to 'mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot': more recent snapshots exist\n"
"use '-r' to force deletion of the following snapshots:\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@after_cp\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39570
msgid "This warning means that snapshots exist between the current state of the dataset and the snapshot to which the user wants to roll back. To complete the rollback, these snapshots must be deleted. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> cannot track all the changes between different states of the dataset, because snapshots are read-only. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> will not delete the affected snapshots unless the user specifies <option>-r</option> to indicate that this is the desired action. If that is the intention, and the consequences of losing all intermediate snapshots is understood, the command can be issued:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39582
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rollback -r <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt snapshot <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot     8K      -   152K  -\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
"vi.recover"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39589
msgid "The output from <command>zfs list -t snapshot</command> confirms that the intermediate snapshots were removed as a result of <command>zfs rollback -r</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39596
msgid "Restoring Individual Files from Snapshots"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39598
msgid "Snapshots are mounted in a hidden directory under the parent dataset: <filename>.zfs/snapshots/<replaceable>snapshotname</replaceable></filename>. By default, these directories will not be displayed even when a standard <command>ls -a</command> is issued. Although the directory is not displayed, it is there nevertheless and can be accessed like any normal directory. The property named <literal>snapdir</literal> controls whether these hidden directories show up in a directory listing. Setting the property to <literal>visible</literal> allows them to appear in the output of <command>ls</command> and other commands that deal with directory contents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39611
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get snapdir <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME            PROPERTY  VALUE    SOURCE\n"
"mypool/var/tmp  snapdir   hidden   default\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -a /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
".               ..              passwd          vi.recover\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set snapdir=visible <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -a /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
".               ..              .zfs            passwd          vi.recover"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39620
msgid "Individual files can easily be restored to a previous state by copying them from the snapshot back to the parent dataset. The directory structure below <filename>.zfs/snapshot</filename> has a directory named exactly like the snapshots taken earlier to make it easier to identify them. In the next example, it is assumed that a file is to be restored from the hidden <filename>.zfs</filename> directory by copying it from the snapshot that contained the latest version of the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39631
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm /var/tmp/passwd</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -a /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
".               ..              .zfs            vi.recover\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot</userinput>\n"
"after_cp                my_recursive_snapshot\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/<replaceable>after_cp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"passwd          vi.recover\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/<replaceable>after_cp/passwd</replaceable> <replaceable>/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39640
msgid "When <command>ls .zfs/snapshot</command> was issued, the <literal>snapdir</literal> property might have been set to hidden, but it would still be possible to list the contents of that directory. It is up to the administrator to decide whether these directories will be displayed. It is possible to display these for certain datasets and prevent it for others. Copying files or directories from this hidden <filename>.zfs/snapshot</filename> is simple enough. Trying it the other way around results in this error:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39650
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp <replaceable>/etc/rc.conf</replaceable> /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/<replaceable>after_cp/</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"cp: /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/after_cp/rc.conf: Read-only file system"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39653
msgid "The error reminds the user that snapshots are read-only and cannot be changed after creation. Files cannot be copied into or removed from snapshot directories because that would change the state of the dataset they represent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39659
msgid "Snapshots consume space based on how much the parent file system has changed since the time of the snapshot. The <literal>written</literal> property of a snapshot tracks how much space is being used by the snapshot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39664
msgid "Snapshots are destroyed and the space reclaimed with <command>zfs destroy <replaceable>dataset</replaceable>@<replaceable>snapshot</replaceable></command>. Adding <option>-r</option> recursively removes all snapshots with the same name under the parent dataset. Adding <option>-n -v</option> to the command displays a list of the snapshots that would be deleted and an estimate of how much space would be reclaimed without performing the actual destroy operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:39677
msgid "Managing Clones"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39679
msgid "A clone is a copy of a snapshot that is treated more like a regular dataset. Unlike a snapshot, a clone is not read only, is mounted, and can have its own properties. Once a clone has been created using <command>zfs clone</command>, the snapshot it was created from cannot be destroyed. The child/parent relationship between the clone and the snapshot can be reversed using <command>zfs promote</command>. After a clone has been promoted, the snapshot becomes a child of the clone, rather than of the original parent dataset. This will change how the space is accounted, but not actually change the amount of space consumed. The clone can be mounted at any point within the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system hierarchy, not just below the original location of the snapshot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39693
msgid "To demonstrate the clone feature, this example dataset is used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39696
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt all <replaceable>camino/home/joe</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                    USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"camino/home/joe         108K   1.3G    87K  /usr/home/joe\n"
"camino/home/joe@plans    21K      -  85.5K  -\n"
"camino/home/joe@backup    0K      -    87K  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39702
msgid "A typical use for clones is to experiment with a specific dataset while keeping the snapshot around to fall back to in case something goes wrong. Since snapshots cannot be changed, a read/write clone of a snapshot is created. After the desired result is achieved in the clone, the clone can be promoted to a dataset and the old file system removed. This is not strictly necessary, as the clone and dataset can coexist without problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39711
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs clone <replaceable>camino/home/joe</replaceable>@<replaceable>backup</replaceable> <replaceable>camino/home/joenew</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /usr/home/joe*</userinput>\n"
"/usr/home/joe:\n"
"backup.txz     plans.txt\n"
"\n"
"/usr/home/joenew:\n"
"backup.txz     plans.txt\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df -h /usr/home</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem          Size    Used   Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"usr/home/joe        1.3G     31k    1.3G     0%    /usr/home/joe\n"
"usr/home/joenew     1.3G     31k    1.3G     0%    /usr/home/joenew"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39723
msgid "After a clone is created it is an exact copy of the state the dataset was in when the snapshot was taken. The clone can now be changed independently from its originating dataset. The only connection between the two is the snapshot. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> records this connection in the property <literal>origin</literal>. Once the dependency between the snapshot and the clone has been removed by promoting the clone using <command>zfs promote</command>, the <literal>origin</literal> of the clone is removed as it is now an independent dataset. This example demonstrates it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39734
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get origin <replaceable>camino/home/joenew</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                  PROPERTY  VALUE                     SOURCE\n"
"camino/home/joenew    origin    camino/home/joe@backup    -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs promote <replaceable>camino/home/joenew</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get origin <replaceable>camino/home/joenew</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                  PROPERTY  VALUE   SOURCE\n"
"camino/home/joenew    origin    -       -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39742
msgid "After making some changes like copying <filename>loader.conf</filename> to the promoted clone, for example, the old directory becomes obsolete in this case. Instead, the promoted clone can replace it. This can be achieved by two consecutive commands: <command>zfs destroy</command> on the old dataset and <command>zfs rename</command> on the clone to name it like the old dataset (it could also get an entirely different name)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39751
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp <replaceable>/boot/defaults/loader.conf</replaceable> <replaceable>/usr/home/joenew</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs destroy -f <replaceable>camino/home/joe</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rename <replaceable>camino/home/joenew</replaceable> <replaceable>camino/home/joe</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /usr/home/joe</userinput>\n"
"backup.txz     loader.conf     plans.txt\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df -h <replaceable>/usr/home</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Filesystem          Size    Used   Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"usr/home/joe        1.3G    128k    1.3G     0%    /usr/home/joe"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39760
msgid "The cloned snapshot is now handled like an ordinary dataset. It contains all the data from the original snapshot plus the files that were added to it like <filename>loader.conf</filename>. Clones can be used in different scenarios to provide useful features to ZFS users. For example, jails could be provided as snapshots containing different sets of installed applications. Users can clone these snapshots and add their own applications as they see fit. Once they are satisfied with the changes, the clones can be promoted to full datasets and provided to end users to work with like they would with a real dataset. This saves time and administrative overhead when providing these jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:39775
msgid "Replication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39777
msgid "Keeping data on a single pool in one location exposes it to risks like theft and natural or human disasters. Making regular backups of the entire pool is vital. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> provides a built-in serialization feature that can send a stream representation of the data to standard output. Using this technique, it is possible to not only store the data on another pool connected to the local system, but also to send it over a network to another system. Snapshots are the basis for this replication (see the section on <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-snapshot\"><acronym>ZFS</acronym> snapshots</link>). The commands used for replicating data are <command>zfs send</command> and <command>zfs receive</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39791
msgid "These examples demonstrate <acronym>ZFS</acronym> replication with these two pools:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39794
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME    SIZE  ALLOC   FREE    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  ALTROOT\n"
"backup  960M    77K   896M     0%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"mypool  984M  43.7M   940M     4%  1.00x  ONLINE  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39799
msgid "The pool named <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> is the primary pool where data is written to and read from on a regular basis. A second pool, <replaceable>backup</replaceable> is used as a standby in case the primary pool becomes unavailable. Note that this fail-over is not done automatically by <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, but must be manually done by a system administrator when needed. A snapshot is used to provide a consistent version of the file system to be replicated. Once a snapshot of <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> has been created, it can be copied to the <replaceable>backup</replaceable> pool. Only snapshots can be replicated. Changes made since the most recent snapshot will not be included."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39813
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>@<replaceable>backup1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                    USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool@backup1             0      -  43.6M  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39818
msgid "Now that a snapshot exists, <command>zfs send</command> can be used to create a stream representing the contents of the snapshot. This stream can be stored as a file or received by another pool. The stream is written to standard output, but must be redirected to a file or pipe or an error is produced:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39825
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs send <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>@<replaceable>backup1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Error: Stream can not be written to a terminal.\n"
"You must redirect standard output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39829
msgid "To back up a dataset with <command>zfs send</command>, redirect to a file located on the mounted backup pool. Ensure that the pool has enough free space to accommodate the size of the snapshot being sent, which means all of the data contained in the snapshot, not just the changes from the previous snapshot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39836
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs send <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>@<replaceable>backup1</replaceable> &gt; <replaceable>/backup/backup1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME    SIZE  ALLOC   FREE    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  ALTROOT\n"
"backup  960M  63.7M   896M     6%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"mypool  984M  43.7M   940M     4%  1.00x  ONLINE  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39842
msgid "The <command>zfs send</command> transferred all the data in the snapshot called <replaceable>backup1</replaceable> to the pool named <replaceable>backup</replaceable>. Creating and sending these snapshots can be done automatically with a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> job."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39848
msgid "Instead of storing the backups as archive files, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> can receive them as a live file system, allowing the backed up data to be accessed directly. To get to the actual data contained in those streams, <command>zfs receive</command> is used to transform the streams back into files and directories. The example below combines <command>zfs send</command> and <command>zfs receive</command> using a pipe to copy the data from one pool to another. The data can be used directly on the receiving pool after the transfer is complete. A dataset can only be replicated to an empty dataset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39860
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>@<replaceable>replica1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs send -v <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>@<replaceable>replica1</replaceable> | zfs receive <replaceable>backup/mypool</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"send from @ to mypool@replica1 estimated size is 50.1M\n"
"total estimated size is 50.1M\n"
"TIME        SENT   SNAPSHOT\n"
"\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME    SIZE  ALLOC   FREE    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  ALTROOT\n"
"backup  960M  63.7M   896M     6%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"mypool  984M  43.7M   940M     4%  1.00x  ONLINE  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39872
msgid "Incremental Backups"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39874
msgid "<command>zfs send</command> can also determine the difference between two snapshots and send only the differences between the two. This saves disk space and transfer time. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39879
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>@<replaceable>replica2</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                    USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool@replica1         5.72M      -  43.6M  -\n"
"mypool@replica2             0      -  44.1M  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME    SIZE  ALLOC   FREE    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  ALTROOT\n"
"backup  960M  61.7M   898M     6%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"mypool  960M  50.2M   910M     5%  1.00x  ONLINE  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39889
msgid "A second snapshot called <replaceable>replica2</replaceable> was created. This second snapshot contains only the changes that were made to the file system between now and the previous snapshot, <replaceable>replica1</replaceable>. Using <command>zfs send -i</command> and indicating the pair of snapshots generates an incremental replica stream containing only the data that has changed. This can only succeed if the initial snapshot already exists on the receiving side."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39900
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs send -v -i <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>@<replaceable>replica1</replaceable> <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>@<replaceable>replica2</replaceable> | zfs receive <replaceable>/backup/mypool</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"send from @replica1 to mypool@replica2 estimated size is 5.02M\n"
"total estimated size is 5.02M\n"
"TIME        SENT   SNAPSHOT\n"
"\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME    SIZE  ALLOC   FREE    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  ALTROOT\n"
"backup  960M  80.8M   879M     8%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"mypool  960M  50.2M   910M     5%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                         USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"backup                      55.4M   240G   152K  /backup\n"
"backup/mypool               55.3M   240G  55.2M  /backup/mypool\n"
"mypool                      55.6M  11.6G  55.0M  /mypool\n"
"\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                                         USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"backup/mypool@replica1                       104K      -  50.2M  -\n"
"backup/mypool@replica2                          0      -  55.2M  -\n"
"mypool@replica1                             29.9K      -  50.0M  -\n"
"mypool@replica2                                 0      -  55.0M  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39923
msgid "The incremental stream was successfully transferred. Only the data that had changed was replicated, rather than the entirety of <replaceable>replica1</replaceable>. Only the differences were sent, which took much less time to transfer and saved disk space by not copying the complete pool each time. This is useful when having to rely on slow networks or when costs per transferred byte must be considered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39932
msgid "A new file system, <replaceable>backup/mypool</replaceable>, is available with all of the files and data from the pool <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>. If <option>-P</option> is specified, the properties of the dataset will be copied, including compression settings, quotas, and mount points. When <option>-R</option> is specified, all child datasets of the indicated dataset will be copied, along with all of their properties. Sending and receiving can be automated so that regular backups are created on the second pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39945
msgid "Sending Encrypted Backups over <application>SSH</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39948
msgid "Sending streams over the network is a good way to keep a remote backup, but it does come with a drawback. Data sent over the network link is not encrypted, allowing anyone to intercept and transform the streams back into data without the knowledge of the sending user. This is undesirable, especially when sending the streams over the internet to a remote host. <application>SSH</application> can be used to securely encrypt data send over a network connection. Since <acronym>ZFS</acronym> only requires the stream to be redirected from standard output, it is relatively easy to pipe it through <application>SSH</application>. To keep the contents of the file system encrypted in transit and on the remote system, consider using <link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.freebsd.org/PEFS\">PEFS</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39962
msgid "A few settings and security precautions must be completed first. Only the necessary steps required for the <command>zfs send</command> operation are shown here. For more information on <application>SSH</application>, see <xref linkend=\"openssh\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39968
msgid "This configuration is required:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39972
msgid "Passwordless <application>SSH</application> access between sending and receiving host using <application>SSH</application> keys"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39978
msgid "Normally, the privileges of the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user are needed to send and receive streams. This requires logging in to the receiving system as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. However, logging in as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> is disabled by default for security reasons. The <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-allow\">ZFS Delegation</link> system can be used to allow a non-<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user on each system to perform the respective send and receive operations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39994
msgid "On the sending system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39996
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <command>zfs allow -u someuser send,snapshot <replaceable>mypool</replaceable></command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40000
msgid "To mount the pool, the unprivileged user must own the directory, and regular users must be allowed to mount file systems. On the receiving system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40004
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> sysctl vfs.usermount=1\n"
"vfs.usermount: 0 -&gt; 1\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> echo vfs.usermount=1 &gt;&gt; /etc/sysctl.conf\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create <replaceable>recvpool/backup</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs allow -u <replaceable>someuser</replaceable> create,mount,receive <replaceable>recvpool/backup</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> chown <replaceable>someuser</replaceable> <replaceable>/recvpool/backup</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40013
msgid "The unprivileged user now has the ability to receive and mount datasets, and the <replaceable>home</replaceable> dataset can be replicated to the remote system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40017
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot -r <replaceable>mypool/home</replaceable>@<replaceable>monday</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>zfs send -R <replaceable>mypool/home</replaceable>@<replaceable>monday</replaceable> | ssh <replaceable>someuser@backuphost</replaceable> zfs recv -dvu <replaceable>recvpool/backup</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40020
msgid "A recursive snapshot called <replaceable>monday</replaceable> is made of the file system dataset <replaceable>home</replaceable> that resides on the pool <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>. Then it is sent with <command>zfs send -R</command> to include the dataset, all child datasets, snaphots, clones, and settings in the stream. The output is piped to the waiting <command>zfs receive</command> on the remote host <replaceable>backuphost</replaceable> through <application>SSH</application>. Using a fully qualified domain name or IP address is recommended. The receiving machine writes the data to the <replaceable>backup</replaceable> dataset on the <replaceable>recvpool</replaceable> pool. Adding <option>-d</option> to <command>zfs recv</command> overwrites the name of the pool on the receiving side with the name of the snapshot. <option>-u</option> causes the file systems to not be mounted on the receiving side. When <option>-v</option> is included, more detail about the transfer is shown, including elapsed time and the amount of data transferred."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40045
msgid "Dataset, User, and Group Quotas"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40047
msgid "<link linkend=\"zfs-term-quota\">Dataset quotas</link> are used to restrict the amount of space that can be consumed by a particular dataset. <link linkend=\"zfs-term-refquota\">Reference Quotas</link> work in very much the same way, but only count the space used by the dataset itself, excluding snapshots and child datasets. Similarly, <link linkend=\"zfs-term-userquota\">user</link> and <link linkend=\"zfs-term-groupquota\">group</link> quotas can be used to prevent users or groups from using all of the space in the pool or dataset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40059
msgid "To enforce a dataset quota of 10 GB for <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40062
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set quota=10G storage/home/bob</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40064
msgid "To enforce a reference quota of 10 GB for <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40067
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set refquota=10G storage/home/bob</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40069
msgid "To remove a quota of 10 GB for <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40072
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set quota=none storage/home/bob</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40074
msgid "The general format is <literal>userquota@<replaceable>user</replaceable>=<replaceable>size</replaceable></literal>, and the user's name must be in one of these formats:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40080
msgid "<acronym>POSIX</acronym> compatible name such as <replaceable>joe</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40085
msgid "<acronym>POSIX</acronym> numeric ID such as <replaceable>789</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40090
msgid "<acronym>SID</acronym> name such as <replaceable>joe.bloggs@example.com</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40096
msgid "<acronym>SID</acronym> numeric ID such as <replaceable>S-1-123-456-789</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40102
msgid "For example, to enforce a user quota of 50 GB for the user named <replaceable>joe</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40105
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set userquota@joe=50G</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40107
msgid "To remove any quota:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40109
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set userquota@joe=none</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:40112
msgid "User quota properties are not displayed by <command>zfs get all</command>. Non-<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> users can only see their own quotas unless they have been granted the <literal>userquota</literal> privilege. Users with this privilege are able to view and set everyone's quota."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40120
msgid "The general format for setting a group quota is: <literal>groupquota@<replaceable>group</replaceable>=<replaceable>size</replaceable></literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40123
msgid "To set the quota for the group <replaceable>firstgroup</replaceable> to 50 GB, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40127
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set groupquota@firstgroup=50G</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40129
msgid "To remove the quota for the group <replaceable>firstgroup</replaceable>, or to make sure that one is not set, instead use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40133
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set groupquota@firstgroup=none</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40135
msgid "As with the user quota property, non-<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> users can only see the quotas associated with the groups to which they belong. However, <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> or a user with the <literal>groupquota</literal> privilege can view and set all quotas for all groups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40143
msgid "To display the amount of space used by each user on a file system or snapshot along with any quotas, use <command>zfs userspace</command>. For group information, use <command>zfs groupspace</command>. For more information about supported options or how to display only specific options, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>zfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40150
msgid "Users with sufficient privileges, and <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, can list the quota for <filename>storage/home/bob</filename> using:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40154
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get quota storage/home/bob</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40158
msgid "Reservations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40160
msgid "<link linkend=\"zfs-term-reservation\">Reservations</link> guarantee a minimum amount of space will always be available on a dataset. The reserved space will not be available to any other dataset. This feature can be especially useful to ensure that free space is available for an important dataset or log files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40167
msgid "The general format of the <literal>reservation</literal> property is <literal>reservation=<replaceable>size</replaceable></literal>, so to set a reservation of 10 GB on <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40173
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set reservation=10G storage/home/bob</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40175
msgid "To clear any reservation:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40177
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set reservation=none storage/home/bob</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40179
msgid "The same principle can be applied to the <literal>refreservation</literal> property for setting a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-refreservation\">Reference Reservation</link>, with the general format <literal>refreservation=<replaceable>size</replaceable></literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40185
msgid "This command shows any reservations or refreservations that exist on <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40188
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get reservation storage/home/bob</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get refreservation storage/home/bob</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-compression
#: book.translate.xml:40193 book.translate.xml:41312
msgid "Compression"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40195
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> provides transparent compression. Compressing data at the block level as it is written not only saves space, but can also increase disk throughput. If data is compressed by 25%, but the compressed data is written to the disk at the same rate as the uncompressed version, resulting in an effective write speed of 125%. Compression can also be a great alternative to <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-deduplication\">Deduplication</link> because it does not require additional memory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40205
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> offers several different compression algorithms, each with different trade-offs. With the introduction of <acronym>LZ4</acronym> compression in <acronym>ZFS</acronym> v5000, it is possible to enable compression for the entire pool without the large performance trade-off of other algorithms. The biggest advantage to <acronym>LZ4</acronym> is the <emphasis>early abort</emphasis> feature. If <acronym>LZ4</acronym> does not achieve at least 12.5% compression in the first part of the data, the block is written uncompressed to avoid wasting CPU cycles trying to compress data that is either already compressed or uncompressible. For details about the different compression algorithms available in <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, see the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-compression\">Compression</link> entry in the terminology section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40221
msgid "The administrator can monitor the effectiveness of compression using a number of dataset properties."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40224
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get used,compressratio,compression,logicalused <replaceable>mypool/compressed_dataset</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME        PROPERTY          VALUE     SOURCE\n"
"mypool/compressed_dataset  used              449G      -\n"
"mypool/compressed_dataset  compressratio     1.11x     -\n"
"mypool/compressed_dataset  compression       lz4       local\n"
"mypool/compressed_dataset  logicalused       496G      -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40231
msgid "The dataset is currently using 449 GB of space (the used property). Without compression, it would have taken 496 GB of space (the <literal>logicallyused</literal> property). This results in the 1.11:1 compression ratio."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40237
msgid "Compression can have an unexpected side effect when combined with <link linkend=\"zfs-term-userquota\">User Quotas</link>. User quotas restrict how much space a user can consume on a dataset, but the measurements are based on how much space is used <emphasis>after compression</emphasis>. So if a user has a quota of 10 GB, and writes 10 GB of compressible data, they will still be able to store additional data. If they later update a file, say a database, with more or less compressible data, the amount of space available to them will change. This can result in the odd situation where a user did not increase the actual amount of data (the <literal>logicalused</literal> property), but the change in compression caused them to reach their quota limit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40252
msgid "Compression can have a similar unexpected interaction with backups. Quotas are often used to limit how much data can be stored to ensure there is sufficient backup space available. However since quotas do not consider compression, more data may be written than would fit with uncompressed backups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-deduplication
#: book.translate.xml:40261 book.translate.xml:41405
msgid "Deduplication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40263
msgid "When enabled, <link linkend=\"zfs-term-deduplication\">deduplication</link> uses the checksum of each block to detect duplicate blocks. When a new block is a duplicate of an existing block, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> writes an additional reference to the existing data instead of the whole duplicate block. Tremendous space savings are possible if the data contains many duplicated files or repeated information. Be warned: deduplication requires an extremely large amount of memory, and most of the space savings can be had without the extra cost by enabling compression instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40275
msgid "To activate deduplication, set the <literal>dedup</literal> property on the target pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40278
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set dedup=on <replaceable>pool</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40280
msgid "Only new data being written to the pool will be deduplicated. Data that has already been written to the pool will not be deduplicated merely by activating this option. A pool with a freshly activated deduplication property will look like this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40286
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME  SIZE ALLOC  FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n"
"pool 2.84G 2.19M 2.83G  0% 1.00x ONLINE -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40290
msgid "The <literal>DEDUP</literal> column shows the actual rate of deduplication for the pool. A value of <literal>1.00x</literal> shows that data has not been deduplicated yet. In the next example, the ports tree is copied three times into different directories on the deduplicated pool created above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40297
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"for d in dir1 dir2 dir3; do\n"
"for&gt; mkdir $d &amp;&amp; cp -R /usr/ports $d &amp;\n"
"for&gt; done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40302
msgid "Redundant data is detected and deduplicated:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40304
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME SIZE  ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n"
"pool 2.84G 20.9M 2.82G 0% 3.00x ONLINE -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40308
msgid "The <literal>DEDUP</literal> column shows a factor of <literal>3.00x</literal>. Multiple copies of the ports tree data was detected and deduplicated, using only a third of the space. The potential for space savings can be enormous, but comes at the cost of having enough memory to keep track of the deduplicated blocks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40315
msgid "Deduplication is not always beneficial, especially when the data on a pool is not redundant. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> can show potential space savings by simulating deduplication on an existing pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40320
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zdb -S <replaceable>pool</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Simulated DDT histogram:\n"
"\n"
"bucket              allocated                       referenced\n"
"______   ______________________________   ______________________________\n"
"refcnt   blocks   LSIZE   PSIZE   DSIZE   blocks   LSIZE   PSIZE   DSIZE\n"
"------   ------   -----   -----   -----   ------   -----   -----   -----\n"
"     1    2.58M    289G    264G    264G    2.58M    289G    264G    264G\n"
"     2     206K   12.6G   10.4G   10.4G     430K   26.4G   21.6G   21.6G\n"
"     4    37.6K    692M    276M    276M     170K   3.04G   1.26G   1.26G\n"
"     8    2.18K   45.2M   19.4M   19.4M    20.0K    425M    176M    176M\n"
"    16      174   2.83M   1.20M   1.20M    3.33K   48.4M   20.4M   20.4M\n"
"    32       40   2.17M    222K    222K    1.70K   97.2M   9.91M   9.91M\n"
"    64        9     56K   10.5K   10.5K      865   4.96M    948K    948K\n"
"   128        2   9.50K      2K      2K      419   2.11M    438K    438K\n"
"   256        5   61.5K     12K     12K    1.90K   23.0M   4.47M   4.47M\n"
"    1K        2      1K      1K      1K    2.98K   1.49M   1.49M   1.49M\n"
" Total    2.82M    303G    275G    275G    3.20M    319G    287G    287G\n"
"\n"
"dedup = 1.05, compress = 1.11, copies = 1.00, dedup * compress / copies = 1.16"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40341
msgid "After <command>zdb -S</command> finishes analyzing the pool, it shows the space reduction ratio that would be achieved by activating deduplication. In this case, <literal>1.16</literal> is a very poor space saving ratio that is mostly provided by compression. Activating deduplication on this pool would not save any significant amount of space, and is not worth the amount of memory required to enable deduplication. Using the formula <emphasis>ratio = dedup * compress / copies</emphasis>, system administrators can plan the storage allocation, deciding whether the workload will contain enough duplicate blocks to justify the memory requirements. If the data is reasonably compressible, the space savings may be very good. Enabling compression first is recommended, and compression can also provide greatly increased performance. Only enable deduplication in cases where the additional savings will be considerable and there is sufficient memory for the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-deduplication\"><acronym>DDT</acronym></link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40361
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> and Jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40363
msgid "<command>zfs jail</command> and the corresponding <literal>jailed</literal> property are used to delegate a <acronym>ZFS</acronym> dataset to a <link linkend=\"jails\">Jail</link>. <command>zfs jail <replaceable>jailid</replaceable></command> attaches a dataset to the specified jail, and <command>zfs unjail</command> detaches it. For the dataset to be controlled from within a jail, the <literal>jailed</literal> property must be set. Once a dataset is jailed, it can no longer be mounted on the host because it may have mount points that would compromise the security of the host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:40379
msgid "Delegated Administration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:40381
msgid "A comprehensive permission delegation system allows unprivileged users to perform <acronym>ZFS</acronym> administration functions. For example, if each user's home directory is a dataset, users can be given permission to create and destroy snapshots of their home directories. A backup user can be given permission to use replication features. A usage statistics script can be allowed to run with access only to the space utilization data for all users. It is even possible to delegate the ability to delegate permissions. Permission delegation is possible for each subcommand and most properties."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40394
msgid "Delegating Dataset Creation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40396
msgid "<command>zfs allow <replaceable>someuser</replaceable> create <replaceable>mydataset</replaceable></command> gives the specified user permission to create child datasets under the selected parent dataset. There is a caveat: creating a new dataset involves mounting it. That requires setting the FreeBSD <literal>vfs.usermount</literal> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to <literal>1</literal> to allow non-root users to mount a file system. There is another restriction aimed at preventing abuse: non-<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> users must own the mountpoint where the file system is to be mounted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40411
msgid "Delegating Permission Delegation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40413
msgid "<command>zfs allow <replaceable>someuser</replaceable> allow <replaceable>mydataset</replaceable></command> gives the specified user the ability to assign any permission they have on the target dataset, or its children, to other users. If a user has the <literal>snapshot</literal> permission and the <literal>allow</literal> permission, that user can then grant the <literal>snapshot</literal> permission to other users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40429
msgid "Tuning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40431
msgid "There are a number of tunables that can be adjusted to make <acronym>ZFS</acronym> perform best for different workloads."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-arc_max
#: book.translate.xml:40437
msgid "<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.arc_max</varname></emphasis> - Maximum size of the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></link>. The default is all <acronym>RAM</acronym> less 1 GB, or one half of <acronym>RAM</acronym>, whichever is more. However, a lower value should be used if the system will be running any other daemons or processes that may require memory. This value can only be adjusted at boot time, and is set in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-arc_meta_limit
#: book.translate.xml:40448
msgid "<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.arc_meta_limit</varname></emphasis> - Limit the portion of the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></link> that can be used to store metadata. The default is one fourth of <varname>vfs.zfs.arc_max</varname>. Increasing this value will improve performance if the workload involves operations on a large number of files and directories, or frequent metadata operations, at the cost of less file data fitting in the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></link>. This value can only be adjusted at boot time, and is set in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-arc_min
#: book.translate.xml:40462
msgid "<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.arc_min</varname></emphasis> - Minimum size of the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></link>. The default is one half of <varname>vfs.zfs.arc_meta_limit</varname>. Adjust this value to prevent other applications from pressuring out the entire <link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></link>. This value can only be adjusted at boot time, and is set in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-vdev-cache-size
#: book.translate.xml:40473
msgid "<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.vdev.cache.size</varname></emphasis> - A preallocated amount of memory reserved as a cache for each device in the pool. The total amount of memory used will be this value multiplied by the number of devices. This value can only be adjusted at boot time, and is set in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-min-auto-ashift
#: book.translate.xml:40482
msgid "<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.min_auto_ashift</varname></emphasis> - Minimum <varname>ashift</varname> (sector size) that will be used automatically at pool creation time. The value is a power of two. The default value of <literal>9</literal> represents <literal>2^9 = 512</literal>, a sector size of 512 bytes. To avoid <emphasis>write amplification</emphasis> and get the best performance, set this value to the largest sector size used by a device in the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40492
msgid "Many drives have 4 KB sectors. Using the default <varname>ashift</varname> of <literal>9</literal> with these drives results in write amplification on these devices. Data that could be contained in a single 4 KB write must instead be written in eight 512-byte writes. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> tries to read the native sector size from all devices when creating a pool, but many drives with 4 KB sectors report that their sectors are 512 bytes for compatibility. Setting <varname>vfs.zfs.min_auto_ashift</varname> to <literal>12</literal> (<literal>2^12 = 4096</literal>) before creating a pool forces <acronym>ZFS</acronym> to use 4 KB blocks for best performance on these drives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40507
msgid "Forcing 4 KB blocks is also useful on pools where disk upgrades are planned. Future disks are likely to use 4 KB sectors, and <varname>ashift</varname> values cannot be changed after a pool is created."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40512
msgid "In some specific cases, the smaller 512-byte block size might be preferable. When used with 512-byte disks for databases, or as storage for virtual machines, less data is transferred during small random reads. This can provide better performance, especially when using a smaller <acronym>ZFS</acronym> record size."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-prefetch_disable
#: book.translate.xml:40521
msgid "<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.prefetch_disable</varname></emphasis> - Disable prefetch. A value of <literal>0</literal> is enabled and <literal>1</literal> is disabled. The default is <literal>0</literal>, unless the system has less than 4 GB of <acronym>RAM</acronym>. Prefetch works by reading larger blocks than were requested into the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></link> in hopes that the data will be needed soon. If the workload has a large number of random reads, disabling prefetch may actually improve performance by reducing unnecessary reads. This value can be adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-vdev-trim_on_init
#: book.translate.xml:40536
msgid "<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.vdev.trim_on_init</varname></emphasis> - Control whether new devices added to the pool have the <literal>TRIM</literal> command run on them. This ensures the best performance and longevity for <acronym>SSD</acronym>s, but takes extra time. If the device has already been secure erased, disabling this setting will make the addition of the new device faster. This value can be adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-vdev-max_pending
#: book.translate.xml:40548
msgid "<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.vdev.max_pending</varname></emphasis> - Limit the number of pending I/O requests per device. A higher value will keep the device command queue full and may give higher throughput. A lower value will reduce latency. This value can be adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-top_maxinflight
#: book.translate.xml:40557
msgid "<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.top_maxinflight</varname></emphasis> - Maxmimum number of outstanding I/Os per top-level <link linkend=\"zfs-term-vdev\">vdev</link>. Limits the depth of the command queue to prevent high latency. The limit is per top-level vdev, meaning the limit applies to each <link linkend=\"zfs-term-vdev-mirror\">mirror</link>, <link linkend=\"zfs-term-vdev-raidz\">RAID-Z</link>, or other vdev independently. This value can be adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_max
#: book.translate.xml:40569
msgid "<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_max</varname></emphasis> - Limit the amount of data written to the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-l2arc\"><acronym>L2ARC</acronym></link> per second. This tunable is designed to extend the longevity of <acronym>SSD</acronym>s by limiting the amount of data written to the device. This value can be adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_boost
#: book.translate.xml:40578
msgid "<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_boost</varname></emphasis> - The value of this tunable is added to <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_max\"><varname>vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_max</varname></link> and increases the write speed to the <acronym>SSD</acronym> until the first block is evicted from the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-l2arc\"><acronym>L2ARC</acronym></link>. This <quote>Turbo Warmup Phase</quote> is designed to reduce the performance loss from an empty <link linkend=\"zfs-term-l2arc\"><acronym>L2ARC</acronym></link> after a reboot. This value can be adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-scrub_delay
#: book.translate.xml:40590
msgid "<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.scrub_delay</varname></emphasis> - Number of ticks to delay between each I/O during a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-scrub\"><command>scrub</command></link>. To ensure that a <command>scrub</command> does not interfere with the normal operation of the pool, if any other <acronym>I/O</acronym> is happening the <command>scrub</command> will delay between each command. This value controls the limit on the total <acronym>IOPS</acronym> (I/Os Per Second) generated by the <command>scrub</command>. The granularity of the setting is determined by the value of <varname>kern.hz</varname> which defaults to 1000 ticks per second. This setting may be changed, resulting in a different effective <acronym>IOPS</acronym> limit. The default value is <literal>4</literal>, resulting in a limit of: 1000 ticks/sec / 4 = 250 <acronym>IOPS</acronym>. Using a value of <replaceable>20</replaceable> would give a limit of: 1000 ticks/sec / 20 = 50 <acronym>IOPS</acronym>. The speed of <command>scrub</command> is only limited when there has been recent activity on the pool, as determined by <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-scan_idle\"><varname>vfs.zfs.scan_idle</varname></link>. This value can be adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-resilver_delay
#: book.translate.xml:40617
msgid "<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.resilver_delay</varname></emphasis> - Number of milliseconds of delay inserted between each I/O during a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-resilver\">resilver</link>. To ensure that a resilver does not interfere with the normal operation of the pool, if any other I/O is happening the resilver will delay between each command. This value controls the limit of total <acronym>IOPS</acronym> (I/Os Per Second) generated by the resilver. The granularity of the setting is determined by the value of <varname>kern.hz</varname> which defaults to 1000 ticks per second. This setting may be changed, resulting in a different effective <acronym>IOPS</acronym> limit. The default value is 2, resulting in a limit of: 1000 ticks/sec / 2 = 500 <acronym>IOPS</acronym>. Returning the pool to an <link linkend=\"zfs-term-online\">Online</link> state may be more important if another device failing could <link linkend=\"zfs-term-faulted\">Fault</link> the pool, causing data loss. A value of 0 will give the resilver operation the same priority as other operations, speeding the healing process. The speed of resilver is only limited when there has been other recent activity on the pool, as determined by <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-scan_idle\"><varname>vfs.zfs.scan_idle</varname></link>. This value can be adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-scan_idle
#: book.translate.xml:40646
msgid "<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.scan_idle</varname></emphasis> - Number of milliseconds since the last operation before the pool is considered idle. When the pool is idle the rate limiting for <link linkend=\"zfs-term-scrub\"><command>scrub</command></link> and <link linkend=\"zfs-term-resilver\">resilver</link> are disabled. This value can be adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-txg-timeout
#: book.translate.xml:40657
msgid "<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.txg.timeout</varname></emphasis> - Maximum number of seconds between <link linkend=\"zfs-term-txg\">transaction group</link>s. The current transaction group will be written to the pool and a fresh transaction group started if this amount of time has elapsed since the previous transaction group. A transaction group my be triggered earlier if enough data is written. The default value is 5 seconds. A larger value may improve read performance by delaying asynchronous writes, but this may cause uneven performance when the transaction group is written. This value can be adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40694
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> on i386"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40696
msgid "Some of the features provided by <acronym>ZFS</acronym> are memory intensive, and may require tuning for maximum efficiency on systems with limited <acronym>RAM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:40702
msgid "Memory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40704
msgid "As a bare minimum, the total system memory should be at least one gigabyte. The amount of recommended <acronym>RAM</acronym> depends upon the size of the pool and which <acronym>ZFS</acronym> features are used. A general rule of thumb is 1 GB of RAM for every 1 TB of storage. If the deduplication feature is used, a general rule of thumb is 5 GB of RAM per TB of storage to be deduplicated. While some users successfully use <acronym>ZFS</acronym> with less <acronym>RAM</acronym>, systems under heavy load may panic due to memory exhaustion. Further tuning may be required for systems with less than the recommended RAM requirements."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:40719 book.translate.xml:62695
msgid "Kernel Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40721
msgid "Due to the address space limitations of the <trademark>i386</trademark> platform, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> users on the <trademark>i386</trademark> architecture must add this option to a custom kernel configuration file, rebuild the kernel, and reboot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:40727
#, no-wrap
msgid "options        KVA_PAGES=512"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40729
msgid "This expands the kernel address space, allowing the <varname>vm.kvm_size</varname> tunable to be pushed beyond the currently imposed limit of 1 GB, or the limit of 2 GB for <acronym>PAE</acronym>. To find the most suitable value for this option, divide the desired address space in megabytes by four. In this example, it is <literal>512</literal> for 2 GB."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:40739
msgid "Loader Tunables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40741
msgid "The <filename>kmem</filename> address space can be increased on all FreeBSD architectures. On a test system with 1 GB of physical memory, success was achieved with these options added to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>, and the system restarted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:40748
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"vm.kmem_size=\"330M\"\n"
"vm.kmem_size_max=\"330M\"\n"
"vfs.zfs.arc_max=\"40M\"\n"
"vfs.zfs.vdev.cache.size=\"5M\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40753
msgid "For a more detailed list of recommendations for <acronym>ZFS</acronym>-related tuning, see <link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.freebsd.org/ZFSTuningGuide\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:40760
msgid "Additional Resources"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40764
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.freebsd.org/ZFS\">FreeBSD Wiki - <acronym>ZFS</acronym></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40769
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.freebsd.org/ZFSTuningGuide\">FreeBSD Wiki - <acronym>ZFS</acronym> Tuning</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40774
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.illumos.org/display/illumos/ZFS\">Illumos Wiki - <acronym>ZFS</acronym></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40779
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E19253-01/819-5461/index.html\">Oracle Solaris <acronym>ZFS</acronym> Administration Guide</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40785
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.solarisinternals.com/wiki/index.php/ZFS_Evil_Tuning_Guide\"><acronym>ZFS</acronym> Evil Tuning Guide</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40790
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.solarisinternals.com/wiki/index.php/ZFS_Best_Practices_Guide\"><acronym>ZFS</acronym> Best Practices Guide</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40795
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"https://calomel.org/zfs_raid_speed_capacity.html\">Calomel Blog - <acronym>ZFS</acronym> Raidz Performance, Capacity and Integrity</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:40803
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Features and Terminology"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:40805
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> is a fundamentally different file system because it is more than just a file system. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> combines the roles of file system and volume manager, enabling additional storage devices to be added to a live system and having the new space available on all of the existing file systems in that pool immediately. By combining the traditionally separate roles, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> is able to overcome previous limitations that prevented <acronym>RAID</acronym> groups being able to grow. Each top level device in a pool is called a <emphasis>vdev</emphasis>, which can be a simple disk or a <acronym>RAID</acronym> transformation such as a mirror or <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> array. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file systems (called <emphasis>datasets</emphasis>) each have access to the combined free space of the entire pool. As blocks are allocated from the pool, the space available to each file system decreases. This approach avoids the common pitfall with extensive partitioning where free space becomes fragmented across the partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-pool
#: book.translate.xml:40829
msgid "pool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:40843
msgid "FreeBSD 9.0 and 9.1 include support for <acronym>ZFS</acronym> version 28. Later versions use <acronym>ZFS</acronym> version 5000 with feature flags. The new feature flags system allows greater cross-compatibility with other implementations of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40831
msgid "A storage <emphasis>pool</emphasis> is the most basic building block of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>. A pool is made up of one or more vdevs, the underlying devices that store the data. A pool is then used to create one or more file systems (datasets) or block devices (volumes). These datasets and volumes share the pool of remaining free space. Each pool is uniquely identified by a name and a <acronym>GUID</acronym>. The features available are determined by the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> version number on the pool. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev
#: book.translate.xml:40854
msgid "vdev Types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-disk
#: book.translate.xml:40865
msgid "<emphasis>Disk</emphasis> - The most basic type of vdev is a standard block device. This can be an entire disk (such as <filename><replaceable>/dev/ada0</replaceable></filename> or <filename><replaceable>/dev/da0</replaceable></filename>) or a partition (<filename><replaceable>/dev/ada0p3</replaceable></filename>). On FreeBSD, there is no performance penalty for using a partition rather than the entire disk. This differs from recommendations made by the Solaris documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-file
#: book.translate.xml:40880
msgid "<emphasis>File</emphasis> - In addition to disks, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> pools can be backed by regular files, this is especially useful for testing and experimentation. Use the full path to the file as the device path in <command>zpool create</command>. All vdevs must be at least 128 MB in size."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-mirror
#: book.translate.xml:40890
msgid "<emphasis>Mirror</emphasis> - When creating a mirror, specify the <literal>mirror</literal> keyword followed by the list of member devices for the mirror. A mirror consists of two or more devices, all data will be written to all member devices. A mirror vdev will only hold as much data as its smallest member. A mirror vdev can withstand the failure of all but one of its members without losing any data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:40901
msgid "A regular single disk vdev can be upgraded to a mirror vdev at any time with <command>zpool <link linkend=\"zfs-zpool-attach\">attach</link></command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-raidz
#: book.translate.xml:40909
msgid "<emphasis><acronym>RAID-Z</acronym></emphasis> - <acronym>ZFS</acronym> implements <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym>, a variation on standard <acronym>RAID-5</acronym> that offers better distribution of parity and eliminates the <quote><acronym>RAID-5</acronym> write hole</quote> in which the data and parity information become inconsistent after an unexpected restart. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> supports three levels of <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> which provide varying levels of redundancy in exchange for decreasing levels of usable storage. The types are named <acronym>RAID-Z1</acronym> through <acronym>RAID-Z3</acronym> based on the number of parity devices in the array and the number of disks which can fail while the pool remains operational."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40927
msgid "In a <acronym>RAID-Z1</acronym> configuration with four disks, each 1 TB, usable storage is 3 TB and the pool will still be able to operate in degraded mode with one faulted disk. If an additional disk goes offline before the faulted disk is replaced and resilvered, all data in the pool can be lost."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40935
msgid "In a <acronym>RAID-Z3</acronym> configuration with eight disks of 1 TB, the volume will provide 5 TB of usable space and still be able to operate with three faulted disks. <trademark>Sun</trademark> recommends no more than nine disks in a single vdev. If the configuration has more disks, it is recommended to divide them into separate vdevs and the pool data will be striped across them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40944
msgid "A configuration of two <acronym>RAID-Z2</acronym> vdevs consisting of 8 disks each would create something similar to a <acronym>RAID-60</acronym> array. A <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> group's storage capacity is approximately the size of the smallest disk multiplied by the number of non-parity disks. Four 1 TB disks in <acronym>RAID-Z1</acronym> has an effective size of approximately 3 TB, and an array of eight 1 TB disks in <acronym>RAID-Z3</acronym> will yield 5 TB of usable space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-spare
#: book.translate.xml:40959
msgid "<emphasis>Spare</emphasis> - <acronym>ZFS</acronym> has a special pseudo-vdev type for keeping track of available hot spares. Note that installed hot spares are not deployed automatically; they must manually be configured to replace the failed device using <command>zfs replace</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-log
#: book.translate.xml:40969
msgid "<emphasis>Log</emphasis> - <acronym>ZFS</acronym> Log Devices, also known as <acronym>ZFS</acronym> Intent Log (<link linkend=\"zfs-term-zil\"><acronym>ZIL</acronym></link>) move the intent log from the regular pool devices to a dedicated device, typically an <acronym>SSD</acronym>. Having a dedicated log device can significantly improve the performance of applications with a high volume of synchronous writes, especially databases. Log devices can be mirrored, but <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> is not supported. If multiple log devices are used, writes will be load balanced across them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-cache
#: book.translate.xml:40984
msgid "<emphasis>Cache</emphasis> - Adding a cache vdev to a pool will add the storage of the cache to the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-l2arc\"><acronym>L2ARC</acronym></link>. Cache devices cannot be mirrored. Since a cache device only stores additional copies of existing data, there is no risk of data loss."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40856
msgid "A pool is made up of one or more vdevs, which themselves can be a single disk or a group of disks, in the case of a <acronym>RAID</acronym> transform. When multiple vdevs are used, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> spreads data across the vdevs to increase performance and maximize usable space. <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-txg
#: book.translate.xml:40995
msgid "Transaction Group (<acronym>TXG</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41009
msgid "<emphasis>Open</emphasis> - When a new transaction group is created, it is in the open state, and accepts new writes. There is always a transaction group in the open state, however the transaction group may refuse new writes if it has reached a limit. Once the open transaction group has reached a limit, or the <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-txg-timeout\"><varname>vfs.zfs.txg.timeout</varname></link> has been reached, the transaction group advances to the next state."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41021
msgid "<emphasis>Quiescing</emphasis> - A short state that allows any pending operations to finish while not blocking the creation of a new open transaction group. Once all of the transactions in the group have completed, the transaction group advances to the final state."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41030
msgid "<emphasis>Syncing</emphasis> - All of the data in the transaction group is written to stable storage. This process will in turn modify other data, such as metadata and space maps, that will also need to be written to stable storage. The process of syncing involves multiple passes. The first, all of the changed data blocks, is the biggest, followed by the metadata, which may take multiple passes to complete. Since allocating space for the data blocks generates new metadata, the syncing state cannot finish until a pass completes that does not allocate any additional space. The syncing state is also where <emphasis>synctasks</emphasis> are completed. Synctasks are administrative operations, such as creating or destroying snapshots and datasets, that modify the uberblock are completed. Once the sync state is complete, the transaction group in the quiescing state is advanced to the syncing state."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40998
msgid "Transaction Groups are the way changed blocks are grouped together and eventually written to the pool. Transaction groups are the atomic unit that <acronym>ZFS</acronym> uses to assert consistency. Each transaction group is assigned a unique 64-bit consecutive identifier. There can be up to three active transaction groups at a time, one in each of these three states: <_:itemizedlist-1/> All administrative functions, such as <link linkend=\"zfs-term-snapshot\"><command>snapshot</command></link> are written as part of the transaction group. When a synctask is created, it is added to the currently open transaction group, and that group is advanced as quickly as possible to the syncing state to reduce the latency of administrative commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-arc
#: book.translate.xml:41062
msgid "Adaptive Replacement Cache (<acronym>ARC</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41065
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> uses an Adaptive Replacement Cache (<acronym>ARC</acronym>), rather than a more traditional Least Recently Used (<acronym>LRU</acronym>) cache. An <acronym>LRU</acronym> cache is a simple list of items in the cache, sorted by when each object was most recently used. New items are added to the top of the list. When the cache is full, items from the bottom of the list are evicted to make room for more active objects. An <acronym>ARC</acronym> consists of four lists; the Most Recently Used (<acronym>MRU</acronym>) and Most Frequently Used (<acronym>MFU</acronym>) objects, plus a ghost list for each. These ghost lists track recently evicted objects to prevent them from being added back to the cache. This increases the cache hit ratio by avoiding objects that have a history of only being used occasionally. Another advantage of using both an <acronym>MRU</acronym> and <acronym>MFU</acronym> is that scanning an entire file system would normally evict all data from an <acronym>MRU</acronym> or <acronym>LRU</acronym> cache in favor of this freshly accessed content. With <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, there is also an <acronym>MFU</acronym> that only tracks the most frequently used objects, and the cache of the most commonly accessed blocks remains."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-l2arc
#: book.translate.xml:41093
msgid "<acronym>L2ARC</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41095
msgid "<acronym>L2ARC</acronym> is the second level of the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> caching system. The primary <acronym>ARC</acronym> is stored in <acronym>RAM</acronym>. Since the amount of available <acronym>RAM</acronym> is often limited, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> can also use <link linkend=\"zfs-term-vdev-cache\">cache vdevs</link>. Solid State Disks (<acronym>SSD</acronym>s) are often used as these cache devices due to their higher speed and lower latency compared to traditional spinning disks. <acronym>L2ARC</acronym> is entirely optional, but having one will significantly increase read speeds for files that are cached on the <acronym>SSD</acronym> instead of having to be read from the regular disks. <acronym>L2ARC</acronym> can also speed up <link linkend=\"zfs-term-deduplication\">deduplication</link> because a <acronym>DDT</acronym> that does not fit in <acronym>RAM</acronym> but does fit in the <acronym>L2ARC</acronym> will be much faster than a <acronym>DDT</acronym> that must be read from disk. The rate at which data is added to the cache devices is limited to prevent prematurely wearing out <acronym>SSD</acronym>s with too many writes. Until the cache is full (the first block has been evicted to make room), writing to the <acronym>L2ARC</acronym> is limited to the sum of the write limit and the boost limit, and afterwards limited to the write limit. A pair of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> values control these rate limits. <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_max\"><varname>vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_max</varname></link> controls how many bytes are written to the cache per second, while <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_boost\"><varname>vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_boost</varname></link> adds to this limit during the <quote>Turbo Warmup Phase</quote> (Write Boost)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-zil
#: book.translate.xml:41130
msgid "<acronym>ZIL</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41132
msgid "<acronym>ZIL</acronym> accelerates synchronous transactions by using storage devices like <acronym>SSD</acronym>s that are faster than those used in the main storage pool. When an application requests a synchronous write (a guarantee that the data has been safely stored to disk rather than merely cached to be written later), the data is written to the faster <acronym>ZIL</acronym> storage, then later flushed out to the regular disks. This greatly reduces latency and improves performance. Only synchronous workloads like databases will benefit from a <acronym>ZIL</acronym>. Regular asynchronous writes such as copying files will not use the <acronym>ZIL</acronym> at all."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-cow
#: book.translate.xml:41148
msgid "Copy-On-Write"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41150
msgid "Unlike a traditional file system, when data is overwritten on <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, the new data is written to a different block rather than overwriting the old data in place. Only when this write is complete is the metadata then updated to point to the new location. In the event of a shorn write (a system crash or power loss in the middle of writing a file), the entire original contents of the file are still available and the incomplete write is discarded. This also means that <acronym>ZFS</acronym> does not require a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> after an unexpected shutdown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-dataset
#: book.translate.xml:41164
msgid "Dataset"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41166
msgid "<emphasis>Dataset</emphasis> is the generic term for a <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system, volume, snapshot or clone. Each dataset has a unique name in the format <replaceable>poolname/path@snapshot</replaceable>. The root of the pool is technically a dataset as well. Child datasets are named hierarchically like directories. For example, <replaceable>mypool/home</replaceable>, the home dataset, is a child of <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> and inherits properties from it. This can be expanded further by creating <replaceable>mypool/home/user</replaceable>. This grandchild dataset will inherit properties from the parent and grandparent. Properties on a child can be set to override the defaults inherited from the parents and grandparents. Administration of datasets and their children can be <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-allow\">delegated</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-filesystem
#: book.translate.xml:41188
msgid "File system"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41190
msgid "A <acronym>ZFS</acronym> dataset is most often used as a file system. Like most other file systems, a <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system is mounted somewhere in the systems directory hierarchy and contains files and directories of its own with permissions, flags, and other metadata."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-volume
#: book.translate.xml:41199
msgid "Volume"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41201
msgid "In additional to regular file system datasets, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> can also create volumes, which are block devices. Volumes have many of the same features, including copy-on-write, snapshots, clones, and checksumming. Volumes can be useful for running other file system formats on top of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, such as <acronym>UFS</acronym> virtualization, or exporting <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> extents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-snapshot
#: book.translate.xml:41213
msgid "Snapshot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41215
msgid "The <link linkend=\"zfs-term-cow\">copy-on-write</link> (<acronym>COW</acronym>) design of <acronym>ZFS</acronym> allows for nearly instantaneous, consistent snapshots with arbitrary names. After taking a snapshot of a dataset, or a recursive snapshot of a parent dataset that will include all child datasets, new data is written to new blocks, but the old blocks are not reclaimed as free space. The snapshot contains the original version of the file system, and the live file system contains any changes made since the snapshot was taken. No additional space is used. As new data is written to the live file system, new blocks are allocated to store this data. The apparent size of the snapshot will grow as the blocks are no longer used in the live file system, but only in the snapshot. These snapshots can be mounted read only to allow for the recovery of previous versions of files. It is also possible to <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-snapshot\">rollback</link> a live file system to a specific snapshot, undoing any changes that took place after the snapshot was taken. Each block in the pool has a reference counter which keeps track of how many snapshots, clones, datasets, or volumes make use of that block. As files and snapshots are deleted, the reference count is decremented. When a block is no longer referenced, it is reclaimed as free space. Snapshots can also be marked with a <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-snapshot\">hold</link>. When a snapshot is held, any attempt to destroy it will return an <literal>EBUSY</literal> error. Each snapshot can have multiple holds, each with a unique name. The <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-snapshot\">release</link> command removes the hold so the snapshot can deleted. Snapshots can be taken on volumes, but they can only be cloned or rolled back, not mounted independently."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-clone
#: book.translate.xml:41254
msgid "Clone"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41256
msgid "Snapshots can also be cloned. A clone is a writable version of a snapshot, allowing the file system to be forked as a new dataset. As with a snapshot, a clone initially consumes no additional space. As new data is written to a clone and new blocks are allocated, the apparent size of the clone grows. When blocks are overwritten in the cloned file system or volume, the reference count on the previous block is decremented. The snapshot upon which a clone is based cannot be deleted because the clone depends on it. The snapshot is the parent, and the clone is the child. Clones can be <emphasis>promoted</emphasis>, reversing this dependency and making the clone the parent and the previous parent the child. This operation requires no additional space. Because the amount of space used by the parent and child is reversed, existing quotas and reservations might be affected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-checksum
#: book.translate.xml:41276
msgid "Checksum"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41292
msgid "<literal>fletcher2</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41296
msgid "<literal>fletcher4</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41300
msgid "<literal>sha256</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41278
msgid "Every block that is allocated is also checksummed. The checksum algorithm used is a per-dataset property, see <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-set\"><command>set</command></link>. The checksum of each block is transparently validated as it is read, allowing <acronym>ZFS</acronym> to detect silent corruption. If the data that is read does not match the expected checksum, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> will attempt to recover the data from any available redundancy, like mirrors or <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym>). Validation of all checksums can be triggered with <link linkend=\"zfs-term-scrub\"><command>scrub</command></link>. Checksum algorithms include: <_:itemizedlist-1/> The <literal>fletcher</literal> algorithms are faster, but <literal>sha256</literal> is a strong cryptographic hash and has a much lower chance of collisions at the cost of some performance. Checksums can be disabled, but it is not recommended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41324
msgid "<emphasis><acronym>LZ4</acronym></emphasis> - Added in <acronym>ZFS</acronym> pool version 5000 (feature flags), <acronym>LZ4</acronym> is now the recommended compression algorithm. <acronym>LZ4</acronym> compresses approximately 50% faster than <acronym>LZJB</acronym> when operating on compressible data, and is over three times faster when operating on uncompressible data. <acronym>LZ4</acronym> also decompresses approximately 80% faster than <acronym>LZJB</acronym>. On modern <acronym>CPU</acronym>s, <acronym>LZ4</acronym> can often compress at over 500 MB/s, and decompress at over 1.5 GB/s (per single CPU core)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:41341
msgid "<acronym>LZ4</acronym> compression is only available after FreeBSD 9.2."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41347
msgid "<emphasis><acronym>LZJB</acronym></emphasis> - The default compression algorithm. Created by Jeff Bonwick (one of the original creators of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>). <acronym>LZJB</acronym> offers good compression with less <acronym>CPU</acronym> overhead compared to <acronym>GZIP</acronym>. In the future, the default compression algorithm will likely change to <acronym>LZ4</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41359
msgid "<emphasis><acronym>GZIP</acronym></emphasis> - A popular stream compression algorithm available in <acronym>ZFS</acronym>. One of the main advantages of using <acronym>GZIP</acronym> is its configurable level of compression. When setting the <literal>compress</literal> property, the administrator can choose the level of compression, ranging from <literal>gzip1</literal>, the lowest level of compression, to <literal>gzip9</literal>, the highest level of compression. This gives the administrator control over how much <acronym>CPU</acronym> time to trade for saved disk space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41375
msgid "<emphasis><acronym>ZLE</acronym></emphasis> - Zero Length Encoding is a special compression algorithm that only compresses continuous runs of zeros. This compression algorithm is only useful when the dataset contains large blocks of zeros."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41314
msgid "Each dataset has a compression property, which defaults to off. This property can be set to one of a number of compression algorithms. This will cause all new data that is written to the dataset to be compressed. Beyond a reduction in space used, read and write throughput often increases because fewer blocks are read or written. <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-copies
#: book.translate.xml:41386
msgid "Copies"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41388
msgid "When set to a value greater than 1, the <literal>copies</literal> property instructs <acronym>ZFS</acronym> to maintain multiple copies of each block in the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-filesystem\">File System</link> or <link linkend=\"zfs-term-volume\">Volume</link>. Setting this property on important datasets provides additional redundancy from which to recover a block that does not match its checksum. In pools without redundancy, the copies feature is the only form of redundancy. The copies feature can recover from a single bad sector or other forms of minor corruption, but it does not protect the pool from the loss of an entire disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41407
msgid "Checksums make it possible to detect duplicate blocks of data as they are written. With deduplication, the reference count of an existing, identical block is increased, saving storage space. To detect duplicate blocks, a deduplication table (<acronym>DDT</acronym>) is kept in memory. The table contains a list of unique checksums, the location of those blocks, and a reference count. When new data is written, the checksum is calculated and compared to the list. If a match is found, the existing block is used. The <acronym>SHA256</acronym> checksum algorithm is used with deduplication to provide a secure cryptographic hash. Deduplication is tunable. If <literal>dedup</literal> is <literal>on</literal>, then a matching checksum is assumed to mean that the data is identical. If <literal>dedup</literal> is set to <literal>verify</literal>, then the data in the two blocks will be checked byte-for-byte to ensure it is actually identical. If the data is not identical, the hash collision will be noted and the two blocks will be stored separately. Because <acronym>DDT</acronym> must store the hash of each unique block, it consumes a very large amount of memory. A general rule of thumb is 5-6 GB of ram per 1 TB of deduplicated data). In situations where it is not practical to have enough <acronym>RAM</acronym> to keep the entire <acronym>DDT</acronym> in memory, performance will suffer greatly as the <acronym>DDT</acronym> must be read from disk before each new block is written. Deduplication can use <acronym>L2ARC</acronym> to store the <acronym>DDT</acronym>, providing a middle ground between fast system memory and slower disks. Consider using compression instead, which often provides nearly as much space savings without the additional memory requirement."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-scrub
#: book.translate.xml:41445
msgid "Scrub"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41447
msgid "Instead of a consistency check like <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> has <command>scrub</command>. <command>scrub</command> reads all data blocks stored on the pool and verifies their checksums against the known good checksums stored in the metadata. A periodic check of all the data stored on the pool ensures the recovery of any corrupted blocks before they are needed. A scrub is not required after an unclean shutdown, but is recommended at least once every three months. The checksum of each block is verified as blocks are read during normal use, but a scrub makes certain that even infrequently used blocks are checked for silent corruption. Data security is improved, especially in archival storage situations. The relative priority of <command>scrub</command> can be adjusted with <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-scrub_delay\"><varname>vfs.zfs.scrub_delay</varname></link> to prevent the scrub from degrading the performance of other workloads on the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-quota
#: book.translate.xml:41467
msgid "Dataset Quota"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:41476
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> supports different types of quotas: the dataset quota, the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-refquota\">reference quota (<acronym>refquota</acronym>)</link>, the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-userquota\">user quota</link>, and the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-groupquota\">group quota</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:41484
msgid "Quotas limit the amount of space that a dataset and all of its descendants, including snapshots of the dataset, child datasets, and the snapshots of those datasets, can consume."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:41490
msgid "Quotas cannot be set on volumes, as the <literal>volsize</literal> property acts as an implicit quota."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41469
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> provides very fast and accurate dataset, user, and group space accounting in addition to quotas and space reservations. This gives the administrator fine grained control over how space is allocated and allows space to be reserved for critical file systems. <_:para-1/> <_:para-2/> <_:note-3/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-refquota
#: book.translate.xml:41497
msgid "Reference Quota"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41500
msgid "A reference quota limits the amount of space a dataset can consume by enforcing a hard limit. However, this hard limit includes only space that the dataset references and does not include space used by descendants, such as file systems or snapshots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-userquota
#: book.translate.xml:41508
msgid "User Quota"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41511
msgid "User quotas are useful to limit the amount of space that can be used by the specified user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-groupquota
#: book.translate.xml:41516
msgid "Group Quota"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41519
msgid "The group quota limits the amount of space that a specified group can consume."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-reservation
#: book.translate.xml:41524
msgid "Dataset Reservation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:41542
msgid "Reservations of any sort are useful in many situations, such as planning and testing the suitability of disk space allocation in a new system, or ensuring that enough space is available on file systems for audio logs or system recovery procedures and files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41527
msgid "The <literal>reservation</literal> property makes it possible to guarantee a minimum amount of space for a specific dataset and its descendants. If a 10 GB reservation is set on <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>, and another dataset tries to use all of the free space, at least 10 GB of space is reserved for this dataset. If a snapshot is taken of <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>, the space used by that snapshot is counted against the reservation. The <link linkend=\"zfs-term-refreservation\"><literal>refreservation</literal></link> property works in a similar way, but it <emphasis>excludes</emphasis> descendants like snapshots. <_:para-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-refreservation
#: book.translate.xml:41552
msgid "Reference Reservation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41555
msgid "The <literal>refreservation</literal> property makes it possible to guarantee a minimum amount of space for the use of a specific dataset <emphasis>excluding</emphasis> its descendants. This means that if a 10 GB reservation is set on <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>, and another dataset tries to use all of the free space, at least 10 GB of space is reserved for this dataset. In contrast to a regular <link linkend=\"zfs-term-reservation\">reservation</link>, space used by snapshots and descendant datasets is not counted against the reservation. For example, if a snapshot is taken of <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>, enough disk space must exist outside of the <literal>refreservation</literal> amount for the operation to succeed. Descendants of the main data set are not counted in the <literal>refreservation</literal> amount and so do not encroach on the space set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-resilver
#: book.translate.xml:41577
msgid "Resilver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41579
msgid "When a disk fails and is replaced, the new disk must be filled with the data that was lost. The process of using the parity information distributed across the remaining drives to calculate and write the missing data to the new drive is called <emphasis>resilvering</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-online
#: book.translate.xml:41588
msgid "Online"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41590
msgid "A pool or vdev in the <literal>Online</literal> state has all of its member devices connected and fully operational. Individual devices in the <literal>Online</literal> state are functioning normally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-offline
#: book.translate.xml:41598
msgid "Offline"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41600
msgid "Individual devices can be put in an <literal>Offline</literal> state by the administrator if there is sufficient redundancy to avoid putting the pool or vdev into a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-faulted\">Faulted</link> state. An administrator may choose to offline a disk in preparation for replacing it, or to make it easier to identify."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-degraded
#: book.translate.xml:41611
msgid "Degraded"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41613
msgid "A pool or vdev in the <literal>Degraded</literal> state has one or more disks that have been disconnected or have failed. The pool is still usable, but if additional devices fail, the pool could become unrecoverable. Reconnecting the missing devices or replacing the failed disks will return the pool to an <link linkend=\"zfs-term-online\">Online</link> state after the reconnected or new device has completed the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-resilver\">Resilver</link> process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-faulted
#: book.translate.xml:41626
msgid "Faulted"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41628
msgid "A pool or vdev in the <literal>Faulted</literal> state is no longer operational. The data on it can no longer be accessed. A pool or vdev enters the <literal>Faulted</literal> state when the number of missing or failed devices exceeds the level of redundancy in the vdev. If missing devices can be reconnected, the pool will return to a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-online\">Online</link> state. If there is insufficient redundancy to compensate for the number of failed disks, then the contents of the pool are lost and must be restored from backups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:41653
msgid "Other File Systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:41664
msgid "<primary>File Systems</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:41665
msgid "<primary>File Systems Support</primary> <see>File Systems</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41670
msgid "File systems are an integral part of any operating system. They allow users to upload and store files, provide access to data, and make hard drives useful. Different operating systems differ in their native file system. Traditionally, the native FreeBSD file system has been the Unix File System <acronym>UFS</acronym> which has been modernized as <acronym>UFS2</acronym>. Since FreeBSD 7.0, the Z File System (<acronym>ZFS</acronym>) is also available as a native file system. See <xref linkend=\"zfs\"/> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41680
msgid "In addition to its native file systems, FreeBSD supports a multitude of other file systems so that data from other operating systems can be accessed locally, such as data stored on locally attached <acronym>USB</acronym> storage devices, flash drives, and hard disks. This includes support for the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Extended File System (<acronym>EXT</acronym>) and the Reiser file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41688
msgid "There are different levels of FreeBSD support for the various file systems. Some require a kernel module to be loaded and others may require a toolset to be installed. Some non-native file system support is full read-write while others are read-only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41698
msgid "The difference between native and supported file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41703
msgid "Which file systems are supported by FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41707
msgid "How to enable, configure, access, and make use of non-native file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41716
msgid "Understand <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and <link linkend=\"basics\">FreeBSD basics</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41721
msgid "Be familiar with the basics of <link linkend=\"kernelconfig\">kernel configuration and compilation</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41726
msgid "Feel comfortable <link linkend=\"ports\">installing software</link> in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41731
msgid "Have some familiarity with <link linkend=\"disks\">disks</link>, storage, and device names in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:41738
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> File Systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41740
msgid "FreeBSD provides built-in support for several <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> file systems. This section demonstrates how to load support for and how to mount the supported <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:41745
msgid "<acronym>ext2</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41747
msgid "Kernel support for ext2 file systems has been available since FreeBSD 2.2. In FreeBSD 8.x and earlier, the code is licensed under the <acronym>GPL</acronym>. Since FreeBSD 9.0, the code has been rewritten and is now <acronym>BSD</acronym> licensed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41754
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ext2fs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver allows the FreeBSD kernel to both read and write to ext2 file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:41758
msgid "This driver can also be used to access ext3 and ext4 file systems. However, ext3 journaling and extended attributes are not supported. Support for ext4 is read-only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41764
msgid "To access an ext file system, first load the kernel loadable module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:41767
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload ext2fs</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41769
msgid "Then, mount the ext volume by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an existing mount point. This example mounts <filename>/dev/ad1s1</filename> on <filename>/mnt</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:41774
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t ext2fs <replaceable>/dev/ad1s1</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:41778
msgid "ReiserFS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41780
msgid "FreeBSD provides read-only support for The Reiser file system, ReiserFS."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41783
msgid "To load the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>reiserfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:41785
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload reiserfs</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41787
msgid "Then, to mount a ReiserFS volume located on <filename>/dev/ad1s1</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:41790
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t reiserfs <replaceable>/dev/ad1s1</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:41845
msgid "Virtualization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:41848 book.translate.xml:56886
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Murray</firstname> <surname>Stokely</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:41858
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </personname> <contrib>bhyve section by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41871
msgid "Virtualization software allows multiple operating systems to run simultaneously on the same computer. Such software systems for <acronym>PC</acronym>s often involve a host operating system which runs the virtualization software and supports any number of guest operating systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41881
msgid "The difference between a host operating system and a guest operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41886
msgid "How to install FreeBSD on an <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark>-based <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41891
msgid "How to install FreeBSD on <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> with <application>Virtual PC</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41896
msgid "How to install FreeBSD as a guest in <application>bhyve</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41901
msgid "How to tune a FreeBSD system for best performance under virtualization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41911
msgid "Understand the <link linkend=\"basics\">basics of <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and FreeBSD</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41916
msgid "Know how to <link linkend=\"bsdinstall\">install FreeBSD</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41921
msgid "Know how to <link linkend=\"advanced-networking\">set up a network connection</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41926
msgid "Know how to <link linkend=\"ports\">install additional third-party software</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:41933
msgid "FreeBSD as a Guest on <application>Parallels</application> for <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41936
msgid "<application>Parallels Desktop</application> for <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> is a commercial software product available for <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> based <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> computers running <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> 10.4.6 or higher. FreeBSD is a fully supported guest operating system. Once <application>Parallels</application> has been installed on <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X, the user must configure a virtual machine and then install the desired guest operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:41945
msgid "Installing FreeBSD on Parallels/<trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41947
msgid "The first step in installing FreeBSD on <application>Parallels</application> is to create a new virtual machine for installing FreeBSD. Select <guimenuitem>FreeBSD</guimenuitem> as the <guimenu>Guest OS Type</guimenu> when prompted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41955
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41959
msgid "Choose a reasonable amount of disk and memory depending on the plans for this virtual FreeBSD instance. 4GB of disk space and 512MB of RAM work well for most uses of FreeBSD under <application>Parallels</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41966
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41972
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41978
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd4' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41984
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd5' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41988
msgid "Select the type of networking and a network interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41993
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd6' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41999
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd7' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42003 book.translate.xml:42187
msgid "Save and finish the configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42007
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd8' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42013
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd9' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42017
msgid "After the FreeBSD virtual machine has been created, FreeBSD can be installed on it. This is best done with an official FreeBSD <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> or with an <acronym>ISO</acronym> image downloaded from an official <acronym>FTP</acronym> site. Copy the appropriate <acronym>ISO</acronym> image to the local <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> filesystem or insert a <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> in the <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark>'s <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drive. Click on the disc icon in the bottom right corner of the FreeBSD <application>Parallels</application> window. This will bring up a window that can be used to associate the <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drive in the virtual machine with the <acronym>ISO</acronym> file on disk or with the real <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42034
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd11' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42038
msgid "Once this association with the <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> source has been made, reboot the FreeBSD virtual machine by clicking the reboot icon. <application>Parallels</application> will reboot with a special <acronym>BIOS</acronym> that first checks if there is a <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42047
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd10' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42051
msgid "In this case it will find the FreeBSD installation media and begin a normal FreeBSD installation. Perform the installation, but do not attempt to configure <application>Xorg</application> at this time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42058
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd12' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42062
msgid "When the installation is finished, reboot into the newly installed FreeBSD virtual machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42067
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd13' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42073
msgid "Configuring FreeBSD on <application>Parallels</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42076
msgid "After FreeBSD has been successfully installed on <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X with <application>Parallels</application>, there are a number of configuration steps that can be taken to optimize the system for virtualized operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:42083 book.translate.xml:42288 book.translate.xml:42492
msgid "Set Boot Loader Variables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42085
msgid "The most important step is to reduce the <option>kern.hz</option> tunable to reduce the CPU utilization of FreeBSD under the <application>Parallels</application> environment. This is accomplished by adding the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42092 book.translate.xml:42297 book.translate.xml:42501
#, no-wrap
msgid "kern.hz=100"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42094
msgid "Without this setting, an idle FreeBSD <application>Parallels</application> guest will use roughly 15% of the CPU of a single processor <trademark class=\"registered\">iMac</trademark>. After this change the usage will be closer to 5%."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:42101 book.translate.xml:42307 book.translate.xml:42510
msgid "Create a New Kernel Configuration File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42103
msgid "All of the SCSI, FireWire, and USB device drivers can be removed from a custom kernel configuration file. <application>Parallels</application> provides a virtual network adapter used by the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ed</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver, so all network devices except for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ed</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>miibus</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be removed from the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:42112 book.translate.xml:42318 book.translate.xml:42521
msgid "Configure Networking"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42114
msgid "The most basic networking setup uses DHCP to connect the virtual machine to the same local area network as the host <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark>. This can be accomplished by adding <literal>ifconfig_ed0=\"DHCP\"</literal> to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. More advanced networking setups are described in <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:42127
msgid "FreeBSD as a Guest on <application>Virtual PC</application> for <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42130
msgid "<application>Virtual PC</application> for <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> is a <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> software product available for free download. See this website for the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.microsoft.com/windows/downloads/virtualpc/sysreq.mspx\">system requirements</link>. Once <application>Virtual PC</application> has been installed on <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, the user can configure a virtual machine and then install the desired guest operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42139
msgid "Installing FreeBSD on <application>Virtual PC</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42142
msgid "The first step in installing FreeBSD on <application>Virtual PC</application> is to create a new virtual machine for installing FreeBSD. Select <guimenuitem>Create a virtual machine</guimenuitem> when prompted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42150
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42156
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42160
msgid "Select <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> as the <guimenuitem>Operating system</guimenuitem> when prompted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42166
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42170
msgid "Then, choose a reasonable amount of disk and memory depending on the plans for this virtual FreeBSD instance. 4GB of disk space and 512MB of RAM work well for most uses of FreeBSD under <application>Virtual PC</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42177
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd4' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42183
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd5' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42191
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd6' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42195
msgid "Select the FreeBSD virtual machine and click <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>, then set the type of networking and a network interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42201
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd7' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42207
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd8' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42211
msgid "After the FreeBSD virtual machine has been created, FreeBSD can be installed on it. This is best done with an official FreeBSD <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> or with an <acronym>ISO</acronym> image downloaded from an official <acronym>FTP</acronym> site. Copy the appropriate <acronym>ISO</acronym> image to the local <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> filesystem or insert a <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> in the <acronym>CD</acronym> drive, then double click on the FreeBSD virtual machine to boot. Then, click <guimenu>CD</guimenu> and choose <guimenu>Capture ISO Image...</guimenu> on the <application>Virtual PC</application> window. This will bring up a window where the <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drive in the virtual machine can be associated with an <acronym>ISO</acronym> file on disk or with the real <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42229
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd9' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42235
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd10' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42239
msgid "Once this association with the <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> source has been made, reboot the FreeBSD virtual machine by clicking <guimenu>Action</guimenu> and <guimenu>Reset</guimenu>. <application>Virtual PC</application> will reboot with a special <acronym>BIOS</acronym> that first checks for a <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42249
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd11' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42253
msgid "In this case it will find the FreeBSD installation media and begin a normal FreeBSD installation. Continue with the installation, but do not attempt to configure <application>Xorg</application> at this time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42260
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd12' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42264
msgid "When the installation is finished, remember to eject the <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> or release the <acronym>ISO</acronym> image. Finally, reboot into the newly installed FreeBSD virtual machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42271
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd13' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42277
msgid "Configuring FreeBSD on <application>Virtual PC</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42280
msgid "After FreeBSD has been successfully installed on <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> with <application>Virtual PC</application>, there are a number of configuration steps that can be taken to optimize the system for virtualized operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42290
msgid "The most important step is to reduce the <option>kern.hz</option> tunable to reduce the CPU utilization of FreeBSD under the <application>Virtual PC</application> environment. This is accomplished by adding the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42299
msgid "Without this setting, an idle FreeBSD <application>Virtual PC</application> guest OS will use roughly 40% of the CPU of a single processor computer. After this change, the usage will be closer to 3%."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42309
msgid "All of the SCSI, FireWire, and USB device drivers can be removed from a custom kernel configuration file. <application>Virtual PC</application> provides a virtual network adapter used by the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>de</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver, so all network devices except for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>de</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>miibus</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be removed from the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42320
msgid "The most basic networking setup uses DHCP to connect the virtual machine to the same local area network as the <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> host. This can be accomplished by adding <literal>ifconfig_de0=\"DHCP\"</literal> to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. More advanced networking setups are described in <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:42333
msgid "FreeBSD as a Guest on <application>VMware Fusion</application> for <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42336
msgid "<application>VMware Fusion</application> for <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> is a commercial software product available for <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> based <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> computers running <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> 10.4.9 or higher. FreeBSD is a fully supported guest operating system. Once <application>VMware Fusion</application> has been installed on <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X, the user can configure a virtual machine and then install the desired guest operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42345
msgid "Installing FreeBSD on <application>VMware Fusion</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42348
msgid "The first step is to start <application>VMware Fusion</application> which will load the Virtual Machine Library. Click <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> to create the virtual machine:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42355
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd01' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42359
msgid "This will load the New Virtual Machine Assistant. Click <guimenuitem>Continue</guimenuitem> to proceed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42364
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd02' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42368
msgid "Select <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> as the <guimenuitem>Operating System</guimenuitem> and either <guimenuitem>FreeBSD</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>FreeBSD 64-bit</guimenuitem>, as the <guimenu>Version</guimenu> when prompted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42376
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd03' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42380
msgid "Choose the name of the virtual machine and the directory where it should be saved:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42385
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd04' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42389
msgid "Choose the size of the Virtual Hard Disk for the virtual machine:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42394
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd05' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42398
msgid "Choose the method to install the virtual machine, either from an <acronym>ISO</acronym> image or from a <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42404
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd06' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42408
msgid "Click <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> and the virtual machine will boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42413
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd07' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42417
msgid "Install FreeBSD as usual:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42421
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd08' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42425
msgid "Once the install is complete, the settings of the virtual machine can be modified, such as memory usage:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:42429
msgid "The System Hardware settings of the virtual machine cannot be modified while the virtual machine is running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42436
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd09' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42440
msgid "The number of CPUs the virtual machine will have access to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42445
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd10' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42449
msgid "The status of the <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> device. Normally the <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>ISO</acronym> is disconnected from the virtual machine when it is no longer needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42457
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd11' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42461
msgid "The last thing to change is how the virtual machine will connect to the network. To allow connections to the virtual machine from other machines besides the host, choose <guimenuitem>Connect directly to the physical network (Bridged)</guimenuitem>. Otherwise, <guimenuitem>Share the host's internet connection (NAT)</guimenuitem> is preferred so that the virtual machine can have access to the Internet, but the network cannot access the virtual machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42473
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd12' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42477
msgid "After modifying the settings, boot the newly installed FreeBSD virtual machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42482
msgid "Configuring FreeBSD on <application>VMware Fusion</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42485
msgid "After FreeBSD has been successfully installed on <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X with <application>VMware Fusion</application>, there are a number of configuration steps that can be taken to optimize the system for virtualized operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42494
msgid "The most important step is to reduce the <option>kern.hz</option> tunable to reduce the CPU utilization of FreeBSD under the <application>VMware Fusion</application> environment. This is accomplished by adding the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42503
msgid "Without this setting, an idle FreeBSD <application>VMware Fusion</application> guest will use roughly 15% of the CPU of a single processor <trademark class=\"registered\">iMac</trademark>. After this change, the usage will be closer to 5%."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42512
msgid "All of the FireWire, and USB device drivers can be removed from a custom kernel configuration file. <application>VMware Fusion</application> provides a virtual network adapter used by the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>em</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver, so all network devices except for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>em</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be removed from the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42523
msgid "The most basic networking setup uses DHCP to connect the virtual machine to the same local area network as the host <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark>. This can be accomplished by adding <literal>ifconfig_em0=\"DHCP\"</literal> to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. More advanced networking setups are described in <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:42536
msgid "FreeBSD as a Guest on <trademark>VirtualBox</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42538
msgid "FreeBSD works well as a guest in <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application>. The virtualization software is available for most common operating systems, including FreeBSD itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42543
msgid "The <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> guest additions provide support for:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42548
msgid "Clipboard sharing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42552
msgid "Mouse pointer integration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42556
msgid "Host time synchronization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42560
msgid "Window scaling."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42564
msgid "Seamless mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:42569
msgid "These commands are run in the FreeBSD guest."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42572
msgid "First, install the <package>emulators/virtualbox-ose-additions</package> package or port in the FreeBSD guest. This will install the port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42576
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/emulators/virtualbox-ose-additions &amp;&amp; make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42578
msgid "Add these lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42580
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"vboxguest_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"vboxservice_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42583
msgid "If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntpdate</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used, disable host time synchronization:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42586
#, no-wrap
msgid "vboxservice_flags=\"--disable-timesync\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42588
msgid "<application>Xorg</application> will automatically recognize the <literal>vboxvideo</literal> driver. It can also be manually entered in <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42593
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Device\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n"
"\tDriver \"vboxvideo\"\n"
"\tVendorName \"InnoTek Systemberatung GmbH\"\n"
"\tBoardName \"VirtualBox Graphics Adapter\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42600
msgid "To use the <literal>vboxmouse</literal> driver, adjust the mouse section in <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42603
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"InputDevice\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Mouse0\"\n"
"\tDriver \"vboxmouse\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42608
msgid "<acronym>HAL</acronym> users should create the following <filename>/usr/local/etc/hal/fdi/policy/90-vboxguest.fdi</filename> or copy it from <filename>/usr/local/share/hal/fdi/policy/10osvendor/90-vboxguest.fdi</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42613
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?&gt;\n"
"&lt;!--\n"
"# Sun VirtualBox\n"
"# Hal driver description for the vboxmouse driver\n"
"# $Id: chapter.xml,v 1.33 2012-03-17 04:53:52 eadler Exp $\n"
"\n"
"\tCopyright (C) 2008-2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.\n"
"\n"
"\tThis file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE, as\n"
"\tavailable from http://www.virtualbox.org. This file is free software;\n"
"\tyou can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU\n"
"\tGeneral Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software\n"
"\tFoundation, in version 2 as it comes in the \"COPYING\" file of the\n"
"\tVirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the\n"
"\thope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.\n"
"\n"
"\tPlease contact Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa\n"
"\tClara, CA 95054 USA or visit http://www.sun.com if you need\n"
"\tadditional information or have any questions.\n"
"--&gt;\n"
"&lt;deviceinfo version=\"0.2\"&gt;\n"
"  &lt;device&gt;\n"
"    &lt;match key=\"info.subsystem\" string=\"pci\"&gt;\n"
"      &lt;match key=\"info.product\" string=\"VirtualBox guest Service\"&gt;\n"
"        &lt;append key=\"info.capabilities\" type=\"strlist\"&gt;input&lt;/append&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;append key=\"info.capabilities\" type=\"strlist\"&gt;input.mouse&lt;/append&gt;\n"
"        &lt;merge key=\"input.x11_driver\" type=\"string\"&gt;vboxmouse&lt;/merge&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;merge key=\"input.device\" type=\"string\"&gt;/dev/vboxguest&lt;/merge&gt;\n"
"      &lt;/match&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/match&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/device&gt;\n"
"&lt;/deviceinfo&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:42648
msgid "FreeBSD as a Host with <application>VirtualBox</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42651
msgid "<application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> is an actively developed, complete virtualization package, that is available for most operating systems including <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> and FreeBSD. It is equally capable of running <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> or <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like guests. It is released as open source software, but with closed-source components available in a separate extension pack. These components include support for USB 2.0 devices. More information may be found on the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/Downloads\"><quote>Downloads</quote> page of the <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> wiki</link>. Currently, these extensions are not available for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42664
msgid "Installing <trademark>VirtualBox</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42666
msgid "<application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> is available as a FreeBSD package or port in <package>emulators/virtualbox-ose</package>. The port can be installed using these commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42671
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/emulators/virtualbox-ose</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42674
msgid "One useful option in the port's configuration menu is the <literal>GuestAdditions</literal> suite of programs. These provide a number of useful features in guest operating systems, like mouse pointer integration (allowing the mouse to be shared between host and guest without the need to press a special keyboard shortcut to switch) and faster video rendering, especially in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> guests. The guest additions are available in the <guimenu>Devices</guimenu> menu, after the installation of the guest is finished."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42684
msgid "A few configuration changes are needed before <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> is started for the first time. The port installs a kernel module in <filename>/boot/modules</filename> which must be loaded into the running kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42690
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload vboxdrv</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42692
msgid "To ensure the module is always loaded after a reboot, add this line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42696
#, no-wrap
msgid "vboxdrv_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42698
msgid "To use the kernel modules that allow bridged or host-only networking, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and reboot the computer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42703
#, no-wrap
msgid "vboxnet_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42705
msgid "The <systemitem class=\"groupname\">vboxusers</systemitem> group is created during installation of <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application>. All users that need access to <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> will have to be added as members of this group. <command>pw</command> can be used to add new members:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42712
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod vboxusers -m <replaceable>yourusername</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42714
msgid "The default permissions for <filename>/dev/vboxnetctl</filename> are restrictive and need to be changed for bridged networking:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42718
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chown root:vboxusers /dev/vboxnetctl</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 0660 /dev/vboxnetctl</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42721
msgid "To make this permissions change permanent, add these lines to <filename>/etc/devfs.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42724
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"own     vboxnetctl root:vboxusers\n"
"perm    vboxnetctl 0660"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42727
msgid "To launch <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application>, type from a <application>Xorg</application> session:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42730
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>VirtualBox</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42732
msgid "For more information on configuring and using <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application>, refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.virtualbox.org\">official website</link>. For FreeBSD-specific information and troubleshooting instructions, refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/VirtualBox\">relevant page in the FreeBSD wiki</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42741
msgid "<trademark>VirtualBox</trademark> USB Support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42743
msgid "The <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> extension pack is not available for FreeBSD hosts. Without the extension pack, the FreeBSD host cannot pass <acronym>USB</acronym> ports through to guest operating systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42750
msgid "<trademark>VirtualBox</trademark> Host <acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>CD</acronym> Access"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42753
msgid "Access to the host <acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>CD</acronym> drives from guests is achieved through the sharing of the physical drives. Within <trademark>VirtualBox</trademark>, this is set up from the Storage window in the Settings of the virtual machine. If needed, create an empty <acronym>IDE</acronym> <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> device first. Then choose the Host Drive from the popup menu for the virtual <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> drive selection. A checkbox labeled <literal>Passthrough</literal> will appear. This allows the virtual machine to use the hardware directly. For example, audio <acronym>CD</acronym>s or the burner will only function if this option is selected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42767
msgid "<acronym>HAL</acronym> needs to run for <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> <acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>CD</acronym> functions to work, so enable it in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and start it if it is not already running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42773
#, no-wrap
msgid "hald_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42775
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service hald start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42777
msgid "In order for users to be able to use <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> <acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>CD</acronym> functions, they need access to <filename>/dev/xpt0</filename>, <filename>/dev/cd<replaceable>N</replaceable></filename>, and <filename>/dev/pass<replaceable>N</replaceable></filename>. This is usually achieved by making the user a member of <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem>. Permissions to these devices have to be corrected by adding these lines to <filename>/etc/devfs.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42788
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"perm cd* 0660\n"
"perm xpt0 0660\n"
"perm pass* 0660"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42792
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service devfs restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:42797
msgid "FreeBSD as a Host with <application>bhyve</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42800
msgid "The <application>bhyve</application> <acronym>BSD</acronym>-licensed hypervisor became part of the base system with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. This hypervisor supports a number of guests, including FreeBSD, OpenBSD, and many <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> distributions. Currently, <application>bhyve</application> only supports a serial console and does not emulate a graphical console. Virtualization offload features of newer <acronym>CPU</acronym>s are used to avoid the legacy methods of translating instructions and manually managing memory mappings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42811
msgid "The <application>bhyve</application> design requires a processor that supports <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> Extended Page Tables (<acronym>EPT</acronym>) or <trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> Rapid Virtualization Indexing (<acronym>RVI</acronym>) or Nested Page Tables (<acronym>NPT</acronym>). Hosting <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> guests or FreeBSD guests with more than one <acronym>vCPU</acronym> requires <acronym>VMX</acronym> unrestricted mode support (<acronym>UG</acronym>). Most newer processors, specifically the <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Core</trademark> i3/i5/i7 and <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Xeon</trademark> E3/E5/E7, support these features. <acronym>UG</acronym> support was introduced with Intel's Westmere micro-architecture. For a complete list of <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> processors that support <acronym>EPT</acronym>, refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://ark.intel.com/search/advanced?s=t&amp;ExtendedPageTables=true\"/>. <acronym>RVI</acronym> is found on the third generation and later of the <trademark>AMD Opteron</trademark> (Barcelona) processors. The easiest way to tell if a processor supports <application>bhyve</application> is to run <command>dmesg</command> or look in <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</filename> for the <literal>POPCNT</literal> processor feature flag on the <literal>Features2</literal> line for <trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> processors or <literal>EPT</literal> and <literal>UG</literal> on the <literal>VT-x</literal> line for <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> processors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42836
msgid "Preparing the Host"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42838
msgid "The first step to creating a virtual machine in <application>bhyve</application> is configuring the host system. First, load the <application>bhyve</application> kernel module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42843
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload vmm</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42845
msgid "Then, create a <filename>tap</filename> interface for the network device in the virtual machine to attach to. In order for the network device to participate in the network, also create a bridge interface containing the <filename>tap</filename> interface and the physical interface as members. In this example, the physical interface is <replaceable>igb0</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42853
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>tap0</replaceable> create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.link.tap.up_on_open=1</userinput>\n"
"net.link.tap.up_on_open: 0 -&gt; 1\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bridge0</replaceable> create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bridge0</replaceable> addm <replaceable>igb0</replaceable> addm <replaceable>tap0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bridge0</replaceable> up</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42862
msgid "Creating a FreeBSD Guest"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42864
msgid "Create a file to use as the virtual disk for the guest machine. Specify the size and name of the virtual disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42868
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>truncate -s <replaceable>16G</replaceable> <replaceable>guest.img</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42870
msgid "Download an installation image of FreeBSD to install:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42872
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>fetch <replaceable>ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/releases/ISO-IMAGES/10.3/FreeBSD-10.3-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"FreeBSD-10.3-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso       100% of  230 MB  570 kBps 06m17s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42875
msgid "FreeBSD comes with an example script for running a virtual machine in <application>bhyve</application>. The script will start the virtual machine and run it in a loop, so it will automatically restart if it crashes. The script takes a number of options to control the configuration of the machine: <option>-c</option> controls the number of virtual CPUs, <option>-m</option> limits the amount of memory available to the guest, <option>-t</option> defines which <filename>tap</filename> device to use, <option>-d</option> indicates which disk image to use, <option>-i</option> tells <application>bhyve</application> to boot from the <acronym>CD</acronym> image instead of the disk, and <option>-I</option> defines which <acronym>CD</acronym> image to use. The last parameter is the name of the virtual machine, used to track the running machines. This example starts the virtual machine in installation mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42892
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sh /usr/share/examples/bhyve/vmrun.sh -c <replaceable>4</replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> -t <replaceable>tap0</replaceable> -d <replaceable>guest.img</replaceable> -i -I <replaceable>FreeBSD-10.3-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso</replaceable> <replaceable>guestname</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42894
msgid "The virtual machine will boot and start the installer. After installing a system in the virtual machine, when the system asks about dropping in to a shell at the end of the installation, choose <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. A small change needs to be made to make the system start with a serial console. Edit <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> and replace the existing <literal>ttyu0</literal> line with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42902
#, no-wrap
msgid "ttyu0   \"/usr/libexec/getty 3wire\"   xterm  on secure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:42904
msgid "Beginning with FreeBSD 9.3-RELEASE and 10.1-RELEASE the console is configured automatically."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42908
msgid "Reboot the virtual machine. While rebooting the virtual machine causes <application>bhyve</application> to exit, the <filename>vmrun.sh</filename> script runs <command>bhyve</command> in a loop and will automatically restart it. When this happens, choose the reboot option from the boot loader menu in order to escape the loop. Now the guest can be started from the virtual disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42916
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sh /usr/share/examples/bhyve/vmrun.sh -c <replaceable>4</replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> -t <replaceable>tap0</replaceable> -d <replaceable>guest.img</replaceable> <replaceable>guestname</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42920
msgid "Creating a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Guest"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42922
msgid "In order to boot operating systems other than FreeBSD, the <package>sysutils/grub2-bhyve</package> port must be first installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42926
msgid "Next, create a file to use as the virtual disk for the guest machine:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42929
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>truncate -s <replaceable>16G</replaceable> <replaceable>linux.img</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42931
msgid "Starting a virtual machine with <application>bhyve</application> is a two step process. First a kernel must be loaded, then the guest can be started. The <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel is loaded with <package>sysutils/grub2-bhyve</package>. Create a <filename>device.map</filename> that <application>grub</application> will use to map the virtual devices to the files on the host system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42940
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"(hd0) ./linux.img\n"
"(cd0) ./somelinux.iso"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42943
msgid "Use <package>sysutils/grub2-bhyve</package> to load the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel from the <acronym>ISO</acronym> image:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42946
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>grub-bhyve -m device.map -r cd0 -M <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> <replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42948
msgid "This will start grub. If the installation <acronym>CD</acronym> contains a <filename>grub.cfg</filename>, a menu will be displayed. If not, the <literal>vmlinuz</literal> and <literal>initrd</literal> files must be located and loaded manually:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42955
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"grub&gt; <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
"(hd0) (cd0) (cd0,msdos1) (host)\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>ls (cd0)/isolinux</userinput>\n"
"boot.cat boot.msg grub.conf initrd.img isolinux.bin isolinux.cfg memtest\n"
"splash.jpg TRANS.TBL vesamenu.c32 vmlinuz\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>linux (cd0)/isolinux/vmlinuz</userinput>\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>initrd (cd0)/isolinux/initrd.img</userinput>\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>boot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42964
msgid "Now that the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel is loaded, the guest can be started:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42967
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,<replaceable>tap0</replaceable> -s 3:0,virtio-blk,<replaceable>./linux.img</replaceable> \\\n"
"    -s 4:0,ahci-cd,<replaceable>./somelinux.iso</replaceable> -l com1,stdio -c <replaceable>4</replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> <replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42970
msgid "The system will boot and start the installer. After installing a system in the virtual machine, reboot the virtual machine. This will cause <application>bhyve</application> to exit. The instance of the virtual machine needs to be destroyed before it can be started again:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42976 book.translate.xml:43004
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyvectl --destroy --vm=<replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42978
msgid "Now the guest can be started directly from the virtual disk. Load the kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42981
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>grub-bhyve -m device.map -r hd0,msdos1 -M <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> <replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
"(hd0) (hd0,msdos2) (hd0,msdos1) (cd0) (cd0,msdos1) (host)\n"
"(lvm/VolGroup-lv_swap) (lvm/VolGroup-lv_root)\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>ls (hd0,msdos1)/</userinput>\n"
"lost+found/ grub/ efi/ System.map-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64 config-2.6.32-431.el6.x\n"
"86_64 symvers-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.gz vmlinuz-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64\n"
"initramfs-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.img\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>linux (hd0,msdos1)/vmlinuz-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64 root=/dev/mapper/VolGroup-lv_root</userinput>\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>initrd (hd0,msdos1)/initramfs-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.img</userinput>\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>boot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42993
msgid "Boot the virtual machine:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42995
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,<replaceable>tap0</replaceable> \\\n"
"    -s 3:0,virtio-blk,<replaceable>./linux.img</replaceable> -l com1,stdio -c <replaceable>4</replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> <replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42998
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> will now boot in the virtual machine and eventually present you with the login prompt. Login and use the virtual machine. When you are finished, reboot the virtual machine to exit <application>bhyve</application>. Destroy the virtual machine instance:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:43008
msgid "Using <acronym>ZFS</acronym> with <application>bhyve</application> Guests"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43011
msgid "If <acronym>ZFS</acronym> is available on the host machine, using <acronym>ZFS</acronym> volumes instead of disk image files can provide significant performance benefits for the guest <acronym>VMs</acronym>. A <acronym>ZFS</acronym> volume can be created by:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43017
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create -V<replaceable>16G</replaceable> -o volmode=dev <replaceable>zroot/linuxdisk0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43019
msgid "When starting the <acronym>VM</acronym>, specify the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> volume as the disk drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43022
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,<replaceable>tap0</replaceable> -s3:0,virtio-blk,<replaceable>/dev/zvol/zroot/linuxdisk0</replaceable> \\\n"
"    -l com1,<replaceable>stdio</replaceable> -c <replaceable>4</replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> <replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:43027
msgid "Virtual Machine Consoles"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43029
msgid "It is advantageous to wrap the <application>bhyve</application> console in a session management tool such as <package>sysutils/tmux</package> or <package>sysutils/screen</package> in order to detach and reattach to the console. It is also possible to have the console of <application>bhyve</application> be a null modem device that can be accessed with <command>cu</command>. To do this, load the <filename>nmdm</filename> kernel module and replace <option>-l com1,stdio</option> with <option>-l com1,/dev/nmdm0A</option>. The <filename>/dev/nmdm</filename> devices are created automatically as needed, where each is a pair, corresponding to the two ends of the null modem cable (<filename>/dev/nmdm0A</filename> and <filename>/dev/nmdm0B</filename>). See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nmdm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43046
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload nmdm</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,<replaceable>tap0</replaceable> -s 3:0,virtio-blk,<replaceable>./linux.img</replaceable> \\\n"
"    -l com1,<replaceable>/dev/nmdm0A</replaceable> -c <replaceable>4</replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> <replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu -l <replaceable>/dev/nmdm0B</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Connected\n"
"\n"
"Ubuntu 13.10 handbook ttyS0\n"
"\n"
"handbook login:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:43058
msgid "Managing Virtual Machines"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43060
msgid "A device node is created in <filename role=\"directory\">/dev/vmm</filename> for each virtual machine. This allows the administrator to easily see a list of the running virtual machines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43064
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -al /dev/vmm</userinput>\n"
"total 1\n"
"dr-xr-xr-x   2 root  wheel    512 Mar 17 12:19 ./\n"
"dr-xr-xr-x  14 root  wheel    512 Mar 17 06:38 ../\n"
"crw-------   1 root  wheel  0x1a2 Mar 17 12:20 guestname\n"
"crw-------   1 root  wheel  0x19f Mar 17 12:19 linuxguest\n"
"crw-------   1 root  wheel  0x1a1 Mar 17 12:19 otherguest"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43072
msgid "A specified virtual machine can be destroyed using <command>bhyvectl</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43075
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> bhyvectl --destroy --vm=<replaceable>guestname</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:43079
msgid "Persistent Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43081
msgid "In order to configure the system to start <application>bhyve</application> guests at boot time, the following configurations must be made in the specified files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:43088
msgid "<filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43090
#, no-wrap
msgid "net.link.tap.up_on_open=1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:43094
msgid "<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43096
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"vmm_load=\"YES\"\n"
"nmdm_load=\"YES\"\n"
"if_bridge_load=\"YES\"\n"
"if_tap_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:43103
msgid "<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43105
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"cloned_interfaces=\"<replaceable>bridge0</replaceable> <replaceable>tap0</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_bridge0=\"addm <replaceable>igb0</replaceable> addm <replaceable>tap0</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:43133
msgid "Localization - <acronym>i18n</acronym>/<acronym>L10n</acronym> Usage and Setup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:43138
msgid "<personname><firstname>Andrey</firstname><surname>Chernov</surname></personname><contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:43142
msgid "<personname><firstname>Michael C.</firstname><surname>Wu</surname></personname><contrib>Rewritten by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43152
msgid "FreeBSD is a distributed project with users and contributors located all over the world. As such, FreeBSD supports localization into many languages, allowing users to view, input, or process data in non-English languages. One can choose from most of the major languages, including, but not limited to: Chinese, German, Japanese, Korean, French, Russian, and Vietnamese."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43160
msgid "<primary>internationalization</primary> <see>localization</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43164
msgid "<primary>localization</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43166
msgid "The term internationalization has been shortened to <acronym>i18n</acronym>, which represents the number of letters between the first and the last letters of <literal>internationalization</literal>. <acronym>L10n</acronym> uses the same naming scheme, but from <literal>localization</literal>. The <acronym>i18n</acronym>/<acronym>L10n</acronym> methods, protocols, and applications allow users to use languages of their choice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43176
msgid "This chapter discusses the internationalization and localization features of FreeBSD. After reading this chapter, you will know:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43182
msgid "How locale names are constructed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43186
msgid "How to set the locale for a login shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43190
msgid "How to configure the console for non-English languages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43195
msgid "How to configure <application>Xorg</application> for different languages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43200
msgid "How to find <acronym>i18n</acronym>-compliant applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43205
msgid "Where to find more information for configuring specific languages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43213
msgid "Know how to <link linkend=\"ports\">install additional third-party applications</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:43220
msgid "Using Localization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43222 book.translate.xml:43339
msgid "<primary>locale</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43224
msgid "Localization settings are based on three components: the language code, country code, and encoding. Locale names are constructed from these parts as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43228
#, no-wrap
msgid "<replaceable>LanguageCode</replaceable>_<replaceable>CountryCode</replaceable>.<replaceable>Encoding</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43230
msgid "<primary>language codes</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43231
msgid "<primary>country codes</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43233
msgid "The <replaceable>LanguageCode</replaceable> and <replaceable>CountryCode</replaceable> are used to determine the country and the specific language variation. <xref linkend=\"locale-lang-country\"/> provides some examples of <replaceable>LanguageCode</replaceable>_<replaceable>CountryCode</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:43239
msgid "Common Language and Country Codes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43244
msgid "LanguageCode_Country Code"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43251
msgid "en_US"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43252
msgid "English, United States"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43256
msgid "ru_RU"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43257
msgid "Russian, Russia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43261
msgid "zh_TW"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43262
msgid "Traditional Chinese, Taiwan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43268
msgid "A complete listing of available locales can be found by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43271
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>locale -a | more</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43273
msgid "To determine the current locale setting:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43275
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>locale</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43277
msgid "<primary>encodings</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43278
msgid "<primary>ASCII</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43280
msgid "Language specific character sets, such as ISO8859-1, ISO8859-15, KOI8-R, and CP437, are described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>multibyte</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The active list of character sets can be found at the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets\">IANA Registry</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43286
msgid "Some languages, such as Chinese or Japanese, cannot be represented using <acronym>ASCII</acronym> characters and require an extended language encoding using either wide or multibyte characters. Examples of wide or multibyte encodings include EUC and Big5. Older applications may mistake these encodings for control characters while newer applications usually recognize these characters. Depending on the implementation, users may be required to compile an application with wide or multibyte character support, or to configure it correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:43298
msgid "FreeBSD uses Xorg-compatible locale encodings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43301
msgid "The rest of this section describes the various methods for configuring the locale on a FreeBSD system. The next section will discuss the considerations for finding and compiling applications with <acronym>i18n</acronym> support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:43307
msgid "Setting Locale for Login Shell"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43309
msgid "Locale settings are configured either in a user's <filename>~/.login_conf</filename> or in the startup file of the user's shell: <filename>~/.profile</filename>, <filename>~/.bashrc</filename>, or <filename>~/.cshrc</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43316
msgid "Two environment variables should be set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43321
msgid "<envar>LANG</envar>, which sets the locale<_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43326
msgid "<primary>MIME</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43328
msgid "<envar>MM_CHARSET</envar>, which sets the <acronym>MIME</acronym> character set used by applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43334
msgid "In addition to the user's shell configuration, these variables should also be set for specific application configuration and <application>Xorg</application> configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43340 book.translate.xml:43433
msgid "<primary>login class</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43342
msgid "Two methods are available for making the needed variable assignments: the <link linkend=\"login-class\">login class</link> method, which is the recommended method, and the <link linkend=\"startup-file\">startup file</link> method. The next two sections demonstrate how to use both methods."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:43350
msgid "Login Classes Method"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43352
msgid "This first method is the recommended method as it assigns the required environment variables for locale name and <acronym>MIME</acronym> character sets for every possible shell. This setup can either be performed by each user or it can be configured for all users by the superuser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43359
msgid "This minimal example sets both variables for Latin-1 encoding in the <filename>.login_conf</filename> of an individual user's home directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43363
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"me:\\\n"
"\t:charset=ISO-8859-1:\\\n"
"\t:lang=de_DE.ISO8859-1:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43367
msgid "<primary>Traditional Chinese</primary> <secondary>BIG-5 encoding</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43370
msgid "Here is an example of a user's <filename>~/.login_conf</filename> that sets the variables for Traditional Chinese in BIG-5 encoding. More variables are needed because some applications do not correctly respect locale variables for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43377
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#Users who do not wish to use monetary units or time formats\n"
"#of Taiwan can manually change each variable\n"
"me:\\\n"
"\t:lang=zh_TW.Big5:\\\n"
"\t:setenv=LC_ALL=zh_TW.Big5,LC_COLLATE=zh_TW.Big5,LC_CTYPE=zh_TW.Big5,LC_MESSAGES=zh_TW.Big5,LC_MONETARY=zh_TW.Big5,LC_NUMERIC=zh_TW.Big5,LC_TIME=zh_TW.Big5:\\\n"
"\t:charset=big5:\\\n"
"\t:xmodifiers=\"@im=gcin\": #Set gcin as the XIM Input Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43385
msgid "Alternately, the superuser can configure all users of the system for localization. The following variables in <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> are used to set the locale and <acronym>MIME</acronym> character set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43390
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<replaceable>language_name</replaceable>|<replaceable>Account Type Description</replaceable>:\\\n"
"\t:charset=<replaceable>MIME_charset</replaceable>:\\\n"
"\t:lang=<replaceable>locale_name</replaceable>:\\\n"
"\t:tc=default:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43395
msgid "So, the previous Latin-1 example would look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43398
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"german|German Users Accounts:\\\n"
"\t:charset=ISO-8859-1:\\\n"
"\t:lang=de_DE.ISO8859-1:\\\n"
"\t:tc=default:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43403
msgid "See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details about these variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43406
msgid "Whenever <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> is edited, remember to execute the following command to update the capability database:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:43413
msgid "Utilities Which Change Login Classes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43415
msgid "<primary><command>vipw</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43419
msgid "In addition to manually editing <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>, several utilities are available for setting the locale for newly created users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43424
msgid "When using <command>vipw</command> to add new users, specify the <replaceable>language</replaceable> to set the locale:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43428
#, no-wrap
msgid "user:password:1111:11:<replaceable>language</replaceable>:0:0:User Name:/home/user:/bin/sh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43435
msgid "When using <command>adduser</command> to add new users, the default language can be pre-configured for all new users or specified for an individual user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43439
msgid "If all new users use the same language, set <literal>defaultclass=<replaceable>language</replaceable></literal> in <filename>/etc/adduser.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43443
msgid "To override this setting when creating a user, either input the required locale at this prompt:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43446
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>Enter login class: default []:</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43448
msgid "or specify the locale to set when invoking <command>adduser</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43451
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>adduser -class <replaceable>language</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43457
msgid "If <command>pw</command> is used to add new users, specify the locale as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43460
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw useradd <replaceable>user_name</replaceable> -L <replaceable>language</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:43465
msgid "Shell Startup File Method"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43467
msgid "This second method is not recommended as each shell that is used requires manual configuration, where each shell has a different configuration file and differing syntax. As an example, to set the German language for the <command>sh</command> shell, these lines could be added to <filename>~/.profile</filename> to set the shell for that user only. These lines could also be added to <filename>/etc/profile</filename> or <filename>/usr/share/skel/dot.profile</filename> to set that shell for all users:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43478
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<envar>LANG</envar>=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export <envar>LANG</envar>\n"
"<envar>MM_CHARSET</envar>=ISO-8859-1; export <envar>MM_CHARSET</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43481
msgid "However, the name of the configuration file and the syntax used differs for the <command>csh</command> shell. These are the equivalent settings for <filename>~/.csh.login</filename>, <filename>/etc/csh.login</filename>, or <filename>/usr/share/skel/dot.login</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43488
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"setenv <envar>LANG</envar> de_DE.ISO8859-1\n"
"setenv <envar>MM_CHARSET</envar> ISO-8859-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43491
msgid "To complicate matters, the syntax needed to configure <application>Xorg</application> in <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename> also depends upon the shell. The first example is for the <command>sh</command> shell and the second is for the <command>csh</command> shell:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43498
#, no-wrap
msgid "<envar>LANG</envar>=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export <envar>LANG</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43500
#, no-wrap
msgid "setenv <envar>LANG</envar> de_DE.ISO8859-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:43505
msgid "Console Setup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43507
msgid "Several localized fonts are available for the console. To see a listing of available fonts, type <command>ls /usr/share/syscons/fonts</command>. To configure the console font, specify the <replaceable>font_name</replaceable>, without the <filename>.fnt</filename> suffix, in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43515
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"font8x16=<replaceable>font_name</replaceable>\n"
"font8x14=<replaceable>font_name</replaceable>\n"
"font8x8=<replaceable>font_name</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43519
msgid "<primary>keymap</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43520
msgid "<primary>screenmap</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43521
msgid "The keymap and screenmap can be set by adding the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43524
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"scrnmap=<replaceable>screenmap_name</replaceable>\n"
"keymap=<replaceable>keymap_name</replaceable>\n"
"keychange=\"<replaceable>fkey_number sequence</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43528
msgid "To see the list of available screenmaps, type <command>ls /usr/share/syscons/scrnmaps</command>. Do not include the <filename>.scm</filename> suffix when specifying <replaceable>screenmap_name</replaceable>. A screenmap with a corresponding mapped font is usually needed as a workaround for expanding bit 8 to bit 9 on a VGA adapter's font character matrix so that letters are moved out of the pseudographics area if the screen font uses a bit 8 column."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43537
msgid "To see the list of available keymaps, type <command>ls /usr/share/syscons/keymaps</command>. When specifying the <replaceable>keymap_name</replaceable>, do not include the <filename>.kbd</filename> suffix. To test keymaps without rebooting, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kbdmap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43544
msgid "The <literal>keychange</literal> entry is usually needed to program function keys to match the selected terminal type because function key sequences cannot be defined in the keymap."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43549
msgid "Next, set the correct console terminal type in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> for all virtual terminal entries. <xref linkend=\"locale-charset\"/> summarizes the available terminal types.:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:43555
msgid "Defined Terminal Types for Character Sets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43560
msgid "Character Set"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43561
msgid "Terminal Type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43567
msgid "ISO8859-1 or ISO8859-15"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43568
msgid "<literal>cons25l1</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43572
msgid "ISO8859-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43573
msgid "<literal>cons25l2</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43577
msgid "ISO8859-7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43578
msgid "<literal>cons25l7</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43582
msgid "KOI8-R"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43583
msgid "<literal>cons25r</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43587
msgid "KOI8-U"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43588
msgid "<literal>cons25u</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43592
msgid "CP437 (VGA default)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43593
msgid "<literal>cons25</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43597
msgid "US-ASCII"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43598
msgid "<literal>cons25w</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43604
msgid "<primary><application>moused</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43608
msgid "For languages with wide or multibyte characters, install a console for that language from the FreeBSD Ports Collection. The available ports are summarized in <xref linkend=\"locale-console\"/>. Once installed, refer to the port's <filename>pkg-message</filename> or man pages for configuration and usage instructions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:43615
msgid "Available Console from Ports Collection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43620 book.translate.xml:43699
msgid "Language"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43621
msgid "Port Location"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43627
msgid "Traditional Chinese (BIG-5)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43628
msgid "<package>chinese/big5con</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43632 book.translate.xml:43637
msgid "Chinese/Japanese/Korean"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43633
msgid "<package>chinese/cce</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43638
msgid "<package>chinese/zhcon</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43642 book.translate.xml:43647 book.translate.xml:43652
#: book.translate.xml:43742 book.translate.xml:43747 book.translate.xml:43752
#: book.translate.xml:43757 book.translate.xml:43762 book.translate.xml:43767
#: book.translate.xml:43772 book.translate.xml:43777 book.translate.xml:43782
#: book.translate.xml:43787 book.translate.xml:43792 book.translate.xml:43797
#: book.translate.xml:43802 book.translate.xml:43807 book.translate.xml:43812
#: book.translate.xml:43817 book.translate.xml:43822 book.translate.xml:43827
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43643
msgid "<package>chinese/kon2</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43648
msgid "<package>japanese/kon2-14dot</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43653
msgid "<package>japanese/kon2-16dot</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43659
msgid "If <application>moused</application> is enabled in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, additional configuration may be required. By default, the mouse cursor of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syscons</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver occupies the <literal>0xd0</literal>-<literal>0xd3</literal> range in the character set. If the language uses this range, move the cursor's range by adding the following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43668
#, no-wrap
msgid "mousechar_start=3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:43672
msgid "Xorg Setup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43674
msgid "<xref linkend=\"x11\"/> describes how to install and configure <application>Xorg</application>. When configuring <application>Xorg</application> for localization, additional fonts and input methods are available from the FreeBSD Ports Collection. Application specific <acronym>i18n</acronym> settings such as fonts and menus can be tuned in <filename>~/.Xresources</filename> and should allow users to view their selected language in graphical application menus."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43684
msgid "<primary>X Input Method (XIM)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43686
msgid "The X Input Method (<acronym>XIM</acronym>) protocol is an <application>Xorg</application> standard for inputting non-English characters. <xref linkend=\"locale-xim\"/> summarizes the input method applications which are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection. Additional Fcitx and Uim applications are also available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:43694
msgid "Available Input Methods"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43700
msgid "Input Method"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43707 book.translate.xml:43712 book.translate.xml:43717
#: book.translate.xml:43722 book.translate.xml:43727 book.translate.xml:43732
#: book.translate.xml:43737
msgid "Chinese"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43708
msgid "<package>chinese/gcin</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43713
msgid "<package>chinese/ibus-chewing</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43718
msgid "<package>chinese/ibus-pinyin</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43723
msgid "<package>chinese/oxim</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43728
msgid "<package>chinese/scim-fcitx</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43733
msgid "<package>chinese/scim-pinyin</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43738
msgid "<package>chinese/scim-tables</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43743
msgid "<package>japanese/ibus-anthy</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43748
msgid "<package>japanese/ibus-mozc</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43753
msgid "<package>japanese/ibus-skk</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43758
msgid "<package>japanese/im-ja</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43763
msgid "<package>japanese/kinput2</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43768
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-anthy</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43773
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-canna</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43778
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-honoka</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43783
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-romkan</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43788
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-wnn</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43793
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-prime</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43798
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-skk</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43803
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-tables</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43808
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-tomoe</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43813
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-uim</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43818
msgid "<package>japanese/skkinput</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43823
msgid "<package>japanese/skkinput3</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43828
msgid "<package>japanese/uim-anthy</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43832 book.translate.xml:43837 book.translate.xml:43842
#: book.translate.xml:43847 book.translate.xml:43852
msgid "Korean"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43833
msgid "<package>korean/ibus-hangul</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43838
msgid "<package>korean/imhangul</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43843
msgid "<package>korean/nabi</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43848
msgid "<package>korean/scim-hangul</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43853
msgid "<package>korean/scim-tables</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43857 book.translate.xml:43862
msgid "Vietnamese"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43858
msgid "<package>vietnamese/xvnkb</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43863
msgid "<package>vietnamese/x-unikey</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:43907
msgid "Finding <acronym>i18n</acronym> Applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43909
msgid "<acronym>i18n</acronym> applications are programmed using <acronym>i18n</acronym> kits under libraries. These allow developers to write a simple file and translate displayed menus and texts to each language."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43914
msgid "The <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index.html\">FreeBSD Ports Collection</link> contains many applications with built-in support for wide or multibyte characters for several languages. Such applications include <literal>i18n</literal> in their names for easy identification. However, they do not always support the language needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43921
msgid "Some applications can be compiled with the specific charset. This is usually done in the port's <filename>Makefile</filename> or by passing a value to <application>configure</application>. Refer to the <acronym>i18n</acronym> documentation in the respective FreeBSD port's source for more information on how to determine the needed <application>configure</application> value or the port's <filename>Makefile</filename> to determine which compile options to use when building the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:43933
msgid "Locale Configuration for Specific Languages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43935
msgid "This section provides configuration examples for localizing a FreeBSD system for the Russian language. It then provides some additional resources for localizing other languages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:43941
msgid "Russian Language (KOI8-R Encoding)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:43944
msgid "<personname><firstname>Andrey</firstname><surname>Chernov</surname></personname><contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43949
msgid "<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>Russian</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43954
msgid "This section shows the specific settings needed to localize a FreeBSD system for the Russian language. Refer to <link linkend=\"using-localization\">Using Localization</link> for a more complete description of each type of setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43960
msgid "To set this locale for the login shell, add the following lines to each user's <filename>~/.login_conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43964
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"me:My Account:\\\n"
"\t:charset=KOI8-R:\\\n"
"\t:lang=ru_RU.KOI8-R:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43968
msgid "To configure the console, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43971
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"keymap=\"ru.koi8-r\"\n"
"scrnmap=\"koi8-r2cp866\"\n"
"font8x16=\"cp866b-8x16\"\n"
"font8x14=\"cp866-8x14\"\n"
"font8x8=\"cp866-8x8\"\n"
"mousechar_start=3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43978
msgid "For each <literal>ttyv</literal> entry in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>, use <literal>cons25r</literal> as the terminal type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43982
msgid "<primary>printers</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43983
msgid "To configure printing, a special output filter is needed to convert from KOI8-R to CP866 since most printers with Russian characters come with hardware code page CP866. FreeBSD includes a default filter for this purpose, <filename>/usr/libexec/lpr/ru/koi2alt</filename>. To use this filter, add this entry to <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43991
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp|Russian local line printer:\\\n"
"\t:sh:of=/usr/libexec/lpr/ru/koi2alt:\\\n"
"\t:lp=/dev/lpt0:sd=/var/spool/output/lpd:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43995
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>printcap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a more detailed explanation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43998
msgid "To configure support for Russian filenames in mounted <trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> file systems, include <option>-L</option> and the locale name when adding an entry to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44003
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/ad0s2      /dos/c  msdos   rw,-Lru_RU.KOI8-R 0 0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44005
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_msdosfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44007
msgid "To configure Russian fonts for <application>Xorg</application>, install the <package>x11-fonts/xorg-fonts-cyrillic</package> package. Then, check the <literal>\"Files\"</literal> section in <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>. The following line must be added <emphasis>before</emphasis> any other <literal>FontPath</literal> entries:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44015
#, no-wrap
msgid "FontPath   \"/usr/local/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44017
msgid "Additional Cyrillic fonts are available in the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44020
msgid "To activate a Russian keyboard, add the following to the <literal>\"Keyboard\"</literal> section of <filename>/etc/xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44024
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Option \"XkbLayout\"   \"us,ru\"\n"
"Option \"XkbOptions\"  \"grp:toggle\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44027
msgid "Make sure that <literal>XkbDisable</literal> is commented out in that file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44030
msgid "For <literal>grp:toggle</literal> use <keycap>Right Alt</keycap>, for <literal>grp:ctrl_shift_toggle</literal> use <keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap></keycombo>. For <literal>grp:caps_toggle</literal> use <keycap>CapsLock</keycap>. The old <keycap>CapsLock</keycap> function is still available in LAT mode only using <keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>CapsLock</keycap></keycombo>. <literal>grp:caps_toggle</literal> does not work in <application>Xorg</application> for some unknown reason."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44041
msgid "If the keyboard has <quote><trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark></quote> keys, and some non-alphabetical keys are mapped incorrectly, add the following line to <filename>/etc/xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44045
#, no-wrap
msgid "Option \"XkbVariant\" \",winkeys\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44048
msgid "The Russian XKB keyboard may not work with non-localized applications. Minimally localized applications should call a <function>XtSetLanguageProc (NULL, NULL, NULL);</function> function early in the program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44055
msgid "See <uri xlink:href=\"http://koi8.pp.ru/xwin.html\">http://koi8.pp.ru/xwin.html</uri> for more instructions on localizing <application>Xorg</application> applications. For more general information about KOI8-R encoding, refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://koi8.pp.ru/\">http://koi8.pp.ru/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:44062
msgid "Additional Language-Specific Resources"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44064
msgid "This section lists some additional resources for configuring other locales."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44067
msgid "<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>Traditional Chinese</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44071
msgid "<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>German</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44075
msgid "<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>Greek</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44079
msgid "<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>Japanese</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44083
msgid "<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>Korean</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44090
msgid "Traditional Chinese for Taiwan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44093
msgid "The FreeBSD-Taiwan Project has a Chinese HOWTO for FreeBSD at <uri xlink:href=\"http://netlab.cse.yzu.edu.tw/~statue/freebsd/zh-tut/\">http://netlab.cse.yzu.edu.tw/~statue/freebsd/zh-tut/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44099
msgid "Greek Language Localization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44102
msgid "A complete article on Greek support in FreeBSD is available <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/el_GR.ISO8859-7/articles/greek-language-support/index.html\">here</link>, in Greek only, as part of the official FreeBSD Greek documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44110
msgid "Japanese and Korean Language Localization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44113
msgid "For Japanese, refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/</uri>, and for Korean, refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.kr.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.kr.FreeBSD.org/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44119
msgid "Non-English FreeBSD Documentation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44122
msgid "Some FreeBSD contributors have translated parts of the FreeBSD documentation to other languages. They are available through links on the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/index.html\">FreeBSD web site</link> or in <filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:44143
msgid "Updating and Upgrading FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:44146
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Jim</firstname> <surname>Mock</surname> </personname> <contrib>Restructured, reorganized, and parts updated by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:44158
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Jordan</firstname> <surname>Hubbard</surname> </personname> <contrib>Original work by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:44166
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Poul-Henning</firstname> <surname>Kamp</surname> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:44173
msgid "<personname> <firstname>John</firstname> <surname>Polstra</surname> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:44180
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Nik</firstname> <surname>Clayton</surname> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44192
msgid "FreeBSD is under constant development between releases. Some people prefer to use the officially released versions, while others prefer to keep in sync with the latest developments. However, even official releases are often updated with security and other critical fixes. Regardless of the version used, FreeBSD provides all the necessary tools to keep the system updated, and allows for easy upgrades between versions. This chapter describes how to track the development system and the basic tools for keeping a FreeBSD system up-to-date."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44206
msgid "How to keep a FreeBSD system up-to-date with <application>freebsd-update</application> or <application>Subversion</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44212
msgid "How to compare the state of an installed system against a known pristine copy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44217
msgid "How to keep the installed documentation up-to-date with <application>Subversion</application> or documentation ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44223
msgid "The difference between the two development branches: FreeBSD-STABLE and FreeBSD-CURRENT."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44228
msgid "How to rebuild and reinstall the entire base system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44237
msgid "Properly set up the network connection (<xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44242 book.translate.xml:50683 book.translate.xml:61990
msgid "Know how to install additional third-party software (<xref linkend=\"ports\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44248
msgid "Throughout this chapter, <command>svn</command> is used to obtain and update FreeBSD sources. To use it, first install the <package>devel/subversion</package> port or package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:44257
msgid "FreeBSD Update"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:44270
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Colin</firstname> <surname>Percival</surname> </personname> <contrib>Based on notes provided by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44280 book.translate.xml:44787 book.translate.xml:44923
msgid "<primary>Updating and Upgrading</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44283
msgid "<primary>freebsd-update</primary> <see>updating-upgrading</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44288
msgid "Applying security patches in a timely manner and upgrading to a newer release of an operating system are important aspects of ongoing system administration. FreeBSD includes a utility called <command>freebsd-update</command> which can be used to perform both these tasks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44294
msgid "This utility supports binary security and errata updates to FreeBSD, without the need to manually compile and install the patch or a new kernel. Binary updates are available for all architectures and releases currently supported by the security team. The list of supported releases and their estimated end-of-life dates are listed at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/security/\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/security/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44301
msgid "This utility also supports operating system upgrades to minor point releases as well as upgrades to another release branch. Before upgrading to a new release, review its release announcement as it contains important information pertinent to the release. Release announcements are available from <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44308
msgid "If a <command>crontab</command> utilizing the features of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>freebsd-update</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> exists, it must be disabled before upgrading the operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44313
msgid "This section describes the configuration file used by <command>freebsd-update</command>, demonstrates how to apply a security patch and how to upgrade to a minor or major operating system release, and discusses some of the considerations when upgrading the operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44322
msgid "The default configuration file for <command>freebsd-update</command> works as-is. Some users may wish to tweak the default configuration in <filename>/etc/freebsd-update.conf</filename>, allowing better control of the process. The comments in this file explain the available options, but the following may require a bit more explanation:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44330
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Components of the base system which should be kept updated.\n"
"Components world kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44333
msgid "This parameter controls which parts of FreeBSD will be kept up-to-date. The default is to update the entire base system and the kernel. Individual components can instead be specified, such as <literal>src/base</literal> or <literal>src/sys</literal>. However, the best option is to leave this at the default as changing it to include specific items requires every needed item to be listed. Over time, this could have disastrous consequences as source code and binaries may become out of sync."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44343
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Paths which start with anything matching an entry in an IgnorePaths\n"
"# statement will be ignored.\n"
"IgnorePaths /boot/kernel/linker.hints"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44347
msgid "To leave specified directories, such as <filename>/bin</filename> or <filename>/sbin</filename>, untouched during the update process, add their paths to this statement. This option may be used to prevent <command>freebsd-update</command> from overwriting local modifications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44354
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Paths which start with anything matching an entry in an UpdateIfUnmodified\n"
"# statement will only be updated if the contents of the file have not been\n"
"# modified by the user (unless changes are merged; see below).\n"
"UpdateIfUnmodified /etc/ /var/ /root/ /.cshrc /.profile"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44359
msgid "This option will only update unmodified configuration files in the specified directories. Any changes made by the user will prevent the automatic updating of these files. There is another option, <literal>KeepModifiedMetadata</literal>, which will instruct <command>freebsd-update</command> to save the changes during the merge."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44367
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# When upgrading to a new FreeBSD release, files which match MergeChanges\n"
"# will have any local changes merged into the version from the new release.\n"
"MergeChanges /etc/ /var/named/etc/ /boot/device.hints"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44371
msgid "List of directories with configuration files that <command>freebsd-update</command> should attempt to merge. The file merge process is a series of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>diff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> patches similar to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, but with fewer options. Merges are either accepted, open an editor, or cause <command>freebsd-update</command> to abort. When in doubt, backup <filename>/etc</filename> and just accept the merges. See <xref linkend=\"mergemaster\"/> for more information about <command>mergemaster</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44381
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Directory in which to store downloaded updates and temporary\n"
"# files used by FreeBSD Update.\n"
"# WorkDir /var/db/freebsd-update"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44385
msgid "This directory is where all patches and temporary files are placed. In cases where the user is doing a version upgrade, this location should have at least a gigabyte of disk space available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44390
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# When upgrading between releases, should the list of Components be\n"
"# read strictly (StrictComponents yes) or merely as a list of components\n"
"# which *might* be installed of which FreeBSD Update should figure out\n"
"# which actually are installed and upgrade those (StrictComponents no)?\n"
"# StrictComponents no"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44396
msgid "When this option is set to <literal>yes</literal>, <command>freebsd-update</command> will assume that the <literal>Components</literal> list is complete and will not attempt to make changes outside of the list. Effectively, <command>freebsd-update</command> will attempt to update every file which belongs to the <literal>Components</literal> list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:44406
msgid "Applying Security Patches"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44408
msgid "The process of applying FreeBSD security patches has been simplified, allowing an administrator to keep a system fully patched using <command>freebsd-update</command>. More information about FreeBSD security advisories can be found in <xref linkend=\"security-advisories\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44414
msgid "FreeBSD security patches may be downloaded and installed using the following commands. The first command will determine if any outstanding patches are available, and if so, will list the files that will be modifed if the patches are applied. The second command will apply the patches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44420
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update fetch</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44423
msgid "If the update applies any kernel patches, the system will need a reboot in order to boot into the patched kernel. If the patch was applied to any running binaries, the affected applications should be restarted so that the patched version of the binary is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44429
msgid "The system can be configured to automatically check for updates once every day by adding this entry to <filename>/etc/crontab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44433
#, no-wrap
msgid "@daily                                  root    freebsd-update cron"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44435
msgid "If patches exist, they will automatically be downloaded but will not be applied. The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user will be sent an email so that the patches may be reviewed and manually installed with <command>freebsd-update install</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44441
msgid "If anything goes wrong, <command>freebsd-update</command> has the ability to roll back the last set of changes with the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44445
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update rollback</userinput>\n"
"Uninstalling updates... done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44448
msgid "Again, the system should be restarted if the kernel or any kernel modules were modified and any affected binaries should be restarted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44452
msgid "Only the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel can be automatically updated by <command>freebsd-update</command>. If a custom kernel is installed, it will have to be rebuilt and reinstalled after <command>freebsd-update</command> finishes installing the updates. However, <command>freebsd-update</command> will detect and update the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel if <filename>/boot/GENERIC</filename> exists, even if it is not the current running kernel of the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44463
msgid "Always keep a copy of the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel in <filename>/boot/GENERIC</filename>. It will be helpful in diagnosing a variety of problems and in performing version upgrades. Refer to <xref linkend=\"freebsd-update-custom-kernel-9x\"/> for instructions on how to get a copy of the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44471
msgid "Unless the default configuration in <filename>/etc/freebsd-update.conf</filename> has been changed, <command>freebsd-update</command> will install the updated kernel sources along with the rest of the updates. Rebuilding and reinstalling a new custom kernel can then be performed in the usual way."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44478
msgid "The updates distributed by <command>freebsd-update</command> do not always involve the kernel. It is not necessary to rebuild a custom kernel if the kernel sources have not been modified by <command>freebsd-update install</command>. However, <command>freebsd-update</command> will always update <filename>/usr/src/sys/conf/newvers.sh</filename>. The current patch level, as indicated by the <literal>-p</literal> number reported by <command>uname -r</command>, is obtained from this file. Rebuilding a custom kernel, even if nothing else changed, allows <command>uname</command> to accurately report the current patch level of the system. This is particularly helpful when maintaining multiple systems, as it allows for a quick assessment of the updates installed in each one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:44496
msgid "Performing Major and Minor Version Upgrades"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44498
msgid "Upgrades from one minor version of FreeBSD to another, like from FreeBSD 9.0 to FreeBSD 9.1, are called <firstterm>minor version</firstterm> upgrades. <firstterm>Major version</firstterm> upgrades occur when FreeBSD is upgraded from one major version to another, like from FreeBSD 9.X to FreeBSD 10.X. Both types of upgrades can be performed by providing <command>freebsd-update</command> with a release version target."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44508
msgid "If the system is running a custom kernel, make sure that a copy of the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel exists in <filename>/boot/GENERIC</filename> before starting the upgrade. Refer to <xref linkend=\"freebsd-update-custom-kernel-9x\"/> for instructions on how to get a copy of the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44516
msgid "The following command, when run on a FreeBSD 9.0 system, will upgrade it to FreeBSD 9.1:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44519
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update -r 9.1-RELEASE upgrade</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44521
msgid "After the command has been received, <command>freebsd-update</command> will evaluate the configuration file and current system in an attempt to gather the information necessary to perform the upgrade. A screen listing will display which components have and have not been detected. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44528
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Looking up update.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 1 mirrors found.\n"
"Fetching metadata signature for 9.0-RELEASE from update1.FreeBSD.org... done.\n"
"Fetching metadata index... done.\n"
"Inspecting system... done.\n"
"\n"
"The following components of FreeBSD seem to be installed:\n"
"kernel/smp src/base src/bin src/contrib src/crypto src/etc src/games\n"
"src/gnu src/include src/krb5 src/lib src/libexec src/release src/rescue\n"
"src/sbin src/secure src/share src/sys src/tools src/ubin src/usbin\n"
"world/base world/info world/lib32 world/manpages\n"
"\n"
"The following components of FreeBSD do not seem to be installed:\n"
"kernel/generic world/catpages world/dict world/doc world/games\n"
"world/proflibs\n"
"\n"
"Does this look reasonable (y/n)? <userinput>y</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44545
msgid "At this point, <command>freebsd-update</command> will attempt to download all files required for the upgrade. In some cases, the user may be prompted with questions regarding what to install or how to proceed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44550
msgid "When using a custom kernel, the above step will produce a warning similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44553
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"WARNING: This system is running a \"<replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable>\" kernel, which is not a\n"
"kernel configuration distributed as part of FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE.\n"
"This kernel will not be updated: you MUST update the kernel manually\n"
"before running \"/usr/sbin/freebsd-update install\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44558
msgid "This warning may be safely ignored at this point. The updated <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel will be used as an intermediate step in the upgrade process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44562
msgid "Once all the patches have been downloaded to the local system, they will be applied. This process may take a while, depending on the speed and workload of the machine. Configuration files will then be merged. The merging process requires some user intervention as a file may be merged or an editor may appear on screen for a manual merge. The results of every successful merge will be shown to the user as the process continues. A failed or ignored merge will cause the process to abort. Users may wish to make a backup of <filename>/etc</filename> and manually merge important files, such as <filename>master.passwd</filename> or <filename>group</filename> at a later time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44576
msgid "The system is not being altered yet as all patching and merging is happening in another directory. Once all patches have been applied successfully, all configuration files have been merged and it seems the process will go smoothly, the changes can be committed to disk by the user using the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44583 book.translate.xml:44620 book.translate.xml:44714
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44586
msgid "The kernel and kernel modules will be patched first. If the system is running with a custom kernel, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nextboot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to set the kernel for the next boot to the updated <filename>/boot/GENERIC</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44591
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nextboot -k GENERIC</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:44594
msgid "Before rebooting with the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel, make sure it contains all the drivers required for the system to boot properly and connect to the network, if the machine being updated is accessed remotely. In particular, if the running custom kernel contains built-in functionality usually provided by kernel modules, make sure to temporarily load these modules into the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel using the <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> facility. It is recommended to disable non-essential services as well as any disk and network mounts until the upgrade process is complete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44608
msgid "The machine should now be restarted with the updated kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44611
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44613
msgid "Once the system has come back online, restart <command>freebsd-update</command> using the following command. Since the state of the process has been saved, <command>freebsd-update</command> will not start from the beginning, but will instead move on to the next phase and remove all old shared libraries and object files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44623
msgid "Depending upon whether any library version numbers were bumped, there may only be two install phases instead of three."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44628
msgid "The upgrade is now complete. If this was a major version upgrade, reinstall all ports and packages as described in <xref linkend=\"freebsdupdate-portsrebuild\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:44633
msgid "Custom Kernels with FreeBSD 9.X and Later"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44635
msgid "Before using <command>freebsd-update</command>, ensure that a copy of the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel exists in <filename>/boot/GENERIC</filename>. If a custom kernel has only been built once, the kernel in <filename>/boot/kernel.old</filename> is the <literal>GENERIC</literal> kernel. Simply rename this directory to <filename>/boot/kernel</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44643
msgid "If a custom kernel has been built more than once or if it is unknown how many times the custom kernel has been built, obtain a copy of the <literal>GENERIC</literal> kernel that matches the current version of the operating system. If physical access to the system is available, a copy of the <literal>GENERIC</literal> kernel can be installed from the installation media:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44651
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /cdrom</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /cdrom/usr/freebsd-dist</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar -C/ -xvf kernel.txz boot/kernel/kernel</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44655
msgid "Alternately, the <literal>GENERIC</literal> kernel may be rebuilt and installed from source:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44658
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make kernel __MAKE_CONF=/dev/null SRCCONF=/dev/null</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44661
msgid "For this kernel to be identified as the <literal>GENERIC</literal> kernel by <command>freebsd-update</command>, the <filename>GENERIC</filename> configuration file must not have been modified in any way. It is also suggested that the kernel is built without any other special options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44669
msgid "Rebooting into the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel is not required as <command>freebsd-update</command> only needs <filename>/boot/GENERIC</filename> to exist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:44675
msgid "Upgrading Packages After a Major Version Upgrade"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44678
msgid "Generally, installed applications will continue to work without problems after minor version upgrades. Major versions use different Application Binary Interfaces (<acronym>ABI</acronym>s), which will break most third-party applications. After a major version upgrade, all installed packages and ports need to be upgraded. Packages can be upgraded using <command>pkg upgrade</command>. To upgrade installed ports, use a utility such as <package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44689
msgid "A forced upgrade of all installed packages will replace the packages with fresh versions from the repository even if the version number has not increased. This is required because of the ABI version change when upgrading between major versions of FreeBSD. The forced upgrade can be accomplished by performing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44696
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg-static upgrade -f</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44698
msgid "A rebuild of all installed applications can be accomplished with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44703
msgid "This command will display the configuration screens for each application that has configurable options and wait for the user to interact with those screens. To prevent this behavior, and use only the default options, include <option>-G</option> in the above command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44709
msgid "Once the software upgrades are complete, finish the upgrade process with a final call to <command>freebsd-update</command> in order to tie up all the loose ends in the upgrade process:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44716
msgid "If the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel was temporarily used, this is the time to build and install a new custom kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44720
msgid "Reboot the machine into the new FreeBSD version. The upgrade process is now complete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:44726
msgid "System State Comparison"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44728
msgid "The state of the installed FreeBSD version against a known good copy can be tested using <command>freebsd-update IDS</command>. This command evaluates the current version of system utilities, libraries, and configuration files and can be used as a built-in Intrusion Detection System (<acronym>IDS</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:44736
msgid "This command is not a replacement for a real <acronym>IDS</acronym> such as <package>security/snort</package>. As <command>freebsd-update</command> stores data on disk, the possibility of tampering is evident. While this possibility may be reduced using <varname>kern.securelevel</varname> and by storing the <command>freebsd-update</command> data on a read-only file system when not in use, a better solution would be to compare the system against a secure disk, such as a <acronym>DVD</acronym> or securely stored external <acronym>USB</acronym> disk device. An alternative method for providing <acronym>IDS</acronym> functionality using a built-in utility is described in <xref linkend=\"security-ids\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44751
msgid "To begin the comparison, specify the output file to save the results to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44754
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update IDS &gt;&gt; outfile.ids</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44756
msgid "The system will now be inspected and a lengthy listing of files, along with the <acronym>SHA256</acronym> hash values for both the known value in the release and the current installation, will be sent to the specified output file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44762
msgid "The entries in the listing are extremely long, but the output format may be easily parsed. For instance, to obtain a list of all files which differ from those in the release, issue the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44767
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat outfile.ids | awk '{ print $1 }' | more</userinput>\n"
"/etc/master.passwd\n"
"/etc/motd\n"
"/etc/passwd\n"
"/etc/pf.conf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44773
msgid "This sample output has been truncated as many more files exist. Some files have natural modifications. For example, <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> will be modified if users have been added to the system. Kernel modules may differ as <command>freebsd-update</command> may have updated them. To exclude specific files or directories, add them to the <literal>IDSIgnorePaths</literal> option in <filename>/etc/freebsd-update.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:44785
msgid "Updating the Documentation Set"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44789
msgid "<primary>Documentation</primary> <see>Updating and Upgrading</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44794
msgid "Documentation is an integral part of the FreeBSD operating system. While an up-to-date version of the FreeBSD documentation is always available on the FreeBSD web site (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/\">http://www.freebsd.org/doc/</link>), it can be handy to have an up-to-date, local copy of the FreeBSD website, handbooks, <acronym>FAQ</acronym>, and articles."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44800
msgid "This section describes how to use either source or the FreeBSD Ports Collection to keep a local copy of the FreeBSD documentation up-to-date."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44804
msgid "For information on editing and submitting corrections to the documentation, refer to the FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer for New Contributors (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer\">http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:44809
msgid "Updating Documentation from Source"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44811
msgid "Rebuilding the FreeBSD documentation from source requires a collection of tools which are not part of the FreeBSD base system. The required tools, including <application>svn</application>, can be installed from the <package>textproc/docproj</package> package or port developed by the FreeBSD Documentation Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44818
msgid "Once installed, use <application>svn</application> to fetch a clean copy of the documentation source:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44821
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head /usr/doc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44823
msgid "The initial download of the documentation sources may take a while. Let it run until it completes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44826
msgid "Future updates of the documentation sources may be fetched by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44829
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn update /usr/doc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44831
msgid "Once an up-to-date snapshot of the documentation sources has been fetched to <filename>/usr/doc</filename>, everything is ready for an update of the installed documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44835
msgid "A full update of all available languages may be performed by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44838
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/doc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44841
msgid "If an update of only a specific language is desired, <command>make</command> can be invoked in a language-specific subdirectory of <filename>/usr/doc</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44846
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44849
msgid "An alternative way of updating the documentation is to run this command from <filename>/usr/doc</filename> or the desired language-specific subdirectory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44853
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make update</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44855
msgid "The output formats that will be installed may be specified by setting <varname>FORMATS</varname>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44858
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/doc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS='html html-split' install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44861
msgid "Several options are available to ease the process of updating only parts of the documentation, or the build of specific translations. These options can be set either as system-wide options in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>, or as command-line options passed to <command>make</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44868
msgid "The options include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44872
msgid "<varname>DOC_LANG</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44875
msgid "The list of languages and encodings to build and install, such as <literal>en_US.ISO8859-1</literal> for English documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44882
msgid "<varname>FORMATS</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44885
msgid "A single format or a list of output formats to be built. Currently, <literal>html</literal>, <literal>html-split</literal>, <literal>txt</literal>, <literal>ps</literal>, and <literal>pdf</literal> are supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44894
msgid "<varname>DOCDIR</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44897
msgid "Where to install the documentation. It defaults to <filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44903
msgid "For more <command>make</command> variables supported as system-wide options in FreeBSD, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:44910
msgid "Updating Documentation from Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:44913
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </personname> <contrib>Based on the work of </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44927
msgid "<primary>documentation package</primary> <see>Updating and Upgrading</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44932
msgid "The previous section presented a method for updating the FreeBSD documentation from sources. This section describes an alternative method which uses the Ports Collection and makes it possible to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44939
msgid "Install pre-built packages of the documentation, without having to locally build anything or install the documentation toolchain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44945
msgid "Build the documentation sources through the ports framework, making the checkout and build steps a bit easier."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44951
msgid "This method of updating the FreeBSD documentation is supported by a set of documentation ports and packages which are updated by the Documentation Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> on a monthly basis. These are listed in the FreeBSD Ports Collection, under the docs category (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.freshports.org/docs/\">http://www.freshports.org/docs/</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44957
msgid "Organization of the documentation ports is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44962
msgid "The <package>misc/freebsd-doc-en</package> package or port installs all of the English documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44967
msgid "The <package>misc/freebsd-doc-all</package> meta-package or port installs all documentation in all available languages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44973
msgid "There is a package and port for each translation, such as <package>misc/freebsd-doc-hu</package> for the Hungarian documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44979
msgid "When binary packages are used, the FreeBSD documentation will be installed in all available formats for the given language. For example, the following command will install the latest package of the Hungarian documentation:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44984
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install hu-freebsd-doc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44987
msgid "Packages use a format that differs from the corresponding port's name: <literal><replaceable>lang</replaceable>-freebsd-doc</literal>, where <replaceable>lang</replaceable> is the short format of the language code, such as <literal>hu</literal> for Hungarian, or <literal>zh_cn</literal> for Simplified Chinese."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44996
msgid "To specify the format of the documentation, build the port instead of installing the package. For example, to build and install the English documentation:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45000
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/misc/freebsd-doc-en</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45003
msgid "The port provides a configuration menu where the format to build and install can be specified. By default, split <acronym>HTML</acronym>, similar to the format used on <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org\">http://www.FreeBSD.org</uri>, and <acronym>PDF</acronym> are selected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45008
msgid "Alternately, several <command>make</command> options can be specified when building a documentation port, including:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:45014
msgid "<varname>WITH_HTML</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45017
msgid "Builds the HTML format with a single HTML file per document. The formatted documentation is saved to a file called <filename>article.html</filename>, or <filename>book.html</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:45025
msgid "<varname>WITH_PDF</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45028
msgid "The formatted documentation is saved to a file called <filename>article.pdf</filename> or <filename>book.pdf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:45035
msgid "<varname>DOCBASE</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45038
msgid "Specifies where to install the documentation. It defaults to <filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45045
msgid "This example uses variables to install the Hungarian documentation as a <acronym>PDF</acronym> in the specified directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45049
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> cd /usr/ports/misc/freebsd-doc-hu\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> make -DWITH_PDF DOCBASE=share/doc/freebsd/hu install clean"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45052
msgid "Documentation packages or ports can be updated using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>. For example, the following command updates the installed Hungarian documentation using <package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package> by using packages only:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45058
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -PP hu-freebsd-doc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:45063
msgid "Tracking a Development Branch"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45065
msgid "<primary>-CURRENT</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45066
msgid "<primary>-STABLE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45068
msgid "FreeBSD has two development branches: FreeBSD-CURRENT and FreeBSD-STABLE."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45071
msgid "This section provides an explanation of each branch and its intended audience, as well as how to keep a system up-to-date with each respective branch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:45076
msgid "Using FreeBSD-CURRENT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45078
msgid "FreeBSD-CURRENT is the <quote>bleeding edge</quote> of FreeBSD development and FreeBSD-CURRENT users are expected to have a high degree of technical skill. Less technical users who wish to track a development branch should track FreeBSD-STABLE instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45084
msgid "FreeBSD-CURRENT is the very latest source code for FreeBSD and includes works in progress, experimental changes, and transitional mechanisms that might or might not be present in the next official release. While many FreeBSD developers compile the FreeBSD-CURRENT source code daily, there are short periods of time when the source may not be buildable. These problems are resolved as quickly as possible, but whether or not FreeBSD-CURRENT brings disaster or new functionality can be a matter of when the source code was synced."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45094
msgid "FreeBSD-CURRENT is made available for three primary interest groups:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45099
msgid "Members of the FreeBSD community who are actively working on some part of the source tree."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45104
msgid "Members of the FreeBSD community who are active testers. They are willing to spend time solving problems, making topical suggestions on changes and the general direction of FreeBSD, and submitting patches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45111
msgid "Users who wish to keep an eye on things, use the current source for reference purposes, or make the occasional comment or code contribution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45117
msgid "FreeBSD-CURRENT should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be considered a fast-track to getting new features before the next release as pre-release features are not yet fully tested and most likely contain bugs. It is not a quick way of getting bug fixes as any given commit is just as likely to introduce new bugs as to fix existing ones. FreeBSD-CURRENT is not in any way <quote>officially supported</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45125
msgid "<primary>-CURRENT</primary> <secondary>using</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45130
msgid "To track FreeBSD-CURRENT:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45134
msgid "Join the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current\">freebsd-current</link> and the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-head\">svn-src-head</link> lists. This is <emphasis>essential</emphasis> in order to see the comments that people are making about the current state of the system and to receive important bulletins about the current state of FreeBSD-CURRENT."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45141
msgid "The <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-head\">svn-src-head</link> list records the commit log entry for each change as it is made, along with any pertinent information on possible side effects."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45145
msgid "To join these lists, go to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo\">http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo</link>, click on the list to subscribe to, and follow the instructions. In order to track changes to the whole source tree, not just the changes to FreeBSD-CURRENT, subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-all\">svn-src-all</link> list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45153
msgid "Synchronize with the FreeBSD-CURRENT sources. Typically, <link linkend=\"svn\">svn</link> is used to check out the -CURRENT code from the <literal>head</literal> branch of one of the Subversion mirror sites listed in <xref linkend=\"svn-mirrors\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45161
msgid "Due to the size of the repository, some users choose to only synchronize the sections of source that interest them or which they are contributing patches to. However, users that plan to compile the operating system from source must download <emphasis>all</emphasis> of FreeBSD-CURRENT, not just selected portions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45169
msgid "<primary>-CURRENT</primary> <secondary>compiling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45168
msgid "Before compiling FreeBSD-CURRENT <_:indexterm-1/>, read <filename>/usr/src/Makefile</filename> very carefully and follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"makeworld\"/>. Read the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current\">FreeBSD-CURRENT mailing list</link> and <filename>/usr/src/UPDATING</filename> to stay up-to-date on other bootstrapping procedures that sometimes become necessary on the road to the next release."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45183
msgid "Be active! FreeBSD-CURRENT users are encouraged to submit their suggestions for enhancements or bug fixes. Suggestions with accompanying code are always welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:45192
msgid "Using FreeBSD-STABLE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45194
msgid "FreeBSD-STABLE is the development branch from which major releases are made. Changes go into this branch at a slower pace and with the general assumption that they have first been tested in FreeBSD-CURRENT. This is <emphasis>still</emphasis> a development branch and, at any given time, the sources for FreeBSD-STABLE may or may not be suitable for general use. It is simply another engineering development track, not a resource for end-users. Users who do not have the resources to perform testing should instead run the most recent release of FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45205
msgid "Those interested in tracking or contributing to the FreeBSD development process, especially as it relates to the next release of FreeBSD, should consider following FreeBSD-STABLE."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45209
msgid "While the FreeBSD-STABLE branch should compile and run at all times, this cannot be guaranteed. Since more people run FreeBSD-STABLE than FreeBSD-CURRENT, it is inevitable that bugs and corner cases will sometimes be found in FreeBSD-STABLE that were not apparent in FreeBSD-CURRENT. For this reason, one should not blindly track FreeBSD-STABLE. It is particularly important <emphasis>not</emphasis> to update any production servers to FreeBSD-STABLE without thoroughly testing the code in a development or testing environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45219
msgid "To track FreeBSD-STABLE:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45221
msgid "<primary>-STABLE</primary> <secondary>using</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45227
msgid "Join the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-stable\">freebsd-stable</link> list in order to stay informed of build dependencies that may appear in FreeBSD-STABLE or any other issues requiring special attention. Developers will also make announcements in this mailing list when they are contemplating some controversial fix or update, giving the users a chance to respond if they have any issues to raise concerning the proposed change."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45236
msgid "Join the relevant <application>svn</application> list for the branch being tracked. For example, users tracking the 9-STABLE branch should join the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-9\">svn-src-stable-9</link> list. This list records the commit log entry for each change as it is made, along with any pertinent information on possible side effects."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45244
msgid "To join these lists, go to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo\">http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo</link>, click on the list to subscribe to, and follow the instructions. In order to track changes for the whole source tree, subscribe to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-all\">svn-src-all</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45251
msgid "To install a new FreeBSD-STABLE system, install the most recent FreeBSD-STABLE release from the <link linkend=\"mirrors\">FreeBSD mirror sites</link> or use a monthly snapshot built from FreeBSD-STABLE. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/snapshots/\">www.freebsd.org/snapshots</link> for more information about snapshots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45256
msgid "To compile or upgrade to an existing FreeBSD system to FreeBSD-STABLE, use <link linkend=\"svn\">svn</link> <_:indexterm-1/> to check out the source for the desired branch. Branch names, such as <literal>stable/9</literal>, are listed at <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releng/\">www.freebsd.org/releng</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45267
msgid "<primary>-STABLE</primary> <secondary>compiling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45266
msgid "Before compiling or upgrading to FreeBSD-STABLE <_:indexterm-1/>, read <filename>/usr/src/Makefile</filename> carefully and follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"makeworld\"/>. Read <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-stable\">FreeBSD-STABLE mailing list</link> and <filename>/usr/src/UPDATING</filename> to keep up-to-date on other bootstrapping procedures that sometimes become necessary on the road to the next release."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:45281
msgid "Synchronizing Source"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45283
msgid "There are various methods for staying up-to-date with the FreeBSD sources. This section describes the primary service, <application>Subversion</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:45288
msgid "While it is possible to update only parts of the source tree, the only supported update procedure is to update the entire tree and recompile all the programs that run in user space, such as those in <filename>/bin</filename> and <filename>/sbin</filename>, and kernel sources. Updating only part of the source tree, only the kernel, or only the userland programs will often result in problems ranging from compile errors to kernel panics or data corruption."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45302
msgid "<application>Subversion</application> uses the <emphasis>pull</emphasis> model of updating sources. The user, or a <command>cron</command> script, invokes the <command>svn</command> program which updates the local version of the source. <application>Subversion</application> is the preferred method for updating local source trees as updates are up-to-the-minute and the user controls when updates are downloaded. It is easy to restrict updates to specific files or directories and the requested updates are generated on the fly by the server. How to synchronize source using <application>Subversion</application> is described in <xref linkend=\"svn\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45314
msgid "If a user inadvertently wipes out portions of the local archive, <application>Subversion</application> will detect and rebuild the damaged portions during an update."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:45320
msgid "Rebuilding World"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45322
msgid "<primary>Rebuilding <quote>world</quote></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45325
msgid "Once the local source tree is synchronized against a particular version of FreeBSD such as FreeBSD-STABLE or FreeBSD-CURRENT, the source tree can be used to rebuild the system. This process is known as rebuilding world."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45330
msgid "<emphasis>Before</emphasis> rebuilding world, be sure to perform the following tasks:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:45334
msgid "Perform These Tasks <emphasis>Before</emphasis> Building World"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45338
msgid "Backup all important data to another system or removable media, verify the integrity of the backup, and have a bootable installation media at hand. It cannot be stressed enough how important it is to make a backup of the system <emphasis>before</emphasis> rebuilding the system. While rebuilding world is an easy task, there will inevitably be times when mistakes in the source tree render the system unbootable. You will probably never have to use the backup, but it is better to be safe than sorry!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45350
msgid "<primary>mailing list</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45351
msgid "Review the recent <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-stable\">freebsd-stable</link> or <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current\">freebsd-current</link> entries, depending upon the branch being tracked. Be aware of any known problems and which systems are affected. If a known issue affects the version of synchronized code, wait for an <quote>all clear</quote> announcement to be posted stating that the problem has been solved. Resynchronize the sources to ensure that the local version of source has the needed fix."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45362
msgid "Read <filename>/usr/src/UPDATING</filename> for any extra steps necessary for that version of the source. This file contains important information about potential problems and may specify the order to run certain commands. Many upgrades require specific additional steps such as renaming or deleting specific files prior to installing the new world. These will be listed at the end of this file where the currently recommended upgrade sequence is explicitly spelled out. If <filename>UPDATING</filename> contradicts any steps in this chapter, the instructions in <filename>UPDATING</filename> take precedence and should be followed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/title
#: book.translate.xml:45378
msgid "Do Not Use <command>make world</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:45380
msgid "Some older documentation recommends using <command>make world</command>. However, that command skips some important steps and should only be used by experts. For almost all circumstances <command>make world</command> is the wrong thing to do, and the procedure described here should be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:45389
msgid "Overview of Process"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45391
msgid "The build world process assumes an upgrade from an older FreeBSD version using the source of a newer version that was obtained using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"synching\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45395
msgid "In FreeBSD, the term <quote>world</quote> includes the kernel, core system binaries, libraries, programming files, and built-in compiler. The order in which these components are built and installed is important."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45400
msgid "For example, the old compiler might have a bug and not be able to compile the new kernel. Since the new kernel should be built with the new compiler, the new compiler must be built, but not necessarily installed, before the new kernel is built."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45406
msgid "The new world might rely on new kernel features, so the new kernel must be installed before the new world is installed. The old world might not run correctly on the new kernel, so the new world must be installed immediately upon installing the new kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45412
msgid "Some configuration changes must be made before the new world is installed, but others might break the old world. Hence, two different configuration upgrade steps are used. For the most part, the update process only replaces or adds files and existing old files are not deleted. Since this can cause problems, <filename>/usr/src/UPDATING</filename> will indicate if any files need to be manually deleted and at which step to do so."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45421
msgid "These concerns have led to the recommended upgrade sequence described in the following procedure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:45425
msgid "It is a good idea to save the output from running <command>make</command> to a file. If something goes wrong, a copy of the error message can be posted to one of the FreeBSD mailing lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:45430
msgid "The easiest way to do this is to use <command>script</command> with a parameter that specifies the name of the file to save all output to. Do not save the output to <filename>/tmp</filename> as this directory may be cleared at next reboot. A better place to save the file is <filename>/var/tmp</filename>. Run this command immediately before rebuilding the world, and then type <userinput>exit</userinput> when the process has finished:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45440
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>script <replaceable>/var/tmp/mw.out</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Script started, output file is /var/tmp/mw.out"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:45445
msgid "Overview of Build World Process"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:45447
msgid "The commands used in the build world process should be run in the order specified here. This section summarizes the function of each command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45452
msgid "If the build world process has previously been run on this system, a copy of the previous build may still exist in <filename>/usr/obj</filename>. To speed up the new build world process, and possibly save some dependency headaches, remove this directory if it already exists:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45459
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags -R noschg /usr/obj/*</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm -rf /usr/obj</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45464
msgid "Compile the new compiler and a few related tools, then use the new compiler to compile the rest of the new world. The result is saved to <filename>/usr/obj</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45468
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildworld</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45473
msgid "Use the new compiler residing in <filename>/usr/obj</filename> to build the new kernel, in order to protect against compiler-kernel mismatches. This is necessary, as certain memory structures may have changed, and programs like <command>ps</command> and <command>top</command> will fail to work if the kernel and source code versions are not the same."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45481
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildkernel</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45485
msgid "Install the new kernel and kernel modules, making it possible to boot with the newly updated kernel. If <varname>kern.securelevel</varname> has been raised above <literal>1</literal> <emphasis>and</emphasis> <literal>noschg</literal> or similar flags have been set on the kernel binary, drop the system into single-user mode first. Otherwise, this command can be run from multi-user mode without problems. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details about <varname>kern.securelevel</varname> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details about the various file flags."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45497
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installkernel</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45501
msgid "Drop the system into single-user mode in order to minimize problems from updating any binaries that are already running. It also minimizes any problems from running the old world on a new kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45506
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>shutdown now</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45508
msgid "Once in single-user mode, run these commands if the system is formatted with UFS:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45511
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -u /</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -a -t ufs</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>swapon -a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45515
msgid "If the system is instead formatted with ZFS, run these two commands. This example assumes a zpool name of <literal>zroot</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45519
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set readonly=off zroot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs mount -a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45524
msgid "Optional: If a keyboard mapping other than the default US English is desired, it can be changed with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kbdmap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45528
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kbdmap</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45532
msgid "Then, for either file system, if the <acronym>CMOS</acronym> clock is set to local time (this is true if the output of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>date</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> does not show the correct time and zone), run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45537
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>adjkerntz -i</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45541
msgid "Remaking the world will not update certain directories, such as <filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/var</filename> and <filename>/usr</filename>, with new or changed configuration files. The next step is to perform some initial configuration file updates to <filename>/etc</filename> in preparation for the new world. The following command compares only those files that are essential for the success of <_:buildtarget-1/>. For instance, this step may add new groups, system accounts, or startup scripts which have been added to FreeBSD since the last update. This is necessary so that the <_:buildtarget-2/> step will be able to use any new system accounts, groups, and scripts. Refer to <xref linkend=\"mergemaster\"/> for more detailed instructions about this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45558
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mergemaster -p</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45562
msgid "Install the new world and system binaries from <filename>/usr/obj</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45565
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45570
msgid "Update any remaining configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45572
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mergemaster -iF</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45576
msgid "Delete any obsolete files. This is important as they may cause problems if left on the disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45579 book.translate.xml:45966
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make delete-old</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45583
msgid "A full reboot is now needed to load the new kernel and new world with the new configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45586
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>reboot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45590
msgid "Make sure that all installed ports have first been rebuilt before old libraries are removed using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"ports-upgrading\"/>. When finished, remove any obsolete libraries to avoid conflicts with newer ones. For a more detailed description of this step, refer to <xref linkend=\"make-delete-old\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45597 book.translate.xml:46015
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make delete-old-libs</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45603
msgid "If the system can have a window of down-time, consider compiling the system in single-user mode instead of compiling the system in multi-user mode, and then dropping into single-user mode for the installation. Reinstalling the system touches a lot of important system files, all the standard system binaries, libraries, and include files. Changing these on a running system, particularly one with active users, is asking for trouble."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45616
msgid "<primary><filename>make.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45620
msgid "This build world process uses several configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45623
msgid "The <filename>Makefile</filename> located in <filename>/usr/src</filename> describes how the programs that comprise FreeBSD should be built and the order in which they should be built."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45628
msgid "The options available to <command>make</command> are described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and some common examples are included in <filename>/usr/share/examples/etc/make.conf</filename>. Any options which are added to <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> will control the how <command>make</command> runs and builds programs. These options take effect every time <command>make</command> is used, including compiling applications from the Ports Collection, compiling custom C programs, or building the FreeBSD operating system. Changes to some settings can have far-reaching and potentially surprising effects. Read the comments in both locations and keep in mind that the defaults have been chosen for a combination of performance and safety."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45643
msgid "<primary><filename>src.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45647
msgid "How the operating system is built from source code is controlled by <filename>/etc/src.conf</filename>. Unlike <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>, the contents of <filename>/etc/src.conf</filename> only take effect when the FreeBSD operating system itself is being built. Descriptions of the many options available for this file are shown in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>src.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Be cautious about disabling seemingly unneeded kernel modules and build options. Sometimes there are unexpected or subtle interactions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:45659
msgid "Variables and Targets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45661
msgid "The general format for using <command>make</command> is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45664
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -<replaceable>x</replaceable> -D<replaceable>VARIABLE</replaceable> <replaceable>target</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45666
msgid "In this example, <option>-<replaceable>x</replaceable></option> is an option passed to <command>make</command>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for examples of the available options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45671
msgid "To pass a variable, specify the variable name with <option>-D<replaceable>VARIABLE</replaceable></option>. The behavior of the <filename>Makefile</filename> is controlled by variables. These can either be set in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> or they can be specified when using <command>make</command>. For example, this variable specifies that profiled libraries should not be built:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45680
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -DNO_PROFILE <replaceable>target</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45682
msgid "It corresponds with this setting in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:45685
#, no-wrap
msgid "NO_PROFILE=    true     #    Avoid compiling profiled libraries"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45687
msgid "The <replaceable>target</replaceable> tells <command>make</command> what to do and the <filename>Makefile</filename> defines the available targets. Some targets are used by the build process to break out the steps necessary to rebuild the system into a number of sub-steps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45694
msgid "Having separate options is useful for two reasons. First, it allows for a build that does not affect any components of a running system. Because of this, <_:buildtarget-1/> can be safely run on a machine running in multi-user mode. It is still recommended that <_:buildtarget-2/> be run in part in single-user mode, though."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45702
msgid "Secondly, it allows <acronym>NFS</acronym> mounts to be used to upgrade multiple machines on a network, as described in <xref linkend=\"small-lan\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45706
msgid "It is possible to specify <option>-j</option> which will cause <command>make</command> to spawn several simultaneous processes. Since much of the compiling process is <acronym>I/O</acronym>-bound rather than <acronym>CPU</acronym>-bound, this is useful on both single <acronym>CPU</acronym> and multi-<acronym>CPU</acronym> machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45714
msgid "On a single-<acronym>CPU</acronym> machine, run the following command to have up to 4 processes running at any one time. Empirical evidence posted to the mailing lists shows this generally gives the best performance benefit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45719
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -j4 buildworld</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45721
msgid "On a multi-<acronym>CPU</acronym> machine, try values between <literal>6</literal> and <literal>10</literal> to see how they speed things up."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45725
msgid "<primary>rebuilding <quote>world</quote></primary> <secondary>timings</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:45731
msgid "If any variables were specified to <command>make buildworld</command>, specify the same variables to <command>make installworld</command>. However, <option>-j</option> must <emphasis>never</emphasis> be used with <_:buildtarget-1/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:45737
msgid "For example, if this command was used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45739
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -DNO_PROFILE buildworld</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:45741
msgid "Install the results with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45743
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -DNO_PROFILE installworld</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:45745
msgid "Otherwise, the second command will try to install profiled libraries that were not built during the <command>make buildworld</command> phase."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:45753
msgid "Merging Configuration Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45766
msgid "<primary> <command>mergemaster</command> </primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45772
msgid "FreeBSD provides the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> Bourne script to aid in determining the differences between the configuration files in <filename>/etc</filename>, and the configuration files in <filename>/usr/src/etc</filename>. This is the recommended solution for keeping the system configuration files up to date with those located in the source tree."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45779
msgid "Before using <command>mergemaster</command>, it is recommended to first copy the existing <filename>/etc</filename> somewhere safe. Include <option>-R</option> which does a recursive copy and <option>-p</option> which preserves times and the ownerships on files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45786
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp -Rp /etc /etc.old</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45788
msgid "When run, <command>mergemaster</command> builds a temporary root environment, from <filename>/</filename> down, and populates it with various system configuration files. Those files are then compared to the ones currently installed in the system. Files that differ will be shown in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>diff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> format, with the <option>+</option> sign representing added or modified lines, and <option>-</option> representing lines that will be either removed completely or replaced with a new file. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>diff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about how file differences are shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45799
msgid "Next, <command>mergemaster</command> will display each file that differs, and present options to: delete the new file, referred to as the temporary file, install the temporary file in its unmodified state, merge the temporary file with the currently installed file, or view the results again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45806
msgid "Choosing to delete the temporary file will tell <command>mergemaster</command> to keep the current file unchanged and to delete the new version. This option is not recommended. To get help at any time, type <keycap>?</keycap> at the <command>mergemaster</command> prompt. If the user chooses to skip a file, it will be presented again after all other files have been dealt with."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45815
msgid "Choosing to install the unmodified temporary file will replace the current file with the new one. For most unmodified files, this is the best option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45819
msgid "Choosing to merge the file will present a text editor, and the contents of both files. The files can be merged by reviewing both files side by side on the screen, and choosing parts from both to create a finished product. When the files are compared side by side, <keycap>l</keycap> selects the left contents and <keycap>r</keycap> selects contents from the right. The final output will be a file consisting of both parts, which can then be installed. This option is customarily used for files where settings have been modified by the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45830
msgid "Choosing to view the results again will redisplay the file differences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45833
msgid "After <command>mergemaster</command> is done with the system files, it will prompt for other options. It may prompt to rebuild the password file and will finish up with an option to remove left-over temporary files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:45922
msgid "Deleting Obsolete Files and Libraries"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:45925
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Anton</firstname> <surname>Shterenlikht</surname> </personname> <contrib>Based on notes provided by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45935
msgid "<primary>Deleting obsolete files and directories</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45939
msgid "As a part of the FreeBSD development lifecycle, files and their contents occasionally become obsolete. This may be because functionality is implemented elsewhere, the version number of the library has changed, or it was removed from the system entirely. These obsoleted files, libraries, and directories should be removed when updating the system. This ensures that the system is not cluttered with old files which take up unnecessary space on the storage and backup media. Additionally, if the old library has a security or stability issue, the system should be updated to the newer library to keep it safe and to prevent crashes caused by the old library. Files, directories, and libraries which are considered obsolete are listed in <filename>/usr/src/ObsoleteFiles.inc</filename>. The following instructions should be used to remove obsolete files during the system upgrade process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45956
msgid "After the <command>make installworld</command> and the subsequent <command>mergemaster</command> have finished successfully, check for obsolete files and libraries:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45960
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make check-old</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45963
msgid "If any obsolete files are found, they can be deleted using the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45968
msgid "A prompt is displayed before deleting each obsolete file. To skip the prompt and let the system remove these files automatically, use <varname>BATCH_DELETE_OLD_FILES</varname>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45973
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -DBATCH_DELETE_OLD_FILES delete-old</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45975
msgid "The same goal can be achieved by piping these commands through <command>yes</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45978
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>yes|make delete-old</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/title
#: book.translate.xml:45981
msgid "Warning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:45983
msgid "Deleting obsolete files will break applications that still depend on those obsolete files. This is especially true for old libraries. In most cases, the programs, ports, or libraries that used the old library need to be recompiled before <command>make delete-old-libs</command> is executed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45991
msgid "Utilities for checking shared library dependencies include <package>sysutils/libchk</package> and <package>sysutils/bsdadminscripts</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45995
msgid "Obsolete shared libraries can conflict with newer libraries, causing messages like these:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45998
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/ld: warning: libz.so.4, needed by /usr/local/lib/libtiff.so, may conflict with libz.so.5\n"
"/usr/bin/ld: warning: librpcsvc.so.4, needed by /usr/local/lib/libXext.so, may conflict with librpcsvc.so.5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46001
msgid "To solve these problems, determine which port installed the library:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46004
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg which /usr/local/lib/libtiff.so</userinput>\n"
"  /usr/local/lib/libtiff.so was installed by package tiff-3.9.4\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg which /usr/local/lib/libXext.so</userinput>\n"
"  /usr/local/lib/libXext.so was installed by package libXext-1.1.1,1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46009
msgid "Then deinstall, rebuild, and reinstall the port. To automate this process, <package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package> can be used. After all ports are rebuilt and no longer use the old libraries, delete the old libraries using the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46017
msgid "If something goes wrong, it is easy to rebuild a particular piece of the system. For example, if <filename>/etc/magic</filename> was accidentally deleted as part of the upgrade or merge of <filename>/etc</filename>, <command>file</command> will stop working. To fix this, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46024
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/usr.bin/file</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make all install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:46029
msgid "Common Questions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46033
msgid "Do I need to re-make the world for every change?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46037
msgid "It depends upon the nature of the change. For example, if <application>svn</application> only shows the following files as being updated:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46041
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<filename>src/games/cribbage/instr.c</filename>\n"
"<filename>src/games/sail/pl_main.c</filename>\n"
"<filename>src/release/sysinstall/config.c</filename>\n"
"<filename>src/release/sysinstall/media.c</filename>\n"
"<filename>src/share/mk/bsd.port.mk</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46047
msgid "it probably is not worth rebuilding the entire world. Instead, go into the appropriate sub-directories and run <command>make all install</command>. But if something major changes, such as <filename>src/lib/libc/stdlib</filename>, consider rebuilding world."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46054
msgid "Some users rebuild world every fortnight and let changes accumulate over that fortnight. Others only re-make those things that have changed and are careful to spot all the dependencies. It all depends on how often a user wants to upgrade and whether they are tracking FreeBSD-STABLE or FreeBSD-CURRENT."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: term/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46065
msgid "<primary>signal 11</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46064
msgid "What would cause a compile to fail with lots of signal 11<_:indexterm-1/> (or other signal number) errors?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46071
msgid "This normally indicates a hardware problem. Building world is an effective way to stress test hardware, especially memory. A sure indicator of a hardware issue is when <application>make</application> is restarted and it dies at a different point in the process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46078
msgid "To resolve this error, swap out the components in the machine, starting with RAM, to determine which component is failing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46085
msgid "Can <filename>/usr/obj</filename> be removed when finished?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46089
msgid "This directory contains all the object files that were produced during the compilation phase. Normally, one of the first steps in the <command>make buildworld</command> process is to remove this directory and start afresh. Keeping <filename>/usr/obj</filename> around when finished makes little sense, and its removal frees up a approximately 2GB of disk space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46101
msgid "Can interrupted builds be resumed?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46104
msgid "This depends on how far into the process the problem occurs. In general, <command>make buildworld</command> builds new copies of essential tools and the system libraries. These tools and libraries are then installed, used to rebuild themselves, and are installed again. The rest of the system is then rebuilt with the new system tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46113
msgid "During the last stage, it is fairly safe to run these commands as they will not undo the work of the previous <command>make buildworld</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46117
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -DNO_CLEAN all</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46120
msgid "If this message appears:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46122
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"--------------------------------------------------------------\n"
"Building everything..\n"
"--------------------------------------------------------------"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46126
msgid "in the <command>make buildworld</command> output, it is probably fairly safe to do so."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46129
msgid "If that message is not displayed, it is always better to be safe than sorry and to restart the build from scratch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46136
msgid "Is it possible to speed up making the world?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46139
msgid "Several actions can speed up the build world process. For example, the entire process can be run from single-user mode. However, this will prevent users from having access to the system until the process is complete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46145
msgid "Careful file system design or the use of ZFS datasets can make a difference. Consider putting <filename>/usr/src</filename> and <filename>/usr/obj</filename> on separate file systems. If possible, place the file systems on separate disks on separate disk controllers. When mounting <filename>/usr/src</filename>, use <option>noatime</option> which prevents the file system from recording the file access time. If <filename>/usr/src</filename> is not on its own file system, consider remounting <filename>/usr</filename> with <option>noatime</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46157
msgid "The file system holding <filename>/usr/obj</filename> can be mounted or remounted with <option>async</option> so that disk writes happen asynchronously. The write completes immediately, and the data is written to the disk a few seconds later. This allows writes to be clustered together, and can provide a dramatic performance boost."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:46166
msgid "Keep in mind that this option makes the file system more fragile. With this option, there is an increased chance that, should power fail, the file system will be in an unrecoverable state when the machine restarts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:46172
msgid "If <filename>/usr/obj</filename> is the only directory on this file system, this is not a problem. If you have other, valuable data on the same file system, ensure that there are verified backups before enabling this option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46179
msgid "Turn off profiling by setting <quote>NO_PROFILE=true</quote> in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46183
msgid "Pass <option>-j<replaceable>n</replaceable></option> to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to run multiple processes in parallel. This usually helps on both single- and multi-processor machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46191
msgid "What if something goes wrong?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46194
msgid "First, make absolutely sure that the environment has no extraneous cruft from earlier builds:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46197
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags -R noschg /usr/obj/usr</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm -rf /usr/obj/usr</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make cleandir</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make cleandir</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46203
msgid "Yes, <command>make cleandir</command> really should be run twice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46206
msgid "Then, restart the whole process, starting with <command>make buildworld</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46209
msgid "If problems persist, send the error and the output of <command>uname -a</command> to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD general questions mailing list</link>. Be prepared to answer other questions about the setup!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:46221
msgid "Tracking for Multiple Machines"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46234
msgid "<primary>NFS</primary> <secondary>installing multiple machines</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46239
msgid "When multiple machines need to track the same source tree, it is a waste of disk space, network bandwidth, and <acronym>CPU</acronym> cycles to have each system download the sources and rebuild everything. The solution is to have one machine do most of the work, while the rest of the machines mount that work via <acronym>NFS</acronym>. This section outlines a method of doing so. For more information about using <acronym>NFS</acronym>, refer to <xref linkend=\"network-nfs\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46248
msgid "First, identify a set of machines which will run the same set of binaries, known as a <firstterm>build set</firstterm>. Each machine can have a custom kernel, but will run the same userland binaries. From that set, choose a machine to be the <firstterm>build machine</firstterm> that the world and kernel are built on. Ideally, this is a fast machine that has sufficient spare <acronym>CPU</acronym> to run <command>make buildworld</command> and <command>make buildkernel</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46258
msgid "Select a machine to be the <firstterm>test machine</firstterm>, which will test software updates before they are put into production. This <emphasis>must</emphasis> be a machine that can afford to be down for an extended period of time. It can be the build machine, but need not be."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46264
msgid "All the machines in this build set need to mount <filename>/usr/obj</filename> and <filename>/usr/src</filename> from the build machine via <acronym>NFS</acronym>. For multiple build sets, <filename>/usr/src</filename> should be on one build machine, and <acronym>NFS</acronym> mounted on the rest."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46270
msgid "Ensure that <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> and <filename>/etc/src.conf</filename> on all the machines in the build set agree with the build machine. That means that the build machine must build all the parts of the base system that any machine in the build set is going to install. Also, each build machine should have its kernel name set with <varname>KERNCONF</varname> in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>, and the build machine should list them all in its <varname>KERNCONF</varname>, listing its own kernel first. The build machine must have the kernel configuration files for each machine in its <filename>/usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</replaceable>/conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46282
msgid "On the build machine, build the kernel and world as described in <xref linkend=\"makeworld\"/>, but do not install anything on the build machine. Instead, install the built kernel on the test machine. On the test machine, mount <filename>/usr/src</filename> and <filename>/usr/obj</filename> via <acronym>NFS</acronym>. Then, run <command>shutdown now</command> to go to single-user mode in order to install the new kernel and world and run <command>mergemaster</command> as usual. When done, reboot to return to normal multi-user operations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46293
msgid "After verifying that everything on the test machine is working properly, use the same procedure to install the new software on each of the other machines in the build set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46297
msgid "The same methodology can be used for the ports tree. The first step is to share <filename>/usr/ports</filename> via <acronym>NFS</acronym> to all the machines in the build set. To configure <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> to share distfiles, set <varname>DISTDIR</varname> to a common shared directory that is writable by whichever user <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> is mapped to by the <acronym>NFS</acronym> mount. Each machine should set <varname>WRKDIRPREFIX</varname> to a local build directory, if ports are to be built locally. Alternately, if the build system is to build and distribute packages to the machines in the build set, set <varname>PACKAGES</varname> on the build system to a directory similar to <varname>DISTDIR</varname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:46330
msgid "DTrace"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46341
msgid "<primary>DTrace</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46342
msgid "<primary>DTrace support</primary> <see>DTrace</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46347
msgid "DTrace, also known as Dynamic Tracing, was developed by <trademark>Sun</trademark> as a tool for locating performance bottlenecks in production and pre-production systems. In addition to diagnosing performance problems, DTrace can be used to help investigate and debug unexpected behavior in both the FreeBSD kernel and in userland programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46354
msgid "DTrace is a remarkable profiling tool, with an impressive array of features for diagnosing system issues. It may also be used to run pre-written scripts to take advantage of its capabilities. Users can author their own utilities using the DTrace D Language, allowing them to customize their profiling based on specific needs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46361
msgid "The FreeBSD implementation provides full support for kernel DTrace and experimental support for userland DTrace. Userland DTrace allows users to perform function boundary tracing for userland programs using the <literal>pid</literal> provider, and to insert static probes into userland programs for later tracing. Some ports, such as <package>databases/postgres-server</package> and <package>lang/php56</package> have a DTrace option to enable static probes. FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE has reasonably good userland DTrace support, but it is not considered production ready. In particular, it is possible to crash traced programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46373
msgid "The official guide to DTrace is maintained by the Illumos project at <uri xlink:href=\"http://dtrace.org/guide\">DTrace Guide</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46381
msgid "What DTrace is and what features it provides."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46385
msgid "Differences between the <trademark>Solaris</trademark> DTrace implementation and the one provided by FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46390
msgid "How to enable and use DTrace on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:46410
msgid "Implementation Differences"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46412
msgid "While the DTrace in FreeBSD is similar to that found in <trademark>Solaris</trademark>, differences do exist. The primary difference is that in FreeBSD, DTrace is implemented as a set of kernel modules and DTrace can not be used until the modules are loaded. To load all of the necessary modules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46418
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload dtraceall</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46420
msgid "Beginning with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE, the modules are automatically loaded when <command>dtrace</command> is run."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46424
msgid "FreeBSD uses the <literal>DDB_CTF</literal> kernel option to enable support for loading <acronym>CTF</acronym> data from kernel modules and the kernel itself. <acronym>CTF</acronym> is the <trademark>Solaris</trademark> Compact C Type Format which encapsulates a reduced form of debugging information similar to <acronym>DWARF</acronym> and the venerable stabs. <acronym>CTF</acronym> data is added to binaries by the <command>ctfconvert</command> and <command>ctfmerge</command> build tools. The <command>ctfconvert</command> utility parses <acronym>DWARF</acronym> <acronym>ELF</acronym> debug sections created by the compiler and <command>ctfmerge</command> merges <acronym>CTF</acronym> <acronym>ELF</acronym> sections from objects into either executables or shared libraries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46438
msgid "Some different providers exist for FreeBSD than for <trademark>Solaris</trademark>. Most notable is the <literal>dtmalloc</literal> provider, which allows tracing <function>malloc()</function> by type in the FreeBSD kernel. Some of the providers found in <trademark>Solaris</trademark>, such as <literal>cpc</literal> and <literal>mib</literal>, are not present in FreeBSD. These may appear in future versions of FreeBSD. Moreover, some of the providers available in both operating systems are not compatible, in the sense that their probes have different argument types. Thus, <acronym>D</acronym> scripts written on <trademark>Solaris</trademark> may or may not work unmodified on FreeBSD, and vice versa."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46450
msgid "Due to security differences, only <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> may use DTrace on FreeBSD. <trademark>Solaris</trademark> has a few low level security checks which do not yet exist in FreeBSD. As such, the <filename>/dev/dtrace/dtrace</filename> is strictly limited to <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46456
msgid "DTrace falls under the Common Development and Distribution License (<acronym>CDDL</acronym>) license. To view this license on FreeBSD, see <filename>/usr/src/cddl/contrib/opensolaris/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE</filename> or view it online at <uri xlink:href=\"http://opensource.org/licenses/CDDL-1.0\">http://opensource.org/licenses/CDDL-1.0</uri>. While a FreeBSD kernel with DTrace support is <acronym>BSD</acronym> licensed, the <acronym>CDDL</acronym> is used when the modules are distributed in binary form or the binaries are loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:46468
msgid "Enabling DTrace Support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46470
msgid "In FreeBSD 9.2 and 10.0, DTrace support is built into the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel. Users of earlier versions of FreeBSD or who prefer to statically compile in DTrace support should add the following lines to a custom kernel configuration file and recompile the kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:46476
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options         KDTRACE_HOOKS\n"
"options         DDB_CTF\n"
"makeoptions\tDEBUG=-g\n"
"makeoptions\tWITH_CTF=1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46481
msgid "Users of the AMD64 architecture should also add this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:46484
#, no-wrap
msgid "options         KDTRACE_FRAME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46486
msgid "This option provides support for <acronym>FBT</acronym>. While DTrace will work without this option, there will be limited support for function boundary tracing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46490
msgid "Once the FreeBSD system has rebooted into the new kernel, or the DTrace kernel modules have been loaded using <command>kldload dtraceall</command>, the system will need support for the Korn shell as the DTrace Toolkit has several utilities written in <command>ksh</command>. Make sure that the <package>shells/ksh93</package> package or port is installed. It is also possible to run these tools under <package>shells/pdksh</package> or <package>shells/mksh</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46500
msgid "Finally, install the current DTrace Toolkit, a collection of ready-made scripts for collecting system information. There are scripts to check open files, memory, <acronym>CPU</acronym> usage, and a lot more. FreeBSD 10 installs a few of these scripts into <filename>/usr/share/dtrace</filename>. On other FreeBSD versions, or to install the full DTrace Toolkit, use the <package>sysutils/DTraceToolkit</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:46513
msgid "The scripts found in <filename>/usr/share/dtrace</filename> have been specifically ported to FreeBSD. Not all of the scripts found in the DTrace Toolkit will work as-is on FreeBSD and some scripts may require some effort in order for them to work on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46520
msgid "The DTrace Toolkit includes many scripts in the special language of DTrace. This language is called the D language and it is very similar to C++. An in depth discussion of the language is beyond the scope of this document. It is extensively discussed at <uri xlink:href=\"http://wikis.oracle.com/display/DTrace/Documentation\">http://wikis.oracle.com/display/DTrace/Documentation</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:46528
msgid "Using DTrace"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46530
msgid "DTrace scripts consist of a list of one or more <firstterm>probes</firstterm>, or instrumentation points, where each probe is associated with an action. Whenever the condition for a probe is met, the associated action is executed. For example, an action may occur when a file is opened, a process is started, or a line of code is executed. The action might be to log some information or to modify context variables. The reading and writing of context variables allows probes to share information and to cooperatively analyze the correlation of different events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46541
msgid "To view all probes, the administrator can execute the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46544
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dtrace -l | more</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46546
msgid "Each probe has an <literal>ID</literal>, a <literal>PROVIDER</literal> (dtrace or fbt), a <literal>MODULE</literal>, and a <literal>FUNCTION NAME</literal>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dtrace</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about this command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46552
msgid "The examples in this section provide an overview of how to use two of the fully supported scripts from the DTrace Toolkit: the <filename>hotkernel</filename> and <filename>procsystime</filename> scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46558
msgid "The <filename>hotkernel</filename> script is designed to identify which function is using the most kernel time. It will produce output similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46562
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/share/dtrace/toolkit</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>./hotkernel</userinput>\n"
"Sampling... Hit Ctrl-C to end."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46566
msgid "As instructed, use the <keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>C</keycap> </keycombo> key combination to stop the process. Upon termination, the script will display a list of kernel functions and timing information, sorting the output in increasing order of time:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46573
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"kernel`_thread_lock_flags                                   2   0.0%\n"
"0xc1097063                                                  2   0.0%\n"
"kernel`sched_userret                                        2   0.0%\n"
"kernel`kern_select                                          2   0.0%\n"
"kernel`generic_copyin                                       3   0.0%\n"
"kernel`_mtx_assert                                          3   0.0%\n"
"kernel`vm_fault                                             3   0.0%\n"
"kernel`sopoll_generic                                       3   0.0%\n"
"kernel`fixup_filename                                       4   0.0%\n"
"kernel`_isitmyx                                             4   0.0%\n"
"kernel`find_instance                                        4   0.0%\n"
"kernel`_mtx_unlock_flags                                    5   0.0%\n"
"kernel`syscall                                              5   0.0%\n"
"kernel`DELAY                                                5   0.0%\n"
"0xc108a253                                                  6   0.0%\n"
"kernel`witness_lock                                         7   0.0%\n"
"kernel`read_aux_data_no_wait                                7   0.0%\n"
"kernel`Xint0x80_syscall                                     7   0.0%\n"
"kernel`witness_checkorder                                   7   0.0%\n"
"kernel`sse2_pagezero                                        8   0.0%\n"
"kernel`strncmp                                              9   0.0%\n"
"kernel`spinlock_exit                                       10   0.0%\n"
"kernel`_mtx_lock_flags                                     11   0.0%\n"
"kernel`witness_unlock                                      15   0.0%\n"
"kernel`sched_idletd                                       137   0.3%\n"
"0xc10981a5                                              42139  99.3%"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46604
msgid "This script will also work with kernel modules. To use this feature, run the script with <option>-m</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46607
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>./hotkernel -m</userinput>\n"
"Sampling... Hit Ctrl-C to end.\n"
"^C\n"
"MODULE                                                  COUNT   PCNT\n"
"0xc107882e                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc10e6aa4                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc1076983                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc109708a                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc1075a5d                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc1077325                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc108a245                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc107730d                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc1097063                                                  2   0.0%\n"
"0xc108a253                                                 73   0.0%\n"
"kernel                                                    874   0.4%\n"
"0xc10981a5                                             213781  99.6%"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46628
msgid "The <filename>procsystime</filename> script captures and prints the system call time usage for a given process <acronym>ID</acronym> (<acronym>PID</acronym>) or process name. In the following example, a new instance of <filename>/bin/csh</filename> was spawned. Then, <filename>procsystime</filename> was executed and remained waiting while a few commands were typed on the other incarnation of <command>csh</command>. These are the results of this test:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46638
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>./procsystime -n csh</userinput>\n"
"Tracing... Hit Ctrl-C to end...\n"
"^C\n"
"\n"
"Elapsed Times for processes csh,\n"
"\n"
"         SYSCALL          TIME (ns)\n"
"          getpid               6131\n"
"       sigreturn               8121\n"
"           close              19127\n"
"           fcntl              19959\n"
"             dup              26955\n"
"         setpgid              28070\n"
"            stat              31899\n"
"       setitimer              40938\n"
"           wait4              62717\n"
"       sigaction              67372\n"
"     sigprocmask             119091\n"
"    gettimeofday             183710\n"
"           write             263242\n"
"          execve             492547\n"
"           ioctl             770073\n"
"           vfork            3258923\n"
"      sigsuspend            6985124\n"
"            read         3988049784"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46664
msgid "As shown, the <function>read()</function> system call used the most time in nanoseconds while the <function>getpid()</function> system call used the least amount of time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:46674
msgid "Network Communication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:46677
msgid "FreeBSD is one of the most widely deployed operating systems for high performance network servers. The chapters in this part cover:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46683
msgid "Serial communication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46687
msgid "<acronym>PPP</acronym> and <acronym>PPP</acronym> over Ethernet"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:46692 book.translate.xml:50582
msgid "Electronic Mail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46696
msgid "Running Network Servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:46700 book.translate.xml:58206
msgid "Firewalls"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46704
msgid "Other Advanced Networking Topics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:46708
msgid "These chapters are designed to be read when the information is needed. They do not need to be read in any particular order, nor is it necessary to read all of them before using FreeBSD in a network environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:46721
msgid "Serial Communications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46726
msgid "<primary>serial communications</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46728
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> has always had support for serial communications as the very first <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> machines relied on serial lines for user input and output. Things have changed a lot from the days when the average terminal consisted of a 10-character-per-second serial printer and a keyboard. This chapter covers some of the ways serial communications can be used on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46739
msgid "How to connect terminals to a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46742
msgid "How to use a modem to dial out to remote hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46745
msgid "How to allow remote users to login to a FreeBSD system with a modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46749
msgid "How to boot a FreeBSD system from a serial console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46757
msgid "Know how to <link linkend=\"kernelconfig\"> configure and install a custom kernel</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46761
msgid "Understand <link linkend=\"basics\"> FreeBSD permissions and processes</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46765
msgid "Have access to the technical manual for the serial hardware to be used with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:46772
msgid "Serial Terminology and Hardware"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46774
msgid "The following terms are often used in serial communications:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46778
msgid "<acronym>bps</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46781
msgid "<primary>bits-per-second</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46780
msgid "Bits per Second<_:indexterm-1/> (<acronym>bps</acronym>) is the rate at which data is transmitted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46788
msgid "<acronym>DTE</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46791
msgid "<primary>DTE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46790
msgid "Data Terminal Equipment<_:indexterm-1/> (<acronym>DTE</acronym>) is one of two endpoints in a serial communication. An example would be a computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46799
msgid "<acronym>DCE</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46802
msgid "<primary>DCE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46801
msgid "Data Communications Equipment<_:indexterm-1/> (<acronym>DTE</acronym>) is the other endpoint in a serial communication. Typically, it is a modem or serial terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46810
msgid "<acronym>RS-232</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46812
msgid "The original standard which defined hardware serial communications. It has since been renamed to <acronym>TIA-232</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46819
msgid "When referring to communication data rates, this section does not use the term <firstterm>baud</firstterm>. Baud refers to the number of electrical state transitions made in a period of time, while <acronym>bps</acronym> is the correct term to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46825
msgid "To connect a serial terminal to a FreeBSD system, a serial port on the computer and the proper cable to connect to the serial device are needed. Users who are already familiar with serial hardware and cabling can safely skip this section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:46831
msgid "Serial Cables and Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46833
msgid "There are several different kinds of serial cables. The two most common types are null-modem cables and standard <acronym>RS-232</acronym> cables. The documentation for the hardware should describe the type of cable required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46838
msgid "These two types of cables differ in how the wires are connected to the connector. Each wire represents a signal, with the defined signals summarized in <xref linkend=\"serialcomms-signal-names\"/>. A standard serial cable passes all of the <acronym>RS-232C</acronym> signals straight through. For example, the <quote>Transmitted Data</quote> pin on one end of the cable goes to the <quote>Transmitted Data</quote> pin on the other end. This is the type of cable used to connect a modem to the FreeBSD system, and is also appropriate for some terminals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46848
msgid "A null-modem cable switches the <quote>Transmitted Data</quote> pin of the connector on one end with the <quote>Received Data</quote> pin on the other end. The connector can be either a <acronym>DB-25</acronym> or a <acronym>DB-9</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46854
msgid "A null-modem cable can be constructed using the pin connections summarized in <xref linkend=\"nullmodem-db25\"/>, <xref linkend=\"nullmodem-db9\"/>, and <xref linkend=\"nullmodem-db9-25\"/>. While the standard calls for a straight-through pin 1 to pin 1 <quote>Protective Ground</quote> line, it is often omitted. Some terminals work using only pins 2, 3, and 7, while others require different configurations. When in doubt, refer to the documentation for the hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: step/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46863 book.translate.xml:48540
msgid "<primary>null-modem cable</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:46868
msgid "<acronym>RS-232C</acronym> Signal Names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46873
msgid "Acronyms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46874
msgid "Names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46880
msgid "<acronym>RD</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:46881 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Received Data"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46885
msgid "<acronym>TD</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:46886 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Transmitted Data"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46890
msgid "<acronym>DTR</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:46891 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Data Terminal Ready"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46895
msgid "<acronym>DSR</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:46896 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Data Set Ready"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46900
msgid "<acronym>DCD</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46901
msgid "Data Carrier Detect"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46905
msgid "<acronym>SG</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:46906 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Signal Ground"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46910
msgid "<acronym>RTS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46911
msgid "Request to Send"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46915
msgid "<acronym>CTS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46916
msgid "Clear to Send"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:46923
msgid "DB-25 to DB-25 Null-Modem Cable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46928 book.translate.xml:46932 book.translate.xml:47018
#: book.translate.xml:47022 book.translate.xml:47108 book.translate.xml:47112
msgid "Signal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46929 book.translate.xml:46931 book.translate.xml:47019
#: book.translate.xml:47021 book.translate.xml:47109 book.translate.xml:47111
msgid "Pin #"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46938 book.translate.xml:46942 book.translate.xml:47060
#: book.translate.xml:47064 book.translate.xml:47150 book.translate.xml:47154
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SG"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46940 book.translate.xml:46948 book.translate.xml:46956
#: book.translate.xml:46964 book.translate.xml:46972 book.translate.xml:46980
#: book.translate.xml:46988 book.translate.xml:46996 book.translate.xml:47004
#: book.translate.xml:47030 book.translate.xml:47038 book.translate.xml:47046
#: book.translate.xml:47054 book.translate.xml:47062 book.translate.xml:47070
#: book.translate.xml:47078 book.translate.xml:47086 book.translate.xml:47094
#: book.translate.xml:47120 book.translate.xml:47128 book.translate.xml:47136
#: book.translate.xml:47144 book.translate.xml:47152 book.translate.xml:47160
#: book.translate.xml:47168 book.translate.xml:47176 book.translate.xml:47184
msgid "connects to"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46946 book.translate.xml:46958 book.translate.xml:47032
#: book.translate.xml:47036 book.translate.xml:47122 book.translate.xml:47126
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46950 book.translate.xml:46954 book.translate.xml:47028
#: book.translate.xml:47040 book.translate.xml:47118 book.translate.xml:47130
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46962 book.translate.xml:46974 book.translate.xml:47084
#: book.translate.xml:47096 book.translate.xml:47174 book.translate.xml:47186
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RTS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46966 book.translate.xml:46970 book.translate.xml:47088
#: book.translate.xml:47092 book.translate.xml:47178 book.translate.xml:47182
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "CTS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46978 book.translate.xml:46986 book.translate.xml:46998
#: book.translate.xml:47006 book.translate.xml:47044 book.translate.xml:47052
#: book.translate.xml:47072 book.translate.xml:47080 book.translate.xml:47134
#: book.translate.xml:47142 book.translate.xml:47162 book.translate.xml:47170
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DTR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46979 book.translate.xml:46987 book.translate.xml:46997
#: book.translate.xml:47005 book.translate.xml:47161 book.translate.xml:47169
msgid "20"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46982 book.translate.xml:46994 book.translate.xml:47048
#: book.translate.xml:47068 book.translate.xml:47138 book.translate.xml:47158
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DSR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46989 book.translate.xml:47003 book.translate.xml:47087
#: book.translate.xml:47093 book.translate.xml:47145 book.translate.xml:47183
msgid "8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46990 book.translate.xml:47002 book.translate.xml:47056
#: book.translate.xml:47076 book.translate.xml:47146 book.translate.xml:47166
msgid "DCD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:47013
msgid "DB-9 to DB-9 Null-Modem Cable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:47103
msgid "DB-9 to DB-25 Null-Modem Cable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:47193
msgid "When one pin at one end connects to a pair of pins at the other end, it is usually implemented with one short wire between the pair of pins in their connector and a long wire to the other single pin."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47199
msgid "Serial ports are the devices through which data is transferred between the FreeBSD host computer and the terminal. Several kinds of serial ports exist. Before purchasing or constructing a cable, make sure it will fit the ports on the terminal and on the FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47205
msgid "Most terminals have <acronym>DB-25</acronym> ports. Personal computers may have <acronym>DB-25</acronym> or <acronym>DB-9</acronym> ports. A multiport serial card may have <acronym>RJ-12</acronym> or <acronym>RJ-45/</acronym> ports. See the documentation that accompanied the hardware for specifications on the kind of port or visually verify the type of port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47213
msgid "In FreeBSD, each serial port is accessed through an entry in <filename>/dev</filename>. There are two different kinds of entries:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47219
msgid "Call-in ports are named <filename>/dev/ttyu<replaceable>N</replaceable></filename> where <replaceable>N</replaceable> is the port number, starting from zero. If a terminal is connected to the first serial port (<filename>COM1</filename>), use <filename>/dev/ttyu0</filename> to refer to the terminal. If the terminal is on the second serial port (<filename>COM2</filename>), use <filename>/dev/ttyu1</filename>, and so forth. Generally, the call-in port is used for terminals. Call-in ports require that the serial line assert the <quote>Data Carrier Detect</quote> signal to work correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47234
msgid "Call-out ports are named <filename>/dev/cuau<replaceable>N</replaceable></filename> on FreeBSD versions 8.X and higher and <filename>/dev/cuad<replaceable>N</replaceable></filename> on FreeBSD versions 7.X and lower. Call-out ports are usually not used for terminals, but are used for modems. The call-out port can be used if the serial cable or the terminal does not support the <quote>Data Carrier Detect</quote> signal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47246
msgid "FreeBSD also provides initialization devices (<filename>/dev/ttyu<replaceable>N</replaceable>.init</filename> and <filename>/dev/cuau<replaceable>N</replaceable>.init</filename> or <filename>/dev/cuad<replaceable>N</replaceable>.init</filename>) and locking devices (<filename>/dev/ttyu<replaceable>N</replaceable>.lock</filename> and <filename>/dev/cuau<replaceable>N</replaceable>.lock</filename> or <filename>/dev/cuad<replaceable>N</replaceable>.lock</filename>). The initialization devices are used to initialize communications port parameters each time a port is opened, such as <literal>crtscts</literal> for modems which use <literal>RTS/CTS</literal> signaling for flow control. The locking devices are used to lock flags on ports to prevent users or programs changing certain parameters. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>termios</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sio</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>stty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for information on terminal settings, locking and initializing devices, and setting terminal options, respectively."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47270
msgid "Serial Port Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47272
msgid "By default, FreeBSD supports four serial ports which are commonly known as <filename>COM1</filename>, <filename>COM2</filename>, <filename>COM3</filename>, and <filename>COM4</filename>. FreeBSD also supports dumb multi-port serial interface cards, such as the BocaBoard 1008 and 2016, as well as more intelligent multi-port cards such as those made by Digiboard. However, the default kernel only looks for the standard <filename>COM</filename> ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47281
msgid "To see if the system recognizes the serial ports, look for system boot messages that start with <literal>uart</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47285
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>grep uart /var/run/dmesg.boot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47287
msgid "If the system does not recognize all of the needed serial ports, additional entries can be added to <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename>. This file already contains <literal>hint.uart.0.*</literal> entries for <filename>COM1</filename> and <literal>hint.uart.1.*</literal> entries for <filename>COM2</filename>. When adding a port entry for <filename>COM3</filename> use <literal>0x3E8</literal>, and for <filename>COM4</filename> use <literal>0x2E8</literal>. Common <acronym>IRQ</acronym> addresses are <literal>5</literal> for <filename>COM3</filename> and <literal>9</literal> for <filename>COM4</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47300
msgid "<primary><filename>ttyu</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47301
msgid "<primary><filename>cuau</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47303
msgid "To determine the default set of terminal <acronym>I/O</acronym> settings used by the port, specify its device name. This example determines the settings for the call-in port on <filename>COM2</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47308
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>stty -a -f /dev/<replaceable>ttyu1</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47310
msgid "System-wide initialization of serial devices is controlled by <filename>/etc/rc.d/serial</filename>. This file affects the default settings of serial devices. To change the settings for a device, use <command>stty</command>. By default, the changed settings are in effect until the device is closed and when the device is reopened, it goes back to the default set. To permanently change the default set, open and adjust the settings of the initialization device. For example, to turn on <option>CLOCAL</option> mode, 8 bit communication, and <option>XON/XOFF</option> flow control for <filename>ttyu5</filename>, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47322
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>stty -f /dev/ttyu5.init clocal cs8 ixon ixoff</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47324 book.translate.xml:47909
msgid "<primary>rc files</primary> <secondary><filename>rc.serial</filename></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47329
msgid "To prevent certain settings from being changed by an application, make adjustments to the locking device. For example, to lock the speed of <filename>ttyu5</filename> to 57600 bps, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47334
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>stty -f /dev/ttyu5.lock 57600</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47336
msgid "Now, any application that opens <filename>ttyu5</filename> and tries to change the speed of the port will be stuck with 57600 bps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:47344
msgid "Terminals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:47347
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Sean</firstname> <surname>Kelly</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47359
msgid "Terminals provide a convenient and low-cost way to access a FreeBSD system when not at the computer's console or on a connected network. This section describes how to use terminals with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47364
msgid "The original <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> systems did not have consoles. Instead, users logged in and ran programs through terminals that were connected to the computer's serial ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47368
msgid "The ability to establish a login session on a serial port still exists in nearly every <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating system today, including FreeBSD. By using a terminal attached to an unused serial port, a user can log in and run any text program that can normally be run on the console or in an <command>xterm</command> window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47375
msgid "Many terminals can be attached to a FreeBSD system. An older spare computer can be used as a terminal wired into a more powerful computer running FreeBSD. This can turn what might otherwise be a single-user computer into a powerful multiple-user system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47381
msgid "FreeBSD supports three types of terminals:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:47385
msgid "Dumb terminals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47387
msgid "Dumb terminals are specialized hardware that connect to computers over serial lines. They are called <quote>dumb</quote> because they have only enough computational power to display, send, and receive text. No programs can be run on these devices. Instead, dumb terminals connect to a computer that runs the needed programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47395
msgid "There are hundreds of kinds of dumb terminals made by many manufacturers, and just about any kind will work with FreeBSD. Some high-end terminals can even display graphics, but only certain software packages can take advantage of these advanced features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47401
msgid "Dumb terminals are popular in work environments where workers do not need access to graphical applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:47408
msgid "Computers Acting as Terminals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47410
msgid "Since a dumb terminal has just enough ability to display, send, and receive text, any spare computer can be a dumb terminal. All that is needed is the proper cable and some <firstterm>terminal emulation</firstterm> software to run on the computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47416
msgid "This configuration can be useful. For example, if one user is busy working at the FreeBSD system's console, another user can do some text-only work at the same time from a less powerful personal computer hooked up as a terminal to the FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47422
msgid "There are at least two utilities in the base-system of FreeBSD that can be used to work through a serial connection: <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cu</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47426
msgid "For example, to connect from a client system that runs FreeBSD to the serial connection of another system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47429
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu -l <replaceable>serial-port-device</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47431
msgid "Replace <replaceable>serial-port-device</replaceable> with the device name of the connected serial port. These device files are called <filename>/dev/cuau<replaceable>N</replaceable></filename> on FreeBSD versions 10.x and higher and <filename>/dev/cuad<replaceable>N</replaceable></filename> on FreeBSD versions 9.x and lower. In either case, <replaceable>N</replaceable> is the serial port number, starting from zero. This means that <filename>COM1</filename> is <filename>/dev/cuau0</filename> or <filename>/dev/cuad0</filename> in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47444
msgid "Additional programs are available through the Ports Collection, such as <package>comms/minicom</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:47451
msgid "X Terminals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47453
msgid "X terminals are the most sophisticated kind of terminal available. Instead of connecting to a serial port, they usually connect to a network like Ethernet. Instead of being relegated to text-only applications, they can display any <application>Xorg</application> application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47460
msgid "This chapter does not cover the setup, configuration, or use of X terminals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47467
msgid "Terminal Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47469
msgid "This section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system to enable a login session on a serial terminal. It assumes that the system recognizes the serial port to which the terminal is connected and that the terminal is connected with the correct cable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47475
msgid "In FreeBSD, <command>init</command> reads <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> and starts a <command>getty</command> process on the available terminals. The <command>getty</command> process is responsible for reading a login name and starting the <command>login</command> program. The ports on the FreeBSD system which allow logins are listed in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>. For example, the first virtual console, <filename>ttyv0</filename>, has an entry in this file, allowing logins on the console. This file also contains entries for the other virtual consoles, serial ports, and pseudo-ttys. For a hardwired terminal, the serial port's <filename>/dev</filename> entry is listed without the <literal>/dev</literal> part. For example, <filename>/dev/ttyv0</filename> is listed as <literal>ttyv0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47491
msgid "The default <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> configures support for the first four serial ports, <filename>ttyu0</filename> through <filename>ttyu3</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47496
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ttyu0   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\"   dialup  off secure\n"
"ttyu1   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\"   dialup  off secure\n"
"ttyu2   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\"   dialup  off secure\n"
"ttyu3   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\"   dialup  off secure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47501
msgid "When attaching a terminal to one of those ports, modify the default entry to set the required speed and terminal type, to turn the device <literal>on</literal> and, if needed, to change the port's <literal>secure</literal> setting. If the terminal is connected to another port, add an entry for the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47508
msgid "<xref linkend=\"ex-etc-ttys\"/> configures two terminals in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>. The first entry configures a Wyse-50 connected to <filename>COM2</filename>. The second entry configures an old computer running <application>Procomm</application> terminal software emulating a VT-100 terminal. The computer is connected to the sixth serial port on a multi-port serial card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:47517
msgid "Configuring Terminal Entries"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47519
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ttyu1<co xml:id=\"co-ttys-line1col1\"/>  \"/usr/libexec/getty std.38400\"<co xml:id=\"co-ttys-line1col2\"/>  wy50<co xml:id=\"co-ttys-line1col3\"/>  on<co xml:id=\"co-ttys-line1col4\"/>  insecure<co xml:id=\"co-ttys-line1col5\"/>\n"
"ttyu5   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.19200\"  vt100  on insecure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47524
msgid "The first field specifies the device name of the serial terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47529
msgid "The second field tells <command>getty</command> to initialize and open the line, set the line speed, prompt for a user name, and then execute the <command>login</command> program. The optional <firstterm>getty type</firstterm> configures characteristics on the terminal line, like <acronym>bps</acronym> rate and parity. The available getty types are listed in <filename>/etc/gettytab</filename>. In almost all cases, the getty types that start with <literal>std</literal> will work for hardwired terminals as these entries ignore parity. There is a <literal>std</literal> entry for each <acronym>bps</acronym> rate from 110 to 115200. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gettytab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47545
msgid "When setting the getty type, make sure to match the communications settings used by the terminal. For this example, the Wyse-50 uses no parity and connects at 38400 bps. The computer uses no parity and connects at 19200 bps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47553
msgid "The third field is the type of terminal. For dial-up ports, <literal>unknown</literal> or <literal>dialup</literal> is typically used since users may dial up with practically any type of terminal or software. Since the terminal type does not change for hardwired terminals, a real terminal type from <filename>/etc/termcap</filename> can be specified. For this example, the Wyse-50 uses the real terminal type while the computer running <application>Procomm</application> is set to emulate a VT-100."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47567
msgid "The fourth field specifies if the port should be enabled. To enable logins on this port, this field must be set to <literal>on</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47573
msgid "The final field is used to specify whether the port is secure. Marking a port as <literal>secure</literal> means that it is trusted enough to allow <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to login from that port. Insecure ports do not allow <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> logins. On an insecure port, users must login from unprivileged accounts and then use <command>su</command> or a similar mechanism to gain superuser privileges, as described in <xref linkend=\"users-superuser\"/>. For security reasons, it is recommended to change this setting to <literal>insecure</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47587
msgid "After making any changes to <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>, send a SIGHUP (hangup) signal to the <command>init</command> process to force it to re-read its configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47592 book.translate.xml:47907
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kill -HUP 1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47594
msgid "Since <command>init</command> is always the first process run on a system, it always has a process <acronym>ID</acronym> of <literal>1</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47598
msgid "If everything is set up correctly, all cables are in place, and the terminals are powered up, a <command>getty</command> process should now be running on each terminal and login prompts should be available on each terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47606
msgid "Troubleshooting the Connection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47608
msgid "Even with the most meticulous attention to detail, something could still go wrong while setting up a terminal. Here is a list of common symptoms and some suggested fixes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47613
msgid "If no login prompt appears, make sure the terminal is plugged in and powered up. If it is a personal computer acting as a terminal, make sure it is running terminal emulation software on the correct serial port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47618
msgid "Make sure the cable is connected firmly to both the terminal and the FreeBSD computer. Make sure it is the right kind of cable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47622
msgid "Make sure the terminal and FreeBSD agree on the <acronym>bps</acronym> rate and parity settings. For a video display terminal, make sure the contrast and brightness controls are turned up. If it is a printing terminal, make sure paper and ink are in good supply."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47628
msgid "Use <command>ps</command> to make sure that a <command>getty</command> process is running and serving the terminal. For example, the following listing shows that a <command>getty</command> is running on the second serial port, <filename>ttyu1</filename>, and is using the <literal>std.38400</literal> entry in <filename>/etc/gettytab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47636
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ps -axww|grep ttyu</userinput>\n"
"22189  d1  Is+    0:00.03 /usr/libexec/getty std.38400 ttyu1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47639
msgid "If no <command>getty</command> process is running, make sure the port is enabled in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>. Remember to run <command>kill -HUP 1</command> after modifying <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47644
msgid "If the <command>getty</command> process is running but the terminal still does not display a login prompt, or if it displays a prompt but will not accept typed input, the terminal or cable may not support hardware handshaking. Try changing the entry in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> from <literal>std.38400</literal> to <literal>3wire.38400</literal>, then run <command>kill -HUP 1</command> after modifying <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>. The <literal>3wire</literal> entry is similar to <literal>std</literal>, but ignores hardware handshaking. The baud rate may need to be reduced or software flow control enabled when using <literal>3wire</literal> to prevent buffer overflows."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47658
msgid "If garbage appears instead of a login prompt, make sure the terminal and FreeBSD agree on the <acronym>bps</acronym> rate and parity settings. Check the <command>getty</command> processes to make sure the correct <replaceable>getty</replaceable> type is in use. If not, edit <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> and run <command>kill -HUP 1</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47666
msgid "If characters appear doubled and the password appears when typed, switch the terminal, or the terminal emulation software, from <quote>half duplex</quote> or <quote>local echo</quote> to <quote>full duplex.</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:47675
msgid "Dial-in Service"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:47678
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Guy</firstname> <surname>Helmer</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:47688
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Sean</firstname> <surname>Kelly</surname> </personname> <contrib>Additions by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47698
msgid "<primary>dial-in service</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47700
msgid "Configuring a FreeBSD system for dial-in service is similar to configuring terminals, except that modems are used instead of terminal devices. FreeBSD supports both external and internal modems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47705
msgid "External modems are more convenient because they often can be configured via parameters stored in non-volatile <acronym>RAM</acronym> and they usually provide lighted indicators that display the state of important <acronym>RS-232</acronym> signals, indicating whether the modem is operating properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47712
msgid "Internal modems usually lack non-volatile <acronym>RAM</acronym>, so their configuration may be limited to setting <acronym>DIP</acronym> switches. If the internal modem has any signal indicator lights, they are difficult to view when the system's cover is in place."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47718
msgid "<primary>modem</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47720
msgid "When using an external modem, a proper cable is needed. A standard <acronym>RS-232C</acronym> serial cable should suffice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47724
msgid "FreeBSD needs the <acronym>RTS</acronym> and <acronym>CTS</acronym> signals for flow control at speeds above 2400 bps, the <acronym>CD</acronym> signal to detect when a call has been answered or the line has been hung up, and the <acronym>DTR</acronym> signal to reset the modem after a session is complete. Some cables are wired without all of the needed signals, so if a login session does not go away when the line hangs up, there may be a problem with the cable. Refer to <xref linkend=\"term-cables-null\"/> for more information about these signals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47734
msgid "Like other <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating systems, FreeBSD uses the hardware signals to find out when a call has been answered or a line has been hung up and to hangup and reset the modem after a call. FreeBSD avoids sending commands to the modem or watching for status reports from the modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47740
msgid "FreeBSD supports the <acronym>NS8250</acronym>, <acronym>NS16450</acronym>, <acronym>NS16550</acronym>, and <acronym>NS16550A</acronym>-based <acronym>RS-232C</acronym> (<acronym>CCITT</acronym> V.24) communications interfaces. The 8250 and 16450 devices have single-character buffers. The 16550 device provides a 16-character buffer, which allows for better system performance. Bugs in plain 16550 devices prevent the use of the 16-character buffer, so use 16550A devices if possible. Because single-character-buffer devices require more work by the operating system than the 16-character-buffer devices, 16550A-based serial interface cards are preferred. If the system has many active serial ports or will have a heavy load, 16550A-based cards are better for low-error-rate communications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47755
msgid "The rest of this section demonstrates how to configure a modem to receive incoming connections, how to communicate with the modem, and offers some troubleshooting tips."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47760
msgid "Modem Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47762
msgid "<primary>getty</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47763
msgid "As with terminals, <command>init</command> spawns a <command>getty</command> process for each configured serial port used for dial-in connections. When a user dials the modem's line and the modems connect, the <quote>Carrier Detect</quote> signal is reported by the modem. The kernel notices that the carrier has been detected and instructs <command>getty</command> to open the port and display a <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt at the specified initial line speed. In a typical configuration, if garbage characters are received, usually due to the modem's connection speed being different than the configured speed, <command>getty</command> tries adjusting the line speeds until it receives reasonable characters. After the user enters their login name, <command>getty</command> executes <command>login</command>, which completes the login process by asking for the user's password and then starting the user's shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47780
msgid "<primary><command>/usr/bin/login</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47784
msgid "There are two schools of thought regarding dial-up modems. One configuration method is to set the modems and systems so that no matter at what speed a remote user dials in, the dial-in <acronym>RS-232</acronym> interface runs at a locked speed. The benefit of this configuration is that the remote user always sees a system login prompt immediately. The downside is that the system does not know what a user's true data rate is, so full-screen programs like <application>Emacs</application> will not adjust their screen-painting methods to make their response better for slower connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47796
msgid "The second method is to configure the <acronym>RS-232</acronym> interface to vary its speed based on the remote user's connection speed. Because <command>getty</command> does not understand any particular modem's connection speed reporting, it gives a <prompt>login:</prompt> message at an initial speed and watches the characters that come back in response. If the user sees junk, they should press <keycap>Enter</keycap> until they see a recognizable prompt. If the data rates do not match, <command>getty</command> sees anything the user types as junk, tries the next speed, and gives the <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt again. This procedure normally only takes a keystroke or two before the user sees a good prompt. This login sequence does not look as clean as the locked-speed method, but a user on a low-speed connection should receive better interactive response from full-screen programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47814
msgid "When locking a modem's data communications rate at a particular speed, no changes to <filename>/etc/gettytab</filename> should be needed. However, for a matching-speed configuration, additional entries may be required in order to define the speeds to use for the modem. This example configures a 14.4 Kbps modem with a top interface speed of 19.2 Kbps using 8-bit, no parity connections. It configures <command>getty</command> to start the communications rate for a V.32bis connection at 19.2 Kbps, then cycles through 9600 bps, 2400 bps, 1200 bps, 300 bps, and back to 19.2 Kbps. Communications rate cycling is implemented with the <literal>nx=</literal> (next table) capability. Each line uses a <literal>tc=</literal> (table continuation) entry to pick up the rest of the settings for a particular data rate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47831
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#\n"
"# Additions for a V.32bis Modem\n"
"#\n"
"um|V300|High Speed Modem at 300,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=V19200:tc=std.300:\n"
"un|V1200|High Speed Modem at 1200,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=V300:tc=std.1200:\n"
"uo|V2400|High Speed Modem at 2400,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=V1200:tc=std.2400:\n"
"up|V9600|High Speed Modem at 9600,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=V2400:tc=std.9600:\n"
"uq|V19200|High Speed Modem at 19200,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=V9600:tc=std.19200:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47845
msgid "For a 28.8 Kbps modem, or to take advantage of compression on a 14.4 Kbps modem, use a higher communications rate, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47849
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#\n"
"# Additions for a V.32bis or V.34 Modem\n"
"# Starting at 57.6 Kbps\n"
"#\n"
"vm|VH300|Very High Speed Modem at 300,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=VH57600:tc=std.300:\n"
"vn|VH1200|Very High Speed Modem at 1200,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=VH300:tc=std.1200:\n"
"vo|VH2400|Very High Speed Modem at 2400,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=VH1200:tc=std.2400:\n"
"vp|VH9600|Very High Speed Modem at 9600,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=VH2400:tc=std.9600:\n"
"vq|VH57600|Very High Speed Modem at 57600,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=VH9600:tc=std.57600:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47864
msgid "For a slow <acronym>CPU</acronym> or a heavily loaded system without 16550A-based serial ports, this configuration may produce <errorname>sio</errorname> <quote>silo</quote> errors at 57.6 Kbps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47869
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/ttys</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47873
msgid "The configuration of <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> is similar to <xref linkend=\"ex-etc-ttys\"/>, but a different argument is passed to <command>getty</command> and <literal>dialup</literal> is used for the terminal type. Replace <replaceable>xxx</replaceable> with the process <command>init</command> will run on the device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47880
#, no-wrap
msgid "ttyu0   \"/usr/libexec/getty <replaceable>xxx</replaceable>\"   dialup on"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47882
msgid "The <literal>dialup</literal> terminal type can be changed. For example, setting <literal>vt102</literal> as the default terminal type allows users to use <acronym>VT102</acronym> emulation on their remote systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47888
msgid "For a locked-speed configuration, specify the speed with a valid type listed in <filename>/etc/gettytab</filename>. This example is for a modem whose port speed is locked at 19.2 Kbps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47893
#, no-wrap
msgid "ttyu0   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.<replaceable>19200</replaceable>\"   dialup on"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47895
msgid "In a matching-speed configuration, the entry needs to reference the appropriate beginning <quote>auto-baud</quote> entry in <filename>/etc/gettytab</filename>. To continue the example for a matching-speed modem that starts at 19.2 Kbps, use this entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47901
#, no-wrap
msgid "ttyu0   \"/usr/libexec/getty V19200\"   dialup on"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47903
msgid "After editing <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>, wait until the modem is properly configured and connected before signaling <command>init</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47914
msgid "High-speed modems, like <acronym>V.32</acronym>, <acronym>V.32bis</acronym>, and <acronym>V.34</acronym> modems, use hardware (<literal>RTS/CTS</literal>) flow control. Use <command>stty</command> to set the hardware flow control flag for the modem port. This example sets the <varname>crtscts</varname> flag on <filename>COM2</filename>'s dial-in and dial-out initialization devices:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47922
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>stty -f /dev/ttyu1.init crtscts</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>stty -f /dev/cuau1.init crtscts</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48077
msgid "This section provides a few tips for troubleshooting a dial-up modem that will not connect to a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48080
msgid "Hook up the modem to the FreeBSD system and boot the system. If the modem has status indication lights, watch to see whether the modem's <acronym>DTR</acronym> indicator lights when the <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt appears on the system's console. If it lights up, that should mean that FreeBSD has started a <command>getty</command> process on the appropriate communications port and is waiting for the modem to accept a call."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48089
msgid "If the <acronym>DTR</acronym> indicator does not light, login to the FreeBSD system through the console and type <command>ps ax</command> to see if FreeBSD is running a <command>getty</command> process on the correct port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48094
#, no-wrap
msgid "  114 ??  I      0:00.10 /usr/libexec/getty V19200 <replaceable>ttyu0</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48096
msgid "If the second column contains a <literal>d0</literal> instead of a <literal>??</literal> and the modem has not accepted a call yet, this means that <command>getty</command> has completed its open on the communications port. This could indicate a problem with the cabling or a misconfigured modem because <command>getty</command> should not be able to open the communications port until the carrier detect signal has been asserted by the modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48105
msgid "If no <command>getty</command> processes are waiting to open the port, double-check that the entry for the port is correct in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>. Also, check <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> to see if there are any log messages from <command>init</command> or <command>getty</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48112
msgid "Next, try dialing into the system. Be sure to use 8 bits, no parity, and 1 stop bit on the remote system. If a prompt does not appear right away, or the prompt shows garbage, try pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap> about once per second. If there is still no <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt, try sending a <command>BREAK</command>. When using a high-speed modem, try dialing again after locking the dialing modem's interface speed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48121
msgid "If there is still no <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt, check <filename>/etc/gettytab</filename> again and double-check that:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48127
msgid "The initial capability name specified in the entry in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> matches the name of a capability in <filename>/etc/gettytab</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48133
msgid "Each <literal>nx=</literal> entry matches another <filename>gettytab</filename> capability name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48138
msgid "Each <literal>tc=</literal> entry matches another <filename>gettytab</filename> capability name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48143
msgid "If the modem on the FreeBSD system will not answer, make sure that the modem is configured to answer the phone when <acronym>DTR</acronym> is asserted. If the modem seems to be configured correctly, verify that the <acronym>DTR</acronym> line is asserted by checking the modem's indicator lights."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48150
msgid "If it still does not work, try sending an email to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD general questions mailing list</link> describing the modem and the problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:48157
msgid "Dial-out Service"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:48159
msgid "<primary>dial-out service</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48161
msgid "The following are tips for getting the host to connect over the modem to another computer. This is appropriate for establishing a terminal session with a remote host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48165
msgid "This kind of connection can be helpful to get a file on the Internet if there are problems using PPP. If PPP is not working, use the terminal session to FTP the needed file. Then use zmodem to transfer it to the machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48171
msgid "Using a Stock Hayes Modem"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48173
msgid "A generic Hayes dialer is built into <command>tip</command>. Use <literal>at=hayes</literal> in <filename>/etc/remote</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48177
msgid "The Hayes driver is not smart enough to recognize some of the advanced features of newer modems messages like <literal>BUSY</literal>, <literal>NO DIALTONE</literal>, or <literal>CONNECT 115200</literal>. Turn those messages off when using <command>tip</command> with <command>ATX0&amp;W</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48184
msgid "The dial timeout for <command>tip</command> is 60 seconds. The modem should use something less, or else <command>tip</command> will think there is a communication problem. Try <command>ATS7=45&amp;W</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48191
msgid "Using <literal>AT</literal> Commands"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:48193
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/remote</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48196
msgid "Create a <quote>direct</quote> entry in <filename>/etc/remote</filename>. For example, if the modem is hooked up to the first serial port, <filename>/dev/cuau0</filename>, use the following line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48202
#, no-wrap
msgid "cuau0:dv=/dev/cuau0:br#19200:pa=none"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48204
msgid "Use the highest <acronym>bps</acronym> rate the modem supports in the <literal>br</literal> capability. Then, type <command>tip cuau0</command> to connect to the modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48208
msgid "Or, use <command>cu</command> as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> with the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48211
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu -l<replaceable>line</replaceable> -s<replaceable>speed</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48213
msgid "<replaceable>line</replaceable> is the serial port, such as <filename>/dev/cuau0</filename>, and <replaceable>speed</replaceable> is the speed, such as <literal>57600</literal>. When finished entering the AT commands, type <command>~.</command> to exit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48221
msgid "The <literal>@</literal> Sign Does Not Work"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48223
msgid "The <literal>@</literal> sign in the phone number capability tells <command>tip</command> to look in <filename>/etc/phones</filename> for a phone number. But, the <literal>@</literal> sign is also a special character in capability files like <filename>/etc/remote</filename>, so it needs to be escaped with a backslash:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48230
#, no-wrap
msgid "pn=\\@"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48234
msgid "Dialing from the Command Line"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48236
msgid "Put a <quote>generic</quote> entry in <filename>/etc/remote</filename>. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48239
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"tip115200|Dial any phone number at 115200 bps:\\\n"
"        :dv=/dev/cuau0:br#115200:at=hayes:pa=none:du:\n"
"tip57600|Dial any phone number at 57600 bps:\\\n"
"        :dv=/dev/cuau0:br#57600:at=hayes:pa=none:du:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48244
msgid "This should now work:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48246
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tip -115200 5551234</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48248
msgid "Users who prefer <command>cu</command> over <command>tip</command>, can use a generic <literal>cu</literal> entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48252
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"cu115200|Use cu to dial any number at 115200bps:\\\n"
"        :dv=/dev/cuau1:br#57600:at=hayes:pa=none:du:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48255
msgid "and type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48257
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu 5551234 -s 115200</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48261
msgid "Setting the <acronym>bps</acronym> Rate"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48263
msgid "Put in an entry for <literal>tip1200</literal> or <literal>cu1200</literal>, but go ahead and use whatever <acronym>bps</acronym> rate is appropriate with the <literal>br</literal> capability. <command>tip</command> thinks a good default is 1200 bps which is why it looks for a <literal>tip1200</literal> entry. 1200 bps does not have to be used, though."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48273
msgid "Accessing a Number of Hosts Through a Terminal Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48276
msgid "Rather than waiting until connected and typing <command>CONNECT <replaceable>host</replaceable></command> each time, use <command>tip</command>'s <literal>cm</literal> capability. For example, these entries in <filename>/etc/remote</filename> will let you type <command>tip pain</command> or <command>tip muffin</command> to connect to the hosts <systemitem>pain</systemitem> or <systemitem>muffin</systemitem>, and <command>tip deep13</command> to connect to the terminal server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48286
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pain|pain.deep13.com|Forrester's machine:\\\n"
"        :cm=CONNECT pain\\n:tc=deep13:\n"
"muffin|muffin.deep13.com|Frank's machine:\\\n"
"        :cm=CONNECT muffin\\n:tc=deep13:\n"
"deep13:Gizmonics Institute terminal server:\\\n"
"        :dv=/dev/cuau2:br#38400:at=hayes:du:pa=none:pn=5551234:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48296
msgid "Using More Than One Line with <command>tip</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48299
msgid "This is often a problem where a university has several modem lines and several thousand students trying to use them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48303
msgid "Make an entry in <filename>/etc/remote</filename> and use <literal>@</literal> for the <literal>pn</literal> capability:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48307
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"big-university:\\\n"
"        :pn=\\@:tc=dialout\n"
"dialout:\\\n"
"        :dv=/dev/cuau3:br#9600:at=courier:du:pa=none:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48312
msgid "Then, list the phone numbers in <filename>/etc/phones</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48315
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"big-university 5551111\n"
"big-university 5551112\n"
"big-university 5551113\n"
"big-university 5551114"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48320
msgid "<command>tip</command> will try each number in the listed order, then give up. To keep retrying, run <command>tip</command> in a <literal>while</literal> loop."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48327
msgid "Using the Force Character"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48329
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>P</keycap> </keycombo> is the default <quote>force</quote> character, used to tell <command>tip</command> that the next character is literal data. The force character can be set to any other character with the <command>~s</command> escape, which means <quote>set a variable.</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48338
msgid "Type <command>~sforce=<replaceable>single-char</replaceable></command> followed by a newline. <replaceable>single-char</replaceable> is any single character. If <replaceable>single-char</replaceable> is left out, then the force character is the null character, which is accessed by typing <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>2</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap> </keycombo>. A pretty good value for <replaceable>single-char</replaceable> is <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>6</keycap> </keycombo>, which is only used on some terminal servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48359
msgid "To change the force character, specify the following in <filename>~/.tiprc</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48362
#, no-wrap
msgid "force=<replaceable>single-char</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48366
msgid "Upper Case Characters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48368
msgid "This happens when <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>A</keycap> </keycombo> is pressed, which is <command>tip</command>'s <quote>raise character</quote>, specially designed for people with broken caps-lock keys. Use <command>~s</command> to set <literal>raisechar</literal> to something reasonable. It can be set to be the same as the force character, if neither feature is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48379
msgid "Here is a sample <filename>~/.tiprc</filename> for <application>Emacs</application> users who need to type <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>2</keycap> </keycombo> and <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>A</keycap> </keycombo>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48389
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"force=^^\n"
"raisechar=^^"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48392
msgid "The <literal>^^</literal> is <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>6</keycap> </keycombo>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48400
msgid "File Transfers with <command>tip</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48402
msgid "When talking to another <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating system, files can be sent and received using <command>~p</command> (put) and <command>~t</command> (take). These commands run <command>cat</command> and <command>echo</command> on the remote system to accept and send files. The syntax is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/cmdsynopsis
#: book.translate.xml:48408
msgid "<command>~p</command> <arg choice=\"plain\">local-file</arg> <arg choice=\"opt\">remote-file</arg>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/cmdsynopsis
#: book.translate.xml:48414
msgid "<command>~t</command> <arg choice=\"plain\">remote-file</arg> <arg choice=\"opt\">local-file</arg>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48420
msgid "There is no error checking, so another protocol, like zmodem, should probably be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48425
msgid "Using <application>zmodem</application> with <command>tip</command>?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48428
msgid "To receive files, start the sending program on the remote end. Then, type <command>~C rz</command> to begin receiving them locally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48432
msgid "To send files, start the receiving program on the remote end. Then, type <command>~C sz <replaceable>files</replaceable></command> to send them to the remote system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:48441
msgid "Setting Up the Serial Console"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:48444
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Kazutaka</firstname> <surname>YOKOTA</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:48454
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Bill</firstname> <surname>Paul</surname> </personname> <contrib>Based on a document by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:48464
msgid "<primary>serial console</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48466
msgid "FreeBSD has the ability to boot a system with a dumb terminal on a serial port as a console. This configuration is useful for system administrators who wish to install FreeBSD on machines that have no keyboard or monitor attached, and developers who want to debug the kernel or device drivers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48473
msgid "As described in <xref linkend=\"boot\"/>, FreeBSD employs a three stage bootstrap. The first two stages are in the boot block code which is stored at the beginning of the FreeBSD slice on the boot disk. The boot block then loads and runs the boot loader as the third stage code."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48479
msgid "In order to set up booting from a serial console, the boot block code, the boot loader code, and the kernel need to be configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48484
msgid "Quick Serial Console Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48486
msgid "This section provides a fast overview of setting up the serial console. This procedure can be used when the dumb terminal is connected to <filename>COM1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:48491
msgid "Configuring a Serial Console on <filename>COM1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48495
msgid "Connect the serial cable to <filename>COM1</filename> and the controlling terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48501
msgid "To configure boot messages to display on the serial console, issue the following command as the superuser:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48505
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> echo 'console=\"comconsole\"' &gt;&gt; /boot/loader.conf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48509
msgid "Edit <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> and change <literal>off</literal> to <literal>on</literal> and <literal>dialup</literal> to <literal>vt100</literal> for the <filename>ttyu0</filename> entry. Otherwise, a password will not be required to connect via the serial console, resulting in a potential security hole."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48518
msgid "Reboot the system to see if the changes took effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48524
msgid "If a different configuration is required, see the next section for a more in-depth configuration explanation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48529
msgid "In-Depth Serial Console Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48531
msgid "This section provides a more detailed explanation of the steps needed to setup a serial console in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:48535
msgid "Configuring a Serial Console"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48538
msgid "Prepare a serial cable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48542
msgid "Use either a null-modem cable or a standard serial cable and a null-modem adapter. See <xref linkend=\"term-cables-null\"/> for a discussion on serial cables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48548
msgid "Unplug the keyboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48550
msgid "Many systems probe for the keyboard during the Power-On Self-Test (<acronym>POST</acronym>) and will generate an error if the keyboard is not detected. Some machines will refuse to boot until the keyboard is plugged in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48556
msgid "If the computer complains about the error, but boots anyway, no further configuration is needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48559
msgid "If the computer refuses to boot without a keyboard attached, configure the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> so that it ignores this error. Consult the motherboard's manual for details on how to do this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:48565
msgid "Try setting the keyboard to <quote>Not installed</quote> in the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>. This setting tells the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> not to probe for a keyboard at power-on so it should not complain if the keyboard is absent. If that option is not present in the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>, look for an <quote>Halt on Error</quote> option instead. Setting this to <quote>All but Keyboard</quote> or to <quote>No Errors</quote> will have the same effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48576
msgid "If the system has a <trademark class=\"registered\">PS/2</trademark> mouse, unplug it as well. <trademark class=\"registered\">PS/2</trademark> mice share some hardware with the keyboard and leaving the mouse plugged in can fool the keyboard probe into thinking the keyboard is still there."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48582
msgid "While most systems will boot without a keyboard, quite a few will not boot without a graphics adapter. Some systems can be configured to boot with no graphics adapter by changing the <quote>graphics adapter</quote> setting in the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> configuration to <quote>Not installed</quote>. Other systems do not support this option and will refuse to boot if there is no display hardware in the system. With these machines, leave some kind of graphics card plugged in, even if it is just a junky mono board. A monitor does not need to be attached."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48597
msgid "Plug a dumb terminal, an old computer with a modem program, or the serial port on another <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> box into the serial port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48603
msgid "Add the appropriate <literal>hint.sio.*</literal> entries to <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename> for the serial port. Some multi-port cards also require kernel configuration options. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sio</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the required options and device hints for each supported serial port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48612
msgid "Create <filename>boot.config</filename> in the root directory of the <literal>a</literal> partition on the boot drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48616
msgid "This file instructs the boot block code how to boot the system. In order to activate the serial console, one or more of the following options are needed. When using multiple options, include them all on the same line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48624 book.translate.xml:48733
msgid "<option>-h</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48627
msgid "Toggles between the internal and serial consoles. Use this to switch console devices. For instance, to boot from the internal (video) console, use <option>-h</option> to direct the boot loader and the kernel to use the serial port as its console device. Alternatively, to boot from the serial port, use <option>-h</option> to tell the boot loader and the kernel to use the video display as the console instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48640 book.translate.xml:48738
msgid "<option>-D</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48643
msgid "Toggles between the single and dual console configurations. In the single configuration, the console will be either the internal console (video display) or the serial port, depending on the state of <option>-h</option>. In the dual console configuration, both the video display and the serial port will become the console at the same time, regardless of the state of <option>-h</option>. However, the dual console configuration takes effect only while the boot block is running. Once the boot loader gets control, the console specified by <option>-h</option> becomes the only console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:48661
msgid "<option>-P</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48664
msgid "Makes the boot block probe the keyboard. If no keyboard is found, the <option>-D</option> and <option>-h</option> options are automatically set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48670
msgid "Due to space constraints in the current version of the boot blocks, <option>-P</option> is capable of detecting extended keyboards only. Keyboards with less than 101 keys and without F11 and F12 keys may not be detected. Keyboards on some laptops may not be properly found because of this limitation. If this is the case, do not use <option>-P</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48683
msgid "Use either <option>-P</option> to select the console automatically or <option>-h</option> to activate the serial console. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>boot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>boot.config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48688
msgid "The options, except for <option>-P</option>, are passed to the boot loader. The boot loader will determine whether the internal video or the serial port should become the console by examining the state of <option>-h</option>. This means that if <option>-D</option> is specified but <option>-h</option> is not specified in <filename>/boot.config</filename>, the serial port can be used as the console only during the boot block as the boot loader will use the internal video display as the console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48701
msgid "Boot the machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48703
msgid "When FreeBSD starts, the boot blocks echo the contents of <filename>/boot.config</filename> to the console. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48707
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/boot.config: -P\n"
"Keyboard: no"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48710
msgid "The second line appears only if <option>-P</option> is in <filename>/boot.config</filename> and indicates the presence or absence of the keyboard. These messages go to either the serial or internal console, or both, depending on the option in <filename>/boot.config</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48721
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48722
msgid "Message goes to"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48728
msgid "none"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48729 book.translate.xml:48749
msgid "internal console"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48734 book.translate.xml:48754
msgid "serial console"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48739 book.translate.xml:48744
msgid "serial and internal consoles"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48743
msgid "<option>-Dh</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48748
msgid "<option>-P</option>, keyboard present"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48753
msgid "<option>-P</option>, keyboard absent"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48760
msgid "After the message, there will be a small pause before the boot blocks continue loading the boot loader and before any further messages are printed to the console. Under normal circumstances, there is no need to interrupt the boot blocks, but one can do so in order to make sure things are set up correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48767
msgid "Press any key, other than <keycap>Enter</keycap>, at the console to interrupt the boot process. The boot blocks will then prompt for further action:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48775
msgid "Verify that the above message appears on either the serial or internal console, or both, according to the options in <filename>/boot.config</filename>. If the message appears in the correct console, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue the boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48782
msgid "If there is no prompt on the serial terminal, something is wrong with the settings. Enter <option>-h</option> then <keycap>Enter</keycap> or <keycap>Return</keycap> to tell the boot block (and then the boot loader and the kernel) to choose the serial port for the console. Once the system is up, go back and check what went wrong."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48792
msgid "During the third stage of the boot process, one can still switch between the internal console and the serial console by setting appropriate environment variables in the boot loader. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48799
msgid "This line in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> or <filename>/boot/loader.conf.local</filename> configures the boot loader and the kernel to send their boot messages to the serial console, regardless of the options in <filename>/boot.config</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48805
#, no-wrap
msgid "console=\"comconsole\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48807
msgid "That line should be the first line of <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> so that boot messages are displayed on the serial console as early as possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48812
msgid "If that line does not exist, or if it is set to <literal>console=\"vidconsole\"</literal>, the boot loader and the kernel will use whichever console is indicated by <option>-h</option> in the boot block. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48818
msgid "At the moment, the boot loader has no option equivalent to <option>-P</option> in the boot block, and there is no provision to automatically select the internal console and the serial console based on the presence of the keyboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:48826
msgid "While it is not required, it is possible to provide a <command>login</command> prompt over the serial line. To configure this, edit the entry for the serial port in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"term-config\"/>. If the speed of the serial port has been changed, change <literal>std.9600</literal> to match the new setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48837
msgid "Setting a Faster Serial Port Speed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48839
msgid "By default, the serial port settings are 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity, and 1 stop bit. To change the default console speed, use one of the following options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48845
msgid "Edit <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> and set <varname>BOOT_COMCONSOLE_SPEED</varname> to the new console speed. Then, recompile and install the boot blocks and the boot loader:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48850
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /sys/boot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make clean</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48855
msgid "If the serial console is configured in some other way than by booting with <option>-h</option>, or if the serial console used by the kernel is different from the one used by the boot blocks, add the following option, with the desired speed, to a custom kernel configuration file and compile a new kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48862
#, no-wrap
msgid "options CONSPEED=<replaceable>19200</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48866
msgid "Add the <option>-S<replaceable>19200</replaceable></option> boot option to <filename>/boot.config</filename>, replacing <replaceable>19200</replaceable> with the speed to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48874
msgid "Add the following options to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. Replace <replaceable>115200</replaceable> with the speed to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48879
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"boot_multicons=\"YES\"\n"
"boot_serial=\"YES\"\n"
"comconsole_speed=\"<replaceable>115200</replaceable>\"\n"
"console=\"comconsole,vidconsole\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48888
msgid "Entering the DDB Debugger from the Serial Line"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48890
msgid "To configure the ability to drop into the kernel debugger from the serial console, add the following options to a custom kernel configuration file and compile the kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>. Note that while this is useful for remote diagnostics, it is also dangerous if a spurious BREAK is generated on the serial port. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ddb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ddb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about the kernel debugger."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48899
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER\n"
"options DDB"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:48924
msgid "<acronym>PPP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#ppp-ppp
#: book.translate.xml:48929 book.translate.xml:48956
msgid "<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48933
msgid "FreeBSD supports the Point-to-Point (<acronym>PPP</acronym>) protocol which can be used to establish a network or Internet connection using a dial-up modem. This chapter describes how to configure modem-based communication services in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48942
msgid "How to configure, use, and troubleshoot a <acronym>PPP</acronym> connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48946
msgid "How to set up <acronym>PPP</acronym> over Ethernet (<acronym>PPPoE</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48950
msgid "How to set up <acronym>PPP</acronym> over <acronym>ATM</acronym> (<acronym>PPPoA</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:48959 book.translate.xml:50220
msgid "<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary> <secondary>over Ethernet</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48968 book.translate.xml:61981
msgid "Be familiar with basic network terminology."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48971
msgid "Understand the basics and purpose of a dial-up connection and <acronym>PPP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:49012
msgid "Configuring <acronym>PPP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:49014
msgid "FreeBSD provides built-in support for managing dial-up <acronym>PPP</acronym> connections using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The default FreeBSD kernel provides support for <filename>tun</filename> which is used to interact with a modem hardware. Configuration is performed by editing at least one configuration file, and configuration files containing examples are provided. Finally, <command>ppp</command> is used to start and manage connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:49023
msgid "In order to use a <acronym>PPP</acronym> connection, the following items are needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49028
msgid "A dial-up account with an Internet Service Provider (<acronym>ISP</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49033
msgid "A dial-up modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49037
msgid "The dial-up number for the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49042
msgid "The login name and password assigned by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49047
msgid "The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of one or more <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers. Normally, the <acronym>ISP</acronym> provides these addresses. If it did not, FreeBSD can be configured to use <acronym>DNS</acronym> negotiation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:49055
msgid "If any of the required information is missing, contact the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:49058
msgid "The following information may be supplied by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>, but is not necessary:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49063
msgid "The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the default gateway. If this information is unknown, the <acronym>ISP</acronym> will automatically provide the correct value during connection setup. When configuring <acronym>PPP</acronym> on FreeBSD, this address is referred to as <literal>HISADDR</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49072
msgid "The subnet mask. If the <acronym>ISP</acronym> has not provided one, <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.255</systemitem> will be used in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#ppp-static-ip
#: book.translate.xml:49078
msgid "<primary>static <acronym>IP</acronym> address</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49082
msgid "If the <acronym>ISP</acronym> has assigned a static <acronym>IP</acronym> address and hostname, it should be input into the configuration file. Otherwise, this information will be automatically provided during connection setup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:49090
msgid "The rest of this section demonstrates how to configure FreeBSD for common <acronym>PPP</acronym> connection scenarios. The required configuration file is <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename> and additional files and examples are available in <filename>/usr/share/examples/ppp/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:49098
msgid "Throughout this section, many of the file examples display line numbers. These line numbers have been added to make it easier to follow the discussion and are not meant to be placed in the actual file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:49103
msgid "When editing a configuration file, proper indentation is important. Lines that end in a <literal>:</literal> start in the first column (beginning of the line) while all other lines should be indented as shown using spaces or tabs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49110 book.translate.xml:51471
msgid "Basic Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49112
msgid "<primary>PPP</primary> <secondary>with static <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49118
msgid "In order to configure a <acronym>PPP</acronym> connection, first edit <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename> with the dial-in information for the <acronym>ISP</acronym>. This file is described as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49123
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"1     default:\n"
"2       set log Phase Chat LCP IPCP CCP tun command\n"
"3       ident user-ppp VERSION\n"
"4       set device /dev/cuau0\n"
"5       set speed 115200\n"
"6       set dial \"ABORT BUSY ABORT NO\\\\sCARRIER TIMEOUT 5 \\\n"
"7                 \\\"\\\" AT OK-AT-OK ATE1Q0 OK \\\\dATDT\\\\T TIMEOUT 40 CONNECT\"\n"
"8       set timeout 180\n"
"9       enable dns\n"
"10\n"
"11    provider:\n"
"12      set phone \"(123) 456 7890\"\n"
"13      set authname foo\n"
"14      set authkey bar\n"
"15      set timeout 300\n"
"16      set ifaddr <replaceable>x.x.x.x</replaceable>/0 <replaceable>y.y.y.y</replaceable>/0 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0\n"
"17      add default HISADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49143
msgid "Line 1:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49146
msgid "Identifies the <literal>default</literal> entry. Commands in this entry (lines 2 through 9) are executed automatically when <command>ppp</command> is run."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49154
msgid "Line 2:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49157
msgid "Enables verbose logging parameters for testing the connection. Once the configuration is working satisfactorily, this line should be reduced to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49162
#, no-wrap
msgid "set log phase tun"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49168
msgid "Line 3:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49171
msgid "Displays the version of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to the <acronym>PPP</acronym> software running on the other side of the connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49178
msgid "Line 4:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49181
msgid "Identifies the device to which the modem is connected, where <filename>COM1</filename> is <filename>/dev/cuau0</filename> and <filename>COM2</filename> is <filename>/dev/cuau1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49190
msgid "Line 5:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49193
msgid "Sets the connection speed. If <literal>115200</literal> does not work on an older modem, try <literal>38400</literal> instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49200
msgid "Lines 6 &amp; 7:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49203
msgid "The dial string written as an expect-send syntax. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49207
msgid "Note that this command continues onto the next line for readability. Any command in <filename>ppp.conf</filename> may do this if the last character on the line is <literal>\\</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49216
msgid "Line 8:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49219
msgid "Sets the idle timeout for the link in seconds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49225
msgid "Line 9:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49228
msgid "Instructs the peer to confirm the <acronym>DNS</acronym> settings. If the local network is running its own <acronym>DNS</acronym> server, this line should be commented out, by adding a <literal>#</literal> at the beginning of the line, or removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49238
msgid "Line 10:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49241
msgid "A blank line for readability. Blank lines are ignored by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49247
msgid "Line 11:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49250
msgid "Identifies an entry called <literal>provider</literal>. This could be changed to the name of the <acronym>ISP</acronym> so that <option>load <replaceable>ISP</replaceable></option> can be used to start the connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49260
msgid "Line 12:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49263
msgid "Use the phone number for the <acronym>ISP</acronym>. Multiple phone numbers may be specified using the colon (<literal>:</literal>) or pipe character (<literal>|</literal>) as a separator. To rotate through the numbers, use a colon. To always attempt to dial the first number first and only use the other numbers if the first number fails, use the pipe character. Always enclose the entire set of phone numbers between quotation marks (<literal>\"</literal>) to prevent dialing failures."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49278
msgid "Lines 13 &amp; 14:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49281
msgid "Use the user name and password for the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49287 book.translate.xml:49692
msgid "Line 15:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49290
msgid "Sets the default idle timeout in seconds for the connection. In this example, the connection will be closed automatically after 300 seconds of inactivity. To prevent a timeout, set this value to zero."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49299
msgid "Line 16:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49301
msgid "Sets the interface addresses. The values used depend upon whether a static <acronym>IP</acronym> address has been obtained from the <acronym>ISP</acronym> or if it instead negotiates a dynamic <acronym>IP</acronym> address during connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49308
msgid "If the <acronym>ISP</acronym> has allocated a static <acronym>IP</acronym> address and default gateway, replace <replaceable>x.x.x.x</replaceable> with the static <acronym>IP</acronym> address and replace <replaceable>y.y.y.y</replaceable> with the <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the default gateway. If the <acronym>ISP</acronym> has only provided a static <acronym>IP</acronym> address without a gateway address, replace <replaceable>y.y.y.y</replaceable> with <systemitem class=\"netmask\">10.0.0.2/0</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49319
msgid "If the <acronym>IP</acronym> address changes whenever a connection is made, change this line to the following value. This tells <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to use the <acronym>IP</acronym> Configuration Protocol (<acronym>IPCP</acronym>) to negotiate a dynamic <acronym>IP</acronym> address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49326
#, no-wrap
msgid "set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49332
msgid "Line 17:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49335
msgid "Keep this line as-is as it adds a default route to the gateway. The <literal>HISADDR</literal> will automatically be replaced with the gateway address specified on line 16. It is important that this line appears after line 16."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49344
msgid "Depending upon whether <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is started manually or automatically, a <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.linkup</filename> may also need to be created which contains the following lines. This file is required when running <command>ppp</command> in <option>-auto</option> mode. This file is used after the connection has been established. At this point, the <acronym>IP</acronym> address will have been assigned and it is now be possible to add the routing table entries. When creating this file, make sure that <replaceable>provider</replaceable> matches the value demonstrated in line 11 of <filename>ppp.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49358
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"provider:\n"
"      add default HISADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49361
msgid "This file is also needed when the default gateway address is <quote>guessed</quote> in a static <acronym>IP</acronym> address configuration. In this case, remove line 17 from <filename>ppp.conf</filename> and create <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.linkup</filename> with the above two lines. More examples for this file can be found in <filename>/usr/share/examples/ppp/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49369
msgid "By default, <command>ppp</command> must be run as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. To change this default, add the account of the user who should run <command>ppp</command> to the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">network</systemitem> group in <filename>/etc/group</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49375
msgid "Then, give the user access to one or more entries in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename> with <command>allow</command>. For example, to give <systemitem class=\"username\">fred</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"username\">mary</systemitem> permission to only the <literal>provider:</literal> entry, add this line to the <literal>provider:</literal> section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49384
#, no-wrap
msgid "allow users <replaceable>fred mary</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49386
msgid "To give the specified users access to all entries, put that line in the <literal>default</literal> section instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49596
msgid "<primary>NetBIOS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49600
msgid "<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary> <secondary>Microsoft extensions</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49605
msgid "It is possible to configure PPP to supply DNS and NetBIOS nameserver addresses on demand."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49608
msgid "To enable these extensions with <acronym>PPP</acronym> version 1.x, the following lines might be added to the relevant section of <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49613
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"enable msext\n"
"set ns 203.14.100.1 203.14.100.2\n"
"set nbns 203.14.100.5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49617
msgid "And for <acronym>PPP</acronym> version 2 and above:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49620
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"accept dns\n"
"set dns 203.14.100.1 203.14.100.2\n"
"set nbns 203.14.100.5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49624
msgid "This will tell the clients the primary and secondary name server addresses, and a NetBIOS nameserver host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49628
msgid "In version 2 and above, if the <literal>set dns</literal> line is omitted, <acronym>PPP</acronym> will use the values found in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:49634
msgid "PAP and CHAP Authentication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49636
msgid "<primary>PAP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49637
msgid "<primary>CHAP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49638
msgid "Some <acronym>ISP</acronym>s set their system up so that the authentication part of the connection is done using either of the PAP or CHAP authentication mechanisms. If this is the case, the <acronym>ISP</acronym> will not give a <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt at connection, but will start talking <acronym>PPP</acronym> immediately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49646
msgid "PAP is less secure than CHAP, but security is not normally an issue here as passwords, although being sent as plain text with PAP, are being transmitted down a serial line only. There is not much room for crackers to <quote>eavesdrop</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49652
msgid "The following alterations must be made:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49655
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"13      set authname <replaceable>MyUserName</replaceable>\n"
"14      set authkey <replaceable>MyPassword</replaceable>\n"
"15      set login"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49661
msgid "Line 13:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49664
msgid "This line specifies the PAP/CHAP user name. Insert the correct value for <replaceable>MyUserName</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49671
msgid "Line 14:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49674
msgid "<primary>password</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49673
msgid "This line specifies the PAP/CHAP password<_:indexterm-1/>. Insert the correct value for <replaceable>MyPassword</replaceable>. You may want to add an additional line, such as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49679
#, no-wrap
msgid "16      accept PAP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49683
#, no-wrap
msgid "16      accept CHAP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49685
msgid "to make it obvious that this is the intention, but PAP and CHAP are both accepted by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49695
msgid "The <acronym>ISP</acronym> will not normally require a login to the server when using PAP or CHAP. Therefore, disable the <quote>set login</quote> string."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:49705
msgid "Using <acronym>PPP</acronym> Network Address Translation Capability"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49708
msgid "<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary><secondary>NAT</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49712
msgid "PPP has ability to use internal NAT without kernel diverting capabilities. This functionality may be enabled by the following line in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49717
#, no-wrap
msgid "nat enable yes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49719
msgid "Alternatively, NAT may be enabled by command-line option <literal>-nat</literal>. There is also <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> knob named <literal>ppp_nat</literal>, which is enabled by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49725
msgid "When using this feature, it may be useful to include the following <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename> options to enable incoming connections forwarding:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49729
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"nat port tcp 10.0.0.2:ftp ftp\n"
"nat port tcp 10.0.0.2:http http"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49732
msgid "or do not trust the outside at all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49734
#, no-wrap
msgid "nat deny_incoming yes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49739
msgid "Final System Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49741
msgid "<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary><secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49745
msgid "While <command>ppp</command> is now configured, some edits still need to be made to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49749
msgid "Working from the top down in this file, make sure the <literal>hostname=</literal> line is set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49752
#, no-wrap
msgid "hostname=\"foo.example.com\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49754
msgid "If the <acronym>ISP</acronym> has supplied a static <acronym>IP</acronym> address and name, use this name as the host name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49758
msgid "Look for the <literal>network_interfaces</literal> variable. To configure the system to dial the <acronym>ISP</acronym> on demand, make sure the <filename>tun0</filename> device is added to the list, otherwise remove it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49764
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network_interfaces=\"lo0 tun0\"\n"
"ifconfig_tun0="
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:49768
msgid "The <literal>ifconfig_tun0</literal> variable should be empty, and a file called <filename>/etc/start_if.tun0</filename> should be created. This file should contain the line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49773
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp -auto mysystem"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:49775
msgid "This script is executed at network configuration time, starting the ppp daemon in automatic mode. If this machine acts as a gateway, consider including <option>-alias</option>. Refer to the manual page for further details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49782
msgid "Make sure that the router program is set to <literal>NO</literal> with the following line in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49786
#, no-wrap
msgid "router_enable=\"NO\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49788
msgid "<primary><application>routed</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49792
msgid "It is important that the <command>routed</command> daemon is not started, as <command>routed</command> tends to delete the default routing table entries created by <command>ppp</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49797
msgid "It is probably a good idea to ensure that the <literal>sendmail_flags</literal> line does not include the <option>-q</option> option, otherwise <command>sendmail</command> will attempt to do a network lookup every now and then, possibly causing your machine to dial out. You may try:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49804
#, no-wrap
msgid "sendmail_flags=\"-bd\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49806
msgid "<primary><application>sendmail</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49809
msgid "The downside is that <command>sendmail</command> is forced to re-examine the mail queue whenever the ppp link. To automate this, include <command>!bg</command> in <filename>ppp.linkup</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49814
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"1     provider:\n"
"2       delete ALL\n"
"3       add 0 0 HISADDR\n"
"4       !bg sendmail -bd -q30m"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49819 book.translate.xml:51496
msgid "<primary>SMTP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49823
msgid "An alternative is to set up a <quote>dfilter</quote> to block SMTP traffic. Refer to the sample files for further details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49829
msgid "Using <command>ppp</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49831
msgid "All that is left is to reboot the machine. After rebooting, either type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49834 book.translate.xml:50027
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ppp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49836
msgid "and then <command>dial provider</command> to start the <acronym>PPP</acronym> session, or, to configure <command>ppp</command> to establish sessions automatically when there is outbound traffic and <filename>start_if.tun0</filename> does not exist, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49843
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ppp -auto provider</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49845
msgid "It is possible to talk to the <command>ppp</command> program while it is running in the background, but only if a suitable diagnostic port has been set up. To do this, add the following line to the configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49850
#, no-wrap
msgid "set server /var/run/ppp-tun<replaceable>%d</replaceable> DiagnosticPassword 0177"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49852
msgid "This will tell PPP to listen to the specified <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> domain socket, asking clients for the specified password before allowing access. The <literal>%d</literal> in the name is replaced with the <filename>tun</filename> device number that is in use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49859
msgid "Once a socket has been set up, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pppctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> program may be used in scripts that wish to manipulate the running program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49865
msgid "Configuring Dial-in Services"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49867
msgid "<primary><command>mgetty</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49871
msgid "<primary>AutoPPP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49875
msgid "<primary>LCP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49878
msgid "<xref linkend=\"dialup\"/> provides a good description on enabling dial-up services using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>getty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49881
msgid "An alternative to <command>getty</command> is <package>comms/mgetty+sendfax</package> port), a smarter version of <command>getty</command> designed with dial-up lines in mind."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49886
msgid "The advantages of using <command>mgetty</command> is that it actively <emphasis>talks</emphasis> to modems, meaning if port is turned off in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> then the modem will not answer the phone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49892
msgid "Later versions of <command>mgetty</command> (from 0.99beta onwards) also support the automatic detection of <acronym>PPP</acronym> streams, allowing clients scriptless access to the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49897
msgid "Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://mgetty.greenie.net/doc/mgetty_toc.html\">http://mgetty.greenie.net/doc/mgetty_toc.html</link> for more information on <command>mgetty</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49900
msgid "By default the <package>comms/mgetty+sendfax</package> port comes with the <literal>AUTO_PPP</literal> option enabled allowing <command>mgetty</command> to detect the LCP phase of <acronym>PPP</acronym> connections and automatically spawn off a ppp shell. However, since the default login/password sequence does not occur it is necessary to authenticate users using either PAP or CHAP."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49909
msgid "This section assumes the user has successfully compiled, and installed the <package>comms/mgetty+sendfax</package> port on his system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49914
msgid "Ensure that <filename>/usr/local/etc/mgetty+sendfax/login.config</filename> has the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49918
#, no-wrap
msgid "/AutoPPP/ -     - /etc/ppp/ppp-pap-dialup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49920
msgid "This tells <command>mgetty</command> to run <filename>ppp-pap-dialup</filename> for detected <acronym>PPP</acronym> connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49924
msgid "Create an executable file called <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp-pap-dialup</filename> containing the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49928
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"exec /usr/sbin/ppp -direct pap$IDENT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49931
msgid "For each dial-up line enabled in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>, create a corresponding entry in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename>. This will happily co-exist with the definitions we created above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49937
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pap:\n"
"  enable pap\n"
"  set ifaddr 203.14.100.1 203.14.100.20-203.14.100.40\n"
"  enable proxy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49942
msgid "Each user logging in with this method will need to have a username/password in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.secret</filename>, or alternatively add the following option to authenticate users via PAP from <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49949
#, no-wrap
msgid "enable passwdauth"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49951
msgid "To assign some users a static <acronym>IP</acronym> number, specify the number as the third argument in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.secret</filename>. See <filename>/usr/share/examples/ppp/ppp.secret.sample</filename> for examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:49971
msgid "Troubleshooting <acronym>PPP</acronym> Connections"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49973
msgid "<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:49978
msgid "This section covers a few issues which may arise when using <acronym>PPP</acronym> over a modem connection. Some <acronym>ISP</acronym>s present the <literal>ssword</literal> prompt while others present <literal>password</literal>. If the <command>ppp</command> script is not written accordingly, the login attempt will fail. The most common way to debug <command>ppp</command> connections is by connecting manually as described in this section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49989
msgid "Check the Device Nodes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49991
msgid "When using a custom kernel, make sure to include the following line in the kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49994
#, no-wrap
msgid "device   uart"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49996
msgid "The <filename>uart</filename> device is already included in the <literal>GENERIC</literal> kernel, so no additional steps are necessary in this case. Just check the <command>dmesg</command> output for the modem device with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50002
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dmesg | grep uart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50004
msgid "This should display some pertinent output about the <filename>uart</filename> devices. These are the COM ports we need. If the modem acts like a standard serial port, it should be listed on <filename>uart1</filename>, or <filename>COM2</filename>. If so, a kernel rebuild is not required. When matching up, if the modem is on <filename>uart1</filename>, the modem device would be <filename>/dev/cuau1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:50015
msgid "Connecting Manually"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50017
msgid "Connecting to the Internet by manually controlling <command>ppp</command> is quick, easy, and a great way to debug a connection or just get information on how the <acronym>ISP</acronym> treats <command>ppp</command> client connections. Lets start <application>PPP</application> from the command line. Note that in all of our examples we will use <emphasis>example</emphasis> as the hostname of the machine running <application>PPP</application>. To start <command>ppp</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50029
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>set device /dev/cuau1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50031
msgid "This second command sets the modem device to <filename>cuau1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50034
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>set speed 115200</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50036
msgid "This sets the connection speed to 115,200 <acronym>kbps</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50039
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>enable dns</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50041
msgid "This tells <command>ppp</command> to configure the resolver and add the nameserver lines to <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. If <command>ppp</command> cannot determine the hostname, it can manually be set later."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50047
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>term</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50049
msgid "This switches to <quote>terminal</quote> mode in order to manually control the modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50052
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deflink: Entering terminal mode on <filename class=\"devicefile\">/dev/cuau1</filename>\n"
"type '~h' for help"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50055
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<userinput>at</userinput>\n"
"OK\n"
"<userinput>atdt<replaceable>123456789</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50059
msgid "Use <command>at</command> to initialize the modem, then use <command>atdt</command> and the number for the <acronym>ISP</acronym> to begin the dial in process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50063
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONNECT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50065
msgid "Confirmation of the connection, if we are going to have any connection problems, unrelated to hardware, here is where we will attempt to resolve them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50069
#, no-wrap
msgid "ISP Login:<userinput>myusername</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50071
msgid "At this prompt, return the prompt with the username that was provided by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50074
#, no-wrap
msgid "ISP Pass:<userinput>mypassword</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50076
msgid "At this prompt, reply with the password that was provided by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>. Just like logging into FreeBSD, the password will not echo."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50080
#, no-wrap
msgid "Shell or PPP:<userinput>ppp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50082
msgid "Depending on the <acronym>ISP</acronym>, this prompt might not appear. If it does, it is asking whether to use a shell on the provider or to start <command>ppp</command>. In this example, <command>ppp</command> was selected in order to establish an Internet connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50089
#, no-wrap
msgid "Ppp ON example&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50091
msgid "Notice that in this example the first <option>p</option> has been capitalized. This shows that we have successfully connected to the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50095
#, no-wrap
msgid "PPp ON example&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50097
msgid "We have successfully authenticated with our <acronym>ISP</acronym> and are waiting for the assigned <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50101
#, no-wrap
msgid "PPP ON example&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50103
msgid "We have made an agreement on an <acronym>IP</acronym> address and successfully completed our connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50106
#, no-wrap
msgid "PPP ON example&gt;<userinput>add default HISADDR</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50108
msgid "Here we add our default route, we need to do this before we can talk to the outside world as currently the only established connection is with the peer. If this fails due to existing routes, put a bang character <literal>!</literal> in front of the <option>add</option>. Alternatively, set this before making the actual connection and it will negotiate a new route accordingly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50117
msgid "If everything went good we should now have an active connection to the Internet, which could be thrown into the background using <keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>CTRL</keycap> <keycap>z</keycap></keycombo> If <command>PPP</command> returns to <command>ppp</command> then the connection has bee lost. This is good to know because it shows the connection status. Capital P's represent a connection to the <acronym>ISP</acronym> and lowercase p's show that the connection has been lost."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:50129
msgid "Debugging"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50131
msgid "If a connection cannot be established, turn hardware flow <acronym>CTS/RTS</acronym> to off using <option>set ctsrts off</option>. This is mainly the case when connected to some <application>PPP</application>-capable terminal servers, where <application>PPP</application> hangs when it tries to write data to the communication link, and waits for a Clear To Send (<acronym>CTS</acronym>) signal which may never come. When using this option, include <option>set accmap</option> as it may be required to defeat hardware dependent on passing certain characters from end to end, most of the time XON/XOFF. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on this option and how it is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50144
msgid "An older modem may need <option>set parity even</option>. Parity is set at none be default, but is used for error checking with a large increase in traffic, on older modems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50149
msgid "<application>PPP</application> may not return to the command mode, which is usually a negotiation error where the <acronym>ISP</acronym> is waiting for negotiating to begin. At this point, using <command>~p</command> will force ppp to start sending the configuration information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50155
msgid "If a login prompt never appears, <acronym>PAP</acronym> or <acronym>CHAP</acronym> authentication is most likely required. To use <acronym>PAP</acronym> or <acronym>CHAP</acronym>, add the following options to <application>PPP</application> before going into terminal mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50162
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>set authname <replaceable>myusername</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50164
msgid "Where <replaceable>myusername</replaceable> should be replaced with the username that was assigned by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50168
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>set authkey <replaceable>mypassword</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50170
msgid "Where <replaceable>mypassword</replaceable> should be replaced with the password that was assigned by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50174
msgid "If a connection is established, but cannot seem to find any domain name, try to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> an <acronym>IP</acronym> address. If there is 100 percent (100%) packet loss, it is likely that a default route was not assigned. Double check that <option>add default HISADDR</option> was set during the connection. If a connection can be made to a remote <acronym>IP</acronym> address, it is possible that a resolver address has not been added to <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. This file should look like:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50185
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"domain <replaceable>example.com</replaceable>\n"
"nameserver <replaceable>x.x.x.x</replaceable>\n"
"nameserver <replaceable>y.y.y.y</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50189
msgid "Where <replaceable>x.x.x.x</replaceable> and <replaceable>y.y.y.y</replaceable> should be replaced with the <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s DNS servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50194
msgid "To configure <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> to provide logging for the <application>PPP</application> connection, make sure this line exists in <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50198
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"!ppp\n"
"*.*     /var/log/ppp.log"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:50218
msgid "Using <acronym>PPP</acronym> over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50225
msgid "This section describes how to set up <acronym>PPP</acronym> over Ethernet (<acronym>PPPoE</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50228
msgid "Here is an example of a working <filename>ppp.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50231
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"default:\n"
"  set log Phase tun command # you can add more detailed logging if you wish\n"
"  set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0\n"
"\n"
"name_of_service_provider:\n"
"  set device PPPoE:<replaceable>xl1</replaceable> # replace xl1 with your Ethernet device\n"
"  set authname YOURLOGINNAME\n"
"  set authkey YOURPASSWORD\n"
"  set dial\n"
"  set login\n"
"  add default HISADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50243
msgid "As <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50246
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ppp -ddial name_of_service_provider</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:50248 book.translate.xml:63571
msgid "Add the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50251
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ppp_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"ppp_mode=\"ddial\"\n"
"ppp_nat=\"YES\"\t# if you want to enable nat for your local network, otherwise NO\n"
"ppp_profile=\"name_of_service_provider\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:50257
msgid "Using a PPPoE Service Tag"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50259
msgid "Sometimes it will be necessary to use a service tag to establish the connection. Service tags are used to distinguish between different PPPoE servers attached to a given network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50264
msgid "Any required service tag information should be in the documentation provided by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50267
msgid "As a last resort, one could try installing the <package>net/rr-pppoe</package> package or port. Bear in mind however, this may de-program your modem and render it useless, so think twice before doing it. Simply install the program shipped with the modem. Then, access the <guimenu>System</guimenu> menu from the program. The name of the profile should be listed there. It is usually <emphasis>ISP</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50276
msgid "The profile name (service tag) will be used in the PPPoE configuration entry in <filename>ppp.conf</filename> as the provider part for <command>set device</command>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for full details. It should look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50282
#, no-wrap
msgid "set device PPPoE:<replaceable>xl1</replaceable>:<replaceable>ISP</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50284
msgid "Do not forget to change <replaceable>xl1</replaceable> to the proper device for the Ethernet card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50287
msgid "Do not forget to change <replaceable>ISP</replaceable> to the profile."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50290
msgid "For additional information, refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://renaud.waldura.com/doc/freebsd/pppoe/\">Cheaper Broadband with FreeBSD on DSL</link> by Renaud Waldura."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:50296
msgid "PPPoE with a <trademark class=\"registered\">3Com</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">HomeConnect</trademark> ADSL Modem Dual Link"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50300
msgid "This modem does not follow the PPPoE specification defined in <link xlink:href=\"http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2516.html\">RFC 2516</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50304
msgid "In order to make FreeBSD capable of communicating with this device, a sysctl must be set. This can be done automatically at boot time by updating <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50309
#, no-wrap
msgid "net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50311
msgid "or can be done immediately with the command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50313
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50315
msgid "Unfortunately, because this is a system-wide setting, it is not possible to talk to a normal PPPoE client or server and a <trademark class=\"registered\">3Com</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">HomeConnect</trademark> ADSL Modem at the same time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:50323
msgid "Using <application>PPP</application> over <acronym>ATM</acronym> (PPPoA)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50326
msgid "<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary> <secondary>over <acronym>ATM</acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50331
msgid "<primary>PPPoA</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50335
msgid "The following describes how to set up PPP over <acronym>ATM</acronym> (PPPoA). PPPoA is a popular choice among European DSL providers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:50392
msgid "Using mpd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50394
msgid "The <application>mpd</application> application can be used to connect to a variety of services, in particular PPTP services. It can be installed using the <package>net/mpd5</package> package or port. Many ADSL modems require that a PPTP tunnel is created between the modem and computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50401
msgid "Once installed, configure <application>mpd</application> to suit the provider's settings. The port places a set of sample configuration files which are well documented in <filename>/usr/local/etc/mpd/</filename>. A complete guide to configure <application>mpd</application> is available in HTML format in <filename>/usr/ports/share/doc/mpd/</filename>. Here is a sample configuration for connecting to an ADSL service with <application>mpd</application>. The configuration is spread over two files, first the <filename>mpd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:50413
msgid "This example <filename>mpd.conf</filename> only works with <application>mpd</application> 4.x."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50417
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"default:\n"
"    load adsl\n"
"\n"
"adsl:\n"
"    new -i ng0 adsl adsl\n"
"    set bundle authname <replaceable>username</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-mpd-ex-user\"/>\n"
"    set bundle password <replaceable>password</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-mpd-ex-pass\"/>\n"
"    set bundle disable multilink\n"
"\n"
"    set link no pap acfcomp protocomp\n"
"    set link disable chap\n"
"    set link accept chap\n"
"    set link keep-alive 30 10\n"
"\n"
"    set ipcp no vjcomp\n"
"    set ipcp ranges 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0\n"
"\n"
"    set iface route default\n"
"    set iface disable on-demand\n"
"    set iface enable proxy-arp\n"
"    set iface idle 0\n"
"\n"
"    open"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50443
msgid "The username used to authenticate with your <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50447
msgid "The password used to authenticate with your <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50452
msgid "Information about the link, or links, to establish is found in <filename>mpd.links</filename>. An example <filename>mpd.links</filename> to accompany the above example is given beneath:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50457
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"adsl:\n"
"    set link type pptp\n"
"    set pptp mode active\n"
"    set pptp enable originate outcall\n"
"    set pptp self <replaceable>10.0.0.1</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-mpd-ex-self\"/>\n"
"    set pptp peer <replaceable>10.0.0.138</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-mpd-ex-peer\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50466
msgid "The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of FreeBSD computer running <application>mpd</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50470
msgid "The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the ADSL modem. The Alcatel <trademark>SpeedTouch</trademark> Home defaults to <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.138</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50475
msgid "It is possible to initialize the connection easily by issuing the following command as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50479
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mpd -b <replaceable>adsl</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50481
msgid "To view the status of the connection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50483
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>ng0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"ng0: flags=88d1&lt;UP,POINTOPOINT,RUNNING,NOARP,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"     inet 216.136.204.117 --&gt; 204.152.186.171 netmask 0xffffffff"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50487
msgid "Using <application>mpd</application> is the recommended way to connect to an ADSL service with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:50492
msgid "Using pptpclient"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50494
msgid "It is also possible to use FreeBSD to connect to other PPPoA services using <package>net/pptpclient</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50497
msgid "To use <package>net/pptpclient</package> to connect to a DSL service, install the port or package, then edit <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename>. An example section of <filename>ppp.conf</filename> is given below. For further information on <filename>ppp.conf</filename> options consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50504
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"adsl:\n"
" set log phase chat lcp ipcp ccp tun command\n"
" set timeout 0\n"
" enable dns\n"
" set authname <replaceable>username</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-pptp-ex-user\"/>\n"
" set authkey <replaceable>password</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-pptp-ex-pass\"/>\n"
" set ifaddr 0 0\n"
" add default HISADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50515
msgid "The username for the DSL provider."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50519
msgid "The password for your account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:50524
msgid "Since the account's password is added to <filename>ppp.conf</filename>in plain text form, make sure nobody can read the contents of this file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50528
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chown root:wheel /etc/ppp/ppp.conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 600 /etc/ppp/ppp.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50533
msgid "This will open a tunnel for a <acronym>PPP</acronym> session to the DSL router. Ethernet DSL modems have a preconfigured LAN <acronym>IP</acronym> address to connect to. In the case of the Alcatel <trademark>SpeedTouch</trademark> Home, this address is <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.138</systemitem>. The router's documentation should list the address the device uses. To open the tunnel and start a <acronym>PPP</acronym> session:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50542
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pptp <replaceable>address</replaceable> <replaceable>adsl</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:50545
msgid "If an ampersand (<quote>&amp;</quote>) is added to the end of this command, <application>pptp</application> will return the prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50551
msgid "A <filename>tun</filename> virtual tunnel device will be created for interaction between the <application>pptp</application> and <application>ppp</application> processes. Once the prompt is returned, or the <application>pptp</application> process has confirmed a connection, examine the tunnel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50559
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>tun0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"tun0: flags=8051&lt;UP,POINTOPOINT,RUNNING,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"        inet 216.136.204.21 --&gt; 204.152.186.171 netmask 0xffffff00\n"
"\tOpened by PID 918"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50564
msgid "If the connection fails, check the configuration of the router, which is usually accessible using a web browser. Also, examine the output of <command>pptp</command> and the contents of the log file, <filename>/var/log/ppp.log</filename> for clues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:50585
msgid "<personname><firstname>Bill</firstname><surname>Lloyd</surname></personname><contrib>Original work by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:50589
msgid "<personname><firstname>Jim</firstname><surname>Mock</surname></personname><contrib>Rewritten by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50599
msgid "<quote>Electronic Mail</quote>, better known as email, is one of the most widely used forms of communication today. This chapter provides a basic introduction to running a mail server on FreeBSD, as well as an introduction to sending and receiving email using FreeBSD. For more complete coverage of this subject, refer to the books listed in <xref linkend=\"bibliography\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50610
msgid "Which software components are involved in sending and receiving electronic mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50615
msgid "Where basic <application>Sendmail</application> configuration files are located in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50620
msgid "The difference between remote and local mailboxes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50625
msgid "How to block spammers from illegally using a mail server as a relay."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50630
msgid "How to install and configure an alternate Mail Transfer Agent, replacing <application>Sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50636
msgid "How to troubleshoot common mail server problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50640
msgid "How to set up the system to send mail only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50644
msgid "How to use mail with a dialup connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50648
msgid "How to configure SMTP authentication for added security."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50653
msgid "How to install and use a Mail User Agent, such as <application>mutt</application>, to send and receive email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50659
msgid "How to download mail from a remote <acronym>POP</acronym> or <acronym>IMAP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50665
msgid "How to automatically apply filters and rules to incoming email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50674
msgid "Properly set up a network connection (<xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50678
msgid "Properly set up the <acronym>DNS</acronym> information for a mail host (<xref linkend=\"network-servers\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:50690
msgid "Mail Components"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50692
msgid "<primary>POP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50693
msgid "<primary>IMAP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50695
msgid "<primary>mail server daemons</primary> <secondary><application>Sendmail</application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50699
msgid "<primary>mail server daemons</primary> <secondary><application>Postfix</application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50703
msgid "<primary>mail server daemons</primary> <secondary><application>qmail</application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50707
msgid "<primary>mail server daemons</primary> <secondary><application>Exim</application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50711
msgid "<primary>email</primary> <secondary>receiving</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50715 book.translate.xml:51387 book.translate.xml:51506
#: book.translate.xml:56339
msgid "<primary>MX record</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50716
msgid "<primary>mail host</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50718
msgid "There are five major parts involved in an email exchange: the Mail User Agent (<acronym>MUA</acronym>), the Mail Transfer Agent (<acronym>MTA</acronym>), a mail host, a remote or local mailbox, and <acronym>DNS</acronym>. This section provides an overview of these components."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50726
msgid "Mail User Agent (<acronym>MUA</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50728
msgid "The Mail User Agent (<acronym>MUA</acronym>) is an application which is used to compose, send, and receive emails. This application can be a command line program, such as the built-in <command>mail</command> utility or a third-party application from the Ports Collection, such as <application>mutt</application>, <application>alpine</application>, or <application>elm</application>. Dozens of graphical programs are also available in the Ports Collection, including <application>Claws Mail</application>, <application>Evolution</application>, and <application>Thunderbird</application>. Some organizations provide a web mail program which can be accessed through a web browser. More information about installing and using a <acronym>MUA</acronym> on FreeBSD can be found in <xref linkend=\"mail-agents\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50748
msgid "Mail Transfer Agent (<acronym>MTA</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50750
msgid "The Mail Transfer Agent (<acronym>MTA</acronym>) is responsible for receiving incoming mail and delivering outgoing mail. FreeBSD ships with <application>Sendmail</application> as the default <acronym>MTA</acronym>, but it also supports numerous other mail server daemons, including <application>Exim</application>, <application>Postfix</application>, and <application>qmail</application>. <application>Sendmail</application> configuration is described in <xref linkend=\"sendmail\"/>. If another <acronym>MTA</acronym> is installed using the Ports Collection, refer to its post-installation message for FreeBSD-specific configuration details and the application's website for more general configuration instructions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50770
msgid "Mail Host and Mailboxes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50772
msgid "The mail host is a server that is responsible for delivering and receiving mail for a host or a network. The mail host collects all mail sent to the domain and stores it either in the default <filename>mbox</filename> or the alternative Maildir format, depending on the configuration. Once mail has been stored, it may either be read locally using a <acronym>MUA</acronym> or remotely accessed and collected using protocols such as <acronym>POP</acronym> or <acronym>IMAP</acronym>. If mail is read locally, a <acronym>POP</acronym> or <acronym>IMAP</acronym> server does not need to be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50785
msgid "To access mailboxes remotely, a <acronym>POP</acronym> or <acronym>IMAP</acronym> server is required as these protocols allow users to connect to their mailboxes from remote locations. <acronym>IMAP</acronym> offers several advantages over <acronym>POP</acronym>. These include the ability to store a copy of messages on a remote server after they are downloaded and concurrent updates. <acronym>IMAP</acronym> can be useful over low-speed links as it allows users to fetch the structure of messages without downloading them. It can also perform tasks such as searching on the server in order to minimize data transfer between clients and servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50798
msgid "Several <acronym>POP</acronym> and <acronym>IMAP</acronym> servers are available in the Ports Collection. These include <package>mail/qpopper</package>, <package>mail/imap-uw</package>, <package>mail/courier-imap</package>, and <package>mail/dovecot2</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:50807
msgid "It should be noted that both <acronym>POP</acronym> and <acronym>IMAP</acronym> transmit information, including username and password credentials, in clear-text. To secure the transmission of information across these protocols, consider tunneling sessions over <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> (<xref linkend=\"security-ssh-tunneling\"/>) or using <acronym>SSL</acronym> (<xref linkend=\"openssl\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:50819 book.translate.xml:55423
msgid "Domain Name System (<acronym>DNS</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50821
msgid "The Domain Name System (<acronym>DNS</acronym>) and its daemon <command>named</command> play a large role in the delivery of email. In order to deliver mail from one site to another, the <acronym>MTA</acronym> will look up the remote site in <acronym>DNS</acronym> to determine which host will receive mail for the destination. This process also occurs when mail is sent from a remote host to the <acronym>MTA</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50830
msgid "In addition to mapping hostnames to <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses, <acronym>DNS</acronym> is responsible for storing information specific to mail delivery, known as Mail eXchanger <acronym>MX</acronym> records. The <acronym>MX</acronym> record specifies which hosts will receive mail for a particular domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50838
msgid "To view the <acronym>MX</acronym> records for a domain, specify the type of record. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>host</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, for more details about this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50842
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>host -t mx FreeBSD.org</userinput>\n"
"FreeBSD.org mail is handled by 10 mx1.FreeBSD.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50845
msgid "Refer to <xref linkend=\"network-dns\"/> for more information about <acronym>DNS</acronym> and its configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:50855
msgid "<application>Sendmail</application> Configuration Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:50859
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Christopher</firstname> <surname>Shumway</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50869
msgid "<primary><application>Sendmail</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50873
msgid "<application>Sendmail</application> is the default <acronym>MTA</acronym> installed with FreeBSD. It accepts mail from <acronym>MUA</acronym>s and delivers it to the appropriate mail host, as defined by its configuration. <application>Sendmail</application> can also accept network connections and deliver mail to local mailboxes or to another program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50881
msgid "The configuration files for <application>Sendmail</application> are located in <filename>/etc/mail</filename>. This section describes these files in more detail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50886
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/access</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50889
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/aliases</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50892
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/local-host-names</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50895
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/mailer.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50898
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/mailertable</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50901
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50904
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/virtusertable</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50910
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/access</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50912
msgid "This access database file defines which hosts or <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses have access to the local mail server and what kind of access they have. Hosts listed as <option>OK</option>, which is the default option, are allowed to send mail to this host as long as the mail's final destination is the local machine. Hosts listed as <option>REJECT</option> are rejected for all mail connections. Hosts listed as <option>RELAY</option> are allowed to send mail for any destination using this mail server. Hosts listed as <option>ERROR</option> will have their mail returned with the specified mail error. If a host is listed as <option>SKIP</option>, <application>Sendmail</application> will abort the current search for this entry without accepting or rejecting the mail. Hosts listed as <option>QUARANTINE</option> will have their messages held and will receive the specified text as the reason for the hold."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50930
msgid "Examples of using these options for both <acronym>IPv4</acronym> and <acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses can be found in the FreeBSD sample configuration, <filename>/etc/mail/access.sample</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50935
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"# Mail relay access control list.  Default is to reject mail unless the\n"
"# destination is local, or listed in /etc/mail/local-host-names\n"
"#\n"
"## Examples (commented out for safety)\n"
"#From:cyberspammer.com          ERROR:\"550 We don't accept mail from spammers\"\n"
"#From:okay.cyberspammer.com     OK\n"
"#Connect:sendmail.org           RELAY\n"
"#To:sendmail.org                RELAY\n"
"#Connect:128.32                 RELAY\n"
"#Connect:128.32.2               SKIP\n"
"#Connect:IPv6:1:2:3:4:5:6:7     RELAY\n"
"#Connect:suspicious.example.com QUARANTINE:Mail from suspicious host\n"
"#Connect:[127.0.0.3]            OK\n"
"#Connect:[IPv6:1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8] OK"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50952
msgid "To configure the access database, use the format shown in the sample to make entries in <filename>/etc/mail/access</filename>, but do not put a comment symbol (<literal>#</literal>) in front of the entries. Create an entry for each host or network whose access should be configured. Mail senders that match the left side of the table are affected by the action on the right side of the table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50961
msgid "Whenever this file is updated, update its database and restart <application>Sendmail</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50964
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>makemap hash /etc/mail/access &lt; /etc/mail/access</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sendmail restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50970
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/aliases</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50972
msgid "This database file contains a list of virtual mailboxes that are expanded to users, files, programs, or other aliases. Here are a few entries to illustrate the file format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50977
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"root: localuser\n"
"ftp-bugs: joe,eric,paul\n"
"bit.bucket:  /dev/null\n"
"procmail: \"|/usr/local/bin/procmail\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50982
msgid "The mailbox name on the left side of the colon is expanded to the target(s) on the right. The first entry expands the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> mailbox to the <systemitem class=\"username\">localuser</systemitem> mailbox, which is then looked up in the <filename>/etc/mail/aliases</filename> database. If no match is found, the message is delivered to <systemitem class=\"username\">localuser</systemitem>. The second entry shows a mail list. Mail to <systemitem class=\"username\">ftp-bugs</systemitem> is expanded to the three local mailboxes <systemitem class=\"username\">joe</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">eric</systemitem>, and <systemitem class=\"username\">paul</systemitem>. A remote mailbox could be specified as <replaceable>user@example.com</replaceable>. The third entry shows how to write mail to a file, in this case <filename>/dev/null</filename>. The last entry demonstrates how to send mail to a program, <filename>/usr/local/bin/procmail</filename>, through a <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> pipe. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>aliases</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about the format of this file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51000
msgid "Whenever this file is updated, run <command>newaliases</command> to update and initialize the aliases database."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:51034
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51036
msgid "This is the master configuration file for <application>Sendmail</application>. It controls the overall behavior of <application>Sendmail</application>, including everything from rewriting email addresses to printing rejection messages to remote mail servers. Accordingly, this configuration file is quite complex. Fortunately, this file rarely needs to be changed for standard mail servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51045
msgid "The master <application>Sendmail</application> configuration file can be built from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>m4</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> macros that define the features and behavior of <application>Sendmail</application>. Refer to <filename>/usr/src/contrib/sendmail/cf/README</filename> for some of the details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51052
msgid "Whenever changes to this file are made, <application>Sendmail</application> needs to be restarted for the changes to take effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:51059
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/virtusertable</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51061
msgid "This database file maps mail addresses for virtual domains and users to real mailboxes. These mailboxes can be local, remote, aliases defined in <filename>/etc/mail/aliases</filename>, or files. This allows multiple virtual domains to be hosted on one machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51068
msgid "FreeBSD provides a sample configuration file in <filename>/etc/mail/virtusertable.sample</filename> to further demonstrate its format. The following example demonstrates how to create custom entries using that format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51074
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"root@example.com                root\n"
"postmaster@example.com          postmaster@noc.example.net\n"
"@example.com                    joe"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51078
msgid "This file is processed in a first match order. When an email address matches the address on the left, it is mapped to the local mailbox listed on the right. The format of the first entry in this example maps a specific email address to a local mailbox, whereas the format of the second entry maps a specific email address to a remote mailbox. Finally, any email address from <literal>example.com</literal> which has not matched any of the previous entries will match the last mapping and be sent to the local mailbox <literal>joe</literal>. When creating custom entries, use this format and add them to <filename>/etc/mail/virtusertable</filename>. Whenever this file is edited, update its database and restart <application>Sendmail</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51093
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>makemap hash /etc/mail/virtusertable &lt; /etc/mail/virtusertable</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sendmail restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:51099
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/relay-domains</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51101
msgid "In a default FreeBSD installation, <application>Sendmail</application> is configured to only send mail from the host it is running on. For example, if a <acronym>POP</acronym> server is available, users will be able to check mail from remote locations but they will not be able to send outgoing emails from outside locations. Typically, a few moments after the attempt, an email will be sent from <literal>MAILER-DAEMON</literal> with a <errorname>5.7 Relaying Denied</errorname> message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51112
msgid "The most straightforward solution is to add the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s <acronym>FQDN</acronym> to <filename>/etc/mail/relay-domains</filename>. If multiple addresses are needed, add them one per line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51118
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"your.isp.example.com\n"
"other.isp.example.net\n"
"users-isp.example.org\n"
"www.example.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51123
msgid "After creating or editing this file, restart <application>Sendmail</application> with <command>service sendmail restart</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51127
msgid "Now any mail sent through the system by any host in this list, provided the user has an account on the system, will succeed. This allows users to send mail from the system remotely without opening the system up to relaying <acronym>SPAM</acronym> from the Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:51139
msgid "Changing the Mail Transfer Agent"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:51142
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Andrew</firstname> <surname>Boothman</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:51152
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Gregory</firstname> <surname>Neil Shapiro</surname> </personname> <contrib>Information taken from emails written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:51162
msgid "<primary>email</primary> <secondary>change mta</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51167
msgid "FreeBSD comes with <application>Sendmail</application> already installed as the <acronym>MTA</acronym> which is in charge of outgoing and incoming mail. However, the system administrator can change the system's <acronym>MTA</acronym>. A wide choice of alternative <acronym>MTA</acronym>s is available from the <literal>mail</literal> category of the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51175
msgid "Once a new <acronym>MTA</acronym> is installed, configure and test the new software before replacing <application>Sendmail</application>. Refer to the documentation of the new <acronym>MTA</acronym> for information on how to configure the software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51181
msgid "Once the new <acronym>MTA</acronym> is working, use the instructions in this section to disable <application>Sendmail</application> and configure FreeBSD to use the replacement <acronym>MTA</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:51187
msgid "Disable <application>Sendmail</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:51190
msgid "If <application>Sendmail</application>'s outgoing mail service is disabled, it is important that it is replaced with an alternative mail delivery system. Otherwise, system functions such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will be unable to deliver their results by email. Many parts of the system expect a functional <acronym>MTA</acronym>. If applications continue to use <application>Sendmail</application>'s binaries to try to send email after they are disabled, mail could go into an inactive <application>Sendmail</application> queue and never be delivered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51202
msgid "In order to completely disable <application>Sendmail</application>, add or edit the following lines in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51206
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sendmail_enable=\"NO\"\n"
"sendmail_submit_enable=\"NO\"\n"
"sendmail_outbound_enable=\"NO\"\n"
"sendmail_msp_queue_enable=\"NO\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51211
msgid "To only disable <application>Sendmail</application>'s incoming mail service, use only this entry in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51215
#, no-wrap
msgid "sendmail_enable=\"NO\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51217
msgid "More information on <application>Sendmail</application>'s startup options is available in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:51222
msgid "Replace the Default <acronym>MTA</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51224
msgid "When a new <acronym>MTA</acronym> is installed using the Ports Collection, its startup script is also installed and startup instructions are mentioned in its package message. Before starting the new <acronym>MTA</acronym>, stop the running <application>Sendmail</application> processes. This example stops all of these services, then starts the <application>Postfix</application> service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51232
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sendmail stop</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service postfix start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51235
msgid "To start the replacement <acronym>MTA</acronym> at system boot, add its configuration line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. This entry enables the Postfix <acronym>MTA</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51240
#, no-wrap
msgid "postfix_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51242
msgid "Some extra configuration is needed as <application>Sendmail</application> is so ubiquitous that some software assumes it is already installed and configured. Check <filename>/etc/periodic.conf</filename> and make sure that these values are set to <literal>NO</literal>. If this file does not exist, create it with these entries:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51249
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"daily_clean_hoststat_enable=\"NO\"\n"
"daily_status_mail_rejects_enable=\"NO\"\n"
"daily_status_include_submit_mailq=\"NO\"\n"
"daily_submit_queuerun=\"NO\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51254
msgid "Some alternative <acronym>MTA</acronym>s provide their own compatible implementations of the <application>Sendmail</application> command-line interface in order to facilitate using them as drop-in replacements for <application>Sendmail</application>. However, some <acronym>MUA</acronym>s may try to execute standard <application>Sendmail</application> binaries instead of the new <acronym>MTA</acronym>'s binaries. FreeBSD uses <filename>/etc/mail/mailer.conf</filename> to map the expected <application>Sendmail</application> binaries to the location of the new binaries. More information about this mapping can be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mailwrapper</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51267
msgid "The default <filename>/etc/mail/mailer.conf</filename> looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51270
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"# Execute the \"real\" sendmail program, named /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"#\n"
"sendmail        /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"send-mail       /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"mailq           /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"newaliases      /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"hoststat        /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"purgestat       /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51281
msgid "When any of the commands listed on the left are run, the system actually executes the associated command shown on the right. This system makes it easy to change what binaries are executed when these default binaries are invoked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51286
msgid "Some <acronym>MTA</acronym>s, when installed using the Ports Collection, will prompt to update this file for the new binaries. For example, <application>Postfix</application> will update the file like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51291
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#\n"
"# Execute the Postfix sendmail program, named /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n"
"#\n"
"sendmail        /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n"
"send-mail       /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n"
"mailq           /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n"
"newaliases      /usr/local/sbin/sendmail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51299
msgid "If the installation of the <acronym>MTA</acronym> does not automatically update <filename>/etc/mail/mailer.conf</filename>, edit this file in a text editor so that it points to the new binaries. This example points to the binaries installed by <package>mail/ssmtp</package>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51306
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sendmail        /usr/local/sbin/ssmtp\n"
"send-mail       /usr/local/sbin/ssmtp\n"
"mailq           /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"newaliases      /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"hoststat        /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"purgestat       /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51313
msgid "Once everything is configured, it is recommended to reboot the system. Rebooting provides the opportunity to ensure that the system is correctly configured to start the new <acronym>MTA</acronym> automatically on boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:51323
msgid "<primary>email</primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:51331
msgid "Why do I have to use the FQDN for hosts on my site?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51336
msgid "The host may actually be in a different domain. For example, in order for a host in <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">foo.bar.edu</systemitem> to reach a host called <systemitem>mumble</systemitem> in the <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">bar.edu</systemitem> domain, refer to it by the Fully-Qualified Domain Name <acronym>FQDN</acronym>, <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">mumble.bar.edu</systemitem>, instead of just <systemitem>mumble</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:51345 book.translate.xml:55437
msgid "<primary>BIND</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51344
msgid "This is because the version of <application>BIND</application><_:indexterm-1/> which ships with FreeBSD no longer provides default abbreviations for non-FQDNs other than the local domain. An unqualified host such as <systemitem>mumble</systemitem> must either be found as <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">mumble.foo.bar.edu</systemitem>, or it will be searched for in the root domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51353
msgid "In older versions of <application>BIND</application>, the search continued across <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">mumble.bar.edu</systemitem>, and <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">mumble.edu</systemitem>. RFC 1535 details why this is considered bad practice or even a security hole."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51359
msgid "As a good workaround, place the line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51361
#, no-wrap
msgid "search foo.bar.edu bar.edu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51363
msgid "instead of the previous:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51365
#, no-wrap
msgid "domain foo.bar.edu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51367
msgid "into <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. However, make sure that the search order does not go beyond the <quote>boundary between local and public administration</quote>, as RFC 1535 calls it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:51376
msgid "How can I run a mail server on a dial-up PPP host?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51381
msgid "Connect to a FreeBSD mail gateway on the LAN. The PPP connection is non-dedicated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51384
msgid "One way to do this is to get a full-time Internet server to provide secondary <acronym>MX</acronym> <_:indexterm-1/> services for the domain. In this example, the domain is <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem> and the ISP has configured <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.net</systemitem> to provide secondary <acronym>MX</acronym> services to the domain:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51395
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"example.com.          MX        10      example.com.\n"
"                      MX        20      example.net."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51398
msgid "Only one host should be specified as the final recipient. For <application>Sendmail</application>, add <literal>Cw example.com</literal> in <filename>/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</filename> on <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51403
msgid "When the sending <acronym>MTA</acronym> attempts to deliver mail, it will try to connect to the system, <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem>, over the PPP link. This will time out if the destination is offline. The <acronym>MTA</acronym> will automatically deliver it to the secondary <acronym>MX</acronym> site at the Internet Service Provider (<acronym>ISP</acronym>), <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.net</systemitem>. The secondary <acronym>MX</acronym> site will periodically try to connect to the primary <acronym>MX</acronym> host, <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51415
msgid "Use something like this as a login script:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51417
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"# Put me in /usr/local/bin/pppmyisp\n"
"( sleep 60 ; /usr/sbin/sendmail -q ) &amp;\n"
"/usr/sbin/ppp -direct pppmyisp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51422
msgid "When creating a separate login script for users, instead use <command>sendmail -qRexample.com</command> in the script above. This will force all mail in the queue for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem> to be processed immediately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51429
msgid "A further refinement of the situation can be seen from this example from the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-isp\">FreeBSD Internet service provider's mailing list</link>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51432
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&gt; we provide the secondary MX for a customer. The customer connects to\n"
"&gt; our services several times a day automatically to get the mails to\n"
"&gt; his primary MX (We do not call his site when a mail for his domains\n"
"&gt; arrived). Our sendmail sends the mailqueue every 30 minutes. At the\n"
"&gt; moment he has to stay 30 minutes online to be sure that all mail is\n"
"&gt; gone to the primary MX.\n"
"&gt;\n"
"&gt; Is there a command that would initiate sendmail to send all the mails\n"
"&gt; now? The user has not root-privileges on our machine of course.\n"
"\n"
"In the <quote>privacy flags</quote> section of sendmail.cf, there is a\n"
"definition Opgoaway,restrictqrun\n"
"\n"
"Remove restrictqrun to allow non-root users to start the queue processing.\n"
"You might also like to rearrange the MXs. We are the 1st MX for our\n"
"customers like this, and we have defined:\n"
"\n"
"# If we are the best MX for a host, try directly instead of generating\n"
"# local config error.\n"
"OwTrue\n"
"\n"
"That way a remote site will deliver straight to you, without trying\n"
"the customer connection.  You then send to your customer.  Only works for\n"
"<quote>hosts</quote>, so you need to get your customer to name their mail\n"
"machine <quote>customer.com</quote> as well as\n"
"<quote>hostname.customer.com</quote> in the DNS.  Just put an A record in\n"
"the DNS for <quote>customer.com</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51467
msgid "This section covers more involved topics such as mail configuration and setting up mail for an entire domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:51473
msgid "<primary>email</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51478
msgid "Out of the box, one can send email to external hosts as long as <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> is configured or the network has access to a configured <acronym>DNS</acronym> server. To have email delivered to the <acronym>MTA</acronym> on the FreeBSD host, do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51486
msgid "Run a <acronym>DNS</acronym> server for the domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51491
msgid "Get mail delivered directly to the <acronym>FQDN</acronym> for the machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51497
msgid "In order to have mail delivered directly to a host, it must have a permanent static IP address, not a dynamic IP address. If the system is behind a firewall, it must be configured to allow SMTP traffic. To receive mail directly at a host, one of these two must be configured:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51505
msgid "Make sure that the lowest-numbered <acronym>MX</acronym><_:indexterm-1/> record in <acronym>DNS</acronym> points to the host's static IP address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51513
msgid "Make sure there is no <acronym>MX</acronym> entry in the <acronym>DNS</acronym> for the host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51518
msgid "Either of the above will allow mail to be received directly at the host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51521
msgid "Try this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hostname</userinput>\n"
"example.FreeBSD.org\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>host example.FreeBSD.org</userinput>\n"
"example.FreeBSD.org has address 204.216.27.XX"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51528
msgid "In this example, mail sent directly to <email role=\"nolink\">yourlogin@example.FreeBSD.org</email> should work without problems, assuming <application>Sendmail</application> is running correctly on <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.FreeBSD.org</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51534
msgid "For this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51536
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>host example.FreeBSD.org</userinput>\n"
"example.FreeBSD.org has address 204.216.27.XX\n"
"example.FreeBSD.org mail is handled (pri=10) by nevdull.FreeBSD.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51540
msgid "All mail sent to <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.FreeBSD.org</systemitem> will be collected on <systemitem>hub</systemitem> under the same username instead of being sent directly to your host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51544
msgid "The above information is handled by the <acronym>DNS</acronym> server. The <acronym>DNS</acronym> record that carries mail routing information is the <acronym>MX</acronym> entry. If no <acronym>MX</acronym> record exists, mail will be delivered directly to the host by way of its IP address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51551
msgid "The <acronym>MX</acronym> entry for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">freefall.FreeBSD.org</systemitem> at one time looked like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51554
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"freefall\t\tMX\t30\tmail.crl.net\n"
"freefall\t\tMX\t40\tagora.rdrop.com\n"
"freefall\t\tMX\t10\tfreefall.FreeBSD.org\n"
"freefall\t\tMX\t20\twho.cdrom.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51559
msgid "<systemitem>freefall</systemitem> had many <acronym>MX</acronym> entries. The lowest <acronym>MX</acronym> number is the host that receives mail directly, if available. If it is not accessible for some reason, the next lower-numbered host will accept messages temporarily, and pass it along when a lower-numbered host becomes available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51567
msgid "Alternate <acronym>MX</acronym> sites should have separate Internet connections in order to be most useful. Your <acronym>ISP</acronym> can provide this service."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:51573
msgid "Mail for a Domain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51575
msgid "When configuring a <acronym>MTA</acronym> for a network, any mail sent to hosts in its domain should be diverted to the <acronym>MTA</acronym> so that users can receive their mail on the master mail server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51581
msgid "To make life easiest, a user account with the same <emphasis>username</emphasis> should exist on both the <acronym>MTA</acronym> and the system with the <acronym>MUA</acronym>. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to create the user accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51587
msgid "The <acronym>MTA</acronym> must be the designated mail exchanger for each workstation on the network. This is done in the<acronym>DNS</acronym> configuration with an <acronym>MX</acronym> record:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51592
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"example.FreeBSD.org\tA\t204.216.27.XX\t\t; Workstation\n"
"\t\t\tMX\t10 nevdull.FreeBSD.org\t; Mailhost"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51595
msgid "This will redirect mail for the workstation to the <acronym>MTA</acronym> no matter where the A record points. The mail is sent to the <acronym>MX</acronym> host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51599
msgid "This must be configured on a <acronym>DNS</acronym> server. If the network does not run its own <acronym>DNS</acronym> server, talk to the <acronym>ISP</acronym> or <acronym>DNS</acronym> provider."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51605
msgid "The following is an example of virtual email hosting. Consider a customer with the domain <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">customer1.org</systemitem>, where all the mail for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">customer1.org</systemitem> should be sent to <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">mail.myhost.com</systemitem>. The <acronym>DNS</acronym> entry should look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51611
#, no-wrap
msgid "customer1.org\t\tMX\t10\tmail.myhost.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51613
msgid "An <literal>A</literal>&gt; record is <emphasis>not</emphasis> needed for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">customer1.org</systemitem> in order to only handle email for that domain. However, running <command>ping</command> against <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">customer1.org</systemitem> will not work unless an <literal>A</literal> record exists for it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51620
msgid "Tell the <acronym>MTA</acronym> which domains and/or hostnames it should accept mail for. Either of the following will work for <application>Sendmail</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51626
msgid "Add the hosts to <filename>/etc/mail/local-host-names</filename> when using the <literal>FEATURE(use_cw_file)</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51632
msgid "Add a <literal>Cwyour.host.com</literal> line to <filename>/etc/sendmail.cf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:51641
msgid "Setting Up to Send Only"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:51644
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Bill</firstname> <surname>Moran</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51654
msgid "There are many instances where one may only want to send mail through a relay. Some examples are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51659
msgid "The computer is a desktop machine that needs to use programs such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>send-pr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, using the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s mail relay."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51665
msgid "The computer is a server that does not handle mail locally, but needs to pass off all mail to a relay for processing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51671
msgid "While any <acronym>MTA</acronym> is capable of filling this particular niche, it can be difficult to properly configure a full-featured <acronym>MTA</acronym> just to handle offloading mail. Programs such as <application>Sendmail</application> and <application>Postfix</application> are overkill for this use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51678
msgid "Additionally, a typical Internet access service agreement may forbid one from running a <quote>mail server</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51681
msgid "The easiest way to fulfill those needs is to install the <package>mail/ssmtp</package> port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51684
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/mail/ssmtp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install replace clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51687
msgid "Once installed, <package>mail/ssmtp</package> can be configured with <filename>/usr/local/etc/ssmtp/ssmtp.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51691
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"root=yourrealemail@example.com\n"
"mailhub=mail.example.com\n"
"rewriteDomain=example.com\n"
"hostname=_HOSTNAME_"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51696
msgid "Use the real email address for <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. Enter the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s outgoing mail relay in place of <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">mail.example.com</systemitem>. Some <acronym>ISP</acronym>s call this the <quote>outgoing mail server</quote> or <quote>SMTP server</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51702
msgid "Make sure to disable <application>Sendmail</application>, including the outgoing mail service. See <xref linkend=\"mail-disable-sendmail\"/> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51705
msgid "<package>mail/ssmtp</package> has some other options available. Refer to the examples in <filename>/usr/local/etc/ssmtp</filename> or the manual page of <application>ssmtp</application> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51710
msgid "Setting up <application>ssmtp</application> in this manner allows any software on the computer that needs to send mail to function properly, while not violating the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s usage policy or allowing the computer to be hijacked for spamming."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:51718
msgid "Using Mail with a Dialup Connection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51720
msgid "When using a static IP address, one should not need to adjust the default configuration. Set the hostname to the assigned Internet name and <application>Sendmail</application> will do the rest."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51725
msgid "When using a dynamically assigned IP address and a dialup PPP connection to the Internet, one usually has a mailbox on the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s mail server. In this example, the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s domain is <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.net</systemitem>, the user name is <systemitem class=\"username\">user</systemitem>, the hostname is <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">bsd.home</systemitem>, and the <acronym>ISP</acronym> has allowed <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">relay.example.net</systemitem> as a mail relay."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51734
msgid "In order to retrieve mail from the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s mailbox, install a retrieval agent from the Ports Collection. <package>mail/fetchmail</package> is a good choice as it supports many different protocols. Usually, the <acronym>ISP</acronym> will provide <acronym>POP</acronym>. When using user <acronym>PPP</acronym>, email can be automatically fetched when an Internet connection is established with the following entry in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.linkup</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51744
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"MYADDR:\n"
"!bg su user -c fetchmail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51747
msgid "When using <application>Sendmail</application> to deliver mail to non-local accounts, configure <application>Sendmail</application> to process the mail queue as soon as the Internet connection is established. To do this, add this line after the above <command>fetchmail</command> entry in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.linkup</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51754
#, no-wrap
msgid "  !bg su user -c \"sendmail -q\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51756
msgid "In this example, there is an account for <systemitem class=\"username\">user</systemitem> on <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">bsd.home</systemitem>. In the home directory of <systemitem class=\"username\">user</systemitem> on <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">bsd.home</systemitem>, create a <filename>.fetchmailrc</filename> which contains this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51763
#, no-wrap
msgid "poll example.net protocol pop3 fetchall pass MySecret"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51765
msgid "This file should not be readable by anyone except <systemitem class=\"username\">user</systemitem> as it contains the password <literal>MySecret</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51769
msgid "In order to send mail with the correct <literal>from:</literal> header, configure <application>Sendmail</application> to use <email>user@example.net</email> rather than <email role=\"nolink\">user@bsd.home</email> and to send all mail via <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">relay.example.net</systemitem>, allowing quicker mail transmission."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51776
msgid "The following <filename>.mc</filename> should suffice:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51779
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"VERSIONID(`bsd.home.mc version 1.0')\n"
"OSTYPE(bsd4.4)dnl\n"
"FEATURE(nouucp)dnl\n"
"MAILER(local)dnl\n"
"MAILER(smtp)dnl\n"
"Cwlocalhost\n"
"Cwbsd.home\n"
"MASQUERADE_AS(`example.net')dnl\n"
"FEATURE(allmasquerade)dnl\n"
"FEATURE(masquerade_envelope)dnl\n"
"FEATURE(nocanonify)dnl\n"
"FEATURE(nodns)dnl\n"
"define(`SMART_HOST', `relay.example.net')\n"
"Dmbsd.home\n"
"define(`confDOMAIN_NAME',`bsd.home')dnl\n"
"define(`confDELIVERY_MODE',`deferred')dnl"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51796
msgid "Refer to the previous section for details of how to convert this file into the <filename>sendmail.cf</filename> format. Do not forget to restart <application>Sendmail</application> after updating <filename>sendmail.cf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:51804
msgid "SMTP Authentication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:51807
msgid "<personname> <firstname>James</firstname> <surname>Gorham</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51817
msgid "Configuring <acronym>SMTP</acronym> authentication on the <acronym>MTA</acronym> provides a number of benefits. <acronym>SMTP</acronym> authentication adds a layer of security to <application>Sendmail</application>, and provides mobile users who switch hosts the ability to use the same <acronym>MTA</acronym> without the need to reconfigure their mail client's settings each time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51827
msgid "Install <package>security/cyrus-sasl2</package> from the Ports Collection. This port supports a number of compile-time options. For the SMTP authentication method demonstrated in this example, make sure that <option>LOGIN</option> is not disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51836
msgid "After installing <package>security/cyrus-sasl2</package>, edit <filename>/usr/local/lib/sasl2/Sendmail.conf</filename>, or create it if it does not exist, and add the following line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51842
#, no-wrap
msgid "pwcheck_method: saslauthd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51846
msgid "Next, install <package>security/cyrus-sasl2-saslauthd</package> and add the following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51851
#, no-wrap
msgid "saslauthd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51853
msgid "Finally, start the saslauthd daemon:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51855
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service saslauthd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51857
msgid "This daemon serves as a broker for <application>Sendmail</application> to authenticate against the FreeBSD <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> database. This saves the trouble of creating a new set of usernames and passwords for each user that needs to use <acronym>SMTP</acronym> authentication, and keeps the login and mail password the same."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51866
msgid "Next, edit <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> and add the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51869
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SENDMAIL_CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include/sasl -DSASL\n"
"SENDMAIL_LDFLAGS=-L/usr/local/lib\n"
"SENDMAIL_LDADD=-lsasl2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51873
msgid "These lines provide <application>Sendmail</application> the proper configuration options for linking to <package>cyrus-sasl2</package> at compile time. Make sure that <package>cyrus-sasl2</package> has been installed before recompiling <application>Sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51882
msgid "Recompile <application>Sendmail</application> by executing the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51885
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/lib/libsmutil</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make cleandir &amp;&amp; make obj &amp;&amp; make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/lib/libsm</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make cleandir &amp;&amp; make obj &amp;&amp; make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/usr.sbin/sendmail</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make cleandir &amp;&amp; make obj &amp;&amp; make &amp;&amp; make install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51892
msgid "This compile should not have any problems if <filename>/usr/src</filename> has not changed extensively and the shared libraries it needs are available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51898
msgid "After <application>Sendmail</application> has been compiled and reinstalled, edit <filename>/etc/mail/freebsd.mc</filename> or the local <filename>.mc</filename>. Many administrators choose to use the output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostname</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> as the name of <filename>.mc</filename> for uniqueness. Add these lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51906
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dnl set SASL options\n"
"TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`GSSAPI DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN')dnl\n"
"define(`confAUTH_MECHANISMS', `GSSAPI DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN')dnl"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51910
msgid "These options configure the different methods available to <application>Sendmail</application> for authenticating users. To use a method other than <application>pwcheck</application>, refer to the <application>Sendmail</application> documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51918
msgid "Finally, run <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> while in <filename>/etc/mail</filename>. That will run the new <filename>.mc</filename> and create a <filename>.cf</filename> named either <filename>freebsd.cf</filename> or the name used for the local <filename>.mc</filename>. Then, run <command>make install restart</command>, which will copy the file to <filename>sendmail.cf</filename>, and properly restart <application>Sendmail</application>. For more information about this process, refer to <filename>/etc/mail/Makefile</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51932
msgid "To test the configuration, use a <acronym>MUA</acronym> to send a test message. For further investigation, set the <option>LogLevel</option> of <application>Sendmail</application> to <literal>13</literal> and watch <filename>/var/log/maillog</filename> for any errors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51938
msgid "For more information, refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sendmail.org/~ca/email/auth.html\"> <acronym>SMTP</acronym> authentication</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:51944
msgid "Mail User Agents"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:51947 book.translate.xml:52304 book.translate.xml:52404
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Silver</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:51957
msgid "<primary>Mail User Agents</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51961
msgid "A <acronym>MUA</acronym> is an application that is used to send and receive email. As email <quote>evolves</quote> and becomes more complex, <acronym>MUA</acronym>s are becoming increasingly powerful and provide users increased functionality and flexibility. The <literal>mail</literal> category of the FreeBSD Ports Collection contains numerous <acronym>MUA</acronym>s. These include graphical email clients such as <application>Evolution</application> or <application>Balsa</application> and console based clients such as <application>mutt</application> or <application>alpine</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:51974
msgid "<command>mail</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51976
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is the default <acronym>MUA</acronym> installed with FreeBSD. It is a console based <acronym>MUA</acronym> that offers the basic functionality required to send and receive text-based email. It provides limited attachment support and can only access local mailboxes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51983
msgid "Although <command>mail</command> does not natively support interaction with <acronym>POP</acronym> or <acronym>IMAP</acronym> servers, these mailboxes may be downloaded to a local <filename>mbox</filename> using an application such as <application>fetchmail</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51990
msgid "In order to send and receive email, run <command>mail</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51993
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mail</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51995
msgid "The contents of the user's mailbox in <filename>/var/mail</filename> are automatically read by <command>mail</command>. Should the mailbox be empty, the utility exits with a message indicating that no mail could be found. If mail exists, the application interface starts, and a list of messages will be displayed. Messages are automatically numbered, as can be seen in the following example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52004
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Mail version 8.1 6/6/93.  Type ? for help.\n"
"\"/var/mail/marcs\": 3 messages 3 new\n"
"&gt;N  1 root@localhost        Mon Mar  8 14:05  14/510   \"test\"\n"
" N  2 root@localhost        Mon Mar  8 14:05  14/509   \"user account\"\n"
" N  3 root@localhost        Mon Mar  8 14:05  14/509   \"sample\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52010
msgid "Messages can now be read by typing <keycap>t</keycap> followed by the message number. This example reads the first email:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52014
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&amp; <userinput>t 1</userinput>\n"
"Message 1:\n"
"From root@localhost  Mon Mar  8 14:05:52 2004\n"
"X-Original-To: marcs@localhost\n"
"Delivered-To: marcs@localhost\n"
"To: marcs@localhost\n"
"Subject: test\n"
"Date: Mon,  8 Mar 2004 14:05:52 +0200 (SAST)\n"
"From: root@localhost (Charlie Root)\n"
"\n"
"This is a test message, please reply if you receive it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52026
msgid "As seen in this example, the message will be displayed with full headers. To display the list of messages again, press <keycap>h</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52030
msgid "If the email requires a reply, press either <keycap>R</keycap> or <keycap>r</keycap> <command>mail</command> keys. <keycap>R</keycap> instructs <command>mail</command> to reply only to the sender of the email, while <keycap>r</keycap> replies to all other recipients of the message. These commands can be suffixed with the mail number of the message to reply to. After typing the response, the end of the message should be marked by a single <keycap>.</keycap> on its own line. An example can be seen below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52041
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&amp; <userinput>R 1</userinput>\n"
"To: root@localhost\n"
"Subject: Re: test\n"
"\n"
"<userinput>Thank you, I did get your email.\n"
".</userinput>\n"
"EOT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52049
msgid "In order to send a new email, press <keycap>m</keycap>, followed by the recipient email address. Multiple recipients may be specified by separating each address with the <keycap>,</keycap> delimiter. The subject of the message may then be entered, followed by the message contents. The end of the message should be specified by putting a single <keycap>.</keycap> on its own line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52057
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&amp; <userinput>mail root@localhost</userinput>\n"
"Subject: <userinput>I mastered mail\n"
"\n"
"Now I can send and receive email using mail ... :)\n"
".</userinput>\n"
"EOT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52064
msgid "While using <command>mail</command>, press <keycap>?</keycap> to display help at any time. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more help on how to use <command>mail</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:52070
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> was not designed to handle attachments and thus deals with them poorly. Newer <acronym>MUA</acronym>s handle attachments in a more intelligent way. Users who prefer to use <command>mail</command> may find the <package>converters/mpack</package> port to be of considerable use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:52080
msgid "<application>mutt</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52082
msgid "<application>mutt</application> is a powerful <acronym>MUA</acronym>, with many features, including:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52087
msgid "The ability to thread messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52091
msgid "PGP support for digital signing and encryption of email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52096
msgid "MIME support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52100
msgid "Maildir support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52104
msgid "Highly customizable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52108
msgid "Refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.mutt.org\">http://www.mutt.org</uri> for more information on <application>mutt</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52112
msgid "<application>mutt</application> may be installed using the <package>mail/mutt</package> port. After the port has been installed, <application>mutt</application> can be started by issuing the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52117
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mutt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52119
msgid "<application>mutt</application> will automatically read and display the contents of the user mailbox in <filename>/var/mail</filename>. If no mails are found, <application>mutt</application> will wait for commands from the user. The example below shows <application>mutt</application> displaying a list of messages:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:52129
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/mutt1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52133
msgid "To read an email, select it using the cursor keys and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. An example of <application>mutt</application> displaying email can be seen below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:52140
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/mutt2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52144
msgid "Similar to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <application>mutt</application> can be used to reply only to the sender of the message as well as to all recipients. To reply only to the sender of the email, press <keycap>r</keycap>. To send a group reply to the original sender as well as all the message recipients, press <keycap>g</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:52152
msgid "By default, <application>mutt</application> uses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> editor for creating and replying to emails. Each user can customize this by creating or editing the <filename>.muttrc</filename> in their home directory and setting the <literal>editor</literal> variable or by setting the <envar>EDITOR</envar> environment variable. Refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.mutt.org/\">http://www.mutt.org/</uri> for more information about configuring <application>mutt</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52163
msgid "To compose a new mail message, press <keycap>m</keycap>. After a valid subject has been given, <application>mutt</application> will start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> so the email can be written. Once the contents of the email are complete, save and quit from <command>vi</command>. <application>mutt</application> will resume, displaying a summary screen of the mail that is to be delivered. In order to send the mail, press <keycap>y</keycap>. An example of the summary screen can be seen below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:52175
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/mutt3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52179
msgid "<application>mutt</application> contains extensive help which can be accessed from most of the menus by pressing <keycap>?</keycap>. The top line also displays the keyboard shortcuts where appropriate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:52187
msgid "<application>alpine</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52189
msgid "<application>alpine</application> is aimed at a beginner user, but also includes some advanced features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:52193
msgid "<application>alpine</application> has had several remote vulnerabilities discovered in the past, which allowed remote attackers to execute arbitrary code as users on the local system, by the action of sending a specially-prepared email. While <emphasis>known</emphasis> problems have been fixed, <application>alpine</application> code is written in an insecure style and the FreeBSD Security Officer believes there are likely to be other undiscovered vulnerabilities. Users install <application>alpine</application> at their own risk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52205
msgid "The current version of <application>alpine</application> may be installed using the <package>mail/alpine</package> port. Once the port has installed, <application>alpine</application> can be started by issuing the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52211
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>alpine</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52213
msgid "The first time <application>alpine</application> runs, it displays a greeting page with a brief introduction, as well as a request from the <application>alpine</application> development team to send an anonymous email message allowing them to judge how many users are using their client. To send this anonymous message, press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. Alternatively, press <keycap>E</keycap> to exit the greeting without sending an anonymous message. An example of the greeting page is shown below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:52226
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/pine1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52230
msgid "The main menu is then presented, which can be navigated using the cursor keys. This main menu provides shortcuts for the composing new mails, browsing mail directories, and administering address book entries. Below the main menu, relevant keyboard shortcuts to perform functions specific to the task at hand are shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52237
msgid "The default directory opened by <application>alpine</application> is <filename>inbox</filename>. To view the message index, press <keycap>I</keycap>, or select the <guimenuitem>MESSAGE INDEX</guimenuitem> option shown below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:52246
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/pine2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52250
msgid "The message index shows messages in the current directory and can be navigated by using the cursor keys. Highlighted messages can be read by pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:52257
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/pine3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52261
msgid "In the screenshot below, a sample message is displayed by <application>alpine</application>. Contextual keyboard shortcuts are displayed at the bottom of the screen. An example of one of a shortcut is <keycap>r</keycap>, which tells the <acronym>MUA</acronym> to reply to the current message being displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:52270
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/pine4' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52274
msgid "Replying to an email in <application>alpine</application> is done using the <application>pico</application> editor, which is installed by default with <application>alpine</application>. <application>pico</application> makes it easy to navigate the message and is easier for novice users to use than <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Once the reply is complete, the message can be sent by pressing <keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>X</keycap> </keycombo>. <application>alpine</application> will ask for confirmation before sending the message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:52287
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/pine5' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52291
msgid "<application>alpine</application> can be customized using the <guimenuitem>SETUP</guimenuitem> option from the main menu. Consult <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.washington.edu/alpine/\">http://www.washington.edu/alpine/</uri> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:52301
msgid "Using <application>fetchmail</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:52314
msgid "<primary>fetchmail</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52318
msgid "<application>fetchmail</application> is a full-featured <acronym>IMAP</acronym> and <acronym>POP</acronym> client. It allows users to automatically download mail from remote <acronym>IMAP</acronym> and <acronym>POP</acronym> servers and save it into local mailboxes where it can be accessed more easily. <application>fetchmail</application> can be installed using the <package>mail/fetchmail</package> port, and offers various features, including:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52329
msgid "Support for the <acronym>POP3</acronym>, <acronym>APOP</acronym>, <acronym>KPOP</acronym>, <acronym>IMAP</acronym>, <acronym>ETRN</acronym> and <acronym>ODMR</acronym> protocols."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52336
msgid "Ability to forward mail using <acronym>SMTP</acronym>, which allows filtering, forwarding, and aliasing to function normally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52342
msgid "May be run in daemon mode to check periodically for new messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52347
msgid "Can retrieve multiple mailboxes and forward them, based on configuration, to different local users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52352
msgid "This section explains some of the basic features of <application>fetchmail</application>. This utility requires a <filename>.fetchmailrc</filename> configuration in the user's home directory in order to run correctly. This file includes server information as well as login credentials. Due to the sensitive nature of the contents of this file, it is advisable to make it readable only by the user, with the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52361
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod 600 .fetchmailrc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52363
msgid "The following <filename>.fetchmailrc</filename> serves as an example for downloading a single user mailbox using <acronym>POP</acronym>. It tells <application>fetchmail</application> to connect to <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem> using a username of <systemitem class=\"username\">joesoap</systemitem> and a password of <literal>XXX</literal>. This example assumes that the user <systemitem class=\"username\">joesoap</systemitem> exists on the local system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52373
#, no-wrap
msgid "poll example.com protocol pop3 username \"joesoap\" password \"XXX\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52375
msgid "The next example connects to multiple <acronym>POP</acronym> and <acronym>IMAP</acronym> servers and redirects to different local usernames where applicable:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52379
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"poll example.com proto pop3:\n"
"user \"joesoap\", with password \"XXX\", is \"jsoap\" here;\n"
"user \"andrea\", with password \"XXXX\";\n"
"poll example2.net proto imap:\n"
"user \"john\", with password \"XXXXX\", is \"myth\" here;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52385
msgid "<application>fetchmail</application> can be run in daemon mode by running it with <option>-d</option>, followed by the interval (in seconds) that <application>fetchmail</application> should poll servers listed in <filename>.fetchmailrc</filename>. The following example configures <application>fetchmail</application> to poll every 600 seconds:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52393
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>fetchmail -d 600</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52395
msgid "More information on <application>fetchmail</application> can be found at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.fetchmail.info/\">http://www.fetchmail.info/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:52401
msgid "Using <application>procmail</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:52414
msgid "<primary>procmail</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52418
msgid "<application>procmail</application> is a powerful application used to filter incoming mail. It allows users to define <quote>rules</quote> which can be matched to incoming mails to perform specific functions or to reroute mail to alternative mailboxes or email addresses. <application>procmail</application> can be installed using the <package>mail/procmail</package> port. Once installed, it can be directly integrated into most <acronym>MTA</acronym>s. Consult the <acronym>MTA</acronym> documentation for more information. Alternatively, <application>procmail</application> can be integrated by adding the following line to a <filename>.forward</filename> in the home directory of the user:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52432
#, no-wrap
msgid "\"|exec /usr/local/bin/procmail || exit 75\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52434
msgid "The following section displays some basic <application>procmail</application> rules, as well as brief descriptions of what they do. Rules must be inserted into a <filename>.procmailrc</filename>, which must reside in the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52440
msgid "The majority of these rules can be found in <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>procmailex</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52443
msgid "To forward all mail from <email>user@example.com</email> to an external address of <email role=\"nolink\">goodmail@example2.com</email>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52446
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
":0\n"
"* ^From.*user@example.com\n"
"! goodmail@example2.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52450
msgid "To forward all mails shorter than 1000 bytes to an external address of <email role=\"nolink\">goodmail@example2.com</email>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52453
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
":0\n"
"* &lt; 1000\n"
"! goodmail@example2.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52457
msgid "To send all mail sent to <email>alternate@example.com</email> to a mailbox called <filename>alternate</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52461
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
":0\n"
"* ^TOalternate@example.com\n"
"alternate"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52465
msgid "To send all mail with a subject of <quote>Spam</quote> to <filename>/dev/null</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52468
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
":0\n"
"^Subject:.*Spam\n"
"/dev/null"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52472
msgid "A useful recipe that parses incoming <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">FreeBSD.org</systemitem> mailing lists and places each list in its own mailbox:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52475
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
":0\n"
"* ^Sender:.owner-freebsd-\\/[^@]+@FreeBSD.ORG\n"
"{\n"
"\tLISTNAME=${MATCH}\n"
"\t:0\n"
"\t* LISTNAME??^\\/[^@]+\n"
"\tFreeBSD-${MATCH}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:52505
msgid "Network Servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52510
msgid "This chapter covers some of the more frequently used network services on <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> systems. This includes installing, configuring, testing, and maintaining many different types of network services. Example configuration files are included throughout this chapter for reference."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52516
msgid "By the end of this chapter, readers will know:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52520
msgid "How to manage the <application>inetd</application> daemon."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52525
msgid "How to set up the Network File System (<acronym>NFS</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52530
msgid "How to set up the Network Information Server (<acronym>NIS</acronym>) for centralizing and sharing user accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52536
msgid "How to set FreeBSD up to act as an <acronym>LDAP</acronym> server or client"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52541
msgid "How to set up automatic network settings using <acronym>DHCP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52546
msgid "How to set up a Domain Name Server (<acronym>DNS</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52551
msgid "How to set up the <application>Apache</application> <acronym>HTTP</acronym> Server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52556
msgid "How to set up a File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52561
msgid "How to set up a file and print server for <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> clients using <application>Samba</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52566
msgid "How to synchronize the time and date, and set up a time server using the Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52572
msgid "How to set up <acronym>iSCSI</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52576
msgid "This chapter assumes a basic knowledge of:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52580
msgid "<filename>/etc/rc</filename> scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52584
msgid "Network terminology."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52588
msgid "Installation of additional third-party software (<xref linkend=\"ports\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:52595
msgid "The <application>inetd</application> Super-Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52616
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is sometimes referred to as a Super-Server because it manages connections for many services. Instead of starting multiple applications, only the <application>inetd</application> service needs to be started. When a connection is received for a service that is managed by <application>inetd</application>, it determines which program the connection is destined for, spawns a process for that program, and delegates the program a socket. Using <application>inetd</application> for services that are not heavily used can reduce system load, when compared to running each daemon individually in stand-alone mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52628
msgid "Primarily, <application>inetd</application> is used to spawn other daemons, but several trivial protocols are handled internally, such as <application>chargen</application>, <application>auth</application>, <application>time</application>, <application>echo</application>, <application>discard</application>, and <application>daytime</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52637
msgid "This section covers the basics of configuring <application>inetd</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:52641
msgid "Configuration File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52643
msgid "Configuration of <application>inetd</application> is done by editing <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. Each line of this configuration file represents an application which can be started by <application>inetd</application>. By default, every line starts with a comment (<literal>#</literal>), meaning that <application>inetd</application> is not listening for any applications. To configure <application>inetd</application> to listen for an application's connections, remove the <literal>#</literal> at the beginning of the line for that application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52655
msgid "After saving your edits, configure <application>inetd</application> to start at system boot by editing <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52659 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "inetd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52661
msgid "To start <application>inetd</application> now, so that it listens for the service you configured, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52664 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service inetd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52666
msgid "Once <application>inetd</application> is started, it needs to be notified whenever a modification is made to <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:52671
msgid "Reloading the <application>inetd</application> Configuration File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52674
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service inetd reload</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52677
msgid "Typically, the default entry for an application does not need to be edited beyond removing the <literal>#</literal>. In some situations, it may be appropriate to edit the default entry."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52682
msgid "As an example, this is the default entry for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> over IPv4:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52685
#, no-wrap
msgid "ftp     stream  tcp     nowait  root    /usr/libexec/ftpd       ftpd -l"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52687
msgid "The seven columns in an entry are as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52689
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"service-name\n"
"socket-type\n"
"protocol\n"
"{wait|nowait}[/max-child[/max-connections-per-ip-per-minute[/max-child-per-ip]]]\n"
"user[:group][/login-class]\n"
"server-program\n"
"server-program-arguments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52697 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "where:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52701
msgid "service-name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52704
msgid "The service name of the daemon to start. It must correspond to a service listed in <filename>/etc/services</filename>. This determines which port <application>inetd</application> listens on for incoming connections to that service. When using a custom service, it must first be added to <filename>/etc/services</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52715
msgid "socket-type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52718
msgid "Either <literal>stream</literal>, <literal>dgram</literal>, <literal>raw</literal>, or <literal>seqpacket</literal>. Use <literal>stream</literal> for TCP connections and <literal>dgram</literal> for <acronym>UDP</acronym> services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52728
msgid "protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52731
msgid "Use one of the following protocol names:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52737
msgid "Protocol Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52738
msgid "Explanation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52744
msgid "tcp or tcp4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52745
msgid "TCP IPv4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52749
msgid "udp or udp4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52750
msgid "<acronym>UDP</acronym> IPv4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52754
msgid "tcp6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52755
msgid "TCP IPv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52759
msgid "udp6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52760
msgid "<acronym>UDP</acronym> IPv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52764
msgid "tcp46"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52765
msgid "Both TCP IPv4 and IPv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52769
msgid "udp46"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52770
msgid "Both <acronym>UDP</acronym> IPv4 and IPv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52780
msgid "{wait|nowait}[/max-child[/max-connections-per-ip-per-minute[/max-child-per-ip]]]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52783
msgid "In this field, <option>wait</option> or <option>nowait</option> must be specified. <option>max-child</option>, <option>max-connections-per-ip-per-minute</option> and <option>max-child-per-ip</option> are optional."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52789
msgid "<option>wait|nowait</option> indicates whether or not the service is able to handle its own socket. <option>dgram</option> socket types must use <option>wait</option> while <option>stream</option> daemons, which are usually multi-threaded, should use <option>nowait</option>. <option>wait</option> usually hands off multiple sockets to a single daemon, while <option>nowait</option> spawns a child daemon for each new socket."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52799
msgid "The maximum number of child daemons <application>inetd</application> may spawn is set by <option>max-child</option>. For example, to limit ten instances of the daemon, place a <literal>/10</literal> after <option>nowait</option>. Specifying <literal>/0</literal> allows an unlimited number of children."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52807
msgid "<option>max-connections-per-ip-per-minute</option> limits the number of connections from any particular <acronym>IP</acronym> address per minute. Once the limit is reached, further connections from this IP address will be dropped until the end of the minute. For example, a value of <literal>/10</literal> would limit any particular <acronym>IP</acronym> address to ten connection attempts per minute. <option>max-child-per-ip</option> limits the number of child processes that can be started on behalf on any single <acronym>IP</acronym> address at any moment. These options can limit excessive resource consumption and help to prevent Denial of Service attacks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52821
msgid "An example can be seen in the default settings for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fingerd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52824
#, no-wrap
msgid "finger stream  tcp     nowait/3/10 nobody /usr/libexec/fingerd fingerd -k -s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52829
msgid "user"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52832
msgid "The username the daemon will run as. Daemons typically run as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">daemon</systemitem>, or <systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52841
msgid "server-program"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52844
msgid "The full path to the daemon. If the daemon is a service provided by <application>inetd</application> internally, use <option>internal</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52851
msgid "server-program-arguments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52854
msgid "Used to specify any command arguments to be passed to the daemon on invocation. If the daemon is an internal service, use <option>internal</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:52864
msgid "Command-Line Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52866
msgid "Like most server daemons, <application>inetd</application> has a number of options that can be used to modify its behavior. By default, <application>inetd</application> is started with <literal>-wW -C 60</literal>. These options enable TCP wrappers for all services, including internal services, and prevent any <acronym>IP</acronym> address from requesting any service more than 60 times per minute."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52874
msgid "To change the default options which are passed to <application>inetd</application>, add an entry for <literal>inetd_flags</literal> in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. If <application>inetd</application> is already running, restart it with <command>service inetd restart</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52881
msgid "The available rate limiting options are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52885
msgid "-c maximum"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52888
msgid "Specify the default maximum number of simultaneous invocations of each service, where the default is unlimited. May be overridden on a per-service basis by using <option>max-child</option> in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52897
msgid "-C rate"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52900
msgid "Specify the default maximum number of times a service can be invoked from a single <acronym>IP</acronym> address per minute. May be overridden on a per-service basis by using <option>max-connections-per-ip-per-minute</option> in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52910
msgid "-R rate"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52913
msgid "Specify the maximum number of times a service can be invoked in one minute, where the default is <literal>256</literal>. A rate of <literal>0</literal> allows an unlimited number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52921
msgid "-s maximum"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52924
msgid "Specify the maximum number of times a service can be invoked from a single <acronym>IP</acronym> address at any one time, where the default is unlimited. May be overridden on a per-service basis by using <option>max-child-per-ip</option> in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52934
msgid "Additional options are available. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the full list of options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52941
msgid "Many of the daemons which can be managed by <application>inetd</application> are not security-conscious. Some daemons, such as <application>fingerd</application>, can provide information that may be useful to an attacker. Only enable the services which are needed and monitor the system for excessive connection attempts. <literal>max-connections-per-ip-per-minute</literal>, <literal>max-child</literal> and <literal>max-child-per-ip</literal> can be used to limit such attacks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52952
msgid "By default, TCP wrappers is enabled. Consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts_access</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on placing TCP restrictions on various <application>inetd</application> invoked daemons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:52961
msgid "Network File System (NFS)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:52964
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </personname> <contrib>Reorganized and enhanced by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:52974
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Bill</firstname> <surname>Swingle</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52985
msgid "FreeBSD supports the Network File System (<acronym>NFS</acronym>), which allows a server to share directories and files with clients over a network. With <acronym>NFS</acronym>, users and programs can access files on remote systems as if they were stored locally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52991
msgid "<acronym>NFS</acronym> has many practical uses. Some of the more common uses include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52996
msgid "Data that would otherwise be duplicated on each client can be kept in a single location and accessed by clients on the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53002
msgid "Several clients may need access to the <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</filename> directory. Sharing that directory allows for quick access to the source files without having to download them to each client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53010
msgid "On large networks, it is often more convenient to configure a central <acronym>NFS</acronym> server on which all user home directories are stored. Users can log into a client anywhere on the network and have access to their home directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53018
msgid "Administration of <acronym>NFS</acronym> exports is simplified. For example, there is only one file system where security or backup policies must be set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53024
msgid "Removable media storage devices can be used by other machines on the network. This reduces the number of devices throughout the network and provides a centralized location to manage their security. It is often more convenient to install software on multiple machines from a centralized installation media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:53033
msgid "<acronym>NFS</acronym> consists of a server and one or more clients. The client remotely accesses the data that is stored on the server machine. In order for this to function properly, a few processes have to be configured and running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:53038
msgid "These daemons must be running on the server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53039
msgid "<primary>NFS</primary> <secondary>server</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53043
msgid "<primary>file server</primary> <secondary>UNIX clients</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53048 book.translate.xml:53556
msgid "<primary><application>rpcbind</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53051
msgid "<primary><application>mountd</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53054
msgid "<primary><application>nfsd</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53065
msgid "Daemon"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53072
msgid "<application>nfsd</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53073
msgid "The <acronym>NFS</acronym> daemon which services requests from <acronym>NFS</acronym> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53078
msgid "<application>mountd</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53079
msgid "The <acronym>NFS</acronym> mount daemon which carries out requests received from <application>nfsd</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53085
msgid "<application>rpcbind</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53086
msgid "This daemon allows <acronym>NFS</acronym> clients to discover which port the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server is using."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:53094
msgid "Running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nfsiod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> on the client can improve performance, but is not required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53098
msgid "Configuring the Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53100
msgid "<primary>NFS</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53105
msgid "The file systems which the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server will share are specified in <filename>/etc/exports</filename>. Each line in this file specifies a file system to be exported, which clients have access to that file system, and any access options. When adding entries to this file, each exported file system, its properties, and allowed hosts must occur on a single line. If no clients are listed in the entry, then any client on the network can mount that file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53114
msgid "<primary>NFS</primary> <secondary>export examples</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53119
msgid "The following <filename>/etc/exports</filename> entries demonstrate how to export file systems. The examples can be modified to match the file systems and client names on the reader's network. There are many options that can be used in this file, but only a few will be mentioned here. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>exports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the full list of options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53126
msgid "This example shows how to export <filename>/cdrom</filename> to three hosts named <replaceable>alpha</replaceable>, <replaceable>bravo</replaceable>, and <replaceable>charlie</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53132
#, no-wrap
msgid "/cdrom -ro <replaceable>alpha</replaceable> <replaceable>bravo</replaceable> <replaceable>charlie</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53134
msgid "The <literal>-ro</literal> flag makes the file system read-only, preventing clients from making any changes to the exported file system. This example assumes that the host names are either in <acronym>DNS</acronym> or in <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> if the network does not have a <acronym>DNS</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53142
msgid "The next example exports <filename>/home</filename> to three clients by <acronym>IP</acronym> address. This can be useful for networks without <acronym>DNS</acronym> or <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> entries. The <literal>-alldirs</literal> flag allows subdirectories to be mount points. In other words, it will not automatically mount the subdirectories, but will permit the client to mount the directories that are required as needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53151
#, no-wrap
msgid "/usr/home  -alldirs  10.0.0.2 10.0.0.3 10.0.0.4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53153
msgid "This next example exports <filename>/a</filename> so that two clients from different domains may access that file system. The <option>-maproot=root</option> allows <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> on the remote system to write data on the exported file system as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. If <literal>-maproot=root</literal> is not specified, the client's <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user will be mapped to the server's <systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem> account and will be subject to the access limitations defined for <systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53162
#, no-wrap
msgid "/a  -maproot=root  host.example.com box.example.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53164
msgid "A client can only be specified once per file system. For example, if <filename>/usr</filename> is a single file system, these entries would be invalid as both entries specify the same host:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53169
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Invalid when /usr is one file system\n"
"/usr/src   client\n"
"/usr/ports client"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53173
msgid "The correct format for this situation is to use one entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53176
#, no-wrap
msgid "/usr/src /usr/ports  client"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53178
msgid "The following is an example of a valid export list, where <filename>/usr</filename> and <filename>/exports</filename> are local file systems:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53182
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Export src and ports to client01 and client02, but only\n"
"# client01 has root privileges on it\n"
"/usr/src /usr/ports -maproot=root    client01\n"
"/usr/src /usr/ports               client02\n"
"# The client machines have root and can mount anywhere\n"
"# on /exports. Anyone in the world can mount /exports/obj read-only\n"
"/exports -alldirs -maproot=root      client01 client02\n"
"/exports/obj -ro"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53191
msgid "To enable the processes required by the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server at boot time, add these options to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53195
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"rpcbind_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"nfs_server_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"mountd_flags=\"-r\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53199
msgid "The server can be started now by running this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53202 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service nfsd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53204
msgid "Whenever the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server is started, <application>mountd</application> also starts automatically. However, <application>mountd</application> only reads <filename>/etc/exports</filename> when it is started. To make subsequent <filename>/etc/exports</filename> edits take effect immediately, force <application>mountd</application> to reread it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53212
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service mountd reload</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53216
msgid "Configuring the Client"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53218
msgid "To enable <acronym>NFS</acronym> clients, set this option in each client's <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53221
#, no-wrap
msgid "nfs_client_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53223
msgid "Then, run this command on each <acronym>NFS</acronym> client:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53226
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service nfsclient start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53228
msgid "The client now has everything it needs to mount a remote file system. In these examples, the server's name is <systemitem>server</systemitem> and the client's name is <systemitem>client</systemitem>. To mount <filename>/home</filename> on <systemitem>server</systemitem> to the <filename>/mnt</filename> mount point on <systemitem>client</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53237
msgid "<primary>NFS</primary> <secondary>mounting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53241
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount server:/home /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53243
msgid "The files and directories in <filename>/home</filename> will now be available on <systemitem>client</systemitem>, in the <filename>/mnt</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53248
msgid "To mount a remote file system each time the client boots, add it to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53251
#, no-wrap
msgid "server:/home\t/mnt\tnfs\trw\t0\t0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53253
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a description of all available options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53258
msgid "Locking"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53260
msgid "Some applications require file locking to operate correctly. To enable locking, add these lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> on both the client and server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53265
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"rpc_lockd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"rpc_statd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53268
msgid "Then start the applications:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53270
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service lockd start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service statd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53273
msgid "If locking is not required on the server, the <acronym>NFS</acronym> client can be configured to lock locally by including <option>-L</option> when running <application>mount</application>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_nfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for further details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:53282
msgid "Automating Mounts with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:53285
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Wylie</firstname> <surname>Stilwell</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:53295
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Chern</firstname> <surname>Lee</surname> </personname> <contrib>Rewritten by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53305
msgid "<primary>amd</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53306
msgid "<primary>automatic mounter daemon</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53310
msgid "The automatic mounter daemon, <application>amd</application>, automatically mounts a remote file system whenever a file or directory within that file system is accessed. File systems that are inactive for a period of time will be automatically unmounted by <application>amd</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53317
msgid "This daemon provides an alternative to modifying <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to list every client. It operates by attaching itself as an <acronym>NFS</acronym> server to the <filename>/host</filename> and <filename>/net</filename> directories. When a file is accessed within one of these directories, <application>amd</application> looks up the corresponding remote mount and automatically mounts it. <filename>/net</filename> is used to mount an exported file system from an <acronym>IP</acronym> address while <filename>/host</filename> is used to mount an export from a remote hostname. For instance, an attempt to access a file within <filename>/host/foobar/usr</filename> would tell <application>amd</application> to mount the <filename>/usr</filename> export on the host <systemitem>foobar</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:53335
msgid "Mounting an Export with <application>amd</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:53338
msgid "In this example, <command>showmount -e</command> shows the exported file systems that can be mounted from the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server, <systemitem>foobar</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53343
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>showmount -e foobar</userinput>\n"
"Exports list on foobar:\n"
"/usr                               10.10.10.0\n"
"/a                                 10.10.10.0\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /host/foobar/usr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53350
msgid "The output from <command>showmount</command> shows <filename>/usr</filename> as an export. When changing directories to <filename>/host/foobar/usr</filename>, <application>amd</application> intercepts the request and attempts to resolve the hostname <systemitem>foobar</systemitem>. If successful, <application>amd</application> automatically mounts the desired export."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53359
msgid "To enable <application>amd</application> at boot time, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53362
#, no-wrap
msgid "amd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53364
msgid "To start <application>amd</application> now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53366
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service amd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53368
msgid "Custom flags can be passed to <application>amd</application> from the <varname>amd_flags</varname> environment variable. By default, <varname>amd_flags</varname> is set to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53373
#, no-wrap
msgid "amd_flags=\"-a /.amd_mnt -l syslog /host /etc/amd.map /net /etc/amd.map\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53375
msgid "The default options with which exports are mounted are defined in <filename>/etc/amd.map</filename>. Some of the more advanced features of <application>amd</application> are defined in <filename>/etc/amd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53380
msgid "Consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53385
msgid "Automating Mounts with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:53388
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> automount facility is supported starting with FreeBSD 10.1-RELEASE. To use the automounter functionality in older versions of FreeBSD, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> instead. This chapter only describes the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> automounter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53396
msgid "<primary>autofs</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53397
msgid "<primary>automounter subsystem</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53401
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> facility is a common name for several components that, together, allow for automatic mounting of remote and local filesystems whenever a file or directory within that file system is accessed. It consists of the kernel component, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and several userspace applications: <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autounmountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. It serves as an alternative for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> from previous FreeBSD releases. Amd is still provided for backward compatibility purposes, as the two use different map format; the one used by autofs is the same as with other SVR4 automounters, such as the ones in Solaris, MacOS X, and Linux."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53414
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> virtual filesystem is mounted on specified mountpoints by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, usually invoked during boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53418
msgid "Whenever a process attempts to access file within the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> mountpoint, the kernel will notify <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon and pause the triggering process. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon will handle kernel requests by finding the proper map and mounting the filesystem according to it, then signal the kernel to release blocked process. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autounmountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon automatically unmounts automounted filesystems after some time, unless they are still being used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53428
msgid "The primary autofs configuration file is <filename>/etc/auto_master</filename>. It assigns individual maps to top-level mounts. For an explanation of <filename>auto_master</filename> and the map syntax, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>auto_master</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53434
msgid "There is a special automounter map mounted on <filename>/net</filename>. When a file is accessed within this directory, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> looks up the corresponding remote mount and automatically mounts it. For instance, an attempt to access a file within <filename>/net/foobar/usr</filename> would tell <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to mount the <filename>/usr</filename> export from the host <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">foobar</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:53444
msgid "Mounting an Export with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:53446
msgid "In this example, <command>showmount -e</command> shows the exported file systems that can be mounted from the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server, <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">foobar</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53451
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>showmount -e foobar</userinput>\n"
"Exports list on foobar:\n"
"/usr                               10.10.10.0\n"
"/a                                 10.10.10.0\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /net/foobar/usr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53458
msgid "The output from <command>showmount</command> shows <filename>/usr</filename> as an export. When changing directories to <filename>/host/foobar/usr</filename>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> intercepts the request and attempts to resolve the hostname <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">foobar</systemitem>. If successful, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> automatically mounts the source export."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53466
msgid "To enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> at boot time, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53471
msgid "Then <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be started by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53473
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service automount start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service automountd start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service autounmountd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53477
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> map format is the same as in other operating systems. Information about this format from other sources can be useful, like the <link xlink:href=\"http://web.archive.org/web/20160813071113/http://images.apple.com/business/docs/Autofs.pdf\">Mac OS X document</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53482
msgid "Consult the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autounmountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>auto_master</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual pages for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:53511
msgid "Network Information System (<acronym>NIS</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53514
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53516
msgid "<primary>HP-UX</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53517
msgid "<primary>AIX</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53518
msgid "<primary>Linux</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53519
msgid "<primary>NetBSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53520
msgid "<primary>OpenBSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53521
msgid "<primary>yellow pages</primary> <see>NIS</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:53526
msgid "Network Information System (<acronym>NIS</acronym>) is designed to centralize administration of <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like systems such as <trademark>Solaris</trademark>, HP-UX, <trademark class=\"registered\">AIX</trademark>, Linux, NetBSD, OpenBSD, and FreeBSD. <acronym>NIS</acronym> was originally known as Yellow Pages but the name was changed due to trademark issues. This is the reason why <acronym>NIS</acronym> commands begin with <literal>yp</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53534
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>domains</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:53539
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> is a Remote Procedure Call (<acronym>RPC</acronym>)-based client/server system that allows a group of machines within an <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain to share a common set of configuration files. This permits a system administrator to set up <acronym>NIS</acronym> client systems with only minimal configuration data and to add, remove, or modify configuration data from a single location."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:53547
msgid "FreeBSD uses version 2 of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> protocol."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53551
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> Terms and Processes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53553
msgid "Table 28.1 summarizes the terms and important processes used by <acronym>NIS</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53559
msgid "<primary><application>portmap</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:53564
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> Terminology"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53572 book.translate.xml:55467
msgid "Term"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53579
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53581
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> servers and clients share an <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name. Typically, this name does not have anything to do with <acronym>DNS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53588
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpcbind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53590
msgid "This service enables <acronym>RPC</acronym> and must be running in order to run an <acronym>NIS</acronym> server or act as an <acronym>NIS</acronym> client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53597
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypbind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53598
msgid "This service binds an <acronym>NIS</acronym> client to its <acronym>NIS</acronym> server. It will take the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name and use <acronym>RPC</acronym> to connect to the server. It is the core of client/server communication in an <acronym>NIS</acronym> environment. If this service is not running on a client machine, it will not be able to access the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53610
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53611
msgid "This is the process for the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server. If this service stops running, the server will no longer be able to respond to <acronym>NIS</acronym> requests so hopefully, there is a slave server to take over. Some non-FreeBSD clients will not try to reconnect using a slave server and the <application>ypbind</application> process may need to be restarted on these clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53623
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpc.yppasswdd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53624
msgid "This process only runs on <acronym>NIS</acronym> master servers. This daemon allows <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients to change their <acronym>NIS</acronym> passwords. If this daemon is not running, users will have to login to the <acronym>NIS</acronym> master server and change their passwords there."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53640
msgid "Machine Types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53642
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>master server</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53645 book.translate.xml:54002
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>slave server</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53648
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>client</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53652
msgid "There are three types of hosts in an <acronym>NIS</acronym> environment:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53657
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> master server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53659
msgid "This server acts as a central repository for host configuration information and maintains the authoritative copy of the files used by all of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients. The <filename>passwd</filename>, <filename>group</filename>, and other various files used by <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients are stored on the master server. While it is possible for one machine to be an <acronym>NIS</acronym> master server for more than one <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain, this type of configuration will not be covered in this chapter as it assumes a relatively small-scale <acronym>NIS</acronym> environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53674
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> slave servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53676
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> slave servers maintain copies of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> master's data files in order to provide redundancy. Slave servers also help to balance the load of the master server as <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients always attach to the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server which responds first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53686
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> clients"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53688
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> clients authenticate against the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server during log on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53694
msgid "Information in many files can be shared using <acronym>NIS</acronym>. The <filename>master.passwd</filename>, <filename>group</filename>, and <filename>hosts</filename> files are commonly shared via <acronym>NIS</acronym>. Whenever a process on a client needs information that would normally be found in these files locally, it makes a query to the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server that it is bound to instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53706
msgid "Planning Considerations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53708
msgid "This section describes a sample <acronym>NIS</acronym> environment which consists of 15 FreeBSD machines with no centralized point of administration. Each machine has its own <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/master.passwd</filename>. These files are kept in sync with each other only through manual intervention. Currently, when a user is added to the lab, the process must be repeated on all 15 machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53717
msgid "The configuration of the lab will be as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53723
msgid "Machine name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53725
msgid "Machine role"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53731
msgid "<systemitem>ellington</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53732
msgid "<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.2</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53733
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> master"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53737
msgid "<systemitem>coltrane</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53738
msgid "<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.3</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53739
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> slave"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53743
msgid "<systemitem>basie</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53744
msgid "<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.4</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53745
msgid "Faculty workstation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53749
msgid "<systemitem>bird</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53750
msgid "<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.5</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53751
msgid "Client machine"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53755
msgid "<systemitem>cli[1-11]</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53756
msgid "<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.[6-17]</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53758
msgid "Other client machines"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53764
msgid "If this is the first time an <acronym>NIS</acronym> scheme is being developed, it should be thoroughly planned ahead of time. Regardless of network size, several decisions need to be made as part of the planning process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:53770
msgid "Choosing a <acronym>NIS</acronym> Domain Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53772
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>domain name</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53776
msgid "When a client broadcasts its requests for info, it includes the name of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain that it is part of. This is how multiple servers on one network can tell which server should answer which request. Think of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name as the name for a group of hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53783
msgid "Some organizations choose to use their Internet domain name for their <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name. This is not recommended as it can cause confusion when trying to debug network problems. The <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name should be unique within the network and it is helpful if it describes the group of machines it represents. For example, the Art department at Acme Inc. might be in the <quote>acme-art</quote> <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain. This example will use the domain name <literal>test-domain</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53794
msgid "However, some non-FreeBSD operating systems require the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name to be the same as the Internet domain name. If one or more machines on the network have this restriction, the Internet domain name <emphasis>must</emphasis> be used as the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:53803
msgid "Physical Server Requirements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53805
msgid "There are several things to keep in mind when choosing a machine to use as a <acronym>NIS</acronym> server. Since <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients depend upon the availability of the server, choose a machine that is not rebooted frequently. The <acronym>NIS</acronym> server should ideally be a stand alone machine whose sole purpose is to be an <acronym>NIS</acronym> server. If the network is not heavily used, it is acceptable to put the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server on a machine running other services. However, if the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server becomes unavailable, it will adversely affect all <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53821
msgid "Configuring the <acronym>NIS</acronym> Master Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53824
msgid "The canonical copies of all <acronym>NIS</acronym> files are stored on the master server. The databases used to store the information are called <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps. In FreeBSD, these maps are stored in <filename>/var/yp/[domainname]</filename> where <filename>[domainname]</filename> is the name of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain. Since multiple domains are supported, it is possible to have several directories, one for each domain. Each domain will have its own independent set of maps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53835
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> master and slave servers handle all <acronym>NIS</acronym> requests through <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This daemon is responsible for receiving incoming requests from <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients, translating the requested domain and map name to a path to the corresponding database file, and transmitting data from the database back to the client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53843
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>server configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53846
msgid "Setting up a master <acronym>NIS</acronym> server can be relatively straight forward, depending on environmental needs. Since FreeBSD provides built-in <acronym>NIS</acronym> support, it only needs to be enabled by adding the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53852
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"nisdomainname=\"test-domain\"\t<co xml:id=\"network-nis-co-domainname\"/>\n"
"nis_server_enable=\"YES\"\t\t<co xml:id=\"network-nis-co-server\"/>\n"
"nis_yppasswdd_enable=\"YES\"\t<co xml:id=\"network-nis-co-yppasswdd\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:53858
msgid "This line sets the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name to <literal>test-domain</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:53863
msgid "This automates the start up of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server processes when the system boots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:53869
msgid "This enables the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpc.yppasswdd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon so that users can change their <acronym>NIS</acronym> password from a client machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53875
msgid "Care must be taken in a multi-server domain where the server machines are also <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients. It is generally a good idea to force the servers to bind to themselves rather than allowing them to broadcast bind requests and possibly become bound to each other. Strange failure modes can result if one server goes down and others are dependent upon it. Eventually, all the clients will time out and attempt to bind to other servers, but the delay involved can be considerable and the failure mode is still present since the servers might bind to each other all over again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53887
msgid "A server that is also a client can be forced to bind to a particular server by adding these additional lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53891
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"nis_client_enable=\"YES\" # run client stuff as well\n"
"nis_client_flags=\"-S <replaceable>NIS domain</replaceable>,<replaceable>server</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53894
msgid "After saving the edits, type <command>/etc/netstart</command> to restart the network and apply the values defined in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Before initializing the <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps, start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53900
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ypserv start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:53903
msgid "Initializing the <acronym>NIS</acronym> Maps"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53905
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>maps</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53909
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> maps are generated from the configuration files in <filename>/etc</filename> on the <acronym>NIS</acronym> master, with one exception: <filename>/etc/master.passwd</filename>. This is to prevent the propagation of passwords to all the servers in the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain. Therefore, before the <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps are initialized, configure the primary password files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53918
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /etc/master.passwd /var/yp/master.passwd</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /var/yp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>vi master.passwd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53922
msgid "It is advisable to remove all entries for system accounts as well as any user accounts that do not need to be propagated to the <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients, such as the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> and any other administrative accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:53929
msgid "Ensure that the <filename>/var/yp/master.passwd</filename> is neither group or world readable by setting its permissions to <literal>600</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53935
msgid "After completing this task, initialize the <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps. FreeBSD includes the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypinit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> script to do this. When generating maps for the master server, include <option>-m</option> and specify the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53941
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ellington<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ypinit -m test-domain</userinput>\n"
"Server Type: MASTER Domain: test-domain\n"
"Creating an YP server will require that you answer a few questions.\n"
"Questions will all be asked at the beginning of the procedure.\n"
"Do you want this procedure to quit on non-fatal errors? [y/n: n] <userinput>n</userinput>\n"
"Ok, please remember to go back and redo manually whatever fails.\n"
"If not, something might not work.\n"
"At this point, we have to construct a list of this domains YP servers.\n"
"rod.darktech.org is already known as master server.\n"
"Please continue to add any slave servers, one per line. When you are\n"
"done with the list, type a &lt;control D&gt;.\n"
"master server   :  ellington\n"
"next host to add:  <userinput>coltrane</userinput>\n"
"next host to add:  <userinput>^D</userinput>\n"
"The current list of NIS servers looks like this:\n"
"ellington\n"
"coltrane\n"
"Is this correct?  [y/n: y] <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"[..output from map generation..]\n"
"\n"
"NIS Map update completed.\n"
"ellington has been setup as an YP master server without any errors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53965
msgid "This will create <filename>/var/yp/Makefile</filename> from <filename>/var/yp/Makefile.dist</filename>. By default, this file assumes that the environment has a single <acronym>NIS</acronym> server with only FreeBSD clients. Since <literal>test-domain</literal> has a slave server, edit this line in <filename>/var/yp/Makefile</filename> so that it begins with a comment (<literal>#</literal>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53974
#, no-wrap
msgid "NOPUSH = \"True\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:53978
msgid "Adding New Users"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53980
msgid "Every time a new user is created, the user account must be added to the master <acronym>NIS</acronym> server and the <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps rebuilt. Until this occurs, the new user will not be able to login anywhere except on the <acronym>NIS</acronym> master. For example, to add the new user <systemitem class=\"username\">jsmith</systemitem> to the <literal>test-domain</literal> domain, run these commands on the master server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53989
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw useradd jsmith</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /var/yp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make test-domain</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53993
msgid "The user could also be added using <command>adduser jsmith</command> instead of <command>pw useradd smith</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54000
msgid "Setting up a <acronym>NIS</acronym> Slave Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54006
msgid "To set up an <acronym>NIS</acronym> slave server, log on to the slave server and edit <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> as for the master server. Do not generate any <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps, as these already exist on the master server. When running <command>ypinit</command> on the slave server, use <option>-s</option> (for slave) instead of <option>-m</option> (for master). This option requires the name of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> master in addition to the domain name, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54016
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"coltrane<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ypinit -s ellington test-domain</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"Server Type: SLAVE Domain: test-domain Master: ellington\n"
"\n"
"Creating an YP server will require that you answer a few questions.\n"
"Questions will all be asked at the beginning of the procedure.\n"
"\n"
"Do you want this procedure to quit on non-fatal errors? [y/n: n]  <userinput>n</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"Ok, please remember to go back and redo manually whatever fails.\n"
"If not, something might not work.\n"
"There will be no further questions. The remainder of the procedure\n"
"should take a few minutes, to copy the databases from ellington.\n"
"Transferring netgroup...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring netgroup.byuser...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring netgroup.byhost...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring master.passwd.byuid...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring passwd.byuid...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring passwd.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring group.bygid...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring group.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring services.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring rpc.bynumber...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring rpc.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring protocols.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring master.passwd.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring networks.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring networks.byaddr...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring netid.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring hosts.byaddr...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring protocols.bynumber...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring ypservers...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring hosts.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"\n"
"coltrane has been setup as an YP slave server without any errors.\n"
"Remember to update map ypservers on ellington."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54073
msgid "This will generate a directory on the slave server called <filename>/var/yp/test-domain</filename> which contains copies of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> master server's maps. Adding these <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> entries on each slave server will force the slaves to sync their maps with the maps on the master server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54080
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"20      *       *       *       *       root   /usr/libexec/ypxfr passwd.byname\n"
"21      *       *       *       *       root   /usr/libexec/ypxfr passwd.byuid"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54083
msgid "These entries are not mandatory because the master server automatically attempts to push any map changes to its slaves. However, since clients may depend upon the slave server to provide correct password information, it is recommended to force frequent password map updates. This is especially important on busy networks where map updates might not always complete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54091
msgid "To finish the configuration, run <command>/etc/netstart</command> on the slave server in order to start the <acronym>NIS</acronym> services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54097
msgid "Setting Up an <acronym>NIS</acronym> Client"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54099
msgid "An <acronym>NIS</acronym> client binds to an <acronym>NIS</acronym> server using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypbind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This daemon broadcasts RPC requests on the local network. These requests specify the domain name configured on the client. If an <acronym>NIS</acronym> server in the same domain receives one of the broadcasts, it will respond to <application>ypbind</application>, which will record the server's address. If there are several servers available, the client will use the address of the first server to respond and will direct all of its <acronym>NIS</acronym> requests to that server. The client will automatically <application>ping</application> the server on a regular basis to make sure it is still available. If it fails to receive a reply within a reasonable amount of time, <application>ypbind</application> will mark the domain as unbound and begin broadcasting again in the hopes of locating another server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54117
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>client configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54121
msgid "To configure a FreeBSD machine to be an <acronym>NIS</acronym> client:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:54126
msgid "Edit <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and add the following lines in order to set the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name and start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypbind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> during network startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54131
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"nisdomainname=\"test-domain\"\n"
"nis_client_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:54136
msgid "To import all possible password entries from the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server, use <command>vipw</command> to remove all user accounts except one from <filename>/etc/master.passwd</filename>. When removing the accounts, keep in mind that at least one local account should remain and this account should be a member of <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem>. If there is a problem with <acronym>NIS</acronym>, this local account can be used to log in remotely, become the superuser, and fix the problem. Before saving the edits, add the following line to the end of the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54148 book.translate.xml:54521
#, no-wrap
msgid "+:::::::::"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:54150
msgid "This line configures the client to provide anyone with a valid account in the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server's password maps an account on the client. There are many ways to configure the <acronym>NIS</acronym> client by modifying this line. One method is described in <xref linkend=\"network-netgroups\"/>. For more detailed reading, refer to the book <literal>Managing NFS and NIS</literal>, published by O'Reilly Media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:54161
msgid "To import all possible group entries from the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server, add this line to <filename>/etc/group</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54165
#, no-wrap
msgid "+:*::"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54169
msgid "To start the <acronym>NIS</acronym> client immediately, execute the following commands as the superuser:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54172
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/etc/netstart</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ypbind start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54175
msgid "After completing these steps, running <command>ypcat passwd</command> on the client should show the server's <filename>passwd</filename> map."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54181
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> Security"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54183
msgid "Since <acronym>RPC</acronym> is a broadcast-based service, any system running <application>ypbind</application> within the same domain can retrieve the contents of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps. To prevent unauthorized transactions, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> supports a feature called <quote>securenets</quote> which can be used to restrict access to a given set of hosts. By default, this information is stored in <filename>/var/yp/securenets</filename>, unless <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is started with <option>-p</option> and an alternate path. This file contains entries that consist of a network specification and a network mask separated by white space. Lines starting with <literal>#</literal> are considered to be comments. A sample <filename>securenets</filename> might look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54198
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# allow connections from local host -- mandatory\n"
"127.0.0.1     255.255.255.255\n"
"# allow connections from any host\n"
"# on the 192.168.128.0 network\n"
"192.168.128.0 255.255.255.0\n"
"# allow connections from any host\n"
"# between 10.0.0.0 to 10.0.15.255\n"
"# this includes the machines in the testlab\n"
"10.0.0.0      255.255.240.0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54208
msgid "If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> receives a request from an address that matches one of these rules, it will process the request normally. If the address fails to match a rule, the request will be ignored and a warning message will be logged. If the <filename>securenets</filename> does not exist, <command>ypserv</command> will allow connections from any host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54216
msgid "<xref linkend=\"tcpwrappers\"/> is an alternate mechanism for providing access control instead of <filename>securenets</filename>. While either access control mechanism adds some security, they are both vulnerable to <quote><acronym>IP</acronym> spoofing</quote> attacks. All <acronym>NIS</acronym>-related traffic should be blocked at the firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54224
msgid "Servers using <filename>securenets</filename> may fail to serve legitimate <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients with archaic TCP/IP implementations. Some of these implementations set all host bits to zero when doing broadcasts or fail to observe the subnet mask when calculating the broadcast address. While some of these problems can be fixed by changing the client configuration, other problems may force the retirement of these client systems or the abandonment of <filename>securenets</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54236
msgid "The use of <application>TCP Wrapper</application> increases the latency of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server. The additional delay may be long enough to cause timeouts in client programs, especially in busy networks with slow <acronym>NIS</acronym> servers. If one or more clients suffer from latency, convert those clients into <acronym>NIS</acronym> slave servers and force them to bind to themselves."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:54246
msgid "Barring Some Users"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:54248
msgid "In this example, the <systemitem>basie</systemitem> system is a faculty workstation within the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain. The <filename>passwd</filename> map on the master <acronym>NIS</acronym> server contains accounts for both faculty and students. This section demonstrates how to allow faculty logins on this system while refusing student logins."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:54257
msgid "To prevent specified users from logging on to a system, even if they are present in the <acronym>NIS</acronym> database, use <command>vipw</command> to add <literal>-<replaceable>username</replaceable></literal> with the correct number of colons towards the end of <filename>/etc/master.passwd</filename> on the client, where <replaceable>username</replaceable> is the username of a user to bar from logging in. The line with the blocked user must be before the <literal>+</literal> line that allows <acronym>NIS</acronym> users. In this example, <systemitem class=\"username\">bill</systemitem> is barred from logging on to <systemitem>basie</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54270
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"basie<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat /etc/master.passwd</userinput>\n"
"root:[password]:0:0::0:0:The super-user:/root:/bin/csh\n"
"toor:[password]:0:0::0:0:The other super-user:/root:/bin/sh\n"
"daemon:*:1:1::0:0:Owner of many system processes:/root:/sbin/nologin\n"
"operator:*:2:5::0:0:System &amp;:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"bin:*:3:7::0:0:Binaries Commands and Source,,,:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"tty:*:4:65533::0:0:Tty Sandbox:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"kmem:*:5:65533::0:0:KMem Sandbox:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"games:*:7:13::0:0:Games pseudo-user:/usr/games:/sbin/nologin\n"
"news:*:8:8::0:0:News Subsystem:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"man:*:9:9::0:0:Mister Man Pages:/usr/share/man:/sbin/nologin\n"
"bind:*:53:53::0:0:Bind Sandbox:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"uucp:*:66:66::0:0:UUCP pseudo-user:/var/spool/uucppublic:/usr/libexec/uucp/uucico\n"
"xten:*:67:67::0:0:X-10 daemon:/usr/local/xten:/sbin/nologin\n"
"pop:*:68:6::0:0:Post Office Owner:/nonexistent:/sbin/nologin\n"
"nobody:*:65534:65534::0:0:Unprivileged user:/nonexistent:/sbin/nologin\n"
"-bill:::::::::\n"
"+:::::::::\n"
"\n"
"basie<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54306
msgid "Using Netgroups"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54308 book.translate.xml:54474
msgid "<primary>netgroups</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54310
msgid "Barring specified users from logging on to individual systems becomes unscaleable on larger networks and quickly loses the main benefit of <acronym>NIS</acronym>: <emphasis>centralized</emphasis> administration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54315
msgid "Netgroups were developed to handle large, complex networks with hundreds of users and machines. Their use is comparable to <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> groups, where the main difference is the lack of a numeric ID and the ability to define a netgroup by including both user accounts and other netgroups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54321
msgid "To expand on the example used in this chapter, the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain will be extended to add the users and systems shown in Tables 28.2 and 28.3:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:54326
msgid "Additional Users"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54331
msgid "User Name(s)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54338
msgid "<systemitem class=\"username\">alpha</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">beta</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54340
msgid "IT department employees"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54344
msgid "<systemitem class=\"username\">charlie</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">delta</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54345
msgid "IT department apprentices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54349
msgid "<systemitem class=\"username\">echo</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">foxtrott</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">golf</systemitem>, ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54353
msgid "employees"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54357
msgid "<systemitem class=\"username\">able</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">baker</systemitem>, ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54360
msgid "interns"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:54367
msgid "Additional Systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54372
msgid "Machine Name(s)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54381
msgid "<systemitem>war</systemitem>, <systemitem>death</systemitem>, <systemitem>famine</systemitem>, <systemitem>pollution</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54385
msgid "Only IT employees are allowed to log onto these servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54391
msgid "<systemitem>pride</systemitem>, <systemitem>greed</systemitem>, <systemitem>envy</systemitem>, <systemitem>wrath</systemitem>, <systemitem>lust</systemitem>, <systemitem>sloth</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54397
msgid "All members of the IT department are allowed to login onto these servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54402
msgid "<systemitem>one</systemitem>, <systemitem>two</systemitem>, <systemitem>three</systemitem>, <systemitem>four</systemitem>, ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54407
msgid "Ordinary workstations used by employees."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54412
msgid "<systemitem>trashcan</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54413
msgid "A very old machine without any critical data. Even interns are allowed to use this system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54420
msgid "When using netgroups to configure this scenario, each user is assigned to one or more netgroups and logins are then allowed or forbidden for all members of the netgroup. When adding a new machine, login restrictions must be defined for all netgroups. When a new user is added, the account must be added to one or more netgroups. If the <acronym>NIS</acronym> setup is planned carefully, only one central configuration file needs modification to grant or deny access to machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54430
msgid "The first step is the initialization of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> <literal>netgroup</literal> map. In FreeBSD, this map is not created by default. On the <acronym>NIS</acronym> master server, use an editor to create a map named <filename>/var/yp/netgroup</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54436
msgid "This example creates four netgroups to represent IT employees, IT apprentices, employees, and interns:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54439
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"IT_EMP  (,alpha,test-domain)    (,beta,test-domain)\n"
"IT_APP  (,charlie,test-domain)  (,delta,test-domain)\n"
"USERS   (,echo,test-domain)     (,foxtrott,test-domain) \\\n"
"        (,golf,test-domain)\n"
"INTERNS (,able,test-domain)     (,baker,test-domain)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54445
msgid "Each entry configures a netgroup. The first column in an entry is the name of the netgroup. Each set of brackets represents either a group of one or more users or the name of another netgroup. When specifying a user, the three comma-delimited fields inside each group represent:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54453
msgid "The name of the host(s) where the other fields representing the user are valid. If a hostname is not specified, the entry is valid on all hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54459
msgid "The name of the account that belongs to this netgroup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54464
msgid "The <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain for the account. Accounts may be imported from other <acronym>NIS</acronym> domains into a netgroup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54470
msgid "If a group contains multiple users, separate each user with whitespace. Additionally, each field may contain wildcards. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>netgroup</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54475
msgid "Netgroup names longer than 8 characters should not be used. The names are case sensitive and using capital letters for netgroup names is an easy way to distinguish between user, machine and netgroup names."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54480
msgid "Some non-FreeBSD <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients cannot handle netgroups containing more than 15 entries. This limit may be circumvented by creating several sub-netgroups with 15 users or fewer and a real netgroup consisting of the sub-netgroups, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54486
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"BIGGRP1  (,joe1,domain)  (,joe2,domain)  (,joe3,domain) [...]\n"
"BIGGRP2  (,joe16,domain)  (,joe17,domain) [...]\n"
"BIGGRP3  (,joe31,domain)  (,joe32,domain)\n"
"BIGGROUP  BIGGRP1 BIGGRP2 BIGGRP3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54491
msgid "Repeat this process if more than 225 (15 times 15) users exist within a single netgroup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54494
msgid "To activate and distribute the new <acronym>NIS</acronym> map:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54497
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ellington<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /var/yp</userinput>\n"
"ellington<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54500
msgid "This will generate the three <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps <filename>netgroup</filename>, <filename>netgroup.byhost</filename> and <filename>netgroup.byuser</filename>. Use the map key option of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypcat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to check if the new <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54507
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ellington<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ypcat -k netgroup</userinput>\n"
"ellington<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ypcat -k netgroup.byhost</userinput>\n"
"ellington<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ypcat -k netgroup.byuser</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54511
msgid "The output of the first command should resemble the contents of <filename>/var/yp/netgroup</filename>. The second command only produces output if host-specific netgroups were created. The third command is used to get the list of netgroups for a user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54517
msgid "To configure a client, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vipw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to specify the name of the netgroup. For example, on the server named <systemitem>war</systemitem>, replace this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54523
msgid "with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54525
#, no-wrap
msgid "+@IT_EMP:::::::::"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54527
msgid "This specifies that only the users defined in the netgroup <literal>IT_EMP</literal> will be imported into this system's password database and only those users are allowed to login to this system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54532
msgid "This configuration also applies to the <literal>~</literal> function of the shell and all routines which convert between user names and numerical user IDs. In other words, <command>cd ~<replaceable>user</replaceable></command> will not work, <command>ls -l</command> will show the numerical ID instead of the username, and <command>find . -user joe -print</command> will fail with the message <errorname>No such user</errorname>. To fix this, import all user entries without allowing them to login into the servers. This can be achieved by adding an extra line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54544
#, no-wrap
msgid "+:::::::::/sbin/nologin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54546
msgid "This line configures the client to import all entries but to replace the shell in those entries with <filename>/sbin/nologin</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54551
msgid "Make sure that extra line is placed <emphasis>after</emphasis> <literal>+@IT_EMP:::::::::</literal>. Otherwise, all user accounts imported from <acronym>NIS</acronym> will have <filename>/sbin/nologin</filename> as their login shell and no one will be able to login to the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54558
msgid "To configure the less important servers, replace the old <literal>+:::::::::</literal> on the servers with these lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54562
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n"
"+@IT_APP:::::::::\n"
"+:::::::::/sbin/nologin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54566
msgid "The corresponding lines for the workstations would be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54569
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n"
"+@USERS:::::::::\n"
"+:::::::::/sbin/nologin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54573
msgid "NIS supports the creation of netgroups from other netgroups which can be useful if the policy regarding user access changes. One possibility is the creation of role-based netgroups. For example, one might create a netgroup called <literal>BIGSRV</literal> to define the login restrictions for the important servers, another netgroup called <literal>SMALLSRV</literal> for the less important servers, and a third netgroup called <literal>USERBOX</literal> for the workstations. Each of these netgroups contains the netgroups that are allowed to login onto these machines. The new entries for the <acronym>NIS</acronym> <literal>netgroup</literal> map would look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54586
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"BIGSRV    IT_EMP  IT_APP\n"
"SMALLSRV  IT_EMP  IT_APP  ITINTERN\n"
"USERBOX   IT_EMP  ITINTERN USERS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54590
msgid "This method of defining login restrictions works reasonably well when it is possible to define groups of machines with identical restrictions. Unfortunately, this is the exception and not the rule. Most of the time, the ability to define login restrictions on a per-machine basis is required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54597
msgid "Machine-specific netgroup definitions are another possibility to deal with the policy changes. In this scenario, the <filename>/etc/master.passwd</filename> of each system contains two lines starting with <quote>+</quote>. The first line adds a netgroup with the accounts allowed to login onto this machine and the second line adds all other accounts with <filename>/sbin/nologin</filename> as shell. It is recommended to use the <quote>ALL-CAPS</quote> version of the hostname as the name of the netgroup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54607
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"+@<replaceable>BOXNAME</replaceable>:::::::::\n"
"+:::::::::/sbin/nologin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54610
msgid "Once this task is completed on all the machines, there is no longer a need to modify the local versions of <filename>/etc/master.passwd</filename> ever again. All further changes can be handled by modifying the <acronym>NIS</acronym> map. Here is an example of a possible <literal>netgroup</literal> map for this scenario:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54617
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Define groups of users first\n"
"IT_EMP    (,alpha,test-domain)    (,beta,test-domain)\n"
"IT_APP    (,charlie,test-domain)  (,delta,test-domain)\n"
"DEPT1     (,echo,test-domain)     (,foxtrott,test-domain)\n"
"DEPT2     (,golf,test-domain)     (,hotel,test-domain)\n"
"DEPT3     (,india,test-domain)    (,juliet,test-domain)\n"
"ITINTERN  (,kilo,test-domain)     (,lima,test-domain)\n"
"D_INTERNS (,able,test-domain)     (,baker,test-domain)\n"
"#\n"
"# Now, define some groups based on roles\n"
"USERS     DEPT1   DEPT2     DEPT3\n"
"BIGSRV    IT_EMP  IT_APP\n"
"SMALLSRV  IT_EMP  IT_APP    ITINTERN\n"
"USERBOX   IT_EMP  ITINTERN  USERS\n"
"#\n"
"# And a groups for a special tasks\n"
"# Allow echo and golf to access our anti-virus-machine\n"
"SECURITY  IT_EMP  (,echo,test-domain)  (,golf,test-domain)\n"
"#\n"
"# machine-based netgroups\n"
"# Our main servers\n"
"WAR       BIGSRV\n"
"FAMINE    BIGSRV\n"
"# User india needs access to this server\n"
"POLLUTION  BIGSRV  (,india,test-domain)\n"
"#\n"
"# This one is really important and needs more access restrictions\n"
"DEATH     IT_EMP\n"
"#\n"
"# The anti-virus-machine mentioned above\n"
"ONE       SECURITY\n"
"#\n"
"# Restrict a machine to a single user\n"
"TWO       (,hotel,test-domain)\n"
"# [...more groups to follow]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54653
msgid "It may not always be advisable to use machine-based netgroups. When deploying a couple of dozen or hundreds of systems, role-based netgroups instead of machine-based netgroups may be used to keep the size of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> map within reasonable limits."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54662
msgid "Password Formats"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54664
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>password formats</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54668
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> requires that all hosts within an <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain use the same format for encrypting passwords. If users have trouble authenticating on an <acronym>NIS</acronym> client, it may be due to a differing password format. In a heterogeneous network, the format must be supported by all operating systems, where <acronym>DES</acronym> is the lowest common standard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54676
msgid "To check which format a server or client is using, look at this section of <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54680
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"default:\\\n"
"\t:passwd_format=des:\\\n"
"\t:copyright=/etc/COPYRIGHT:\\\n"
"\t[Further entries elided]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54685
msgid "In this example, the system is using the <acronym>DES</acronym> format. Other possible values are <literal>blf</literal> for Blowfish and <literal>md5</literal> for MD5 encrypted passwords."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54690
msgid "If the format on a host needs to be edited to match the one being used in the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain, the login capability database must be rebuilt after saving the change:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:54698
msgid "The format of passwords for existing user accounts will not be updated until each user changes their password <emphasis>after</emphasis> the login capability database is rebuilt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:54708
msgid "Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (<acronym>LDAP</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54722 book.translate.xml:57607
msgid "<primary>LDAP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:54724
msgid "The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (<acronym>LDAP</acronym>) is an application layer protocol used to access, modify, and authenticate objects using a distributed directory information service. Think of it as a phone or record book which stores several levels of hierarchical, homogeneous information. It is used in Active Directory and <application>OpenLDAP</application> networks and allows users to access to several levels of internal information utilizing a single account. For example, email authentication, pulling employee contact information, and internal website authentication might all make use of a single user account in the <acronym>LDAP</acronym> server's record base."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:54737
msgid "This section provides a quick start guide for configuring an <acronym>LDAP</acronym> server on a FreeBSD system. It assumes that the administrator already has a design plan which includes the type of information to store, what that information will be used for, which users should have access to that information, and how to secure this information from unauthorized access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54746
msgid "<acronym>LDAP</acronym> Terminology and Structure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54748
msgid "<acronym>LDAP</acronym> uses several terms which should be understood before starting the configuration. All directory entries consist of a group of <firstterm>attributes</firstterm>. Each of these attribute sets contains a unique identifier known as a <firstterm>Distinguished Name</firstterm> (<acronym>DN</acronym>) which is normally built from several other attributes such as the common or <firstterm>Relative Distinguished Name</firstterm> (<acronym>RDN</acronym>). Similar to how directories have absolute and relative paths, consider a <acronym>DN</acronym> as an absolute path and the <acronym>RDN</acronym> as the relative path."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54762
msgid "An example <acronym>LDAP</acronym> entry looks like the following. This example searches for the entry for the specified user account (<literal>uid</literal>), organizational unit (<literal>ou</literal>), and organization (<literal>o</literal>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54768
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ldapsearch -xb \"uid=<replaceable>trhodes</replaceable>,ou=<replaceable>users</replaceable>,o=<replaceable>example.com</replaceable>\"</userinput>\n"
"# extended LDIF\n"
"#\n"
"# LDAPv3\n"
"# base &lt;uid=trhodes,ou=users,o=example.com&gt; with scope subtree\n"
"# filter: (objectclass=*)\n"
"# requesting: ALL\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"# trhodes, users, example.com\n"
"dn: uid=trhodes,ou=users,o=example.com\n"
"mail: trhodes@example.com\n"
"cn: Tom Rhodes\n"
"uid: trhodes\n"
"telephoneNumber: (123) 456-7890\n"
"\n"
"# search result\n"
"search: 2\n"
"result: 0 Success\n"
"\n"
"# numResponses: 2\n"
"# numEntries: 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54791
msgid "This example entry shows the values for the <literal>dn</literal>, <literal>mail</literal>, <literal>cn</literal>, <literal>uid</literal>, and <literal>telephoneNumber</literal> attributes. The <acronym>cn</acronym> attribute is the <acronym>RDN</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54798
msgid "More information about <acronym>LDAP</acronym> and its terminology can be found at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/intro.html\">http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/intro.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54803
msgid "Configuring an <acronym>LDAP</acronym> Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54805
msgid "<primary>LDAP Server</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54807
msgid "FreeBSD does not provide a built-in <acronym>LDAP</acronym> server. Begin the configuration by installing the <package role=\"port\">net/openldap24-server</package> package or port. Since the port has many configurable options, it is recommended that the default options are reviewed to see if the package is sufficient, and to instead compile the port if any options should be changed. In most cases, the defaults are fine. However, if SQL support is needed, this option must be enabled and the port compiled using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"ports-using\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54817
msgid "Next, create the directories to hold the data and to store the certificates:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54820
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /var/db/openldap-data</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /usr/local/etc/openldap/private</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54823
msgid "Copy over the database configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54825
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /usr/local/etc/openldap/DB_CONFIG.example /var/db/openldap-data/DB_CONFIG</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54827
msgid "The next phase is to configure the certificate authority. The following commands must be executed from <filename>/usr/local/etc/openldap/private</filename>. This is important as the file permissions need to be restrictive and users should not have access to these files. To create the certificate authority, start with this command and follow the prompts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54835
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl req -days <replaceable>365</replaceable> -nodes -new -x509 -keyout ca.key -out ../ca.crt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54837
msgid "The entries for the prompts may be generic <emphasis>except</emphasis> for the <literal>Common Name</literal>. This entry must be <emphasis>different</emphasis> than the system hostname. If this will be a self signed certificate, prefix the hostname with <literal>CA</literal> for certificate authority."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54844
msgid "The next task is to create a certificate signing request and a private key. Input this command and follow the prompts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54848
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl req -days <replaceable>365</replaceable> -nodes -new -keyout server.key -out server.csr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54850
msgid "During the certificate generation process, be sure to correctly set the <literal>Common Name</literal> attribute. Once complete, sign the key:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54854
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl x509 -req -days <replaceable>365</replaceable> -in server.csr -out ../server.crt -CA ../ca.crt -CAkey ca.key -CAcreateserial</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54856
msgid "The final part of the certificate generation process is to generate and sign the client certificates:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54859
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl req -days <replaceable>365</replaceable> -nodes -new -keyout client.key -out client.csr</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl x509 -req -days 3650 -in client.csr -out ../client.crt -CA ../ca.crt -CAkey ca.key</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54862
msgid "Remember to use the same <literal>Common Name</literal> attribute when prompted. When finished, ensure that a total of eight (8) new files have been generated through the proceeding commands. If so, the next step is to edit <filename>/usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.conf</filename> and add the following options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54869
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"TLSCipherSuite HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3\n"
"TLSCertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/server.crt\n"
"TLSCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/private/server.key\n"
"TLSCACertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54874
msgid "Then, edit <filename>/usr/local/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</filename> and add the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54878
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"TLS_CACERT /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt\n"
"TLS_CIPHER_SUITE HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54881
msgid "While editing this file, uncomment the following entries and set them to the desired values: <option>BASE</option>, <option>URI</option>, <option>SIZELIMIT</option> and <option>TIMELIMIT</option>. Set the <option>URI</option> to contain <option>ldap://</option> and <option>ldaps://</option>. Then, add two entries pointing to the certificate authority. When finished, the entries should look similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54890
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"BASE    dc=example,dc=com\n"
"URI     ldap:// ldaps://\n"
"\n"
"SIZELIMIT       12\n"
"TIMELIMIT       15\n"
"\n"
"TLS_CACERT /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt\n"
"TLS_CIPHER_SUITE HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54899
msgid "The default password for the server should then be changed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54902
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>slappasswd -h \"{SHA}\" &gt;&gt; /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54904
msgid "This command will prompt for the password and, if the process does not fail, a password hash will be added to the end of <filename>slapd.conf</filename>. Several hashing formats are supported. Refer to the manual page for <command>slappasswd</command> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54910
msgid "Next, edit <filename>/usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.conf</filename> and add the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54914
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"password-hash {sha}\n"
"allow bind_v2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54917
msgid "The <option>suffix</option> in this file must be updated to match the <option>BASE</option> used in <filename>/usr/local/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</filename> and <option>rootdn</option> should also be set. A recommended value for <option>rootdn</option> is something like <option>cn=Manager</option>. Before saving this file, place the <option>rootpw</option> in front of the password output from <command>slappasswd</command> and delete the old <option>rootpw</option>. The end result should look similar to this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54928
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"TLSCipherSuite HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3\n"
"TLSCertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/server.crt\n"
"TLSCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/private/server.key\n"
"TLSCACertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt\n"
"rootpw  {SHA}W6ph5Mm5Pz8GgiULbPgzG37mj9g="
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54934
msgid "Finally, enable the <application>OpenLDAP</application> service in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and set the <acronym>URI</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54938
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"slapd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"slapd_flags=\"-4 -h ldaps:///\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54941
msgid "At this point the server can be started and tested:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54943
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service slapd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54945
msgid "If everything is configured correctly, a search of the directory should show a successful connection with a single response as in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54949
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ldapsearch -Z</userinput>\n"
"# extended LDIF\n"
"#\n"
"# LDAPv3\n"
"# base &lt;dc=example,dc=com&gt; (default) with scope subtree\n"
"# filter: (objectclass=*)\n"
"# requesting: ALL\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"# search result\n"
"search: 3\n"
"result: 32 No such object\n"
"\n"
"# numResponses: 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:54965
msgid "If the command fails and the configuration looks correct, stop the <command>slapd</command> service and restart it with debugging options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54969
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service slapd stop</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/local/libexec/slapd -d -1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54973
msgid "Once the service is responding, the directory can be populated using <command>ldapadd</command>. In this example, a file containing this list of users is first created. Each user should use the following format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54978
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dn: dc=<replaceable>example</replaceable>,dc=<replaceable>com</replaceable>\n"
"objectclass: dcObject\n"
"objectclass: organization\n"
"o: <replaceable>Example</replaceable>\n"
"dc: <replaceable>Example</replaceable>\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=<replaceable>Manager</replaceable>,dc=<replaceable>example</replaceable>,dc=<replaceable>com</replaceable>\n"
"objectclass: organizationalRole\n"
"cn: <replaceable>Manager</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54988
msgid "To import this file, specify the file name. The following command will prompt for the password specified earlier and the output should look something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54992
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ldapadd -Z -D \"cn=<replaceable>Manager</replaceable>,dc=<replaceable>example</replaceable>,dc=<replaceable>com</replaceable>\" -W -f <replaceable>import.ldif</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Enter LDAP Password:\n"
"adding new entry \"dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"adding new entry \"cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54998
msgid "Verify the data was added by issuing a search on the server using <command>ldapsearch</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55001
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ldapsearch -Z</userinput>\n"
"# extended LDIF\n"
"#\n"
"# LDAPv3\n"
"# base &lt;dc=example,dc=com&gt; (default) with scope subtree\n"
"# filter: (objectclass=*)\n"
"# requesting: ALL\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"# example.com\n"
"dn: dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: dcObject\n"
"objectClass: organization\n"
"o: Example\n"
"dc: Example\n"
"\n"
"# Manager, example.com\n"
"dn: cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: organizationalRole\n"
"cn: Manager\n"
"\n"
"# search result\n"
"search: 3\n"
"result: 0 Success\n"
"\n"
"# numResponses: 3\n"
"# numEntries: 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55029
msgid "At this point, the server should be configured and functioning properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:55046
msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55049
msgid "<primary>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol</primary> <see><acronym>DHCP</acronym></see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55053
msgid "<primary>Internet Systems Consortium (ISC)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55057
msgid "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) allows a system to connect to a network in order to be assigned the necessary addressing information for communication on that network. FreeBSD includes the OpenBSD version of <command>dhclient</command> which is used by the client to obtain the addressing information. FreeBSD does not install a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server, but several servers are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection. The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> protocol is fully described in <link xlink:href=\"http://www.freesoft.org/CIE/RFC/2131/\">RFC 2131</link>. Informational resources are also available at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.isc.org/downloads/dhcp/\">isc.org/downloads/dhcp/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55069
msgid "This section describes how to use the built-in <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client. It then describes how to install and configure a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:55074
msgid "In FreeBSD, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bpf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> device is needed by both the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server and <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client. This device is included in the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel that is installed with FreeBSD. Users who prefer to create a custom kernel need to keep this device if <acronym>DHCP</acronym> is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:55081
msgid "It should be noted that <filename>bpf</filename> also allows privileged users to run network packet sniffers on that system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:55087
msgid "Configuring a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> Client"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55089
msgid "<acronym>DHCP</acronym> client support is included in the FreeBSD installer, making it easy to configure a newly installed system to automatically receive its networking addressing information from an existing <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. Refer to <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-post\"/> for examples of network configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55096
msgid "<primary><acronym>UDP</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55097
msgid "When <command>dhclient</command> is executed on the client machine, it begins broadcasting requests for configuration information. By default, these requests use <acronym>UDP</acronym> port 68. The server replies on <acronym>UDP</acronym> port 67, giving the client an <acronym>IP</acronym> address and other relevant network information such as a subnet mask, default gateway, and <acronym>DNS</acronym> server addresses. This information is in the form of a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> <quote>lease</quote> and is valid for a configurable time. This allows stale <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses for clients no longer connected to the network to automatically be reused. <acronym>DHCP</acronym> clients can obtain a great deal of information from the server. An exhaustive list may be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhcp-options</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55113
msgid "By default, when a FreeBSD system boots, its <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client runs in the background, or <firstterm>asynchronously</firstterm>. Other startup scripts continue to run while the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> process completes, which speeds up system startup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55119
msgid "Background <acronym>DHCP</acronym> works well when the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server responds quickly to the client's requests. However, <acronym>DHCP</acronym> may take a long time to complete on some systems. If network services attempt to run before <acronym>DHCP</acronym> has assigned the network addressing information, they will fail. Using <acronym>DHCP</acronym> in <firstterm>synchronous</firstterm> mode prevents this problem as it pauses startup until the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> configuration has completed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55129
msgid "This line in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> is used to configure background or asynchronous mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55132
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55134
msgid "This line may already exist if the system was configured to use <acronym>DHCP</acronym> during installation. Replace the <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> shown in these examples with the name of the interface to be dynamically configured, as described in <xref linkend=\"config-network-setup\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55140
msgid "To instead configure the system to use synchronous mode, and to pause during startup while <acronym>DHCP</acronym> completes, use <quote><literal>SYNCDHCP</literal></quote>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55145
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"SYNCDHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55147
msgid "Additional client options are available. Search for <literal>dhclient</literal> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55151 book.translate.xml:55355
msgid "<primary><acronym>DHCP</acronym></primary> <secondary>configuration files</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55156
msgid "The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client uses the following files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55161
msgid "<filename>/etc/dhclient.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55163
msgid "The configuration file used by <command>dhclient</command>. Typically, this file contains only comments as the defaults are suitable for most clients. This configuration file is described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55171
msgid "<filename>/sbin/dhclient</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55173
msgid "More information about the command itself can be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55178
msgid "<filename>/sbin/dhclient-script</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55180
msgid "The FreeBSD-specific <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client configuration script. It is described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient-script</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, but should not need any user modification to function properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55188
msgid "<filename>/var/db/dhclient.leases.<replaceable>interface</replaceable></filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55190
msgid "The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client keeps a database of valid leases in this file, which is written as a log and is described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient.leases</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:55198
msgid "Installing and Configuring a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55201
msgid "This section demonstrates how to configure a FreeBSD system to act as a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server using the Internet Systems Consortium (<acronym>ISC</acronym>) implementation of the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. This implementation and its documentation can be installed using the <package>net/isc-dhcp43-server</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55209
msgid "<primary><acronym>DHCP</acronym></primary> <secondary>server</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55214
msgid "<primary><acronym>DHCP</acronym></primary> <secondary>installation</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55219
msgid "The installation of <package>net/isc-dhcp43-server</package> installs a sample configuration file. Copy <filename>/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf.example</filename> to <filename>/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename> and make any edits to this new file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55226
msgid "<primary><acronym>DHCP</acronym></primary> <secondary>dhcpd.conf</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55230
msgid "The configuration file is comprised of declarations for subnets and hosts which define the information that is provided to <acronym>DHCP</acronym> clients. For example, these lines configure the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55235
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"option domain-name \"example.org\";<co xml:id=\"domain-name\"/>\n"
"option domain-name-servers ns1.example.org;<co xml:id=\"domain-name-servers\"/>\n"
"option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;<co xml:id=\"subnet-mask\"/>\n"
"\n"
"default-lease-time 600;<co xml:id=\"default-lease-time\"/>\n"
"max-lease-time 72400;<co xml:id=\"max-lease-time\"/>\n"
"ddns-update-style none;<co xml:id=\"ddns-update-style\"/>\n"
"\n"
"subnet 10.254.239.0 netmask 255.255.255.224 {\n"
"  range 10.254.239.10 10.254.239.20;<co xml:id=\"range\"/>\n"
"  option routers rtr-239-0-1.example.org, rtr-239-0-2.example.org;<co xml:id=\"routers\"/>\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"host fantasia {\n"
"  hardware ethernet 08:00:07:26:c0:a5;<co xml:id=\"hardware\"/>\n"
"  fixed-address fantasia.fugue.com;<co xml:id=\"fixed-address\"/>\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55255
msgid "This option specifies the default search domain that will be provided to clients. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55261
msgid "This option specifies a comma separated list of <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers that the client should use. They can be listed by their Fully Qualified Domain Names (<acronym>FQDN</acronym>), as seen in the example, or by their <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55269
msgid "The subnet mask that will be provided to clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55274
msgid "The default lease expiry time in seconds. A client can be configured to override this value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55279
msgid "The maximum allowed length of time, in seconds, for a lease. Should a client request a longer lease, a lease will still be issued, but it will only be valid for <literal>max-lease-time</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55286
msgid "The default of <option>none</option> disables dynamic DNS updates. Changing this to <option>interim</option> configures the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server to update a <acronym>DNS</acronym> server whenever it hands out a lease so that the <acronym>DNS</acronym> server knows which <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses are associated with which computers in the network. Do not change the default setting unless the <acronym>DNS</acronym> server has been configured to support dynamic <acronym>DNS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55299
msgid "This line creates a pool of available <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses which are reserved for allocation to <acronym>DHCP</acronym> clients. The range of addresses must be valid for the network or subnet specified in the previous line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55307
msgid "Declares the default gateway that is valid for the network or subnet specified before the opening <literal>{</literal> bracket."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55313
msgid "Specifies the hardware <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of a client so that the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server can recognize the client when it makes a request."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55319
msgid "Specifies that this host should always be given the same <acronym>IP</acronym> address. Using the hostname is correct, since the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server will resolve the hostname before returning the lease information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55327
msgid "This configuration file supports many more options. Refer to dhcpd.conf(5), installed with the server, for details and examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55331
msgid "Once the configuration of <filename>dhcpd.conf</filename> is complete, enable the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55335
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dhcpd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"dhcpd_ifaces=\"dc0\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55338
msgid "Replace the <literal>dc0</literal> with the interface (or interfaces, separated by whitespace) that the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server should listen on for <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client requests."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55343
msgid "Start the server by issuing the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55345 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service isc-dhcpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55347
msgid "Any future changes to the configuration of the server will require the <application>dhcpd</application> service to be stopped and then started using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55351
msgid "The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server uses the following files. Note that the manual pages are installed with the server software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55361
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/sbin/dhcpd</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55363
msgid "More information about the <application>dhcpd</application> server can be found in dhcpd(8)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55369
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55371
msgid "The server configuration file needs to contain all the information that should be provided to clients, along with information regarding the operation of the server. This configuration file is described in dhcpd.conf(5)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55378
msgid "<filename>/var/db/dhcpd.leases</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55380
msgid "The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server keeps a database of leases it has issued in this file, which is written as a log. Refer to dhcpd.leases(5), which gives a slightly longer description."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55387
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/sbin/dhcrelay</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55389
msgid "This daemon is used in advanced environments where one <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server forwards a request from a client to another <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server on a separate network. If this functionality is required, install the <package>net/isc-dhcp43-relay</package> package or port. The installation includes dhcrelay(8) which provides more detail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55427
msgid "Domain Name System (<acronym>DNS</acronym>) is the protocol through which domain names are mapped to <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses, and vice versa. <acronym>DNS</acronym> is coordinated across the Internet through a somewhat complex system of authoritative root, Top Level Domain (<acronym>TLD</acronym>), and other smaller-scale name servers, which host and cache individual domain information. It is not necessary to run a name server to perform <acronym>DNS</acronym> lookups on a system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55439
msgid "In FreeBSD 10, the Berkeley Internet Name Domain (<acronym>BIND</acronym>) has been removed from the base system and replaced with Unbound. Unbound as configured in the FreeBSD Base is a local caching resolver. <acronym>BIND</acronym> is still available from The Ports Collection as <package role=\"port\">dns/bind99</package> or <package role=\"port\">dns/bind98</package>. In FreeBSD 9 and lower, <acronym>BIND</acronym> is included in FreeBSD Base. The FreeBSD version provides enhanced security features, a new file system layout, and automated <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration. <acronym>BIND</acronym> is maintained by the <link xlink:href=\"https://www.isc.org/\">Internet Systems Consortium</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55450
msgid "<primary>resolver</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55451
msgid "<primary>reverse <acronym>DNS</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55453
msgid "<primary>root zone</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55455
msgid "The following table describes some of the terms associated with <acronym>DNS</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:55459
msgid "<acronym>DNS</acronym> Terminology"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55468
msgid "Definition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55474
msgid "Forward <acronym>DNS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55475
msgid "Mapping of hostnames to <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55480
msgid "Origin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55481
msgid "Refers to the domain covered in a particular zone file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55486
msgid "<application>named</application>, BIND"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55487
msgid "Common names for the BIND name server package within FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55492
msgid "Resolver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55493
msgid "A system process through which a machine queries a name server for zone information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55498
msgid "Reverse <acronym>DNS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55499
msgid "Mapping of <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses to hostnames."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55504
msgid "Root zone"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55506
msgid "The beginning of the Internet zone hierarchy. All zones fall under the root zone, similar to how all files in a file system fall under the root directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55512
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55513
msgid "An individual domain, subdomain, or portion of the <acronym>DNS</acronym> administered by the same authority."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55521
msgid "<primary>zones</primary> <secondary>examples</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55526
msgid "Examples of zones:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55530
msgid "<systemitem>.</systemitem> is how the root zone is usually referred to in documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55535
msgid "<systemitem>org.</systemitem> is a Top Level Domain (<acronym>TLD</acronym>) under the root zone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55540
msgid "<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org.</systemitem> is a zone under the <systemitem>org.</systemitem> <acronym>TLD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55546
msgid "<systemitem>1.168.192.in-addr.arpa</systemitem> is a zone referencing all <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses which fall under the <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.*</systemitem> <acronym>IP</acronym> address space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55553
msgid "As one can see, the more specific part of a hostname appears to its left. For example, <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org.</systemitem> is more specific than <systemitem>org.</systemitem>, as <systemitem>org.</systemitem> is more specific than the root zone. The layout of each part of a hostname is much like a file system: the <filename>/dev</filename> directory falls within the root, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:55562
msgid "Reasons to Run a Name Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55564
msgid "Name servers generally come in two forms: authoritative name servers, and caching (also known as resolving) name servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55568
msgid "An authoritative name server is needed when:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55572
msgid "One wants to serve <acronym>DNS</acronym> information to the world, replying authoritatively to queries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55577
msgid "A domain, such as <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org</systemitem>, is registered and <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses need to be assigned to hostnames under it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55583
msgid "An <acronym>IP</acronym> address block requires reverse <acronym>DNS</acronym> entries (<acronym>IP</acronym> to hostname)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55589
msgid "A backup or second name server, called a slave, will reply to queries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55594
msgid "A caching name server is needed when:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55598
msgid "A local <acronym>DNS</acronym> server may cache and respond more quickly than querying an outside name server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55604
msgid "When one queries for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">www.FreeBSD.org</systemitem>, the resolver usually queries the uplink <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s name server, and retrieves the reply. With a local, caching <acronym>DNS</acronym> server, the query only has to be made once to the outside world by the caching <acronym>DNS</acronym> server. Additional queries will not have to go outside the local network, since the information is cached locally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:55615
msgid "<acronym>DNS</acronym> Server Configuration in FreeBSD 10.0 and Later"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55618
msgid "In FreeBSD 10.0, <application>BIND</application> has been replaced with <application>Unbound</application>. <application>Unbound</application> is a validating caching resolver only. If an authoritative server is needed, many are available from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55624
msgid "<application>Unbound</application> is provided in the FreeBSD base system. By default, it will provide <acronym>DNS</acronym> resolution to the local machine only. While the base system package can be configured to provide resolution services beyond the local machine, it is recommended that such requirements be addressed by installing <application>Unbound</application> from the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55633
msgid "To enable <application>Unbound</application>, add the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55636
#, no-wrap
msgid "local_unbound_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55638
msgid "Any existing nameservers in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> will be configured as forwarders in the new <application>Unbound</application> configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:55644
msgid "If any of the listed nameservers do not support <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym>, local <acronym>DNS</acronym> resolution will fail. Be sure to test each nameserver and remove any that fail the test. The following command will show the trust tree or a failure for a nameserver running on <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.1</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55652
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>drill -S FreeBSD.org @<replaceable>192.168.1.1</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55654
msgid "Once each nameserver is confirmed to support <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym>, start <application>Unbound</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55658
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service local_unbound onestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55660
msgid "This will take care of updating <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> so that queries for <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> secured domains will now work. For example, run the following to validate the FreeBSD.org <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> trust tree:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55666
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>drill -S FreeBSD.org</userinput>\n"
";; Number of trusted keys: 1\n"
";; Chasing: freebsd.org. A\n"
"\n"
"DNSSEC Trust tree:\n"
"freebsd.org. (A)\n"
"|---freebsd.org. (DNSKEY keytag: 36786 alg: 8 flags: 256)\n"
"    |---freebsd.org. (DNSKEY keytag: 32659 alg: 8 flags: 257)\n"
"    |---freebsd.org. (DS keytag: 32659 digest type: 2)\n"
"        |---org. (DNSKEY keytag: 49587 alg: 7 flags: 256)\n"
"            |---org. (DNSKEY keytag: 9795 alg: 7 flags: 257)\n"
"            |---org. (DNSKEY keytag: 21366 alg: 7 flags: 257)\n"
"            |---org. (DS keytag: 21366 digest type: 1)\n"
"            |   |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 40926 alg: 8 flags: 256)\n"
"            |       |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 19036 alg: 8 flags: 257)\n"
"            |---org. (DS keytag: 21366 digest type: 2)\n"
"                |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 40926 alg: 8 flags: 256)\n"
"                    |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 19036 alg: 8 flags: 257)\n"
";; Chase successful"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:55688
msgid "DNS Server Configuration in FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>X</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55691
msgid "In FreeBSD, the BIND daemon is called <application>named</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55705
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55706
msgid "The BIND daemon."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55710
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rndc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55711
msgid "Name server control utility."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55716
msgid "Directory where BIND zone information resides."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:55721 book.translate.xml:55789
msgid "<filename>/etc/namedb/named.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55722
msgid "Configuration file of the daemon."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55728
msgid "Depending on how a given zone is configured on the server, the files related to that zone can be found in the <filename>master</filename>, <filename>slave</filename>, or <filename>dynamic</filename> subdirectories of the <filename>/etc/namedb</filename> directory. These files contain the <acronym>DNS</acronym> information that will be given out by the name server in response to queries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:55739
msgid "Starting BIND"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55741
msgid "<primary>BIND</primary> <secondary>starting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55746
msgid "Since BIND is installed by default, configuring it is relatively simple."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55749
msgid "The default <application>named</application> configuration is that of a basic resolving name server, running in a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> environment, and restricted to listening on the local IPv4 loopback address (127.0.0.1). To start the server one time with this configuration, use the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55756
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service named onestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55758
msgid "To ensure the <application>named</application> daemon is started at boot each time, put the following line into the <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55764
msgid "There are many configuration options for <filename>/etc/namedb/named.conf</filename> that are beyond the scope of this document. Other startup options for <application>named</application> on FreeBSD can be found in the <literal>named_<replaceable>*</replaceable></literal> flags in <filename>/etc/defaults/rc.conf</filename> and in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <xref linkend=\"configtuning-rcd\"/> section is also a good read."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55777
msgid "<primary>BIND</primary> <secondary>configuration files</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55782
msgid "Configuration files for <application>named</application> currently reside in <filename>/etc/namedb</filename> directory and will need modification before use unless all that is needed is a simple resolver. This is where most of the configuration will be performed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55791
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"// $FreeBSD$\n"
"//\n"
"// Refer to the named.conf(5) and named(8) man pages, and the documentation\n"
"// in /usr/share/doc/bind9 for more details.\n"
"//\n"
"// If you are going to set up an authoritative server, make sure you\n"
"// understand the hairy details of how DNS works.  Even with\n"
"// simple mistakes, you can break connectivity for affected parties,\n"
"// or cause huge amounts of useless Internet traffic.\n"
"\n"
"options {\n"
"\t// All file and path names are relative to the chroot directory,\n"
"\t// if any, and should be fully qualified.\n"
"\tdirectory\t\"/etc/namedb/working\";\n"
"\tpid-file\t\"/var/run/named/pid\";\n"
"\tdump-file\t\"/var/dump/named_dump.db\";\n"
"\tstatistics-file\t\"/var/stats/named.stats\";\n"
"\n"
"// If named is being used only as a local resolver, this is a safe default.\n"
"// For named to be accessible to the network, comment this option, specify\n"
"// the proper IP address, or delete this option.\n"
"\tlisten-on\t{ 127.0.0.1; };\n"
"\n"
"// If you have IPv6 enabled on this system, uncomment this option for\n"
"// use as a local resolver.  To give access to the network, specify\n"
"// an IPv6 address, or the keyword \"any\".\n"
"//\tlisten-on-v6\t{ ::1; };\n"
"\n"
"// These zones are already covered by the empty zones listed below.\n"
"// If you remove the related empty zones below, comment these lines out.\n"
"\tdisable-empty-zone \"255.255.255.255.IN-ADDR.ARPA\";\n"
"\tdisable-empty-zone \"0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.IP6.ARPA\";\n"
"\tdisable-empty-zone \"1.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.IP6.ARPA\";\n"
"\n"
"// If you have a DNS server around at your upstream provider, enter\n"
"// its IP address here, and enable the line below.  This will make you\n"
"// benefit from its cache, thus reduce overall DNS traffic in the Internet.\n"
"/*\n"
"\tforwarders {\n"
"\t\t127.0.0.1;\n"
"\t};\n"
"*/\n"
"\n"
"// If the 'forwarders' clause is not empty the default is to 'forward first'\n"
"// which will fall back to sending a query from your local server if the name\n"
"// servers in 'forwarders' do not have the answer.  Alternatively you can\n"
"// force your name server to never initiate queries of its own by enabling the\n"
"// following line:\n"
"//\tforward only;\n"
"\n"
"// If you wish to have forwarding configured automatically based on\n"
"// the entries in /etc/resolv.conf, uncomment the following line and\n"
"// set named_auto_forward=yes in /etc/rc.conf.  You can also enable\n"
"// named_auto_forward_only (the effect of which is described above).\n"
"//\tinclude \"/etc/namedb/auto_forward.conf\";"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:55847
msgid "Just as the comment says, to benefit from an uplink's cache, <literal>forwarders</literal> can be enabled here. Under normal circumstances, a name server will recursively query the Internet looking at certain name servers until it finds the answer it is looking for. Having this enabled will have it query the uplink's name server (or name server provided) first, taking advantage of its cache. If the uplink name server in question is a heavily trafficked, fast name server, enabling this may be worthwhile."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:55859
msgid "<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">127.0.0.1</systemitem> will <emphasis>not</emphasis> work here. Change this <acronym>IP</acronym> address to a name server at the uplink."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55865
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\t/*\n"
"\t   Modern versions of BIND use a random <acronym>UDP</acronym> port for each outgoing\n"
"\t   query by default in order to dramatically reduce the possibility\n"
"\t   of cache poisoning.  All users are strongly encouraged to utilize\n"
"\t   this feature, and to configure their firewalls to accommodate it.\n"
"\n"
"\t   AS A LAST RESORT in order to get around a restrictive firewall\n"
"\t   policy you can try enabling the option below.  Use of this option\n"
"\t   will significantly reduce your ability to withstand cache poisoning\n"
"\t   attacks, and should be avoided if at all possible.\n"
"\n"
"\t   Replace NNNNN in the example with a number between 49160 and 65530.\n"
"\t*/\n"
"\t// query-source address * port NNNNN;\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"// If you enable a local name server, do not forget to enter 127.0.0.1\n"
"// first in your /etc/resolv.conf so this server will be queried.\n"
"// Also, make sure to enable it in /etc/rc.conf.\n"
"\n"
"// The traditional root hints mechanism. Use this, OR the slave zones below.\n"
"zone \".\" { type hint; file \"/etc/namedb/named.root\"; };\n"
"\n"
"/*\tSlaving the following zones from the root name servers has some\n"
"\tsignificant advantages:\n"
"\t1. Faster local resolution for your users\n"
"\t2. No spurious traffic will be sent from your network to the roots\n"
"\t3. Greater resilience to any potential root server failure/DDoS\n"
"\n"
"\tOn the other hand, this method requires more monitoring than the\n"
"\thints file to be sure that an unexpected failure mode has not\n"
"\tincapacitated your server.  Name servers that are serving a lot\n"
"\tof clients will benefit more from this approach than individual\n"
"\thosts.  Use with caution.\n"
"\n"
"\tTo use this mechanism, uncomment the entries below, and comment\n"
"\tthe hint zone above.\n"
"\n"
"\tAs documented at http://dns.icann.org/services/axfr/ these zones:\n"
"\t\".\" (the root), ARPA, IN-ADDR.ARPA, IP6.ARPA, and ROOT-SERVERS.NET\n"
"\tare available for AXFR from these servers on IPv4 and IPv6:\n"
"\txfr.lax.dns.icann.org, xfr.cjr.dns.icann.org\n"
"*/\n"
"/*\n"
"zone \".\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/namedb/slave/root.slave\";\n"
"\tmasters {\n"
"\t\t192.5.5.241;\t// F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.\n"
"\t};\n"
"\tnotify no;\n"
"};\n"
"zone \"arpa\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/namedb/slave/arpa.slave\";\n"
"\tmasters {\n"
"\t\t192.5.5.241;\t// F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.\n"
"\t};\n"
"\tnotify no;\n"
"};\n"
"*/\n"
"\n"
"/*\tServing the following zones locally will prevent any queries\n"
"\tfor these zones leaving your network and going to the root\n"
"\tname servers.  This has two significant advantages:\n"
"\t1. Faster local resolution for your users\n"
"\t2. No spurious traffic will be sent from your network to the roots\n"
"*/\n"
"// RFCs 1912 and 5735 (and BCP 32 for localhost)\n"
"zone \"localhost\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/localhost-forward.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"127.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/localhost-reverse.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"255.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// RFC 1912-style zone for IPv6 localhost address\n"
"zone \"0.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/localhost-reverse.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// \"This\" Network (RFCs 1912 and 5735)\n"
"zone \"0.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// Private Use Networks (RFCs 1918 and 5735)\n"
"zone \"10.in-addr.arpa\"\t   { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"16.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"17.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"18.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"19.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"20.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"21.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"22.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"23.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"24.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"25.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"26.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"27.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"28.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"29.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"30.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"31.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"168.192.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// Link-local/APIPA (RFCs 3927 and 5735)\n"
"zone \"254.169.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// IETF protocol assignments (RFCs 5735 and 5736)\n"
"zone \"0.0.192.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// TEST-NET-[1-3] for Documentation (RFCs 5735 and 5737)\n"
"zone \"2.0.192.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"100.51.198.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"113.0.203.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// IPv6 Range for Documentation (RFC 3849)\n"
"zone \"8.b.d.0.1.0.0.2.ip6.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// Domain Names for Documentation and Testing (BCP 32)\n"
"zone \"test\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"example\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"invalid\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"example.com\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"example.net\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"example.org\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// Router Benchmark Testing (RFCs 2544 and 5735)\n"
"zone \"18.198.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"19.198.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// IANA Reserved - Old Class E Space (RFC 5735)\n"
"zone \"240.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"241.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"242.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"243.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"244.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"245.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"246.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"247.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"248.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"249.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"250.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"251.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"252.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"253.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"254.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// IPv6 Unassigned Addresses (RFC 4291)\n"
"zone \"1.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"3.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"4.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"5.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"6.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"7.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"8.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"9.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"a.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"b.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"c.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"d.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"e.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"0.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"1.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"2.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"3.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"4.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"5.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"6.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"7.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"8.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"9.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"a.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"b.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"0.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"1.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"2.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"3.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"4.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"5.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"6.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"7.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// IPv6 ULA (RFC 4193)\n"
"zone \"c.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"d.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// IPv6 Link Local (RFC 4291)\n"
"zone \"8.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"9.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"a.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"b.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// IPv6 Deprecated Site-Local Addresses (RFC 3879)\n"
"zone \"c.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"d.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"e.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"f.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// IP6.INT is Deprecated (RFC 4159)\n"
"zone \"ip6.int\"\t\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// NB: Do not use the IP addresses below, they are faked, and only\n"
"// serve demonstration/documentation purposes!\n"
"//\n"
"// Example slave zone config entries.  It can be convenient to become\n"
"// a slave at least for the zone your own domain is in.  Ask\n"
"// your network administrator for the IP address of the responsible\n"
"// master name server.\n"
"//\n"
"// Do not forget to include the reverse lookup zone!\n"
"// This is named after the first bytes of the IP address, in reverse\n"
"// order, with \".IN-ADDR.ARPA\" appended, or \".IP6.ARPA\" for IPv6.\n"
"//\n"
"// Before starting to set up a master zone, make sure you fully\n"
"// understand how DNS and BIND work.  There are sometimes\n"
"// non-obvious pitfalls.  Setting up a slave zone is usually simpler.\n"
"//\n"
"// NB: Do not blindly enable the examples below. :-)  Use actual names\n"
"// and addresses instead.\n"
"\n"
"/* An example dynamic zone\n"
"key \"exampleorgkey\" {\n"
"\talgorithm hmac-md5;\n"
"\tsecret \"sf87HJqjkqh8ac87a02lla==\";\n"
"};\n"
"zone \"example.org\" {\n"
"\ttype master;\n"
"\tallow-update {\n"
"\t\tkey \"exampleorgkey\";\n"
"\t};\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/namedb/dynamic/example.org\";\n"
"};\n"
"*/\n"
"\n"
"/* Example of a slave reverse zone\n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/namedb/slave/1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\";\n"
"\tmasters {\n"
"\t\t192.168.1.1;\n"
"\t};\n"
"};\n"
"*/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56104
msgid "In <filename>named.conf</filename>, these are examples of slave entries for a forward and reverse zone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56107
msgid "For each new zone served, a new zone entry must be added to <filename>named.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56110
msgid "For example, the simplest zone entry for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org</systemitem> can look like:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56114
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"zone \"example.org\" {\n"
"\ttype master;\n"
"\tfile \"master/example.org\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56119
msgid "The zone is a master, as indicated by the <option>type</option> statement, holding its zone information in <filename>/etc/namedb/master/example.org</filename> indicated by the <option>file</option> statement."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56125
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"zone \"example.org\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"\tfile \"slave/example.org\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56130
msgid "In the slave case, the zone information is transferred from the master name server for the particular zone, and saved in the file specified. If and when the master server dies or is unreachable, the slave name server will have the transferred zone information and will be able to serve it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:56139
msgid "Zone Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56141
msgid "<primary>BIND</primary> <secondary>zone files</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56146
msgid "An example master zone file for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org</systemitem> (existing within <filename>/etc/namedb/master/example.org</filename>) is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56152
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$TTL 3600        ; 1 hour default TTL\n"
"example.org.    IN      SOA      ns1.example.org. admin.example.org. (\n"
"                                2006051501      ; Serial\n"
"                                10800           ; Refresh\n"
"                                3600            ; Retry\n"
"                                604800          ; Expire\n"
"                                300             ; Negative Response TTL\n"
"                        )\n"
"\n"
"; DNS Servers\n"
"                IN      NS      ns1.example.org.\n"
"                IN      NS      ns2.example.org.\n"
"\n"
"; MX Records\n"
"                IN      MX 10   mx.example.org.\n"
"                IN      MX 20   mail.example.org.\n"
"\n"
"                IN      A       192.168.1.1\n"
"\n"
"; Machine Names\n"
"localhost       IN      A       127.0.0.1\n"
"ns1             IN      A       192.168.1.2\n"
"ns2             IN      A       192.168.1.3\n"
"mx              IN      A       192.168.1.4\n"
"mail            IN      A       192.168.1.5\n"
"\n"
"; Aliases\n"
"www             IN      CNAME   example.org."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56181
msgid "Note that every hostname ending in a <quote>.</quote> is an exact hostname, whereas everything without a trailing <quote>.</quote> is relative to the origin. For example, <literal>ns1</literal> is translated into <literal>ns1.<replaceable>example.org.</replaceable></literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56187
msgid "The format of a zone file follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56189
#, no-wrap
msgid "recordname      IN recordtype   value"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56191
msgid "<primary><acronym>DNS</acronym></primary> <secondary>records</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56196
msgid "The most commonly used <acronym>DNS</acronym> records:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56201
msgid "SOA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56204
msgid "start of zone authority"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56209
msgid "NS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56212
msgid "an authoritative name server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:56217 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56220
msgid "a host address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56225
msgid "CNAME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56228
msgid "the canonical name for an alias"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56233
msgid "MX"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56236
msgid "mail exchanger"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56241
msgid "PTR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56244
msgid "a domain name pointer (used in reverse <acronym>DNS</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56250
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"example.org. IN SOA ns1.example.org. admin.example.org. (\n"
"                        2006051501      ; Serial\n"
"                        10800           ; Refresh after 3 hours\n"
"                        3600            ; Retry after 1 hour\n"
"                        604800          ; Expire after 1 week\n"
"                        300 )           ; Negative Response TTL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56259
msgid "<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org.</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56262
msgid "the domain name, also the origin for this zone file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56268
msgid "<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">ns1.example.org.</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56271
msgid "the primary/authoritative name server for this zone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56277
msgid "<literal>admin.example.org.</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56280
msgid "the responsible person for this zone, email address with <quote>@</quote> replaced. (<email>admin@example.org</email> becomes <literal>admin.example.org</literal>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56288
msgid "<literal>2006051501</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56291
msgid "the serial number of the file. This must be incremented each time the zone file is modified. Nowadays, many admins prefer a <literal>yyyymmddrr</literal> format for the serial number. <literal>2006051501</literal> would mean last modified 05/15/2006, the latter <literal>01</literal> being the first time the zone file has been modified this day. The serial number is important as it alerts slave name servers for a zone when it is updated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56305
#, no-wrap
msgid "       IN NS           ns1.example.org."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56307
msgid "This is an NS entry. Every name server that is going to reply authoritatively for the zone must have one of these entries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56311
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"localhost       IN      A       127.0.0.1\n"
"ns1             IN      A       192.168.1.2\n"
"ns2             IN      A       192.168.1.3\n"
"mx              IN      A       192.168.1.4\n"
"mail            IN      A       192.168.1.5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56317
msgid "The A record indicates machine names. As seen above, <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">ns1.example.org</systemitem> would resolve to <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.2</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56321
#, no-wrap
msgid "                IN      A       192.168.1.1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56323
msgid "This line assigns <acronym>IP</acronym> address <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.1</systemitem> to the current origin, in this case <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56327
#, no-wrap
msgid "www             IN CNAME        @"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56329
msgid "The canonical name record is usually used for giving aliases to a machine. In the example, <systemitem>www</systemitem> is aliased to the <quote>master</quote> machine whose name happens to be the same as the domain name <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org</systemitem> (<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.1</systemitem>). CNAMEs can never be used together with another kind of record for the same hostname."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56343
#, no-wrap
msgid "               IN MX   10      mail.example.org."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56345
msgid "The MX record indicates which mail servers are responsible for handling incoming mail for the zone. <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">mail.example.org</systemitem> is the hostname of a mail server, and 10 is the priority of that mail server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56351
msgid "One can have several mail servers, with priorities of 10, 20 and so on. A mail server attempting to deliver to <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org</systemitem> would first try the highest priority MX (the record with the lowest priority number), then the second highest, etc, until the mail can be properly delivered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56358
msgid "For in-addr.arpa zone files (reverse <acronym>DNS</acronym>), the same format is used, except with PTR entries instead of A or CNAME."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56362
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$TTL 3600\n"
"\n"
"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa. IN SOA ns1.example.org. admin.example.org. (\n"
"                        2006051501      ; Serial\n"
"                        10800           ; Refresh\n"
"                        3600            ; Retry\n"
"                        604800          ; Expire\n"
"                        300 )           ; Negative Response TTL\n"
"\n"
"        IN      NS      ns1.example.org.\n"
"        IN      NS      ns2.example.org.\n"
"\n"
"1       IN      PTR     example.org.\n"
"2       IN      PTR     ns1.example.org.\n"
"3       IN      PTR     ns2.example.org.\n"
"4       IN      PTR     mx.example.org.\n"
"5       IN      PTR     mail.example.org."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56380
msgid "This file gives the proper <acronym>IP</acronym> address to hostname mappings for the above fictitious domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56384
msgid "It is worth noting that all names on the right side of a PTR record need to be fully qualified (i.e., end in a <quote>.</quote>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:56391
msgid "Caching Name Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56393
msgid "<primary>BIND</primary> <secondary>caching name server</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56398
msgid "A caching name server is a name server whose primary role is to resolve recursive queries. It simply asks queries of its own, and remembers the answers for later use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:56405
msgid "<acronym role=\"Domain Name Security Extensions\">DNSSEC</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56407
msgid "<primary>BIND</primary> <secondary><acronym>DNS</acronym> security extensions</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56413
msgid "Domain Name System Security Extensions, or <acronym role=\"Domain Name Security Extensions\">DNSSEC</acronym> for short, is a suite of specifications to protect resolving name servers from forged <acronym>DNS</acronym> data, such as spoofed <acronym>DNS</acronym> records. By using digital signatures, a resolver can verify the integrity of the record. Note that <acronym role=\"Domain Name Security Extensions\">DNSSEC</acronym> only provides integrity via digitally signing the Resource Records (<acronym role=\"Resource Record\">RR</acronym>s). It provides neither confidentiality nor protection against false end-user assumptions. This means that it cannot protect against people going to <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.net</systemitem> instead of <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem>. The only thing <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> does is authenticate that the data has not been compromised in transit. The security of <acronym>DNS</acronym> is an important step in securing the Internet in general. For more in-depth details of how <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> works, the relevant <acronym>RFC</acronym>s are a good place to start. See the list in <xref linkend=\"dns-read\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56435
msgid "The following sections will demonstrate how to enable <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> for an authoritative <acronym>DNS</acronym> server and a recursive (or caching) <acronym>DNS</acronym> server running <acronym>BIND</acronym> 9. While all versions of <acronym>BIND</acronym> 9 support <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym>, it is necessary to have at least version 9.6.2 in order to be able to use the signed root zone when validating <acronym>DNS</acronym> queries. This is because earlier versions lack the required algorithms to enable validation using the root zone key. It is strongly recommended to use the latest version of <acronym>BIND</acronym> 9.7 or later to take advantage of automatic key updating for the root key, as well as other features to automatically keep zones signed and signatures up to date. Where configurations differ between 9.6.2 and 9.7 and later, differences will be pointed out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:56454
msgid "Recursive <acronym>DNS</acronym> Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56457
msgid "Enabling <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> validation of queries performed by a recursive <acronym>DNS</acronym> server requires a few changes to <filename>named.conf</filename>. Before making these changes the root zone key, or trust anchor, must be acquired. Currently the root zone key is not available in a file format <acronym>BIND</acronym> understands, so it has to be manually converted into the proper format. The key itself can be obtained by querying the root zone for it using <application>dig</application>. By running"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56469
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>dig +multi +noall +answer DNSKEY . &gt; root.dnskey</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56471
msgid "the key will end up in <filename>root.dnskey</filename>. The contents should look something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56475
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
". 93910 IN DNSKEY 257 3 8 (\n"
"\tAwEAAagAIKlVZrpC6Ia7gEzahOR+9W29euxhJhVVLOyQ\n"
"\tbSEW0O8gcCjFFVQUTf6v58fLjwBd0YI0EzrAcQqBGCzh\n"
"\t/RStIoO8g0NfnfL2MTJRkxoXbfDaUeVPQuYEhg37NZWA\n"
"\tJQ9VnMVDxP/VHL496M/QZxkjf5/Efucp2gaDX6RS6CXp\n"
"\toY68LsvPVjR0ZSwzz1apAzvN9dlzEheX7ICJBBtuA6G3\n"
"\tLQpzW5hOA2hzCTMjJPJ8LbqF6dsV6DoBQzgul0sGIcGO\n"
"\tYl7OyQdXfZ57relSQageu+ipAdTTJ25AsRTAoub8ONGc\n"
"\tLmqrAmRLKBP1dfwhYB4N7knNnulqQxA+Uk1ihz0=\n"
"\t) ; key id = 19036\n"
". 93910 IN DNSKEY 256 3 8 (\n"
"\tAwEAAcaGQEA+OJmOzfzVfoYN249JId7gx+OZMbxy69Hf\n"
"\tUyuGBbRN0+HuTOpBxxBCkNOL+EJB9qJxt+0FEY6ZUVjE\n"
"\tg58sRr4ZQ6Iu6b1xTBKgc193zUARk4mmQ/PPGxn7Cn5V\n"
"\tEGJ/1h6dNaiXuRHwR+7oWh7DnzkIJChcTqlFrXDW3tjt\n"
") ; key id = 34525"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56492
msgid "Do not be alarmed if the obtained keys differ from this example. They might have changed since these instructions were last updated. This output actually contains two keys. The first key in the listing, with the value 257 after the DNSKEY record type, is the one needed. This value indicates that this is a Secure Entry Point (<acronym role=\"Secure Entry Point\">SEP</acronym>), commonly known as a Key Signing Key (<acronym role=\"Key Signing Key\">KSK</acronym>). The second key, with value 256, is a subordinate key, commonly called a Zone Signing Key (<acronym role=\"Zone Signing Key\">ZSK</acronym>). More on the different key types later in <xref linkend=\"dns-dnssec-auth\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56507
msgid "Now the key must be verified and formatted so that <acronym>BIND</acronym> can use it. To verify the key, generate a <acronym role=\"Delegation Signer\">DS</acronym> <acronym role=\"Resource Record\">RR</acronym> set. Create a file containing these <acronym role=\"Resource Record\">RR</acronym>s with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56514
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>dnssec-dsfromkey -f root.dnskey . &gt; root.ds</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56516
msgid "These records use SHA-1 and SHA-256 respectively, and should look similar to the following example, where the longer is using SHA-256."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56520
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
".  IN DS 19036 8 1\n"
"\tB256BD09DC8DD59F0E0F0D8541B8328DD986DF6E\n"
". IN DS 19036 8 2 49AAC11D7B6F6446702E54A1607371607A1A41855200FD2CE1CDDE32F24E8FB5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56524
msgid "The SHA-256 <acronym>RR</acronym> can now be compared to the digest in <link xlink:href=\"https://data.iana.org/root-anchors/root-anchors.xml\">https://data.iana.org/root-anchors/root-anchors.xml</link>. To be absolutely sure that the key has not been tampered with the data in the <acronym>XML</acronym> file can be verified using the <acronym>PGP</acronym> signature in <link xlink:href=\"https://data.iana.org/root-anchors/root-anchors.asc\">https://data.iana.org/root-anchors/root-anchors.asc</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56531
msgid "Next, the key must be formatted properly. This differs a little between <acronym>BIND</acronym> versions 9.6.2 and 9.7 and later. In version 9.7 support was added to automatically track changes to the key and update it as necessary. This is done using <literal>managed-keys</literal> as seen in the example below. When using the older version, the key is added using a <literal>trusted-keys</literal> statement and updates must be done manually. For <acronym>BIND</acronym> 9.6.2 the format should look like:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56543
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"trusted-keys {\n"
"\t\".\" 257 3 8\n"
"\t\"AwEAAagAIKlVZrpC6Ia7gEzahOR+9W29euxhJhVVLOyQbSEW0O8gcCjF\n"
"\tFVQUTf6v58fLjwBd0YI0EzrAcQqBGCzh/RStIoO8g0NfnfL2MTJRkxoX\n"
"\tbfDaUeVPQuYEhg37NZWAJQ9VnMVDxP/VHL496M/QZxkjf5/Efucp2gaD\n"
"\tX6RS6CXpoY68LsvPVjR0ZSwzz1apAzvN9dlzEheX7ICJBBtuA6G3LQpz\n"
"\tW5hOA2hzCTMjJPJ8LbqF6dsV6DoBQzgul0sGIcGOYl7OyQdXfZ57relS\n"
"\tQageu+ipAdTTJ25AsRTAoub8ONGcLmqrAmRLKBP1dfwhYB4N7knNnulq\n"
"\tQxA+Uk1ihz0=\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56554
msgid "For 9.7 the format will instead be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56556
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"managed-keys {\n"
"\t\".\" initial-key 257 3 8\n"
"\t\"AwEAAagAIKlVZrpC6Ia7gEzahOR+9W29euxhJhVVLOyQbSEW0O8gcCjF\n"
"\tFVQUTf6v58fLjwBd0YI0EzrAcQqBGCzh/RStIoO8g0NfnfL2MTJRkxoX\n"
"\tbfDaUeVPQuYEhg37NZWAJQ9VnMVDxP/VHL496M/QZxkjf5/Efucp2gaD\n"
"\tX6RS6CXpoY68LsvPVjR0ZSwzz1apAzvN9dlzEheX7ICJBBtuA6G3LQpz\n"
"\tW5hOA2hzCTMjJPJ8LbqF6dsV6DoBQzgul0sGIcGOYl7OyQdXfZ57relS\n"
"\tQageu+ipAdTTJ25AsRTAoub8ONGcLmqrAmRLKBP1dfwhYB4N7knNnulq\n"
"\tQxA+Uk1ihz0=\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56567
msgid "The root key can now be added to <filename>named.conf</filename> either directly or by including a file containing the key. After these steps, configure <acronym>BIND</acronym> to do <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> validation on queries by editing <filename>named.conf</filename> and adding the following to the <literal>options</literal> directive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56575
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dnssec-enable yes;\n"
"dnssec-validation yes;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56578
msgid "To verify that it is actually working use <application>dig</application> to make a query for a signed zone using the resolver just configured. A successful reply will contain the <literal>AD</literal> flag to indicate the data was authenticated. Running a query such as"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56585
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>dig @<replaceable>resolver</replaceable> +dnssec se ds </userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56587
msgid "should return the <acronym>DS</acronym> <acronym>RR</acronym> for the <literal>.se</literal> zone. In the <literal>flags:</literal> section the <literal>AD</literal> flag should be set, as seen in:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56593
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"...\n"
";; flags: qr rd ra ad; QUERY: 1, ANSWER: 3, AUTHORITY: 0, ADDITIONAL: 1\n"
"..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56597
msgid "The resolver is now capable of authenticating <acronym>DNS</acronym> queries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:56602
msgid "Authoritative <acronym>DNS</acronym> Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56605
msgid "In order to get an authoritative name server to serve a <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> signed zone a little more work is required. A zone is signed using cryptographic keys which must be generated. It is possible to use only one key for this. The preferred method however is to have a strong well-protected Key Signing Key (<acronym role=\"Key Signing Key\">KSK</acronym>) that is not rotated very often and a Zone Signing Key (<acronym role=\"Zone Signing Key\">ZSK</acronym>) that is rotated more frequently. Information on recommended operational practices can be found in <link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4641.txt\"><acronym>RFC</acronym> 4641: <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> Operational Practices</link>. Practices regarding the root zone can be found in <link xlink:href=\"http://www.root-dnssec.org/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/icann-dps-00.txt\"><acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> Practice Statement for the Root Zone <acronym>KSK</acronym> operator</link> and <link xlink:href=\"http://www.root-dnssec.org/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/vrsn-dps-00.txt\"><acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> Practice Statement for the Root Zone <acronym>ZSK</acronym> operator</link>. The <acronym role=\"Key Signing Key\">KSK</acronym> is used to build a chain of authority to the data in need of validation and as such is also called a Secure Entry Point (<acronym role=\"Secure Entry Point\">SEP</acronym>) key. A message digest of this key, called a Delegation Signer (<acronym role=\"Delegation Signer\">DS</acronym>) record, must be published in the parent zone to establish the trust chain. How this is accomplished depends on the parent zone owner. The <acronym role=\"Zone Signing Key\">ZSK</acronym> is used to sign the zone, and only needs to be published there."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56636
msgid "To enable <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> for the <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem> zone depicted in previous examples, the first step is to use <application>dnssec-keygen</application> to generate the <acronym>KSK</acronym> and <acronym>ZSK</acronym> key pair. This key pair can utilize different cryptographic algorithms. It is recommended to use RSA/SHA256 for the keys and 2048 bits key length should be enough. To generate the <acronym>KSK</acronym> for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem>, run"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56648
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>dnssec-keygen -f KSK -a RSASHA256 -b 2048 -n ZONE example.com</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56650
msgid "and to generate the <acronym>ZSK</acronym>, run"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56652
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>dnssec-keygen -a RSASHA256 -b 2048 -n ZONE example.com</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56654
msgid "<application>dnssec-keygen</application> outputs two files, the public and the private keys in files named similar to <filename>Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.key</filename> (public) and <filename>Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.private</filename> (private). The <literal>nnnnn</literal> part of the file name is a five digit key ID. Keep track of which key ID belongs to which key. This is especially important when having more than one key in a zone. It is also possible to rename the keys. For each <acronym>KSK</acronym> file do:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56666
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mv Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.key Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.KSK.key</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mv Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.private Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.KSK.private</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56669
msgid "For the <acronym>ZSK</acronym> files, substitute <literal>KSK</literal> for <literal>ZSK</literal> as necessary. The files can now be included in the zone file, using the <literal>$include</literal> statement. It should look something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56675
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$include Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.KSK.key ; KSK\n"
"$include Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.ZSK.key    ; ZSK"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56678
msgid "Finally, sign the zone and tell <acronym>BIND</acronym> to use the signed zone file. To sign a zone <application>dnssec-signzone</application> is used. The command to sign the zone <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem>, located in <filename>example.com.db</filename> would look similar to"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56686
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>dnssec-signzone -o\n"
"\texample.com -k Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.KSK example.com.db\n"
"\tKexample.com.+005+nnnnn.ZSK.key</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56690
msgid "The key supplied to the <option>-k</option> argument is the <acronym>KSK</acronym> and the other key file is the <acronym>ZSK</acronym> that should be used in the signing. It is possible to supply more than one <acronym>KSK</acronym> and <acronym>ZSK</acronym>, which will result in the zone being signed with all supplied keys. This can be needed to supply zone data signed using more than one algorithm. The output of <application>dnssec-signzone</application> is a zone file with all <acronym>RR</acronym>s signed. This output will end up in a file with the extension <literal>.signed</literal>, such as <filename>example.com.db.signed</filename>. The <acronym role=\"Delegation Signer\">DS</acronym> records will also be written to a separate file <filename>dsset-example.com</filename>. To use this signed zone just modify the zone directive in <filename>named.conf</filename> to use <filename>example.com.db.signed</filename>. By default, the signatures are only valid 30 days, meaning that the zone needs to be resigned in about 15 days to be sure that resolvers are not caching records with stale signatures. It is possible to make a script and a cron job to do this. See relevant manuals for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56715
msgid "Be sure to keep private keys confidential, as with all cryptographic keys. When changing a key it is best to include the new key into the zone, while still signing with the old one, and then move over to using the new key to sign. After these steps are done the old key can be removed from the zone. Failure to do this might render the <acronym>DNS</acronym> data unavailable for a time, until the new key has propagated through the <acronym>DNS</acronym> hierarchy. For more information on key rollovers and other <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> operational issues, see <link xlink:href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4641.txt\"><acronym>RFC</acronym> 4641: <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> Operational practices</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:56731
msgid "Automation Using <acronym>BIND</acronym> 9.7 or Later"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56734
msgid "Beginning with <acronym>BIND</acronym> version 9.7 a new feature called <emphasis>Smart Signing</emphasis> was introduced. This feature aims to make the key management and signing process simpler by automating parts of the task. By putting the keys into a directory called a <emphasis>key repository</emphasis>, and using the new option <literal>auto-dnssec</literal>, it is possible to create a dynamic zone which will be resigned as needed. To update this zone use <application>nsupdate</application> with the new option <option>-l</option>. <application>rndc</application> has also grown the ability to sign zones with keys in the key repository, using the option <option>sign</option>. To tell <acronym>BIND</acronym> to use this automatic signing and zone updating for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem>, add the following to <filename>named.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56751
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"zone example.com {\n"
"\ttype master;\n"
"\tkey-directory \"/etc/named/keys\";\n"
"\tupdate-policy local;\n"
"\tauto-dnssec maintain;\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/named/dynamic/example.com.zone\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56759
msgid "After making these changes, generate keys for the zone as explained in <xref linkend=\"dns-dnssec-auth\"/>, put those keys in the key repository given as the argument to the <literal>key-directory</literal> in the zone configuration and the zone will be signed automatically. Updates to a zone configured this way must be done using <application>nsupdate</application>, which will take care of re-signing the zone with the new data added. For further details, see <xref linkend=\"dns-read\"/> and the <acronym>BIND</acronym> documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56775
msgid "Although BIND is the most common implementation of <acronym>DNS</acronym>, there is always the issue of security. Possible and exploitable security holes are sometimes found."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56780
msgid "While FreeBSD automatically drops <application>named</application> into a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> environment; there are several other security mechanisms in place which could help to lure off possible <acronym>DNS</acronym> service attacks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56786
msgid "It is always good idea to read <link xlink:href=\"http://www.cert.org/\">CERT</link>'s security advisories and to subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-security-notifications\">FreeBSD security notifications mailing list</link> to stay up to date with the current Internet and FreeBSD security issues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:56793
msgid "If a problem arises, keeping sources up to date and having a fresh build of <application>named</application> may help."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:56800
msgid "Further Reading"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56802
msgid "BIND/<application>named</application> manual pages: <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rndc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>named.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nsupdate</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dnssec-signzone</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dnssec-keygen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56809
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"https://www.isc.org/software/bind\">Official ISC BIND Page</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56814
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"https://www.isc.org/software/guild\">Official ISC BIND Forum</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56819
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/dns5/\">O'Reilly <acronym>DNS</acronym> and BIND 5th Edition</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56825
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.root-dnssec.org/documentation/\">Root <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56830
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://data.iana.org/root-anchors/draft-icann-dnssec-trust-anchor.html\"><acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> Trust Anchor Publication for the Root Zone</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56836
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034\">RFC1034 - Domain Names - Concepts and Facilities</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56841
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035\">RFC1035 - Domain Names - Implementation and Specification</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56847
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4033\">RFC4033 - <acronym>DNS</acronym> Security Introduction and Requirements</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56853
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4034\">RFC4034 - Resource Records for the <acronym>DNS</acronym> Security Extensions</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56859
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4035\">RFC4035 - Protocol Modifications for the <acronym>DNS</acronym> Security Extensions</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56866
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4641\">RFC4641 - DNSSEC Operational Practices</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56871
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5011\">RFC 5011 - Automated Updates of <acronym>DNS</acronym> Security (<acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> Trust Anchors</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:56883
msgid "Apache HTTP Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56896
msgid "<primary>web servers</primary> <secondary>setting up</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56900
msgid "The open source <application>Apache HTTP Server</application> is the most widely used web server. FreeBSD does not install this web server by default, but it can be installed from the <package>www/apache24</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56906
msgid "This section summarizes how to configure and start version 2.<replaceable>x</replaceable> of the <application>Apache HTTP Server</application> on FreeBSD. For more detailed information about <application>Apache</application> 2.X and its configuration directives, refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://httpd.apache.org/\">httpd.apache.org</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:56913
msgid "Configuring and Starting Apache"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56915
msgid "<primary>Apache</primary> <secondary>configuration file</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56918
msgid "In FreeBSD, the main <application>Apache HTTP Server</application> configuration file is installed as <filename>/usr/local/etc/apache2<replaceable>x</replaceable>/httpd.conf</filename>, where <replaceable>x</replaceable> represents the version number. This <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text file begins comment lines with a <literal>#</literal>. The most frequently modified directives are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56928
msgid "<literal>ServerRoot \"/usr/local\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56931
msgid "Specifies the default directory hierarchy for the <application>Apache</application> installation. Binaries are stored in the <filename>bin</filename> and <filename>sbin</filename> subdirectories of the server root and configuration files are stored in the <filename>etc/apache2<replaceable>x</replaceable></filename> subdirectory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56941
msgid "<literal>ServerAdmin you@example.com</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56944
msgid "Change this to the email address to receive problems with the server. This address also appears on some server-generated pages, such as error documents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56951
msgid "<literal>ServerName www.example.com:80</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56955
msgid "Allows an administrator to set a hostname which is sent back to clients for the server. For example, <systemitem>www</systemitem> can be used instead of the actual hostname. If the system does not have a registered <acronym>DNS</acronym> name, enter its <acronym>IP</acronym> address instead. If the server will listen on an alternate report, change <literal>80</literal> to the alternate port number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56968
msgid "<literal>DocumentRoot \"/usr/local/www/apache2<replaceable>x</replaceable>/data\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56972
msgid "The directory where documents will be served from. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56980
msgid "It is always a good idea to make a backup copy of the default <application>Apache</application> configuration file before making changes. When the configuration of <application>Apache</application> is complete, save the file and verify the configuration using <command>apachectl</command>. Running <command>apachectl configtest</command> should return <literal>Syntax OK</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56989
msgid "<primary>Apache</primary> <secondary>starting or stopping</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56992
msgid "To launch <application>Apache</application> at system startup, add the following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56996
#, no-wrap
msgid "apache<replaceable>24</replaceable>_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56998
msgid "If <application>Apache</application> should be started with non-default options, the following line may be added to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> to specify the needed flags:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57003
#, no-wrap
msgid "apache<replaceable>24</replaceable>_flags=\"\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57005
msgid "If <application>apachectl</application> does not report configuration errors, start <command>httpd</command> now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57009
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service apache<replaceable>24</replaceable> start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57011
msgid "The <command>httpd</command> service can be tested by entering <literal>http://<replaceable>localhost</replaceable></literal> in a web browser, replacing <replaceable>localhost</replaceable> with the fully-qualified domain name of the machine running <command>httpd</command>. The default web page that is displayed is <filename>/usr/local/www/apache<replaceable>24</replaceable>/data/index.html</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57020
msgid "The <application>Apache</application> configuration can be tested for errors after making subsequent configuration changes while <command>httpd</command> is running using the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57025
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service apache<replaceable>24</replaceable> configtest</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:57028
msgid "It is important to note that <literal>configtest</literal> is not an <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> standard, and should not be expected to work for all startup scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:57036
msgid "Virtual Hosting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57038
msgid "Virtual hosting allows multiple websites to run on one <application>Apache</application> server. The virtual hosts can be <firstterm>IP-based</firstterm> or <firstterm>name-based</firstterm>. <acronym>IP</acronym>-based virtual hosting uses a different <acronym>IP</acronym> address for each website. Name-based virtual hosting uses the clients HTTP/1.1 headers to figure out the hostname, which allows the websites to share the same <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57048
msgid "To setup <application>Apache</application> to use name-based virtual hosting, add a <literal>VirtualHost</literal> block for each website. For example, for the webserver named <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">www.domain.tld</systemitem> with a virtual domain of <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">www.someotherdomain.tld</systemitem>, add the following entries to <filename>httpd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57056
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;VirtualHost *&gt;\n"
"    ServerName <replaceable>www.domain.tld</replaceable>\n"
"    DocumentRoot <replaceable>/www/domain.tld</replaceable>\n"
"&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;VirtualHost *&gt;\n"
"    ServerName <replaceable>www.someotherdomain.tld</replaceable>\n"
"    DocumentRoot <replaceable>/www/someotherdomain.tld</replaceable>\n"
"&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57066
msgid "For each virtual host, replace the values for <literal>ServerName</literal> and <literal>DocumentRoot</literal> with the values to be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57071
msgid "For more information about setting up virtual hosts, consult the official <application>Apache</application> documentation at: <uri xlink:href=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/vhosts/\">http://httpd.apache.org/docs/vhosts/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:57077
msgid "Apache Modules"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57079
msgid "<primary>Apache</primary> <secondary>modules</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57082
msgid "<application>Apache</application> uses modules to augment the functionality provided by the basic server. Refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/\">http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/</uri> for a complete listing of and the configuration details for the available modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57087
msgid "In FreeBSD, some modules can be compiled with the <package>www/apache24</package> port. Type <command>make config</command> within <filename>/usr/ports/www/apache24</filename> to see which modules are available and which are enabled by default. If the module is not compiled with the port, the FreeBSD Ports Collection provides an easy way to install many modules. This section describes three of the most commonly used modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:57098
msgid "<filename>mod_ssl</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57100
msgid "<primary>web servers</primary> <secondary>secure</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57104
msgid "<primary>SSL</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57105
msgid "<primary>cryptography</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57107
msgid "The <filename>mod_ssl</filename> module uses the <application>OpenSSL</application> library to provide strong cryptography via the Secure Sockets Layer (<acronym>SSLv3</acronym>) and Transport Layer Security (<acronym>TLSv1</acronym>) protocols. This module provides everything necessary to request a signed certificate from a trusted certificate signing authority to run a secure web server on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57116
msgid "In FreeBSD, <filename>mod_ssl</filename> module is enabled by default in both the package and the port. The available configuration directives are explained at <uri xlink:href=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/mod_ssl.html\">http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/mod_ssl.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:57122
msgid "<filename>mod_perl</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57124
msgid "<primary>mod_perl</primary> <secondary>Perl</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57129
msgid "The <filename>mod_perl</filename> module makes it possible to write <application>Apache</application> modules in <application>Perl</application>. In addition, the persistent interpreter embedded in the server avoids the overhead of starting an external interpreter and the penalty of <application>Perl</application> start-up time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57137
msgid "The <filename>mod_perl</filename> can be installed using the <package>www/mod_perl2</package> package or port. Documentation for using this module can be found at <uri xlink:href=\"http://perl.apache.org/docs/2.0/index.html\">http://perl.apache.org/docs/2.0/index.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:57144
msgid "<filename>mod_php</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57157
msgid "<primary>mod_php</primary> <secondary>PHP</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57162
msgid "<firstterm>PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor</firstterm> (<acronym>PHP</acronym>) is a general-purpose scripting language that is especially suited for web development. Capable of being embedded into <acronym>HTML</acronym>, its syntax draws upon <application>C</application>, <trademark>Java</trademark>, and <application>Perl</application> with the intention of allowing web developers to write dynamically generated webpages quickly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57171
msgid "To gain support for <acronym>PHP</acronym>5 for the <application>Apache</application> web server, install the <package>www/mod_php56</package> package or port. This will install and configure the modules required to support dynamic <acronym>PHP</acronym> applications. The installation will automatically add this line to <filename>/usr/local/etc/apache2<replaceable>4</replaceable>/httpd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57179
#, no-wrap
msgid "LoadModule php5_module        libexec/apache24/libphp5.so"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57194
msgid "Then, perform a graceful restart to load the <acronym>PHP</acronym> module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57197 book.translate.xml:57216
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>apachectl graceful</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57199
msgid "The <acronym>PHP</acronym> support provided by <package>www/mod_php56</package> is limited. Additional support can be installed using the <package>lang/php56-extensions</package> port which provides a menu driven interface to the available <acronym>PHP</acronym> extensions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57206
msgid "Alternatively, individual extensions can be installed using the appropriate port. For instance, to add <acronym>PHP</acronym> support for the <application>MySQL</application> database server, install <package>databases/php56-mysql</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57212
msgid "After installing an extension, the <application>Apache</application> server must be reloaded to pick up the new configuration changes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:57221
msgid "Dynamic Websites"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57223
msgid "<primary>web servers</primary> <secondary>dynamic</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57228
msgid "In addition to <application>mod_perl</application> and <application>mod_php</application>, other languages are available for creating dynamic web content. These include <application>Django</application> and <application>Ruby on Rails</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:57235
msgid "Django"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57237
msgid "<primary>Python</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57238
msgid "<primary>Django</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57240
msgid "<application>Django</application> is a BSD-licensed framework designed to allow developers to write high performance, elegant web applications quickly. It provides an object-relational mapper so that data types are developed as <application>Python</application> objects. A rich dynamic database-access <acronym>API</acronym> is provided for those objects without the developer ever having to write <acronym>SQL</acronym>. It also provides an extensible template system so that the logic of the application is separated from the <acronym>HTML</acronym> presentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57252
msgid "Django depends on <filename>mod_python</filename>, and an <acronym>SQL</acronym> database engine. In FreeBSD, the <package>www/py-django</package> port automatically installs <filename>mod_python</filename> and supports the <application>PostgreSQL</application>, <application>MySQL</application>, or <application>SQLite</application> databases, with the default being <application>SQLite</application>. To change the database engine, type <command>make config</command> within <filename>/usr/ports/www/py-django</filename>, then install the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57264
msgid "Once <application>Django</application> is installed, the application will need a project directory along with the <application>Apache</application> configuration in order to use the embedded <application>Python</application> interpreter. This interpreter is used to call the application for specific <acronym>URL</acronym>s on the site."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57272
msgid "To configure <application>Apache</application> to pass requests for certain <acronym>URL</acronym>s to the web application, add the following to <filename>httpd.conf</filename>, specifying the full path to the project directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57278
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;Location \"/\"&gt;\n"
"    SetHandler python-program\n"
"    PythonPath \"['<replaceable>/dir/to/the/django/packages/</replaceable>'] + sys.path\"\n"
"    PythonHandler django.core.handlers.modpython\n"
"    SetEnv DJANGO_SETTINGS_MODULE mysite.settings\n"
"    PythonAutoReload On\n"
"    PythonDebug On\n"
"&lt;/Location&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57287
msgid "Refer to <uri xlink:href=\"https://docs.djangoproject.com\">https://docs.djangoproject.com</uri> for more information on how to use <application>Django</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:57293
msgid "Ruby on Rails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57295
msgid "<primary>Ruby on Rails</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57297
msgid "<application>Ruby on Rails</application> is another open source web framework that provides a full development stack. It is optimized to make web developers more productive and capable of writing powerful applications quickly. On FreeBSD, it can be installed using the <package>www/rubygem-rails</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57304
msgid "Refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://guides.rubyonrails.org\">http://guides.rubyonrails.org</uri> for more information on how to use <application>Ruby on Rails</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:57323
msgid "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57325
msgid "<primary><acronym>FTP</acronym> servers</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57328
msgid "The File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) provides users with a simple way to transfer files to and from an <acronym>FTP</acronym> server. FreeBSD includes <acronym>FTP</acronym> server software, <application>ftpd</application>, in the base system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57334
msgid "FreeBSD provides several configuration files for controlling access to the <acronym>FTP</acronym> server. This section summarizes these files. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details about the built-in <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57342
msgid "The most important configuration step is deciding which accounts will be allowed access to the <acronym>FTP</acronym> server. A FreeBSD system has a number of system accounts which should not be allowed <acronym>FTP</acronym> access. The list of users disallowed any <acronym>FTP</acronym> access can be found in <filename>/etc/ftpusers</filename>. By default, it includes system accounts. Additional users that should not be allowed access to <acronym>FTP</acronym> can be added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57351
msgid "In some cases it may be desirable to restrict the access of some users without preventing them completely from using <acronym>FTP</acronym>. This can be accomplished be creating <filename>/etc/ftpchroot</filename> as described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftpchroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This file lists users and groups subject to <acronym>FTP</acronym> access restrictions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57358 book.translate.xml:57416
msgid "<primary><acronym>FTP</acronym></primary> <secondary>anonymous</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57363
msgid "To enable anonymous <acronym>FTP</acronym> access to the server, create a user named <systemitem class=\"username\">ftp</systemitem> on the FreeBSD system. Users will then be able to log on to the <acronym>FTP</acronym> server with a username of <systemitem class=\"username\">ftp</systemitem> or <systemitem class=\"username\">anonymous</systemitem>. When prompted for the password, any input will be accepted, but by convention, an email address should be used as the password. The <acronym>FTP</acronym> server will call <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> when an anonymous user logs in, to restrict access to only the home directory of the <systemitem class=\"username\">ftp</systemitem> user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57374
msgid "There are two text files that can be created to specify welcome messages to be displayed to <acronym>FTP</acronym> clients. The contents of <filename>/etc/ftpwelcome</filename> will be displayed to users before they reach the login prompt. After a successful login, the contents of <filename>/etc/ftpmotd</filename> will be displayed. Note that the path to this file is relative to the login environment, so the contents of <filename>~ftp/etc/ftpmotd</filename> would be displayed for anonymous users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57386
msgid "Once the <acronym>FTP</acronym> server has been configured, set the appropriate variable in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> to start the service during boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57391
#, no-wrap
msgid "ftpd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57393
msgid "To start the service now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57395
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ftpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57397
msgid "Test the connection to the <acronym>FTP</acronym> server by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57400
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ftp localhost</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57403
msgid "<primary>log files</primary> <secondary><acronym>FTP</acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57406
msgid "The <application>ftpd</application> daemon uses <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> to log messages. By default, the system log daemon will write messages related to <acronym>FTP</acronym> in <filename>/var/log/xferlog</filename>. The location of the <acronym>FTP</acronym> log can be modified by changing the following line in <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57414
#, no-wrap
msgid "ftp.info      /var/log/xferlog"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:57422
msgid "Be aware of the potential problems involved with running an anonymous <acronym>FTP</acronym> server. In particular, think twice about allowing anonymous users to upload files. It may turn out that the <acronym>FTP</acronym> site becomes a forum for the trade of unlicensed commercial software or worse. If anonymous <acronym>FTP</acronym> uploads are required, then verify the permissions so that these files cannot be read by other anonymous users until they have been reviewed by an administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:57447
msgid "File and Print Services for <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> Clients (Samba)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57450
msgid "<primary>Samba server</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57451
msgid "<primary>Microsoft Windows</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57452
msgid "<primary>file server</primary> <secondary>Windows clients</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57456
msgid "<primary>print server</primary> <secondary>Windows clients</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57461
msgid "<application>Samba</application> is a popular open source software package that provides file and print services using the <acronym>SMB/CIFS</acronym> protocol. This protocol is built into <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> systems. It can be added to non-<trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> systems by installing the <application>Samba</application> client libraries. The protocol allows clients to access shared data and printers. These shares can be mapped as a local disk drive and shared printers can be used as if they were local printers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57471
msgid "On FreeBSD, the <application>Samba</application> client libraries can be installed using the <package>net/samba-smbclient</package> port or package. The client provides the ability for a FreeBSD system to access <acronym>SMB/CIFS</acronym> shares in a <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57478
msgid "A FreeBSD system can also be configured to act as a <application>Samba</application> server by installing the <package>net/samba43</package> port or package. This allows the administrator to create <acronym>SMB</acronym>/<acronym>CIFS</acronym> shares on the FreeBSD system which can be accessed by clients running <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> or the <application>Samba</application> client libraries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:57488
msgid "Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57490
msgid "<application>Samba</application> is configured in <filename>/usr/local/etc/smb4.conf</filename>. This file must be created before <application>Samba</application> can be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57495
msgid "A simple <filename>smb4.conf</filename> to share directories and printers with <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> clients in a workgroup is shown here. For more complex setups involving LDAP or Active Directory, it is easier to use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>samba-tool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to create the initial <filename>smb4.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57502
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[global]\n"
"workgroup = WORKGROUP\n"
"server string = Samba Server Version %v\n"
"netbios name = ExampleMachine\n"
"wins support = Yes\n"
"security = user\n"
"passdb backend = tdbsam\n"
"\n"
"# Example: share /usr/src accessible only to 'developer' user\n"
"[src]\n"
"path = /usr/src\n"
"valid users = developer\n"
"writable  = yes\n"
"browsable = yes\n"
"read only = no\n"
"guest ok = no\n"
"public = no\n"
"create mask = 0666\n"
"directory mask = 0755"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:57523
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57525
msgid "Settings that describe the network are added in <filename>/usr/local/etc/smb4.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57530
msgid "<literal>workgroup</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57533
msgid "The name of the workgroup to be served."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57538
msgid "<literal>netbios name</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57541
msgid "The NetBIOS name by which a <application>Samba</application> server is known. By default, it is the same as the first component of the host's <acronym>DNS</acronym> name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57549
msgid "<literal>server string</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57552
msgid "The string that will be displayed in the output of <command>net view</command> and some other networking tools that seek to display descriptive text about the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57560
msgid "<literal>wins support</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57563
msgid "Whether <application>Samba</application> will act as a <acronym>WINS</acronym> server. Do not enable support for <acronym>WINS</acronym> on more than one server on the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:57573
msgid "Security Settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57575
msgid "The most important settings in <filename>/usr/local/etc/smb4.conf</filename> are the security model and the backend password format. These directives control the options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57582
msgid "<literal>security</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57585
msgid "The most common settings are <literal>security = share</literal> and <literal>security = user</literal>. If the clients use usernames that are the same as their usernames on the FreeBSD machine, user level security should be used. This is the default security policy and it requires clients to first log on before they can access shared resources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57594
msgid "In share level security, clients do not need to log onto the server with a valid username and password before attempting to connect to a shared resource. This was the default security model for older versions of <application>Samba</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57603
msgid "<literal>passdb backend</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57606
msgid "<primary>NIS+</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57608
msgid "<primary>SQL database</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57610
msgid "<application>Samba</application> has several different backend authentication models. Clients may be authenticated with LDAP, NIS+, an SQL database, or a modified password file. The recommended authentication method, <literal>tdbsam</literal>, is ideal for simple networks and is covered here. For larger or more complex networks, <literal>ldapsam</literal> is recommended. <literal>smbpasswd</literal> was the former default and is now obsolete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:57627
msgid "<application>Samba</application> Users"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57629
msgid "FreeBSD user accounts must be mapped to the <literal>SambaSAMAccount</literal> database for <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> clients to access the share. Map existing FreeBSD user accounts using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pdbedit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57635
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pdbedit -a <replaceable>username</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57637
msgid "This section has only mentioned the most commonly used settings. Refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Official Samba HOWTO</link> for additional information about the available configuration options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:57645
msgid "Starting <application>Samba</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57647
msgid "To enable <application>Samba</application> at boot time, add the following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57651
#, no-wrap
msgid "samba_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57653
msgid "To enable Samba4, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57654
#, no-wrap
msgid "samba_server_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57656
msgid "To start <application>Samba</application> now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57658
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service samba start</userinput>\n"
"Starting SAMBA: removing stale tdbs :\n"
"Starting nmbd.\n"
"Starting smbd."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57663
msgid "<application>Samba</application> consists of three separate daemons. Both the <application>nmbd</application> and <application>smbd</application> daemons are started by <varname>samba_enable</varname>. If winbind name resolution is also required, set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57669
#, no-wrap
msgid "winbindd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57671
msgid "<application>Samba</application> can be stopped at any time by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57674
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service samba stop</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57676
msgid "<application>Samba</application> is a complex software suite with functionality that allows broad integration with <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> networks. For more information about functionality beyond the basic configuration described here, refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.samba.org\">http://www.samba.org</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:57696
msgid "Clock Synchronization with NTP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57698
msgid "<primary>NTP</primary> <secondary>ntpd</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57702
msgid "Over time, a computer's clock is prone to drift. This is problematic as many network services require the computers on a network to share the same accurate time. Accurate time is also needed to ensure that file timestamps stay consistent. The Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>) is one way to provide clock accuracy in a network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57709
msgid "FreeBSD includes <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> which can be configured to query other <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers in order to synchronize the clock on that machine or to provide time services to other computers in the network. The servers which are queried can be local to the network or provided by an <acronym>ISP</acronym>. In addition, an <link xlink:href=\"http://support.ntp.org/bin/view/Servers/WebHome\">online list of publicly accessible <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers</link> is available. When choosing a public <acronym>NTP</acronym> server, select one that is geographically close and review its usage policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57720
msgid "Choosing several <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers is recommended in case one of the servers becomes unreachable or its clock proves unreliable. As <application>ntpd</application> receives responses, it favors reliable servers over the less reliable ones."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57726
msgid "This section describes how to configure <application>ntpd</application> on FreeBSD. Further documentation can be found in <filename>/usr/share/doc/ntp/</filename> in HTML format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:57732
msgid "<acronym>NTP</acronym> Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57734
msgid "<primary>NTP</primary> <secondary>ntp.conf</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57738
msgid "On FreeBSD, the built-in <application>ntpd</application> can be used to synchronize a system's clock. To enable <application>ntpd</application> at boot time, add <literal>ntpd_enable=\"YES\"</literal> to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Additional variables can be specified in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57747
msgid "This application reads <filename>/etc/ntp.conf</filename> to determine which <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers to query. Here is a simple example of an <filename>/etc/ntp.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:57753
msgid "Sample <filename>/etc/ntp.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57755
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"server ntplocal.example.com prefer\n"
"server timeserver.example.org\n"
"server ntp2a.example.net\n"
"\n"
"driftfile /var/db/ntp.drift"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57762
msgid "The format of this file is described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntp.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <literal>server</literal> option specifies which servers to query, with one server listed on each line. If a server entry includes <literal>prefer</literal>, that server is preferred over other servers. A response from a preferred server will be discarded if it differs significantly from other servers' responses; otherwise it will be used. The <literal>prefer</literal> argument should only be used for <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers that are known to be highly accurate, such as those with special time monitoring hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57774
msgid "The <literal>driftfile</literal> entry specifies which file is used to store the system clock's frequency offset. <application>ntpd</application> uses this to automatically compensate for the clock's natural drift, allowing it to maintain a reasonably correct setting even if it is cut off from all external time sources for a period of time. This file also stores information about previous responses from <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers. Since this file contains internal information for <acronym>NTP</acronym>, it should not be modified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57785
msgid "By default, an <acronym>NTP</acronym> server is accessible to any network host. The <literal>restrict</literal> option in <filename>/etc/ntp.conf</filename> can be used to control which systems can access the server. For example, to deny all machines from accessing the <acronym>NTP</acronym> server, add the following line to <filename>/etc/ntp.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57793
#, no-wrap
msgid "restrict default ignore"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:57796
msgid "This will also prevent access from other <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers. If there is a need to synchronize with an external <acronym>NTP</acronym> server, allow only that specific server. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntp.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57803
msgid "To allow machines within the network to synchronize their clocks with the server, but ensure they are not allowed to configure the server or be used as peers to synchronize against, instead use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57808
#, no-wrap
msgid "restrict 192.168.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 nomodify notrap"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57810
msgid "where <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.0</systemitem> is the local network address and <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.0</systemitem> is the network's subnet mask."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57814
msgid "Multiple <literal>restrict</literal> entries are supported. For more details, refer to the <literal>Access Control Support</literal> subsection of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntp.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57819
msgid "Once <literal>ntpd_enable=\"YES\"</literal> has been added to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, <application>ntpd</application> can be started now without rebooting the system by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57824
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ntpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:57828
msgid "Using <acronym>NTP</acronym> with a <acronym>PPP</acronym> Connection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57831
msgid "<application>ntpd</application> does not need a permanent connection to the Internet to function properly. However, if a <acronym>PPP</acronym> connection is configured to dial out on demand, <acronym>NTP</acronym> traffic should be prevented from triggering a dial out or keeping the connection alive. This can be configured with <literal>filter</literal> directives in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename>. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57840
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" set filter dial 0 deny udp src eq 123\n"
" # Prevent NTP traffic from initiating dial out\n"
" set filter dial 1 permit 0 0\n"
" set filter alive 0 deny udp src eq 123\n"
" # Prevent incoming NTP traffic from keeping the connection open\n"
" set filter alive 1 deny udp dst eq 123\n"
" # Prevent outgoing NTP traffic from keeping the connection open\n"
" set filter alive 2 permit 0/0 0/0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57849
msgid "For more details, refer to the <literal>PACKET FILTERING</literal> section in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and the examples in <filename>/usr/share/examples/ppp/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:57855
msgid "Some Internet access providers block low-numbered ports, preventing NTP from functioning since replies never reach the machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:57874
msgid "<acronym>iSCSI</acronym> Initiator and Target Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57877
msgid "<acronym>iSCSI</acronym> is a way to share storage over a network. Unlike <acronym>NFS</acronym>, which works at the file system level, <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> works at the block device level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57882
msgid "In <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> terminology, the system that shares the storage is known as the <emphasis>target</emphasis>. The storage can be a physical disk, or an area representing multiple disks or a portion of a physical disk. For example, if the disk(s) are formatted with <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, a zvol can be created to use as the <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> storage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57890
msgid "The clients which access the <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> storage are called <emphasis>initiators</emphasis>. To initiators, the storage available through <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> appears as a raw, unformatted disk known as a <acronym>LUN</acronym>. Device nodes for the disk appear in <filename>/dev/</filename> and the device must be separately formatted and mounted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57898
msgid "Beginning with 10.0-RELEASE, FreeBSD provides a native, kernel-based <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> target and initiator. This section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system as a target or an initiator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:57904
msgid "Configuring an <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> Target"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:57907
msgid "The native <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> target is supported starting with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. To use <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> in older versions of FreeBSD, install a userspace target from the Ports Collection, such as <package>net/istgt</package>. This chapter only describes the native target."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57915
msgid "To configure an <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> target, create the <filename>/etc/ctl.conf</filename> configuration file, add a line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> to make sure the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is automatically started at boot, and then start the daemon."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57921
msgid "The following is an example of a simple <filename>/etc/ctl.conf</filename> configuration file. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctl.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a more complete description of this file's available options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57926
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"portal-group pg0 {\n"
"\tdiscovery-auth-group no-authentication\n"
"\tlisten 0.0.0.0\n"
"\tlisten [::]\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n"
"\tauth-group no-authentication\n"
"\tportal-group pg0\n"
"\n"
"\tlun 0 {\n"
"\t\tpath /data/target0-0\n"
"\t\tsize 4G\n"
"\t}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57942
msgid "The first entry defines the <literal>pg0</literal> portal group. Portal groups define which network addresses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon will listen on. The <literal>discovery-auth-group no-authentication</literal> entry indicates that any initiator is allowed to perform <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> target discovery without authentication. Lines three and four configure <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to listen on all <acronym>IPv4</acronym> (<literal>listen 0.0.0.0</literal>) and <acronym>IPv6</acronym> (<literal>listen [::]</literal>) addresses on the default port of 3260."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57954
msgid "It is not necessary to define a portal group as there is a built-in portal group called <literal>default</literal>. In this case, the difference between <literal>default</literal> and <literal>pg0</literal> is that with <literal>default</literal>, target discovery is always denied, while with <literal>pg0</literal>, it is always allowed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57962
msgid "The second entry defines a single target. Target has two possible meanings: a machine serving <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> or a named group of <acronym>LUNs</acronym>. This example uses the latter meaning, where <literal>iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0</literal> is the target name. This target name is suitable for testing purposes. For actual use, change <literal>com.example</literal> to the real domain name, reversed. The <literal>2012-06</literal> represents the year and month of acquiring control of that domain name, and <literal>target0</literal> can be any value. Any number of targets can be defined in this configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57975
msgid "The <literal>auth-group no-authentication</literal> line allows all initiators to connect to the specified target and <literal>portal-group pg0</literal> makes the target reachable through the <literal>pg0</literal> portal group."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57980
msgid "The next section defines the <acronym>LUN</acronym>. To the initiator, each <acronym>LUN</acronym> will be visible as a separate disk device. Multiple <acronym>LUNs</acronym> can be defined for each target. Each <acronym>LUN</acronym> is identified by a number, where <acronym>LUN</acronym> 0 is mandatory. The <literal>path /data/target0-0</literal> line defines the full path to a file or zvol backing the <acronym>LUN</acronym>. That path must exist before starting <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The second line is optional and specifies the size of the <acronym>LUN</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57991
msgid "Next, to make sure the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is started at boot, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58001
msgid "As the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is started, it reads <filename>/etc/ctl.conf</filename>. If this file is edited after the daemon starts, use this command so that the changes take effect immediately:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:58009 book.translate.xml:62971
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58011
msgid "The previous example is inherently insecure as it uses no authentication, granting anyone full access to all targets. To require a username and password to access targets, modify the configuration as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58016
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"auth-group ag0 {\n"
"\tchap username1 secretsecret\n"
"\tchap username2 anothersecret\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"portal-group pg0 {\n"
"\tdiscovery-auth-group no-authentication\n"
"\tlisten 0.0.0.0\n"
"\tlisten [::]\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n"
"\tauth-group ag0\n"
"\tportal-group pg0\n"
"\tlun 0 {\n"
"\t\tpath /data/target0-0\n"
"\t\tsize 4G\n"
"\t}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58036
msgid "The <literal>auth-group</literal> section defines username and password pairs. An initiator trying to connect to <literal>iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0</literal> must first specify a defined username and secret. However, target discovery is still permitted without authentication. To require target discovery authentication, set <literal>discovery-auth-group</literal> to a defined <literal>auth-group</literal> name instead of <literal>no-authentication</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58046
msgid "It is common to define a single exported target for every initiator. As a shorthand for the syntax above, the username and password can be specified directly in the target entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58051
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n"
"\tportal-group pg0\n"
"\tchap username1 secretsecret\n"
"\n"
"\tlun 0 {\n"
"\t\tpath /data/target0-0\n"
"\t\tsize 4G\n"
"\t}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:58064
msgid "Configuring an <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> Initiator"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:58067
msgid "The <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> initiator described in this section is supported starting with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. To use the <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> initiator available in older versions, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58073
msgid "The <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> initiator requires that the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscsid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is running. This daemon does not use a configuration file. To start it automatically at boot, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58078
#, no-wrap
msgid "iscsid_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58080
msgid "To start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscsid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> now, run this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58082
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service iscsid start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58084
msgid "Connecting to a target can be done with or without an <filename>/etc/iscsi.conf</filename> configuration file. This section demonstrates both types of connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:58089
msgid "Connecting to a Target Without a Configuration File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58092
msgid "To connect an initiator to a single target, specify the <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the portal and the name of the target:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58096
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>iscsictl -A -p <replaceable>10.10.10.10</replaceable> -t <replaceable>iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58098
msgid "To verify if the connection succeeded, run <command>iscsictl</command> without any arguments. The output should look similar to this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58102
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Target name                                     Target portal   State\n"
"iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0                 10.10.10.10     Connected: da0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58105
msgid "In this example, the <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> session was successfully established, with <filename>/dev/da0</filename> representing the attached <acronym>LUN</acronym>. If the <literal>iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0</literal> target exports more than one <acronym>LUN</acronym>, multiple device nodes will be shown in that section of the output:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58114
#, no-wrap
msgid "Connected: da0 da1 da2."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58116
msgid "Any errors will be reported in the output, as well as the system logs. For example, this message usually means that the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscsid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is not running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58120
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Target name                                     Target portal   State\n"
"iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0                 10.10.10.10     Waiting for iscsid(8)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58123
msgid "The following message suggests a networking problem, such as a wrong <acronym>IP</acronym> address or port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58127
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Target name                                     Target portal   State\n"
"iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0                 10.10.10.11     Connection refused"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58130
msgid "This message means that the specified target name is wrong:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58133
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Target name                                     Target portal   State\n"
"iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0                 10.10.10.10     Not found"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58136
msgid "This message means that the target requires authentication:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58139
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Target name                                     Target portal   State\n"
"iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0                 10.10.10.10     Authentication failed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58142
msgid "To specify a <acronym>CHAP</acronym> username and secret, use this syntax:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58145
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>iscsictl -A -p <replaceable>10.10.10.10</replaceable> -t <replaceable>iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0</replaceable> -u <replaceable>user</replaceable> -s <replaceable>secretsecret</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:58149
msgid "Connecting to a Target with a Configuration File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58152
msgid "To connect using a configuration file, create <filename>/etc/iscsi.conf</filename> with contents like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58156
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"t0 {\n"
"\tTargetAddress   = 10.10.10.10\n"
"\tTargetName      = iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0\n"
"\tAuthMethod      = CHAP\n"
"\tchapIName       = user\n"
"\tchapSecret      = secretsecret\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58164
msgid "The <literal>t0</literal> specifies a nickname for the configuration file section. It will be used by the initiator to specify which configuration to use. The other lines specify the parameters to use during connection. The <literal>TargetAddress</literal> and <literal>TargetName</literal> are mandatory, whereas the other options are optional. In this example, the <acronym>CHAP</acronym> username and secret are shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58174
msgid "To connect to the defined target, specify the nickname:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58177
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>iscsictl -An <replaceable>t0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58179
msgid "Alternately, to connect to all targets defined in the configuration file, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58182
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>iscsictl -Aa</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58184
msgid "To make the initiator automatically connect to all targets in <filename>/etc/iscsi.conf</filename>, add the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58188
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"iscsictl_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"iscsictl_flags=\"-Aa\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:58219
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Brad</firstname> <surname>Davis</surname> </personname> <contrib>Converted to SGML and updated by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:58231
msgid "<primary>security</primary> <secondary>firewalls</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58240
msgid "Firewalls make it possible to filter the incoming and outgoing traffic that flows through a system. A firewall can use one or more sets of <quote>rules</quote> to inspect network packets as they come in or go out of network connections and either allows the traffic through or blocks it. The rules of a firewall can inspect one or more characteristics of the packets such as the protocol type, source or destination host address, and source or destination port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58249
msgid "Firewalls can enhance the security of a host or a network. They can be used to do one or more of the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58254
msgid "Protect and insulate the applications, services, and machines of an internal network from unwanted traffic from the public Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58260
msgid "Limit or disable access from hosts of the internal network to services of the public Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58265
msgid "Support network address translation (<acronym>NAT</acronym>), which allows an internal network to use private <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses and share a single connection to the public Internet using either a single <acronym>IP</acronym> address or a shared pool of automatically assigned public addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58274
msgid "FreeBSD has three firewalls built into the base system: <application>PF</application>, <application>IPFW</application>, and <application>IPFILTER</application>, also known as <application>IPF</application>. FreeBSD also provides two traffic shapers for controlling bandwidth usage: <citerefentry><refentrytitle>altq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dummynet</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>. <application>ALTQ</application> has traditionally been closely tied with <application>PF</application> and <application>dummynet</application> with <application>IPFW</application>. Each firewall uses rules to control the access of packets to and from a FreeBSD system, although they go about it in different ways and each has a different rule syntax."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58288
msgid "FreeBSD provides multiple firewalls in order to meet the different requirements and preferences for a wide variety of users. Each user should evaluate which firewall best meets their needs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58297
msgid "How to define packet filtering rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58301
msgid "The differences between the firewalls built into FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58306
msgid "How to use and configure the <application>PF</application> firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58311
msgid "How to use and configure the <application>IPFW</application> firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58316
msgid "How to use and configure the <application>IPFILTER</application> firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:58330
msgid "Since all firewalls are based on inspecting the values of selected packet control fields, the creator of the firewall ruleset must have an understanding of how <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> works, what the different values in the packet control fields are, and how these values are used in a normal session conversation. For a good introduction, refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.ipprimer.com/overview.cfm\">Daryl's TCP/IP Primer</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:58342
msgid "Firewall Concepts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:58344
msgid "<primary>firewall</primary> <secondary>rulesets</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58350
msgid "A ruleset contains a group of rules which pass or block packets based on the values contained in the packet. The bi-directional exchange of packets between hosts comprises a session conversation. The firewall ruleset processes both the packets arriving from the public Internet, as well as the packets produced by the system as a response to them. Each <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> service is predefined by its protocol and listening port. Packets destined for a specific service originate from the source address using an unprivileged port and target the specific service port on the destination address. All the above parameters can be used as selection criteria to create rules which will pass or block services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58363
msgid "To lookup unknown port numbers, refer to <filename>/etc/services</filename>. Alternatively, visit <uri xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_TCP_and_UDP_port_numbers\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_TCP_and_UDP_port_numbers</uri> and do a port number lookup to find the purpose of a particular port number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58368
msgid "Check out this link for port numbers used by Trojans <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.sans.org/security-resources/idfaq/oddports.php\">http://www.sans.org/security-resources/idfaq/oddports.php</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58370
msgid "FTP has two modes: active mode and passive mode. The difference is in how the data channel is acquired. Passive mode is more secure as the data channel is acquired by the ordinal ftp session requester. For a good explanation of FTP and the different modes, see <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.slacksite.com/other/ftp.html\">http://www.slacksite.com/other/ftp.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58376
msgid "A firewall ruleset can be either <quote>exclusive</quote> or <quote>inclusive</quote>. An exclusive firewall allows all traffic through except for the traffic matching the ruleset. An inclusive firewall does the reverse as it only allows traffic matching the rules through and blocks everything else."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58383
msgid "An inclusive firewall offers better control of the outgoing traffic, making it a better choice for systems that offer services to the public Internet. It also controls the type of traffic originating from the public Internet that can gain access to a private network. All traffic that does not match the rules is blocked and logged. Inclusive firewalls are generally safer than exclusive firewalls because they significantly reduce the risk of allowing unwanted traffic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:58394
msgid "Unless noted otherwise, all configuration and example rulesets in this chapter create inclusive firewall rulesets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58399
msgid "Security can be tightened further using a <quote>stateful firewall</quote>. This type of firewall keeps track of open connections and only allows traffic which either matches an existing connection or opens a new, allowed connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58404
msgid "Stateful filtering treats traffic as a bi-directional exchange of packets comprising a session. When state is specified on a matching rule the firewall dynamically generates internal rules for each anticipated packet being exchanged during the session. It has sufficient matching capabilities to determine if a packet is valid for a session. Any packets that do not properly fit the session template are automatically rejected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58413
msgid "When the session completes, it is removed from the dynamic state table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58416
msgid "Stateful filtering allows one to focus on blocking/passing new sessions. If the new session is passed, all its subsequent packets are allowed automatically and any impostor packets are automatically rejected. If a new session is blocked, none of its subsequent packets are allowed. Stateful filtering provides advanced matching abilities capable of defending against the flood of different attack methods employed by attackers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58424
msgid "<acronym>NAT</acronym> stands for <emphasis>Network Address Translation</emphasis>. <acronym>NAT</acronym> function enables the private LAN behind the firewall to share a single ISP-assigned IP address, even if that address is dynamically assigned. NAT allows each computer in the LAN to have Internet access, without having to pay the ISP for multiple Internet accounts or IP addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58432
msgid "<acronym>NAT</acronym> will automatically translate the private LAN IP address for each system on the LAN to the single public IP address as packets exit the firewall bound for the public Internet. It also performs the reverse translation for returning packets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58438
msgid "According to RFC 1918, the following IP address ranges are reserved for private networks which will never be routed directly to the public Internet, and therefore are available for use with NAT:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58445
msgid "<literal>10.0.0.0/8</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58449
msgid "<literal>172.16.0.0/12</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58453
msgid "<literal>192.168.0.0/16</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:58458
msgid "When working with the firewall rules, be <emphasis>very careful</emphasis>. Some configurations <emphasis>can lock the administrator out</emphasis> of the server. To be on the safe side, consider performing the initial firewall configuration from the local console rather than doing it remotely over <application>ssh</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:58469
msgid "PF"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:58472
msgid "<personname> <firstname>John</firstname> <surname>Ferrell</surname> </personname> <contrib>Revised and updated by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:58482
msgid "<primary>firewall</primary> <secondary>PF</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58488
msgid "Since FreeBSD 5.3, a ported version of OpenBSD's <application>PF</application> firewall has been included as an integrated part of the base system. <application>PF</application> is a complete, full-featured firewall that has optional support for <application>ALTQ</application> (Alternate Queuing), which provides Quality of Service (<acronym>QoS</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58496
msgid "The OpenBSD Project maintains the definitive reference for <application>PF</application> in the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/\">PF FAQ</link>. Peter Hansteen maintains a thorough <application>PF</application> tutorial at <link xlink:href=\"http://home.nuug.no/~peter/pf/\">http://home.nuug.no/~peter/pf/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:58502
msgid "When reading the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/\">PF FAQ</link>, keep in mind that FreeBSD uses the same version of <application>PF</application> as OpenBSD 4.5."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58507
msgid "The <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-pf\">FreeBSD packet filter mailing list</link> is a good place to ask questions about configuring and running the <application>PF</application> firewall. Check the mailing list archives before asking a question as it may have already been answered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58512
msgid "More information about porting <application>PF</application> to FreeBSD can be found at <uri xlink:href=\"http://pf4freebsd.love2party.net/\">http://pf4freebsd.love2party.net/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58515
msgid "This section of the Handbook focuses on <application>PF</application> as it pertains to FreeBSD. It demonstrates how to enable <application>PF</application> and <application>ALTQ</application>. It then provides several examples for creating rulesets on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:58522
msgid "Enabling <application>PF</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58524
msgid "In order to use <application>PF</application>, its kernel module must be first loaded. This section describes the entries that can be added to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> in order to enable <application>PF</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58529
msgid "Start by adding the following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58532
#, no-wrap
msgid "pf_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58534
msgid "Additional options, described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pfctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, can be passed to <application>PF</application> when it is started. Add this entry to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and specify any required flags between the two quotes (<literal>\"\"</literal>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58540
#, no-wrap
msgid "pf_flags=\"\"                     # additional flags for pfctl startup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58542
msgid "<application>PF</application> will not start if it cannot find its ruleset configuration file. The default ruleset is already created and is named <filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename>. If a custom ruleset has been saved somewhere else, add a line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> which specifies the full path to the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58550
#, no-wrap
msgid "pf_rules=\"<replaceable>/path/to/pf.conf</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58552
msgid "Logging support for <application>PF</application> is provided by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pflog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To enable logging support, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58556
#, no-wrap
msgid "pflog_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58558
msgid "The following lines can also be added in order to change the default location of the log file or to specify any additional flags to pass to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pflog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> when it is started:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58563
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pflog_logfile=\"/var/log/pflog\"  # where pflogd should store the logfile\n"
"pflog_flags=\"\"                  # additional flags for pflogd startup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58566
msgid "Finally, if there is a <acronym>LAN</acronym> behind the firewall and packets need to be forwarded for the computers on the <acronym>LAN</acronym>, or <acronym>NAT</acronym> is required, add the following option:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58571
#, no-wrap
msgid "gateway_enable=\"YES\"            # Enable as LAN gateway"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58573
msgid "After saving the needed edits, <application>PF</application> can be started with logging support by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58577
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service pf start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service pflog start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58631
msgid "By default, <application>PF</application> reads its configuration rules from <filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename> and modifies, drops, or passes packets according to the rules or definitions specified in this file. The FreeBSD installation includes several sample files located in <filename>/usr/share/examples/pf/</filename>. Refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/\">PF FAQ</link> for complete coverage of <application>PF</application> rulesets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58641
msgid "To control <application>PF</application>, use <command>pfctl</command>. <xref linkend=\"pfctl\"/> summarizes some useful options to this command. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pfctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a description of all available options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:58647
msgid "Useful <command>pfctl</command> Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58653 book.translate.xml:62185 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Purpose"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58659
msgid "<command>pfctl -e</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58661
msgid "Enable <application>PF</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58665
msgid "<command>pfctl -d</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58667
msgid "Disable <application>PF</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58671
msgid "<command>pfctl -F all -f /etc/pf.conf</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58673
msgid "Flush all <acronym>NAT</acronym>, filter, state, and table rules and reload <filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58679
msgid "<command>pfctl -s [ rules | nat | states ]</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58681
msgid "Report on the filter rules, <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules, or state table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58687
msgid "<command>pfctl -vnf /etc/pf.conf</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58689
msgid "Check <filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename> for errors, but do not load ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:58697
msgid "<package>security/sudo</package> is useful for running commands like <command>pfctl</command> that require elevated privileges. It can be installed from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58703
msgid "To keep an eye on the traffic that passes through the <application>PF</application> firewall, consider installing the <package>sysutils/pftop</package> package or port. Once installed, <application>pftop</application> can be run to view a running snapshot of traffic in a format which is similar to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:58712
msgid "Enabling <application>ALTQ</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58714
msgid "On FreeBSD, <application>ALTQ</application> can be used with <application>PF</application> to provide Quality of Service (<acronym>QOS</acronym>). Once <application>ALTQ</application> is enabled, queues can be defined in the ruleset which determine the processing priority of outbound packets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58721
msgid "Before enabling <application>ALTQ</application>, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>altq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> to determine if the drivers for the network cards installed on the system support it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58725
msgid "<application>ALTQ</application> is not available as a loadable kernel module. If the system's interfaces support <application>ALTQ</application>, create a custom kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>. The following kernel options are available. The first is needed to enable <application>ALTQ</application>. At least one of the other options is necessary to specify the queueing scheduler algorithm:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58734
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options         ALTQ\n"
"options         ALTQ_CBQ        # Class Based Queuing (CBQ)\n"
"options         ALTQ_RED        # Random Early Detection (RED)\n"
"options         ALTQ_RIO        # RED In/Out\n"
"options         ALTQ_HFSC       # Hierarchical Packet Scheduler (HFSC)\n"
"options         ALTQ_PRIQ       # Priority Queuing (PRIQ)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58741
msgid "The following scheduler algorithms are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58745
msgid "CBQ"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58747
msgid "Class Based Queuing (<acronym>CBQ</acronym>) is used to divide a connection's bandwidth into different classes or queues to prioritize traffic based on filter rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58755
msgid "RED"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58757
msgid "Random Early Detection (<acronym>RED</acronym>) is used to avoid network congestion by measuring the length of the queue and comparing it to the minimum and maximum thresholds for the queue. When the queue is over the maximum, all new packets are randomly dropped."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58766
msgid "RIO"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58768
msgid "In Random Early Detection In and Out (<acronym>RIO</acronym>) mode, <acronym>RED</acronym> maintains multiple average queue lengths and multiple threshold values, one for each <acronym>QOS</acronym> level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58777
msgid "HFSC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58779
msgid "Hierarchical Fair Service Curve Packet Scheduler (<acronym>HFSC</acronym>) is described in <uri xlink:href=\"http://www-2.cs.cmu.edu/~hzhang/HFSC/main.html\">http://www-2.cs.cmu.edu/~hzhang/HFSC/main.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58785
msgid "PRIQ"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58787
msgid "Priority Queuing (<acronym>PRIQ</acronym>) always passes traffic that is in a higher queue first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58793
msgid "More information about the scheduling algorithms and example rulesets are available at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/queueing.html\">http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/queueing.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:58799
msgid "<application>PF</application> Rulesets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:58802
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Peter</firstname> <surname>Hansteen</surname> <othername>N. M.</othername> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58813
msgid "This section demonstrates how to create a customized ruleset. It starts with the simplest of rulesets and builds upon its concepts using several examples to demonstrate real-world usage of <application>PF</application>'s many features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58819
msgid "The simplest possible ruleset is for a single machine that does not run any services and which needs access to one network, which may be the Internet. To create this minimal ruleset, edit <filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename> so it looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58825
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"block in all\n"
"pass out all keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58828
msgid "The first rule denies all incoming traffic by default. The second rule allows connections created by this system to pass out, while retaining state information on those connections. This state information allows return traffic for those connections to pass back and should only be used on machines that can be trusted. The ruleset can be loaded with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58836
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -e ; pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58838
msgid "In addition to keeping state, <application>PF</application> provides <firstterm>lists</firstterm> and <firstterm>macros</firstterm> which can be defined for use when creating rules. Macros can include lists and need to be defined before use. As an example, insert these lines at the very top of the ruleset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58846
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"tcp_services = \"{ ssh, smtp, domain, www, pop3, auth, pop3s }\"\n"
"udp_services = \"{ domain }\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58849
msgid "<application>PF</application> understands port names as well as port numbers, as long as the names are listed in <filename>/etc/services</filename>. This example creates two macros. The first is a list of seven <acronym>TCP</acronym> port names and the second is one <acronym>UDP</acronym> port name. Once defined, macros can be used in rules. In this example, all traffic is blocked except for the connections initiated by this system for the seven specified <acronym>TCP</acronym> services and the one specified <acronym>UDP</acronym> service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58860
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"tcp_services = \"{ ssh, smtp, domain, www, pop3, auth, pop3s }\"\n"
"udp_services = \"{ domain }\"\n"
"block all\n"
"pass out proto tcp to any port $tcp_services keep state\n"
"pass proto udp to any port $udp_services keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58866
msgid "Even though <acronym>UDP</acronym> is considered to be a stateless protocol, <application>PF</application> is able to track some state information. For example, when a <acronym>UDP</acronym> request is passed which asks a name server about a domain name, <application>PF</application> will watch for the response in order to pass it back."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58873
msgid "Whenever an edit is made to a ruleset, the new rules must be loaded so they can be used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58876 book.translate.xml:59123
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58878
msgid "If there are no syntax errors, <command>pfctl</command> will not output any messages during the rule load. Rules can also be tested before attempting to load them:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58882
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -nf /etc/pf.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58884
msgid "Including <option>-n</option> causes the rules to be interpreted only, but not loaded. This provides an opportunity to correct any errors. At all times, the last valid ruleset loaded will be enforced until either <application>PF</application> is disabled or a new ruleset is loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:58892
msgid "Adding <option>-v</option> to a <command>pfctl</command> ruleset verify or load will display the fully parsed rules exactly the way they will be loaded. This is extremely useful when debugging rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:58899
msgid "A Simple Gateway with NAT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58901
msgid "This section demonstrates how to configure a FreeBSD system running <application>PF</application> to act as a gateway for at least one other machine. The gateway needs at least two network interfaces, each connected to a separate network. In this example, <filename>xl1</filename> is connected to the Internet and <filename>xl0</filename> is connected to the internal network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58909
msgid "First, enable the gateway in order to let the machine forward the network traffic it receives on one interface to another interface. This <application>sysctl</application> setting will forward <acronym>IPv4</acronym> packets:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58914
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.inet.ip.forwarding=1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58916
msgid "To forward <acronym>IPv6</acronym> traffic, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58918
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58920
msgid "To enable these settings at system boot, add the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58923
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gateway_enable=\"YES\"\t\t#for ipv4\n"
"ipv6_gateway_enable=\"YES\"\t#for ipv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58926
msgid "Verify with <command>ifconfig</command> that both of the interfaces are up and running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58929
msgid "Next, create the <application>PF</application> rules to allow the gateway to pass traffic. While the following rule allows stateful traffic to pass from the Internet to hosts on the network, the <literal>to</literal> keyword does not guarantee passage all the way from source to destination:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58936
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass in on xl1 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58938
msgid "That rule only lets the traffic pass in to the gateway on the internal interface. To let the packets go further, a matching rule is needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58942
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass out on xl0 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58944
msgid "While these two rules will work, rules this specific are rarely needed. For a busy network admin, a readable ruleset is a safer ruleset. The remainder of this section demonstrates how to keep the rules as simple as possible for readability. For example, those two rules could be replaced with one rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58951
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass from xl1:network to any port $ports keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58953
msgid "The <literal>interface:network</literal> notation can be replaced with a macro to make the ruleset even more readable. For example, a <literal>$localnet</literal> macro could be defined as the network directly attached to the internal interface (<literal>$xl1:network</literal>). Alternatively, the definition of <literal>$localnet</literal> could be changed to an <emphasis>IP address/netmask</emphasis> notation to denote a network, such as <literal>192.168.100.1/24</literal> for a subnet of private addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58964
msgid "If required, <literal>$localnet</literal> could even be defined as a list of networks. Whatever the specific needs, a sensible <literal>$localnet</literal> definition could be used in a typical pass rule as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58969
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass from $localnet to any port $ports keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58971
msgid "The following sample ruleset allows all traffic initiated by machines on the internal network. It first defines two macros to represent the external and internal 3COM interfaces of the gateway."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:58977
msgid "For dialup users, the external interface will use <filename>tun0</filename>. For an <acronym>ADSL</acronym> connection, specifically those using <acronym>PPP</acronym> over Ethernet (<acronym>PPPoE</acronym>), the correct external interface is <filename>tun0</filename>, not the physical Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58986
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ext_if = \"xl0\"\t# macro for external interface - use tun0 for PPPoE\n"
"int_if = \"xl1\"\t# macro for internal interface\n"
"localnet = $int_if:network\n"
"# ext_if IP address could be dynamic, hence ($ext_if)\n"
"nat on $ext_if from $localnet to any -&gt; ($ext_if)\n"
"block all\n"
"pass from { lo0, $localnet } to any keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58994
msgid "This ruleset introduces the <literal>nat</literal> rule which is used to handle the network address translation from the non-routable addresses inside the internal network to the <acronym>IP</acronym> address assigned to the external interface. The parentheses surrounding the last part of the nat rule <literal>($ext_if)</literal> is included when the <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the external interface is dynamically assigned. It ensures that network traffic runs without serious interruptions even if the external <acronym>IP</acronym> address changes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59005
msgid "Note that this ruleset probably allows more traffic to pass out of the network than is needed. One reasonable setup could create this macro:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59009
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"client_out = \"{ ftp-data, ftp, ssh, domain, pop3, auth, nntp, http, \\\n"
"    https, cvspserver, 2628, 5999, 8000, 8080 }\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59012
msgid "to use in the main pass rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59014
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass inet proto tcp from $localnet to any port $client_out \\\n"
"    flags S/SA keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59017
msgid "A few other pass rules may be needed. This one enables <acronym>SSH</acronym> on the external interface::"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59020
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass in inet proto tcp to $ext_if port ssh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59022
msgid "This macro definition and rule allows <acronym>DNS</acronym> and <acronym>NTP</acronym> for internal clients:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59026
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"udp_services = \"{ domain, ntp }\"\n"
"pass quick inet proto { tcp, udp } to any port $udp_services keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59029
msgid "Note the <literal>quick</literal> keyword in this rule. Since the ruleset consists of several rules, it is important to understand the relationships between the rules in a ruleset. Rules are evaluated from top to bottom, in the sequence they are written. For each packet or connection evaluated by <application>PF</application>, <emphasis>the last matching rule</emphasis> in the ruleset is the one which is applied. However, when a packet matches a rule which contains the <literal>quick</literal> keyword, the rule processing stops and the packet is treated according to that rule. This is very useful when an exception to the general rules is needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:59044
msgid "Creating an <acronym>FTP</acronym> Proxy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59046
msgid "Configuring working <acronym>FTP</acronym> rules can be problematic due to the nature of the <acronym>FTP</acronym> protocol. <acronym>FTP</acronym> pre-dates firewalls by several decades and is insecure in its design. The most common points against using <acronym>FTP</acronym> include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59055
msgid "Passwords are transferred in the clear."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59059
msgid "The protocol demands the use of at least two <acronym>TCP</acronym> connections (control and data) on separate ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59065
msgid "When a session is established, data is communicated using randomly selected ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59070
msgid "All of these points present security challenges, even before considering any potential security weaknesses in client or server software. More secure alternatives for file transfer exist, such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sftp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>scp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which both feature authentication and data transfer over encrypted connections.."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59077
msgid "For those situations when <acronym>FTP</acronym> is required, <application>PF</application> provides redirection of <acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic to a small proxy program called <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftp-proxy</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which is included in the base system of FreeBSD. The role of the proxy is to dynamically insert and delete rules in the ruleset, using a set of anchors, in order to correctly handle <acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59086
msgid "To enable the <acronym>FTP</acronym> proxy, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59089
#, no-wrap
msgid "ftpproxy_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59091
msgid "Then start the proxy by running <command>service ftp-proxy start</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59094
msgid "For a basic configuration, three elements need to be added to <filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename>. First, the anchors which the proxy will use to insert the rules it generates for the <acronym>FTP</acronym> sessions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"nat-anchor \"ftp-proxy/*\"\n"
"rdr-anchor \"ftp-proxy/*\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59102
msgid "Second, a pass rule is needed to allow <acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic in to the proxy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59105
msgid "Third, redirection and <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules need to be defined before the filtering rules. Insert this <literal>rdr</literal> rule immediately after the <literal>nat</literal> rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59110
#, no-wrap
msgid "rdr pass on $int_if proto tcp from any to any port ftp -&gt; 127.0.0.1 port 8021"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59112
msgid "Finally, allow the redirected traffic to pass:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59114
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass out proto tcp from $proxy to any port ftp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59116
msgid "where <literal>$proxy</literal> expands to the address the proxy daemon is bound to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59119
msgid "Save <filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename>, load the new rules, and verify from a client that <acronym>FTP</acronym> connections are working:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59125
msgid "This example covers a basic setup where the clients in the local network need to contact <acronym>FTP</acronym> servers elsewhere. This basic configuration should work well with most combinations of <acronym>FTP</acronym> clients and servers. As shown in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftp-proxy</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, the proxy's behavior can be changed in various ways by adding options to the <literal>ftpproxy_flags=</literal> line. Some clients or servers may have specific quirks that must be compensated for in the configuration, or there may be a need to integrate the proxy in specific ways such as assigning <acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic to a specific queue."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59138
msgid "For ways to run an <acronym>FTP</acronym> server protected by <application>PF</application> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftp-proxy</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, configure a separate <command>ftp-proxy</command> in reverse mode, using <option>-R</option>, on a separate port with its own redirecting pass rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:59147
msgid "Managing <acronym>ICMP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59149
msgid "Many of the tools used for debugging or troubleshooting a <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> network rely on the Internet Control Message Protocol (<acronym>ICMP</acronym>), which was designed specifically with debugging in mind."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59154
msgid "The <acronym>ICMP</acronym> protocol sends and receives <emphasis>control messages</emphasis> between hosts and gateways, mainly to provide feedback to a sender about any unusual or difficult conditions enroute to the target host. Routers use <acronym>ICMP</acronym> to negotiate packet sizes and other transmission parameters in a process often referred to as <emphasis>path <acronym>MTU</acronym> discovery</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59163
msgid "From a firewall perspective, some <acronym>ICMP</acronym> control messages are vulnerable to known attack vectors. Also, letting all diagnostic traffic pass unconditionally makes debugging easier, but it also makes it easier for others to extract information about the network. For these reasons, the following rule may not be optimal:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59171
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass inet proto icmp from any to any"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59173
msgid "One solution is to let all <acronym>ICMP</acronym> traffic from the local network through while stopping all probes from outside the network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59177
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass inet proto icmp from $localnet to any keep state\n"
"pass inet proto icmp from any to $ext_if keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59180
msgid "Additional options are available which demonstrate some of <application>PF</application>'s flexibility. For example, rather than allowing all <acronym>ICMP</acronym> messages, one can specify the messages used by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>traceroute</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Start by defining a macro for that type of message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59187
#, no-wrap
msgid "icmp_types = \"echoreq\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59189
msgid "and a rule which uses the macro:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59191 book.translate.xml:59251
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass inet proto icmp all icmp-type $icmp_types keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59193
msgid "If other types of <acronym>ICMP</acronym> packets are needed, expand <literal>icmp_types</literal> to a list of those packet types. Type <command>more /usr/src/contrib/pf/pfctl/pfctl_parser.c</command> to see the list of <acronym>ICMP</acronym> message types supported by <application>PF</application>. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.iana.org/assignments/icmp-parameters/icmp-parameters.xhtml\">http://www.iana.org/assignments/icmp-parameters/icmp-parameters.xhtml</link> for an explanation of each message type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59201
msgid "Since Unix <command>traceroute</command> uses <acronym>UDP</acronym> by default, another rule is needed to allow Unix <command>traceroute</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59205
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# allow out the default range for traceroute(8):\n"
"pass out on $ext_if inet proto udp from any to any port 33433 &gt;&lt; 33626 keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59208
msgid "Since <command>TRACERT.EXE</command> on Microsoft Windows systems uses <acronym>ICMP</acronym> echo request messages, only the first rule is needed to allow network traces from those systems. Unix <command>traceroute</command> can be instructed to use other protocols as well, and will use <acronym>ICMP</acronym> echo request messages if <option>-I</option> is used. Check the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>traceroute</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> man page for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:59218
msgid "Path <acronym>MTU</acronym> Discovery"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:59220
msgid "Internet protocols are designed to be device independent, and one consequence of device independence is that the optimal packet size for a given connection cannot always be predicted reliably. The main constraint on packet size is the <firstterm>Maximum Transmission Unit</firstterm> (<acronym>MTU</acronym>) which sets the upper limit on the packet size for an interface. Type <command>ifconfig</command> to view the <acronym>MTU</acronym>s for a system's network interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:59231
msgid "<acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> uses a process known as path <acronym>MTU</acronym> discovery to determine the right packet size for a connection. This process sends packets of varying sizes with the <quote>Do not fragment</quote> flag set, expecting an <acronym>ICMP</acronym> return packet of <quote>type 3, code 4</quote> when the upper limit has been reached. Type 3 means <quote>destination unreachable</quote>, and code 4 is short for <quote>fragmentation needed, but the do-not-fragment flag is set</quote>. To allow path MTU discovery in order to support connections to other <acronym>MTU</acronym>s, add the <literal>destination unreachable</literal> type to the <literal>icmp_types</literal> macro:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59245
#, no-wrap
msgid "icmp_types = \"{ echoreq, unreach }\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:59247
msgid "Since the pass rule already uses that macro, it does not need to be modified in order to support the new <acronym>ICMP</acronym> type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:59253
msgid "<application>PF</application> allows filtering on all variations of <acronym>ICMP</acronym> types and codes. The list of possible types and codes are documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>icmp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>icmp6</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:59261
msgid "Using Tables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59263
msgid "Some types of data are relevant to filtering and redirection at a given time, but their definition is too long to be included in the ruleset file. <application>PF</application> supports the use of tables, which are defined lists that can be manipulated without needing to reload the entire ruleset, and which can provide fast lookups. Table names are always enclosed within <literal>&lt; &gt;</literal>, like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59272
#, no-wrap
msgid "table &lt;clients&gt; { 192.168.2.0/24, !192.168.2.5 }"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59274
msgid "In this example, the <literal>192.168.2.0/24</literal> network is part of the table, except for the address <literal>192.168.2.5</literal>, which is excluded using the <literal>!</literal> operator. It is also possible to load tables from files where each item is on a separate line, as seen in this example <filename>/etc/clients</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59282
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"192.168.2.0/24\n"
"!192.168.2.5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59285
msgid "To refer to the file, define the table like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59287
#, no-wrap
msgid "table &lt;clients&gt; persist file \"/etc/clients\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59289
msgid "Once the table is defined, it can be referenced by a rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59292
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass inet proto tcp from &lt;clients&gt; to any port $client_out flags S/SA keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59294
msgid "A table's contents can be manipulated live, using <command>pfctl</command>. This example adds another network to the table:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59298
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -t clients -T add 192.168.1.0/16</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59300
msgid "Note that any changes made this way will take affect now, making them ideal for testing, but will not survive a power failure or reboot. To make the changes permanent, modify the definition of the table in the ruleset or edit the file that the table refers to. One can maintain the on-disk copy of the table using a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> job which dumps the table's contents to disk at regular intervals, using a command such as <command>pfctl -t clients -T show &gt;/etc/clients</command>. Alternatively, <filename>/etc/clients</filename> can be updated with the in-memory table contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59312
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -t clients -T replace -f /etc/clients</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:59316
msgid "Using Overload Tables to Protect <acronym>SSH</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59319
msgid "Those who run <acronym>SSH</acronym> on an external interface have probably seen something like this in the authentication logs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59323
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Sep 26 03:12:34 skapet sshd[25771]: Failed password for root from 200.72.41.31 port 40992 ssh2\n"
"Sep 26 03:12:34 skapet sshd[5279]: Failed password for root from 200.72.41.31 port 40992 ssh2\n"
"Sep 26 03:12:35 skapet sshd[5279]: Received disconnect from 200.72.41.31: 11: Bye Bye\n"
"Sep 26 03:12:44 skapet sshd[29635]: Invalid user admin from 200.72.41.31\n"
"Sep 26 03:12:44 skapet sshd[24703]: input_userauth_request: invalid user admin\n"
"Sep 26 03:12:44 skapet sshd[24703]: Failed password for invalid user admin from 200.72.41.31 port 41484 ssh2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59330
msgid "This is indicative of a brute force attack where somebody or some program is trying to discover the user name and password which will let them into the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59334
msgid "If external <acronym>SSH</acronym> access is needed for legitimate users, changing the default port used by <acronym>SSH</acronym> can offer some protection. However, <application>PF</application> provides a more elegant solution. Pass rules can contain limits on what connecting hosts can do and violators can be banished to a table of addresses which are denied some or all access. It is even possible to drop all existing connections from machines which overreach the limits."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59344
msgid "To configure this, create this table in the tables section of the ruleset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59347
#, no-wrap
msgid "table &lt;bruteforce&gt; persist"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59349
msgid "Then, somewhere early in the ruleset, add rules to block brute access while allowing legitimate access:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59352
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"block quick from &lt;bruteforce&gt;\n"
"pass inet proto tcp from any to $localnet port $tcp_services \\\n"
"    flags S/SA keep state \\\n"
"    (max-src-conn <replaceable>100</replaceable>, max-src-conn-rate <replaceable>15/5</replaceable>, \\\n"
"    overload &lt;bruteforce&gt; flush global)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59358
msgid "The part in parentheses defines the limits and the numbers should be changed to meet local requirements. It can be read as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59362
msgid "<literal>max-src-conn</literal> is the number of simultaneous connections allowed from one host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59365
msgid "<literal>max-src-conn-rate</literal> is the rate of new connections allowed from any single host (<replaceable>15</replaceable>) per number of seconds (<replaceable>5</replaceable>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59370
msgid "<literal>overload &lt;bruteforce&gt;</literal> means that any host which exceeds these limits gets its address added to the <literal>bruteforce</literal> table. The ruleset blocks all traffic from addresses in the <literal>bruteforce</literal> table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59376
msgid "Finally, <literal>flush global</literal> says that when a host reaches the limit, that all (<literal>global</literal>) of that host's connections will be terminated (<literal>flush</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:59382
msgid "These rules will <emphasis>not</emphasis> block slow bruteforcers, as described in <link xlink:href=\"http://home.nuug.no/~peter/hailmary2013/\">http://home.nuug.no/~peter/hailmary2013/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59386
msgid "This example ruleset is intended mainly as an illustration. For example, if a generous number of connections in general are wanted, but the desire is to be more restrictive when it comes to <application>ssh</application>, supplement the rule above with something like the one below, early on in the rule set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59394
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass quick proto { tcp, udp } from any to any port ssh \\\n"
"    flags S/SA keep state \\\n"
"    (max-src-conn 15, max-src-conn-rate 5/3, \\\n"
"    overload &lt;bruteforce&gt; flush global)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/title
#: book.translate.xml:59400
msgid "It May Not be Necessary to Block All Overloaders"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:59403
msgid "It is worth noting that the overload mechanism is a general technique which does not apply exclusively to <acronym>SSH</acronym>, and it is not always optimal to entirely block all traffic from offenders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:59408
msgid "For example, an overload rule could be used to protect a mail service or a web service, and the overload table could be used in a rule to assign offenders to a queue with a minimal bandwidth allocation or to redirect to a specific web page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59415
msgid "Over time, tables will be filled by overload rules and their size will grow incrementally, taking up more memory. Sometimes an <acronym>IP</acronym> address that is blocked is a dynamically assigned one, which has since been assigned to a host who has a legitimate reason to communicate with hosts in the local network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59422
msgid "For situations like these, <application>pfctl</application> provides the ability to expire table entries. For example, this command will remove <literal>&lt;bruteforce&gt;</literal> table entries which have not been referenced for <literal>86400</literal> seconds:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59429
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -t bruteforce -T expire 86400</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59431
msgid "Similar functionality is provided by <package>security/expiretable</package>, which removes table entries which have not been accessed for a specified period of time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59436
msgid "Once installed, <application>expiretable</application> can be run to remove <literal>&lt;bruteforce&gt;</literal> table entries older than a specified age. This example removes all entries older than 24 hours:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59441
#, no-wrap
msgid "/usr/local/sbin/expiretable -v -d -t 24h bruteforce"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:59445
msgid "Protecting Against <acronym>SPAM</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59447
msgid "Not to be confused with the <application>spamd</application> daemon which comes bundled with <application>spamassassin</application>, <package>mail/spamd</package> can be configured with <application>PF</application> to provide an outer defense against <acronym>SPAM</acronym>. This <application>spamd</application> hooks into the <application>PF</application> configuration using a set of redirections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59457
msgid "Spammers tend to send a large number of messages, and <acronym>SPAM</acronym> is mainly sent from a few spammer friendly networks and a large number of hijacked machines, both of which are reported to <firstterm>blacklists</firstterm> fairly quickly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59463
msgid "When an <acronym>SMTP</acronym> connection from an address in a blacklist is received, <application>spamd</application> presents its banner and immediately switches to a mode where it answers <acronym>SMTP</acronym> traffic one byte at a time. This technique, which is intended to waste as much time as possible on the spammer's end, is called <firstterm>tarpitting</firstterm>. The specific implementation which uses one byte <acronym>SMTP</acronym> replies is often referred to as <firstterm>stuttering</firstterm>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59475
msgid "This example demonstrates the basic procedure for setting up <application>spamd</application> with automatically updated blacklists. Refer to the man pages which are installed with <package>mail/spamd</package> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:59482
msgid "Configuring <application>spamd</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59485
msgid "Install the <package>mail/spamd</package> package or port. In order to use <application>spamd</application>'s greylisting features, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fdescfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> must be mounted at <filename>/dev/fd</filename>. Add the following line to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59492
#, no-wrap
msgid " fdescfs /dev/fd fdescfs rw 0 0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59494
msgid "Then, mount the filesystem:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59496
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount fdescfs</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59500
msgid "Next, edit the <application>PF</application> ruleset to include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59503
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"table &lt;spamd&gt; persist\n"
"table &lt;spamd-white&gt; persist\n"
"rdr pass on $ext_if inet proto tcp from &lt;spamd&gt; to \\\n"
"    { $ext_if, $localnet } port smtp -&gt; 127.0.0.1 port 8025\n"
"rdr pass on $ext_if inet proto tcp from !&lt;spamd-white&gt; to \\\n"
"    { $ext_if, $localnet } port smtp -&gt; 127.0.0.1 port 8025"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59510
msgid "The two tables <literal>&lt;spamd&gt;</literal> and <literal>&lt;spamd-white&gt;</literal> are essential. <acronym>SMTP</acronym> traffic from an address listed in<literal> &lt;spamd&gt;</literal> but not in <literal>&lt;spamd-white&gt;</literal> is redirected to the <application>spamd</application> daemon listening at port 8025."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59520
msgid "The next step is to configure <application>spamd</application> in <filename>/usr/local/etc/spamd.conf</filename> and to add some <filename>rc.conf</filename> parameters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59525
msgid "The installation of <package>mail/spamd</package> includes a sample configuration file (<filename>/usr/local/etc/spamd.conf.sample</filename>) and a man page for <filename>spamd.conf</filename>. Refer to these for additional configuration options beyond those shown in this example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59532
msgid "One of the first lines in the configuration file that does not begin with a <literal>#</literal> comment sign contains the block which defines the <literal>all</literal> list, which specifies the lists to use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59538
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"all:\\\n"
"    :traplist:whitelist:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59541
msgid "This entry adds the desired blacklists, separated by colons (<literal>:</literal>). To use a whitelist to subtract addresses from a blacklist, add the name of the whitelist <emphasis>immediately</emphasis> after the name of that blacklist. For example: <literal>:blacklist:whitelist:</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59548
msgid "This is followed by the specified blacklist's definition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59551
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"traplist:\\\n"
"    :black:\\\n"
"    :msg=\"SPAM. Your address %A has sent spam within the last 24 hours\":\\\n"
"    :method=http:\\\n"
"    :file=www.openbsd.org/spamd/traplist.gz"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59557
msgid "where the first line is the name of the blacklist and the second line specifies the list type. The <literal>msg</literal> field contains the message to display to blacklisted senders during the <acronym>SMTP</acronym> dialogue. The <literal>method</literal> field specifies how <application>spamd-setup</application> fetches the list data; supported methods are <literal>http</literal>, <literal>ftp</literal>, from a <literal>file</literal> in a mounted file system, and via <literal>exec</literal> of an external program. Finally, the <literal>file</literal> field specifies the name of the file <application>spamd</application> expects to receive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59572
msgid "The definition of the specified whitelist is similar, but omits the <literal>msg</literal> field since a message is not needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59576
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"whitelist:\\\n"
"    :white:\\\n"
"    :method=file:\\\n"
"    :file=/var/mail/whitelist.txt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/title
#: book.translate.xml:59582
msgid "Choose Data Sources with Care"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:59584
msgid "Using all the blacklists in the sample <filename>spamd.conf</filename> will blacklist large blocks of the Internet. Administrators need to edit the file to create an optimal configuration which uses applicable data sources and, when necessary, uses custom lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59592
msgid "Next, add this entry to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Additional flags are described in the man page specified by the comment:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59597
#, no-wrap
msgid "spamd_flags=\"-v\" # use \"\" and see spamd-setup(8) for flags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59599
msgid "When finished, reload the ruleset, start <application>spamd</application> by typing <command>service start obspamd</command>, and complete the configuration using <command>spamd-setup</command>. Finally, create a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> job which calls <command>spamd-setup</command> to update the tables at reasonable intervals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59609
msgid "On a typical gateway in front of a mail server, hosts will soon start getting trapped within a few seconds to several minutes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59613
msgid "<application>PF</application> also supports <firstterm>greylisting</firstterm>, which temporarily rejects messages from unknown hosts with <replaceable>45n</replaceable> codes. Messages from greylisted hosts which try again within a reasonable time are let through. Traffic from senders which are set up to behave within the limits set by RFC 1123 and RFC 2821 are immediately let through."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59622
msgid "More information about greylisting as a technique can be found at the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.greylisting.org/\">greylisting.org</link> web site. The most amazing thing about greylisting, apart from its simplicity, is that it still works. Spammers and malware writers have been very slow to adapt in order to bypass this technique."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59629
msgid "The basic procedure for configuring greylisting is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:59633
msgid "Configuring Greylisting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59636
msgid "Make sure that <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fdescfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> is mounted as described in Step 1 of the previous Procedure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59641
msgid "To run <application>spamd</application> in greylisting mode, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59645
#, no-wrap
msgid "spamd_grey=\"YES\"  # use spamd greylisting if YES"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59647
msgid "Refer to the <application>spamd</application> man page for descriptions of additional related parameters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59653
msgid "To complete the greylisting setup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59655
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service restart obspamd</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service start spamlogd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59660
msgid "Behind the scenes, the <application>spamdb</application> database tool and the <application>spamlogd</application> whitelist updater perform essential functions for the greylisting feature. <application>spamdb</application> is the administrator's main interface to managing the black, grey, and white lists via the contents of the <filename>/var/db/spamdb</filename> database."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:59670
msgid "Network Hygiene"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59672
msgid "This section describes how <literal>block-policy</literal>, <literal>scrub</literal>, and <literal>antispoof</literal> can be used to make the ruleset behave sanely."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59677
msgid "The <literal>block-policy</literal> is an option which can be set in the <literal>options</literal> part of the ruleset, which precedes the redirection and filtering rules. This option determines which feedback, if any, <application>PF</application> sends to hosts that are blocked by a rule. The option has two possible values: <literal>drop</literal> drops blocked packets with no feedback, and <literal>return</literal> returns a status code such as <computeroutput>Connection refused</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59688
msgid "If not set, the default policy is <literal>drop</literal>. To change the <literal>block-policy</literal>, specify the desired value:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59693
#, no-wrap
msgid "set block-policy return"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59695
msgid "In <application>PF</application>, <literal>scrub</literal> is a keyword which enables network packet normalization. This process reassembles fragmented packets and drops TCP packets that have invalid flag combinations. Enabling <literal>scrub</literal> provides a measure of protection against certain kinds of attacks based on incorrect handling of packet fragments. A number of options are available, but the simplest form is suitable for most configurations:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59705
#, no-wrap
msgid "scrub in all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59707
msgid "Some services, such as <acronym>NFS</acronym>, require specific fragment handling options. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"https://home.nuug.no/~peter/pf/en/scrub.html\">https://home.nuug.no/~peter/pf/en/scrub.html</link> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59711
msgid "This example reassembles fragments, clears the <quote>do not fragment</quote> bit, and sets the maximum segment size to 1440 bytes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59715
#, no-wrap
msgid "scrub in all fragment reassemble no-df max-mss 1440"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59717
msgid "The <literal>antispoof</literal> mechanism protects against activity from spoofed or forged <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses, mainly by blocking packets appearing on interfaces and in directions which are logically not possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59723
msgid "These rules weed out spoofed traffic coming in from the rest of the world as well as any spoofed packets which originate in the local network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59727
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"antispoof for $ext_if\n"
"antispoof for $int_if"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:59732
msgid "Handling Non-Routable Addresses"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59734
msgid "Even with a properly configured gateway to handle network address translation, one may have to compensate for other people's misconfigurations. A common misconfiguration is to let traffic with non-routable addresses out to the Internet. Since traffic from non-routeable addresses can play a part in several <acronym>DoS</acronym> attack techniques, consider explicitly blocking traffic from non-routeable addresses from entering the network through the external interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59744
msgid "In this example, a macro containing non-routable addresses is defined, then used in blocking rules. Traffic to and from these addresses is quietly dropped on the gateway's external interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59750
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"martians = \"{ 127.0.0.0/8, 192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/12, \\\n"
"\t      10.0.0.0/8, 169.254.0.0/16, 192.0.2.0/24, \\\n"
"\t      0.0.0.0/8, 240.0.0.0/4 }\"\n"
"\n"
"block drop in quick on $ext_if from $martians to any\n"
"block drop out quick on $ext_if from any to $martians"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:59761
msgid "<application>IPFW</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59763
msgid "<primary>firewall</primary> <secondary>IPFW</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:59769
msgid "<application>IPFW</application> is a stateful firewall written for FreeBSD which supports both <acronym>IPv4</acronym> and <acronym>IPv6</acronym>. It is comprised of several components: the kernel firewall filter rule processor and its integrated packet accounting facility, the logging facility, <acronym>NAT</acronym>, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dummynet</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> traffic shaper, a forward facility, a bridge facility, and an ipstealth facility."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:59778
msgid "FreeBSD provides a sample ruleset in <filename>/etc/rc.firewall</filename> which defines several firewall types for common scenarios to assist novice users in generating an appropriate ruleset. <application>IPFW</application> provides a powerful syntax which advanced users can use to craft customized rulesets that meet the security requirements of a given environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:59786
msgid "This section describes how to enable <application>IPFW</application>, provides an overview of its rule syntax, and demonstrates several rulesets for common configuration scenarios."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:59792
msgid "Enabling <application>IPFW</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59794
msgid "<primary><application>IPFW</application></primary> <secondary>enabling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59800
msgid "<application>IPFW</application> is included in the basic FreeBSD install as a kernel loadable module, meaning that a custom kernel is not needed in order to enable <application>IPFW</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59805
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPFIREWALL</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59811
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59817
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59823
msgid "<primary><application>IPFW</application></primary> <secondary>kernel options</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59829
msgid "For those users who wish to statically compile <application>IPFW</application> support into a custom kernel, refer to the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>. The following options are available for the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59835
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options    IPFIREWALL\t\t\t# enables IPFW\n"
"options    IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE\t\t# enables logging for rules with log keyword\n"
"options    IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=5\t# limits number of logged packets per-entry\n"
"options    IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT # sets default policy to pass what is not explicitly denied\n"
"options    IPDIVERT\t\t\t# enables NAT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59841
msgid "To configure the system to enable <application>IPFW</application> at boot time, add the following entry to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59845
#, no-wrap
msgid "firewall_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59847
msgid "To use one of the default firewall types provided by FreeBSD, add another line which specifies the type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59850
#, no-wrap
msgid "firewall_type=\"open\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59852
msgid "The available types are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59856
msgid "<literal>open</literal>: passes all traffic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59859
msgid "<literal>client</literal>: protects only this machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59863
msgid "<literal>simple</literal>: protects the whole network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59867
msgid "<literal>closed</literal>: entirely disables IP traffic except for the loopback interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59871
msgid "<literal>workstation</literal>: protects only this machine using stateful rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59875
msgid "<literal>UNKNOWN</literal>: disables the loading of firewall rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59879
msgid "<filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable></filename>: full path of the file containing the firewall ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59885
msgid "If <literal>firewall_type</literal> is set to either <literal>client</literal> or <literal>simple</literal>, modify the default rules found in <filename>/etc/rc.firewall</filename> to fit the configuration of the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59891
msgid "Note that the <literal>filename</literal> type is used to load a custom ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59894
msgid "An alternate way to load a custom ruleset is to set the <literal>firewall_script</literal> variable to the absolute path of an <emphasis>executable script</emphasis> that includes <application>IPFW</application> commands. The examples used in this section assume that the <literal>firewall_script</literal> is set to <filename>/etc/ipfw.rules</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59902
#, no-wrap
msgid "firewall_script=\"/etc/ipfw.rules\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59904
msgid "To enable logging, include this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59906
#, no-wrap
msgid "firewall_logging=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59908
msgid "There is no <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> variable to set logging limits. To limit the number of times a rule is logged per connection attempt, specify the number using this line in <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59913
#, no-wrap
msgid "net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit=<replaceable>5</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59915
msgid "After saving the needed edits, start the firewall. To enable logging limits now, also set the <command>sysctl</command> value specified above:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59919
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ipfw start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit=<replaceable>5</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:59924
msgid "<application>IPFW</application> Rule Syntax"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59926
msgid "<primary><application>IPFW</application></primary> <secondary>rule processing order</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59932
msgid "When a packet enters the <application>IPFW</application> firewall, it is compared against the first rule in the ruleset and progresses one rule at a time, moving from top to bottom in sequence. When the packet matches the selection parameters of a rule, the rule's action is executed and the search of the ruleset terminates for that packet. This is referred to as <quote>first match wins</quote>. If the packet does not match any of the rules, it gets caught by the mandatory <application>IPFW</application> default rule number 65535, which denies all packets and silently discards them. However, if the packet matches a rule that contains the <literal>count</literal>, <literal>skipto</literal>, or <literal>tee</literal> keywords, the search continues. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details on how these keywords affect rule processing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59948
msgid "<primary><application>IPFW</application></primary> <secondary>rule syntax</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59954
msgid "When creating an <application>IPFW</application> rule, keywords must be written in the following order. Some keywords are mandatory while other keywords are optional. The words shown in uppercase represent a variable and the words shown in lowercase must precede the variable that follows it. The <literal>#</literal> symbol is used to mark the start of a comment and may appear at the end of a rule or on its own line. Blank lines are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59964
msgid "<replaceable>CMD RULE_NUMBER set SET_NUMBER ACTION log LOG_AMOUNT PROTO from SRC SRC_PORT to DST DST_PORT OPTIONS</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59968
msgid "This section provides an overview of these keywords and their options. It is not an exhaustive list of every possible option. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a complete description of the rule syntax that can be used when creating <application>IPFW</application> rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59976
msgid "CMD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59978
msgid "Every rule must start with <parameter>ipfw add</parameter>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59984
msgid "RULE_NUMBER"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59986
msgid "Each rule is associated with a number from <literal>1</literal> to <literal>65534</literal>. The number is used to indicate the order of rule processing. Multiple rules can have the same number, in which case they are applied according to the order in which they have been added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59997
msgid "SET_NUMBER"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59999
msgid "Each rule is associated with a set number from <literal>0</literal> to <literal>31</literal>. Sets can be individually disabled or enabled, making it possible to quickly add or delete a set of rules. If a SET_NUMBER is not specified, the rule will be added to set <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60009 book.translate.xml:60987
msgid "ACTION"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60011
msgid "A rule can be associated with one of the following actions. The specified action will be executed when the packet matches the selection criterion of the rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60016
msgid "<parameter>allow | accept | pass | permit</parameter>: these keywords are equivalent and allow packets that match the rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60020
msgid "<parameter>check-state</parameter>: checks the packet against the dynamic state table. If a match is found, execute the action associated with the rule which generated this dynamic rule, otherwise move to the next rule. A <literal>check-state</literal> rule does not have selection criterion. If no <literal>check-state</literal> rule is present in the ruleset, the dynamic rules table is checked at the first <literal>keep-state</literal> or <literal>limit</literal> rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60031
msgid "<parameter>count</parameter>: updates counters for all packets that match the rule. The search continues with the next rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60035
msgid "<parameter>deny | drop</parameter>: either word silently discards packets that match this rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60038
msgid "Additional actions are available. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60044
msgid "LOG_AMOUNT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60046
msgid "When a packet matches a rule with the <literal>log</literal> keyword, a message will be logged to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> with a facility name of <literal>SECURITY</literal>. Logging only occurs if the number of packets logged for that particular rule does not exceed a specified LOG_AMOUNT. If no LOG_AMOUNT is specified, the limit is taken from the value of <varname>net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit</varname>. A value of zero removes the logging limit. Once the limit is reached, logging can be re-enabled by clearing the logging counter or the packet counter for that rule, using <command>ipfw resetlog</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:60061
msgid "Logging is done after all other packet matching conditions have been met, and before performing the final action on the packet. The administrator decides which rules to enable logging on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60070
msgid "PROTO"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60072
msgid "This optional value can be used to specify any protocol name or number found in <filename>/etc/protocols</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60079
msgid "SRC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60081
msgid "The <literal>from</literal> keyword must be followed by the source address or a keyword that represents the source address. An address can be represented by <literal>any</literal>, <literal>me</literal> (any address configured on an interface on this system), <literal>me6</literal>, (any <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address configured on an interface on this system), or <literal>table</literal> followed by the number of a lookup table which contains a list of addresses. When specifying an <acronym>IP</acronym> address, it can be optionally followed by its <acronym>CIDR</acronym> mask or subnet mask. For example, <literal>1.2.3.4/25</literal> or <literal>1.2.3.4:255.255.255.128</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60099 book.translate.xml:61123
msgid "SRC_PORT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60101
msgid "An optional source port can be specified using the port number or name from <filename>/etc/services</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60108
msgid "DST"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60110
msgid "The <literal>to</literal> keyword must be followed by the destination address or a keyword that represents the destination address. The same keywords and addresses described in the SRC section can be used to describe the destination."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60119 book.translate.xml:61160
msgid "DST_PORT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60121
msgid "An optional destination port can be specified using the port number or name from <filename>/etc/services</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60128 book.translate.xml:61039
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60130
msgid "Several keywords can follow the source and destination. As the name suggests, OPTIONS are optional. Commonly used options include <literal>in</literal> or <literal>out</literal>, which specify the direction of packet flow, <literal>icmptypes</literal> followed by the type of <acronym>ICMP</acronym> message, and <literal>keep-state</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60139
msgid "When a <parameter>keep-state</parameter> rule is matched, the firewall will create a dynamic rule which matches bidirectional traffic between the source and destination addresses and ports using the same protocol."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60145
msgid "The dynamic rules facility is vulnerable to resource depletion from a SYN-flood attack which would open a huge number of dynamic rules. To counter this type of attack with <application>IPFW</application>, use <literal>limit</literal>. This option limits the number of simultaneous sessions by checking the open dynamic rules, counting the number of times this rule and <acronym>IP</acronym> address combination occurred. If this count is greater than the value specified by <literal>limit</literal>, the packet is discarded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60157
msgid "Dozens of OPTIONS are available. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a description of each available option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:60166 book.translate.xml:61239
msgid "Example Ruleset"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60168
msgid "This section demonstrates how to create an example stateful firewall ruleset script named <filename>/etc/ipfw.rules</filename>. In this example, all connection rules use <literal>in</literal> or <literal>out</literal> to clarify the direction. They also use <literal>via</literal> <replaceable>interface-name</replaceable> to specify the interface the packet is traveling over."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:60178
msgid "When first creating or testing a firewall ruleset, consider temporarily setting this tunable:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60181
#, no-wrap
msgid "net.inet.ip.fw.default_to_accept=\"1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:60183
msgid "This sets the default policy of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to be more permissive than the default <literal>deny ip from any to any</literal>, making it slightly more difficult to get locked out of the system right after a reboot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60189
msgid "The firewall script begins by indicating that it is a Bourne shell script and flushes any existing rules. It then creates the <literal>cmd</literal> variable so that <literal>ipfw add</literal> does not have to be typed at the beginning of every rule. It also defines the <literal>pif</literal> variable which represents the name of the interface that is attached to the Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60197
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"# Flush out the list before we begin.\n"
"ipfw -q -f flush\n"
"\n"
"# Set rules command prefix\n"
"cmd=\"ipfw -q add\"\n"
"pif=\"dc0\"     # interface name of NIC attached to Internet"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60205
msgid "The first two rules allow all traffic on the trusted internal interface and on the loopback interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60208
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Change xl0 to LAN NIC interface name\n"
"$cmd 00005 allow all from any to any via xl0\n"
"\n"
"# No restrictions on Loopback Interface\n"
"$cmd 00010 allow all from any to any via lo0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60214
msgid "The next rule allows the packet through if it matches an existing entry in the dynamic rules table:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60217
#, no-wrap
msgid "$cmd 00101 check-state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60219
msgid "The next set of rules defines which stateful connections internal systems can create to hosts on the Internet:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60222
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Allow access to public DNS\n"
"# Replace x.x.x.x with the IP address of a public DNS server\n"
"# and repeat for each DNS server in /etc/resolv.conf\n"
"$cmd 00110 allow tcp from any to x.x.x.x 53 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"$cmd 00111 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 53 out via $pif keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow access to ISP's DHCP server for cable/DSL configurations.\n"
"# Use the first rule and check log for IP address.\n"
"# Then, uncomment the second rule, input the IP address, and delete the first rule\n"
"$cmd 00120 allow log udp from any to any 67 out via $pif keep-state\n"
"#$cmd 00120 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 out via $pif keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound HTTP and HTTPS connections\n"
"$cmd 00200 allow tcp from any to any 80 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"$cmd 00220 allow tcp from any to any 443 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound email connections\n"
"$cmd 00230 allow tcp from any to any 25 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"$cmd 00231 allow tcp from any to any 110 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound ping\n"
"$cmd 00250 allow icmp from any to any out via $pif keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound NTP\n"
"$cmd 00260 allow udp from any to any 123 out via $pif keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound SSH\n"
"$cmd 00280 allow tcp from any to any 22 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# deny and log all other outbound connections\n"
"$cmd 00299 deny log all from any to any out via $pif"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60254
msgid "The next set of rules controls connections from Internet hosts to the internal network. It starts by denying packets typically associated with attacks and then explicitly allows specific types of connections. All the authorized services that originate from the Internet use <literal>limit</literal> to prevent flooding."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60261
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Deny all inbound traffic from non-routable reserved address spaces\n"
"$cmd 00300 deny all from 192.168.0.0/16 to any in via $pif     #RFC 1918 private IP\n"
"$cmd 00301 deny all from 172.16.0.0/12 to any in via $pif      #RFC 1918 private IP\n"
"$cmd 00302 deny all from 10.0.0.0/8 to any in via $pif         #RFC 1918 private IP\n"
"$cmd 00303 deny all from 127.0.0.0/8 to any in via $pif        #loopback\n"
"$cmd 00304 deny all from 0.0.0.0/8 to any in via $pif          #loopback\n"
"$cmd 00305 deny all from 169.254.0.0/16 to any in via $pif     #DHCP auto-config\n"
"$cmd 00306 deny all from 192.0.2.0/24 to any in via $pif       #reserved for docs\n"
"$cmd 00307 deny all from 204.152.64.0/23 to any in via $pif    #Sun cluster interconnect\n"
"$cmd 00308 deny all from 224.0.0.0/3 to any in via $pif        #Class D &amp; E multicast\n"
"\n"
"# Deny public pings\n"
"$cmd 00310 deny icmp from any to any in via $pif\n"
"\n"
"# Deny ident\n"
"$cmd 00315 deny tcp from any to any 113 in via $pif\n"
"\n"
"# Deny all Netbios services.\n"
"$cmd 00320 deny tcp from any to any 137 in via $pif\n"
"$cmd 00321 deny tcp from any to any 138 in via $pif\n"
"$cmd 00322 deny tcp from any to any 139 in via $pif\n"
"$cmd 00323 deny tcp from any to any 81 in via $pif\n"
"\n"
"# Deny fragments\n"
"$cmd 00330 deny all from any to any frag in via $pif\n"
"\n"
"# Deny ACK packets that did not match the dynamic rule table\n"
"$cmd 00332 deny tcp from any to any established in via $pif\n"
"\n"
"# Allow traffic from ISP's DHCP server.\n"
"# Replace x.x.x.x with the same IP address used in rule 00120.\n"
"#$cmd 00360 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 in via $pif keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow HTTP connections to internal web server\n"
"$cmd 00400 allow tcp from any to me 80 in via $pif setup limit src-addr 2\n"
"\n"
"# Allow inbound SSH connections\n"
"$cmd 00410 allow tcp from any to me 22 in via $pif setup limit src-addr 2\n"
"\n"
"# Reject and log all other incoming connections\n"
"$cmd 00499 deny log all from any to any in via $pif"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60303
msgid "The last rule logs all packets that do not match any of the rules in the ruleset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60306
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Everything else is denied and logged\n"
"$cmd 00999 deny log all from any to any"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:60312 book.translate.xml:61393
msgid "Configuring <acronym>NAT</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60324
msgid "<primary>NAT</primary> <secondary>and <application>IPFW</application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60330
msgid "FreeBSD's built-in <acronym>NAT</acronym> daemon, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, works in conjunction with <application>IPFW</application> to provide network address translation. This can be used to provide an Internet Connection Sharing solution so that several internal computers can connect to the Internet using a single <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60338
msgid "To do this, the FreeBSD machine connected to the Internet must act as a gateway. This system must have two <acronym>NIC</acronym>s, where one is connected to the Internet and the other is connected to the internal <acronym>LAN</acronym>. Each machine connected to the <acronym>LAN</acronym> should be assigned an <acronym>IP</acronym> address in the private network space, as defined by <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc1918.txt\">RFC 1918</link>, and have the default gateway set to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> system's internal <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60350
msgid "Some additional configuration is needed in order to activate the <acronym>NAT</acronym> function of <application>IPFW</application>. If the system has a custom kernel, the kernel configuration file needs to include <literal>option IPDIVERT</literal> along with the other <literal>IPFIREWALL</literal> options described in <xref linkend=\"firewalls-ipfw-enable\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60357
msgid "To enable <acronym>NAT</acronym> support at boot time, the following must be in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60360
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gateway_enable=\"YES\"\t\t# enables the gateway\n"
"natd_enable=\"YES\"\t\t# enables <acronym>NAT</acronym>\n"
"natd_interface=\"rl0\"\t\t# specify interface name of NIC attached to Internet\n"
"natd_flags=\"-dynamic -m\"\t# -m = preserve port numbers; additional options are listed in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:60366
msgid "It is also possible to specify a configuration file which contains the options to pass to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60369
#, no-wrap
msgid "natd_flags=\"-f /etc/natd.conf\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:60371
msgid "The specified file must contain a list of configuration options, one per line. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60374
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.2:6667 6667\n"
"redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.3:80 80"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:60377
msgid "For more information about this configuration file, consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60381
msgid "Next, add the <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules to the firewall ruleset. When the rulest contains stateful rules, the positioning of the <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules is critical and the <literal>skipto</literal> action is used. The <literal>skipto</literal> action requires a rule number so that it knows which rule to jump to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60388
msgid "The following example builds upon the firewall ruleset shown in the previous section. It adds some additional entries and modifies some existing rules in order to configure the firewall for <acronym>NAT</acronym>. It starts by adding some additional variables which represent the rule number to skip to, the <literal>keep-state</literal> option, and a list of <acronym>TCP</acronym> ports which will be used to reduce the number of rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60397
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"ipfw -q -f flush\n"
"cmd=\"ipfw -q add\"\n"
"skip=\"skipto 500\"\n"
"pif=dc0\n"
"ks=\"keep-state\"\n"
"good_tcpo=\"22,25,37,53,80,443,110\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60405
msgid "The inbound <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule is inserted <emphasis>after</emphasis> the two rules which allow all traffic on the trusted internal interface and on the loopback interface and <emphasis>before</emphasis> the <literal>check-state</literal> rule. It is important that the rule number selected for this <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule, in this example <literal>100</literal>, is higher than the first two rules and lower than the <literal>check-state</literal> rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60415
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$cmd 005 allow all from any to any via xl0  # exclude LAN traffic\n"
"$cmd 010 allow all from any to any via lo0  # exclude loopback traffic\n"
"$cmd 100 divert natd ip from any to any in via $pif # NAT any inbound packets\n"
"# Allow the packet through if it has an existing entry in the dynamic rules table\n"
"$cmd 101 check-state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60421
msgid "The outbound rules are modified to replace the <literal>allow</literal> action with the <literal>$skip</literal> variable, indicating that rule processing will continue at rule <literal>500</literal>. The seven <literal>tcp</literal> rules have been replaced by rule <literal>125</literal> as the <literal>$good_tcpo</literal> variable contains the seven allowed outbound ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60430
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Authorized outbound packets\n"
"$cmd 120 $skip udp from any to x.x.x.x 53 out via $pif $ks\n"
"$cmd 121 $skip udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 out via $pif $ks\n"
"$cmd 125 $skip tcp from any to any $good_tcpo out via $pif setup $ks\n"
"$cmd 130 $skip icmp from any to any out via $pif $ks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60436
msgid "The inbound rules remain the same, except for the very last rule which removes the <literal> via $pif</literal> in order to catch both inbound and outbound rules. The <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule must follow this last outbound rule, must have a higher number than that last rule, and the rule number must be referenced by the <literal>skipto</literal> action. In this ruleset, rule number <literal>500</literal> diverts all packets which match the outbound rules to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for <acronym>NAT</acronym> processing. The next rule allows any packet which has undergone <acronym>NAT</acronym> processing to pass."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60449
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$cmd 499 deny log all from any to any\n"
"$cmd 500 divert natd ip from any to any out via $pif # skipto location for outbound stateful rules\n"
"$cmd 510 allow ip from any to any"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60453
msgid "In this example, rules <literal>100</literal>, <literal>101</literal>, <literal>125</literal>, <literal>500</literal>, and <literal>510</literal> control the address translation of the outbound and inbound packets so that the entries in the dynamic state table always register the private <acronym>LAN</acronym> <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60461
msgid "Consider an internal web browser which initializes a new outbound <acronym>HTTP</acronym> session over port 80. When the first outbound packet enters the firewall, it does not match rule <literal>100</literal> because it is headed out rather than in. It passes rule <literal>101</literal> because this is the first packet and it has not been posted to the dynamic state table yet. The packet finally matches rule <literal>125</literal> as it is outbound on an allowed port and has a source <acronym>IP</acronym> address from the internal <acronym>LAN</acronym>. On matching this rule, two actions take place. First, the <literal>keep-state</literal> action adds an entry to the dynamic state table and the specified action, <literal>skipto rule 500</literal>, is executed. Next, the packet undergoes <acronym>NAT</acronym> and is sent out to the Internet. This packet makes its way to the destination web server, where a response packet is generated and sent back. This new packet enters the top of the ruleset. It matches rule <literal>100</literal> and has its destination <acronym>IP</acronym> address mapped back to the original internal address. It then is processed by the <literal>check-state</literal> rule, is found in the table as an existing session, and is released to the <acronym>LAN</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60485
msgid "On the inbound side, the ruleset has to deny bad packets and allow only authorized services. A packet which matches an inbound rule is posted to the dynamic state table and the packet is released to the <acronym>LAN</acronym>. The packet generated as a response is recognized by the <literal>check-state</literal> rule as belonging to an existing session. It is then sent to rule <literal>500</literal> to undergo <acronym>NAT</acronym> before being released to the outbound interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:60497
msgid "Port Redirection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60499
msgid "The drawback with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is that the <acronym>LAN</acronym> clients are not accessible from the Internet. Clients on the <acronym>LAN</acronym> can make outgoing connections to the world but cannot receive incoming ones. This presents a problem if trying to run Internet services on one of the <acronym>LAN</acronym> client machines. A simple way around this is to redirect selected Internet ports on the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> machine to a <acronym>LAN</acronym> client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60509
msgid "For example, an <acronym>IRC</acronym> server runs on client <systemitem>A</systemitem> and a web server runs on client <systemitem>B</systemitem>. For this to work properly, connections received on ports 6667 (<acronym>IRC</acronym>) and 80 (<acronym>HTTP</acronym>) must be redirected to the respective machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60516
msgid "The syntax for <option>-redirect_port</option> is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60519
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     -redirect_port proto targetIP:targetPORT[-targetPORT]\n"
"                 [aliasIP:]aliasPORT[-aliasPORT]\n"
"                 [remoteIP[:remotePORT[-remotePORT]]]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60523
msgid "In the above example, the argument should be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60525
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    -redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.2:6667 6667\n"
"    -redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.3:80 80"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60528
msgid "This redirects the proper <acronym>TCP</acronym> ports to the <acronym>LAN</acronym> client machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60531
msgid "Port ranges over individual ports can be indicated with <option>-redirect_port</option>. For example, <replaceable>tcp 192.168.0.2:2000-3000 2000-3000</replaceable> would redirect all connections received on ports 2000 to 3000 to ports 2000 to 3000 on client <systemitem>A</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60538
msgid "These options can be used when directly running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, placed within the <literal>natd_flags=\"\"</literal> option in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, or passed via a configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60544
msgid "For further configuration options, consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:60549
msgid "Address Redirection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60551
msgid "<primary>address redirection</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60555
msgid "Address redirection is useful if more than one <acronym>IP</acronym> address is available. Each <acronym>LAN</acronym> client can be assigned its own external <acronym>IP</acronym> address by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which will then rewrite outgoing packets from the <acronym>LAN</acronym> clients with the proper external <acronym>IP</acronym> address and redirects all traffic incoming on that particular <acronym>IP</acronym> address back to the specific <acronym>LAN</acronym> client. This is also known as static <acronym>NAT</acronym>. For example, if <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">128.1.1.1</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">128.1.1.2</systemitem>, and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">128.1.1.3</systemitem> are available, <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">128.1.1.1</systemitem> can be used as the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> machine's external <acronym>IP</acronym> address, while <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">128.1.1.2</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">128.1.1.3</systemitem> are forwarded back to <acronym>LAN</acronym> clients <systemitem>A</systemitem> and <systemitem>B</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60573
msgid "The <option>-redirect_address</option> syntax is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60576
#, no-wrap
msgid "-redirect_address localIP publicIP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:60583
msgid "localIP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:60584
msgid "The internal <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the <acronym>LAN</acronym> client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:60589
msgid "publicIP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:60590
msgid "The external <acronym>IP</acronym> address corresponding to the <acronym>LAN</acronym> client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60598
msgid "In the example, this argument would read:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60600
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"-redirect_address 192.168.0.2 128.1.1.2\n"
"-redirect_address 192.168.0.3 128.1.1.3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60603
msgid "Like <option>-redirect_port</option>, these arguments are placed within the <literal>natd_flags=\"\"</literal> option of <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, or passed via a configuration file. With address redirection, there is no need for port redirection since all data received on a particular <acronym>IP</acronym> address is redirected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60611
msgid "The external <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses on the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> machine must be active and aliased to the external interface. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:60619
msgid "The <application>IPFW</application> Command"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60621
msgid "<primary><command>ipfw</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60623
msgid "<command>ipfw</command> can be used to make manual, single rule additions or deletions to the active firewall while it is running. The problem with using this method is that all the changes are lost when the system reboots. It is recommended to instead write all the rules in a file and to use that file to load the rules at boot time and to replace the currently running firewall rules whenever that file changes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60632
msgid "<command>ipfw</command> is a useful way to display the running firewall rules to the console screen. The <application>IPFW</application> accounting facility dynamically creates a counter for each rule that counts each packet that matches the rule. During the process of testing a rule, listing the rule with its counter is one way to determine if the rule is functioning as expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60640
msgid "To list all the running rules in sequence:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60642
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw list</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60644
msgid "To list all the running rules with a time stamp of when the last time the rule was matched:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60647
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -t list</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60649
msgid "The next example lists accounting information and the packet count for matched rules along with the rules themselves. The first column is the rule number, followed by the number of matched packets and bytes, followed by the rule itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60655
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -a list</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60657
msgid "To list dynamic rules in addition to static rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60659
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -d list</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60661
msgid "To also show the expired dynamic rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60663
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -d -e list</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60665
msgid "To zero the counters:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60667
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw zero</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60669
msgid "To zero the counters for just the rule with number <replaceable>NUM</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60672
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw zero <replaceable>NUM</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:60675
msgid "Logging Firewall Messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60677
msgid "<primary><application>IPFW</application></primary> <secondary>logging</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60683
msgid "Even with the logging facility enabled, <application>IPFW</application> will not generate any rule logging on its own. The firewall administrator decides which rules in the ruleset will be logged, and adds the <literal>log</literal> keyword to those rules. Normally only deny rules are logged. It is customary to duplicate the <quote>ipfw default deny everything</quote> rule with the <literal>log</literal> keyword included as the last rule in the ruleset. This way, it is possible to see all the packets that did not match any of the rules in the ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60695
msgid "Logging is a two edged sword. If one is not careful, an over abundance of log data or a DoS attack can fill the disk with log files. Log messages are not only written to <application>syslogd</application>, but also are displayed on the root console screen and soon become annoying."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60701
msgid "The <literal>IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=5</literal> kernel option limits the number of consecutive messages sent to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, concerning the packet matching of a given rule. When this option is enabled in the kernel, the number of consecutive messages concerning a particular rule is capped at the number specified. There is nothing to be gained from 200 identical log messages. With this option set to five, five consecutive messages concerning a particular rule would be logged to <application>syslogd</application> and the remainder identical consecutive messages would be counted and posted to <application>syslogd</application> with a phrase like the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60715
#, no-wrap
msgid "last message repeated 45 times"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60717
msgid "All logged packets messages are written by default to <filename>/var/log/security</filename>, which is defined in <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:60723
msgid "Building a Rule Script"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60725
msgid "Most experienced <application>IPFW</application> users create a file containing the rules and code them in a manner compatible with running them as a script. The major benefit of doing this is the firewall rules can be refreshed in mass without the need of rebooting the system to activate them. This method is convenient in testing new rules as the procedure can be executed as many times as needed. Being a script, symbolic substitution can be used for frequently used values to be substituted into multiple rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60735
msgid "This example script is compatible with the syntax used by the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> shells. Symbolic substitution fields are prefixed with a dollar sign ($). Symbolic fields do not have the $ prefix. The value to populate the symbolic field must be enclosed in double quotes (\"\")."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60742
msgid "Start the rules file like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60744
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"############### start of example ipfw rules script #############\n"
"#\n"
"ipfw -q -f flush       # Delete all rules\n"
"# Set defaults\n"
"oif=\"tun0\"             # out interface\n"
"odns=\"192.0.2.11\"      # ISP's DNS server IP address\n"
"cmd=\"ipfw -q add \"     # build rule prefix\n"
"ks=\"keep-state\"        # just too lazy to key this each time\n"
"$cmd 00500 check-state\n"
"$cmd 00502 deny all from any to any frag\n"
"$cmd 00501 deny tcp from any to any established\n"
"$cmd 00600 allow tcp from any to any 80 out via $oif setup $ks\n"
"$cmd 00610 allow tcp from any to $odns 53 out via $oif setup $ks\n"
"$cmd 00611 allow udp from any to $odns 53 out via $oif $ks\n"
"################### End of example ipfw rules script ############"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60760
msgid "The rules are not important as the focus of this example is how the symbolic substitution fields are populated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60764
msgid "If the above example was in <filename>/etc/ipfw.rules</filename>, the rules could be reloaded by the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60768
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sh /etc/ipfw.rules</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60770
msgid "<filename>/etc/ipfw.rules</filename> can be located anywhere and the file can have any name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60773
msgid "The same thing could be accomplished by running these commands by hand:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60776
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q -f flush</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add check-state</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add deny all from any to any frag</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add deny tcp from any to any established</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add allow tcp from any to any 80 out via tun0 setup keep-state</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add allow tcp from any to 192.0.2.11 53 out via tun0 setup keep-state</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add 00611 allow udp from any to 192.0.2.11 53 out via tun0 keep-state</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:60788
msgid "IPFILTER (IPF)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60790
msgid "<primary>firewall</primary> <secondary><application>IPFILTER</application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:60796
msgid "<application>IPFILTER</application>, also known as <application>IPF</application>, is a cross-platform, open source firewall which has been ported to several operating systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, and <trademark>Solaris</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:60801
msgid "<application>IPFILTER</application> is a kernel-side firewall and <acronym>NAT</acronym> mechanism that can be controlled and monitored by userland programs. Firewall rules can be set or deleted using <application>ipf</application>, <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules can be set or deleted using <application>ipnat</application>, run-time statistics for the kernel parts of <application>IPFILTER</application> can be printed using <application>ipfstat</application>, and <application>ipmon</application> can be used to log <application>IPFILTER</application> actions to the system log files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:60813
msgid "<application>IPF</application> was originally written using a rule processing logic of <quote>the last matching rule wins</quote> and only used stateless rules. Since then, <application>IPF</application> has been enhanced to include the <literal>quick</literal> and <literal>keep state</literal> options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:60820
msgid "The <application>IPF</application> FAQ is at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.phildev.net/ipf/index.html\">http://www.phildev.net/ipf/index.html</uri>. A searchable archive of the IPFilter mailing list is available at <uri xlink:href=\"http://marc.info/?l=ipfilter\">http://marc.info/?l=ipfilter</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:60824
msgid "This section of the Handbook focuses on <application>IPF</application> as it pertains to FreeBSD. It provides examples of rules that contain the <literal>quick</literal> and <literal>keep state</literal> options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:60831
msgid "Enabling <application>IPF</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60833
msgid "<primary><application>IPFILTER</application></primary> <secondary>enabling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60839
msgid "<application>IPF</application> is included in the basic FreeBSD install as a kernel loadable module, meaning that a custom kernel is not needed in order to enable <application>IPF</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60844
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary><application>IPFILTER</application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60850
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPFILTER_LOG</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60856
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60862
msgid "<primary><application>IPFILTER</application></primary> <secondary>kernel options</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60868
msgid "For users who prefer to statically compile <application>IPF</application> support into a custom kernel, refer to the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>. The following kernel options are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60873
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options IPFILTER\n"
"options IPFILTER_LOG\n"
"options IPFILTER_LOOKUP\n"
"options IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60878
msgid "where <literal>options IPFILTER</literal> enables support for <application>IPFILTER</application>, <literal>options IPFILTER_LOG</literal> enables <application>IPF</application> logging using the <filename>ipl</filename> packet logging pseudo-device for every rule that has the <literal>log</literal> keyword, <literal>IPFILTER_LOOKUP</literal> enables <acronym>IP</acronym> pools in order to speed up <acronym>IP</acronym> lookups, and <literal>options IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK</literal> changes the default behavior so that any packet not matching a firewall <literal>pass</literal> rule gets blocked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60891
msgid "To configure the system to enable <application>IPF</application> at boot time, add the following entries to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. These entries will also enable logging and <literal>default pass all</literal>. To change the default policy to <literal>block all</literal> without compiling a custom kernel, remember to add a <literal>block all</literal> rule at the end of the ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60900
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ipfilter_enable=\"YES\"             # Start ipf firewall\n"
"ipfilter_rules=\"/etc/ipf.rules\"   # loads rules definition text file\n"
"ipmon_enable=\"YES\"                # Start IP monitor log\n"
"ipmon_flags=\"-Ds\"                 # D = start as daemon\n"
"                                  # s = log to syslog\n"
"                                  # v = log tcp window, ack, seq\n"
"                                  # n = map IP &amp; port to names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60908
msgid "If <acronym>NAT</acronym> functionality is needed, also add these lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60911
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gateway_enable=\"YES\"              # Enable as LAN gateway\n"
"ipnat_enable=\"YES\"                # Start ipnat function\n"
"ipnat_rules=\"/etc/ipnat.rules\"    # rules definition file for ipnat"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60915
msgid "Then, to start <application>IPF</application> now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60917
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ipfilter start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60919
msgid "To load the firewall rules, specify the name of the ruleset file using <command>ipf</command>. The following command can be used to replace the currently running firewall rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60924
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipf -Fa -f /etc/ipf.rules</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60926
msgid "where <option>-Fa</option> flushes all the internal rules tables and <option>-f</option> specifies the file containing the rules to load."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60930
msgid "This provides the ability to make changes to a custom ruleset and update the running firewall with a fresh copy of the rules without having to reboot the system. This method is convenient for testing new rules as the procedure can be executed as many times as needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60936
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details on the other flags available with this command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:60941
msgid "<application>IPF</application> Rule Syntax"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60943
msgid "<primary><application>IPFILTER</application></primary> <secondary>rule syntax</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60949
msgid "This section describes the <application>IPF</application> rule syntax used to create stateful rules. When creating rules, keep in mind that unless the <literal>quick</literal> keyword appears in a rule, every rule is read in order, with the <emphasis>last matching rule</emphasis> being the one that is applied. This means that even if the first rule to match a packet is a <literal>pass</literal>, if there is a later matching rule that is a <literal>block</literal>, the packet will be dropped. Sample rulesets can be found in <filename>/usr/share/examples/ipfilter</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60960
msgid "When creating rules, a <literal>#</literal> character is used to mark the start of a comment and may appear at the end of a rule, to explain that rule's function, or on its own line. Any blank lines are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60965
msgid "The keywords which are used in rules must be written in a specific order, from left to right. Some keywords are mandatory while others are optional. Some keywords have sub-options which may be keywords themselves and also include more sub-options. The keyword order is as follows, where the words shown in uppercase represent a variable and the words shown in lowercase must precede the variable that follows it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60974
msgid "<replaceable>ACTION DIRECTION OPTIONS proto PROTO_TYPE from SRC_ADDR SRC_PORT to DST_ADDR DST_PORT TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE keep state STATE</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60978
msgid "This section describes each of these keywords and their options. It is not an exhaustive list of every possible option. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a complete description of the rule syntax that can be used when creating <application>IPF</application> rules and examples for using each keyword."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60989
msgid "The action keyword indicates what to do with the packet if it matches that rule. Every rule <emphasis>must</emphasis> have an action. The following actions are recognized:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60994
msgid "<literal>block</literal>: drops the packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60996
msgid "<literal>pass</literal>: allows the packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60998
msgid "<literal>log</literal>: generates a log record."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61001
msgid "<literal>count</literal>: counts the number of packets and bytes which can provide an indication of how often a rule is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61005
msgid "<literal>auth</literal>: queues the packet for further processing by another program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61008
msgid "<literal>call</literal>: provides access to functions built into <application>IPF</application> that allow more complex actions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61012
msgid "<literal>decapsulate</literal>: removes any headers in order to process the contents of the packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:61018
msgid "DIRECTION"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61020
msgid "Next, each rule must explicitly state the direction of traffic using one of these keywords:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61023
msgid "<literal>in</literal>: the rule is applied against an inbound packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61026
msgid "<literal>out</literal>: the rule is applied against an outbound packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61029
msgid "<literal>all</literal>: the rule applies to either direction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61032
msgid "If the system has multiple interfaces, the interface can be specified along with the direction. An example would be <literal>in on fxp0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61041
msgid "Options are optional. However, if multiple options are specified, they must be used in the order shown here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61045
msgid "<literal>log</literal>: when performing the specified ACTION, the contents of the packet's headers will be written to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> packet log pseudo-device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61050
msgid "<literal>quick</literal>: if a packet matches this rule, the ACTION specified by the rule occurs and no further processing of any following rules will occur for this packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61055
msgid "<literal>on</literal>: must be followed by the interface name as displayed by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The rule will only match if the packet is going through the specified interface in the specified direction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61060
msgid "When using the <literal>log</literal> keyword, the following qualifiers may be used in this order:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61064
msgid "<literal>body</literal>: indicates that the first 128 bytes of the packet contents will be logged after the headers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61068
msgid "<literal>first</literal>: if the <literal>log</literal> keyword is being used in conjunction with a <literal>keep state</literal> option, this option is recommended so that only the triggering packet is logged and not every packet which matches the stateful connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61075
msgid "Additional options are available to specify error return messages. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:61083
msgid "PROTO_TYPE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61085
msgid "The protocol type is optional. However, it is mandatory if the rule needs to specify a SRC_PORT or a DST_PORT as it defines the type of protocol. When specifying the type of protocol, use the <literal>proto</literal> keyword followed by either a protocol number or name from <filename>/etc/protocols</filename>. Example protocol names include <literal>tcp</literal>, <literal>udp</literal>, or <literal>icmp</literal>. If PROTO_TYPE is specified but no SRC_PORT or DST_PORT is specified, all port numbers for that protocol will match that rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:61101
msgid "SRC_ADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61103
msgid "The <literal>from</literal> keyword is mandatory and is followed by a keyword which represents the source of the packet. The source can be a hostname, an <acronym>IP</acronym> address followed by the <acronym>CIDR</acronym> mask, an address pool, or the keyword <literal>all</literal>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61111
msgid "There is no way to match ranges of <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses which do not express themselves easily using the dotted numeric form / mask-length notation. The <package>net-mgmt/ipcalc</package> package or port may be used to ease the calculation of the <acronym>CIDR</acronym> mask. Additional information is available at the utility's web page: <uri xlink:href=\"http://jodies.de/ipcalc\">http://jodies.de/ipcalc</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61125
msgid "The port number of the source is optional. However, if it is used, it requires PROTO_TYPE to be first defined in the rule. The port number must also be preceded by the <literal>proto</literal> keyword."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61130
msgid "A number of different comparison operators are supported: <literal>=</literal> (equal to), <literal>!=</literal> (not equal to), <literal>&lt;</literal> (less than), <literal>&gt;</literal> (greater than), <literal>&lt;=</literal> (less than or equal to), and <literal>&gt;=</literal> (greater than or equal to)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61139
msgid "To specify port ranges, place the two port numbers between <literal>&lt;&gt;</literal> (less than and greater than ), <literal>&gt;&lt;</literal> (greater than and less than ), or <literal>:</literal> (greater than or equal to and less than or equal to)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:61148
msgid "DST_ADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61150
msgid "The <literal>to</literal> keyword is mandatory and is followed by a keyword which represents the destination of the packet. Similar to SRC_ADDR, it can be a hostname, an <acronym>IP</acronym> address followed by the <acronym>CIDR</acronym> mask, an address pool, or the keyword <literal>all</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61162
msgid "Similar to SRC_PORT, the port number of the destination is optional. However, if it is used, it requires PROTO_TYPE to be first defined in the rule. The port number must also be preceded by the <literal>proto</literal> keyword."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:61171
msgid "TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61173
msgid "If <literal>tcp</literal> is specifed as the PROTO_TYPE, flags can be specified as letters, where each letter represents one of the possible <acronym>TCP</acronym> flags used to determine the state of a connection. Possible values are: <literal>S</literal> (SYN), <literal>A</literal> (ACK), <literal>P</literal> (PSH), <literal>F</literal> (FIN), <literal>U</literal> (URG), <literal>R</literal> (RST), <literal>C</literal> (CWN), and <literal>E</literal> (ECN)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61187
msgid "If <literal>icmp</literal> is specifed as the PROTO_TYPE, the <acronym>ICMP</acronym> type to match can be specified. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the allowable types."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:61195
msgid "STATE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61197
msgid "If a <literal>pass</literal> rule contains <literal>keep state</literal>, <application>IPF</application> will add an entry to its dynamic state table and allow subsequent packets that match the connection. <application>IPF</application> can track state for <acronym>TCP</acronym>, <acronym>UDP</acronym>, and <acronym>ICMP</acronym> sessions. Any packet that <application>IPF</application> can be certain is part of an active session, even if it is a different protocol, will be allowed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61209
msgid "In <application>IPF</application>, packets destined to go out through the interface connected to the public Internet are first checked against the dynamic state table. If the packet matches the next expected packet comprising an active session conversation, it exits the firewall and the state of the session conversation flow is updated in the dynamic state table. Packets that do not belong to an already active session are checked against the outbound ruleset. Packets coming in from the interface connected to the public Internet are first checked against the dynamic state table. If the packet matches the next expected packet comprising an active session, it exits the firewall and the state of the session conversation flow is updated in the dynamic state table. Packets that do not belong to an already active session are checked against the inbound ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61227
msgid "Several keywords can be added after <literal>keep state</literal>. If used, these keywords set various options that control stateful filtering, such as setting connection limits or connection age. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the list of available options and their descriptions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61241
msgid "This section demonstrates how to create an example ruleset which only allows services matching <literal>pass</literal> rules and blocks all others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61245
msgid "FreeBSD uses the loopback interface (<filename>lo0</filename>) and the <acronym>IP</acronym> address <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">127.0.0.1</systemitem> for internal communication. The firewall ruleset must contain rules to allow free movement of these internally used packets:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61252
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# no restrictions on loopback interface\n"
"pass in quick on lo0 all\n"
"pass out quick on lo0 all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61256
msgid "The public interface connected to the Internet is used to authorize and control access of all outbound and inbound connections. If one or more interfaces are cabled to private networks, those internal interfaces may require rules to allow packets originating from the <acronym>LAN</acronym> to flow between the internal networks or to the interface attached to the Internet. The ruleset should be organized into three major sections: any trusted internal interfaces, outbound connections through the public interface, and inbound connections through the public interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61267
msgid "These two rules allow all traffic to pass through a trusted <acronym>LAN</acronym> interface named <filename>xl0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61271
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# no restrictions on inside LAN interface for private network\n"
"pass out quick on xl0 all\n"
"pass in quick on xl0 all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61275
msgid "The rules for the public interface's outbound and inbound sections should have the most frequently matched rules placed before less commonly matched rules, with the last rule in the section blocking and logging all packets for that interface and direction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61281
msgid "This set of rules defines the outbound section of the public interface named <filename>dc0</filename>. These rules keep state and identify the specific services that internal systems are authorized for public Internet access. All the rules use <literal>quick</literal> and specify the appropriate port numbers and, where applicable, destination addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61289
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# interface facing Internet (outbound)\n"
"# Matches session start requests originating from or behind the\n"
"# firewall, destined for the Internet.\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound access to public DNS servers.\n"
"# Replace x.x.x. with address listed in /etc/resolv.conf.\n"
"# Repeat for each DNS server.\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to x.x.x. port = 53 flags S keep state\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto udp from any to xxx port = 53 keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow access to ISP's specified DHCP server for cable or DSL networks.\n"
"# Use the first rule, then check log for the IP address of DHCP server.\n"
"# Then, uncomment the second rule, replace z.z.z.z with the IP address,\n"
"# and comment out the first rule\n"
"pass out log quick on dc0 proto udp from any to any port = 67 keep state\n"
"#pass out quick on dc0 proto udp from any to z.z.z.z port = 67 keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow HTTP and HTTPS\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 80 flags S keep state\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 443 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow email\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 110 flags S keep state\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 25 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow NTP\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 37 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow FTP\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 21 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow SSH\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 22 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow ping\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto icmp from any to any icmp-type 8 keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Block and log everything else\n"
"block out log first quick on dc0 all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61329
msgid "This example of the rules in the inbound section of the public interface blocks all undesirable packets first. This reduces the number of packets that are logged by the last rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61334
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# interface facing Internet (inbound)\n"
"# Block all inbound traffic from non-routable or reserved address spaces\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 192.168.0.0/16 to any    #RFC 1918 private IP\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 172.16.0.0/12 to any     #RFC 1918 private IP\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 10.0.0.0/8 to any        #RFC 1918 private IP\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 127.0.0.0/8 to any       #loopback\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 0.0.0.0/8 to any         #loopback\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 169.254.0.0/16 to any    #DHCP auto-config\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 192.0.2.0/24 to any      #reserved for docs\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 204.152.64.0/23 to any   #Sun cluster interconnect\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 224.0.0.0/3 to any       #Class D &amp; E multicast\n"
"\n"
"# Block fragments and too short tcp packets\n"
"block in quick on dc0 all with frags\n"
"block in quick on dc0 proto tcp all with short\n"
"\n"
"# block source routed packets\n"
"block in quick on dc0 all with opt lsrr\n"
"block in quick on dc0 all with opt ssrr\n"
"\n"
"# Block OS fingerprint attempts and log first occurrence\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any flags FUP\n"
"\n"
"# Block anything with special options\n"
"block in quick on dc0 all with ipopts\n"
"\n"
"# Block public pings and ident\n"
"block in quick on dc0 proto icmp all icmp-type 8\n"
"block in quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 113\n"
"\n"
"# Block incoming Netbios services\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 137\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 138\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 139\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 81"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61370
msgid "Any time there are logged messages on a rule with the <literal>log first</literal> option, run <command>ipfstat -hio</command> to evaluate how many times the rule has been matched. A large number of matches may indicate that the system is under attack."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61376
msgid "The rest of the rules in the inbound section define which connections are allowed to be initiated from the Internet. The last rule denies all connections which were not explicitly allowed by previous rules in this section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61381
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Allow traffic in from ISP's DHCP server. Replace z.z.z.z with\n"
"# the same IP address used in the outbound section.\n"
"pass in quick on dc0 proto udp from z.z.z.z to any port = 68 keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow public connections to specified internal web server\n"
"pass in quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to x.x.x.x port = 80 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Block and log only first occurrence of all remaining traffic.\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61397
msgid "<primary>IP masquerading</primary> <see>NAT</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61403
msgid "<primary>network address translation</primary> <see>NAT</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61409
msgid "<primary><command>ipnat</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61411
msgid "To enable <acronym>NAT</acronym>, add these statements to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and specify the name of the file containing the <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61415
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gateway_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"ipnat_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"ipnat_rules=\"/etc/ipnat.rules\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61419
msgid "<acronym>NAT</acronym> rules are flexible and can accomplish many different things to fit the needs of both commercial and home users. The rule syntax presented here has been simplified to demonstrate common usage. For a complete rule syntax description, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipnat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61425
msgid "The basic syntax for a <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule is as follows, where <literal>map</literal> starts the rule and <replaceable>IF</replaceable> should be replaced with the name of the external interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61430
#, no-wrap
msgid "map <replaceable>IF</replaceable> <replaceable>LAN_IP_RANGE</replaceable> -&gt; <replaceable>PUBLIC_ADDRESS</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61432
msgid "The <replaceable>LAN_IP_RANGE</replaceable> is the range of <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses used by internal clients. Usually, it is a private address range such as <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.0/24</systemitem>. The <replaceable>PUBLIC_ADDRESS</replaceable> can either be the static external <acronym>IP</acronym> address or the keyword <literal>0/32</literal> which represents the <acronym>IP</acronym> address assigned to <replaceable>IF</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61441
msgid "In <application>IPF</application>, when a packet arrives at the firewall from the <acronym>LAN</acronym> with a public destination, it first passes through the outbound rules of the firewall ruleset. Then, the packet is passed to the <acronym>NAT</acronym> ruleset which is read from the top down, where the first matching rule wins. <application>IPF</application> tests each <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule against the packet's interface name and source <acronym>IP</acronym> address. When a packet's interface name matches a <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule, the packet's source <acronym>IP</acronym> address in the private <acronym>LAN</acronym> is checked to see if it falls within the <acronym>IP</acronym> address range specified in <replaceable>LAN_IP_RANGE</replaceable>. On a match, the packet has its source <acronym>IP</acronym> address rewritten with the public <acronym>IP</acronym> address specified by <replaceable>PUBLIC_ADDRESS</replaceable>. <application>IPF</application> posts an entry in its internal <acronym>NAT</acronym> table so that when the packet returns from the Internet, it can be mapped back to its original private <acronym>IP</acronym> address before being passed to the firewall rules for further processing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61464
msgid "For networks that have large numbers of internal systems or multiple subnets, the process of funneling every private <acronym>IP</acronym> address into a single public <acronym>IP</acronym> address becomes a resource problem. Two methods are available to relieve this issue."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61470
msgid "The first method is to assign a range of ports to use as source ports. By adding the <literal>portmap</literal> keyword, <acronym>NAT</acronym> can be directed to only use source ports in the specified range:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61475
#, no-wrap
msgid "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -&gt; 0/32 portmap tcp/udp 20000:60000"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61477
msgid "Alternately, use the <literal>auto</literal> keyword which tells <acronym>NAT</acronym> to determine the ports that are available for use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61481
#, no-wrap
msgid "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -&gt; 0/32 portmap tcp/udp auto"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61483
msgid "The second method is to use a pool of public addresses. This is useful when there are too many <acronym>LAN</acronym> addresses to fit into a single public address and a block of public <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses is available. These public addresses can be used as a pool from which <acronym>NAT</acronym> selects an <acronym>IP</acronym> address as a packet's address is mapped on its way out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61492
msgid "The range of public <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses can be specified using a netmask or <acronym>CIDR</acronym> notation. These two rules are equivalent:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61496
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -&gt; 204.134.75.0/255.255.255.0\n"
"map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -&gt; 204.134.75.0/24"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61499
msgid "A common practice is to have a publically accessible web server or mail server segregated to an internal network segment. The traffic from these servers still has to undergo <acronym>NAT</acronym>, but port redirection is needed to direct inbound traffic to the correct server. For example, to map a web server using the internal address <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.10.25</systemitem> to its public <acronym>IP</acronym> address of <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">20.20.20.5</systemitem>, use this rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61508
#, no-wrap
msgid "rdr dc0 20.20.20.5/32 port 80 -&gt; 10.0.10.25 port 80"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61510
msgid "If it is the only web server, this rule would also work as it redirects all external <acronym>HTTP</acronym> requests to <literal>10.0.10.25</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61514
#, no-wrap
msgid "rdr dc0 0.0.0.0/0 port 80 -&gt; 10.0.10.25 port 80"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61516
msgid "<application>IPF</application> has a built in <acronym>FTP</acronym> proxy which can be used with <acronym>NAT</acronym>. It monitors all outbound traffic for active or passive <acronym>FTP</acronym> connection requests and dynamically creates temporary filter rules containing the port number used by the <acronym>FTP</acronym> data channel. This eliminates the need to open large ranges of high order ports for <acronym>FTP</acronym> connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61525
msgid "In this example, the first rule calls the proxy for outbound <acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic from the internal <acronym>LAN</acronym>. The second rule passes the <acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic from the firewall to the Internet, and the third rule handles all non-<acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic from the internal <acronym>LAN</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61533
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"map dc0 10.0.10.0/29 -&gt; 0/32 proxy port 21 ftp/tcp\n"
"map dc0 0.0.0.0/0 -&gt; 0/32 proxy port 21 ftp/tcp\n"
"map dc0 10.0.10.0/29 -&gt; 0/32"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61537
msgid "The <acronym>FTP</acronym> <literal>map</literal> rules go before the <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule so that when a packet matches an <acronym>FTP</acronym> rule, the <acronym>FTP</acronym> proxy creates temporary filter rules to let the <acronym>FTP</acronym> session packets pass and undergo <acronym>NAT</acronym>. All LAN packets that are not <acronym>FTP</acronym> will not match the <acronym>FTP</acronym> rules but will undergo <acronym>NAT</acronym> if they match the third rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61547
msgid "Without the <acronym>FTP</acronym> proxy, the following firewall rules would instead be needed. Note that without the proxy, all ports above <literal>1024</literal> need to be allowed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61552
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Allow out LAN PC client FTP to public Internet\n"
"# Active and passive modes\n"
"pass out quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port = 21 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow out passive mode data channel high order port numbers\n"
"pass out quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port &gt; 1024 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Active mode let data channel in from FTP server\n"
"pass in quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port = 20 flags S keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61562
msgid "Whenever the file containing the <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules is edited, run <command>ipnat</command> with <option>-CF</option> to delete the current <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules and flush the contents of the dynamic translation table. Include <option>-f</option> and specify the name of the <acronym>NAT</acronym> ruleset to load:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61570
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipnat -CF -f /etc/ipnat.rules</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61572
msgid "To display the <acronym>NAT</acronym> statistics:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61574
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipnat -s</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61576
msgid "To list the <acronym>NAT</acronym> table's current mappings:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61579
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipnat -l</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61581
msgid "To turn verbose mode on and display information relating to rule processing and active rules and table entries:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61584
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipnat -v</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:61700
msgid "Viewing <application>IPF</application> Statistics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61702
msgid "<primary><command>ipfstat</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61704
msgid "<primary><application>IPFILTER</application></primary> <secondary>statistics</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61710
msgid "<application>IPF</application> includes <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> which can be used to retrieve and display statistics which are gathered as packets match rules as they go through the firewall. Statistics are accumulated since the firewall was last started or since the last time they were reset to zero using <command>ipf -Z</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61719
msgid "The default <command>ipfstat</command> output looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61722
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"input packets: blocked 99286 passed 1255609 nomatch 14686 counted 0\n"
" output packets: blocked 4200 passed 1284345 nomatch 14687 counted 0\n"
" input packets logged: blocked 99286 passed 0\n"
" output packets logged: blocked 0 passed 0\n"
" packets logged: input 0 output 0\n"
" log failures: input 3898 output 0\n"
" fragment state(in): kept 0 lost 0\n"
" fragment state(out): kept 0 lost 0\n"
" packet state(in): kept 169364 lost 0\n"
" packet state(out): kept 431395 lost 0\n"
" ICMP replies: 0 TCP RSTs sent: 0\n"
" Result cache hits(in): 1215208 (out): 1098963\n"
" IN Pullups succeeded: 2 failed: 0\n"
" OUT Pullups succeeded: 0 failed: 0\n"
" Fastroute successes: 0 failures: 0\n"
" TCP cksum fails(in): 0 (out): 0\n"
" Packet log flags set: (0)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61740
msgid "Several options are available. When supplied with either <option>-i</option> for inbound or <option>-o</option> for outbound, the command will retrieve and display the appropriate list of filter rules currently installed and in use by the kernel. To also see the rule numbers, include <option>-n</option>. For example, <command>ipfstat -on</command> displays the outbound rules table with rule numbers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61749
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"@1 pass out on xl0 from any to any\n"
"@2 block out on dc0 from any to any\n"
"@3 pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61753
msgid "Include <option>-h</option> to prefix each rule with a count of how many times the rule was matched. For example, <command>ipfstat -oh</command> displays the outbound internal rules table, prefixing each rule with its usage count:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61758
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"2451423 pass out on xl0 from any to any\n"
"354727 block out on dc0 from any to any\n"
"430918 pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61762
msgid "To display the state table in a format similar to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, use <command>ipfstat -t</command>. When the firewall is under attack, this option provides the ability to identify and see the attacking packets. The optional sub-flags give the ability to select the destination or source <acronym>IP</acronym>, port, or protocol to be monitored in real time. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:61772
msgid "<application>IPF</application> Logging"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61774
msgid "<primary><command>ipmon</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61776
msgid "<primary><application>IPFILTER</application></primary> <secondary>logging</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61782
msgid "<application>IPF</application> provides <command>ipmon</command>, which can be used to write the firewall's logging information in a human readable format. It requires that <literal>options IPFILTER_LOG</literal> be first added to a custom kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61788
msgid "This command is typically run in daemon mode in order to provide a continuous system log file so that logging of past events may be reviewed. Since FreeBSD has a built in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> facility to automatically rotate system logs, the default <filename>rc.conf</filename> <literal>ipmon_flags</literal> statement uses <option>-Ds</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61796
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ipmon_flags=\"-Ds\" # D = start as daemon\n"
"                  # s = log to syslog\n"
"                  # v = log tcp window, ack, seq\n"
"                  # n = map IP &amp; port to names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61801
msgid "Logging provides the ability to review, after the fact, information such as which packets were dropped, what addresses they came from, and where they were going. This information is useful in tracking down attackers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61806
msgid "Once the logging facility is enabled in <filename>rc.conf</filename> and started with <command>service ipmon start</command>, <application>IPF</application> will only log the rules which contain the <literal>log</literal> keyword. The firewall administrator decides which rules in the ruleset should be logged and normally only deny rules are logged. It is customary to include the <literal>log</literal> keyword in the last rule in the ruleset. This makes it possible to see all the packets that did not match any of the rules in the ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61817
msgid "By default, <command>ipmon -Ds</command> mode uses <literal>local0</literal> as the logging facility. The following logging levels can be used to further segregate the logged data:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61822
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"LOG_INFO - packets logged using the \"log\" keyword as the action rather than pass or block.\n"
"LOG_NOTICE - packets logged which are also passed\n"
"LOG_WARNING - packets logged which are also blocked\n"
"LOG_ERR - packets which have been logged and which can be considered short due to an incomplete header"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61827
msgid "In order to setup <application>IPF</application> to log all data to <filename>/var/log/ipfilter.log</filename>, first create the empty file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61831
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>touch /var/log/ipfilter.log</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61833
msgid "Then, to write all logged messages to the specified file, add the following statement to <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61837
#, no-wrap
msgid "local0.* /var/log/ipfilter.log"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61839
msgid "To activate the changes and instruct <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to read the modified <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>, run <command>service syslogd reload</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61843
msgid "Do not forget to edit <filename>/etc/newsyslog.conf</filename> to rotate the new log file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61847
msgid "Messages generated by <command>ipmon</command> consist of data fields separated by white space. Fields common to all messages are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61853
msgid "The date of packet receipt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61857
msgid "The time of packet receipt. This is in the form HH:MM:SS.F, for hours, minutes, seconds, and fractions of a second."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61863
msgid "The name of the interface that processed the packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61868
msgid "The group and rule number of the rule in the format <literal>@0:17</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61873
msgid "The action: <literal>p</literal> for passed, <literal>b</literal> for blocked, <literal>S</literal> for a short packet, <literal>n</literal> did not match any rules, and <literal>L</literal> for a log rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61880
msgid "The addresses written as three fields: the source address and port separated by a comma, the -&gt; symbol, and the destination address and port. For example: <literal>209.53.17.22,80 -&gt; 198.73.220.17,1722</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61888
msgid "<literal>PR</literal> followed by the protocol name or number: for example, <literal>PR tcp</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61893
msgid "<literal>len</literal> followed by the header length and total length of the packet: for example, <literal>len 20 40</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61899
msgid "If the packet is a <acronym>TCP</acronym> packet, there will be an additional field starting with a hyphen followed by letters corresponding to any flags that were set. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a list of letters and their flags."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61904
msgid "If the packet is an <acronym>ICMP</acronym> packet, there will be two fields at the end: the first always being <quote>icmp</quote> and the next being the <acronym>ICMP</acronym> message and sub-message type, separated by a slash. For example: <literal>icmp 3/3</literal> for a port unreachable message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:61922
msgid "Advanced Networking"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:61927
msgid "This chapter covers a number of advanced networking topics."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61934
msgid "The basics of gateways and routes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61938
msgid "How to set up USB tethering."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61942
msgid "How to set up <trademark class=\"registered\">IEEE</trademark> 802.11 and <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61947
msgid "How to make FreeBSD act as a bridge."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61951
msgid "How to set up network <acronym>PXE</acronym> booting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61956
msgid "How to set up <acronym>IPv6</acronym> on a FreeBSD machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61961
msgid "How to enable and utilize the features of the Common Address Redundancy Protocol (<acronym>CARP</acronym>) in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61967
msgid "How to configure multiple <acronym>VLANs</acronym> on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61976
msgid "Understand the basics of the <filename>/etc/rc</filename> scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61985
msgid "Know how to configure and install a new FreeBSD kernel (<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:61999
msgid "Gateways and Routes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:62002
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Coranth</firstname> <surname>Gryphon</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62012
msgid "<primary>routing</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62015
msgid "<primary>gateway</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62018
msgid "<primary>subnet</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:62022
msgid "<firstterm>Routing</firstterm> is the mechanism that allows a system to find the network path to another system. A <firstterm>route</firstterm> is a defined pair of addresses which represent the <quote>destination</quote> and a <quote>gateway</quote>. The route indicates that when trying to get to the specified destination, send the packets through the specified gateway. There are three types of destinations: individual hosts, subnets, and <quote>default</quote>. The <quote>default route</quote> is used if no other routes apply. There are also three types of gateways: individual hosts, interfaces, also called links, and Ethernet hardware (<acronym>MAC</acronym>) addresses. Known routes are stored in a routing table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:62036
msgid "This section provides an overview of routing basics. It then demonstrates how to configure a FreeBSD system as a router and offers some troubleshooting tips."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:62041
msgid "Routing Basics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62043
msgid "To view the routing table of a FreeBSD system, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>netstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62046
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>netstat -r</userinput>\n"
"Routing tables\n"
"\n"
"Internet:\n"
"Destination      Gateway            Flags     Refs     Use     Netif Expire\n"
"default          outside-gw         UGS        37      418       em0\n"
"localhost        localhost          UH          0      181       lo0\n"
"test0            0:e0:b5:36:cf:4f   UHLW        5    63288       re0     77\n"
"10.20.30.255     link#1             UHLW        1     2421\n"
"example.com      link#1             UC          0        0\n"
"host1            0:e0:a8:37:8:1e    UHLW        3     4601       lo0\n"
"host2            0:e0:a8:37:8:1e    UHLW        0        5       lo0 =&gt;\n"
"host2.example.com link#1            UC          0        0\n"
"224              link#1             UC          0        0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62061
msgid "The entries in this example are as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:62065
msgid "default"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62067
msgid "The first route in this table specifies the <literal>default</literal> route. When the local system needs to make a connection to a remote host, it checks the routing table to determine if a known path exists. If the remote host matches an entry in the table, the system checks to see if it can connect using the interface specified in that entry."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62075
msgid "If the destination does not match an entry, or if all known paths fail, the system uses the entry for the default route. For hosts on a local area network, the <literal>Gateway</literal> field in the default route is set to the system which has a direct connection to the Internet. When reading this entry, verify that the <literal>Flags</literal> column indicates that the gateway is usable (<literal>UG</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62084
msgid "The default route for a machine which itself is functioning as the gateway to the outside world will be the gateway machine at the Internet Service Provider (<acronym>ISP</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:62092
msgid "localhost"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62094
msgid "The second route is the <literal>localhost</literal> route. The interface specified in the <literal>Netif</literal> column for <literal>localhost</literal> is <filename>lo0</filename>, also known as the loopback device. This indicates that all traffic for this destination should be internal, rather than sending it out over the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:62106
msgid "MAC address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62108
msgid "The addresses beginning with <systemitem class=\"etheraddress\">0:e0:</systemitem> are <acronym>MAC</acronym> addresses. FreeBSD will automatically identify any hosts, <systemitem>test0</systemitem> in the example, on the local Ethernet and add a route for that host over the Ethernet interface, <filename>re0</filename>. This type of route has a timeout, seen in the <literal>Expire</literal> column, which is used if the host does not respond in a specific amount of time. When this happens, the route to this host will be automatically deleted. These hosts are identified using the Routing Information Protocol (<acronym>RIP</acronym>), which calculates routes to local hosts based upon a shortest path determination."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:62127
msgid "subnet"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62129
msgid "FreeBSD will automatically add subnet routes for the local subnet. In this example, <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.20.30.255</systemitem> is the broadcast address for the subnet <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.20.30</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem> is the domain name associated with that subnet. The designation <literal>link#1</literal> refers to the first Ethernet card in the machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62137
msgid "Local network hosts and local subnets have their routes automatically configured by a daemon called <citerefentry><refentrytitle>routed</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. If it is not running, only routes which are statically defined by the administrator will exist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:62146
msgid "host"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62148
msgid "The <literal>host1</literal> line refers to the host by its Ethernet address. Since it is the sending host, FreeBSD knows to use the loopback interface (<filename>lo0</filename>) rather than the Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62154
msgid "The two <literal>host2</literal> lines represent aliases which were created using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <literal>=&gt;</literal> symbol after the <filename>lo0</filename> interface says that an alias has been set in addition to the loopback address. Such routes only show up on the host that supports the alias and all other hosts on the local network will have a <literal>link#1</literal> line for such routes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:62166
msgid "224"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:62168
msgid "The final line (destination subnet <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">224</systemitem>) deals with multicasting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62174
msgid "Various attributes of each route can be seen in the <literal>Flags</literal> column. <xref linkend=\"routeflags\"/> summarizes some of these flags and their meanings:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:62179
msgid "Commonly Seen Routing Table Flags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:62191 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "U"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62192
msgid "The route is active (up)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:62196 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "H"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62197
msgid "The route destination is a single host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:62201 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "G"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62202
msgid "Send anything for this destination on to this gateway, which will figure out from there where to send it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:62208 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "S"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62209
msgid "This route was statically configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:62213 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "C"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62214
msgid "Clones a new route based upon this route for machines to connect to. This type of route is normally used for local networks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62220
msgid "W"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62221
msgid "The route was auto-configured based upon a local area network (clone) route."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:62226 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "L"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62227
msgid "Route involves references to Ethernet (link) hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62234
msgid "On a FreeBSD system, the default route can defined in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> by specifying the <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the default gateway:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62238
#, no-wrap
msgid "defaultrouter=\"10.20.30.1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62240
msgid "It is also possible to manually add the route using <command>route</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62243
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>route add default 10.20.30.1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62245
msgid "Note that manually added routes will not survive a reboot. For more information on manual manipulation of network routing tables, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>route</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:62252
msgid "Configuring a Router with Static Routes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:62255
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Al</firstname> <surname>Hoang</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62266
msgid "<primary>dual homed hosts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62270
msgid "A FreeBSD system can be configured as the default gateway, or router, for a network if it is a dual-homed system. A dual-homed system is a host which resides on at least two different networks. Typically, each network is connected to a separate network interface, though <acronym>IP</acronym> aliasing can be used to bind multiple addresses, each on a different subnet, to one physical interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62282
msgid "In order for the system to forward packets between interfaces, FreeBSD must be configured as a router. Internet standards and good engineering practice prevent the FreeBSD Project from enabling this feature by default, but it can be configured to start at boot by adding this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62289
#, no-wrap
msgid "gateway_enable=\"YES\"          # Set to YES if this host will be a gateway"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62291
msgid "To enable routing now, set the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable <varname>net.inet.ip.forwarding</varname> to <literal>1</literal>. To stop routing, reset this variable to <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62296
msgid "<primary>BGP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62299
msgid "<primary>RIP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62302
msgid "<primary>OSPF</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62306
msgid "The routing table of a router needs additional routes so it knows how to reach other networks. Routes can be either added manually using static routes or routes can be automatically learned using a routing protocol. Static routes are appropriate for small networks and this section describes how to add a static routing entry for a small network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62314
msgid "For large networks, static routes quickly become unscalable. FreeBSD comes with the standard <acronym>BSD</acronym> routing daemon <citerefentry><refentrytitle>routed</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which provides the routing protocols <acronym>RIP</acronym>, versions 1 and 2, and <acronym>IRDP</acronym>. Support for the <acronym>BGP</acronym> and <acronym>OSPF</acronym> routing protocols can be installed using the <package>net/zebra</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62324
msgid "Consider the following network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:62328
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='advanced-networking/static-routes' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:62332
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    INTERNET\n"
"      | (10.0.0.1/24) Default Router to Internet\n"
"      |\n"
"      |Interface xl0\n"
"      |10.0.0.10/24\n"
"   +------+\n"
"   |      | RouterA\n"
"   |      | (FreeBSD gateway)\n"
"   +------+\n"
"      | Interface xl1\n"
"      | 192.168.1.1/24\n"
"      |\n"
"  +--------------------------------+\n"
"   Internal Net 1      | 192.168.1.2/24\n"
"                       |\n"
"                   +------+\n"
"                   |      | RouterB\n"
"                   |      |\n"
"                   +------+\n"
"                       | 192.168.2.1/24\n"
"                       |\n"
"                     Internal Net 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62358
msgid "In this scenario, <systemitem>RouterA</systemitem> is a FreeBSD machine that is acting as a router to the rest of the Internet. It has a default route set to <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.1</systemitem> which allows it to connect with the outside world. <systemitem>RouterB</systemitem> is already configured to use <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.1</systemitem> as its default gateway."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62366
msgid "Before adding any static routes, the routing table on <systemitem>RouterA</systemitem> looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62369
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>netstat -nr</userinput>\n"
"Routing tables\n"
"\n"
"Internet:\n"
"Destination        Gateway            Flags    Refs      Use  Netif  Expire\n"
"default            10.0.0.1           UGS         0    49378    xl0\n"
"127.0.0.1          127.0.0.1          UH          0        6    lo0\n"
"10.0.0.0/24        link#1             UC          0        0    xl0\n"
"192.168.1.0/24     link#2             UC          0        0    xl1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62379
msgid "With the current routing table, <systemitem>RouterA</systemitem> does not have a route to the <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.2.0/24</systemitem> network. The following command adds the <literal>Internal Net 2</literal> network to <systemitem>RouterA</systemitem>'s routing table using <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.2</systemitem> as the next hop:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62387
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>route add -net 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.1.2</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62389
msgid "Now, <systemitem>RouterA</systemitem> can reach any host on the <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.2.0/24</systemitem> network. However, the routing information will not persist if the FreeBSD system reboots. If a static route needs to be persistent, add it to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62395
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Add Internal Net 2 as a persistent static route\n"
"static_routes=\"internalnet2\"\n"
"route_internalnet2=\"-net 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.1.2\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62399
msgid "The <literal>static_routes</literal> configuration variable is a list of strings separated by a space, where each string references a route name. The variable <literal>route_<replaceable>internalnet2</replaceable></literal> contains the static route for that route name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62405
msgid "Using more than one string in <literal>static_routes</literal> creates multiple static routes. The following shows an example of adding static routes for the <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.0.0/24</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.0/24</systemitem> networks:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62412
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"static_routes=\"net1 net2\"\n"
"route_net1=\"-net 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.0.1\"\n"
"route_net2=\"-net 192.168.1.0/24 192.168.1.1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62420
msgid "When an address space is assigned to a network, the service provider configures their routing tables so that all traffic for the network will be sent to the link for the site. But how do external sites know to send their packets to the network's <acronym>ISP</acronym>?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62426
msgid "There is a system that keeps track of all assigned address spaces and defines their point of connection to the Internet backbone, or the main trunk lines that carry Internet traffic across the country and around the world. Each backbone machine has a copy of a master set of tables, which direct traffic for a particular network to a specific backbone carrier, and from there down the chain of service providers until it reaches a particular network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62435
msgid "It is the task of the service provider to advertise to the backbone sites that they are the point of connection, and thus the path inward, for a site. This is known as route propagation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62440
msgid "<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>traceroute</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62444
msgid "Sometimes, there is a problem with route propagation and some sites are unable to connect. Perhaps the most useful command for trying to figure out where routing is breaking down is <command>traceroute</command>. It is useful when <command>ping</command> fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62450
msgid "When using <command>traceroute</command>, include the address of the remote host to connect to. The output will show the gateway hosts along the path of the attempt, eventually either reaching the target host, or terminating because of a lack of connection. For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>traceroute</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:62459
msgid "Multicast Considerations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62461
msgid "<primary>multicast routing</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62464
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>MROUTING</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62469
msgid "FreeBSD natively supports both multicast applications and multicast routing. Multicast applications do not require any special configuration in order to run on FreeBSD. Support for multicast routing requires that the following option be compiled into a custom kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62475
#, no-wrap
msgid "options MROUTING"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62477
msgid "The multicast routing daemon, <application>mrouted</application> can be installed using the <package>net/mrouted</package> package or port. This daemon implements the <acronym>DVMRP</acronym> multicast routing protocol and is configured by editing <filename>/usr/local/etc/mrouted.conf</filename> in order to set up the tunnels and <acronym>DVMRP</acronym>. The installation of <application>mrouted</application> also installs <application>map-mbone</application> and <application>mrinfo</application>, as well as their associated man pages. Refer to these for configuration examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62490
msgid "<acronym>DVMRP</acronym> has largely been replaced by the <acronym>PIM</acronym> protocol in many multicast installations. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pim</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:62500
msgid "Wireless Networking"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:62503
msgid "<personname> <othername>Loader</othername> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:62508
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62523
msgid "<primary>wireless networking</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62526
msgid "<primary>802.11</primary> <see>wireless networking</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:62532
msgid "Wireless Networking Basics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62534
msgid "Most wireless networks are based on the <trademark class=\"registered\">IEEE</trademark> 802.11 standards. A basic wireless network consists of multiple stations communicating with radios that broadcast in either the 2.4GHz or 5GHz band, though this varies according to the locale and is also changing to enable communication in the 2.3GHz and 4.9GHz ranges."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62541
msgid "802.11 networks are organized in two ways. In <emphasis>infrastructure mode</emphasis>, one station acts as a master with all the other stations associating to it, the network is known as a <acronym>BSS</acronym>, and the master station is termed an access point (<acronym>AP</acronym>). In a <acronym>BSS</acronym>, all communication passes through the <acronym>AP</acronym>; even when one station wants to communicate with another wireless station, messages must go through the <acronym>AP</acronym>. In the second form of network, there is no master and stations communicate directly. This form of network is termed an <acronym>IBSS</acronym> and is commonly known as an <emphasis>ad-hoc network</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62556
msgid "802.11 networks were first deployed in the 2.4GHz band using protocols defined by the <trademark class=\"registered\">IEEE</trademark> 802.11 and 802.11b standard. These specifications include the operating frequencies and the <acronym>MAC</acronym> layer characteristics, including framing and transmission rates, as communication can occur at various rates. Later, the 802.11a standard defined operation in the 5GHz band, including different signaling mechanisms and higher transmission rates. Still later, the 802.11g standard defined the use of 802.11a signaling and transmission mechanisms in the 2.4GHz band in such a way as to be backwards compatible with 802.11b networks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62569
msgid "Separate from the underlying transmission techniques, 802.11 networks have a variety of security mechanisms. The original 802.11 specifications defined a simple security protocol called <acronym>WEP</acronym>. This protocol uses a fixed pre-shared key and the RC4 cryptographic cipher to encode data transmitted on a network. Stations must all agree on the fixed key in order to communicate. This scheme was shown to be easily broken and is now rarely used except to discourage transient users from joining networks. Current security practice is given by the <trademark class=\"registered\">IEEE</trademark> 802.11i specification that defines new cryptographic ciphers and an additional protocol to authenticate stations to an access point and exchange keys for data communication. Cryptographic keys are periodically refreshed and there are mechanisms for detecting and countering intrusion attempts. Another security protocol specification commonly used in wireless networks is termed <acronym>WPA</acronym>, which was a precursor to 802.11i. <acronym>WPA</acronym> specifies a subset of the requirements found in 802.11i and is designed for implementation on legacy hardware. Specifically, <acronym>WPA</acronym> requires only the <acronym>TKIP</acronym> cipher that is derived from the original <acronym>WEP</acronym> cipher. 802.11i permits use of <acronym>TKIP</acronym> but also requires support for a stronger cipher, AES-CCM, for encrypting data. The <acronym>AES</acronym> cipher was not required in <acronym>WPA</acronym> because it was deemed too computationally costly to be implemented on legacy hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62599
msgid "The other standard to be aware of is 802.11e. It defines protocols for deploying multimedia applications, such as streaming video and voice over IP (<acronym>VoIP</acronym>), in an 802.11 network. Like 802.11i, 802.11e also has a precursor specification termed <acronym>WME</acronym> (later renamed <acronym>WMM</acronym>) that has been defined by an industry group as a subset of 802.11e that can be deployed now to enable multimedia applications while waiting for the final ratification of 802.11e. The most important thing to know about 802.11e and <acronym>WME</acronym>/<acronym>WMM</acronym> is that it enables prioritized traffic over a wireless network through Quality of Service (<acronym>QoS</acronym>) protocols and enhanced media access protocols. Proper implementation of these protocols enables high speed bursting of data and prioritized traffic flow."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62616
msgid "FreeBSD supports networks that operate using 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g. The <acronym>WPA</acronym> and 802.11i security protocols are likewise supported (in conjunction with any of 11a, 11b, and 11g) and <acronym>QoS</acronym> and traffic prioritization required by the <acronym>WME</acronym>/<acronym>WMM</acronym> protocols are supported for a limited set of wireless devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62628
msgid "Connecting a computer to an existing wireless network is a very common situation. This procedure shows the steps required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:62634
msgid "Obtain the <acronym>SSID</acronym> (Service Set Identifier) and <acronym>PSK</acronym> (Pre-Shared Key) for the wireless network from the network administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:62641
msgid "Identify the wireless adapter. The FreeBSD <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel includes drivers for many common wireless adapters. If the wireless adapter is one of those models, it will be shown in the output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62647
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig | grep -B3 -i wireless</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:62649
msgid "If a wireless adapter is not listed, an additional kernel module might be required, or it might be a model not supported by FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:62655
msgid "This example shows the Atheros <literal>ath0</literal> wireless adapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:62660
msgid "Add an entry for this network to <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</filename>. If the file does not exist, create it. Replace <replaceable>myssid</replaceable> and <replaceable>mypsk</replaceable> with the <acronym>SSID</acronym> and <acronym>PSK</acronym> provided by the network administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62668
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"\tssid=\"<replaceable>myssid</replaceable>\"\n"
"\tpsk=\"<replaceable>mypsk</replaceable>\"\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:62675
msgid "Add entries to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> to configure the network on startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62678
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_<replaceable>ath0</replaceable>=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA SYNCDHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:62683
msgid "Restart the computer, or restart the network service to connect to the network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:62692
msgid "Basic Setup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62697
msgid "To use wireless networking, a wireless networking card is needed and the kernel needs to be configured with the appropriate wireless networking support. The kernel is separated into multiple modules so that only the required support needs to be configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62703
msgid "The most commonly used wireless devices are those that use parts made by Atheros. These devices are supported by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ath</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and require the following line to be added to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62709
#, no-wrap
msgid "if_ath_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62711
msgid "The Atheros driver is split up into three separate pieces: the driver (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ath</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>), the hardware support layer that handles chip-specific functions (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ath_hal</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>), and an algorithm for selecting the rate for transmitting frames. When this support is loaded as kernel modules, any dependencies are automatically handled. To load support for a different type of wireless device, specify the module for that device. This example is for devices based on the Intersil Prism parts (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>) driver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62722
#, no-wrap
msgid "if_wi_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62725
msgid "The examples in this section use an <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ath</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> device and the device name in the examples must be changed according to the configuration. A list of available wireless drivers and supported adapters can be found in the FreeBSD Hardware Notes, available on the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/index.html\">Release Information</link> page of the FreeBSD website. If a native FreeBSD driver for the wireless device does not exist, it may be possible to use the <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> driver with the help of the <link linkend=\"config-network-ndis\">NDIS</link> driver wrapper."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62738
msgid "In addition, the modules that implement cryptographic support for the security protocols to use must be loaded. These are intended to be dynamically loaded on demand by the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module, but for now they must be manually configured. The following modules are available: <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_wep</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_ccmp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_tkip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_ccmp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_tkip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> drivers are only needed when using the <acronym>WPA</acronym> or 802.11i security protocols. If the network does not use encryption, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_wep</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> support is not needed. To load these modules at boot time, add the following lines to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62751
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlan_wep_load=\"YES\"\n"
"wlan_ccmp_load=\"YES\"\n"
"wlan_tkip_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62755
msgid "Once this information has been added to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>, reboot the FreeBSD box. Alternately, load the modules by hand using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62761
msgid "For users who do not want to use modules, it is possible to compile these drivers into the kernel by adding the following lines to a custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62766
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device wlan              # 802.11 support\n"
"device wlan_wep          # 802.11 WEP support\n"
"device wlan_ccmp         # 802.11 CCMP support\n"
"device wlan_tkip         # 802.11 TKIP support\n"
"device wlan_amrr         # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm\n"
"device ath               # Atheros pci/cardbus NIC's\n"
"device ath_hal           # pci/cardbus chip support\n"
"options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 # enable AR5416 tx/rx descriptors\n"
"device ath_rate_sample   # SampleRate tx rate control for ath"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62776
msgid "With this information in the kernel configuration file, recompile the kernel and reboot the FreeBSD machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62781
msgid "Information about the wireless device should appear in the boot messages, like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62784
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ath0: &lt;Atheros 5212&gt; mem 0x88000000-0x8800ffff irq 11 at device 0.0 on cardbus1\n"
"ath0: [ITHREAD]\n"
"ath0: AR2413 mac 7.9 RF2413 phy 4.5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:62791
msgid "Infrastructure Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62793
msgid "Infrastructure (<acronym>BSS</acronym>) mode is the mode that is typically used. In this mode, a number of wireless access points are connected to a wired network. Each wireless network has its own name, called the <acronym>SSID</acronym>. Wireless clients connect to the wireless access points."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:62801
msgid "FreeBSD Clients"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:62804
msgid "How to Find Access Points"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62806
msgid "To scan for available networks, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This request may take a few moments to complete as it requires the system to switch to each available wireless frequency and probe for available access points. Only the superuser can initiate a scan:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62812
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> up scan</userinput>\n"
"SSID/MESH ID    BSSID              CHAN RATE   S:N     INT CAPS\n"
"dlinkap         00:13:46:49:41:76   11   54M -90:96   100 EPS  WPA WME\n"
"freebsdap       00:11:95:c3:0d:ac    1   54M -83:96   100 EPS  WPA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62819
msgid "The interface must be <option>up</option> before it can scan. Subsequent scan requests do not require the interface to be marked as up again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62824
msgid "The output of a scan request lists each <acronym>BSS</acronym>/<acronym>IBSS</acronym> network found. Besides listing the name of the network, the <literal>SSID</literal>, the output also shows the <literal>BSSID</literal>, which is the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the access point. The <literal>CAPS</literal> field identifies the type of each network and the capabilities of the stations operating there:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:62835
msgid "Station Capability Codes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62840
msgid "Capability Code"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62847
msgid "<literal>E</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62848
msgid "Extended Service Set (<acronym>ESS</acronym>). Indicates that the station is part of an infrastructure network rather than an <acronym>IBSS</acronym>/ad-hoc network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62856
msgid "<literal>I</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62857
msgid "<acronym>IBSS</acronym>/ad-hoc network. Indicates that the station is part of an ad-hoc network rather than an <acronym>ESS</acronym> network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62864
msgid "<literal>P</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62865
msgid "Privacy. Encryption is required for all data frames exchanged within the <acronym>BSS</acronym> using cryptographic means such as <acronym>WEP</acronym>, <acronym>TKIP</acronym> or <acronym>AES</acronym>-<acronym>CCMP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62874
msgid "<literal>S</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62875
msgid "Short Preamble. Indicates that the network is using short preambles, defined in 802.11b High Rate/DSSS PHY, and utilizes a 56 bit sync field rather than the 128 bit field used in long preamble mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62883
msgid "<literal>s</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62884
msgid "Short slot time. Indicates that the 802.11g network is using a short slot time because there are no legacy (802.11b) stations present."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62892
msgid "One can also display the current list of known networks with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62895
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> list scan</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62897
msgid "This information may be updated automatically by the adapter or manually with a <option>scan</option> request. Old data is automatically removed from the cache, so over time this list may shrink unless more scans are done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:62905 book.translate.xml:63733
msgid "Basic Settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62907
msgid "This section provides a simple example of how to make the wireless network adapter work in FreeBSD without encryption. Once familiar with these concepts, it is strongly recommend to use <link linkend=\"network-wireless-wpa\">WPA</link> to set up the wireless network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62913
msgid "There are three basic steps to configure a wireless network: select an access point, authenticate the station, and configure an <acronym>IP</acronym> address. The following sections discuss each step."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:62919
msgid "Selecting an Access Point"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62921
msgid "Most of the time, it is sufficient to let the system choose an access point using the builtin heuristics. This is the default behavior when an interface is marked as up or it is listed in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62927 book.translate.xml:63027
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62930
msgid "If there are multiple access points, a specific one can be selected by its <acronym>SSID</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62934
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"ssid <replaceable>your_ssid_here</replaceable> DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62937
msgid "In an environment where there are multiple access points with the same <acronym>SSID</acronym>, which is often done to simplify roaming, it may be necessary to associate to one specific device. In this case, the <acronym>BSSID</acronym> of the access point can be specified, with or without the <acronym>SSID</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62945
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"ssid <replaceable>your_ssid_here</replaceable> bssid <replaceable>xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx</replaceable> DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62948
msgid "There are other ways to constrain the choice of an access point, such as limiting the set of frequencies the system will scan on. This may be useful for a multi-band wireless card as scanning all the possible channels can be time-consuming. To limit operation to a specific band, use the <option>mode</option> parameter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62956
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"mode <replaceable>11g</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>your_ssid_here</replaceable> DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62959
msgid "This example will force the card to operate in 802.11g, which is defined only for 2.4GHz frequencies so any 5GHz channels will not be considered. This can also be achieved with the <option>channel</option> parameter, which locks operation to one specific frequency, and the <option>chanlist</option> parameter, to specify a list of channels for scanning. More information about these parameters can be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62973
msgid "Once an access point is selected, the station needs to authenticate before it can pass data. Authentication can happen in several ways. The most common scheme, open authentication, allows any station to join the network and communicate. This is the authentication to use for test purposes the first time a wireless network is setup. Other schemes require cryptographic handshakes to be completed before data traffic can flow, either using pre-shared keys or secrets, or more complex schemes that involve backend services such as <acronym>RADIUS</acronym>. Open authentication is the default setting. The next most common setup is <acronym>WPA-PSK</acronym>, also known as <acronym>WPA</acronym> Personal, which is described in <xref linkend=\"network-wireless-wpa-wpa-psk\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62990
msgid "If using an <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">AirPort</trademark> Extreme base station for an access point, shared-key authentication together with a <acronym>WEP</acronym> key needs to be configured. This can be configured in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> or by using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For a single <trademark class=\"registered\">AirPort</trademark> base station, access can be configured with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62998
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"authmode shared wepmode on weptxkey <replaceable>1</replaceable> wepkey <replaceable>01234567</replaceable> DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:63001
msgid "In general, shared key authentication should be avoided because it uses the <acronym>WEP</acronym> key material in a highly-constrained manner, making it even easier to crack the key. If <acronym>WEP</acronym> must be used for compatibility with legacy devices, it is better to use <acronym>WEP</acronym> with <literal>open</literal> authentication. More information regarding <acronym>WEP</acronym> can be found in <xref linkend=\"network-wireless-wep\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:63014
msgid "Getting an <acronym>IP</acronym> Address with <acronym>DHCP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63017
msgid "Once an access point is selected and the authentication parameters are set, an <acronym>IP</acronym> address must be obtained in order to communicate. Most of the time, the <acronym>IP</acronym> address is obtained via <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. To achieve that, edit <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and add <literal>DHCP</literal> to the configuration for the device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63030
msgid "The wireless interface is now ready to bring up:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63033
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63035
msgid "Once the interface is running, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to see the status of the interface <filename>ath0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63039
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"        ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"        inet 192.168.1.100 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.1.255\n"
"        media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/54Mbps mode 11g\n"
"        status: associated\n"
"        ssid dlinkap channel 11 (2462 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:13:46:49:41:76\n"
"        country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 bmiss 7\n"
"        scanvalid 60 bgscan bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7\n"
"        roam:rate 5 protmode CTS wme burst"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63050
msgid "The <literal>status: associated</literal> line means that it is connected to the wireless network. The <literal>bssid 00:13:46:49:41:76</literal> is the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the access point and <literal>authmode OPEN</literal> indicates that the communication is not encrypted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:63059
msgid "Static <acronym>IP</acronym> Address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63061
msgid "If an <acronym>IP</acronym> address cannot be obtained from a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server, set a fixed <acronym>IP</acronym> address. Replace the <literal>DHCP</literal> keyword shown above with the address information. Be sure to retain any other parameters for selecting the access point:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63068
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.100</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>your_ssid_here</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:63074
msgid "<acronym>WPA</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63076
msgid "Wi-Fi Protected Access (<acronym>WPA</acronym>) is a security protocol used together with 802.11 networks to address the lack of proper authentication and the weakness of <acronym>WEP</acronym>. WPA leverages the 802.1X authentication protocol and uses one of several ciphers instead of <acronym>WEP</acronym> for data integrity. The only cipher required by <acronym>WPA</acronym> is the Temporary Key Integrity Protocol (<acronym>TKIP</acronym>). <acronym>TKIP</acronym> is a cipher that extends the basic RC4 cipher used by <acronym>WEP</acronym> by adding integrity checking, tamper detection, and measures for responding to detected intrusions. <acronym>TKIP</acronym> is designed to work on legacy hardware with only software modification. It represents a compromise that improves security but is still not entirely immune to attack. <acronym>WPA</acronym> also specifies the <acronym>AES-CCMP</acronym> cipher as an alternative to <acronym>TKIP</acronym>, and that is preferred when possible. For this specification, the term <acronym>WPA2</acronym> or <acronym>RSN</acronym> is commonly used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63099
msgid "<acronym>WPA</acronym> defines authentication and encryption protocols. Authentication is most commonly done using one of two techniques: by 802.1X and a backend authentication service such as <acronym>RADIUS</acronym>, or by a minimal handshake between the station and the access point using a pre-shared secret. The former is commonly termed <acronym>WPA</acronym> Enterprise and the latter is known as <acronym>WPA</acronym> Personal. Since most people will not set up a <acronym>RADIUS</acronym> backend server for their wireless network, <acronym>WPA-PSK</acronym> is by far the most commonly encountered configuration for <acronym>WPA</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63113
msgid "The control of the wireless connection and the key negotiation or authentication with a server is done using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This program requires a configuration file, <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</filename>, to run. More information regarding this file can be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:63122
msgid "<acronym>WPA-PSK</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63124
msgid "<acronym>WPA-PSK</acronym>, also known as <acronym>WPA</acronym> Personal, is based on a pre-shared key (<acronym>PSK</acronym>) which is generated from a given password and used as the master key in the wireless network. This means every wireless user will share the same key. <acronym>WPA-PSK</acronym> is intended for small networks where the use of an authentication server is not possible or desired."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:63135
msgid "Always use strong passwords that are sufficiently long and made from a rich alphabet so that they will not be easily guessed or attacked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63140
msgid "The first step is the configuration of <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</filename> with the <acronym>SSID</acronym> and the pre-shared key of the network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63145
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"  ssid=\"freebsdap\"\n"
"  psk=\"freebsdmall\"\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63150
msgid "Then, in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, indicate that the wireless device configuration will be done with <acronym>WPA</acronym> and the <acronym>IP</acronym> address will be obtained with <acronym>DHCP</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63156 book.translate.xml:63356 book.translate.xml:63450
#: book.translate.xml:63574
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63159 book.translate.xml:63577
msgid "Then, bring up the interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63161
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif start</userinput>\n"
"Starting wpa_supplicant.\n"
"DHCPDISCOVER on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 5\n"
"DHCPDISCOVER on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 6\n"
"DHCPOFFER from 192.168.0.1\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67\n"
"DHCPACK from 192.168.0.1\n"
"bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"      ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"      inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"      media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/36Mbps mode 11g\n"
"      status: associated\n"
"      ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"      country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n"
"      AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n"
"      bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n"
"      wme burst roaming MANUAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63180
msgid "Or, try to configure the interface manually using the information in <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63184
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>wpa_supplicant -i <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> -c /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</userinput>\n"
"Trying to associate with 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac (SSID='freebsdap' freq=2412 MHz)\n"
"Associated with 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"WPA: Key negotiation completed with 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac [PTK=CCMP GTK=CCMP]\n"
"CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED - Connection to 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac completed (auth) [id=0 id_str=]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63190
msgid "The next operation is to launch <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to get the <acronym>IP</acronym> address from the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63194
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dhclient <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67\n"
"DHCPACK from 192.168.0.1\n"
"bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"      ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"      inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"      media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/36Mbps mode 11g\n"
"      status: associated\n"
"      ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"      country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n"
"      AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n"
"      bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n"
"      wme burst roaming MANUAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:63211
msgid "If <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> has an <literal>ifconfig_wlan0=\"DHCP\"</literal> entry, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will be launched automatically after <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> associates with the access point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63218
msgid "If <acronym>DHCP</acronym> is not possible or desired, set a static <acronym>IP</acronym> address after <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> has authenticated the station:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63223
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet <replaceable>192.168.0.100</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"      ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"      inet 192.168.0.100 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"      media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/36Mbps mode 11g\n"
"      status: associated\n"
"      ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"      country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n"
"      AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n"
"      bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n"
"      wme burst roaming MANUAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63236
msgid "When <acronym>DHCP</acronym> is not used, the default gateway and the nameserver also have to be manually set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63240
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>route add default <replaceable>your_default_router</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo \"nameserver <replaceable>your_DNS_server</replaceable>\" &gt;&gt; /etc/resolv.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:63245
msgid "<acronym>WPA</acronym> with <acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63248
msgid "The second way to use <acronym>WPA</acronym> is with an 802.1X backend authentication server. In this case, <acronym>WPA</acronym> is called <acronym>WPA</acronym> Enterprise to differentiate it from the less secure <acronym>WPA</acronym> Personal. Authentication in <acronym>WPA</acronym> Enterprise is based on the Extensible Authentication Protocol (<acronym>EAP</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63257
msgid "<acronym>EAP</acronym> does not come with an encryption method. Instead, <acronym>EAP</acronym> is embedded inside an encrypted tunnel. There are many <acronym>EAP</acronym> authentication methods, but <acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>, <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym>, and <acronym>EAP-PEAP</acronym> are the most common."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63265
msgid "EAP with Transport Layer Security (<acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>) is a well-supported wireless authentication protocol since it was the first <acronym>EAP</acronym> method to be certified by the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.wi-fi.org/\">Wi-Fi Alliance</link>. <acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym> requires three certificates to run: the certificate of the Certificate Authority (<acronym>CA</acronym>) installed on all machines, the server certificate for the authentication server, and one client certificate for each wireless client. In this <acronym>EAP</acronym> method, both the authentication server and wireless client authenticate each other by presenting their respective certificates, and then verify that these certificates were signed by the organization's <acronym>CA</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63282
msgid "As previously, the configuration is done via <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63285
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"  ssid=\"freebsdap\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-ssid\"/>\n"
"  proto=RSN  <co xml:id=\"co-tls-proto\"/>\n"
"  key_mgmt=WPA-EAP <co xml:id=\"co-tls-kmgmt\"/>\n"
"  eap=TLS <co xml:id=\"co-tls-eap\"/>\n"
"  identity=\"loader\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-id\"/>\n"
"  ca_cert=\"/etc/certs/cacert.pem\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-cacert\"/>\n"
"  client_cert=\"/etc/certs/clientcert.pem\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-clientcert\"/>\n"
"  private_key=\"/etc/certs/clientkey.pem\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-pkey\"/>\n"
"  private_key_passwd=\"freebsdmallclient\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-pwd\"/>\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63299
msgid "This field indicates the network name (<acronym>SSID</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63304
msgid "This example uses the <acronym>RSN</acronym> <trademark class=\"registered\">IEEE</trademark> 802.11i protocol, also known as <acronym>WPA2</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63310
msgid "The <literal>key_mgmt</literal> line refers to the key management protocol to use. In this example, it is <acronym>WPA</acronym> using <acronym>EAP</acronym> authentication."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63317
msgid "This field indicates the <acronym>EAP</acronym> method for the connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63322
msgid "The <literal>identity</literal> field contains the identity string for <acronym>EAP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63328 book.translate.xml:63431 book.translate.xml:63544
msgid "The <literal>ca_cert</literal> field indicates the pathname of the <acronym>CA</acronym> certificate file. This file is needed to verify the server certificate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63335
msgid "The <literal>client_cert</literal> line gives the pathname to the client certificate file. This certificate is unique to each wireless client of the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63342
msgid "The <literal>private_key</literal> field is the pathname to the client certificate private key file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63348
msgid "The <literal>private_key_passwd</literal> field contains the passphrase for the private key."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63353
msgid "Then, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63359 book.translate.xml:63453
msgid "The next step is to bring up the interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63361
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif start</userinput>\n"
"Starting wpa_supplicant.\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 7\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 15\n"
"DHCPACK from 192.168.0.20\n"
"bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"      ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"      inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"      media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet DS/11Mbps mode 11g\n"
"      status: associated\n"
"      ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"      country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n"
"      AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n"
"      bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n"
"      wme burst roaming MANUAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63378
msgid "It is also possible to bring up the interface manually using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:63384
msgid "<acronym>WPA</acronym> with <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63387
msgid "With <acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>, both the authentication server and the client need a certificate. With <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym>, a client certificate is optional. This method is similar to a web server which creates a secure <acronym>SSL</acronym> tunnel even if visitors do not have client-side certificates. <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym> uses an encrypted <acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel for safe transport of the authentication data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63397
msgid "The required configuration can be added to <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63400
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"  ssid=\"freebsdap\"\n"
"  proto=RSN\n"
"  key_mgmt=WPA-EAP\n"
"  eap=TTLS <co xml:id=\"co-ttls-eap\"/>\n"
"  identity=\"test\" <co xml:id=\"co-ttls-id\"/>\n"
"  password=\"test\" <co xml:id=\"co-ttls-passwd\"/>\n"
"  ca_cert=\"/etc/certs/cacert.pem\" <co xml:id=\"co-ttls-cacert\"/>\n"
"  phase2=\"auth=MD5\" <co xml:id=\"co-ttls-pha2\"/>\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63413 book.translate.xml:63526
msgid "This field specifies the <acronym>EAP</acronym> method for the connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63418 book.translate.xml:63531
msgid "The <literal>identity</literal> field contains the identity string for <acronym>EAP</acronym> authentication inside the encrypted <acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63425 book.translate.xml:63538
msgid "The <literal>password</literal> field contains the passphrase for the <acronym>EAP</acronym> authentication."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63438
msgid "This field specifies the authentication method used in the encrypted <acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel. In this example, <acronym>EAP</acronym> with MD5-Challenge is used. The <quote>inner authentication</quote> phase is often called <quote>phase2</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63447
msgid "Next, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63455 book.translate.xml:63579
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif start</userinput>\n"
"Starting wpa_supplicant.\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 7\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 15\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 21\n"
"DHCPACK from 192.168.0.20\n"
"bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"      ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"      inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"      media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet DS/11Mbps mode 11g\n"
"      status: associated\n"
"      ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"      country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n"
"      AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n"
"      bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n"
"      wme burst roaming MANUAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:63475
msgid "<acronym>WPA</acronym> with <acronym>EAP-PEAP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:63479
msgid "<acronym>PEAPv0/EAP-MSCHAPv2</acronym> is the most common <acronym>PEAP</acronym> method. In this chapter, the term <acronym>PEAP</acronym> is used to refer to that method."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63485
msgid "Protected EAP (<acronym>PEAP</acronym>) is designed as an alternative to <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym> and is the most used <acronym>EAP</acronym> standard after <acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>. In a network with mixed operating systems, <acronym>PEAP</acronym> should be the most supported standard after <acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63493
msgid "<acronym>PEAP</acronym> is similar to <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym> as it uses a server-side certificate to authenticate clients by creating an encrypted <acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel between the client and the authentication server, which protects the ensuing exchange of authentication information. <acronym>PEAP</acronym> authentication differs from <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym> as it broadcasts the username in the clear and only the password is sent in the encrypted <acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel. <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym> will use the <acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel for both the username and password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63507
msgid "Add the following lines to <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</filename> to configure the <acronym>EAP-PEAP</acronym> related settings:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63512
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"  ssid=\"freebsdap\"\n"
"  proto=RSN\n"
"  key_mgmt=WPA-EAP\n"
"  eap=PEAP <co xml:id=\"co-peap-eap\"/>\n"
"  identity=\"test\" <co xml:id=\"co-peap-id\"/>\n"
"  password=\"test\" <co xml:id=\"co-peap-passwd\"/>\n"
"  ca_cert=\"/etc/certs/cacert.pem\" <co xml:id=\"co-peap-cacert\"/>\n"
"  phase1=\"peaplabel=0\" <co xml:id=\"co-peap-pha1\"/>\n"
"  phase2=\"auth=MSCHAPV2\" <co xml:id=\"co-peap-pha2\"/>\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63551
msgid "This field contains the parameters for the first phase of authentication, the <acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel. According to the authentication server used, specify a specific label for authentication. Most of the time, the label will be <quote>client <acronym>EAP</acronym> encryption</quote> which is set by using <literal>peaplabel=0</literal>. More information can be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63563
msgid "This field specifies the authentication protocol used in the encrypted <acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel. In the case of <acronym>PEAP</acronym>, it is <literal>auth=MSCHAPV2</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:63600
msgid "<acronym>WEP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63602
msgid "Wired Equivalent Privacy (<acronym>WEP</acronym>) is part of the original 802.11 standard. There is no authentication mechanism, only a weak form of access control which is easily cracked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63607
msgid "<acronym>WEP</acronym> can be set up using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63610
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet <replaceable>192.168.1.100</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> \\\n"
"\t    ssid <replaceable>my_net</replaceable> wepmode on weptxkey <replaceable>3</replaceable> wepkey <replaceable>3:0x3456789012</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63617
msgid "The <literal>weptxkey</literal> specifies which <acronym>WEP</acronym> key will be used in the transmission. This example uses the third key. This must match the setting on the access point. When unsure which key is used by the access point, try <literal>1</literal> (the first key) for this value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63627
msgid "The <literal>wepkey</literal> selects one of the <acronym>WEP</acronym> keys. It should be in the format <replaceable>index:key</replaceable>. Key <literal>1</literal> is used by default; the index only needs to be set when using a key other than the first key."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:63635
msgid "Replace the <literal>0x3456789012</literal> with the key configured for use on the access point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63642
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for further information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63645
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> facility can be used to configure a wireless interface with <acronym>WEP</acronym>. The example above can be set up by adding the following lines to <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63651
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"  ssid=\"my_net\"\n"
"  key_mgmt=NONE\n"
"  wep_key3=3456789012\n"
"  wep_tx_keyidx=3\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63658
msgid "Then:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63660
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>wpa_supplicant -i <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> -c /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</userinput>\n"
"Trying to associate with 00:13:46:49:41:76 (SSID='dlinkap' freq=2437 MHz)\n"
"Associated with 00:13:46:49:41:76"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:63668
msgid "Ad-hoc Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63670
msgid "<acronym>IBSS</acronym> mode, also called ad-hoc mode, is designed for point to point connections. For example, to establish an ad-hoc network between the machines <systemitem>A</systemitem> and <systemitem>B</systemitem>, choose two <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses and a <acronym>SSID</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63677
msgid "On <systemitem>A</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63679
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable> wlanmode adhoc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\t  ether 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"\t  inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"\t  media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g &lt;adhoc&gt;\n"
"\t  status: running\n"
"\t  ssid freebsdap channel 2 (2417 Mhz 11g) bssid 02:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"\t  country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60\n"
"\t  protmode CTS wme burst"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63691
msgid "The <literal>adhoc</literal> parameter indicates that the interface is running in <acronym>IBSS</acronym> mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63694
msgid "<systemitem>B</systemitem> should now be able to detect <systemitem>A</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63697
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable> wlanmode adhoc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> up scan</userinput>\n"
"  SSID/MESH ID    BSSID              CHAN RATE   S:N     INT CAPS\n"
"  freebsdap       02:11:95:c3:0d:ac    2   54M -64:-96  100 IS   WME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63702
msgid "The <literal>I</literal> in the output confirms that <systemitem>A</systemitem> is in ad-hoc mode. Now, configure <systemitem>B</systemitem> with a different <acronym>IP</acronym> address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63707
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet <replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\t  ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"\t  inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"\t  media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g &lt;adhoc&gt;\n"
"\t  status: running\n"
"\t  ssid freebsdap channel 2 (2417 Mhz 11g) bssid 02:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"\t  country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60\n"
"\t  protmode CTS wme burst"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63718
msgid "Both <systemitem>A</systemitem> and <systemitem>B</systemitem> are now ready to exchange information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:63724
msgid "FreeBSD Host Access Points"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63726
msgid "FreeBSD can act as an Access Point (<acronym>AP</acronym>) which eliminates the need to buy a hardware <acronym>AP</acronym> or run an ad-hoc network. This can be particularly useful when a FreeBSD machine is acting as a gateway to another network such as the Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63735
msgid "Before configuring a FreeBSD machine as an <acronym>AP</acronym>, the kernel must be configured with the appropriate networking support for the wireless card as well as the security protocols being used. For more details, see <xref linkend=\"network-wireless-basic\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:63742
msgid "The <acronym>NDIS</acronym> driver wrapper for <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> drivers does not currently support <acronym>AP</acronym> operation. Only native FreeBSD wireless drivers support <acronym>AP</acronym> mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63749
msgid "Once wireless networking support is loaded, check if the wireless device supports the host-based access point mode, also known as hostap mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63753
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> list caps</userinput>\n"
"drivercaps=6f85edc1&lt;STA,FF,TURBOP,IBSS,HOSTAP,AHDEMO,TXPMGT,SHSLOT,SHPREAMBLE,MONITOR,MBSS,WPA1,WPA2,BURST,WME,WDS,BGSCAN,TXFRAG&gt;\n"
"cryptocaps=1f&lt;WEP,TKIP,AES,AES_CCM,TKIPMIC&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63758
msgid "This output displays the card's capabilities. The <literal>HOSTAP</literal> word confirms that this wireless card can act as an <acronym>AP</acronym>. Various supported ciphers are also listed: <acronym>WEP</acronym>, <acronym>TKIP</acronym>, and <acronym>AES</acronym>. This information indicates which security protocols can be used on the <acronym>AP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63766
msgid "The wireless device can only be put into hostap mode during the creation of the network pseudo-device, so a previously created device must be destroyed first:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63770
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> destroy</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63772
msgid "then regenerated with the correct option before setting the other parameters:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63775
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable> wlanmode hostap</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable> mode 11g channel 1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63778
msgid "Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> again to see the status of the <filename>wlan0</filename> interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63781
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\t  ether 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"\t  inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"\t  media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g &lt;hostap&gt;\n"
"\t  status: running\n"
"\t  ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"\t  country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60\n"
"\t  protmode CTS wme burst dtimperiod 1 -dfs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63791
msgid "The <literal>hostap</literal> parameter indicates the interface is running in the host-based access point mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63795
msgid "The interface configuration can be done automatically at boot time by adding the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63799
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"create_args_wlan0=\"wlanmode hostap\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable> mode 11g channel <replaceable>1</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:63805
msgid "Host-based Access Point Without Authentication or Encryption"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63808
msgid "Although it is not recommended to run an <acronym>AP</acronym> without any authentication or encryption, this is a simple way to check if the <acronym>AP</acronym> is working. This configuration is also important for debugging client issues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63814
msgid "Once the <acronym>AP</acronym> is configured, initiate a scan from another wireless machine to find the <acronym>AP</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63818
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> up scan</userinput>\n"
"SSID/MESH ID    BSSID              CHAN RATE   S:N     INT CAPS\n"
"freebsdap       00:11:95:c3:0d:ac    1   54M -66:-96  100 ES   WME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63823
msgid "The client machine found the <acronym>AP</acronym> and can be associated with it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63826
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet <replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\t  ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"\t  inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"\t  media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/54Mbps mode 11g\n"
"\t  status: associated\n"
"\t  ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"\t  country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 bmiss 7\n"
"\t  scanvalid 60 bgscan bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7\n"
"\t  roam:rate 5 protmode CTS wme burst"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:63840
msgid "<acronym>WPA2</acronym> Host-based Access Point"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63842
msgid "This section focuses on setting up a FreeBSD access point using the <acronym>WPA2</acronym> security protocol. More details regarding <acronym>WPA</acronym> and the configuration of <acronym>WPA</acronym>-based wireless clients can be found in <xref linkend=\"network-wireless-wpa\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63849
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is used to deal with client authentication and key management on the <acronym>WPA2</acronym>-enabled <acronym>AP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63854
msgid "The following configuration operations are performed on the FreeBSD machine acting as the <acronym>AP</acronym>. Once the <acronym>AP</acronym> is correctly working, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be automatically started at boot with this line in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63861
#, no-wrap
msgid "hostapd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63863
msgid "Before trying to configure <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, first configure the basic settings introduced in <xref linkend=\"network-wireless-ap-basic\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:63867
msgid "<acronym>WPA2-PSK</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63869
msgid "<acronym>WPA2-PSK</acronym> is intended for small networks where the use of a backend authentication server is not possible or desired."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63873
msgid "The configuration is done in <filename>/etc/hostapd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63876
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"interface=wlan0                  <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-iface\"/>\n"
"debug=1                          <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-dbug\"/>\n"
"ctrl_interface=/var/run/hostapd  <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-ciface\"/>\n"
"ctrl_interface_group=wheel       <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-cifacegrp\"/>\n"
"ssid=freebsdap                   <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-ssid\"/>\n"
"wpa=2                            <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-wpa\"/>\n"
"wpa_passphrase=freebsdmall       <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-pass\"/>\n"
"wpa_key_mgmt=WPA-PSK             <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-kmgmt\"/>\n"
"wpa_pairwise=CCMP                <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-pwise\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63888
msgid "Wireless interface used for the access point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63893
msgid "Level of verbosity used during the execution of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. A value of <literal>1</literal> represents the minimal level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63900
msgid "Pathname of the directory used by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to store domain socket files for communication with external programs such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd_cli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The default value is used in this example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63907
msgid "The group allowed to access the control interface files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63912
msgid "The wireless network name, or <acronym>SSID</acronym>, that will appear in wireless scans."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63918
msgid "Enable <acronym>WPA</acronym> and specify which <acronym>WPA</acronym> authentication protocol will be required. A value of <literal>2</literal> configures the <acronym>AP</acronym> for <acronym>WPA2</acronym> and is recommended. Set to <literal>1</literal> only if the obsolete <acronym>WPA</acronym> is required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63929
msgid "ASCII passphrase for <acronym>WPA</acronym> authentication."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:63933
msgid "Always use strong passwords that are at least 8 characters long and made from a rich alphabet so that they will not be easily guessed or attacked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63941
msgid "The key management protocol to use. This example sets <acronym>WPA-PSK</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63947
msgid "Encryption algorithms accepted by the access point. In this example, only the <acronym>CCMP</acronym> (<acronym>AES</acronym>) cipher is accepted. <acronym>CCMP</acronym> is an alternative to <acronym>TKIP</acronym> and is strongly preferred when possible. <acronym>TKIP</acronym> should be allowed only when there are stations incapable of using <acronym>CCMP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63960
msgid "The next step is to start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63962
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service hostapd forcestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63964
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"wlan0: flags=8943&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,PROMISC,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\tether 04:f0:21:16:8e:10\n"
"\tinet6 fe80::6f0:21ff:fe16:8e10%wlan0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x9\n"
"\tnd6 options=21&lt;PERFORMNUD,AUTO_LINKLOCAL&gt;\n"
"\tmedia: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11na &lt;hostap&gt;\n"
"\tstatus: running\n"
"\tssid No5ignal channel 36 (5180 MHz 11a ht/40+) bssid 04:f0:21:16:8e:10\n"
"\tcountry US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy MIXED deftxkey 2\n"
"\tAES-CCM 2:128-bit AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 17 mcastrate 6 mgmtrate 6\n"
"\tscanvalid 60 ampdulimit 64k ampdudensity 8 shortgi wme burst\n"
"\tdtimperiod 1 -dfs\n"
"\tgroups: wlan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63978
msgid "Once the <acronym>AP</acronym> is running, the clients can associate with it. See <xref linkend=\"network-wireless-wpa\"/> for more details. It is possible to see the stations associated with the <acronym>AP</acronym> using <command>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> list sta</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:63988
msgid "<acronym>WEP</acronym> Host-based Access Point"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63990
msgid "It is not recommended to use <acronym>WEP</acronym> for setting up an <acronym>AP</acronym> since there is no authentication mechanism and the encryption is easily cracked. Some legacy wireless cards only support <acronym>WEP</acronym> and these cards will only support an <acronym>AP</acronym> without authentication or encryption."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63998
msgid "The wireless device can now be put into hostap mode and configured with the correct <acronym>SSID</acronym> and <acronym>IP</acronym> address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64002
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable> wlanmode hostap</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> \\\n"
"\tssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable> wepmode on weptxkey <replaceable>3</replaceable> wepkey <replaceable>3:0x3456789012</replaceable> mode 11g</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64008
msgid "The <literal>weptxkey</literal> indicates which <acronym>WEP</acronym> key will be used in the transmission. This example uses the third key as key numbering starts with <literal>1</literal>. This parameter must be specified in order to encrypt the data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64017
msgid "The <literal>wepkey</literal> sets the selected <acronym>WEP</acronym> key. It should be in the format <replaceable>index:key</replaceable>. If the index is not given, key <literal>1</literal> is set. The index needs to be set when using keys other than the first key."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64026
msgid "Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to see the status of the <filename>wlan0</filename> interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64029
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\t  ether 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"\t  inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"\t  media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g &lt;hostap&gt;\n"
"\t  status: running\n"
"\t  ssid freebsdap channel 4 (2427 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"\t  country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy ON deftxkey 3 wepkey 3:40-bit\n"
"\t  txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60 protmode CTS wme burst dtimperiod 1 -dfs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64039
msgid "From another wireless machine, it is now possible to initiate a scan to find the <acronym>AP</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64042
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> up scan</userinput>\n"
"SSID            BSSID              CHAN RATE  S:N   INT CAPS\n"
"freebsdap       00:11:95:c3:0d:ac    1   54M 22:1   100 EPS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64047
msgid "In this example, the client machine found the <acronym>AP</acronym> and can associate with it using the correct parameters. See <xref linkend=\"network-wireless-wep\"/> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64054
msgid "Using Both Wired and Wireless Connections"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64056
msgid "A wired connection provides better performance and reliability, while a wireless connection provides flexibility and mobility. Laptop users typically want to roam seamlessly between the two types of connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64061
msgid "On FreeBSD, it is possible to combine two or even more network interfaces together in a <quote>failover</quote> fashion. This type of configuration uses the most preferred and available connection from a group of network interfaces, and the operating system switches automatically when the link state changes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64068
msgid "Link aggregation and failover is covered in <xref linkend=\"network-aggregation\"/> and an example for using both wired and wireless connections is provided at <xref linkend=\"networking-lagg-wired-and-wireless\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64075
msgid "This section describes a number of steps to help troubleshoot common wireless networking problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64081
msgid "If the access point is not listed when scanning, check that the configuration has not limited the wireless device to a limited set of channels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64087
msgid "If the device cannot associate with an access point, verify that the configuration matches the settings on the access point. This includes the authentication scheme and any security protocols. Simplify the configuration as much as possible. If using a security protocol such as <acronym>WPA</acronym> or <acronym>WEP</acronym>, configure the access point for open authentication and no security to see if traffic will pass."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64096
msgid "Debugging support is provided by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Try running this utility manually with <option>-dd</option> and look at the system logs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64103
msgid "Once the system can associate with the access point, diagnose the network configuration using tools like <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64109
msgid "There are many lower-level debugging tools. Debugging messages can be enabled in the 802.11 protocol support layer using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlandebug</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For example, to enable console messages related to scanning for access points and the 802.11 protocol handshakes required to arrange communication:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64116
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>wlandebug -i <replaceable>ath0</replaceable> +scan+auth+debug+assoc</userinput>\n"
"  net.wlan.0.debug: 0 =&gt; 0xc80000&lt;assoc,auth,scan&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64119
msgid "Many useful statistics are maintained by the 802.11 layer and <command>wlanstats</command>, found in <filename>/usr/src/tools/tools/net80211</filename>, will dump this information. These statistics should display all errors identified by the 802.11 layer. However, some errors are identified in the device drivers that lie below the 802.11 layer so they may not show up. To diagnose device-specific problems, refer to the drivers' documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64130
msgid "If the above information does not help to clarify the problem, submit a problem report and include output from the above tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:64138
msgid "USB Tethering"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64141
msgid "<primary>tether</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64145
msgid "Many cellphones provide the option to share their data connection over USB (often called \"tethering\"). This feature uses either the <acronym>RNDIS</acronym>, <acronym>CDC</acronym> or a custom <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">iPhone</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">iPad</trademark> protocol."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64153
msgid "<trademark>Android</trademark> devices generally use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>urndis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64158
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> devices use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipheth</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64162
msgid "Older devices will often use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cdce</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64167
msgid "Before attaching a device, load the appropriate driver into the kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64170
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload if_urndis\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> kldload if_cdce\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> kldload if_ipheth</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64174
msgid "Once the device is attached <literal>ue</literal><replaceable>0</replaceable> will be available for use like a normal network device. Be sure that the <quote>USB tethering</quote> option is enabled on the device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:64183
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:64186
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Pav</firstname> <surname>Lucistnik</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib> <email>pav@FreeBSD.org</email>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64197
msgid "<primary>Bluetooth</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64201
msgid "Bluetooth is a wireless technology for creating personal networks operating in the 2.4 GHz unlicensed band, with a range of 10 meters. Networks are usually formed ad-hoc from portable devices such as cellular phones, handhelds, and laptops. Unlike Wi-Fi wireless technology, Bluetooth offers higher level service profiles, such as <acronym>FTP</acronym>-like file servers, file pushing, voice transport, serial line emulation, and more."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64210
msgid "This section describes the use of a <acronym>USB</acronym> Bluetooth dongle on a FreeBSD system. It then describes the various Bluetooth protocols and utilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64215
msgid "Loading Bluetooth Support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64217
msgid "The Bluetooth stack in FreeBSD is implemented using the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>netgraph</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> framework. A broad variety of Bluetooth <acronym>USB</acronym> dongles is supported by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_ubt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Broadcom BCM2033 based Bluetooth devices are supported by the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ubtbcmfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_ubt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> drivers. The 3Com Bluetooth PC Card 3CRWB60-A is supported by the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_bt3c</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver. Serial and UART based Bluetooth devices are supported by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sio</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_h4</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hcseriald</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64227
msgid "Before attaching a device, determine which of the above drivers it uses, then load the driver. For example, if the device uses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_ubt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64231
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload ng_ubt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64233
msgid "If the Bluetooth device will be attached to the system during system startup, the system can be configured to load the module at boot time by adding the driver to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64238
#, no-wrap
msgid "ng_ubt_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64240
msgid "Once the driver is loaded, plug in the <acronym>USB</acronym> dongle. If the driver load was successful, output similar to the following should appear on the console and in <filename>/var/log/messages</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64246
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ubt0: vendor 0x0a12 product 0x0001, rev 1.10/5.25, addr 2\n"
"ubt0: Interface 0 endpoints: interrupt=0x81, bulk-in=0x82, bulk-out=0x2\n"
"ubt0: Interface 1 (alt.config 5) endpoints: isoc-in=0x83, isoc-out=0x3,\n"
"      wMaxPacketSize=49, nframes=6, buffer size=294"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64251
msgid "To start and stop the Bluetooth stack, use its startup script. It is a good idea to stop the stack before unplugging the device. When starting the stack, the output should be similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64256
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service bluetooth start ubt0</userinput>\n"
"BD_ADDR: 00:02:72:00:d4:1a\n"
"Features: 0xff 0xff 0xf 00 00 00 00 00\n"
"&lt;3-Slot&gt; &lt;5-Slot&gt; &lt;Encryption&gt; &lt;Slot offset&gt;\n"
"&lt;Timing accuracy&gt; &lt;Switch&gt; &lt;Hold mode&gt; &lt;Sniff mode&gt;\n"
"&lt;Park mode&gt; &lt;RSSI&gt; &lt;Channel quality&gt; &lt;SCO link&gt;\n"
"&lt;HV2 packets&gt; &lt;HV3 packets&gt; &lt;u-law log&gt; &lt;A-law log&gt; &lt;CVSD&gt;\n"
"&lt;Paging scheme&gt; &lt;Power control&gt; &lt;Transparent SCO data&gt;\n"
"Max. ACL packet size: 192 bytes\n"
"Number of ACL packets: 8\n"
"Max. SCO packet size: 64 bytes\n"
"Number of SCO packets: 8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64271
msgid "Finding Other Bluetooth Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64273
msgid "<primary>HCI</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64277
msgid "The Host Controller Interface (<acronym>HCI</acronym>) provides a uniform method for accessing Bluetooth baseband capabilities. In FreeBSD, a netgraph <acronym>HCI</acronym> node is created for each Bluetooth device. For more details, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_hci</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64283
msgid "One of the most common tasks is discovery of Bluetooth devices within <acronym>RF</acronym> proximity. This operation is called <emphasis>inquiry</emphasis>. Inquiry and other <acronym>HCI</acronym> related operations are done using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hccontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The example below shows how to find out which Bluetooth devices are in range. The list of devices should be displayed in a few seconds. Note that a remote device will only answer the inquiry if it is set to <emphasis>discoverable</emphasis> mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64293
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>hccontrol -n ubt0hci inquiry</userinput>\n"
"Inquiry result, num_responses=1\n"
"Inquiry result #0\n"
"       BD_ADDR: 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n"
"       Page Scan Rep. Mode: 0x1\n"
"       Page Scan Period Mode: 00\n"
"       Page Scan Mode: 00\n"
"       Class: 52:02:04\n"
"       Clock offset: 0x78ef\n"
"Inquiry complete. Status: No error [00]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64304
msgid "The <literal>BD_ADDR</literal> is the unique address of a Bluetooth device, similar to the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of a network card. This address is needed for further communication with a device and it is possible to assign a human readable name to a BD_ADDR. Information regarding the known Bluetooth hosts is contained in <filename>/etc/bluetooth/hosts</filename>. The following example shows how to obtain the human readable name that was assigned to the remote device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64314
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>hccontrol -n ubt0hci remote_name_request 00:80:37:29:19:a4</userinput>\n"
"BD_ADDR: 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n"
"Name: Pav's T39"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64318
msgid "If an inquiry is performed on a remote Bluetooth device, it will find the computer as <quote>your.host.name (ubt0)</quote>. The name assigned to the local device can be changed at any time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64323
msgid "The Bluetooth system provides a point-to-point connection between two Bluetooth units, or a point-to-multipoint connection which is shared among several Bluetooth devices. The following example shows how to obtain the list of active baseband connections for the local device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64329
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>hccontrol -n ubt0hci read_connection_list</userinput>\n"
"Remote BD_ADDR    Handle Type Mode Role Encrypt Pending Queue State\n"
"00:80:37:29:19:a4     41  ACL    0 MAST    NONE       0     0 OPEN"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64333
msgid "A <emphasis>connection handle</emphasis> is useful when termination of the baseband connection is required, though it is normally not required to do this by hand. The stack will automatically terminate inactive baseband connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64339
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hccontrol -n ubt0hci disconnect 41</userinput>\n"
"Connection handle: 41\n"
"Reason: Connection terminated by local host [0x16]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64343
msgid "Type <command>hccontrol help</command> for a complete listing of available <acronym>HCI</acronym> commands. Most of the <acronym>HCI</acronym> commands do not require superuser privileges."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64350
msgid "Device Pairing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64352
msgid "By default, Bluetooth communication is not authenticated, and any device can talk to any other device. A Bluetooth device, such as a cellular phone, may choose to require authentication to provide a particular service. Bluetooth authentication is normally done with a <emphasis><acronym>PIN</acronym> code</emphasis>, an ASCII string up to 16 characters in length. The user is required to enter the same <acronym>PIN</acronym> code on both devices. Once the user has entered the <acronym>PIN</acronym> code, both devices will generate a <emphasis>link key</emphasis>. After that, the link key can be stored either in the devices or in a persistent storage. Next time, both devices will use the previously generated link key. This procedure is called <emphasis>pairing</emphasis>. Note that if the link key is lost by either device, the pairing must be repeated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64369
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hcsecd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is responsible for handling Bluetooth authentication requests. The default configuration file is <filename>/etc/bluetooth/hcsecd.conf</filename>. An example section for a cellular phone with the <acronym>PIN</acronym> code set to <literal>1234</literal> is shown below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64376
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device {\n"
"        bdaddr  00:80:37:29:19:a4;\n"
"        name    \"Pav's T39\";\n"
"        key     nokey;\n"
"        pin     \"1234\";\n"
"      }"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64383
msgid "The only limitation on <acronym>PIN</acronym> codes is length. Some devices, such as Bluetooth headsets, may have a fixed <acronym>PIN</acronym> code built in. The <option>-d</option> switch forces <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hcsecd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to stay in the foreground, so it is easy to see what is happening. Set the remote device to receive pairing and initiate the Bluetooth connection to the remote device. The remote device should indicate that pairing was accepted and request the <acronym>PIN</acronym> code. Enter the same <acronym>PIN</acronym> code listed in <filename>hcsecd.conf</filename>. Now the computer and the remote device are paired. Alternatively, pairing can be initiated on the remote device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64397
msgid "The following line can be added to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> to configure <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hcsecd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to start automatically on system start:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64401
#, no-wrap
msgid "hcsecd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64403
msgid "The following is a sample of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hcsecd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon output:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64406
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hcsecd[16484]: Got Link_Key_Request event from 'ubt0hci', remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4\n"
"hcsecd[16484]: Found matching entry, remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4, name 'Pav's T39', link key doesn't exist\n"
"hcsecd[16484]: Sending Link_Key_Negative_Reply to 'ubt0hci' for remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4\n"
"hcsecd[16484]: Got PIN_Code_Request event from 'ubt0hci', remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4\n"
"hcsecd[16484]: Found matching entry, remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4, name 'Pav's T39', PIN code exists\n"
"hcsecd[16484]: Sending PIN_Code_Reply to 'ubt0hci' for remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64415
msgid "Network Access with <acronym>PPP</acronym> Profiles"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64418
msgid "A Dial-Up Networking (<acronym>DUN</acronym>) profile can be used to configure a cellular phone as a wireless modem for connecting to a dial-up Internet access server. It can also be used to configure a computer to receive data calls from a cellular phone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64424
msgid "Network access with a <acronym>PPP</acronym> profile can be used to provide <acronym>LAN</acronym> access for a single Bluetooth device or multiple Bluetooth devices. It can also provide <acronym>PC</acronym> to <acronym>PC</acronym> connection using <acronym>PPP</acronym> networking over serial cable emulation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64431
msgid "In FreeBSD, these profiles are implemented with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> wrapper which converts a Bluetooth connection into something <acronym>PPP</acronym> can use. Before a profile can be used, a new <acronym>PPP</acronym> label must be created in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename>. Consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64439
msgid "In this example, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to open a connection to a remote device with a <literal>BD_ADDR</literal> of <literal>00:80:37:29:19:a4</literal> on a <acronym>DUN</acronym> <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64446
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rfcomm_pppd -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4 -c -C dun -l rfcomm-dialup</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64448
msgid "The actual channel number will be obtained from the remote device using the <acronym>SDP</acronym> protocol. It is possible to specify the <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel by hand, and in this case <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will not perform the <acronym>SDP</acronym> query. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to find out the <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel on the remote device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64456
msgid "In order to provide network access with the <acronym>PPP</acronym> <acronym>LAN</acronym> service, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> must be running and a new entry for <acronym>LAN</acronym> clients must be created in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename>. Consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for examples. Finally, start the <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> <acronym>PPP</acronym> server on a valid <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel number. The <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> <acronym>PPP</acronym> server will automatically register the Bluetooth <acronym>LAN</acronym> service with the local <acronym>SDP</acronym> daemon. The example below shows how to start the <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> <acronym>PPP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64470
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rfcomm_pppd -s -C 7 -l rfcomm-server</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64474
msgid "Bluetooth Protocols"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64476
msgid "This section provides an overview of the various Bluetooth protocols, their function, and associated utilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:64480
msgid "Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (<acronym>L2CAP</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64483
msgid "<primary>L2CAP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64487
msgid "The Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (<acronym>L2CAP</acronym>) provides connection-oriented and connectionless data services to upper layer protocols. <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> permits higher level protocols and applications to transmit and receive <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> data packets up to 64 kilobytes in length."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64495
msgid "<acronym>L2CAP</acronym> is based around the concept of <emphasis>channels</emphasis>. A channel is a logical connection on top of a baseband connection, where each channel is bound to a single protocol in a many-to-one fashion. Multiple channels can be bound to the same protocol, but a channel cannot be bound to multiple protocols. Each <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> packet received on a channel is directed to the appropriate higher level protocol. Multiple channels can share the same baseband connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64506
msgid "In FreeBSD, a netgraph <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> node is created for each Bluetooth device. This node is normally connected to the downstream Bluetooth <acronym>HCI</acronym> node and upstream Bluetooth socket nodes. The default name for the <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> node is <quote>devicel2cap</quote>. For more details refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_l2cap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64514
msgid "A useful command is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>l2ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which can be used to ping other devices. Some Bluetooth implementations might not return all of the data sent to them, so <literal>0 bytes</literal> in the following example is normal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64519
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>l2ping -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4</userinput>\n"
"0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=0 time=48.633 ms result=0\n"
"0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=1 time=37.551 ms result=0\n"
"0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=2 time=28.324 ms result=0\n"
"0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=3 time=46.150 ms result=0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64525
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>l2control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility is used to perform various operations on <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> nodes. This example shows how to obtain the list of logical connections (channels) and the list of baseband connections for the local device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64531
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>l2control -a 00:02:72:00:d4:1a read_channel_list</userinput>\n"
"L2CAP channels:\n"
"Remote BD_ADDR     SCID/ DCID   PSM  IMTU/ OMTU State\n"
"00:07:e0:00:0b:ca    66/   64     3   132/  672 OPEN\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>l2control -a 00:02:72:00:d4:1a read_connection_list</userinput>\n"
"L2CAP connections:\n"
"Remote BD_ADDR    Handle Flags Pending State\n"
"00:07:e0:00:0b:ca     41 O           0 OPEN"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64540
msgid "Another diagnostic tool is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>btsockstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. It is similar to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>netstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, but for Bluetooth network-related data structures. The example below shows the same logical connection as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>l2control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64546
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>btsockstat</userinput>\n"
"Active L2CAP sockets\n"
"PCB      Recv-Q Send-Q Local address/PSM       Foreign address   CID   State\n"
"c2afe900      0      0 00:02:72:00:d4:1a/3     00:07:e0:00:0b:ca 66    OPEN\n"
"Active RFCOMM sessions\n"
"L2PCB    PCB      Flag MTU   Out-Q DLCs State\n"
"c2afe900 c2b53380 1    127   0     Yes  OPEN\n"
"Active RFCOMM sockets\n"
"PCB      Recv-Q Send-Q Local address     Foreign address   Chan DLCI State\n"
"c2e8bc80      0    250 00:02:72:00:d4:1a 00:07:e0:00:0b:ca 3    6    OPEN"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:64559
msgid "Radio Frequency Communication (<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64562
msgid "The <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> protocol provides emulation of serial ports over the <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> protocol. <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> is a simple transport protocol, with additional provisions for emulating the 9 circuits of RS-232 (EIATIA-232-E) serial ports. It supports up to 60 simultaneous connections (<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channels) between two Bluetooth devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64571
msgid "For the purposes of <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym>, a complete communication path involves two applications running on the communication endpoints with a communication segment between them. <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> is intended to cover applications that make use of the serial ports of the devices in which they reside. The communication segment is a direct connect Bluetooth link from one device to another."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64580
msgid "<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> is only concerned with the connection between the devices in the direct connect case, or between the device and a modem in the network case. <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> can support other configurations, such as modules that communicate via Bluetooth wireless technology on one side and provide a wired interface on the other side."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64588
msgid "In FreeBSD, <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> is implemented at the Bluetooth sockets layer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:64593
msgid "Service Discovery Protocol (<acronym>SDP</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64596
msgid "<primary>SDP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64600
msgid "The Service Discovery Protocol (<acronym>SDP</acronym>) provides the means for client applications to discover the existence of services provided by server applications as well as the attributes of those services. The attributes of a service include the type or class of service offered and the mechanism or protocol information needed to utilize the service."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64608
msgid "<acronym>SDP</acronym> involves communication between a <acronym>SDP</acronym> server and a <acronym>SDP</acronym> client. The server maintains a list of service records that describe the characteristics of services associated with the server. Each service record contains information about a single service. A client may retrieve information from a service record maintained by the <acronym>SDP</acronym> server by issuing a <acronym>SDP</acronym> request. If the client, or an application associated with the client, decides to use a service, it must open a separate connection to the service provider in order to utilize the service. <acronym>SDP</acronym> provides a mechanism for discovering services and their attributes, but it does not provide a mechanism for utilizing those services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64623
msgid "Normally, a <acronym>SDP</acronym> client searches for services based on some desired characteristics of the services. However, there are times when it is desirable to discover which types of services are described by an <acronym>SDP</acronym> server's service records without any prior information about the services. This process of looking for any offered services is called <emphasis>browsing</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64632
msgid "The Bluetooth <acronym>SDP</acronym> server, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and command line client, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, are included in the standard FreeBSD installation. The following example shows how to perform a <acronym>SDP</acronym> browse query."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64638
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sdpcontrol -a 00:01:03:fc:6e:ec browse</userinput>\n"
"Record Handle: 00000000\n"
"Service Class ID List:\n"
"        Service Discovery Server (0x1000)\n"
"Protocol Descriptor List:\n"
"        L2CAP (0x0100)\n"
"                Protocol specific parameter #1: u/int/uuid16 1\n"
"                Protocol specific parameter #2: u/int/uuid16 1\n"
"\n"
"Record Handle: 0x00000001\n"
"Service Class ID List:\n"
"        Browse Group Descriptor (0x1001)\n"
"\n"
"Record Handle: 0x00000002\n"
"Service Class ID List:\n"
"        LAN Access Using PPP (0x1102)\n"
"Protocol Descriptor List:\n"
"        L2CAP (0x0100)\n"
"        RFCOMM (0x0003)\n"
"                Protocol specific parameter #1: u/int8/bool 1\n"
"Bluetooth Profile Descriptor List:\n"
"        LAN Access Using PPP (0x1102) ver. 1.0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64661
msgid "Note that each service has a list of attributes, such as the <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel. Depending on the service, the user might need to make note of some of the attributes. Some Bluetooth implementations do not support service browsing and may return an empty list. In this case, it is possible to search for the specific service. The example below shows how to search for the <acronym>OBEX</acronym> Object Push (<acronym>OPUSH</acronym>) service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64671
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sdpcontrol -a 00:01:03:fc:6e:ec search OPUSH</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64673
msgid "Offering services on FreeBSD to Bluetooth clients is done with the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> server. The following line can be added to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64677
#, no-wrap
msgid "sdpd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64679
msgid "Then the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon can be started with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64681
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sdpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64683
msgid "The local server application that wants to provide a Bluetooth service to remote clients will register the service with the local <acronym>SDP</acronym> daemon. An example of such an application is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Once started, it will register the Bluetooth LAN service with the local <acronym>SDP</acronym> daemon."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64690
msgid "The list of services registered with the local <acronym>SDP</acronym> server can be obtained by issuing a <acronym>SDP</acronym> browse query via the local control channel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64695
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sdpcontrol -l browse</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:64699
msgid "<acronym>OBEX</acronym> Object Push (<acronym>OPUSH</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64702
msgid "<primary>OBEX</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64706
msgid "Object Exchange (<acronym>OBEX</acronym>) is a widely used protocol for simple file transfers between mobile devices. Its main use is in infrared communication, where it is used for generic file transfers between notebooks or <acronym>PDA</acronym>s, and for sending business cards or calendar entries between cellular phones and other devices with Personal Information Manager (<acronym>PIM</acronym>) applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64715
msgid "The <acronym>OBEX</acronym> server and client are implemented by <application>obexapp</application>, which can be installed using the <package>comms/obexapp</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64720
msgid "The <acronym>OBEX</acronym> client is used to push and/or pull objects from the <acronym>OBEX</acronym> server. An example object is a business card or an appointment. The <acronym>OBEX</acronym> client can obtain the <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel number from the remote device via <acronym>SDP</acronym>. This can be done by specifying the service name instead of the <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel number. Supported service names are: <literal>IrMC</literal>, <literal>FTRN</literal>, and <literal>OPUSH</literal>. It is also possible to specify the <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel as a number. Below is an example of an <acronym>OBEX</acronym> session where the device information object is pulled from the cellular phone, and a new object, the business card, is pushed into the phone's directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>obexapp -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4 -C IrMC</userinput>\n"
"obex&gt; get telecom/devinfo.txt devinfo-t39.txt\n"
"Success, response: OK, Success (0x20)\n"
"obex&gt; put new.vcf\n"
"Success, response: OK, Success (0x20)\n"
"obex&gt; di\n"
"Success, response: OK, Success (0x20)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64744
msgid "In order to provide the <acronym>OPUSH</acronym> service, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> must be running and a root folder, where all incoming objects will be stored, must be created. The default path to the root folder is <filename>/var/spool/obex</filename>. Finally, start the <acronym>OBEX</acronym> server on a valid <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel number. The <acronym>OBEX</acronym> server will automatically register the <acronym>OPUSH</acronym> service with the local <acronym>SDP</acronym> daemon. The example below shows how to start the <acronym>OBEX</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64756
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>obexapp -s -C 10</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:64760
msgid "Serial Port Profile (<acronym>SPP</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64762
msgid "The Serial Port Profile (<acronym>SPP</acronym>) allows Bluetooth devices to perform serial cable emulation. This profile allows legacy applications to use Bluetooth as a cable replacement, through a virtual serial port abstraction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64768
msgid "In FreeBSD, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_sppd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> implements <acronym>SPP</acronym> and a pseudo tty is used as a virtual serial port abstraction. The example below shows how to connect to a remote device's serial port service. A <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel does not have to be specified as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_sppd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> can obtain it from the remote device via <acronym>SDP</acronym>. To override this, specify a <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64778
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rfcomm_sppd -a 00:07:E0:00:0B:CA -t</userinput>\n"
"rfcomm_sppd[94692]: Starting on /dev/pts/6...\n"
"/dev/pts/6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64782
msgid "Once connected, the pseudo tty can be used as serial port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64785
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu -l /dev/pts/6</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64787
msgid "The pseudo tty is printed on stdout and can be read by wrapper scripts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64790
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"PTS=`rfcomm_sppd -a 00:07:E0:00:0B:CA -t`\n"
"cu -l $PTS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64798
msgid "By default, when FreeBSD is accepting a new connection, it tries to perform a role switch and become master. Some older Bluetooth devices which do not support role switching will not be able to connect. Since role switching is performed when a new connection is being established, it is not possible to ask the remote device if it supports role switching. However, there is a <acronym>HCI</acronym> option to disable role switching on the local side:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64807
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hccontrol -n ubt0hci write_node_role_switch 0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64809
msgid "To display Bluetooth packets, use the third-party package <application>hcidump</application>, which can be installed using the <package>comms/hcidump</package> package or port. This utility is similar to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcpdump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and can be used to display the contents of Bluetooth packets on the terminal and to dump the Bluetooth packets to a file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:64820
msgid "Bridging"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:64823 book.translate.xml:65284
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Andrew</firstname> <surname>Thompson</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64833
msgid "<primary><acronym>IP</acronym> subnet</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64836
msgid "<primary>bridge</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64840
msgid "It is sometimes useful to divide a network, such as an Ethernet segment, into network segments without having to create <acronym>IP</acronym> subnets and use a router to connect the segments together. A device that connects two networks together in this fashion is called a <quote>bridge</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64847
msgid "A bridge works by learning the <acronym>MAC</acronym> addresses of the devices on each of its network interfaces. It forwards traffic between networks only when the source and destination <acronym>MAC</acronym> addresses are on different networks. In many respects, a bridge is like an Ethernet switch with very few ports. A FreeBSD system with multiple network interfaces can be configured to act as a bridge."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64855
msgid "Bridging can be useful in the following situations:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64859
msgid "Connecting Networks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64861
msgid "The basic operation of a bridge is to join two or more network segments. There are many reasons to use a host-based bridge instead of networking equipment, such as cabling constraints or firewalling. A bridge can also connect a wireless interface running in hostap mode to a wired network and act as an access point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64871
msgid "Filtering/Traffic Shaping Firewall"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64873
msgid "A bridge can be used when firewall functionality is needed without routing or Network Address Translation (<acronym>NAT</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64877
msgid "An example is a small company that is connected via <acronym>DSL</acronym> or <acronym>ISDN</acronym> to an <acronym>ISP</acronym>. There are thirteen public <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses from the <acronym>ISP</acronym> and ten computers on the network. In this situation, using a router-based firewall is difficult because of subnetting issues. A bridge-based firewall can be configured without any <acronym>IP</acronym> addressing issues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64890
msgid "Network Tap"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64892
msgid "A bridge can join two network segments in order to inspect all Ethernet frames that pass between them using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bpf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcpdump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> on the bridge interface or by sending a copy of all frames out an additional interface known as a span port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64901
msgid "Layer 2 <acronym>VPN</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64903
msgid "Two Ethernet networks can be joined across an <acronym>IP</acronym> link by bridging the networks to an EtherIP tunnel or a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> based solution such as <application>OpenVPN</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64911
msgid "Layer 2 Redundancy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64913
msgid "A network can be connected together with multiple links and use the Spanning Tree Protocol (<acronym>STP</acronym>) to block redundant paths."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64920
msgid "This section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system as a bridge using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>if_bridge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>. A netgraph bridging driver is also available, and is described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_bridge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:64925
msgid "Packet filtering can be used with any firewall package that hooks into the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pfil</refentrytitle><manvolnum>9</manvolnum></citerefentry> framework. The bridge can be used as a traffic shaper with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>altq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dummynet</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64932
msgid "Enabling the Bridge"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64934
msgid "In FreeBSD, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>if_bridge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> is a kernel module which is automatically loaded by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> when creating a bridge interface. It is also possible to compile bridge support into a custom kernel by adding <literal>device if_bridge</literal> to the custom kernel configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64941
msgid "The bridge is created using interface cloning. To create the bridge interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64944
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge create</userinput>\n"
"bridge0\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0</userinput>\n"
"bridge0: flags=8802&lt;BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        ether 96:3d:4b:f1:79:7a\n"
"        id 00:00:00:00:00:00 priority 32768 hellotime 2 fwddelay 15\n"
"        maxage 20 holdcnt 6 proto rstp maxaddr 100 timeout 1200\n"
"        root id 00:00:00:00:00:00 priority 0 ifcost 0 port 0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64953
msgid "When a bridge interface is created, it is automatically assigned a randomly generated Ethernet address. The <literal>maxaddr</literal> and <literal>timeout</literal> parameters control how many <acronym>MAC</acronym> addresses the bridge will keep in its forwarding table and how many seconds before each entry is removed after it is last seen. The other parameters control how <acronym>STP</acronym> operates."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64962
msgid "Next, specify which network interfaces to add as members of the bridge. For the bridge to forward packets, all member interfaces and the bridge need to be up:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64966
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 addm fxp0 addm fxp1 up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig fxp0 up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig fxp1 up</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64970
msgid "The bridge can now forward Ethernet frames between <filename>fxp0</filename> and <filename>fxp1</filename>. Add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> so the bridge is created at startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64975
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"cloned_interfaces=\"bridge0\"\n"
"ifconfig_bridge0=\"addm fxp0 addm fxp1 up\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0=\"up\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp1=\"up\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64980
msgid "If the bridge host needs an <acronym>IP</acronym> address, set it on the bridge interface, not on the member interfaces. The address can be set statically or via <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. This example sets a static <acronym>IP</acronym> address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64986
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 inet 192.168.0.1/24</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64988
msgid "It is also possible to assign an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address to a bridge interface. To make the changes permanent, add the addressing information to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:64994
msgid "When packet filtering is enabled, bridged packets will pass through the filter inbound on the originating interface on the bridge interface, and outbound on the appropriate interfaces. Either stage can be disabled. When direction of the packet flow is important, it is best to firewall on the member interfaces rather than the bridge itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65001
msgid "The bridge has several configurable settings for passing non-<acronym>IP</acronym> and <acronym>IP</acronym> packets, and layer2 firewalling with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>if_bridge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65009
msgid "Enabling Spanning Tree"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65011
msgid "For an Ethernet network to function properly, only one active path can exist between two devices. The <acronym>STP</acronym> protocol detects loops and puts redundant links into a blocked state. Should one of the active links fail, <acronym>STP</acronym> calculates a different tree and enables one of the blocked paths to restore connectivity to all points in the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65019
msgid "The Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (<acronym>RSTP</acronym> or 802.1w) provides backwards compatibility with legacy <acronym>STP</acronym>. <acronym>RSTP</acronym> provides faster convergence and exchanges information with neighboring switches to quickly transition to forwarding mode without creating loops. FreeBSD supports <acronym>RSTP</acronym> and <acronym>STP</acronym> as operating modes, with <acronym>RSTP</acronym> being the default mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65028
msgid "<acronym>STP</acronym> can be enabled on member interfaces using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For a bridge with <filename>fxp0</filename> and <filename>fxp1</filename> as the current interfaces, enable <acronym>STP</acronym> with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65033
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 stp fxp0 stp fxp1</userinput>\n"
"bridge0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        ether d6:cf:d5:a0:94:6d\n"
"        id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 hellotime 2 fwddelay 15\n"
"        maxage 20 holdcnt 6 proto rstp maxaddr 100 timeout 1200\n"
"        root id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 ifcost 0 port 0\n"
"        member: fxp0 flags=1c7&lt;LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP&gt;\n"
"                port 3 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n"
"                role designated state forwarding\n"
"        member: fxp1 flags=1c7&lt;LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP&gt;\n"
"                port 4 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n"
"                role designated state forwarding"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65046
msgid "This bridge has a spanning tree ID of <literal>00:01:02:4b:d4:50</literal> and a priority of <literal>32768</literal>. As the <literal>root id</literal> is the same, it indicates that this is the root bridge for the tree."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65052
msgid "Another bridge on the network also has <acronym>STP</acronym> enabled:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65055
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"bridge0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        ether 96:3d:4b:f1:79:7a\n"
"        id 00:13:d4:9a:06:7a priority 32768 hellotime 2 fwddelay 15\n"
"        maxage 20 holdcnt 6 proto rstp maxaddr 100 timeout 1200\n"
"        root id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 ifcost 400000 port 4\n"
"        member: fxp0 flags=1c7&lt;LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP&gt;\n"
"                port 4 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n"
"                role root state forwarding\n"
"        member: fxp1 flags=1c7&lt;LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP&gt;\n"
"                port 5 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n"
"                role designated state forwarding"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65067
msgid "The line <literal>root id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 ifcost 400000 port 4</literal> shows that the root bridge is <literal>00:01:02:4b:d4:50</literal> and has a path cost of <literal>400000</literal> from this bridge. The path to the root bridge is via <literal>port 4</literal> which is <filename>fxp0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65076
msgid "Bridge Interface Parameters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65078
msgid "Several <command>ifconfig</command> parameters are unique to bridge interfaces. This section summarizes some common uses for these parameters. The complete list of available parameters is described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65085
msgid "private"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65087
msgid "A private interface does not forward any traffic to any other port that is also designated as a private interface. The traffic is blocked unconditionally so no Ethernet frames will be forwarded, including <acronym>ARP</acronym> packets. If traffic needs to be selectively blocked, a firewall should be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65098
msgid "span"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65100
msgid "A span port transmits a copy of every Ethernet frame received by the bridge. The number of span ports configured on a bridge is unlimited, but if an interface is designated as a span port, it cannot also be used as a regular bridge port. This is most useful for snooping a bridged network passively on another host connected to one of the span ports of the bridge. For example, to send a copy of all frames out the interface named <filename>fxp4</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65110
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 span fxp4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65115
msgid "sticky"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65117
msgid "If a bridge member interface is marked as sticky, dynamically learned address entries are treated as static entries in the forwarding cache. Sticky entries are never aged out of the cache or replaced, even if the address is seen on a different interface. This gives the benefit of static address entries without the need to pre-populate the forwarding table. Clients learned on a particular segment of the bridge cannot roam to another segment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65127
msgid "An example of using sticky addresses is to combine the bridge with <acronym>VLAN</acronym>s in order to isolate customer networks without wasting <acronym>IP</acronym> address space. Consider that <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">CustomerA</systemitem> is on <literal>vlan100</literal>, <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">CustomerB</systemitem> is on <literal>vlan101</literal>, and the bridge has the address <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.0.1</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65136
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 addm vlan100 sticky vlan100 addm vlan101 sticky vlan101</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 inet 192.168.0.1/24</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65139
msgid "In this example, both clients see <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.0.1</systemitem> as their default gateway. Since the bridge cache is sticky, one host cannot spoof the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the other customer in order to intercept their traffic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65145
msgid "Any communication between the <acronym>VLAN</acronym>s can be blocked using a firewall or, as seen in this example, private interfaces:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65149
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 private vlan100 private vlan101</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 private vlan100 private vlan101</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65151
msgid "The customers are completely isolated from each other and the full <systemitem class=\"netmask\">/24</systemitem> address range can be allocated without subnetting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65155
msgid "The number of unique source <acronym>MAC</acronym> addresses behind an interface can be limited. Once the limit is reached, packets with unknown source addresses are dropped until an existing host cache entry expires or is removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65161
msgid "The following example sets the maximum number of Ethernet devices for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">CustomerA</systemitem> on <literal>vlan100</literal> to 10:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65165
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 ifmaxaddr vlan100 10</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 ifmaxaddr vlan100 10</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65170
msgid "Bridge interfaces also support monitor mode, where the packets are discarded after <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bpf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> processing and are not processed or forwarded further. This can be used to multiplex the input of two or more interfaces into a single <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bpf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> stream. This is useful for reconstructing the traffic for network taps that transmit the RX/TX signals out through two separate interfaces. For example, to read the input from four network interfaces as one stream:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65179
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 addm fxp0 addm fxp1 addm fxp2 addm fxp3 monitor up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tcpdump -i bridge0</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 addm fxp0 addm fxp1 addm fxp2 addm fxp3 monitor up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tcpdump -i bridge0</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65184
msgid "<acronym>SNMP</acronym> Monitoring"
msgstr "<acronym>SNMP</acronym> Monitoring"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65186
msgid "The bridge interface and <acronym>STP</acronym> parameters can be monitored via <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsnmpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> which is included in the FreeBSD base system. The exported bridge <acronym>MIB</acronym>s conform to <acronym>IETF</acronym> standards so any <acronym>SNMP</acronym> client or monitoring package can be used to retrieve the data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65193
msgid "To enable monitoring on the bridge, uncomment this line in <filename>/etc/snmpd.config</filename> by removing the beginning <literal>#</literal> symbol:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65197
#, no-wrap
msgid "begemotSnmpdModulePath.\"bridge\" = \"/usr/lib/snmp_bridge.so\""
msgstr "begemotSnmpdModulePath.\"bridge\" = \"/usr/lib/snmp_bridge.so\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65199
msgid "Other configuration settings, such as community names and access lists, may need to be modified in this file. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsnmpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>snmp_bridge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information. Once these edits are saved, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65205
#, no-wrap
msgid "bsnmpd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr "bsnmpd_enable=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65207
msgid "Then, start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsnmpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65209
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service bsnmpd start</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service bsnmpd start</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65211
msgid "The following examples use the <application>Net-SNMP</application> software (<package>net-mgmt/net-snmp</package>) to query a bridge from a client system. The <package>net-mgmt/bsnmptools</package> port can also be used. From the <acronym>SNMP</acronym> client which is running <application>Net-SNMP</application>, add the following lines to <filename>$HOME/.snmp/snmp.conf</filename> in order to import the bridge <acronym>MIB</acronym> definitions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65221
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mibdirs +/usr/share/snmp/mibs\n"
"mibs +BRIDGE-MIB:RSTP-MIB:BEGEMOT-MIB:BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB"
msgstr ""
"mibdirs +/usr/share/snmp/mibs\n"
"mibs +BRIDGE-MIB:RSTP-MIB:BEGEMOT-MIB:BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65224
msgid "To monitor a single bridge using the IETF BRIDGE-MIB (RFC4188):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65227
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>snmpwalk -v 2c -c public bridge1.example.com mib-2.dot1dBridge</userinput>\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dBaseBridgeAddress.0 = STRING: 66:fb:9b:6e:5c:44\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dBaseNumPorts.0 = INTEGER: 1 ports\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.0 = Timeticks: (189959) 0:31:39.59 centi-seconds\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpTopChanges.0 = Counter32: 2\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpDesignatedRoot.0 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 50\n"
"...\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortState.3 = INTEGER: forwarding(5)\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortEnable.3 = INTEGER: enabled(1)\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortPathCost.3 = INTEGER: 200000\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedRoot.3 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 50\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedCost.3 = INTEGER: 0\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedBridge.3 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 50\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedPort.3 = Hex-STRING: 03 80\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortForwardTransitions.3 = Counter32: 1\n"
"RSTP-MIB::dot1dStpVersion.0 = INTEGER: rstp(2)"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>snmpwalk -v 2c -c public bridge1.example.com mib-2.dot1dBridge</userinput>\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dBaseBridgeAddress.0 = STRING: 66:fb:9b:6e:5c:44\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dBaseNumPorts.0 = INTEGER: 1 ports\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.0 = Timeticks: (189959) 0:31:39.59 centi-seconds\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpTopChanges.0 = Counter32: 2\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpDesignatedRoot.0 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 50\n"
"...\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortState.3 = INTEGER: forwarding(5)\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortEnable.3 = INTEGER: enabled(1)\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortPathCost.3 = INTEGER: 200000\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedRoot.3 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 50\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedCost.3 = INTEGER: 0\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedBridge.3 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 50\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedPort.3 = Hex-STRING: 03 80\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortForwardTransitions.3 = Counter32: 1\n"
"RSTP-MIB::dot1dStpVersion.0 = INTEGER: rstp(2)"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65244
msgid "The <literal>dot1dStpTopChanges.0</literal> value is two, indicating that the <acronym>STP</acronym> bridge topology has changed twice. A topology change means that one or more links in the network have changed or failed and a new tree has been calculated. The <literal>dot1dStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.0</literal> value will show when this happened."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65252
msgid "To monitor multiple bridge interfaces, the private BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB can be used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65255
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>snmpwalk -v 2c -c public bridge1.example.com</userinput>\n"
"enterprises.fokus.begemot.begemotBridge\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseName.\"bridge0\" = STRING: bridge0\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseName.\"bridge2\" = STRING: bridge2\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseAddress.\"bridge0\" = STRING: e:ce:3b:5a:9e:13\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseAddress.\"bridge2\" = STRING: 12:5e:4d:74:d:fc\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseNumPorts.\"bridge0\" = INTEGER: 1\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseNumPorts.\"bridge2\" = INTEGER: 1\n"
"...\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.\"bridge0\" = Timeticks: (116927) 0:19:29.27 centi-seconds\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.\"bridge2\" = Timeticks: (82773) 0:13:47.73 centi-seconds\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTopChanges.\"bridge0\" = Counter32: 1\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTopChanges.\"bridge2\" = Counter32: 1\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpDesignatedRoot.\"bridge0\" = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 40 95 30 5E 31\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpDesignatedRoot.\"bridge2\" = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 50 8B B8 C6 A9"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>snmpwalk -v 2c -c public bridge1.example.com</userinput>\n"
"enterprises.fokus.begemot.begemotBridge\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseName.\"bridge0\" = STRING: bridge0\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseName.\"bridge2\" = STRING: bridge2\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseAddress.\"bridge0\" = STRING: e:ce:3b:5a:9e:13\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseAddress.\"bridge2\" = STRING: 12:5e:4d:74:d:fc\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseNumPorts.\"bridge0\" = INTEGER: 1\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseNumPorts.\"bridge2\" = INTEGER: 1\n"
"...\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.\"bridge0\" = Timeticks: (116927) 0:19:29.27 centi-seconds\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.\"bridge2\" = Timeticks: (82773) 0:13:47.73 centi-seconds\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTopChanges.\"bridge0\" = Counter32: 1\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTopChanges.\"bridge2\" = Counter32: 1\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpDesignatedRoot.\"bridge0\" = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 40 95 30 5E 31\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpDesignatedRoot.\"bridge2\" = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 50 8B B8 C6 A9"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65271
msgid "To change the bridge interface being monitored via the <literal>mib-2.dot1dBridge</literal> subtree:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65274
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>snmpset -v 2c -c private bridge1.example.com</userinput>\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeDefaultBridgeIf.0 s bridge2"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>snmpset -v 2c -c private bridge1.example.com</userinput>\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeDefaultBridgeIf.0 s bridge2"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:65281
msgid "Link Aggregation and Failover"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65294
msgid "<primary>lagg</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>lagg</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65297
msgid "<primary>failover</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>failover</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65300
msgid "<primary><acronym>FEC</acronym></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><acronym>FEC</acronym></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65303
msgid "<primary><acronym>LACP</acronym></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><acronym>LACP</acronym></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65306
msgid "<primary>loadbalance</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>loadbalance</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65309
msgid "<primary>roundrobin</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>roundrobin</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65313
msgid "FreeBSD provides the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> interface which can be used to aggregate multiple network interfaces into one virtual interface in order to provide failover and link aggregation. Failover allows traffic to continue to flow as long as at least one aggregated network interface has an established link. Link aggregation works best on switches which support <acronym>LACP</acronym>, as this protocol distributes traffic bi-directionally while responding to the failure of individual links."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65323
msgid "The aggregation protocols supported by the lagg interface determine which ports are used for outgoing traffic and whether or not a specific port accepts incoming traffic. The following protocols are supported by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65330
msgid "failover"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65332
msgid "This mode sends and receives traffic only through the master port. If the master port becomes unavailable, the next active port is used. The first interface added to the virtual interface is the master port and all subsequently added interfaces are used as failover devices. If failover to a non-master port occurs, the original port becomes master once it becomes available again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65344
msgid "fec / loadbalance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65346
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> Fast <trademark class=\"registered\">EtherChannel</trademark> (<acronym>FEC</acronym>) is found on older <trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> switches. It provides a static setup and does not negotiate aggregation with the peer or exchange frames to monitor the link. If the switch supports <acronym>LACP</acronym>, that should be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65356
msgid "<acronym>lacp</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65358
msgid "The <trademark class=\"registered\">IEEE</trademark> 802.3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol (<acronym>LACP</acronym>) negotiates a set of aggregable links with the peer into one or more Link Aggregated Groups (<acronym>LAG</acronym>s). Each <acronym>LAG</acronym> is composed of ports of the same speed, set to full-duplex operation, and traffic is balanced across the ports in the <acronym>LAG</acronym> with the greatest total speed. Typically, there is only one <acronym>LAG</acronym> which contains all the ports. In the event of changes in physical connectivity, <acronym>LACP</acronym> will quickly converge to a new configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65372
msgid "<acronym>LACP</acronym> balances outgoing traffic across the active ports based on hashed protocol header information and accepts incoming traffic from any active port. The hash includes the Ethernet source and destination address and, if available, the <acronym>VLAN</acronym> tag, and the <acronym>IPv4</acronym> or <acronym>IPv6</acronym> source and destination address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65384
msgid "roundrobin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65386
msgid "This mode distributes outgoing traffic using a round-robin scheduler through all active ports and accepts incoming traffic from any active port. Since this mode violates Ethernet frame ordering, it should be used with caution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65396
msgid "Configuration Examples"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65398
msgid "This section demonstrates how to configure a <trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> switch and a FreeBSD system for <acronym>LACP</acronym> load balancing. It then shows how to configure two Ethernet interfaces in failover mode as well as how to configure failover mode between an Ethernet and a wireless interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:65406
msgid "<acronym>LACP</acronym> Aggregation with a <trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> Switch"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65409
msgid "This example connects two <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fxp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> Ethernet interfaces on a FreeBSD machine to the first two Ethernet ports on a <trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> switch as a single load balanced and fault tolerant link. More interfaces can be added to increase throughput and fault tolerance. Replace the names of the <trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> ports, Ethernet devices, channel group number, and <acronym>IP</acronym> address shown in the example to match the local configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65418
msgid "Frame ordering is mandatory on Ethernet links and any traffic between two stations always flows over the same physical link, limiting the maximum speed to that of one interface. The transmit algorithm attempts to use as much information as it can to distinguish different traffic flows and balance the flows across the available interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65426
msgid "On the <trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> switch, add the <replaceable>FastEthernet0/1</replaceable> and <replaceable>FastEthernet0/2</replaceable> interfaces to channel group <replaceable>1</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65431
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<userinput>interface <replaceable>FastEthernet0/1</replaceable>\n"
" channel-group <replaceable>1</replaceable> mode active\n"
" channel-protocol lacp</userinput>\n"
"!\n"
"<userinput>interface <replaceable>FastEthernet0/2</replaceable>\n"
" channel-group <replaceable>1</replaceable> mode active\n"
" channel-protocol lacp</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<userinput>interface <replaceable>FastEthernet0/1</replaceable>\n"
" channel-group <replaceable>1</replaceable> mode active\n"
" channel-protocol lacp</userinput>\n"
"!\n"
"<userinput>interface <replaceable>FastEthernet0/2</replaceable>\n"
" channel-group <replaceable>1</replaceable> mode active\n"
" channel-protocol lacp</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65439
msgid "On the FreeBSD system, create the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> interface using the physical interfaces <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> and <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> and bring the interfaces up with an <acronym>IP</acronym> address of <replaceable>10.0.0.3/24</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65446
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> create </userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> up laggproto lacp laggport <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> laggport <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> <replaceable>10.0.0.3/24</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> create </userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> up laggproto lacp laggport <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> laggport <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> <replaceable>10.0.0.3/24</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65451
msgid "Next, verify the status of the virtual interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65453
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal></userinput>\n"
"lagg0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=8&lt;VLAN_MTU&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:05:5d:71:8d:b8\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect\n"
"        status: active\n"
"        laggproto lacp\n"
"        laggport: fxp1 flags=1c&lt;ACTIVE,COLLECTING,DISTRIBUTING&gt;\n"
"        laggport: fxp0 flags=1c&lt;ACTIVE,COLLECTING,DISTRIBUTING&gt;"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal></userinput>\n"
"lagg0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=8&lt;VLAN_MTU&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:05:5d:71:8d:b8\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect\n"
"        status: active\n"
"        laggproto lacp\n"
"        laggport: fxp1 flags=1c&lt;ACTIVE,COLLECTING,DISTRIBUTING&gt;\n"
"        laggport: fxp0 flags=1c&lt;ACTIVE,COLLECTING,DISTRIBUTING&gt;"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65463
msgid "Ports marked as <literal>ACTIVE</literal> are part of the <acronym>LAG</acronym> that has been negotiated with the remote switch. Traffic will be transmitted and received through these active ports. Add <option>-v</option> to the above command to view the <acronym>LAG</acronym> identifiers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65471
msgid "To see the port status on the <trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> switch:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65473
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"switch# <userinput>show lacp neighbor</userinput>\n"
"Flags:  S - Device is requesting Slow LACPDUs\n"
"        F - Device is requesting Fast LACPDUs\n"
"        A - Device is in Active mode       P - Device is in Passive mode\n"
"\n"
"Channel group 1 neighbors\n"
"\n"
"Partner's information:\n"
"\n"
"                  LACP port                        Oper    Port     Port\n"
"Port      Flags   Priority  Dev ID         Age     Key     Number   State\n"
"Fa0/1     SA      32768     0005.5d71.8db8  29s    0x146   0x3      0x3D\n"
"Fa0/2     SA      32768     0005.5d71.8db8  29s    0x146   0x4      0x3D"
msgstr ""
"switch# <userinput>show lacp neighbor</userinput>\n"
"Flags:  S - Device is requesting Slow LACPDUs\n"
"        F - Device is requesting Fast LACPDUs\n"
"        A - Device is in Active mode       P - Device is in Passive mode\n"
"\n"
"Channel group 1 neighbors\n"
"\n"
"Partner's information:\n"
"\n"
"                  LACP port                        Oper    Port     Port\n"
"Port      Flags   Priority  Dev ID         Age     Key     Number   State\n"
"Fa0/1     SA      32768     0005.5d71.8db8  29s    0x146   0x3      0x3D\n"
"Fa0/2     SA      32768     0005.5d71.8db8  29s    0x146   0x4      0x3D"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65487
msgid "For more detail, type <userinput>show lacp neighbor detail</userinput>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65490
msgid "To retain this configuration across reboots, add the following entries to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> on the FreeBSD system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65494
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"up\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp1</replaceable>=\"up\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>=\"laggproto lacp laggport <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> laggport <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> <replaceable>10.0.0.3/24</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"up\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp1</replaceable>=\"up\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>=\"laggproto lacp laggport <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> laggport <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> <replaceable>10.0.0.3/24</replaceable>\""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:65501
msgid "Failover Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65503
msgid "Failover mode can be used to switch over to a secondary interface if the link is lost on the master interface. To configure failover, make sure that the underlying physical interfaces are up, then create the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> interface. In this example, <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> is the master interface, <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> is the secondary interface, and the virtual interface is assigned an <acronym>IP</acronym> address of <replaceable>10.0.0.15/24</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65513
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> up laggproto failover laggport <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> laggport <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> <replaceable>10.0.0.15/24</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> up laggproto failover laggport <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> laggport <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> <replaceable>10.0.0.15/24</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65518 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The virtual interface should look something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65521
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal></userinput>\n"
"lagg0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=8&lt;VLAN_MTU&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:05:5d:71:8d:b8\n"
"        inet 10.0.0.15 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect\n"
"        status: active\n"
"        laggproto failover\n"
"        laggport: fxp1 flags=0&lt;&gt;\n"
"        laggport: fxp0 flags=5&lt;MASTER,ACTIVE&gt;"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal></userinput>\n"
"lagg0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=8&lt;VLAN_MTU&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:05:5d:71:8d:b8\n"
"        inet 10.0.0.15 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect\n"
"        status: active\n"
"        laggproto failover\n"
"        laggport: fxp1 flags=0&lt;&gt;\n"
"        laggport: fxp0 flags=5&lt;MASTER,ACTIVE&gt;"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65532
msgid "Traffic will be transmitted and received on <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>. If the link is lost on <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>, <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> will become the active link. If the link is restored on the master interface, it will once again become the active link."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To retain this configuration across reboots, add the following entries to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"up\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp1</replaceable>=\"up\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>=\"laggproto failover laggport <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> laggport <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> <replaceable>10.0.0.15/24</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"up\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp1</replaceable>=\"up\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>=\"laggproto failover laggport <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> laggport <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> <replaceable>10.0.0.15/24</replaceable>\""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Failover Mode Between Ethernet and Wireless Interfaces"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "For laptop users, it is usually desirable to configure the wireless device as a secondary which is only used when the Ethernet connection is not available. With <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, it is possible to configure a failover which prefers the Ethernet connection for both performance and security reasons, while maintaining the ability to transfer data over the wireless connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is achieved by overriding the physical wireless interface's <acronym>MAC</acronym> address with that of the Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In this example, the Ethernet interface, <replaceable>bge0</replaceable>, is the master and the wireless interface, <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable>, is the failover. The <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> device was created from <replaceable>iwn0</replaceable> wireless interface, which will be configured with the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the Ethernet interface. First, determine the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the Ethernet interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bge0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"bge0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\toptions=19b&lt;RXCSUM,TXCSUM,VLAN_MTU,VLAN_HWTAGGING,VLAN_HWCSUM,TSO4&gt;\n"
"\tether 00:21:70:da:ae:37\n"
"\tinet6 fe80::221:70ff:feda:ae37%bge0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x2\n"
"\tnd6 options=29&lt;PERFORMNUD,IFDISABLED,AUTO_LINKLOCAL&gt;\n"
"\tmedia: Ethernet autoselect (1000baseT &lt;full-duplex&gt;)\n"
"\tstatus: active"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bge0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"bge0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\toptions=19b&lt;RXCSUM,TXCSUM,VLAN_MTU,VLAN_HWTAGGING,VLAN_HWCSUM,TSO4&gt;\n"
"\tether 00:21:70:da:ae:37\n"
"\tinet6 fe80::221:70ff:feda:ae37%bge0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x2\n"
"\tnd6 options=29&lt;PERFORMNUD,IFDISABLED,AUTO_LINKLOCAL&gt;\n"
"\tmedia: Ethernet autoselect (1000baseT &lt;full-duplex&gt;)\n"
"\tstatus: active"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Replace <replaceable>bge0</replaceable> to match the system's Ethernet interface name. The <literal>ether</literal> line will contain the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the specified interface. Now, change the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the underlying wireless interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>iwn0</replaceable> ether <replaceable>00:21:70:da:ae:37</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>iwn0</replaceable> ether <replaceable>00:21:70:da:ae:37</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Bring the wireless interface up, but do not set an <acronym>IP</acronym> address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>iwn0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>my_router</replaceable> up</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>iwn0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>my_router</replaceable> up</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Make sure the <replaceable>bge0</replaceable> interface is up, then create the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> interface with <replaceable>bge0</replaceable> as master with failover to <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bge0</replaceable> up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> up laggproto failover laggport <replaceable>bge0</replaceable> laggport <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bge0</replaceable> up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> up laggproto failover laggport <replaceable>bge0</replaceable> laggport <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal></userinput>\n"
"lagg0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=8&lt;VLAN_MTU&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:21:70:da:ae:37\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect\n"
"        status: active\n"
"        laggproto failover\n"
"        laggport: wlan0 flags=0&lt;&gt;\n"
"        laggport: bge0 flags=5&lt;MASTER,ACTIVE&gt;"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal></userinput>\n"
"lagg0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=8&lt;VLAN_MTU&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:21:70:da:ae:37\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect\n"
"        status: active\n"
"        laggproto failover\n"
"        laggport: wlan0 flags=0&lt;&gt;\n"
"        laggport: bge0 flags=5&lt;MASTER,ACTIVE&gt;"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Then, start the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client to obtain an <acronym>IP</acronym> address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dhclient <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dhclient <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_bge0=\"up\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>iwn0</replaceable>=\"<replaceable>ether 00:21:70:da:ae:37</replaceable>\"\n"
"wlans_<replaceable>iwn0</replaceable>=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>=\"laggproto failover laggport bge0 laggport wlan0 DHCP\""
msgstr ""
"ifconfig_bge0=\"up\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>iwn0</replaceable>=\"<replaceable>ether 00:21:70:da:ae:37</replaceable>\"\n"
"wlans_<replaceable>iwn0</replaceable>=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>=\"laggproto failover laggport bge0 laggport wlan0 DHCP\""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Diskless Operation with <acronym>PXE</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Jean-François</firstname> <surname>Dockès</surname> </personname> <contrib>Updated by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Alex</firstname> <surname>Dupre</surname> </personname> <contrib>Reorganized and enhanced by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>diskless workstation</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>diskless workstation</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>diskless operation</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>diskless operation</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> Preboot eXecution Environment (<acronym>PXE</acronym>) allows an operating system to boot over the network. For example, a FreeBSD system can boot over the network and operate without a local disk, using file systems mounted from an <acronym>NFS</acronym> server. <acronym>PXE</acronym> support is usually available in the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>. To use <acronym>PXE</acronym> when the machine starts, select the <literal>Boot from network</literal> option in the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> setup or type a function key during system initialization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In order to provide the files needed for an operating system to boot over the network, a <acronym>PXE</acronym> setup also requires properly configured <acronym>DHCP</acronym>, <acronym>TFTP</acronym>, and <acronym>NFS</acronym> servers, where:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Initial parameters, such as an <acronym>IP</acronym> address, executable boot filename and location, server name, and root path are obtained from the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The operating system loader file is booted using <acronym>TFTP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The file systems are loaded using <acronym>NFS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "When a computer <acronym>PXE</acronym> boots, it receives information over <acronym>DHCP</acronym> about where to obtain the initial boot loader file. After the host computer receives this information, it downloads the boot loader via <acronym>TFTP</acronym> and then executes the boot loader. In FreeBSD, the boot loader file is <filename>/boot/pxeboot</filename>. After <filename>/boot/pxeboot</filename> executes, the FreeBSD kernel is loaded and the rest of the FreeBSD bootup sequence proceeds, as described in <xref linkend=\"boot\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This section describes how to configure these services on a FreeBSD system so that other systems can <acronym>PXE</acronym> boot into FreeBSD. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>diskless</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "As described, the system providing these services is insecure. It should live in a protected area of a network and be untrusted by other hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Setting Up the <acronym>PXE</acronym> Environment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: affiliation/address
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "rodrigc@FreeBSD.org"
msgstr "rodrigc@FreeBSD.org"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Craig</firstname> <surname>Rodrigues</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> </affiliation> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Craig</firstname> <surname>Rodrigues</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> </affiliation> <contrib>Geschreven door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The steps shown in this section configure the built-in <acronym>NFS</acronym> and <acronym>TFTP</acronym> servers. The next section demonstrates how to install and configure the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. In this example, the directory which will contain the files used by <acronym>PXE</acronym> users is <filename>/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install</filename>. It is important that this directory exists and that the same directory name is set in both <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> and <filename>/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Create the root directory which will contain a FreeBSD installation to be <acronym>NFS</acronym> mounted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>export NFSROOTDIR=/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p ${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>export NFSROOTDIR=/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p ${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Enable the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server by adding this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "nfs_server_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr "nfs_server_enable=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Export the diskless root directory via <acronym>NFS</acronym> by adding the following to <filename>/etc/exports</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "/b -ro -alldirs"
msgstr "/b -ro -alldirs"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Start the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> by adding the following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Uncomment the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> by making sure it does not start with a <literal>#</literal> symbol:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "tftp dgram udp wait root /usr/libexec/tftpd tftpd -l -s /b/tftpboot"
msgstr "tftp dgram udp wait root /usr/libexec/tftpd tftpd -l -s /b/tftpboot"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Some <acronym>PXE</acronym> versions require the <acronym>TCP</acronym> version of <acronym>TFTP</acronym>. In this case, uncomment the second <literal>tftp</literal> line which contains <literal>stream tcp</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Rebuild the FreeBSD kernel and userland (refer to <xref linkend=\"makeworld\"/> for more detailed instructions):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildworld</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildkernel</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildworld</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildkernel</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Install FreeBSD into the directory mounted over <acronym>NFS</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld DESTDIR=${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installkernel DESTDIR=${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make distribution DESTDIR=${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld DESTDIR=${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installkernel DESTDIR=${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make distribution DESTDIR=${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Test that the <acronym>TFTP</acronym> server works and can download the boot loader which will be obtained via <acronym>PXE</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tftp localhost</userinput>\n"
"tftp&gt; <userinput>get FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot</userinput>\n"
"Received 264951 bytes in 0.1 seconds"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Edit <filename>${NFSROOTDIR}/etc/fstab</filename> and create an entry to mount the root file system over <acronym>NFS</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device                                         Mountpoint    FSType   Options  Dump Pass\n"
"<replaceable>myhost.example.com</replaceable>:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install       /         nfs      ro        0    0"
msgstr ""
"# Device                                         Mountpoint    FSType   Options  Dump Pass\n"
"<replaceable>myhost.example.com</replaceable>:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install       /         nfs      ro        0    0"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Replace <replaceable>myhost.example.com</replaceable> with the hostname or <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server. In this example, the root file system is mounted read-only in order to prevent <acronym>NFS</acronym> clients from potentially deleting the contents of the root file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Set the root password in the <acronym>PXE</acronym> environment for client machines which are <acronym>PXE</acronym> booting :"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "If needed, enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> root logins for client machines which are <acronym>PXE</acronym> booting by editing <filename>${NFSROOTDIR}/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> and enabling <literal>PermitRootLogin</literal>. This option is documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd_config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Perform any other needed customizations of the <acronym>PXE</acronym> environment in <filename>${NFSROOTDIR}</filename>. These customizations could include things like installing packages or editing the password file with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vipw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "When booting from an <acronym>NFS</acronym> root volume, <filename>/etc/rc</filename> detects the <acronym>NFS</acronym> boot and runs <filename>/etc/rc.initdiskless</filename>. In this case, <filename>/etc</filename> and <filename>/var</filename> need to be memory backed file systems so that these directories are writable but the <acronym>NFS</acronym> root directory is read-only:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p conf/base</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar -c -v -f conf/base/etc.cpio.gz --format cpio --gzip etc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar -c -v -f conf/base/var.cpio.gz --format cpio --gzip var</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p conf/base</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar -c -v -f conf/base/etc.cpio.gz --format cpio --gzip etc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar -c -v -f conf/base/var.cpio.gz --format cpio --gzip var</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "When the system boots, memory file systems for <filename>/etc</filename> and <filename>/var</filename> will be created and mounted and the contents of the <filename>cpio.gz</filename> files will be copied into them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Configuring the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>DHCP</primary> <secondary>diskless operation</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>DHCP</primary> <secondary>diskless operation</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server does not need to be the same machine as the <acronym>TFTP</acronym> and <acronym>NFS</acronym> server, but it needs to be accessible in the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>DHCP</acronym> is not part of the FreeBSD base system but can be installed using the <package>net/isc-dhcp42-server</package> port or package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Once installed, edit the configuration file, <filename>/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>. Configure the <literal>next-server</literal>, <literal>filename</literal>, and <literal>root-path</literal> settings as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"subnet 192.168.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"
"   range 192.168.0.2 192.168.0.3 ;\n"
"   option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0 ;\n"
"   option routers 192.168.0.1 ;\n"
"   option broadcast-address 192.168.0.255 ;\n"
"   option domain-name-servers 192.168.35.35, 192.168.35.36 ;\n"
"   option domain-name \"example.com\";\n"
"\n"
"   # IP address of TFTP server\n"
"   next-server <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> ;\n"
"\n"
"   # path of boot loader obtained via tftp\n"
"     filename \"<replaceable>FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot</replaceable>\" ;\n"
"\n"
"   # pxeboot boot loader will try to NFS mount this directory for root FS\n"
"   option root-path \"<replaceable>192.168.0.1:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install/</replaceable>\" ;\n"
"\n"
"}"
msgstr ""
"subnet 192.168.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"
"   range 192.168.0.2 192.168.0.3 ;\n"
"   option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0 ;\n"
"   option routers 192.168.0.1 ;\n"
"   option broadcast-address 192.168.0.255 ;\n"
"   option domain-name-servers 192.168.35.35, 192.168.35.36 ;\n"
"   option domain-name \"example.com\";\n"
"\n"
"   # IP address of TFTP server\n"
"   next-server <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> ;\n"
"\n"
"   # path of boot loader obtained via tftp\n"
"     filename \"<replaceable>FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot</replaceable>\" ;\n"
"\n"
"   # pxeboot boot loader will try to NFS mount this directory for root FS\n"
"   option root-path \"<replaceable>192.168.0.1:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install/</replaceable>\" ;\n"
"\n"
"}"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The <literal>next-server</literal> directive is used to specify the <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the <acronym>TFTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The <literal>filename</literal> directive defines the path to <filename>/boot/pxeboot</filename>. A relative filename is used, meaning that <filename>/b/tftpboot</filename> is not included in the path."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The <literal>root-path</literal> option defines the path to the <acronym>NFS</acronym> root file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Once the edits are saved, enable <acronym>DHCP</acronym> at boot time by adding the following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "dhcpd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr "dhcpd_enable=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Then start the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Debugging <acronym>PXE</acronym> Problems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Once all of the services are configured and started, <acronym>PXE</acronym> clients should be able to automatically load FreeBSD over the network. If a particular client is unable to connect, when that client machine boots up, enter the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> configuration menu and confirm that it is set to boot from the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This section describes some troubleshooting tips for isolating the source of the configuration problem should no clients be able to <acronym>PXE</acronym> boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Use the <package>net/wireshark</package> package or port to debug the network traffic involved during the <acronym>PXE</acronym> booting process, which is illustrated in the diagram below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>PXE</acronym> Booting Process with <acronym>NFS</acronym> Root Mount"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='advanced-networking/pxe-nfs' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='advanced-networking/pxe-nfs' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Client broadcasts a <literal>DHCPDISCOVER</literal> message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server responds with the <acronym>IP</acronym> address, <literal>next-server</literal>, <literal>filename</literal>, and <literal>root-path</literal> values."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The client sends a <acronym>TFTP</acronym> request to <literal>next-server</literal>, asking to retrieve <literal>filename</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The <acronym>TFTP</acronym> server responds and sends <literal>filename</literal> to client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The client executes <literal>filename</literal>, which is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pxeboot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which then loads the kernel. When the kernel executes, the root file system specified by <literal>root-path</literal> is mounted over <acronym>NFS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "On the <acronym>TFTP</acronym> server, read <filename>/var/log/xferlog</filename> to ensure that <filename>pxeboot</filename> is being retrieved from the correct location. To test this example configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tftp 192.168.0.1</userinput>\n"
"tftp&gt; <userinput>get FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot</userinput>\n"
"Received 264951 bytes in 0.1 seconds"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tftp 192.168.0.1</userinput>\n"
"tftp&gt; <userinput>get FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot</userinput>\n"
"Received 264951 bytes in 0.1 seconds"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The <literal>BUGS</literal> sections in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tftpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tftp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> document some limitations with <acronym>TFTP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Make sure that the root file system can be mounted via <acronym>NFS</acronym>. To test this example configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t nfs 192.168.0.1:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t nfs 192.168.0.1:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install /mnt</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IPv6</acronym>"
msgstr "<acronym>IPv6</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Aaron</firstname> <surname>Kaplan</surname> </personname> <contrib>Originally Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </personname> <contrib>Restructured and Added by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Brad</firstname> <surname>Davis</surname> </personname> <contrib>Extended by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IPv6</acronym> is the new version of the well known <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol, also known as <acronym>IPv4</acronym>. <acronym>IPv6</acronym> provides several advantages over <acronym>IPv4</acronym> as well as many new features:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Its 128-bit address space allows for 340,282,366,920,938,463,463,374,607,431,768,211,456 addresses. This addresses the <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address shortage and eventual <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address exhaustion."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Routers only store network aggregation addresses in their routing tables, thus reducing the average space of a routing table to 8192 entries. This addresses the scalability issues associated with <acronym>IPv4</acronym>, which required every allocated block of <acronym>IPv4</acronym> addresses to be exchanged between Internet routers, causing their routing tables to become too large to allow efficient routing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Address autoconfiguration (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2462.txt\">RFC2462</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mandatory multicast addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Built-in <acronym>IPsec</acronym> (<acronym>IP</acronym> security)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Simplified header structure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Support for mobile <acronym>IP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IPv6</acronym>-to-<acronym>IPv4</acronym> transition mechanisms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD includes the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.kame.net/\">http://www.kame.net/</link> <acronym>IPv6</acronym> reference implementation and comes with everything needed to use <acronym>IPv6</acronym>. This section focuses on getting <acronym>IPv6</acronym> configured and running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Background on <acronym>IPv6</acronym> Addresses"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "There are three different types of <acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Unicast"
msgstr "Unicast"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A packet sent to a unicast address arrives at the interface belonging to the address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Anycast"
msgstr "Anycast"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "These addresses are syntactically indistinguishable from unicast addresses but they address a group of interfaces. The packet destined for an anycast address will arrive at the nearest router interface. Anycast addresses are only used by routers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Multicast"
msgstr "Multicast"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "These addresses identify a group of interfaces. A packet destined for a multicast address will arrive at all interfaces belonging to the multicast group. The <acronym>IPv4</acronym> broadcast address, usually <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">xxx.xxx.xxx.255</systemitem>, is expressed by multicast addresses in <acronym>IPv6</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "When reading an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address, the canonical form is represented as <systemitem>x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x</systemitem>, where each <literal>x</literal> represents a 16 bit hex value. An example is <systemitem>FEBC:A574:382B:23C1:AA49:4592:4EFE:9982</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Often, an address will have long substrings of all zeros. A <literal>::</literal> (double colon) can be used to replace one substring per address. Also, up to three leading <literal>0</literal>s per hex value can be omitted. For example, <systemitem>fe80::1</systemitem> corresponds to the canonical form <systemitem>fe80:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A third form is to write the last 32 bits using the well known <acronym>IPv4</acronym> notation. For example, <systemitem>2002::10.0.0.1</systemitem> corresponds to the hexadecimal canonical representation <systemitem>2002:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0a00:0001</systemitem>, which in turn is equivalent to <systemitem>2002::a00:1</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To view a FreeBSD system's <acronym>IPv6 </acronym> address, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"rl0: flags=8943&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,PROMISC,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"         inet 10.0.0.10 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n"
"         inet6 fe80::200:21ff:fe03:8e1%rl0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x1\n"
"         ether 00:00:21:03:08:e1\n"
"         media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX )\n"
"         status: active"
msgstr ""
"rl0: flags=8943&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,PROMISC,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"         inet 10.0.0.10 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n"
"         inet6 fe80::200:21ff:fe03:8e1%rl0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x1\n"
"         ether 00:00:21:03:08:e1\n"
"         media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX )\n"
"         status: active"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In this example, the <filename>rl0</filename> interface is using <systemitem>fe80::200:21ff:fe03:8e1%rl0</systemitem>, an auto-configured link-local address which was automatically generated from the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Some <acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses are reserved. A summary of these reserved addresses is seen in <xref linkend=\"reservedip6\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Reserved <acronym>IPv6</acronym> Addresses"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IPv6</acronym> address"
msgstr "<acronym>IPv6</acronym> address"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Prefixlength (Bits)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<systemitem>::</systemitem>"
msgstr "<systemitem>::</systemitem>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "128 bits"
msgstr "128 bits"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "unspecified"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Equivalent to <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">0.0.0.0</systemitem> in <acronym>IPv4</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<systemitem>::1</systemitem>"
msgstr "<systemitem>::1</systemitem>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "loopback address"
msgstr "loopback adres"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Equivalent to <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">127.0.0.1</systemitem> in <acronym>IPv4</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<systemitem>::00:xx:xx:xx:xx</systemitem>"
msgstr "<systemitem>::00:xx:xx:xx:xx</systemitem>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "96 bits"
msgstr "96 bits"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "embedded <acronym>IPv4</acronym>"
msgstr "embedded <acronym>IPv4</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The lower 32 bits are the compatible <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<systemitem>::ff:xx:xx:xx:xx</systemitem>"
msgstr "<systemitem>::ff:xx:xx:xx:xx</systemitem>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IPv4</acronym> mapped <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The lower 32 bits are the <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address for hosts which do not support <acronym>IPv6</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<systemitem>fe80::/10</systemitem>"
msgstr "<systemitem>fe80::/10</systemitem>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "10 bits"
msgstr "10 bits"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "link-local"
msgstr "link-local"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Equivalent to 169.254.0.0/16 in <acronym>IPv4</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<systemitem>fc00::/7</systemitem>"
msgstr "<systemitem>fc00::/7</systemitem>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "7 bits"
msgstr "7 bits"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "unique-local"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Unique local addresses are intended for local communication and are only routable within a set of cooperating sites."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<systemitem>ff00::</systemitem>"
msgstr "<systemitem>ff00::</systemitem>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "8 bits"
msgstr "8 bits"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "multicast"
msgstr "multicast"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<systemitem>2000::-3fff:: </systemitem>"
msgstr "<systemitem>2000::-3fff:: </systemitem>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "3 bits"
msgstr "3 bits"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "global unicast"
msgstr "global unicast"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All global unicast addresses are assigned from this pool. The first 3 bits are <literal>001</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "For further information on the structure of <acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses, refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3513.txt\">RFC3513</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Configuring <acronym>IPv6</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To configure a FreeBSD system as an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> client, add these two lines to <filename>rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_<replaceable>rl0</replaceable>_ipv6=\"inet6 accept_rtadv\"\n"
"rtsold_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""
"ifconfig_<replaceable>rl0</replaceable>_ipv6=\"inet6 accept_rtadv\"\n"
"rtsold_enable=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The first line enables the specified interface to receive router solicitation messages. The second line enables the router solicitation daemon, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtsol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "If the interface needs a statically assigned <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address, add an entry to specify the static address and associated prefix length:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_<replaceable>rl0</replaceable>_ipv6=\"inet6 <replaceable>2001:db8:4672:6565:2026:5043:2d42:5344</replaceable> prefixlen <replaceable>64</replaceable>\""
msgstr "ifconfig_<replaceable>rl0</replaceable>_ipv6=\"inet6 <replaceable>2001:db8:4672:6565:2026:5043:2d42:5344</replaceable> prefixlen <replaceable>64</replaceable>\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To assign a default router, specify its address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipv6_defaultrouter=\"<replaceable>2001:db8:4672:6565::1</replaceable>\""
msgstr "ipv6_defaultrouter=\"<replaceable>2001:db8:4672:6565::1</replaceable>\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Connecting to a Provider"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In order to connect to other <acronym>IPv6</acronym> networks, one must have a provider or a tunnel that supports <acronym>IPv6</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Contact an Internet Service Provider to see if they offer <acronym>IPv6</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sixxs.net\">SixXS</link> offers tunnels with end-points all around the globe."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.tunnelbroker.net\">Hurricane Electric</link> offers tunnels with end-points all around the globe."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Install the <package>net/freenet6</package> package or port for a dial-up connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This section demonstrates how to take the directions from a tunnel provider and convert them into <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> settings that will persist through reboots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The first <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> entry creates the generic tunneling interface <filename><replaceable>gif0</replaceable></filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "cloned_interfaces=\"gif<replaceable>0</replaceable>\""
msgstr "cloned_interfaces=\"gif<replaceable>0</replaceable>\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Next, configure that interface with the <acronym>IPv4</acronym> addresses of the local and remote endpoints. Replace <replaceable>MY_IPv4_ADDR</replaceable> and <replaceable>REMOTE_IPv4_ADDR</replaceable> with the actual <acronym>IPv4</acronym> addresses:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "create_args_gif0=\"tunnel <replaceable>MY_IPv4_ADDR REMOTE_IPv4_ADDR</replaceable>\""
msgstr "create_args_gif0=\"tunnel <replaceable>MY_IPv4_ADDR REMOTE_IPv4_ADDR</replaceable>\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To apply the <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address that has been assigned for use as the <acronym>IPv6</acronym> tunnel endpoint, add this line, replacing <replaceable>MY_ASSIGNED_IPv6_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR</replaceable> with the assigned address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_gif0_ipv6=\"inet6 <replaceable>MY_ASSIGNED_IPv6_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR</replaceable>\""
msgstr "ifconfig_gif0_ipv6=\"inet6 <replaceable>MY_ASSIGNED_IPv6_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR</replaceable>\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Then, set the default route for the other side of the <acronym>IPv6</acronym> tunnel. Replace <replaceable>MY_IPv6_REMOTE_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR</replaceable> with the default gateway address assigned by the provider:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipv6_defaultrouter=\"<replaceable>MY_IPv6_REMOTE_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR</replaceable>\""
msgstr "ipv6_defaultrouter=\"<replaceable>MY_IPv6_REMOTE_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR</replaceable>\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "If the FreeBSD system will route <acronym>IPv6</acronym> packets between the rest of the network and the world, enable the gateway using this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipv6_gateway_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr "ipv6_gateway_enable=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Router Advertisement and Host Auto Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This section demonstrates how to setup <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtadvd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to advertise the <acronym>IPv6</acronym> default route."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtadvd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, add the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "rtadvd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr "rtadvd_enable=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "It is important to specify the interface on which to do <acronym>IPv6</acronym> router solicitation. For example, to tell <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtadvd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to use <filename>rl0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "rtadvd_interfaces=\"rl0\""
msgstr "rtadvd_interfaces=\"rl0\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Next, create the configuration file, <filename>/etc/rtadvd.conf</filename> as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"rl0:\\\n"
"\t:addrs#1:addr=\"2001:db8:1f11:246::\":prefixlen#64:tc=ether:"
msgstr ""
"rl0:\\\n"
"\t:addrs#1:addr=\"2001:db8:1f11:246::\":prefixlen#64:tc=ether:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Replace <filename>rl0</filename> with the interface to be used and <systemitem>2001:db8:1f11:246::</systemitem> with the prefix of the allocation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "For a dedicated <systemitem class=\"netmask\">/64</systemitem> subnet, nothing else needs to be changed. Otherwise, change the <literal>prefixlen#</literal> to the correct value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IPv6</acronym> and <acronym>IPv6</acronym> Address Mapping"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "When <acronym>IPv6</acronym> is enabled on a server, there may be a need to enable <acronym>IPv4</acronym> mapped <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address communication. This compatibility option allows for <acronym>IPv4</acronym> addresses to be represented as <acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses. Permitting <acronym>IPv6</acronym> applications to communicate with <acronym>IPv4</acronym> and vice versa may be a security issue."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This option may not be required in most cases and is available only for compatibility. This option will allow <acronym>IPv6</acronym>-only applications to work with <acronym>IPv4</acronym> in a dual stack environment. This is most useful for third party applications which may not support an <acronym>IPv6</acronym>-only environment. To enable this feature, add the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipv6_ipv4mapping=\"YES\""
msgstr "ipv6_ipv4mapping=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Reviewing the information in <acronym>RFC</acronym> 3493, section 3.6 and 3.7 as well as <acronym>RFC</acronym> 4038 section 4.2 may be useful to some administrators."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Common Address Redundancy Protocol (<acronym>CARP</acronym>)"
msgstr "Common Address Redundancy Protocol (<acronym>CARP</acronym>)"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </personname> <contrib>Updated by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary><acronym>CARP</acronym></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><acronym>CARP</acronym></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>Common Address Redundancy Protocol</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Common Address Redundancy Protocol</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The Common Address Redundancy Protocol (<acronym>CARP</acronym>) allows multiple hosts to share the same <acronym>IP</acronym> address and Virtual Host ID (<acronym>VHID</acronym>) in order to provide <firstterm>high availability</firstterm> for one or more services. This means that one or more hosts can fail, and the other hosts will transparently take over so that users do not see a service failure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In addition to the shared <acronym>IP</acronym> address, each host has its own <acronym>IP</acronym> address for management and configuration. All of the machines that share an <acronym>IP</acronym> address have the same <acronym>VHID</acronym>. The <acronym>VHID</acronym> for each virtual <acronym>IP</acronym> address must be unique across the broadcast domain of the network interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "High availability using <acronym>CARP</acronym> is built into FreeBSD, though the steps to configure it vary slightly depending upon the FreeBSD version. This section provides the same example configuration for versions before and equal to or after FreeBSD 10."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This example configures failover support with three hosts, all with unique <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses, but providing the same web content. It has two different masters named <systemitem>hosta.example.org</systemitem> and <systemitem>hostb.example.org</systemitem>, with a shared backup named <systemitem>hostc.example.org</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "These machines are load balanced with a Round Robin <acronym>DNS</acronym> configuration. The master and backup machines are configured identically except for their hostnames and management <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses. These servers must have the same configuration and run the same services. When the failover occurs, requests to the service on the shared <acronym>IP</acronym> address can only be answered correctly if the backup server has access to the same content. The backup machine has two additional <acronym>CARP</acronym> interfaces, one for each of the master content server's <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses. When a failure occurs, the backup server will pick up the failed master machine's <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using <acronym>CARP</acronym> on FreeBSD 10 and Later"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Enable boot-time support for <acronym>CARP</acronym> by adding an entry for the <filename>carp.ko</filename> kernel module in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "carp_load=\"YES\""
msgstr "carp_load=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To load the module now without rebooting:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload carp</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload carp</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "For users who prefer to use a custom kernel, include the following line in the custom kernel configuration file and compile the kernel as described in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "device\tcarp"
msgstr "device\tcarp"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The hostname, management <acronym>IP</acronym> address and subnet mask, shared <acronym>IP</acronym> address, and <acronym>VHID</acronym> are all set by adding entries to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. This example is for <systemitem>hosta.example.org</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hosta.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.3</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_alias0=\"inet vhid <replaceable>1</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> alias <replaceable>192.168.1.50</replaceable>/32\""
msgstr ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hosta.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.3</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_alias0=\"inet vhid <replaceable>1</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> alias <replaceable>192.168.1.50</replaceable>/32\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The next set of entries are for <systemitem>hostb.example.org</systemitem>. Since it represents a second master, it uses a different shared <acronym>IP</acronym> address and <acronym>VHID</acronym>. However, the passwords specified with <option>pass</option> must be identical as <acronym>CARP</acronym> will only listen to and accept advertisements from machines with the correct password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hostb.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.4</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_alias0=\"inet vhid <replaceable>2</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> alias <replaceable>192.168.1.51</replaceable>/32\""
msgstr ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hostb.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.4</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_alias0=\"inet vhid <replaceable>2</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> alias <replaceable>192.168.1.51</replaceable>/32\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The third machine, <systemitem>hostc.example.org</systemitem>, is configured to handle failover from either master. This machine is configured with two <acronym>CARP</acronym> <acronym>VHID</acronym>s, one to handle the virtual <acronym>IP</acronym> address for each of the master hosts. The <acronym>CARP</acronym> advertising skew, <option>advskew</option>, is set to ensure that the backup host advertises later than the master, since <option>advskew</option> controls the order of precedence when there are multiple backup servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"hostc.example.org\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.5</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_alias0=\"inet vhid <replaceable>1</replaceable> advskew <replaceable>100</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> alias <replaceable>192.168.1.50</replaceable>/32\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_alias1=\"inet vhid <replaceable>2</replaceable> advskew <replaceable>100</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> alias <replaceable>192.168.1.51</replaceable>/32\""
msgstr ""
"hostname=\"hostc.example.org\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.5</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_alias0=\"inet vhid <replaceable>1</replaceable> advskew <replaceable>100</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> alias <replaceable>192.168.1.50</replaceable>/32\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_alias1=\"inet vhid <replaceable>2</replaceable> advskew <replaceable>100</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> alias <replaceable>192.168.1.51</replaceable>/32\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Having two <acronym>CARP</acronym> <acronym>VHID</acronym>s configured means that <systemitem>hostc.example.org</systemitem> will notice if either of the master servers becomes unavailable. If a master fails to advertise before the backup server, the backup server will pick up the shared <acronym>IP</acronym> address until the master becomes available again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Preemption is disabled by default. If preemption has been enabled, <systemitem>hostc.example.org</systemitem> might not release the virtual <acronym>IP</acronym> address back to the original master server. The administrator can force the backup server to return the <acronym>IP</acronym> address to the master with the command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig em0 vhid 1 state backup</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig em0 vhid 1 state backup</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Once the configuration is complete, either restart networking or reboot each system. High availability is now enabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>CARP</acronym> functionality can be controlled via several <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables documented in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>carp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual pages. Other actions can be triggered from <acronym>CARP</acronym> events by using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using <acronym>CARP</acronym> on FreeBSD 9 and Earlier"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The configuration for these versions of FreeBSD is similar to the one described in the previous section, except that a <acronym>CARP</acronym> device must first be created and referred to in the configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Enable boot-time support for <acronym>CARP</acronym> by loading the <filename>if_carp.ko</filename> kernel module in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "if_carp_load=\"YES\""
msgstr "if_carp_load=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Next, on each host, create a <acronym>CARP</acronym> device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig carp0 create</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig carp0 create</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Set the hostname, management <acronym>IP</acronym> address, the shared <acronym>IP</acronym> address, and <acronym>VHID</acronym> by adding the required lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Since a virtual <acronym>CARP</acronym> device is used instead of an alias, the actual subnet mask of <literal>/24</literal> is used instead of <literal>/32</literal>. Here are the entries for <systemitem>hosta.example.org</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hosta.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.3</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"carp0\"\n"
"ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid <replaceable>1</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> <replaceable>192.168.1.50/24</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hosta.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.3</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"carp0\"\n"
"ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid <replaceable>1</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> <replaceable>192.168.1.50/24</replaceable>\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "On <systemitem>hostb.example.org</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hostb.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.4</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"carp0\"\n"
"ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid <replaceable>2</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> <replaceable>192.168.1.51/24</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hostb.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.4</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"carp0\"\n"
"ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid <replaceable>2</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> <replaceable>192.168.1.51/24</replaceable>\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The third machine, <systemitem>hostc.example.org</systemitem>, is configured to handle failover from either of the master hosts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hostc.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.5</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"carp0 carp1\"\n"
"ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid <replaceable>1</replaceable> advskew <replaceable>100</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> <replaceable>192.168.1.50/24</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_carp1=\"vhid <replaceable>2</replaceable> advskew <replaceable>100</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> <replaceable>192.168.1.51/24</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hostc.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.5</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"carp0 carp1\"\n"
"ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid <replaceable>1</replaceable> advskew <replaceable>100</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> <replaceable>192.168.1.50/24</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_carp1=\"vhid <replaceable>2</replaceable> advskew <replaceable>100</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> <replaceable>192.168.1.51/24</replaceable>\""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Preemption is disabled in the GENERIC FreeBSD kernel. If preemption has been enabled with a custom kernel, <systemitem>hostc.example.org</systemitem> may not release the <acronym>IP</acronym> address back to the original content server. The administrator can force the backup server to return the <acronym>IP</acronym> address to the master with the command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig carp0 down &amp;&amp; ifconfig carp0 up</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig carp0 down &amp;&amp; ifconfig carp0 up</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This should be done on the <filename>carp</filename> interface which corresponds to the correct host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "VLANs"
msgstr "VLANs"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary><acronym>VLANs</acronym></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><acronym>VLANs</acronym></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>Virtual LANs</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Virtual LANs</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>VLANs</acronym> are a way of virtually dividing up a network into many different subnetworks. Each will have its own broadcast domain and be isolated from the rest of the <acronym>VLANs</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "On FreeBSD, <acronym>VLANs</acronym> must be supported by the network card driver. To see which drivers support vlans, refer to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vlan</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "When configuring a <acronym>VLAN</acronym>, a couple pieces of information must be known. First, which network interface? Second, what is the <acronym>VLAN</acronym> tag?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To configure <acronym>VLANs</acronym> at run time, with a <acronym>NIC</acronym> of <literal>em0</literal> and a <acronym>VLAN</acronym> tag of <systemitem>5</systemitem>. The command would look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>em0.5</replaceable> create vlan <replaceable>5</replaceable> vlandev <replaceable>em0</replaceable> inet 192.168.20.20/24</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>em0.5</replaceable> create vlan <replaceable>5</replaceable> vlandev <replaceable>em0</replaceable> inet 192.168.20.20/24</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "See how the interface name includes the <acronym>NIC</acronym> driver name and the <acronym>VLAN</acronym> tag, separated by a period? This is a best practice to make maintaining the <acronym>VLAN</acronym> configuration easy when many <acronym>VLANs</acronym> are present on a machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To configure <acronym>VLANs</acronym> at boot time, <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> must be updated. To duplicate the configuration above, the following will need to be added:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"vlans_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>=\"<replaceable>5</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_<replaceable>5</replaceable>=\"inet 192.168.20.20/24\""
msgstr ""
"vlans_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>=\"<replaceable>5</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_<replaceable>5</replaceable>=\"inet 192.168.20.20/24\""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Additional <acronym>VLANs</acronym> may be added, by simply adding the tag to the <literal>vlans_<replaceable>em0</replaceable></literal> field and adding an additional line configuring the network on that <acronym>VLAN</acronym> tag's interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Appendices"
msgstr "Bijlagen"

#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Obtaining FreeBSD"
msgstr "FreeBSD verkrijgen"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> Sets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD <acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> sets are available from several online retailers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/address
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"FreeBSD Mall, Inc.\n"
"\t  <street>2420 Sand Creek Rd C-1 #347</street>\n"
"\t  <city>Brentwood</city>, <state>CA</state>\n"
"\t  <postcode>94513</postcode>\n"
"\t  <country>USA</country>\n"
"\t  Phone: <phone>+1 925 240-6652</phone>\n"
"\t  Fax: <fax>+1 925 674-0821</fax>\n"
"\t  Email: <email>info@freebsdmall.com</email>\n"
"\t  WWW: <otheraddr xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com/\">http://www.freebsdmall.com/</otheraddr>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/address
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Getlinux\n"
"\t  <street>78 Rue de la Croix Rochopt</street>\n"
"\t  <city>Épinay-sous-Sénart</city>\n"
"\t  <postcode>91860</postcode>\n"
"\t  <country>France</country>\n"
"\t  Email: <email>contact@getlinux.fr</email>\n"
"\t  WWW: <otheraddr xlink:href=\"http://www.getlinux.fr\">http://www.getlinux.fr/</otheraddr>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/address
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Dr. Hinner EDV\n"
"\t  <street>Kochelseestr. 11</street>\n"
"\t  <postcode>D-81371</postcode> <city>München</city>\n"
"\t  <country>Germany</country>\n"
"\t  Phone: <phone>(0177) 428 419 0</phone>\n"
"\t  Email: <email>infow@hinner.de</email>\n"
"\t  WWW: <otheraddr xlink:href=\"http://www.hinner.de/linux/freebsd.html\">http://www.hinner.de/linux/freebsd.html</otheraddr>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/address
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Linux Center\n"
"\t  <street>Galernaya Street, 55</street>\n"
"\t  <city>Saint-Petersburg</city>\n"
"\t  <postcode>190000</postcode>\n"
"\t  <country>Russia</country>\n"
"\t  Phone: <phone>+7-812-309-06-86</phone>\n"
"\t  Email: <email>info@linuxcenter.ru</email>\n"
"\t  WWW: <otheraddr xlink:href=\"http://linuxcenter.ru/shop/freebsd\">http://linuxcenter.ru/shop/freebsd</otheraddr>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>FTP</acronym> Sites"
msgstr "<acronym>FTP</acronym> Sites"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The official sources for FreeBSD are available via anonymous <acronym>FTP</acronym> from a worldwide set of mirror sites. The site <uri xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</uri> is available via <acronym>HTTP</acronym> and <acronym>FTP</acronym>. It is made up of many machines operated by the project cluster administrators and behind GeoDNS to direct users to the closest available mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Additionally, FreeBSD is available via anonymous <acronym>FTP</acronym> from the following mirror sites. When obtaining FreeBSD via anonymous <acronym>FTP</acronym>, please try to use a nearby site. The mirror sites listed as <quote>Primary Mirror Sites</quote> typically have the entire FreeBSD archive (all the currently available versions for each of the architectures) but faster download speeds are probably available from a site that is in your country or region. The regional sites carry the most recent versions for the most popular architecture(s) but might not carry the entire FreeBSD archive. All sites provide access via anonymous <acronym>FTP</acronym> but some sites also provide access via other methods. The access methods available for each site are provided in parentheses after the hostname."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link linkend=\"central-ftp\">Central Servers</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-primary-ftp\">Primary Mirror Sites</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-am-ftp\">Armenia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-au-ftp\">Australia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-at-ftp\">Austria</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-br-ftp\">Brazil</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-cn-ftp\">China</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-cz-ftp\">Czech Republic</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-dk-ftp\">Denmark</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ee-ftp\">Estonia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-fi-ftp\">Finland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-fr-ftp\">France</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-de-ftp\">Germany</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-gr-ftp\">Greece</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-hk-ftp\">Hong Kong</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ie-ftp\">Ireland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-jp-ftp\">Japan</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-kr-ftp\">Korea</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-lv-ftp\">Latvia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-lt-ftp\">Lithuania</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-nl-ftp\">Netherlands</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-nz-ftp\">New Zealand</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-no-ftp\">Norway</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-pl-ftp\">Poland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ru-ftp\">Russia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-sa-ftp\">Saudi Arabia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-si-ftp\">Slovenia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-za-ftp\">South Africa</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-es-ftp\">Spain</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-se-ftp\">Sweden</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ch-ftp\">Switzerland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-tw-ftp\">Taiwan</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ua-ftp\">Ukraine</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-uk-ftp\">United Kingdom</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-us-ftp\">USA</link>."
msgstr "<link linkend=\"central-ftp\">Central Servers</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-primary-ftp\">Primary Mirror Sites</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-am-ftp\">Armenia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-au-ftp\">Australia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-at-ftp\">Austria</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-br-ftp\">Brazil</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-cn-ftp\">China</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-cz-ftp\">Czech Republic</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-dk-ftp\">Denmark</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ee-ftp\">Estonia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-fi-ftp\">Finland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-fr-ftp\">France</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-de-ftp\">Germany</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-gr-ftp\">Greece</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-hk-ftp\">Hong Kong</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ie-ftp\">Ireland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-jp-ftp\">Japan</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-kr-ftp\">Korea</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-lv-ftp\">Latvia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-lt-ftp\">Lithuania</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-nl-ftp\">Netherlands</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-nz-ftp\">New Zealand</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-no-ftp\">Norway</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-pl-ftp\">Poland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ru-ftp\">Russia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-sa-ftp\">Saudi Arabia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-si-ftp\">Slovenia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-za-ftp\">South Africa</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-es-ftp\">Spain</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-se-ftp\">Sweden</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ch-ftp\">Switzerland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-tw-ftp\">Taiwan</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ua-ftp\">Ukraine</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-uk-ftp\">United Kingdom</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-us-ftp\">USA</link>."

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "(as of UTC)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"central-ftp\"/>Central Servers"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"central-ftp\"/>Centrale servers"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-primary-ftp\"/>Primary Mirror Sites"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-primary-ftp\"/>Primaire mirror sites"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>mirror-admin@FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp1.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp1.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp13.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp13.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp13.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp13.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-am-ftp\"/>Armenia"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-am-ftp\"/> Armenië"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@am.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.am.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp1.am.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp1.am.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp1.am.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.am.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp1.am.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp1.am.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp1.am.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-au-ftp\"/>Australia"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-au-ftp\"/> Australië"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@au.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-at-ftp\"/>Austria"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-at-ftp\"/> Oostenrijk"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@at.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-br-ftp\"/>Brazil"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-br-ftp\"/> Brazilië"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@br.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/\">http://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/\">http://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-cn-ftp\"/>China"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-cn-ftp\"/> China"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@cn.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.cn.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.cn.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.cn.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.cn.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-cz-ftp\"/>Czech Republic"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-cz-ftp\"/> Tsjechische Republiek"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@cz.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync / rsyncv6)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync / rsyncv6)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-dk-ftp\"/>Denmark"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-dk-ftp\"/> Denemarken"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@dk.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ee-ftp\"/>Estonia"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ee-ftp\"/> Estland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@ee.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ee.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ee.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ee.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ee.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-fi-ftp\"/>Finland"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-fi-ftp\"/> Finland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@fi.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-fr-ftp\"/>France"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-fr-ftp\"/> Frankrijk"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@fr.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp1.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp1.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp1.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp1.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp1.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp1.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-de-ftp\"/>Germany"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-de-ftp\"/> Duitsland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>de-bsd-hubs@de.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/\">ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://www1.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/\">http://www1.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://rsync3.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/\">rsync://rsync3.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/\">ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://www1.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/\">http://www1.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://rsync3.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/\">rsync://rsync3.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-gr-ftp\"/>Greece"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-gr-ftp\"/> Griekenland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@gr.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-hk-ftp\"/>Hong Kong"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-hk-ftp\"/> Hong Kong"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.hk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.hk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.hk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.hk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ie-ftp\"/>Ireland"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ie-ftp\"/> Ierland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@ie.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.ie.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.ie.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.ie.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.ie.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-jp-ftp\"/>Japan"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-jp-ftp\"/> Japan"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@jp.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp9.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp9.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp9.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp9.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-kr-ftp\"/>Korea"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-kr-ftp\"/> Korea"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@kr.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-lv-ftp\"/>Latvia"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-lv-ftp\"/> Letland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@lv.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-lt-ftp\"/>Lithuania"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-lt-ftp\"/> Litouwen"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@lt.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.lt.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.lt.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.lt.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.lt.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.lt.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.lt.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.lt.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.lt.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-nl-ftp\"/>Netherlands"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-nl-ftp\"/> Nederland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@nl.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/os/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/os/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/os/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/os/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-nz-ftp\"/>New Zealand"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-nz-ftp\"/> Nieuw Zeeland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-no-ftp\"/>Norway"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-no-ftp\"/> Noorwegen"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@no.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-pl-ftp\"/>Poland"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-pl-ftp\"/> Polen"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@pl.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ftp2.pl.FreeBSD.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ru-ftp\"/>Russia"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ru-ftp\"/> Rusland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@ru.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp5.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp5.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp5.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp5.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-sa-ftp\"/>Saudi Arabia"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-sa-ftp\"/> Saoedi-Arabië"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>ftpadmin@isu.net.sa</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.isu.net.sa/pub/ftp.freebsd.org/\">ftp://ftp.isu.net.sa/pub/ftp.freebsd.org/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.isu.net.sa/pub/ftp.freebsd.org/\">ftp://ftp.isu.net.sa/pub/ftp.freebsd.org/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-si-ftp\"/>Slovenia"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-si-ftp\"/> Slovenië"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@si.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-za-ftp\"/>South Africa"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-za-ftp\"/> Zuid-Afrika"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@za.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-es-ftp\"/>Spain"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-es-ftp\"/> Spanje"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@es.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-se-ftp\"/>Sweden"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-se-ftp\"/> Zweden"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@se.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp2.se.FreeBSD.org/\">rsync://ftp2.se.FreeBSD.org/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp2.se.FreeBSD.org/\">rsync://ftp2.se.FreeBSD.org/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp6.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp6.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp6.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp6.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ch-ftp\"/>Switzerland"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ch-ftp\"/> Zwitserland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@ch.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ch.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ch.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.ch.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.ch.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ch.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ch.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.ch.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.ch.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-tw-ftp\"/>Taiwan"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-tw-ftp\"/> Taiwan"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@tw.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync / rsyncv6)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync / rsyncv6)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync / rsyncv6)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync / rsyncv6)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/</link> / rsync)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/</link> / rsync)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp11.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp11.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp11.tw.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp11.tw.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp11.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp11.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp11.tw.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp11.tw.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp12.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp12.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp12.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp12.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp13.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp13.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp13.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp13.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp14.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp14.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp14.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp14.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp15.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp15.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp15.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp15.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ua-ftp\"/>Ukraine"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ua-ftp\"/> Oekraïne"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD\">http://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD</link> / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">rsync://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD\">http://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD</link> / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">rsync://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-uk-ftp\"/>United Kingdom"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-uk-ftp\"/> Verenigd Koningkrijk"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@uk.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">rsync://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">rsync://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-us-ftp\"/>USA"
msgstr "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-us-ftp\"/> Verenigde Staten van Amerika"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@us.FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp1.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp1.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp10.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp10.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp10.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp10.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp11.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp11.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp11.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp11.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp13.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp13.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp13.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp13.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp13.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp13.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp13.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp13.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp14.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp14.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp14.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp14.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp14.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp14.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp14.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp14.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp15.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp15.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp15.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp15.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using <application>Subversion</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "As of July 2012, FreeBSD uses <application>Subversion</application> as the only version control system for storing all of FreeBSD's source code, documentation, and the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>Subversion</application> is generally a developer tool. Users may prefer to use <command>freebsd-update</command> (<xref linkend=\"updating-upgrading-freebsdupdate\"/>) to update the FreeBSD base system, and <command>portsnap</command> (<xref linkend=\"ports-using\"/>) to update the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This section demonstrates how to install <application>Subversion</application> on a FreeBSD system and use it to create a local copy of a FreeBSD repository. Additional information on the use of <application>Subversion</application> is included."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Root <acronym>SSL</acronym> Certificates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Installing <package role=\"port\">security/ca_root_nss</package> allows <application>Subversion</application> to verify the identity of <acronym>HTTPS</acronym> repository servers. The root <acronym>SSL</acronym> certificates can be installed from a port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/security/ca_root_nss</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/security/ca_root_nss</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "or as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install ca_root_nss</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install ca_root_nss</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>Svnlite</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A lightweight version of <application>Subversion</application> is already installed on FreeBSD as <command>svnlite</command>. The port or package version of <application>Subversion</application> is only needed if the Python or Perl <acronym>API</acronym> is needed, or if a later version of Subversion is desired."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The only difference from normal <application>Subversion</application> use is that the command name is <literal>svnlite</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "If <command>svnlite</command> is unavailable or the full version of <application>Subversion</application> is needed, then it must be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>Subversion</application> can be installed from the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>Subversion</application> can also be installed as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Running <application>Subversion</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To fetch a clean copy of the sources into a local directory, use <command>svn</command>. The files in this directory are called a <emphasis>local working copy</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Move or delete an existing destination directory before using <command>checkout</command> for the first time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Checkout over an existing non-<command>svn</command> directory can cause conflicts between the existing files and those brought in from the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>Subversion</application> uses <acronym>URL</acronym>s to designate a repository, taking the form of <replaceable>protocol://hostname/path</replaceable>. The first component of the path is the FreeBSD repository to access. There are three different repositories, <literal>base</literal> for the FreeBSD base system source code, <literal>ports</literal> for the Ports Collection, and <literal>doc</literal> for documentation. For example, the URL <literal>https://svn.FreeBSD.org/ports/head/</literal> specifies the main branch of the ports repository, using the <literal>https</literal> protocol."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A checkout from a given repository is performed with a command like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/<replaceable>repository</replaceable>/<replaceable>branch</replaceable> <replaceable>lwcdir</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/<replaceable>repository</replaceable>/<replaceable>branch</replaceable> <replaceable>lwcdir</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<replaceable>repository</replaceable> is one of the Project repositories: <literal>base</literal>, <literal>ports</literal>, or <literal>doc</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<replaceable>branch</replaceable> depends on the repository used. <literal>ports</literal> and <literal>doc</literal> are mostly updated in the <literal>head</literal> branch, while <literal>base</literal> maintains the latest version of -CURRENT under <literal>head</literal> and the respective latest versions of the -STABLE branches under <literal>stable/9</literal> (9.<replaceable>x</replaceable>) and <literal>stable/10</literal> (10.<replaceable>x</replaceable>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<replaceable>lwcdir</replaceable> is the target directory where the contents of the specified branch should be placed. This is usually <filename>/usr/ports</filename> for <literal>ports</literal>, <filename>/usr/src</filename> for <literal>base</literal>, and <filename>/usr/doc</filename> for <literal>doc</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This example checks out the Ports Collection from the FreeBSD repository using the <acronym>HTTPS</acronym> protocol, placing the local working copy in <filename>/usr/ports</filename>. If <filename>/usr/ports</filename> is already present but was not created by <command>svn</command>, remember to rename or delete it before the checkout."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Because the initial checkout must download the full branch of the remote repository, it can take a while. Please be patient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "After the initial checkout, the local working copy can be updated by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn update <replaceable>lwcdir</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn update <replaceable>lwcdir</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To update <filename>/usr/ports</filename> created in the example above, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The update is much quicker than a checkout, only transferring files that have changed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "update"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An alternate way of updating the local working copy after checkout is provided by the <filename>Makefile</filename> in the <filename>/usr/ports</filename>, <filename>/usr/src</filename>, and <filename>/usr/doc</filename> directories. Set <varname>SVN_UPDATE</varname> and use the <_:buildtarget-1/> target. For example, to update <filename>/usr/src</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make update SVN_UPDATE=yes</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make update SVN_UPDATE=yes</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>Subversion</application> Mirror Sites"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>Subversion Repository</primary> <secondary>Mirror Sites</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>Subversion Repository</primary> <secondary>Mirror Sites</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The FreeBSD <application>Subversion</application> repository is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "svn.FreeBSD.org"
msgstr "svn.FreeBSD.org"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a publicly accessible mirror network that uses GeoDNS to select an appropriate back end server. To view the FreeBSD <application>Subversion</application> repositories through a browser, use <link xlink:href=\"https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/\">https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The FreeBSD <application>Subversion</application> mirrors previously used self-signed SSL certificates documented in this chapter. As of July 14, 2015, all mirrors now use an official SSL certificate that will be recognized by <application>Subversion</application> if the <package role=\"port\">security/ca_root_nss</package> port is installed. The legacy self-signed certificates and server names are still available but are deprecated and no longer supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "For those without the <package role=\"port\">security/ca_root_nss</package> port installed, the SHA1 and SHA256 fingerprints are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Hash"
msgstr "Hash"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Fingerprint"
msgstr "Fingerprint"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SHA1"
msgstr "SHA1"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<literal>E9:37:73:80:B5:32:1B:93:92:94:98:17:59:F0:FA:A2:5F:1E:DE:B9</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>E9:37:73:80:B5:32:1B:93:92:94:98:17:59:F0:FA:A2:5F:1E:DE:B9</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SHA256"
msgstr "SHA256"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<literal>D5:27:1C:B6:55:E6:A8:7D:48:D5:0C:F0:DA:9D:51:60:D7:42:6A:F2:05:F1:8A:47:BE:78:A1:3A:72:06:92:60</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>D5:27:1C:B6:55:E6:A8:7D:48:D5:0C:F0:DA:9D:51:60:D7:42:6A:F2:05:F1:8A:47:BE:78:A1:3A:72:06:92:60</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>HTTPS</acronym> is the preferred protocol, providing protection against another computer pretending to be the FreeBSD mirror (commonly known as a <quote>man in the middle</quote> attack) or otherwise trying to send bad content to the end user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "If <literal>https</literal> cannot be used due to firewall or other problems, <literal>svn</literal> is the next choice, with slightly faster transfers. When neither can be used, use <literal>http</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "For those still using deprecated server names, the SHA1 and SHA256 fingerprints will be one of:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Legacy-SHA1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<literal>1C:BD:85:95:11:9F:EB:75:A5:4B:C8:A3:FE:08:E4:02:73:06:1E:61</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>1C:BD:85:95:11:9F:EB:75:A5:4B:C8:A3:FE:08:E4:02:73:06:1E:61</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<literal>F6:44:AA:B9:03:89:0E:3E:8C:4D:4D:14:F0:27:E6:C7:C1:8B:17:C5</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>F6:44:AA:B9:03:89:0E:3E:8C:4D:4D:14:F0:27:E6:C7:C1:8B:17:C5</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Legacy-SHA256"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<literal>47:35:A9:09:A3:AB:FA:20:33:36:43:C5:1A:D6:E6:FB:EB:C0:C0:83:37:D4:46:9C:A0:AB:89:7F:C2:9C:4C:A3</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>47:35:A9:09:A3:AB:FA:20:33:36:43:C5:1A:D6:E6:FB:EB:C0:C0:83:37:D4:46:9C:A0:AB:89:7F:C2:9C:4C:A3</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<literal>48:3C:84:DB:7C:27:1B:FA:D5:0B:A0:D7:E0:4C:79:AA:A3:8E:A3:FA:84:E6:32:34:7D:EB:30:E6:11:01:CF:BE</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>48:3C:84:DB:7C:27:1B:FA:D5:0B:A0:D7:E0:4C:79:AA:A3:8E:A3:FA:84:E6:32:34:7D:EB:30:E6:11:01:CF:BE</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Seeing one of these legacy certificate fingerprints means it is likely that a deprecated server name is being used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "For other information about using <application>Subversion</application>, please see the <quote>Subversion Book</quote>, titled <link xlink:href=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/\">Version Control with Subversion</link>, or the <link xlink:href=\"http://subversion.apache.org/docs/\">Subversion Documentation</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using <application>rsync</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "These sites make FreeBSD available through the rsync protocol. The <application>rsync</application> utility works in much the same way as the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rcp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> command, but has more options and uses the rsync remote-update protocol which transfers only the differences between two sets of files, thus greatly speeding up the synchronization over the network. This is most useful for mirror sites of the FreeBSD <acronym>FTP</acronym> server. The <application>rsync</application> suite is available for many operating systems, on FreeBSD, see the <package>net/rsync</package> port or use the package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Czech Republic"
msgstr "Tsjechië"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr "rsync://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Available collections:"
msgstr "Beschikbare verzamelingen:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ftp: A partial mirror of the FreeBSD <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD: A full mirror of the FreeBSD <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Netherlands"
msgstr "Nederland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr "rsync://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Russia"
msgstr "Rusland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp.mtu.ru/"
msgstr "rsync://ftp.mtu.ru/"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD-Archive: The mirror of FreeBSD Archive <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Sweden"
msgstr "Zweden"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp4.se.freebsd.org/"
msgstr "rsync://ftp4.se.freebsd.org/"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Taiwan"
msgstr "Taiwan"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr "rsync://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr "rsync://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr "rsync://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "United Kingdom"
msgstr "Verenigd Koninkrijk"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://rsync.mirrorservice.org/"
msgstr "rsync://rsync.mirrorservice.org/"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ftp.freebsd.org: A full mirror of the FreeBSD <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "United States of America"
msgstr "Verenigde Staten van Amerika"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp-master.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr "rsync://ftp-master.FreeBSD.org/"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This server may only be used by FreeBSD primary mirror sites."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD: The master archive of the FreeBSD <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "acl: The FreeBSD master ACL list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp13.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr "rsync://ftp13.FreeBSD.org/"

#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Bibliography"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "While manual pages provide a definitive reference for individual pieces of the FreeBSD operating system, they seldom illustrate how to put the pieces together to make the whole operating system run smoothly. For this, there is no substitute for a good book or users' manual on <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> system administration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Books Specific to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "International books:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://jdli.tw.FreeBSD.org/publication/book/freebsd2/index.htm\">Using FreeBSD</link> (in Traditional Chinese), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.drmaster.com.tw/\">Drmaster</link>, 1997. ISBN 9-578-39435-7."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Unleashed (Simplified Chinese translation), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.hzbook.com/\">China Machine Press</link>. ISBN 7-111-10201-0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD From Scratch Second Edition (in Simplified Chinese), published by China Machine Press. ISBN 7-111-10286-X."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Handbook Second Edition (Simplified Chinese translation), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.ptpress.com.cn/\">Posts &amp; Telecom Press</link>. ISBN 7-115-10541-3."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD &amp; Windows (in Simplified Chinese), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tdpress.com/\">China Railway Publishing House</link>. ISBN 7-113-03845-X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Internet Services HOWTO (in Simplified Chinese), published by China Railway Publishing House. ISBN 7-113-03423-3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD (in Japanese), published by CUTT. ISBN 4-906391-22-2 C3055 P2400E."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.shoeisha.com/book/Detail.asp?bid=650\">Complete Introduction to FreeBSD</link> (in Japanese), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.shoeisha.co.jp/\">Shoeisha Co., Ltd</link>. ISBN 4-88135-473-6 P3600E."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ascii.co.jp/pb/book1/shinkan/detail/1322785.html\">Personal UNIX Starter Kit FreeBSD</link> (in Japanese), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.ascii.co.jp/\">ASCII</link>. ISBN 4-7561-1733-3 P3000E."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Handbook (Japanese translation), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.ascii.co.jp/\">ASCII</link>. ISBN 4-7561-1580-2 P3800E."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD mit Methode (in German), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.cul.de\">Computer und Literatur Verlag</link>/Vertrieb Hanser, 1998. ISBN 3-932311-31-0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.mitp.de/vmi/mitp/detail/pWert/1343/\"> FreeBSD de Luxe</link> (in German), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.mitp.de\">Verlag Modere Industrie</link>, 2003. ISBN 3-8266-1343-0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/FreeBSD/install-manual.html\">FreeBSD Install and Utilization Manual</link> (in Japanese), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/\">Mainichi Communications Inc.</link>, 1998. ISBN 4-8399-0112-0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Onno W Purbo, Dodi Maryanto, Syahrial Hubbany, Widjil Widodo <emphasis><link xlink:href=\"http://maxwell.itb.ac.id/\">Building Internet Server with FreeBSD</link></emphasis> (in Indonesia Language), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.elexmedia.co.id/\">Elex Media Komputindo</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Absolute BSD: The Ultimate Guide to FreeBSD (Traditional Chinese translation), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.grandtech.com.tw/\">GrandTech Press</link>, 2003. ISBN 986-7944-92-5."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.twbsd.org/cht/book/\">The FreeBSD 6.0 Book</link> (in Traditional Chinese), published by Drmaster, 2006. ISBN 9-575-27878-X."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "English language books:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.absoluteFreeBSD.com/\">Absolute FreeBSD, 2nd Edition: The Complete Guide to FreeBSD</link>, published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.nostarch.com/\">No Starch Press</link>, 2007. ISBN: 978-1-59327-151-0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com/cgi-bin/fm/bsdcomp\"> The Complete FreeBSD</link>, published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.oreilly.com/\">O'Reilly</link>, 2003. ISBN: 0596005164"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsd-corp-net-guide.com/\">The FreeBSD Corporate Networker's Guide</link>, published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.awl.com/aw/\">Addison-Wesley</link>, 2000. ISBN: 0201704811"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://andrsn.stanford.edu/FreeBSD/introbook/\"> FreeBSD: An Open-Source Operating System for Your Personal Computer</link>, published by The Bit Tree Press, 2001. ISBN: 0971204500"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Teach Yourself FreeBSD in 24 Hours, published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.samspublishing.com/\">Sams</link>, 2002. ISBN: 0672324245"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD 6 Unleashed, published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.samspublishing.com/\">Sams</link>, 2006. ISBN: 0672328755"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD: The Complete Reference, published by <link xlink:href=\"http://books.mcgraw-hill.com\">McGrawHill</link>, 2003. ISBN: 0072224096"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Users' Guides"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Ohio State University has written a <link xlink:href=\"http://www.cs.duke.edu/csl/docs/unix_course/\">UNIX Introductory Course</link> which is available online in HTML and PostScript format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An Italian <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/it_IT.ISO8859-15/books/unix-introduction/index.html\">translation</link> of this document is available as part of the FreeBSD Italian Documentation Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/\">Jpman Project, Japan FreeBSD Users Group</link>. <link xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/FreeBSD/urm.html\">FreeBSD User's Reference Manual</link> (Japanese translation). <link xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/\">Mainichi Communications Inc.</link>, 1998. ISBN4-8399-0088-4 P3800E."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ed.ac.uk/\">Edinburgh University</link> has written an <link xlink:href=\"http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/\">Online Guide</link> for newcomers to the UNIX environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Administrators' Guides"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/\">Jpman Project, Japan FreeBSD Users Group</link>. <link xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/FreeBSD/sam.html\">FreeBSD System Administrator's Manual</link> (Japanese translation). <link xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/\">Mainichi Communications Inc.</link>, 1998. ISBN4-8399-0109-0 P3300E."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Dreyfus, Emmanuel. <link xlink:href=\"http://www.eyrolles.com/Informatique/Livre/9782212114638/\">Cahiers de l'Admin: BSD</link> 2nd Ed. (in French), Eyrolles, 2004. ISBN 2-212-11463-X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Programmers' Guides"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley. <emphasis>4.4BSD Programmer's Reference Manual</emphasis>. O'Reilly &amp; Associates, Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56592-078-3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley. <emphasis>4.4BSD Programmer's Supplementary Documents</emphasis>. O'Reilly &amp; Associates, Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56592-079-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Harbison, Samuel P. and Steele, Guy L. Jr. <emphasis>C: A Reference Manual</emphasis>. 4th Ed. Prentice Hall, 1995. ISBN 0-13-326224-3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Kernighan, Brian and Dennis M. Ritchie. <emphasis>The C Programming Language</emphasis>. 2nd Ed. PTR Prentice Hall, 1988. ISBN 0-13-110362-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Lehey, Greg. <emphasis>Porting UNIX Software</emphasis>. O'Reilly &amp; Associates, Inc., 1995. ISBN 1-56592-126-7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Plauger, P. J. <emphasis>The Standard C Library</emphasis>. Prentice Hall, 1992. ISBN 0-13-131509-9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Spinellis, Diomidis. <link xlink:href=\"http://www.spinellis.gr/codereading/\"><emphasis>Code Reading: The Open Source Perspective</emphasis></link>. Addison-Wesley, 2003. ISBN 0-201-79940-5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Spinellis, Diomidis. <link xlink:href=\"http://www.spinellis.gr/codequality/\"><emphasis>Code Quality: The Open Source Perspective</emphasis></link>. Addison-Wesley, 2006. ISBN 0-321-16607-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Stevens, W. Richard and Stephen A. Rago. <emphasis>Advanced Programming in the UNIX Environment</emphasis>. 2nd Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 2005. ISBN 0-201-43307-9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Stevens, W. Richard. <emphasis>UNIX Network Programming</emphasis>. 2nd Ed, PTR Prentice Hall, 1998. ISBN 0-13-490012-X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Operating System Internals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Andleigh, Prabhat K. <emphasis>UNIX System Architecture</emphasis>. Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1990. ISBN 0-13-949843-5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Jolitz, William. <quote>Porting UNIX to the 386</quote>. <emphasis>Dr. Dobb's Journal</emphasis>. January 1991-July 1992."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Leffler, Samuel J., Marshall Kirk McKusick, Michael J Karels and John Quarterman <emphasis>The Design and Implementation of the 4.3BSD UNIX Operating System</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1989. ISBN 0-201-06196-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Leffler, Samuel J., Marshall Kirk McKusick, <emphasis>The Design and Implementation of the 4.3BSD UNIX Operating System: Answer Book</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1991. ISBN 0-201-54629-9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "McKusick, Marshall Kirk, Keith Bostic, Michael J Karels, and John Quarterman. <emphasis>The Design and Implementation of the 4.4BSD Operating System</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1996. ISBN 0-201-54979-4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "(Chapter 2 of this book is available <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/design-44bsd/book.html\">online</link> as part of the FreeBSD Documentation Project.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Marshall Kirk McKusick, George V. Neville-Neil <emphasis>The Design and Implementation of the FreeBSD Operating System</emphasis>. Boston, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 2004. ISBN 0-201-70245-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Marshall Kirk McKusick, George V. Neville-Neil, Robert N. M. Watson <emphasis>The Design and Implementation of the FreeBSD Operating System, 2nd Ed.</emphasis>. Westford, Mass. : Pearson Education, Inc., 2014. ISBN 0-321-96897-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Stevens, W. Richard. <emphasis>TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1: The Protocols</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1996. ISBN 0-201-63346-9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Schimmel, Curt. <emphasis>Unix Systems for Modern Architectures</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1994. ISBN 0-201-63338-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Stevens, W. Richard. <emphasis>TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 3: TCP for Transactions, HTTP, NNTP and the UNIX Domain Protocols</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1996. ISBN 0-201-63495-3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Vahalia, Uresh. <emphasis>UNIX Internals -- The New Frontiers</emphasis>. Prentice Hall, 1996. ISBN 0-13-101908-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Wright, Gary R. and W. Richard Stevens. <emphasis>TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 2: The Implementation</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-63354-X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Security Reference"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Cheswick, William R. and Steven M. Bellovin. <emphasis>Firewalls and Internet Security: Repelling the Wily Hacker</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-63357-4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Garfinkel, Simson. <emphasis>PGP Pretty Good Privacy</emphasis> O'Reilly &amp; Associates, Inc., 1995. ISBN 1-56592-098-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Hardware Reference"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Anderson, Don and Tom Shanley. <emphasis>Pentium Processor System Architecture</emphasis>. 2nd Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-40992-5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Ferraro, Richard F. <emphasis>Programmer's Guide to the EGA, VGA, and Super VGA Cards</emphasis>. 3rd ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-62490-7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Intel Corporation publishes documentation on their CPUs, chipsets and standards on their <link xlink:href=\"http://developer.intel.com/\">developer web site</link>, usually as PDF files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Shanley, Tom. <emphasis>80486 System Architecture</emphasis>. 3rd Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-40994-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Shanley, Tom. <emphasis>ISA System Architecture</emphasis>. 3rd Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-40996-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Shanley, Tom. <emphasis>PCI System Architecture</emphasis>. 4th Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1999. ISBN 0-201-30974-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Van Gilluwe, Frank. <emphasis>The Undocumented PC</emphasis>, 2nd Ed. Reading, Mass: Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 1996. ISBN 0-201-47950-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Messmer, Hans-Peter. <emphasis>The Indispensable PC Hardware Book</emphasis>, 4th Ed. Reading, Mass : Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 2002. ISBN 0-201-59616-4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> History"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Lion, John <emphasis>Lion's Commentary on UNIX, 6th Ed. With Source Code</emphasis>. ITP Media Group, 1996. ISBN 1573980137"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Raymond, Eric S. <emphasis>The New Hacker's Dictionary, 3rd edition</emphasis>. MIT Press, 1996. ISBN 0-262-68092-0. Also known as the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.catb.org/~esr/jargon/html/index.html\">Jargon File</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Salus, Peter H. <emphasis>A quarter century of UNIX</emphasis>. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc., 1994. ISBN 0-201-54777-5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Simon Garfinkel, Daniel Weise, Steven Strassmann. <emphasis>The UNIX-HATERS Handbook</emphasis>. IDG Books Worldwide, Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56884-203-1. Out of print, but available <link xlink:href=\"http://www.simson.net/ref/ugh.pdf\">online</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Don Libes, Sandy Ressler <emphasis>Life with UNIX</emphasis> — special edition. Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1989. ISBN 0-13-536657-7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>The BSD family tree</emphasis>. <uri xlink:href=\"https://svnweb.freebsd.org/base/head/share/misc/bsd-family-tree?view=co\">https://svnweb.freebsd.org/base/head/share/misc/bsd-family-tree?view=co</uri> or <link xlink:href=\"file://localhost/usr/share/misc/bsd-family-tree\"><filename>/usr/share/misc/bsd-family-tree</filename></link> on a FreeBSD machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Networked Computer Science Technical Reports Library</emphasis>. <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.ncstrl.org/\">http://www.ncstrl.org/</uri>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Old BSD releases from the Computer Systems Research group (CSRG)</emphasis>. <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.mckusick.com/csrg/\">http://www.mckusick.com/csrg/</uri>: The 4CD set covers all BSD versions from 1BSD to 4.4BSD and 4.4BSD-Lite2 (but not 2.11BSD, unfortunately). The last disk also holds the final sources plus the SCCS files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Periodicals, Journals, and Magazines"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.admin-magazin.de/\">Admin Magazin</link> (in German), published by Medialinx AG. ISSN: 2190-1066"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.bsdmag.org/\">BSD Magazine</link>, published by Software Press Sp. z o.o. SK. ISSN: 1898-9144"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.bsdnow.tv/\">BSD Now — Video Podcast</link>, published by Jupiter Broadcasting LLC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://bsdtalk.blogspot.com/\">BSD Talk Podcast</link>, by Will Backman"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://freebsdjournal.com/\">FreeBSD Journal</link>, published by S&amp;W Publishing, sponsored by The FreeBSD Foundation. ISBN: 978-0-615-88479-0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Resources on the Internet"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The rapid pace of FreeBSD progress makes print media impractical as a means of following the latest developments. Electronic resources are the best, if not often the only, way to stay informed of the latest advances. Since FreeBSD is a volunteer effort, the user community itself also generally serves as a <quote>technical support department</quote> of sorts, with electronic mail, web forums, and USENET news being the most effective way of reaching that community."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The most important points of contact with the FreeBSD user community are outlined below. Please send other resources not mentioned here to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link> so that they may also be included."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Websites"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"https://forums.FreeBSD.org/\">The FreeBSD Forums</link> provide a web based discussion forum for FreeBSD questions and technical discussion."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://planet.freebsd.org/\">Planet FreeBSD</link> offers an aggregation feed of dozens of blogs written by FreeBSD developers. Many developers use this to post quick notes about what they are working on, new patches, and other works in progress."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The <link xlink:href=\"http://www.youtube.com/bsdconferences\">BSDConferences YouTube Channel</link> provides a collection of high quality videos from BSD conferences around the world. This is a great way to watch key developers give presentations about new work in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mailing Lists"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The mailing lists are the most direct way of addressing questions or opening a technical discussion to a concentrated FreeBSD audience. There are a wide variety of lists on a number of different FreeBSD topics. Sending questions to the most appropriate mailing list will invariably assure a faster and more accurate response."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The charters for the various lists are given at the bottom of this document. <emphasis>Please read the charter before joining or sending mail to any list</emphasis>. Most list subscribers receive many hundreds of FreeBSD related messages every day, and the charters and rules for use are meant to keep the signal-to-noise ratio of the lists high. To do less would see the mailing lists ultimately fail as an effective communications medium for the Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>To test the ability to send email to FreeBSD lists, send a test message to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-test\">freebsd-test</link>.</emphasis> Please do not send test messages to any other list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "When in doubt about what list to post a question to, see <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/freebsd-questions\">How to get best results from the FreeBSD-questions mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Before posting to any list, please learn about how to best use the mailing lists, such as how to help avoid frequently-repeated discussions, by reading the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/mailing-list-faq\">Mailing List Frequently Asked Questions</link> (FAQ) document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Archives are kept for all of the mailing lists and can be searched using the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/search/index.html\">FreeBSD World Wide Web server</link>. The keyword searchable archive offers an excellent way of finding answers to frequently asked questions and should be consulted before posting a question. Note that this also means that messages sent to FreeBSD mailing lists are archived in perpetuity. When protecting privacy is a concern, consider using a disposable secondary email address and posting only public information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "List Summary"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>General lists:</emphasis> The following are general lists which anyone is free (and encouraged) to join:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "List"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-advocacy\">freebsd-advocacy</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-advocacy\">freebsd-advocacy</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Evangelism"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-announce\">freebsd-announce</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-announce\">freebsd-announce</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Important events and Project milestones (moderated)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-arch\">freebsd-arch</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-arch\">freebsd-arch</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Architecture and design discussions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-bugbusters\">freebsd-bugbusters</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-bugbusters\">freebsd-bugbusters</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions pertaining to the maintenance of the FreeBSD problem report database and related tools"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-bugs\">freebsd-bugs</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-bugs\">freebsd-bugs</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Bug reports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-chat\">freebsd-chat</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-chat\">freebsd-chat</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Non-technical items related to the FreeBSD community"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-chromium\">freebsd-chromium</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-chromium\">freebsd-chromium</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD-specific Chromium issues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current\">freebsd-current</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current\">freebsd-current</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion concerning the use of FreeBSD-CURRENT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-isp\">freebsd-isp</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-isp\">freebsd-isp</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Issues for Internet Service Providers using FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-jobs\">freebsd-jobs</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-jobs\">freebsd-jobs</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD employment and consulting opportunities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-questions\">freebsd-questions</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-questions\">freebsd-questions</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "User questions and technical support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-security-notifications\">freebsd-security-notifications</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-security-notifications\">freebsd-security-notifications</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Security notifications (moderated)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-stable\">freebsd-stable</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-stable\">freebsd-stable</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion concerning the use of FreeBSD-STABLE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-test\">freebsd-test</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-test\">freebsd-test</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Where to send test messages instead of to one of the actual lists"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Technical lists:</emphasis> The following lists are for technical discussion. Read the charter for each list carefully before joining or sending mail to one as there are firm guidelines for their use and content."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-acpi\">freebsd-acpi</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-acpi\">freebsd-acpi</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ACPI and power management development"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-afs\">freebsd-afs</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-afs\">freebsd-afs</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting AFS to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/aic7xxx\">freebsd-aic7xxx</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/aic7xxx\">freebsd-aic7xxx</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Developing drivers for the <trademark class=\"registered\">Adaptec</trademark> AIC 7xxx"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-amd64\">freebsd-amd64</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-amd64\">freebsd-amd64</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting FreeBSD to AMD64 systems (moderated)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-apache\">freebsd-apache</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-apache\">freebsd-apache</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion about <application>Apache</application> related ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-arm\">freebsd-arm</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-arm\">freebsd-arm</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting FreeBSD to <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark> processors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-atm\">freebsd-atm</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-atm\">freebsd-atm</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using ATM networking with FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-bluetooth\">freebsd-bluetooth</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-bluetooth\">freebsd-bluetooth</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> technology in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-cloud\">freebsd-cloud</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-cloud\">freebsd-cloud</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD on cloud platforms (EC2, GCE, Azure, etc.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-cluster\">freebsd-cluster</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-cluster\">freebsd-cluster</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using FreeBSD in a clustered environment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-database\">freebsd-database</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-database\">freebsd-database</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussing database use and development under FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-desktop\">freebsd-desktop</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-desktop\">freebsd-desktop</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using and improving FreeBSD on the desktop"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">freebsd-doc</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">freebsd-doc</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Creating FreeBSD related documents"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-drivers\">freebsd-drivers</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-drivers\">freebsd-drivers</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Writing device drivers for FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-dtrace\">freebsd-dtrace</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-dtrace\">freebsd-dtrace</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using and working on DTrace in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-eclipse\">freebsd-eclipse</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-eclipse\">freebsd-eclipse</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD users of Eclipse IDE, tools, rich client applications and ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-embedded\">freebsd-embedded</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-embedded\">freebsd-embedded</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using FreeBSD in embedded applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-eol\">freebsd-eol</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-eol\">freebsd-eol</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Peer support of FreeBSD-related software that is no longer supported by the FreeBSD Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-emulation\">freebsd-emulation</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-emulation\">freebsd-emulation</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Emulation of other systems such as Linux/<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-enlightenment\">freebsd-enlightenment</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-enlightenment\">freebsd-enlightenment</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting <application>Enlightenment</application> and <application>Enlightenment</application> applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-firewire\">freebsd-firewire</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-firewire\">freebsd-firewire</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD <trademark class=\"registered\">FireWire</trademark> (iLink, IEEE 1394) technical discussion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-fortran\">freebsd-fortran</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-fortran\">freebsd-fortran</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Fortran on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-fs\">freebsd-fs</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-fs\">freebsd-fs</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "File systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-games\">freebsd-games</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-games\">freebsd-games</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Support for Games on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-gecko\">freebsd-gecko</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-gecko\">freebsd-gecko</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>Gecko Rendering Engine</application> issues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-geom\">freebsd-geom</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-geom\">freebsd-geom</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "GEOM-specific discussions and implementations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-git\">freebsd-git</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-git\">freebsd-git</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion of git use in the FreeBSD project"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-gnome\">freebsd-gnome</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-gnome\">freebsd-gnome</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting <application>GNOME</application> and <application>GNOME</application> applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers\">freebsd-hackers</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers\">freebsd-hackers</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "General technical discussion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hardware\">freebsd-hardware</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hardware\">freebsd-hardware</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "General discussion of hardware for running FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-i18n\">freebsd-i18n</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-i18n\">freebsd-i18n</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Internationalization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ia32\">freebsd-ia32</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ia32\">freebsd-ia32</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD on the IA-32 (<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> x86) platform"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ia64\">freebsd-ia64</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ia64\">freebsd-ia64</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting FreeBSD to <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark>'s upcoming IA64 systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-infiniband\">freebsd-infiniband</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-infiniband\">freebsd-infiniband</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Infiniband on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ipfw\">freebsd-ipfw</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ipfw\">freebsd-ipfw</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Technical discussion concerning the redesign of the IP firewall code"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-isdn\">freebsd-isdn</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-isdn\">freebsd-isdn</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ISDN developers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-jail\">freebsd-jail</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-jail\">freebsd-jail</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion about the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> facility"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-java\">freebsd-java</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-java\">freebsd-java</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<trademark>Java</trademark> developers and people porting <trademark>JDK</trademark>s to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-lfs\">freebsd-lfs</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-lfs\">freebsd-lfs</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting LFS to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-mips\">freebsd-mips</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-mips\">freebsd-mips</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting FreeBSD to <trademark class=\"registered\">MIPS</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-mobile\">freebsd-mobile</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-mobile\">freebsd-mobile</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions about mobile computing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-mono\">freebsd-mono</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-mono\">freebsd-mono</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mono and C# applications on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-multimedia\">freebsd-multimedia</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-multimedia\">freebsd-multimedia</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Multimedia applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-new-bus\">freebsd-new-bus</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-new-bus\">freebsd-new-bus</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Technical discussions about bus architecture"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-net\">freebsd-net</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-net\">freebsd-net</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Networking discussion and TCP/IP source code"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-numerics\">freebsd-numerics</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-numerics\">freebsd-numerics</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions of high quality implementation of libm functions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-office\">freebsd-office</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-office\">freebsd-office</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Office applications on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-performance\">freebsd-performance</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-performance\">freebsd-performance</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Performance tuning questions for high performance/load installations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-perl\">freebsd-perl</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-perl\">freebsd-perl</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Maintenance of a number of Perl-related ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-pf\">freebsd-pf</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-pf\">freebsd-pf</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion and questions about the packet filter firewall system"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-pkg\">freebsd-pkg</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-pkg\">freebsd-pkg</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Binary package management and package tools discussion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-pkg-fallout\">freebsd-pkg-fallout</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-pkg-fallout\">freebsd-pkg-fallout</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Fallout logs from package building"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-pkgbase\">freebsd-pkgbase</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-pkgbase\">freebsd-pkgbase</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Packaging the FreeBSD base system"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-platforms\">freebsd-platforms</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-platforms\">freebsd-platforms</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Concerning ports to non <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> architecture platforms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports\">freebsd-ports</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports\">freebsd-ports</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion of the Ports Collection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports-announce\">freebsd-ports-announce</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports-announce\">freebsd-ports-announce</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Important news and instructions about the Ports Collection (moderated)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports-bugs\">freebsd-ports-bugs</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports-bugs\">freebsd-ports-bugs</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion of the ports bugs/PRs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ppc\">freebsd-ppc</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ppc\">freebsd-ppc</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting FreeBSD to the <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-proliant\">freebsd-proliant</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-proliant\">freebsd-proliant</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Technical discussion of FreeBSD on HP ProLiant server platforms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-python\">freebsd-python</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-python\">freebsd-python</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD-specific Python issues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-rc\">freebsd-rc</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-rc\">freebsd-rc</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion related to the <filename>rc.d</filename> system and its development"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-realtime\">freebsd-realtime</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-realtime\">freebsd-realtime</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Development of realtime extensions to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ruby\">freebsd-ruby</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ruby\">freebsd-ruby</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD-specific Ruby discussions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-scsi\">freebsd-scsi</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-scsi\">freebsd-scsi</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The SCSI subsystem"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-security\">freebsd-security</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-security\">freebsd-security</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Security issues affecting FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-small\">freebsd-small</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-small\">freebsd-small</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using FreeBSD in embedded applications (obsolete; use <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-embedded\">freebsd-embedded</link> instead)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-snapshots\">freebsd-snapshots</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-snapshots\">freebsd-snapshots</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Development Snapshot Announcements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-sparc64\">freebsd-sparc64</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-sparc64\">freebsd-sparc64</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting FreeBSD to <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC</trademark> based systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-standards\">freebsd-standards</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-standards\">freebsd-standards</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD's conformance to the C99 and the <trademark class=\"registered\">POSIX</trademark> standards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-sysinstall\">freebsd-sysinstall</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-sysinstall\">freebsd-sysinstall</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysinstall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> development"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysinstall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> development"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-tcltk\">freebsd-tcltk</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-tcltk\">freebsd-tcltk</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD-specific Tcl/Tk discussions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-testing\">freebsd-testing</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-testing\">freebsd-testing</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Testing on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-tex\">freebsd-tex</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-tex\">freebsd-tex</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting <application>TeX</application> and its applications to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-threads\">freebsd-threads</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-threads\">freebsd-threads</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Threading in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-tilera\">freebsd-tilera</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-tilera\">freebsd-tilera</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting FreeBSD to the Tilera family of CPUs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-tokenring\">freebsd-tokenring</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-tokenring\">freebsd-tokenring</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Support Token Ring in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-toolchain\">freebsd-toolchain</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-toolchain\">freebsd-toolchain</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Maintenance of FreeBSD's integrated toolchain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-translators\">freebsd-translators</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-translators\">freebsd-translators</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Translating FreeBSD documents and programs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-transport\">freebsd-transport</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-transport\">freebsd-transport</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions of transport level network protocols in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-usb\">freebsd-usb</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-usb\">freebsd-usb</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussing FreeBSD support for USB"
msgstr "<emphasis>Discussie over FreeBSD ondersteuning voor USB</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-virtualization\">freebsd-virtualization</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-virtualization\">freebsd-virtualization</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion of various virtualization techniques supported by FreeBSD"
msgstr "<emphasis>Discussies over verscheidene virtualisatietechnieken ondersteund door FreeBSD</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-vuxml\">freebsd-vuxml</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-vuxml\">freebsd-vuxml</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion on VuXML infrastructure"
msgstr "Discussie over VuXML-infrastructuur"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-x11\">freebsd-x11</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-x11\">freebsd-x11</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Maintenance and support of X11 on FreeBSD"
msgstr "Onderhoud en ondersteuning voor X11 op FreeBSD"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-xen\">freebsd-xen</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-xen\">freebsd-xen</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion of the FreeBSD port to <trademark>Xen</trademark> — implementation and usage"
msgstr "Discussies over het overbrengen van FreeBSD naar <trademark>Xen</trademark — implementatie en gebruik"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-xfce\">freebsd-xfce</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-xfce\">freebsd-xfce</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>XFCE</application> for FreeBSD — porting and maintaining"
msgstr "Overbrengen en onderhouden van <application>XFCE</application> voor FreeBSD"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-zope\">freebsd-zope</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-zope\">freebsd-zope</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>Zope</application> for FreeBSD — porting and maintaining"
msgstr "<application>Zope</application> voor FreeBSD — overbrengen en onderhouden"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Limited lists:</emphasis> The following lists are for more specialized (and demanding) audiences and are probably not of interest to the general public. It is also a good idea to establish a presence in the technical lists before joining one of these limited lists in order to understand the communications etiquette involved."
msgstr "<emphasis>Beperkte lijsten:</emphasis> De volgende lijsten zijn voor meer gespecialiseerd publiek en algemene gebruikers hebben er waarschijnlijk niets aan. Het is verstandig om eerst naam te maken in de technische lijsten alvorens lid te worden van een van de onderstaande beperkte lijsten, zodat de gebruiken op die lijst bekend zijn."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hubs\">freebsd-hubs</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hubs\">freebsd-hubs</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "People running mirror sites (infrastructural support)"
msgstr "Mensen die mirrorsites draaien (infrastructurele ondersteuning)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-user-groups\">freebsd-user-groups</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-user-groups\">freebsd-user-groups</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "User group coordination"
msgstr "Gebruikersgroepcoördinatie"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-wip-status\">freebsd-wip-status</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-wip-status\">freebsd-wip-status</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Work-In-Progress Status"
msgstr "FreeBSD Werk-In-Uitvoering status"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-wireless\">freebsd-wireless</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-wireless\">freebsd-wireless</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions of 802.11 stack, tools, device driver development"
msgstr "Discussies over de ontwikkeling van de 802.11-stack, gereedschappen en stuurprogramma’s."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Digest lists:</emphasis> All of the above lists are available in a digest format. Once subscribed to a list, the digest options can be changed in the account options section."
msgstr "<emphasis>Verkorte versie van lijsten (digest):</emphasis> Alle hierboven beschreven lijsten zijn beschikbaar in verkorte vorm. Na het lid worden van een lijst zijn de digest opties te wijzigen bij de accountopties."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>SVN lists:</emphasis> The following lists are for people interested in seeing the log messages for changes to various areas of the source tree. They are <emphasis>Read-Only</emphasis> lists and should not have mail sent to them."
msgstr "<emphasis>SVN-lijsten:</emphasis> De volgende lijsten zijn voor mensen met interesse in het zien van logboekberichten voor wijzigingen in verschillende onderdelen van de broncodeboom. Het zijn <emphasis>Alleen-lezen</emphasis>-lijsten waar geen email heen gezonden hoort te worden."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Source area"
msgstr "Broncodegebied"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Area Description (source for)"
msgstr "Broncodebeschrijving"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all\">svn-doc-all</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all\">svn-doc-all</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<filename>/usr/doc</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/doc</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the doc Subversion repository (except for <filename>user</filename>, <filename>projects</filename> and <filename>translations</filename>)"
msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan het doc-Subversion-repository (behalve <filename>user</filename>, <filename>projects</filename> en <filename>translations</filename>)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-head\">svn-doc-head</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-head\">svn-doc-head</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the <quote>head</quote> branch of the doc Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan de tak <quote>head</quote> van het doc-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-projects\">svn-doc-projects</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-projects\">svn-doc-projects</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<filename>/usr/doc/projects</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/doc/projects</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the <filename>projects</filename> area of the doc Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle wijzigingen in het <filename>projects</filename>-gebied van het doc-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-svnadmin\">svn-doc-svnadmin</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-svnadmin\">svn-doc-svnadmin</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration data of the doc Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan de administratieve scripts, haken en andere configuratiegegevens van het doc-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-ports-all\">svn-ports-all</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-ports-all\">svn-ports-all</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<filename>/usr/ports</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/ports</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the ports Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan het ports-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-ports-head\">svn-ports-head</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-ports-head\">svn-ports-head</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the <quote>head</quote> branch of the ports Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan de tak <quote>head</quote> van het ports-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-ports-svnadmin\">svn-ports-svnadmin</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-ports-svnadmin\">svn-ports-svnadmin</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration data of the ports Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan de administratieve scripts, haken en andere configuratiegegevens van het ports-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-all\">svn-src-all</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-all\">svn-src-all</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<filename>/usr/src</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/src</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the src Subversion repository (except for <filename>user</filename> and <filename>projects</filename>)"
msgstr "Alle wijzigingen in het src-Subversion-repository (behalve u<filename>user</filename> en <filename>projects</filename>)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-head\">svn-src-head</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-head\">svn-src-head</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the <quote>head</quote> branch of the src Subversion repository (the FreeBSD-CURRENT branch)"
msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan de <quote>head</quote>-tak van het src-Subversion-repository (de tak FreeBSD-CURRENT)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-projects\">svn-src-projects</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-projects\">svn-src-projects</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<filename>/usr/projects</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/projects</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the <filename>projects</filename> area of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan het gebied <filename>projects</filename> van het src-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-release\">svn-src-release</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-release\">svn-src-release</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the <filename>releases</filename> area of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan het gebied <filename>releases</filename> van het src-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-releng\">svn-src-releng</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-releng\">svn-src-releng</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the <filename>releng</filename> branches of the src Subversion repository (the security / release engineering branches)"
msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan de takken <filename>releng</filename> van het src-Subversion-repository (de beveiligings- / uitgavetakken)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable\">svn-src-stable</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable\">svn-src-stable</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the all stable branches of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan alle stable-takken van het src-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-6\">svn-src-stable-6</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-6\">svn-src-stable-6</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the <filename>stable/6</filename> branch of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan de <filename>stable/6</filename>-tak van het src-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-7\">svn-src-stable-7</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-7\">svn-src-stable-7</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the <filename>stable/7</filename> branch of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan de <filename>stable/7</filename>-tak van het src-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-8\">svn-src-stable-8</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-8\">svn-src-stable-8</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the <filename>stable/8</filename> branch of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan de <filename>stable/8</filename>-tak van het src-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-9\">svn-src-stable-9</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-9\">svn-src-stable-9</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the <filename>stable/9</filename> branch of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan de <filename>stable/9</filename>-tak van het src-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-10\">svn-src-stable-10</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-10\">svn-src-stable-10</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the <filename>stable/10</filename> branch of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan de <filename>stable/10</filename>-tak van het src-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-other\">svn-src-stable-other</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-other\">svn-src-stable-other</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the older <filename>stable</filename> branches of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan de oudere <filename>stable</filename>-takken van het src-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-svnadmin\">svn-src-svnadmin</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-svnadmin\">svn-src-svnadmin</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration data of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan de administratieve scripts, haken, en andere configuratiegegevens van het src-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-user\">svn-src-user</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-user\">svn-src-user</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the experimental <filename>user</filename> area of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan het experimentele gebied <filename>user</filename> van het src-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-vendor\">svn-src-vendor</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-vendor\">svn-src-vendor</link>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the vendor work area of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan het verkoperswerkgebied van het src-Subversion-repository"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "How to Subscribe"
msgstr "Hoe te abonneren"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To subscribe to a list, click the list name at <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo\">http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo</link>. The page that is displayed should contain all of the necessary subscription instructions for that list."
msgstr "Om te abonneren op een lijst kan geklikt worden op de naam van de lijst hierboven of kan op <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo\">http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo</link> geklikt worden op de lijst waarin interesse bestaat. De pagina waarop de lijsten staan beschreven bevat alle informatie die nodig is om te abonneren."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To actually post to a given list, send mail to <email><replaceable>listname</replaceable>@FreeBSD.org</email>. It will then be redistributed to mailing list members world-wide."
msgstr "Om te posten op een lijst kan een email gestuurd worden naar <email><replaceable>lijstnaam</replaceable>@FreeBSD.org</email>. Daarna wordt die doorgestuurd aan leden van de lijst in de hele wereld."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To unsubscribe from a list, click on the URL found at the bottom of every email received from the list. It is also possible to send an email to <email><replaceable>listname</replaceable>-unsubscribe@FreeBSD.org</email> to unsubscribe."
msgstr "Om het abonnement op een lijst op te zeggen kan op de URL die onderaan iedere email van een lijst staat geklikt worden. Het is ook mogelijk om een email te sturen naar <email><replaceable>lijstnaam</replaceable>-unsubscribe@FreeBSD.org</email> om een abonnement op te zeggen."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "It is important to keep discussion in the technical mailing lists on a technical track. To only receive important announcements, instead join the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-announce\">FreeBSD announcements mailing list</link>, which is intended for infrequent traffic."
msgstr "Hierbij nogmaals het advies om discussies op de technische mailinglijsten technisch te houden. Als er alleen interesse bestaat in belangrijke mededelingen dan wordt aangeraden te abonnneren op de <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-announce\"> FreeBSD aankondigingen mailinglijst</link>, waarop zelden verkeer voorkomt."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "List Charters"
msgstr "Lijstdoelstellingen"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>All</emphasis> FreeBSD mailing lists have certain basic rules which must be adhered to by anyone using them. Failure to comply with these guidelines will result in two (2) written warnings from the FreeBSD Postmaster <email>postmaster@FreeBSD.org</email>, after which, on a third offense, the poster will removed from all FreeBSD mailing lists and filtered from further posting to them. We regret that such rules and measures are necessary at all, but today's Internet is a pretty harsh environment, it would seem, and many fail to appreciate just how fragile some of its mechanisms are."
msgstr "<emphasis>Alle</emphasis> FreeBSD-mailinglijsten hebben eigen regels waaraan voldaan dient te worden bij gebruik. Als daaraan niet wordt voldaan, resulteert dat in maximaal twee (2) schriftelijke waarschuwingen van de FreeBSD Postmaster <email>postmaster@FreeBSD.org</email>, waarna na de derde overtreding de poster verwijderd wordt van alle FreeBSD-mailinglijsten en alle toekomstige mail van het adres van de verzender wordt uitgefilterd. Helaas zijn deze regels nodig, omdat het Internet van vandaag de dag een onvriendelijke omgeving is en slechts weinigen zich bewust zijn van hoe fragiel sommige mechanismen zijn."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Rules of the road:"
msgstr "Standaardregels:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The topic of any posting should adhere to the basic charter of the list it is posted to. If the list is about technical issues, the posting should contain technical discussion. Ongoing irrelevant chatter or flaming only detracts from the value of the mailing list for everyone on it and will not be tolerated. For free-form discussion on no particular topic, the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-chat\">FreeBSD chat mailing list</link> is freely available and should be used instead."
msgstr "Het onderwerp van iedere mail dient te voldoen aan de basisdoelstellingen van de lijst waarnaar wordt gepost. Als de lijst bijvoorbeeld over technische onderwerpen gaat, dan hoort een post ook over iets technisch te gaan. Ruis en flaming doen alleen af aan de waarde van een mailinglijst voor alle leden en dat wordt niet getolereerd. Voor vrije discussie dient de <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-chat\">FreeBSD chat mailing lijst</link> gebruikt te worden die daar speciaal voor is ingesteld."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "No posting should be made to more than 2 mailing lists, and only to 2 when a clear and obvious need to post to both lists exists. For most lists, there is already a great deal of subscriber overlap and except for the most esoteric mixes (say <quote>-stable &amp; -scsi</quote>), there really is no reason to post to more than one list at a time. If a message is received with multiple mailing lists on the <literal>Cc</literal> line, trim the <literal>Cc</literal> line before replying. <emphasis>The person who replies is still responsible for cross-posting, no matter who the originator might have been.</emphasis>"
msgstr "Bijdragen horen niet naar meer dan twee mailinglijsten verzonden te worden en alleen dan naar twee als het helder en duidelijk is dat daarvoor de noodzaak bestaat. Voor de meeste lijsten bestaat er al veel overlap in de leden en met uitzondering van de meer esoterische lijsten, zoals bijvoorbeeld <quote>-stable &amp; -scsi</quote>, is er eigenlijk slechts zelden aanleiding om naar meer dan een lijst te posten. Als een bericht zo is verzonden dat er meerdere mailinglijsten op de regel <literal>Cc</literal> staan, dan hoort de regel <literal>Cc</literal> weer ingekort te worden in een eventueel antwoord. <emphasis>De verzender is verantwoordelijk voor zijn eigen kruisposten, wie ook een eerdere zender was.</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Personal attacks and profanity (in the context of an argument) are not allowed, and that includes users and developers alike. Gross breaches of netiquette, like excerpting or reposting private mail when permission to do so was not and would not be forthcoming, are frowned upon but not specifically enforced. <emphasis>However</emphasis>, there are also very few cases where such content would fit within the charter of a list and it would therefore probably rate a warning (or ban) on that basis alone."
msgstr "Persoonlijke aanvallen en profane taal (in de context van een geschil) zijn niet toegestaan. Dit geldt zowel voor gebruikers als ontwikkelaars. Grove schending van de netiquette, zoals kopiëren uit of het volledig doorsturen van persoonlijke email zonder dat daarvoor toestemming is gegeven, wordt niet op prijs gesteld. Er zijn hoe dan ook zeer weinig gevallen waarin zoiets dergelijks wel binnen de doelstelling van een lijst valt, waardoor dat soort emails op grond van de inhoud alleen al vaak reden zijn voor een waarschuwing (of ban)."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Advertising of non-FreeBSD related products or services is strictly prohibited and will result in an immediate ban if it is clear that the offender is advertising by spam."
msgstr "Adverteren voor niet-FreeBSD-gerelateerde producten is streng verboden en heeft direct een ban tot gevolg als helder is dat de overtreder adverteert door middel van spam."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Individual list charters:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ndividuele lijstdoelstellingen:</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>ACPI and power management development</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ACPI en energiebeheerontwikkeling</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Andrew File System</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Andrew Bestandssysteem (Andrew File System)</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This list is for discussion on porting and using AFS from CMU/Transarc"
msgstr "Deze lijst is voor onderwerpen over het porten en gebruik van AFS van CMU/Transarc"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Important events / milestones</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Belangrijke gebeurtenissen en projectdoelen</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is the mailing list for people interested only in occasional announcements of significant FreeBSD events. This includes announcements about snapshots and other releases. It contains announcements of new FreeBSD capabilities. It may contain calls for volunteers etc. This is a low volume, strictly moderated mailing list."
msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor hen die alleen interesse hebben in gelegenheidsmededelingen of belangrijke FreeBSD-gebeurtenissen. Hieronder vallen aankondigingen over snapshots en andere uitgaven. De lijst omvat ook aankondigingen over nieuwe mogelijkheden binnen FreeBSD. Er kunnen ook oproepen gedaan worden voor vrijwilligers, enzovoort. Deze lijst kent een laag volume en is volledig gemodereerd."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Architecture and design discussions</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Discussie van architectuur en ontwerp</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This list is for discussion of the FreeBSD architecture. Messages will mostly be kept strictly technical in nature. Examples of suitable topics are:"
msgstr "Deze lijst is bedoeld voor het bespreken van de FreeBSD-architectuur. Berichten zijn in het algemeen strikt technisch van aard. Voorbeelden van geschikte onderwerpen zijn:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "How to re-vamp the build system to have several customized builds running at the same time."
msgstr "Hoe het buildsysteem bijgewerkt kan worden zodat meerdere aanpaste builds tegelijkertijd kunnen lopen."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "What needs to be fixed with VFS to make Heidemann layers work."
msgstr "Wat moet er aan VFS aangepast worden om Heidemann-lagen te laten werken."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "How do we change the device driver interface to be able to use the same drivers cleanly on many buses and architectures."
msgstr "Hoe kan de apparataatstuurprogramma interface aangepast worden zodat dezelfde stuurprogramma's netjes op vele bussen en architecturen gebruikt kunnen worden."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "How to write a network driver."
msgstr "Hoe een netwerkstuurprogramma geschreven kan worden."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis><trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> in FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis><trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> in FreeBSD</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is the forum where FreeBSD's <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> users congregate. Design issues, implementation details, patches, bug reports, status reports, feature requests, and all matters related to <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> are fair game."
msgstr "Dit is het forum waar gebruikers van <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> op FreeBSD samenkomen. Gespreksstof op het gebied van ontwerp, implementatiedetails, patches, probleemrapportages, statusrapportages, verzoeken voor nieuwe mogelijkheden en al het andere dat met <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> te maken heeft is geschikt materiaal."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Coordination of the Problem Report handling effort</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Coördinatie afhandeling Problem Reports</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The purpose of this list is to serve as a coordination and discussion forum for the Bugmeister, his Bugbusters, and any other parties who have a genuine interest in the PR database. This list is not for discussions about specific bugs, patches or PRs."
msgstr "Het doel van deze lijst is een platform zijn voor de coördinatie en discussie voor de Bugmeister, zijn Bugbusters en anderen die interesse hebben in de PR-database. Deze lijst is niet bedoeld voor discussies over specifieke bugs, patches of PR's."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Bug reports</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Bug reports</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is the mailing list for reporting bugs in FreeBSD. Whenever possible, bugs should be submitted using the <link xlink:href=\"https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi\">web interface</link> to it."
msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor het rapporteren van bugs in FreeBSD. Waar mogelijk dienen bugs ingezonden te worden via de <link xlink:href=\"https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi\">Webinterface</link>."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Non technical items related to the FreeBSD community</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Niet-technische onderwerpen met betrekking tot de FreeBSD-gemeenschap</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This list contains the overflow from the other lists about non-technical, social information. It includes discussion about whether Jordan looks like a toon ferret or not, whether or not to type in capitals, who is drinking too much coffee, where the best beer is brewed, who is brewing beer in their basement, and so on. Occasional announcements of important events (such as upcoming parties, weddings, births, new jobs, etc) can be made to the technical lists, but the follow ups should be directed to this -chat list."
msgstr "Deze lijst bevat alle onderwerpen waar op andere lijsten geen ruimte voor is wat betreft niet-technische en sociale informatie. Er wordt gesproken over de moord op Van Gogh, of er in onderkast of kapitalen geschreven dient te worden, wie er te veel koffie drinkt, waar het beste bier vandaan komt, enzovoort. Belangrijke gebeurtenissen (zoals feestjes, bruiloften, geboorten, nieuwe banen, enzovoort) kunnen op de technische lijsten aangekondigd worden, maar antwoorden dienen naar deze -chat lijst te gaan."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD-specific Chromium issues</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FreeBSD specifieke Chromium problemen</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a list for the discussion of Chromium support for FreeBSD. This is a technical list to discuss development and installation of Chromium."
msgstr "Dit is een lijst voor het bespreken van Chromium ondersteuning voor FreeBSD. Dit is een technische lijst om de ontwikkelingen en installatie van Chromium te bespreken."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Running FreeBSD on various cloud platforms</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Het draaien van FreeBSD op verschillende cloud platformen</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This list discusses running FreeBSD on Amazon EC2, Google Compute Engine, Microsoft Azure, and other cloud computing platforms."
msgstr "Dit is een lijst voor discussie over FreeBSD op Amazon EC2, Google Compute Engine, Microsoft Azure en andere cloud platformen."

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "freebsd-core"
msgstr "freebsd-core"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD core team</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FreeBSD Kernteam</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is an internal mailing list for use by the core members. Messages can be sent to it when a serious FreeBSD-related matter requires arbitration or high-level scrutiny."
msgstr "Dit is een interne mailinglijst die wordt gebruikt door de kernleden. Er kunnen berichten naar gestuurd worden als een belangrijke FreeBSD-gerelateerde zaak arbitrage nodig heeft of een onderzoekende blik op hoog niveau nodig is."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussions about the use of FreeBSD-CURRENT</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Discussie over het gebruikt van FreeBSD-CURRENT</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is the mailing list for users of FreeBSD-CURRENT. It includes warnings about new features coming out in -CURRENT that will affect the users, and instructions on steps that must be taken to remain -CURRENT. Anyone running <quote>CURRENT</quote> must subscribe to this list. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor gebruikers van FreeBSD-CURRENT. Er staan waarschuwingen op over nieuwe mogelijkheden in -CURRENT die impact hebben op gebruikers en instructies over de te nemen stappen om -CURRENT te blijven. Iedereen die <quote>CURRENT</quote> draait, zou zich moeten abonneren. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop strikt technische berichten worden verwacht."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Using and improving FreeBSD on the desktop</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FreeBSD gebruiken op en verbeteren voor bureaubladen</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a forum for discussion of FreeBSD on the desktop. It is primarily a place for desktop porters and users to discuss issues and improve FreeBSD's desktop support."
msgstr "Dit is een forum voor het bespreken van FreeBSD op desktops. Het is vooral een plaats voor porters en gebruikers van bureaubladomgevingen om zaken te bespreken en de ondersteuning van FreeBSD op het bureaublad te verbeteren."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Documentation Project</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Documentatieproject</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This mailing list is for the discussion of issues and projects related to the creation of documentation for FreeBSD. The members of this mailing list are collectively referred to as <quote>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</quote>. It is an open list; feel free to join and contribute!"
msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor het bespreken van onderwerpen en projecten die te maken hebben met het maken van documentatie voor FreeBSD. De leden van deze mailinglijst worden samen <quote>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</quote> genoemd. Het is een open lijst waarop zonder problemen een abonnement genomen kan worden en bijdragen zeer op prijs worden gesteld!"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Writing device drivers for FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Apparaatstuurprogramma's schrijven voor FreeBSD</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a forum for technical discussions related to device drivers on FreeBSD. It is primarily a place for device driver writers to ask questions about how to write device drivers using the APIs in the FreeBSD kernel."
msgstr "Dit is een forum voor technische discussie met betrekking tot apparaatstuurprogramma's op FreeBSD. Het is vooral een plaats voor schrijvers van apparaatstuurprogramma's om vragen te stellen over hoe apparaatstuurprogramma's te schrijven met de API's in de kernel van FreeBSD."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Using and working on DTrace in FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>DTrace op FreeBSD gebruiken en ontwikkelen</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DTrace is an integrated component of FreeBSD that provides a framework for understanding the kernel as well as user space programs at run time. The mailing list is an archived discussion for developers of the code as well as those using it."
msgstr "DTrace is een geïntegreerd component van FreeBSD dat een raamwerk biedt om de kernel en de gebruikersprogramma's tijdens het draaien te begrijpen. De mailinglijst is een gearchiveerde discussie voor ontwikkelaars van de code en voor de gebruikers ervan."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD users of Eclipse IDE, tools, rich client applications and ports.</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Gebruikers van Eclipse IDE, hulpprogramma's, cliëntapplicaties en ports</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The intention of this list is to provide mutual support for everything to do with choosing, installing, using, developing and maintaining the Eclipse IDE, tools, rich client applications on the FreeBSD platform and assisting with the porting of Eclipse IDE and plugins to the FreeBSD environment."
msgstr "De doelstelling van deze lijst is wederzijdse ondersteuning bieden voor alles dat te maken heeft met het kiezen, installeren, gebruiken, ontwikkelen, en onderhouden van Eclipse IDE, hulpprogramma's en cliëntapplicaties op het FreeBSD-platform en te ondersteunen bij het porten van Eclipse IDE en plugins naar de FreeBSD-omgeving."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The intention is also to facilitate exchange of information between the Eclipse community and the FreeBSD community to the mutual benefit of both."
msgstr "Het is ook de bedoeling om het uitwisselen van informatie tussen de Eclipse gemeenschap en de FreeBSD-gemeenschap te bevorderen zodat beiden ervan kunnen profiteren."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Although this list is focused primarily on the needs of Eclipse users it will also provide a forum for those who would like to develop FreeBSD specific applications using the Eclipse framework."
msgstr "Hoewel deze lijst voornamelijk is gericht op de behoeften van gebruikers van Eclipse, wordt ook een forum geboden voor hen die FreeBSD-specifieke applicaties willen ontwikkelen met het Eclipse raamwerk."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Using FreeBSD in embedded applications</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FreeBSD gebruiken in embedded applicaties</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This list discusses topics related to using FreeBSD in embedded systems. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected. For the purpose of this list, embedded systems are those computing devices which are not desktops and which usually serve a single purpose as opposed to being general computing environments. Examples include, but are not limited to, all kinds of phone handsets, network equipment such as routers, switches and PBXs, remote measuring equipment, PDAs, Point Of Sale systems, and so on."
msgstr "Deze lijst heeft tot doel om te discussieren over FreeBSD in embedded systemen. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarbij men alleen technische inhoud verwacht. Voor het belang van deze lijst definiëren we embedded systemen als computersystemen die geen desktop-systemen zijn en meestal slechts één doel hebben ten opzichte van gewone systemen. Voorbeelden bevatten onder andere: diverse soorten telefoonsets, netwerkapparatuur zoals routers, switches en PBX'en, op afstand bestuurbare meetapparatuur, PDA's, Point of Sale systemen etc."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Emulation of other systems such as Linux/<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark></emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Emulatie van andere systemen zoals Linux<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark></emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a forum for technical discussions related to running programs written for other operating systems on FreeBSD."
msgstr "Dit is een forum voor technische discussie met betrekking tot het draaien van programma's op FreeBSD die zijn geschreven voor andere besturingssystemen."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Enlightenment</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Enlightenment</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions concerning the <application>Enlightenment</application> Desktop Environment for FreeBSD systems. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr "Discussies aangaande de <application>Enlightenment</application> desktop omgeving voor FreeBSD systemen. Dit is een technische mailing lijst waar alleen technische inhoud wordt verwacht."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Peer support of FreeBSD-related software that is no longer supported by the FreeBSD Project.</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Ondersteuning van FreeBSD gerelateerde software welke niet meer ondersteund wordt door het FreeBSD-project.</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This list is for those interested in providing or making use of peer support of FreeBSD-related software for which the FreeBSD Project no longer provides official support in the form of security advisories and patches."
msgstr "Deze lijst is voor degenen die geïnteresseerd zijn in het leveren of gebruiken van ondersteuning voor FreeBSD-gerelateerde software voor welke het FreeBSD-project geen ondersteuning meer biedt (in de vorm van beveiligingsadviezen en patches)."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis><trademark class=\"registered\">FireWire</trademark> (iLink, IEEE 1394)</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis><trademark class=\"registered\">FireWire</trademark> (iLink, IEEE-1394)</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a mailing list for discussion of the design and implementation of a <trademark class=\"registered\">FireWire</trademark> (aka IEEE 1394 aka iLink) subsystem for FreeBSD. Relevant topics specifically include the standards, bus devices and their protocols, adapter boards/cards/chips sets, and the architecture and implementation of code for their proper support."
msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor het bespreken van het ontwerp en de implementatie van een <trademark class=\"registered\">FireWire</trademark> (ook wel IEEE 1394 of iLink) subsysteem voor FreeBSD. Relevante onderwerpen omvatten de standaarden, busapparaten en hun protocollen, adapter boards/kaarten/chipssets en de architectuur en implementatie van code voor een juiste ondersteuning."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Fortran on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Fortran op FreeBSD</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is the mailing list for discussion of Fortran related ports on FreeBSD: compilers, libraries, scientific and engineering applications from laptops to HPC clusters."
msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor discussie van Fortran gerelateerde poorten op FreeBSD: compilers, bibliotheken, wetenschappelijke en technische toepassingen van laptops tot HPC-clusters."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>File systems</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Bestandssystemen</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions concerning FreeBSD filesystems. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr "Discussie over FreeBSD-bestandssystemen. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Games on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Spellen op FreeBSD</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a technical list for discussions related to bringing games to FreeBSD. It is for individuals actively working on porting games to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome."
msgstr "Dit is een technische lijst voor discussies gerelateerd aan het toevoegen van spellen aan FreeBSD. Het is bedoeld voor individuen die actief werken aan het porten van spellen naar FreeBSD, om problemen aan te kaarten of alternatieve oplossingen te bediscussiëren. Individuen die geïnteresseerd zijn in het volgen van de technische discussie zijn ook welkom."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Gecko Rendering Engine</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Gecko Rendering Engine</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a forum about <application>Gecko</application> applications using FreeBSD."
msgstr "Dit is een forum over <application>Gecko</application> applicaties die FreeBSD gebruiken."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion centers around Gecko Ports applications, their installation, their development and their support within FreeBSD."
msgstr "De discussie concentreert zich op toepassingen van Gecko Ports, hun installatie, hun ontwikkeling en hun ondersteuning binnen FreeBSD."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>GEOM</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>GEOM</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions specific to GEOM and related implementations. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr "Discussie specifiek over GEOM en gerelateerde implementaties. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Use of git in the FreeBSD project</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Gebruik van git in het FreeBSD project</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions of how to use git in FreeBSD infrastructure including the github mirror and other uses of git for project collaboration. Discussion area for people using git against the FreeBSD github mirror. People wanting to get started with the mirror or git in general on FreeBSD can ask here."
msgstr "Discussies over het gebruik van git binnen FreeBSD infrastructuur, inclusief de github mirror en ander gebruik van git voor project samenwerking. Discussie ruimte voor mensen die git gebruiken via de FreeBSD github mirror. Mensen die willen starten met het gebruik van de mirror of git in het algemeen op FreeBSD kunnen hier hun vragen kwijt."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>GNOME</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>GNOME</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions concerning The <application>GNOME</application> Desktop Environment for FreeBSD systems. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr "Discussie over de bureaubladomgeving <application>GNOME</application> voor FreeBSD. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Infiniband on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>InfiniBand op FreeBSD</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Technical mailing list discussing Infiniband, OFED, and OpenSM on FreeBSD."
msgstr "Technische mailinglijst over Infiniband, OFED en OpenSM op FreeBSD."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>IP Firewall</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>IP-Firewall</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is the forum for technical discussions concerning the redesign of the IP firewall code in FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr "Dit is het forum voor technische discussie over het herontwerp van de IP-firewall code in FreeBSD. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Porting FreeBSD to IA64</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Porten van FreeBSD naar IA64</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a technical mailing list for individuals actively working on porting FreeBSD to the IA-64 platform from <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark>, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome."
msgstr "Dit is een technische mailinglijst voor individuen die actief werken aan het porten van FreeBSD naar het platform IA-64 van <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark>, om problemen aan te brengen of alternatieve oplossingen te bespreken. Individuen die geïnteresseerd zijn in het volgen van de technische discussie zijn ook welkom."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>ISDN Communications</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ISDN-communicatie</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is the mailing list for people discussing the development of ISDN support for FreeBSD."
msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor het bespreken van de ontwikkeling van ISDN-ondersteuning voor FreeBSD."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis><trademark>Java</trademark> Development</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis><trademark>Java</trademark> Ontwikkeling</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is the mailing list for people discussing the development of significant <trademark>Java</trademark> applications for FreeBSD and the porting and maintenance of <trademark>JDK</trademark>s."
msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor mensen bespreken de ontwikkeling van significante <trademark>Java</trademark> applicaties voor FreeBSD en het porten en het onderhoud van <trademark>JDK</trademark>s."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Jobs offered and sought</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Banen aangeboden en gezocht</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a forum for posting employment notices specifically related to FreeBSD and resumes from those seeking FreeBSD-related employment. This is <emphasis>not</emphasis> a mailing list for general employment issues since adequate forums for that already exist elsewhere."
msgstr "Dit is een forum voor vacatures en CV's specifiek gerelateerd aan FreeBSD, bijvoorbeeld als er FreeBSD-gerelateerd werk wordt gezocht of in de aanbieding is. Dit is <emphasis>geen</emphasis> mailinglijst voor algemene werkonderwerpen omdat daarvoor al elders ruimte staat."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Note that this list, like other <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">FreeBSD.org</systemitem> mailing lists, is distributed worldwide. Be clear about the geographic location and the extent to which telecommuting or assistance with relocation is available."
msgstr "Ook deze lijst wordt net als alle andere <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">FreeBSD.org</systemitem> mailinglijsten wereldwijd verspreid. Daarom dient duidelijk vermeld te worden om welke locatie het gaat en onder welke voorwaarden telewerken of bijdragen in huisvesting mogelijk zijn."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Email should use open formats only — preferably plain text, but basic Portable Document Format (<acronym>PDF</acronym>), HTML, and a few others are acceptable to many readers. Closed formats such as <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> Word (<filename>.doc</filename>) will be rejected by the mailing list server."
msgstr "Email dient alleen open formaten te bevatten. Bij voorkeur platte tekst, maar standaard Portable Document Format (<acronym>PDF</acronym>), HTML, en een aantal andere, zijn acceptabel voor lezers. Gesloten formaten, zoals <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> Word (<filename>.doc</filename>), worden door de mailinglijstserver geweigerd."

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"https://mail.kde.org/mailman/listinfo/kde-freebsd\">freebsd-kde</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"https://mail.kde.org/mailman/listinfo/kde-freebsd\">freebsd-kde</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>KDE</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>KDE</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions concerning <application>KDE</application> on FreeBSD systems. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr "Discussie over <application>KDE</application> op FreeBSD-systemen. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop strikt technische inhoud wordt verwacht."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Technical discussions</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Technische discussies</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a forum for technical discussions related to FreeBSD. This is the primary technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively working on FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr "Dit is een forum voor technische discussie met betrekking tot FreeBSD. Dit is de primaire technische mailinglijst. Het is bedoeld voor individuen die actief werken aan FreeBSD, om problemen aan te duiden of alternatieve oplossingen te bespreken. Individuen die geïnteresseerd zijn in het volgen van de technische discussie zijn ook welkom. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop strikt technische inhoud worden verwacht."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>General discussion of FreeBSD hardware</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Algemene discussie over FreeBSD-hardware</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "General discussion about the types of hardware that FreeBSD runs on, various problems and suggestions concerning what to buy or avoid."
msgstr "Algemene discussie over de typen hardware waar FreeBSD op draait en problemen en oplossingen over wat te kopen en wat vooral niet."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Mirror sites</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Mirrorsites</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Announcements and discussion for people who run FreeBSD mirror sites."
msgstr "Aankondigingen en discussie voor beheerders van FreeBSD-mirrorsites."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Issues for Internet Service Providers</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Onderwerpen voor Internet Service Providers</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This mailing list is for discussing topics relevant to Internet Service Providers (ISPs) using FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr "Deze mailinglijst is voor het bespreken van relevante onderwerpen voor Internet Service Providers (ISP's) die FreeBSD gebruiken. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Mono and C# applications on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Mono en C# applicaties op FreeBSD</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a list for discussions related to the Mono development framework on FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively working on porting Mono or C# applications to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome."
msgstr "Dit is een lijst voor discussies met betrekking tot het Mono-ontwikkelraamwerk op FreeBSD. Dit is een technische mailinglijst. Het is bedoeld voor individuen die actief werken aan het overbrengen van Mono of C# applicaties naar FreeBSD, om problemen naar voren te brengen of alternatieve oplossingen te bespreken. Individuen die geïnteresseerd zijn in het volgen van de technische discussie zijn ook welkom."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Office applications on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Kantoortoepassingen op FreeBSD</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion centers around office applications, their installation, their development and their support within FreeBSD."
msgstr "De discussie richt zich op kantoortoepassingen, hun installatie, hun ontwikkeling en hun ondersteuning binnen FreeBSD."

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ops-announce\">freebsd-ops-announce</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ops-announce\">freebsd-ops-announce</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Project Infrastructure Announcements</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Aankondigingen over de projectinfrastructuur</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is the mailing list for people interested in changes and issues related to the FreeBSD.org Project infrastructure."
msgstr "Deze mailinglijst is bedoeld voor mensen die geïnteresseerd zijn in veranderingen en zaken die te maken hebben met de infrastructuur van het FreeBSD.org project."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This moderated list is strictly for announcements: no replies, requests, discussions, or opinions."
msgstr "Deze gemodereerde lijst is strict voor aankondigingen: geen antwoorden, verzoeken, discussies of meningen."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussions about tuning or speeding up FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Discussie over het optimaliseren of versnellen van FreeBSD</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This mailing list exists to provide a place for hackers, administrators, and/or concerned parties to discuss performance related topics pertaining to FreeBSD. Acceptable topics includes talking about FreeBSD installations that are either under high load, are experiencing performance problems, or are pushing the limits of FreeBSD. Concerned parties that are willing to work toward improving the performance of FreeBSD are highly encouraged to subscribe to this list. This is a highly technical list ideally suited for experienced FreeBSD users, hackers, or administrators interested in keeping FreeBSD fast, robust, and scalable. This list is not a question-and-answer list that replaces reading through documentation, but it is a place to make contributions or inquire about unanswered performance related topics."
msgstr "Deze mailinglijst is een platform voor hackers, beheerders en/of andere belanghebbenden om FreeBSD- en prestatiegerelateerde onderwerpen te bespreken. De onderwerpen die besproken kunnen worden omvatten FreeBSD-installaties met een hoge load, systemen met prestatieproblemen of systemen die tegen de limieten van FreeBSD aan zitten. Zij die willen meewerken om de prestaties van FreeBSD te verbeteren worden sterk aangemoedigd zich op deze lijst te abonneren. Deze lijst is bijzonder technisch en bijzonder geschikt voor ervaren FreeBSD-gebruikers, hackers en beheerders die FreeBSD snel, robuust, en schaalbaar willen houden. Deze lijst is geen vraag-en-antwoord lijst die dient als vervanging voor het lezen van documentatie, maar hier worden bijdragen geleverd of vragen gesteld over nog niet eerder beschreven prestatiegerelateerde onderwerpen."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussion and questions about the packet filter firewall system</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Discussie en vragen over het pakketfilter firewallsysteem</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion concerning the packet filter (pf) firewall system in terms of FreeBSD. Technical discussion and user questions are both welcome. This list is also a place to discuss the ALTQ QoS framework."
msgstr "Discussie over het pakketfilter (pf) firewallsysteem met betrekking tot FreeBSD. Technische discussie en gebruikersvragen zijn beiden welkom. Deze lijst is ook de plaats om het raamwerk ALTQ QoS te bespreken."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Binary package management and package tools discussion</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Discussies over binair pakketbeheer en pakketgereedschappen</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion of all aspects of managing FreeBSD systems by using binary packages to install software, including binary package toolkits and formats, their development and support within FreeBSD, package repository management, and third party packages."
msgstr "Discussies over alle aspecten over het beheren van FreeBSD-systemen door middel van het gebruik van binaire pakketten om software te installeren, inclusief de gereedschappen en formaten van binaire pakketten, hun ontwikkeling en ondersteuning binnen FreeBSD, het beheer van pakketreservoirs en pakketten van derde partijen."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Note that discussion of ports which fail to generate packages correctly should generally be considered as ports problems, and so inappropriate for this list."
msgstr "Merk op dat discussies over poorten die onjuiste pakketten genereren over het algemeen als problemen met poorten moet worden gezien en dus ongeschikt zijn voor deze lijst."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Fallout logs from package building</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Mislukte bouwlogs van het package bouwcluster</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All packages building failures logs from the package building clusters"
msgstr "Alle logbestanden van foutgelopen pogingen om een package te bouwen, vanuit de package bouw clusters."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Packaging the FreeBSD base system.</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Het packagen van het FreeBSD basisssysteem.</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions surrounding implementation and issues regarding packaging the FreeBSD base system."
msgstr "Discussies rondom implementatie en problemen aangaande het packagen van het FreeBSD basis systeem."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Porting to Non <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> platforms</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Porten van niet-<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> platforms</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Cross-platform FreeBSD issues, general discussion and proposals for non <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> FreeBSD ports. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr "Cross-platform FreeBSD-zaken, algemene discussie en voorstellen voor niet-<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> FreeBSD ports. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussion of <quote>ports</quote></emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Discussie over <quote>ports</quote></emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions concerning FreeBSD's <quote>ports collection</quote> (<filename>/usr/ports</filename>), ports infrastructure, and general ports coordination efforts. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr "Discussie over de <quote>Portscollectie</quote> (<filename>/usr/ports</filename>) van FreeBSD, de Ports infrastructuur en algemene coördinatie aangaande ports. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Important news and instructions about the FreeBSD <quote>Ports Collection</quote></emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Belangrijk nieuws en belangrijke instructies over FreeBSD <quote>Portscollectie</quote></emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Important news for developers, porters, and users of the <quote>Ports Collection</quote> (<filename>/usr/ports</filename>), including architecture/infrastructure changes, new capabilities, critical upgrade instructions, and release engineering information. This is a low-volume mailing list, intended for announcements."
msgstr "Belangrijk nieuws voor ontwikkelaars, porters en gebruikers van de <quote>Portscollectie</quote> (<filename>/usr/ports</filename>), waaronder veranderingen aan de architectuur/infrastructuur, nieuwe mogelijkheden, kritische opwaardeerinstructies, en uitgave-informatie. Dit is een mailinglijst met een laag volume, bedoeld voor aankondigingen."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussion of <quote>ports</quote> bugs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Discussie over <quote>ports</quote> bugs</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions concerning problem reports for FreeBSD's <quote>ports collection</quote> (<filename>/usr/ports</filename>), proposed ports, or modifications to ports. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr "Discussie over probleemrapportages voor de FreeBSD <quote>Portscollectie</quote> (<filename>/usr/ports</filename>), voorgestelde ports of aanpassingen aan ports. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Technical discussion of FreeBSD on HP ProLiant server platforms</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Technische discussie over FreeBSD op HP Proliant serverplatforms</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This mailing list is to be used for the technical discussion of the usage of FreeBSD on HP ProLiant servers, including the discussion of ProLiant-specific drivers, management software, configuration tools, and BIOS updates. As such, this is the primary place to discuss the hpasmd, hpasmcli, and hpacucli modules."
msgstr "Deze mailinglijst wordt gebruikt voor technische discussie over het gebruik van FreeBSD op HP ProLiant servers, inclusief het bespreken van ProLiant-specifieke stuurprogramma's, beheersoftware, gereedschappen voor instellingen en BIOS-updates. Dit is daaarom ook de uitgesproken plaats voor het bespreken van de modules hpasmd, hpasmcli, en hpacucli."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Python on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Python op FreeBSD</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a list for discussions related to improving Python-support on FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals working on porting Python, its third party modules and <application>Zope</application> stuff to FreeBSD. Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome."
msgstr "Dit is een lijst voor discussie gerelateerd aan het verbeteren van ondersteuning voor Python op FreeBSD. Dit is een technische mailinglijst voor mensen die aan het porten van Python, aanverwante modules en <application>Zope</application> -dingen naar FreeBSD werken. Individuen geïnteresseerd in het volgen van de technische discussie zijn ook welkom."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>User questions</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Gebruikersvragen</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is the mailing list for questions about FreeBSD. Do not send <quote>how to</quote> questions to the technical lists unless the question is quite technical."
msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor vragen over FreeBSD. Er horen geen <quote>how to</quote> vragen op de technische mailinglijsten thuis, tenzij een vraag erg technisch van aard is."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD-specific Ruby discussions</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FreeBSD-specifieke discussies over Ruby</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a list for discussions related to the Ruby support on FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals working on Ruby ports, third party libraries and frameworks."
msgstr "Dit is een lijst voor discussies gerelateerd aan de Ruby-ondersteuning op FreeBSD. Dit is een technische mailinglijst. Het is bedoeld voor individuen die aan Ruby-ports, bibliotheken van derde partijen, en raamwerken werken."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Individuals interested in the technical discussion are also welcome."
msgstr "Individuen die geïnteresseerd zijn in de technische discussie zijn ook welkom."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>SCSI subsystem</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>SCSI-subsysteem</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is the mailing list for people working on the SCSI subsystem for FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor mensen die aan het SCSI-subsysteem voor FreeBSD werken. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Security issues</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Beveiligingsonderwerpen</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD computer security issues (DES, Kerberos, known security holes and fixes, etc). This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical discussion is expected. Note that this is not a question-and-answer list, but that contributions (BOTH question AND answer) to the FAQ are welcome."
msgstr "FreeBSD-computerbeveiligingsonderwerpen (DES, Kerberos, bekende beveiligingsgaten, oplossingen, enzovoort). Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht. Dit is zeker geen vraag-en-antwoord lijst, maar bijdragen voor de FAQ (zowel vraag als antwoord) zijn welkom."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Security Notifications</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Beveiligingswaarschuwingen</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Notifications of FreeBSD security problems and fixes. This is not a discussion list. The discussion list is FreeBSD-security."
msgstr "Waarschuwingen voor FreeBSD beveiligingsproblemen en oplossingen. Dit is geen discussielijst. De discussielijst is freebsd-security."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This list discusses topics related to unusually small and embedded FreeBSD installations. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr "Op deze lijst worden onderwerpen gerelateerd aan ongebruikelijk kleine en embedded FreeBSD-installaties besproken. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht."

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This list has been obsoleted by <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-embedded\">freebsd-embedded</link>."
msgstr "Deze lijst is vervangen door <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-embedded\">freebsd-embedded</link>."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD Development Snapshot Announcements</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Aankondigingen van ontwikkel-snapshots van FreeBSD</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This list provides notifications about the availability of new FreeBSD development snapshots for the head/ and stable/ branches."
msgstr "Deze lijst houdt u op de hoogte over de beschikbaarheid van nieuwe ontwikkel-snapshots voor de takken head/ en stable/ van FreeBSD."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussions about the use of FreeBSD-STABLE</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Discussie over het gebruik van FreeBSD-STABLE</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is the mailing list for users of FreeBSD-STABLE. <quote>STABLE</quote> is the branch where development continues after a RELEASE, including bug fixes and new features. The ABI is kept stable for binary compatibility. It includes warnings about new features coming out in -STABLE that will affect the users, and instructions on steps that must be taken to remain -STABLE. Anyone running <quote>STABLE</quote> should subscribe to this list. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor gebruikers van FreeBSD-STABLE. <quote>STABLE</quote> is de tak waar de ontwikkeling doorgaat na een RELEASE, zoals bugfixes en nieuwe features. Er worden ook waarschuwingen op gepost over nieuwe opties in -STABLE die invloed op de systemen van gebruikers kunnen hebben en instructies over de te nemen stappen om -STABLE te blijven. Iedereen die <quote>STABLE</quote> draait hoort zich op deze lijst te abonneren. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>C99 &amp; POSIX Conformance</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Conformeren C99 &amp; POSIX</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a forum for technical discussions related to FreeBSD Conformance to the C99 and the POSIX standards."
msgstr "Dit is een forum voor technische bespreking gerelateerd aan het conformeren van FreeBSD aan de C99- en de POSIX-standaarden."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Testing on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Testen op FreeBSD</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Technical mailing list discussing testing on FreeBSD, including ATF/Kyua, test build infrastructure, port tests to FreeBSD from other operating systems (NetBSD, ...), etc."
msgstr "Technische mailinglijst voor discussies over testen op FreeBSD, inclusief ATF/Kyua, infrastructuren voor testbuilds, het testen van ports naar FreeBSD van andere besturingssystemen (NetBSD, ...), enzovoorts."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Porting <application>TeX</application> and its applications to FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>TeX en haar toepassingen op FreeBSD overzetten</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a technical mailing list for discussions related to TeX and its applications on FreeBSD. It is for individuals actively working on porting TeX to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome."
msgstr "Dit is een technische mailinglijst voor discussies over TeX en haar toepassingen op FreeBSD. Het is bedoeld voor degenen die actief werken aan het overzetten van TeX op FreeBSD, om problemen te bespreken of alternatieve oplossingen aan te dragen. Personen die geïnteresseerd zijn in het volgen van de technische discussie zijn ook welkom."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Maintenance of FreeBSD's integrated toolchain</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Onderhoud van de ingebouwde toolchain van FreeBSD</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is the mailing list for discussions related to the maintenance of the toolchain shipped with FreeBSD. This could include the state of Clang and GCC, but also pieces of software such as assemblers, linkers and debuggers."
msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst bedoeld voor discussies over het onderhoud van de toolchain die met FreeBSD wordt geleverd. Dit zou de toestand van Clang en GCC kunnen omvatten, maar ook software als assemblers, linkers en debuggers."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussions of transport level network protocols in FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Discussies over transport niveau netwerk protocollen binnen FreeBSD</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The transport mailing list exists for the discussion of issues and designs around the transport level protocols in the FreeBSD network stack, including TCP, SCTP and UDP. Other networking topics, including driver specific and network protocol issues should be discussed on the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-net\">FreeBSD networking mailing list</link>."
msgstr "De transport mailing lijst bestaat voor het bediscussiëren van problemen en ontwerpen rondom de transport-niveau protocollen in de FreeBSD netwerk stack, zoals TCP, SCTP en UDP. Andere netwerk onderwerpen, zoals driver specifieke en netwerk protocol problemen moeten worden bediscussieerd op de <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-net\">FreeBSD netwerken mailing lijst</link>."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Translating FreeBSD documents and programs</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Het vertalen van FreeBSD Documenten en programma's</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A discussion list where translators of FreeBSD documents from English into other languages can talk about translation methods and tools. New members are asked to introduce themselves and mention the languages they are interested in translating."
msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst waar vertalers van FreeBSD documenten uit het Engels naar andere talen, kunnen praten over vertaal methoden en tooling. Nieuwe leden wordt gevraagd om zichzelf te introduceren en aan te geven in welke talen ze graag willen vertalen."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussing FreeBSD support for USB</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Discussie over FreeBSD ondersteuning voor USB</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a mailing list for technical discussions related to FreeBSD support for USB."
msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor technische bespreking van onderwerpen gerelateerd aan FreeBSD ondersteuning voor USB."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>User Group Coordination List</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Gebruikersgroep Coördinatie Lijst</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is the mailing list for the coordinators from each of the local area Users Groups to discuss matters with each other and a designated individual from the Core Team. This mail list should be limited to meeting synopsis and coordination of projects that span User Groups."
msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor coördinatoren voor alle lokale gebruikersgroepen, zodat ze met elkaar en een lid van het Kernteam zaken kunnen bespreken. Deze lijst hoort beperkt te blijven tot een overzicht van overleggen en de coördinatie van projecten waarbij meerdere gebruikersgroepen betrokken zijn."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussion of various virtualization techniques supported by FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Discussies over verscheidene virtualisatietechnieken ondersteund door FreeBSD</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A list to discuss the various virtualization techniques supported by FreeBSD. On one hand the focus will be on the implementation of the basic functionality as well as adding new features. On the other hand users will have a forum to ask for help in case of problems or to discuss their use cases."
msgstr "Een lijst om de verscheidene virtualisatietechnieken die door FreeBSD worden ondersteund te bespreken. Aan de ene kant zal de nadruk liggen op de implementatie van de basale functionaliteit alsook op het toevoegen van nieuwe mogelijkheden. Aan de andere kant zullen gebruikers een forum hebben om om hulp te vragen bij problemen of om hun usecases te bespreken."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD Work-In-Progress Status</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>FreeBSD Werk-In-Uitvoering status</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This mailing list can be used by developers to announce the creation and progress of FreeBSD related work. Messages will be moderated. It is suggested to send the message \"To:\" a more topical FreeBSD list and only \"BCC:\" this list. This way the WIP can also be discussed on the topical list, as no discussion is allowed on this list."
msgstr "Deze mailinglijst kan gebruikt worden om de schepping en voortgang van uw FreeBSD-gerelateerd werk aan te kondigen. Berichten zullen gemodereerd worden. Het wordt gesuggereerd om het bericht \"Aan:\" een FreeBSD-mailinglijst dat het onderwerp beter dekt te sturen en deze lijst alleen te \"BCC:\"-en. Op deze manier kan uw werk-in-uitvoering ook op de onderwerpslijst worden bediscussieerd, aangezien discussies op deze lijst niet zijn toegestaan."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Look inside the archives for examples of suitable messages."
msgstr "Kijk in de archieven voor voorbeelden van geschikte berichten."

#. (itstool) path: footnote/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<uri xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsd.org/news/status/\">http://www.freebsd.org/news/status/</uri>"
msgstr "<uri xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsd.org/news/status/\">http://www.freebsd.org/news/status/</uri>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An editorial digest of the messages to this list might be posted to the FreeBSD website every few months as part of the Status Reports <_:footnote-1/>. Past reports are archived."
msgstr "Een redactioneel overzicht van de berichten aan deze lijst kan om de paar maanden naar de FreeBSD-website gezonden worden als deel van de Status Reports <_:footnote-1/>. Meer voorbeelden en oude rapportages zijn daar ook te vinden."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussions of 802.11 stack, tools device driver development</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Discussies over de 802.11-stack, de ontwikkeling van gereedschappen voor stuurprogramma's</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The FreeBSD-wireless list focuses on 802.11 stack (sys/net80211), device driver and tools development. This includes bugs, new features and maintenance."
msgstr "De FreeBSD-wireless lijst richt zich op de 802.11-stack (sys/net80211) en de ontwikkeling van stuurprogramma's en gereedschappen. Dit omvat bugs, nieuwe eigenschappen en onderhoud."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussion of the FreeBSD port to <trademark>Xen</trademark> — implementation and usage</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Discussies over het porteren van FreeBSD naar <trademark>Xen</trademark> — implementatie en gebruik</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A list that focuses on the FreeBSD <trademark>Xen</trademark> port. The anticipated traffic level is small enough that it is intended as a forum for both technical discussions of the implementation and design details as well as administrative deployment issues."
msgstr "Een lijst die zich richt op de FreeBSD <trademark>Xen</trademark> port. De verwachte hoeveelheid verkeer is laag genoeg zodat het voor zowel technische discussies over de implementatie- en ontwerpdetails als voor zaken over administratief gebruik bedoeld is."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>XFCE</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>XFCE</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a forum for discussions related to bring the <application>XFCE</application> environment to FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively working on porting <application>XFCE</application> to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome."
msgstr "Dit is een forum voor discussies gerelateerd aan de <application>XFCE</application> -omgeving voor FreeBSD. Dit is een technische mailinglijst. Het is bedoeld voor degenen die actief werken aan het porten van <application>XFCE</application> naar FreeBSD, om problemen naar voren te brengen of alternatieve oplossingen te bespreken. Personen die geïnteresseerd zijn in het volgen van de technische discussie zijn ook welkom."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Zope</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Zope</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is a forum for discussions related to bring the <application>Zope</application> environment to FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively working on porting <application>Zope</application> to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome."
msgstr "Dit is een forum voor discussies die verwant zijn aan het brengen van de <application>Zope</application>-omgeving naar FreeBSD. Dit is een technische mailinglijst. Het is bedoeld voor individuen die actief werken aan het overbrengen van <application>Zope</application> naar FreeBSD, om problemen aan te dragen of alternatieve oplossingen te bespreken. Individuen die geïnteresseerd zijn in het volgen van de technische discussie zijn ook welkom."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Filtering on the Mailing Lists"
msgstr "Filters op de mailinglijsten"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The FreeBSD mailing lists are filtered in multiple ways to avoid the distribution of spam, viruses, and other unwanted emails. The filtering actions described in this section do not include all those used to protect the mailing lists."
msgstr "De FreeBSD-mailinglijsten worden op verschillende manieren gefilterd om het doorsturen van spam, virussen, en andere ongewenste email te beperken. De hieronder beschreven filteracties bevatten niet alle genomen acties voor de beveiliging van de mailinglijsten."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Only certain types of attachments are allowed on the mailing lists. All attachments with a MIME content type not found in the list below will be stripped before an email is distributed on the mailing lists."
msgstr "Er is een beperkt aantal typen bijlagen toegestaan op de mailinglijsten. Alle bijlagen met een MIME-inhoudtype dat niet in de onderstaande lijst staat worden verwijderd voordat de mail wordt doorgestuurd naar de mailinglijsten."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "application/octet-stream"
msgstr "application/octet-stream"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "application/pdf"
msgstr "application/pdf"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "application/pgp-signature"
msgstr "application/pgp-signature"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "application/x-pkcs7-signature"
msgstr "application/x-pkcs7-signature"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "message/rfc822"
msgstr "message/rfc822"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "multipart/alternative"
msgstr "multipart/alternative"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "multipart/related"
msgstr "multipart/related"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "multipart/signed"
msgstr "multipart/signed"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "text/html"
msgstr "text/html"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "text/plain"
msgstr "text/plain"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "text/x-diff"
msgstr "text/x-diff"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "text/x-patch"
msgstr "text/x-patch"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Some of the mailing lists might allow attachments of other MIME content types, but the above list should be applicable for most of the mailing lists."
msgstr "Sommige mailinglijsten staan wellicht bijlagen toe met andere MIME-inhoudtypen, maar de bovenstaande lijst zal gelden voor de meeste mailinglijsten."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "If an email contains both an HTML and a plain text version, the HTML version will be removed. If an email contains only an HTML version, it will be converted to plain text."
msgstr "Als een email zowel een HTML- als een platte tekstversie bevat, dan wordt de HTML-versie verwijderd. Als een mail alleen een HTML-versie bevat, dan wordt die omgezet naar platte tekst."

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Usenet Newsgroups"
msgstr "Usenet-nieuwsgroepen"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In addition to two FreeBSD specific newsgroups, there are many others in which FreeBSD is discussed or are otherwise relevant to FreeBSD users."
msgstr "Naast de twee specifieke FreeBSD-nieuwsgroepen zijn er nog vele andere waarin FreeBSD wordt besproken of die anderszins relevant zijn voor gebruikers van FreeBSD."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "BSD Specific Newsgroups"
msgstr "Specifieke BSD nieuwsgroepen"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce\">comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce\">comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc\">comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc\">comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:de.comp.os.unix.bsd\">de.comp.os.unix.bsd</link> (German)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"news:de.comp.os.unix.bsd\">de.comp.os.unix.bsd</link> (German)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:fr.comp.os.bsd\">fr.comp.os.bsd</link> (French)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"news:fr.comp.os.bsd\">fr.comp.os.bsd</link> (French)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:it.comp.os.freebsd\">it.comp.os.freebsd</link> (Italian)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"news:it.comp.os.freebsd\">it.comp.os.freebsd</link> (Italian)"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Other <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> Newsgroups of Interest"
msgstr "Overige interessante <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-nieuwsgroepen"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix\">comp.unix</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix\">comp.unix</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.questions\">comp.unix.questions</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.questions\">comp.unix.questions</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.admin\">comp.unix.admin</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.admin\">comp.unix.admin</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.programmer\">comp.unix.programmer</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.programmer\">comp.unix.programmer</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.shell\">comp.unix.shell</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.shell\">comp.unix.shell</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.misc\">comp.unix.misc</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.misc\">comp.unix.misc</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.bsd\">comp.unix.bsd</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.bsd\">comp.unix.bsd</link>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "X Window System"
msgstr "X Window Systeem"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.windows.x\">comp.windows.x</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.windows.x\">comp.windows.x</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.windows.x.apps\">comp.windows.x.apps</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.windows.x.apps\">comp.windows.x.apps</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.windows.x.announce\">comp.windows.x.announce</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.windows.x.announce\">comp.windows.x.announce</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.emulators.ms-windows.wine\">comp.emulators.ms-windows.wine</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.emulators.ms-windows.wine\">comp.emulators.ms-windows.wine</link>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Official Mirrors"
msgstr "Officiële spiegels"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link linkend=\"central-www\">Central Servers</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-am-www\">Armenia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-au-www\">Australia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-at-www\">Austria</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-cz-www\">Czech Republic</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-dk-www\">Denmark</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-fi-www\">Finland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-fr-www\">France</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-de-www\">Germany</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-hk-www\">Hong Kong</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ie-www\">Ireland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-jp-www\">Japan</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-lv-www\">Latvia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-lt-www\">Lithuania</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-nl-www\">Netherlands</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-no-www\">Norway</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ru-www\">Russia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-si-www\">Slovenia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-za-www\">South Africa</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-es-www\">Spain</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-se-www\">Sweden</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ch-www\">Switzerland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-tw-www\">Taiwan</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-uk-www\">United Kingdom</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-us-www\">USA</link>."
msgstr "<link linkend=\"central-www\">Central Servers</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-am-www\">Armenia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-au-www\">Australia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-at-www\">Austria</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-cz-www\">Czech Republic</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-dk-www\">Denmark</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-fi-www\">Finland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-fr-www\">France</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-de-www\">Germany</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-hk-www\">Hong Kong</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ie-www\">Ireland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-jp-www\">Japan</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-lv-www\">Latvia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-lt-www\">Lithuania</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-nl-www\">Netherlands</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-no-www\">Norway</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ru-www\">Russia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-si-www\">Slovenia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-za-www\">South Africa</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-es-www\">Spain</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-se-www\">Sweden</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ch-www\">Switzerland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-tw-www\">Taiwan</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-uk-www\">United Kingdom</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-us-www\">USA</link>."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Central Servers"
msgstr "Centrale Servers"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Armenia"
msgstr "Armenië"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www1.am.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www1.am.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www1.am.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www1.am.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Australia"
msgstr "Australië"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.au.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.au.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.au.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.au.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.au.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.au.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.au.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.au.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Austria"
msgstr "Oostenrijk"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.at.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.at.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.at.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.at.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.cz.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.cz.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.cz.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.cz.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Denmark"
msgstr "Denemarken"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.dk.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.dk.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.dk.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.dk.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Finland"
msgstr "Finland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.fi.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.fi.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.fi.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.fi.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "France"
msgstr "Frankrijk"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www1.fr.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www1.fr.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www1.fr.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www1.fr.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Germany"
msgstr "Duitsland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.de.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.de.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.de.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.de.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Hong Kong"
msgstr "Hong Kong"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.hk.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.hk.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.hk.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.hk.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Ireland"
msgstr "Ierland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ie.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.ie.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ie.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.ie.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Japan"
msgstr "Japan"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/www.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/www.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/www.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/www.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Latvia"
msgstr "Letland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.lv.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.lv.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.lv.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.lv.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Lithuania"
msgstr "Litouwen"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.lt.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.lt.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.lt.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.lt.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.nl.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.nl.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.nl.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.nl.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Norway"
msgstr "Noorwegen"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.no.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.no.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.no.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.no.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ru.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.ru.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ru.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.ru.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Slovenia"
msgstr "Slovenië"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.si.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.si.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.si.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.si.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "South Africa"
msgstr "Zuid Afrika"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.za.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.za.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.za.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.za.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Spain"
msgstr "Spanje"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.es.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.es.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.es.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.es.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.es.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.es.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.es.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.es.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.se.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.se.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.se.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.se.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Switzerland"
msgstr "Zwitserland"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ch.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.ch.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ch.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.ch.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.ch.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.ch.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.ch.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.ch.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.tw.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.tw.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.tw.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.tw.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www4.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www4.tw.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www4.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www4.tw.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www5.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www5.tw.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www5.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www5.tw.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www1.uk.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www1.uk.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www1.uk.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www1.uk.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www3.uk.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www3.uk.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www3.uk.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www3.uk.FreeBSD.org/</link>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "USA"
msgstr "Verenigde staten van Amerika"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www5.us.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www5.us.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www5.us.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www5.us.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"

#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Open<acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys"
msgstr "Open<acronym>PGP</acronym> sleutels"

#. (itstool) path: appendix/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>pgp keys</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>pgp keys</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: appendix/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The Open<acronym>PGP</acronym> keys of the <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">FreeBSD.org</systemitem> officers are shown here. These keys can be used to verify a signature or send encrypted email to one of the officers. A full list of FreeBSD Open<acronym>PGP</acronym> keys is available in the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys\"><acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys</link> article. The complete keyring can be downloaded at <link xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/pgpkeyring.txt\">https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/pgpkeyring.txt</link>."
msgstr "De Open<acronym>PGP</acronym> sleutels van de <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">FreeBSD.org</systemitem> beambten worden hier getoond.  Deze sleutels kunnen worden gebruikt een een handtekening te controleren of om er een versleutelde e-mail aan te versturen. Een volledige lijst van FreeBSD Open<acronym>PGP</acronym> sleutels is beschikbaar op de volgende link: <link xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/pgpkeyring.txt\">https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/pgpkeyring.txt</link>."

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Officers"
msgstr "Beambten"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Security Officer Team <email>security-officer@FreeBSD.org</email>"
msgstr "Beveiligingsbeambtenteam <email>security-officer@FreeBSD.org</email>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"pub   rsa4096/ED67ECD65DCF6AE7 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n"
"      Key fingerprint = 1CF7 FF6F ADF5 CA9F BE1B  8CB2 ED67 ECD6 5DCF 6AE7\n"
"uid                            FreeBSD Security Officer &lt;security-officer@FreeBSD.org&gt;\n"
"sub   rsa4096/B64357A343D9CBAE 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"pub   rsa4096/ED67ECD65DCF6AE7 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n"
"      Key fingerprint = 1CF7 FF6F ADF5 CA9F BE1B  8CB2 ED67 ECD6 5DCF 6AE7\n"
"uid                            FreeBSD Security Officer &lt;security-officer@FreeBSD.org&gt;\n"
"sub   rsa4096/B64357A343D9CBAE 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n"
"\n"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
"\n"
"mQINBFJBjOYBEADuKnefrbTVFTZf9mITVx1lFAqwDHPRHZeWBr2Vq1B/Y1eKKsen\n"
"BKbK/O/CXaLuGFRn/6Ptvi9eLuWnho88qzaPU1Aa7BFRRiZlN+WrTmaDwdONJnJQ\n"
"p1LTPjqHmLVAkD7mFZe/H8Glxot62zEqY7LrEs+ZuxQ8oI51YKjhGaACvkrFMinO\n"
"09+TDey1fupVH1+yskVKQZo1zp//Hl/IrPbZKfGCxIGePQowZF7YLvl8DKPo4jI5\n"
"KO4tZ1kOPcPL2CqwhuCDy0fpUhrQZBswp6tsGx5mRJxDxfgePRBYDK4tMK+BSVsR\n"
"putIKOZ4zoBf12hYFiJ8Yd7e9cqxTiPa7AhxPbAjppiH7qJ3NJKCXOOp9DcSvrfb\n"
"ymu9cbDIPNwh/LQ1wt3T+U8QkD6a1a2kJL5+mdg03Ny+8Ej8hUyuJOEx+sxLs+JX\n"
"4TS1KRreLzxN7Ak21dNMr8361lB+Uprgi9lOBNLO31TWPABtJhIzwBOhohSqstB9\n"
"w6I2ZsPpLqUp/p9BrWlw6+UfOqNDFILZ0CqL1CyFIyrkjutXrUshqniSc/u1VbTU\n"
"RlIcufZhN3FtW1P6ktUq5ss4dqEh/QZfR1WxBYRMbKXXAN61XO8M2t44I+44DHi7\n"
"jOs1q6jrbfAli1ZGYam/5wjOJkvQ3xemP6SaDKnCKOnPHC45EAt2SEVGywARAQAB\n"
"tDdGcmVlQlNEIFNlY3VyaXR5IE9mZmljZXIgPHNlY3VyaXR5LW9mZmljZXJARnJl\n"
"ZUJTRC5vcmc+iQI9BBMBCgAnBQJSQYzmAhsDBQkIB+1BBQsJCAcDBRUKCQgLBRYC\n"
"AwEAAh4BAheAAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnKEkQAJWJ2ctNY7vg2pqrabavfRZ4UOWrLi4A\n"
"gOMnKrsm4ozZ1mc7NVMRj0Ve8jLLHrySW5QaSmp8TcaI6twxKD8FfTOFYjBU35DU\n"
"liyRlcbZmsBk7aG561TPwaK0XnF47RyPZWKbHrO7WgiDveGx52AmBdm2VRyMBwnu\n"
"e3b5RlKnNVMMSm4RLmrolkL0SAZNAWZGG4FqFtaxPRZo7LR9fEv/NydQN91b2cR8\n"
"SnLc2F2yiVc5mq/1f/t8dMBEbNx2+NoFaqP1O+1JeGYgmA/vE9fk1oDnn1pHej8O\n"
"hoJJ9SsQEuaITvzKP9bU+5/o/UqYzAX+y8QbTthjhzpkRwjqwjuMVmp6/f/o8ivl\n"
"nzD5K1lQOP/OJAki63h5LDUC/JHYkT/XN/bbgoSNveFSGV7cdocdSpCoBaZUJ9pf\n"
"zZpqRxypRB57f7bKBCI36E42KJKJ3wo873MJeElAeo31tXi2pBvTN/Idmrl6sDCN\n"
"PWwgsIOmu4Xd2FG5lanbTsXHKebCDPh/KK51mWra5judWWFVxChsNSwRHJACBXVa\n"
"2fPsahfz4GAEVp0/VbC114m8CHrgm3nh/ZAyNjgJQN5jJ37gQjx2LFsAhW5WKK8U\n"
"0Es5YXffjLEiNOnmJ+q8IZj6Mj5lWXkbCvrqjfNTOKnzzZGws+6y4gRQkgkSY3BP\n"
"p+mpCQPjORc/iEYEEBEKAAYFAlJBjuoACgkQFdaIBMps37Jv6QCeJjxijseWZzn/\n"
"z7Cv3zSwSFMAWPwAnig7ZgzoqKqwpvnwAXsQpGSnE8K5iQIcBBABCgAGBQJSQZHe\n"
"AAoJEJLIQ0VtpqZu8r8P/jHm+xi5yMz3DVj6emMazJdXLtnnGrKTNw5xL1X10a1R\n"
"vmo+sj4J1gmL+Cy2hM6fl6r054E/BYt9GVGaIC4eYiF6DUzlcPWkwniDKfi1lNJz\n"
"NIja4qhanuGrK7EJtZXACRhUuNr2EzEm4dd3nXNaBQZv9FlIn79tk4vVho7wK7ui\n"
"IT7nseUMWDh7T0h4IVSs2LWdvP71WDx8acoyfspI35C2pKXB5GRWxnzN+wOl+V0k\n"
"Dn2fGd+nL7ZEb/c/01h6AfyYJGetCXY1omkXSzgD9KKu/RqZuxL8TMMjNN6z4SAy\n"
"MTthOHW0lTK/5h55dJYSquBQwuEAX0Z8RT8S4Nva5LKGr25IpIJuP/TxaHIgdncr\n"
"in4D0FtuG0JMOxjuzNdo2lOiMZ/lqZ75l61C68GuKAhU2Rn1toqc/NReL1yLhHoM\n"
"1o3EvovAfZmzX3sOugU2N8L+oiTnFFXezpY5Huup5KUkrX+C5EErBIVfvKjNyhhK\n"
"Fru6Jwy9z3qiGhxNUFAAzftVYhNT1lDkMNqa4jPjOrcWS6+gwVfQAo9k0p5uwPNb\n"
"Iw59RA2q/wwhZuRoai4nqN9WkgnwmWn0sS9XO87jwN3uvK0IF97MGPSXNcmAGXlx\n"
"zF3GBFHYf/bpagrvT4v+DE+gLpgfplo86oZbjDPsXGhVNu1iffC64R+vecw7r3Di\n"
"iQEcBBABCAAGBQJSRqY/AAoJEFF75hSlwe7HvwsIAJUnlLFMOBLvlBrRuxVeAO6X\n"
"8DhytdD5YlRzt866cXq6A/dw57O9qwyyDy3upJIGRy6hYlL18ngGZXv5djcw7Rch\n"
"QmvBJ9ROkmkCHLe3+fYn668nkxtgQJHWADd90MGFHkLDWa4Pbu5yJKqkTy3tqx2N\n"
"mBDEz317F6mMtyTP56QI8PVnh1p6w0McQIVctS3LOC3u4Wjbw7l3Hwof9Pl3u4BZ\n"
"L/gJz5KAozUa5TqNV4SLwtUqXBg7kipwfshXVuQekG9XfMC84GaFMqEKTExscHoF\n"
"VdSzrBKHn6VlEl1sdhcdS9aKSOsqMXB25xhBe0hOl4Ddw63j7b47XCqcyqAE5eiJ\n"
"AhwEEAEIAAYFAlJHAsIACgkQ8cUWs8g1l1OXkhAAvXUR237vXF/sZCZgG0748Dp0\n"
"eOhish/c4ODgW3JRehVWAyAlTAit/+xK6oI5xkQA+z3KO6+/bAtnDQgikAkykgpt\n"
"VeVW/6v4GGBarUTc/CTcofEpC3rsrEm1ZwPLyva3YuFFnYHATq/2Qi1a5PnSfj5C\n"
"O3fZrOgJTXsm6eNt21bH7RYF4DYi4kDNQHxtBOaEcUhcIkS1MsMz5F+/YeqOd12/\n"
"FrcIPDq8c0G3Ol+QsHFx+Y6b5Fp/HgkQem9Pzu7XkNcf7nj5UFJw+qx+BivaVYhJ\n"
"8Ugq3pXYkNkhYSy/AP/YYp7moOgpo2tY5e+fqho4pVlrHoPqWTNKJJrfYg2Mg/vP\n"
"e0nPxiCU3anmFXhfeZy87QLrA2BrO0I45StbU3uBhzT1dfNW2BIgxg+LqUZyTrZ2\n"
"qHq8TOPsnplu5Xn/UjEDQ5soTq1zDpslEjCX36R8wL3eai74HUTjstF4xq+kiXmK\n"
"bX7HhGKD9TILRjU+toOPXY0ffbS7FOUijLqOJqWEW1nBpoYoHbGfMHn2g2rNFGzz\n"
"wiLZgbL2HZsC+kDoog33s60b//A9E3yFIIiPtk668kQmiobs9Iel3RC+eOdHP8lD\n"
"gcMN/Rc/5B1S9a+wYC8VTf6KInUTq5YwC0veKbg1s+Ow7tB9ejqgxtHT7iFjR5NB\n"
"oOpVkI4UtHDpewRAW9SJAhwEEAEIAAYFAlJIEEoACgkQi+h5sChzHhzyGQ//e6o3\n"
"y+pnFTS4UWjUxFTKCtqJeqtS84jvcbXhXFGKfnXX15atLYkVoD2LcO5yvrFRNvY6\n"
"PjRkxJmLo2Lb/MpoDupRMfR1PxotFYuNYodmoHxVUun+1eIFQ5XUSiQSsIsjcUYd\n"
"EcOoZFzMfWIHZUOA1cGAtb8WL/Ql6cLcZT3fhPjEO253O8XcxKmU7sJ1sCCh3tyL\n"
"CY0dvLffA0jgxEXUYmf3DpC6p+MNkPU3EDk60OUzy4/C2HT26Lt4NR6TNcEZg6O/\n"
"lPvmD1/ATO9fAHCb4uEIkqR3VLdeg31EHND32gO/2HXc4Xp2dbV8qs+ts13w5L26\n"
"D+94PSsTwYF+85mfgu8nBhPOOn7lqWxIO/1MnOrEIVNu+K/fwh4lu8v/6PJYEYIn\n"
"LtYkDH3/LcKTsK6N/2KLbtROlHXeNKXyt0UliINteDlV9xYkn6TtzUcTrZ4Xa3HM\n"
"yN5mi+a0vptJFBPxyonMMHDAXRkLR8BexxUJqdk2aupIs0Y0Cet6Vk+8Q9bn04gl\n"
"pKjTjnnarJJsTlhrdmVobkDhbEGYB3KyrjZp2JmdYYzAbHXbdp3T7yJ4R3/7aQRg\n"
"XJIQgEHjmgFf0Wwzxs1JIN2URDZS8k2pyuI6M8ndPtJiYbwqy1Wcflz57aWYAOVf\n"
"b/G4IEsicSd1mHjYjsaMV/kp1kGrWihB/Dt79nWJAhwEEwECAAYFAlJJfnUACgkQ\n"
"cTWO1j93QHkxbA//SKb0a0wo5dTJpMp7pUL4pkCx1gR3YCZMyiJHAGnC0vHoTmxI\n"
"+6+YAU9DBFWjQk2uqqn+GW+3AxLEN08s2xYvNoxJHUB1bF43HI9lXscGmzfjDR62\n"
"cIptcWtggeMw6W66UStdFWUudwDM6WV8BTxg2LYD3upeY69GnN92HinMj90D6PMc\n"
"iQjfUdZxZAYLKEhic12dKHpWRC0PH9NIAS0EchARkZQmjyPc4trWevAyhmpqdw+H\n"
"gxh9EBH2I194SvIXVuU5Gyl/l3a/6ntEUZnitBijU3uUjRnkS5XkJfqy1MjdrJ0o\n"
"ymo8mlxOVFKV879ez10KBnE1BLe9ioylOeGQRNcyYehFE7GmzkZHbOk+Pqd1Meaf\n"
"AjNIgQxrqgh8pJ2F8Zd8pGDrYspjICGbbdR0WRNcoN4kckJruTWFQ1xr//Kfwp1b\n"
"kCQWRwYcRL/RNVVZuHGgvTiTa2wZNbWfZk3tF9cXaYHIqhYU8l7Lc1zK0Fhv2E1t\n"
"Phw4pu495RbGRAFOE14S+QmknIy+DgIkTzQ1s36vnI4SVw9zs0D4Np6d1mF1p4gi\n"
"VVrgTQnlF3poZNppCUK9Rih8s5kMnyuRruGm/Lod4jL3wcbBz4sxBkCgrc2pyU1M\n"
"SNAjM2V8c7cGLgPOqX0eVqgXJoTnlNItF07aIZyFEA6e7YeiTeXxPfU10Q2ISgQQ\n"
"EQoACgUCUk3NEAMFAXgACgkQOfuToMruuMAgxQCfScnmgUcnT0J07KNsLKLMGW/6\n"
"ffAAn2J50o8KV/wu8auCY1o6EkjpiJt/iEYEEBECAAYFAlJKlYkACgkQ20zMSyow\n"
"1ymmfwCeLqsUDHBH8JnuaJjEUYqACGWZo88An0wcNy95yGdSJtgBFXNPZQJL2gSu\n"
"iF4EEBEIAAYFAlJNSA0ACgkQUYUJaGx+XoKvBAD/bUBqzL0oZtaF7WUDXchb4yki\n"
"f0ko+zh832R2Ad0KfygBAKNEUUKOnZFLJ8GZqAXmIWktgMiWFOMSxAXDLsyionoh\n"
"iQIcBBABCAAGBQJSTYUGAAoJECC3DeE/HR5PCH4P/ic8LWEp8aJLLlOR+DSB9H3I\n"
"cES36ulQLHKmmWMc/ysR/bLhGhBqF8TM3hzvdTqj6p7zMZKThhKKVLLBxjlV2MLc\n"
"OVwhCzQow/D8EpUqQw3ufpWDYzCI7SF4nohremXjjv9FZVV80QhxLSqDfeopIBGs\n"
"ZD6v5mZn0CtT0hBXD1rowcZVo2Zdgx7/HgL4BRH19ZMiKMVdp365ZQzGlRVNTbww\n"
"fs13UTINcchA4ggbJXX5h5oUo8pbp3yXso6cMnuuawFRDu15JjQctkpaDyB0QohS\n"
"z3i5LqA912kRR1rEQjgXH8GcudfQ671FKZ+SJ7lwd+s7vdUMIfAXflCUCKMLAaFP\n"
"QB/J/ZT7FEwlO3ZeFKrWcYmkx0Af9/ieKO/ptdiOf2OX7VvE6AkReRBiqAeK9M4a\n"
"dgS1hnvs+QdPB40dTXEFRuk7+hcEqqan+ZuMhWohJlAhTHxTF8Vxl0oyNyXiXiJi\n"
"mJMTsGmvF2x+uQ/S4+7Mg8+A0oGYjwvnFC+0jWO92Ix9M3y+upxkc8KOM1/U9nq5\n"
"p7wje5MNdcCHyVTpSxvg/bDaQYopKTD6aVu94u4OlbhUXki4JnTQlwqFVkGHnpW+\n"
"BPbpQyqhY+t1QoaUWgRL+n8+WBVCqlFQF8vIoqbYGP4WxeVfylZTfSVWDoJUPKKv\n"
"bEsyhpVFj5XT70vJ866EiQIcBBABAgAGBQJSRaaeAAoJECZJ5ijF000F4jIP+weC\n"
"FBeCkY7sprDa61kp10GNF4YujiZ1QKQDgrQA9ipgv3pN+5ovC/ClzZm5baVGi+j5\n"
"zWD/blG9YZAApM/kkpAIvCPYIuQ9b+/crOUjuxyywuE2HSbaFuh66lW7Eox3NT8N\n"
"NMEl6Zry6m8RDHqTZIpwJPBiCgEcNqr/dcbtE0XgzJj94NOWSuq1URpP4wIT9aAV\n"
"Bqdj+0KQDkDk6Sqvmf59Cjt8hihvXAhOqcguKo8y262ABEO8kxwfqvRYECCE+eDE\n"
"APUEyOi/6uI0dQjQMytTWKogPIYg4wQjpG+Pa7wl7AnxOTBp4WvoS0BuCgjSYaxn\n"
"wVKHBMvxSCuDHBurLN0wqOaKSg9ib6m/Vy2vfi9ak8crXJFZ6eLrIxt73gyiozfK\n"
"Efvd6LBOJ9AeXstnubEs7ltNq9qKyW4+vR9eABmn/wABxCsHNjW+mmi8xAVhhc1K\n"
"qZC/D4vm6r8ZwrVAsmTADqcTr6A48J15FmIwcaQRQWQ4oytxTGA7rHRFVjrt3YIj\n"
"/WP62byp8s59HOKJE+mA9q7ksAvnToLfrMiNA8/18Zm4CADKUny6GLzpuKgcYwTu\n"
"cqE/zBWUszI2NrJNtaKWafdXyEAwgBxNIl1FiYF9+ntoMWlqDQROPZLYChRThJvR\n"
"nNNsT+WwcuSHSFexLl14yrPJ3MBEe7e+2Vpj9HR2iQIcBBABAgAGBQJSSFmrAAoJ\n"
"EDpFFvNRg85IHx8P/3exX3fATzNwqfININlvYjxMzuGIHdV03w2pHrOllmPX28/U\n"
"UHSQL9yRRNhzimm/9v3dvu5XHzjUzCEozoAa74DnICe8wUfju8sGmN5FKolbvSz7\n"
"VvcW4mAC5RY85zk+7luTg2wHZIIdgirTDrgPSirtYkm+qpuX/k5LAkwmYtH6gghq\n"
"v7rnYNKUChh+Ga+4yNbsdD7blWYr52UwnfT3evbgI5GqBMZEbghmqNiR2fcII6tr\n"
"NnuawH646UcucwogxPtLxLuZnslEpWiHQlAVvHlrCMoEkYqS+NRXOwZF04zTwRpL\n"
"CUlj0PxlRInvTrEpBd1KVejbkNWKK7wfyL/bF3rR9pMGWuDC32/9BfjtGgNDXJhQ\n"
"MDGntyAeQfiI3Ml5b5SA8bT5DsR/FIQDg0UDe5jjeVIEGZKunmRT/IqOLFMpZoMH\n"
"qNqWW8YrHlpN2o2c0/VqWSLzPKmocgqLwlkx5oqvn/F12xUzazGhFTFp6IXpqQVT\n"
"lkSPdDsVJuidj9ZJLMRoKfFD9tISqTocGw3suLqp8u5KZf43THWspBi4tD4IoN5r\n"
"lrLWtPnkteffyO62NZOOyg7rPUGJYlpgAMIDkXmsp58CyXqrL1/art0Ymcy5z8ea\n"
"1eUCnq/ZJJxrj+HrXuwko4fXTewf+nzSbJ2GEL/fMBkzAOKl9j5bOPAKwiD9iQIc\n"
"BBABAgAGBQJSTTdGAAoJEE2hFOXEouV/uSQP/i/yJbvVkxXlWZhk2JFhDpZaewdL\n"
"TUCkgsDeS9M7fde1Y/NbnVwSm/TtzysI6XPa5lIeXUTTlbwGiI/ZqFPDaDptUmL5\n"
"1b3cgMReW2o5zfLtnDZZHYPn8wosMFMhj2wkOXpQv7DOJBQf5MNnPHublBwY05o4\n"
"dfDBKi0GKVWl8ZkHInGvREJw7wF6ukYtnWQOIaW//qmVwokv36I2EJoooFdl7oFh\n"
"a+Pq1n3DhQAgiln6/Mz/96fn7NvYvdbQlMGluPRANVuKjfP9zQroF8BmhWQbEHZG\n"
"aLT+FsD06A/CjWlKkb3Ys/N0wDi9kQ2ez/DZhjXgBMXhJrdPmeTEHrnX701Am+2D\n"
"CSpz7bbkOayILC5gx8DWq4hjGu5JtGcpJE4AsN69dXn4r/w8IUecoGZG/CjVQyAc\n"
"RxsIc9nOJmzbJkQGrP8A26Io0/xrwOjU2gGkYR+EaR3o9Qa8tY/uZpYb3t3yh+b0\n"
"Pqn8pLOMnpo16uJni3/tIY/kiqBnGF53yVLjlekwfORXBRFZ3GNroe21OXrfbHQ7\n"
"9BytMjTBsQahfaMdFZF1QINvENdJ+PQhhx7R2g80yxj67oa0F/W0zdqYDbYnM2bt\n"
"Mw89mv/q1f0xmdtaTJXz6ZpLPY3MtDWCJ/LcKDKUQqnyS7XilD95HdFnck9GPKQe\n"
"F/mgs5YlQeQZg8cSiQEcBBABAgAGBQJTMetBAAoJEEE5xLeoRUEkcGgIAL9ZRsk/\n"
"BMWQf4tK9RTY82bihv5T5XL5ybqnXuuPMC+E2IHDR1hGE9WcFr237nyfVxdnlBKn\n"
"IUbPrghdeGAWg6ki2IWOjgy1Q46M+P69yroc6KCa3V6LdM5L/CCk5Sr7L1LbvZ9g\n"
"Mj4AkN0xGhy3NNZGsomiXZWmBOiOQ4EJwlIwtFgMCKc4KmRD/h+f+/opMW9782bN\n"
"L6txp3tk5MOUXa+Xk1gy8MzGtowL2Q+P4zxa94NSVYQ6picYFvjWGtzUJ5izdyb/\n"
"se9wLIT8p0iyPrADP+P93EjkUrH4Im4OuY9ieKc3hFsnLhnI5VLpPSy29xXCi3C5\n"
"t72Nl5dU+/JJrtyJAZwEEwECAAYFAlQUczoACgkQjw7rxHtHFslqFAwAka5jXdrV\n"
"IGHT/n2YWzGTfgy5+bJfMZXUa6fuo+zzvB4hS3MH3YMpHRjwUrpkAjTh3dFkziVU\n"
"Ns7j4+7x5uEOE9Y1Baj6DTzEAxZNwtSeCYzCA0FZ/ufuUxGfZElcrU7AN6/ep/lm\n"
"gsE3+5tak8VYJxDjgu56uEIz449Lscj4G3FO6eXhCiiWIb7+y0a9m6cZ3yE7k8fo\n"
"TVObr8xdhGzw4+YEx3/4usD89GIKwLN3LZFjndqdPnYidneJ9NCrGH9g4+DRlOkw\n"
"8LGlSFxcNLqeVBDBS2bw1G1ZSsd0NH+8deeAf9rEsmOT4CQKOWdgTnkK8O9erwvi\n"
"dUvsANlOypecGbHMo+NoS6kjR/CwPF8vDnwhEpy3N+VRZGhSD77D4LUWKBLQDisv\n"
"6HuyALmE02Lq9v5cK8fWy5cehS8hvAdn/FU0GOvPg6JowBZkyvqbOQDHIO3buAr6\n"
"NtnPdhhOd/eCOOkCPgcTAdwqWrX+l7D4SImMYjFAe9GWONAkkcRVMo6jiQIcBBAB\n"
"AgAGBQJUdXNxAAoJECZwmtY/E3EPJ80P/1AuTYo48UmvVkLd443cvaUpItzLUfrW\n"
"4q24KjiCTT63ETf1+V8RZCRreqt3mFJnZI0n8X+hSLAIPdJrJ1xtIKDoEWbQ1U8j\n"
"ClFq4FtUaqSHkQIWvW2VzGgVz2MvPTWK0EbWHdD9vhtotnYrq4H+T5cBuSyrW9Zu\n"
"Gct6zsZbC/O/iyiKQg3Kz6PtCiSPP3AHNH3ok1Nh0QsSQl1ggGp1J4gr9A0/Kcf7\n"
"lQ+/X0G7kHVxQnKzzuYI7XsV25Mp3oBsioQB/9aHt/JVfjrKpH0FtdTUEUcMfJqe\n"
"TMxW6xXHvslOIj3iXj8frSMYuJaQXVjTwu2yhY2oZfnI+JG0Gc9TA20lijhfyOW7\n"
"2wE/qdFW3I7CY/3hBYa63IwNGUK/t052OmOZmhrzKADvWc6lCGG02M7fY/Q+IgOT\n"
"PS4+5A1fs708Ds7qHj/TkltVmJftaCkBZCTWqvQ2XxStzYnHVojNxsTCqhIOZLM8\n"
"+/SSUMzox4G2d+z4WTlok+HLwcf4h5iAOQg2HAzGO84bamwOE/r+hB19YV07dGND\n"
"h/7TI25Slhk46CbuLajnAiIfg4UnbMpUZt+ZC+tdCuKsFQcRl7cUXqkJ3gKAiFOl\n"
"8Dly72t5gYwYUEZDkuKisAztRMCvdI1bg8j8ALFjbtd5cYbrtyLYVbg5Nm+mawXh\n"
"/U5lqcrjWdbFiQIcBBABAgAGBQJUdg4iAAoJEGJ6sNnqQ9eZRyIP/1geWFuerAtS\n"
"jO9ew9bhqC6oCVBi7R/DNT9WLNXvV5h3DYzGXnlhoEHdBzF3G4RmC6RaxZcjTQaI\n"
"lYF0qGtvZXWsQG4W6UIT58E6vyNyOj1Ugl4Siqvo1L7IxCt0Bdti0sQ082P44B2K\n"
"bSWqN8zMww3lMjnnmrRIb+PcC8PQgLZU5twosEOl/MuuDXRTAgPa4jXuKY17V/6K\n"
"NPND4d/rnsENr3+YXlG7/pdAgT9CAdNfFBKSRAUHQ454QzGaJln54FAs5INXf6iv\n"
"phfbRQp5on7MyShFNQr5AIeF5SNg/ktBlvrHItCdwM/FnOk5fg8EM3eqZHNC8HE2\n"
"SxGKa95o8QcbI2E/0iPJqzLWlmLAxaaV53Ei4RzVkGzPfS0hWFuP/NVg2FYqUTZK\n"
"Ie5Btsqd9rPvCTqywjGMKcQUIVK/aiqcDV1J7SewjxuIG4+4eaTNiQgVZspqGCbH\n"
"FHdssU/oedCIURRV2vMCCWaFEKR94vIK4IbXF07AVAZPsO1itZj6PWaFZ1zwLbWt\n"
"+VmgkM8Pj5L7xy+vX/bGQRO75JYrLYP1a9h/iG/Am0ezZQrtjTPtV07hLBQDOmpt\n"
"s3BhEsl9VCH2GkqBhsHjxhYM9cnQqMCMSp5fERRqphxyCoNcBdLHurikt34XMuq1\n"
"otgC2RQoYGsIdQlYX2dxIQhDbij7OGrRiQIcBBMBAgAGBQJUFHNAAAoJEDk/yxUg\n"
"Q+mJ4NwP/1gH4LefqQu+pbXAD6zezvM7r4dLca2TeFMCWSIRpRdtMqiavsrBtubp\n"
"kInXup616EcEY1nKi+mNiHYZx7TiUxdlLljrkr0HVtp3MD/AgBoal+J1muESe5Yb\n"
"0frp+NwJOLikUBG1v2cY2mZgIAkFvbfwVFCtJmwGL8nLyZrG1QRy242I179lNFCA\n"
"1xZu+9vKbakwnn4rqwT8ihft8o2POY2cq/MHs0XNmalUhF9Emc6sNR0vXkDeBKAA\n"
"gk+3lcbabqSni6IOpruX1XwtfnlIEqZVU49unNYbvylh4NTl2vjawsXAec+tbVQp\n"
"aFWvwru+07kC8BwOKb83IiBHDLQC+oE6c1CdkbyfmQ+aH/OJs0cyGqJGeh4Q0Pfk\n"
"RSd44Ew3l/rzuHWjw++/JpfznK5mhVObpmWd3HH77gwm+FNeo5C60tkPtMfVfPqK\n"
"PbBTrzzdN1l26VloqFcRzXAnIKMqEP4J1Jd4l5awopqeBfRwVx4+XVV0y2qfvP/6\n"
"DyKWk6D97p7jrB6yuMoYbKvJKoxx75SxiGMv4gubj22iqIp8tJarrbBONdnhZCcx\n"
"LfDMcVJDSzI2LmDk5SXvNycNyxLCVvda6upMDB9O4wDE1EJJnsvkhudbwAdYEYCW\n"
"8CnF3toHcP1bGRiJGJ6Qrl11NPCdCjOmbq9KSxfkadBQ93uXo56QiQIiBBMBCgAM\n"
"BQJTd5xqBYMHhh+AAAoJEGwc0Sh9sBEAfBgP/ieZTSvyMwnOZOPNlQYnhkhaZRHP\n"
"i5fzOMzbwd+hC/3mi2U8mZOYXvTeN6+JiWJ7s+4UB0+JoOwwMkkNGYWygMF0OUl+\n"
"03FJB9cDIxFW5n3rjjbwX2RLcbx2ATQnNHRSsZdXWg1jTbzoRpOAL9ZhoyWJtRYz\n"
"fCd+r5JZrd59zGgc70aDAjF77PVA5L6lZXzTH4U4hlQzF8ugAmtNqTEfEhKRo5pt\n"
"ecu6Slf36OLc1L6Coc4amU3fMCPXP6IK5aMBPwzfXahAylITvxjbujIkh/y3KifL\n"
"cgsgc6a5y24+OBo02RzCnB1QB+alr6312b3FMrixsev2RfyPzWxfN8eE8JElobbz\n"
"4sPd5SgQ3P+iF+g9E4fTnXhk5f4u+wU5PtiWXxzWy6EYz0hGgE4Dz/uQ2fcRBASO\n"
"xMJQvPAeFM59SVTJGiFRzeNY6H/zWeC8DTE9jKbzhZ8kIzxyr9iTd7XJhp5pCVez\n"
"zkG7R9xDALq3ySMO0s7cWNB1V8Ne0YwNPZlStCpW6kW8nfC4qmNorukPcVk8tRYf\n"
"Gy+ebrWdXphdhLRZB5NpQ4ECG8kOIP/1bSRNvMs4WHU1C+hkOn8vcfOZDMO8zPro\n"
"SCNnHB0MUbXENfv4+ZXM6I39fAHohQlHw2LlqibeJHr5lbIukGQ6v8qdo5xdaoel\n"
"JnXUSVN4XvroE+uZiQJFBBABCgAvBQJTd6AZKBpodHRwczovL3BhZXBzLmN4L3Bn\n"
"cC9zaWduaW5nLXBvbGljeS5hc2MACgkQu14sRioPqLA7cQ/+NvSnh6fW7Gf89uy9\n"
"l4+/8hjGm0REFQf0LlYdiqf1pJ9N6Vf4MdhEFZs/2bvOgitSZzyScvxkAuv0LXE4\n"
"xPxOnwVYQ/VuxLSOBdTjU2srdnHrHaQxos16WLq85C2NsCSZNLOCXalMZk3XD0FH\n"
"HrcyWGfyiX4vr0tn+4G70FWbsfrK1Epmx3v+nCpCPmgBjdLRy9iU6uUjWB0w/ZVE\n"
"eD5MNAWyWumLJz32gpEQFSpELcviBoYxec8pIzlfV0db5ydJGZlsWM5W/KOy1ZFm\n"
"dpCfsl/hPGbBEtEeEf0mszchZDGtwaSpo0oiZj0LX6kSUTsp5GhjeTtntu2Hk9oq\n"
"b+u4TtAJbKHaYovJn2cySmWyE7Hqvvh2Lo+uxwm9RjKRNbtYBylZnV6QFaeMejen\n"
"RFwLdtdiil1UmXhV6MUHNIIZ0oJZ1zo+GkZKWQdoFpzayrWpfkAC+x2ovV106RYM\n"
"BAEcGg12ZZ1RcCytM/67efGG9KxjukARycsv1pU6Cf6l0yjqOikM3pnxWfdLvybU\n"
"9E4U7THfJ0sfXfs2U7d7LAX8WfWru1I90ZmFBLO5Fm3WMAOplJmdaSoNJ22IJrZb\n"
"StCDb7GynBD9x/qUGrRfIxKtzxGZghor5xHWxTtn6hLgxvoF5cDmN8g6dI0snbXK\n"
"DljubF4feV9MBwiGwpjeG/71PcKJARwEEAEIAAYFAlWTlaIACgkQogW5MOpw+irQ\n"
"+gf/TRWhT+XFhokH4E3v+J9lTqhQ+IBjVfYVZm1nzBxTkvrEt48i3VBuJjp2Q5H+\n"
"cnRr2VE76IVNsvt8liUe9GF+1tylVA7qDGDMOlqkGjPVfD1viGRgtrGBJFg3oVr6\n"
"uyjKUyhzELQPkGU+lfbhXLVE3oMyhLxf3xUd/TvGXEeaqMoPgNFGiwfjtSX6oxas\n"
"HEu3HFDO2EqM45dtjbHoj98gvDSb4ReA2ZknD/gYnNt8cMdHnv/VieeCpSDxiD6D\n"
"qljpYSPUXjz0kh/LwcVZaMm+nD5BzKcXu2lD8A0fy6hVKSm2tGyKzfWr0oZw47e2\n"
"eVMBPG/l4YB2H1Im8PPsuSAeQbkCDQRSQYzmARAAtqDVVjJvadVMDJipe7K1POK4\n"
"QtcFswiKYAwc0JOkOeM0tDirorP869gdHtkuKr3fEuW0rtId5OeAjSCI9NIihX0r\n"
"0A2iJ1PrdhhleoV7CF0u0DxTVAo/Z9HSmuQWoTz3zr01XXyb7pSzJb8oGMLGFuQ4\n"
"X1yNRZw/0daGN3jYmxRWLJj+/vlUazvzt8L24JdJJ4PEZ3TNTOOophZDjnzxGMR2\n"
"6d9Fb3MV9kCcBIpIv3e1I8IKJyigmlOUqGRCmuv6CMADM0NWEGRBkAUg+YjP7C25\n"
"QR7DtFLSyorpJ2QXUax2Bwg8F2b1+54pfXbQO28nYRszy0/ySirYjahrT+LiKOgK\n"
"N5HLTn6vIb/KZgmaPR4F1cVJYPjlxDibu26kRIlHBIZuYJ9diZSpm/ump4ZXy5R8\n"
"41NjoGZBpIFsfm4or02nLuxEof6khy2K1l9WO8U9AjG05azNQhDGijv4GB4KXfnL\n"
"xDW51q8PZWmPxwBEi7mQbh/d2DyqzVLnIQiUWMk4OOCB3VEHWzS0sMOf9NBHWOC8\n"
"jhlHak9zzB3qNsJ6x1DXIHC3f4D8owFAqy6z2BVkKQys7mxXzciTvyYIqrb5ynRt\n"
"sLL2GMdn1NeMFziB51yMak9BDMGGymXObY3Gmg22gFwnb+ZBx+rNAGt4R3ngk+/C\n"
"0jeXHyGQNns6wwoCyuMAEQEAAYkCJQQYAQoADwUCUkGM5gIbDAUJCAftQQAKCRDt\n"
"Z+zWXc9q5+HLD/94Jdl4HSb2bA6N1k+Snajvy7C2xCS6GpOMIkDaIo+Aowe85ixc\n"
"JeqiNM4lBr8OGMqAe2z0cMs4BvPHudNmN/4ceBsxwUnmcCr1hJiEaQr4eAR/lDC/\n"
"pz6gvkCndDKSeOvg5FiiXIqf6sTXpMu4euabQO4485obSBaF7/3zOUfO3Rtadw0h\n"
"zEcv/XaiCToA8fwGFNjGhAml/O7uaPmAI3rel4HMEHNxIgqARMiYNmFP8nVgJi7O\n"
"qz6rv65/E9shtNVQiHBgEXGZf/lsrxBsQJsgG2Vj+ggkDZPX5AfT7KCV4UrHtM+d\n"
"X3yKbwiWwosPwKmgzYxR5qX6JZyAr+72Zs5/eb56NGEGUJYKLmWJd85zCQHTZirF\n"
"sDIuZs87oYdrDYmFrwoWmoxZqSLeBCNbURu/BbO4nnJWzr3fwlqWO6LPO7rCafUK\n"
"6/mdYPJt4CpmDe3oGntdP/UVA10ZQ7qWYHTzNK2heBm4NHY0QMBXYoAE5bHMCDnN\n"
"YVN4QRVxUyjsXKfgjOyi0jZHX+9/CHihIXaCqOI4MdLwRx7dUwhoKOt519/Wlh71\n"
"w0qvg9kVt63A7Etyr7xj/IPpEGURDfD/EhXXn0offWL8+BKcLYp1Tbp9gJe3Ab/F\n"
"3VOWuafMlpON+Ii4YEem56Al/Ei8sDA+BN7cpw7o5Xf+HAG70CdcRDn7Vg==\n"
"=mLLk\n"
"-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
"\n"
"mQINBFJBjOYBEADuKnefrbTVFTZf9mITVx1lFAqwDHPRHZeWBr2Vq1B/Y1eKKsen\n"
"BKbK/O/CXaLuGFRn/6Ptvi9eLuWnho88qzaPU1Aa7BFRRiZlN+WrTmaDwdONJnJQ\n"
"p1LTPjqHmLVAkD7mFZe/H8Glxot62zEqY7LrEs+ZuxQ8oI51YKjhGaACvkrFMinO\n"
"09+TDey1fupVH1+yskVKQZo1zp//Hl/IrPbZKfGCxIGePQowZF7YLvl8DKPo4jI5\n"
"KO4tZ1kOPcPL2CqwhuCDy0fpUhrQZBswp6tsGx5mRJxDxfgePRBYDK4tMK+BSVsR\n"
"putIKOZ4zoBf12hYFiJ8Yd7e9cqxTiPa7AhxPbAjppiH7qJ3NJKCXOOp9DcSvrfb\n"
"ymu9cbDIPNwh/LQ1wt3T+U8QkD6a1a2kJL5+mdg03Ny+8Ej8hUyuJOEx+sxLs+JX\n"
"4TS1KRreLzxN7Ak21dNMr8361lB+Uprgi9lOBNLO31TWPABtJhIzwBOhohSqstB9\n"
"w6I2ZsPpLqUp/p9BrWlw6+UfOqNDFILZ0CqL1CyFIyrkjutXrUshqniSc/u1VbTU\n"
"RlIcufZhN3FtW1P6ktUq5ss4dqEh/QZfR1WxBYRMbKXXAN61XO8M2t44I+44DHi7\n"
"jOs1q6jrbfAli1ZGYam/5wjOJkvQ3xemP6SaDKnCKOnPHC45EAt2SEVGywARAQAB\n"
"tDdGcmVlQlNEIFNlY3VyaXR5IE9mZmljZXIgPHNlY3VyaXR5LW9mZmljZXJARnJl\n"
"ZUJTRC5vcmc+iQI9BBMBCgAnBQJSQYzmAhsDBQkIB+1BBQsJCAcDBRUKCQgLBRYC\n"
"AwEAAh4BAheAAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnKEkQAJWJ2ctNY7vg2pqrabavfRZ4UOWrLi4A\n"
"gOMnKrsm4ozZ1mc7NVMRj0Ve8jLLHrySW5QaSmp8TcaI6twxKD8FfTOFYjBU35DU\n"
"liyRlcbZmsBk7aG561TPwaK0XnF47RyPZWKbHrO7WgiDveGx52AmBdm2VRyMBwnu\n"
"e3b5RlKnNVMMSm4RLmrolkL0SAZNAWZGG4FqFtaxPRZo7LR9fEv/NydQN91b2cR8\n"
"SnLc2F2yiVc5mq/1f/t8dMBEbNx2+NoFaqP1O+1JeGYgmA/vE9fk1oDnn1pHej8O\n"
"hoJJ9SsQEuaITvzKP9bU+5/o/UqYzAX+y8QbTthjhzpkRwjqwjuMVmp6/f/o8ivl\n"
"nzD5K1lQOP/OJAki63h5LDUC/JHYkT/XN/bbgoSNveFSGV7cdocdSpCoBaZUJ9pf\n"
"zZpqRxypRB57f7bKBCI36E42KJKJ3wo873MJeElAeo31tXi2pBvTN/Idmrl6sDCN\n"
"PWwgsIOmu4Xd2FG5lanbTsXHKebCDPh/KK51mWra5judWWFVxChsNSwRHJACBXVa\n"
"2fPsahfz4GAEVp0/VbC114m8CHrgm3nh/ZAyNjgJQN5jJ37gQjx2LFsAhW5WKK8U\n"
"0Es5YXffjLEiNOnmJ+q8IZj6Mj5lWXkbCvrqjfNTOKnzzZGws+6y4gRQkgkSY3BP\n"
"p+mpCQPjORc/iEYEEBEKAAYFAlJBjuoACgkQFdaIBMps37Jv6QCeJjxijseWZzn/\n"
"z7Cv3zSwSFMAWPwAnig7ZgzoqKqwpvnwAXsQpGSnE8K5iQIcBBABCgAGBQJSQZHe\n"
"AAoJEJLIQ0VtpqZu8r8P/jHm+xi5yMz3DVj6emMazJdXLtnnGrKTNw5xL1X10a1R\n"
"vmo+sj4J1gmL+Cy2hM6fl6r054E/BYt9GVGaIC4eYiF6DUzlcPWkwniDKfi1lNJz\n"
"NIja4qhanuGrK7EJtZXACRhUuNr2EzEm4dd3nXNaBQZv9FlIn79tk4vVho7wK7ui\n"
"IT7nseUMWDh7T0h4IVSs2LWdvP71WDx8acoyfspI35C2pKXB5GRWxnzN+wOl+V0k\n"
"Dn2fGd+nL7ZEb/c/01h6AfyYJGetCXY1omkXSzgD9KKu/RqZuxL8TMMjNN6z4SAy\n"
"MTthOHW0lTK/5h55dJYSquBQwuEAX0Z8RT8S4Nva5LKGr25IpIJuP/TxaHIgdncr\n"
"in4D0FtuG0JMOxjuzNdo2lOiMZ/lqZ75l61C68GuKAhU2Rn1toqc/NReL1yLhHoM\n"
"1o3EvovAfZmzX3sOugU2N8L+oiTnFFXezpY5Huup5KUkrX+C5EErBIVfvKjNyhhK\n"
"Fru6Jwy9z3qiGhxNUFAAzftVYhNT1lDkMNqa4jPjOrcWS6+gwVfQAo9k0p5uwPNb\n"
"Iw59RA2q/wwhZuRoai4nqN9WkgnwmWn0sS9XO87jwN3uvK0IF97MGPSXNcmAGXlx\n"
"zF3GBFHYf/bpagrvT4v+DE+gLpgfplo86oZbjDPsXGhVNu1iffC64R+vecw7r3Di\n"
"iQEcBBABCAAGBQJSRqY/AAoJEFF75hSlwe7HvwsIAJUnlLFMOBLvlBrRuxVeAO6X\n"
"8DhytdD5YlRzt866cXq6A/dw57O9qwyyDy3upJIGRy6hYlL18ngGZXv5djcw7Rch\n"
"QmvBJ9ROkmkCHLe3+fYn668nkxtgQJHWADd90MGFHkLDWa4Pbu5yJKqkTy3tqx2N\n"
"mBDEz317F6mMtyTP56QI8PVnh1p6w0McQIVctS3LOC3u4Wjbw7l3Hwof9Pl3u4BZ\n"
"L/gJz5KAozUa5TqNV4SLwtUqXBg7kipwfshXVuQekG9XfMC84GaFMqEKTExscHoF\n"
"VdSzrBKHn6VlEl1sdhcdS9aKSOsqMXB25xhBe0hOl4Ddw63j7b47XCqcyqAE5eiJ\n"
"AhwEEAEIAAYFAlJHAsIACgkQ8cUWs8g1l1OXkhAAvXUR237vXF/sZCZgG0748Dp0\n"
"eOhish/c4ODgW3JRehVWAyAlTAit/+xK6oI5xkQA+z3KO6+/bAtnDQgikAkykgpt\n"
"VeVW/6v4GGBarUTc/CTcofEpC3rsrEm1ZwPLyva3YuFFnYHATq/2Qi1a5PnSfj5C\n"
"O3fZrOgJTXsm6eNt21bH7RYF4DYi4kDNQHxtBOaEcUhcIkS1MsMz5F+/YeqOd12/\n"
"FrcIPDq8c0G3Ol+QsHFx+Y6b5Fp/HgkQem9Pzu7XkNcf7nj5UFJw+qx+BivaVYhJ\n"
"8Ugq3pXYkNkhYSy/AP/YYp7moOgpo2tY5e+fqho4pVlrHoPqWTNKJJrfYg2Mg/vP\n"
"e0nPxiCU3anmFXhfeZy87QLrA2BrO0I45StbU3uBhzT1dfNW2BIgxg+LqUZyTrZ2\n"
"qHq8TOPsnplu5Xn/UjEDQ5soTq1zDpslEjCX36R8wL3eai74HUTjstF4xq+kiXmK\n"
"bX7HhGKD9TILRjU+toOPXY0ffbS7FOUijLqOJqWEW1nBpoYoHbGfMHn2g2rNFGzz\n"
"wiLZgbL2HZsC+kDoog33s60b//A9E3yFIIiPtk668kQmiobs9Iel3RC+eOdHP8lD\n"
"gcMN/Rc/5B1S9a+wYC8VTf6KInUTq5YwC0veKbg1s+Ow7tB9ejqgxtHT7iFjR5NB\n"
"oOpVkI4UtHDpewRAW9SJAhwEEAEIAAYFAlJIEEoACgkQi+h5sChzHhzyGQ//e6o3\n"
"y+pnFTS4UWjUxFTKCtqJeqtS84jvcbXhXFGKfnXX15atLYkVoD2LcO5yvrFRNvY6\n"
"PjRkxJmLo2Lb/MpoDupRMfR1PxotFYuNYodmoHxVUun+1eIFQ5XUSiQSsIsjcUYd\n"
"EcOoZFzMfWIHZUOA1cGAtb8WL/Ql6cLcZT3fhPjEO253O8XcxKmU7sJ1sCCh3tyL\n"
"CY0dvLffA0jgxEXUYmf3DpC6p+MNkPU3EDk60OUzy4/C2HT26Lt4NR6TNcEZg6O/\n"
"lPvmD1/ATO9fAHCb4uEIkqR3VLdeg31EHND32gO/2HXc4Xp2dbV8qs+ts13w5L26\n"
"D+94PSsTwYF+85mfgu8nBhPOOn7lqWxIO/1MnOrEIVNu+K/fwh4lu8v/6PJYEYIn\n"
"LtYkDH3/LcKTsK6N/2KLbtROlHXeNKXyt0UliINteDlV9xYkn6TtzUcTrZ4Xa3HM\n"
"yN5mi+a0vptJFBPxyonMMHDAXRkLR8BexxUJqdk2aupIs0Y0Cet6Vk+8Q9bn04gl\n"
"pKjTjnnarJJsTlhrdmVobkDhbEGYB3KyrjZp2JmdYYzAbHXbdp3T7yJ4R3/7aQRg\n"
"XJIQgEHjmgFf0Wwzxs1JIN2URDZS8k2pyuI6M8ndPtJiYbwqy1Wcflz57aWYAOVf\n"
"b/G4IEsicSd1mHjYjsaMV/kp1kGrWihB/Dt79nWJAhwEEwECAAYFAlJJfnUACgkQ\n"
"cTWO1j93QHkxbA//SKb0a0wo5dTJpMp7pUL4pkCx1gR3YCZMyiJHAGnC0vHoTmxI\n"
"+6+YAU9DBFWjQk2uqqn+GW+3AxLEN08s2xYvNoxJHUB1bF43HI9lXscGmzfjDR62\n"
"cIptcWtggeMw6W66UStdFWUudwDM6WV8BTxg2LYD3upeY69GnN92HinMj90D6PMc\n"
"iQjfUdZxZAYLKEhic12dKHpWRC0PH9NIAS0EchARkZQmjyPc4trWevAyhmpqdw+H\n"
"gxh9EBH2I194SvIXVuU5Gyl/l3a/6ntEUZnitBijU3uUjRnkS5XkJfqy1MjdrJ0o\n"
"ymo8mlxOVFKV879ez10KBnE1BLe9ioylOeGQRNcyYehFE7GmzkZHbOk+Pqd1Meaf\n"
"AjNIgQxrqgh8pJ2F8Zd8pGDrYspjICGbbdR0WRNcoN4kckJruTWFQ1xr//Kfwp1b\n"
"kCQWRwYcRL/RNVVZuHGgvTiTa2wZNbWfZk3tF9cXaYHIqhYU8l7Lc1zK0Fhv2E1t\n"
"Phw4pu495RbGRAFOE14S+QmknIy+DgIkTzQ1s36vnI4SVw9zs0D4Np6d1mF1p4gi\n"
"VVrgTQnlF3poZNppCUK9Rih8s5kMnyuRruGm/Lod4jL3wcbBz4sxBkCgrc2pyU1M\n"
"SNAjM2V8c7cGLgPOqX0eVqgXJoTnlNItF07aIZyFEA6e7YeiTeXxPfU10Q2ISgQQ\n"
"EQoACgUCUk3NEAMFAXgACgkQOfuToMruuMAgxQCfScnmgUcnT0J07KNsLKLMGW/6\n"
"ffAAn2J50o8KV/wu8auCY1o6EkjpiJt/iEYEEBECAAYFAlJKlYkACgkQ20zMSyow\n"
"1ymmfwCeLqsUDHBH8JnuaJjEUYqACGWZo88An0wcNy95yGdSJtgBFXNPZQJL2gSu\n"
"iF4EEBEIAAYFAlJNSA0ACgkQUYUJaGx+XoKvBAD/bUBqzL0oZtaF7WUDXchb4yki\n"
"f0ko+zh832R2Ad0KfygBAKNEUUKOnZFLJ8GZqAXmIWktgMiWFOMSxAXDLsyionoh\n"
"iQIcBBABCAAGBQJSTYUGAAoJECC3DeE/HR5PCH4P/ic8LWEp8aJLLlOR+DSB9H3I\n"
"cES36ulQLHKmmWMc/ysR/bLhGhBqF8TM3hzvdTqj6p7zMZKThhKKVLLBxjlV2MLc\n"
"OVwhCzQow/D8EpUqQw3ufpWDYzCI7SF4nohremXjjv9FZVV80QhxLSqDfeopIBGs\n"
"ZD6v5mZn0CtT0hBXD1rowcZVo2Zdgx7/HgL4BRH19ZMiKMVdp365ZQzGlRVNTbww\n"
"fs13UTINcchA4ggbJXX5h5oUo8pbp3yXso6cMnuuawFRDu15JjQctkpaDyB0QohS\n"
"z3i5LqA912kRR1rEQjgXH8GcudfQ671FKZ+SJ7lwd+s7vdUMIfAXflCUCKMLAaFP\n"
"QB/J/ZT7FEwlO3ZeFKrWcYmkx0Af9/ieKO/ptdiOf2OX7VvE6AkReRBiqAeK9M4a\n"
"dgS1hnvs+QdPB40dTXEFRuk7+hcEqqan+ZuMhWohJlAhTHxTF8Vxl0oyNyXiXiJi\n"
"mJMTsGmvF2x+uQ/S4+7Mg8+A0oGYjwvnFC+0jWO92Ix9M3y+upxkc8KOM1/U9nq5\n"
"p7wje5MNdcCHyVTpSxvg/bDaQYopKTD6aVu94u4OlbhUXki4JnTQlwqFVkGHnpW+\n"
"BPbpQyqhY+t1QoaUWgRL+n8+WBVCqlFQF8vIoqbYGP4WxeVfylZTfSVWDoJUPKKv\n"
"bEsyhpVFj5XT70vJ866EiQIcBBABAgAGBQJSRaaeAAoJECZJ5ijF000F4jIP+weC\n"
"FBeCkY7sprDa61kp10GNF4YujiZ1QKQDgrQA9ipgv3pN+5ovC/ClzZm5baVGi+j5\n"
"zWD/blG9YZAApM/kkpAIvCPYIuQ9b+/crOUjuxyywuE2HSbaFuh66lW7Eox3NT8N\n"
"NMEl6Zry6m8RDHqTZIpwJPBiCgEcNqr/dcbtE0XgzJj94NOWSuq1URpP4wIT9aAV\n"
"Bqdj+0KQDkDk6Sqvmf59Cjt8hihvXAhOqcguKo8y262ABEO8kxwfqvRYECCE+eDE\n"
"APUEyOi/6uI0dQjQMytTWKogPIYg4wQjpG+Pa7wl7AnxOTBp4WvoS0BuCgjSYaxn\n"
"wVKHBMvxSCuDHBurLN0wqOaKSg9ib6m/Vy2vfi9ak8crXJFZ6eLrIxt73gyiozfK\n"
"Efvd6LBOJ9AeXstnubEs7ltNq9qKyW4+vR9eABmn/wABxCsHNjW+mmi8xAVhhc1K\n"
"qZC/D4vm6r8ZwrVAsmTADqcTr6A48J15FmIwcaQRQWQ4oytxTGA7rHRFVjrt3YIj\n"
"/WP62byp8s59HOKJE+mA9q7ksAvnToLfrMiNA8/18Zm4CADKUny6GLzpuKgcYwTu\n"
"cqE/zBWUszI2NrJNtaKWafdXyEAwgBxNIl1FiYF9+ntoMWlqDQROPZLYChRThJvR\n"
"nNNsT+WwcuSHSFexLl14yrPJ3MBEe7e+2Vpj9HR2iQIcBBABAgAGBQJSSFmrAAoJ\n"
"EDpFFvNRg85IHx8P/3exX3fATzNwqfININlvYjxMzuGIHdV03w2pHrOllmPX28/U\n"
"UHSQL9yRRNhzimm/9v3dvu5XHzjUzCEozoAa74DnICe8wUfju8sGmN5FKolbvSz7\n"
"VvcW4mAC5RY85zk+7luTg2wHZIIdgirTDrgPSirtYkm+qpuX/k5LAkwmYtH6gghq\n"
"v7rnYNKUChh+Ga+4yNbsdD7blWYr52UwnfT3evbgI5GqBMZEbghmqNiR2fcII6tr\n"
"NnuawH646UcucwogxPtLxLuZnslEpWiHQlAVvHlrCMoEkYqS+NRXOwZF04zTwRpL\n"
"CUlj0PxlRInvTrEpBd1KVejbkNWKK7wfyL/bF3rR9pMGWuDC32/9BfjtGgNDXJhQ\n"
"MDGntyAeQfiI3Ml5b5SA8bT5DsR/FIQDg0UDe5jjeVIEGZKunmRT/IqOLFMpZoMH\n"
"qNqWW8YrHlpN2o2c0/VqWSLzPKmocgqLwlkx5oqvn/F12xUzazGhFTFp6IXpqQVT\n"
"lkSPdDsVJuidj9ZJLMRoKfFD9tISqTocGw3suLqp8u5KZf43THWspBi4tD4IoN5r\n"
"lrLWtPnkteffyO62NZOOyg7rPUGJYlpgAMIDkXmsp58CyXqrL1/art0Ymcy5z8ea\n"
"1eUCnq/ZJJxrj+HrXuwko4fXTewf+nzSbJ2GEL/fMBkzAOKl9j5bOPAKwiD9iQIc\n"
"BBABAgAGBQJSTTdGAAoJEE2hFOXEouV/uSQP/i/yJbvVkxXlWZhk2JFhDpZaewdL\n"
"TUCkgsDeS9M7fde1Y/NbnVwSm/TtzysI6XPa5lIeXUTTlbwGiI/ZqFPDaDptUmL5\n"
"1b3cgMReW2o5zfLtnDZZHYPn8wosMFMhj2wkOXpQv7DOJBQf5MNnPHublBwY05o4\n"
"dfDBKi0GKVWl8ZkHInGvREJw7wF6ukYtnWQOIaW//qmVwokv36I2EJoooFdl7oFh\n"
"a+Pq1n3DhQAgiln6/Mz/96fn7NvYvdbQlMGluPRANVuKjfP9zQroF8BmhWQbEHZG\n"
"aLT+FsD06A/CjWlKkb3Ys/N0wDi9kQ2ez/DZhjXgBMXhJrdPmeTEHrnX701Am+2D\n"
"CSpz7bbkOayILC5gx8DWq4hjGu5JtGcpJE4AsN69dXn4r/w8IUecoGZG/CjVQyAc\n"
"RxsIc9nOJmzbJkQGrP8A26Io0/xrwOjU2gGkYR+EaR3o9Qa8tY/uZpYb3t3yh+b0\n"
"Pqn8pLOMnpo16uJni3/tIY/kiqBnGF53yVLjlekwfORXBRFZ3GNroe21OXrfbHQ7\n"
"9BytMjTBsQahfaMdFZF1QINvENdJ+PQhhx7R2g80yxj67oa0F/W0zdqYDbYnM2bt\n"
"Mw89mv/q1f0xmdtaTJXz6ZpLPY3MtDWCJ/LcKDKUQqnyS7XilD95HdFnck9GPKQe\n"
"F/mgs5YlQeQZg8cSiQEcBBABAgAGBQJTMetBAAoJEEE5xLeoRUEkcGgIAL9ZRsk/\n"
"BMWQf4tK9RTY82bihv5T5XL5ybqnXuuPMC+E2IHDR1hGE9WcFr237nyfVxdnlBKn\n"
"IUbPrghdeGAWg6ki2IWOjgy1Q46M+P69yroc6KCa3V6LdM5L/CCk5Sr7L1LbvZ9g\n"
"Mj4AkN0xGhy3NNZGsomiXZWmBOiOQ4EJwlIwtFgMCKc4KmRD/h+f+/opMW9782bN\n"
"L6txp3tk5MOUXa+Xk1gy8MzGtowL2Q+P4zxa94NSVYQ6picYFvjWGtzUJ5izdyb/\n"
"se9wLIT8p0iyPrADP+P93EjkUrH4Im4OuY9ieKc3hFsnLhnI5VLpPSy29xXCi3C5\n"
"t72Nl5dU+/JJrtyJAZwEEwECAAYFAlQUczoACgkQjw7rxHtHFslqFAwAka5jXdrV\n"
"IGHT/n2YWzGTfgy5+bJfMZXUa6fuo+zzvB4hS3MH3YMpHRjwUrpkAjTh3dFkziVU\n"
"Ns7j4+7x5uEOE9Y1Baj6DTzEAxZNwtSeCYzCA0FZ/ufuUxGfZElcrU7AN6/ep/lm\n"
"gsE3+5tak8VYJxDjgu56uEIz449Lscj4G3FO6eXhCiiWIb7+y0a9m6cZ3yE7k8fo\n"
"TVObr8xdhGzw4+YEx3/4usD89GIKwLN3LZFjndqdPnYidneJ9NCrGH9g4+DRlOkw\n"
"8LGlSFxcNLqeVBDBS2bw1G1ZSsd0NH+8deeAf9rEsmOT4CQKOWdgTnkK8O9erwvi\n"
"dUvsANlOypecGbHMo+NoS6kjR/CwPF8vDnwhEpy3N+VRZGhSD77D4LUWKBLQDisv\n"
"6HuyALmE02Lq9v5cK8fWy5cehS8hvAdn/FU0GOvPg6JowBZkyvqbOQDHIO3buAr6\n"
"NtnPdhhOd/eCOOkCPgcTAdwqWrX+l7D4SImMYjFAe9GWONAkkcRVMo6jiQIcBBAB\n"
"AgAGBQJUdXNxAAoJECZwmtY/E3EPJ80P/1AuTYo48UmvVkLd443cvaUpItzLUfrW\n"
"4q24KjiCTT63ETf1+V8RZCRreqt3mFJnZI0n8X+hSLAIPdJrJ1xtIKDoEWbQ1U8j\n"
"ClFq4FtUaqSHkQIWvW2VzGgVz2MvPTWK0EbWHdD9vhtotnYrq4H+T5cBuSyrW9Zu\n"
"Gct6zsZbC/O/iyiKQg3Kz6PtCiSPP3AHNH3ok1Nh0QsSQl1ggGp1J4gr9A0/Kcf7\n"
"lQ+/X0G7kHVxQnKzzuYI7XsV25Mp3oBsioQB/9aHt/JVfjrKpH0FtdTUEUcMfJqe\n"
"TMxW6xXHvslOIj3iXj8frSMYuJaQXVjTwu2yhY2oZfnI+JG0Gc9TA20lijhfyOW7\n"
"2wE/qdFW3I7CY/3hBYa63IwNGUK/t052OmOZmhrzKADvWc6lCGG02M7fY/Q+IgOT\n"
"PS4+5A1fs708Ds7qHj/TkltVmJftaCkBZCTWqvQ2XxStzYnHVojNxsTCqhIOZLM8\n"
"+/SSUMzox4G2d+z4WTlok+HLwcf4h5iAOQg2HAzGO84bamwOE/r+hB19YV07dGND\n"
"h/7TI25Slhk46CbuLajnAiIfg4UnbMpUZt+ZC+tdCuKsFQcRl7cUXqkJ3gKAiFOl\n"
"8Dly72t5gYwYUEZDkuKisAztRMCvdI1bg8j8ALFjbtd5cYbrtyLYVbg5Nm+mawXh\n"
"/U5lqcrjWdbFiQIcBBABAgAGBQJUdg4iAAoJEGJ6sNnqQ9eZRyIP/1geWFuerAtS\n"
"jO9ew9bhqC6oCVBi7R/DNT9WLNXvV5h3DYzGXnlhoEHdBzF3G4RmC6RaxZcjTQaI\n"
"lYF0qGtvZXWsQG4W6UIT58E6vyNyOj1Ugl4Siqvo1L7IxCt0Bdti0sQ082P44B2K\n"
"bSWqN8zMww3lMjnnmrRIb+PcC8PQgLZU5twosEOl/MuuDXRTAgPa4jXuKY17V/6K\n"
"NPND4d/rnsENr3+YXlG7/pdAgT9CAdNfFBKSRAUHQ454QzGaJln54FAs5INXf6iv\n"
"phfbRQp5on7MyShFNQr5AIeF5SNg/ktBlvrHItCdwM/FnOk5fg8EM3eqZHNC8HE2\n"
"SxGKa95o8QcbI2E/0iPJqzLWlmLAxaaV53Ei4RzVkGzPfS0hWFuP/NVg2FYqUTZK\n"
"Ie5Btsqd9rPvCTqywjGMKcQUIVK/aiqcDV1J7SewjxuIG4+4eaTNiQgVZspqGCbH\n"
"FHdssU/oedCIURRV2vMCCWaFEKR94vIK4IbXF07AVAZPsO1itZj6PWaFZ1zwLbWt\n"
"+VmgkM8Pj5L7xy+vX/bGQRO75JYrLYP1a9h/iG/Am0ezZQrtjTPtV07hLBQDOmpt\n"
"s3BhEsl9VCH2GkqBhsHjxhYM9cnQqMCMSp5fERRqphxyCoNcBdLHurikt34XMuq1\n"
"otgC2RQoYGsIdQlYX2dxIQhDbij7OGrRiQIcBBMBAgAGBQJUFHNAAAoJEDk/yxUg\n"
"Q+mJ4NwP/1gH4LefqQu+pbXAD6zezvM7r4dLca2TeFMCWSIRpRdtMqiavsrBtubp\n"
"kInXup616EcEY1nKi+mNiHYZx7TiUxdlLljrkr0HVtp3MD/AgBoal+J1muESe5Yb\n"
"0frp+NwJOLikUBG1v2cY2mZgIAkFvbfwVFCtJmwGL8nLyZrG1QRy242I179lNFCA\n"
"1xZu+9vKbakwnn4rqwT8ihft8o2POY2cq/MHs0XNmalUhF9Emc6sNR0vXkDeBKAA\n"
"gk+3lcbabqSni6IOpruX1XwtfnlIEqZVU49unNYbvylh4NTl2vjawsXAec+tbVQp\n"
"aFWvwru+07kC8BwOKb83IiBHDLQC+oE6c1CdkbyfmQ+aH/OJs0cyGqJGeh4Q0Pfk\n"
"RSd44Ew3l/rzuHWjw++/JpfznK5mhVObpmWd3HH77gwm+FNeo5C60tkPtMfVfPqK\n"
"PbBTrzzdN1l26VloqFcRzXAnIKMqEP4J1Jd4l5awopqeBfRwVx4+XVV0y2qfvP/6\n"
"DyKWk6D97p7jrB6yuMoYbKvJKoxx75SxiGMv4gubj22iqIp8tJarrbBONdnhZCcx\n"
"LfDMcVJDSzI2LmDk5SXvNycNyxLCVvda6upMDB9O4wDE1EJJnsvkhudbwAdYEYCW\n"
"8CnF3toHcP1bGRiJGJ6Qrl11NPCdCjOmbq9KSxfkadBQ93uXo56QiQIiBBMBCgAM\n"
"BQJTd5xqBYMHhh+AAAoJEGwc0Sh9sBEAfBgP/ieZTSvyMwnOZOPNlQYnhkhaZRHP\n"
"i5fzOMzbwd+hC/3mi2U8mZOYXvTeN6+JiWJ7s+4UB0+JoOwwMkkNGYWygMF0OUl+\n"
"03FJB9cDIxFW5n3rjjbwX2RLcbx2ATQnNHRSsZdXWg1jTbzoRpOAL9ZhoyWJtRYz\n"
"fCd+r5JZrd59zGgc70aDAjF77PVA5L6lZXzTH4U4hlQzF8ugAmtNqTEfEhKRo5pt\n"
"ecu6Slf36OLc1L6Coc4amU3fMCPXP6IK5aMBPwzfXahAylITvxjbujIkh/y3KifL\n"
"cgsgc6a5y24+OBo02RzCnB1QB+alr6312b3FMrixsev2RfyPzWxfN8eE8JElobbz\n"
"4sPd5SgQ3P+iF+g9E4fTnXhk5f4u+wU5PtiWXxzWy6EYz0hGgE4Dz/uQ2fcRBASO\n"
"xMJQvPAeFM59SVTJGiFRzeNY6H/zWeC8DTE9jKbzhZ8kIzxyr9iTd7XJhp5pCVez\n"
"zkG7R9xDALq3ySMO0s7cWNB1V8Ne0YwNPZlStCpW6kW8nfC4qmNorukPcVk8tRYf\n"
"Gy+ebrWdXphdhLRZB5NpQ4ECG8kOIP/1bSRNvMs4WHU1C+hkOn8vcfOZDMO8zPro\n"
"SCNnHB0MUbXENfv4+ZXM6I39fAHohQlHw2LlqibeJHr5lbIukGQ6v8qdo5xdaoel\n"
"JnXUSVN4XvroE+uZiQJFBBABCgAvBQJTd6AZKBpodHRwczovL3BhZXBzLmN4L3Bn\n"
"cC9zaWduaW5nLXBvbGljeS5hc2MACgkQu14sRioPqLA7cQ/+NvSnh6fW7Gf89uy9\n"
"l4+/8hjGm0REFQf0LlYdiqf1pJ9N6Vf4MdhEFZs/2bvOgitSZzyScvxkAuv0LXE4\n"
"xPxOnwVYQ/VuxLSOBdTjU2srdnHrHaQxos16WLq85C2NsCSZNLOCXalMZk3XD0FH\n"
"HrcyWGfyiX4vr0tn+4G70FWbsfrK1Epmx3v+nCpCPmgBjdLRy9iU6uUjWB0w/ZVE\n"
"eD5MNAWyWumLJz32gpEQFSpELcviBoYxec8pIzlfV0db5ydJGZlsWM5W/KOy1ZFm\n"
"dpCfsl/hPGbBEtEeEf0mszchZDGtwaSpo0oiZj0LX6kSUTsp5GhjeTtntu2Hk9oq\n"
"b+u4TtAJbKHaYovJn2cySmWyE7Hqvvh2Lo+uxwm9RjKRNbtYBylZnV6QFaeMejen\n"
"RFwLdtdiil1UmXhV6MUHNIIZ0oJZ1zo+GkZKWQdoFpzayrWpfkAC+x2ovV106RYM\n"
"BAEcGg12ZZ1RcCytM/67efGG9KxjukARycsv1pU6Cf6l0yjqOikM3pnxWfdLvybU\n"
"9E4U7THfJ0sfXfs2U7d7LAX8WfWru1I90ZmFBLO5Fm3WMAOplJmdaSoNJ22IJrZb\n"
"StCDb7GynBD9x/qUGrRfIxKtzxGZghor5xHWxTtn6hLgxvoF5cDmN8g6dI0snbXK\n"
"DljubF4feV9MBwiGwpjeG/71PcKJARwEEAEIAAYFAlWTlaIACgkQogW5MOpw+irQ\n"
"+gf/TRWhT+XFhokH4E3v+J9lTqhQ+IBjVfYVZm1nzBxTkvrEt48i3VBuJjp2Q5H+\n"
"cnRr2VE76IVNsvt8liUe9GF+1tylVA7qDGDMOlqkGjPVfD1viGRgtrGBJFg3oVr6\n"
"uyjKUyhzELQPkGU+lfbhXLVE3oMyhLxf3xUd/TvGXEeaqMoPgNFGiwfjtSX6oxas\n"
"HEu3HFDO2EqM45dtjbHoj98gvDSb4ReA2ZknD/gYnNt8cMdHnv/VieeCpSDxiD6D\n"
"qljpYSPUXjz0kh/LwcVZaMm+nD5BzKcXu2lD8A0fy6hVKSm2tGyKzfWr0oZw47e2\n"
"eVMBPG/l4YB2H1Im8PPsuSAeQbkCDQRSQYzmARAAtqDVVjJvadVMDJipe7K1POK4\n"
"QtcFswiKYAwc0JOkOeM0tDirorP869gdHtkuKr3fEuW0rtId5OeAjSCI9NIihX0r\n"
"0A2iJ1PrdhhleoV7CF0u0DxTVAo/Z9HSmuQWoTz3zr01XXyb7pSzJb8oGMLGFuQ4\n"
"X1yNRZw/0daGN3jYmxRWLJj+/vlUazvzt8L24JdJJ4PEZ3TNTOOophZDjnzxGMR2\n"
"6d9Fb3MV9kCcBIpIv3e1I8IKJyigmlOUqGRCmuv6CMADM0NWEGRBkAUg+YjP7C25\n"
"QR7DtFLSyorpJ2QXUax2Bwg8F2b1+54pfXbQO28nYRszy0/ySirYjahrT+LiKOgK\n"
"N5HLTn6vIb/KZgmaPR4F1cVJYPjlxDibu26kRIlHBIZuYJ9diZSpm/ump4ZXy5R8\n"
"41NjoGZBpIFsfm4or02nLuxEof6khy2K1l9WO8U9AjG05azNQhDGijv4GB4KXfnL\n"
"xDW51q8PZWmPxwBEi7mQbh/d2DyqzVLnIQiUWMk4OOCB3VEHWzS0sMOf9NBHWOC8\n"
"jhlHak9zzB3qNsJ6x1DXIHC3f4D8owFAqy6z2BVkKQys7mxXzciTvyYIqrb5ynRt\n"
"sLL2GMdn1NeMFziB51yMak9BDMGGymXObY3Gmg22gFwnb+ZBx+rNAGt4R3ngk+/C\n"
"0jeXHyGQNns6wwoCyuMAEQEAAYkCJQQYAQoADwUCUkGM5gIbDAUJCAftQQAKCRDt\n"
"Z+zWXc9q5+HLD/94Jdl4HSb2bA6N1k+Snajvy7C2xCS6GpOMIkDaIo+Aowe85ixc\n"
"JeqiNM4lBr8OGMqAe2z0cMs4BvPHudNmN/4ceBsxwUnmcCr1hJiEaQr4eAR/lDC/\n"
"pz6gvkCndDKSeOvg5FiiXIqf6sTXpMu4euabQO4485obSBaF7/3zOUfO3Rtadw0h\n"
"zEcv/XaiCToA8fwGFNjGhAml/O7uaPmAI3rel4HMEHNxIgqARMiYNmFP8nVgJi7O\n"
"qz6rv65/E9shtNVQiHBgEXGZf/lsrxBsQJsgG2Vj+ggkDZPX5AfT7KCV4UrHtM+d\n"
"X3yKbwiWwosPwKmgzYxR5qX6JZyAr+72Zs5/eb56NGEGUJYKLmWJd85zCQHTZirF\n"
"sDIuZs87oYdrDYmFrwoWmoxZqSLeBCNbURu/BbO4nnJWzr3fwlqWO6LPO7rCafUK\n"
"6/mdYPJt4CpmDe3oGntdP/UVA10ZQ7qWYHTzNK2heBm4NHY0QMBXYoAE5bHMCDnN\n"
"YVN4QRVxUyjsXKfgjOyi0jZHX+9/CHihIXaCqOI4MdLwRx7dUwhoKOt519/Wlh71\n"
"w0qvg9kVt63A7Etyr7xj/IPpEGURDfD/EhXXn0offWL8+BKcLYp1Tbp9gJe3Ab/F\n"
"3VOWuafMlpON+Ii4YEem56Al/Ei8sDA+BN7cpw7o5Xf+HAG70CdcRDn7Vg==\n"
"=mLLk\n"
"-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Security Team Secretary <email>secteam-secretary@FreeBSD.org</email>"
msgstr "Beveiligingsteamsecretaris <email>secteam-secretary@FreeBSD.org</email>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"pub   4096R/3CB2EAFCC3D6C666 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n"
"      Key fingerprint = FA97 AA04 4DF9 0969 D5EF  4ADA 3CB2 EAFC C3D6 C666\n"
"uid                          FreeBSD Security Team Secretary &lt;secteam-secretary@FreeBSD.org&gt;\n"
"sub   4096R/509B26612335EB65 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"pub   4096R/3CB2EAFCC3D6C666 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n"
"      Key fingerprint = FA97 AA04 4DF9 0969 D5EF  4ADA 3CB2 EAFC C3D6 C666\n"
"uid                          FreeBSD Security Team Secretary &lt;secteam-secretary@FreeBSD.org&gt;\n"
"sub   4096R/509B26612335EB65 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
"\n"
"mQINBFJBjIIBEADadvvpXSkdnBOGV2xcsFwBBcSwAdryWuLk6v2VxjwsPcY6Lwqz\n"
"NAZr2Ox1BaSgX7106Psa6v9si8nxoOtMc5BCM/ps/fmedFU48YtqOTGF+utxvACg\n"
"Ou6SKintEMUa1eoPcww1jzDZ3mxx49bQaNAJLjVxeiAZoYHe9loTe1fxsprCONnx\n"
"Era1hrI+YA2KjMWDORcwa0sSXRCI3V+b4PUnbMUOQa3fFVUriM4QjjUBU6hW0Ub0\n"
"GDPcZq45nd7PoPPtb3/EauaYfk/zdx8Xt0OmuKTi9/vMkvB09AEUyShbyzoebaKH\n"
"dKtXlzyAPCZoH9dihFM67rhUg4umckFLc8vc5P2tNblwYrnhgL8ymUaOIjZB/fOi\n"
"Z2OZLVCiDeHNjjK3VZ6jLAiPyiYTG1Hrk9E8NaZDeUgIb9X/K06JXVBQIKNSGfX5\n"
"LLp/j2wr+Kbg3QtEBkcStlUGBOzfcbhKpE2nySnuIyspfDb/6JbhD/qYqMJerX0T\n"
"d5ekkJ1tXtM6aX2iTXgZ8cqv+5gyouEF5akrkLi1ySgZetQfjm+zhy/1x/NjGd0u\n"
"35QbUye7sTbfSimwzCXKIIpy06zIO4iNA0P/vgG4v7ydjMvXsW8FRULSecDT19Gq\n"
"xOZGfSPVrSRSAhgNxHzwUivxJbr05NNdwhJSbx9m57naXouLfvVPAMeJYwARAQAB\n"
"tD9GcmVlQlNEIFNlY3VyaXR5IFRlYW0gU2VjcmV0YXJ5IDxzZWN0ZWFtLXNlY3Jl\n"
"dGFyeUBGcmVlQlNELm9yZz6JAj0EEwEKACcFAlJBjIICGwMFCQgH7b8FCwkIBwMF\n"
"FQoJCAsFFgIDAQACHgECF4AACgkQPLLq/MPWxmYt8Q/+IfFhPIbqglh4rwFzgR58\n"
"8YonMZcq+5Op3qiUBh6tE6yRz6VEqBqTahyCQGIk4xGzrHSIOIj2e6gEk5a4zYtf\n"
"0jNJprk3pxu2Og05USJmd8lPSbyBF20FVm5W0dhWMKHagL5dGS8zInlwRYxr6mMi\n"
"UuJjj+2Hm3PoUNGAwL1SH2BVOeAeudtzu80vAlbRlujYVmjIDn/dWVjqnWgEBNHT\n"
"SD+WpA3yW4mBJyxWil0sAJQbTlt5EM/XPORVZ2tvETxJIrXea/Sda9mFwvJ02pJn\n"
"gHi6TGyOYydmbu0ob9Ma9AvUrRlxv8V9eN7eZUtvNa6n+IT8WEJj2+snJlO4SpHL\n"
"D3Z+l7zwfYeM8FOdzGZdVFgxeyBU7t3AnPjYfHmoneqgLcCO0nJDKq/98ohz5T9i\n"
"FbNR/vtLaEiYFBeX3C9Ee96pP6BU26BXhw+dRSnFeyIhD+4g+/AZ0XJ1CPF19D+5\n"
"z0ojanJkh7lZn4JL+V6+mF1eOExiGrydIiiSXDA/p5FhavMMu8Om4S0sn5iaQ2aX\n"
"wRUv2SUKhbHDqhIILLeQKlB3X26obx1Vg0nRhy47qNQn/xc9oSWLAQSVOgsShQeC\n"
"6DSzrKIBdKB3V8uWOmuM7lWAoCP53bDRW+XIOu9wfpSaXN2VTyqzU7zpTq5BHX1a\n"
"+XRw8KNHZGnCSAOCofZWnKyJAhwEEAEKAAYFAlJBjYgACgkQ7Wfs1l3PaudFcQ//\n"
"UiM7EXsIHLwHxez32TzA/0uNMPWFHQN4Ezzg4PKB6Cc4amva5qbgbhoeCPuP+XPI\n"
"2ELfRviAHbmyZ/zIgqplDC4nmyisMoKlpK0Yo1w4qbix9EVVZr2ztL8F43qN3Xe/\n"
"NUSMTBgt/Jio7l5lYyhuVS3JQCfDlYGbq6NPk0xfYoYOMOZASoPhEquCxM5D4D0Z\n"
"3J3CBeAjyVzdF37HUw9rVQe2IRlxGn1YAyMb5EpR2Ij612GFad8c/5ikzDh5q6JD\n"
"tB9ApdvLkr0czTBucDljChSpFJ7ENPjAgZuH9N5Dmx2rRUj2mdBmi7HKqxAN9Kdm\n"
"+pg/6vZ3vM18rBlXmw1poQdc3srAL+6MHmIfHHrq49oksLyHwyeL8T6BO4d4nTZU\n"
"xObP7PLAeWrdrd1Sb3EWlZJ9HB/m2UL9w9Om1c6cb6X2DoCzQAStVypAE6SQCMBK\n"
"pxkWRj90L41BS62snja+BlZTELuuLTHULRkWqS3fFkUxlDSMUn96QksWlwZLcxCv\n"
"hKxJXOX+pHAiUuMIImaPQ0TBDBWWf5d8zOQlNPsyhSGFR5Skwzlg+m9ErQ+jy7Uz\n"
"UmNCNztlYgRKeckXuvr73seoKoNXHrn7vWQ6qB1IRURj2bfphsqlmYuITmcBhfFS\n"
"Dw0fdYXSDXrmG9wad98g49g4HwCJhPAl0j55f93gHLGIRgQQEQoABgUCUkGO5gAK\n"
"CRAV1ogEymzfsol4AKCI7rOnptuoXgwYx2Z9HkUKuugSRwCgkyW9pxa5EovDijEF\n"
"j1jG/cdxTOaJAhwEEAEKAAYFAlJBkdUACgkQkshDRW2mpm6aLxAAzpWNHMZVFt7e\n"
"wQnCJnf/FMLTjduGTEhVFnVCkEtI+YKarveE6pclqKJfSRFDxruZ6PHGG2CDfMig\n"
"J6mdDdmXCkN//TbIlRGowVgsxpIRg4jQVh4S3D0Nz50h+Zb7CHbjp6WAPVoWZz7b\n"
"Myp+pN7qx/miJJwEiw22Eet4Hjj1QymKwjWyY146V928BV/wDBS/xiwfg3xIVPZr\n"
"RqtiOGN/AGpMGeGQKKplkeITY7AXiAd+mL4H/eNf8b+o0Ce2Z9oSxSsGPF3DzMTL\n"
"kIX7sWD3rjy3Xe2BM20stIDrJS2a1fbnIwFvqszS3Z3sF5bLc6W0iyPJdtbQ0pt6\n"
"nekRl9nboAdUs0R+n/6QNYBkj4AcSh3jpZKe82NwnD/6WyzHWtC0SDRTVkcQWXPW\n"
"EaWLmv8VqfzdBiw6aLcxlmXQSAr0cUA6zo6/bMQZosKwiCfGl3tR4Pbwgvbyjoii\n"
"pF+ZXfz7rWWUqZ2C79hy3YTytwIlVMOnp3MyOV+9ubOsFhLuRDxAksIMaRTsO7ii\n"
"5J4z1d+jzWMW4g1B50CoQ8W+FyAfVp/8qGwzvGN7wxN8P1iR+DZjtpCt7J+Xb9Pt\n"
"L+lRKSO/aOgOfDksyt2fEKY4yEWdzq9A3VkRo1HCdUQY6SJ/qt7IyQHumxvL90F6\n"
"vbB3edrR/fVGeJsz4vE10hzy7kI1QT65Ag0EUkGMggEQAMTsvyKEdUsgEehymKz9\n"
"MRn9wiwfHEX5CLmpJAvnX9MITgcsTX8MKiPyrTBnyY/QzA0rh+yyhzkY/y55yxMP\n"
"INdpL5xgJCS1SHyJK85HOdN77uKDCkwHfphlWYGlBPuaXyxkiWYXJTVUggSjuO4b\n"
"jeKwDqFl/4Xc0XeZNgWVjqHtKF91wwgdXXgAzUL1/nwN3IglxiIR31y10GQdOQEG\n"
"4T3ufx6gv73+qbFc0RzgZUQiJykQ3tZK1+Gw6aDirgjQYOc90o2Je0RJHjdObyZQ\n"
"aQc4PTZ2DC7CElFEt2EHJCXLyP/taeLq+IdpKe6sLPckwakqtbqwunWVoPTbgkxo\n"
"Q1eCMzgrkRu23B2TJaY9zbZAFP3cpL65vQAVJVQISqJvDL8K5hvAWJ3vi92qfBcz\n"
"jqydAcbhjkzJUI9t44v63cIXTI0+QyqTQhqkvEJhHZkbb8MYoimebDVxFVtQ3I1p\n"
"EynOYPfn4IMvaItLFbkgZpR/zjHYau5snErR9NC4AOIfNFpxM+fFFJQ7W88JP3cG\n"
"JLl9dcRGERq28PDU/CTDH9rlk1kZ0xzpRDkJijKDnFIxT2ajijVOZx7l2jPL1njx\n"
"s4xa1jK0/39kh6XnrCgK49WQsJM5IflVR2JAi8BLi2q/e0NQG2pgn0QL695Sqbbp\n"
"NbrrJGRcRJD9sUkQTpMsLlQTABEBAAGJAiUEGAEKAA8FAlJBjIICGwwFCQgH7b8A\n"
"CgkQPLLq/MPWxmZAew//et/LToMVR3q6/qP/pf9ob/QwQ3MgejkC0DY3Md7JBRl/\n"
"6GWfySYnO0Vm5IoJofcv1hbhc/y3OeZTvK4s+BOQsNokYe34mCxZG4dypNaepkQi\n"
"x0mLujeU/n4Y0p0LTLjhGLVdKina2dM9HmllgYr4KumT58g6eGjxs2oZD6z5ty0L\n"
"viU5tx3lz3o0c3I9soH2RN2zNHVjXNW0EvWJwFLxFeLJbk/Y3UY1/kXCtcyMzLua\n"
"S5L5012eUOEvaZr5iYDKjy+wOxY4SUCNYf0GPmSej8CBbwHOF2XCwXytSzm6hNb3\n"
"5TRgCGbOSFTIy9MxfV5lpddQcdzijmuFSl8LySkL2yuJxjlI7uKNDN+NlfODIPMg\n"
"rdH0hBSyKci6Uz7Nz/Up3qdE+aISq68k+Hk1fiKJG1UcBRJidheds29FCzj3hoyZ\n"
"VDmf6OL60hL0YI1/4GjIkJyetlPzjMp8J7K3GweOUkfHcFihYZlbiMe7z+oIWEc7\n"
"0fNScrAGF/+JN3L6mjXKB6Pv+ER5ztzpfuhBJ/j7AV5BaNMmDXAVO4aTphWl7Dje\n"
"iecENuGTpkK8Ugv5cMJc4QJaWDkj/9sACc0EFgigPo68KjegvKg5R8jUPwb8E7T6\n"
"lIjBtlclVhaUrE2uLx/yTz2Apbm+GAmD8M0dQ7IYsOFlZNBW9zjgLLCtWDW+p1A=\n"
"=5gJ7\n"
"-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
"\n"
"mQINBFJBjIIBEADadvvpXSkdnBOGV2xcsFwBBcSwAdryWuLk6v2VxjwsPcY6Lwqz\n"
"NAZr2Ox1BaSgX7106Psa6v9si8nxoOtMc5BCM/ps/fmedFU48YtqOTGF+utxvACg\n"
"Ou6SKintEMUa1eoPcww1jzDZ3mxx49bQaNAJLjVxeiAZoYHe9loTe1fxsprCONnx\n"
"Era1hrI+YA2KjMWDORcwa0sSXRCI3V+b4PUnbMUOQa3fFVUriM4QjjUBU6hW0Ub0\n"
"GDPcZq45nd7PoPPtb3/EauaYfk/zdx8Xt0OmuKTi9/vMkvB09AEUyShbyzoebaKH\n"
"dKtXlzyAPCZoH9dihFM67rhUg4umckFLc8vc5P2tNblwYrnhgL8ymUaOIjZB/fOi\n"
"Z2OZLVCiDeHNjjK3VZ6jLAiPyiYTG1Hrk9E8NaZDeUgIb9X/K06JXVBQIKNSGfX5\n"
"LLp/j2wr+Kbg3QtEBkcStlUGBOzfcbhKpE2nySnuIyspfDb/6JbhD/qYqMJerX0T\n"
"d5ekkJ1tXtM6aX2iTXgZ8cqv+5gyouEF5akrkLi1ySgZetQfjm+zhy/1x/NjGd0u\n"
"35QbUye7sTbfSimwzCXKIIpy06zIO4iNA0P/vgG4v7ydjMvXsW8FRULSecDT19Gq\n"
"xOZGfSPVrSRSAhgNxHzwUivxJbr05NNdwhJSbx9m57naXouLfvVPAMeJYwARAQAB\n"
"tD9GcmVlQlNEIFNlY3VyaXR5IFRlYW0gU2VjcmV0YXJ5IDxzZWN0ZWFtLXNlY3Jl\n"
"dGFyeUBGcmVlQlNELm9yZz6JAj0EEwEKACcFAlJBjIICGwMFCQgH7b8FCwkIBwMF\n"
"FQoJCAsFFgIDAQACHgECF4AACgkQPLLq/MPWxmYt8Q/+IfFhPIbqglh4rwFzgR58\n"
"8YonMZcq+5Op3qiUBh6tE6yRz6VEqBqTahyCQGIk4xGzrHSIOIj2e6gEk5a4zYtf\n"
"0jNJprk3pxu2Og05USJmd8lPSbyBF20FVm5W0dhWMKHagL5dGS8zInlwRYxr6mMi\n"
"UuJjj+2Hm3PoUNGAwL1SH2BVOeAeudtzu80vAlbRlujYVmjIDn/dWVjqnWgEBNHT\n"
"SD+WpA3yW4mBJyxWil0sAJQbTlt5EM/XPORVZ2tvETxJIrXea/Sda9mFwvJ02pJn\n"
"gHi6TGyOYydmbu0ob9Ma9AvUrRlxv8V9eN7eZUtvNa6n+IT8WEJj2+snJlO4SpHL\n"
"D3Z+l7zwfYeM8FOdzGZdVFgxeyBU7t3AnPjYfHmoneqgLcCO0nJDKq/98ohz5T9i\n"
"FbNR/vtLaEiYFBeX3C9Ee96pP6BU26BXhw+dRSnFeyIhD+4g+/AZ0XJ1CPF19D+5\n"
"z0ojanJkh7lZn4JL+V6+mF1eOExiGrydIiiSXDA/p5FhavMMu8Om4S0sn5iaQ2aX\n"
"wRUv2SUKhbHDqhIILLeQKlB3X26obx1Vg0nRhy47qNQn/xc9oSWLAQSVOgsShQeC\n"
"6DSzrKIBdKB3V8uWOmuM7lWAoCP53bDRW+XIOu9wfpSaXN2VTyqzU7zpTq5BHX1a\n"
"+XRw8KNHZGnCSAOCofZWnKyJAhwEEAEKAAYFAlJBjYgACgkQ7Wfs1l3PaudFcQ//\n"
"UiM7EXsIHLwHxez32TzA/0uNMPWFHQN4Ezzg4PKB6Cc4amva5qbgbhoeCPuP+XPI\n"
"2ELfRviAHbmyZ/zIgqplDC4nmyisMoKlpK0Yo1w4qbix9EVVZr2ztL8F43qN3Xe/\n"
"NUSMTBgt/Jio7l5lYyhuVS3JQCfDlYGbq6NPk0xfYoYOMOZASoPhEquCxM5D4D0Z\n"
"3J3CBeAjyVzdF37HUw9rVQe2IRlxGn1YAyMb5EpR2Ij612GFad8c/5ikzDh5q6JD\n"
"tB9ApdvLkr0czTBucDljChSpFJ7ENPjAgZuH9N5Dmx2rRUj2mdBmi7HKqxAN9Kdm\n"
"+pg/6vZ3vM18rBlXmw1poQdc3srAL+6MHmIfHHrq49oksLyHwyeL8T6BO4d4nTZU\n"
"xObP7PLAeWrdrd1Sb3EWlZJ9HB/m2UL9w9Om1c6cb6X2DoCzQAStVypAE6SQCMBK\n"
"pxkWRj90L41BS62snja+BlZTELuuLTHULRkWqS3fFkUxlDSMUn96QksWlwZLcxCv\n"
"hKxJXOX+pHAiUuMIImaPQ0TBDBWWf5d8zOQlNPsyhSGFR5Skwzlg+m9ErQ+jy7Uz\n"
"UmNCNztlYgRKeckXuvr73seoKoNXHrn7vWQ6qB1IRURj2bfphsqlmYuITmcBhfFS\n"
"Dw0fdYXSDXrmG9wad98g49g4HwCJhPAl0j55f93gHLGIRgQQEQoABgUCUkGO5gAK\n"
"CRAV1ogEymzfsol4AKCI7rOnptuoXgwYx2Z9HkUKuugSRwCgkyW9pxa5EovDijEF\n"
"j1jG/cdxTOaJAhwEEAEKAAYFAlJBkdUACgkQkshDRW2mpm6aLxAAzpWNHMZVFt7e\n"
"wQnCJnf/FMLTjduGTEhVFnVCkEtI+YKarveE6pclqKJfSRFDxruZ6PHGG2CDfMig\n"
"J6mdDdmXCkN//TbIlRGowVgsxpIRg4jQVh4S3D0Nz50h+Zb7CHbjp6WAPVoWZz7b\n"
"Myp+pN7qx/miJJwEiw22Eet4Hjj1QymKwjWyY146V928BV/wDBS/xiwfg3xIVPZr\n"
"RqtiOGN/AGpMGeGQKKplkeITY7AXiAd+mL4H/eNf8b+o0Ce2Z9oSxSsGPF3DzMTL\n"
"kIX7sWD3rjy3Xe2BM20stIDrJS2a1fbnIwFvqszS3Z3sF5bLc6W0iyPJdtbQ0pt6\n"
"nekRl9nboAdUs0R+n/6QNYBkj4AcSh3jpZKe82NwnD/6WyzHWtC0SDRTVkcQWXPW\n"
"EaWLmv8VqfzdBiw6aLcxlmXQSAr0cUA6zo6/bMQZosKwiCfGl3tR4Pbwgvbyjoii\n"
"pF+ZXfz7rWWUqZ2C79hy3YTytwIlVMOnp3MyOV+9ubOsFhLuRDxAksIMaRTsO7ii\n"
"5J4z1d+jzWMW4g1B50CoQ8W+FyAfVp/8qGwzvGN7wxN8P1iR+DZjtpCt7J+Xb9Pt\n"
"L+lRKSO/aOgOfDksyt2fEKY4yEWdzq9A3VkRo1HCdUQY6SJ/qt7IyQHumxvL90F6\n"
"vbB3edrR/fVGeJsz4vE10hzy7kI1QT65Ag0EUkGMggEQAMTsvyKEdUsgEehymKz9\n"
"MRn9wiwfHEX5CLmpJAvnX9MITgcsTX8MKiPyrTBnyY/QzA0rh+yyhzkY/y55yxMP\n"
"INdpL5xgJCS1SHyJK85HOdN77uKDCkwHfphlWYGlBPuaXyxkiWYXJTVUggSjuO4b\n"
"jeKwDqFl/4Xc0XeZNgWVjqHtKF91wwgdXXgAzUL1/nwN3IglxiIR31y10GQdOQEG\n"
"4T3ufx6gv73+qbFc0RzgZUQiJykQ3tZK1+Gw6aDirgjQYOc90o2Je0RJHjdObyZQ\n"
"aQc4PTZ2DC7CElFEt2EHJCXLyP/taeLq+IdpKe6sLPckwakqtbqwunWVoPTbgkxo\n"
"Q1eCMzgrkRu23B2TJaY9zbZAFP3cpL65vQAVJVQISqJvDL8K5hvAWJ3vi92qfBcz\n"
"jqydAcbhjkzJUI9t44v63cIXTI0+QyqTQhqkvEJhHZkbb8MYoimebDVxFVtQ3I1p\n"
"EynOYPfn4IMvaItLFbkgZpR/zjHYau5snErR9NC4AOIfNFpxM+fFFJQ7W88JP3cG\n"
"JLl9dcRGERq28PDU/CTDH9rlk1kZ0xzpRDkJijKDnFIxT2ajijVOZx7l2jPL1njx\n"
"s4xa1jK0/39kh6XnrCgK49WQsJM5IflVR2JAi8BLi2q/e0NQG2pgn0QL695Sqbbp\n"
"NbrrJGRcRJD9sUkQTpMsLlQTABEBAAGJAiUEGAEKAA8FAlJBjIICGwwFCQgH7b8A\n"
"CgkQPLLq/MPWxmZAew//et/LToMVR3q6/qP/pf9ob/QwQ3MgejkC0DY3Md7JBRl/\n"
"6GWfySYnO0Vm5IoJofcv1hbhc/y3OeZTvK4s+BOQsNokYe34mCxZG4dypNaepkQi\n"
"x0mLujeU/n4Y0p0LTLjhGLVdKina2dM9HmllgYr4KumT58g6eGjxs2oZD6z5ty0L\n"
"viU5tx3lz3o0c3I9soH2RN2zNHVjXNW0EvWJwFLxFeLJbk/Y3UY1/kXCtcyMzLua\n"
"S5L5012eUOEvaZr5iYDKjy+wOxY4SUCNYf0GPmSej8CBbwHOF2XCwXytSzm6hNb3\n"
"5TRgCGbOSFTIy9MxfV5lpddQcdzijmuFSl8LySkL2yuJxjlI7uKNDN+NlfODIPMg\n"
"rdH0hBSyKci6Uz7Nz/Up3qdE+aISq68k+Hk1fiKJG1UcBRJidheds29FCzj3hoyZ\n"
"VDmf6OL60hL0YI1/4GjIkJyetlPzjMp8J7K3GweOUkfHcFihYZlbiMe7z+oIWEc7\n"
"0fNScrAGF/+JN3L6mjXKB6Pv+ER5ztzpfuhBJ/j7AV5BaNMmDXAVO4aTphWl7Dje\n"
"iecENuGTpkK8Ugv5cMJc4QJaWDkj/9sACc0EFgigPo68KjegvKg5R8jUPwb8E7T6\n"
"lIjBtlclVhaUrE2uLx/yTz2Apbm+GAmD8M0dQ7IYsOFlZNBW9zjgLLCtWDW+p1A=\n"
"=5gJ7\n"
"-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Core Team Secretary <email>core-secretary@FreeBSD.org</email>"
msgstr "Secretaris van het Core Team <email>core-secretary@FreeBSD.org</email>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"pub   rsa4096/36A7C05FE1ECF9BB 2014-07-09 [SC] [expires: 2017-07-08]\n"
"      Key fingerprint = C07B F5E3 10AE 64BF 6120  B0F6 36A7 C05F E1EC F9BB\n"
"uid                            FreeBSD Core Team Secretary &lt;core-secretary@freebsd.org&gt;\n"
"uid                            Core Secretary &lt;core-secretary@freebsd.org&gt;\n"
"sub   rsa4096/7B5150C8D7CE5D02 2014-07-09 [E] [expires: 2017-07-08]\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"pub   rsa4096/36A7C05FE1ECF9BB 2014-07-09 [SC] [expires: 2017-07-08]\n"
"      Key fingerprint = C07B F5E3 10AE 64BF 6120  B0F6 36A7 C05F E1EC F9BB\n"
"uid                            FreeBSD Core Team Secretary &lt;core-secretary@freebsd.org&gt;\n"
"uid                            Core Secretary &lt;core-secretary@freebsd.org&gt;\n"
"sub   rsa4096/7B5150C8D7CE5D02 2014-07-09 [E] [expires: 2017-07-08]\n"
"\n"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
"\n"
"mQINBFO9HvEBEADRfuWeoNUwib7ZjNmhg0Kt1kjiGEEosf3O2yMDfYuAXt4De6qK\n"
"S4KECe5+vZH2T8g+zmNLl/7JxdqHiWj9cnoZ6T3bqKh7w7pW7QzC/Q2k4mZsQkGl\n"
"xzhStHvaHSPKw5808TME0d3ewAfs0dQkDuA0eari0HipCbOVzqHUMTIROr/syPXs\n"
"jHxb2bj0KVzzq7wgy+vF4Cv25VzaAPBVgPv3HAoO/gLOr4SnXqBCw2vgprWx335t\n"
"QX1JslWlsUDmwwq40q4+eMnSFPZ0ing1DgfhMb+Dnrl6Rbxhb0pwPhbwubppUKfe\n"
"W6owOrTuUbATVoAhsfNySmUWQKc2p9w/8uFV/jJj9HOSgIMKrNONvqekPrjWOQn9\n"
"/lcQtGhldWmtPbMogOfaQisBEn1XjMZ3VEOagQxIe/6LDjU7GGoYvSdwf8Z0wXUY\n"
"/qDntPwudjJA4wQid1Tzf53gpUjr0tYq7aclpiBGs3F5EOs4HMXq5/xlwRGtBDHY\n"
"i9RNAlbRSfSD2s1nGsfsImPowlpjtLa+3PqYs/cRLGDu51DsgV/p/CqtAyebG+9O\n"
"WsF0Ydt4Q62jEuU8HY7SOj+AuKJVdUkyAZGk5vkPvsKzjdZUqRslurme7d3LqKai\n"
"FjBGj8UyId/IomDCjth3baGc/Y4e+JKyx1XDXgFY2HoQ2KzEoANrizjy5QARAQAB\n"
"tCtDb3JlIFNlY3JldGFyeSA8Y29yZS1zZWNyZXRhcnlAZnJlZWJzZC5vcmc+iQIc\n"
"BBABCgAGBQJTvR9BAAoJEANvbJ7n856/QGAQANf7Qn3AvTB1Co9oCtKobbtLxOx/\n"
"FFw6/jnfurJxQ2Y18N9zTNJ1KCzI8pYbanicWQFqUfC1wu6FrnSlNGQvW464NqcE\n"
"RElbFE41pvqX+Tb6/dOX07mMBZYK8wgLDcHEjl4i7NHurx1AKA2ro/5utRvfIqmh\n"
"PxcHwhNiP1He4MD1NgkyrxmRWtO4VM99mhXdm+pl/8XwuFJrdg4v36pEws6tYJgP\n"
"wDc86/XrmeJT6GOCRFREdwXn6osSvvVYnx4Pyto/xTG5Fm4sa7S4bxgvvSzp2/L+\n"
"eO4JpOGXuhiIGhfEwISta1yf14GKTa4a0Qd+gquml4yd1DBybNoa0zcz/sJOBULe\n"
"/CLKzSs5IuGkfdH0os1WEjdqQ7JPct3Yizb7Iw/j1YfvDmnM+tt3EMU1DJ1ttY9+\n"
"XB6pZvtjSHNApaDPfSeizstpoLle3kvECBJyEIr5u/hL72dYEZtFiYFlHcvWIq6K\n"
"qWJlIJrOa7vG7r586qstiG270tCeaVOfZT5grKNcDf4vYEoxL+2NKcHVA0rogRWP\n"
"MwSWZbWEAaIilK/6AVzc8xmefZJEHHxH7PprcPsH3MPpOwmWjfheHBKfIfEu1UqW\n"
"AD+cRQmE+jEz1vc6DzVUfA4c27j9/GXT9/NQsBTamC6rT3YUZKWlFulCC3ncRwf9\n"
"ZTGSsiT5qCuV1ECniQI9BBMBCgAnAhsDBQsJCAcDBRUKCQgLBRYDAgEAAh4BAheA\n"
"BQJXfUvQBQkFpANfAAoJEDanwF/h7Pm7ZycP/RSnQbk6u80gUkkkuRlUMQo1Oepf\n"
"KUrARGwwuw7B4rovu35kgqskFo9pbsgKuRUWObj7jsBM/sTCX0tyAD6qQii7ZhDL\n"
"7cc5eHssx4BObgrBAnK/R/NqCZZhkvpODkFqnWwdvYrwUFHgqmhja7ivZKr2Bwdr\n"
"SEq6dHD+xGjWMtU3/tkS0fhkWSRBvcq3J20gEytjEW9Togn2s0+z1uX4apffiKfq\n"
"zJR5kDS5cp4Hcfl8YFoKSCl7021oa/U1Dy/oDjl/eWm56S2WjSVlAGct/MsBsZVm\n"
"TlRaXufONiFuRy3rJKFJo7krEevlbpexHIRFXH7qssT/HzW2et7DrgFgYaVgzcOb\n"
"5H2Vr6e9u/fnTb4TPaxdkjuuTQwZamc6CPpFTBMKV9ndlkps0d4teVtYMEZa7451\n"
"/qJYedYqmeCcNNCK/oIjMbSrlIhhTUzMslKjvq/j4C49dad3Z6wtzZV6W7O7DyO2\n"
"fmG6FFDnsul+tUjHzipmdQsyuxdqE1haVa6TwKeWBmWo8x0RddDYB5Rczc5alsaX\n"
"1HVhT9cAjBJShGwWjbdoRB3Tvvof4I6xyyoYaen40wMIscjlQH8XvEdoQ85ixdyj\n"
"CZty1mcGfsvpMP/H9ZCzGWmlSe2kyC4xm3xdP6gVhR7dscvuHoeDkuZ22Yocmzo7\n"
"2NCHkLHKmBflGpNiiQIcBBABCgAGBQJTvUdSAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnVCcP/3zh4y7M\n"
"rLnV536rB0tDOM+lsP3UYDmclWZmTENZ+r0ESM4YJzDjKO6ltXhh+MdYqDddY3vq\n"
"LnsKTNYuMjKiu6jd0ETy4ThzHxVhcyrgl1yWxyaSsdi5gMOnwNVClHfOD5gaOF0j\n"
"dRJnLTLMueAEM3fyNzSUjBOHJpk+RcIV3r/u8LvPFV2qwLWa937vYwfLRJ9jaQur\n"
"5MnEVOWBz7CB0g1F06JAcLv16FyWiLCOBxXZJd974lKXHd2yEMkSlF3Of1qX5FI6\n"
"FK3HQU+c6eJcrWc54++zvgWHZTM3SwY9g5rl57Wz9Vpi13Ev6ArIIIEQ9P1ViwK4\n"
"zyW78rFoM09juqHkN4uUCWuk0f57XCFkrDA/n6YCSfAxSYXc1I+MKpAm/6yBYiBN\n"
"pyS3Jz5HGO2S0QGsPsBcUHGEmO6k/Z6boJLwaCAGx2dSQ84R4DQeFAd3NjBPab2x\n"
"TNlitcOi+xnidCJZoDWQqx5dSLwLeORsw25ikOWroUS1hqfta2HDnnou4zuyppov\n"
"0Q+50JGFJIril8svoUmLfuSk3XUrlxPHgL57Wp5K8NOIU4u/DStX4UaRuHQ+Uu9G\n"
"V+c6rr3F46+MooqXISAw5cm/kDMwuOfQ4GOo8J/ADUfLQa6a/JnWFg3hb/rgt/lH\n"
"JxjZliOZy8G08HyBddNfKCTBauqEyPYWTHzgiQIcBBABCgAGBQJTvUdkAAoJEJLI\n"
"Q0VtpqZu/g0QAMXEq8sNraENb3zO8wisdE0UZXOGuQduXDSrwpe26L9mCR/usjeW\n"
"eGqbG9b6mP+fAwXxm/BovdkF3bWguo1GCzztEHy+aTB4voxI6lEnyDKB8GG3mlkV\n"
"jNAbDjVi/jCZfe6TbJ6xDhX7633ees1An8tvizMHRr+z8zQ3xF4MNjlxLzawPE7/\n"
"As5uHaT6Q3NhGTGyG1oGsVlO8pYp97p2E/d44m6IlY5XEzO2A2fIq+0N4dcy8omT\n"
"X8P4eUZFlUezRbbZtNP8Av77hESXO79gpmQir9fC5/qMBgJN+3iB9O+VcB0SeLm0\n"
"TvUWtSFULqEdDkKArLOgZf0HNnsu7/rb1tR9zqSYN8gsF3MvF0RNHUdbyEh189LZ\n"
"TmapwSxcaoUYPcoOBfwo0MqMuEuyCkMWSD53BvsaSbcs2OWKYAp+oluM0TrnLup3\n"
"7O2G/EbxmMRHZVVyuX60pIQDXO4DjLo9tqbM6OUNCG+1tKEX7Bs9GIzUL2mxZ072\n"
"qE8x1A+eidSzy5Tx2nE7DOurziiuv8G3JPFDtLkUVtPx9gqyyG3wmfThkMCl1jnu\n"
"tYDjetpeC8LcI5S9mFE8BXBka7qEEY19GI/1LJcfMI8lMn16OITYv4/cwqWPMbjS\n"
"Mg6JpWBCFdsxRmIWiggKodt6LfnuEciChejk8ewTf6/47z7aVhdBkYaOiQIcBBIB\n"
"CAAGBQJUGDc+AAoJEOqwPFi/3EePCM0QAKFrkt0wW+am/O8ZzIejSCY+htWilGAI\n"
"a6REk5gv00k2dKPCWf5rNPAXeQRAX4qItmd35hz7czElm2EVbrylDD+F9uN8wbkC\n"
"MLdIe88caWfoj12lJACAd0NiBSwJPgrajvER92fr173I31cKT6hwXP6bgjU3J4HI\n"
"Cc1h7h5j7g+/YSeHUacPSiY4MuXAQao6e2BtFI77LOwFvIFFdCEMdZDwoH+7lIF9\n"
"I+Krm7ojMF5fauaSK4e3kL029QugIFYlgb7HeDGLlonBSn40YXPenafAin0lNGWM\n"
"WVv3SKN7tweNkKEhMVoVReropjYpRg+khKaMumwJ9bdGkYP8jq7DwCKXy/J2rfCU\n"
"zsyVX5Ga7keT8Ztny4RO6YqFtTryraiSPrxDZQ0Gt6kc1m3u+4vh93qJk+foUDRS\n"
"LWfWjmX9aRf+7+4zdsYBOrpt3tab6FqXrW7IcI+p8PCyBW4c/WHkU3YWreEba21B\n"
"XGiMDoxfhQ9OyvSHt6G8kgO9+k8sRY/78oGYxR4Aait8/Y54DmHkyZKSewu96So0\n"
"+TDmcbkeatatDhrasbjfQLWx8363tnQvmhWpw/bpWGmDQDLVTHn9OcXlckGU1fiU\n"
"M7721g4s2UdijTMpyYWfsLTaxOujHyxkwkBBtGV3DCas5Ep2KPMfSOgf3YVtPQH9\n"
"IaotJSw/A6FdiQI9BBMBCgAnBQJTvR7xAhsDBQkB4TOABQsJCAcDBRUKCQgLBRYD\n"
"AgEAAh4BAheAAAoJEDanwF/h7Pm7QvMQAKE3pM3e7LrDH6+xsdafxb/RxnVwUI6F\n"
"aoN3dIZRjIIh7Dyd6WypD43+f4c4AeIX+b78RuCuu+oZMMkHk4/Y4PIRv6jw1wuG\n"
"a67iHopFXy9KPYjEQOtLptZUAorqC62CzoVJxwbpIPw1AkKBag7FFKtiymQKbxSA\n"
"kEkCOTa64RF+FFDJzUqbRQPJMMhKR35lJ/W3TfNQQViF/nydDdNmSY+gYAPU8kqh\n"
"x4K7K9al9DUwVa/PdL0l549BLOHzmFcEtw4FQOGMYt4Gkma5+6OIMJOuoM/ADAUz\n"
"7qdcWYYdsFl42HzC73u7MGLcfGkElcZKkH8sn2zuKsTTtTKD5rhLfIiu132vK7vq\n"
"oONdJLd7U1X2Bwif/ub1we7x4eGonZjhKajENpD3o/1Y072gLy8rlZ1r6/J+GQ9T\n"
"EwUBNV8NNOfDPv0pxTP6OCFPHEFA4toG0rRBm7OIxmQXFWmfxMT3NnwBqPCufWlO\n"
"m20JhaU/pefPCqHJVc8Ap+k6/bct3iNuAg1buggFVDWg89uBqF9vfdELiCDF3nRY\n"
"m4bQ6S1cWxvnu5aq9MZdt4Dc1WnTSNfY9/zjKJWmG3miv1D1eo3fSyVJNYVfVzQ2\n"
"3KMOPwR/jdr47Gle8/5OM38zPhZ+vC+XD//Lq0/c8iMO39B4pwQ0Bb8FAhk/6Ug0\n"
"cYbap+lPWkY+tDhGcmVlQlNEIENvcmUgVGVhbSBTZWNyZXRhcnkgPGNvcmUtc2Vj\n"
"cmV0YXJ5QGZyZWVic2Qub3JnPokCPQQTAQoAJwIbAwULCQgHAwUVCgkICwUWAwIB\n"
"AAIeAQIXgAUCV31L5QUJBaQDXwAKCRA2p8Bf4ez5u+H7EACNn3vNhH8AHcdd5SvL\n"
"+BEv7wLnev+3SgC8infvEHWv6TqOZZ+m4WCeBgUe9pYgoQOvVaSvI3spKY6Of9ry\n"
"0By1do/ysqoWnG0yByDuMn42De7WD0dFPKfQCdwnVp2bNKrAF5qluKO/CLlqlcds\n"
"u0r+O1sG39rokKnAmflTR5CdG/J5LlIiIc1fkokpwW73XOReuDzhJmQais0s6ytI\n"
"gkBlXcN5TpQ1+of7wGQbTWcx+DlpybZSoPsGw7LH1ydJznIowNd9orer/foOYafs\n"
"CjPa14H/kCf02H8mCMuy3awyj5zCQ/E7oZTLbBG4M8F/AUZ6yN6PZLbQoqdn+3KO\n"
"ll2AC2JfYR9JKEKkS9ViRNCd5Me4xSqX11yKwAZVFKgXHDX9SB/QINimbp5Qe/EH\n"
"CxbkwmwPWluXxsDyisx5Hee5g9bmVxZgPWCYUxW0iPW6yu3XptbnGHOvDnrG49kx\n"
"FCMbEZrz9gBda25qaQ8xdkhu2taq3eOYVLndO9cv1n9LLGDxM8+kxkGWiXyDMXBg\n"
"uEr+0ldDROw8nP1Z1en6vxXrd4emGSOWrBFNveB6ZhO2uJ2z2fhtsvrBfwPKECRm\n"
"m4gitI1j84c956tV6Y7HsIUNssES0mwXWbDWXz3f5drrvIRqsgr8mcH2yDj6ZG1W\n"
"o/em1DWUU7I1ucjcuVCJPVnAu4kBHAQQAQIABgUCU701xQAKCRBNWP3NLKSXdmOG\n"
"CADEySzz4Q6wKsx/gLiAyhYNbEJbiv1MirxhjIYGP9MqNpxxI1+Q3kuj01K6ELIM\n"
"uAhehoQOgU4AssJQxu7q78+hz2O7s+V0Syl+pvEOl2zUCgAmOYfle+BQ75ZEEiIN\n"
"Buh6SOXBVLhfNp90FZ55KUSW4EeyoT+A4nRGHRgCTEfZ5WHi3lGlaLQdZ9viLfNK\n"
"A/DxrLWww+joTPIEhc3eU1mgDrcmfxo/L95EmTyUa5BtE0WuLwQEaY8HJ3eBgA9Y\n"
"130ubuzzY4jGl4SCNedMzeIroHw2Bogd3V+E5aFtGd8gZUjXXr8rM6yXPpttP2Hc\n"
"8Bie2YXI2NffqwVqpL0dxo3uiQIcBBABAgAGBQJTvTYRAAoJEMATMJ1tfkRccM4P\n"
"/Rbg0W6l4KPFUvyKcUE6odRwoXExRGHdG9qW8Vf6xtW5eXUX/AZoCnXDf3yWWttx\n"
"gzN1e8iNRh0aYfuNSFTuHcHut/xw6GZ1yqASbuDmGWQ6uTb0yHYQcwQ5ioaRaZZo\n"
"5cpnSs0qZUpnrSzdUzyVmlKsD+1ut0/Z8yM8WGRyhplWX0dfXKnUUxJGyh4GQc2d\n"
"Qon1vrsiuDTD2hr3EVues7le4WU+csegZTGPgPjhTSH6ZNFdDs4Y5KPiunjXx+X6\n"
"avPKPSJCnC9YlPMkI0RcokVLJW+K3+4QnbqU8m2MpZWVaaOo5s9PCx1I208EHQ77\n"
"A7EAFYNFrPZmtSV5X3BhU2rYNoRu0fpsNqJC34Oi7JdZdplPoO7FHRACAyQJyv8K\n"
"UG8VVzK7m6Kt/Okq7LBc8RuvLQpUHSv1Z19fQvFgTegM5Pcpp3/ful/HQIIc7XRE\n"
"lM57e+t8kbsoRpOlaKa3Okl3KisXdksWB4Fu6XdVArY/jIIQGs6dCpYajhRZcjkj\n"
"HUAPvY/OqD2mBSwj0YwP0RoMVvFHMP1cgB3gjaB37A+DJeiKEXTWzGe1fKC1TxCc\n"
"OUZsrcqXnUyy23lKV9CXC7za3eB23dPIfWzJnD9BsVgYsemRVJx8r3SvQIL5zjKV\n"
"DRAuV3M/HbCtSOgO68MExC0TFEl/8LPIMW8oVCY4+iqliQIcBBABCgAGBQJTvS0C\n"
"AAoJEANvbJ7n856/GTQP/jAQlquDec78HySz6zsNp2+mY1ms1IZ55HipIR5mUfXJ\n"
"7fTEPUcMT56QlcL3tN3iYpYpOttFURcXXLVoEJ7y0vkFuxEObDMrCm/c6pDWuGjC\n"
"UApkPyF0ETISfXlyJqhGKwUqlYC/6aaZl5Ocbmxg6j0EXW/fpatf70A6/LvJ25Vx\n"
"kTeQs2iK9L7xtd7lQuPq4yjKj94Lm6Srfl/WnWoHOumUxz6+zvPw2lztgU/Y5GFH\n"
"+ZWDStgUuQ9V09Xe4WSuRv9nZJW7TYEgVYR4miMQERsU1/OIdRpDxntl22Rn04hL\n"
"VnRa7LrjGOA5FZVxOVF7gDBkpULwMmwWz0aT2Cew+Z8uAzjqlwpppzjjnD25RDMo\n"
"vF0IEos/ExX8kcFGsyCHJqF6/Cemy4E6T6V2wI2qMVp4CdUCa/di1NtnUl2iu6l4\n"
"VrrknKNCifuXUnBYPrs/s3TGufWDEn724ZR4fAYC8MXchGvkQIhIoBb3Y18ti42n\n"
"K/qt79u3oD4XFpID4Tw/tn4jgaXmXftzPP71yJiKmK6zB4O7F5y06USeHXf9Ype5\n"
"Rvry/pnNvAaORbzC6dq+EA319bGqqAVbS0q2akA4cXOY07DlYY98Z0o7Nz6DlmpG\n"
"3cJERUeP+6LM0mwfN9p2ROpi6b6RBNrLi1KAYfRLcQCIcawTLhhngz+fF0jJqSaw\n"
"iQIcBBABCgAGBQJTvUdSAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnXxsP/R8WHku1nxjELqdM9M72JLD8\n"
"UBlaAIwLStDyhnTvLa0GO6eN0r2eJ1+tG8mKB+PZKOvNt8eZcSO/kjUvTIBILt7f\n"
"AtN1BhsWpjQzn+tuVWs4GVoPQssM4N09AYUzx8ni4byADY6n9l4zof2HsPsjXvuw\n"
"/bzYXctKTQxggD3nswtLGY3q6unYewIChyaG8DStihFLcXIhXbwc6EOqdPN3VWwN\n"
"InG/602UTO2LeXoEM+tTaXkE51P5otACVH37AW0Vqqh1GxklYlMYLrKKn/YIBRvL\n"
"VS5G+95iKs3gMJhnaeFND2s9dmOTXyKyfTUffr/XTL/PVJSCbdqwiuXZQp8J77Mt\n"
"YyJn1262H8ko59OlPtqvpBNuywco0/F8BOFvSTw5sS8CmU0EHvyunKaofS3mxCFd\n"
"2B0DzX89+AoYZY7CKU8OYt/VqhsfsL0C+DL4+XschBOUoTg6HrqG4F69+gerkK4P\n"
"s2984vOeTXe3IqlYN/Bn92m9rGy9PKkpqG5C6w5X58BgvfeWTAkM4X32rZHKOmyY\n"
"SCdRJQw7MGSR24OaWKPmgKvMaH8MQaJx9oSaAgF1y1892+ykVI9ntCVwywkmxNg1\n"
"lfMuVFM4Vh9j+C7OngnbQbhYtbFG90z9zfoMln39z8KT2yDP4A7Hklw0xmmT6t8K\n"
"duGD2tfmaW4+oz9attTyiQIcBBABCgAGBQJTvUdkAAoJEJLIQ0VtpqZuLNQP/Raz\n"
"XTtk1mixmLfunrScgh/1Gtb6XPVDTP5SGb/8HVdY1a+dDBClUIAFbEAUBIcBO4/N\n"
"VlW9un4IHyrixdD/ijE/Cr/BMLnSFU5EmHKn8yOc3Bv6eTTRbJ8EYru0Cj5MdSIA\n"
"oq8JKF8LbxbahBFw9ZSIpREPGlxnKI3TEuHJQreSZR07/GPk50suTK2CXxzEsk4V\n"
"ZesSTnwt/1m+hrdtyNke3+wy8R0Use+KKgmTzpQ9phc8wq3uhHFzLJ5HbE21VRHg\n"
"Fd5+osZuSDuHjw5o/zU5o0Bq9DDY3TWXPD9lgqKQ2PgH5DG6od9gjpjJdvXpXpck\n"
"08HJDu2V+u7MzW5lsnthDsW39YVLRD4ZwZJQaw+0wBuGDDxV+8x4fYhYJnXD8ZtU\n"
"HCQ56FlcMyzLm00WRLNxBSJjRvH12geg5xK3JWZ8V6Ce+XhvIAduDkajuUKQoWvT\n"
"MzYaviqQhfV1zXNNt5rxDNT+jMiwnAtDeCTZPMfGvzOPw9sYBz5RUa4liVPrGiEW\n"
"/snAhcMB9JDKjMAsKHvJwIvB9QrRC9sz6JIgEqv+jlsdkslEVU2AALlcJ3QuXlW0\n"
"j9Z26q0sNGt85FVqhc4DOyXtZhKR5Ru8Lyc3swYRi2ofu9Roycq3L0swcMoGnOik\n"
"Rbj2PuuRdQiUozJ7mT6JmNF8ynlx/1+uzniVneEliQIcBBIBCAAGBQJUGDc+AAoJ\n"
"EOqwPFi/3EePEpUP/i2p7BLtyrujFmwr6wxru8G2HBWySFeRZ7YC5iH1ZIiGPPi7\n"
"nuinWEv6FaW6dW8fzrwmJy0iUpstKM8CUdR10PZ66Un6A9yfj9MuYSWBDQwzkd3w\n"
"SJ2+HPLeaTschb545CYnIJBaUAWyfufyoeB2+u3DNQd4oHv5ceI781D6J0h9MUz1\n"
"bNgV2w3prubD9o8ycaUvXqHrADqDZiUA1zblm19AmbJIJbgeUaXD8iwkyk2hRHSc\n"
"Ve9aLzd2J4TXPIQt9Dj/VnW3TLvTtMPEls1SM+pQ9xYF3IBz5BWbrMuk3o3mpsIi\n"
"js+vfjJdv77QUeyT0Ur0fJ5xa7zWxCs5AMpCFDdLGRW1jzFYipJBBhDVkylIjpr3\n"
"eoIIU/RxVC6f5dTaW8GeaspllyJT8BKe54R9u/uf7QPgIkuXdIdaZ4qbbftLxvyB\n"
"Jk6A2gSM/sLYqeoo+zRxKi+lMZ/Zw8MUZ/ON+yE1ccQJAk1GDqAhUs5f7zCPU6xB\n"
"LFeXhz9d6bFPBGWZ3dy7mZaHgALDGqSd240hIoknwzqHaWZK5lWTmzIVUUQPV1Vn\n"
"68stcaVsuaFdtnGHv/JMvAj1F9ZlDDRwaPx0ATTXQbBI6JlvDQ8u2tTKIYEswtez\n"
"/enkjX1dALFltV5FNartIWGiHWYxkGVRlh/QtAb0NsBU4/5uZkWpWzG0GtOniQI9\n"
"BBMBCgAnBQJTvSzHAhsDBQkB4TOABQsJCAcDBRUKCQgLBRYDAgEAAh4BAheAAAoJ\n"
"EDanwF/h7Pm7ZHgP/ijtBv+EXPdcVGIEu1yyv6/kJLV9iCRU3ZenjR05O235ejbn\n"
"v7WhAOxLoxw1dPtdIAU5OsVb5cgPwYGdjr5mlFjOie0wIl3bmoYfMYGzZoUD9E5+\n"
"F2+k6SGeDGxgbz34g5SNLpJE2obzkiujp4jtkuLyzOcSFl2UfWMRYeImES5s69x5\n"
"1ZLXNIek5nA0inJBXl3Y7f8SEA4lFaDLxWZ6B5AsaDTOp0uv0wp+Dz87A1CXKyOu\n"
"wDkxGdkxkCbqQQ7fzXNiDz5HB74e2ynMv/Vy7gzuTloHDSZrydKGBdOp+Bf6nBbb\n"
"MEEvxzjankPcmHg57spDUoS/KxkkZY7lmNH2ngou7j1fZiX1y4PciLr43P39xSUQ\n"
"Zoybgjw3eOlI0f4YKPuTVZr0pYyHZnGZU7kAwvyHiD4DtpOo1qwqkbhctelxnfyw\n"
"7Db+HobaTCesJ6XVWIJ7RninF5b3lvFESqzqmSTKbtbPizIXkyRtrS7AWFaDnMEA\n"
"0G15d85L9ZTd8sRZ4de9m723ji/K8/ziqpl83MGHP2m4NWKQ8Bji6JkrgFMORhlm\n"
"vdg0ogjARD+uNwlIMpkoYnp2wcoFKLSgbEVmkIT5gwf9mqqFNAeBdswpYuAnvHFF\n"
"glL9qm+CdN3UNzvNzknshPtcJ0wvT5CPx4PjwPDIy764ACr/TjyLKG79HxE/uQIN\n"
"BFO9HvEBEACynbl7EgcRIGWP7O6h1O6mrYXNZ2JpJBgYosqizdDHyru2nQSrNfgi\n"
"wAM1feB2NLJC0coQzRO1sDK2JP770+eK3ZhbWSP5BWN2toSFVEGlVpGWLBGoefae\n"
"ZnZA22IDzpOIjIi7iC92JBsTXESsBoV8iG1rylQ15pcE03IQEuuDu9r7H8RJ3vTf\n"
"X1c+a+B8MUHn56kn3QkdG2blV0/3gjFqqavZeOxZpAmyn9n9Vc3yCCPkagtNQwle\n"
"NyZOSOLjjVpBjncE6dATdLOj85phfOU6eO/0bMXAgTr7mY41EIqYqdPQYrY93ySG\n"
"gBvBkyNaH5AlDNZZwJ4ddtDMFoP8nUhBoRrf5ApYyHcEmSXahLfW3a2qrPm/w5VL\n"
"EGLt53/6GZvEetpP+TtBLAxX6XaC2SXAOrzfSZENdYt/Ew6F/dTCZ622m0eW65iV\n"
"wSi1sNZD2hNFPs/12a2tem7DAWqD2bi8BltKRbO+8T7BARwIl5hXGq5+YnO+DgTI\n"
"f4SYkSt8aiPYwDAF3YSkzpiUmZoBSRt6Sb9sZ3zIxpfnrtLFmSeujzinyCVNzFdn\n"
"+HKxZvI9Mc3Tv/LqPruVuWHt1Aj+eygH5bRZw4PTsMNX1FxM/K8hRY91A6Fyp3GC\n"
"kb5RzqdEGuSONBseaZirC0d+EYZ4smy1jydpzwT1O8VjY4wi5BdgwQARAQABiQIl\n"
"BBgBCgAPAhsMBQJXfUwZBQkFpAOoAAoJEDanwF/h7Pm7BkAP/0WGa2wtgiRontjT\n"
"ekeg8wntDfo+8KNI7niFk7Opv2aT1wCXo0uVbHAhK0dJIUtADGep2gtNcStJsn+J\n"
"FRR4uQpYJzB9vMzTI6p4h4FOuiFHQIiJ5Y0fb9iOWkuE3kZviTUs6VTVU2SgqymY\n"
"WktL7RcfwMw185T6aK0j/oeksoRyZP1wjmMOtD2SqSsIBMveOcZ+AjUzMW0bCa/7\n"
"6dr+Um7YCSnwGyOQmFUViSU2mLfUD9PSUdtKo4UllEcBDgGyn9zL6Fc1P2Bh07cE\n"
"0lWGwCSbk8FYIbxl1AqwX2AzCzA2x/lnybthEUrVUWavrkKyKQ/9I5E8Vevuq4Rp\n"
"tlGOxILKHtaSBq8+tTGZNBQMJT9eAMGtuVGZLsYt4aGfeUDRrzVtB5cBFZXv+zCz\n"
"TT999xSUMaz9OwaEnjXIbcNsJ1EUCWqhNpNqRyMJfgvruDx63VDxmfDb0+F/KX4p\n"
"bN8tZe/addztjtljUriKtFTKaVZfwxP9ejg28glyz3kpPdgKlU/q3AIcIxtPf3C9\n"
"Yi4A3p4fV/YCPnc0K+mPfO1XJtCz5768YsQPDgx9t9M2LLNr1bwDo0ZRP3CVJDbt\n"
"9AeJZ6wV/buO+KLjULTvJCWLGuTwDIe7VAaLxjpmGFhmEKEHNOfUOwEaBDwJRlp0\n"
"7Z/bTdSjOhRZ4gMvywjeXhqLVTZq\n"
"=CJCx\n"
"-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
"\n"
"mQINBFO9HvEBEADRfuWeoNUwib7ZjNmhg0Kt1kjiGEEosf3O2yMDfYuAXt4De6qK\n"
"S4KECe5+vZH2T8g+zmNLl/7JxdqHiWj9cnoZ6T3bqKh7w7pW7QzC/Q2k4mZsQkGl\n"
"xzhStHvaHSPKw5808TME0d3ewAfs0dQkDuA0eari0HipCbOVzqHUMTIROr/syPXs\n"
"jHxb2bj0KVzzq7wgy+vF4Cv25VzaAPBVgPv3HAoO/gLOr4SnXqBCw2vgprWx335t\n"
"QX1JslWlsUDmwwq40q4+eMnSFPZ0ing1DgfhMb+Dnrl6Rbxhb0pwPhbwubppUKfe\n"
"W6owOrTuUbATVoAhsfNySmUWQKc2p9w/8uFV/jJj9HOSgIMKrNONvqekPrjWOQn9\n"
"/lcQtGhldWmtPbMogOfaQisBEn1XjMZ3VEOagQxIe/6LDjU7GGoYvSdwf8Z0wXUY\n"
"/qDntPwudjJA4wQid1Tzf53gpUjr0tYq7aclpiBGs3F5EOs4HMXq5/xlwRGtBDHY\n"
"i9RNAlbRSfSD2s1nGsfsImPowlpjtLa+3PqYs/cRLGDu51DsgV/p/CqtAyebG+9O\n"
"WsF0Ydt4Q62jEuU8HY7SOj+AuKJVdUkyAZGk5vkPvsKzjdZUqRslurme7d3LqKai\n"
"FjBGj8UyId/IomDCjth3baGc/Y4e+JKyx1XDXgFY2HoQ2KzEoANrizjy5QARAQAB\n"
"tCtDb3JlIFNlY3JldGFyeSA8Y29yZS1zZWNyZXRhcnlAZnJlZWJzZC5vcmc+iQIc\n"
"BBABCgAGBQJTvR9BAAoJEANvbJ7n856/QGAQANf7Qn3AvTB1Co9oCtKobbtLxOx/\n"
"FFw6/jnfurJxQ2Y18N9zTNJ1KCzI8pYbanicWQFqUfC1wu6FrnSlNGQvW464NqcE\n"
"RElbFE41pvqX+Tb6/dOX07mMBZYK8wgLDcHEjl4i7NHurx1AKA2ro/5utRvfIqmh\n"
"PxcHwhNiP1He4MD1NgkyrxmRWtO4VM99mhXdm+pl/8XwuFJrdg4v36pEws6tYJgP\n"
"wDc86/XrmeJT6GOCRFREdwXn6osSvvVYnx4Pyto/xTG5Fm4sa7S4bxgvvSzp2/L+\n"
"eO4JpOGXuhiIGhfEwISta1yf14GKTa4a0Qd+gquml4yd1DBybNoa0zcz/sJOBULe\n"
"/CLKzSs5IuGkfdH0os1WEjdqQ7JPct3Yizb7Iw/j1YfvDmnM+tt3EMU1DJ1ttY9+\n"
"XB6pZvtjSHNApaDPfSeizstpoLle3kvECBJyEIr5u/hL72dYEZtFiYFlHcvWIq6K\n"
"qWJlIJrOa7vG7r586qstiG270tCeaVOfZT5grKNcDf4vYEoxL+2NKcHVA0rogRWP\n"
"MwSWZbWEAaIilK/6AVzc8xmefZJEHHxH7PprcPsH3MPpOwmWjfheHBKfIfEu1UqW\n"
"AD+cRQmE+jEz1vc6DzVUfA4c27j9/GXT9/NQsBTamC6rT3YUZKWlFulCC3ncRwf9\n"
"ZTGSsiT5qCuV1ECniQI9BBMBCgAnAhsDBQsJCAcDBRUKCQgLBRYDAgEAAh4BAheA\n"
"BQJXfUvQBQkFpANfAAoJEDanwF/h7Pm7ZycP/RSnQbk6u80gUkkkuRlUMQo1Oepf\n"
"KUrARGwwuw7B4rovu35kgqskFo9pbsgKuRUWObj7jsBM/sTCX0tyAD6qQii7ZhDL\n"
"7cc5eHssx4BObgrBAnK/R/NqCZZhkvpODkFqnWwdvYrwUFHgqmhja7ivZKr2Bwdr\n"
"SEq6dHD+xGjWMtU3/tkS0fhkWSRBvcq3J20gEytjEW9Togn2s0+z1uX4apffiKfq\n"
"zJR5kDS5cp4Hcfl8YFoKSCl7021oa/U1Dy/oDjl/eWm56S2WjSVlAGct/MsBsZVm\n"
"TlRaXufONiFuRy3rJKFJo7krEevlbpexHIRFXH7qssT/HzW2et7DrgFgYaVgzcOb\n"
"5H2Vr6e9u/fnTb4TPaxdkjuuTQwZamc6CPpFTBMKV9ndlkps0d4teVtYMEZa7451\n"
"/qJYedYqmeCcNNCK/oIjMbSrlIhhTUzMslKjvq/j4C49dad3Z6wtzZV6W7O7DyO2\n"
"fmG6FFDnsul+tUjHzipmdQsyuxdqE1haVa6TwKeWBmWo8x0RddDYB5Rczc5alsaX\n"
"1HVhT9cAjBJShGwWjbdoRB3Tvvof4I6xyyoYaen40wMIscjlQH8XvEdoQ85ixdyj\n"
"CZty1mcGfsvpMP/H9ZCzGWmlSe2kyC4xm3xdP6gVhR7dscvuHoeDkuZ22Yocmzo7\n"
"2NCHkLHKmBflGpNiiQIcBBABCgAGBQJTvUdSAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnVCcP/3zh4y7M\n"
"rLnV536rB0tDOM+lsP3UYDmclWZmTENZ+r0ESM4YJzDjKO6ltXhh+MdYqDddY3vq\n"
"LnsKTNYuMjKiu6jd0ETy4ThzHxVhcyrgl1yWxyaSsdi5gMOnwNVClHfOD5gaOF0j\n"
"dRJnLTLMueAEM3fyNzSUjBOHJpk+RcIV3r/u8LvPFV2qwLWa937vYwfLRJ9jaQur\n"
"5MnEVOWBz7CB0g1F06JAcLv16FyWiLCOBxXZJd974lKXHd2yEMkSlF3Of1qX5FI6\n"
"FK3HQU+c6eJcrWc54++zvgWHZTM3SwY9g5rl57Wz9Vpi13Ev6ArIIIEQ9P1ViwK4\n"
"zyW78rFoM09juqHkN4uUCWuk0f57XCFkrDA/n6YCSfAxSYXc1I+MKpAm/6yBYiBN\n"
"pyS3Jz5HGO2S0QGsPsBcUHGEmO6k/Z6boJLwaCAGx2dSQ84R4DQeFAd3NjBPab2x\n"
"TNlitcOi+xnidCJZoDWQqx5dSLwLeORsw25ikOWroUS1hqfta2HDnnou4zuyppov\n"
"0Q+50JGFJIril8svoUmLfuSk3XUrlxPHgL57Wp5K8NOIU4u/DStX4UaRuHQ+Uu9G\n"
"V+c6rr3F46+MooqXISAw5cm/kDMwuOfQ4GOo8J/ADUfLQa6a/JnWFg3hb/rgt/lH\n"
"JxjZliOZy8G08HyBddNfKCTBauqEyPYWTHzgiQIcBBABCgAGBQJTvUdkAAoJEJLI\n"
"Q0VtpqZu/g0QAMXEq8sNraENb3zO8wisdE0UZXOGuQduXDSrwpe26L9mCR/usjeW\n"
"eGqbG9b6mP+fAwXxm/BovdkF3bWguo1GCzztEHy+aTB4voxI6lEnyDKB8GG3mlkV\n"
"jNAbDjVi/jCZfe6TbJ6xDhX7633ees1An8tvizMHRr+z8zQ3xF4MNjlxLzawPE7/\n"
"As5uHaT6Q3NhGTGyG1oGsVlO8pYp97p2E/d44m6IlY5XEzO2A2fIq+0N4dcy8omT\n"
"X8P4eUZFlUezRbbZtNP8Av77hESXO79gpmQir9fC5/qMBgJN+3iB9O+VcB0SeLm0\n"
"TvUWtSFULqEdDkKArLOgZf0HNnsu7/rb1tR9zqSYN8gsF3MvF0RNHUdbyEh189LZ\n"
"TmapwSxcaoUYPcoOBfwo0MqMuEuyCkMWSD53BvsaSbcs2OWKYAp+oluM0TrnLup3\n"
"7O2G/EbxmMRHZVVyuX60pIQDXO4DjLo9tqbM6OUNCG+1tKEX7Bs9GIzUL2mxZ072\n"
"qE8x1A+eidSzy5Tx2nE7DOurziiuv8G3JPFDtLkUVtPx9gqyyG3wmfThkMCl1jnu\n"
"tYDjetpeC8LcI5S9mFE8BXBka7qEEY19GI/1LJcfMI8lMn16OITYv4/cwqWPMbjS\n"
"Mg6JpWBCFdsxRmIWiggKodt6LfnuEciChejk8ewTf6/47z7aVhdBkYaOiQIcBBIB\n"
"CAAGBQJUGDc+AAoJEOqwPFi/3EePCM0QAKFrkt0wW+am/O8ZzIejSCY+htWilGAI\n"
"a6REk5gv00k2dKPCWf5rNPAXeQRAX4qItmd35hz7czElm2EVbrylDD+F9uN8wbkC\n"
"MLdIe88caWfoj12lJACAd0NiBSwJPgrajvER92fr173I31cKT6hwXP6bgjU3J4HI\n"
"Cc1h7h5j7g+/YSeHUacPSiY4MuXAQao6e2BtFI77LOwFvIFFdCEMdZDwoH+7lIF9\n"
"I+Krm7ojMF5fauaSK4e3kL029QugIFYlgb7HeDGLlonBSn40YXPenafAin0lNGWM\n"
"WVv3SKN7tweNkKEhMVoVReropjYpRg+khKaMumwJ9bdGkYP8jq7DwCKXy/J2rfCU\n"
"zsyVX5Ga7keT8Ztny4RO6YqFtTryraiSPrxDZQ0Gt6kc1m3u+4vh93qJk+foUDRS\n"
"LWfWjmX9aRf+7+4zdsYBOrpt3tab6FqXrW7IcI+p8PCyBW4c/WHkU3YWreEba21B\n"
"XGiMDoxfhQ9OyvSHt6G8kgO9+k8sRY/78oGYxR4Aait8/Y54DmHkyZKSewu96So0\n"
"+TDmcbkeatatDhrasbjfQLWx8363tnQvmhWpw/bpWGmDQDLVTHn9OcXlckGU1fiU\n"
"M7721g4s2UdijTMpyYWfsLTaxOujHyxkwkBBtGV3DCas5Ep2KPMfSOgf3YVtPQH9\n"
"IaotJSw/A6FdiQI9BBMBCgAnBQJTvR7xAhsDBQkB4TOABQsJCAcDBRUKCQgLBRYD\n"
"AgEAAh4BAheAAAoJEDanwF/h7Pm7QvMQAKE3pM3e7LrDH6+xsdafxb/RxnVwUI6F\n"
"aoN3dIZRjIIh7Dyd6WypD43+f4c4AeIX+b78RuCuu+oZMMkHk4/Y4PIRv6jw1wuG\n"
"a67iHopFXy9KPYjEQOtLptZUAorqC62CzoVJxwbpIPw1AkKBag7FFKtiymQKbxSA\n"
"kEkCOTa64RF+FFDJzUqbRQPJMMhKR35lJ/W3TfNQQViF/nydDdNmSY+gYAPU8kqh\n"
"x4K7K9al9DUwVa/PdL0l549BLOHzmFcEtw4FQOGMYt4Gkma5+6OIMJOuoM/ADAUz\n"
"7qdcWYYdsFl42HzC73u7MGLcfGkElcZKkH8sn2zuKsTTtTKD5rhLfIiu132vK7vq\n"
"oONdJLd7U1X2Bwif/ub1we7x4eGonZjhKajENpD3o/1Y072gLy8rlZ1r6/J+GQ9T\n"
"EwUBNV8NNOfDPv0pxTP6OCFPHEFA4toG0rRBm7OIxmQXFWmfxMT3NnwBqPCufWlO\n"
"m20JhaU/pefPCqHJVc8Ap+k6/bct3iNuAg1buggFVDWg89uBqF9vfdELiCDF3nRY\n"
"m4bQ6S1cWxvnu5aq9MZdt4Dc1WnTSNfY9/zjKJWmG3miv1D1eo3fSyVJNYVfVzQ2\n"
"3KMOPwR/jdr47Gle8/5OM38zPhZ+vC+XD//Lq0/c8iMO39B4pwQ0Bb8FAhk/6Ug0\n"
"cYbap+lPWkY+tDhGcmVlQlNEIENvcmUgVGVhbSBTZWNyZXRhcnkgPGNvcmUtc2Vj\n"
"cmV0YXJ5QGZyZWVic2Qub3JnPokCPQQTAQoAJwIbAwULCQgHAwUVCgkICwUWAwIB\n"
"AAIeAQIXgAUCV31L5QUJBaQDXwAKCRA2p8Bf4ez5u+H7EACNn3vNhH8AHcdd5SvL\n"
"+BEv7wLnev+3SgC8infvEHWv6TqOZZ+m4WCeBgUe9pYgoQOvVaSvI3spKY6Of9ry\n"
"0By1do/ysqoWnG0yByDuMn42De7WD0dFPKfQCdwnVp2bNKrAF5qluKO/CLlqlcds\n"
"u0r+O1sG39rokKnAmflTR5CdG/J5LlIiIc1fkokpwW73XOReuDzhJmQais0s6ytI\n"
"gkBlXcN5TpQ1+of7wGQbTWcx+DlpybZSoPsGw7LH1ydJznIowNd9orer/foOYafs\n"
"CjPa14H/kCf02H8mCMuy3awyj5zCQ/E7oZTLbBG4M8F/AUZ6yN6PZLbQoqdn+3KO\n"
"ll2AC2JfYR9JKEKkS9ViRNCd5Me4xSqX11yKwAZVFKgXHDX9SB/QINimbp5Qe/EH\n"
"CxbkwmwPWluXxsDyisx5Hee5g9bmVxZgPWCYUxW0iPW6yu3XptbnGHOvDnrG49kx\n"
"FCMbEZrz9gBda25qaQ8xdkhu2taq3eOYVLndO9cv1n9LLGDxM8+kxkGWiXyDMXBg\n"
"uEr+0ldDROw8nP1Z1en6vxXrd4emGSOWrBFNveB6ZhO2uJ2z2fhtsvrBfwPKECRm\n"
"m4gitI1j84c956tV6Y7HsIUNssES0mwXWbDWXz3f5drrvIRqsgr8mcH2yDj6ZG1W\n"
"o/em1DWUU7I1ucjcuVCJPVnAu4kBHAQQAQIABgUCU701xQAKCRBNWP3NLKSXdmOG\n"
"CADEySzz4Q6wKsx/gLiAyhYNbEJbiv1MirxhjIYGP9MqNpxxI1+Q3kuj01K6ELIM\n"
"uAhehoQOgU4AssJQxu7q78+hz2O7s+V0Syl+pvEOl2zUCgAmOYfle+BQ75ZEEiIN\n"
"Buh6SOXBVLhfNp90FZ55KUSW4EeyoT+A4nRGHRgCTEfZ5WHi3lGlaLQdZ9viLfNK\n"
"A/DxrLWww+joTPIEhc3eU1mgDrcmfxo/L95EmTyUa5BtE0WuLwQEaY8HJ3eBgA9Y\n"
"130ubuzzY4jGl4SCNedMzeIroHw2Bogd3V+E5aFtGd8gZUjXXr8rM6yXPpttP2Hc\n"
"8Bie2YXI2NffqwVqpL0dxo3uiQIcBBABAgAGBQJTvTYRAAoJEMATMJ1tfkRccM4P\n"
"/Rbg0W6l4KPFUvyKcUE6odRwoXExRGHdG9qW8Vf6xtW5eXUX/AZoCnXDf3yWWttx\n"
"gzN1e8iNRh0aYfuNSFTuHcHut/xw6GZ1yqASbuDmGWQ6uTb0yHYQcwQ5ioaRaZZo\n"
"5cpnSs0qZUpnrSzdUzyVmlKsD+1ut0/Z8yM8WGRyhplWX0dfXKnUUxJGyh4GQc2d\n"
"Qon1vrsiuDTD2hr3EVues7le4WU+csegZTGPgPjhTSH6ZNFdDs4Y5KPiunjXx+X6\n"
"avPKPSJCnC9YlPMkI0RcokVLJW+K3+4QnbqU8m2MpZWVaaOo5s9PCx1I208EHQ77\n"
"A7EAFYNFrPZmtSV5X3BhU2rYNoRu0fpsNqJC34Oi7JdZdplPoO7FHRACAyQJyv8K\n"
"UG8VVzK7m6Kt/Okq7LBc8RuvLQpUHSv1Z19fQvFgTegM5Pcpp3/ful/HQIIc7XRE\n"
"lM57e+t8kbsoRpOlaKa3Okl3KisXdksWB4Fu6XdVArY/jIIQGs6dCpYajhRZcjkj\n"
"HUAPvY/OqD2mBSwj0YwP0RoMVvFHMP1cgB3gjaB37A+DJeiKEXTWzGe1fKC1TxCc\n"
"OUZsrcqXnUyy23lKV9CXC7za3eB23dPIfWzJnD9BsVgYsemRVJx8r3SvQIL5zjKV\n"
"DRAuV3M/HbCtSOgO68MExC0TFEl/8LPIMW8oVCY4+iqliQIcBBABCgAGBQJTvS0C\n"
"AAoJEANvbJ7n856/GTQP/jAQlquDec78HySz6zsNp2+mY1ms1IZ55HipIR5mUfXJ\n"
"7fTEPUcMT56QlcL3tN3iYpYpOttFURcXXLVoEJ7y0vkFuxEObDMrCm/c6pDWuGjC\n"
"UApkPyF0ETISfXlyJqhGKwUqlYC/6aaZl5Ocbmxg6j0EXW/fpatf70A6/LvJ25Vx\n"
"kTeQs2iK9L7xtd7lQuPq4yjKj94Lm6Srfl/WnWoHOumUxz6+zvPw2lztgU/Y5GFH\n"
"+ZWDStgUuQ9V09Xe4WSuRv9nZJW7TYEgVYR4miMQERsU1/OIdRpDxntl22Rn04hL\n"
"VnRa7LrjGOA5FZVxOVF7gDBkpULwMmwWz0aT2Cew+Z8uAzjqlwpppzjjnD25RDMo\n"
"vF0IEos/ExX8kcFGsyCHJqF6/Cemy4E6T6V2wI2qMVp4CdUCa/di1NtnUl2iu6l4\n"
"VrrknKNCifuXUnBYPrs/s3TGufWDEn724ZR4fAYC8MXchGvkQIhIoBb3Y18ti42n\n"
"K/qt79u3oD4XFpID4Tw/tn4jgaXmXftzPP71yJiKmK6zB4O7F5y06USeHXf9Ype5\n"
"Rvry/pnNvAaORbzC6dq+EA319bGqqAVbS0q2akA4cXOY07DlYY98Z0o7Nz6DlmpG\n"
"3cJERUeP+6LM0mwfN9p2ROpi6b6RBNrLi1KAYfRLcQCIcawTLhhngz+fF0jJqSaw\n"
"iQIcBBABCgAGBQJTvUdSAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnXxsP/R8WHku1nxjELqdM9M72JLD8\n"
"UBlaAIwLStDyhnTvLa0GO6eN0r2eJ1+tG8mKB+PZKOvNt8eZcSO/kjUvTIBILt7f\n"
"AtN1BhsWpjQzn+tuVWs4GVoPQssM4N09AYUzx8ni4byADY6n9l4zof2HsPsjXvuw\n"
"/bzYXctKTQxggD3nswtLGY3q6unYewIChyaG8DStihFLcXIhXbwc6EOqdPN3VWwN\n"
"InG/602UTO2LeXoEM+tTaXkE51P5otACVH37AW0Vqqh1GxklYlMYLrKKn/YIBRvL\n"
"VS5G+95iKs3gMJhnaeFND2s9dmOTXyKyfTUffr/XTL/PVJSCbdqwiuXZQp8J77Mt\n"
"YyJn1262H8ko59OlPtqvpBNuywco0/F8BOFvSTw5sS8CmU0EHvyunKaofS3mxCFd\n"
"2B0DzX89+AoYZY7CKU8OYt/VqhsfsL0C+DL4+XschBOUoTg6HrqG4F69+gerkK4P\n"
"s2984vOeTXe3IqlYN/Bn92m9rGy9PKkpqG5C6w5X58BgvfeWTAkM4X32rZHKOmyY\n"
"SCdRJQw7MGSR24OaWKPmgKvMaH8MQaJx9oSaAgF1y1892+ykVI9ntCVwywkmxNg1\n"
"lfMuVFM4Vh9j+C7OngnbQbhYtbFG90z9zfoMln39z8KT2yDP4A7Hklw0xmmT6t8K\n"
"duGD2tfmaW4+oz9attTyiQIcBBABCgAGBQJTvUdkAAoJEJLIQ0VtpqZuLNQP/Raz\n"
"XTtk1mixmLfunrScgh/1Gtb6XPVDTP5SGb/8HVdY1a+dDBClUIAFbEAUBIcBO4/N\n"
"VlW9un4IHyrixdD/ijE/Cr/BMLnSFU5EmHKn8yOc3Bv6eTTRbJ8EYru0Cj5MdSIA\n"
"oq8JKF8LbxbahBFw9ZSIpREPGlxnKI3TEuHJQreSZR07/GPk50suTK2CXxzEsk4V\n"
"ZesSTnwt/1m+hrdtyNke3+wy8R0Use+KKgmTzpQ9phc8wq3uhHFzLJ5HbE21VRHg\n"
"Fd5+osZuSDuHjw5o/zU5o0Bq9DDY3TWXPD9lgqKQ2PgH5DG6od9gjpjJdvXpXpck\n"
"08HJDu2V+u7MzW5lsnthDsW39YVLRD4ZwZJQaw+0wBuGDDxV+8x4fYhYJnXD8ZtU\n"
"HCQ56FlcMyzLm00WRLNxBSJjRvH12geg5xK3JWZ8V6Ce+XhvIAduDkajuUKQoWvT\n"
"MzYaviqQhfV1zXNNt5rxDNT+jMiwnAtDeCTZPMfGvzOPw9sYBz5RUa4liVPrGiEW\n"
"/snAhcMB9JDKjMAsKHvJwIvB9QrRC9sz6JIgEqv+jlsdkslEVU2AALlcJ3QuXlW0\n"
"j9Z26q0sNGt85FVqhc4DOyXtZhKR5Ru8Lyc3swYRi2ofu9Roycq3L0swcMoGnOik\n"
"Rbj2PuuRdQiUozJ7mT6JmNF8ynlx/1+uzniVneEliQIcBBIBCAAGBQJUGDc+AAoJ\n"
"EOqwPFi/3EePEpUP/i2p7BLtyrujFmwr6wxru8G2HBWySFeRZ7YC5iH1ZIiGPPi7\n"
"nuinWEv6FaW6dW8fzrwmJy0iUpstKM8CUdR10PZ66Un6A9yfj9MuYSWBDQwzkd3w\n"
"SJ2+HPLeaTschb545CYnIJBaUAWyfufyoeB2+u3DNQd4oHv5ceI781D6J0h9MUz1\n"
"bNgV2w3prubD9o8ycaUvXqHrADqDZiUA1zblm19AmbJIJbgeUaXD8iwkyk2hRHSc\n"
"Ve9aLzd2J4TXPIQt9Dj/VnW3TLvTtMPEls1SM+pQ9xYF3IBz5BWbrMuk3o3mpsIi\n"
"js+vfjJdv77QUeyT0Ur0fJ5xa7zWxCs5AMpCFDdLGRW1jzFYipJBBhDVkylIjpr3\n"
"eoIIU/RxVC6f5dTaW8GeaspllyJT8BKe54R9u/uf7QPgIkuXdIdaZ4qbbftLxvyB\n"
"Jk6A2gSM/sLYqeoo+zRxKi+lMZ/Zw8MUZ/ON+yE1ccQJAk1GDqAhUs5f7zCPU6xB\n"
"LFeXhz9d6bFPBGWZ3dy7mZaHgALDGqSd240hIoknwzqHaWZK5lWTmzIVUUQPV1Vn\n"
"68stcaVsuaFdtnGHv/JMvAj1F9ZlDDRwaPx0ATTXQbBI6JlvDQ8u2tTKIYEswtez\n"
"/enkjX1dALFltV5FNartIWGiHWYxkGVRlh/QtAb0NsBU4/5uZkWpWzG0GtOniQI9\n"
"BBMBCgAnBQJTvSzHAhsDBQkB4TOABQsJCAcDBRUKCQgLBRYDAgEAAh4BAheAAAoJ\n"
"EDanwF/h7Pm7ZHgP/ijtBv+EXPdcVGIEu1yyv6/kJLV9iCRU3ZenjR05O235ejbn\n"
"v7WhAOxLoxw1dPtdIAU5OsVb5cgPwYGdjr5mlFjOie0wIl3bmoYfMYGzZoUD9E5+\n"
"F2+k6SGeDGxgbz34g5SNLpJE2obzkiujp4jtkuLyzOcSFl2UfWMRYeImES5s69x5\n"
"1ZLXNIek5nA0inJBXl3Y7f8SEA4lFaDLxWZ6B5AsaDTOp0uv0wp+Dz87A1CXKyOu\n"
"wDkxGdkxkCbqQQ7fzXNiDz5HB74e2ynMv/Vy7gzuTloHDSZrydKGBdOp+Bf6nBbb\n"
"MEEvxzjankPcmHg57spDUoS/KxkkZY7lmNH2ngou7j1fZiX1y4PciLr43P39xSUQ\n"
"Zoybgjw3eOlI0f4YKPuTVZr0pYyHZnGZU7kAwvyHiD4DtpOo1qwqkbhctelxnfyw\n"
"7Db+HobaTCesJ6XVWIJ7RninF5b3lvFESqzqmSTKbtbPizIXkyRtrS7AWFaDnMEA\n"
"0G15d85L9ZTd8sRZ4de9m723ji/K8/ziqpl83MGHP2m4NWKQ8Bji6JkrgFMORhlm\n"
"vdg0ogjARD+uNwlIMpkoYnp2wcoFKLSgbEVmkIT5gwf9mqqFNAeBdswpYuAnvHFF\n"
"glL9qm+CdN3UNzvNzknshPtcJ0wvT5CPx4PjwPDIy764ACr/TjyLKG79HxE/uQIN\n"
"BFO9HvEBEACynbl7EgcRIGWP7O6h1O6mrYXNZ2JpJBgYosqizdDHyru2nQSrNfgi\n"
"wAM1feB2NLJC0coQzRO1sDK2JP770+eK3ZhbWSP5BWN2toSFVEGlVpGWLBGoefae\n"
"ZnZA22IDzpOIjIi7iC92JBsTXESsBoV8iG1rylQ15pcE03IQEuuDu9r7H8RJ3vTf\n"
"X1c+a+B8MUHn56kn3QkdG2blV0/3gjFqqavZeOxZpAmyn9n9Vc3yCCPkagtNQwle\n"
"NyZOSOLjjVpBjncE6dATdLOj85phfOU6eO/0bMXAgTr7mY41EIqYqdPQYrY93ySG\n"
"gBvBkyNaH5AlDNZZwJ4ddtDMFoP8nUhBoRrf5ApYyHcEmSXahLfW3a2qrPm/w5VL\n"
"EGLt53/6GZvEetpP+TtBLAxX6XaC2SXAOrzfSZENdYt/Ew6F/dTCZ622m0eW65iV\n"
"wSi1sNZD2hNFPs/12a2tem7DAWqD2bi8BltKRbO+8T7BARwIl5hXGq5+YnO+DgTI\n"
"f4SYkSt8aiPYwDAF3YSkzpiUmZoBSRt6Sb9sZ3zIxpfnrtLFmSeujzinyCVNzFdn\n"
"+HKxZvI9Mc3Tv/LqPruVuWHt1Aj+eygH5bRZw4PTsMNX1FxM/K8hRY91A6Fyp3GC\n"
"kb5RzqdEGuSONBseaZirC0d+EYZ4smy1jydpzwT1O8VjY4wi5BdgwQARAQABiQIl\n"
"BBgBCgAPAhsMBQJXfUwZBQkFpAOoAAoJEDanwF/h7Pm7BkAP/0WGa2wtgiRontjT\n"
"ekeg8wntDfo+8KNI7niFk7Opv2aT1wCXo0uVbHAhK0dJIUtADGep2gtNcStJsn+J\n"
"FRR4uQpYJzB9vMzTI6p4h4FOuiFHQIiJ5Y0fb9iOWkuE3kZviTUs6VTVU2SgqymY\n"
"WktL7RcfwMw185T6aK0j/oeksoRyZP1wjmMOtD2SqSsIBMveOcZ+AjUzMW0bCa/7\n"
"6dr+Um7YCSnwGyOQmFUViSU2mLfUD9PSUdtKo4UllEcBDgGyn9zL6Fc1P2Bh07cE\n"
"0lWGwCSbk8FYIbxl1AqwX2AzCzA2x/lnybthEUrVUWavrkKyKQ/9I5E8Vevuq4Rp\n"
"tlGOxILKHtaSBq8+tTGZNBQMJT9eAMGtuVGZLsYt4aGfeUDRrzVtB5cBFZXv+zCz\n"
"TT999xSUMaz9OwaEnjXIbcNsJ1EUCWqhNpNqRyMJfgvruDx63VDxmfDb0+F/KX4p\n"
"bN8tZe/addztjtljUriKtFTKaVZfwxP9ejg28glyz3kpPdgKlU/q3AIcIxtPf3C9\n"
"Yi4A3p4fV/YCPnc0K+mPfO1XJtCz5768YsQPDgx9t9M2LLNr1bwDo0ZRP3CVJDbt\n"
"9AeJZ6wV/buO+KLjULTvJCWLGuTwDIe7VAaLxjpmGFhmEKEHNOfUOwEaBDwJRlp0\n"
"7Z/bTdSjOhRZ4gMvywjeXhqLVTZq\n"
"=CJCx\n"
"-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Ports Management Team Secretary <email>portmgr-secretary@FreeBSD.org</email>"
msgstr "Secretaris van het Ports Beheerteam <email>portmgr-secretary@FreeBSD.org</email>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"pub   rsa2048/D8294EC3BBC4D7D5 2012-07-24 [SC]\n"
"      Key fingerprint = FB37 45C8 6F15 E8ED AC81  32FC D829 4EC3 BBC4 D7D5\n"
"uid                            FreeBSD Ports Management Team Secretary &lt;portmgr-secretary@FreeBSD.org&gt;\n"
"sub   rsa2048/5CC117965F65CFE7 2012-07-24 [E]\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"pub   rsa2048/D8294EC3BBC4D7D5 2012-07-24 [SC]\n"
"      Key fingerprint = FB37 45C8 6F15 E8ED AC81  32FC D829 4EC3 BBC4 D7D5\n"
"uid                            FreeBSD Ports Management Team Secretary &lt;portmgr-secretary@FreeBSD.org&gt;\n"
"sub   rsa2048/5CC117965F65CFE7 2012-07-24 [E]\n"
"\n"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
"\n"
"mQENBFAOzqYBCACYd+KGv0/DduIRpSEKWZG2yfDILStzWfdaQMD+8zdWihB0x7dd\n"
"JDBUpV0o0Ixzt9mvu5CHybx+9lOHeFRhZshFXc+bIJOPyi+JrSs100o7Lo6jg6+c\n"
"Si2vME0ixG4x9YjCi8DisXIGJ1kZiDXhmVWwCvL+vLInpeXrtJnK8yFkmszCOr4Y\n"
"Q3GXuvdU0BF2tL/Wo/eCbSf+3U9syopVS2L2wKcP76bbYU0ioO35Y503rJEK6R5G\n"
"TchwYvYjSXuhv4ec7N1/j3thrMC9GNpoqjVninTynOk2kn+YZuMpO3c6b/pfoNcq\n"
"MxoizGlTu8VT4OO/SF1y52OkKjpAsENbFaNTABEBAAG0R0ZyZWVCU0QgUG9ydHMg\n"
"TWFuYWdlbWVudCBUZWFtIFNlY3JldGFyeSA8cG9ydG1nci1zZWNyZXRhcnlARnJl\n"
"ZUJTRC5vcmc+iQE4BBMBAgAiBQJQDs6mAhsDBgsJCAcDAgYVCAIJCgsEFgIDAQIe\n"
"AQIXgAAKCRDYKU7Du8TX1QW2B/0coHe8utbTfGKpeM4BY9IyC+PFgkE58Hq50o8d\n"
"shoB9gfommcUaK9PNwJPxTEJNlwiKPZy+VoKs/+dO8gahovchbRdSyP1ejn3CFy+\n"
"H8pol0hDDU4n7Ldc50q54GLuZijdcJZqlgOloZqWOYtXFklKPZjdUvYN8KHAntgf\n"
"u361rwM4DZ40HngYY9fdGc4SbXurGA5m+vLAURLzPv+QRQqHfaI1DZF6gzMgY49x\n"
"qS1JBF4kPoicpgvs3o6CuX8MD9ewGFSAMM3EdzV6ZdC8pnpXC8+8Q+p6FjNqmtjk\n"
"GpW39Zq/p8SJVg1RortCH6qWLe7dW7TaFYov7gF1V/DYwDN5iEYEEBECAAYFAlN2\n"
"WksACgkQtzkaJjSHbFtuMwCg0MXdQTcGMMOma7LC3L5b4MEoZ+wAn0WyUHpHwHnn\n"
"pn2oYDlfAbwTloWIiQEcBBABAgAGBQJQDuVrAAoJENk3EJekc8mQ3KwIAImNDMXA\n"
"F8ajPwCZFpM6KDi3F/jpwyBPISGY1oWuYPEi1zN94k5jS90aZb3W8Y8x4JTh35Ew\n"
"b6XODi3uGLSLCmnlqu2a80yPfXf5IuWmIQdFNQxvosj9UHrg+icZGFmm+f0hPJxM\n"
"TsZREv3AvivQfnb/N3xIICxW4SjKSYXQcq4hr4ObhUx7GKnjayq+ofU2cRlujr87\n"
"uOH0fO3xhOJG4+cX5mI1HGK38k0Csc1zqYa/66Qe5dnIZz+sNXpEPMLAHIt1a45U\n"
"B967igJdZSDFN33bPl1QWmf3aUXU3d1VttiSyHkpm4kb9KgsDkUk1IJ5nUe9OXyd\n"
"WtoqNW5afDa5N0aIRgQQEQIABgUCUA7lwwAKCRB59uBxdBRinNh2AJ41+zfsaQSR\n"
"HWvSkqOXGcP/fgOduwCfUJDT+M1eXe2udmKof/9yzGYMirKJASIEEAECAAwFAlAa\n"
"IT8FAwASdQAACgkQlxC4m8pXrXwCHAf+J7l+L7AvRpqlQcezjnjFS/zG1098qkDf\n"
"lThHZlpVnrBMJZaXdvL6LzVgiIYVWZC5CSSazW9EWFjp9VjM7FBHdWFZNMV7GAuU\n"
"t0jzx6gGXOWwi+/v/hs1P11RyDZN5hICHdPNmyZVupciDxe+sIEP9aEbVxcaiccq\n"
"zM/pFzIVIMMP5tCiA42q6Mz3h0hy6hntUKptS8Uon6sje5cDVcVlKAUj1wO2cphC\n"
"qkYlwMQfZV5J9f/hcW5ODriD3cBwK8SocA2Cq5JYF8kYDL1+pXnUutGnvAHUYt87\n"
"RWvQdKmfXjzBcMFJ2LlPUB1+IFvwQ13V9R8j9B/EdLmSWQYT9qRA2okCHAQTAQoA\n"
"BgUCV1XMpwAKCRCtu/hhCjeJt2CyD/9JLe+Ck23CJkeRSF8oC+4SFOUdSAmejSzn\n"
"klPwmEClffABYd/kckO1T6um+2FUcXuJZQE1nKKUNvZ8pBWwsm1RDHsyroKi/XB1\n"
"0a1Tdx/rvlU88ytbeLfUCLzoCrf6pkMQWoU6/3qS6elV0WwOlDufk+XjD1sja2wu\n"
"sshG8y+1WCA5JjP3rZdD9NVdzo5DgkotTRUfuYN1LJIN4zlDgHj7FVP7wW7+R0cZ\n"
"FoOiNsLJCA0FN8SiyU98UysjawLiIY9dTJz6XVA0DgB0TZWO3mWiDjITeKrdGcqf\n"
"PNiJhmvUKBkn07YpTPNfkoTT/p/q5ChYmu0ubGeyS1ELKjmklJ+DzynfZLzvnXYX\n"
"Ngo5ckeuqEqUNxM0J63v8lmfhDRROFveqHWdp0XMxXVmR5bMunSldg5EZsoLyQbN\n"
"+ScIPnDTAEPGrCtf0t84RQxNQeET6/WBbZfzeSeAFmpBFCdicsZ6Mjwtwjr4+o15\n"
"n1QMTZco1NaTqf8vXwzl9wM4aYtg1OkF4z8HdHuy50CHCet4mT5eJgwZUfFvXdbM\n"
"pHXprEI0Y9OOL4aMinC1egF3dXt/0n57i6CE+E2k3UJPNvMrtp0HaDEnKZ8cfkBU\n"
"EBzkUYi5wwqntHV2JRisqoRnHdvJT7ImlHMe7WaJsifBK874PnToaKg8P6K1Tph+\n"
"FyLxULaYjYkCHAQSAQgABgUCVBg2zwAKCRDqsDxYv9xHj1klEADXYJdHC3zsdx7w\n"
"DsJsttWdykcZoOd/VUKUdN0BAU72nLV0tLn4uFjETA6MhHZVxzwIDTeLB8kqyEpc\n"
"fZnoVbqJIUJz1sJXMdOty7CwZzlZlAwmUaIfFiazJY1p398JbyYfSrVKNOpw9wCm\n"
"Db7WP9dBritwvjaLzu8HQsiztO0S/5ha/EDfTU3qocBUTjbCtGR9LqAmPE4X8+li\n"
"F2EfZMEoJd3rJWsYv2y/k6pSgC/MpQewnyr6f+JQ/781UoZB6PpxCxfu4D6xlOyd\n"
"ERBUg+FfDAWYR+KX+DGOalRlUyaSz8Nvxl8/b0Im/AQhx9afqyEZxIDpg52zt8jJ\n"
"t3wx23YP8EQGUgwF8pIrj3wFSBSG3a/cskiBNUIhChIR9hQrVPUahN/jx7DGAGxk\n"
"/Ka9qsRGYTHfSr9jjTUQ+htfeFBRDR0nkZKMo5+Wk/cAcBKVbPlBpwvnzT3fh+wL\n"
"cF3ErBbx5jp+BoFee8D6ATeUvQxMcgVbDPUkgMsy3EtKMVO10jhIoXoVV+Sg9GZ8\n"
"zMEy1tORKn0zsd2ZgXC2sRJOm5ttCSdYQ4ddbM1A9jg6tiRx4hES16GDywvkL8P2\n"
"M9+qyIfjQxjGU33f/r8zp9DyNT1VlrtwhFxtOoMdmrsbYOCTja4Xg14hK1hRac0k\n"
"GB7bj6w97p8uMrQT3PlSMtoyrRyo7bkBDQRQDs6mAQgAzNxJYpf5PrqV8pdRXkn3\n"
"6Fe45q671YtbZ2WrT7D0CVZ8Z+AZsxnP/tiY1SrM2MepCeA2xBAhKGsWBWo1aRk5\n"
"mfZOksKsiXsi2XeBVhdZlCkrOMKBTVian7I1lH59ZnNIMX0Nl0tlj3L1IjeWWNvf\n"
"ej43URV81S9EmSwpjaWboatr2A+1oJku5m7nPD9JIOckE1TzBsyhx7zIUN9w6MKr\n"
"7gFw8DCzypwUKyYgKYToVm8QlkT/L3B0fuQHWhT6ROGk4o8SC71ia5tc1TzUzGEZ\n"
"1AQO8bbnbmJLBDKveWHCoaeAkRzINzoD9wAn9z4pnilze59QtKC1cOqUksTvBSDh\n"
"6wARAQABiQEfBBgBAgAJBQJQDs6mAhsMAAoJENgpTsO7xNfVOHoH/i5VyggVdwpq\n"
"PX8YBmN5mXQziYZNQoiON8IhOsxpX4W2nXCj5m6MACV6nJDVV6wyUH8/VvDQC9nH\n"
"arCe1oaNsHXJz0HamYt5gHJ0G1bYuBcuJp/FEjLa48XFI7nXQjJHn8rlwZMjK/PW\n"
"j1lw2WZiekviuzTEDH8c3YStGJSa+gYe8Eyq3XJVAe2VQOhImoWgGDR3tWfgrya/\n"
"IdEFb/jmjHSG5XUfbI0vNwqlf832BqSQKPG/Zix4MmBJgvAz4R71PH8WBmbmNFjD\n"
"elxVyfz80+iMgEb9aL91MfeBNC2KB1pFmg91mQTsiq7ajwVLVJK8NplHAkdLmkBC\n"
"O8MgMjzGhlE=\n"
"=iw7d\n"
"-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
"\n"
"mQENBFAOzqYBCACYd+KGv0/DduIRpSEKWZG2yfDILStzWfdaQMD+8zdWihB0x7dd\n"
"JDBUpV0o0Ixzt9mvu5CHybx+9lOHeFRhZshFXc+bIJOPyi+JrSs100o7Lo6jg6+c\n"
"Si2vME0ixG4x9YjCi8DisXIGJ1kZiDXhmVWwCvL+vLInpeXrtJnK8yFkmszCOr4Y\n"
"Q3GXuvdU0BF2tL/Wo/eCbSf+3U9syopVS2L2wKcP76bbYU0ioO35Y503rJEK6R5G\n"
"TchwYvYjSXuhv4ec7N1/j3thrMC9GNpoqjVninTynOk2kn+YZuMpO3c6b/pfoNcq\n"
"MxoizGlTu8VT4OO/SF1y52OkKjpAsENbFaNTABEBAAG0R0ZyZWVCU0QgUG9ydHMg\n"
"TWFuYWdlbWVudCBUZWFtIFNlY3JldGFyeSA8cG9ydG1nci1zZWNyZXRhcnlARnJl\n"
"ZUJTRC5vcmc+iQE4BBMBAgAiBQJQDs6mAhsDBgsJCAcDAgYVCAIJCgsEFgIDAQIe\n"
"AQIXgAAKCRDYKU7Du8TX1QW2B/0coHe8utbTfGKpeM4BY9IyC+PFgkE58Hq50o8d\n"
"shoB9gfommcUaK9PNwJPxTEJNlwiKPZy+VoKs/+dO8gahovchbRdSyP1ejn3CFy+\n"
"H8pol0hDDU4n7Ldc50q54GLuZijdcJZqlgOloZqWOYtXFklKPZjdUvYN8KHAntgf\n"
"u361rwM4DZ40HngYY9fdGc4SbXurGA5m+vLAURLzPv+QRQqHfaI1DZF6gzMgY49x\n"
"qS1JBF4kPoicpgvs3o6CuX8MD9ewGFSAMM3EdzV6ZdC8pnpXC8+8Q+p6FjNqmtjk\n"
"GpW39Zq/p8SJVg1RortCH6qWLe7dW7TaFYov7gF1V/DYwDN5iEYEEBECAAYFAlN2\n"
"WksACgkQtzkaJjSHbFtuMwCg0MXdQTcGMMOma7LC3L5b4MEoZ+wAn0WyUHpHwHnn\n"
"pn2oYDlfAbwTloWIiQEcBBABAgAGBQJQDuVrAAoJENk3EJekc8mQ3KwIAImNDMXA\n"
"F8ajPwCZFpM6KDi3F/jpwyBPISGY1oWuYPEi1zN94k5jS90aZb3W8Y8x4JTh35Ew\n"
"b6XODi3uGLSLCmnlqu2a80yPfXf5IuWmIQdFNQxvosj9UHrg+icZGFmm+f0hPJxM\n"
"TsZREv3AvivQfnb/N3xIICxW4SjKSYXQcq4hr4ObhUx7GKnjayq+ofU2cRlujr87\n"
"uOH0fO3xhOJG4+cX5mI1HGK38k0Csc1zqYa/66Qe5dnIZz+sNXpEPMLAHIt1a45U\n"
"B967igJdZSDFN33bPl1QWmf3aUXU3d1VttiSyHkpm4kb9KgsDkUk1IJ5nUe9OXyd\n"
"WtoqNW5afDa5N0aIRgQQEQIABgUCUA7lwwAKCRB59uBxdBRinNh2AJ41+zfsaQSR\n"
"HWvSkqOXGcP/fgOduwCfUJDT+M1eXe2udmKof/9yzGYMirKJASIEEAECAAwFAlAa\n"
"IT8FAwASdQAACgkQlxC4m8pXrXwCHAf+J7l+L7AvRpqlQcezjnjFS/zG1098qkDf\n"
"lThHZlpVnrBMJZaXdvL6LzVgiIYVWZC5CSSazW9EWFjp9VjM7FBHdWFZNMV7GAuU\n"
"t0jzx6gGXOWwi+/v/hs1P11RyDZN5hICHdPNmyZVupciDxe+sIEP9aEbVxcaiccq\n"
"zM/pFzIVIMMP5tCiA42q6Mz3h0hy6hntUKptS8Uon6sje5cDVcVlKAUj1wO2cphC\n"
"qkYlwMQfZV5J9f/hcW5ODriD3cBwK8SocA2Cq5JYF8kYDL1+pXnUutGnvAHUYt87\n"
"RWvQdKmfXjzBcMFJ2LlPUB1+IFvwQ13V9R8j9B/EdLmSWQYT9qRA2okCHAQTAQoA\n"
"BgUCV1XMpwAKCRCtu/hhCjeJt2CyD/9JLe+Ck23CJkeRSF8oC+4SFOUdSAmejSzn\n"
"klPwmEClffABYd/kckO1T6um+2FUcXuJZQE1nKKUNvZ8pBWwsm1RDHsyroKi/XB1\n"
"0a1Tdx/rvlU88ytbeLfUCLzoCrf6pkMQWoU6/3qS6elV0WwOlDufk+XjD1sja2wu\n"
"sshG8y+1WCA5JjP3rZdD9NVdzo5DgkotTRUfuYN1LJIN4zlDgHj7FVP7wW7+R0cZ\n"
"FoOiNsLJCA0FN8SiyU98UysjawLiIY9dTJz6XVA0DgB0TZWO3mWiDjITeKrdGcqf\n"
"PNiJhmvUKBkn07YpTPNfkoTT/p/q5ChYmu0ubGeyS1ELKjmklJ+DzynfZLzvnXYX\n"
"Ngo5ckeuqEqUNxM0J63v8lmfhDRROFveqHWdp0XMxXVmR5bMunSldg5EZsoLyQbN\n"
"+ScIPnDTAEPGrCtf0t84RQxNQeET6/WBbZfzeSeAFmpBFCdicsZ6Mjwtwjr4+o15\n"
"n1QMTZco1NaTqf8vXwzl9wM4aYtg1OkF4z8HdHuy50CHCet4mT5eJgwZUfFvXdbM\n"
"pHXprEI0Y9OOL4aMinC1egF3dXt/0n57i6CE+E2k3UJPNvMrtp0HaDEnKZ8cfkBU\n"
"EBzkUYi5wwqntHV2JRisqoRnHdvJT7ImlHMe7WaJsifBK874PnToaKg8P6K1Tph+\n"
"FyLxULaYjYkCHAQSAQgABgUCVBg2zwAKCRDqsDxYv9xHj1klEADXYJdHC3zsdx7w\n"
"DsJsttWdykcZoOd/VUKUdN0BAU72nLV0tLn4uFjETA6MhHZVxzwIDTeLB8kqyEpc\n"
"fZnoVbqJIUJz1sJXMdOty7CwZzlZlAwmUaIfFiazJY1p398JbyYfSrVKNOpw9wCm\n"
"Db7WP9dBritwvjaLzu8HQsiztO0S/5ha/EDfTU3qocBUTjbCtGR9LqAmPE4X8+li\n"
"F2EfZMEoJd3rJWsYv2y/k6pSgC/MpQewnyr6f+JQ/781UoZB6PpxCxfu4D6xlOyd\n"
"ERBUg+FfDAWYR+KX+DGOalRlUyaSz8Nvxl8/b0Im/AQhx9afqyEZxIDpg52zt8jJ\n"
"t3wx23YP8EQGUgwF8pIrj3wFSBSG3a/cskiBNUIhChIR9hQrVPUahN/jx7DGAGxk\n"
"/Ka9qsRGYTHfSr9jjTUQ+htfeFBRDR0nkZKMo5+Wk/cAcBKVbPlBpwvnzT3fh+wL\n"
"cF3ErBbx5jp+BoFee8D6ATeUvQxMcgVbDPUkgMsy3EtKMVO10jhIoXoVV+Sg9GZ8\n"
"zMEy1tORKn0zsd2ZgXC2sRJOm5ttCSdYQ4ddbM1A9jg6tiRx4hES16GDywvkL8P2\n"
"M9+qyIfjQxjGU33f/r8zp9DyNT1VlrtwhFxtOoMdmrsbYOCTja4Xg14hK1hRac0k\n"
"GB7bj6w97p8uMrQT3PlSMtoyrRyo7bkBDQRQDs6mAQgAzNxJYpf5PrqV8pdRXkn3\n"
"6Fe45q671YtbZ2WrT7D0CVZ8Z+AZsxnP/tiY1SrM2MepCeA2xBAhKGsWBWo1aRk5\n"
"mfZOksKsiXsi2XeBVhdZlCkrOMKBTVian7I1lH59ZnNIMX0Nl0tlj3L1IjeWWNvf\n"
"ej43URV81S9EmSwpjaWboatr2A+1oJku5m7nPD9JIOckE1TzBsyhx7zIUN9w6MKr\n"
"7gFw8DCzypwUKyYgKYToVm8QlkT/L3B0fuQHWhT6ROGk4o8SC71ia5tc1TzUzGEZ\n"
"1AQO8bbnbmJLBDKveWHCoaeAkRzINzoD9wAn9z4pnilze59QtKC1cOqUksTvBSDh\n"
"6wARAQABiQEfBBgBAgAJBQJQDs6mAhsMAAoJENgpTsO7xNfVOHoH/i5VyggVdwpq\n"
"PX8YBmN5mXQziYZNQoiON8IhOsxpX4W2nXCj5m6MACV6nJDVV6wyUH8/VvDQC9nH\n"
"arCe1oaNsHXJz0HamYt5gHJ0G1bYuBcuJp/FEjLa48XFI7nXQjJHn8rlwZMjK/PW\n"
"j1lw2WZiekviuzTEDH8c3YStGJSa+gYe8Eyq3XJVAe2VQOhImoWgGDR3tWfgrya/\n"
"IdEFb/jmjHSG5XUfbI0vNwqlf832BqSQKPG/Zix4MmBJgvAz4R71PH8WBmbmNFjD\n"
"elxVyfz80+iMgEb9aL91MfeBNC2KB1pFmg91mQTsiq7ajwVLVJK8NplHAkdLmkBC\n"
"O8MgMjzGhlE=\n"
"=iw7d\n"
"-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"

#. (itstool) path: glossary/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Glossary"
msgstr "FreeBSD begrippenlijst"

#. (itstool) path: glossary/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This glossary contains terms and acronyms used within the FreeBSD community and documentation."
msgstr "Deze begrippenlijst bevat de termen en acroniemen die binnen de FreeBSD gemeenschap en documentatie worden gebruikt."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ACL"
msgstr "ACL"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ACPI"
msgstr "ACPI"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "AMD"
msgstr "AMD"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "AML"
msgstr "AML"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "API"
msgstr "API"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "APIC"
msgstr "APIC"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "APOP"
msgstr "APOP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ASL"
msgstr "ASL"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ATA"
msgstr "ATA"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ATM"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>ACPI</acronym> Machine Language"
msgstr "<acronym>ACPI</acronym> Machine Language"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Pseudocode, interpreted by a virtual machine within an <acronym>ACPI</acronym>-compliant operating system, providing a layer between the underlying hardware and the documented interface presented to the <acronym>OS</acronym>."
msgstr "Pseudocode die wordt geïnterpreteerd door een “virtual machine” binnen een <acronym>ACPI</acronym>-compliant besturingssysteem die een laag biedt tussen de onderliggende hardware en de gedocumenteerde interface van het <acronym>OS</acronym>."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>ACPI</acronym> Source Language"
msgstr "<acronym>ACPI</acronym> Source Language"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The programming language <acronym>AML</acronym> is written in."
msgstr "De programmeertaal <acronym>AML</acronym> is hierin geschreven."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Access Control List"
msgstr "Access Control List"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A list of permissions attached to an object, usually either a file or a network device."
msgstr "Een lijst toestemmingen gekoppeld aan een object, meestal òfwel een bestand òfwel een netwerkapparaat."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Advanced Configuration and Power Interface"
msgstr "Advanced Configuration and Power Interface"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A specification which provides an abstraction of the interface the hardware presents to the operating system, so that the operating system should need to know nothing about the underlying hardware to make the most of it. <acronym>ACPI</acronym> evolves and supersedes the functionality provided previously by <acronym>APM</acronym>, <acronym>PNPBIOS</acronym> and other technologies, and provides facilities for controlling power consumption, machine suspension, device enabling and disabling, etc."
msgstr "Een specificatie die een abstractie biedt van de interface die de hardware aan het besturingssysteem biedt, zodat het besturingssysteem niets hoeft te weten over de onderliggende hardware om er het maximale uit te halen. <acronym>ACPI</acronym> is een evolutie en opvolger van de functionaliteit die daarvoor door <acronym>APM</acronym>, <acronym>PNPBIOS</acronym> en andere technologieën werd geleverd en faciliteert in de controle van stroomverbruik, de slaapstand, het in- en uitschakelen van apparaten, etc."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Application Programming Interface"
msgstr "Application Programming Interface"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A set of procedures, protocols and tools that specify the canonical interaction of one or more program parts; how, when and why they do work together, and what data they share or operate on."
msgstr "Een verzameling procedures, protocollen en gereedschappen dat de canonieke interactie van één of meer programmadelen specificeert; hoe, wanneer en waarom ze samenwerken, en welke gegevens ze delen of bewerken."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Advanced Power Management"
msgstr "Advanced Power Management"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An <acronym>API</acronym> enabling the operating system to work in conjunction with the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> in order to achieve power management. <acronym>APM</acronym> has been superseded by the much more generic and powerful <acronym>ACPI</acronym> specification for most applications."
msgstr "Een acronym>API</acronym> dat het besturingssysteem in staat stelt om samen te werken met het <acronym>BIOS</acronym> om zo energiebeheer na te streven. <acronym>APM</acronym> is voor de meeste toepassingen ingehaald door de veel generiekere en krachtigere <acronym>ACPI</acronym>-specificatie."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller"
msgstr "Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Advanced Technology Attachment"
msgstr "Advanced Technology Attachment"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode"
msgstr "Asynchronous Transfer Mode"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Authenticated Post Office Protocol"
msgstr "Authenticated Post Office Protocol"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Automatic Mount Daemon"
msgstr "Automatic Mount Daemon"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A daemon that automatically mounts a filesystem when a file or directory within that filesystem is accessed."
msgstr "Een daemon die automatisch een bestandssysteem mount als een bestand of map wordt geraadpleegd."

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "B"
msgstr "B"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "BAR"
msgstr "BAR"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "BIND"
msgstr "BIND"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "BIOS"
msgstr "BIOS"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Base Address Register"
msgstr "Base Address Register"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The registers that determine which address range a <acronym>PCI</acronym> device will respond to."
msgstr "De registers die bepalen op welk adresbereik een <acronym>PCI</acronym> -apparaat zal reageren."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Basic Input/Output System"
msgstr "Basic Input/Output System"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The definition of <acronym>BIOS</acronym> depends a bit on the context. Some people refer to it as the <acronym>ROM</acronym> chip with a basic set of routines to provide an interface between software and hardware. Others refer to it as the set of routines contained in the chip that help in bootstrapping the system. Some might also refer to it as the screen used to configure the bootstrapping process. The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> is PC-specific but other systems have something similar."
msgstr "De definitie van acronym>BIOS</acronym> hangt enigszins af van de context. Sommige mensen verwijzen ernaar als de <acronym>ROM</acronym>-chip met een basisverzameling routines om een interface tussen software en hardware te bieden. Anderen verwijzen ernaar als de verzameling routines die de chip bevat die helpen het systeem op te starten. Sommigen kunnen er ook naar verwijzen als het scherm dat gebruikt wordt om het opstartproces te configureren. Het <acronym>BIOS</acronym> is PC-specifiek maar andere systemen hebben iets soortgelijks."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Berkeley Internet Name Domain"
msgstr "Berkeley Internet Name Domain"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An implementation of the <acronym>DNS</acronym> protocols."
msgstr "Een implementatie van de <acronym>DNS</acronym> protocollen."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Berkeley Software Distribution"
msgstr "Berkeley Software Distribution"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This is the name that the Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG) at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.berkeley.edu\">The University of California at Berkeley</link> gave to their improvements and modifications to AT&amp;T's 32V <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>. FreeBSD is a descendant of the CSRG work."
msgstr "Deze naam heeft de Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG) van de  <link xlink:href=\"http://www.berkeley.edu\">The University of California in Berkeley</link> gegeven aan de verbeteringen en aanpassingen die ze hebben gemaakt aan AT&amp;T's 32V <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>. FreeBSD is een afstammeling van het werk van de CSRG."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Bikeshed Building"
msgstr "Bikeshed Building"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A phenomenon whereby many people will give an opinion on an uncomplicated topic, whilst a complex topic receives little or no discussion. See the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/misc.html#BIKESHED-PAINTING\">FAQ</link> for the origin of the term."
msgstr "Een fenomeen waar blijkt dat veel mensen een mening geven over een eenvoudig onderwerp terwijl er weinig of geen discussie ontstaat over een complex onderwerp. Op de <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/misc.html#BIKESHED-PAINTING\">FAQ</link> is meer te lezen over het ontstaan van de term."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "CD"
msgstr "CD"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "CLIP"
msgstr "CLIP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "COFF"
msgstr "COFF"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "CPU"
msgstr "CPU"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Carrier Detect"
msgstr "Carrier Detect"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signal indicating that a carrier has been detected."
msgstr "Een <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signaal dat aangeeft dat er een drager is ontdekt."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Central Processing Unit"
msgstr "Central Processing Unit"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Also known as the processor. This is the brain of the computer where all calculations take place. There are a number of different architectures with different instruction sets. Among the more well-known are the Intel-x86 and derivatives, Sun SPARC, PowerPC, and Alpha."
msgstr "Ook bekend als de processor. Dit zijn de hersenen van de computer waar alle berekeningen plaatsvinden. Er zijn een aantal verschillende architecturen met verschillende instructieverzamelingen. Onder de bekendere bevinden zich de Intel-x86 en afgeleiden, Sun SPARC, PowerPC, en Alpha."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol"
msgstr "Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A method of authenticating a user, based on a secret shared between client and server."
msgstr "Een methode om een gebruiker te authenticeren, gebaseerd op een geheim gedeeld tussen te cliënt en de server."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Classical <acronym>IP</acronym> over <acronym>ATM</acronym>"
msgstr "Classical <acronym>IP</acronym> over <acronym>ATM</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Clear To Send"
msgstr "Clear To Send"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signal giving the remote system permission to send data."
msgstr "Een <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signaal dat het andere systeem toestemming geeft om gegevens te sturen."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Common Object File Format"
msgstr "Common Object File Format"

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "D"
msgstr "D"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DAC"
msgstr "DAC"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DDB"
msgstr "DDB"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DES"
msgstr "DES"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DNS"
msgstr "DNS"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DSDT"
msgstr "DSDT"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DVMRP"
msgstr "DVMRP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discretionary Access Control"
msgstr "Discretionary Access Control"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Data Encryption Standard"
msgstr "Data Encryption Standard"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A method of encrypting information, traditionally used as the method of encryption for <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> passwords and the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> function."
msgstr "Een methode om informatie te versleutelen, traditioneel gebruikt als de methode om <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> -wachtwoorden te versleutelen en als de functie <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>."

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signal sent from the modem to the computer or terminal indicating a readiness to send and receive data."
msgstr "Een <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signaal verzonden van het modem naar de computer of terminal om een bereidheid om gegevens te versturen en te ontvangen aan te geven."

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signal sent from the computer or terminal to the modem indicating a readiness to send and receive data."
msgstr "Een <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signaal verzonden van de computer of terminal naar het modem om een bereidheid om gegevens te versturen en ontvangen aan te geven."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Debugger"
msgstr "Debugger"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An interactive in-kernel facility for examining the status of a system, often used after a system has crashed to establish the events surrounding the failure."
msgstr "Een interactieve in-kernel faciliteit om de toestand van een systeem te onderzoeken, vaak gebruikt nadat een systeem gecrasht is om de gebeurtenissen rondom de storing te bepalen."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Differentiated System Description Table"
msgstr "Differentiated System Description Table"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An <acronym>ACPI</acronym> table, supplying basic configuration information about the base system."
msgstr "Een <acronym>ACPI</acronym> tabel die basisconfiguratie-informatie over het basissysteem biedt."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Distance-Vector Multicast Routing Protocol"
msgstr "Distance-Vector Multicast Routing Protocol"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Domain Name System"
msgstr "Domain Name System"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The system that converts humanly readable hostnames (i.e., mail.example.net) to Internet addresses and vice versa."
msgstr "Het systeem dat menselijk leesbare hostnamen (i.e., mail.example.net) omzet in Internetadressen en andersom."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol"
msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses to a computer (host) when it requests one from the server. The address assignment is called a <quote>lease</quote>."
msgstr "Een protocol dat dynamisch IP-adressen aan een computer (host) toekent wanneer het er een vraagt van de server. De adrestoekenning wordt een <quote>lease</quote> genoemd."

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "E"
msgstr "E"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ECOFF"
msgstr "ECOFF"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ELF"
msgstr "ELF"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ESP"
msgstr "ESP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Encapsulated Security Payload"
msgstr "Encapsulated Security Payload"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Executable and Linking Format"
msgstr "Executable and Linking Format"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Extended <acronym>COFF</acronym>"
msgstr "Extended <acronym>COFF</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "F"
msgstr "F"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FADT"
msgstr "FADT"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FAT"
msgstr "FAT"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FAT16"
msgstr "FAT16"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FTP"
msgstr "FTP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "File Allocation Table"
msgstr "File Allocation Table"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "File Allocation Table (16-bit)"
msgstr "File Allocation Table (16-bit)"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "File Transfer Protocol"
msgstr "File Transfer Protocol"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A member of the family of high-level protocols implemented on top of <acronym>TCP</acronym> which can be used to transfer files over a <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> network."
msgstr "Een lid van de familie van hoogniveau protocollen geïmplementeerd bovenop <acronym>TCP</acronym> dat gebruikt kan worden om bestanden over een <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> netwerk te versturen."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Fixed <acronym>ACPI</acronym> Description Table"
msgstr "Fixed <acronym>ACPI</acronym> Description Table"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "GUI"
msgstr "GUI"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Giant"
msgstr "Giant"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The name of a mutual exclusion mechanism (a <literal>sleep mutex</literal>) that protects a large set of kernel resources. Although a simple locking mechanism was adequate in the days where a machine might have only a few dozen processes, one networking card, and certainly only one processor, in current times it is an unacceptable performance bottleneck. FreeBSD developers are actively working to replace it with locks that protect individual resources, which will allow a much greater degree of parallelism for both single-processor and multi-processor machines."
msgstr "De naam van het wederzijdse uitsluitingsmechanisme (een <literal>sleep mutex</literal>) die veel kernelbronnen beschermt. Hoewel in de dagen dat er op een machine maar enkele tientallen processen draaiden, er één netwerkkaart in zat en echt maar één processor, een eenvoudig sleutelmechanisme toereikend was, is het in de huidige tijden een onaanvaardbare beperking voor prestaties. FreeBSD ontwikkelaars werken actief om het te vervangen door sloten die individuele bronnen beschermen waardoor er meer ruimte komt voor parallelisme voor zowel machines met één als meerdere processoren."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Graphical User Interface"
msgstr "Graphical User Interface"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A system where the user and computer interact with graphics."
msgstr "Een systeem waarin gebruiker en compiter interacteren door mideel van afbeeldingen."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "HTML"
msgstr "HTML"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "HUP"
msgstr "HUP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "HangUp"
msgstr "HangUp"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "HyperText Markup Language"
msgstr "HyperText Markup Language"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The markup language used to create web pages."
msgstr "De opmaaktaal voor webpagina's."

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "I"
msgstr "I"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "I/O"
msgstr "I/O"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IASL"
msgstr "IASL"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IMAP"
msgstr "IMAP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IPFW"
msgstr "IPFW"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IPP"
msgstr "IPP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IPv4"
msgstr "IPv4"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IPv6"
msgstr "IPv6"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ISP"
msgstr "ISP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> Firewall"
msgstr "<acronym>IP</acronym> Firewall"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> Version 4"
msgstr "<acronym>IP</acronym> Version 4"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol version 4, which uses 32 bits for addressing. This version is still the most widely used, but it is slowly being replaced with <acronym>IPv6</acronym>."
msgstr "Versie 4 van het <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol, dat 32 bits gebruikt voor adressering. Deze versie wordt nog steeds het meest gebruikt, maar het wordt langzaam vervangen door <acronym>IPv6</acronym>."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> Version 6"
msgstr "<acronym>IP</acronym> Version 6"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The new <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol. Invented because the address space in <acronym>IPv4</acronym> is running out. Uses 128 bits for addressing."
msgstr "Het nieuwe <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol. Uitgevonden omdat de adresruimte in <acronym>IPv4</acronym> opraakt. Gebruikt 128 bits voor adressering."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Input/Output"
msgstr "Input/Output"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Intel’s <acronym>ASL</acronym> compiler"
msgstr "Intel'€™s <acronym>ASL</acronym> compiler"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Intel’s compiler for converting <acronym>ASL</acronym> into <acronym>AML</acronym>."
msgstr "Intel’s compiler voor de conversie van <acronym>ASL</acronym> naar <acronym>AML</acronym>."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Internet Message Access Protocol"
msgstr "Internet Message Access Protocol"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A protocol for accessing email messages on a mail server, characterised by the messages usually being kept on the server as opposed to being downloaded to the mail reader client."
msgstr "Een protocol om emailberichten op een mailserver te benaderen, gekarakteriseerd doordat de berichten normaliter op de server worden gehouden in tegenstelling tot te worden gedownload naar de mailleescliënt."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Internet Printing Protocol"
msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Internet Protocol"
msgstr "Internet Protocol"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The packet transmitting protocol that is the basic protocol on the Internet. Originally developed at the U.S. Department of Defense and an extremely important part of the <acronym>TCP/IP </acronym> stack. Without the Internet Protocol, the Internet would not have become what it is today. For more information, see <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.rfc-editor.org/in-notes/rfc791.txt\"> RFC 791</link>."
msgstr "Het pakketverstuurprotocol dat het basisprotocol op het Internet is. Oorspronkelijk ontwikkeld op het Ministerie van Defensie van de Verenigde Staten en een extreem belangrijk deel van de <acronym>TCP/IP </acronym> stack. Zonder het Internet Protocol zou het Internet niet zijn geworden wat het vandaag is. Zie voor meer informatie <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.rfc-editor.org/in-notes/rfc791.txt\">RFC 791</link>."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Internet Service Provider"
msgstr "Internet Service Provider"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A company that provides access to the Internet."
msgstr "Een bedrijf dat toegang biedt tot het internet."

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "K"
msgstr "K"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "KAME"
msgstr "KAME"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Japanese for <quote>turtle</quote>, the term KAME is used in computing circles to refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.kame.net/\">KAME Project</link>, who work on an implementation of <acronym>IPv6</acronym>."
msgstr "Japans voor <quote>schildpad</quote>. De term KAME wordt in computerkringen gebruikt om te verwijzen naar het <link xlink:href=\"http://www.kame.net/\">KAME Project</link>, dat werkt aan de implementatie van <acronym>IPv6</acronym>.."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "KDC"
msgstr "KDC"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "KLD"
msgstr "KLD"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "KSE"
msgstr "KSE"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "KVA"
msgstr "KVA"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Kbps"
msgstr "Kbps"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Kernel <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A method of dynamically loading functionality into a FreeBSD kernel without rebooting the system."
msgstr "Een methode om dynamisch functionaliteit in een FreeBSD-kernel te laden zonder het systeem opnieuw te starten."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Kernel Scheduler Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A kernel-supported threading system. See the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/kse\">project home page</link> for further details."
msgstr "Een door de kernel ondersteund threading systeem. Op de <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/kse\">project homepage</link> staan meer details."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Kernel Virtual Address"
msgstr "Kernel Virtual Address"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Key Distribution Center"
msgstr "Key Distribution Center"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Kilo Bits Per Second"
msgstr "Kilo Bits Per Second"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Used to measure bandwidth (how much data can pass a given point at a specified amount of time). Alternates to the Kilo prefix include Mega, Giga, Tera, and so forth."
msgstr "Gebruikt om bandbreedte te meten (hoeveel gegevens kunnen een gegeven punt in een gespecificeerde hoeveelheid tijd passeren). Alternatieven voor de Kilo prefix omvatten Mega, Giga, Tera, enzovoorts."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "LAN"
msgstr "LAN"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "LOR"
msgstr "LOR"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "LPD"
msgstr "LPD"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Line Printer Daemon"
msgstr "Line Printer Daemon"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Local Area Network"
msgstr "Local Area Network"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A network used on a local area, e.g. office, home, or so forth."
msgstr "Een netwerk gebruik in een lokaal gebied, bijvoorbeeld kantoor, huis, enzovoorts."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Lock Order Reversal"
msgstr "Lock Order Reversal"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The FreeBSD kernel uses a number of resource locks to arbitrate contention for those resources. A run-time lock diagnostic system found in FreeBSD-CURRENT kernels (but removed for releases), called <citerefentry><refentrytitle>witness</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, detects the potential for deadlocks due to locking errors. (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>witness</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> is actually slightly conservative, so it is possible to get false positives.) A true positive report indicates that <quote>if you were unlucky, a deadlock would have happened here</quote>."
msgstr "De FreeBSD kernel gebruikt een aantal bronsloten om tussen die bronnen te bemiddelen. In de FreeBSD current kernels zit een run-time slotdiagnosesysteem, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>witness</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, dat in release versies wordt verwijderd, waarmee potentiele deadlocks vanwege slotfouten opgespoord kunnen worden. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>witness</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> is redelijk conservatief en daarom zijn vals-positieven mogelijk. Een echte positief geeft aan dat <quote>in het slechtste geval op dat punt een deadlock had plaatsgevonden.</quote>."

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "True positive LORs tend to get fixed quickly, so check http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current and the <link xlink:href=\"http://sources.zabbadoz.net/freebsd/lor.html\"> LORs Seen</link> page before posting to the mailing lists."
msgstr "Echte positieve LOR’s worden meestal snel opgelost, dus is het verstandig http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current en <link xlink:href=“http://sources.zabbadoz.net/freebsd/lor.html”>Voorgekomen LOR’s</link> te bekijken alvorens te mailen naar mailinglijsten."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MAC"
msgstr "MAC"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MADT"
msgstr "MADT"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MFC"
msgstr "MFC"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MFH"
msgstr "MFH"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MFP4"
msgstr "MFP4"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MFS"
msgstr "MFS"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MIT"
msgstr "MIT"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MLS"
msgstr "MLS"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MOTD"
msgstr "MOTD"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MTA"
msgstr "MTA"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MUA"
msgstr "MUA"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mail Transfer Agent"
msgstr "Mail Transfer Agent"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An application used to transfer email. An <acronym>MTA</acronym> has traditionally been part of the BSD base system. Today Sendmail is included in the base system, but there are many other <acronym>MTA</acronym>s, such as postfix, qmail and Exim."
msgstr "Een toepassing gebruikt om email te versturen. Een <acronym>MTA</acronym> maakte traditioneel deel uit van het basissysteem van BSD. Tegenwoordig zit Sendmail in het basissysteem, maar er zijn vele andere <acronym>MTA</acronym>s, zoals postfix, qmail en Exim."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mail User Agent"
msgstr "Mail User Agent"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An application used by users to display and write email."
msgstr "Een toepassing die door gebruikers wordt gebruikt om email af te beelden en te schrijven."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Massachusetts Institute of Technology"
msgstr "Massachusetts Institute of Technology"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Merge From Current"
msgstr "Merge From Current"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To merge functionality or a patch from the -CURRENT branch to another, most often -STABLE."
msgstr "Functionaliteit of een patch samenvoegen vanuit de -CURRENT tak of een andere, meestal -STABLE."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Merge From Head"
msgstr "Merge From Head"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To merge functionality or a patch from a repository HEAD to an earlier branch."
msgstr "Functionaliteit of een patch samenvoegen vanuit de HEAD tak naar een eerdere tak."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Merge From Perforce"
msgstr "Merge From Perforce"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To merge functionality or a patch from the Perforce repository to the -CURRENT branch."
msgstr "Het samenvoegen van functionaliteit of een patch vanuit het Perforce repository naar de -CURRENT tak."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Merge From Stable"
msgstr "Merge From Stable"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "In the normal course of FreeBSD development, a change will be committed to the -CURRENT branch for testing before being merged to -STABLE. On rare occasions, a change will go into -STABLE first and then be merged to -CURRENT."
msgstr "In het FreeBSD ontwikkelproces wordt een wijziging gecommit in de -CURRENT tak om deze te testen voordat deze wordt samengevoegd naar -STABLE. In bijzondere gevallen gaat een wijziging eerst naar -STABLE en wordt dan pas samengevoegd naar -CURRENT."

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This term is also used when a patch is merged from -STABLE to a security branch."
msgstr "Deze term wordt ook gebruikt als een patch wordt samengevoegd uit -STABLE naar een beveiligingstak."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Message Of The Day"
msgstr "Message Of The Day"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A message, usually shown on login, often used to distribute information to users of the system."
msgstr "Een bericht, meestal getoond bij aanmelden, dat vaak gebruikt wordt om informatie aan gebruikers te geven."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Multi-Level Security"
msgstr "Multi-Level Security"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Multiple <acronym>APIC</acronym> Description Table"
msgstr "Multiple <acronym>APIC</acronym> Description Table"

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "N"
msgstr "N"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "NAT"
msgstr "NAT"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "NDISulator"
msgstr "NDISulator"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "NFS"
msgstr "NFS"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "NTFS"
msgstr "NTFS"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "NTP"
msgstr "NTP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Network Address Translation"
msgstr "Network Address Translation"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A technique where <acronym>IP</acronym> packets are rewritten on the way through a gateway, enabling many machines behind the gateway to effectively share a single <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr "Een techniek waarbij <acronym>IP</acronym> pakketten worden herschreven tijdens de weg door een gateway, zodat vele machines achter de gateway effectief een enkel <acronym>IP</acronym> adres kunnen delen."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Network File System"
msgstr "Network File System"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "New Technology File System"
msgstr "New Technology File System"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A filesystem developed by Microsoft and available in its <quote>New Technology</quote> operating systems, such as <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows NT</trademark> and <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP."
msgstr "Een bestandssysteem dat door <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> is ontwikkeld en beschikbaar is voor haar <quote>New Technology</quote> besturingssystemen als <trademark class=“registered”>Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=“registered”>Windows</trademark> en <trademark class=“registered”>Windows</trademark> XP."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Network Time Protocol"
msgstr "Network Time Protocol"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A means of synchronizing clocks over a network."
msgstr "Een middel om klokken over een netwerk te synchroniseren."

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "O"
msgstr "O"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "OBE"
msgstr "OBE"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ODMR"
msgstr "ODMR"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "OS"
msgstr "OS"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "On-Demand Mail Relay"
msgstr "On-Demand Mail Relay"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr "Operating System"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A set of programs, libraries and tools that provide access to the hardware resources of a computer. Operating systems range today from simplistic designs that support only one program running at a time, accessing only one device to fully multi-user, multi-tasking and multi-process systems that can serve thousands of users simultaneously, each of them running dozens of different applications."
msgstr "Een verzameling programma’s, bibliotheken en gereedschappen die toegang geeft tot de hardwarebronnen van een computer. Tegenwoordig variëren besturingssystemen van simplistische ontwerpen die slechts één programma tegelijk kunnen draaien dat slechts één apparaat benadert, tot volledige meergebruikers-, meertaaks- en meerprocessystemen, waarbij elk van hen tientallen verschillende toepassingen draaien."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Overtaken By Events"
msgstr "Overtaken By Events"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Indicates a suggested change (such as a Problem Report or a feature request) which is no longer relevant or applicable due to such things as later changes to FreeBSD, changes in networking standards, the affected hardware having since become obsolete, and so forth."
msgstr "Geeft aan dat een voorgestelde verandering (zoals een Problem Report of een feature request) niet langer relevant of van toepassing is vanwege bijvoorbeeld veranderingen aan FreeBSD, wijzigingen in netwerkstandaarden, overbodig worden van hardware, enzovoort."

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "P"
msgstr "P"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "p4"
msgstr "p4"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PAE"
msgstr "PAE"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PAM"
msgstr "PAM"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PC"
msgstr "PC"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PCNSFD"
msgstr "PCNSFD"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PDF"
msgstr "PDF"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PID"
msgstr "PID"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "POLA"
msgstr "POLA"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "POP"
msgstr "POP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "POP3"
msgstr "POP3"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PPD"
msgstr "PPD"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PPP"
msgstr "PPP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PPPoA"
msgstr "PPPoA"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PPPoE"
msgstr "PPPoE"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>PPP</acronym> over <acronym>ATM</acronym>"
msgstr "<acronym>PPP</acronym> over <acronym>ATM</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>PPP</acronym> over <acronym>Ethernet</acronym>"
msgstr "<acronym>PPP</acronym> over <acronym>Ethernet</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PR"
msgstr "PR"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PXE"
msgstr "PXE"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Password Authentication Protocol"
msgstr "Password Authentication Protocol"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Perforce"
msgstr "Perforce"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A source code control product made by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.perforce.com/\">Perforce Software</link>. Although not open source, its use is free of charge to open-source projects such as FreeBSD."
msgstr "Een broncodebeheerproduct gemaakt door <link xlink:href=“http://www.perforce.com/“>Perforce Software</link>. Hoewel niet opensource, is het kosteloos te gebruiken voor opensourceprojecten zoals FreeBSD."

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Some FreeBSD developers use a Perforce repository as a staging area for code that is considered too experimental for the -CURRENT branch."
msgstr "Sommige FreeBSD-ontwikkelaars gebruiken een Perforce repository als een ontwikkelgebied voor code die te experimenteel voor de -CURRENT tak wordt geacht."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Personal Computer"
msgstr "Personal Computer"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Personal Computer Network File System Daemon"
msgstr "Personal Computer Network File System Daemon"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PCNFSD"
msgstr "PCNFSD"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Physical Address Extensions"
msgstr "Physical Address Extensions"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A method of enabling access to up to 64 GB of <acronym>RAM</acronym> on systems which only physically have a 32-bit wide address space (and would therefore be limited to 4 GB without PAE)."
msgstr "Een methode voor het inschakelen van toegang tot 64 GB <acronym>RAM</acronym> op systemen die fysieke een 32-bit brede adresruimte hebben (en daarom zonder PAE een limiet van 4 GB zouden hebben)."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Pluggable Authentication Modules"
msgstr "Pluggable Authentication Modules"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Point-to-Point Protocol"
msgstr "Point-to-Point Protocol"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Pointy Hat"
msgstr "Pointy Hat"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A mythical piece of headgear, much like a <literal>dunce cap</literal>, awarded to any FreeBSD committer who breaks the build, makes revision numbers go backwards, or creates any other kind of havoc in the source base. Any committer worth his or her salt will soon accumulate a large collection. The usage is (almost always?) humorous."
msgstr "Een mythisch hoofddeksel dat rondgaat tussen FreeBSD committers die een kapotte build veroorzaken, aflopende revisienummers veroorzaken of op een andere manier problemen veroorzaken in de broncode. Alle committers die ook maar iets waard zijn, hebben meestal snel een kast vol. Het gebruik is (bijna altijd) grappig bedoeld."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Portable Document Format"
msgstr "Portable Document Format"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Post Office Protocol"
msgstr "Post Office Protocol"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Post Office Protocol Version 3"
msgstr "Post Office Protocol Version 3"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A protocol for accessing email messages on a mail server, characterised by the messages usually being downloaded from the server to the client, as opposed to remaining on the server."
msgstr "Een protocol om emailberichten op een mailserver te benaderen, gekarakteriseerd doordat berichten normaliter worden gedownload van de server naar de cliënt, in tegenstelling tot op de server te blijven staan."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PostScript Printer Description"
msgstr "PostScript Printer Description"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Preboot eXecution Environment"
msgstr "Preboot eXecution Environment"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Principle Of Least Astonishment"
msgstr "Principle Of Least Astonishment"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "As FreeBSD evolves, changes visible to the user should be kept as unsurprising as possible. For example, arbitrarily rearranging system startup variables in <filename>/etc/defaults/rc.conf</filename> violates <acronym>POLA</acronym>. Developers consider <acronym>POLA</acronym> when contemplating user-visible system changes."
msgstr "In de evolutie van FreeBSD moeten zichtbare wijzigingen voor gebruikers vooral geen grote verrassing zijn. Het willekeurig reorganiseren van bijvoorbeeld de opstartvariabelen van het systeem in <filename>/etc/defaults/rc.conf</filename> is in strijd met <acronym>POLA</acronym>. Ontwikkelaars houden rekening met <acronym>POLA</acronym> bij het uitvoeren van systeemwijzigingen die zichtbaar zijn voor gebruikers."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Problem Report"
msgstr "Problem Report"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A description of some kind of problem that has been found in either the FreeBSD source or documentation. See <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/problem-reports/index.html\"> Writing FreeBSD Problem Reports</link>."
msgstr "Een beschrijving van een probleem dat gevonden is in òfwel de broncode òfwel de documentatie van FreeBSD. Zie <link xlink:href=“@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/problem-reports/index.html”> Writing FreeBSD Problem Reports</link>."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Process ID"
msgstr "Process ID"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A number, unique to a particular process on a system, which identifies it and allows actions to be taken against it."
msgstr "Een nummer dat bij een uniek proces op een systeem hoort, waarmee het geïdentificeerd kan worden en ervoor zorgt dat er acties op uitgevoerd kunnen worden."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Project Evil"
msgstr "Project Evil"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The working title for the <acronym>NDISulator</acronym>, written by Bill Paul, who named it referring to how awful it is (from a philosophical standpoint) to need to have something like this in the first place. The <acronym>NDISulator</acronym> is a special compatibility module to allow Microsoft Windows™ NDIS miniport network drivers to be used with FreeBSD/i386. This is usually the only way to use cards where the driver is closed-source. See <filename>src/sys/compat/ndis/subr_ndis.c</filename>."
msgstr "De werktitel van de <acronym>NDISulator</acronym>, geschreven door Bill Paul, die het zo heeft genoemd omdat het zo verschikkelijk is, vanuit een filosofisch standpunt, dat een dergelijk iets nodig is. De <acronym>NDISulator</acronym> is een speciale module voor compatibiliteit met <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> NDIS miniport netwerkstuurprogramma’s voor FreeBSD/i386. Dit is meestal de enige manier om kaarten te gebruiken waarvoor de broncode voor het stuurprogramma niet openbaar is. Meer is te vinden in <filename>src/sys/compat/ndis/subr_ndis.c</filename>."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RA"
msgstr "RA"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RAID"
msgstr "RAID"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RAM"
msgstr "RAM"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RFC"
msgstr "RFC"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RISC"
msgstr "RISC"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RPC"
msgstr "RPC"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RS232C"
msgstr "RS232C"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Random Access Memory"
msgstr "Random Access Memory"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Revision Control System"
msgstr "Revision Control System"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RCS"
msgstr "RCS"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The <emphasis>Revision Control System</emphasis> (<acronym>RCS</acronym>) is one of the oldest software suites that implement <quote>revision control</quote> for plain files. It allows the storage, retrieval, archival, logging, identification and merging of multiple revisions for each file. RCS consists of many small tools that work together. It lacks some of the features found in more modern revision control systems, like Git, but it is very simple to install, configure, and start using for a small set of files."
msgstr "Het <emphasis>Revision Control System</emphasis> (<acronym>RCS</acronym>) is een van de oudste software-pakketten dat <quote>revisie-beheer</quote> voor platte bestanden implementeert. Het voorziet in het opslaan, ophalen, archiveren, loggen, identificeren en samenvoegen van meerdere revisies voor elk bestand. RCS bestaat uit vele kleine samenwerkende gereedschappen. Het mist sommige eigenschappen die in modernere revisie-controlesystemen zoals Git, maar het is erg eenvoudig om te installeren, configureren, en gebruiken voor een klein aantal bestanden."

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> pin or wire that data is received on."
msgstr "Een <acronym>RS232C</acronym> pin of draad waarop gegevens worden ontvangen."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Recommended Standard 232C"
msgstr "Recommended Standard 232C"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A standard for communications between serial devices."
msgstr "Een standaard voor communicatie tussen seriële apparaten."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Reduced Instruction Set Computer"
msgstr "Reduced Instruction Set Computer"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An approach to processor design where the operations the hardware can perform are simplified but made as general purpose as possible. This can lead to lower power consumption, fewer transistors and in some cases, better performance and increased code density. Examples of RISC processors include the Alpha, <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark> and <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark>."
msgstr "Een benadering van processorontwerp waarbij de bewerkingen die de hardware kan uitvoeren versimpeld en zo generiek mogelijk zijn. Dit kan leiden tot lager energieverbruik, minder transistors en in sommige gevallen, betere prestaties en verhoogde codedichtheid. Voorbeelden van RISC processoren omvatten de Alpha, <trademark class=“registered”>SPARC</trademark>, <trademark class=“registered”>ARM</trademark> and <trademark class=“registered”>PowerPC</trademark>."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks"
msgstr "Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Remote Procedure Call"
msgstr "Remote Procedure Call"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Request For Comments"
msgstr "Request For Comments"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A set of documents defining Internet standards, protocols, and so forth. See <link xlink:href=\"http://www.rfc-editor.org/\">www.rfc-editor.org</link>."
msgstr "Een verzameling documenten die Internetstandaarden, protocollen, enzovoorts definiëren. Zie <link xlink:href=“http://www.rfc-editor.org/“>www.rfc-editor.org</link>."

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Also used as a general term when someone has a suggested change and wants feedback."
msgstr "Ook gebruikt als algemene term wanneer iemand een verandering voorstelt en terugkoppeling wil."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Request To Send"
msgstr "Request To Send"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signal requesting that the remote system commences transmission of data."
msgstr "Een <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signaal dat verzoekt dat het verre systeem begint met het versturen van gegevens."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Router Advertisement"
msgstr "Router Advertisement"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SCI"
msgstr "SCI"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SCSI"
msgstr "SCSI"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SMB"
msgstr "SMB"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SMP"
msgstr "SMP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SMTP"
msgstr "SMTP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SMTP AUTH"
msgstr "SMTP AUTH"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SSH"
msgstr "SSH"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "STR"
msgstr "STR"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SVN"
msgstr "SVN"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>SMTP</acronym> Authentication"
msgstr "<acronym>SMTP</acronym> Authentication"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Server Message Block"
msgstr "Server Message Block"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An <acronym>RS232</acronym> pin or wire that is the ground reference for the signal."
msgstr "Een <acronym>RS232</acronym> pin of draad die de aardereferentie voor het signaal is."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol"
msgstr "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Secure Shell"
msgstr "Secure Shell"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Small Computer System Interface"
msgstr "Small Computer System Interface"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Subversion"
msgstr "Subversion"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Subversion is a version control system currently used by the FreeBSD project."
msgstr "Subversion is een versiebeheersysteem momenteel gebruikt door het FreeBSD project."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Suspend To <acronym>RAM</acronym>"
msgstr "Suspend To <acronym>RAM</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Symmetric MultiProcessor"
msgstr "Symmetric MultiProcessor"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "System Control Interrupt"
msgstr "System Control Interrupt"

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "T"
msgstr "T"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "TCP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TCP/IP"
msgstr "TCP/IP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TFTP"
msgstr "TFTP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TGT"
msgstr "TGT"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TSC"
msgstr "TSC"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Ticket-Granting Ticket"
msgstr "Ticket-Granting Ticket"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Time Stamp Counter"
msgstr "Time Stamp Counter"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A profiling counter internal to modern <trademark class=\"registered\">Pentium</trademark> processors that counts core frequency clock ticks."
msgstr "Een profiling counter die in moderne <trademark class=“registered”>Pentium</trademark> processoren zit die het aantal kloktikken telt van de kernfrequentie."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Transmission Control Protocol"
msgstr "Transmission Control Protocol"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A protocol that sits on top of (e.g.) the <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol and guarantees that packets are delivered in a reliable, ordered, fashion."
msgstr "Een protocol dat bovenop (b.v.) het <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol zit en garandeert dat pakketten in een betrouwbare en ordelijke manier worden afgeleverd."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol"
msgstr "Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The term for the combination of the <acronym>TCP</acronym> protocol running over the <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol. Much of the Internet runs over <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym>."
msgstr "De term voor de combinatie van het <acronym>TCP</acronym> protocol dat over het <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol draait. Veel van het Internet draait op <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym>."

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> pin or wire that data is transmitted on."
msgstr "Een <acronym>RS232C</acronym> pin of draad waarover gegevens worden verstuurd."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Trivial <acronym>FTP</acronym>"
msgstr "Trivial <acronym>FTP</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "UDP"
msgstr "UDP"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "UFS1"
msgstr "UFS1"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "UFS2"
msgstr "UFS2"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "UID"
msgstr "UID"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "USB"
msgstr "USB"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Uniform Resource Locator"
msgstr "Uniform Resource Locator"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A method of locating a resource, such as a document on the Internet and a means to identify that resource."
msgstr "Een werkwijze voor het lokaliseren van een bron, zoals een document op het internet en een middel om die middelen te identificeren."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Unix File System Version 1"
msgstr "Unix File System Version 1"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The original <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> file system, sometimes called the Berkeley Fast File System."
msgstr "Het originele bestandssysteem van <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>, soms het Berkeley Fast File System genoemd."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Unix File System Version 2"
msgstr "Unix File System Version 2"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An extension to <acronym>UFS1</acronym>, introduced in FreeBSD 5-CURRENT. <acronym>UFS2</acronym> adds 64 bit block pointers (breaking the 1T barrier), support for extended file storage and other features."
msgstr "Een uitbreiding op <acronym>UFS1</acronym>, geïntroduceerd in FreeBSD 5-CURRENT. <acronym>UFS2</acronym> voegt blokpointers van 64 bits (hiermee de 1T-grens doorbrekende), ondersteuning voor uitgebreide opslag van bestanden en andere mogelijkheden toe."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Universal Serial Bus"
msgstr "Universal Serial Bus"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A hardware standard used to connect a wide variety of computer peripherals to a universal interface."
msgstr "Een hardware-standaard die gebruikt wordt om een grote verscheidenheid aan computerapparatuur met een universele interface te verbinden."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "User ID"
msgstr "User ID"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A unique number assigned to each user of a computer, by which the resources and permissions assigned to that user can be identified."
msgstr "Een uniek nummer dat wordt toegewezen aan een gebruiker of een computer waarmee bronnen en rechten die zijn toegewezen kunnen worden geïdentificeerd."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "User Datagram Protocol"
msgstr "User Datagram Protocol"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A simple, unreliable datagram protocol which is used for exchanging data on a TCP/IP network. <acronym>UDP</acronym> does not provide error checking and correction like <acronym>TCP</acronym>."
msgstr "Een simpel, onbetrouwbaar datagramprotocol dat gebruikt wordt om gegevens op een TCP/IP-netwerk uit te wisselen. <acronym>UDP</acronym> biedt geen foutcontrole en -correctie zoals <acronym>TCP</acronym> dat doet."

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "V"
msgstr "V"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "VPN"
msgstr "VPN"

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Virtual Private Network"
msgstr "Virtueel Prive Netwerk"

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A method of using a public telecommunication such as the Internet, to provide remote access to a localized network, such as a corporate <acronym>LAN</acronym>."
msgstr "Een manier om een publieke telecommunicatie zoals het Internet te gebruiken om toegang op afstand aan een gelokaliseerd netwerk, zoals een bedrijfs- <acronym>LAN</acronym>, te bieden."

#. (itstool) path: colophon/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This book is the combined work of hundreds of contributors to <quote>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</quote>. The text is authored in XML according to the DocBook DTD and is formatted from XML into many different presentation formats using XSLT. The printed version of this document would not be possible without Donald Knuth's <application>TeX</application> typesetting language, Leslie Lamport's <application>LaTeX</application>, or Sebastian Rahtz's <application>JadeTeX</application> macro package."
msgstr "Dit boek bevat het gecombineerde werk van honderden vrijwilligers die bijdragen aan <quote>Het FreeBSD Documentatie Project</quote>. De tekst is geschreven in XML volgens de DocBook DTD en wordt vanuit XML geformatteerd naar vele verschillende presentatieformaten met gebruik van XSLT. De gedrukte versie van dit boek was niet mogelijk geweest zonder Donald Knuth's <application>TeX</application> typesetting taal, Leslie Lamport's <application>LaTeX</application>, of Sebastian Rahtz's <application>JadeTeX</application> macropakket."